Skip to main content

Full text of "Undergraduate consolidated catalog / the University of Maryland at College Park"

See other formats 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecon1970univ 


universiTY 
of  marYi_anD 
aT  coLLeGe  parK 

consoLiDaieo 
unoerGraDuaTe 

caiaLOG 


U0O*J°^» 


5s    1 


__ 

11                ■               ■ 

■^         s         — 

.::: 

M              ■ 

IP 


A 


is  publication  is  a  consolidatio 
schools  and»colleges  at  the  Universitj(J 
tion  governing  University  facilities,  ser* 
University  General  and  Academic  Regul 


requesting  copies  prior  to  admission. 
$1 .00  each.  On  the  campus,  copies  may 
amount.  Copies  also  are  available  for  j 
junior  colleges,  and  in  the  schools  a' 


s  for  the  undergraduate 

r»a»so  incorporates  informa-' 

.,i  life"contained  in  the  student  guide, 

acfuate  Catalog  will  be  distributed  free  of 
irst  admission  to  the  University.  Those  persr"" " 
e6ure  them  from  the  Catalog  Mailing  Office 
rchased  at  the  Student  Supply  Store  for  the  s^ 
ation  in  high  schMls-pubiic  libraries,  c 
es  of  the  Universf"^- 


M 


THE   UNIVERSITY   OF   MARYLAND 

AT  COLLEGE   PARK 

UNDERGRADUATE 

CONSOLIDATED  CATALOG 

1970-71 


I 


• 


Cll.« 


THE   UNIVERSITY  OF   MARYLAND   BULLETIN   is   published:   once   in   August;   three  times   in   September        * 
two  times  in  October;  once  in  November;  seven  times  in  December;  three  times  in  January;  once  in  February        * 
once  in  March;  two  times  in  April;  four  times  in  May;  two  times  in  June;  and  three  times  in  July.  Publisher, 
thirty  times.  Re-entered  as  second  class  mail  matter  under  the  Act  of  Congress  on  August  24    1912  and  sec         * 
ond  class  postage  paid  at  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 


( 


2^^.       **^BK; 


The  University  of  Maryland  is  dedicated  to  providing  its  stu- 
dents with  opportunities  to  develop  fully  their  intellectual  capaci- 
ties. In  addition  to  the  many  different  baccalaureate  degree 
programs,  an  honors  program  and  other  special  programs  have 
been  developed  to  enable  students  to  design  curricula  to  meet 
their  individual  interests.  Every  effort  is  made  to  ensure  that  those 
who  enroll  in  the  University  find  their  studies  to  be  an  exciting 
adventure  in  learning. 


C'f,      -j&as^vftJ 


FOR  ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION 


College  Park  Campus 
University  of  Maryland 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742: 

For  copies  of  this  publication— 
$1.00  per  copy 

Catalog  Mailing  Office 

North  Administration  Building 

College  Park  Campus 

Director,  Office  of  Admissions 
North  Administration  Building 
College  Park  Campus 

Director,  Housing  Office 
North  Administration  Building 
College  Park  Campus 

Director,  Office  of  Student  Aid 
North  Administration  Building 
College  Park  Campus 

Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 
North  Administration  Building 
College  Park  Campus 

University  Counseling  Center 
Shoemaker  Building 
College  Park  Campus 


Office  of  the  Dean  of  the 
Respective  College 
College  Park  Campus 

Vice  President  for  Graduate 
Studies  and  Research 
College  Park  Campus 

Director,  Summer  School 
North  Administration  Building 
College  Park  Campus 

University  College 
Center  of  Adult  Education 
College  Park  Campus 

The  Registrar,  UMBC 
5401  Wilkins  Avenue 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21228 

Office  of  the  Dean  of  the 
Respective  College 
University  of  Maryland 
Lombard  and  Greene  Streets 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 

Director  of  Admissions 
University  of  Maryland, 
Eastern  Shore 
Room  311,  Maryland  Hall 
Princess  Anne,  Maryland 


The  provisions  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  an 
irrevocable  contract  between  the  student  and  the  University  of  Mary- 
land. Changes  are  effected  from  time  to  time  in  the  general  regulations 
and  in  the  academic  requirements.  There  are  established  procedures 
for  making  changes,  procedures  which  protect  the  institution's  integrity 
and  the  individual  student's  interests  and  welfare.  A  curriculum  or 
graduation  requirement,  when  altered,  is  not  made  retroactive  un- 
less the  alteration  is  to  the  student's  advantage  and  can  be  accommo- 
dated within  the  span  of  years  normally  required  for  graduation. 
When  the  actions  of  a  student  are  judged  by  competent  authority, 
using  established  procedure,  to  be  detrimental  to  the  interests  of  the 
University  community,  that  person  may  be  required  to  withdraw  from 
the  University. 

The  University  of  Maryland,  in  all  its  branches  and  divisions,  subscribes  to  a  policy  of  equal  educational  and 
employment  opportunity  for  people  of  every  race,  creed,  ethnic  origin  or  sex. 


The  University  of  Maryland  has  been  elected  to  membership  in  the  Association  of  American  Universities.  This 
Association  founded  in  1900  is  an  organization  of  those  universities  in  the  United  States  and  Canada  gen- 
erally considered  to  be  preeminent  in  the  fields  of  graduate  and  professional  study  and  research. 


& 


1»J  'LI 


«v 


£.**< 


W3I 


iHiii 


* 


Gi 


CONTENTS 


GENERAL     INFORMATION 1 

Fields  of  Study 2 

Expenses  and  Financial  Aid      9 

Acaaemics 15 

General    Regulations 21 

Academic  .  Regulations 37 

Student  Services  and  Activities 49 

Living     Accomodations 57 

Honors  and  Awards 63 

Scholarships 69 

THE  COLLEGES  AND  SCHOOLS 

AGRICULTURE 77 

General  Agriculture 79 

Agricultural    Chemistry 79 

Agricultural  Economics 79 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 80 

Agricultural    Engineering 81 

Agronomy— Crops  and  Soils 81 

Animal  Science 82 

Botany 83 

Entomology 84 

Food  Science 84 

Geology 84 

Horticulture 85 

Special  Curricula 85 

ARCHITECTURE 101 

ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 105 

American  Studies 

Anthropology 108 

Art 109 

Astronomy Ill 

Botany 113 

Chemistry 115 

Classical  Languages  and  Literatures 117 

Comparative  Literature 118 

Computer    Science 119 

Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology 120 

Dance 120 

Economics 121 

English  Language  and  Literature 122 

Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 124 

General   Biological   Sciences 129 

General  Physical  Sciences 129 

History .  130 

General  Honors 134 

Linguistics 135 

Microbiology 139 

Molecular     Physics 140 

Music 143 

Physics  and  Astronomy 145 

Pre-Professional    Curricula 148 

Psychology 150 

Russian   Area   Program 152 

Sociology 152 

Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 154 

Zoology 157 


BUSINESS  AND  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION 161 

Business      Administration 163 

Economics 170 

Geography 173 

Government  and  Politics 176 

Journalism 180 

Bureau  of   Governmental   Research 181 

Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research 181 

Information  Systems  Management 182 

EDUCATION 

Early   Childhood   Elementary 188 

Industrial    Education 191 

Library  Science   Education 194 

Secondary  Education 204 

Institute  for  Child  Study 207 

Administration  Supervision 208 

Counselling  and  Personnel  Services 208 

ENGINEERING 213 

Aerospace   Engineering 217 

Agricultural    Engineering 218 

Chemical     Engineering 220 

Civil   Engineering 221 

Electrical  Engineering 224 

Engineering     Materials 228 

Fire  Protection  Engineering 229 

Mechanical    Engineering 230 

Nuclear    Engineering 232 

Cognate     Activities 233 

HOME      ECONOMICS 237 

Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration 239 

Textiles  and  Clothing 241 

Family  and  Community  Development 243 

Housing  and  Applied  Design 246 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND  HEALTH 251 

Physical   Education 254 

Recreation 259 

Health  Education 261 

Dentistry 269 

Medical     Technology 270 

Nursing 271 

Pharmacy 271 

Physical  Therapy 271 

THE  FACULTY 

Agriculture 277 

Architecture 282 

Arts   and   Sciences 282 

Business  and  Public  Administration 298 

Education 303 

Engineering 309 

Home  Economics 315 

Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health 316 

vii 


FALL  SEMESTER,  1970 

September  8-11 
September  12 
September  14 

November  25 
November  30 

December  18 

January  4 
January  13 
January  14-19 
January  20 
January  21-22 


Tuesday-Friday 

Saturday 

Monday 

Wednesday 

Monday 

Friday 

Monday 

Wednesday 

Thursday-Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday-Friday 


Fall  Semester  Registration 
Teacher  Registration 
Instruction  begins 

After  last  class— Thanksgiving  recess  begins 
8:00  a.m.  —  Thanksgiving  recess  begins 

After  last  class  —  Christmas  recess  begins 

8:00  a.m.  —  Christmas  recess  ends 

Pre-exam  Study  Day 

Fall  Semester  Examinations 

Study  Day 

Fall  Semester  Examinations 


SPRING  SEMESTER,  1971 


February  1-5 
February  6 
February  8 

April  9 
April  19 

May  26 
May  27-29 

May  31 

June  1-4 
June  5 


Monday-Friday 

Saturday 

Monday 

Friday 
Monday 

Wednesday 

Thursday-Saturday 

Monday 

Tuesday-Friday 
Saturday 


SUMMER  SCHOOL  1971 

June  21,  22 
June  23 
July  5 
August  13 


Spring  Semester  Registration 
Teacher  Registration 
Instruction  begins 

After  last  class  —  Spring  recess  begins 
8:00  a.m.  —  spring  recess  ends 

Pre-exam  Study  Day 

Spring  Semester  Examinations 

Memorial  Day 

Spring  Semester  Examinations 
Commencement 


Registration 
Instruction  begins 
Independence  day  Holiday 

No  classes 
Summer  session  ends 


Monday-Tuesday 
Wednesday 
Monday 
Friday 


FALL  SEMESTER  1971-72 


ACADEMIC   CALENDAR 


September  7-11 
September  13 
November  24 
November  29 
December  17 
January  3 
January  11 
January  12,  19 
January  13,  21 


Fall  Semester  Registration 
Instruction  begins 
Thanksgiving  recess  begins 
Thanksgiving  recess  ends 
Christmas  recess  begins 
Christmas  recess  ends 
Instruction  ends 
Exam  study  days 
Fall  semester  final  exams 


Tuesday  through  Saturday 

Monday 

Wednesday,  after  last  class 

Monday,  8:00  A.M. 

Friday,  after  last  class 

Monday,  8:00  A.M. 

Tuesday,  after  last  class 

Wednesdays 

Thursday  through  Friday 


SPRING  SEMESTER  1972 

January  31— 

February  5 

February  7 

March  31 

April  10 

May  23 

May  24 

May  29 

May  25— June  2 


Spring  Semester  Registration 
Instruction  begins 
Spring  recess  begins 
Spring  recess  ends 
Instruction  ends 
Pre-exam  study  day 
Memorial  day 
Spring  semester  examinations 


Monday  through  Saturday 

Monday 

Friday,  after  last  class 

Monday,  8:00  A.M. 

Tuesday,  after  last  class 

Wednesday 

Monday 

Thursday  through  Friday 


BOARD  OF  REGENTS  AND  MARYLAND  STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE 


Dr.  Louis  L.  Kaplan,  Chairman 

3505  Fallstaff  Road,  Baltimore  21215 

Richard  W.  Case,  Vice  Chairman 

Smith,  Somerville  and  Case,  17th  Floor,  One  Charles  Center,  Baltimore  21201 

B.  Herbert  Brown,  Secretary 

The  Baltimore  Institute,  10  West  Chase  Street,  Baltimore  21201 

Harry  H.  Nuttle,  Treasurer 
Denton  21629 

Mrs.  Alice  H.  Morgan,  Assistant  Secretary 
4608  Drummond  Avenue,  Chevy  Chase  20015 

F.  Grove  Miller,  Jr.,  Assistant  Treasurer 
Route  #1,  Box  133,  North  East  21901 

Harry  A.  Boswell,  Jr. 

Harry  Boswell  Associates,  6505  Belcrest  Road,  Hyattsville  20782 

Mrs.  Michael  J.  Deegan,  Jr.  (Appointed  June  1970) 
9939  Good  Luck  Road,  Apartment  204,  Seabrook  20801 

George  C.  Fry 
Cecilton  21913 

Edward  V.  Hurley  (Appointed  June  1970) 

Commission  on  Human  Relations,  Mount  Vernon  Building,  701  St.  Paul  Street, 

Baltimore  21202 

William  B.  Long,  M.D. 

Medical  Center,  Salisbury  21801 

Hugh  A.  McMullen  (Appointed  September  1970) 

Geppert  and  McMullen,  21   Prospect  Square,  Cumberland  21502 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  COLLEGE  PARK  CAMPUS 


PRESIDENT 

Wilson  H.  Elkins  —  B.A.,  University  of  Texas, 
1932;  M.A.,  1932;  B.  Lift.,  Oxford  Univer- 
sity, 1936;  D.Phil.,  1936. 

VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ACADEMIC  AFFAIRS 
R.   Lee  Hornbake  —  B.S.,  California  State  Col- 
lege,    Pennsylvania,     1934;    M.A.,    Ohio 
State  University,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  GENERAL  ADMINIS- 
TRATION 

Walter  B.  Waetjen -B.S.,  Millersville  State 
College,  Millersville,  Pennsylvania,  1942; 
M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1947; 
Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951. 

VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  GRADUATE  STUDIES 
AND  RESEARCH 

Michael  J.  Pelczar,  Jr. —  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1936;  M.D.,  1938;  Ph.D., 
State  University  of  Iowa,  1941 . 

VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  AGRICULTURAL  AFFAIRS 
Frank  L.  Bentz,  Jr. —  B.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1942;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  UNIVER- 
SITY RELATIONS 

Robert  A.  Beach,  Jr.  -A.B.,  Baldwin-Wallace 
College,  1950;  M.S.,  Boston  University, 
1954. 


CHANCELLOR 

Charles  E.  Bishop  —  B.S.,  Berea  College,  1946; 

M.S.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1948;  Ph.D. 

University  of  Chicago,  1952. 

ACTING  VICE  CHANCELLOR  FOR  ACADEMIC 
AFFAIRS 

George  H.  Callcott  —  A.B.,  University  of  South 
Carolina,  1950;  M.A.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North 
Carolina,  1956. 

ACTING   VICE  CHANCELLOR   FOR  ACADEMIC 

PLANNING  AND  POLICIES 
Thomas    B.    Day  —  B.S.,    University    of    Notre 

Dame,    1V52;    Ph.D.,  Cornell  University, 

1957. 

ACTING  VICE  CHANCELLOR  FOR  BUSINESS 
AFFAIRS 

John  W.  Dorsey  —  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1958;  Certificate,  London  School  of  Eco- 
nomics, 1959;  M.A.,  Harvard  University, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

VICE  CHANCELLOR  FOR  STUDENT  AFFAIRS 
J.    Winston   Martin  —  B.S.,    University   of  Mis- 
souri, 1951;  M.Ed.,  1956;  Ed.D.,  1958. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  CHANCELLOR  FOR  HUMAN 
RELATIONS 

P.  Bertrand  Phillips  —  A. B.,  San*  Francisco  State 
College,  1954;  M.A.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Colum- 
bia University,  1965. 


i^BKwvt  S. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 


THE   UNIVERSITY 

The  contemporary  university  is  a  comprehen- 
sive educational  institution  composed  of  colleges 
and  schools  and  offering  a  multiplicity  of  undergrad- 
uate programs  that  are  closely  related  to  the 
graduate  and  professional  programs. 

Comprehensive  universities  as  we  know  them 
in  the  United  States  have  existed  for  not  more  than 
a  century,  but  their  roots  can  be  traced  back  to 
medieval  history.  The  English  college  system 
served  as  the  model  for  the  earliest  American  efforts 
at  higher  education.  The  ancient  German  university 
tradition  was  joined  with  this  in  the  1870's  to  form 
the  basic  outlines  of  our  present  institutions.  Prac- 
tical studies  were  grafted  onto  these  more  clas- 
sically and  theoretically-oriented  traditions  by  the 
agricultural  emphasis  of  the  land  grant  movement. 

With  the  explosion  of  scientific  and  technologi- 
cal knowledge  in  the  early  twentieth  century,  the 
role  of  the  universities  in  American  society  attained 
increased  importance,  and  today  almost  all  aspects 
of  national  life— social,  economic,  scientific,  and 
cultural— benefit  from  their  educational,  research 
and  service  functions. 

OBJECTIVES  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Although  the  University  of  Maryland  is  a  state 
institution  quite  large  in  physical  plant,  student 
enrollment,  number  of  curricula  offered,  and  serv- 
ices performed,  its  objectives  remain  constant  and 
form  a  basis  for  all  educational  activity.  Simply 
stated  they  are:  (1)  to  prepare  students  in  the  arts, 
the  humanities,  the  basic  and  applied  sciences, 
and  the  professional  curricula;  (2)  to  provide  general 
education  in  its  broadest  sense,  both  formal  and  in- 
formal, for  all  students  who  enroll;  (3)  to  develop 


those  ideals  and  finer  relationships  among  students 
which  characterize  cultured  individuals;  (4)  to  con- 
duct systematic  research  and  to  promote  creative 
scholarship;  and  (5)  to  offer  special,  continuation, 
and  extension  education  in  communities  where  it  is 
feasible  to  do  so. 

HISTORY 

The  University  had  its  beginnings  in  1807  with 
the  establishment  in  Baltimore  of  the  College  of 
Medicine,  an  entirely  faculty-owned  institution 
granting  the  M.D.  degree.  When,  five  years  later,  its 
name  was  changed  to  the  University  of  Maryland,  it 
was  given  power  to  confer  additional  degrees.  Sub- 
sequently, the  University  opened  a  School  of  Dent- 
istry (1840),  the  first  such  school  in  the  world,  and 
then  added  Schools  of  Pharmacy  (1871),  Law 
(1882),  and  Nursing  (1889). 

The  College  Park  campus  of  the  University  was 
opened  in  1859  as  the  Maryland  Agricultural  College 
under  a  charter  secured  in  1856  by  a  group  of  Mary- 
land planters.  After  a  disastrous  fire  in  1912,  the 
State  acquired  control  of  the  College  and  bore  the 
costs  of  rebuilding.  In  1920  the  State  took  over  the 
faculty-owned  University  in  Baltimore,  merging  it 
with  the  State-owned  institution  at  College  Park  to 
form  the  present-day  University  of  Maryland. 

In  1886  the  Delaware  Conference  Academy  was 
founded  by  the  Methodist  Church  in  Princess  Anne, 
Maryland.  Title  to  the  institution  was  acquired  by 
the  State  of  Maryland  in  1926,  and  it  became  a 
division  of  the  University  of  Maryland  in  1948.  The 
Regents  have  approved  a  proposal  to  make  it  an  inte- 
gral part  of  the  University  system  with  the  name, 
University  of  Maryland  Eastern  Shore  (UMES). 


A  new  undergraduate  branch  campus,  known  as 
University  of  Maryland  Baltimore  County  (UMBO, 
was  opened  at  Catonsville  in  1966. 

THE  UNIVERSITY  TODAY 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  a  comprehensive 
educational    unit    offering    curricula    in    over    120 
fields.    These    curricula    are    offered    through    the 
following  major  academic  divisions: 
At  College  Park 

College  of  Agriculture 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
College  of  Business  and  Public  Administra- 
tion 
College  of  Education 
College  of  Engineering,  the  Glenn  L.  Martin 

Institute  of  Technology 
College  of  Home  Economics 
College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation, 

and  Health 
University  College 
Graduate  School 

School  of  Library  and  Information  Services 
(Graduate  level  only) 


Summer  School 

School  of  Architecture 

School  of  Nursing  (First  two  years) 

School  of  Pharmacy  (First  two  years) 

At  Baltimore  City 

School  of  Dentistry 
School  of  Law 
School  of  Medicine 
School  of  Nursing 
School  of  Pharmacy 
School  of  Social  Work  and  Community 
Planning 

At  Catonsville 

University  of  Maryland  Baltimore  County 

At  Princess  Anne 

University  of  Maryland  Eastern  Shore 

Other  resources  of  the  University  include  a 
library  system,  the  Computer  Science  Center,  the 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  the  University 
Hospital,  the  Psychiatric  Institute,  the  Natural  Re- 
sources Institute,  and  various  other  institutes  and 
bureaus. 


Genera/  Information 


FIELDS   OF   STUDY 


UNDERGRADUATE  DEGREE  PROGRAMS 

One  major  advantage  of  attending  a  university 
is  the  broad  range  of  programs  available.  This  diver- 
sity allows  the  student  to  change  from  one  major 
to  another  without  leaving  the  institution,  to  choose 
from  a  wide  spectrum  of  elective  courses,  and  to 
benefit  from  daily  contact  with  students  of  diverse 
academic  interests  and  backgrounds. 

The  undergraduate  majors  available  at  College 
Park  are  as  follows: 
College  of  Agriculture— B.S.  Degrees  in: 

General  Agriculture 

Agricultural  Chemistry 

Agricultural  Economics  (General,  Agricultural  Business, 
International  Agriculture,  Agribusiness  Teaching) 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

Agricultural  Engineering 

Agronomy  (Crops;  Technical  Crops;  General  Crops  and 
Turf  Management;  Technical  Soils;  General  Soils 
and  Soil  Conservation;  and  Crops,  Soils,  and 
Geology) 

Animal  Science  (Large  Animal,  Dairying,  Poultry,  and  Ani- 
mal Science  Business) 

Botany 

Conservation  and  Resource  Development 

Entomology 

Food  Science 

Geology 

Horticulture  (Pomology  and  Olericulture,  Floriculture  and 
Ornamental    Horticulture,    and    Horticultural    Edu- 
cation) 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

American  Studies— B. A. 

Anthropology — B.A. 

Art— B.A.  (General,  Art  History,  and  Studio) 

Astronomy— B.S. 

Biochemistry — B.S. 

Botany— B.A. 

Chemistry— B.S. 

Classical  Languages  and  Literature— B.A. 

Comparative  Literature— B.A. 

Dance— B.A. 

Economics— B.A. 

English— B.A. 

Foreign  Languages  and  Literature— B.A.  (Language 
and  Area  Studies  in  French,  German,  Russian, 
and  Spanish) 

General  Biological  Sciences— B.S. 

General  Physical  Sciences — B.S. 

Geography — B.A. 

Government  and  Politics— B.A. 

History— B.A. 

Mathematics— B.S. 

Microbiology — B.S. 

Music— B.  Mus.,  B.A.  (B.  Mus.  in  Theory  and  Composition, 
History  and  Literature,  and  Applied  Music) 

Philosophy— B.A. 

Physics— B.S. 


Psychology— B.S. ,  B.A. 

Russian  Area  Studies — B.A. 

Sociology— B.A. 

Speech  and  Dramatic  Art— B.A.  (General,  Dramatic  Art, 
Radio  and  Television,  and  Speech  and  Hearing) 

Zoology— B.S. 
College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration— B.S.  Degrees 
in: 

Business  Administration  (General,  Accounting,  Fi- 
nance, Insurance  and  Real  Estate,  Marketing, 
Personnel  and  Labor  Relations,  Production  Man- 
agement, Statistics  and  Transportation) 

Economics 

Geography  (Urban,  Physical,  and  Cultural  Geography  and 
Cartography) 

Government  and  Politics  (General,  International  Affairs, 
and  Public  Administration) 

Journalism 

Information  Systems  Management 
College  of  Education 

Education  (includes  several  non-departmentalized  de- 
gree programs,  both  undergraduate  and  graduate) 
— B.S..  B.A. 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education — B.S. 

Early  Childhood  and  Elementary  Education— B.S. ,  B.A. 
(Physical  Education,  Music,  Art,  and  Foreign 
Languages) 

Industrial  Education— B.S. 

Library  Science  Education— B.A. 

Secondary  Education— B.S. .  B.A.  [Art,  English,  Foreign 
Languages  (classical  or  modern),  Home  Economics, 
Mathematics,  Music  (instrumental  or  vocal).  Physi- 
cal Education,  Science,  Social  Studies  (history  or 
geography),  Speech,  General  Business,  Secretarial, 
and  Distributive] 

Special  Education— B.S. 

Education  for  Industry — B.S. 

Vocational- Industrial  Education— B.S. 
College  of  Engineering— B.S.  Degrees  in: 

Aerospace  Engineering 

Agricultural  Engineering 

Chemical  Engineering 

Civil  Engineering 

Electrical  Engineering 

Engineering  (Undesignated) 

Fire  Protection 

Mechanical  Engineering 
College  of  Home  Economics — B.S.  Degrees  in: 

Family  and  Community  Development  (Family  Studies, 
Community  Studies,  and  Management  and  Con- 
sumer) 

Food,  Nutrition,  and  Institution  Administration  (Food 
and  Nutrition,  Experimental  Foods,  Nutrition;  In- 
stitutional Administration;  and  Dietetics) 

Textiles    and    Clothing    [Textiles    (Textiles   and    Apparel, 
Textile  Science,  or  Textile  Marketing)) 

Housing  and  Applied  Design  (Advertising  Design,  Costume. 
Crafts.  Housing,  and  Interior  Design) 

Home  Economics  Education 
College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health— 
B.S.  Degrees  in: 


Genera/  Information 


Physical  Education 

Recreation 

Health  Education 
School  of  Architecture— B. Arch.  Degree 
University  College: 

General  Studies— B. A. 

Military  Science — B.S.  (No  new  enrollments  accepted) 

SPECIAL  PROGRAMS 

There  are  certain  subjects  which  the  student 
cannot  choose  as  his  undergraduate  major  but  can 
choose  as  his  minor  field  of  study.  These  include: 

Afro-American  Studies 

Chinese 

Portuguese 

Hebrew 

Greek 

Italian 

Computer  Science 

Linguistics 

AIR  FORCE  ROTC 

The  Department  of  Air  Science  operates  the  Air 
Force  Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps  program  on 
an  elective  basis.  The  program  provides  college  men 
with  an  opportunity  to  earn  commissions  in  the 
United  States  Air  Force  while  earning  their  degrees. 
The  Air  Force  ROTC  mission  is  to  commission, 
through  a  college  program,  career-oriented  second 
lieutenants  in  response  to  Air  Force  requirements. 
Students  should  contact  their  college  within  the 
University  to  determine  the  number  of  AFROTC 
credits  that  may  be  applied  toward  their  degree  re- 
quirements. 

TWO  PROGRAMS  OFFERED 
Four-Year  Program 

A  General  Military  Course  (GMC)  is  normally  for 
freshmen  and  sophomores.  Those  who  successfully 
complete  the  GMC  may  apply  for  the  Professional 
Officer  Course  (POC)  which  is  the  final  two  years  of 
AFROTC.  Progression  into  the  POC  is  not  automatic 
but  is  limited  to  selected  students  only.  Students  in 
the  four-year  program  must  attend  four  weeks  of 
field  training  at  a  designated  Air  Force  base  during 
the  summer  after  completing  the  junior  year  of  col- 
lege. To  enter  the  AFROTC  program,  one  should 
inform  his  advisor  and  register  for  it  in  the  same 
manner  as  for  other  courses.  Only  students  who 
elect  the  four-year  program  are  eligible  to  apply  for 
the  AFROTC  College  Scholarship  Program. 

Two-Year  Program 

The  Professional  Officer  Course  (POC)  is  nor- 
mally offered  in  the  junior  and  senior  years,  but  may 
be  taken  by  graduate  students  otherwise  qualified. 
This  program  is  especially  attractive  for  those  un- 
able to  take  the  four-year  program,  particularly 
transfer  students.  Evaluation  of  candidates  is  nor- 
mally begun  during  the  first  semester  of  the  sopho- 
more year,  since  each  student  must  meet  physical 
and  mental  standards  set  by  the  Air  Force.  Inter- 
ested students  should  contact  a  professor  of  air 
science  as  early  in  their  sophomore  year  as  possible. 
Students  in  the  two-year  program  must  attend  six 
weeks  of  field  training  at  a  designated  Air  Force 
base  during  the  summer  preceding  initial  entry  into 
the  two-year  academic  portion.  The  academic  pro- 
gram for  the  last  two  years  (POC)  is  identical  with 
the  final  two  years  of  the  four-year  program.  Cadets 
in  the  POC  are  exempt  from  the  draft,  since  they 
are  enlisted  in  the  Air  Force  Reserve.  This  entitles 
them  to  all  privileges  afforded  to  military  reserv- 
ists. 


UNDERGRADUATE  ADMISSION 


The  University  of  Maryland,  in  all  its  branches 
and  divisions,  subscribes  to  a  policy  of  equal  educa- 
tional opportunity  for  people  of  all  races,  creeds  and 

ethnic  origins. 

FRESHMAN  ADMISSION 
Maryland  Residents 

Admission  from  secondary  school  is  based  on 
evidence  indicating  the  applicant's  probable  suc- 
cess in  the  program  of  his  choice.  Applicants  will  be 
evaluated  by  two  sets  of  criteria:  (1)  high  school 
academic  record  in  college  preparatory  subjects 
and  class  standing  and  (2)  the  University's  predic- 
tive index. 

High  School  Record  and  Class  Standing 

Applicants  for  admission  from  secondary  school 
who  have  (1)  achieved  at  least  a  C  average  (when  D 
is  the  lowest  passing  grade)  in  college  preparatory 
subjects  and  (2)  rank  in  the  top  half  of  their  class 
will  be  offered  admission. 

Predictive  Index 

Applicants  who  have  achieved  at  least  a  C  aver- 
age but  who  do  not  rank  in  the  upper  half  of  their 
class  will  be  evaluated  on  the  basis  of  the  Univer- 
sity's predictive  index.  The  variables  included  in  the 
index  are  the  applicant's  (1)  grade-point  average  in 
academic  courses,  (2)  class  rank,  and  (3)  Scholastic 
Aptitude  Test  scores. 

An  applicant  whose  predicted  grade-point  aver- 
age at  the  end  of  his  first  year  at  the  University  is 
1.75  or  better  will  be  offered  admission. 

Other  Requirements  for  Admission 
In  addition  to  meeting  one  of  the  sets  of  criteria 
noted  above  all  applicants  must  also: 

1.  Be  recommended  for  admission  by  their  high 
school  principal  or  counselor; 

2.  Have  received  their  high  school  diploma  be- 
fore their  first  registration  with  the  Uni- 
versity; 

3.  Have  successfully  completed  the  high  school 
subjects  required  for  the  college  and  cur- 
riculum for  which  application  is  made. 
(Note:  Admission  to  the  School  of  Architec- 
ture is  competitive  with  selection  based  on 
previous  academic  achievement.); 

4.  Have  completed  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 
and  have  requested  that  the  results  be 
submitted  to  the  University.  Applicants 
should  take  the  SAT  before  the  end  of  the 
Fall  Semester  preceding  enrollment  at  the 
University.  For  further  information  on  the 
SAT,  applicants  should  consult  their  high 
school  counselor  or  write  to  the  Educational 
Testing  Service,  Princeton,  New  Jersey 
08540.  To  have  the  test  results  sent  to  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park,  use 
the  College  Park  Campus  code  number, 
5814,  in  the  proper  place  on  the  test. 

Early  Decision 
Applicants  who  have  a  B  average  in  college 
preparatory  subjects  during  their  junior  year  in  high 
school  or  who  are  in  the  top  fourth  of  their  respec- 
tive classes  may  be  offered  an  early  decision  on  ad- 
mission. Once  the  applicant  accepts  the  offer  by 
remitting  the  fifty  dollar  enrollment  deposit,  he  only 
needs  to  submit  a  final  transcript  documenting  grad- 
uation from  high  school  to  complete  the  require- 
ments for  admission. 


General  Information 


The  Out-of-State  Student 

As  the  state  university,  the  University  of  Mary- 
land must  give  preference  to  residents.  The  Uni- 
versity will  offer  admission,  however,  to  a  limited 
number  of  non-residents  of  proven  academic  ability 
for  whom  particular  programs  of  the  University  are 
especially  relevant. 

The  limitations  on  out-of-state  applicants  apply 
both  to  freshmen  and  transfer  students. 

TRANSFER  STUDENT  ADMISSION 

An  applicant  must  be  in  good  standing  in  schol- 
arship and  character  to  be  considered  for  admission. 
Transfer  applicants  who  are  residents  of  Maryland 
are  required  to  have  at  least  a  C  average  (2.0  on  a 
4.0  scale)  in  all  previous  work.  The  Associate  of 
Arts  degree  qualifies  the  community  college  trans- 
fer student  for  admission. 

Non-resident  applicants  are  required  to  have  a 
cumulative  average  of  at  least  2.5  on  a  4.0  scale. 

For  further  information  contact  the  Coordinator 
of  Transfer  Students,  Office  of  Admissions. 
Transfer  Credit 

Advanced  standing  is  assigned  to  transfer  stu- 
dents from  accredited  institutions  prior  to  registra- 
tion. Academic  courses  carrying  a  grade  of  C  or 
higher  usually  are  transferable  provided  they  are  ap- 
plicable to  the  curriculum  into  which  the  student  is 
transferring. 

Transfer  of  Credit  from  Community  Colleges 

A  maximum  of  sixty  (60)  academic  credits  are 
transferable  from  community  colleges.  In  general, 
courses  taken  at  a  community  college  which  are 
equivalent  to  junior  or  senior  level  courses  at  the 
University  may  not  be  transferred. 

Special  Problems.  The  College  of  Business  and 
Public  Administration  subscribes  to  the  policy  that 
advanced  work  in  professional  courses  should  not 
be  included  in  the  first  two  years  of  undergraduate 
education.  The  College  also  limits  transfer  of  lower 
division  courses  in  Business  Administration  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  (9)  semester  hours.  Similar  limi- 
tations are  placed  on  transfer  of  credit  in  other  pro- 
fessional areas. 

Transfer  foreign  language  credit  is  usually  ac- 
ceptable in  meeting  college  requirements.  Prospec- 
tive students  should  consult  college  catalogs  to  de- 
termine the  specific  requirements  of  various  col- 
leges and  curricula. 

Credit  by  Examination.  Transfer  credit  will  not 
be  granted  for  courses  taken  by  examination  at  other 
institutions. 

The  Academic  Retention  Plan 

The  academic  average  of  a  transfer  student 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  is  based  only  on  those 
courses  actually  taken  at  the  University.  Credit 
hours  for  courses  taken  at  other  institutions  may 
be  transferred,  but  grades  and  quality  points  do  not 
transfer.  The  level  of  expectation  of  academic  per- 
formance, however,  is  determined  by  the  total  num- 
ber of  credit  hours  transferred  plus  the  number  of 
hours  attempted  at  the  University. 

THE  SPECIAL  STUDENT 

Applicants  over  21  years  of  age  who  qualify 
for  admission  but  who  do  not  desire  to  work  toward 
a  baccalaureate  degree  may  be  admitted  as  special 
students.  These  students  are  ineligible  to  matricu- 
late for  a  degree  until  they  have  submitted  all  re- 
quired documents.  Permission  from  the  dean  of 
the  various  schools  and  colleges  of  the  University  is 


often  needed  in  order  to  enroll  as  a  special  student. 
Special  students  who  have  received  a  bacca- 
laureate degree  are  advised  that  no  credit  earned 
while  enrolled  as  special  students  may  be  applied 
at  a  later  date  to  a  graduate  program.  These  post- 
baccalaureate  students  may  enroll  for  courses  at 
the  100  to  199  level  for  which  they  possess  the 
necessary  prerequisites  but  may  not  enroll  in 
courses  restricted  to  graduate  students  only. 

THE  FOREIGN  STUDENT 

The  foreign  student  applying  for  admission  to 
the  undergraduate  schools  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  should  make  application  at  least  six 
months  in  advance  of  the  term  for  which  he  is  ap- 
plying. He  will  be  required  to  submit  (1)  an  applica- 
tion for  admission  on  a  form  furnished  by  the  Ad- 
missions Office  of  the  University  upon  request,  (2) 
official  copies  of  his  secondary  school  preparation, 
(3)  certificates  of  completion  of  state  secondary 
school  examinations,  and  (4)  records  of  college  or 
university  studies  completed  in  schools  in  the 
United  States  or  elsewhere.  He  will  also  be  re- 
quired to  furnish  proof  of  adequate  finances  and  of 
his  ability  to  read,  write,  speak,  and  understand 
English  sufficiently  well  to  pursue  satisfactorily  an 
approved  course  of  study  in  one  of  the  colleges  of 
the  University.  Arrangements  can  be  made  through 
the  Office  of  the  Director  of  International  Education 
Services  and  Foreign  Student  Affairs  for  administer- 
ing an  English  test  to  prospective  students  both  in 
the  United  States  and  in  other  countries. 

The  foreign  student  accepted  for  admission  to 
the  University  will  receive  from  the  Director  of 
Foreign  Student  Affairs  the  appropriate  immigra- 
tion form  needed  to  secure  a  student  visa  from  the 
American  consul. 

Every  foreign  student  is  expected  to  notify  the 
Director  of  Foreign  Student  Affairs  as  to  the  approx- 
imate date  of  his  arrival  at  the  University  and  ar- 
range to  arrive  in  time  for  the  special  orientation 
program  that  precedes  registration.  The  office  of 
the  Director  is  located  in  the  North  Administration 
Building,  Room  222-A. 

APPLICATION  PROCEDURES 

Application  Forms 
Application  forms  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to: 
Director,  Office  of  Admissions 
North  Administration  Building 
University  of  Maryland 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742 
Application  forms  also  are  supplied  to  Maryland 
high  schools.  Seniors  in  high  school  may  obtain  the 
forms  from  their  high  school  counselors. 

All  applicants  must  comply  fully  with  the  direc- 
tions printed  on  the  application  form.  Incomplete 
forms  cannot  be  processed. 

Application  Fee 
A  non-refundable  $10.00  application  fee  is  re- 
quired with  each  application. 

Enrollment  Deposit 
Applicants  for  the  September  term  who  are 
found  to  meet  admission  requirements  may  be  sent 
an  offer  of  admission.  They  are  then  required  to 
submit  the  enrollment  deposit  of  $50  within  three 
weeks  after  the  date  of  this  offer.  Failure  to  submit 
the  enrollment  deposit  within  the  required  time 
limit  will  be  taken  as  evidence  that  the  applicant  is 
not  seriously  interested  in  admission,  and  the  offer 
will  be  cancelled. 


General  Information 


Refunds  of  the  $50  enrollment  deposit  will  be 
made  provided  the  request  for  the  refund  is  received 
by  the  Admissions  Office  on  or  before  June  1,  for 
those  students  who  plan  to  enter  in  September. 

CLOSING  DATES  FOR  APPLICATIONS 

Fall  Semester 

All  applications  for  undergraduate  admission  for 
the  fall  semester  at  the  College  Park  campus  must 
be  received  by  the  University  on  or  before  June  1. 
(Note:  Foreign  students  are  required  to  submit  ap- 
plication six  months  in  advance  of  registration.  Ap- 
plications including  supporting  documents  for  the 
School  of  Architecture  must  be  received  on  or  be- 
fore March  1.)  High  school  students  are  encouraged 
to  file  their  applications  during  the  fall  months  of 
their  senior  year. 

All  supporting  documents  for  an  application  for 
admission  must  be  received  by  the  appropriate  Uni- 
versity office  on  or  before  July  15.  Supporting  docu- 
ments include  education  records  (except  current 
summer  school  grades),  SAT  scores  (in  the  case  of 
new  freshmen)  and  medical  examination  reports. 
Spring  Semester 

The  deadline  for  the  receipt  of  applications  for 
the  Spring  Semester  is  December  1.  All  supporting 
documents  for  an  application  must  be  received  on  or 
before  the  first  workday  after  January  1.  (Foreign 
students  are  required  to  submit  applications  six 
months  in  advance.) 

ORIENTATION  PROGRAMS 
Freshmen  Orientation  and  Registration 

Upon  final  admission  to  the  University  the  stu- 
dent will  receive  materials  pertaining  to  his  partici- 
pation in  The  Freshmen  Orientation  and  Registra- 
tion Program  for  the  University  of  Maryland.  ALL 
ENTERING  FRESHMEN  ARE  REQUIRED  TO  AT- 
TEND THIS  PROGRAM  which  is  administered  by  the 
director  of  Orientation  and  Special  Programs  of  the 
Office  of  Student  Activities.  The  primary  goals  of  the 
program  are  three-fold  in  nature:  to  inform  the  stu- 
dent about  the  University,  involve  him  in  the  pro- 
gram and  assist  him  in  dealing  with  the  problems  he 
may  encounter.  The  program  is  operated  at  the  Col- 
lege Park  campus  during  the  months  of  July  and 
August.  Each  freshman  will  attend  with  a  group  of 
his  future  classmates.  During  the  two  days  he  will 
engage  in  the  following: 

1.  Formal  and  informal  discussions  about  Uni- 
versity life  and  the  standards  of  performance 
the  University  will  expect  of  him. 

2.  A  personal  conference  with  a  faculty  adviser 

in  his  college  who  will  assist  him  in  select- 
ing and  registering  for  fall  semester  courses. 
(To  assure  the  success  of  this  conference, 
please  have  the  SAT  scores  submitted  to  the 
University  early  in  the  spring.) 

3.  An  introduction  to  campus  facilities,  sources 

of  help  for  the  problems  the  typical  fresh- 
man must  face,  and  out-of-class  opportuni- 
ties. 

4.  Payment  of  fall  semester  fees  and  charges 

and,  if  he  so  desires,  purchase  of  his  text- 
books. 
Through  this  program,  the  entering  student  re- 
ceives a   personalized  and   individual    introduction 
to  the  University. 
Transfer  Student  Orientation 

Upon  admission  to  the  University,  the  transfer 
student  receives  information  concerning  an  orienta- 


tion program  that  is  held  during  the  summer.  This 
program  includes  a  conference  with  representatives 
of  his  college  to  explain  academic  requirements,  as 
well  as  a  general  orientation  to  the  campus  itself. 
The  program  is  particularly  geared  to  the  needs  of 
upper  class  students  and  their  special  concerns. 
Foreign  Student  Orientation 

All  foreign  students  admitted  to  the  University 
are  required  to  attend  the  orientation  program  ar- 
ranged especially  for  them  by  the  Director  of  Foreign 
Student  Affairs  with  the  cooperation  of  the  Interna- 
tional Club.  The  September  Orientation  is  held  on 
the  Friday  and  Saturday  preceding  registration 
week;  the  February  Orientation  is  held  on  the  Friday 
only  preceding  registration  week.  At  the  close  of  the 
afternoon  sessions  on  Friday,  a  coffee  is  held  where 
new  foreign  students  are  introduced  informally  to 
members  of  the  faculty  and  administration  as  well 
as  to  other  students,  both  foreign  and  American. 
Fall  Activities  Week 

During  Fall  Registration  Week  students  and 
faculty  combine  their  efforts  to  plan  a  program  to 
help  students  become  acquainted  with  the  many  as- 
pects of  life  at  the  University.  The  activities  of  this 
week  range  from  open  houses  and  picnics  to  study 
skills  seminars  and  welcome  assemblies.  Faculty 
members  participate  in  a  series  of  programs  de- 
signed to  initiate  the  academic  year.  Entertaining 
social  events  are  planned  to  help  the  student  be- 
come acquainted  with  his  future  classmates.  Stu- 
dent leaders  show  him  how  he  can  become  involved 
in  activities  varying  from  intramural  sports  to  stu- 
dent politics.  Selected  upperclassmen  who  com- 
pose the  Fall  Orientation  Board  are  on  hand  to 
answer  questions  and  lead  small  discussion 
groups. 

For  information  about  any  of  the  orientation 
programs,  please  write: 

Orientation  Director 

Student  Union 

University  of  Maryland 

College  Park,  Maryland  20742 

SUMMER  SCHOOL 

New  freshmen  students  who  have  met  the  regu- 
lar University  admission  requirements  for  fall  en- 
rollment may  begin  their  studies  during  the  sum- 
mer rather  than  await  September.  The  final  date 
for  admission  to  Summer  School  is  June  1. 

The  student  who  enters  on  this  basis  and  who 
continues  attending  summer  sessions  can  shorten 
his  college  career  by  a  semester  or  by  a  year,  de- 
pending upon  his  curriculum  and  the  progress  he 
makes  in  it. 

Courses  which  are  offered  during  the  summer 
are  the  same  in  content  and  in  instruction  as  are 
courses  offered  during  the  fall  and  spring  semes- 
ters. Many  students  have  found  the  transition  from 
secondary  school  to  college  facilitated  by  attending 
the  summer  session.  Undergraduate  students  at- 
tending the  eight-week  session  are  permitted  to  reg- 
ister for  a  maximum  of  nine  semester  hour  credits. 

For  additional  information  write  for  a  Summer 
School  Catalog,  which  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Director  of  the  Summer  School,  College  Park,  Mary- 
land 20742. 

UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 

University  College  subscribes  to  the  philosophy 
that  continuing  education  is  essential  to  meet  the 


General  Information 


demands  of  today's  complex  society.  Thus,  the 
College,  in  contrast  to  the  usual  practice  of  bringing 
students  to  the  University,  makes  educatioi.al  op- 
portunities available  to  adult  students  at  hours  and 
locations  convenient  for  them. 

As  a  result  of  this  philosophy,  most  University 
College  courses  are  given  in  the  evening.  There- 
fore, the  average  undergraduate — that  is,  a  person 
who  wishes  to  be  a  full-time  day  student— would 
have  little  reason  to  enroll  with  University  College 
Nor  would  he  be  allowed  to  do  so,  except  in  special 
cases.  However,  if  a  student  who  first  enrolls  as  a 
full-time  day  student  later  finds  it  necessary  to  take 
a  day-time  job,  he  may  then  take  evening  courses 
with  University  College. 

Specifically,  University  College  has  a  three-fold 
purpose:  (1)  to  extend  the  program  of  the  University 
by  offering  college-credit  evening  courses  for  adults 
on  campus  and  off  campus  throughout  the  State, 
in  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  at  various  overseas 
centers;  (2)  to  offer  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in 
General  Studies  to  qualified  adult  students;  and  (3) 
through  the  Conferences  and  Institutes  Division,  to 
arrange  special  programs  to  meet  specific  non- 
credit  educational  needs  of  various  adult  groups. 

The  General  Studies  curriculum  provides  oppor- 
tunities for  programs  in  the  humanities,  the  social 
sciences,  and  business  administration,  with  concen- 
trations in  such  fields  as  commerce,  English,  gov- 
ernment and  politics,  history,  philosophy,  psy- 
chology, and  sociology. 

Off-campus  centers  in  Maryland  and  the  Dis- 
trict of  Columbia  at  which  courses  in  these  fields 
are  offered  include: 

Aberdeen  Proving  Ground 
Andrews  Air  Force  Base 
Baltimore  Campuses 
Bainbridge  Naval 
Training  Center 


Boiling  Air  Force  Base 
D.C.  Recreation  Dept. 
Edgewood  Arsenal 
Fort  Meade 
Fort  Ritchie 
Maryland  Penitentiary 
Montgomery  County  Police 
National  Bureau  of  Standards 
National  Institute  of  Health 
National  Security  Agency 
Naval  Ordnance  Laboratory 
Naval  Research  Laboratory 
Patuxent  Naval  Air  Station 
Pentagon 

Prince  Georges  County  Police 
Soc.  Security  Bldg.— Baltimore 
Tolchester  Missile  Site 
Walter  Reed  Army 
Medical  Center 

In  addition,  the  Off-Campus  Division  of  Univer- 
sity College  offers  courses  for  teachers  in  most  of 
the  counties  in  Maryland.  The  College  Park  Evening 
Division  offers  courses  on  campus. 

Overseas,  University  College  courses  are  offered 
to  military  personnel  and  their  dependents,  and  to 
certain  civilians  in  twenty-five  foreign  countries 
on  four  continents.  These  courses  are  offered  in  co- 
operation with  the  U.S.  Armed  Forces. 

To  enroll  in  University  College,  students  who 
have  never  attended  a  college  or  university  must 
have  either  an  acceptable  high  school  diploma  or 
the  high  school  equivalent;  students  who  have  at- 
tended another  college  or  university  must  be  in  good 
academic  standing.  Further  information  about  ad- 
mission requirements  may  be  obtained  from  a  Uni- 
versity College  adviser  (call  454-2311  for  an  ap- 
pointment) or  from  the  University  College  Catalog, 
which  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Dean,  Uni- 
versity College,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park 
Maryland  20742. 

The  College  does  not  offer  correspondence 
courses. 


General  Information 


8  Genera/  Information 


EXPENSES  AND   FINANCIAL  AID 


GENERAL 

All  fees  are  due  and  payable  in  full  at  time  of 
registration.  Returning  students  will  not  be  permit- 
ted to  complete  registration  until  all  financial  obli- 
gations to  the  University  including  library  fines, 
parking  violation  assessments,  and  other  penalty 
fees  and  service  charges  are  paid  in  full. 

All  checks  or  money  orders  should  be  made  pay- 
able to  the  University  of  Maryland  for  the  exact 
amount  due.  In  cases  where  the  University  has 
awarded  a  grant,  scholarship,  or  workship,  the  ap- 
propriate amount  will  be  deducted  on  the  bill. 

No  degree  will  be  conferred,  nor  any  diploma, 
certificate,  or  transcript  of  record  issued  to  a  stu- 
dent who  has  not  made  satisfactory  settlement  of 
his  account. 

Although  changes  in  fees  and  charges  ordinar- 
ily will  be  announced  in  advance,  the  University 
reserves  the  right  to  make  such  changes  without 
prior  announcement. 

FEES  FOR  RESIDENTS  AND  NON-RESIDENTS: 
1970-1971  ACADEMIC  YEAR 

Fall 
Semester 
Fees  for  Undergraduate  Students: 
Maryland  Residents 

Fixed  Charges $205.00 

Instructional  Materials 13.00 

Athletic  Fee 30.00 

Student  Activities  Fee 18.00 

Auxiliary  Facilities  Fee 15.00 

Recreational  Facilities  Fee 40.00 

$321.00 

Board-Full  Controct- $300.00 

Lodging $200.00 

$821.00 


Spring 
Semester 

Total 

$205.00 
13.00 

$410.00 
26.00 
30.00 
18  00 
15.00 
40.00 

$218.00 

$539.00 

$300.00 
$200.00 
$718.00 

$600.00 

$400.00 

$1,539.00 

Full  Time  Undergraduote-Non-Residents 
Fixed  Charges  and  other  fees 

(same  as  above) $321.00  $218.00  $539.00 

Non-Resident  Fee $250.00  $250.00  $500.00 

Board  Full  Contract- $300.00  $300.00  $600.00 

Lodging $250.00  $250.00  $500.00 

$1,121.00  $1,018.00  $2,139.00 

•Partial  Contract  for  Boord  is  $250.00  per  Semester 

••Students  who  register  for  the  Spring  Semester  but  who  were  not  enrolled  in  the  Fall 
Semester  are  reguired  to  pay  the  following  additional  fees:  Athletic  Fee.  $15.00.  Stu- 
dent Activities.  $9.00,  Auxiliary  Facilities  Fee.  $7  50;  Recreational  Facilities  Fee, 
$20.00. 

Definition  of  Residence  and  Non-Residence 

Students  who  are  minors  are  considered  to  be 
resident  students  if  at  the  time  of  their  registration 
their  parents  have  been  domiciled  in  the  State  of 
Maryland  for  at  least  six  months. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  de- 
termined at  the  time  of  his  first  registration  in  the 
University  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed  by 
him  unless,  in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents  move 
to  and  become  legal  residents  of  Maryland  by  main- 
taining such  residence  for  at  least  six  months.  How- 
ever, the  right  of  the  minor  student  to  change  from 
a  non-resident  status  to  resident  status  must  be  es- 
tablished by  him  prior  to  the  registration  period  set 
for  any  semester. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  residents 
if  at  the  time  of  their  registration  they  have  been 
domiciled  in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  months  pro- 
vided such  residence  has  not  been  acquired  while 
attending  any  school  or  college  in  Maryland  or 
elsewhere.  Time  spent  on  active  duty  in  the  armed 
services  while  stationed  in  Maryland  will  not  be 
considered  as  satisfying  the  six  months  period  re- 
ferred to  above  except  in  those  cases  in  which  the 
adult  was  domiciled   in   Maryland  for  at  least  six 


General  Information 


months  prior  to  his  entrance  into  the  armed  service 
and  was  not  enrolled  in  any  school  during  that  peri- 
od. 

The  word  "domicile"  as  used  in  this  regulation 
shall  mean  the  permanent  place  of  abode.  For  the 
purpose  of  this  rule  only  one  domicile  may  be  main- 
tained. 
Explanation  of  Fees 

The  application  fee  for  the  undergraduate  col- 
leges and  the  summer  session  partially  defrays 
the  cost  of  processing  applications  for  admission  to 
these  divisions  of  the  Universty.  If  a  student  enrolls 
for  the  term  for  which  he  applied,  the  fee  is  ac- 
cepted in  lieu  of  the  matriculation  fee.  Applicants 
who  have  enrolled  with  the  University  of  Maryland 
in  its  Evening  Division  at  College  Park  or  Baltimore, 
or  at  one  of  its  off-campus  centers  are  not  required 
to  pay  the  fee  since  they  have  already  paid  a  ma- 
triculation fee. 

The  Fixed  Charges  Fee  is  not  a  charge  for  tui- 
tion. It  is  a  charge  to  help  defray  the  cost  of  operat- 
ing the  University's  physical  plant,  to  pay  adminis- 
trative and  clerical  expenses  and  other  costs  which 
ordinarily  would  not  be  included  as  a  cost  of  teach- 
ing personnel  and  teaching  supplies. 

The  Instructional  Materials  Fee  represents  a 
charge  for  instructional  materials  and/or  laboratory 
supplies  furnished  to  students.  Full-time  under- 
graduate students  subject  to  the  fees  set  forth  be- 
low will  be  billed  the  appropriate  fee  and  also  will 
be  billed  the  Instructional  Materials  Fee:  Math  1, 
$45;  Applied  Music,  $40;  and  P.E.  8  Riding  Class, 
$26. 

The  Athletic  Fee  is  charged  for  the  support  of 
the  Department  of  Intercollegiate  Athletics.  All 
students  are  eligible  and  all  students  are  encour- 
aged to  participate  in  all  of  the  activities  of  this  de- 
partment and  to  attend  all  contests  in  which  they 
do  not  participate. 

The  Student  Activities  Fee  is  a  mandatory  fee 
included  at  the  request  of  the  Student  Government 
Association.  It  covers  class  dues  and  is  used  in 
sponsoring  various  student  activities,  student  pub- 
lications and  cultural  programs. 

The  Recreational  Facilities  Fee  is  paid  into 
a  fund  which  will  be  used  to  expand  the  recreational 
facilities  on  the  College  Park  campus,  especially 
the  Student  Union  Building. 

The  Auxiliary  Facilities  Fee  is  paid  into  a  fund 
which  is  used  for  expansion  and  operation  of  var- 
ious facilities  such  as  roads,  walks,  campus  light- 
ing and  other  campus  facilities.  These  facilities 
are  not  funded  or  are  funded  only  in  part  from  other 
sources. 

OTHER  FEES 

Undergraduate  Applications 

The  deadline  for  the  receipt  of  applications  for 
the  Spring  Semester  is  December  1.  All  sup- 
porting documents  for  an  application  must  be  re- 
ceived on  or  before  the  first  workday  after  January  1 
1970. 

All  applications  for  undergraduate  admission 
for  the  Fall  Semester  at  the  College  Park  campus 
must  be  received  by  Admissions  Office  on  or  before 
June  1.  All  supporting  documents  for  an  application 
for  admission  must  be  received  by  the  appropriate 
University  Office  on  or  before  July  15.  Supporting 
documents  include  education  records  (except  cur- 
rent summer  school  grades),  SAT  scores  (in  the  case 
of  new  freshmen),  and  the  medical  examination  re- 
port. 


Applicotion  Fee  $  10.00 

Enrollment  Deposit  Fee  50.00 

(This  fee  is  non-refundable  after  June  1st.  At  time  of  registra- 
tion fee  will  be  applied  against  University  charges) 
Registration  Fee  -  Pre-College  Orientation  Program  ...  15  00 

Late  Applicotion  Fee  25.00 

Matriculation  Fee  10.00 

Graduation  Fee  for  Bachelor's  degree  10.00 

Room  Deposit  Fee  poyable  upon  application  for  dormitory  room  50.00 

(To  be  deducted  from  the  first  semester  room  charges  at 
registration.) 
Vehicle  Registration  Fee.  each  vehicle  10.00 

(Payable  each  academic  year  by  all  students  registered  for 
courses  on  the  College  Park  campus  and  who  drive  on  the 
campus.) 
Special  Fee  for  students  requiring  additional  preporotion  in  Mathe- 
matics, per  semester  45.00 
(Required  of  students  whose  curriculum  calls  for  Math  10  or  18 
and  who  foil  in  qualifying  examination  for  these  courses.  Stu- 
dents enrolled  in  this  course  ond  concurrently  enrolled  for  6  or 
more  credit  hours  will  be  considered  as  full-time  students  for 
purposes  of  assessing  fees.) 
Special  Guidonce  Fee  per  semester  (for  students  who  are  required 
or  who  wish  to  take  advantage  of  the  effective  study  course, 
and/or  the  tutoring  service  offered  by  the  Office  of  Inter- 
mediate Registration)  15.00 
Applied  Music  Fee  (each  course)                                                           40.00 
Riding  Class  Fee                                                                                     26.00 
Fees  for  Auditors  and  courses  taken  for  audit  are  the  same  as  those 
charged  for  courses  taken  for  credit  at  both  the  undergraduate 
and  graduate  levels.  Audited  credit  hours  will  be  added  to  hours 
taken  for  credit  to  determine  whether  or  not  an  undergradu- 
ate student  is  full-time  or  part-time  for  fee  assessment  pur- 
poses. 
Special  students  are  assessed  fees  in  accordance  with  the  sched- 
ule for  the  comparable  undergraduate  or  graduate  classifica- 
tion. 

MISCELLANEOUS  FEES  AND  CHARGES 
Part-time  Undergraduate  Students: 

Fee  per  credit  hour 22.00 

Auxiliary  Facilities  Fee  -  Payable  each  semester  or  summer 

session 4.00 

Vehicle  Registration  Fee  10.00 

($10.00  for  first  vehicle  and  $2.00  each  for  odditional 
vehicles  in  accordance  with  published  regulations.) 
(Payable  each  academic  yeor  by  all  students  registered 
for  dosses  on  the  College  Pork  Campus  and  who  drive 
on  the  campus.) 
(The  term  "part-time  students"  is  interpreted  to  meon  under- 
graduate students  taking  8  semester  credit  hours  or  less. 
Students  carrying  9  semester  hours  are  considered  to  be 
full  time  ond  must  pay  the  regular  full-time  fees.) 

Lote  Registration  Fee 20.00 

(All  students  are  expected  to  complete  their  registration,  in- 
cluding the  filing  of  class  cards  ond  payment  of  bills,  on  the 
regular  registration  days.  Those  who  do  not  complete  their 
registration  during  the  prescribed  days  must  pay  this  fee.) 
Fee  for  change  in  registration  5  00 

Fee  for  failure  to  report  for  medical  examination  appointment  2  00 

Special  Examination  Fee   -   to  establish  college  credit   -   per 

semester  hour  5.00 

Transcript   of   Record   Fee  (one  tronscript   furnished   without 

charge)   ...  1  .OX) 

Property  Damage  Chorge:  Students  will  be  charged  for  damage 
to  property  or  equipment.  Where  responsibility  for  the  dam- 
age con  be  fixed,  the  individual  student  will  be  billed  for  it: 
where  responsibility  cannot  be  fixed,  the  cost  of  repairing 
the  damage  or  replacing  equipment  will  be  prorated. 
Service  Charges  for  Dishonored  Checks:  Payable  for  each  check 
which  is  returned  unpaid  by  the  drawee  bank  on  initial  pres- 
entation because  of  insufficient  funds,  payment  stopped. 
post-dating,  drawn  ogainst  uncollected  items  etc. 

For  checks  up  to  $50.00   .  5.00 

For  checks  from  $50.0)  to  $100.00  10.00 

For  checks  over  $100.00  20.00 

Library  Charges: 

Fine  for  failure  to  return  book  from  Generol  Library  before 

expiration  of  loan  period  per  day         .25 

Fine  for  failure  to  return  book  from  Reserve  Shelf  before  ex- 
piration of  loan  period 

First  hour  overdue  1.00 

Eoch  additional  hour  overdue  2  00  max 

In  case  of  loss  or  multilation  of  o  book,  satisfactory  restitution 

must  be  made. 
In  the  event  it  becomes  necessary  to  tronsfer  uncollected  charges 
to  the  Coshier's  office,  on  additional  charge  of  $1  00  is  made 

TEXTBOOKS  AND  SUPPLIES 
Textbooks  and  classroom  supplies:  These  costs  vary  with  the 

course  pursued,  but  will  overage  per  semester  85  00 


FEES  FOR  GRADUATE  STUDENTS 
Fee  per  semester  hour.  Resident 
Fee  per  semester  hour.  Non-resident 
Fee  per  semester  hour.  Maryland  Teachers 


$  3800 
48  00 
34.00 


10 


Genera/  Information 


Application  Fee,  payable  ol  time  of  first  application  for  admission 

to  the  Graduate  School  $  1000 

Graduation  Fee  Master's  Degree  10.00 

Graduation  Fee  for  Doctor's  Degree  50.00 

Auxiliary  Facilities  Fee  (per  semester  4.00 

Vehicle  Registration  Fee  10  00 

($10.00  for  first  vehicle  ond  $2.00  each  for  additional  vehicles 
in  accordance  with  published  regulations.) 
Payable  each  academic  year  by  all  students  registered  for 
classes  on  the  College  Park  Campus  ond  who  drive  on  the 
campus.) 
Foreign  Language  examination  10.00 

Graduate  Education  Testing  Fee  5.00 

Speciol  Fee  (full-time  graduate  students  on  Baltimore  City  Cam- 
pus only)  25.00 
Service  Charges  for  Dishonored  Checks                                5  00  to  20.00 
(See  explanation  above) 

All  fees,  except  Groduotion  Fee,  ore  payable  at  the  time 
of  registration  for  each  semester. 
Groduotion  Fee  must  be  paid  prior  to  graduation. 
There  is  no  provision  for  housing  graduate  students  in  Uni 
versify  dormitories. 

FEES  FOR  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE  COURSES 
Undergraduate  Matriculation  Fee  (Payable  once,  at  the  time  of 
first  registration  by  all  undergraduate  students,  full-time 
ond  part-time'  $  10.00 

Tuition  charge  for  undergraduate  students  per  credit  hour 20.00 

Tuition  charge  for  GRADUATE  students  per  credit  hour: 

Residents  of  Maryland 38.00 

Fee  per  semester  hour,  Maryland  Teachers  34.00 

Non-residents   of   Maryland  (Status   as   determined   upon 

odmission) 48.00 

Graduate  Education  Testing  Fee  5.00 

Vehicle  Registration  Fee,  College  Park  Campus,  each  vehicle 10.00 

Auxiliary  Facilities  Fee 4.00 

(Payable  at  each  registration  by  all  part-time  undergraduates 
and  all  graduate  students  taking  courses  on  the  College  Park 
Campus  and/or  UMBC  Campus  and  all  graduate  students  tak- 
ing courses  on  the  Baltimore  City  Campus.  In  the  event  of  a 
duplicate  registration  during  the  same  session,  the  duplicate 
payment  will  be  refunded  provided  that  the  student  makes 
written  request  to  the  Registrar.) 
Special  Fee 

(Payable  each  semester  by  students  registering  for  classes 
on  Baltimore  City  Campus  and  who  are  enrolling  for  12 

credits  or  more) 12.50 

Continuous  Registration  Fee  (per  semester) 10.00 

(For  further  information  see  Graduate  School  catalog) 

Service  Charges  for  Dishonored  Checks 5.00  to  20.00 

Baltimore  Student  Union  Fee  (Payable  each  semester  by  students 
registering  for  classes  on  Baltimore  City  campus): 

Students  registering  for  from  one  through  eleven  credits       3.00 

Students  registering  for  twelve  credits  or  more 15.00 

Late  Registration  Fee:  Students  who  do  not  complete  their  regis- 

trationduring  the  scheduled  days  will  be  charged  a  fee  of 20.00 

in  Registration  Fee  (Payable  when  a  student,  enrolled  in 

University   College  courses,  or  wishes  to  substitute  one 
course  for  another  or  one  section  of  a  course  for  another, 

or  add  a  course),  after  he  completes  registration  5.00 

Payment  of  Fees:  Registration  is  not  complete  until  all  fees  are 
paid  in  full.  All  checks,  money  orders,  or  postal  notes  should 
be  made  payable  to  the  University  of  Maryland. 

A  Maryland  teacher  is  defined  for  fee  assess- 
ment purposes  as  any  full-time  professional  em- 
ployee of  a  school  or  college  located  in  the  State  of 
Maryland  and  accredited  by  the  State  Department  of 
Education.  The  teacher  must  be  currently  under 
contract  or  on  official  leave  for  the  purpose  of  taking 
full-time  graduate  work  at  the  University  of  Mary- 
land. Teachers  enrolling  in  the  Summer  Session  will 
be  considered  as  being  currently  under  contract 
provided  that  they  have  a  valid  contract  for  the  aca- 
demic year  immediately  following  the  Summer  Ses- 
sion. Contract  status  must  be  established  anew  at 
each  registration  by  the  submission  of  a  letter,  or 
other  appropriate  document,  provided  by  the  Board 
of  Education  of  the  city  or  county  or  principal  officer 
of  the  school  or  college  in  which  the  teacher  is  em- 
ployed. If  the  letter  or  document  is  needed  by  the 
teacher  for  other  purposes,  he  must  supply  a  photo- 
copy which  will  be  retained  by  the  registration  clerk. 
The  necessary  letter,  document  or  photocopy  must 
be  provided  at  the  time  of  registration. 

An  additional  late  application  fee  of  $10.00  will  be 
assessed  against  students  who  fail  to  apply  for  graduation  with- 
in the  first  eight  weeks  of  a  regular  semester  or  the  first  three 
weeks  of  a  summer  session.  Students  who  apply  after  the  end 


of  the  twelfth  week  of  a  regular  academic  semester  and  those 
who  apply  after  the  end  of  the  fourth  week  of  a  summer 
session  will  be  required  to  wait  for  the  next  academic  semes- 
ter in  order  to  obtain  a  diploma. 


WITHDRAWAL  AND  REFUND  OF  FEES 

Any  student  compelled  to  leave  the  University 
at  any  time  during  the  academic  year  should  file  an 
application  for  withdrawal,  bearing  the  proper  sig- 
nature, in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  If  this  is  not 
done,  the  student  will  not  be  entitled,  as  a  matter  of 
course,  to  a  certificate  of  honorable  dismissal,  and 
will  forfeit  his  right  to  any  refund  to  which  he  would 
otherwise  be  entitled.  The  date  used  in  computing 
refunds  is  the  date  the  application  for  withdrawal  is 
filed  in  the  office  of  the  Registrar. 

In  the  case  of  a  minor,  withdrawal  will  be  per- 
mitted only  with  the  written  consent  of  the  stu- 
dent's parent  or  guardian. 

Students  withdrawing  from  the  University  will 
be  credited  for  all  academic  fees  charged  to  them 
in  accordance  with  the  following!  schedule: 


Period  from  Date  Instruction  Begins  Refundable 

Two  weeks  or  less 80% 

Between  two  and  three  weeks.  .  60% 

Between  three  and  four  weeks   ...  40% 

Between  four  and  five  weeks  20% 

Over  five  weeks  00% 


The  following  table  summarizes  the  fixed 
charges,  mandatory  fees,  and  room  and  full  contract 
board  charges  for  students  enrolled  in  the  under- 
graduate programs  in  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park  in  1970: 


First 
Semester 
Maryland  Residents 

1 .  Not  living  in  the  University  residence 

halls $346 

2.  Living  in  the  University  residence 

halls  $871 

Residents  of  the  District  of  Columbia, 
other  States,  and  other  Countries 

1 .  Not  living  in  the  University  residence 

halls $696 

2.  Living  in  the  University  residence 

halls...  $1.27) 


Full-time  undergraduate  students  who  register 
for  the  second  semester,  but  who  were  not  full-time 
undergraduate  students  in  the  first  semester,  are 
required  to  pay  additional  fees  of  $45. 

Special  course  fees,  book  costs,  and  personal 
expenses  are  not  included. 

All  fees  are  due  and  payable  in  full  at  time  of 
registration. 


No  part  of  the  charges  for  room  and  board  is  re- 
fundable except  where  the  student  officially  with- 
draws from  the  University  or  where  he  is  given  per- 
mission by  the  appropriate  officials  of  the  University 
to  move  from  the  residence  halls  and/or  to  discon- 
tinue dining  hall  privileges.  In  these  cases,  the  room 
refund  will  be  computed  by  deducting  ten  percent 
of  the  charge  for  the  semester  as  a  service  charge 
and  the  remainder  will  be  prorated  on  a  weekly 
basis.  Refunds  to  students  having  full  board  con- 
tracts will  be  calculated  in  the  same  manner.  No 
room  and/or  board  refunds  will  be  made  after  the 


Semester 

Total 

$243 

$589 

$768 

$1,639 

$593 

$1,289 

$1,168 

$2,439 

General  Information 


M 


fourteenth  week  of  the  semester.  ID  Cards  with  din- 
ing hall  validation  issued  to  boarding  students  must 
be  surrendered  at  the  Auditor's  Office  in  the  Admin- 
istration Building  on  the  day  of  withdrawal  before 
any  refund  will  be  processed. 

In  computing  refunds  to  students  who  have  re- 
ceived the  benefit  of  scholarships  and  loans  from 
University  Funds,  the  computation  will  be  made  in 
such  a  way  as  to  return  the  maximum  amount  to  the 
scholarship  and  loan  accounts  without  loss  to  the 
University. 

No  refund  of  the  Athletic,  Student  Activity, 
Special  Recreational  Facilities,  and  Advisory  and 
Testing  Fees  is  made  to  students  who  withdraw  at 
the  close  of  the  first  semester. 

A  student  who  registers  as  a  full-time  under- 
graduate will  receive  no  refunds  of  Fixed  Charges, 
Instructional  Materials  Fee,  Athletic  Fee,  etc., 
when  courses  are  dropped  (irrespective  of  the  num- 
ber of  credit  hours  dropped)  unless  the  student 
withdraws  from  the  University. 

A  student  who  registers  as  a  graduate  student  or 
as  a  part-time  undergraduate  student  will  be  given 
an  80%  refund  of  credit  hour  fees  for  courses  drop- 
ped during  the  first  week  of  classes.  No  refunds  will 
be  made  for  courses  dropped  thereafter. 

A  special  refund  schedule  applies  to  full-time 
students  who  are  drafted  into  the  Armed  Services  or 
called  up  as  Reservists. 

University  College  students  enrolled  in  off-cam- 
pus and  8-week  courses  are  subject  to  a  somewhat 
different  refund  schedule.  Please  see  the  University 
College  Bulletin  for  details. 


TRANSCRIPTS  OF  RECORDS 

Students  and  alumni  may  secure  transcripts  of 
their  scholastic  records  from  the  Office  of  the  Regis- 
trar. No  charge  is  made  for  the  first  copy;  for  addi- 
tional copies,  there  is  a  charge  of  $1.00  for  each 
transcript.  Checks  should  be  made  payable  to  the 
University  of  Maryland.  Transcripts  of  records 
snould  be  requested  at  least  two  weeks  in  advance 
of  the  date  when  the  records  are  actually  needed. 
No  transcript  of  a  student's  record  will  be  furnished 
any  student  or  alumnus  whose  financial  obliga- 
tions to  the  University  have  not  been  satisfied. 


FINANCIAL  AID 

The  Office  of  Student  Aid  provides  advice  and 
assistance  in  the  formulation  of  student  financial 
plans  and,  in  cooperation  with  other  University  of- 
fices, participates  in  the  awarding  of  scholarships, 
loans,  and  part-time  employment  to  deserving  stu- 
dents. Scholarships,  grants,  and  loans  are  awarded 
on  the  basis  of  evident  academic  ability  and  finan- 
cial need.  In  making  awards,  consideration  is  also 
given  to  character,  achievement,  participation  in 
student  activities,  and  to  other  attributes  which  may 
indicate  success  in  college.  It  is  the  intent  of  the 
Committee  to  make  awards  to  those  qualified  who 
might  not  otherwise  be  able  to  pursue  college 
studies.  Part-time  employment  opportunities  on 
campus  are  open  to  all  students,  but  are  dependent 
upon  the  availability  of  jobs  and  the  student's  par- 
ticular skills  and  abilities. 

Additional  information  is  available  from  the  Di- 
rector, Office  of  Student  Aid,  Room  222,  North  Ad- 
ministration Building,  University  of  Maryland,  Col- 
lege Park,  Maryland  20742. 


Scholarships 

Most  scholarships  are  awarded  to  students  be- 
fore they  enter  the  University.  However,  students 
who  have  completed  one  or  more  terms,  and  have 
not  received  such  award,  are  eligible  to  apply.  Most 
of  these  scholarships  are  awarded  to  students  who 
have  earned  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3.0 
(B)  or  better.  Applicants  may  submit  applications  to 
the  Office  of  Student  Aid  between  February  10  and 
May  1  in  order  to  receive  consideration  for  scholar- 
ship assistance  for  the  ensuing  year. 

Scholarship  award  letters  are  normally  mailed 
between  May  1  and  July  1.  Any  applicant  who  does 
not  receive  an  award  letter  during  this  period  should 
assume  that  he  has  not  been  selected  for  a  scholar- 
ship. 

FULL  SCHOLARSHIPS.  The  University  awards 
56  full  scholarships  covering  board,  lodging,  fixed 
charges,  fees,  and  books.  Not  more  than  twenty  of 
these  scholarships  may  be  held  by  out-of-state  stu- 
dents, and  at  least  twelve  are  reserved  for  women. 
Scholastic  achievement  and  participation  in  student 
activities  are  given  primary  consideration. 

UNIVERSITY  GRANTS.  The  University  awards 
to  deserving  and  qualified  secondary  school  gradu- 
ates a  limited  number  of  grants  covering  fixed 
charges  only. 

GENERAL  ASSEMBLY  GRANTS.  These  grants 
are  awarded  by  members  of  the  State  Legislature. 
They  may  be  awarded  to  persons  living  in  the  legis- 
lative district  which  the  Delegate  or  Senator  repre- 
sents. 

SPECIAL  ACADEMIC  SCHOLARSHIPS.  A  limited 
number  of  scholarships  are  awarded  each  year  to 
students  of  exceptional  ability,  out  of  funds  derived 
from  campus  enterprises.  The  amount  of  these 
scholarships  varies,  depending  upon  the  extent  of 
need. 

TEACHER  EDUCATION  GRANTS.  The  General 
Assembly  of  Maryland  provides  grants  equivalent  to 
fixed  charges  to  Maryland  residents  pursuing  cer- 
tain teacher  education  curicula  on  a  full-time  basis. 
Recipients  must  agree  to  teach  in  Maryland  public 
schools  for  at  least  two  years  immediately  following 
graduation.  The  agreement  form  must  be  signed  by 
the  student  and  countersigned  by  the  parent,  guardi- 
an, or  other  responsible  adult. 

GENERAL  STATE  SCHOLARSHIPS.  The  General 
Assembly  of  Maryland  provides  a  number  of  limited 
scholarships  to  students  entering  college  for  the 
first  time.  The  scholarships  may  be  used  in  any  ap- 
proved institution  of  higher  education  within  the 
State.  Awards  are  made  by  the  State  Scholarship 
Board  based  upon  financial  need  and  the  results  of 
a  competitive  examination.  For  additional  informa- 
tion, contact  high  school  guidance  counselors  or  the 
Maryland  State  Scholarship  Board,  2100  Guilford 
Avenue,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21218. 

ENDOWED  SCHOLARSHIPS  AND  GRANTS.  The 
University  has  a  number  of  endowed  scholarships 
and  special  grants.  These  range  in  value  from  $100 
to  $1,000.  Recipients  are  chosen  by  the  University 
in  accordance  with  terms  established  by  the  donor. 
It  is  usually  inadvisable  for  a  student  to  apply  for  a 
specific  scholarship.  Each  applicant  will  receive 
consideration  for  all  scholarships  for  which  he  is 
eligible. 

EDUCATIONAL  OPPORTUNITY  GRANTS.  Under 
provisions  of  the  Higher  Education  Act  of  1965,  lim- 


12 


General  Information 


ited  grants  are  available  to  encourage  youths  of  ex- 
ceptional financial  need  to  continue  their  post-sec  - 
condary  school  education.  A  recipient  must  be  a 
United  States  citizen  enrolled  as  a  full-time  under- 
graduate. The  amount  of  the  grant  must  be  matched 
by  an  equal  amount  of  some  other  type  of  aid  pro- 
vided through  the  University. 

NURSING  SCHOLARSHIPS.  Nursing  students 
of  exceptional  financial  need  are  eligible  to  receive 
assistance  under  the  provisions  of  the  Health  Man- 
power Act  of  1968.  Students  submitting  applications 
for  financial  aid  will  be  automatically  considered 
for  both  scholarship  and  loan. 

LOCAL  AND  NATIONAL  SCHOLARSHIPS.  In  ad- 
dition to  the  scholarships  provided  by  the  University 
of  Maryland,  a  student  should  give  careful  consid- 
eration to  scholarship  aid  provided  by  local  and  na- 
tional scholarship  programs.  Ordinarily,  the  high 
school  principal  or  counselor  will  be  well  informed 
as  to  these  opportunities. 

Loans 

Loan  funds  to  meet  educational  expenses  are 
available  for  students  enrolled  in  the  University. 
The  extent  of  financial  need  must  be  clearly  estab- 
lished by  providing  a  complete  statement  of  the  ap- 
plicant's financial  resources  and  estimated  ex- 
penses for  the  academic  year. 

Loan  awards  are  normally  granted  on  a  yearly 
basis,  although  short-term  and  emergency  loans  are 
granted  for  shorter  periods. 

To  apply  for  a  long-term  loan,  an  application 
should  normally  be  filed  between  February  1  and 
August  1  for  the  ensuing  year.  If  funds  are  available, 
applications  may  be  considered  at  other  times,  but 
the  student  should  bear  in  mind  that  it  generally 
takes  about  six  weeks  to  process  a  loan. 

Students  applying  for  a  loan  must  have  a  2.0  (C) 
average  for  courses  taken  the  preceding  semester. 
New  students  need  a  2.5  average  in  academic  sub- 
jects for  the  previous  two  years  of  school. 

Loans  are  not  available  for  non-educational  ex- 
penses, nor  are  they  available  for  repayment  of  pre- 
viously incurred  indebtedness. 

NATIONAL  DEFENSE  EDUCATION  ACT  LOAN 
FUND.  This  loan  fund  was  established  by  the  Fed- 
eral government  in  agreement  with  the  University  of 
Maryland  to  make  low-interest  loans  available  to 
superior  students  with  clearly  established  financial 
need.  Applicants  must  be  United  States  nationals 
(citizens  and  permanent  resident  status)  and  must 
be  enrolled  for  eight  or  more  credit  hours  at  day 
school  on  the  College  Park  campus. 

If  funds  are  available,  a  student  may  request  up 
to  $1,000  per  year;  the  average  approved  loan  is 
about  half  this  amount.  The  borrower  must  sign  a 
note  and  have  a  co-signer  if  under  21  years  of  age. 
Repayment  begins  one  year  after  the  borrower 
leaves  school  and  must  be  completed  within  ten 
years  thereafter.  No  interest  is  charged  until  the 
beginning  of  the  repayment  schedule.  Interest  after 
that  date  is  charged  at  the  rate  of  three  percent  per 
annum. 

NURSING  STUDENT  LOANS.  Loans  up  to  $1500 
per  year  are  available  under  provision  of  the  Nurses 
Training  Act  of  1964.  The  borrower  must  be  a  full- 
time  student  in  pursuit  of  a  baccalaureate  or  gradu- 
ate degree  in  nursing  and  able  to  establish  financial 
need.  Repayment  begins  one  year  after  the  borrower 
ceases  to  be  a  full-time  student  and  must  be  corn- 


Dieted  within  ten  years  thereafter.  No  interest  is 
charged  until  the  beginning  of  the  repayment  sched- 
ule. Interest  after  that  date  accrues  at  the  rate  of 
three  percent  per  annum. 

Up  to  fifty  percent  of  the  loan  plus  interest  may 
be  cancelled  in  the  event  that  the  borrower  is  em- 
ployed full-time  as  a  nurse  in  a  public  or  nonprofit 
institution  or  agency.  Such  cancellation  is  at  the 
rate  of  ten  percent  per  year.  In  the  event  of  total  or 
permanent  disability  or  death,  the  borrower's  ob- 
ligation is  automatically  cancelled. 

INSTITUTIONAL  STUDENT  LOANS.  Institution- 
al loan  funds  have  been  established  through  the 
generosity  of  University  organizations,  alumni, 
faculty,  staff,  and  friends.  These  loans  are  normally 
available  at  low  interest  rates  to  upperclassmen 
only.  For  specific  information,  the  student  should 
inquire  at  the  Office  of  Student  Aid. 

LAW  ENFORCEMENT  EDUCATIONAL  PROGRAM 
LOAN.  Qualified  full-time  students  in  approved 
fields  may  apply  for  loan  assistance  up  to  $1800  per 
academic  year.  Loans  are  repaid  at  the  rate  of  7  per- 
cent simple  interest,  commencing  six  months  after 
termination  of  full-time  study.  Interested  students 
should  contact  either  the  Dean,  University  College, 
or  Department  of  Sociology,  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences. 

BANK  LOANS.  Loan  programs  have  been  estab- 
lished through  the  Maryland  Higher  Education  Loan 
Corporation  and  the  United  Student  Aid  Fund 
which  permit  students  to  borrow  money  from  their 
hometown  banks.  These  programs  enable  under- 
graduates in  good  standing  to  borrow  up  to 
$1,000  per  year,  and  notes  may  not  bear  more  than 
seven  percent  simple  interest.  Monthly  repayments 
begin  ten  months  after  graduation  or  withdrawal 
from  school.  The  Federal  government  will  pay  the 
interest  while  the  student  is  in  school.  Further  de- 
tails and  a  listing  of  participating  banks  may  be 
secured  from  the  Office  of  Student  Aid. 


Part-time  Employment 

More  than  one-half  of  the  students  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  earn  a  portion  of  their  expenses. 
The  Office  of  Student  Aid  serves  without  charge  as 
a  clearing  house  for  students  seeking  part-time 
work  and  employers  seeking  help.  Many  jobs  are 
available  in  the  residence  halls,  dining  halls,  li- 
braries, laboratories,  and  elsewhere  on  campus  and 
off  campus. 

Working  during  college  years  may  offer  advan- 
tages in  addition  to  the  obvious  one  of  financing  a 
college  education.  The  employed  student  has  a 
special  opportunity  to  learn  new  skills,  to  develop 
good  work  habits,  and  to  learn  how  to  get  along 
with  people.  Part-time  employment  experience  often 
is  helpful  to  the  student  in  making  his  career  choice. 

The  Office  of  Student  Aid  welcomes  the  oppor- 
tunity to  counsel  a  student  about  employment.  How- 
ever, securing  a  position  through  intelligent  appli- 
cation and  retaining  that  position  through  good 
work  is  the  individual's  responsibility. 

Freshman  students  who  do  not  need  financial 
aid  probably  should  not  attempt  to  work  during  the 
first  year  at  the  University.  Adjustment  to  college 
study  and  to  the  changes  from  life  at  home  usually 
require  the  student's  best  efforts  without  the  added 
responsibility  of  partial  self-support. 

However,  freshman  students  who  need  to  work 


Genera/  Information 


13 


in  order  to  attend  the  University  are  advised  to  con- 
sider employment  in  one  of  the  dining  halls.  A 
student  may  earn  approximately  one-half  of  his 
board  and  room  by  working  ten  hours  per  week. 
After  one  successful  semester  the  work  load  may 
be  increased,  at  the  request  of  the  student,  up  to  a 
maximum  of  20  hours  per  week. 

For  positions  other  than  food  service,  a  student 
normally  cannot  arrange  for  employment  until  he  is 
on  campus  at  the  beginning  of  a  school  session.  Ap- 
plication must  be  made  in  person  and  the  applicant 
should  have  a  schedule  of  his  classes  and  study 


hours  so  that  he  can  seek  employment  best  suited 
to  his  free  time. 

College  Work-Study  Program 

Eligible  students  may  seek  employment  under 
provisions  of  Title  1-C  of  the  Economic  Opportunity 
Act.  Qualified  students  may  work  up  to  15  hours  per 
week  during  the  school  year  and  full  time  during  the 
summer.  It  is  the  intent  of  the  Student  Aid  Commit- 
tee to  combine  this  type  of  assistance  with  scholar- 
ships and  loans  so  that  students  from  low-income 
families  will  be  able  to  attend  the  University. 


14 


General  Information 


ACADEMICS 


The  University  of  Maryland  is  accredited  by  the 
Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secon- 
dary Schools  and  is  a  member  of  the  Association  of 
American  Universities.  In  addition,  individual 
schools  and  departments  are  accredited  by  such 
groups  as  the  American  Association  of  Collegiate 
Schools  of  Business,  the  American  Chemical  So- 
ciety, the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music, 
the  Section  of  Legal  Education  and  Admissions  to 
the  Bar  of  the  American  Bar  Association,  the  Ameri- 
can Council  of  Education  for  Journalism,  the  Ameri- 
can Council  on  Pharmaceutical  Education,  the 
Council  on  Dental  Education  of  the  American  Dental 
Association,  the  Committee  on  Accreditation  of  the 
American  Library  Association,  the  American  Psy- 
chological Association,  the  Commission  on  Accredi- 
tation of  the  Council  on  Social  Work  Education,  the 
Council  on  Medical  Education  of  the  American  Medi- 
cal Association,  the  Engineers'  Council  for  Profes- 
sional Development,  the  National  Council  for  Ac- 
creditation of  Teacher  Education,  and  the  National 
League  for  Nursing. 

GENERAL  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

A  college  education  i  nplies  something  more 
than  technical  training  in  a  field  of  specialization.  In 
order  that  each  graduate  may  gain  a  liberal  educa- 
tion as  well  as  a  specialized  one,  the  University  has 
established  a  General  Education  requirement.  This 
requirement  consists  of  34  semester  hours  of  credit 
in  six  areas:  English  (9  hours),  Fine  Arts  or  Philoso- 
phy (3  hours),  History  (6  hours),  Mathematics  (3 
hours),  Science  (7  hours),  and  Social  Science  (6 
hours).  There  is  a  wide  choice  in  specific  courses 
which  may  be  used  to  satisfy  requirements  in  all  of 
the  six  areas  except  English. 


The  General  Education  Program  is  designed  to 
be  spread  out  over  the  four  years  of  college.  In  each 
of  the  areas,  courses  for  which  no  previous  college 
course  work  is  prerequisite  are  available;  at  the 
same  time,  alternative  advanced  courses  are 
available  in  most  of  the  areas.  Thus  a  student  may 
(within  the  limits  of  his  particular  curriculum)  satis- 
fy a  General  Education  requirement  with  a  variety 
of  courses  at  different  levels.  Which  courses  he 
takes  will  depend  on  his  ability — as  determined 
by  advanced  credit,  placement  examination,  de- 
partment evaluation,  and  class  standing — and  upon 
his  interests  and  needs. 

It  should  be  emphasized  that  the  34  semester 
hours  of  General  Education  courses  constitute  a 
minimum  requirement,  applicable  to  the  under- 
graduate students  in  all  of  the  colleges  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland. 

The  University  is  also  concerned  with  the 
physical  fitness  of  each  student.  Therefore,  all  un- 
dergraduate men  and  women  students  registered 
for  more  than  eight  hours  of  credit  are  required  to 
enroll  in  and  successfully  complete  two  prescribed 
courses  in  Physical  Education  for  a  total  of  two 
semester  hours  of  credit.  A  Health  Education  course 
of  two  semesters  hours'  credit  is  required  of  all  un- 
dergraduate men  and  women.  These  courses  must 
be  taken  by  all  students  taking  more  than  8  hours  in 
a  semester  during  their  first  year  of  attendance  at 
the  University  whether  they  intend  to  graduate  or 
not. 

COLLEGE  REQUIREMENTS 

In  addition  to  fulfilling  the  General  Education 
requirements,  each  student  will  have  to  meet  the 
specific    graduation    requirements    determined    by 


Genera/  Information 


15 


the  faculty  of  his  particular  college.  These  additional 
course  requirements  will  be  found  in  each  individual 
college  section. 


ACADEMIC  ADVISORS 

Each  student  is  assigned  a  faculty  advisor  whose 
function  is  to  aid  the  student  in  designing  his  pro- 
gram of  study.  The  student  meets  with  his  adviser 
in  regular  conferences  each  semester  and  may  ar- 
range additional  meetings  on  his  own  initiative. 

Special  advisors  are  assigned  to  students  in 
the  pre-professional  curricula. 

INTERMEDIATE  REGISTRATION 

The  Office  of  Intermediate  Registration  (01 R)  is 
for  students  who  wish  to  transfer  from  one  college 
to  another  within  the  University,  but  who  lack  the 
necessary  2.00  cumulative  grade  point  average  to  be 
able  to  do  so.  A  student  may  register  in  OIR,  take 
courses  applicable  to  the  curriculum  to  which  he 
wishes  to  transfer,  and  then  transfer  to  the  new 
college  upon  earning  the  necessary  average. 
Goals 

The  Office  of  Intermediate  Registration  recog- 
nizes that  students  may  have  difficulty  in  making  vo- 
cational decisions.  For  this  reason,  OIR  assumes  the 
specific  goals  of  providing  for  all  students  registered 
in  OIR  the  opportunity  to  receive  advising  for  cur- 
riculum choice  and  vocational  planning. 

The  Office  of  Intermediate  Registration  is  lo- 
cated in  Room  215  of  the  North  Administration 
Building.  The  telephone  number  is  454-2733. 

INTENSIVE  EDUCATIONAL 
DEVELOPMENT  PROGRAM 

The  Intensive  Educational  Development  Pro- 
gram is  designed  to  provide  educational  and  psycho- 
logical support  to  students  who  enter  the  University 
of  Maryland  from  culturally  different  and  low  socio- 
economic backgrounds. 

Academic  advisement  is  a  critical  component 
of  the  program.  Students  enroll  in  the  Office  of  Inter- 
mediate Registration.  In  addition  to  registration, 
continuous  group  and  individual  sessions  are  held 
throughout  the  semester. 

Group  and  individual  counseling,  planned  and 
spontaneous,  utilizes  non-traditional  methods  in 
working  with  students. 

Academic  skills  are  enhanced  and  improved 
through  group  and  individual  work  in  the  Reading 
and  Study  Skills  Laboratory.  Specific  academic  lab 
sessions  are  set  up  for  the  students'  individual 
courses. 

Tutoring  is  provided  by  a  selected  group  of  paid 
tutors  individually  and  in  small  groups  with  a  ratio 
of  1  to  4. 

The  program  recruits  and  enrolls  students  from 
high  schools,  community  agencies,  and  Upward 
Bound  programs.  University  of  Maryland  students 
may  transfer  into  the  program  during  their  first  two 
years. 

Students  are  involved  in  the  planning,  imple- 
menting, and  evaluation  of  the  program. 
For  further  information,  contact: 
Coordinator,  IED  Program 
213  N,  Administration  Building 
University  of  Maryland 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742 
Telephone:  454-4646 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  STUDENTS 

No  baccalaureate  curriculum  requires  less  than 
120  semester  hours.  Actual  classifications  run  as 
follows:  Freshman,  1-27  semester  hours;  Sopho- 
more, 28-55;  Junior,  56-85;  and  Senior,  86  on  up 
to  at  least  120. 

A  student  may  register  for  upper  division 
courses  when  granted  junior  standing  by  his  col- 
lege. This  shall  be  based  upon  earning  a  minimum 
of  56  academic  hours  toward  his  degree,  completing 
such  course  requirements  as  the  college  may  direct, 
and  possessing  the  minimum  required  grade  point 
average  to  remain  in  the  University. 

A  senior  at  the  University  of  Maryland  who  is 
within  six  hours  of  completing  the  requirements  for 
the  undergraduate  degree  may,  with  the  approval 
of  his  undergraduate  dean,  the  head  of  the  depart- 
ment concerned,  and  the  Graduate  School,  register 
in  the  undergraduate  college  for  graduate  courses, 
which  may  later  be  counted  for  graduate  credit  to- 
ward an  advanced  degree  at  this  University.  The 
student  must  be  within  seven  credit  hours  of  com- 
pleting his  undergraduate  work  and  the  total  of 
undergraduate  and  graduate  courses  must  not  ex- 
ceed fifteen  credits  for  the  semester.  Excess  credits 
in  the  senior  year  cannot  be  used  for  graduate 
credit  unless  proper  pre-arrangement  is  made.  Sen- 
iors who  wish  to  register  for  graduate  credit  should 
apply  to  the  Graduate  School. 

SPECIAL  OPPORTUNITIES 
Advanced  Placement 

Students  entering  the  University  from  secondary 
school  may  obtain  advanced  placement  and  college 
credit  on  the  basis  of  their  performance  on  the  Col- 
lege Board  Advanced  Placement  examinations. 
These  examinations  are  normally  given  to  eligible 
high  school  seniors  during  the  May  preceding  ma- 
triculation in  college. 

For  achievement  of  a  score  of  five  or  four  on  a 
given  examination,  the  student  will  be  granted  Ad- 
vanced Placement  and  the  credit  equivalent  of  two 
semester  courses  in  that  field;  for  achievement  of  a 
score  of  three,  Advanced  Placement  and  the  credit 
equivalent  of  either  one  or  two  semester  courses, 
depending  upon  the  field  of  the  examination,  will 
be  granted.  A  student  earning  a  score  of  2  on  the 
English  advanced  placement  examination  will  not 
need  to  take  English  Composition,  but  no  credit 
will  be  given. 

The  program  allows  students  a  maximum  of 
thirty  hours  credit,  which  may  be  used  to  meet  ma- 
jor, minor,  or  elective  requirements;  or,  where 
appropriate,  General  Education  requirements.  In- 
cluded in  the  University's  program  are  Advanced 
Placement  examinations  in  the  following  areas:  bi- 
ology, chemistry,  English,  French,  German,  history, 
Latin,  mathematics,  physics  and  Spanish. 

Questions  about  the  program  may  be  addressed 
to  the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations. 
College  Deans,  or  the  Director  of  General  Education. 
For  detailed  information  about  examinations  and 
procedures  in  taking  them,  write  to  Director  of  Ad- 
vanced Placement  Program,  College  Entrance  Exam- 
ination Board,  475  Riverside  Drive,  New  York,  New 
York  10027. 

Honors  Programs 

The  Colleges  of  Arts  and  Science,  Education. 
Architecture,  Business  and  Public  Administration, 
and  Agriculture  have  created  unusual  opportunities 


16 


General  Information 


for  the  superior  student  through  the  establishment 
of  Honors  Programs. 

Arts  and  Sciences, 
Secondary  Education,  Architecture 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  has  instituted 
both  General  Honors  and  Departmental  Honors. 
General  Honors,  as  its  name  suggests,  enlarges  the 
breadth  of  the  student's  generalized  knowledge;  De- 
partmental Honors  increases  the  depth  of  his  knowl- 
edge in  his  major  discipline.  Both  offer  the  student 
challenging  academic  experiences  characterized 
by  small  sections,  active  student  participation,  and 
an  Honors  faculty  that  encourages  dialogue.  Indi- 
vidually guided  research  and  independent  study  are 
important  features  of  Honors  work. 

Each  year  a  selected  group  of  entering  freshmen 
is  invited  into  the  General  Honors  Program  on  the 
basis  of  their  high  school  records  and  standardized 
test  scores.  The  General  Honors  student,  after  ac- 
ceptance, must  maintain  a  "B"  average  to  continue 
in  the  Program. 

The  more  than  20  Departmental  Honors  Pro- 
grams ordinarily  begin  in  the  junior  year,  although  a 
few  programs  begin  as  early  as  the  freshman 
year. 

By  agreement,  students  in  Secondary  Education 
in  the  College  of  Education  and  in  the  School  of 
Architecture  may  participate  in  the  Honors  Pro- 
grams of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

The  student  who  completes  his  Honors  cur- 
riculum successfully  is  graduated  with  a  citation  in 
General  or  Departmental  Honors,  or  with  both. 

Interested  high  school  students  should  write  to 
the  Director  of  Honors,  104  Francis  Scott  Key  Hall, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland 
20742. 

Business  and  Public  Administration 

The  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administra- 
tion has  instituted  Departmental  Honors  Programs 
in  Business  Administration,  Economics,  and  Govern- 
ment and  Politics. 

Agriculture 
The  College  of  Agriculture  has  instituted  a  De- 
partmental   Honors    Program    in    Agricultural    Eco- 
nomics. 

HONOR  SOCIETIES 

Students  who  excel  in  scholarship  and  leader- 
ship may  be  invited  to  join  the  appropriate  honor 
society.  These  include: 
•Alpha  Kappa  Delta  (Sociology) 
"Alpha  Lambda  Delta 

(Scholarship-Freshmen  Women) 
Alpha  Sigma  Lambda 

(Adult  Education) 
Alpha  Zeta  (Agriculture) 
Beta  Alpha  Psi  (Accounting) 
Beta  Gamma  Sigma  (Commerce) 
"Chi  Epsilon  (Civil  Engineering) 
"Eta  Kappa  Nu 

(Electrical  Engineering) 
Gamma  Theta  Upsilon  (Geography) 
lota  Lambda  Sigma 
(Industrial  Education) 
Kappa  Delta  Pi  (Education) 
"Mortar  Board  (Women's  Scholarship 

and  Leadership) 
"Omicron  Delta  Kappa  (Men's 
Scholarship  and  Leadership) 
Omicron  Nu  (Home  Economics) 

Phi  Alpha  Epsilon  (Physical  Education) 
"Phi  Alpha  Theta  (History) 
Phi  Beta  Kappa 
(Arts  and  Sciences) 


Phi  Delta  Kappa  (Education) 
"Phi  Eta  Sigma 

(Scholarship— Freshmen  Men) 
"Phi  Kappa  Phi  (Senior  Scholarship) 
"Phi  Sigma  (Biology) 

Pi  Alpha  Xi  (Floriculture) 

Pi  Mu  Epsilon  (Mathematics) 
"Pi  Sigma  Alpha  (Political  Science) 
"Pi  Tau  Sigma 

(Mechanical  Engineering) 
"Psi  Chi  (Psychology) 

Sigma  Alpha  Eta  (Speech  Therapy) 

Sigma  Alpha  lota  (Women's  Music) 

Sigma  Alpha  Omicron  (Bacteriology) 
"Sigma  Pi  Sigma  (Physics) 
"Tau  Beta  Pi  (Engineering) 

"Members  of  Association  of  College  Honor  Societies. 

LIBRARIES 

The  Theodore  R.  McKeldin  Library  is  the  gen- 
eral library  of  the  University,  containing  reference 
works,  periodicals,  circulating  books,  and  other  ma- 
terials in  all  fields  of  research  and  instruction. 
Branch  libraries  include  the  Engineering  and  Physi- 
cal Sciences  Library,  the  Architecture  Library,  the 
Chemistry  Library,  and,  in  downtown  Baltimore  City, 
the  Health  Sciences  Library  and  the  Law  Library. 

The  libraries  of  the  University  include  approxi- 
mately 1,100,000  volumes  and  15,000  subscrip- 
tions to  periodicals  and  newspapers,  as  well  as  many 
uncatalogued  government  documents,  phono- 
records,  films  and  film  strips,  etc. 

Special  collections  include  those  of  Richard 
Van  Mises  in  mathematics  and  applied  mechanics; 
Max  Born  in  the  physical  sciences;  Thomas  I.  Cook 
in  political  science;  Romeo  Mansueti  in  the  biologi- 
cal sciences;  Katherine  Anne  Porter;  Maryland;  U.S. 
government  publications  (for  which  the  University 
is  a  regional  depository);  the  United  Nations,  the 
League  of  Nations,  and  other  international  organi- 
zations; and  the  agricultural  experiment  station  and 
extension  service  publications.  Also  featured  here 
are  maps  from  the  U.S.  Army  Map  Service;  collec- 
tions of  rare  materials  in  medicine,  dentistry, 
pharmacy,  and  nursing;  the  files  of  the  Industrial 
Union  of  Marine  and  Shipbuilding  Workers  of  Amer- 
ica; the  Wallenstein  collection  of  musical  scores; 
and  research  collections  of  the  American  Band- 
masters Association,  the  National  Association  of 
Wind  and  Percussion  Instructors  and  the  Music 
Educators  National  Conference.  In  addition,  the  col- 
lections include  microfilm  productions  of  govern- 
ment documents,  rare  books,  early  journals,  and 
newspapers. 

Other  Area  Resources 

The  College  Park  campus  is  in  a  region  rich  in 
research  collections.  In  the  Washington  area  are  the 
Library  of  Congress,  the  National  Archives,  the  Fol- 
ger  Library,  the  National  Library  of  Medicine,  the 
National  Agricultural  Library,  and  various  academic 
and  special  libraries.  In  the  Baltimore  area,  in  addi- 
tion to  the  University's  own  libraries  at  UMBC  and 
on  the  professional  campus,  are  the  Enoch  Pratt 
Free  Library  and  the  Maryland  Historical  Association 
Library.  The  Maryland  Hall  of  Records  is  located  in 
Annapolis. 

RESEARCH  FACILITIES 

The  research  programs  at  the  University  derive 
their  existence  and  vigor  from  a  faculty  comprised 
of  internationally  recognized  scholars  and  scien- 
tists. It  is  an  advantage  for  undergraduate  students 


General  Information 


17 


to  be  aware  of  the  University's  research  facilities  as 
they  plan  their  program. 

In  addition  to  fine  library  resources  and  the 
usual  laboratory  facilities  for  undergraduate 
studies,  the  University  has  developed  outstanding 
opportunities  for  research  in  the  biological,  physi- 
cal, and  social  sciences.  Among  the  exceptional 
facilties  are  the  Institute  for  Child  Study;  the  Natur- 
al Resources  Institute;  a  Computer  Science  Center; 
a  laboratory  for  basic  behavioral  research  on  ani- 
mals; Van  de  Graaff  accelerators;  a  training  nuclear 
reactor;  a  full-scale,  low-velocity  wind  tunnel;  a 
psycho-pharmacology  laboratory;  and  laboratory 
models  for  meteorological   phenomena.   Collabora- 


tive arrangements  with  many  nearby  government 
agencies  permit  University  students  and  faculty  to 
utilize  their  research  facilities.  The  University 
owns  and  operates  the  world's  longest  radio  tele- 
scope, located  in  California.  A  160  MVE  cyclotron 
for  research  in  nuclear  studies  is  located  on  the  Col- 
lege Park  campus. 

Investigation  in  agriculture  is  an  important 
aspect  of  University  research.  University  farms  total 
more  than  2,000  acres.  Breeding,  selection  in  farm 
crops,  and  soil  research  are  a  part  of  the  program. 
Work  in  these  areas  is  augmented  by  X-ray  equip- 
ment and  an  electron  microscope. 


18 


General  Information 


'  Vv'':   */ 


SR 


F-'-l 


I 


I 


tmtf 


;.<«» 


"3^ 


-* 


V 


±*  t 


i^flH  kk 


GENERAL   REGULATIONS 


A.    GENERAL  POLICY 

The  University's  approach  to  student  discipline 
is  primarily  an  educative  and  preventive  one.  It 
assumes  that  discipline  is  properly  the  concern  of 
the  entire  University  community — the  student  body, 
the  faculty,  and  the  administration. 

In  order  that  uniform  standards  may  be  main- 
tained, all  disciplinary  action  concerning  students 
or  student  organizations  is  subject  to  review  by  the 
Adjunct  Committee  on  Student  Discipline  of  the 
University  Senate.  The  rules  and  regulations  of  any 
organization  or  department  that  wishes  to  establish 
a  disciplinary  unit  must  be  submitted  to  the  Adjunct 
Commitee  on  Student  Discipline  and  the  Vice 
President  for  Student  Affairs  for  approval  or  modi- 
fication. 

Cases  involving  infractions  of  University  Rules, 
other  than  academic,  which  apply  to  all  students 
are  referred  immediately  to  the  Student  Affairs 
Judiciary  Office  on  the  College  Park  Campus  or  to 
the  Dean  of  the  school  in  which  the  student  is 
registered  in  Baltimore.  (Graduate  students  are  re- 
ferred to  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School.)  The 
Judiciary  Office  or  the  Dean  will  investigate  the 
case  and  take  appropriate  action. 

In  situations  involving  undergraduates,  the  Stu- 
dent Affairs  Judiciary  Office  will  refer  the  case  to 
one  of  the  student  judicial  boards  for  appropriate 
action,  according  to  the  jurisdictional  area  of  the 
various  student  boards  and  the  seriousness  and 
nature  of  the  offense.  The  Student  Affairs  Judiciary 
Office  may  handle  directly  those  cases  it  judges 
to  involve  students  needing  special  remedial  or 
rehabilitative  action  and  those  cases  where  an  ad- 
ministrative hearing  is  requested  by  the  student. 


Students  charged  with  violating  University  regu- 
lations are  guaranteed  administrative  due  process 
in  the  handling  of  the  charges,  the  conduct  of  the 
hearings,  the  imposition  of  sanctions,  and  the  right 
of  appeal. 

B.  SUSPENSION  OF  A  STUDENT  FROM  CLASS 

Discipline  in  the  classroom  is  the  responsibility 
of  the  faculty  member  in  charge  of  the  class.  Mis- 
behavior of  a  type  that  interferes  with  the  educa- 
tional efficiency  of  a  class  will  be  considered  suffi- 
cient cause  for  suspending  a  student  from  the 
class.  If  a  student  is  suspended  from  class  for 
disciplinary  reasons,  he  should  report  immediately 
to  the  department  head.  The  department  head  will 
investigate  the  incident  and  will  report  it  to  the 
academic  dean  and  to  the  Student  Life  Judiciary 
Office,  in  order  to  determine  whether  or  not  past 
disciplinary  action  has  been  taken  against  the  stu- 
dent. The  department  head  will  then  write  a  letter 
to  the  student  indicating  the  disposition  of  the 
case.  The  student  will  be  required  to  present  this 
letter  to  his  instructor  before  he  can  be  readmitted 
to  class.  A  copy  of  this  letter  will  be  sent  to  the 
Student  Life  Judiciary  Office. 

C.  SUSPENSION  OF  A  STUDENT  FROM  ACTIVITIES 
OR  UNIVERSITY  FACILITIES 

The  individual  or  group  of  individuals  in  charge 
of  any  department,  division,  organization,  building, 
facility  or  any  other  unit  of  the  University  (e.g., 
Dining  Hall,  Student  Union,  etc.)  shall  be  responsi- 
ble for  student  discipline  within  such  units.  The 
person  responsible  for  each  unit  may  suspend  the 


Genera/  Information 


21 


student  or  student  organization  from  the  unit.  The 
suspended  student  or  representative  of  the  student 
organization  will  be  referred  immediately  to  the 
Student  Affairs  Judiciary  Office.  The  Judiciary  Of- 
fice will  investigate  the  incident  and  notify  the  stu- 
dent of  the  disposition  of  the  case.  The  individual 
responsible  for  the  suspension  will  be  notified  be- 
fore the  student  or  his  organization  can  be  read- 
mitted. A  file  of  such  actions  shall  be  kept  in  the 
Judiciary  Office. 

D.  IDENTIFICATION  CARDS 

Official  University  of  Maryland  student  identifi- 
cation cards  and  transaction  plates  are  issued  to  all 
registered  undergraduate  and  graduate  students. 
The  identification  card  and  the  transaction  plate 
are  for  use  only  by  the  student  to  whom  issued  and 
may  not  be  transferred  or  loaned  to  another  in- 
dividual for  any  reason.  Loss  of  either  the  I.D. 
card  or  the  transaction  plate,  or  both,  should  be 
reported  at  once  to  the  Office  of  the  Vice  President 
for  Student  Affairs.  A  replacement  fee  of  $3.00  for 
each  item  is  required  prior  to  the  creation  of 
authorized  duplicates. 

E.  IMPORTANT  UNIVERSITY  REGULATIONS 
WHICH  APPLY  TO  ALL  STUDENTS 

The  following  behavior  may  result  in  referral  to 
the  Student  Affairs  Office  for  appropriate  action. 
Typically,  disciplinary  sanctions  will  be  imposed 
not  only  for  individual  misconduct  which  demon- 
strates a  disregard  for  institutional  behavioral  stand- 
ards, but  also  for  conduct  which  indicates  disre- 
gard for  the  rights  and  welfare  of  others  as  mem- 
bers of  an  academic  community.  Such  conduct  may 
utimately  call  into  question  the  student's  member- 
ship in  the  University  community,  either  because 
he  has  violated  elementary  standards  of  behavior 
necessary  for  the  maintenance  of  an  educational 
milieu  or  because  his  continued  presence  at  the 
University  adversely  affects  the  ability  of  others  to 
pursue  their  educational  goals. 

1.  VIOLATION  OF  FIRE  REGULATIONS— failure  to 

comply  with  evacuation  procedures;  tampering 
with  fire-protecting  apparatus;  use  or  possesion 
of  fireworks  or  firearms;  inappropriate  use  of 
open  flame  devices  or  combustible  materials. 

2.  BEHAVIOR  WHICH  JEOPARDIZES  THE  SAFETY 
OR  WELL-BEING  OF  OTHER  MEMBERS  OF  THE 
UNIVERSITY  COMMUNITY— This  regulation  is  in- 
tended to  safeguard  the  personal,  social,  aca- 
demic, and  professional  rights  of  all  members 
of  the  University  community.  Examples  of  viola- 
tions would  include  harassment  of  persons  act- 
ing in  performance  of  their  official  duties,  phys- 
ical abuse  of  any  person  on  or  in  University 
property,  and  conduct  which  threatens  the  health 
of  other  persons  or  interferes  with  their  proper 
educational  purposes. 


4.  POSSESSION,  USE,  OR  DISTRIBUTION  OF  IL- 
LEGAL DRUGS  ON  OR  IN  UNIVERSITY  PROPERTY 

— this  includes  possession,  use,  distribution, 
sale,  manufacture,  or  processing  of  illegal  or  un- 
prescribed  narcotics,  drugs,  and/or  hallucino- 
genic substances. 

5.  DESTRUCTION   OR  THEFT  OF  PERSONAL  OR 
UNIVERSITY   PROPERTY— Disciplinary  action   may 

include  restitution  to  the  University  or  to  the  in- 
dividual(s)  involved. 


6.  UNAUTHORIZED  POSSESSION  OR  USE  OF  UNI- 
VERSITY KEYS— Keys  to  rooms  or  buildings  on  the 

University     campus     may     be     obtained     only 
through  official  channels. 

7.  UNAUTHORIZED   USE   OF   BUILDING— Except 

for  properly  scheduled  classes  or  meetings, 
classroom,  administration,  and  recreation  build- 
ings are  closed  to  general  student  use  on  holi- 
days, Saturday  afternoons,  Sundays,  and  after 
8:00  p.m.  during  the  week.  Individual  students 
may  use  these  buildings  or  facilities  with  writ- 
ten permission  from  a  member  of  the  faculty  or 
the  administrative  staff. 


8.  FALSIFICATION,  FORGERY,  OR  MODIFICATION 
OF  ANY  OFFICIAL  UNIVERSITY  RECORD— Identifi- 
cation card,  absence  excuses,  parking  stickers, 
transcripts,  examinations,  grade  cards,  admis- 
sion applications,  etc. 


9.  PLAGIARISM,  CHEATING  AND  OTHER  ACADEM- 
IC IRREGULARITIES— A  student  who  violates  ac- 
cepted academic  procedure  may  be  referred  to 
the  Dean  of  his  College  or  to  an  Ad  Hoc 
Committee  on  Academic  Dishonesty,  (see  Irreg- 
ularities in  Examinations  for  specifics.) 

10.  FAILURE  TO  MEET  FINANCIAL  OBLIGATIONS 
TO  THE  UNIVERSITY— This  includes  refusal  to  pay 

delinquent  accounts,  and  use  of  worthless 
checks  or  money  orders  in  payment  to  the  Uni- 
versity for  tuition,  board,  fees,  library  fines, 
traffic  penalties,  etc. 


11.  OBSTRUCTION  OR  DISRUPTION  OF  AUTHOR- 
IZED   ACTIVITIES    ON    UNIVERSITY    PROPERTY— 

Teaching,  research,  administration,  disciplinary 
proceedings,  public  service  functions,  recruit- 
ment, etc. 


3.    UNAUTHORIZED  POSSESSION,  USE,  OR  DIS- 
TRIBUTION   OF  ALCOHOLIC    BEVERAGES   ON    OR 
IN  UNIVERSITY  PROPERTY— University  policy,  con- 
sistent with  State  and  County  laws,  restricts  on- 
campus  use  of  alcoholic  beverages  in  specified 
areas. 


12.  VIOLATION  OF  UNIVERSITY  HOUSING  REGU- 
LATIONS— 


13.  VIOLATION   OF  UNIVERSITY  CAMPUS  TRAF- 
FIC  RULES  AND   REGULATIONS— 


22  General  Information 


POLICY  ON  AMPLIFYING  EQUIPMENT 

(as  adopted  by  University  Senate,  2  June  1970  and 

approved  by  the  Administration.) 

1.  Public  address  systems,  loudspeakers,  and  other 
forms  of  sound  amplifying  equipment  may  be 
used  in  any  of  the  following  outdoor  areas  of 
the  campus: 

a.  Physical  education  and  intramural  field 
between  University  Boulevard  and  parking 
area  1. 

b.  North  Mall  between  Campus  Drive  and  Wash- 

ington-Baltimore Boulevard. 

c.  South  Mall  between  Regents  Drive  and  Wash- 

ington-Baltimore Boulevard. 

d.  Athletic  practice  fields  east  of  Byrd  Stadium. 

2.  The    use    of    public    address    systems,     loud- 

speakers, and  other  forms  of  sound  amplifying 
equipment  must  be  restricted  in  the  Central 
Mall  area  between  8  a.m.  and  6  p.m.  on  class 
days  in  order  to  minimize  the  likelihood  of  dis- 
turbing classes  and  other  academic  activities. 
However,  such  equipment  may  be  used  in  the 
Central  Mall  during  these  hours  if  the  pro- 
cedures outlined  below  are  followed.  All  equip- 
ment used  in  Central  Mall  must  be  secured 
through  the  Office  of  the  Director  of  the  Phys- 
ical Plant  or  through  the  S.G.A.  office. 

a.  Public  address  systems,  loudspeakers,  and 
other  forms  of  sound  amplifying  equipment 
(except  in  "b"  below),  must  be  secured  from 
the  Office  of  the  Director  of  Physcial  Plant, 
South  Administration  Building,  by  request- 
ing such  equipment  in  writing  at  least  twelve 
(12)  hours  in  advance.  Any  University  stu- 
dent or  organization  which  fulfills  the  fol- 
lowing requirements  will  be  permitted  to  use 
the  amplifying  equipment. 

(1)  An  individual  must  be  currently  en- 
rolled as  a  student,  part-time  or  full- 
time,  at  the  University  or  currently  em- 
ployed by  the  University. 

(2)  Any  organization  or  activity  must  have 
been  recognized  by  the  SGA  Legislature 
and  must  at  the  time  of  the  request  have 
official  recognition  as  a  University  or- 
ganization or  activity. 

b.  Bullhorns  will  be  available  upon  surrender  of 
the  I.D.  card  in  the  SGA  office  and  in  the  Of- 
fice of  the  Director  of  the  Physical  Plant. 
Bullhorns  secured  in  this  manner  may  be 
used  on  the  Central  Mall  without  prior  per- 
mission. Any  individual  may  use  only 
one  bullhorn  at  a  time. 

3.  Public  address  systems,  loudspeakers,  and  other 
forms  of  sound  amplifying  equipment  may  be 
used  in  outdoor  areas  of  the  Campus  other  than 
those  listed  above  (sections  1  and  2)  by  secur- 
ing approval  in  writing  at  least  5  days  in  advance 
from  the  Facilities  Use  Committee  by  applica- 
tion to  the  Office  of  the  Director  of  the  Physical 
Plant.  Approval  will  be  granted  for  use  of  ampli- 
fying equipment  in  these  areas  only  if  there  is 
a  high  probability  that  the  planned  activity  will 
not  disrupt  or  disturb  other  University  activities 
or  if  the  area  has  not  been  previously  reserved. 
Permission  will   be  granted  to  use  amplifying 


equipment  in  the  vicinity  of  residence  halls  only 
upon  specific  written  request  of  the  student 
government  of  the  residence  halls  affected. 
4.  Individual  students  or  organizational  representa- 
tives using  amplifying  equipment  must  accept 
responsibility  for  any  complaints  of  disturb- 
ances or  disruption  received  from  persons  in 
University  academic  and/or  residence  build- 
ings. 

POLICY  ON  DEMONSTRATIONS 

(as  adopted  by  University  Senate,  2  June  1970  and 
approved  by  the  Administration.) 

I.  GENERAL  STATEMENT 

a.  The  University  of  Maryland  cherishes  the 
right  of  individual  students  or  student 
groups  to  dissent  and  to  demonstrate,  pro- 
vided such  demonstrations  do  not  disrupt 
normal  campus  activities,  or  infringe  upon 
the  rights  of  others. 

b.  On  the  other  hand,  the  University  will  not 
condone  behavior  which  violates  the  free- 
dom of  speech,  choice,  assembly,  or  move- 
ment of  other  individuals  or  groups.  In  short, 
responsible  dissent  carries  with  it  a  sensi- 
tivity for  the  Civil  rights  of  others. 

c.  Accordingly,  the  University  will  take  what- 
ever steps  it  deems  necessary  to  (1)  protect 
the  right  of  any  individual  or  group  to  dem- 
strate  and  publicly  proclaim  any  view,  how- 
ever unpopular;  (2)  protect  the  freedom  of 
speech,  assembly,  and  movement  of  any  in- 
dividual or  group  which  is  the  object  of 
demonstrations. 

To  achieve  the  foregoing  objectives  the  follow- 
ing guidelines  have  been  developed  for  operation  at 
College  Park. 

II.  GUIDELINESFOR  GENERALDEMONSTRATIONS 

a.  Unscheduled  demonstrations,  "teach-ins," 
rallies,  or  equivalent  activities  may  be  held 
by  recognized  university  organizations  and 
activities,  full  or  part-time  students,  and 
current  employees  of  the  University  in  the 
areas  defined  below  provided  that  the  activ- 
ity does  not  interfere  with  any  function  for 
which  that  space  has  been  reserved  in  ad- 
vance. 

1.  The  Central  Mall. 

2.  Physical  education  and  intramural  field 
between  University  Boulevard  and  park- 
ing area  1. 

3.  Athletic    practice    fields    east    of    Byrd 

Stadium. 

4.  North   Mall  between  Campus  Drive  and 

Washington-Baltimore  Boulevard. 

5.  South   Mall   between   Regents  Drive  and 

Washington-Baltimore  Boulevard. 
All  activities  in  these  areas  must  be  conducted 
so  as  to  avoid  interference  with  the  regularly  sched- 
uled functions  of  the  library  and/or  classrooms  ad- 
jacent to  the  area  and  in  compliance  with  the  pro- 
visions contained  in  2g.  1-8. 

Failure  to  reserve  space  will  not  invalidate 


Genera/  In  (ormation 


23 


the  privilege  of  conducting  the  appropriate 
activity.  However,  in  the  event  of  two  or 
more  groups  desiring  to  use  a  given  space, 
an  approved  space  reservation  will  take 
precedence  over  an  unscheduled  activity. 
If  two  or  more  groups  desire  a  space  when 
no  reservation  has  been  made,  the  first 
come,  first  served  principle  will  apply. 

b.  Recognized  University  organizations  and 
activities,  full  or  part-time  students,  and 
current  employees  of  the  University  who 
wish  to  schedule  a  demonstration,  "teach- 
in,"  rally,  or  equivalent  activity,  may  request 
the  space  through  the  facilities  reservation 
procedure  up  to  24  hours  in  advance.  Dem- 
onstrations will  be  permitted  in  the  locations 
outlined  in  2a.  above  unless  the  space  has 
previously  been  reserved  or  is  in  use  for 
academic  activities  or  intercollegiate  ath- 
letic team  practices.  Demonstrations  may 
be  held  at  other  locations  on  the  campus 
subject  to  approval  by  the  Vice  Chancellor 
for  Student  Affairs  in  consultation  with  the 
Student  Life  Committee.  Students  who  parti- 
cipate in  demonstrations  which  have  not 
been  approved  may  be  considered  in  viola- 
tion of  University  policy.  (Except  as  pro- 
vided in  2a.  above). 

c.  Demonstrations,  rallies  or  "teach-ins"  may 
be  conducted  in  or  adjacent  to  any  residen- 
tial building  with  the  specific  written  con- 
currence of  the  student  government  of  the 
unit  or  area  concerned.  Any  such  rallies, 
demonstrations  or  "teach-ins"  which  may 
be  authorized  by  the  appropriate  student 
government  must  conform  to  the  general 
procedures  contained  in  2g,  1-8. 

d.  Demonstrations  in  the  form  of  parades  on 
streets  may  be  conducted  with  the  specific 
approval  of  route  and  time  secured  48  hours 
in  advance  from  the  University  Public  Safety 
and  Security  Office. 

e.  Although   groups  may  sponsor  or  organize 

demonstrations,  rallies,  "teach-ins,"  or 
picketing  activities,  the  fact  of  groups  spon- 
sorship or  organization  in  no  way  relieves 
individuals  of  the  responsibility  for  their 
own  conduct,  and  each  individual  partici- 
pating in  such  activities  is  accountable  for 
compliance  with  the  provisions  of  this  policy. 

f.  Persons  not  members  of  the  University  stu- 
dent body,  faculty  or  staff  may  participate 
in  demonstrations,  rallies,  picketing,  teach- 
ins  or  equivalent  activities  only  upon  invita- 
tion by  a  bonafide  student,  faculty  or  staff 
member.  All  non-students  are  obligated  to 
the  terms  of  this  policy  during  participation 
in  such  activities.  Since  persons  not  stu- 
dents, faculty  or  staff  members  are  not  sub- 
ject to  University  discipline  procedures, 
failure  to  comply  with  terms  of  this  policy 
may  result  in  action  under  terms  of  appropri- 
ate Maryland  law. 

g-  In  addition  to  the  above  provisions,  the  fol- 
lowing guidelines  will  apply  to  all  dem- 
onstrations. 


1.  Reasonable  access  to  and  exit  from  any 
office  or  building  must  be  maintained 
the  right  of  way  on  public  streets  and 
sidewalks  will  be  maintained. 

2.  Demonstrators  will  not  attempt  to  force 
the  cancellation  or  interruption  of  any 
event  sponsored  by  a  University  office 
or  by  a  faculty  or  student  group  or  by 
any  group  authorized  to  use  University 
facilities. 

3.  Classes  or  other  educational  activities 
in  classroom  buildings  and  the  library 
will  not  be  disrupted. 

4.  The  use  of  public  address  systems,  loud- 
speakers, etc.,  in  the  vicinity  of  aca- 
demic and  residence  buildings  will  fol- 
low procedures  set  forth  above. 

5.  Demonstrations  may  be  carried  on  in- 
side of  University  buildings  only  as  pro- 
voided  in  Sections  2C  and  4  or  with 
approval  of  the  Facilities  Use  Committee 
as  outlined  in  the  University  General 
and  Academic  Regulations. 

6.  Where  an  invited  speaker  is  the  object 
of  protest,  students  and  faculty  may 
demonstrate  OUTSIDE  the  building 
where  the  lecture  will  take  place.  Dem- 
onstrators who  wish  to  enter  the  build- 
ing must  do  so  as  members  of  the  audi- 
ence and  must  give  the  speaker  a  re- 
spectful hearing.  Signs,  placards  or 
other  paraphernalia  associated  with  a 
demonstration  will  not  be  carried  into 
the  building. 

7.  University  property  must  be  protected  at 
all  times. 

8.  The  safety  and  well  being  of  members  of 

the    University   community   collectively 
and  individually,  must  be  protected  at 
all  times. 
H.   Complaints    received    from    users    of    the 
Library  or  classrooms  adjacent  to  the  de- 
fined areas  (2a.)  will  be  grounds  for  disci- 
plinary   action    against    individuals    and/or 
groups  sponsoring  or  participating  in  rallies, 
"teach-ins"    or    demonstrations    in    these 
areas. 

III.    GUIDELINES      FOR      DEMONSTRATIONS      IN 
CONNECTION  WITH  PLACEMENT  PROGRAMS 

a.  Anyone  wishing  to  question  or  protest  the 
on-campus  presence  of  any  recruiting  or- 
ganization should  contact  the  Director  of 
Placement  or  his  representative  in  ad- 
vance. 

b.  Should  any  member  of  the  University  Com- 
munity wish  to  discuss  or  protest  the  in- 
ternal policies  of  any  recruiting  organiza- 
tion, the  Director  of  Placement  must  be  con- 
tacted for  assistance  in  communicating  di- 
rectly with  the  appropriate  representatives 
of  said  organization. 

c.  Demonstration  guidelines  outlined  in  Sec- 
tion 2g,  1-8  are  applicable. 

d.  Demonstrations  in  conjunction  with  place- 
ment programs  conducted  in  the  Placement 
Service's  Cumberland  Hall  facility  or  other 
facility  shall  be  considered  not  to  infringe 
upon  the  rights  of  others  and  the  normal 
functioning  of  placement  programs  pro- 
vided that  demonstrations  are  conducted 
outside  of  the  facility  and  do  not  interfere 


24 


General  Information 


with  free  and  open  access  to  Placement  and 
Credentials  Services  facilities  by  those  stu- 
dents, faculty,  staff,  and  visitors  who  wish 
to  conduct  business  within  the  framework 
of  established  placement  programs. 

IV.   SPECIAL    GUIDELINES    PERTAINING   TO   THE 
STUDENT  UNION 

a.  No  demonstrations,  rallies,  "teach-ins"  or 
equivalent  activities  may  be  held  in  the 
lobies  or  corridors  of  the  Student  Union. 

b.  Demonstrations  may  be  held  in  assigned 
rooms  of  the  Student  Union  by  recognized 
student  organizations  following  procedures 
for  reserving  space  which  have  been  out- 
lined by  the  Student  Union  Board. 

V.  GUIDELINES  FOR  PICKETING 

a.  Legal  Rights  and  Limitations. 

Orderly  picketing  is  a  legally  established 
form  of  expression  which  recognizes  the  in- 
dividuals' right  of  free  expression  subject 
only  to  such  reasonable  limitations  as  are 
imposed  by  state  legislation  and  University 
regulations.  These  limitations  are  intended 
to  protect  the  rights  of  the  picketer,  the  stu- 
dent body,  and  the  public  with  particular 
concern  for  safety,  preservation  of  normal 
academic  life  and  order,  and  the  protection 
of  persons  and  property. 

b.  Conduct  of  Picketers. 

1.  Picketers  are  subject  to  those  regulations 
listed  above  in  Section  II,  G,  1-8. 

2.  Picketers  will  not  disrupt  any  University 
activity  by  making  excessive  noise  in 
the  vicinity  of  any  University  building. 

3.  The    University    Health    Service    is   off- 

limits  to  picketers  because  special 
silence  and  other  welfare  and  safety 
factors  are  involved. 

VI.  ENFORCEMENT  PROCEDURES 

It  is  a  general  expectation  that  individuals  and 
groups  will  abide  by  the  behavioral  guidelines  es- 
tablished by  this  policy  statement.  Compliance  with 
these  minimal  standards  for  responsible  conduct  is 
a  necessary  condition  for  maintaining  a  campus  at- 
mosphere in  which  dissent  and  demonstrations  are 
viewed  as  important  aspects  of  the  University's  edu- 
cational program. 

Reports  of  violations  by  undergraduate  students 
will  be  referred  to  the  Judiciary  Office  of  the  Vice 
Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs  and  reports  of  viola- 
tions by  graduate  students  will  be  referred  to  the 
Vice  President  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research. 
Actions  taken  by  these  offices  will  follow  procedures 
set  forth  in  this  handbook. 

When  violations  continue  beyond  the  enforce- 
ment capabilities  of  the  University  staff,  such  out- 
side assistance  as  is  necessary  may  be  requested. 
These  requests  will  be  made  in  accordance  with 
policy  and  procedures  established  bv  the  Univer- 
sity. 

DISCIPLINARY  ACTIONS 

DISCIPLINARY  REPRIMAND 

A  disciplinary  reprimand  is  written  noti- 
fication from  a  University  official  to  a  stu- 
dent containing  a  warning  that  repeated  in- 
fractions of  regulations  may  result  in  more 
severe  disciplinary  action.   A  record  of  the 


writing  the  letter  and  in  the  Student  Affairs 
Judiciary  Office.  The  student's  parents  may 
be  notified. 

2.  CONDUCT  PROBATION 

This  action  involves  a  period  of  time,  not 
to  exceed  one  year,  in  which  a  student  is  re- 
quired to  show  a  positive  change  in  behav- 
ior. In  addition,  conditions  and  restrictions 
may  be  imposed,  including  revocation  of 
specific  privileges  and  recommendations  for 
counseling  interviews  with  the  Judiciary  Of- 
fice. The  student's  parents  may  be  notified. 
A  violation  of  conduct  probation  may  be  the 
basis  for  more  severe  disciplinary  action. 

3.  DISMISSAL  FROM  UNIVERSITY  HOUSING 

In  the  case  of  a  serious  violation  of 
house  rules,  residence  hall  probation,  or 
housing  regulations,  a  student  may  be  dis- 
missed from  University  housing  for  a  speci- 
fied period  of  time.  Such  dismissal  results  in 
a  percentage  room  and  board  refund,  accord- 
ing to  the  regular  University  refund  policy. 


4.    DISCIPLINARY  PROBATION 

This  action  involves  a  period  of  time,  not 
to  exceed  one  year,  during  which  a  student 
who  has  been  involved  in  a  disciplinary  situ- 
ation (or  repeated  violations)  is  given  an  op- 
portunity to  prove  that  he  can  become  a  re- 
sponsible and  effective  member  of  the  Uni- 
versity community. 

(a.)  In  deciding  upon  the  action  of  disciplin- 
ary probation,  a  judicial  board  may  subject 
the  activities  of  the  student  to  any  one,  or 
more,  of  the  following  conditions: 

1.  A  student  on  disciplinary  probation 
may  not  represent  the  University  in  any 
extracurricular  activities  such  as  inter- 
collegiate athletics,  debate  teams,  Uni- 
versity Theatre,  or  band;  however,  he  may 
participate  in  informal  activities  of  a  rec- 
reational nature  sponsored  by  the  Univer- 
sity. 

2.  A  student  on  disciplinary  probation 
may  not  run  for  or  hold  office  in  any  or- 
ganization that  is  recognized  by  the  Ad- 
junct Committee  on  Student  Activities. 

3.  The  student's  activities  may  be  re- 
stricted in  other  ways  which  pertain  to  the 
type  of  offense. 

4.  The  student  may  be  required  to  make 
restitution  or  repairs. 

a.  When  a  student  has  been  placed  on 
disciplinary  probation,  the  Office  will  of- 
ficially notify  the  student  of  the  decision 
and  will  indicate  that  any  violation  of  his 
probationary  status  may  result  in  suspen- 
sion or  expulsion.  The  Judiciary  Office 
will  inform  appropriate  University  author- 
ities of  the  disciplinary  action  and  may 
notify  the  student's  parents. 

b.  If  a  student  is  found  guilty  by  a  judical 


General  Information 


25 


board  of  any  infraction  of  University  regu- 
lations during  his  probationary  period,  the 
board  may  recommend  that  he  be  sus- 
pended or  expelled  from  the  University. 

c.  At  the  end  of  the  probation  period,  the 
student's  case  will  be  reviewed  by  the 
Judiciary  Office.  If  all  conditions  of  the 
disciplinary  action  have  been  met  satis- 
factorily, the  student  will  be  considered 
in  good  standing,  behaviorally. 

5.    SUSPENSION  FROM  THE  UNIVERSITY 

A  student's  suspension  from  the  Univer- 
sity shall  be  for  an  indefinite  period  of  time. 
However,  the  Judicial  Board  recommending 
this  action  must  specify  the  date  at  which 
he  subsequently  may  apply  to  the  Judiciary 
Office  for  readmission,  and  in  no  case  will 
this  date  be  later  than  one  year  after  the 
effective  date  of  the  suspension.  The  aca- 
demic record  of  the  student  will  not  in  any 
case  affect  this  application  for  readmission 
after  suspension  for  disciplinary  reasons.  All 
recommendations  for  suspension  must  be  ap- 
proved by  the  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student 
Affairs.  Parents  are  notified  in  all  cases. 

During  the  period  of  suspension,  the  stu- 
dent may  not  participate  in  any  University- 
sponsored  activity  or  in  the  activities  of  any 
recognized  University  organization.  In  addi- 
tion, he  will  be  denied  all  other  rights  and 
privileges  which  are  accorded  to  students  in 
good  standing. 

a.  Suspended  Suspension  by  Vice  Chancel- 
lor for  Student  Affairs 
1.  Suspension  is  withheld  pending  care- 
ful evaluation  of  a  student's  behavior 
during  a  probationary  period  not  to  ex- 
ceed one  year.  If  the  student  is  involved 
in  any  further  offense,  this  suspension  of 
disciplinary  action  may  be  summarily  re- 
voked by  the  Vice  President  and  the 
original  decision  of  suspension  from  the 
University  enforced, 
b.  Deferred  Suspension  by  Vice  President 
for  Student  Affairs 

This  is  a  suspension  which  becomes  ef- 
fective after  a  specific  future  date.  It  is 
normally  used  near  the  end  of  a  semester 
to  avoid  financial  penalty  that  would  be 
entailed  by  an  immediate  suspension. 
Probationary  status  will  exist  during  this 
period  identical  to  suspended  suspen- 
sion. 

6.   TEMPORARY  SUSPENSION 

When  in  the  judgment  of  the  Vice  Chan- 
cellor for  Student  Affairs,  or  his  designated 
representative,  teaching  or  research  activi- 
ties, administrativefunctions,  extracurricular 
programs,  or  other  authorized  activities  on 
University  premises  are  obstructed  or  dis- 
rupted by  a  student's  behavior  and  when 
such  behavior  is  continued  beyond  a  request 
that  it  be  terminated,  the  Vice  Chancellor 
for  Student  Affairs,  or  his  designated  repre- 
sentative, may  temporarily  suspend  that 
student  for  a  period  not  to  exceed  seven  (7) 
calendar  days.  Effective  immediately,  the 
student's  activities  are  subject  to  the  re- 
strictions set  forth  under  regular  suspen- 
sion. 


A  report  of  the  student's  behavior  and  of 
the  suspension  action  will  be  forwarded  to 
the  Judiciary  Office.  Referral  then  will  be 
made  to  the  appropriate  judicial  board,  which 
must  provide  a  hearing  for  the  student  in- 
volved not  later  than  (7)  calendar  days  after 
the  effective  date  of  the  temporary  suspen- 
sion. Referral  and  hearing  procedures  will  be 
the  same  prescribed  for  any  other  disciplin- 
ary situation. 

If  the  decision  of  the  judicial  board  rec- 
ommends disciplinary  action  less  severe  than 
suspension,  the  period  of  temporary  suspen- 
sion shall  automatically  terminate.  If  the 
board's  decision  recommends  either  suspen- 
sion or  expulsion,  the  temporary  suspension 
shall  continue  during  any  period  of  appellate 
review.  In  either  case,  normal  channels  for 
appealing  the  board's  decision  will  be  open 
for  use  by  the  student  involved. 

If  the  student  is  found  not  guilty,  he  will 
be  permitted  to  make  up  all  academic  work 
missed  during  the  period  of  his  temporary 
suspension. 
7.    EXPULSION  FROM  THE  UNIVERSITY 

This  is  the  most  serious  penalty  and  re- 
sults in  a  complete  separation  of  the  rela- 
tions between  the  University  and  the  stu- 
dent. Parents  are  informed  and  permanent 
notification  appears  on  the  student's  official 
transcript.  Expulsion  must  be  approved  by 
the  President  of  the  University. 

APPEALS 

Any  disciplinary  decision  may  be  appealed  to 
the  next  higher  disciplinary  unit.  The  highest  board 
of  appeal  is  the  Adjunct  Committee  on  Student 
Discipline  of  the  University  Senate.  An  appeal  must 
be  made  through  the  Judiciary  Office  or  through 
the  Dean  who  is  responsible  for  the  administration 
of  the  decision  being  appealed.  It  will  be  forwarded 
to  the  appropriate  judicial  board  for  review.  The 
appeal  must  be  in  writing,  must  indicate  the  basis 
for  the  appeal,  and  must  be  made  within  ten  days 
of  the  date  the  student  was  notified  of  the  decision 
which  he  is  appealing.  In  hearing  an  appeal,  the 
next  higher  disciplinary  unit  may  affirm  or  reduce 
the  original  decision  or  may  return  the  decision 
to  the  lower  board  for  reconsideration. 


STUDENT  DISCIPLINARY  RECORDS 

All  disciplinary  actions  by  the  judicial  boards 
are  reported  to  the  Judiciary  Office  of  the  Vice 
Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs  where  they  will  be 
recorded.  All  records  of  disciplinary  action,  except 
those  resulting  from  explulsion,  will  remain  confi- 
dential, will  be  segregated  from  the  student's  aca- 
demic record,  and  will  not  be  available  to  un- 
authorized persons  on  campus,  or  to  any  person  off 
campus,  without  the  express  consent  of  the  stu- 
dent involved,  except  under  legal  compulsion  or  in 
cases  where  the  safety  of  persons  or  property  is 
involved. 

Except  in  cases  where  the  student  has  de- 
manded a  public  hearing,  disciplinary  action  is  con- 
fidential; and  no  member  of  a  judicial  board  may 
disclose  any  information  concerning  the  hearing, 
the  student's  prior  disciplinary  record,  the  current 
disciplinary  action  taken,  or  any  information  as  to 
the  voting.  Any  public  release  of  information  con- 


26 


General  Information 


cerning  disciplinary  action  will  be  issued  only  by 
the  Judiciary  Office.  According  to  a  policy  estab- 
listed  by  the  Adjunct  Committee  on  Student  Disci- 
pline, names  of  students  involved  in  disciplinary 
action  may  not  be  printed  in  campus  publications 
and  may  not  be  made  public.  Any  judicial  board 
may  recommend  that  no  publicity  of  any  nature  be 
released  by  the  Judiciary  Office  on  a  case  if  cir- 
cumstances so  warrant. 

ALCOHOLIC  BEVERAGE  POLICY 
AND  PROCEDURES 

POLICY 

Regulations  forbid  unauthorized  possession,  use, 
or  distribution  of  alcoholic  beverages  on  or  in 
University  property.  University  policy  is  consistent 
with  State  and  County  laws  and  restricts  ON- 
CAMPUS  use  of  alcoholic  beverages  in  specified 
areas. 
Interpretation 

1.  Age-Students  under  21  years  of  age  may  not 

possess,  consume,  or  distribute  alcoholic  bever- 
ages. 

2.  LICENSING— At  this  time  Prince  George's  Coun- 
ty will  not  authorize  a  temporary  license  to  any 
student  organization.  This  refusal  is  based  on 
the  impossibility  of  ascertaining  that  all  mem- 
bers of  the  student  organization  are  citizens 
over  21  years  of  age.  The  present  policy,  in  fact, 
means  that: 

a.  Individual  drinking  (individuals  over  21)   is 
no  problem. 

b.  Events  of  a  "Bring  Your  Own  Bottle"  na- 

ture are  possible. 

c.  Events  where  alcoholic  beverages  are  dis- 

pensed free  to  anyone  over  21  are  pos- 
sible. 

d.  Events  where  donations  are  asked  for 
alcoholic  beverages  are  possible,  when 
the  donations  are  voluntary.  (CAUTION: 
the  providers  of  the  beverage  may  in  no 
no  way  force  a  donation.) 

e.  Events  dispensing  alcoholic  beverages 
for  profit  are  prohibited.  There  may  not 
not  be  direct  sale  of  liquor  without  a 
license,  nor  may  there  be  an  admission 
charge  for  the  event. 

3.  RESTRICTED  AREAS— Alcoholic  beverages 
may  not  be  possessed,  consumed,  or  distri- 
buted in  any  academic  facility,  except  where 
specific,  written  approval  has  been  obtained 
for  the  event  from  the  individual  or  depart- 
ment responsible  for  the  operation  of  that 
facility.  This  restriction  applies  to  all  dining 
halls,  cafeteria,  classroom  and  office  build- 
ings, libraries,  laboratories,  administrative 
buildings,  and  athletic  facilities. 


When  planning  an  event  where  alcoholic  bever- 
ages will  be  brought  in  by  the  individual  consum- 
ers, or  will  be  given  away,  or  where  donations  will  be 
invited,  the  following  procedures  should  be  fol- 
lowed: 

1.  Receive  written  approval  for  the  use  of  your 

facility— in  the  residence  areas  check  for 
any  local  restrictions  established  by  unit 
governments. 

2.  Secure  and  complete  the  Registration  Of  A 

Student  Social  Event  form  in  the  Student 


Activities  Office.  (Rm.  142— Student  Union) 
3.  Secure  and  complete  the  Alcoholic  Beverage 
Registration  form  which  names  the  person 
responsible  for  the  event. 

USE  OF  SPACE  AND  UNIVERSITY  FACILITIES 


1.  FACILITIES  USE  COMMITTEE 

Allocation  of  the  use  of  space  and  supporting 
services  is  administered  by  the  Facilities  Use  Com- 
mittee. General  regulations  for  the  use  of  space  is 
described  in  this  section.  For  detailed  information 
call  campus  telephone  extension  2233  for  referral 
to  proper  authorities  for  coordination  of  the  re- 
quest. Space  and  Service  Reservation  form  (PP- 
47-R)  is  required  in  most  instances.  This  blank 
may  be  obtained  in  the  Department  of  the  Physical 
Plant,  South  Administration  Building,  Room  3.  In- 
formation regarding  fees  charged  for  use  of  space 
or  services  is  available  through  this  office. 

Requests  by  University-approved  student,  fac- 
ulty, and  staff  organizations: 

a.  Space  desired  should  be  reserved  through 

the  office  of  the  Director  of  Physical  Plant 
in  the  North  Administration  Building  except: 

1  Reservations  for  facilities  in  the  Center  of 

Adult  Education  must  be  made  with  the 
office  of  the  Director  of  the  Center,  cam- 
pus telephone  extension  2325  or  1612. 

2  Reservations  for  facilities  in  the  Student 
Union  must  be  made  with  office  of  the 
Manager  of  the  Student  Union,  campus 
telephone  extension  2801. 

b.  Space  reservations  by  students  are  restricted 

to  student  organizations  approved  by  the  Stu- 
dent Life  Committee. 

2.  REQUESTS  BY  OTHER  THAN  UNIVERSITY 
ORGANIZATIONS 

a.  Inquiries  for  the  use  of  certain  facilities  and 
program  planning  assistance  by  scientific, 
civic,  technical,  professional,  governmental 
and  industrial  groups  may  be  directed  to  the 
office  of  the  Director  of  Conferences  and 
Institutes,  campustelephoneextension  2322. 
The  majority  of  programs  of  this  nature  are 
conducted  in  the  University  College  Center 
of  Adult  Education. 

b.  The  University  cannot  consider  itself  bound 

to  accommodate  off-campus  programs  un- 
less proposals  have  been  approved  by  proper 
authorities. 

3.  GENERAL  REGULATIONS  TO  BE  OBSERVED  IN 
REQUESTING  OR  USING  SPACE 

a.  All  requests  for  the  use  of  space  should  be 

COMPLETED  five  calendar  days  in  advance 
of  the  date  of  the  proposed  meeting  to  per- 
mit consideration  of  alternate  dates  and  to 
enable  various  University  services  to  be  co- 
ordinated. This  includes,  in  addition  to  build- 
ings, outside  events  held  on  the  mall,  park- 
ing lots,  fields,  etc. 

b.  Persons,  accepting  the  assignment  of  space 
for  a  meeting  must  accept  the  responsibility 
for  the  conduct  of  the  audience;  for  leaving 
the  facility  secure  and  in  a  clean  and  order- 
ly fashion;  for  any  damage  to  University 
property  caused  by  the  group;  for  the  finan- 
cial obligations  arising  from  the  use  of  the 


General  Information  27 


facility  such  as  cleaning,  repair,  and  use  of 
University  properties. 

c.  The   safety   requirements  of   the   University 

must  be  strictly  observed  in  all  matters  per- 
taining to  the  use  of  buildings.  The  Super- 
visor of  Safety  in  the  office  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Physical  Plant  will  advise  on  the  use 
of  decorations,  fire  regulations,  and  safety 
precautions.  Fire  guards  are  required  for 
events  at  which  500  or  more  persons  are  to 
be  present. 

d.  The  group  is  responsible  for  closing  all  win- 

dows and  turning  off  all  lights  at  the  con- 
clusion of  the  meeting.  If  the  space  used  is 
normally  locked,  police  should  be  notified 
upon  termination  of  meeting. 

e.  Publicizing  functions   or   meetings  will    be 

confined  to  bulletin  boards. 

f.  Any  organization  which  fails  to  discharge  the 

above  responsibilities  will  jeopardize  its  privi- 
lege for  using  facilities  for  meetings  in  the 
future. 

g.  The  use  of  public  address  systems,    loud- 
speakers, etc.  in  the  vicinity  of  an  academic 

building  must  follow  procedures  outlined 
above. 

4.    PARTIAL  LIST  OF  MEETIN  G  SPACES  AVAILABLE 
Agriculture  Auditorium,  Symons  Hall.  Capacity  150. 

Reserved  for  large  meetings. 
Armory  Main  Floor.  Capacity  3300. 

This  space  to  be  coordinated  with  the  Depart- 
ment of  Air  Science,  the  Director  of  Men's  Intra- 
murals  Programs,  and  the  Dean  of  College  of  Physi- 
cal Education,  Recreation  and  Health.  No  vehicles 
may  be  used  or  exhibited  on  the  floor  due  to  safety 
regulations.  There  will  be  no  selling  or  serving  of 
drinks  of  any  kind  on  the  main  floor  lobby. 
Armory  Lecture  Hall  Ar-44.  Capacity  352. 
Botany  E-1.  H.  J.  Patterson  Hall.  Capacity  300.  Air 

Conditioned. 
Botany  E-201.  H.  J.  Patterson  Hall.  Capacity  140. 

Air  Conditioned. 
BPA  Auditorium  Q-29.  Capacity  506.  Air  Conditioned. 
Center  of  Adult  Education.  Air  Conditioned. 

This  space  coordinated  with  the  Director  of  the 
Center  during  any  90  day  period.  Programs  sched- 
uled in  advance  of  90  days  of  the  date  of  the  event 
are  coordinated  with  the  Director  of  Conferences 
and  Institutes.  This  building  has  overnight  guest 
rooms,  meeting  rooms,  coffee  shop,  dining  room  and 
banquet  facilities.  Nominal  charges  are  made  for  all 
facilities. 

Central  Auditorium,  Skinner  Building,  T-21.  Capac- 
ity 366.  Air  Conditioned. 

William    P.    Cole,   Jr.   Student   Activities   Building. 
Capacity  12,005  fixed  seats;  with  floor  seats  14,000. 

This  space  coordinated  with  the  Director  of  Ath- 
letics and  the  Dean  of  the  College  of  Physical  Edu- 
cation, Recreation  and  Health. 
Coliseum.  Main  Floor.  Capacity  2,250. 

This  space  to  be  coordinated  with  the  Dean  of 
the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and 
Health  and  the  Director  of  Intramural  Program. 
Dining  Hall 

Special  arrangements  for  dinner  groups  may  be 
made.  Limited  facilities  available.  This  facility  coor- 
dinated with  the  Director  of  University  Food  Service. 
Drake  Lecture  Hall,  C-130.  Capacity  374.  Air  Condi- 
tioned. 

Drake  Lecture  Hall,  C-132.  Capacity  132.  Air  Con- 
ditioned. 


Fine  Arts  Theatre.  Capacity  1350.  Air  Conditioned. 

A  basic  service  charge  will  be  made  to  cover  sup- 
porting services.  Audiovisual  facilities  by  special 
arrangement.  Use  of  these  facilities  must  be  coor- 
dinated with  the  Department  of  Speech  and  drama- 
tic Arts. 

Fine  Arts  Lecture  Hall,  NN-214.  Capacity  200.  Air 
Conditioned. 

Foreign  Language,  LL-12.  Capacity  112. 
Francis  Scott  Key  Hall,  Lecture  Hall,  RR-6.  Capacity 
262.  Air  Conditioned. 

Physics  Lecture  Hall.  Capacity  500.  Air  Conditioned. 
Shoemaker  Building,  N-201.  Capacity  226. 
Shoemaker  Building,  N-204.  Capacity  267. 

Student  Union 

It  is  the  University  policy  to  assign  meeting 
space  in  the  Student  Union  Building  for  all  student 
and  faculty  organizations,  as  far  as  it  is  practical  to 
do  so.  This  building  has  available  a  total  of  ten 
meeting  rooms  varying  in  capacity  from  25  to  600. 
No  charge  will  be  made  for  any  student,  faculty  or 
staff  organization  that  wishes  to  meet  in  the  Stu- 
dent Union  Building.  Special  charges  for  dances 
and  other  extra  services  may  be  necessary.  Depart- 
ments desiring  to  schedule  conferences  for  business 
or  professional  groups  should  contact  the  office  of 
the  Director  of  the  Student  Union  concerning  costs 
and  availability  of  the  building,  campus  telephone 
extension  2801. 

Located  in  the  building  are  lounges  for  relaxa- 
tion, television  room,  music  lounge,  fine  arts  gallery, 
mimeograph,  poster  and  plastic  sign  service,  check 
cashing  service,  browsing  library,  billiards  room, 
bowling  alleys,  coffee  shop,  newsstand,  student  sup- 
ply store,  public  telephones,  and  the  campus  ticket 
box  office. 
University  Chapel 

East  Chapel,  Capacity  1,200. 

West  Chapel,  Capacity  140. 

Conference  Room,  Capacity  24. 

Available  for  devotional  services  only.  Marri- 
ages, christenings,  and  the  like  permitted.  Reser- 
vations may  be  made  with  the  Office  of  Student 
Life,  campus  telephone  extension  2925. 


REGULATIONS  AND  SERVICE  FEES  FOR  THE 

USE  OF  UNIVERSITY  PROPERTY 

(Available  from  the  Department  of  Physical  Plant) 

Items  of  University  property  such  as  chairs, 
tables,  stages,  platforms,  decorations,  flags,  potted 
palms,  pianos,  and  similar  equipment  are  frequently 
needed  by  individuals  or  groups  for  meetings,  social 
functions  or  other  types  of  programs.  These  items 
are  available,  in  limited  quantities,  under  the  condi- 
tions described  below: 

(a.)  The  use  of  such  property  is  restricted  to  the 

following: 

1.  Student     groups     registered     with     the 

proper  University  authorities  and  recog- 
nized as  official  University  organiza- 
tions. 

2.  Faculty  and  staff  groups  whose  status  is 

recognized  by  the  University  administra- 
tion. 

3.  Groups  sponsored  by  the  Division  of  Con- 

ferences and  Institutes  of  the  University 
College. 

4.  Groups  sponsored  by  the  College  of  Agri- 
culture. 


28 


General  Information 


5.  Organizationsaffi  Mated  with  the  University 

of  Maryland,  authorized  and  approved  by 
the  administration. 

6.  Events  approved  by  the  Facilities  Use  Com- 

mittee. 

7.  Individuals  and  groups  coordinating  an  ap- 

proved event. 

b.  The  use  of  University  property  is  not  normally 

available  to  individual  students,  faculty  or 
staff  members. 

c.  Requests  and  arrangements  for  use  of  Univer- 

sity property  should  be  made  at  the  time  the 
Space  Services  Reservation  Form,  PP-47R,  is 
submitted  and  indicated  on  the  reserse  side 
of  the  form.  Information  concerning  the  prop- 
erty requested  may  be  obtained  by  calling 
the  Service  Supervisor,  campus  extension 
3434.  Organizations  paying  a  service  fee  for 
the  use  of  space  must  negotiate  separately 
for  particular  items  at  the  time  the  Space 
and  Services  Reservation  Form  is  submitted. 

d.  Requests  for  services  and  properties  must  be 
completed  five  calendar  days  prior  to  the 
event  to  give  sufficient  notice  for  arranging 
work. 

e.  Facilities  and  equipment  are  committed  in  the 
order  reservations  are  accepted. 

f.  The  University  cannot  assume  responsibility 

for  supplying  items  which  are  not  available 
upon  application. 

g.  It  shall  be  the  responsibility  of  the  using 
group  to  return  property  in  good  condition 
and/or  make  restitution  to  the  University  for 
any  damage  or  loss  occurring  while  assigned 
to  the  group. 

h.    Service  Fees: 

Estimates  for  use  and  set-up  of  property 
items  (chairs,  tables,  public  address  systems, 
etc.)  are  available  from  the  Service  Super- 
visor, campus  extension  3434.  Estimates  for 
general  labor  and  tradesmen  are  also  avail- 
able from  the  Service  Supervisor. 

STUDENT  ACTIVITIES 

RECOGNIZED  ORGANIZATIONS  AND 
ACTIVITIES 

Two  types  of  student  organizations  are  eligible 
for  recognition.  They  are  (I)  Recognized  Organiza- 
tions and  (II)  Recognized  Activities. 

I.  Recognized  Organizations 

A.  A  group  of  students  may  organize  by  filing 

a  constitution  for  recognition  by  SGA. 

B.  Recognized  organizations  may  file  for 
use  of  SGA  funds. 

II.  Recognized  Activities 

A.  A  group  of  students  may  form  an  activity 
without  filing  for  constitutional  approval 
from  SGA. 

B.  An  activity   need  merely  file  for  recog- 

nition by  SGA,  submitting  the  purpose  of 
the  activity,  its  name,  and  responsible 
students  and/or  faculty. 

C.  An  activity  is  not  eligible  for  SGA  funds. 

D.  Activities  may  be  short-term  organiza- 
tions. 

E.  Activities  may  be  composed  of  students 
who  want  to  organize  informally. 

F-  Responsibilities  of  activities  are  the 
same  as  those  of  organizations,  under 
the  General  Regulations.  In  addition,  a 


non-discrimination   statement   must   be 
filed  with  the  Director  of  Student  Activi- 
ties before  recognition  is  granted. 
Recognized  organizations,  activities  and  other 
groups  may  use  Student  Union  facilities  when  space 
is  available.  The  priority  for  use  of  available  space 
will  be  in  descending  order:  recognized  organiza- 
tions, recognized  activities,  and  other  groups. 
REGISTRATION       OF       UNIVERSITY       EVENTS 
ON-CAMPUS  UNIVERSITY  EVENTS 

The  primary  purpose  of  registration  of  on-cam- 
pus  university  events  is  to  facilitate  the  use  of 
University  facilities  and  better  coordinate  the  Uni- 
versity calendar.  Thus,  the  only  on-campus  events 
which  must  be  registered  are  those  which  require 
the  use  of  facilities  which  have  to  be  reserved 
through  the  Physical  Plant  Office.  In  these  cases 
events  must  be  registered  with  both  the  Activities 
Coordinator,  Office  of  Student  Activities  (Rm.  142 
Student  Union  Building)  and  the  Physical  Plant 
Office  (South  Administration  Building). 

OFF-CAMPUS  UNIVERSITY  EVENTS. 

Broad  invitation  University-sponsored  events 
held  off-campus,  such  as  class  proms,  must  be 
registered  with  the  Activities  Coordinator  (Rm.  142 
Student  Union  Building). 

All  events  both  on  and  off-campus  where  there 
will  be  alcohol  must  be  registered  with  the  Activi- 
ties Coordinator.    (See  following  section.) 

NOTE:  A  staff  member  (or  members)  are  re- 
quired at  all  registered  social  events.  This 
staff  member  may  be  from  the  University 
Housing  Office,  a  faculty  member  of  gradu- 
ate assistant,  or  a  member  of  the  adminis- 
tration. Parents  of  students  may  also  serve 
in  this  capacity. 

PROCEDURES  FOR  SCHEDULING 
LARGE  EVENTS 

Register  date  on  calendar  in  the  Office  of  the 
Activities  Coordinator  (Room  142,  Student  Union 
Building). 

Read  the  section  of  Academic  Regulations  re- 
lating to  Social  Functions,  Reservation  of 
Space,  and  Advertising. 

Reserve  a  room  and  arrange  for  its  physical  set- 
up through  the  Office  of  the  Department  of 
Physical  Plant,  South  Administration  Building 
(if  held  on  campus).  In  some  cases  the  room 
or  building  must  first  be  cleared  by  the  person 
in  charge  of  that  building. 


Cole  Activities  Building 

Armory 

Ritchie  Coliseum 

Maryland  Room 

Chapel 


Alfred  Hanlon— Ext.  2121 
Frank  Fellows— Ext.  2751 
Nick  Kovalakides— Ext.  2124 
Mrs.  Khoury— Ext.  2133 
Mrs.  Fields— Ext.  2925 


After  this  first  approval,  however,  final  ap- 
proval must  still  be  obtained  from  the  Office 
of  the  Department  of  Physical  Plant,  South  Ad- 
ministration Building. 

CHARITABLE  AND  SERVICE  PROJECT 
REGISTRATION 

A.  Charitable  and  service  project  solicita- 
tion on  campus  is  limited  to  recognized 
University  Activities  and  organizations. 
Outside    organizations    are    prohibited 


General  Information 


29 


from  requesting  contributions  of  funds 
or  materials  from  students,  student  or- 
ganizations, staff  and/or  faculty  mem- 
bers. Requests  for  funds  should  be  di- 
rected to  the  Campus  Chest  Council. 

B.  Project  proposals  for  charitable  events, 
projects  and  drives,  including  a  state- 
ment of  projected  expenses,  must  be 
registered  with  the  Director,  Community 
Service  Programs  (rm.  136,  Student 
Union  Building)  one  week  in  advance  of 
the  planned  date  of  the  project.  Because 
of  the  nature  of  certain  events,  all  chari- 
table projects  need  not  necessarily  be 
limited  to  Campus  Chest  Week.  The 
sponsoring  University  organization  must 
have  sufficient  financial  resources  to 
provide  for  the  possibility  of  an  unsuc- 
cessful event.  The  dollar  value  of  any 
prizes  and  trophies  offered  should  be 
compatible  with  the  expected  financial 
return  of  the  project. 

C  Activities  and  organizations  may  hold  as 
many  charitable  fund  raising  events  as 
they  wish,  provided  these  events  are 
intra-organizational,  i.e.,  events  con- 
fined solely  to  the  organizational  mem- 
bership. Events  of  this  nature  do  not 
need  to  be  registered. 

D.  An  activity  or  organization  may  hold  one 
charitable  fund  raising  event  a  semester 
which  involves  individuals  other  than 
the  membership  of  the  organization. 

E.  Organizational      solicitation      of     other 

groups,  i.e.,  not  individuals,  for  charit- 
able contributions,  is  permitted  pending 
approval  by  the  Campus  Chest  Council. 
An  accurate  financial  report  must  be 
submitted  to  the  Campus  Chest  Council 
within  three  (3)  weeks  after  the  conclu- 
sion of  the  event.  A  statement  of  receipt 
of  monies  by  the  selected  recipient  of 
collected  funds  must  accompany  the 
financial  statement. 

R  Organizational  solicitation  of  University 
groups  for  materials  or  services  is  per- 
mitted, pending  approval  by  the  Campus 
Chest  Council. 

G.  Solicitation  of  individuals  either  directly 
or  by  contribution  containers  is  prohib- 
ited. 

H.  University  organizations  soliciting  off- 
campus  must  work  through  existing 
community  organizations  and  charities. 
Door-to-door  solicitation  must  always 
occur  in  connection  with  national  or 
community  organizations  and  charities. 
They  may  offer  their  assistance  in  road- 
blocks to  existing  community  organiza- 
tions or  charities  during  national  or  com- 
munity drives.  In  such  instances,  the 
community  must  assume  the  responsi- 
bilities of  clearing  the  project  with  the 
appropriate  law  enforcement  agency. 
I.  University  organizations  may  not  hold 
off-campus  roadblocks  without  com- 
munity sponsorship.  During  Campus 
Chest  Week,  Alpha  Phi  Omega  will  be 
responsible  for  the  coordination  of  all 
roadblocks.  They  will  obtain  permission 
of  the  sponsored  charity  and  approval  of 
the  police  responsible  for  the  area   in 


which  the  roadblock  is  to  be  held. 
J.  On-campus  roadblocks  may  not  be  held. 
Exceptions  to  the  above   rules  may  be 
granted  by  Campus  Chest  Council. 

FUND-RAISING  EVENTS  REGISTRATION 

A  fund-raising  event  or  money-making  activity 
is  defined  as  any  project  the  primary  purpose  of 
which  is  the  acquisition  of  money  or  real  property 
to  be  used  for  the  prime  purpose  of  the  sponsor- 
ing student  organization  or  an  agency  or  person 
of  their  choosing.  All  projects  which  involve  ticket- 
selling  and/or  charge  admission  and  fund-raising 
must  be  registered  with  the  Director,  Community 
Service  Programs  (Rm  136.  Student  Union  Build- 
ing), and  approved  by  the  Campus  Chest  Council 
one  week  prior  to  the  event. 

Each  recognized  student  activity  and  student 
organization  is  allowed  one  campus-wide  money- 
making  activity  each  semester. 

Direct  solicitation  of  individuals  is  prohibited. 

Organizations  may  hold  an  unlimited  number 
of  fund-raising  events  within  their  own  member- 
ship. Such  activities  do  not  have  to  be  registered 
or  approved  by  the  Department  of  Student  Activi- 
ties. 

The  estimated  expenses  of  the  money-raising 
event  should  not  exceed  the  money  or  real  prop- 
erty which  the  sponsoring  organization  can  pledge 
and  the  funds  which  the  SGA  may  reserve  to  it 
altogether  with  the  balance  of  a  conservative  esti- 
mate of  the  gross  receipts  the  Department  of 
Student  Activities  places  on  the  affair. 

All  professional  talent,  excluding  professional 
athletics,  can  be  sponsored  only  by  recognized 
student  organizations  and  established  faculty  and 
administrative  committees.  An  itemized  budget  for 
the  event  should  accompany  any  request  for  ap- 
proval. All  contracts  must  be  signed  by  the  Cul- 
tural Coordinator  of  the  Department  of  Student 
Activities. 

The  following  regulations  govern  money-making 
events  of  a  "Presents"  nature  (presentation  of  pro- 
fessional talent).  All  entertainment  brought  into  the 
University  and  performed  at  Cole  Field  House  will 
be  termed  "Presents  Programs"  and  will  fall  under 
the  Department  of  Student  Activities,  specifically, 
the  Cultural  Coordinator. 

1.  Profits  from  all  such  student  sponsored  af- 
fairs shall  be  divided  as  follows: 

a.  60  per  cent  of  the  sponsoring  organiza- 

tion's reserve  fund  to  be  used  for  educa- 
tional programs  such  as  leadership  de- 
velopment, community  service  programs, 
scholarships,  etc. 

b.  20  per  cent  to  the  sponsoring  organiza- 

tion's operating  budget. 

c.  10  per  cent  to  the  SGA  Cultural  Commit- 

tee to  be  put  toward  the  sponsoring  of  a 
cultural  program  free  to  the  students. 

d.  10  per  cent  to  the  Student  Union  Board 
toward  the  sponsoring  of  a  SUB  concert 
free  to  the  students. 

2.  Four  major  "Presents"  programs  will  be  held 
during  the  academic  year.  Prime  times  are 
during  the  months  of  October,  November, 
February  and  April  providing  there  is  space 
available  on  the  University  Calendar  and 
suitable  entertainment  can  be  obtained. 


30 


General  Information 


3.  The  four  major  "Presents"  programs  will  be 

sponsored  by  the  following  campus  organiza- 
tions: 

University  Commuters  Association 

Interfraternity  Council 

Panhellenic  Council 

Residence  Halls  Association 

4.  A  fifth  "Presents"  program  will  be  possible 

subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Cultural  Co- 
ordinator, depending  on  the  purpose  of  the 
program,  its  feasibility  with  reference  to  the 
University  calendar  and  the  Cultural  Coordi- 
nator's schedule  and  available  time. 

5.  The  reserve  fund  accrued  from  such  affairs 

must  be  deposited  in: 

a.  A  bank 

b.  A   Federally   insured   savings 

and  loan  association 

c.  The  University's  endowment 

fund 

6.  After  each  event  an  itemized  financial  state- 

shall  be  prepared  as  soon  as  possible  and 
placed  on  file  in  the  Student  Activities  Of- 
fice to  be  available  to  interested  students. 

7.  Any  artist  or  professional  production  or  book- 

ing personnel  will  be  contacted  by  the  Cul- 
tural Coordinator  only.  Booking  agents  will 
be  engaged  at  a  flat  rate  to  be  included  in 
the  original  budget. 

8.  A  permanent  list  of  who  is  to  receive  com- 

plimentary tickets  will  be  developed  at  the 
start  of  each  academic  year.  The  sponsor- 
ing organization  may  give  out  additional  tic- 
kets at  its  own  discretion.  Guests  will  be 
notified  prior  to  each  performance  of  the 
availability  of  complimentary  tickets. 


FRATERNITY  RUSH  REGULATIONS 

1.  Pledging  Requirements 

a.  Any  full-time  male  undergraduate  student 

who  is  in  good  academic  standing  with 
the  University  may  pledge. 

b.  An  individual  may  pledge  only  two  conse- 

cultive  semesters.  If  after  these  two 
semesters  a  pledge  does  not  meet  the 
academic  requirements  for  initiation,  he 
shall  be  dropped  from  the  fraternity  roll. 
Repledging  may  occur  only  after  he  has 
achieved  at  least  a  2.0  cumulative  aver- 
age. 
c-  Any  individual  who  is  formally  pledged  to 
a  fraternity  and  who  elects  to  depledge 
will  not  be  eligible  to  pledge  another 
fraternity  until  one  full  semester  has 
elapsed  from  the  date  of  his  depledging. 
d.  Any  individual  who  is  depledged  by  a  fra- 
ternity is  immediately  eligible  for  pledg- 
ing into  another  fraternity  provided  he 
meets  all  other  requirements. 
2.     Initiation  Requirements 

a.  Any  pledge  who,  at  the  time  of  pledging, 

had  a  cumulative  average  of  2.0  or  above 
may  be  initiated  after  ten  academic 
weeks  of  pledging. 

b.  Any  student  pledged  with  less  than  a  2.0 

cumulative  average  must  attain  at  least 
a  2.0  average  during  the  semester  he 
pledges. 


SORORITY  RUSH  REGULATIONS 

1.  Pledging  Requirements 

a.  To  pledge  a  sorority,  a  girl  must  have  at 

least  a  2.2  numerical  grade  average  from 
high  school,  be  enrolled  in  the  Univer- 
sity, pay  the  rush  fee  during  formal  rush, 
not  be  on  probation,  and  not  be  affiliated 
with  any  National  Panhellenic  sorority. 

b.  If  a  girl  signs  a  preference  card  or  pledge 

statement,  she  is  considered  pledged  to 
that  sorority  whether  or  not  she  com- 
pletes the  pledge  ceremony.  The  pledge 
period  lasts  for  one  calendar  year  and 
during  this  time  she  is  ineligible  to 
pledge  another  sorority. 

c.  If  for  some  reason,  the  girl  or  the  sorority 

breaks  a  pledge,  the  girl  is  not  eligible 
to  pledge  any  sorority  or  repledge  until 
one  calendar  year  from  the  date  her 
pledge  was  broken. 

2.  Initiation  Requirements 

a.  In  order  to  be  initiated  into  a  sorority,  a 
girl  must  have  passed  the  previous  se- 
mester with  at  least  a  2.2  average  for 
the  semester  and  must  have  taken  nine 
academic  credit  hours.  Grades  for  phys- 
sical  education  are  not  included. 

D-  A  pledge  with  56  academic  credits  at  the 
beginning  of  her  pledgeship  and  a  2.2 
average  for  the  previous  semester  may 
be  initiated  after  a  six  week  period  if 
not  contrary  to  the  national  policy  of  the 
individual  chapter. 

c  A  transfer  student  who  has  completed 
her  pledgeship  and  met  the  academic 
requirements  of  the  previous  school  may 
be  initiated  and  shall  be  counted  as  an 
active  member  if  not  contrary  to  the 
national  policy  of  the  individual  chapter. 

CAMPUS  TRAFFIC 

RULES  AND  REGULATIONS 

These  regulations  apply  to  all  who  drive  motor 
vehicles  on  any  part  of  the  campus  at  Col- 
lege Park. 


1.  PURPOSE  OF  TRAFFIC  REGULATIONS 

a.  To  facilitate  the  work  of  the  University  by 

providing  parking  space  for  those  who  need 
it  most. 

b.  To  provide  parking  space  for  University  visi- 

tors and  guests. 

c.  To  protect  pedestrian  traffic. 

d.  To  assure  access  at  all  times  for  ambulance 

and  fire-fighting  apparatus. 

e.  To  control  vehicular  traffic  on  the  Campus. 

2.  REGISTRATION  OF  VEHICLES: 

a.  All  motor  vehicles,  including  motorcycles  and 

scooters,  operated  on  campus  by  a  person 
associated  with  the  University,  must  be  reg- 
istered with  the  University  Police  regardless 
of  ownership,  except  as  noted  in  Regulation 
2c.  All  student  vehicles  must  be  registered 
in  the  name  of  the  student  who  is  the  legal 
operator  of  the  vehicle. 

b.  Student  vehicles  must  be  registered  for  the 


Genera/  Information 


31 


current  academic  year  during  the  applicable 
registration  period.  A  registration  charge  will 
be  made  for  each  vehicle.  This  charge  will 
be  in  the  amount  of  ten  ($10.00)  dollars 
during  the  period  September  1  thru  March 
31  and  five  ($5.00)  dollars  during  the  period 
April  1  thru  August  31.  This  charge  cannot 
be  refunded.  No  charge  will  be  made  for  re- 
placement registration  stickers  required  due 
to  damaged  bumpers  of  a  registered  vehicle 
or  because  of  purchase  of  a  replacement  for 
a  registered  vehicle.  Remnants  of  stickers  to 
be  replaced  must  be  turned  in  at  the  Motor 
Vehicle  Registration  Desk. 

c.  Resident  students  who  have  completed  less 

than  56  semester  credits  shall  be  prohibited 
from  operating  a  motor  vehicle  on  the  Col- 
lege Park  Campus,  and  from  registering  a 
vehicle  under  provisions  of  these  regula- 
tions, except  for  special  weekend  privileges 
as  provided  in  regulation  2d.  This  prohibition 
applies  to  any  Freshman  or  Sophomore  stu- 
dent residing  within  one  (1)  mile  radius  of 
the  Library,  providing  said  residence  is  other 
than  that  shown  as  student's  legal  residence 
at  time  of  registration. 

d.  Resident  students  who  have  earned  less  than 

56  semester  credits  are  permitted  to  operate 
a  motor  vehicle  on  the  College  Park  Campus 
during  the  hours  from  5:00  P.M.  Friday  to  12 
Midnight  Sunday,  only.  Vehicles  operated  on 
the  Campus  under  provisions  of  this  regula- 
tion must  be  registered  in  accordance  with 
regulations  2a  and  2b.  Special  "weekend" 
registration  stickers  will  be  issued.  Vehicles 
displaying  weekend  stickers  will  be  consider- 
ed not  registered  if  observed  on  the  campus 
at  any  time  other  than  the  specified  weekend 
period. 

e.  Parking  permits  for  faculty  and  staff  are  is- 

sued initially  at  the  time  of  employment. 
Subsequent  renewals  will  be  scheduled  at 
times  designated  by  the  Police  Department. 

f.  Only   one   set  of   parking   permits   for   each 

vehicle  is  authorized. 

g.  Vehicles  are  not  considered  officially  regis- 

tered until  permits  are  affixed  on  front  and 
rear  bumpers. 

h.  Temporary  parking  permits  for  visiting 
groups  and  for  special  reasons  and  condi- 
tions are  available.  Requests  should  be 
made  to  the  Campus  Police  Motor  Vehicle 
Registration  Section— Telephone  Ext.  4242. 

i-  Parking  permits  must  not  be  transferred  to 
any  vehicle  other  than  the  one  for  which 
they  were  originally  issued. 

j.  Parking  permits  must  not  be  defaced  or  al- 
tered in  any  manner. 

3.  TRAFFIC  REGULATIONS: 

a.  All  motor  vehicles  are  subject  to  University 

traffic  regulations  while  on  the  University 
Campus.  The  University  assumes  no  respon- 
sibility for  loss  or  damage  to  private  prop- 
erty. 

b.  All  traffic  and  parking  signs  must  be  obeyed. 

c.  It  is  impossible  to  mark  with  signs  all  areas 

of  University  property  where  parking  is  pro- 


hibited. Parking  or  driving  is  definitely  pro- 
hibited on  grass  plots,  tree  plots,  construc- 
tion areas,  or  any  place  which  will  mar  the 
landscaping  of  the  campus,  create  a  safety 
hazard,  or  interfere  with  the  use  of  Univer- 
sity facilities. 

d.  All  regulations  must  be  observed  during  Reg- 

istration and  Examination  periods,  except  as 
may  be  otherwise  indicated  by  official  signs. 
During  final  Examination  periods  and  the 
Summer  School  session,  registered  vehicles 
may  park  in  any  numbered  parking  area  ex- 
cept Areas  5,  9,  and  20. 

e.  Operation  of  any  motor  vehicle  in  such  a 

manner  as  to  create  excessive  noise  or 
smoke,  or  operation  of  any  vehicle  which  is 
in  an  unsafe  condition,  will  result  in  revoca- 
tion of  parking  permit  and  issuance  of  a 
Maryland  State  Summons  for  violation  of 
Article  66V2  Annotated  Code  of  Maryland. 

f.  Pedestrians  shall  have  the  right-of-way  at  all 

times. 

g.  The  maximum  speed  on  campus  roads  is  20 

miles  per  hour.  During  changes  of  classes 
and  in  areas  of  pedestrian  traffic  cars  must 
be  driven  more  slowly. 

h.  Vehicles,  including  motorcycles  and  motor 
scooters,  must  be  parked  in  assigned  areas 
only.  Certain  parking  areas  are  restricted  to 
Faculty  and  Academic  Staff  at  all  times. 
This  restriction  is  indicated  on  the  official 
sign  at  the  entrance  to  the  area.  In  all  other 
parking  areas,  unrestricted  parking  for  any 
vehicle  registered  on  the  Campus  is  permit- 
ted from  5:00P.M.  to  12:00  Midnight,  Monday 
thru  Thursday;  and  from  5:00  P.M.  Friday  to 
12:00  Midnight  Sunday. 

i.  Any  motor  vehicle  parked  in  violation  of  Uni- 
versity traffic  regulations  or  abandoned  on 
Campus  is  subject  to  removal  and  impound- 
ing at  the  expense  of  the  owner  or  operator. 
(See  Regulation  4c.) 

j.  Specific  spaces  in  parking  areas  shall  not  be 
reserved  or  marked  for  any  department  or 
individual. 

k.  If  an  unregistered  vehicle  is  used  as  an 
emergency  substitute  for  a  registered  vehicle, 
it  must  be  parked  in  the  regularly  assigned 
area  and  an  immediate  report  made  to  the 
Motor  Vehicle  Registration  section  ext.  4242. 

I.  In  parking  areas  which  have  marked  spaces 
and  lanes,  a  vehicle  must  be  parked  in  one 
space  only,  leaving  clear  access  to  adjacent 
spaces,  and  without  blocking  driving  lanes 
or  creating  a  hazard  for  other  drivers. 

m.  Parking  is  not  permitted  at  crosswalks. 

n.  Parking  or  standing  is  prohibited  on  all  cam- 
pus roads  at  all  times. 

0.  In  cases  where  individuals  are  permitted  to 
register  more  than  one  vehicle  for  parking  on 
the  campus,  only  one  of  these  vehicles  may 
be  parked  in  the  assigned  area  at  any  time. 

p.  Metered  parking  spaces  must  be  used  in  ac- 
cordance with  requirements  as  stated  on  of- 
ficial signs. 

q.  Curbed  recesses  are  reserved  for  VISITORS 
and  GUESTS  between  the  hours  of  8:00  A.M. 
and  5:00  P.M.,  Monday  through  Friday. 


32 


General  Information 


r.  The  fact  that  a  vehicle  is  parked  in  violation 
of  any  regulation  and  does  not  receive  a  vio- 
lation notice  does  not  mean  that  the  regula- 
tion is  no  longer  in  effect. 

4.  TRAFFIC  INFORMATION: 

a.  The  Office  of  the  Campus  Police  is  located 

in  the  Service  Building  and  may  be  reached 
on  University  campus  telephone  ext.  3555. 

b.  The  Police  Cashier's  Office  and  the  Motor 

Vehicle  Registration  Section  are  in  the  Serv- 
ice Building,  campus  telephone  Ext.  4242. 

c.  The  term  abandonment,  as  it  relates  to  auto- 

mobiles parked  on  property  owned  or  leased 
by  the  University  of  Maryland  shall  mean 
any  one  or  more  of  the  following  conditions: 

(1)  Any  vehicle  which  has  not  been  moved 
for  thirty  (30)  days  and  whose  owner  or  other 
claimant  the  University  is  unable  to  locate. 

(2)  Any  vehicle  which  has  not  been  moved 
for  thirty  (30)  days  and  whose  identified 
owner  or  other  claimant  refuses  to  move 
it. 

(3)  Any  vehicle  on  which  current  license 
plates  are  not  displayed  and  which  has 
not  been  moved  for  ten  (10)  days. 

(4)  Any  vehicle  which  has  not  been  moved 
in  seven  (7)  days  due  to  an  inoperative 
condition  caused  by  the  removal  of  neces- 
sary parts  or  a  wrecked  condition. 

5.  PENALTIES 

a.  Any  person   connected  with   the   University 

who  operates  an  unregistered  vehicle  on  the 
Campus,  or  who  registers  such  a  vehicle  in 
any  way  contrary  to  the  provisions  of  these 
regulations,  will  be  subject  to  payment  of  a 
fifteen  ($15.00)  dollar  penalty  in  addition  to 
the  penalty  for  any  other  regulation  violation 
connected  therewith. 

b.  Violations  of  any  campus  traffic  regulation 

other  than  improper  registration  or  overtime 
meter  parking  will  result  in  penalty  of  three 
($3.00)  dollars  for  each  violation. 

c.  Overtime  parking  in  an  metered  space  will 

result  in  penalty  of  one  ($1.00)  dollar. 

d.  Violations  are  payable  within  ten  (10)  calendar 

days  from  date  of  issue  at  the  office  of  the 
Police  Cashier  in  the  General  Services  Build- 
ing and  an  additional  penalty  of  $2.00  will 
be  imposed  for  failure  to  settle  violations  on 
time. 

e.  Visitors  and  Guests  notices  issued  to  Univer- 

sity visitors  must  be  returned  in  person  on 
date  issued  to  the  Office  of  the  University 
Police  at  the  Service  Building  or  to  the  Uni- 
versity official  visited;  otherwise,  a  State 
Warrant  may  be  issued.  When  returning 
notices  to  University  official  visited,  the 
notice  form  must  be  signed,  in  the  space 
provided,  by  the  individual  to  whom  issued. 
These  violation  notices  may  be  voided  at  the 
discretion  of  the  University  Police. 

f.  Violations  involving  an   unregistered  vehicle 

owned  by  a  member  of  the  immediate  family 
of  a  student  may  be  charged  to  the  student's 
account  unless  settled  by  the  individual  re- 
ceiving the  ticket,  in  accordance  with  stated 


privileges  granted  to  Visitors  and  Guests, 
g.  Motor  Vehicle  privileges  will  be  revoked  by 
action  of  the  Campus  Police  in  accordance 
with  the  following  conditions: 

(1)  When  a  student  has  accumulated  at 
least  three  (3)  violations  on  the  record, 
he  (she)  will  lose  motor  vehicle  privi- 
leges for  a  period  of  four  (4)  weeks. 

(2)  When  a  student  has  accumulated  an 
additional  two  (2)  violations  on  the  record 
for  a  total  of  five  (5),  he  (she)  will  lose 
motor  vehicle  privileges  for  a  period  of 
sixteen  (16)  weeks. 

(3)  In  each  case  the  student  will  be  required 
to  remove  the  registration  stickers  and 
turn  in  remnants  of  the  stickers  to  the 
Motor  Vehicle  Registration  Section. 

(4)  When  the  prescribed  period  of  time  for 
loss  of  motor  vehicle  privileges  has 
passed,  the  student  will  be  required  to 
pay  the  regular  fee  for  re-registration. 

(5)  All  conditions  described  in  Items  1,  2,  3, 
&  4  apply  to  all  vehicles  registered  by 
any  student. 

h.  Persistent  violators  of  traffic  regulations  will 
be  referred  to  the  Judiciary  Office  for  appro- 
priate action. 


6.   APPEALS 

An  Appeals  Board  composed  of  a  minimum  of 
three  students  who  are  members  of  the  Student 
Traffic  Board  meets  regularly  to  consider  appeals 
from  students  charged  with  violations.  Students 
wishing  to  appeal  a  violation  will  first  register  his 
intent  to  appeal  to  the  Police  Cashier  in  the  Service 
Building,  thence  to  the  Judiciary  Office,  Room  218, 
North  Administration  Building  where  the  date  and 
time  for  the  appeal  will  be  furnished  the  appellate. 
Traffic  tickets  must  be  appealed  within  (10)  calen- 
dar days  from  the  date  of  issuance.  Overtime  park- 
ing meter  violations  are  not  subject  to  appeal. 


7.  PARKING  AREAS  FOR  STUDENTS 

Area    1— West   of   Activities    Building   between 

Stadium  Drive  and  Campus  Drive 
Area  2— North  of  Denton  Hall  Dorm  Complex 
Area  3— Southwest  Corner  of  Campus 
Area  4— North  of  Heavy  Research  Laboratory 
Area  7— East  of  U.S.  No.  1,  at  North  Gate 
Area  10— East  of  U.S.  No.  1,  North  of  Fraternity 

Row 
Area  1 1— East  of  Asphalt  Institute  Building 
Area  DD— East  of  Space  Sciences  Building 
Area  E— Adjacent  to  Engineering  Buildings 
Area  EE— North  of  Engineering  Laboratory  Build- 
ing 
Area  F— Adjacent    to    Fire    Service    Extension 

Building 
Area    G— Between    Silvester   Hall   and   Skinner 

Building 
Area  GG— North    of    Adult    Education    Center 

Building 
Area  H— Adjacent  to  Symons  Hall  and  Holzapfel 

Hall 
Area  HH— Adjacent  to  H.  J.  Patterson  Hall 
Area  I— Rear  of  Molecular  Physics  Building 
Area  J— East  of  Annapolis  Hall 


General  Informafion  33 


8.    PARKING   AREAS    FOR    FACULTY,   STAFF   AND 
ASSIGNED  RESIDENT  STUDENTS  ONLY 

Area  5— Adjacent  to  Family  Housing  Units 

Area  6— North  of  Dining  Hall  No.  5 

Area  9— Vicinity  of  Cambridge  Hall  Dorm  Com- 
plex 

Area  12— South  of  Allegany  Hall 

Area  14— Loop  Roads  Front  and  Rear  of  Houses 
on  Fraternity  Row 

Area  15— Rear  7402  Princeton  Avenue 

Area  17— Special  Parking  for  use  of  Center  for 
Adult  Education 

Area  20— Rear  of  Administration  Building 

Area  A— West  End  of  BPA  Building 

Area  AA— West  of  Fine  Arts  and  Education 
Classroom  Building 

Area  B — Adjacent  to  Computer  Science  Center 

Area  BB— East  end  of  practice  field 

Area  C— Adjacent  to  Turner  Laboratory  (dairy) 

Area  CC— Barn  area 

Area  D— Rear  of  Journalism  Building  and  Rear 
of  Foreign  Languages  Building 

Area  K— Adjacent  to  General  Service  Building 

Area  KK— Southeast  corner  of  Stadium  & 
Regents  Drive 


Area  L— Administration-Armory  Loop 

Area  M— Adjacent  to  Infirmary 

Area  N— Rear  of  J.  M.  Patterson  Hall 

Area  0— Rear  of  Chemical  Engineering  Building 

Area  P— Southwest  of  Wind  Tunnel  Building 

Area  Q— Rear  of  Jull  Hall 

Area  R— Circle  in  front  of  Administration  Build- 
ing at  Byrd  Stadium  and  adjacent  to  Prein- 
kert  Field  House 

Area  S— Special,  Food  Service 

Area  T— North  of  Engineering  Laboratory  Build- 
ing 

Area  TT— Service  Area  West  of  Physics  Building 

Area  U— Rear  of  McKeldin  Library 

Area  UU— North  end  3  Lot 

Area  V— Open  area  between  Building  DD  and 
Building  EE 

Area  W — Between  Skinner  Building  and  Talia- 
ferro Hall 

Area  X— Rear  of  Chemistry  Building 

Area  Y— West  of  Chapel 

Area  YY— West  of  Cumberland  Hall 

Area  Z— Between  Student  Activities  Building  and 
Student  Union 


34 


Genercl  Information 


&&£ 


A 


1 

1 

III 

\g 

1 

r      y 

! 

.j. 

*JI 

i 

ACADEMIC    REGULATIONS 


The  University  reserves  the  right 

to  change  any  provision  or  requirement 

at  any  time 

within  the  student's  period  of  residence. 


GENERAL  EDUCATION  REQUIREMENTS 

A  college  education  implies  something  more 
than  an  adequate  technical  training  in  the  student's 
field  or  specialization.  In  order  that  each  graduate 
with  a  Bachelor's  degree  may  gain  a  liberal  educa- 
tion as  well  as  a  specialized  one,  the  University 
has  established  a  General  Education  Requirement. 
This  requirement  consists  of  34  semester  hours  of 
credit  in  six  general  fields.  There  is  a  wide  choice  in 
specific  courses  which  may  be  used  to  satisfy  re- 
quirements in  all  six  of  the  fields  except  English. 
Physical  Education  and  Health  requirements  for 
all  students  are  taken  in  addition  to  this  34-hour 
group  of  courses. 
1.  The  General  Education  courses  are  as  follows: 

In  English  (9  hours):  Engl.  1— Composition  or 
Engl.  21— Honors  Composition;  Engl.  3  and  4 — 
World  Literature. 

In  Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  (3  hours),  three-credit 
courses  in  five  departments  are  available,  as  fol- 
lows: ART  COURSES:  10— Introduction  to  Art;  60 
or  61— History  of  Art;  62— African  Art;  65  or  66— 
Masterpieces  of  Painting;  67  or  68— Masterpieces  of 
Sculpture;  70  or  71— Masterpieces  of  Architecture. 
DANCE  COURSES:  32— Introduction  to  Dance;  182 
or  183— History  of  Dance;  184— Theory  and  Philos- 
ophy of  Dance.  MUSIC  COURSE:  20— Survey  of  Mu- 
sic Literature.  DRAMATIC  ART  COURSES:  16— In- 
troduction to  the  Theatre;  114— The  Film  as  an  Art 
Form.  PHILOSOPHY  COURSES:  1— Introduction  to 


Philosophy;  41— Elementary  Logic  and  Semantics; 
45— Ethics;  52— Philosophy  in  Literature;  53— Phil- 
osophy of  Religion;  56— Philosophy  of  Science; 
147— Philosophy  of  Art;  152— Philosophy  of  His- 
tory; 154 — Political  and  Social  Philosophy. 

In  History  (6  hours),  any  combination  of  history 
courses  (except  state  history)  for  which  the  student 
is  eligible. 

In  Mathematics  (3  hours),  any  course  carrying 
credit  of  three  or  more  hours  for  which  the  student 
is  eligible  will  satisfy  this  University  requirement. 
(Note,  however,  that  some  curricula  require  higher- 
numbered  sequences  than  those  for  which  the  stu- 
dent is  eligible  at  the  time  of  his  admission;  while 
other  sequences  may  be  open  only  to  students  reg- 
istered in  specified  curricula.)  Students  in  science 
curricula  will  usually  satisfy  this  requirement  auto- 
matically. 

In  Science  (7  hours),  students  are  required  to 
take  one  course  in  a  physical  science  and  one 
course  in  a  biological  science;  one  of  these  must  be 
a  laboratory  (4-hour)  course.  The  physical  sciences 
for  this  purpose  are  Astronomy,  Chemistry,  Geology, 
and  Physics;  biological  sciences  are  Biology,  Botany, 
Entomology,  and  Zoology.  Students  whose  cur- 
ricula include  seven  or  more  hours  of  physical  or 
biological  science  are  not  required  to  take  additional 
courses  to  meet  this  distribution  requirement.  The 
non-science  student  may  register  for  a  basic  course 
or  any  higher  course  for  which  he  is  eligible  by 
placement,  rerequisite,  and  class  standing. 

In  Social  Science  (6  hours),  two  courses  may  be 
chosen  from  nine  fields:  Agricultural  Economics  40 
—Environment  and  Human  Ecology;  Anthropology  1 
—Introduction  to  Anthropology;  Economics  31— 
Principles  of  Economics,  or  Economics  37— Funda- 


General  Information 


37 


mentals  of  Economics;  General  Education  60— Intro- 
duction to  Interdisciplinary  Urban  Study;  Geography 
1— Introduction  to  Geography;  Government  and  Poli- 
tics 3— Principles  of  Government  and  Politics,  or 
Government  and  Politics  101— International  Politi- 
cal Relations;  Psychology  1  —Introduction  to  Psy- 
chology; Radio  and  Television  24— Mass  Communi- 
cation in  the  Twentieth  Century;  or  Sociology  1— In- 
troduction to  Sociology.  The  two  courses  must  be  in 
different  fields. 

2.  It  should  be  emphasized  that  the  34  semester 
hours  of  General  Education  courses  constitute  a 
University  requirement,  applicable  to  all  students 
receiving  a  Bachelor's  degree  from  the  University  of 
Maryland.  Individual  colleges  within  the  University 
may  add  to,  though  they  may  not  reduce,  these  re- 
quirements. For  example,  students  in  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  pursuing  a  B.A.  or  B.S.  degree 
are  required  to  take  a  total  of  twelve  hours  of  Mathe- 
matics and  Science.  College  requirements  may  also 
specify  one  or  more  courses  among  the  options.  For 
example,  students  in  the  College  of  Business  and 
Public  Administration  satisfy  part  of  the  Social  Sci- 
ence requirement  by  taking  Economics  31  in  the 
sophomore  year. 

3.  In  certain  of  the  six  fields,  the  student's  level  of 
placement  (by  examination  or  departmental  evalua- 
tion) may  modify  the  requirement. 

In  general,  appropriate  Honors  or  pre-Honors 
courses  may  replace  General  Education  courses  for 
eligible  students.  For  example,  students  with  high 
SAT  verbal  scores  may  substitute  ENGL  021— Hon- 
ors Composition — for  the  ordinary  requirement  of 
ENGL  001.  Honors  and  pre-Honors  equivalents  for 
General  Education  courses  are  specified  in  the 
several  college  catalogs. 

4.  The  General  Education  Program  is  designed  to 
be  spread  out  over  the  four  years  of  college.  No  Gen- 
eral Education  course  requires  credit  in  any  prior 
college  course  as  a  pre-requisite.  Thus,  a  student 
may  (within  limits  of  his  particular  curriculum)  sat- 
isfy a  General  Education  requirement  in  each  cate- 
gory with  any  designated  course  for  which  he  is  eli- 
gible by  placement  examination,  department  evalu- 
ation, and  class  standing.  Most  courses  numbered  1 
to  10  may  be  taken  by  freshmen;  most  courses  be- 
tween 11  and  99  require  sophomore  (or  honors) 
standing.  Courses  at  the  100  level  are  normally  for 
juniors  or  seniors;  that  is,  they  require  that  a  stu- 
dent have  earned  56  hours  of  college  credit  while  in 
good  academic  standing.  Exceptions  are  as  explicit- 
ly stated  in  the  catalogs  of  the  several  colleges. 
Special  note  for  foreign  students 

The  foreign  student  is  required  to  take  a  special 
classification  test  in  English  before  registering  for 
the  required  English  courses.  He  may  be  required  to 
take  Foreign  Language  1  and  2— English  for  Foreign 
Students— before  registering  for  English  1. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

All  undergraduate  men  and  women  students  who 
are  registered  for  more  than  eight  semester  hours  of 
credit  are  required  to  enroll  in  and  successfully  com- 
plete two  prescribed  courses  in  physical  education 
for  a  total  of  two  semester  hours  of  credit.  The  suc- 
cessful completion  of  these  courses  is  required  for 
graduation.  These  courses  must  be  taken  by  all  eli- 
gible students  during  the  first  two  semesters  of  at- 
tendance at  the  University,  whether  they  intend  to 
graduate  or  not.  Men  and  women  who  have  reached 
their   thirtieth    birthday    are    exempt    from    these 


courses.  The  thirtieth  birthday  must  precede  the 
Saturday  of  registration  week.  Students  who  are 
physically  disqualified  from  taking  these  courses 
must  enroll  in  adaptive  courses  for  which  credit  will 
be  given.  A  student  who  has  56  transferred  aca- 
demic credits  will  not  be  required  to  register  for 
physical  education.  Students  with  military  service 
may  receive  credit  for  these  courses  by  applying  to 
the  Director  of  the  Men's  Physical  Education  Pro- 
gram. 

Students  majoring  or  minoring  in  physical  ed- 
ucation, recreation,  or  health  education  may  meet 
these  requirements  by  enrolling  in  special  profes- 
sional courses. 

HEALTH  EDUCATION 

All  freshmen  students  are  required  to  complete 
satisfactorily  one  semester  of  Health  Education 
(Hlth.  5)  for  graduation.  Students  who  have  reached 
their  thirtieth  birthday  and  students  majoring  in 
nursing  are  exempt  from  this  requirement. 
Additional  Information 

Questions  about  any  aspect  of  the  program  may 
be  addressed  to  the  advisors,  college  deans,  or  the 
Director  of  General  Education. 

AIR  SCIENCE  INSTRUCTION 

(Air  Force  ROTC) 

The  University  of  Maryland  offers  an  entirely 
voluntary  program  of  Air  Science  instruction  which 
is  designed  for  students  interested  in  an  Air  Force 
Commission.  Both  a  2-year  and  a  4-year  program  are 
offered. 

1.  The  2-year  program  consists  of  a  six-week 
Field  Training  Session  conducted  on  an  Air  Force 
Base  in  the  summer  prior  to  the  student's  junior 
year,  followed  by  four  semesters  of  the  Professional 
Officer  Course  (Advanced  Course).  The  2-year  pro- 
gram is  also  open  to  graduate  students  from  the 
College  Park  Campus,  provided  such  students  have 
a  minimum  of  four  semesters  remaining  in  the  Uni- 
versity at  the  time  of  enrollment  in  the  2-year 
AFROTC  program. 

2.  The  4-year  program  consists  of  four  semes- 
ters of  the  General  Military  Course  (Basic  Course) 
followed  by  four  semesters  of  the  Professional  Of- 
ficer Course  (Advanced  Course).  Students  in  this 
program  must  attend  a  4-week  Field  Training  Pro- 
gram after  completing  their  junior  year  of  college 
and  prior  to  commissioning.  Only  students  in  the 
4-year  program  are  eligible  to  compete  for  full  schol- 
arships. 

3.  The  Curriculum: 

General  Military  Course— Freshman  Year, 
ARSC  11  and  ARSC  12;  Sophomore  Year, 
ARSC  21  and  ARSC  22.  In  the  first  two 
years,  cadets  meet  academic  classes  once 
per  week.  In  addition,  they  receive  one  hour 
of  Corps  Training  each  week. 
Professional  Officer  Course— Junior  Year, 
ARSC  101  and  ARSC  102;  Senior  Year, 
ARSC  103  and  ARSC  104.  The  courses  for 
the  junior  and  senior  years  are  entitled  "The 
Growth  and  Development  of  Aerospace  Pow- 
er," and  "The  Professional  Officer,"  respec- 
tively. They  require  three  class  hours,  plus 
one  hour  of  Corps  Training  per  week. 

4.  The  AFROTC  College  Scholarship  Program 
provides  scholarships  for  selected  cadets  each 
year  in  the  four-year  AFROTC  program.  Those  se- 


38 


General  Information 


lected  receive  money  for  tuition,  laboratory  expenses, 
incidental  fees,  and  an  allowance  for  books  for  up  to 
eight  semesters.  In  addition,  they  receive  non-taxa- 
ble retainer  pay  of  $50  per  month.  One  must  be  in 
the  program  at  the  University  of  Maryland  before  he 
can  apply  for  this  scholarship. 

5.  All  students  in  the  2-year  and  4-year  pro- 
gram enrolled  in  the  Professional  Officer  Course  but 
not  receiving  full  scholarships  will  receive  $50  a 
month  retainer  pay  for  a  maximum  of  $1,000  for 
the  two-year  period.  Students  also  receive  nominal 
pay  (plus  quarters  and  subsistence)  while  attending 
either  the  4-week  or  the  6-week  Field  Training 
Session. 

6-  To  be  accepted  into  the  Professional  Officer 
Course  the  student  must:  complete  the  General  Mil- 
itary Course  or  the  6-week  Field  Training  Session; 
pass  the  Air  Force  Officer  Qualification  Test;  be 
physically  qualified;  enlist  in  the  Air  Force  Reserve; 
be  in  good  academic  standing;  meet  age  require- 
ments; possess  the  necessary  qualities  of  leadership 
and  citizenship.  Successful  completion  of  the  Pro- 
fessional Officer  Course  and  a  Bachelor's  degree  are 
the  prerequisites  for  a  commission  as  a  second  lieu- 
tenant in  the  United  States  Air  Force. 

7.  Students  who  have  prior  military  service  or 
ROTC  training  with  the  Army,  Navy,  Marine  Corps, 
Coast  Guard,  or  Air  Force  will  be  evaluated  and  al- 
lowed appropriate  credit  toward  meeting  the  require- 
ments for  the  General  Military  (Basic)  Course.  Pro- 
fessional Officer  Course  (Advanced)  credits  are 
transferable. 

Attendance  at  Air  Science  classes  is  manda- 
tory. Excuses  for  class  or  drill  absences  will  not  be 
recognized  except  in  cases  of  sickness,  emergen- 
cies, or  University  business  covered  by  University 
excuses.  All  unexcused  absences  operate  to  reduce 
the  term  grade.  Excessive  absences  and/or  mis- 
conduct will  be  cause  for  dismissal. 

8.  Qualified  seniors  who  elect  to  become  Air 
Force  pilots  receive  a  free  36V2-hour  flight  instruc- 
tion program.  Cadets  are  instructed  by  competent 
civilian  instructors.  This  training  enables  them  to 
earn  their  private  pilot's  license  before  graduating 
from  college. 


OUT-OF-STATE  APPLICANTS 

To  be  eligible  for  consideration  for  admission, 
the  graduate  of  an  accredited  out-of-state  secondary 
school  should  have  attained  college  certification 
grades  in  his  college  preparatory  subjects,  such 
grades  to  be  not  less  than  one  letter  grade  higher 
than  the  passing  grade. 

TRANSFER  STUDENTS 

A  student  must  be  in  good  standing  as  to  scho- 
larship and  character  to  be  eligible  for  transfer  to 
the  University.  A  student  transferring  to  the  Univer- 
sity from  another  collegiate  institution  shall  be  re- 
quired to  have  a  cumulative  grade-point  average  of 
"C"  in  all  previous  college  work.  Advanced  standing 
is  assigned  to  a  transfer  student  from  an  accredited 
institution  under  the  following  conditions:  (1)  A 
minimum  of  one  year  of  resident  work  or  not  less 
than  30  semester  hours  (including  the  meeting  of 
all  University  and  curricular  requirements)  is  neces- 
sary for  a  degree;  (2)  the  University  reserves  the 
right  to  make  the  assignment  of  transfer  credit  con- 
ditional upon  the  student's  making  a  satisfactory 
record  during  his  first  semester  at  the  University; 
(3)  The  University  reserves  the  right  to  revoke  ad- 
vanced standing  if  the  transfer  student's  progress 
is  at  any  time  unsatisfactory. 

SPECIAL  STUDENTS 

Applicants  over  21  years  of  age  who  qualify  for 
admission  but  who  do  not  desire  to  work  toward  a 
baccalaureate  degree  may  be  admitted  as  special 
students.  These  students  are  ineligible  to  matri- 
culate for  a  degree  until  they  have  submitted  all  re- 
quired documents.  Permission  from  the  dean  of  the 
various  schools  and  Colleges  of  the  University  is 
often  needed  in  order  to  enroll  as  a  special  student. 

Special  students  who  have  received  a  bac- 
calaureate degree  are  advised  that  no  credit  earned 
while  enrolled  as  special  students  may  be  applied  at 
a  later  date  to  a  graduate  program.  These  post-bac- 
calaureate students  may  enroll  for  courses  at  the 
100  to  199  level  for  which  they  possess  the  neces- 
sary prerequisites  but  may  not  enroll  in  courses  re- 
stricted to  graduate  students  only. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION 

Admission  from  a  secondary  school  is  based 
upon  evidence  indicating  the  applicant's  probable 
success  in  the  program  of  his  choice  at  the  Univer- 
sity. The  applicants  for  admission  are  required  to 
have  the  results  of  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 
(SAT)  submitted  to  the  Counseling  Center  of  the 
University. 

The  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  is  given  several 
times  each  year  at  test  centers  throughout  the  State. 
Specific  information  and  applications  are  obtain- 
able from  high  school  counselors. 


RESIDENTS  OF  MARYLAND 

A  graduate  of  an  accredited  secondary  school 
in  Maryland  whose  secondary  record  and  SAT  scores 
indicate  probable  success  in  the  University  will  be 
admitted  provided  that  his  program  has  included  the 
subjects  required  for  the  college  and  curriculum 
which  he  wishes  to  enter,  and  provided  that  he  has 
a  satisfactory  general  recommendation  from  his 
secondary  school  as  to  his  character  and  ability. 


REGISTRATION 

1.  Instructions  concerning  registration  are 
given  in  the  Schedule  of  Classes  issued  at  the  be- 
ginning of  each  semester. 

2.  Students  who  do  not  complete  their  registra- 
tion, including  payment  of  bill,  on  regular  registra- 
tion days  will  be  required  to  pay  a  late  registration 
fee  of  $20.00.  Only  in  exceptional  cases  will  a  stu- 
dent be  permitted  to  enter  a  class  later  than  one 
week  after  the  beginning  of  instruction. 

3.  Changes  in  registration  may  be  made  only 
with  the  written  permission  of  the  student's  dean. 
After  the  first  week  there  is  a  fee  of  $5.00  for  every 
change  in  registration.  The  formal  change  in  regis- 
tration approved  by  the  dean  must  be  filed  in  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar  to  complete  the  transaction. 
Unless  this  is  done,  no  credit  will  be  given  for  an 
added  course,  and  a  failure  will  be  recorded  for  a 
dropped  course.  A  student  dropping  a  course  with- 
out permission  from  the  dean  will  be  subject  to  dis- 
cipline. 

4.  An  official  class  list  for  each  course  being 
offered  is  issued  each  semester  to  the  appropri- 
ate department  by  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  No 


General  Information 


39 


student  is  permitted  to  attend  a  class  if  his  name 
does  not  appear  on  the  class  list.  Instructors  report 
to  the  academic  dean  any  student  who  neglects  to 
attend  class.  At  the  end  of  the  semester,  the  Office 
of  the  Registrar  issues  to  each  department  official 
grade  cards.  The  instructors  mark  the  final  grades 
on  the  grade  cards,  sign  the  cards,  and  return  them 
to  the  Registrar. 

5.  Within  seven  days  after  the  opening  of  the 
semester  each  student  must  file  a  schedule  of  his 
classes  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

6.  A  student  who  desires  to  transfer  from  one 
college  to  another  must  petition,  on  a  special  form, 
the  dean  of  the  college  from  which  he  wishes  to  be 
transferred.  The  transfer  is  effected  when  the  re- 
quest, properly  approved  by  both  deans  concerned, 
is  filed  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  Students  who 
are  on  academic  probation  and  students  who  have 
less  than  a  2.0  average  are  referred  to  Section  A  of 
"Minimum  Requirements  for  Retention  and  Gradu- 
ation." 

7.  No  change  to  another  college  or  curriculum 
is  permitted  other  than  at  stated  registration  periods 
or  during  the  first  week  of  a  semester. 

8.  A  student  transferring  to  another  college  will 
consult  with  his  new  dean  regarding  the  adjustment 
of  his  records.  A  record  of  this  adjustment  must  be 
filed  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  The  dean's  record 
will  be  transferred  to  the  office  of  the  college  to 
which  the  student  is  transferring. 

9.  Courses  taken  in  University  College  or  at  an- 
other institution  concurrent  with  regular  registra- 
tion on  the  campus  at  the  University  may  not  be 
credited  without  approval  in  advance  by  the  dean  of 
the  college  from  which  the  student  expects  a  de- 
gree. The  same  rule  applies  in  summer  school,  to 
off-campus  registrations  or  registrations  in  the  sum- 
mer school  of  another  institution. 

DEGREES  AND  CERTIFICATES 

The  University  confers  the  following  degrees: 
Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Music,  Bachelor  of 
Science,  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing,  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Pharmacy,  Bachelor  of  Architecture, 
Master  of  Arts,  Master  of  Arts  in  American  Civiliza- 
tion, Master  of  Business  Administration,  Master  of 
Education,  Master  of  Music,  Master  of  Science,  Mas- 
ter of  Library  Science,  Master  of  Social  Work,  Doc- 
tor of  Dental  Surgery,  Doctor  of  Education,  Doctor  of 
Medicine,  Doctor  of  Philosophy,  Doctor  of  Musical 
Arts,  Doctor  of  Business  Administration,  and  Juris 
Doctor. 

Students  in  specified  two-year  curricula  may  be 
awarded  certificates. 

No  baccalaureate  degree  will  be  awarded  to  a 
student  who  has  had  less  than  one  year  of  resident 
work  in  this  University.  The  last  thirty  semester 
credits  in  any  curricula  leading  to  a  baccalaureate 
degree  must  be  taken  in  residence  at  the  University. 
Candidates  for  the  baccalaureate  degree  in  com- 
bined curricula  at  College  Park  and  Baltimore  must 
complete  a  minimum  of  thirty  semester  credits 
at  College  Park. 

The  requirements  for  graduation  vary  according 
to  the  character  of  work  in  the  different  colleges 
and  schools.  Full  information  regarding  specific 
college  requirements  for  graduation  will  be  found  in 
the  various  college  divisions  of  this  catalog. 

Each  candidate  for  a  degree  or  certificate  must 
file  a  formal  application  for  it  with  the  Office  of  the 


Registrar.  This  must  be  done  by  the  end  of  the 
third  week  of  the  semester  or  the  second  week  of 
the  summer  session  at  the  end  of  which  he  expects 
to  graduate. 

CREDIT  UNIT  AND  LOAD 

The  semester  hour,  which  is  the  unit  of  credit, 
is  the  equivalent  of  a  subject  pursued  one  period  a 
week  for  one  semester.  Two  or  three  periods  of  lab- 
oratory or  field  work  are  equivalent  to  one  lecture  or 
recitation  period.  The  student  is  expected  to  devote 
three  hours  a  week  in  classroom  or  laboratory  or  in 
outside  preparation  for  each  credit  hour  in  any 
course. 

In  order  for  an  undergraduate  student  to  complete 
most  curricula  in  the  designated  amount  of  time, 
his  semester  credit  load  must  range  from  12  to  19 
hours,  so  that  he  would  complete  from  30  to  36 
hours  each  year  toward  his  degree.  A  student  regis- 
tering for  less  than  12  hours  or  more  than  19  hours 
per  semester  must  have  the  special  approval  of  his 
dean. 

EXAMINATIONS 

1.  A  final  examination  shall  be  gjven  in  every 
undergraduate  course.  Exceptions  may  be  made 
with  the  approval  of  the  head  of  the  department  and 
the  dean.  In  order  to  avoid  basing  too  much  of  the 
semester  grade  upon  the  final  examination,  addi- 
tional tests,  quizzes,  term  papers,  reports  and  the 
like  should  be  used  to  determine  a  student's  com- 
prehension of  a  course.  The  order  of  procedure  in 
these  matters  is  left  to  the  discretion  of  departments 
or  professors  and  should  be  announced  to  a  class  at 
the  beginning  of  a  course.  All  final  examinations 
must  be  held  on  the  examination  days  of  the  Official 
Final  Examination  Schedule.  No  final  examination 
shall  be  given  at  a  time  other  than  that  scheduled 
in  the  Official  Examination  Schedule  without  written 
permission  of  the  Department  Head. 

2.  To  expedite  arrangements  for  commence- 
ment, final  grades  of  undergraduate  candidates 
for  degrees  are  based  on  evaluations  available  at 
the  time  grades  are  required  to  be  submitted. 

3.  A  file  of  all  final  examination  questions 
must  be  kept  by  the  head  of  each  department. 

4.  The  head  of  each  department  is  responsible 
for  the  adequate  administration  of  examinations  in 
courses  under  his  jurisdiction.  The  deans  should 
present  for  consideration  the  matter  of  examinations 
in  staff  conferences  from  time  to  time  and  investi- 
gate examination  procedures  in  their  respective 
colleges. 

5.  Every  examination  shall  be  designed  to 
require  for  its  completion  not  more  than  the  regular- 
ly scheduled  period. 

6.  A  typewritten,  mimeographed  or  printed  set 
of  questions  shall  be  placed  in  the  hands  of  every 
examinee  in  every  test  or  examination  requiring  at 
least  one  period,  unless  the  dean  of  the  college  has 
authorized  some  other  procedure. 

7.  Each  instructor  must  safeguard  his  examina- 
tion questions  and  all  trial  sheets,  drafts  and  sten- 
cils. 

8.  Each  instructor  should  avoid  the  use  of  ex- 
amination questions  which  have  been  included 
in  recently  given  examinations  and  should  prepare 
examinations  that  will  make  dishonesty  difficult. 

9.  Only  clerical  help  approved  by  the  depart- 
ment head  shall  be  employed  in  the  preparation  or 


40 


General  Information 


reproduction  of  tests  or  examination  questions. 

10.  Proctors  must  be  in  the  examination  room 
at  least  ten  minutes  before  the  hour  of  a  final 
examination.  Provisions  should  be  made  for  proper 
ventilation,  lighting,  and  a  seating  plan.  At  least 
one  of  the  proctors  present  must  be  sufficiently 
cognizant  of  the  subject  matter  of  the  examination 
to  deal  authoritatively  with  inquiries  arising  from 
the  examination. 

11.  Books,  papers,  etc.,  belonging  to  the  stu- 
dent, must  be  left  in  a  place  designated  by  the  in- 
structor before  the  student  takes  his  seat,  except  in 
such  cases  where  books  or  work  sheets  are  per- 
mitted. 

12.  Students  should  be  seated  at  least  every 
other  seat  apart,  or  its  equivalent,  i.e.,  about  three 
feet.  Where  this  arrangement  is  not  possible  some 
means  must  be  provided  to  protect  the  integrity  of 
the  examination. 

13.  "Blue  books"  only  must  be  used  in  periodic 
or  final  examinations,  unless  special  forms  are  fur- 
nished by  the  department  concerned. 

14.  If  mathematical  tables  are  required  in  an 
examination,  they  shall  be  furnished  by  the  in- 
structor. If  textbooks  are  used,  this  rule  does  not 
apply. 

15.  Proctors  must  exercise  all  diligence  to  pre- 
vent dishonesty  and  to  enforce  proper  examination 
decorum,  including  abstention  from  smoking. 

16.  Where  an  instructor  must  proctor  more 
than  40  students,  he  should  consult  the  head  of  his 
department  concerning  proctorial  assistance.  An 
instructor  should  consult  his  department  head  if  in 
his  opinion  a  smaller  number  of  students  for  an 
examination  requires  the  help  of  another  instructor. 

17.  No  student  who  leaves  an  examination 
room  will  be  permitted  to  return,  except  in  unusual 
circumstances,  in  which  case  permission  to  do  so 
must  be  granted  by  the  proctor  prior  to  the  stu- 
dent's absention. 

18.  All  conversation  will  cease  prior  to  the  pass- 
ing out  of  examination  papers,  and  silence  will  be 
maintained  in  the  room  during  the  entire  examina- 
tion period. 

19.  Examination  papers  will  be  placed  face 
down  on  the  writing  desks  until  the  examination 
is  officially  begun  by  the  proctor. 

20.  Examination  papers  will  be  kept  flat  on  the 
writing  desk  at  all  times. 

IRREGULARITIES  IN  EXAMINATIONS 

1.  In  cases  involving  charges  of  academic  ir- 
regularities or  dishonesty  in  an  examination,  class 
work,  or  course  requirements  by  an  undergraduate 
student,  the  instructor  in  the  course  shall  report 
to  his  instructional  department  head  any  informa- 
tion received  and  the  facts  within  his  knowledge.  If 
the  head  of  the  instructional  department  deter- 
mines that  there  is  any  sound  reason  for  believing 
that  academic  dishonesty  may  be  involved,  he 
shall  refer  the  matter  to  the  dean  of  the  college  or 
school.  The  dean  will  then  confer  with  the  dean 
of  the  student's  college  or  school  and  will  check 
the  Judiciary  Office  records  to  determine  if  the 
student  has  any  record  of  prior  offenses  involving 
academic  dishonesty.  The  dean  will  then  consult 
with  the  student  involved,  and  if  the  alleged  aca- 
demic dishonesty  is  admitted  by  the  student  and 
is  his  first  offense  of  this  nature,  the  dean   may 


authorize  the  department  head  to  dispose  of  the 
charges,  limiting  the  maximum  penalty  to  discipli- 
nary probation  and  a  grade  of  "F"  in  the  course,  pro- 
vided the  penalty  is  accepted  by  the  student  in 
writing.  In  such  case  the  department  head  will 
make  a  written  report  of  the  matter,  including  the 
action  taken,  to  the  dean  of  the  student's  college 
or  school  and  to  the  Judiciary  Office. 

If  the  case  is  not  disposed  of  in  the  above  man- 
ner, the  dean  of  the  instructional  department  will 
appoint  an  ad  hoc  Committee  on  Academic  Dis- 
honesty consisting  of  one  member  from  the  faculty 
of  the  college  or  school  administered  by  the  dean 
as  chairman,  one  undergraduate  student,  and  one 
member  from  the  faculty  of  the  student's  college 
or  school  appointed  by  the  dean  of  that  college  or 
school.  If  the  student's  dean  and  the  dean  admin- 
istering the  instructional  department  are  the  same, 
a  second  member  of  the  faculty  of  the  college  or 
school  concerned  is  appointed. 

The  dean  of  the  instructional  department  will 
refer  the  specific  report  of  alleged  academic  dis- 
honesty to  this  ad  hoc  committee  and  the  com- 
mittee will  hear  the  case.  The  hearing  procedures 
before  this  committee  will  in  general  conform  to 
those  required  for  student  judicial  boards.  The 
committee  may  impose  the  normal  disciplinary  ac- 
tions and/or  impose  a  grade  of  "F"  in  the  course. 

The  chairman  of  the  committee  will  report  its 
actions  to  the  dean  of  the  student's  college  or 
school  and  to  the  Judiciary  Office.  The  dean  of 
the  instructional  department  will  advise  the  stu- 
dent in  writing  of  the  disciplinary  action  of  the 
committee,  and  also  advise  him  of  his  right  to  file 
an  appeal  to  the  Adjunct  Committee  on  Student 
Discipline. 

The  student  may  file  his  appeal  in  accordance 
with  the  normal  procedures  to  the  Adjunct  Com- 
mittee with  the  dean  of  the  instructional  depart- 
ment and  the  latter  will  forward  it  to  the  chair- 
man of  the  Adjunct  Committee.  The  chairman  of 
the  Adjunct  Committee  will  notify  the  student  in 
writing  of  the  time,  date,  and  place  of  the  hearing. 

2.  In  cases  involving  charges  of  academic  ir- 
regularities or  dishonesty  in  an  examination,  class 
work,  or  course  requirements  by  a  graduate  stu- 
dent, the  above  procedure  will  be  followed  except 
that: 

a.  The   head   of   the    instructional    department 

will  refer  the  matter  to  the  Vice  President 
for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research. 

b.  The  ad   hoc   Committee  on   Academic   Dis- 

honesty will  be  appointed  by  the  Vice  Presi- 
dent for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research 
and  will  consist  of  two  members  of  the 
Graduate  School  faculty,  one  serving  as 
chairman,  and  one  graduate  student. 


MARKING  SYSTEM 

1.  The  following  symbols  are  used  for  marks:  A, 
B,  C,  and  D— Passing;  F— Failure;  I— Incomplete. 
At  the  Graduate  level,  the  grade  of  D  is  failure. 

In  computing  scholastic  averages,  numerical 
values  are  assigned  marks  as  follows:  A — 4;  B — 3; 
C— 2;  D— 1;  F— 0. 

A  mark  of  X  will  be  used  on  records  of  off- 
campus  adult  students  in  those  cases  where  such 
a  student  has  ceased  to  attend  a  class  without  an 
official  withdrawal.  A  mark  of  X  indicates  no  rec- 
ord,   no   prejudice,    is  terminal,   and   may   not   be 


General  Information 


later  changed  as   in   the  case  of  the   incomplete 
mark  of  I. 

2.  Mark  A  denotes  superior  achievement;  B, 
good;  C,  fair;  and  D,  passing.  However,  a  mark  of 
D  does  not  represent  satisfactory  progress  toward 
a  degree. 

3.  A  student  with  a  mark  of  F  has  failed  in  the 
course  and  must  repeat  the  entire  course  in  order 
to  receive  credit  for  it.  "Credit  by  examinations" 
cannot  be  given  for  a  course  in  which  the  student 
has  previously  earned  a  grade  of  F  or  WF.  In  case 
of  failure  in  a  required  course  a  student  must  enroll 
again  in  that  subject  the  first  time  it  is  offered, 
unless  excused  by  the  dean. 

4.  An  instructor  may  change  a  grade  already 
submitted  to  the  Registrar  only  on  certification, 
approved  by  his  department  head  and  dean,  that 
he  made  an  actual  mistake  in  computing  or  re- 
cording the  grade. 

5.  In  case  a  failure  is  incurred  in  an  elective 
subject,  the  student  may  be  permitted  to  make  a 
substitution  provided  the  head  of  the  department 
in  which  the  student  is  majoring  and  the  student's 
dean  approve.  A  record  of  this  approval  must  be 
filed  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

6.  The  mark  of  "I"  (incomplete)  is  exceptional. 
It  is  to  be  given  only  to  a  student  whose  work  in  a 
course  has  been  qualitatively  satisfactory,  when, 
because  of  illness,  or  other  circumstances  beyond 
his  control,  he  has  been  unable  to  complete  the 
requirement.  In  no  case  will  the  mark  "I"  be  re- 
corded for  a  student  who  has  not  completed  the  ma- 
jor portion  of  the  work  of  the  course.  In  cases  where 
this  mark  is  given,  the  student  may  not  re-register 
for  the  course  until  the  "I"  is  removed  by  completing 
work  assigned  by  the  instructor.  Work  must  be 
completed  by  the  end  of  the  next  semester  in 
which  the  subject  is  again  offered  and  the  student 
is  in  attendance  at  the  University,  or  the  mark  be- 
comes F.  When  a  student  receives  a  terminal 
grade,  he  may  repeat  the  course  as  provided  for  any 
course  where  repeats  are  authorized.  Exceptions 
to  the  time  period  cited  above  may  be  granted  by 
the  student's  dean  on  the  written  request  of  the 
student  if  circumstances  warrant  further  delay.  An 
"I"  cannot  be  removed  through  the  technique  of 
earning  "credit  by  examination." 

7.  It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  request 
appropriate  action  for  the  removal  of  the  "I". 

8.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  instructor  and 
department  head  concerned  to  return  the  appropri- 
ate supplementary  grade  report  promptly  upon  the 
completion  of  the  work. 

9.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student's  dean 
to  inform  the  Registrar  and  instructor  of  the  delay 
granted  in  accordance  with  Section  6,  above. 

10.  For  information  about  repeating  courses, 
see  "Minimum  Requirements  for  Retention  and 
Graduation," 


PASS-FAIL  OPTION 

1.  Eligible  undergraduates  may  register  for  a 
maximum  of  18  semester  hours  of  credit  under  the 
pass-fail  option  between  the  time  they  have  earned 
30  academic  hours  at  the  University  of  Maryland 
and  graduation.  No  more  than  one  such  course 
may  be  taken  during  a  semester  or  summer  session. 
Only  courses  which  are  designated  in  advance  of 


registration  periods  by  the  offering  department  are 
available  for  selection  under  the  pass-fail  option. 

2.  In  order  to  be  eligible  for  the  pass-fail  option 
in  registration  a  student  must  have  completed  30 
or  more  semester  hours  of  credit  at  the  University 
of  Maryland.  Transfer  students  must  have  com- 
pleted a  minimum  of  15  semester  hours  of  academ- 
ic credit  at  the  University  and  have  a  total  of  30 
semester  hours  on  their  records.  Part-time  students 
matriculated  for  a  degree  are  eligible:  special  stu- 
dents are  not.  A  student  must  have  a  cumulative 
grade-point  average  of  2.00  to  be  eligible  for  the 
pass-fail  option.  Students  who  are  registered  in 
O.I.R.  may  not  elect  the  pass-fail  option. 

3.  No  course  which  is  used  to  fulfill  require- 
ments for  a  major,  the  requirements  of  a  field  of 
concentration,  specific  courses  designated  as  de- 
gree requirements,  or  the  general  education  pro- 
gram may  be  selected  under  the  pass-fail  option. 
Such  selection  is  limited  to  free  elective  courses. 

4.  Students  registering  in  a  course  under  the 
pass-fail  option  are  required  to  complete  all  regular 
course  requirements  and  will  be  evaluated  accord- 
ing to  normal  procedures.  The  final  course  grade 
will  be  recorded  either  as  a  passing  or  a  failing 
grade.  If  the  course  is  passed,  credit  toward  gradua- 
tion is  earned;  however,  the  course  is  not  included 
in  grade  average.  If  the  course  is  failed,  no  credit 
is  awarded  but  the  failing  grade  is  included  in 
computation  of  averages. 

5.  A  student's  pass-fail  option  for  a  course 
must  be  designated  at  the  time  of  registration. 
This  status  may  not  be  changed  after  the  end  of 
registration.  If  the  demand  for  a  course  exceeds 
its  capacity,  letter-graded  students  will  be  given 
preference  over  pass-fail  students  in  enrollment. 
Further  information  is  available  through  advisors. 

CREDIT  FOR  EXAMINATION 
FOR  UNDERGRADUATE  STUDIES 

1.  Credit  towards  the  bachelor's  degree  may  be 
established  by  examination  under  the  following 
conditions: 

The  applicant  must  have  completed  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  at  least  12  semester  credits 
with  an  average  grade  of  C  or  higher  before  making 
application  for  an  examination  to  establish  credit. 
Deans  of  the  present  degree-granting  colleges  on 
the  College  Park  campus  may  waive  this  regulation 
for  entering  freshmen  who  wish  to  use  the  examina- 
tion to  establish  credit  based  on  previous  training. 

2.  The  total  amount  of  credit  that  can  be  estab- 
lished by  examination  cannot  exceed  20  semester 
credits.  "Credit  by  examination"  cannot  be  given 
for  a  course  in  which  the  student  has  previously 
earned  a  grade  of  F,  D,  I  or  WF. 

3.  Usually  credit  by  examination  will  not  be  ac- 
cepted for  any  part  of  the  final  30  semester  credits 
which  must  be  completed  in  residence.  However, 
if  permission  is  granted  in  advance  by  the  dean, 
and  a  record  of  the  credit  is  filed  in  the  Office  of 
the  Registrar  prior  to  the  student's  final  semester 
in  residence,  6  semester  hours  of  the  final  30  may 
be  established  by  examination.  However,  in  no 
case  does  this  permission  waive  the  minimum  resi- 
dence requirement  of  30  semester  credits. 

4.  The  fee  for  an  advanced  standing  examina- 
tion is  $5.00  per  semester  credit  hour. 

5.  A  grade  of  C  or  higher  must  be  obtained  in 
order  to  establish  credit  by  examination. 

6.  A  foreign  student  may  not  establish  credit  by 


42 


General  Information 


examination  in  freshman  or  sophomore  courses  of 
his  native  language. 

7.  The  instructor  must  certify  on  the  report  on 
the  examination  submitted  to  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar  that  copies  of  the  examination  questions 
and  the  student's  answers  have  been  filed  in  the 
office  of  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the 
course  is  offered. 

8.  Applications  for  examinations  to  establish 
credit  must  be  approved  on  an  individual  course 
basis,  and  approval  will  not  be  granted  at  the  same 
time  for  examinations  in  a  sequence  of  courses. 

9.  Approval  to  take  an  examination  in  any 
course  will  depend  upon  the  student's  having  estab- 
lished credit  in  all  prerequisites,  or  equivalent,  and 
received  the  approval  of  the  head  of  the  department 
and  the  dean  concerned. 

10.  The  grades  for  credits  earned  by  advanced 
standing  examinations  are  not  used  in  computing 
the  student's  average. 

JUNIOR  STANDING 

1.  A  student  is  permitted  to  register  for  upper 
division  courses  when  granted  Junior  Standing  by 
his  college.  This  permission  shall  be  based  upon 
earning  a  minimum  of  56  academic  hours  toward 
his  degree,  completing  such  course  requirements 
as  the  college  may  direct,  and  possessing  the 
minimum  required  grade  point  average  to  remain 
in  the  University. 

2.  Exceptional  students  having  completed 
forty-eight  (48)  semester  hours  of  academic  credits 
and  having  the  approval  of  the  department  involved 
will  be  permitted  to  enroll  for  sufficient  upper 
division  courses  to  complete  a  normal  program. 
That  is,  such  students  must  carry  lower  division 
courses  to  total  fifty-six  (56)  semester  hours  of 
academic  credits  and  the  remainder  may  be  in 
courses  numbered  in  the  100  range. 

DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS 

1.  A  baccalaureate  degree  will  not  be  awarded 
to  a  student  who  has  had  less  than  one  year  of  resi- 
dent work  in  this  University.  The  last  thirty  semes- 
ter credits  of  any  curriculum  leading  to  a  bac- 
calaureate degree  must  be  taken  in  residence  at 
the  University  of  Maryland. 

In  the  case  of  veterans  and  students  engaged 
in  a  program  of  adult  education,  a  portion  of  the 
final  30  semester  hours  may  be  completed  at  other 
institutions  upon  the  approval  of  the  Vice-Presi- 
dent for  Academic  Affairs,  the  dean  of  the  college, 
and  the  head  of  the  department. 

Candidates  for  degrees  in  combined  programs 
must  complete  at  least  30  semester  credits  at  Col- 
lege Park. 

The  minimum  residence  required  for  a  bacca- 
laureate degree  is  30  semester  hours;  nothing  stated 
below  modifies  in  any  way  this  basic  requirement. 
Included  in  these  30  semester  hours  will  be  a  mini- 
mum of  15  semester  hours  in  advanced  courses, 
including  at  least  12  semester  hours  required  in  the 
major  field  (in  curricula  requiring  such  concentra- 
tion). All  candidates  for  degrees  should  plan  to 
take  their  senior  year  in  residence  since  the  ad- 
vanced work  of  the  major  study  normally  occurs  in 
the  last  year  of  the  undergraduate  course.  At  least 
24  of  the  last  30  credits  must  be  done  in  residence; 
i.e.,  a  student  who  at  the  time  of  his  graduation 
will   have  completed   30  semester   hours   in   resi- 


dence may  be  permitted  to  do  not  more  than  6 
semester  hours  of  his  final  30  credits  of  record  in 
another  institution  or  to  include  not  more  than  6 
semester  hours  of  credit  earned  by  advance  stand- 
ing examination,  provided  he  secures  permission 
in  advance  from  his  dean.  The  student  must  be 
enrolled  in  the  college  from  which  he  plans  to 
graduate  when  registering  for  the  last  15  credits  of 
his  program.  These  requirements  apply  also  to  the 
third  year  of  pre-professional  combined  degree  pro- 
grams. Record  of  this  permission  must  be  filed  in 
the  office  of  the  Registrar  prior  to  the  student's 
final  semester  in  residence. 

While  many  University  curricula  require  more 
semester  hours  than  120  (exclusive  of  the  basic 
General  Military  Course  AFROTC,  Health  005,  and 
the  required  program  in  Physical  Education)  no 
baccalaureate  curriculum  requires  less  than  120 
semester  hours  with  the  same  exclusions  as  have 
been  cited. 

A  student  who  wishes  to  earn  a  second  bac- 
calaureate degree  in  the  University  is  required  to 
complete  the  additional  studies  regularly  prescribed 
for  that  degree,  involving  at  least  one  year's  addi- 
tional residence  and  the  earning  of  at  least  30  addi- 
tional credits. 

2.  A  general  C  (2.0)  average  is  required  for 
graduation  in  all  colleges. 

3.  An  average  mark  of  C  (2.0)  is  required  for 
graduation.  The  C  average  is  computed  on  the 
basis  of  the  academic  courses  required  by  each 
student's  curriculum.  The  average  of  transfer  stu- 
dents and  of  those  seeking  combined  degrees  is 
computed  only  on  the  courses  taken  in  residence 
in  the  University  and  in  satisfaction  of  the  non- 
professional curricular  requirements  of  the  college 
granting  the  degree.  An  over-all  average  is  also 
computed  to  include  all  academic  courses  taken  in 
the  University  as  a  basis  for  the  award  of  honors 
and  for  such  other  uses  as  may  be  deemed  appro- 
priate. 

4.  Applications  for  diplomas  must  be  filed  with 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar  during  the  registration 
period,  or  not  later  than  the  end  of  the  third  week 
of  classes  of  the  regular  semester  or  at  the  end 
of  the  second  week  of  the  summer  session,  at  the 
end  of  which  the  candidate  expects  to  receive 
his  degree.  Application  filed  after  the  third  week 
of  classes  of  a  regular  semester  or  Friday  of  the 
second  week  of  a  Summer  Session  will  be  retained 
until  the  next  semester  (session)  when  degrees 
will  be  awarded.  He  must  at  this  time  be  registered 
in  the  college  from  which  the  degree  is  sought  or, 
if  in  the  University  College,  have  the  approval  of 
the  dean  of  the  college  concerned.  Responsibility 
for  knowing  and  meeting  all  degree  requirements 
for  graduation  in  any  curriculum  rests  with  the 
student.  Not  later  than  the  close  of  his  junior 
year,  the  student  should  check  with  the  proper 
authorities  to  ascertain  his  standing  in  this  respect. 
For  this  purpose  the  student  should  be  sure  to 
preserve  the  copy  of  the  semester  grade  report  is- 
sued by  the  Registrar's  office  at  the  close  of  each 
semester. 

5.  Candidates  for  degrees  must  attend  a  convo- 
cation at  which  degrees  are  conferred  and  diplomas 
are  awarded. 


ATTENDANCE 

1.   The  University  expects  each  student  to  take 


General  Information  43 


full  responsibility  for  his  academic  work  and  aca- 
demic progress.  The  student,  to  progress  satisfac- 
torily,must  meet  the  quantitative  and  qualitative  re- 
quirements of  each  course  for  which  he  is  registered. 
Students  are  expected  to  attend  classes  regularly, 
for  consistent  attendance  offers  the  most  effective 
opportunity  open  to  all  students  to  gain  a  develop- 
ing command  of  the  concepts  and  materials  of 
their  course  of  study.  However,  attendance  in  class, 
in  and  of  itself,  is  not  a  criterion  for  the  evalu- 
ation of  the  student's  degree  of  success  or  failure. 
Furthermore,  absences  (whether  excused  or  un- 
excused)  do  not  alter  what  is  expected  of  the  stu- 
dent qualitatively  and  quantitatively.  Except  as 
provided  below,  absences  will  not  be  used  in  the 
computation  of  grades,  and  the  recording  of  stu- 
dent absences  will  not  be  required  of  the  faculty. 

2.  In  certain  courses  in-class  participation  is 
an  integral  part  of  the  work  of  the  course.  A  few 
examples  would  be  courses  in  public  speaking  and 
group  discussion,  courses  emphasizing  conversa- 
tion in  foreign  languages,  certain  courses  in  physi- 
cal education,  and  certain  laboratory  sessions. 
Each  department  shall  determine  which  of  its 
courses  fall  in  this  category.  It  shall  be  the  re- 
sponsibility of  the  instructor  in  such  courses  to  in- 
form each  class  at  the  beginning  of  the  semester 
that  in-class  participation  is  an  integral  part  of  the 
work  of  the  course  and  that  his  absences  will  be 
taken  into  account  in  the  evaluation  of  his  work  in 
the  course. 

3.  Laboratory  meetings  require  special  prepar- 
ation of  equipment  and  materials  by  the  staff.  A 
student  who  is  not  present  for  a  laboratory  exer- 
cise has  missed  that  part  of  the  course  and  can- 
not expect  that  he  will  be  given  an  opportunity  to 
make  up  this  work  later  in  the  term. 

4.  Special  provision  for  freshmen:  The  fresh- 
man year  is  a  transitional  year.  Absences  of  fresh- 
men in  the  basic  freshman  courses  will  be  report- 
ed to  the  student's  dean  when  the  student  has 
accumulated  more  than  three  unexcused  absences. 

5.  Excuses  for  absences  (in  basic  freshman 
courses  and  in  courses  where  in-class  participation 
is  a  significant  part  of  the  work  of  the  course)  will 
be  handled  by  the  instructor  in  the  course  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  general  policy  of  his  depart- 
ment and  college. 

6.  Examination  and  tests:  It  is  the  responsi- 
bility of  the  student  to  keep  himself  informed  con- 
cerning the  dates  of  announced  quizzes,  tests, 
and  examinations.  An  instructor  is  not  under  obli- 
gation to  give  a  student  a  make-up  examination 
unless  the  student  can  present  evidence  that  his 
absence  was  caused  by  illness  or  by  participating 
in  University  activities  at  the  request  of  University 
authorities.  A  make-up  examination,  when  permit- 
ted, is  given  at  the  convenience  of  the  instructor, 
but  must  not  interfere  with  the  student's  regularly 
scheduled  classes. 


SCHOLARSHIP  HONORS 

Honors  for  excellence  in  scholarship  are  award- 
ed to  not  more  than  one-fifth  of  the  graduation  class 
in  each  college.  (The  computation  does  not  include 
grades  for  courses  taken  during  the  last  semester  of 
registration  before  graduation.)  "High  Honors"  are 
awarded  to  the  upper  half  of  the  group;  "Honors" 
to  the  lower  half.  To  be  eligible  for  this  recognition, 
a  total  of  at  least  two  years  of  residence  (60  se- 


mester hours)  is  required.  No  student  with  an  aver- 
age less  than  B  (3.0)  will  be  considered. 

DEFICIENCY  REPORTS 

1.  Reports  of  unsatisfactory  work  (less  than  C) 
will  be  made  only  for  freshmen  in  the  basic 
freshman  courses.  It  will  be  the  obligation  of  all 
students  to  assume  full  responsibility  for  their 
academic  progress  without  depending  upon  receiv- 
ing official  warning  of  unsatisfactory  work. 

2.  Reports  of  unsatisfactory  work  for  freshmen 
in  the  basic  freshman  courses  will  be  submitted 
to  the  student's  dean  at  the  end  of  the  seventh 
week  of  the  semester. 


DISMISSAL  OF  DELINQUENT  STUDENTS 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  request 
at  any  time  the  withdrawal  of  a  student  who  can- 
not or  does  not  maintain  the  required  standard 
of  scholarship,  or  whose  continuance  in  the  Uni- 
versity would  be  detrimental  to  his  or  her  health, 
or  to  the  health  of  others,  or  whose  conduct  is  not 
satisfactory  to  the  authorities  of  the  University. 
Specific  scholastic  requirements  are  set  forth  in 
the  Minimum  Requirements  for  Retention  and  Grad- 
uation. 


WITHDRAWALS  FROM  THE  UNIVERSITY 

1.  If  a  student  desires  or  is  compelled  to  with- 
draw from  the  University  for  any  cause  at  any 
time  during  the  academic  year,  he  should  secure 
an  application  for  withdrawal  from  his  dean's  of- 
fice, obtain  the  proper  signatures  as  indicated  on 
the  form,  and  file  it  in  the  Registrar's  office.  If 
a  student  withdraws  from  the  University  after  the 
first  eight  weeks  of  the  semester,  the  instructor  in 
each  course  indicates  on  the  class  card  whether  the 
student  was  passing  or  failing  at  the  time  of  with- 
drawal. The  report  is  made  part  of  the  student's 
permanent  record. 

2.  In  the  case  of  a  minor,  withdrawal  will  be 
permitted  only  with  the  written  consent  of  the 
student's  parent  or  guardian. 

3.  A  student  who  fails  to  withdraw  in  the  re- 
quired manner  will  not  be  entitled  to  an  honorable 
dismissal,  will  forfeit  his  right  to  any  refund  to 
which  he  might  otherwise  be  entitled,  and  will  re- 
ceive marks  of  failure  in  all  courses  being  carried. 

4.  The  effective  date  for  withdrawals,  as  far  as 
refunds  and  grades  are  concerned,  is  the  date  the 
blank  is  filed  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

5.  Further  information  on  withdrawal  from  the 
University  may  be  found  in  "Minimum  Require- 
ments for  Retention  and  Graduation," 


READMISSION  AND  REINSTATEMENT 

1.  A  student  who  withdraws  from  the  Univer- 
sity must  apply  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  for 
reinstatement. 

2.  A  freshman  who  is  dismissed  for  scholastic 
reasons  from  the  University  at  the  end  of  his  first 
semester  and  who  desires  to  seek  reinstatement 
is  referred  to  Section  A  of  "Minimum  Require- 
ments for  Retention  and  Graduation." 

3.  A  student  who  has  been  dropped  for  scho- 
lastic reasons  may  appeal  in  writing  to  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Admissions   Petition   Board,   Office  of 


44 


General  Information 


Admissions   for   reinstatement.    The   Committee   is 
empowered  to  grant  relief  for  just  cause. 

4.  No  student  on  academic  probation  shall  be 
allowed  to  register  for  more  than  sixteen  (16) 
semester  hours  (including  the  basic  General  Mili- 
tary Course  AFROTC  and  required  courses  in  P.  E. 
and  Health).  The  student  on  academic  probation 
should  normally  carry  at  least  twelve  (12)  aca- 
demic semester  hours  in  order  that  he  may  ab- 
solve his  academic  probation  in  one  semester. 

5.  A  student  who  has  been  dropped  from  the 
University  for  scholastic  reasons,  and  whose  peti- 
tion for  reinstatement  is  denied,  may  again  petition 
after  a  lapse  of  at  least  one  semester. 

6.  Applicable  courses  taken  at  another  institu- 
tion by  a  student  in  the  first  semester  after  his  aca- 
demic dismissal  from  the  University  shall  not  be 
considered  for  transfer  credit  until  the  student  has 
returned  to  the  University  and  removed  his  aca- 
demic probation. 

MINIMUM  REQUIREMENTS 

FOR  RETENTION  AND  GRADUATION 

The  provisions  in  this  plan  apply  to  undergrad- 
uates at  College  Park,  including  the  day-time,  on- 
campus  students  of  University  College.  These  pro- 
visions do  not  generally  apply  to  undergraduate  stu- 
dents enrolled  prior  to  the  summer  session,  1965, 
to  graduate  students  nor  to  students  registered  in 
the  professional  schools  at  Baltimore. 
SECTION  A:  Minimum  requirements 

A.  1  At  the  end  of  each  grading  period— defined 
as  each  regular  semester— the  Office  of  the  Regis- 
trar computes  each  student's  cumulative  grade 
point  average  (the  number  of  earned  quality  points 
divided  by  the  number  of  attempted  semester  hours 
hereinafter  designated  and  referred  to  as  "at- 
tempted hours"  or  "hours  attempted").  Based  on 
this  cumulative  grade  point  average  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar  imposes  the  academic  actions  prescribed 
in  the  following  table: 


Cumulative  Grade  Point 
Average  resulting  in 


Total 

Hours 

Academic 

Academic 

Attempted 

Dismissal 

Probation 

1-5 

6-20 

Below  0.35 

Below  1.35 

21-35 

"     1.35 

"      1.65 

36-50 

"     1.65 

"      1.80 

51-65 

"     1.80 

"      1.90 

68-80 

"      1.90 

"     2.00 

81  and  over 

"     1.95 

"     2.00 

A. 2  Regardless  of  his  cumulative  grade  point 
average,  however,  no  student  shall  be  dismissed  at 
the  end  of  any  grading  period  during  which  he 
was  registered  for  and  completed  at  least  twelve 
(12)  semester  hours  with  an  average  of  2.00  or 
better. 

A.3  A  minimum  cumulative  grade  point  aver- 
age of  2.00  is  an  essential  part  of  the  several  re- 
quirements for  a  bachelor's  degree  as  outlined  in 
college  divisions  of  this  catalog.  Any  student  whose 
cumulative  grade  point  average  falls  within  the 
range  which  results  in  Academic  Probation  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  table  of  section  A.l  is  informed 
that  he  is  not  making  satisfactory  progress  toward 
his  degree  and  must  assume  responsibility  for  any 
future  dismissal  which  may  occur. 


A. 4  Any  student  whose  cumulative  grade  point 
average  falls  within  the  range  which  results  in 
Academic  Dismissal  in  accordance  with  the  table 
of  section  A.l  loses  his  eligibility  to  re-register  at 
the  University. 

A. 5  Any  student  who  is  not  eligible  to  re-register 
following  Academic  Dismissal  should  consult  the 
Secretary  of  the  Admissions  Petition  Board  con- 
cerning procedure  for  reinstatement.  This  Board 
is  empowered  to  grant  relief  for  just  cause. 

A. 6  A  student  who  enters  the  University  with 
acceptable  transfer  credits  is  subject  to  these 
scholastic  standards  at  the  level  of  attempted  hours 
determined  by  adding  the  number  of  hours  of 
transfer  credits  assigned  to  him  by  the  Office  of 
Admissions  and  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which 
he  is  enrolled  to  the  number  of  hours  attempted 
at  Maryland.  His  cumulative  average  is  based  sole- 
ly on  the  number  of  hours  attempted  at  Mary- 
land and  the  grades  received  for  these  attempted 
courses. 

A. 7  When  a  course  is  repeated  all  attempts  are 
included  in  the  computation  of  the  cumulative 
grade  point  average  through  inclusion  in  both  the 
total  quality  points  earned  and  the  total  hours  at- 
tempted. If  a  student  repeats  a  course  for  which 
he  has  already  earned  a  passing  grade,  the  subse- 
quent attempt  shall  not  increase  his  total  hours 
earned  toward  a  degree. 

A. 8  Exceptions  are  allowed  for  courses  taken 
during  a  freshman's  first  semester  and  subse- 
quently repeated.  In  such  cases,  the  original  first 
semester  grades  of  these  repeated  courses  and 
their  corresponding  credit  hours  will  not  be  in- 
cluded in  the  computation  of  the  student's  cumula- 
tive grade  point  average  or  in  his  total  of  attempted 
hours,  provided  these  repetitions  of  first  semester 
courses  occur  before  the  student  has  earned  56 
semester  hours.  For  the  purpose  of  this  section 
a  first  semester  freshman  shall  be  a  student 
registered  for  the  first  time  in  college  level  educa- 
tional courses  and  thus  experiencing  his  first  con- 
tact with  academic  education  beyond  the  senior 
high  school  level.  However,  a  student  whose  first 
college  experience  is  through  part-time  registration 
or  through  the  summer  session  will  be  considered 
as  a  first  semester  freshman  until  he  has  regis- 
tered in  and  completed  a  minimum  of  nine  semes- 
ter hours  in  college  level  work.  All  college  registra- 
tions will  be  counted  whether  or  not  they  are 
applicable  to  the  student's  program. 

A. 9  A  student  beginning  or  within  his  last 
thirty  (30)  credit  hours  necessary  for  graduation 
who  has  been  retained  in  college  under  section 
A. 2  but  who  would  be  unable  to  graduate  because 
of  an  insufficient  cumulative  grade  point  average 
due  to  an  earlier  single  semester  of  failing  grades 
may  be  granted  waiver  of  those  failing  grades.  Pro- 
vided such  student  satisfies  all  other  college  and 
university  requirements  for  the  degree,  the  above 
grades  of  failure  and  their  corresponding  attempted 
credit  hours  may  be  disregarded  in  the  computation 
of  his  final  cumulative  grade  point  average.  To  ac- 
complish this  the  approval  of  the  student's  aca- 
demic dean  together  with  the  written  recommenda- 
tion of  the  head  of  the  department  in  which  the  stu- 
dent is  majoring  must  be  transmitted  to  the  Office  of 
the  Registrar  with  the  necessary  adjustments  which 
are  to  be  made  in  recomputing  the  student's  cumu- 
lative average. 


General  Information         45 


A.10  Physical  activity  courses  required  of  all 
students,  non-credit  courses,  and  orientation 
courses  are  not  considered  in  computing  cumulative 
grade  point  averages.  All  other  courses  are  consid- 
ered for  computation  except  those  courses  specifi- 
cally designated  not  applicable  by  the  dean  of  the 
college  in  which  the  student  is  enrolled. 

A.ll  In  the  computation  of  the  cumulative 
grade  point  average  a  grade  of  "I"  is  not  to  be  in- 
cluded as  hours  attempted.  When  the  grade  of  "I" 
is  removed  for  a  passing  grade  or  the  mark  becomes 
F  in  conformance  with  academic  regulations,  an 
appropriate  corrective  entry  will  be  made  in  the 
cumulative  grade  point  average  by  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar. 

A. 12  Any  student  who  withdraws  from  all 
courses  receiving  no  grades  or  grades  of  W,  WX,  WP, 
or  WF  is  not  eligible  for  re-registration  at  the  Univer- 
sity except  by  application  for  reinstatement  through 
the  Office  of  Admissions.  Withdrawal  grades  are  not 
included  in  the  computation  of  grade  point  averages 
or  in  the  determination  of  the  level  of  total  hours 
attempted. 

SECTION  B:  Regulations  for  transfer  of  students 
from  one  college  to  another  and  change  of  curric- 
ulum within  a  college. 

B.l  A  student  with  a  2.00  average  or  better  in 
those  courses  applicable  to  his  proposed  new  cur- 
riculum may  transfer  from  one  college  in  the  Uni- 
versity to  another  but  only  at  such  times  as  are 
specifically  designated  for  this  purpose.  On  a  spe- 
cial form,  he  must  first  obtain  a  signed  release 
and  his  complete  academic  record  from  the  dean 
of  the  releasing  college  before  submitting  them  to 
the  dean  of  the  college  to  which  he  wishes  to 
transfer.  When  the  dean  of  the  receiving  college 
accepts  the  student  by  signing  the  transfer  form, 
the  student  must  then  deposit  this  form  with  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar  to  complete  the  transfer. 

B.2  In  all  transfer  cases  the  dean  of  the  re- 
ceiving college  shall  indicate  what  courses  in  the 
student's  previous  academic  program  are  not  ap- 
plicable in  the  new  program  and  he  shall  notify 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar  of  the  adjustments 
which  are  to  be  made  in  computing  the  student's 
cumulative  average. 

B.3  The  Office  of  Intermediate  Registration 
(OIR)  serves  those  students  who  wish  to  change 
colleges  but  have  less  than  2.00  averages,  in 
those  courses  applicable  to  their  new  college  cur- 
ricula. Any  such  student  who  is  entitled  to  re-reg- 
ister in  the  University  will  be  accepted  by  OIR 
after  securing  his  release  from  his  former  college 
dean.  The  Director  of  Intermediate  Registration 
will  be  responsible  for  notifying  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar  what  courses  in  the  student's  previous 
academic  program  have  been  declared  not  appli- 
cable by  the  prospective  receiving  dean. 

B.4  The  cumulative  average  required  of  a  reg- 
istrant in  OIR  shall  be  that  given  in  the  table  of 
section  A.l  for  the  attempted  hours  applicable  to 
the  new  curriculum  to  which  the  student  antici- 
pates transferring.  If  at  the  end  of  a  student's 
first  grading  period  in  OIR  his  cumulative  average 
entitles  him  to  remain  in  the  University,  he  shall 
be  permitted  to  transfer  to  his  new  college.  How- 
ever, upon  the  recommendation  of  both  the  Direc- 
tor of   Intermediate  Registration  and  the  dean  of 


the  new  college,  the  student  who  is  eligible  to 
remain  in  the  University  may  be  permitted  to 
register  for  an  additional  semester  or  summer  ses- 
sion in  OIR. 

B.5  When  a  student  changes  from  one  depart- 
ment to  another  within  a  college  he  must  secgre, 
in  the  appropriate  space  on  the  permit-to-register 
card,  the  signature  of  the  dean  before  filing  the 
card  with  the  Registrar.  An  individual  college  may 
use  additional  forms  for  internal  control  if  it  so 
desires.  Where  the  change  within  a  college  is 
from  a  program  to  an  unrelated  program,  the 
dean  of  the  college  may  exercise  the  option  of 
adjusting  the  student's  record.  The  dean  is  respon- 
sible for  providing  the  Registrar's  office  with  a  writ- 
ten statement  of  the  adjustments  to  be  made  in 
computing  the  student's  cumulative  average. 


SECTION    C:    Regulations   concerning   dropping   of 
courses,  and  withdrawals  from  the  University. 

C.l  A  student  may  drop  a  course  without  an  h 
grade  during  the  first  three  weeks  of  classes  with 
the  approval  of  the  student's  advisor  and  dean.  A 
student  may  drop  a  course  without  an  F  grade 
after  the  first  three  weeks  of  classes  only  upon 
written  approval  of  the  dean  of  the  student's  col- 
lege. Such  authorization  shall  be  granted  by  the 
dean  only  under  extraordinary  circumstances;  un- 
satisfactory scholarship  in  itself  will  not  be  con- 
sidered an  extraordinary  circumstance.  The  written 
authorization  must  state  the  reasons  and  shall  be 
filed  with  the  Registrar.  In  order  to  drop  a  course, 
or  courses,  for  medical  reasons  and  without  the 
grade  of  F,  the  student  must  present  to  the  dean 
of  his  college,  through  the  University's  infirmary, 
acceptable  proof  that  such  reasons  have  caused 
his  continuous  absence  from  all  classes  for  which 
he  is  registered  for  a  period  of  two  weeks  or 
more  (exclusive  of  holidays).  Any  request  to  drop 
a  course  for  medical  reasons  must  be  presented 
to  the  student's  dean  within  one  week  of  the 
student's  return  to  class  attendance. 

The  selection  of  courses  to  be  dropped  shall 
be  at  the  discretion  of  the  student's  dean. 

In  the  case  of  accidental  injury  incurred  after 
the  start  of  the  term,  and  which  incapacitates  the 
student  relative  to  his  performance  in  a  particular 
course,  the  dean  of  the  student's  college  shall 
use  his  discretion  in  recommending  the  dropping 
of  the  course  without  the  grade  of  F.  Where  acci- 
dental injury  does  not  necessitate  the  absence  of 
the  student  from  all  classes  for  a  period  of  two 
weeks  or  more,  the  request  to  drop  a  particular 
course  must  be  made  within  one  week  of  the 
injury,  or  within  one  week  of  the  return  to  classes 
following  the  injury.  A  first-semester  freshman  may 
drop  a  course  without  an  F  grade  during  the  first 
eight  weeks  of  classes  with  the  approval  of  the 
student's  adviser  and  dean.  For  the  purpose  of 
this  section  a  first  semester  freshman  shall  be  a 
student  registered  for  the  first  time  in  college 
level  educational  courses  and  thus  experiencing 
his  first  contact  with  academic  education  beyond 
the  senior  high  school  level.  However,  a  student 
whose  first  college  experience  is  through  part- 
time  registration  or  through  the  summer  session 
will  be  considered  as  a  first  semester  freshman 
until  he  has  registered  in  and  completed  a  mini- 
mum of  nine  semester  hours  in  college  level  work. 
All  college  registrations  will   be  counted  whether 


46 


General  Information 


or  not  they  are  applicable  to  the  student's  pro- 
gram. 

Courses  may  not  be  changed  from  credit  to 
audit  after  the  third  week  of  classes. 

C-2  A  student  withdrawing  from  the  University 
during  the  first  eight  weeks  of  classes  shall  be 
given  a  grade  of  WX  in  his  courses.  A  student 
withdrawing  after  this  time  shall  receive  a  grade 
WP  in  each  course  in  which  his  work  has  been 
passing  and  a  grade  of  WF  in  any  course  in 
which  his  work  has  not  been  passing.  A  student 
withdrawing  after  the  last  day  of  instruction  shall 
be  given  a  grade  of  F  in  any  course  in  which  he 
has  not  been  doing  passing  work. 

SECTION  D:  General  regulations  concerning  aca- 
demic probation,  academic  dismissal,  and  reinstate- 
ment. 

D.l  When  a  student  is  placed  on  academic  pro- 
bation or  released  from  academic  probation,  the 
action  shall  be  entered  on  the  face  of  the  stu- 
dent's official  record. 

D.2  A  student  who  is  reinstated  after  academic 
dismissal  shall  be  admitted  on  academic  proba- 
tion. The  same  conditions  of  probation  may  be 
imposed  on  any  student  who  seeks  admission  by 
transfer  from  another  university  or  college  and 
whose  record  at  the  previous  school  warrants  this 
action.  (Admissions  of  such  a  student  is  permitted 


only  in  unusual  cases  and  after  a  review  by  the 
Petition  Board.) 

D.3  Any  appeal  from  the  regulations  governing 
academic  probation  or  academic  dismissal  shall 
be'  directed  to  the  Petition  Board  which  shall  be 
empowered  to  grant  relief  in  unusual  cases,  if 
the  circumstances  warrant  such  action. 

SECTION  E:  Students  enrolled  prior  to  June  1965 

TERMINATION 

Students  enrolled  in  the  University  prior  to  June 
1965  and  who  have  remained  in  continuous  atten- 
dance must  abide  by  the  provisions  of  Academic 
Probation  Plan.  (See  earlier  issues  of  University 
General  and  Academic  Regulations.)  Students  ini- 
tially enrolled  in  the  University  prior  to  June  1965 
who  do  not  fulfill  the  above  conditions  of  con- 
tinuous attendance  but  who  have  remained  in  con- 
tinuous attendance  following  their  most  recent  re- 
admission  or  reinstatement  will  also  abide  by  the 
provisions  of  the  Academic  Probation  Plan,  provided 
the  mostVecent  readmission  or  reinstatement  was 
prior  to  June  1970.  Students  enrolled  prior  to  June 
1965  whose  continuous  attendance  is  interrupted 
for  any  reason  and  who  are  readmitted  or  rein- 
stated for  a  session  or  semester  beginning  with 
June  1970  will  be  readmitted  or  reinstated  under 
the  provisions  of  Minimum  Requirements  for  Re- 
tention and  Graduation. 


General  Information 


47 


I 


STUDENT  SERVICES  AND   ACTIVITIES 


VICE  CHANCELLOR  FOR  STUDENT  AFFAIRS 

The  Office  of  the  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student 
Affairs  coordinates  activities  within  the  academic 
community  which  serve  to  complement  the  scholarly 
pursuits  of  the  classroom  and  enable  the  student 
to  gain  maximum  value  from  his  college  experience. 

Some  of  the  various  administrative  areas  for 
which  the  Vice  Chancellor  of  Student  Affairs  is  re- 
sponsible are:  University  Health  Services;  Coun- 
seling Center;  Placement  and  Credentials  Services; 
Student  Aid;  International  Education  Services  and 
Foreign  Student  Affairs;  University  Housing;  Stu- 
dent Union;  Student  Life  and  Programs  (including 
fraternities  and  sororities);  Judiciary  Office;  Food 
Service,  Office  of  Intermediate  Registration  (01 R); 
Intensive  Educational  Development;  Cultural  Study 
Center;  and  Religious  Programs. 

HEALTH  CENTER 

The  Health  Center  is  primarily  charged  with  aid- 
ing the  student  in  maintaining  his  physical  well- 
being  in  order  that  he  may  pursue  his  studies  as 
effectively  as  possible.  This  includes  the  review  of 
all  pre-entrance  physical  examination  reports  to 
aid  the  student  in  his  participation  in  the  required 
physical  education  classes  or  in  other  areas  where 
special  problems  might  arise.  Students  are  invited 
to  visit  the  Health  Center  before  or  during  registra- 
tion time  to  review  these  reports  with  a  staff  mem- 
ber. 
Routine  Services 

The  Health  Center  provides  the  following  ser- 
vices: 

1.  Treatment,  or  preventive  measures,  for 
acute  and  short  term  illnesses  and  surgical 
emergencies. 


2.  Certain  laboratory  procedures 

3.  Infirmary   rest  for  minor  or  short  term   ill- 

nesses and  injuries 

4.  Allergy    hyposensitization    and    certain    dis- 

ease  immunizations  arranged  through  the 
student's  physician 

5.  Psychiatric  services,  including  short  term 
counseling  with  students  who  request  to  see 
the  psychiatrist,  and  consultation  and  e- 
valuation  functions  in  connection  with 
Health  Center  physicians  or  the  Counseling 
Center 

The  Health  Center  refers  most  chronic  and  ma- 
jor illnesses  or  injury  effects  to  family  and  local 
physicians  and  specialists.  No  dental  care  is  fur- 
nished at  the  Health  Center,  but  medication  to  allay 
pain  and  instruction  for  oral  hygiene  is  given. 

The  Health  Center  sanitarian  promotes  the  cam- 
pus environmental  health  through  routine  inspec- 
tion and  subsequent  recommendations  in  the  areas 
of  food  handling,  water  and  air  pollution  problems, 
living  accommodation,  and  sewage  disposal. 

Emergency  Services 

During  regular  University  sessions,  emergency 
physician  care  is  available  on  weekday  evenings 
at  the  Infirmary  and  by  telephone  call  (454-3444 
or  454-3445)  to  Health  Service.  During  extended 
school  vacation  periods  or  between  regular  ses- 
sions, the  physician  may  be  called  through  the  cam- 
pus telephone  operator  (454-3311)  for  emergencies 
occurring  on  the  campus. 

Emergency  ambulance  service  is  provided 
through  the  Branchville  Volunteer  Rescue  Squad 
by  call  to  3333  on  campus  phones  or  864-1122  from 
outside  phones.  For  patients  who  do  not  require 
ambulance  service,  but  who  cannot  come  to  the  ln- 


Generof  Information 


49 


firmary   in   their  own   transportation,   the   Campus 
Police  may  be  summoned  for  assistance  at  3555. 

In  addition  to  student  emergencies,  the  Health 
Service  will  treat,  or  prepare  for  transfer  to  a  hos- 
pital, any  campus  employee  injured  on  the  job.  An 
employee  or  visitor  with  acute  illness  who  cannot 
be  taken  directly  to  his  own  physician  or  hospital 
may  also  be  seen  at  the  Health  Service. 
Accident  Insurance 

Commercial  Contract  Accident  or  Accident  and 
Sickness  Group  Insurance  is  available  to  students 
through  the  University  on  an  optional  basis  for  a 
nominal  fee  and  is  highly  recommended  for  those 
who  do  not  already  have  this  type  of  coverage.  All 
foreign  students  are  required  to  have  this  or  an 
equivalent  form  of  insurance.  This  insurance  may 
only  be  purchased  at  the  time  of  registration. 
Health  Service  Hours 

The  University  Health  Service  hours  for  routine 
care  during  regular  semesters  and  summer  school 
are: 

Monday  through  Friday  8:00  a.m.  to  11:45  a.m. 

and  1:00  p.m.  to  5:00  p.m. 
Semi-emergency  or  appointment  care  is  available: 

Monday  through  Friday  6:00  p.m.  to  10:00  p.m. 

Saturday  9:00  a.m.  to  1 1:00  a.m. 

Sundays  and  Holidays  10:00  a.m.  to  11:00  a.m. 
Twenty-four  hour  nursing  care  is  available  during 
school  sessions. 

COUNSELING  CENTER 

The  aim  of  the  Counseling  Center  is  to  enable 
students  to  be  optimally  productive;  to  better  under- 
stand themselves,  their  assets  and  liabilities;  and 
to  be  able  to  resolve  their  problems  and  deal  with 
important  decisions.  The  services  of  the  Center  are 
available  to  all  students. 
Counseling 

Counselors  meet  with  students  in  individual  or 
group  counsei.ng  interviews  to  assist  them  with 
educational,  vocational  and  personal  problems. 
Where  appropriate,  the  counselor  may  arrange 
for  students  to  take  certain  tests  of  ability,  interest, 
personality,  etc.,  which  provide  information  valu- 
able in  counseling. 
Occupational  Information 

Students  may  browse  in  the  Center  library  and 
view  displays  of  occupational  and  educational  in- 
formation. They  may  be  interested  in  listening  to  the 
tape-recorded  introduction  to  career  information. 
Reading  and  Study  Skills  Laboratory 

The  Laboratory  offers  students  individualized 
programs  designed  to  improve  their  learning  skills. 
They  may  work  on  improved  reading  speed  and 
comprehension,  vocabulary  building,  taking  of 
lecture  notes,  spelling,  examination  skills,  and 
handwriting.  Special  workshops  are  offered  in  im- 
proving writing  skills  and  reducing  examination 
fears.  A  library  of  tutor-texts  and  tape  recorded 
lectures  is  available  for  review  of  fundamentals  in 
science,  language,  logic,  and  mathematics  courses. 
There  is  a  special  program  for  high  school  students. 
Consultation 

The  Counseling  Center  also  serves  as  an  agency 
which  students,  faculty  members,  parents  and 
others  m&y  use  for  discussing  any  concerns  which 
they  may  have  regarding  the  progress  or  general 
welfare  of  students  at  the  University. 
Child  Evaluation  and  Parent  Consultation 

This  community  serv'ce,  on  a  nominal  fee  basis, 
is  provided  for  parents  of  children  in  the  age  range 


of  5  to  14  regarding  concern  for  their  children's 
achievement  or  behavior.  It  is  not  restricted  to  Uni- 
versity-connected individuals. 

Other  Functions 

Other  functions  include  the  freshman  testing 
program,  orienting  new  students  to  the  Center's 
services,  conducting  the  annual  census  studies  of 
the  student  body,  and  data  processing  consultation 
and  services.  The  staff  is  available  for  speaking  en- 
gagements before  various  student  and  community 
groups.  The  Center  also  serves  as  a  facililty  for 
the  professional  training  of  counselors. 

To  help  you  understand  the  Counseling  Center, 
here  are  a  few  of  the  problems  with  which  students 
have  been  concerned.  One  or  two  of  these  illustra- 
tions may  touch  on  concerns  which  you  might  have 
at  one  time  or  another. 

What  kinds  of  vocations  am  I  best  fitted  for? 

I'd  like  some  help  in  choosing  a  major. 

I  wish  I  had  more  confidence  in  myself. 

I  just  can't  make  the  grades  I'd  like  to  have. 

I  feel  sort  of  alone— pretty  much  out  of  things. 

My  dates  and  I  don't  seem  to  get  along. 

My  parents  and  I  don't  get  along. 

Where  can  I  find  some  information  about  occu- 
pations? 

What  can  I  learn  from  those  Freshman  Entrance 
Tests  that  will  help  me  in  college? 

I  can't  seem  to  concentrate  when  I  study. 

How  much  should  I  expect  of  myself? 

I  read  and  comprehend  fairly  well,  but  I  would 
like  to  improve  further. 

Is  my  vocational  goal  a  realistic  one  for  me? 

I  worry  too  much  about  things  (drugs,  sex, 
failure,  etc.). 

My  note-taking  and  spelling  are  holding  me 
back. 

I  can't  see  how  some  of  the  courses  which  I  am 
taking  are  going  to  help  me  in  the  future. 

To  Arrange  an  Appointment 

Students  need  only  call  or  come  to  the  Center 
to  request  an  appointment.  The  Center's  reception- 
ist will  arrange  a  brief  conference  with  one  of  the 
counseling  staff.  This  conference  allows  the  Center 
to  determine  how  to  be  of  maximum  help  to  the 
student,  to  answer  any  questions  he  may  have 
about  the  Center  and  its  operations,  and  to  make 
additional  appointments  when  the  student  and 
counselor  feel  it  is  appropriate. 

About  25  per  cent  of  all  University  students 
make  use  of  Counseling  Center  services  during  their 
years  of  enrollment.  There  is  no  fee  for  University 
undergraduates  or  graduate  students.  Non-students 
receive  counseling,  testing,  and  educational  skills 
services  for  a  nominal  fee  as  staff  time  allows. 

The  Counseling  Center  is  located  in  the  Shoe- 
maker Building,  just  behind  the  Chapel.  Telephone: 
454-2931. 

STUDENT  UNION 

The  Student  Union  serves  as  the  extra-curricular 
hub  of  the  campus,  with  facilities  and  services  to 
meet  the  needs  of  individual  students  or  campus 
groups.  Whether  for  a  meeting,  weekend  dance, 
popular  entertainment,  featured  speaker,  or  a  quiet 
place  in  which  to  visit,  the  Student  Union  serves 
all. 
General  Hours: 

Monday-Thursday  7:00  a.m.— 1 1:00  p.m. 

Friday  and  Saturday  7:00  a.m.— Midnight. 


50 


General  Information 


Sunday  2:00  p.m.  — 11:00  p.m. 
No  solicitations  are  permitted  in  the  building. 

Amusements 

The  sub-basement  is  the  amusement  center  of 
the  Student  Union  and  is  completely  air-condi- 
tioned, attractively  decorated,  and  is  furnished  with 
all  the  conveniences  of  modern  commercial  estab- 
lishments. 

Sixteen  tenpin  bowling  lanes  are  open  from  8:00 
a.m.  to  midnight  Monday  thru  Saturday,  and  from 
2:00  p.m.  to  10:00  p.m.  Sunday  and  holidays  for  a 
charge  of  45  cents  per  game.  Shoes  and  lockers  may 
be  rented  and  bowling  equipment  is  sold.  The 
Games  Area  Manager  and  a  fully  trained  staff  are 
always  available  for  instruction  at  all  skill  levels. 

There  are  also  twelve  billiard  tables  and  two 
shuffleboard  tables  in  the  sub-basement.  These 
tables  may  be  rented  for  one  dollar  per  hour  and 
sixty  cents  per  hour,  respectively. 

Full  length  motion  pictures  are  shown  in  the 
second-floor  ballroom  on  weekends.  Tickets  are 
sold  at  the  ticket  booth  in  the  main  lobby  one  half 
hour  before  each  show.  A  Film  Series  is  presented 
on  Tuesdays. 
Hours  for  performances 

Tuesday  7:00  and  9:00  p.m. 

Friday  and  Saturday  7:00  and  9:00  p.m. 

Sunday  7:30  p.m.  only 

Services,  Facilities,  and  Equipment 

(a)  Services-Duplicating,  mimeograph,  ditto, 
and  offset. 

(b)  Signs  and  Posters-Embosograf,  engraving, 
tapewriter  and  plastic  tags,  nameplates, 
small  signs. 

(c)  Space  Reservation-Display  cases  and  meet- 
ing rooms  for  campus  organizations,  Room 
132. 

(d)  Dining  and  Catering-Telephone  extension 
2805. 

(e)  Equipment— Movie  equipment  and  public 
address  system  rental  services,  to  be  used  in 
the  building— Information  Desk,  Room  132. 

(f)  Check  Cashing— $20.00  maximum  cashed 
9:00  a.m.  to  3:30  p.m.  weekdays  at  the  In- 
formation Desk,  Room  132.  There  is  a  small 
service  charge. 

(g)  Box  Office— Tickets  to  various  campus 
events  and  activities. 

Other  Facilities 

TICKET  BOOTH  AND  BOX  OFFICES.  Tickets  to 
various  campus  events  and  activities. 

PIANO  PRACTICE  ROOMS.  A  key  may  be  ob- 
tained at  Main  Information  Desk  on  I.D. 
card  trade. 

LIBRARY.  Browsing  and  study  room,  Room  214. 

TELEPHONE  BOOTHS.  Campus  and  pay  phones 
on  basement  and  first  levels. 

LOUNGES.  On  the  first  and  second  floor  for 
studying  and  relaxing. 

FINE  ARTS  ROOM.  Art  displays  and  exhibits. 

PRIVATE  ROOMS.  Available  for  dining  and 
meetings.  Apply  Room  132. 

LOST  AND  FOUND.  For  items  lost  and  recovered 
within  the  building.  Located  in  the  base- 
ment Apply  at  Desk. 

CAFETERIA  AND  SNACK  BAR.  Located  in  the 
basement.  Extension  2805. 

BULLETIN  BOARDS.  For  posting  of  miscellan- 
eous notices  and  signs. 

TELEVISION  ROOM.  Located  on  first  floor. 


SMOKE  SHOP.  Cigarettes,  candy,  books,  maga- 
zines, and  miscellaneous  articles. 

AUDITORIUM.  Stage  and  motion  picture  facili- 
ties. Capacity  230  people. 

BALLROOM.  For  movies,  large  dinners,  dances, 
and  meetings. 
Equipment 

Inquire  at  Information  Desk  to  rent  the  fol- 
lowing: 

Portable  and  permanent  blackboards,  speakers 
lecterns,  sound  motion  picture  equipment  (two  16- 
mm  projectors),  slide  projection  equipment,  pianos, 
portable  banquet  tables,  portable  coat  racks,  floor 
and  table  microphones  and  public  address  sys- 
tems, chess,  checkers  and  playing  cards.  Trade  for 
I.D.  card  at  Information  Desk. 
Student  Supply  Store 

Located  in  the  basement  of  the  Student  Union, 
the  supply  store  sells  a  variety  of  miscellaneous 
items  as  well  as  all  books  and  materials  needed  for 
classes. 

GENERAL    STORE    HOURS.    Monday    through 
Friday  8:30  a.m. -4:30  p.m. 


JUDICIARY  OFFICE 

The  University  Judiciary  Office  effects  discipline 
of  the  undergraduate  students.  Under  the  frame- 
work of  a  judiciary  program  which  emphasizes 
personal  growth  and  development,  the  aims  of  ju- 
dicial actions  are  largely  educative  and  preventive. 
Judiciary  Office  staff  members  review  all  reports  of 
alleged  misconduct,  contact  those  individuals  in- 
volved, and  in  most  instances  schedule  the  case 
for  hearing  by  a  student  judicial  board. 

Staff  members  are  available  from  8:30  a.m.  to 
4:30  p.m.  Monday  through  Friday  to  discuss  any 
aspect  of  a  disciplinary  situation  with  the  student 
charged,  witnesses,  or  those  bringing  the  charges. 

PLACEMENT  AND  CREDENTIALS  SERVICES 

The  primary  objective  of  the  Placement  Service 
is  to  assist  students  in  their  career  exploration— 
whether  they  seek  information  concerning  careers 
in  government,  educat'on,  business,  industry, 
or  intend  to  pursue  graduate  study  or  fulfill  mili- 
tary obligations.  Especially  helpful  to  underclass- 
men is  the  placement  library,  which  contains  an  ex- 
tensive collection  of  graduate  and  professional 
school  bulletins,  information  on  financial  aid  for 
graduate  study,  job  listings  in  various  fields  (in- 
cluding some  summer  employment  and  non-degree 
job  information),  general  career  information,  and 
reference  materials  on  nearly  1000  major  employ- 
ers. 

Placement  advice  is  available  to  any  senior, 
graduate  student,  or  alumnus  of  the  University  who 
is  seeking  full-time  employment. 

Credentials  service  is  available  for  College  of 
Education  seniors  interested  in  teaching  and  for 
graduate  students  applying  for  teaching,  adminis- 
trative, or  research  positions  in  schools  and  col- 
leges. 

The  office  and  the  library  of  the  Placement  and 
Credentials  Services  are  located  in  Cumberland 
Hall  Basement. 

SPACE  RESERVATIONS 

FOR  UNIVERSITY  FACILITIES 

University  space  and  supporting  service  facili- 


General  Information  5  J 


ties  are  in  constant  demand  by  many  people  and 
organizations.  This  requires  regulations  that  will 
provide  a  fair  assignment  of  available  resources 
(space).  The  Facilities  Use  Committee  administers 
space  and  supporting  services. 

For  referral  to  proper  authorities  for  coordina- 
tion of  requests,  call  campus  telephone  extension 
2233. 


INTERNATIONAL  EDUCATION  SERVICES  AND 
FOREIGN  STUDENT  AFFAIRS 

The  Office  of  International  Education  Services 
and  Foreign  Student  Affairs  provides  a  wide  variety 
of  services  for  foreign  students  to  assist  them  in 
making  proper  adjustment  to  the  requirements  of 
American  university  and  community  life  and  deriv- 
ing the  greatest  possible  benefit  from  their  experi- 
ence in  the  United  States.  Assistance  is  given  with 
admission  procedures,  English  language  testing, 
housing,  orientation,  emergency  loans,  employment, 
immigration  regulations.  The  Office  sponsors  spe- 
cial educational,  cultural,  and  social  opportunities. 
Regulations  Affecting  Foreign  Students 

Foreign  students  are  subject  to  the  same  regu- 
lations that  govern  the  academic  life  and  personal 
conduct  of  American  students  enrolled  in  the  Uni- 
versity. In  addition,  foreign  students  are  required: 

1.  To  have  a  medical  examination  at  the  Uni- 

versity   Health    Service   before   completing 
registration  procedures. 

2.  To  obtain  approved  hospital-medical  insur- 

ance  in  addition  to  paying  the  University 
infirmary  fee  required  of  all  students. 

3.  To  attend  the  special   orientation   program 

for  new  foreign  students  enrolling  for  the 
first  time  in  September  or  February.  (This 
program  is  held  the  weekend  prior  to  regis- 
tration.) 
Foreign  students  are  also  subject  to  special  reg- 
ulations of  the  U.S.   Immigration  Service  and  the 
U.S.  Department  of  State  which  establish  the  con- 
ditions under  which  students  may  enter  the  United 
States  and  remain  in  this  country  for  the  purpose  of 
pursuing  studies.  The  Office  of  International  Edu- 
cation  Services   and   Foreign   Student  Affairs  has 
the  responsibility  for  advising  students  on  these 
and  other  matters,  as  well  as  for  issuing  documents 
needed  to  maintain  proper  immigration  status. 

The  following  regulations  should  be  kept  partic- 
ularly in  mind  by  students  holding  an  "F"  or  "J"  visa 

1.  Permission  for  temporary  stay  in  the  United 
States  is  valid  for  only  one  year  at  a  time 
and  must  be  revalidated  from  one  month 
to  two  weeks  prior  to  the  date  of  expiration. 

2.  A  full  course  of  study  must  be  maintained. 

3.  Employment  off  campus  during  the  academic 
year  may  not  be  engaged  in  without  the 
prior  approval  of  the  Immigration  Service 
in  the  case  of  "F-l"  students,  or  the  per- 
mission of  the  sponsor  designated  in  the 
Exchange-Visitor  Program  in  the  case  of 
"J-l"  students.  The  same  regulations  govern 
the  securing  of  practical  training. 

Permission  for  off-campus  summer 
employment  or  on-campus  employment 
during  the  academic  year  may  be  granted 
by  the  Director  of  International  Education 
Services  and  Foreign  Student  Affairs  on  this 
campus. 

Under  no  circumstances  may  the  wife 
or  dependent  with  an  "F-2"  visa  classifica- 


tion  accept   employment.   The   wife   or  de- 
pendent with  a  "J-2"  classification  may  re- 
quest the  Immigration  Service  for  permis- 
sion  for   employment    if   the   financial    re- 
sources of  the  "J-l"  student  principal  are 
not  adequate  for  the  support  of  the  wife  or 
dependent. 
4.   An    annual    address    report   must    be    made 
to    the     Immigration    Service    during    the 
month  of  January  by  immigrant  as  well  as 
non-immigrant  students  (except  those  with 
"A"  or  "G"  classification).  Address  report 
cards   are   available   during  the    month   of 
January  only  at  U.S.  post  offices. 
Information,  forms,  and  assistance  in  making 
necessary    arrangements   for   complying   with    the 
regulations  mentioned  above  are  available  at  the 
Office    of    International    Education    Services    and 
Foreign  Student  Affairs.  Information  regarding  the 
filing  of  income  tax  returns  may  also  be  secured 
from  the  same  office. 
CULTURAL  STUDY  CENTER 

The  Cultural  Study  Center  was  established  for 
the  purpose  of  studying  minority  and  other  student 
cultural  subgroups  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 
Research  will  cover  the  socio-economic  background 
and  psychological  development  of  the  particular 
students,  as  well  as  their  experiences  on  campus, 
which  includes  admissions,  attrition,  academics, 
adjustments,  and  problems  of  student  life.  Initially, 
the  Center  is  developing  data  that  bear  on  the  inter- 
face between  black  and  white  cultures,  on  and  off 
campus,  and  that  point  to  changes  that  can  be  made 
at  the  University. 

The  Center  is  serving  as  a  clearing  house  of 
research  dealing  with  black  culture  and  is  establish- 
ing a  modest  library. 

The  Center  has  an  advisory  board  consisting 
of  black  college  and  high  school  students,  faculty 
and  administrators,  government  officials,  and  mem- 
bers of  the  black  community  reflecting  diverse  view- 
points. University  of  Maryland  Eastern  Shore,  a  pre- 
dominantly black  institution,  also  participates  on 
the  board. 

The  Cultural  Study  Center  is  located  in  Shoe- 
maker Building,  telephone  454-2931. 
STUDENT  LIFE  AND  PROGRAMS 

Over  three  hundred  officially  recognized  special 
interest  clubs,  civic  groups,  service,  professional 
and  recreational  organizations,  religious  clubs  and 
musical  groups  are  available  at  College  Park.  These 
organizations  serve  the  important  function  of  en- 
couraging the  development  of  leadership,  integrity 
and  citizenship  skills. 

Channels  for  student  activities  include  six  stu- 
dent communications  and  publications  media,  over 
a  dozen  musical  groups,  the  various  social  organi- 
zations, athletics  and  the  Student  Government  As- 
sociation. 

Assisting  in  the  coordination  of  many  such 
groups  is  the  Department  of  Student  Activities. 
Staff  members  provide  activities  counseling,  advis- 
ing, organizational  coordination,  leadership  train- 
ing, and  personal  development  programs.  The  office 
is  located  in  the  Student  Union  Building,  Rooms 
136-142,  telephone  454-2827. 

The  Student  Activities  Department  staff  con- 
sists of  six  full-time  professionals.  These  people 
occupy  the  following  positions: 

Director  of  Student  Activities— Rm.  140  Student 
Union 


52 


Genera/  Information 


Director  of  Orientation-  Rm.  140  Student  Union 
Director  of    Greek  Affairs— Rm.    142A  Student 

Union 
Director  of  Cultural  Affairs— Rm.    103  Student 

Union 
Director  of  Community  Service  Programs— Rm. 

142B  Student  Union 
Educational   Programming  Specialist— Rm.   136 
Student  Union 

Student  Government  Association 

The  Student  Government  Association  consists 
of  three  parts:  Executive,  Legislative  and  Judicial. 
The  Executive  branch  acts  as  a  coordinator  of  stu- 
dent activities  and  services  at  Maryland.  The  Legis- 
lative branch  is  responsible  for  investigating  and 
providing  solutions  for  problems  concerning  stu- 
dents. The  Judicial  branch  of  SGA  protects  student 
rights  and  punishes  those  who  violate  University 
rules. 

Under  the  Student  Government  Association  are 
numerous  committees  which  organize  the  affairs 
and  activities  of  the  student  body.  Membership  is 
open  to  all  interested  students  and  applications  may 
be  secured  from  the  SGA  Office,  Rm.  104  in  the 
Student  Union.  SGA  Committees  include:  Cultural 
Committee,  Finance  Committee,  Homecoming,  In- 
ternational Club,  Placement  Committee,  Free  Uni- 
versity Committee,  and  Student  Union  Board. 

The  Student  Government  Association's  Cultural 
Committee,  University  Theatre,  and  musical  groups 

.  present  a  broad  program  of  musical,  cultural,  and 
dramatic  programs.  Programs  to  be  presented  on 
the  campus  in  1970-71  by  the  SGA  Cultural  Com- 
mittee are:  New  York  Pro  Musica,  Ferrante  and 
Teicher,  Charlie  Byrd  Quintet,  Howard  Roberts 
Chorale,  Pearl  Lang  Dance  Group,  Hamlet  with 
Dame  Judith  Anderson,  Noh  Theater  of  Japan,  Don 
Redlick  Dance  Company  and  Paul  Winter  Contem- 
porary Consort.  The  National  Symphony  presents  a 
series  of  four  concerts  during  the  year.  Contempor- 

'ary  entertainment  is  presented  throughout  the  year 
by  various  student  organizations. 

University  Theatre  will  present  the  following  ma- 
jor  productions:    "Man   of    La    Mancha,"   "Shakes- 
peare' 70",  "Amphitryon  38",     "Does  a  Tiger  Wear 
a  Necktie?",  and  "The  Doctor  In-Spite-of  Himself." 
PACE  (People  Active  in  Community  Effort) 

College  students  throughout  the  United  States 
today  are  increasingly  seeking  a  means  of  becoming 
involved  in  activity  that  has  a  direct  relevance  to 
problems  and  issues  facing  our  domestic  communi- 
ties. 

University  of  Maryland  students  and  faculty 
have  taken  action  in  the  creation  of  strong,  dynamic 

•community  service  volunteer  programs.  PACE  is  the 
organization  that  serves  as  the  coordinating  organ 
for  such  programs  as  "Volunteers  for  Mental  Health" 
and  "Upward  Bound." 

A  staffed  office  located  in  Rm.  101  Student  Un- 
ion is  maintained  as  the  focal  point  for  all  projects. 
Telephone:  454-4275. 

Greek  System 

The  Interfraternity  and  Panhellenic  Councils 
are   the  governing   bodies  for  the    Greek   system, 

..which  consists  of  45  fraternity  and  sorority  houses. 
It  is  the  objective  of  the  houses  to  encourage  in- 
dividual members  in  the  development  of  values, 
maturity,  academic  and  intellectual  potential,  and 

•leadership  ability. 

A  varied  program  is  carried  out  by  the  Greek 

'  system  annually,  often  to  the  benefit  of  the  entire 


student  body  as  well  as  fraternity  and  sorority 
members.  The  IFC  Presents,  held  each  spring  and 
fall,  brings  talent  such  as  Bob  Hope  and  Bill  Cosby 
to  capacity  crowds.  The  IFC  Ball,  one  of  the  few  re- 
maining formal  events  of  the  year,  is  held  during 
semester  break  and  features  well-known  entertain- 
ers and  bands.  Retreats  are  held  each  semester  and 
are  designed  to  study  in  depth,  problems  facing  the 
system  and  the  University  or  to  provide  leadership 
training. 

University  Commuters'  Association 

The  University  Commuters'  Association  offers 
the  commuter  many  opportunities  to  become  in- 
volved in  campus  life  and  provides  unity  to  the  large 
group  of  students  who  commute  from  nearby  apart- 
ments and  homes. 

The  Commuters'  Den  and  the  UCA  Office  are 
located  in  the  basement  of  the  Student  Union.  The 
Den  serves  as  a  convenient  place  for  commuters  to 
eat,  chat  with  friends,  or  just  relax  between  classes, 
away  from  the  bustle  of  the  large  campus. 

Associated  Women  Students 

The  Associated  Women  Students  (AWS)  is  the 
governing  body  for  women  students  on  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  campus.  All  full-time  women  stu- 
dents are  members  of  the  organization. 

AWS  program  and  policy  are  administered  by 
three  councils:  The  Executive  Council,  President's 
Council  and  Panhellenic  Council.  AWS  is  an  active 
affiliate  of  the  Inter-collegiate  Association  of  Wom- 
en Students,  the  national  women's  student  govern- 
ment organization. 

Annually,  AWS  sponsors  educational  programs 
like  the  Sex  Symposium,  Drug  Symposium,  Wom- 
en's Week  and  Bridal  Fair.  These  programs  include 
informative  lectures  often  by  nationally  known 
speakers,  discussions,  films  or  displays. 

Aside  from  the  various  programs  that  AWS  in- 
itiates, this  organization  is  concerned  with  forming 
and  modifying  women's  regulations.  During  the  past 
years,  AWS  has  liberalized  and  eliminated  many  of 
the  rules  for  women  students,  especially  those 
dealing  with  curfews.  The  self-imposed  curfew 
system  has  now  been  extended  to  include  all  women 
students. 

University  Information  Center 

The  University  Information  Center  is  operated 
by  the  Student  Activities  Department  to  provide  in- 
formation about  University  programs,  services,  and 
facilities. 

The  Center  is  open  from  10:00  a.m.  to  1:00  p.m. 
Monday  through  Friday  and  is  located  in  the  Student 
Union  Main  Lobby,  Room  111. 

Student  Publications 

Student  publications  produced  regularly  include 
the  Diamondback,  Terrapin,  Calvert  Review,  Argus, 
The  Greek,  M-Book,  and  the  Course  Guide. 

Any  publication  or  pamphlet  published  by  a  stu- 
dent organization  or  group  must  be  approved  in 
advance  by  the  Adjunct  Senate  Committee  on  Stu- 
dent Publications  and  Communications. 
Registration  of  University  Events 

The  Activities  Coordinator  (Rm.  142  Student 
Union)  is  responsible  for  the  registration  of  certain 
University  events. 

New  Student  Organizations 

Any  student  or  group  wishing  to  organize  a  Uni- 
versity-recognized club  or  activity  should  make  an 
appointment  with  the  Director  of  Student  Activities 

General  Information  53 


who  will  explain  the  procedure  for  formal  recogni- 
tion by  the  Student  Government  Association  and  the 
Adjunct  Committee  on  Student  Activities  of  the  Fac- 
ulty Senate. 
Calendar  Registration 

The  SGA  Calendar  of  Events  is  the  publication 
through  which  events  can  be  publicized  on  a  cam- 
pus-wide, semester  basis.  These  events  must  be 
registered  in  Room  136  Student  Union  by  May  30 
for  inclusion  in  the  Fall  calendar  and  by  January  15 
for  the  Spring  calendar. 
Charitable  and  Service  Projects 

The  Campus  Chest  is  a  student  charitable  or- 
ganization composed  of  representatives  of  many 
University  groups.  Through  a  variety  of  fund- 
raising  activities,  these  groups  collect  money  to  be 
distributed  by  Campus  Chest  to  various  charitable 
causes.  For  University  groups  interested  in  organiz- 
ing charitable  and  service  projects,  see  Student 
Activities. 
Religious  Programs 

The  religious  community  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  presents  a  diversity  of  tradition  through 
the  several  chaplaincies  on  campus.  A  cooperative 
ministry  is  carried  out  by  these  chaplaincies.  In  a 
number  of  instances  during  the  year  the  Protest- 
ant, Roman  Catholic,  and  Jewish  chaplaincies 
jointly  sponsor  activities  and  programs  of  mutual 
interest  and  concern.  All  of  the  groups  maintain 
active  religious  and  social  programs  for  their  stu- 
dents. 

Offices  for  most  of  the  Protestant  chaplains  are 
located  in  the  University  Chapel.  The  Roman  Cath- 
olic and  Jewish  groups  maintain  their  own  centers 
off  campus. 

ATHLETICS 

The  University  of  Maryland  Athletic  Department, 
under  the  direction  of  Director  Jim  Kehoe,  fields 
varsity  teams  in  football,  soccer,  and  cross  country 
in  the  fall;  basketball,  swimming,  wrestling,  and  in- 
door track  during  the  winter;  and  baseball,  golf, 
tennis,  lacrosse,  and  outdoor  track  in  the  spring. 
Freshmen  schedules  also  prevail  in  football  and 
basketball.  Maryland  is  a  member  of  the  Atlantic 
Coast  Conference,  which  also  includes  Clemson, 
Duke,  North  Carolina,  North  Carolina  State,  South 
Carolina,  Virginia,  and  Wake  Forest.  The  University 
won  the  Carmichael  Cup,  symbolic  of  top  overall 
athletic  performance  in  the  ACC,  this  past  year  for 
the  seventh  time  out  of  the  nine  years  the  title  has 
been  in  existence.  Maryland's  ACC  Championships 
in  1969-70  were  provided  by  the  wrestling,  cross 
country,  indoor  track,  outdoor  track,  baseball,  and 
swimming  teams. 

The  Men's  Intramural  Department  provides  com- 
petition in  touch  football,  horseshoes,  tennis,  and 


cross  country  during  the  fall;  basketball,  bowling, 
weight  lifting,  swimming,  badminton,  table  tennis, 
volleyball,  and  wrestling  in  the  winter;  and  foul 
shooting,  softball,  soccer,  golf,  and  track  during  the 
spring  months.  All  regularly  enrolled  full-time  male 
undergraduates  are  eligible  to  participate  by  sub- 
mitting entry  blanks  before  posted  deadlines.  Blanks 
may  be  obtained  from  Intramural  Director  Nick 
Kovalakides.  His  office  is  located  in  Reckord  Arm- 
ory. Interested  students  are  urged  to  stop  by  the  of- 
fice to  obtain  a  copy  of  the  intramural  handbook. 

MOTOR  VEHICLES 

Parking  facilities  at  the  University  are  extreme- 
ly limited  and  are  primarily  intended  for  use  by 
commuting  students.  Most  parking  areas  are  located 
on  the  periphery  of  the  campus  and  are  usually  five 
or  six  blocks  away  from  residence  halls  and  class- 
room buildings. 

Freshman  and  sophomore  resident  students  are 
not  permitted  to  register  motor  vehicles  on  campus; 
however,  they  may  obtain  on-campus  weekend  park- 
ing privileges.  Any  freshman  or  sophomore  (i.e.,  a 
student  who  has  earned  fewer  than  56  academic 
credits)  who  needs  a  motor  vehicle  for  work,  or  for 
any  other  purpose,  should  consider  making  off- 
campus  living  arrangements. 

Motor  scooters,  motorcycles,  motor-bikes,  or 
bicycles  are  not  permitted  inside  any  residence 
hall.  They  must  be  parked  in  those  outside  areas 
specifically  marked  for  them. 

COMMISSIONS  FOR  THE  VICE  CHANCELLOR 
FOR  STUDENT  AFFAIRS 

In  the  interest  of  trying  to  draw  on  collaborative 
efforts  and  to  improve  various  segments  of  campus 
life,  the  Vice  Chancellor  of  Student  Affairs  several 
years  ago  established  a  series  of  commissions.  The 
commissions  are  task-oriented  groups  who  identify 
problem  areas,  study  them,  gather  relevant  informa- 
tion, and  then  make  periodic  proposals  for  change 
to  the  Vice  Chancellor.  The  Commissions  typically 
have  twelve  members — half  of  the  members  are 
students,  one-fourth  are  Student  Affairs  staff,  and 
one-fourth  are  faculty. 

The  areas  of  student  life  with  which  the  com- 
missions concern  themselves  are  the  following: 
Commission   I:         Transition  to  the  University 
Commission   II:       Transition  from  the  University 
Commission   III:      Residential  Campus  Life 
Commission   IV:       Commuter  Campus  Life 
Commission  V:        Student-Faculty  Relationships 
Commission   VI:       Student-Administration  Relationships 
Commission  VII:     Student-Student  Relationships 
Commission   VIII:    Campus  Facilities 
Commission   IX:       Black  Students 
Interested  individuals  are  requested  to  contact 
the  Coordinator  of  the  Commissions  by  calling  2931 
or  2925. 


54 


Genera/  information 


General  Information  55 


56  Genera/  Information 


LIVING   ACCOMMODATIONS 


The  residence  halls  are  divided  into  five  geo- 
graphical areas:  Cambridge;  Denton;  Ellicott;  Hill; 
and  Mobile.  Assistant  Directors  of  Housing  are  re- 
sponsible for  the  development  of  an  educational 
atmosphere  within  the  individual  areas,  supervision 
of  the  staff  personnel,  and  coordination  of  area  ac- 
tivities. 

The  residence  hall  staff  is  composed  of  Resi- 
dent Directors,  Head  Residents,  Graduate  Resi- 
dents, and  Resident  Assistants.  They  are  responsi- 
ble for  fostering  sound  educational  and  social  en- 
vironment in  the  hall.  They  perform  such  func- 
tions as  assisting  in  program  development,  con- 
sulting with  individual  students,  and  advising  stu- 
dent government,  house  judiciary,  and  student 
committees. 

The  University  Housing  Office,  including  the 
offices  of  the  Director  and  Associate  Directors  of 
Housing,  is  located  at  300  North  Administration 
Building.  Assistant  Directors  of  Housing  for  each 
residential  area  maintain  offices  within  that  area. 

RESIDENCE  HALLS  GOVERNMENT 

Residence  halls  government  has  three  main 
functions:  (1)  to  provide  for  the  comfort  and  safety 
of  the  student;  (2)  to  provide  social,  cultural,  ath- 
letic, and  intellectual  programs  for  the  enjoyment 
and  development  of  the  student;  and  (3)  to  provide 
opportunities  for  students  to  gain  leadership  experi- 
ence. 

All  resident  students  are  members  of  the  resi- 
dence hall  student  government  and  as  members 
may  be  asked  to  pay  a  voluntary  fee  at  the  time 
they  enter  the  hall.  These  house  activities  fees  are 
established  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  students  in 
each  hall  and  are  collected  by  student  officers.  Each 


Area  Council  assesses  by  majority  vote  of  the  Coun- 
cil the  amount  per  person  which  is  to  be  paid  to  the 
Area  Council. 

AREA  GOVERNMENTS  OR  COUNCILS 

Each  Council  is  composed  of  all  residence  halls 
presidents  of  that  area.  The  purpose  of  the  area 
government  is  to  stimulate  intellectual,  cultural, 
social,  and  athletic  interaction  on  an  area-wide 
basis. 

RESIDENCE  HALLS  ASSOCIATION 

The  Residence  Halls  Association  serves  as  the 
student  government  coordinating  body  for  all  resi- 
dence halls.  It  is  composed  of  the  presidents  and 
elected  representatives  of  all  of  the  Area  Councils. 
The  officers  of  the  Residence  Halls  Association  are 
nominated  and  elected  by  the  residence  halls  presi- 
dents. 

RESIDENCE  HALL  CONTRACT 

The  residence  halls  contract  is  for  the  entire 
academic  year  (except  for  students  entering  the 
residence  halls  in  the  Spring  Semester,  when  it  is 
for  one  semester  only).  Release  from  contract  is 
permitted  only  under  extenuating  circumstances 
or  upon  withdrawal  from  the  University. 

Only  unmarried,  full-time  undergraduate  stu- 
dents may  live  in  the  residence  halls,  due  to  space 
limitations. 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to:  (1)  change 
the  room  assignment  of  a  student  or  request  him  to 
move  to  different  accommodations  and  (2)  inspect 
residence  hall  student  rooms  in  accordance  with 
the  room  inspection  policy. 


General  Information 


57 


Group  living  requires  that  students  contorm  to 
certain  standards  of  conduct.  Any  student  who  fails 
to  observe  these  standards  may  be  referred  for  disci- 
plinary action  including  possible  dismissal  from 
the  residence. 

The  following  shall  constitute  grounds  for  ter- 
mination of  the  contract  by  the  University:  default 
in  payments,  withdrawal  from  the  University, 
academic  dismissal,  disciplinary  dismissal  (viola- 
tion of  University  and/or  residence  hall  rules  and 
regulations),  or  conduct  on  the  part  of  the  student 
by  which  the  removal  of  that  student  from  the  resi- 
dence halls  would  be  in  the  best  interest  of  the  other 
residents.  The  University  will  give  the  student  a  writ- 
ten notice  stating  the  date  of  termination  of  the  con- 
tract. 

All  students  who  live  in  the  residence  halls 
must  also  board  at  the  University  Dining  Halls. 
Special  arrangements  may  be  made  for  Jewish 
resident  students  who  observe  the  Jewish  dietary 
laws  to  eat  at  the  Hillel  Dining  Hall  instead  of  the 
University  Dining  Halls. 

Room  and  board  contracts  begin  with  the  first 
day  of  registration  and  include  the  last  day  of  each 
semester. 

The  residence  halls  are  closed  during  the 
Thanksgiving,  Christmas,  between  semesters,  and 
Spring  recesses.  Students  must  make  their  own 
arrangements  for  housing  accommodations  at 
these  times.  Designated  residence  halls  may  re- 
main open  during  these  periods  if  there  is  sufficient 
need. 

FOOD  SERVICE 

The  purpose  of  the  University  Food  Service  is 
to  provide  nutritionally  balanced  and  tastefully  pre- 
pared meals,  served  in  an  atmosphere  that  engen- 
ders good  will,  trust  and  cooperation  between  stu- 
dent and  management. 
The  Dining  Halls 

The  University  of  Maryland  Food  Service  oper- 
ates five  dining  halls  for  resident  students  who  have 
purchased  board  contracts.  The  Dining  Halls  serve 
cafeteria  style,  and  self-bussing  of  trays  is  required. 

By  taking  student  preferences  into  considera- 
tion, menus  are  planned  accordingly.  Also,  dining 
halls  are  made  available  for  special  student  func- 
tions. 
Meal  Hours 
Monday-Friday  Saturday  Sunday     During  Finals 

Breakfast    7:00-9:30       7:30-9:30     9:00-11:00         7:00-9:30 

Lunch  10:45-1:15       11:30-1:00       11:30-1:20         10:45-1:15 

Dinner         3:45-6:15       4:30-6:00       2:00-4:15         3:30-6:30 

Pre-exam  study  day  and  holidays— Saturday 
hours  will  prevail. 

Removal  of  food,  drink,  or  other  Food  Service 
property  from  the  dining  halls  is  prohibited. 

Dining  Hall  contracts  go  into  effect  on  the  first 
day  of  registration  and  continue  through  the  last 
day  of  exams.  The  dining  hall  is  closed  on  Thanks- 
giving recess,  Christmas  recess,  between  semesters 
and  Easter  recess.  Dining  halls  are  open  during  all 
other  holidays. 

Guests  are  always  welcome  in  the  dining  halls. 
Should  a  student  wish  to  bring  a  guest,  tickets  may 
be  purchased  from  the  manager  of  each  dining  hall. 


BOARD  AND  LODGING  REFUNDS 

The  charges  for  room  and  board  are  refundable 
when  the  student  officially  withdraws  from  the  Uni- 


versity or  when  he  is  given  permission  by  the  ap- 
propriate officials  of  the  University  to  move  from 
the  residence  halls  and/or  to  discontinue  dining 
hall  privileges.  Students  authorized  to  withdraw 
from  the  residence  halls  will  receive  a  Room  Refund 
on  a  pro  rata  weekly  basis  computed  from  the  date 
the  student  turns  in  his  room  key  to  his  staff  mem- 
ber and  properly  clears  his  room.  Room  and/or 
board  refunds  cannot  be  made  after  the  fourteenth 
week  of  the  semester.  The  Food  Service  Identifica- 
tion Card  or  the  remaining  partial  board  tickets 
must  be  surrendered  at  the  Auditor's  Office  in  the 
South  Administration  Building  on  the  day  of  with- 
drawal before  any  refund  will  be  processed.  A  serv- 
ice charge  equal  to  ten  percent  of  the  total  semes- 
ter charge  will  automatically  be  deducted  from  all 
room  and  board  refunds. 

Students  are  expected  to  withdraw  in  person, 
unless  illness  or  emergency  conditions  make  this 
impossible.  See  Appendix  E  for  withdrawal  pro- 
cedures. 

GUESTS  IN  RESIDENCE  HALLS 

Students  must  register  overnight  guests  with 
the  residence  hall  staff  member  in  advance  of  their 
arrival.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  host  to 
have  his  guest  sign  the  Guest  Registration  form. 

The  host  must  receive  advance  permission  for 
use  of  a  student  bed  from  the  student  whose  room 
and  bed  will  be  used.  This  student  will  also  sign  the 
Guest  Registration  form  in  order  to  signify  that  his 
permission  has  been  given. 

Any  student  who  has  been  dismissed  from  Uni- 
versity Housing  for  disciplinary  reasons  may  not 
be  a  guest  in  the  residence  halls. 

PERSONAL  PROPERTY: 

LOSS,  THEFT,  AND  INSURANCE 

The  University  cannot  accept  responsibility  for 
the  damage,  theft,  or  loss  of  money,  valuables,  or 
any  personal  property.  If  there  is  a  loss,  it  should  be 
reported  immediately. 

Neither  the  State  nor  the  University  provides  any 
insurance  coverage  on  property  owned  by  students, 
faculty,  staff,  or  employees. 

Most  standard  dwelling  and  contents  Fire  In- 
surance Policies  and  Homeowners'  Policies  that 
insure  personal  property  provide  an  extension  of 
coverage  up  to  ten  percent  of  the  amount  of  insur- 
ance carried  on  household  contents  while  this  per- 
sonal property  is  located  elsewhere  from  the  usual 
place  of  residence.  Therefore,  students  whose  par- 
ents carry  insurance  on  their  household  effects 
should  check  their  policy  to  be  certain  that  it  covers 
personal  property  brought  to  the  residence  halls. 

ROOM  ASSIGNMENT 

Residence  hall  room  assignments  are  initially 
made  on  a  random  basis.  Subsequent  room  assign- 
ments are  based  on  individual  preference  in  ac- 
cordance with  priorities  established  by  the  residents 
of  each  hall  (class  rank,  length  of  occupancy,  aca- 
demic standing,  leadership,  etc.). 

Roommate  and  hall  preferences  are  not  honored 
in  the  assignment  of  new  students.  Requests  for 
room  changes  within  the  same  Residence  Hall  will 
be  considered  during  the  second  week  of  classes. 
Hall  and  roommate  preferences  are  honored  for 
students  returning  to  the  Residence  Halls  after 
their  first  academic  semester. 


58 


General  Information 


ROOM  INSPECTION 

Rooms  may  be  inspected  by  staff  members  and 
student  representatives  to  maintain  sanitary  stand- 
ards which  protect  the  safety,  health,  and  well-being 
of  other  residents  and  to  insure  that  University 
property  is  properly  maintained. 

The  residence  hall  staff  member  will  be  accom- 
panied by  a  student  representative  during  inspec- 
tions. Personal  possessions  of  occupants  will  not  be 
examined.  When  possible,  inspections  will  be  con- 
ducted when  at  least  one  of  the  occupants  of  the 
rooms  is  present. 


bility  for  the  inspection,  supervision,  cleanliness,  or 
operation  of  off-campus  housing. 


RESIDENCE  HALLS  REGULATIONS 

In  addition  to  the  University  regulations  stated 
elsewhere,  the  following  regulations  concerning 
safety,  sanitation,  and  individual  freedom  have  been 
established  with  the  welfare  of  each  student  in 
mind. 


OPEN  HOUSE  PROGRAM 

The  open  house  program  provides  opportunities 
for  coeducational  activities  in  residence  halls  and 
allows  increased  opportunity  for  students  to  de- 
velop personal  responsibility  and  maturity.  Male 
and  female  students  and  other  guests  may  utilize 
facilities  of  the  residence  hall  during  a  time  period 
specifically  established  for  such  a  program. 

1.  The  open   house   program   in   each   residence  hall    is 

approved  and  the  hours  are  established  by  a  3/s  ma- 
jority vote  of  the  total  membership  of  the  unit.  Each 
residence  hall  unit  shall  vote  by  secret  ballot  on 
existing  hours  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester.  Either 
expansion  or  shortening  of  the  hours  may  be  brought 
before  the  unit  for  consideration  by  a  petition  of  Va 
the  students  of  the  residence  hall  unit.  Planning, 
scheduling,  and  evaluating  of  the  open  house  program  is 
a  cooperative  effort  of  students  and  staff  members. 

2.  The  maximum  hours  within  which  open  houses  may 

be  held  are: 
Sunday  through  Thursday         12:00   Noon— 12:00   Midnight 
Friday  and  Saturday  12:00   Noon—   1:30  A.M. 


Certain  designated  halls  may  hold  open  house  within 
the  following  hours: 


Sunday  through  Thursday 
Friday  and  Saturday 


8:00  A.M.— 12:00   Midnight 
8:00   A.M.—    1:30   A.M. 


3.  The  president  of  the   hall   will   record  the  days  and 

hours  as  adopted  by  the  Unit  and  submit  them  to  the 
staff  member  for  posting.  It  is  preferable  that  days  and 
hours  be  consistent  for  the  entire  residence  hall  when 
all  facilities  are  open  and  available. 

4.  The  host  or  hostess  should  meet  the  guest  in  the  lobby 

of  the  hall  and  escort  that  guest  to  the  lounge,  study 
room,  recreation  room,  or  student  room.  The  host  or 
hostess  must  assume  responsibility  for  the  behavior 
of  the  guest. 

5.  An  announcement  should   be  made  prior  to  the  be- 

ginning and  ending  of  the  open  house  period. 


OFF-CAMPUS  HOUSING 

The  Off-Campus  Housing  Office  maintains  an 
active  file  of  off-campus  rooms,  apartments  and 
houses.  This  file  is  available  on  a  self-service  basis 
to  all  persons  associated  with  the  University. 

University  policy  prohibits  landlords  listed  by 
this  office  from  discriminating  because  of  race,  re- 
ligion, ethnic  group,  or  national  origin.  Please  report 
any  instances  of  such  discrimination  to  the  Human 
Relations  Officer. 

Special  help  is  available  for  those  students  and 
faculty  having  difficulty  in  finding  housing.  Please 
feel  free  to  ask  for  assistance. 

The  University  does  not  assume  any  responsi- 


1.  Open  flame  devices  such  as  lighted  candles, 

lanterns,  stoves,  torches,  etc.  must  not  be 
used  within  the  residence  halls. 

2.  Electrical  appliances  and  extension  cords  are 
not  approved  for  use  within  the  residence 
halls  unless  it  is  established  that  they  do  not 
overload  electrical  circuits  and  create  a  fire 
hazard. 

3.  As  a  fire-preventive  measure,  students  are 

requested  to  use  metal  wastebaskets  and  to 
use  ashtrays  that  permit  a  cigarette  to  be 
held  in  a  ridged  device  in  the  center. 

4.  Each  time  a  building  alarm  sounds,  regard- 

less of  cause,  every  person  must  leave  the 
building  immediately  by  the  shortest  route. 
Elevators  are  not  to  be  used  because  of  pos- 
sible power  failure. 

5.  Animals  or  pets  are  not  permitted   in   the 

residence  halls. 

6.  Cleanliness  and  sanitation  are  essential  in  the 

use  of  residence  hall  kitchens.  Foods  should 
be  stored  under  proper  refrigeration  in 
covered  containers,  and  should  be  discarded 
if  not  used  within  a  short  period. 

7.  No  soliciting  is  permitted  in  the  residence 
halls  without  special  written  permission  from 
the  Assistant  Director  of  Housing  for  that 
area. 

8.  The  removal   of  or  relocation  of  residence 

halls  property  is  not  permitted  unless  author- 
ized by  the  appropriate  Assistant  Director  of 
Housing. 
The  residents  acting  through  governmental  unit 

voting  may  desire  to  establish  additional  standards 

of  conduct. 


SPECIAL  REGULATIONS  FOR 
RESIDENT  WOMEN 

Responsibility  for  formulation,  review  and  revi- 
sion of  women's  rules  and  regulations  lies  with  the 
Associated  Women  Students. 

All  women  living  in  residence  halls  and  sorority 
houses  are  subject  to  the  regulations  set  forth  by 
AWS. 

CLOSING  HOURS 
Closing  hours  for  all  women's  residence  halls  are: 

Sunday  through  Thursday      12:00  Midnight 

Friday  and  Saturday  1:30  A.M. 

Women  may  leave  or  return  to  the  residence 
hall  or  sorority  house  after  the  closing  hours.  When 
entering  or  exiting,  however,  the  main  or  designated 
door  of  the  living  unit  must  be  used. 

After  the  closing  hour,  women  will  be  admitted 
by  Student  Identification  Card  to  the  residence  hall 


Genera/  Information 


59 


by  the  Night  Receptionist  on  duty.  Sorority  women 
will  be  issued  keys  for  use  in  entering  their  living 
units. 

A  guest  of  a  resident  woman  will  have  no  cur- 
few. She  may  enter  the  residence  hall  or  sorority 
house  after  the  closing  hour  provided  she  is  accom- 
panied by  her  hostess. 

SIGNING  IN  AND  OUT 

Signing  in  and  out  aids  the  staff  member  in 
locating  a  student  in  case  of  an  emergency  or  in 
delivering  an  important  message  and  is  a  highly 
recommended  procedure.  However,  signouts  are 
optional  and  are.  required  only,  wl^en  le.aving.for 
University  vacation  or  semester  break. 

Once  a  student  signs  out  for  vacation  or  break, 
she  will  not  be  permitted  to  re-enter  her  residence 
until  it  is  officially  re-opened. 

Note:  In  those  cases  where  parents  express  to 
the  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs  their  written 
objections,  participation  in  the  self-limited  hours 
program  will  be  withheld. 

MONDAY  NIGHT  LIVING  UNIT  MEETINGS 

Residence  hall  and  sorority  house  meetings  will 
be  held  on  Monday  nights.  Each  living  unit  will 
determine  the  meeting  time  by  a  vote  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  year.  Residence  hall  meetings  should 
not  conflict  with  sorority  meetings. 


WITHDRAWAL  PROCEDURES 

Students  withdrawing  from  the  University  and 
the  residence  halls  follow  steps  1  through  10  below. 

Students  withdrawing  from  the  residence  halls 
but  remaining  in  the  University  follow  steps  1,  7, 
and  9  below. 

Students  withdrawing  from  the  University  (with 
no  housing  or  board  contracts)  follow  steps  2,  3,  4, 
5,  6,  8,  and  10. 


1.  Discuss  withdrawal  with  staff  member  or  As- 

sistant Director  of  Housing. 

2.  Obtain  from  the  Dean  of  the  college  the  form, 

Application  for  Withdrawal  from  the  Univer- 
sity. 

3-  Complete,  sign,  and  if  under  21,  have  parents 

sign  the  application. 

4-  Have  academic  Dean  sign  the  application. 

5.  Return  all  University  property  to  the  appropri- 

ate departments  (books  to  the  Library;  ath- 
letic equipment  to  the  Athletic  Department, 
obtaining  breakage  deposits  when  appropri- 
ate; military  equipment  to  the  Military 
Science  Department,  etc.) 

6.  Report  to  the  Office  of  the  Vice  President  for 

Student  Affairs,  North  Administration  Build- 
ing, for  an  exit  interview  and  to  surrender 
Transaction  Plate  and  University  Identifica- 
tion Card  should  be  surrendered  here. 

7.  Submit  Food  Service  Identification  Card  (full 

board  contract)  or  unused  Food  Service  tick- 
ets (partial  board  contract)  to  the  Office  of 
the  Auditor,  Room  201,  South  Administration 
Building.  Auditor  submits  receipt  for  return 
of  Food  Service  Identification  Card  or  unused 
Food  Service  Tickets  to  Business  Office.  No 
Board  refund  can  be  processed  if  a  student 
does  not  submit  his  Food  Service  Identifica- 
tion Card  or  unused  Food  Service  Tickets  to 
the  Auditor. 

8.  Submit  the  completed  Application  for  With- 

drawal from  the  University  to  the  Office  of 
the  Registrar  for  final  clearance. 

9.  Check  with  residence  hall  staff  member  for 

proper  room  clearance  and  key  return.  No 
room  refund  can  be  processed  if  a  student 
does  not  properly  clear  with  residence  hall 
staff  member. 
10.  Report  for  financial  clearance  to  Office  of  the 
Cashier,  South  Administration  Building. 


60 


General  Information 


\ 


General  Information  61 


62  Genera/  Information 


HONORS  AND   AWARDS 


HONORS 

SCHOLARSHIP  HONORS— Final  honors  for  excellence  in 
scholarship  are  awarded  to  one-fifth  of  the  graduating  class 
in  each  College.  "HIGH  HONORS"  are  awarded  to  the  upper 
half  of  this  group;  "HONORS"  to  the  lower  half.  To  be  eli- 
gible for  honors,  a  student  must  complete  at  least  two  years 
of  resident  work  (60  semester  hours)  at  the  University  with 
an  average  of  B  (3.0)  or  higher. 

MILTON  ABRAMOWITZ  MEMORIAL  PRIZE  IN  MATHE- 
MATICS— A  prize  is  awarded  annually  to  a  junior  or  senior 
student  majoring  in  mathematics  who  has  demonstrated 
superior  competence  and  promise  for  future  development  in 
the  field  of  mathematics  and  its  applications. 
THE  AGRICULTURAL  DEVELOPMENT  FUND— A  limited  num- 
ber of  scholarships  are  available  to  students  enrolled  in  the 
College  of  Agriculture. 

THE  ALCOA  FOUNDATION  TRAFFIC  AND  TRANSPORTA- 
TION AWARD  to  an  outstanding  senior  student  majoring  in 
transportation. 

ALPHA  CHI  SIGMA  AWARD— The  Alpha  Rho  Chapter  of 
the  Alpha  Chi  Sigma  Honorary  Fraternity  offers  annually  a 
year's  membership  in  the  American  Chemical  Society  to  the 
senior  majoring  in  Chemistry  or  Chemical  Engineering  whose 
average  has  been  above  3.0  for  three  and  one-half  years. 

ALPHA  LAMBDA  DELTA  AWARD— Presented  to  the  senior 
member  of  the  group  who  has  maintained  the  highest  average 
for  three  and  a  half  years.  She  must  have  been  in  attendance 
in  the  institution  for  the  entire  time. 

ALPHA  LAMBDA  DELTA  SENIOR  CERTIFICATE  AWARD— 
Senior  members  of  Alpha  Lambda  Delta,  honorary  scholastic 
society  for  women,  who  have  maintained  an  average  of  3.5, 
receive  this  certificate. 

ALPHA  ZETA  MEDAL— The  Professional  Agricultural  Fra- 
ternity of  Alpha  Zeta  awards  annually  a  medal  to  the  agricul- 
tural student  in  the  freshman  class  who  attains  the  highest 
average  in  academic  work. 

AMERICAN  ASSOCIATION  OF  UNIVERSITY  WOMEN  AN- 
NUAL GRADUATE  PRIZE. 

AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF  AERONAUTICS  AND  ASTRO- 
NAUTICS AWARD— Free  memberships  in  the  Institute  for  one 
year  and  cash  prizes  for  the  best  paper  presented  at  a  Stu- 


dent Branch  meeting  and  for  the  graduating  aeronautical 
senior  with  the  highest  academic  standing. 

AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERS 
AWARD— A  certificate,  pin,  and  magazine  subscription  are 
awarded  to  the  junior  member  of  the  Student  Chapter  who  at- 
tained the  highest  overall  scholastic  average  during  his  fresh- 
man and  sophomore  years. 

AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF  CHEMISTS  AWARD— Pre- 
sented for  outstanding  scholarship  in  chemistry  and  for  high 
character. 

AMERICAN  SOCIETY  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERS  AWARD— The 
Maryland  Section  of  the  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers 
awards  annually  the  first  year's  dues  of  an  associate  mem- 
bership in  the  Society  to  a  senior  member  of  the  Student 
Chapter  on  recommendation  of  the  faculty  of  the  Department 
of  Civil  Engineering. 

AMERICAN  SOCIETY  OF  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERS 
AWARD — Presented  to  the  Senior  member  who  contributed 
most  to  the  local  chapter. 

AMERICAN  SOCIETY  FOR  TESTING  MATERIALS— A  stu- 
dent membership  prize  is  awarded  to  an  engineering  senior  in 
recognition  of  superior  scholastic  ability  and  demonstrated 
interest  in  engineering  materials  and  their  evaluation. 

APPLEMAN-NORTON  AWARD  IN  BOTANY— The  De- 
partment of  Botany  offers  a  scholarship  award  of  $100  in 
honor  of  Emeritus  Professors  C.  O.  Appleman  and  J.  B.  S. 
Norton  to  a  senior  major  in  Botany  who  is  considered  worthy 
on  the  basis  of  demonstrated  ability  and  excellence  in 
scholarship.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  by  the  Committee 
on  scholarships  upon  the  recommendation  of  a  committee  of 
the  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Botany. 

ASSOCIATED  WOMEN  STUDENTS  AWARDS— Presented 
for  outstanding  achievement,  character,  and  service  to  the 
University. 

DAVID  ARTHUR  BERMAN  MEMORIAL  AWARD— This 
award  is  offered  by  the  family  of  David  Arthur  Berman  to  the 
highest  ranking  junior  in  the  Department  of  Chemical  En- 
gineering who  is  also  a  member  of  Tau  Beta  Pi. 

DINAH  BERMAN  MEMORIAL  MEDAL— The  Dinah  Ber- 
man Memorial  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  the  sophomore 
who  has  attained  the  highest  scholastic  average  of  his  class 


Genera/  Information 


63 


in  the  College  ot  Engineering.  This  medal  is  given  by  Mr. 
Benjamin  Berman. 

B'NAI  B'RITH  AWARD— The  B'nai  B'rith  Women  of  Prince 
Georges  County  present  a  Book  Award  for  excellence  in  He- 
brew Studies. 

BUSINESS  EDUCATION  AWARD  OF  MERIT  to  a  student 
in  Business  Education  in  recognition  of  outstanding  achieve- 
ment as  a  student. 

CITIZENSHIP  PRIZE  FOR  MEN— President  Emeritus  H.C. 
Byrd  of  the  Class  of  1908,  annually  presents  this  award  to 
the  member  of  the  senior  class  who,  during  his  collegiate 
career,  has  most  nearly  typified  the  model  citizen  and  who 
has  done  most  for  the  general  advancement  of  the  interests 
of  the  University. 

CITIZENSHIP  PRIZE  FOR  WOMEN-This  prize  is  pre- 
sented annually  as  a  memorial  to  Sally  Sterling  Boyd,  by  her 
children,  to  that  member  of  the  senior  class  who  best  exem- 
plifies the  enduring  qualities  of  the  pioneer  woman.  These 
qualities  typify  self  dependence,  courtesy,  aggressiveness, 
modesty,  capacity  to  achieve  objectives,  willingness  to  sac- 
rifice for  others,  strength  of  character,  and  those  other  qual- 
ities that  enabled  the  pioneer  woman  to  play  such  a  funda- 
mental part  in  the  building  of  the  nation. 

THE  CARROLL  E.  COX  GRADUATE  SCHOLARSHIP 
AWARD  in  Botany  to  the  outstanding  graduate  student  in  the 
Department  of  Botany  during  the  last  year. 

BERNARD  L.  CROZIER  AWARD— The  Maryland  Associa- 
tion of  Engineers  awards  a  cash  prize  of  twenty-five  dollars 
to  the  senior  in  the  College  of  Engineering  who,  in  the  opin- 
ion of  the  faculty,  has  made  the  greatest  improvement  in 
scholarship  during  his  stay  at  the  University. 

VIRGINIA  DARE  AWARD— The  Virginia  Dare  Extract 
Company  awards  annually  a  plaque  and  $25.00  to  the  out- 
standing student  in  ice  cream  manufacturing  with  an  overall 
good  standing  in  dairy. 

THE  DANFORTH  FOUNDATION  AND  THE  RALSTON 
PURINA  AWARDS— The  Danforth  Foundation  and  the  Ralston 
Purina  Company  of  St.  Louis  offer  two  summer  awards  to  out- 
standing men  students  in  the  College  of  Agriculture,  one  for 
a  student  who  has  successfully  completed  his  junior  year,  the 
other  for  a  student  who  has  successfully  completed  his  fresh- 
man year.  The  purpose  of  these  awards  is  to  bring  together 
outstanding  young  men  for  leadership  training. 

The  Danforth  Foundation  and  the  Ralston  Purina  Com- 
pany of  St.  Louis  offer  two  summer  awards  to  outstanding 
Home  Economics  women  students,  one  to  a  junior  and  one  to 
a  freshman.  The  purpose  of  these  is  to  bring  together  out- 
standing young  women  for  leadership  training. 

THE  DELMARVA  TRAFFIC  CLUB  AWARD  to  a  junior  stu- 
dent majoring  in  transportation  whose  residence  is  on  the 
Maryland  Eastern  Shore. 

DELTA  DELTA  DELTA  MEDAL— This  sorority  awards  a 
medal  annually  to  the  woman  who  attains  the  highest  average 
in  academic  work  during  the  sophomore  year. 

DELTA  GAMMA  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD— This  award  is 
offered  to  the  woman  member  of  the  graduating  class  who 
has  maintained  the  highest  average  during  three  and  one- 
half  years  at  the  University. 

DELTA  SIGMA  PI  SCHOLARSHIP  KEY— This  award  is 
offered  to  a  member  of  the  graduating  class  who  has  main- 
tained the  highest  scholastic  average  for  the  entire  four-year 
course  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration. 

NATHAN  L.  DRAKE  AWARD— Presented  by  the  Alpha 
Rho  Chapter  of  Alpha  Chi  Sigma  to  the  most  promising  stu- 
dent who  is  majoring  in  chemistry  and  has  completed  the 
sophomore  year. 

EDUCATION  ALUMNI  AWARD— Presented  to  the  out- 
standing senior  man  and  senior  woman  in  the  College  of  Educa- 
tion. 

GENERAL  ELECTRIC  COMPANY  prize  to  the  outstanding 
first  year  graduate  student  in  physics  and  to  the  outstanding 
first  year  graduate  student  in  astronomy. 

GODDARD  MEDAL— The  James  Douglass  Goadard  Me- 
morial Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  the  resident  of  Price 
Georges  County  born  therein,  who  makes  the  highest  average 
in  his  studies  and  who  at  the  same  time  embodies  the  most 
manly  attributes.  The  medal  is  given  by  Mrs.  Anne  G.  God- 
dard  James  of  Washington,  D.C. 

CHARLES  B.  HALE  DRAMATIC  AWARDS— The  University 
Theatre  recognizes  annually  the  man  and  woman  members  of 
the  senior  class  who  have  done  most  for  the  advancement  of 
dramatics  at  the  University. 

HAMILTON  AWARD— This  award  is  offered  by  the  Hamil- 
ton Watch  Company  to  the  graduating  senior  in  the  College  of 
Engineering  who  has  most  successfully  combined  proficiency 


in  his  major  field  of  study  with  achievements — either  aca- 
demic, extra-curricular,  or  both— in  the  social  sciences  or 
humanities. 

THE  HASKINS  AND  SELLS  FOUNDATIONS,  INC.,  AWARD 
to  the  senior  student  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public 
Administration  concentrating  in  accounting  who  has  dem- 
onstrated excellent  ability  in  this  field  of  study. 

HOME  ECONOMICS  ALUMNI  AWARD-Presented  to  the 
student  outstanding  in  application  of  home  economics  in 
her  present  living  and  who  shows  promise  of  carrying  these 
into  her  future  home  and  community 

INSTITUTE  OF  ELECTRICAL  AND  ELECTRONICS  EN- 
GINEERING AWARD— The  Washington  Section  of  the  Insti- 
tute of  Electrical  and  Electronics  Engineers  defrays  the  ex- 
penses of  a  year's  membership  as  an  associate  in  the  Insti- 
tute for  the  senior  doing  the  most  to  promote  Student  Branch 
activities. 

JOE  ELBERT  JAMES  MEMORIAL  AWARD-Gold  watch 
annually  awarded  to  the  graduating  senior  in  horticulture  on 
basis  of  scholarship  and  promise  of  future  achievement. 

LEIDY  CHEMICAL  COMPANY  AWARD  to  an  outstanding 
student  majoring  in  chemistry. 

MARYLAND-DELAWARE  PRESS  ASSOCIATION  ANNUAL 
CITATION— Presented  to  the  outstanding  senior  in  journal- 
ism. 

MARYLAND  COOPERATIVE  MILK  PRODUCERS  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP—A scholarship  award  of  $500  is  provided  to  a  Col- 
lege of  Agriculture  student  enrolled  in  a  curriculum  relating 
to  the  dairy  industry. 

MARYLAND  RECREATION  AND  PARKS  SOCIETY  AWARD 
to  an  outstanding  senior  majoring  in  recreation. 

MEN'S  LEAGUE  AWARD  to  the  male  senior  who  gave  the 
most  to  sports. 

MEN'S  LEAGUE  CERTIFICATES— Offered  for  outstanding 
achievement,  character,  and  service  to  the  University. 

MEN'S  LEAGUE  CUP— This  award  is  offered  by  the  Men's 
League  to  the  graduating  male  senior  who  has  done  the  most 
for  the  male  student  body. 

MOTOR  FLEET  SUPERVISORS  AWARD  to  a  student  ma- 
joring in  transportation  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public 
Administration. 

NATIONAL  SOCIETY  OF  FIRE  PROTECTION  ENGINEERS 
AWARDS— Presented  to  the  most  outstanding  senior  and 
sophomore  in  the  Fire  Protection  curriculum. 

NOXZEMA  CHEMICAL  COMPANY  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD 
to  an  undergraduate  student  in  chemistry. 

OMICRON  NU  SORORITY  MEDAL— This  honorary  sorority 
awards  a  medal  annually  to  the  freshman  woman  in  the 
College  of  Home  Economics  who  attains  the  highest  scholas- 
tic average  during  the  first  semester. 

PHI  BETA  KAPPA  JUNIOR  AWARD— An  award  to  be  pre- 
sented to  the  junior  initiate  into  Phi  Beta  Kappa  who  has  at- 
tained the  highest  academic  average. 

PHI  BETA  KAPPA— LEON  P.  SMITH  AWARD— The  award 
oftheGammaof  Maryland  Chapter  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa  is  presented 
to  the  graduating  senior  with  the  highest  cumulative  scholas- 
tic average  whose  basic  course  program  has  been  in  the  liberal 
studies. 

PHI  CHI  THETA  KEY— The  Phi  Chi  Theta  Key  is  awarded 
to  the  outstanding  graduating  senior  woman  in  the  College 
of  Business  and  Public  Administration  on  the  basis  of  schol- 
arship, activities,  and  leadership. 

PHI  DELTA  KAPPA  AWARD— Presented  to  an  outstanding 
man  in  the  graduating  class  of  the  College  of  Education. 

PHI  SIGMA  AWARDS  for  outstanding  achievement  in  the 
biological  sciences  to  an  undergraduate  student  and  a  gradu- 
ate student. 

PI  DELTA  EPSILON  NATIONAL  MEDAL  OF  MERIT 
AWARDS— Offered  by  the  National  Council  of  Pi  Delta  Ep- 
silon  to  the  outstanding  senior  woman  and  the  outstanding 
senior  man  in  Journalism  activities. 

PI  DELTA  EPSILON  AWARD  for  outstanding  service  to 
communications  in  the  field  of  broadcasting. 

PI  DELTA  EPSILON  AWARD  for  outstanding  service  to 
communications  in  the  field  of  Business. 

PI  DELTA  EPSILON  AWARD  to  the  outstanding  freshman 
in  the  field  of  communications. 

PI  DELTA  EPSILON  AWARD  for  outstainding  service  to 
communications  in  the  field  of  editorial  journalism. 

PI  TAU  SIGMA  AWARD— An  annual  handbook  award  to 
the  most  outstanding  sophomore  in  mechanical  engineering 
on  the  basis  of  scholastic  average  and  instructors'  ratings. 

PILOT  FREIGHT  CARRIERS.  INC..  AWARD  to  the  senior 


64 


General  Information 


student  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration 
who  has  majored  in  Transportation  and  who  has  demon- 
strated competence  in  this  field  of  study. 

PUBLIC  RELATIONS  SOCIETY  OF  AMERICA— The  Balti- 
more Chapter  of  PRSA  presents  an  annual  citation  to  the  out- 
standing senior  majoring  in  public  relations. 

SIGMA  ALPHA  OMICRON  AWARD— This  award  is  pre- 
sented to  a  senior  student  majoring  in  Microbiology  for  high 
scholarship,  character  and  leadership. 

THE  SIGMA  CHAPTER,  PHI  DELTA  GAMMA  AWARD  To 
an  outstanding  woman  who  has  completed  requirements  for 
the  doctoral  degree. 

DR.  LEO  AND  RITA  SKLAR  GENERAL  HONORS  AWARDS 
—Dr.  Leo  Sklar,  A&S  '37,  and  his  wife,  Rita  Sklar,  annually 
fund  four  awards  for  excellence  in  the  General  Honors  Pro- 
gram of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  These  awards  are 
given  to  the  Outstanding  Student  in  the  General  Honors  Pro- 
($400.00),  the  Outstanding  General  Honors  senior  ($300.00), 
the  Outstanding  General  Honors  junior  ($300.00),  and  the 
Outstanding  General  Honors  sophomore  ($300.00). 

ALGERNON  SYDNEY  SULLIVAN  AWARD— The  New  York 
Southern  Society,  in  memory  of  its  first  president,  awards 
annually  medallions  and  certificates  to  one  man  and  one 
woman  of  the  graduating  class  and  one  non-student  who 
evince  in  their  daily  life  a  spirit  of  love  for  and  helpfulness  to 
other  men  and  women. 

TAU  BETA  PI  AWARD— The  Maryland  Beta  Chapter  of  Tau 
Beta  Pi  Association,  national  engineering  honor  society, 
awards  an  engineer's  handbook  to  the  junior  in  the  College  of 
Engineering  who  during  his  sophomore  year  has  made  the 
greatest  improvement  in  scholarship  over  that  of  his  freshman 
year. 

WALL  STREET  JOURNAL  STUDENT  ACHIEVEMENT 
AWARD— Awarded  annually  to  the  graduating  senior  who  has 
maintained  the  highest  scholastic  achievement  in  the  field 
of  financial  administration.  The  award  consists  of  a  silver 
medal  embedded  in  clear  plastic  and  one  year's  subscription  to 
the  Wall  Street  Journal. 

THE  ARTHUR  YOUNG  AND  CO.  FOUNDATION,  INC, 
AWARDS  to  exceptional  senior  students  concentrating  in  ac- 
counting who  are  registered  in  the  College  of  Business  and 
Public  Administration. 


AIR  FORCE  ROTC  AWARDS 

AFROTC  ANGEL  FLIGHT  AWARD  to  the  outstanding  mem- 
ber of  the  AFROTC  Angel  Flight. 

AIR  FORCE  TIMES  AWARD  to  the  senior  cadet  at  each 
detachment  who  has  distinguished  himself  by  contributing 
materially  to  constructive  public  attention  for  the  corps  of 
cadets. 

ALUMNI  CUP  to  the  outstanding  flight  in  the  corps  of 
cadets. 

AMERICAN  LEGION  AWARDS  to  outstanding  senior  and 
junior  cadets  who  have  demonstrated  military  excellence  and 
scholastic  achievement. 

ARMED  FORCES  COMMUNICATIONS  AND  ELECTRONICS 
ASSOCIATION  AWARD  to  the  outstanding  senior  cadet  ma- 
joring in  electrical,  electronics  or  communications  engi- 
neering. 

ARNOLD  AIR  SOCIETY  AWARD  to  the  advanced  cadet 
selected  by  the  Arnold  Air  Society  as  the  cadet  who  has  con- 
tributed the  most  to  the  advancement  of  AFROTC  through 
activities  of  the  Arnold  Air  Society. 

COBLENTZ  MEMORIAL  CUP  to  the  outstanding  group  in 
the  corps  of  cadets. 

DISABLED  AMERICAN  VETERANS  GOLD  CUP  to  the 
senior  cadet  who  has  displayed  outstanding  leadership,  scholar- 
ship, and  citizenship. 

DISTINGUISHED  AFROTC  CADET  AWARDS  to  those 
seniors  who  possess  outstanding  qualities  of  leadership  and 
high  moral  character  and  who  meet  the  prescribed  standings 
in  their  academic  and  military  studies. 

GENERAL  DYNAMICS  AWARD  to  the  sophomore  cadet 
displaying  outstanding  leadership  and  scholarship  qualities  and 
who  has  been  selected  for  the  Professional  Officer  Course. 

GOVERNOR'S  CUP  to  the  outstanding  squadron  in  the 
corps  of  cadets. 

NATIONAL  DEFENSE  TRANSPORTATION  ASSOCIATION 
AWARD  to  the  outstanding  senior  cadet  majoring  in  trans- 
portation. 

RESERVE  OFFICERS  ASSOCIATION  AWARDS  to  the  out- 
standing junior  and  senior  in  the  corps  of  cadets. 


SOCIETY  OF  AMERICAN  MILITARY  ENGINEERS  AWARDS 
to  'i  junior  and  a  senior  cadet  displaying  outstanding  scholas- 
tic achievement  and  leadership  and  majoring  in  the  field  of 
engineering. 

SONS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  REVOLUTION  MEDALS— To 
a  two-year  and  a  four-year  cadet  displaying  outstanding 
aptitude  for  the  military. 

ATHLETIC  AWARDS 

ATLANTIC  COAST  CONFERENCE  AWARD— A  plaque  is 
awarded  each  year  to  a  senior  in  each  conference  school 
for  excellence  in  scholarship  and  athletics. 

THE  ALVIN  L,  AUBINOE  BASKETBALL  TROPHY— This 
trophy  is  offered  by  Alvin  L.  Aubinoe  for  the  senior  who  has 
contributed  most  to  the  squad. 

THE  ALVIN  L.  AUBINOF  FOOTBALL  TROPHY-This 
trophy  is  offered  by  Alvin  L.  Aubinoe  for  the  unsung  hero  of 
the  current  season. 

THE  ALVIN  L.  AUBINOE  TRACK  TROPHY— This  trophy  is 
offered  by  Alvin  L.  Aubinoe  for  the  senior  who  has  contribu- 
ted most  to  the  squad  during  the  time  he  was  on  the  squad. 

JOHN  T.  BELL  SWIMMING  AWARD-To  the  year's  out- 
standing swimmer  or  diver. 

LOUIS  W.  BERGER  TROPHY— Presented  to  the  outstand- 
ing senior  baseball  player. 

WILLIAM  P.  COLE,  III,  MEMORIAL  LACROSSE  AWARD— 
This  award,  offered  by  the  teammates  of  William  P.  Cole,  III, 
and  the  coaches  of  the  1940  National  Champion  team,  is  pre- 
sented to  the.  outstanding  midfielder. 

THE  GEORGE  C.  COOK  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP 
TROPHY— Awarded  annually  to  a  member  of  the  football 
team  with  the  highest  scholastic  average. 

JOE  DECKMAN-SAM  SILBER  TROPHY— This  trophy  is  of- 
fered by  Joseph  H.  Deckman  and  Samuel  L.  Silber  to  the  most 
improved  defense  lacrosse  player. 

GEARY  F.  EPPLEY  AWARD— Offered  by  Benny  and  Hotsy 
Alperstein  to  the  graduating  male  senior  athlete  who,  during 
his  three  years  of  varsity  competition,  lettered  at  least  once 
and  attained  the  highest  over-all  scholastic  average. 

HALBERT  K.  EVANS  MEMORIAL  TRACK  AWARD— This 
award,  given  in  memory  of  "Hermie"  Evans,  of  the  Class  of 
1940,  by  his  friends,  is  presented  to  graduating  senior  track- 
man. 

HERBERT  H.  GOODMAN  MEMORIAL  THROPHY— This 
trophy  is  awarded  to  the  most  outstanding  wrestler  of  the 
year. 

CHARLES  LEROY  MACKERT  TROPHY— This  trophy  is  of- 
fered by  William  K.  Krouse  to  the  Maryland  student  who  has 
contributed  most  to  wrestling  while  at  the  University. 

MARYLAND  RING— The  Maryland  Ring  is  offered  as  a  me- 
morial to  Charles  L.  Linhardt,  of  the  Class  of  1912,  to  the 
Maryland  man  who  is  adjudged  the  best  athlete  of  the  year. 

CHARLES  P.  MC  CORMICK  TROPHY— This  trophy  is  of- 
fered by  Charles  P.  McCormick  to  the  senior  letterman  who 
has  contributed  most  to  swimming  during  his  collegiate 
career. 

ANTHONY  C.  NARDO  MEMORIAL  TROPHY— This  trophy 
is  awarded  to  the  best  football  lineman  of  the  year. 

EDWIN  POWELL  TROPHY— This  trophy  is  offered  by  the 
Class  of  1913  to  the  player  who  has  rendered  the  greatest 
service  to  lacrosse  during  the  year. 

SILVESTER  WATCH  FOR  EXCELLENCE  IN  ATHLETICS— 
A  gold  watch,  given  in  honor  of  former  president  of  the  Univer- 
sity, R.  W.  Silvester,  is  offered  annually  to  "the  man  who 
typifies  the  best  in  college  athletics." 

TEKE  TROPHY— This  trophy  is  offered  by  the  Maryland 
Chapter  of  Tau  Kappa  Epsilon  Fraternity  to  the  student  who 
during  his  four  years  at  the  University  has  rendered  the  great- 
est service  to  football. 

ROBERT  E.  THEOFELD  MEMORIAL— This  trophy  is  pre- 
sented by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Harry  S.  Hoffman  and  is  awarded  to 
the  golfer  who  most  nearly  exemplifies  the  competitive  spirit 
and  strong  character  of  Robert  E.  Theofeld,  a  former  member 
of  the  boxing  team. 

MUSIC  AWARDS 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR'S  AWARD  to  the  outstanding 
member  of  the  Symphonic  Band. 

DIRECTOR'S  AWARD  to  the  concert  band  member  who 
demonstrated  the  most  improvement  in  musicianship  during 
the  year. 

KAPPA  KAPPA  PSI  AWARD  to  the  most  outstanding  band 
member  of  the  year. 


Genera/  Information         65 


SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  ALUMNAE  AWARD  for  outstanding 
musical  performance. 

SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  DEAN'S  HONOR  AWARD  for  service 
and  dedication. 

SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  HONOR  CERTIFICATE  to  the  senior 
with  the  highest  scholastic  average. 

SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  LEADERSHIP  AWARD  based  on 
personality,  student  activities,  fraternity  service,  and  scholar- 
ship. 

TAU  BETA  SIGMA  AWARD  to  the  outstanding  band  sorority 
member  of  the  year. 


Awards  are  presented  to  the  members  of  the  University 
Bands,  the  University  Orchestras,  and  the  Men's  and  Wom- 
en's Glee  Clubs  who  serve  faithfully  throughout  the  year. 


STUDENT  GOVERNMENT  AWARDS 

Keys  are  awarded  to  the  members  of  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee of  the  Student  Government  Association,  Men's  League, 
Association  of  Women  Students,  and  other  organizations 
who  faithfully  perform  their  duties  throughout  the  year. 


66  General  Information 


r  % 


\    \ 

\  /    •/ 

m  n  M 

fa  El  kI 

/     s 

*Hsa 

->*^g!vC">        TO 


• 


68  Genera/  Information 


SCHOLARSHIPS 


Regulations  and  procedures  for  the  awarding  of 
scholarships  are  formulated  by  the  Committee  on 
Financial  Aids.  The  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Univer- 
sity authorizes  the  award  of  a  limited  number  of 
scholarships  each  year  to  deserving  students.  Appli- 
cants are  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Director  of 
Admissions,  insofar  as  qualifications  for  admission 
to  the  University  are  concerned.  All  recipients  are 
subject  to  the  academic  and  non-academic  regula- 
tions and  requirements  of  the  University. 

The  recipient  of  the  scholarship  or  grant  is  ex- 
pected to  make  at  least  normal  progress  toward  a 
degree,  as  defined  by  the  Academic  Regulations. 

The  Committee  reserves  the  right  to  review  the 
scholarship  program  annually  and  to  make  adjust- 
ments in  the  amount  and  recipients  of  awards  in 
accordance  with  the  funds  available  and  scholastic 
attainment. 

Some  of  the  types  of  scholarships,  grants,  and 
loan  funds  available  are: 

ENDOWED  AND  ANNUAL 

SCHOLARSHIPS  AND  GRANTS 

AFROTC  COLLEGE  SCHOLARSHIP  PROGRAM— This  pro- 
gram provides  scholarships  for  selected  cadets  each  year  in 
the  four-year  AFROTC  program.  Those  selected  receive  money 
for  full  tuition,  laboratory  expenses,  incidental  fees,  and  an 
allowance  for  books  for  up  to  eight  semesters.  In  addition, 
they  receive  non-taxable  pay  of  $50  per  month.  One  must  be 
in  the  program  at  the  University  of  Maryland  before  he  can 
apply  for  this  scholarship. 

AIR  FORCE  WARRANT  OFFICERS  ASSOCIATION  STU- 
DENT AID  PROGRAM— Scholarship  aid  has  been  made 
available  by  the  Air  Force  Warrant  Officers  Association  for 
worthy  male  or  female  undergraduate  or  graduate  students  in 
good  standing,  with  preference  given  to  children  of  Air  Force 
Warrent  Officers  or  other  military  personnel. 

ALBRIGHT  SCHOLARSHIP— The  Victor  E.  Albright  Schol- 
arship is  open  to  graduates  of  Garrett  County  high  schools  who 


were  born  and  reared  in  that  county. 

ALCOA  FOUNDATION  TRAFFIC  SCHOLARSHIP— An 
award  of  $500  is  given  to  an  outstanding  junior  student  ma- 
joring in  Transportation  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public 
Administration. 

ALPHA  PHI  OMEGA  (EPSILON  MU  CHAPTER)  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP—This  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a  freshman 
student  having  a  background  in  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America. 

ALUMNI  SCHOLARSHIPS— A  limited  number  of  scholar- 
ships are  made  possible  through  the  gifts  of  alumni  and  friends 
to  the  Alumni  Annual  Giving  Program  of  the  Office  of  Endow- 
ment and  Gifts. 

ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  OF  MONTGOMERY  COUNTY 
SCHOLARSHIPS— A  limited  number  of  scholarships  are 
available  to  residents  of  Montgomery  County. 

ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY 
SCHOLARSHIPS— The  Alumni  Association  of  the  School  of 
Pharmacy  of.  the  University  of  Maryland  makes  available 
annually  scholarships  to  qualified  pre-pharmacy  students  on 
the  basis  of  character,  achievement  and  need.  These  scholar- 
ships are  open  only  to  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland. 
Each  scholarship  not  exceeding  $500  per  academic  year  is 
applied  to  expenses  at  College  Park. 

ALUMNI  BAND  SCHOLARSHIP— A  limited  number  of 
awards  to  freshmen  are  sponsored  by  the  University  of 
Maryland  Band  Alumni  Organization.  Recipients  are  recom- 
mended by  the  Music  Department  after  a  competitive  audi- 
tion held  in  the  spring. 

ETHEL  R.  ARTHUR  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP— This 
memorial  scholarship  fund  has  been  established  by  Irving  J. 
Cohen,  M.D.  At  least  one  $250  award  is  made  each  year  by 
the  Scholarship  Committee.  A  preference  is  given  to  students 
from  Baltimore. 

ALVIN  L.  AUBINOE  STUDENT  AID  PROGRAM— Scholar- 
ship grants  up  to  $500  per  school  year  to  students  in  engineer- 
ing, preferably  those  studying  for  careers  in  civil  engineering, 
architecture  or  light  construction. 

BALTIMORE  PANHELLENIC  ASSOCIATION  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP—A scholarship  is  awarded  annually  by  the  Baltimore 
Panhellenic  Association  to  a  student  entering  the  junior  or 
senior  class,  who  is  an  active  member  of  a  sorority,  who  is 
outstanding  in  leadership  and  scholarship  and  who  needs  fi- 
nancial assistance. 


Genera/  Information 


69 


BALTIMORE  SUNPAPERS  SCHOLARSHIP  IN  JOURNAL- 
ISM—The  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  A.  S.  Abell  Foundation, 
Inc.,  contributes  funds  to  provide  one  or  more  $500  scholar- 
ships to  students  majoring  in  editorial  journalism. 

BAYSHORE  FOODS,  INC.  SCHOLARSHIP— A  grant  of  $500 
is  made  available  annually  by  J.  McKenny  Willis  and  Son., 
Inc.,  Grain,  Feed  and  Seed  Company  of  Easton,  Maryland,  to 
an  outstanding  student  in  vocational  agriculture  in  Talbot 
County  who  will  matriculate  in  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

BLACK  AND  DECKER  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 
SCHOLARSHIP— A  scholarship  of  $500  per  year  is  provided 
for  a  Maryland  resident  who  promises  to  teach  Industrial  Arts 
or  Vocational-Industrial  Education  in  Maryland  for  two  years 
after  graduation. 

BORDEN  AGRICULTURAL  SCHOLARSHIP— A  Borden 
Agricultural  Scholarship  of  $300  is  granted  to  that  student  in 
the  College  of  Agriculture  who  has  had  two  or  more  of  the  reg- 
ularly listed  courses  in  dairying  and  who,  upon  entering  the 
senior  year  of  study,  has  achieved  the  highest  average  grade 
of  all  other  similarly  eligible  students  in  all  preceding  college 
work. 

CAMPUS  CHEST  SCHOLARSHIP— A  full  tuition  scholar- 
ship is  made  available  by  the  Campus  Chest  Council  of  the 
University. 

GEORGE  C.  COOK  SCHOLARSHIP— A  full  scholarship  is 
made  available  by  the  Maryland  Educational  Foundation  in 
memory  of  the  late  George  C.  Cook.  Preference  shall  be  given 
to  students  interested  in  a  career  in  business  administra- 
tion or  marketing. 

DR.  ERNEST  N.  CORY  SCHOLARSHIP— This  memorial 
award  is  made  annually  to  an  outstanding  junior  or  senior 
recommended  by  the  College  of  Agriculture,  preferably  one  ma- 
joring in  Entomology. 

DAIRY  TECHNOLOGY  SCHOLARSHIP  AND  GRANTS— The 
Dairy  Technology  Society  of  Maryland  and  the  District  of 
Columbia  provides  a  limited  number  of  scholarships  and 
grants-in-aid  for  students  majoring  in  Dairy  Products  Tech- 
nology. 

DOUGLAS  AIRCRAFT  COMPANY  SCHOLARSHIP— An 
$800  scholarship  to  be  awarded  to  an  outstanding  and  de- 
serving senior  student  in  aeronautical,  electrical,  or  mechani- 
cal engineering  in  this  order  of  preference  Preference  is 
given  to  students  who  indicate  a  willingness  to  accept  employ- 
ment in  California. 

EXEL  SCHOLARSHIP— A  substantial  grant  for  endowed 
scholarships  was  made  by  Deborah  B.  Exel. 

FMC  CORPORATION  SCHOLARSHIP-An  annual  award 
of  $500  is  made  available  for  a  senior  in  Chemical  Engineer- 
ing. 

ANNE  ARUNDEL  COUNTY  VOLUNTEER  FIREMEN'S 
ASSOCIATION  GRANT— This  tuition  and  fees  grant  is  awarded 
to  a  high  school  graduate  who  will  enroll  in  the  Fire  Protection 
Curriculum  in  the  Collegeof  Engineering.  Theaward  is  normally 
for  tour  years. 

BALTIMORE  COUNTY  VOLUNTEER  FIREMAN'S  ASSOCI- 
ATION GRANT— This  tuition  and  fees  grant  is  awarded  to  a 
student  who  will  enroll  in  the  Fire  Protection  Curriculum  in 
the  College  of  Engineering.  The  award  is  normally  for  four 
years. 

LADIES  AUXILIARY  TO  THE  MARYLAND  STATE  FIRE- 
MEN'S ASSOCIATION  GRANT— This  $750  grant  is  awarded  to 
an  outstanding  high  school  graduate  who  will  enroll  in  the  Fire 
Protection  Curriculum  in  the  Collegeof  Engineering.  Theaward 
is  normally  available  for  four  years. 

MARYLAND  STATE  FIREMEN'S  ASSOCIATION  GRANT— 
A  tuition  and  fees  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  an 
outstanding  high  school  student  who  enrolls  in  the  Fire  Pro- 
tection Curriculum  of  the  College  of  Engineering.  This  scholar- 
ship is  for  four  years. 

PRINCE  GEORGES  COUNTY  VOLUNTEER  FIREMEN'S 
ASSOCIATION  GRANT— An  annual  tuition  and  fees  scholar- 
ship is  awarded  to  an  outstanding  high  school  student  who  en- 
rolls in  the  Fire  Protection  Curriculum  of  the  College  of  En- 
gineering. 

FOOD  FAIR  STORES  FOUNDATION  SCHOLARSHIPS— 
Several  scholarships  are  available  for  $250  per  academic 
year. 

VICTOR  FRENKIL  SCHOLARSHIP— A  scholarship  of  $250 
is  granted  annually  by  Mr.  Victor  Frenkil  of  Baltimore  to  a  stu- 
dent from  Baltimore  City  in  the  freshman  class  of  the  Uni- 
versity. 

FUTURE  NURSES  CLUBS  SCHOLARSHIP-A  limited 
number  of  $300  scholarships  are  made  available  by  the  Fu- 


ture Nurses  Clubs  of  Maryland  which  are  sponsored  by  the 
Women's  Auxiliary  of  the  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty 
of  Maryland  and  the  Maryland  League  of  Nursing.  These  schol- 
arships are  available  to  freshmen  students  from  Maryland 
preparing  for  nursing. 

GAMMA  PHI  BETA  ALUMNI  SCHOLARSHIP-Two  annual 
scholarships  are  available  to  teachers  employed  in  the  teach- 
ing field.  The  awards  pay  tuition  costs  of  graduate  course 
designed  for  training  teachers  of  gifted  children. 

GENERAL  MOTORS  SCHOLARSHIP— This  scholarship  is 
granted  annually  to  an  outstanding  individual  entering  the 
freshman  year. 

GODDARD  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP— Several  schol- 
arships are  available  annually  under  the  terms  of  the  James 
and  Sarah  E.  R.  Goddard  Memorial  Fund  established  through 
the  wills  of  Morgan  E.  Goddard  and  Mary  Y.  Goddard. 

ROSE  L.  GRANT  SCHOLARSHIP— At  least  $500  each 
year  is  made  available  to  be  awarded  by  the  Scholarship  Com- 
mittee. 

JOHN  WILLIAM  GUCKEYSON  MEMORIAL  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP—A scholarship  of  $100  is  granted  annually  by  Mrs. 
Hudson  Dunlap  as  a  memorial  to  John  William  Guckeyson, 
an  honored  Maryland  alumnus. 

THE  STALEY  AND  EUGENE  HAHN  MEMORIAL  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP FUND— Annual  awards  of  $500  are  made  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Walter  J.  Hahn  in  memory  of  their  sons  to  aid  outstand- 
ing agricultural  students  from  Frederick  County. 

JAMES  HARTIN  ENGINEERING  SCHOLARSHIP  AND 
DONALD  PETER  SHAW  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP— These 
two  scholarships  of  $300  each  are  made  available  annually 
by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  C.  Hartin.  The  first  is  awarded  to  a 
male  student  in  the  College  of  Engineering  and  the  secondto  a 
male  student  in  any  college  other  than  Education,  or  to  a  fe- 
male student  in  Nursing.  These  awards  will  be  made  to  worthy 
students  who  are  helping  to  earn  their  own  college  expenses. 

HASKINS  AND  SELLS  FOUNDATION,  INC.  AWARD— A 
scholarship  of  $500  is  provided  for  an  exceptional  senior 
student  majoring  in  accounting  in  the  College  of  Business  and 
Public  Administration. 

WILLIAM  RANDOLPH  HEARST  FOUNDATION  SCHOLAR- 
SHIPS— These  scholarships  are  made  available  through  a  gift 
of  the  Baltimore  News  American,  one  of  the  Hearst  news- 
papers, in  honor  of  William  Randolph  Hearst.  Scholarships 
up  to  $1000  are  awarded  annually  to  undergraduates  pursuing 
a  program  of  study  in  journalism.  Scholarships  up  to  $1000 
are  awarded  annually  for  graduate  study  in  history. 

ROBERT  MICHAEL  HIGGINBOTHAM  MEMORIAL  AWARD 
FUND— This  Fund  has  been  endowed  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles 
A.  Higginbotham  in  memory  of  their  son  who  was  killed  in  Viet- 
nam. Annual  awards  are  made  to  promising  junior  students 
majoring  in  mathematics. 

THE  A.M.  HOFFMAN  MEMORIAL  GRANT— This  gift  of  $250 
per  year  is  normally  awarded  as  a  supplement  to  some  other 
type  of  student  aid  to  a  student  with  exceptional  need.  A 
preference  is  given  to  students  from  Montgomery  County.  The 
gift  is  made  available  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  B.  Schwartz. 

INTERFRATERNITY  COUNCIL  SCHOLARSHIP— Two 
awards  of  $250  each  are  available  to  members  active  in 
fraternity  and  interfraternity  affairs.  Recipients  are  selected 
by  the  Office  of  Student  Aid  upon  recommendations  from 
the  presidents  of  their  respective  houses  and  the  President 
of  the  IFC. 

THE  INTER-STATE  MILK  PRODUCERS'  COOPERATIVE, 
INC.  SCHOLARSHIP— A  scholarship  of  $300  is  made  available 
to  a  student  in  agriculture  in  honor  of  Raymond  Marvel,  Past- 
President  of  the  cooperative. 

IOTA  LAMBDA  SIGMA  (NU  CHAPTER)  SCHOLARSHIP— 
This  $200  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a  male  student 
in  the  Industrial  Education  curriculum.  The  student  must 
be  a  resident  of  the  State  of  Maryland  and  signify  his  inten- 
tion of  teaching  in  Maryland. 

KAPPA  KAPPA  GAMMA  NURSING  SCHOLARSHIP— This 
$100  Scholarship  is  made  available  annually  by  the  Gamma 
Psi  chapter  of  the  Kappa  Kappa  Gamma  Sorority  to  a  worthy 
student  preparing  for  a  career  in  nursing. 

PAUL  H.  KEA  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP  FUND-This 
fund  was  established  by  the  Potomac  Valley  Chapter  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Architects  in  memory  of  Paul  H.  Kea, 
a  highly  respected  member  of  the  chapter. 

VENIA  M.  KELLER  GRANT— The  Maryland  State  Council 
of  Homemakers'  Clubs  makes  available  this  grant  of  $100 
which  is  open  to  a  Maryland  young  man  or  woman  of  promise 
who  is  recommended  by  the  College  of  Home  Economics. 

KELLY-SPRINGFIELD  TIRE  COMPANY  GRANT— Annual 
awards  totaling  $4200  are  made  to  engineering  students  upon 


70 


General  Information 


the  recommendation  of  the  College  of  Engineering.  This  gift  is 
made  available  by  The  Kelly- Springfield  Tire  Company.  Cum- 
berland, Maryland,  a  subsidiary  of  The  Goodyear  Tire  and 
Rubber  Company  of  Akron,  Ohio. 

KIWANIS  SCHOLARSHIP— The  J.  S.  Ray  Memorial  Schol- 
arship covering  tuition  is  awarded  by  the  Prince  Georges  Ki- 
wanis  Club  to  a  male  resident  of  Prince  Georges  County,  Mary- 
land, who,  in  addition  to  possessing  the  necessary  qualifica- 
tions for  maintaining  a  satisfactory  scholarship  record,  must 
have  a  reputation  of  high  character  and  attainment  in  gen- 
eral all-around  citizenship. 

KIWANIS  CLUB  OF  LAUREL  SCHOLARSHIP— An  annual 
award  of  $400  is  made  available  to  be  awarded  by  the  Schol- 
arship Committee  to  needy  students,  preferably  from  the 
Laurel  area. 

SAMUEL  J.  LEFRAK  SCHOLARSHIP— A  scholarship  in 
honor  of  Geary  F.  Eppley,  Dean  of  Men  Emeritus,  has  been 
established  by  an  alumnus  Mr.  Samuel  J.  Lefrak,  President  of 
the  Lefrak  Organization,  Forest  Hills,  New  York.  The  award  of 
$1000  is  made  to  a  deserving  sophomore  who  excels  in  both 
athletics  and  scholarship,  to  be  used  during  his  last  two  years 
at  the  University. 

LEIDY  CHEMICAL  FOUNDATION  SCHOLARSHIP— A 
scholarship  of  $500  is  granted  annually  to  a  graduate  or 
undergraduate  student  preparing  for  a  career  in  the  general 
field  of  chemistry. 

CHRISTIAN  R.  AND  MARY  F.  LINDBACK  FOUNDATION 
SCHOLARSHIP— The  Trustees  of  the  Christian  R.  and  Mary 
F.  Lindback  Foundation  provide  an  annual  gift  to  the  Univer- 
sity, one-half  of  which  is  given  for  scholarships  in  agriculture 
and  one-half  for  awards  to  the  faculty  for  distinguished  teach- 
ing. 

HELEN  ALETTA  LINTHICUM  SCHOLARSHIP-These 
scholarships,  several  in  number,  were  established  through 
the  benefaction  of  the  late  Mrs.  Aletta  Linthicum,  widow  of 
the  late  Congressman  Charles  J.  Linthicum,  who  served  in 
Congress  from  the  Fourth  District  of  Maryland  for  many  years. 

LIONS  INTERNATIONAL  SCHOLARSHIP— An  award  of 
$500  is  available  to  a  freshman  who  competes  in  the  Lions 
Club  (District  22-C)  Annual  Band  Festival.  A  recipient  is 
recommended  by  the  Music  Department  after  a  competitive 
audition  in  the  spring. 

LOUGHBOROUGH  LIONS  CLUB  SCHOLARSHIP— A  schol- 
arship providing  tuition  and  fees  is  awarded  to  a  graduate  of 
Bethesda-Chevy  Chase,  Walt  Whitman  or  Walter  Johnson  High 
Schools.  The  recipient  is  selected  by  the  University  on  the 
basis  of  character  and  financial  need. 

THE  M  CLUB  GRANTS— The  M  Club  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  provides  each  year  a  limited  number  of  awards. 

MARYLAND  AND  VIRGINIA  MILK  PRODUCERS  ASSOCIA- 
TION SCHOLARSHIP— A  scholarship  of  $500  is  awarded 
annually  in  the  College  of  Agriculture,  preferably  to  a  student 
preparing  for  a  career  in  the  dairy  industry. 

MARYLAND  PHARMACEUTICAL  ASSOCIATION  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP— The  Maryland  Pharmaceutical  Association  makes 
available  annually  scholarships  to  pre-pharmacy  students  on 
the  basis  of  character,  achievement  and  need.  Each  scholar- 
ship not  exceeding  $500  per  academic  year  is  used  in  partial 
defrayment  of  fees  and  expenses  at  College  Park.  These  schol- 
arships are  open  only  to  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland. 

MARYLAND  STATE  GOLF  ASSOCIATION  SCHOLARSHIP— 
A  scholarship  of  $500  is  provided  annually  by  the  Maryland 
State  Golf  Association  to  be  awarded  to  a  student  enrolled 
or  planning  to  enroll  in  an  undergraduate  program  in  Agronomy. 
He  must  have  an  interest  in  golf  turf  work  and  a  preference 
will  be  given  to  a  student  who  has  worked  on  a  golf  course. 

EUGENE  E.  AND  AGNES  F.  MEYER  SCHOLARSHIPS— A 
number  of  scholarships  are  made  available  each  year  to 
promising  students  with  preferential  consideration  to  children 
of  persons  employed  in  public  service. 

MORTAR  BOARD  SCHOLARSHIP— The  Mortar  Board 
Scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a  woman  student  on  the 
basis  of  scholastic  attainment,  and  need. 

LOREN  L.  MURRAY  AND  ASSOCIATES  SCHOLARSHIPS— 
This  fund  has  been  created  to  provide  scholarships  for  Mary- 
land residents  who  are  admitted  to  the  College  of  Education. 

DR.  RAY  A.  MURRAY  SCHOLARSHIP— This  award,  spon- 
sored by  Maryland  Chapter  No.  32  of  the  National  Institute 
of  Farm  and  Land  Brokers,  is  to  be  made  to  a  worthy  sopho- 
more in  the  Department  of  Agricultural  Economics,  College  of 
Agriculture. 

NOPCO  SCHOLARSHIP— Two  scholarships  at  $250  each 
are  provided  for  students  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  by  the 
Nopco  Chemical  Company. 


OLNEY  ROTARY  CLUB  SCHOLARSHIP  PROGRAM— Schol- 
arship awards  are  made  available  annually  for  deserving  stu- 
dents who  are  graduates  of  the  high  schools  in  the  area  served 
by  the  Olney  Rotary  Club  of  Olney,  Maryland. 

PENINSULA  HORTICULTURAL  SOCIETY  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP—The  Peninsula  Horticultural  Society  provides  annually 
a  $200  scholarship  to  the  most  deserving  junior  or  senior 
student,  a  resident  of  Maryland  from  the  Eastern  Shore  coun- 
ties, who  is  majoring  in  Horticulture  or  related  subjects. 

PHI  BETA  KAPPA  SCHOLARSHIP— A  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  the  student  who  at  the  end  of  the  junior  year  has 
attained  the  highest  cumulative  average  in  liberal  sources  and 
whose  basic  course  program  is  in  liberal  studies. 

PHI  ETA  SIGMA  SCHOLARSHIP-A  limited  number  of 
$100  scholarships  are  available  to  young  men  entering  the 
sophomore  class  and  who  have  achieved  an  academic  average 
of  3.5  or  higher  during  the  freshman  year. 

DOUGLAS  HOWARD  PHILLIPS  MEMORIAL  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP—This  scholarship  fund  has  been  endowed  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Albanus  Phillips,  Jr.  in  honor  of  their  son  who  met  his 
untimely  death  in  the  spring  before  he  was  scheduled  to  at- 
tend the  University,  in  order  that  worthy  young  male  graduates 
of  Cambridge,  Maryland  High  School  may  nave  the  oppor- 
tunity he  missed. 

PILOT  FREIGHT  CARRIERS,  INC.,  AWARD— A  $500 
award  is  made  to  a  senior  student  in  the  College  of  Business 
and  Public  Administration  who  has  majored  in  transportation. 

PURCHASING  MANAGEMENT  ASSOCIATION  OF  BALTI- 
MORE, INC.,  SCHOLARSHIP— An  annual  award  of  $500  is 
given  annually  to  a  junior  or  senior  student  in  the  College  of 
Business  and  Public  Administration  preparing  for  a  career  in 
business  administration  or  business  management. 

ENSIGN  RICHARD  TURNER  REA  MEMORIAL  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP—This  scholarship  fund  has  been  established  by  Captain 
and  Mrs.  Richard  F.  Rea  in  honor  of  their  late  son  who  gave 
his  life  while  on  active  duty  in  the  U.S.  Coast  Guard.  Two 
scholarships  up  to  $500  each  are  awarded  annually  to  stu- 
dents in  Engineering. 

READ'S  DRUG  STORES  FOUNDATION  SCHOLARSHIPS— 
The  Read's  Drug  Stores  Foundation  contributes  annually  sev- 
eral scholarships  to  pre-pharmacy  students  on  the  basis  of 
achievement,  character  and  need.  Each  scholarship  not  ex- 
ceeding $500  per  academic  year  is  applied  to  the  fees  and 
expenses  at  College  Park.  Recipients  must  be  residents  of  the 
State  of  Maryland. 

MARY  ELIZABETH  ROBY  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP— An 
endowed  scholarship  has  been  established  by  the  University 
Park  Republican  Women's  Club.  Limited  awards  are  made  to 
women  entering  the  junior  or  senior  years  who  are  studying 
in  the  field  of  political  science.  A  preference  is  given  to  resi- 
dents of  Prince  Georges  County. 

VIVIAN  F.  ROBY  SCHOLARSHIPS— This  endowed  fund 
was  established  through  a  bequest  to  the  University  of  Mary- 
land by  Evalyn  S.  Roby  in  memoiy  of  her  husband,  class  of 
1912,  to  provide  undergraduate  scholarships  to  needy  boys 
from  Baltimore  City  and  Charles  County. 

DR.  FERN  DUEY  SCHNEIDER  GRANT— A  $100  grant  is 
available  to  a  foreign  woman  student  enrolled  in  the  College  of 
Education,  who  has  completed  at  least  one  semester  in 
residence  at  the  University.  Funds  for  the  grant  are  contri- 
buted by  the  Montgomery  and  Prince  Georges  County  Chapters 
of  the  Delta  Kappa  Gamma  Society. 

F.  DOUGLASS  SEARS  INSURANCE  SCHOLARSHIP- 
Scholarships  for  Maryland  students  preparing  for  careers  in 
the  insurance  industry  are  made  available  annually  from  a 
fund  established  by  friends  and  associates  of  former  State 
Insurance  Commissioner  F.  Douglass  Sears. 

SEARS  ROEBUCK  FOUNDATION  SCHOLARSHIPS— A 
limited  number  of  grants  from  the  Sears  Roebuck  Foundation 
are  available  for  students  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics. 

SOUTHERN  STATES  COOPERATIVE  SCHOLARSHIPS- 
Two  scholarships  are  awarded  each  year  to  sons  of  Southern 
States  members— one  for  outstanding  work  in  4-H  Club  and 
the  other  for  outstanding  work  in  FFA.  The  amount  of  each 
scholarship  is  $300  per  year  and  will  continue  for  four  years. 

ADELE  H.  STAMP  SCHOLARSHIP— This  scholarship  of 
$250  is  awarded  annually  to  a  sophomore  who  is  an  active 
sorority  member  or  pledge,  who  is  outstanding  in  leadership 
and  scholarship  and  who  needs  financial  assistance.  Funds 
for  this  scholarship  are  provided  by  the  University  of  Mary- 
land Panhellenic  Association. 

JANE    G.    S.    TALIAFERRO    SCHOLARSHIP— Under    the 


General  Information 


71 


terms  of  the  will  of  the  late  Jane  G.  S.  Taliaferro  a  bequest 
has  been  made  to  the  University  of  Maryland  to  provide  schol- 
arship aid  to  worthy  students. 

TAU  BETA  PI  SCHOLARSHIP  FUND— A  limited  number 
of  scholarships  are  made  available  each  year  to  worthy  en- 

eineering  students  by  members  and  alumni  of  Maryland  Beta 
hapter  of  Tau  Beta  Pi  Association,  Inc.,  national  engineering 
honor  society. 

UNIVERSITY  WOMEN'S  CLUB,  INC.  MEMORIAL  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP FUND— A  scholarship  of  $150  is  awarded  each  year 
to  a  junior  or  senior  woman  student  on  the  basis  of  academic 
record,  financial  need,  and  qualities  of  leadership  and  char- 
acter. The  funds  are  contributed  by  the  Memorial  Fund  Com- 
mittee of  the  University  Women's  Club  of  Washington,  D.C. 

JOSEPH  M.  VIAL  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP  IN  AGRI- 
CULTURE—Scholarships  totaling  $600  per  year  are  made 
available  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  A.  H.  Seidenspinner  to  be  awarded 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

WESTERN  ELECTRIC  SCHOLARSHIP— Two  scholarships 
are  awarded  to  students  in  the  College  of  Engineering.  The 
amount  of  the  scholarship  covers  cost  of  tuition,  books  and 
fees  not  to  exceed  $800  nor  to  be  less  than  $400. 

WESTINGHOUSE  AIR  ARM  DIVISION  SCHOLARSHIP— 
The  Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation  has  established  a 
scholarship  to  encourage  outstanding  students  of  engineering 
and  the  physical  sciences.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a 
sophomore  student  and  is  paid  over  a  period  of  three  years 
in  six  installments  of  $250.  Students  in  electrical  or  mechan- 
ical engineering,  engineering  physics  or  applied  mathematics 
are  eligible  for  the  award. 

WOMEN'S  CLUB  OF  BETHESDA  SCHOLARSHIP— Several 
scholarships  are  available  to  young  women  residents  of  Mont- 
gomery County.  Recipients  must  be  accepted  in  the  College 
of  Education  or  the  College  of  Nursing. 

NICHOLAS  BRICE  WORTHINGTON  SCHOLARSHIP— A 
$500  memorial  scholarship  is  made  available  to  a  student  in 
the  College  of  Agriclulture  by  the  descendants  of  Nicholas 
Brice  Worthington,  one  of  the  founders  of  the  Agricultural  Col- 
lege. 

THE  ARTHUR  YOUNG  AND  CO.  FOUNDATION,  INC. 
SCHOLARSHIP— The  Arthur  Young  and  Co.  Foundation,  Inc., 
makes  available  a  scholarship  of  $750  for  an  exceptional 
senior  student  concentrating  in  accounting. 

STUDENT  LOANS 

NDEA  STUDENT  LOANS— Loan  funds  are  available  under 
provision  of  the  National  Defense  Education  Act.  The  bor- 
rower must  sign  a  note  for  the  loan  and  agree  to  interest  and  re- 
payment term«;  established  by  the  University.  Repayment  of 
the  loan   b<  /ne  months  after  the  borrower  ceases  to 

be  a  full-time  student  and  must  be  completed  within  ten 
years  thereafter.  No  interest  is  charged  on  the  loan  until  the 
beginning  of  the  repayment  schedule.  Interest  after  that  date 
is  to  be  paicf  at  3  percent  per  annum. 

(f  the  borrower  becomes  a  full-time  teacher  (elementary, 
secondary  or  college),  ten  percent  of  the  loan  can  be  can- 
celled for  each  year  of  teaching,  not  to  exceed  50  percent 
of  the  loan.  However,  if  the  teaching  involves  handicapped 


students  or  is  in  a  predominantly  low  income  area  school, 
fifteen  percent  annual  cancellation  is  allowed  to  the  full 
amount  of  the  loan. 

CATHERINE  MOORE  BRINKLEY  LOAN  FUND— Under  the 
will  of  Catherine  Moore  Brinkley,  a  loan  fund  is  available  for 
worthy  students  who  are  natives  and  residents  of  Maryland. 

KEA  STUDENT  LOAN  FUND— A  loan  fund  has  been  es- 
tablished by  gifts  from  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul  H.  Kea.  The  pur- 
pose of  the  fund  is  to  make  non-interest  bearing  loans  of  an 
emergency  nature  to  students  who  are  helping  to  earn  the 
expenses  of  their  education. 

JOSEPH  W.  KINGHORN  AND  MORLEY  A.  JULL  FUNDS— 
Memorial  trust  funds  have  been  established  in  honor  of 
Joseph  W.  Kinghorn,  first  graduate  of  the  University  of  Mary- 
land Poultry  Department.  These  funds  are  available  as  loans 
to  students  enrolled  in  the  Poultry  Department. 

EDNA  B.  MC  NAUGHTON  MEMORIAL  LOAN  FUND— 
This  fund  has  been  established  by  Mrs.  W.  B.  Clayton  in  mem- 
ory of  Edna  B.  McNaughton,  who  initiated  and  developed  the 
program  in  Early  Childhood  Education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland.  Priority  is  given  to  students  enrolled  in  this  pro- 
gram. 

PHI  DELTA  GAMMA  LOAN  FUND— This  fund  has  been  es- 
tablished under  essentially  the  same  terms  and  conditions  as 
the  NDEA  loans.  Recipients  must  be  recommended  by  the 
Sigma  Chapter  of  the  Phi  Delta  Gamma  Sorority. 

JAN  STEVEN  AND  SIDNEY  RAPKE  MEMORIAL  LOAN 
FUND— This  fund  has  been  established  in  memory  of  Jan 
Steven  Rapke  by  his  parents.  Short-term,  interest  free  loans 
are  available  to  students  in  good  standing  to  meet  personal 
emergencies  as  they  arise.  It  is  the  wish  of  the  donors  that 
the  fund  be  administered  with  a  minimum  of  formality. 

UNITED  STUDENT  AID  FUNDS— Loans  up  to  $1,000  per 
year  are  available  from  many  banks  to  students  at  the  Uni- 
versity. Maximum  interest  on  such  loans  is  7  per  cent  simple. 
Monthly  installments  are  usually  not  less  than  $25  nor  more 
than  $100.  Repayment  begins  ten  months  after  the  student 
ceases  to  be  a  full-time  student. 

SIEGFRIED  E.  WEISBERGER.  JR.  MEMORIAL  FUND— A 
memorial  trust  fund  has  been  established  in  honor  of  Siegfried 
Weisberger,  Jr.,  a  Freshman  student  in  Agriculture  in  1958-59. 
Under  terms  of  this  loan,  students  in  Agriculture  may  borrow 
money  without  interest  for  short  term  needs. 

PART-TIME  EMPLOYMENT 

UNIVERSITY  EMPLOYMENT— The  University  offers  din- 
ing hall  and  dormitory  workships  permitting  selected  Maryland 
residents  to  earn  part  or  all  of  their  board  and  room.  Other 
jobs  on  campus  pay  hourly  rates  according  to  the  skill  and 
education  required. 

OFF-CAMPUS  EMPLOYMENT— A  file  of  off-campus  part- 
time  jobs  is  maintained.  Most  of  these  are  with  local  stores 
and  business  firms. 

COLLEGE  WORK-STUDY  PROGRAM— Part-time  employ- 
ment during  the  school  year  plus  full-time  employment  during 
the  summer  may  be  combined  with  scholarships  and  loans 
to  provide  educational  opportunities  to  qualified  students. 


72 


Genera/  Information 


T  r= 


^^  ■ 


^^M||| 


±U*r< 


[i~*~ 


' 


V- 


THE  COLLEGES  and  SCHOOLS 


This  section  of  the  Catalog  provides  information  for  undergraduates  con- 
cerning the  University  of  Maryland's  schools  and  colleges.  Included  in  this  sec- 
tion are  the  individual  college  requirements  and  policies  for  particular  pro- 
grams of  study.  Each  college  has  a  general  statement  of  purpose  or  role  within 
the  University;  the  organizational  structure  of  the  college;  the  undergraduate 
programs  including  specific  requirements  for  admission  and  graduation  in 
addition  to  the  all-University  requirements  listed  in  the  General  Information 
Section  of  the  Catalog;  a  description  of  degree  programs;  and  course  de- 
scriptions. 

Courses  numbered  from  001  to  099  are  open  to  undergraduate  students 
who  meet  the  stated  prerequisite  and  curriculum  requirements. 

Courses  numbered  from  1 00  to  1 99  are  open  to  juniors  and  seniors  with  the 
stated  prerequisites.  Under  some  conditions,  second-semester  sophomores 
may  register  for  100-level  courses  with  the  Dean's  approval.  Graduate  students 
may  take  100-level  courses  for  credit,  subject  to  departmental  and  Graduate 
School  regulations. 

Courses  numbered  200  and  above  are  for  graduate  students  only,  except  in 
exceptional  cases  approved  by  the  Dean  of  the  college  and  the  Dean  of  the 
Graduate  School. 


Agriculture 


THE  COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  offers  educa- 
tional programs  with  a  broad  cultural  and  scientific 
base.  Students  are  prepared  for  careers  in  Agricul- 
tural related  sciences,  technology,  and  business. 

The  application  of  advanced  knowledge  to  the 
solution  of  some  of  man's  most  critical  problems 
concerning  adequate  amounts  and  quality  of  food, 
and  the  quality  of  environment  in  which  he  lives, 
are  important  missions  of  the  College. 

This  original  Division  of  the  University  of  Mary- 
land at  College  Park  was  chartered  in  1856.  The  Col- 
lege has  a  continuous  record  of  leadership  in  educa- 
tion since  that  date.  It  became  the  beneficiary  of 
the  Land-Grant  Act  of  1862.  Since  that  time,  there 
has  been  a  merger  with  the  University  of  Maryland 
in  Baltimore  and  continuous  growth  with  additions 
of  other  Colleges  and  Departments  at  College  Park. 

The  College  of  Agriculture  continues  to  grow  and 
develop  as  part  of  the  greater  University  Complex, 
providing  education  and  research  activities  enabling 
man  to  use  his  environment  and  natural  resources 
to  best  advantage  while  conserving  basic  resources 
for  future  generations. 

ADVANTAGES  OF  LOCATION  AND  FACILITIES: 

Educational  opportunities  in  Agriculture  are  en- 
hanced by  the  nearby  location  of  several  research 
units  of  the  Federal  Government.  Of  particular 
interest  is  the  Agricultural  Research  Center  at  Belts- 
ville  and  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  Head- 
quarters in  Washington,  D.  C.  The  National  Agricul- 
tural Library  is  an  important  resource  for  informa- 
tion at  the  Beltsville  location. 

Related  Research  Laboratories  of  the  National 
Institutes  of  Health,  Military  Hospitals,  NASA,  and 
the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  are  in  the  vicinity. 


Interaction  among  faculty,  students,  and  personnel 
in  these  agencies  is  encouraged.  Many  teaching  and 
research  activities  are  conducted  with  the  coopera- 
tion of  scientists  and  professional  people  in  Govern- 
ment positions. 

Instruction  in  the  basic  sciences  and  cultural, 
social  and  economic  engineering  principles  is  car- 
ried out  in  well  designed  classrooms  and  laboratories 
on  the  campus.  The  application  of  basic  principles 
to  practical  situations  is  demonstrated  for  the  stu- 
dent in  numerous  ways.  New  buildings,  with  well 
designed  laboratories,  have  been  provided  for  both 
the  Plant  and  Animal  Sciences  in  recent  years. 

Modern  greenhouses  are  available  for  breeding 
and  propagation  of  a  wide  variety  of  plant  work  on 
the  control  of  weeds  and  improved  cultural  practices. 

Herds  of  dairy  and  beef  cattle,  and  swine  and 
flocks  of  poultry  and  sheep  are  kept  on  the  campus 
for  teaching  and  research  purposes. 

Several  operating  farms,  located  in  central  Mary- 
land and  on  the  Eastern  Shore  support  the  educational 
programs  in  Agriculture  by  providing  locations  where 
important  crops,  animals  and  poultry  can  be  grown 
and  maintained  under  practical  and  research  condi- 
tions. These  farms  add  an  important  dimension  to 
the  courses  offered  in  Agriculture.  Data  from  these 
operations  and  from  cooperating  producers  and  pro- 
cessors of  agricultural  products  are  utilized  by 
students  interested  in  economics,  teaching,  engi- 
neering and  conservation,  as  they  relate  to  Agricul- 
ture, as  well  as  by  those  concerned  with  biology 
or  management  of  agricultural  crops  and  animals. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

The  College  of  Agriculture  offers  programs  lead- 


Agriculture  77 


ing  to  a  wide  variety  of  rewarding  careers.  These 
curricula  prepare  the  student  for  useful,  informed 
citizenship,  with  a  basic  understanding  of  science 
in  general,  and  with  a  concentration  on  the  science 
and  business  of  agriculture  in  particular.  All  four- 
year  programs  lead  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  de- 
gree. 

Today's  agriculture  is  a  highly  complex  and  ex- 
tremely efficient  industry  which  includes  supplies 
and  services  used  in  agricultural  production,  the 
production  process  itself,  and  the  marketing,  pro- 
cessing and  distribution  of  products  to  meet  the  con- 
sumers' needs  and  wants. 

Instruction  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  includes 
the  fundamental  sciences  and  emphasizes  the  pre- 
cise course  information  that  its  graduates  must 
employ  in  the  industrialized  agriculture  of  today, 
and  helps  develop  the  foundation  for  their  role  in 
the  future.  Course  programs  in  specialized  areas 
may  be  tailored  to  fit  the  particular  needs  of  the 
individual  student. 

Previous  training  in  agriculture  is  not  a  prereq- 
uisite for  matriculation.  Careers  for  men  and  women 
with  rural,  suburban,  or  urban  backgrounds  are 
available  in  agriculture  and  its  allied  industries. 

Graduates  of  the  College  of  Agriculture  have  a 
broad  base  for  careers  and  continued  learning  after 
college  in  business,  production,  teaching,  research, 
extension,  and  many  other  professional  fields. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION 

The  requirements  for  admission  to  the  College 
of  Agriculture  are  the  same  as  those  of  the  Univer- 
sity. An  applicant  is  required  to  have  graduated 
from  high  school  and  completed  a  minimum  of: 
English  4  units;  mathematics,  preferably  algebra  1 
unit;  history  or  social  science  1  unit;  and  natural 
science  1  unit.  A  foreign  language  is  not  required 
for  entrance;  however,  two  or  more  units  are  desir- 
able. 

For  students  entering  the  College  of  Agriculture 
it  is  recommended  that  his  high  school  preparatory 
courses  should  include:  English  4  units;  mathe- 
matics 3  units;  biological  and  physical  sciences  3 
units  and  history  or  social  sciences  2  units.  Four 
units  of  mathematics  should  be  elected  for  students 
entering  Agricultural  Engineering  or  Agricultural 
Chemistry. 

JUNIOR  STANDING 

To  earn  junior  standing  a  student  must  complete 
56  credit  hours  of  academic  work  and  attain  the 
required  grade  point  average. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  GRADUATION 

Each  student  must  complete  at  least  120  credit 
hours  in  academic  subjects  with  a  minimum  g4ade 
point  average  of  2.0  (C).  University  requirements  in 
health  and  physical  education  must  be  satisfied,  in 
addition. 

HONORS  PROGRAM 

Honors  programs  are  approved  for  majors  in 
Agricultural  Economics  and  Botany.  The  objective 
of  the  honors  programs  is  to  recognize  superior 
scholarship  and  to  provide  opportunity  for  the  ex- 
cellent student  to  broaden  his  perspection  and  to 
increase  the  depth  of  his  studies. 

These  programs  are  administered  by  Depart- 
mental Honors  Committees  and  supervised  by  the 
College  Committee  on  Honors.  Students  in  the  Col- 


lege of  Agriculture,  who  are  in  the  top  20  per  cent 
of  their  class  at  the  end  of  their  first  year,  may  be 
considered  for  admission  into  the  Honors  Program. 
Of  this  group  up  to  50  per  cent  may  be  admitted. 

Sophomores  or  first  semester  juniors  will  be 
considered  upon  application  from  those  students 
in  the  upper  20  per  cent  of  their  class.  While  applica- 
tion may  be  made  until  the  student  enters  his  sixth 
semester,  early  entrance  into  the  program  is  recom- 
mended. Students  admitted  to  the  program  enjoy 
certain  academic  privileges. 

On  the  basis  of  the  student's  performance  dur- 
ing his  participation  in  the  Honors  Program,  the 
department  may  recommend  the  candidate  for  the 
appropriate  degree  with  (departmental)  Honors,  or 
for  the  appropriate  degree  with  (departmental) 
High  Honors.  Successful  completion  of  the  Honors 
program  will  be  recognized  by  a  citation  in  the 
Commencement  Program  and  by  an  appropriate 
entry  on  the  student's  record  and  diploma. 

FACULTY  ADVISEMENT 

Each  student  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  is 
assigned  to  a  faculty  adviser.  Advisors  normally  work 
with  a  limited  number  of  students  and  are  able  to 
give  individual  guidance.  The  faculty  will  asist  stu- 
dents in  obtaining  employment  providing  practical 
or  technical  experience  for  those  in  need  of  such 
experience. 

FRESHMAN  YEAR 

The  program  of  the  freshman  year  is  similar 
for  all  curricula  of  the  College  of  Agriculture.  Dur- 
ing the  first  year  the  student  obtains  a  broad  founda- 
tion in  subjects  basic  to  agriculture  and  the  related 
sciences.  Transfer  from  one  curriculum  to  another, 
or  from  the  College  of  Agriculture  to  another 
college  of  the  University  may  be  made  by  the 
end  of  the  freshman  year  usually  with  little  or  no 
loss  of  credit. 

Students  entering  the  freshman  year  with  a 
definite  choice  of  curriculum  are  assigned  to  de- 
partmental advisors  for  counsel  and  planning  of  an 
academic  program.  Students  entering  the  freshman 
year,  who  have  not  selected  a  definite  curriculum, 
are  assigned  to  a  general  advisor  who  assists  with 
the  choice  of  freshman  electives  and,  during  the 
course  of  the  year,  acquaints  students  with  opportuni- 
ties in  the  curricula  in  the  College  of  Agriculture 
and  in  other  divisions  of  the  University.  If  by  the 
close  of  the  freshman  year  a  student  makes  no 
definite  choice  of  a  specialized  curriculum,  he 
continues  under  the  guidance  of  his  advisor  in  the 
General  Agriculture  curriculum. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

A  number  of  scholarships  are  available  for  agri- 
cultural students.  These  include  awards  granted  by 
the  Dr.  Ernest  N.  Cory  Trust  Fund,  the  Danforth 
Foundation,  Joseph  M.  Vial  Memorial  Scholarship 
Program  in  Agriculture,  Maryland  Cooperative  Milk 
Producers,  Inc.,  Maryland  and  Virginia  Milk  Pro- 
ducers, Inc.,  the  Ralston  Purina  Company,  Southern 
States  Cooperative,  Inc.,  Bayshore  Foods,  Inc.,  Dairy 
Technology  Society  of  Maryland  and  District  of 
Columbia,  Peninsula  Horticultural  Society,  and 
The  Staley  and  Eugene  Hahn  Memorial  Scholarship 
Fund. 

These  scholarships  are  awarded  by  the  Faculty 
Committee  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the 
respective  grants.  For  more  detailed  information 
about  these  awards  see  section  on  financial  aid. 


78  Agriculture 


STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS 

Students  find  opportunity  for  varied  expression 
and  growth  in  the  several  voluntary  organizations 
sponsored  by  the  College  of  Agriculture.  These  organi- 
zations are:  Agricultural  Economics  Club,  Block  and 
Bridle,  Dairy  Science  Club,  Collegiate  4-H  Club, 
Future  Farmers  of  America,  Agronomy  Club,  and  the 
Veterinary  Science  Club. 

Alpha  Zeta  is  a  national  agricultural  honor  fra- 
ternity. Members  are  chosen  from  students  in  the 
College  of  Agriculture  who  have  attained  the  scho- 
lastic requirements  and  displayed  leadership  in 
agriculture. 

The  Agricultural  Student  Council  is  made  up  of 
representatives  from  the  various  student  organiza- 
tions in  the  College  of  Agriculture.  Its  purpose  is  to 
coordinate  activities  of  these  organizations  and  to 
promote  work  which  is  beneficial  to  the  College. 

REQUIRED  COURSES 

All  students  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  are 
required  to  complete  a  series  of  courses  to  satisfy 
the  University  General  Education  requirements, 
College  requirements  and  departmental  require- 
ments. The  courses  needed  to  complete  a  program  of 
study  are  selected  by  the  student  with  the  approval 
of  his  advisor. 


Semester 
University  Requirements  Credit  Hours 

ENGL  001  or  021  -Composition  of  Honors  Composition 3 

ENGL  003.004-World  Literature 6 

Sociol  Science 6 

History 6 

Mathematics 3 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy 3 

HLTH  005-  ;cience  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

Physical  Education 2 

Ar  Science  (OptionaD 

COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  REQUIREMENTS 

Courses  selected  from  the  basic  life  sciences,  physical 

sciences  and  mathematics 16 

SPCH  007-Public  Speaking 2 

AGRI  001  -Introduction  to  Agriculture 1 

Department  Requirements 74 


Freshmen  I 

ENGL  001  or  021  -Composition  or  Honors 

Composition 3 

Social  Science 3 

AGRI  001  -Introduction  to  Agriculture 1 

B0TN  001  -General  Botany 4 

ZOOL  001 -General  Zoology 

ANSC  001  -Principles  of  Anfmal  Science 3 

ARG0  001  -Crop  Production 

Mathematics 

Health 2 

Arts  or  Philosophy 

Physical  Education 1 

Air  Science  (Optional) 


Semester 


The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement  will  be  satisfied  by  com- 
pleting the  following  courses: 

BOTN  001 -General  Botany 4 

CHEM  008,009- College  Chemistry  I,  II 4,4 

ZOOL  001 -General  Zoology 4 


AGRICULTURE— GENERAL 

The  general  agricultural  curriculum  provides  for 
the  development  of  a  broad  understanding  in  agri- 
culture. 

The  flexibility  of  this  curriculum  permits  selec- 
tion of  electives  that  will  meet  individual  vocational 
plans  in  agriculture  and  agriculturally  related  busi- 
ness and  industry. 


Semester 
General  Agricultural  Requirements  Credit  Hours 

AGEC  050- Elements  of  Agricultural  Economics  3 

AGEC  051  -Marketing  of  Agricultural  Products  „    3 

AGEN  056-lntroduction  to  Farm  Mechanics  2 

AGEN  001  -Introduction  to  Agricultural  Engineering  4 

AGR0  010-General  Soils                                                                4 

AGR0  107-Cereal  Crop  Production  3 

AGR0  108-Forage  Crop  Production  3 

AGR0  151 -Cropping  System    2 

ANSC  001 -Principles  of  Animal  Science .  3 

ANSC  010-Feedsand  Feeding  3 

ANSC  040- Dairy  Production  3 

ANSC  062 -Commercial  Poultry  Management  3 

BOTN  020- Diseases  of  Plants             4 

ENTM  020- Insect  Pests  of  Agricultural  Crops 4 

H0RT005or  058 -General  Horticulture                           3 

RLED  1 1 4  -  Rural  Life  in  a  Modern  Society  3 

Elect  either  of  the  following  pairs  of  courses: 

BOTN  1 1 7  -  General  Plant  Genetics  and 

MICB  001 -General  Microbiology 2.4 

or 

BSAD  020,021  -Principles  of  Accounting 3.3 

Electives 18 


AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTRY 

This  curriculum  insures  adequate  instruction  in 
the  fundamentals  of  both  the  physical  and  biological 
sciences,  it  may  be  adjusted  through  the  selection 
of  electives  to  fit  the  student  for  work  in  agricultural 
experiment  stations,  soil  bureaus,  geological  sur- 
veys, food  laboratories,  fertilizer  industries  and  those 
handling  food  products. 


The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement  will  be  satisfied  by  com- 
pleting 16  credit  hours  from  the  following  courses: 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

B0TN.001  -General  Botany 4 

MICB  001  -General  Microbiology 4 

ZOOL  001  -General  Zoology 4 

and 
CHEM  008,009 -College  Chemistry  I,  II 4,4 

Required  of  all  students: 

CHEM  014-College  Chemistry  IV 3 

CHEM  016-College  Chemistry  IV  Laboratory    2 

CHEM  010-College  Chemistry  III 3 

CHEM  012-College  Chemistry  III  Laboratory   2 

CHEM  123-Advanced  Quantitative  Analysis  or ...  3 

CHEM  121  -Intermediate  Quantitative  Analysis 4 

AGR0  010-General  Soils 4 

GE0L  001 -Geology 3 

MATH  020-Analysis  II    4 

MATH  021  -Analysis  III    4 

Modern  Languages             12 

PHYS  030-General  Physics 3 

PHYS  031 -General  Physics    4 

PHYS  032-General  Physics 4 

Electives  in  Biology 6 

Electives  in  Agricultural  Chemistry 6 


AGRICULTURAL  ECONOMICS 

The  curriculum  combines  training  in  the  business, 
economics,  and  international  aspects  of  agricultural 
production  and  marketing  with  the  biological  and 
physical  sciences  basic  to  agriculture.  Programs  are 
available  for  students  in  agricultural  economics, 
agricultural  business,  international  agriculture,  and 
in  agribusiness  teaching.  Students  desiring  to  enter 
agricultural  marketing  or  businesses  affiliated  with 
agriculture  may  elect  the  agricultural  business  op- 
tion; and  those  interested  in  foreign  service  may 
elect  the  international  agriculture  option.  Students 
primarily  interested  in  the  broad  aspects  of  produc- 
tion and  management  as  it  is  related  to  the  operation 
of  a  farm  business  may  elect  the  agricultural  eco- 
nomics option.  Those  interested  in  training  in  agri- 


Agriculture  79 


business  and  also  in  becoming  certified  teachers 
should  elect  the  agribusiness  teaching  option.  In 
these  programs,  students  are  trained  for  employ- 
ment in  agricultural  business  firms  for  positions  in 
sales  or  management,  for  local,  state,  or  federal 
agencies,  extension  workers,  high  school  and  col- 
lege teachers,  researchers,  farm  operators  or  farm 
managers. 

Courses  for  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years 
are  essentially  the  same  for  all  students.  In  the 
junior  year  the  student  selects  the  agricultural 
economics,  agricultural  business,  international  agri- 
culture, or  agribusiness  teaching  option  according 
to  his  particular  interest.  Courses  in  this  Depart- 
ment are  designed  to  provide  training  in  the  applica- 
tion of  economic  principles  to  the  production, 
processing,  distribution,  and  merchandising  of  agri- 
cultural products  as  well  as  the  inter-relationship 
of  business  and  industry  associated  with  agricultural 
products.  The  curriculum  includes  courses  in  gen- 
eral agricultural  economics,  marketing,  farm  man- 
agement, prices,  resource  economics,  agricultural 
policy,  and  international  agricultural  economics. 

The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement  will  be  satisfied  by  com- 
pleting 16  credit  hours  from  the  following  courses: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

BOTN  001  -General  Botany 4 

CHEM  008.009- College  Chemistry  I,  II 4.4 

MATK  014.01 5- Elementary  Calculus 3,3 

MICB  001  -General  Microbiology 4 

PHYS  001  -Elements  of  Physics 3 

Z00L  001  -General  Zoology 4 

Elements  of  Agricultural  Economics 3 

Marketing  of  Agricultural  Products 3 

Prices  of  Agricultural  Products 3 

Farm  Management 3 

Agricultural  Policy  and  Programs 3 

World  Agricultural  Production  and  Trade 3 

(A  or  B)  Seminar 1 

Introduction  to  Agricultural  Engineering 4 

■Crop  Production 2 

■  General  Soils 4 

Principles  of  Animal  Science 3 

Feeds  and  Feeding 3 

Business  Statistics  1 3 


AGEC  050- 
AGEC051- 
AGEC  106- 
AGEC  108- 
AGEC  112- 
AGEC  114- 
AGEC  199- 
AGEN  001  - 
AGR0  001  - 

or 
AGR0  010- 
ANSC  001  - 

or 
ANSC  010- 
BSAD  130- 

or 
AGRI  080- 
ECON032- 
MATH  01 1 


Introductory  Agricultural  Biometrics. 

Principles  of  Economics  II 

-Introduction  to  Mathematics 


Select  a  minimum  of  6  hours  from  the  following: 

EC0N  102-Nationol  Income  Analysis 3 

EC0N  130 -Mathematical  Economics 3 

EC0N  131  -Comparative  Economic  Systems 3 

EC0N  132- Intermediate  Price  Theory   3 

EC0N  140-Moneyand  Banking 3 

Agricultural  Business  Option 

Students  must  complete  each  of  the  following: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

AGEC  1 03  -  Introduction  to  Agricultural  Business  Management 3 

AGEC  1 18-Marketing  Management  of  Agribusiness  Enterprises 3 

BSAD  020- Principles  of  Accounting ..    3 

After   consulting 
courses  from: 

AGEC  117  —  Agricultural  Commodity  Markets: 

An  Economic  Analysis  3 

BSAD  021  -Principles  of  Accounting  II 3 

BSAD  149-Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 3 

BSAD  156- Marketing  Research  Methods 3 

BSAD  163-Labor  Relations  3 

BSAD  166-Business  Communications 3 

BSAD  180 -Business  Low  3 

Agricultural  Economics  Option 

After  consulting  with  your  advisor,  select  at  least  9  credit  hours  from 
the  following: 


iith   the  advisor,   students   may   select  additional 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 

AGEC  103 -Introduction  to  Agricultural  Business  Manogement  3 

AGEC  1 1 1  -Economics  of  Resource  Development  3 

AGEC  107  —  Financial  Analysis  of  the  Farm  Business  3 

BSAD  020  -  Principles  of  Accounting  I...  3 

BSAD  021  -Principles  of  Accounting  II 3 

MATH  014-Elementary  Calculus     .  3 

MATH  01 5 -Elementary  Calculus  II  3 

Agribusiness  Teaching  Option 

Students  must  complete  each  of  the  following: 

EDUC  110-Human  Development  and  Learning  6 

EDUC  1 1 1  -Foundations  of  Education 3 

RLED  101  -Teaching  Materials  and  Demonstrations  2 

RLED  1 03  -  Student  Teaching  ...  5 

RLED  104-Student  Teaching 1-4 

RLED  107-lntroduction  to  Agricultural  Education ..  ,..    3 

RLED  109 -Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Agriculture 3 

RLED  1 1 1  -Teaching  Young  and  Adult  Farmer  Groups  3 

RLED  1 14  — Rural  Life  in  Modern  Society  3 

Students  may  elect  remaining  courses  from  Agricultural  Sciences 

or  Social  Sciences   .  / 


International  Agriculture  Option 

After  consulting  with  advisor,  students  should  select  at  least  10  credit 
hours  from  the  following: 

AGEC  103- Introduction  to  Agricultural  Business  Management  3 
AGEC  1 1 1  -  Economics  of  Resource  Development 

AGEC  1 19- Foreign  Agricultural  Economies 3 

BOTN  020- Diseases  of  Plants 3 

BOTN  117-General  Plont  Genetics 3 

ENTM  01 5 -Introductory  Entomology 3 

GEOG  010-General  Geogrophy 3 

GEOG  041  -Climatology 3 

GEOL  001 -Geology 3 

Foreign  Language 6 


AGRICULTURAL  AND  EXTENSION  EDUCATION 

This  Department  offers  instruction  in  education 
and  other  applied  behavioral  sciences  needed  by  per- 
sons preparing  to  teach  agriculture,  to  enter  Exten- 
sion work  and  other  activity  of  an  educational 
nature. 

Two  undergraduate  curriculum  options  are 
available.  The  agricultural  education  curriculum  is 
designed  primarily  for  persons  who  wish  to  prepare 
for  teaching  agriculture  in  the  secondary  schools. 
The  agricultural  extension  education  curriculum  is 
designed  for  those  preparing  to  enter  the  Cooperative 
Extension  Service.  Either  option  may  lead  to  a 
variety  of  other  educational  career  opportunities  in 
agricultural  business  and  industry,  public  service, 
communications,  and  to  research  and  college  teach- 
ing. 

Students  preparing  to  become  teachers  of  agri- 
culture —  including  horticulture,  agribusiness,  or 
other  agricultural  related  subjects  —  should  have 
had  appropriate  experience  with  the  kind  of  agricul- 
ture they  plan  to  teach  or  should  arrange  to  secure 
that  experience  during  summers  while  in  college. 

In  order  to  be  admitted  to  student  teaching  or 
to  extension  field  experience,  each  of  which  nor- 
mally is  taken  in  the  senior  year,  a  student  must 
have  a  2.3  grade  point  average  or  higher. 

Students  in  the  agricultural  education  curriculum 
are  expected  to  participate  in  the  Collegiate  Chapter 
of  the  Future  Farmers  of  America  in  order  to  gain 
needed  training  to  serve  as  advisors  of  high  school 
chapters  of  the  FFA  upon  graduation. 

The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement  will  be  sotisfied  by  com 
pleting  16  credit  hours  from  the  following  courses: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
BOTN  001  -General  Botany  4 

CHEM  008.009- College  Chemistry  I.  II  4.4 

MATH  003  -  Fundamentals  of  Moth  4 

ZOOL  001  -General  Zoology  4 


80  Agriculture 


Departmental  Requirements.  Both  Options 

ANSC  001  -Principles  of  Animal  Science  3 

ANSC  010-Feeds  and  Feeding  3 
AGRO  001  -Crop  Production,  or 

AGRO  108- Forage  Crop  Production  2 

AGRO  010 -General  Soils  4 

AGEN  001  -Introduction  to  Agricultural  Engineering  4 
AGEC  107  —  Financial  Analysis  of  the  Farm  Business,  or 

AGEC  108- Farm  Management  3 

RLED  1 14-Rural  Life  in  Modern  Society  3 

RLED  101  -Teaching  Moteriols  and  Demonstrations  2 

ENTM  020- Insect  Pests  of  Agricultural  Crops  4 

BOTN  020- Diseases  of  Plants  4 
HORT  01 1  -Greenhouse  Management,  or 

HORT  058 -Vegetable  Production,  or 

HORT  062 -Plant  Propagation  3 

ENGL  01 4 -Expository  Writing  3 

Agricultural  Education  Option 

RLED  1 03- Student  Teaching   5 

RLED  104-Student  Teaching   ..  1-4 

RLED  107-lntroduction  to  Agricultural  Education 2 

RLED  109-Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Agriculture   -  3 

RLED  1 1 1  -Teaching  Young  and  Adult  Farmer  Groups 1 

EDUC  110- Human  Development  &  Learning   ..............  6 

EDUC  111  -Foundations  of  Educotion 3 

AGEN  056 -Introduction  to  Farm  Mechonics 2 

AGEN  104 -Farm  Mechanics  2 

Approved  Electives            12 

Agricultural  Extension  Option 

RLED  150- Extension  Education 2 

RLED  160-Extension  Communications 2 

RLED  161  -4-H  Organization  and  Procedure  2 

RLED  121 -Directed  Experience  in  Extension  Education 1-5 

PSYC  001 -Introduction  of  Psychology  3 

PSYC  021  -  Social  Psychology 3 

PSYC  110-Educational  Psychology                       3 

AGEC  1 1 1  -Economics  of  Resource  Development 3 

Approved  Electives                        18 


Employment  opportunities  include  farm  oper- 
ation or  management,  machinery  design  and  develop- 
ment, structural  design  and  construction,  process 
and  systems  development,  land  development,  and 
natural  resource  planning.  These  opportunities  may 
be  in  education,  research,  development,  or  opera- 
tions with  private  industry,  and  with  local,  state,  or 
federal  agencies  throughout  the  world. 

The  Department  also  offers  courses  in  agricul- 
tural engineering  technology  in  five  general  areas 
primarily  for  students  in  the  College  of  Agriculture. 
These  areas  are  power  and  machinery,  structures, 
soil  and  water  conservation  engineering,  electrifica- 
tion, materials  handling  and  processing,  and  farm 
mechanics.  The  technological  aspects  of  these 
courses  complement  other  curricula  of  the  College 
of  Agriculture. 

The  agricultural  engineering  curriculum  provides 
considerable  flexibility  and  places  responsibility  on 
the  student  and  the  advisor.  Twenty  semester  hours 
of  elective  subjects  are  permitted.  Fourteen  semester 
hours  must  be  related  to  the  student's  major  field  of 
concentration  and  be  taken  from  a  departmentally 
approved  list.  A  minimum  of  eight  semester  hours 
must  be  at  the  100  level.  The  total  number  of 
semester  hours,  including  health  and  physical  educa- 
tion, required  for  graduation  is  134. 


AGRICULTURAL  ENGINEERING 

Agricultural  engineering  utilizes  energy  and 
materials  to  enhance  agricultural  and  aquacultural 
production.  Virtually  all  efforts  are  oriented  towards 
increased  food  production  or  preservation.  An  under- 
standing of  soil,  plant,  and  animal  science  is  the 
basis  for  applications  of  engineering  in  all  phases  of 
production,  harvesting,  processing  and  utilization 
of  plant,  avian  or  animal  products. 

Interrelated  applications  of  engineering  disci- 
plines are  found  in  agriculture  or  even  on  a  single, 
diversified  farm  necessitating  a  broad  base  of  mathe- 
matical, physical,  and  engineering  sciences  comple- 
mented by  basic  biological  and  soil  science.  Stu- 
dents may  specialize  in  one  of  four  major  areas  and, 
upon  graduation,  receive  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Agricultural  Engineering. 

Power  and  machinery  specialization  is  oriented 
towards  energy  conversion  and  related  machines 
for  tillage,  harvesting,  transporting  and  processing 
of  biological  products.  Farmstead  engineering 
is  concerned  with  functional  aspects  of  structures 
with  particular  attention  to  environmental  require- 
ments of  birds,  plants,  or  animals  and  also  with 
material  handling  systems  to  optimize  labor  effi- 
ciency. Electric  power  and  processing  is  concerned 
with  automation  of  the  farmstead,  and  with  the 
physical  properties  of  biological  materials  as  this 
knowledge  is  basic  to  design  criteria  for  heating, 
cooling,  or  change  of  state.  The  area  of  soil  and 
water  conservation  engineering  is  oriented  towards 
applications  of  hydraulics  and  soil  physics  in  irriga- 
tion, drainage,  erosion  control,  water  resources  man- 
agement, and  abatement  of  pollution  from  agricul- 
tural operations.  The  above  areas  are  well  defined 
in  agricultural  engineering  —  a  developing  program 
is  the  relationship  of  these  land-based  activities  to 
the  aquatic  environment  or  aquacultural  engineer- 
ing. 


The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement  will  be  satisfied  by  com- 
pleting the  following: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CHEM  008,009-College  Chemistry  I,  II 4,4 

PHYS  030.031. 032 -General  Physics 3.4.4 

Departmental  Requirements 

AGEN  121  -Engineering  Dynamics  of  Biological  Moterials  3 

AGEN  142 -Functional  ond  Environmental  Design  of 

Agricultural  Structures  3 

AGEN  143 -Functional  Design  of  Machinery  and  Equipment 3 

AGEN  144-Power  Systems 3 

AGEN  145  —  Soil  ond  Water  Engineering  3 

ENCE  102,103-Structural  Analysis 3.3 

ENES  001  -Intro  Engineering  Science 3 

ENESOIO-Mechanics 3 

ENES  020- Mechanics  of  Materials  3 

ENES  021  -Dynomics 3 

ENES  030  or  ENES  050-Materials  Science 3 

ENME  060-Thermodynamics...  3 

ENME  102  or  ENCE  105—  Fluid  Mechanics 3 

ENEE  060-Prin.  of  Electrical  Engineering 3 

MATH  019,020-Analysis  I,  II 4,4 

MATH  021,066-Analysis  III  &  Differential  Equations 4.3 

Z00L  001  -Generol  Biology 
or 

BOTN  001 -General  Botany 4 

Electives  20 


AGRONOMY— CROPS  AND  SOILS 

The  Department  of  Agronomy  offers  instruction 
in  production  and  breeding  of  forage  crops,  cereal 
crops,  and  tobacco;  weed  control;  turf  management; 
soil  chemistry;  soil  fertility;  soil  physics;  soil  miner- 
alogy; soil  classification;  and  soil  conservation.  A 
technical  or  a  general  curriculum  may  be  elected 
by  a  student  in  either  crops  or  soils.  A  turf  option 
is  available  in  the  general  crops  curriculum  and  a 
soil  conservation  option  is  available  in  the  general 
soils  curriculum.  The  technical  curricula  provide 
training  in  basic  courses  which  will  increase  the 
student's  understanding  of  the  applied  crops  and 
soils  courses.  Training  in  these  basic  courses  is 
required  for  advanced  work   in  agronomy  and   is 


Agriculture  81 


desired  by  many  employers  of  students  graduating 
in  agronomy. 

General  curricula  in  crops  and  soils  permit  the 
student  to  confine  his  training  to  applied  courses 
but  students  following  these  curricula  are  encouraged 
to  elect  some  of  the  basic  courses  included  in  the 
technical  curricula. 

Depending  on  the  electives  chosen,  students 
graduating  in  agronomy  are  well  prepared  for  ad- 
vanced study,  trained  for  general  farming,  farm 
management,  specialized  seed  production,  exten- 
sion work,  soil  conservation,  or  employment  with 
commercial  seed,  fertilizer,  chemical,  or  farm  equip- 
ment companies.  Turf  specialists  are  in  demand 
by  park  and  road  commissions,  golf  courses,  and 
turf  and  landscape  companies. 

Additional  information  on  opportunities  in  agron- 
omy may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Department 
of  Agronomy. 

CROPS 

The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement  will  be  satisfied  by  com- 
pleting CHEM  008  and  009,  College  Chemistry  I,  II  ond  selecting  8  semester 
credit  hours  from  the  following  courses: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

BOTN  001  -General  Botany 4 

MICB  001  -General  Microbiology 4 

ZOOL  001  -General  Zoology 4 

or 
other  courses  selected  from  CHEM,  MATH  or  PHYS 

Departmental  Requirements  (Crops) 

AGR0  002-Crop  Production  Laboratory 2 

AGROOIO-General  Soils  4 

AGRO  107-Cereal  Crop  Production 2 

AGRO  1 08 -Forage  Crop  Production 2 

AGRO -Advanced!  Soils  Courses 6 

AGRO  199-Senior  Seminar 1 

BOTN  01 1 -Plant  Taxonomy 3 

BOTN  020 -Diseases  of  Plants 4 

BOTN  1 1 7  -  General  Plant  Genetics  or 

ZOOL  006-Genetics 2  or  4 

BOTN  101 -Plant  Physiology 4 

Technical  Courses  for  Agronomy  Students  or 28 

General  Courses  for  Agronomy  Students .12 

(see  explanation  and  lists  below) .  .  12 

Electives  (Technical  Crops  curriculum)  or  1 5 

Electives  (General  Crops  and  Turf  Management  curricula) 31 


SOILS 

Students  will  select  28  hours  from  the  technical 
group.  If  the  student  desires  to  take  more  than  28 
semester  hours  of  technical  courses  they  can  be 
used  as  part  of  his  15  hours  of  electives  or  they  can 
be  substituted  for  other  Department  of  Agronomy 
requirements  with  permission  of  the  crops  advisor. 

GENERAL  CROPS  AND  TURF  MANAGEMENT  CURRICULA 

Students  will  select  12  hours  from  the  General 
Courses  listed  blow.  Students  in  the  turf  manage- 
ment option  must  elect  AGRO  109— Turf  Manage- 
ment, HORT  020— Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Land- 
scaping, and  HORT  107— Woody  Plant  Materials. 


The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement  will  be  satisfied  by  com- 
pleting CHEM  008  and  009,  College  Chemistry  I,  II  and  selecting  8  semester 
credit  hours  from  the  following  courses: 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

BOTN  001 -General  Botany  4 

MICB  001  -General  Microbiology  4 

ZOOL  001 -General  Zoology  4 

or 
other  courses  selected  from  CHEM,  MATH  or  PHYS 

Departmental  Requirements  (Soils) 

AGRO  002-Crop  Production  Laboratui  y  2 

AGRO  010-Generol  Soils  4 


AGRO  107-General  Crop  Production ...  2 

AGRO  108 -Forage  Crop  Production  2 

AGRO  1 14 -Soil  Classification  ond  Geography  4 

AGRO  116  —  Soil  Chemistry  3 

AGRO  117- Soil  Physics  3 

AGRO -Additional  Agronomy  or  Geology  courses  6 

AGRO  199 ^Senior  Seminar  1 

GEOL  001 -Geology  3 

GEOL  004  -  Physical  Geology  Laboratory  1 

Technical  courses  for  Agronomy  students  or  28 

General  courses  for  Agronomy  students  12 

(see  explanation  and  lists  below) 

Electives  (Technical  Curriculum)  or  15 

Electives  (General  Soils  and  Soil  Conservation  Curriculo)  31 


GENERAL  SOILS  AND  SOIL  CONSERVATION 
CURRICULA 

Students  will  select  12  hours  from  the  general 
course  listed  below.  Students  in  soil  conservation 
must  elect  AGRO  1 13— Soil  Conservation,  and  BOTN 
010— Principles  of  Conservation. 


Technical  Courses  which  may  be  selected  by  crops  ond  soils  students: 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

CHEM  Additional  Chemistry  8 

MATH  Additional  Mathematics.  .  12 

PHYS  General  Physics  8 

If  the  student  elects  more  than  28  hours  of  technical  courses  they  should 
be  advanced  courses  in  the  obove  areas. 

General  Courses  which  may  be  selected  by  crops  and  soils  students: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

AGEN  Agricultural  Engineering 3 

AGEC  Agricultural  Economics 3 

ANSC  Animal  Science  3 

HORT  Horticulture   .  3 

These  courses  may  be  repfaced  by  courses  from  the  technical  group  with 

permission  of  the  advisor. 

ANIMAL  SCIENCE 

The  curriculum  in  animal  science  offers  a  broad 
background  in  general  education,  basic  sciences, 
agricultural  sciences  and  the  opportunity  for  a  stu- 
dent to  emphasize  that  phase  of  animal  agriculture 
in  which  he  is  specifically  interested.  Each  student 
will  be  assigned  to  an  advisor  according  to  the  pro- 
gram he  plans  to  pursue. 

OBJECTIVES 

In  addition  to  fulfilling  the  requirements  of  the 
University  and  the  College  of  Agriculture,  the  fol- 
lowing specific  objectives  have  been  established  for 
the  program  in  animal  science: 

1.  To  acquaint  students  with  the  role  of  animal 

agriculture  in  our  cultural  heritage. 

2.  To  prepare  students  for  careers  in  the  field 

of  animal  agriculture.  These  include  posi- 
tions of  management  and  technology  asso- 
ciated with  animal,  dairy,  or  poultry  produc- 
tion enterprises,  positions  with  marketing  and 
processing  organizations,  as  well  as  in  other 
allied  fields  such  as  feed,  agricultural  chemi- 
cals and  equipment. 

3.  To  prepare  students  for  entrance  to  veterinary 

schools. 

4.  To  prepare  students  for  graduate  study  and 

subsequent  careers  in  teaching,  research  and 
extension,  both  public  and  private. 

5.  To  provide  essential  courses  for  the  support  of 

other  academic  programs  of  the  University. 

The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement  will  be  sotisfied  by  com- 
pleting CHEM  008  and  009.  College  Chemistry  I.  II  ond  selecting  8  semester 
credit  hours  from  the  following  courses: 


82  Agriculture 


Departmental  Requirements 
BOTN  001  -General  Botany 
MICB  001  -General  Microbiology 
ZOOL  001  -General  Zoology 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


ANSC  001  -  Principles  of  Animal  Science  3 

ANSC  109 -Fundamentals  of  Nutrition 

ANSC  116- Anatomy  of  Domestic  Animals 

ANSC  1 17-lntroduction  to  Diseases  of  Animals 

ANSC  141  -Applied  Animal  Physiology  4 

Genetics 

Agronomy  3 

Agricultural  Engineering  4 

Insect  Pests  of  Agriculture  4 

Economics  3 

Organic  Chemistry  3 

Physics  3 

Math,  and/or  Biometrics  6 

Electees  2v 

For  students  interested  in  a  program  of  study 
with  major  emphasis  on  beef  cattle,  sheep,  and 
swine,  it  is  suggested  that  the  elective  courses  in- 
clude the  following: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

ANSC  020 -Fundamentals  of  Animal  Production 3 

ANSC  021 -Seminar  1 

ANSC  022 -Livestock  Evaluation 3 

ANSC  110-Applied  Animal  Nutrition 3 

ANSC  120-Advanced  Livestock  Judging  2 

ANSC  121 -Meat  3 

ANSC  122, 123 -Livestock  Management  6 

ANSC  130 -Principles  of  Breeding   3 


For  students  interested  in  a  program  of  study 
with  major  emphasis  on  dairying,  it  is  suggested 
that  the  elective  courses  include  the  following: 

ANSC  040-  Dairy  Production ....  3 

ANSC  041 -Dairy  Cattle  Type  Appraisal 1 

ANSC  140- Physiology  of  Mammalian  Reproduction      3 

ANSC  142-Dairy  Cattle  Breeding 3 

For  students  interested  in  a  program  of  study 
with  a  major  emphasis  on  poultry,  it  is  suggested 
that  the  elective  courses  include  the  following: 

ANSC  061  -Advanced  Poultry  Judging 1 

ANSC  062 -Commercial  Poultry  Mgt 3 

ANSC  165 -Physiology  of  Hotchability 1 

ANSC  170- Poultry  Hygiene 3 

ANSC  171  -Avian  Anatomy 3 

AGEC  1 17  — Agricultural  Commodity  Markets 2 

Students  desiring  a  combination  of  training  in 
one  of  the  animal  sciences  and  emphasis  on  busi- 
ness, may  choose  elective  courses  from  the  fol- 
lowing: 

BSAD  010-Business  Enterprise 3 

BSAD  020- Principles  of  Acct 3 

BSAD  130-Business  Statistics 3 

BSAD  180-Business  Law  3 

BSAD  166-Business  Communication 3 

MATH  010-lntroduction  to  Math ...  .  3 

EC0N  037- Fundamentals  of  Econ.  3 

EC0N  140-Money  and  Banking 3 

BSAD  149-Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 3 

AGR  101 -Agricultural  Biometrics 3 

BOTANY 

The  Department  offers  work  in  the  major  fields  of 
Physiology,  Pathology,  Ecology,  Taxonomy,  Anatomy- 
Morphology,  and  Genetics. 

The  required  courses  for  the  freshman  and 
sophomore  years  are  the  same  for  all  students.  In 
the  junior  and  senior  years,  the  student  elects 
botany  courses  to  suit  his  particular  interest.  Courses 
are  required  in  other  subjects  to  contribute  toward 
a  broad  cultural  education,  and  to  support  the 
courses  selected  in  the  chosen  field  of  botany. 

The  curriculum  provides  a  complete  survey  of 
the   field   of    botany   for    prospective    high    school 


teachers,  and  lays  a  good  foundation  for  graduate 
work  in  botany  in  preparation  for  college  teaching 
and  for  research  in  state  or  federal  experiment 
stations,  or  in  private  research  laboratories. 

Students  who  wish  to  meet  the  requirements 
for  certificates  in  secondary  education  may  elect 
basic  courses  in  education.  An  additional  semester 
will  usually  be  necessary  to  take  certain  courses 
in  education,  including  the  required  practice  teach- 
ing. As  long  as  the  demand  continues,  a  series  of 
advanced  courses  will  be  offered  in  rotation  in  the 
summer  session  especially  for  teachers  working  to- 
ward the  degree  Master  of  Education  in  science 
teaching. 

The  Department  of  Botany  has  instituted  an 
Honors  Program  which  a  student  may  enter  if  he  de- 
sires and  if  he  meets  the  requirements  of  the  pro- 
gram. 


The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement  will  be  satisfied  by  com- 
pleting the  following  courses: 

BOTN  001 -General  Botany 4 

CHEM  008.009 -College  Chemistry  I,  II  4.4 

ZOOL  001  -  General  Zoology  4 

Semester 

Department  of  Botany  Requirements  Credit  Hours 

BOTN  002 -General  Botany  4 

BOTN  011 -Plant  Taxonomy  3 

BOTN  020  -  Diseases  of  Plants  4 

BOTN  101 -Plant  Physiology 4 

BOTN  102 -Plant  Ecology   .  2 

BOTN  103 -Plant  Ecology  Laboratory  1 

BOTN  111 -Plant  Anatomy  3 

BOTN  117-General  Plont  Genetics  2 

BOTN  199 -Seminar  2 

Modern  Language,  preferably  German.  12 

MATH  010,01 1  -Introduction  to  Mothemotics 4 

MICB  001  -General  Microbiology 4 

PHYS  010,01 1  -Fundamentals  of  Physics  8 

Botany  electives  or  related  courses  10 

Electives  12 


CONSERVATION  AND  RESOURCE 
DEVELOPMENT 

The  development  and  use  of  natural  resources 
(including  water,  soil,  minerals,  fresh  water  and 
marineorganisms,  wildlife,  air  and  human  resources), 
are  essential  to  the  full  growth  of  an  economy. 

The  curriculum  in  Conservation  and  Resource 
Development  is  designed  to  instill  concepts  of  the 
efficient  development  and  judicious  management  of 
natural  resources.  The  study  of  the  problems  as- 
sociated with  the  use  of  natural  resources  will 
acquaint  students  with  their  role  in  economic  de- 
velopment while  maintaining  concern  for  the  quality 
of  the  environment. 

Students  will  prepare  for  professional  and  admin- 
istrative positions  in  land  and  water  conservation 
projects,  for  careers  in  operational,  administrative, 
educational,  and  research  work  in  land  use,  natural 
resource  management,  recreational  area  develop- 
ment, and  management,  or  for  graduate  study  in 
any  of  the  several  areas  within  the  biological 
sciences. 

Students  will  pursue  a  broad  education  pro- 
gram and  then  elect  subjects  concentrated  in  a 
specific  area  of  interest.  A  student  will  be  assigned 
an  advisor  according  to  his  area  of  interest. 

Students  will  be  encouraged  to  obtain  summer 
positions  which  will  give  them  technical  laboratory 
or  field  experience  in  their  chosen  interest  area. 

The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement  wiH  be  satisfied  by  com- 
pleting the  following  courses: 


Agriculture  83 


Semester 

Credit  Hours 
CHEM  008.009- College  Chemistry  I.  II  4,4 

BOTN  001  -General  Botany  4 

ZOOL  001 -General  Zoology  4 

Conservation  and  Resource  Development  Requirements: 

AGRI  080 -Introductory  Agricultural  Biometrics 

or 

AGRM01 -Agricultural  Biometrics                       3.3 

AGEN  001  -Introduction  to  Agricultural  Engineering 4 

AGRO  010 -General  Soils 4 

BOTN  002-General  Botany 4 

BOTN  010  —  Principles  of  Conservation 3 

BOTN  Oil  -Plant  Taxonomy 

or 

BOTN  )  53  —  Field  Botany  &  Taxonomy 3,2 

BOTN  102-Plant  Ecology  2 

BOTN  103-Plant  Ecology  Laboratory 1 

ENTM  01 5 -Introductory  Entomology 3 

GEOG  010-General  Geography 3 

GEOL  001 -Geology 3 

MATH  010,011 -Introduction  to  Mathematics 

(or  MATH  18,19) 3,3 

MICB  001  -General  Microbiology 4 

ZOOL  002-Animal  Phyla 4 

ZOOL  121  -Animal  Ecology 3 

Electives 27 

Additional  Requirement:  One  of  the  following  options  must  be  fulfilled: 

Plant  Conservation: 

BOTN  Oil  -Plant  Taxonomy 3 

BOTN  102-Plant  Ecology 2 

BOTN  103-Plant  Ecology  Laboratory 1 

Botany  or  Conservation  Electives 6 

Wildlife  Conservation: 

ANSC  1 18  — Wildlife  Management 3 

BOTN  102-Plant  Ecology 2 

ZOOL  121 -Animal  Ecology 3 

Zoology  Elective 4 

Resource  Development: 

AGEC  111  -Economics  of  Resource  Development 3 

GEOG  01 5 -Introductory  Economic  Geography 3 

Ecology -Plant  or  Animal  Ecology 3 

Agricultural  Economics  or  Economics  Elective 3 

Electives 24 

ENTOMOLOGY 

This  curriculum  prepares  students  for  work  in 
various  typesof  entomological  positions.  Professional 
entomologists  are  engaged  in  fundamental  and  ap- 
plied research,  regulatory  and  control  services  with 
state  and  federal  agencies,  commercial  pest  con- 
trol, sales  and  developmental  programs  with  chemi- 
cal companies,  and  other  commercial  organizations, 
consulting  work,  extension  work,  and  teaching. 

Most  of  the  first  two  years  of  this  curriculum  is 
devoted  to  obtaining  the  essential  background.  In 
the  junior  and  senior  year  there  is  opportunity  for 
some  specializing.  Students  contemplating  graduate 
work  are  strongly  advised  to  elect  courses  in  phy- 
sics, modern  language,  and  biometrics. 

The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement  will  be  satisfied  by  com- 
pleting the  following  courses: 

CHEM  008,009 -College  Chemistry  I,  II 4,4 

ZOOL  001  -General  Zoology 4 

BOTN  001 -General  Botany 4 

Semester 

Deportment  of  Entomology  Requirements  Credit  Hours 

ENTM  015-lntroductory  Entomology 3 

ENTM  105-Medical  and  Veterinary  Entomology 3 

ENTM  120-lnsect  Taxonomy  and  Biology  4 

ENTM  122-lnsect  Morphology ...  4 

ENTM  124-Economic  Entomology   4 

ENTM  123- Insect  Physiology 4 

ENTM  198-Special  Problems   2 

ENTM  199-Seminar    .  2 

BOTN  011 -Plant  Taxonomy  3 

BOTN  020 -Diseases  of  Plants  4 
CHEM  010,012-College  Chemistry  III  and  College 

Chemistry  Laboratory  III  3.2 

MATH  010,01 1  -  Introduction  to  Mathematics  6 

MICB  001  -General  Microbiology  4 
ZOOL  002- The  Ammol  Phyla  or  ZOOL  118  — 

Invertebrate  Zoology  4 


ZOOL  006-Genetics   ..  4 

Electives  19 


FOOD  SCIENCE 

Food  Science  applies  the  fundamentals  of  the 
physical  and  biological  sciences  to  the  problems  of 
procurement,  preservation,  processing,  packaging, 
and  marketing  foods  in  a  manner  that  would  satisfy 
man's  needs  both  nutritionally  and  aesthetically. 

Opportunities  for  careers  in  food  science  exist  in 
areas  of  meats,  milk  and  milk  products,  fruits  and 
vegetables,  poultry  and  eggs,  sea  food,  baby  foods, 
onfections,  pet  foods,  cereals,  flavors  and  colors, 
etc.  Specific  positions  in  Industry,  Universities,  and 
Government,  include  product  development,  produc- 
tion, engineering,  research,  quality  control,  technical 
service,  technical  sales,  and  teaching. 

The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement 
will  be  satisfied  by  completing  the  following 
courses: 

The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement  will  be  sotisifed  by  com- 
pleting the  following  courses: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
CHEM  008,009- College  Chemistry  I,  II  4,4 

MICB  001 -General  Microbiology 4 

BOTN  001 -General  Botany  or  ZOOL  001 -General  Zoology  4 

Curriculum  Requirements 

AGEN  1 13-Mechanics  of  Food  Processing 4 

ANSC  109 -Fundamentals  of  Nutrition 3 

CHEM  010,012-College  Chemistry  III  &  College 

Chemistry  Laboratory  III  3.2 

FOOD  153- Experimental  Food  Science 3 

FDSC  001  -Introduction  to  Food  Science 3 

FDSC  102,103- Principles  of  Food'Processing-l,  II  3,3 

FDSC  111  -Food  Chemistry  3 

FDSC  1 12  — Analytical  Quality  Control 3 

FDSC  113  —  Statistical  Quality  Control  3 

FDSC  131  -Food  Product  Research  and  Development 3 

FDSC  199-Seminar 1 

MICB  81 -Applied  Microbiology  4 

PHYS  10-Fundamentals  of  Physics 4 

Production  course- 3 

Electives  25 


GEOLOGY 

The  Geology  curriculum  provides  an  excellent 
opportunity  to  prepare  for  advanced  work  in  this 
field.  Basic  courses  in  mathematics,  chemistry,  and 
physics  are  necessary  for  competent  geologists  and 
are  required  for  all  students  preparing  for  advanced 
degrees.  By  the  proper  selection  of  courses  listed 
under  the  technical  and  general  electives,  the  stu- 
dent can  obtain  outstanding  undergraduate  training 
for  advanced  work  in  geology  or  general  training  for 
employment  with  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement 
will  be  satisfied  by  completing  CHEM  008  and  009. 
College  Chemistry  I,  II  and  selecting  8  semester 
credit  hours  from  the  following  courses: 

Semester 
Departmentol  Requirements  (Geology)  Credit  Hours 

GEOL  001  -Introductory  Physical  Geology  3 

GEOL  002 -Historical  and  Stratigraphic  Geology  3 

GEOL  004 -Physical  Geology  Laboratory 
GEOL  005 -Historical  Geology  Laboratory 

GEOL  194-Reseorch  Problems  in  Geology  1 

GEOL -Summer  Field  Camp  5 


ANSC  001.  AGRO  OOl   HORTO05.  H0RT  058  or  AGEN  001 


84  Agriculture 


AGRO  010- General  Soils  „ 

Foreign  language  (French,  German,  or  Russian)  0  1 2 

Proficiency  equivalent  to  that  of  a  student  i  ompleting 
two  years  of  college  work. 
Technical  or  General  Courses  for  Geology  Students  23 

(see  lists  below) 
Electives  21 

Technicol  Courses  which  may  be  Selected  by  Geology  Students 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
CHEM  01 5- Qualitative  Anolysis  4 

MATH019,020-Anolysis  I,  II  8 

PHYS  030,031. 032- General  Physics  11 

If  the  student  elects  more  than  23  hours  of  technical  courses  they  should 
be  additional  courses  in  the  above  areos. 
General  Courses  which  may  be  Selected  by  the  Geology  Students 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
GEOL  121 -Mineralogy  3 

GEOL  130-Paleontology  3 

GEOL  140 -Structural  Geology  3 

GEOL- Additional  geology  courses  or  GEOG  118,  and  GEOG  146  14 

These  courses  may  be  replaced  by  courses  in  physics,  chemistry,  and 
mathematics  with  permission  of  the  geology  advisor. 


HORTICULTURE 

The  Department  of  Horticulture  offers  in- 
struction in  pomology  (fruits),  olericulture  (vege- 
tables), floriculture  (flowers),  ornamental  horticul- 
ture, and  processing  of  horticultural  crops.  These 
courses  prepare  students  to  enter  commercial  pro- 
duction and  the  horticultural  industries  such  as  fruit 
and  vegetable  processing,  seed  production,  and  re- 
tail florists  and  nurseries.  Students  are  likewise 
prepared  to  enter  the  allied  industries  as  horticul- 
tural workers  with  fertilizer  companies,  equipment 
manufacturers,  and  others.  Students  who  wish  to 
enter  specialized  fields  of  research  and  teaching 
may  take  advanced  work  in  the  Department. 

The  Horticultural  .Education  curriculum  is  de- 
signed for  persons  who  wish  to  prepare  for  teaching 
horticulture  in  the  secondary  schools.  It  provides 
basic  training  in  horticulture  and  includes  the  neces- 
sary courses  for  teacher  certification. 

The  Department  of  Horticulture  is  a  cooperating 
department  in  the  Food  Science  curriculum. 

POMOLOGY  AND  OLERICULTURE  CURRICULUM 

The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement  will  be  satisfied  by  com- 
pleting the  following  courses: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CHEM  008,009- College  Chemistry  I,  II 4,4 

B0TN  001 -General  Botany 4 

and  4  semester  credits  selected  from  the  following: 

MICB  001 -General  Microbiology 4 

Z00L  001 -General  Zool  4 

GEOL  001  and  004 -Geology  &  Physical  Geology  Laboratory 3,1 

CHEM  010,012-College  Chemistry  III  and 

College  Chemistry  Laboratory  III  3,2 

Department  of  Horticulture  Requirements 

AGRO  010-General  Soils  4 

B0TN  020- Diseases  of  Plants  4 

B0TN  101 -Plant  Physiology  ...    4 

BOTN  117-General  Plant  Genetics  2 

ENTM  020-lnsect  Pests  of  Agricultural  Crops .    4 

H0RT  005,006 -Tree  Fruit  Production    .  3,2 

H0RT  058-Vegetable  Production  ...    3 

H0RT  059- Berry  Production       3 

H0RT  062 -Plant  Propagation 3 

H0RT  101 -Technology  of  Fruits 3 

HORT  103 -Technology  of  Vegetables 3 

H0RT  161  -Physiology  of  Maturation  and  Storage  of 

Horticultural  Crops       2 

HORT  199-Seminar ..  1 

A  minimum  of  3  additional  Horticultural  credits 3 

Electives 30 

FLORICULTURE  AND  ORNAMENTAL 
HORTICULTURE  CURRICULUM 

The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement  will  be  satisfied  by  com- 
pleting the  following  courses: 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

CHEM  008,009 -Col lege  Chemistry  I,  II 4,4 

B0TN  001 -General  Botany 4 


and  4  semester  credits  selected  from  the  following: 

MICB  001 -General  Microbiology  4 

ZOOL  001 -General  Zool  4 

GEOL  001  and  004 -Geology  &  Physical  Geology  Laboratory  3  ] 
CHEM  010,012-College  Chemistry  III  and 

College  Chemistry  Laboratory  III  32 

Deportment  of  Horticulture  Requirements 

AGRO  010-General  Soils 
BOTN01I  -Plant  Taxom- 
B0TN  020- Diseases  of  Plants 
B0TN  101  -Plant  Physiology 
BOTN  117-General  Plant  Genetics 
HORT  01 1  -  Greenhouse  Management 
HORT  016-Garden  Management 


4 
3 
4 

4 

2 

3 
3 
HORT  020 -Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping  3 

HORT  056-  Basic  Landscope  Compose 

HORT  062  -  Plant  Propagation  3 

HORT  100 -Principles  of  Landscape  Design  3 

HORT  105-Technology  of  Ornamentals 

HORT  107,108-Woody  Plant  Materials  3,3 

HORT  162 -Fundamentals  of  Greenhouse  Crop  Production 

or 
HORT  163-  Production  and  Maintenance  of  Woody  Plants  3 

HORT  199-Seminar 1 

Select  2  credits  from  the  following  2 

HORT  01 2,01 3 -Greenhouse  Crop  Production  Laboratory  1.1 

HORT  017-Garden  Management  Laboratory 
Electives   ...  26 


HORTICULTURE  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

Department  of  Horticulture  Requirements 

The  College  of  Agriculture  science  requirement  will  be  satisfied  by  com- 
pleting the  following  courses: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CHEM  008,009- College  Chemistry  I,  II 4,4 

BOTN  001 -General  Botany 4 

and  4  semester  credits  selected  from  the  following: 

MICB  001  -General  Microbiology 4 

ZOOL  001 -General  Zool 4 

GEOL  001  and  004-Geology  &  Physicol  Geology  Laboratory 3,1 

CHEM  010,012-College  Chemistry  III  and 

College  Chemistry  Laboratory  III 3,2 

AGRO  010-General  Soils 4 

BOTN  011 -Plant  Taxonomy 3 

BOTN  020-Diseoses  of  Plants 4 

BOTN  101  -Plant  Physiology 4 

EDUC  111  -Foundations  of  Education 3 

HORT  01 1  -Greenhouse  Management 3 

HORT  01 2 -Greenhouse  Management  Laboratory 1 

HORT  016-Garden  Management 3 

HORT  017-Flower  Production  Laboratory 1 

HORT  020-lntroduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping 3 

HORT  056-Basic  Landscape  Composition 2 

HORT  062-Plant  Propagation 3 

HORT  100-Principles  of  Landscale  Design 3 

HORT  105-Technology  of  Ornamentals 3 

HORT  199-Seminar 1 

RLED  109-Teaching  Secondary  Agriculture 3 

RLED  101  -Teaching  Materials  and  Demonstrations 2 

RLED  103 -Student  Teaching 5 

RLED  104- Student  Teaching 1-4 

RLED  107-lntroduction  to  Agricultural  Education 2 

RLED  111  -Teaching  Young  and  Adult  Farmer  Groups 1 

Elect  one  of  the  following  courses: 3-6 

PSYC  110- Educational  Psychology  (3) 

EDUC  110- Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

A  minimum  of  12  additional  Agricultural  credits 12 

Approved  Electives 3-9 

Total 124 


SPECIAL  CURRICULA 
PRE-FORESTRY  STUDENTS 

The  College  of  Agriculture  is  glad  to  cooperate 
with  any  student  who  wishes  to  attend  the  Univer- 
sity to  pursue  courses  which  may  be  transferred 
to  a  standard  forestry  curriculum  in  another  institu- 
tion. The  program  which  a  student  follows  depends 
to  some  extent  upon  the  forestry  college  he  plans 
to  enter.  All  pre-forestry  students  in  the  College  of 
Agriculture  are  sent  to  the  Department  of  Botany  of 
the  University  for  counsel  and  advice  in  these  mat- 
ters. 


Agriculture  85 


For  residents  of  Maryland  who  have  completed 
two  years  of  pre-forestry  and  have  satisfied  require- 
ments comparable  to  those  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  and  have  been  accepted  in  the  School  of 
Forestry  at  North  Carolina  State  University,  the 
University  of  Maryland  will  pay  the  non-resident  fee 
for  a  period  of  two  years. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
The  Pre-Forestry  Curriculum  Includes: 

ENGL  001.003.004  9 

B0TN001  4 

Z00L  001  4 

MATH  010.011.014.015  12 

CHEM  008.009  8 

PHYS  010,01 1    8 

SPCH007  2 

B0TN011  3 

HORT  030  3 

AGRI001    1 

Social  Science 6 

Economics  3 

HLTH  5 2 

Students  planning  for  3  years  in  the  Pre-Forestry 
curriculum  should  include  BOTN  020,  ENTM  015, 
AGRO  001,  AGEN  001,  AGRO  010,  and  BOTN  010. 


PRE-THEOLOGICAL  STUDENTS 

The  College  of  Agriculture  cooperates  with  the 
officers  of  any  theological  seminary  who  desire  to 
urge  prospective  students  to  pursue  courses  in 
agriculture  as  a  preparation  for  the  rural  ministry. 
Such  pre-theological  students  may  enroll  for  a 
semester  or  more  or  for  the  usual  four  year  training 
of  the  College.  In  either  case  they  should  enroll  as 
members  of  the  general  curriculum  in  the  College 
of  Agriculture.  Students  desiring  to  pursue  a  pre- 
theological  program  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  of 
the  University  of  Maryland,  should  consult  with  the 
president  or  admissions  officer  of  the  theological 
seminary  which  they  expect  to  attend. 


PRE-VETERINARY  STUDENTS 

This  program  is  designed  for  students  desiring 
to  prepare  for  the  professional  course  in  veterinary 
medicine. 

A  combined  degree  is  available  to  students  in 
the  pre-veterinary  curriculum.  A  student  who  has 
completed  90  academic  semester  credits  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  who  has  completed  30  addi- 
tional academic  semester  credits  at  the  University 
of  Georgia  or  at  any  accredited  veterinary  school  is 
eligible  to  make  application  for  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  from  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Students  wishing  to  apply  for  the  combined  de- 
gree must  have  completed  all  University  and  College 
requirements  as  set  forth  on  page  ...  and  must  also 
have  completed  additional  credits  in  Animal 
Science. 

The  State  of  Maryland  has  entered  into  a  regional 
agreement' with  the  State  of  Georgia  which  makes 
ten  spaces  a  year  available  to  Maryland  residents 
in  the  School  of  Veterinary  Medicine,  University  of 
Georgia.  The  spaces  are  to  be  filled  on  a  competitive 
basis  from  among  qualified  applicants. 

Candidates,  to  be  considered  qualified,  must 
have: 

a.  Completed  the  curriculum  shown  below  with 

grades  not  less  than  "C"  in  any  subject. 

b.  Taken  the  veterinary  medical  aptitude  test; 

and 

c.  Must  be  a  bona  fide  resident  of  Maryland. 


All  requirements  must  be  completed  by  June 
prior  to  the  September  in  which  the  student  desires 
to  matriculate  in  veterinary  college.  The  pre-veter- 
inary curriculum  can  be  completed  in  two  years 
but  is  usually  extended,  thus  making  it  possible  for 
the  applicant  to  select  desirable  electives. 

After  the  names  of  the  candidates  have  been 
received,  a  Georgia  Board  of  Admissions  will  as- 
semble at  the  University  of  Maryland  and  will  inter- 
view each  candidate  and  receive  the  transcript  and 
all  pertinent  documents  relating  to  him.  The  selec- 
tion will  be  made  by  the  Office  of  Admissions,  Uni- 
versity of  Georgia. 

The  pre-veterinary  curriculum  should  contain: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Biological  Sciences 12 

Botany  (4) 

Zoology  (8) 

English  and  Speech 12 

Physical  Sciences 32 

Inorganic  chemistry  (9) 

Orgonic  Chemistry  (9) 

Mathematics  (6) 

Physics  (8) 

Animal  Science 9 

Genetics 3 

Nutrition         3 

Social  Science '  3 

History  6 

Physical  Educotion  2 

Health  2 

Air  Science  Optional 

TWO-YEAR  PROGRAM— INSTITUTE  OF 
APPLIED  AGRICULTURE 

The  programs  of  study  offered  by  the  Institute 
will  assist  men  and  women  interested  in  preparing 
for  specific  jobs  in  the  broad  fields  of  applied 
science  and  business  in  agriculture.  Courses  taken 
in  these  programs  are  not  transferable  for  degree 
credits  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  However,  stu- 
dents satisfactorily  completing  two  years  of  study 
will  be  awarded  an  appropriate  certificate.  For  addi- 
tional information  write:  Director,  Institute  of  Ap- 
plied Agriculture,  University  of  Maryland,  College 
Park,  Maryland  20742. 


This  credit  moy  be  sotisfied  by  exommatton  ot  the  University  of  Georgio 


86  Agriculture 


COURSE  OFFERINGS 


AGRICULTURE 

AGRI  001.  INTRODUCTION  TO  AGRICULTURE.  (1) 

First  semester.  Required  of  all  beginnmng  freshmen  and 
sophomores  in  agriculture.  Other  students  must  get  the 
concent  of  the  instructor.  A  series  of  lectures  introducing 
the  student  to  the  broad  field  of  agriculture.  (Poffenberger) 
AGRI  080.  INTRODUCTORY  AGRICULTURAL  BIOMETRICS. 
(3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Graphical  pres- 
entation of  data,  descriptive  statistics,  sampling,  in- 
dividual and  group  comparisons,  simple  regression  and 
correlations,  and  an  introduction  to  analysis  of  variance 
with  emphasis  on  interpretation  of  statistical  analyses 
rather  than   methodology.  (Staff) 

AGRI  101.  AGRICULTURAL  BIOMETRICS.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  MATH  018  or  equivalent.  Prob- 
ability, measures  of  central  tendency  and  dispersion, 
frequency  distributions,  tests  of  statistical  hypotheses, 
regression  analyses,  multiway  analysis  of  variance,  and 
principles  of  experimental  design  with  emphasis  on  the 
use  of  statistical  methods  in  agricultural  research. 

(Staff) 
AGRI  197.  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  AGRICULTURE.  (1-3) 

First  or  second  semester.  Credit  according  to  time  sched- 
uled and  organization  of  the  course.  A  lecture  series 
organized  to  study  in  depth  a  selected  phase  of  agri- 
culture not  normally  associated  with  one  of  the  existing 
programs.  (Staff) 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions. 
AGRI  201.  ADVANCED  AGRICULTURAL  BIOMETRICS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
AGRI  205.  DESIGN  OF  EXPERIMENTS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
AGRI  206.  STATISTICAL  METHODS  IN  BIOLOGICAL  ASSAY. 
(3) 

(Staff) 
AGRI  207.  APPLICATION  OF  LEAST  SQUARES  METHOD.  (3) 

(Staff) 
AGRI  210.  EXPERIMENTAL  PROCEDURES  IN  THE 
AGRICULTURAL  SCIENCES.  (3) 

(Staff) 

AGRICULTURAL  ECONOMICS 

PROFESSORS:   Beal,  Curtis,   Foster,   Ishee,   Moore,   Stevens, 

Tuthill  and  Wysong. 
ASSOCIATE    PROFESSORS:    Bender,   Cain,    Hardie,    Lessley, 

and  Via. 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Holmes  and  Marasco. 
VISITING  PROFESSOR:  Evans. 

VISITING  ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Nash  and  Sokoloski. 
AGEC  050.  ELEMENTS  OF  AGRICULTURAL  ECONOMICS.  (3) 

First  semester.  An  introduction  to  economic  principles 
of  production,  marketing,  agricultural  prices  and  incomes, 
farm  labor,  credit,  agricultural  policies,  and  government 
programs.  (Ishee) 

AGEC  051.  MARKETING  OF  AGRICULTURAL  PRODUCTS.  (3) 
Second    semester.    The    development    of    marketing,    its 
scope,  channels,  and  agencies  of  distribution,  functions, 
costs,   methods  used   and   services  rendered.       (Hardie) 
For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
AGEC  100  and  AGEC  101.  AGRICULTURAL  ESTIMATING 
METHODOLOGY.  (3)  (3)  (Not  for  Grad.  Credit) 

First  and  second  semesters,  respectively.  The  history, 
organization  and  administration  of,  and  services  provided 
by  the  Statistical  Reporting  Service  of  the  U.  S.  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  and  the  survey  sampling  methods 
used  by  that  agency  for  computing  the  Department's  of- 
ficial statistics  on  crops,  livestock  and  livestock  products, 
production,  agricultural  prices  and  farm  employment. 
Emphasis  is  on  statistical  procedures  used  for  preparing 
approximately  350  reports  issued  annually  by  the  Crop 
Reporting  Board  of  the  U.  S.  Statistical  Reporting  Serv- 
ice. (Designed  especially  for  foreign  students  in  FAO 
and  AID-Program  of  Technical  Cooperation  but  very  bene- 
ficial to  any  student  interested  in  the  area.)     (Bookhout) 


AGEC  103.  INTRODUCTION  TO  AGRICULTURAL  BUSINESS 
MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

First  Semester,  (alternate  years,  1969).  Prerequisite  AGEC 
051  and  BSAD  020  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  dif- 
ferent forms  of  businesses  are  investigated.  Management 
functions,  business  indicators,  measures  of  performance, 
and  operational  analysis  are  examined.  Case  studies 
are  used  to  show  applications  of  management  techniques. 

(Lessley) 

AGEC  106.  PRICES  OF  AGRICULTURAL  PRODUCTS.  (3) 

Second  semester.  An  introduction  to  agricultural  price 
behavior.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  use  of  price  in- 
formation in  the  decision-making  process,  the  relation 
of  supply  and  demand  in  determining  agricultural  prices, 
and  the  relation  of  prices  to  grade,  time,  location,  and 
stages  of  processing  in  the  marketing  system.  The  course 
includes  elementary  methods  of  price  analysis,  the  con- 
cept of  parity,  and  the  role  of  price  support  programs 
in  agricultural   decisions.  (Marasco) 

AGEC  107.  FINANCIAL  ANALYSIS  OF  THE  FARM  BUSINESS. 
(3) 

First  semester.  Application  of  economic  principles  to 
aeveiop  criteria  tor  a  sound  farm  business,  including 
credit  source  and  use,  preparing  and  tiling  income  tax 
returns,  methods  of  appraising  farm  properties,  the  sum- 
mary and  analysis  of  farm  records,  leading  to  effective 
control  and  profitable  operation  of  the  farm  business. 

(Wysong) 

AGEC  108.  FARM  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

Second  semester.  The  organization  and  operation  of  the 
farm  business  to  obtain  an  income  consistent  with 
family  resources  and  objectives.  Principles  of  produc- 
tion economics  and  other  related  fields  are  applied  to 
the  individual  farm  business.  Laboratory  period  will 
be  largely  devoted  to  field  trips  and  other  practical 
exercises.  (Lessley) 

AGEC  109.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ECONOMETRICS  IN 
AGRICULTURE.  (3) 

First  semester.  An  introduction  to  the  application  of 
econometric  techniques  to  agricultural  problems  with 
emphasis  on  the  assumptions  and  computational  tech- 
niques necessary  to  derive  statistical  estimates,  test 
hypotheses,  and  make  predictions  with  the  use  of  single 
equation  models.  Includes  linear  and  non-linear  regres- 
sion models,  internal  least  squares,  discriminant  analysis 
and     factor  analysis.  (Ishee) 

AGEC  111.  ECONOMICS  OF  RESOURCE  DEVELOPMENT.  (3) 
First  semester.  Economic,  political,  and  institutional 
factors  which  influence  the  use  of  land  resources. 
Application  of  elementary  economic  principles  in  under- 
standing social  conduct  concerning  the  development 
and   use  of  natural   and  man-made  resources.    (Tuthill) 

AGEC  112.  AGRICULTURAL  POLICY  AND  PROGRAMS.  (3) 
First  semester.  A  study  of  public  policies  and  programs 
related  to  the  problems  of  agriculture.  Description  an- 
alysis and  appraisal  of  current  policies  and  programs 
will   be  emphasized.  (Beal) 

AGEC  114.  WORLD  AGRICULTURAL  PRODUCTION  AND 
TRADE.  (3) 

First  semester.  World  production,  consumption,  and 
trade  patterns  for  agricultural  products.  International 
trade  theory  applied  to  agricultural  products.  National 
influences  on   international   agricultural   trade.     (Foster) 

AGEC  117.  AGRICULTURAL  COMMODITY  MARKETS:  AN 
ECONOMIC  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

First  semester,  (alternate  years).  Problems,  institutions 
and  functions  within  marketing  systems  for  poultry  and 
eggs,  dairy,  grain,  horticultural,  livestock,  tobacco  and 
forestry  products.  Practical  applications  of  elementary  eco- 
nomic theory  in  a  framework  for  analysis  of  market  prob- 
lems. (Via) 

AGEC  118.  MARKETING  MANAGEMENT  OF  AGRIBUSINESS 
ENTERPRISES.  (3) 

Second  semester,  (alternate  years).  Prerequisite.  AGEC 
103  or  permission  of  instructor.  Principles,  functions, 
institutions  and  channels  of  marketing  viewed  from  the 
perspective  of  a  manager  of  an  agricultural  business 
enterprise.  The  managerial  framework  for  analyzing  the 
entire  marketing  program  of  a  firm  is  developed  and 
utilized.  (Cain) 

AGEC  119.  FOREIGN  AGRICULTURAL  ECONOMIES.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Analysis  of  the  agricultural  economy 
of  selected  areas  of  the  world.  The  interrelationships 
among  institutions  and  values,  such  as  government  and 


Agriculture  87 


religion,  and  the  economics  of  agricultural  organization 
and  production.  (Holmes) 

AGEC  185.  APPLICATIONS  OF  MATHEMATICAL  PROGRAM- 
MING IN  AGRICULTURE,  BUSINESS  AND  ECONOMIC 
ANALYSIS.  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  train  students  in  the  applica- 
tion of  mathematical  programming  (especially  linear 
programming)  to  solve  a  wide  variety  of  problems  in 
agriculture,  business  and  economics.  The  primary 
emphasis  is  on  setting  up  problems  and  interpreting 
results.  The  computational  facilities  of  the  Computer 
Science  Center  are   used  extensively.  (Bender) 

AGEC  195.  HONORS  READING  COURSE  IN  AGRICULTURAL 
ECONOMICS  I.  (3) 

First  semester.  Selected  readings  in  political  and  eco- 
nomic theory  from  1700  to  1850.  This  course  develops  a 
basic  understanding  of  the  development  of  economic 
and  political  thought  as  a  foundation  for  understand- 
ing our  present  society  and  its  cultural  heritage.  Prereq- 
uisite: Acceptance  in  the  Honors  Program  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agricultural   Economics.  (Bender) 

AGEC  196.  HONORS  READING  COURSE  IN  AGRICULTURAL 
ECONOMICS  II.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Selected  readings  in  political  and 
economic  theory  from  1850  to  the  present.  This  course 
continues  the  development  of  a  basic  understanding  of 
economic  and  political  thought  begun  in  AGEC  195.  This 
understanding  on  the  part  of  the  student  is  further 
developed  and  broadened  in  this  semoster  by  the  examina- 
tion of  modern  problems  in  agricultural  economics  in  the 
light  of  the  material  read  and  discussed  in  AGEC  195  and 
AGEC  196.  Prerequisite:  Successful  completion  of  AGEC 
195  and  registration  in  the  Honors  Program  of  the 
Department  of  Agricultural    Economics.  (Via) 

AGEC  198.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS.  (1-2)  (2  cr.  max.)  (not  for 
grad.  cr.) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Concentrated 
reading  and  study  in  some  phase  or  problem  in  agricultural 
economics.  (Staff) 

AGEC  199.  SEMINAR.  (1,  1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Students  will  obtain  ex- 
perience in  the  selection,  preparation  and  presentation 
of  economic  topics  and  problems  which  will  be  sub- 
jected  to  critical   analysis.  (Ishee) 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions. 

AGEC  200.  APPLICATION  OF  ECONOMETRICS  IN 
AGRICULTURE.  (3)  (Staff) 

AGEC  201.  ADVANCED  THEORY  AND  PRACTICE  OF 
INTERNATIONAL  AGRICULTURAL  TRADE.  (3)  {Staff) 

AGEC  202.  MARKET  STRUCTURE  IN  AGRICULTURE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
AGEC  204.  ADVANCED  AGRIBUSINESS  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

(Staff) 
AGEC  208.  AGRICULTURAL  PRICE  AND  INCOME  POLICY.  (3) 

(Staff) 
AGEC  210.  ADVANCED  AGRICULTURAL  PRICE  AND 
DEMAND  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
AGEC  212.  AGRICULTURE  IN  WORLD  ECONOMIC 
DEVELOPMENT.  (3) 

AGEC  214.    ADVANCED    AGRICULTURAL    MARKETING.    (3) 

(Staff) 

AGEC  216.  ECONOMICS  OF  AGRICULTURAL  PRODUCTION. 
(3) 

(Staff) 

AGEC  218.  AGRICULTURAL  ECONOMICS  RESEARCH 
TECHNIQUES.  (3) 

(Staff) 
AGEC  219.  ADVANCED  RESOURCE  ECONOMICS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
AGEC  220.  INTERNATIONAL  IMPACTS  OF  SELECTED 
AGRICULTURAL  FORCES.  (3) 

(Staff) 
AGEC  300.  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  AGRICULTURAL 
ECONOMICS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
AGEC  301.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  AGRICULTURAL 
ECONOMICS.  (1-2)  (4  cr.  max.) 

(Staff) 


AGEC  302.  SEMINAR.  (1,  1) 

AGEC  399.  RESEARCH.  (6  hrs.  M.  S.) 

AGEC  499.  RESEARCH  (12  hours.  Ph.D.) 


(Staff) 
(Staff) 
(Staff) 


AGRICULTURAL  AND  EXTENSION  EDUCATION 

PROFESSOR: Ryden. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Longest  and  Nelson. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 

RLED  101.  TEACHING  MATERIALS  AND 
DEMONSTRATIONS.  (2) 

First  semester.  Principles  and  practices  of  the  demonstra- 
tion method;  construction  and  use  of  visual  aids  in  teach- 
ing agriculture.  (Nelson) 

RLED  103.  STUDENT  TEACHING.  (5) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  satisfactory  academic  aver- 
age and  permission  of  instructor.  Fulltime  student  teach- 
ing in  an  off-campus  student  teaching  center  under  an  ap- 
proved supervising  teacher  of  agriculture.  Participating  ex- 
perience in  all  aspect  of  the  work  of  a  teacher  of  agricul- 
ture. (Nelson) 

RLED  104.  STUDENT  TEACHING.  (1-4) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  satisfactory  academic  aver- 
age and  permission  of  instructor.  Fulltime  observation 
and  participation  in  work  of  teacher  of  agriculture  in  off- 
campus  student  teaching  center.  Provides  students  op- 
portunity to  gain  experience  in  the  summer  program 
of  work,  to  participate  in  opening  of  school  activities, 
and  to  gain  other  experience  needed  by  teachers. 

(Nelson) 

RLED  107.  INTRODUCTION  TO  AGRICULTURAL  EDUCATION. 
(2) 

An  overview  of  the  job  of  the  teacher  of  agriculture; 
examination  of  agricultural  education  programs  for  youth 
and  adults.  (Staff) 

RLED  109.  TEACHING  SECONDARY  VOCATIONAL 
AGRICULTURE.  (3) 

First  semester.  A  comprehensive  course  in  the  work  of 
high  school  departments  of  vocational  agriculture.  It 
emphasizes  particularly  placement,  supervised  farming 
programs,  the  organization  and  administration  of  Future 
Farmer  activities,  and  objectives  and  methods  in  all- 
day   instruction.  (Nelson) 

RLED  111.  TEACHING  YOUNG  AND  ADULT  FARMER 
GROUPS.  (1) 

First  semester.  Characteristics  of  young  and  adult  farmer 
instruction  in  agriculture.  Determining  needs  for  and 
organizing  a  course;  selecting  materials  for  instruction; 
and  class  management.  Emphasis  is  on  the  conference 
method  of  teaching.  (Staff) 

RLED  121.  DIRECTED  EXPERIENCE  IN  EXTENSION 
EDUCATION.  (1-5) 

Prerequisite,  satisfactory  academic  average  and  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Full-time  observation  and  participation 
in  selected  aspects  of  extension  education  in  an  ap- 
proved  training  county.  (Ryden) 

RLED  161.  4-H  ORGANIZATION  AND  PROCEDURE.  (2) 

A  study  of  the  youth  phase  of  cooperative  extension 
work.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  philosophy,  objectives, 
organization,  leadership  development  and  methods 
used  in  conducting  4-H  Club  work  at  the  local  and 
county   level.  (Ryden) 

RLED  199.  SEMINAR  IN  AGRICULTURAL  EDUCATION   (1) 
Examination  of  current  literature,  reports  and  discussions 
of  problems,  trends,  and  issues  in  agricultural  education. 

(Staff) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

RLED  114.  RURAL  LIFE  IN  MODERN  SOCIETY.  (3) 

Examination  of  the  many  aspects  of  rural  life  that  af- 
fect and  are  affected  by,  changes  in  technical,  natural 
and  human  resources.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  role 
which  diverse  organizations,  agencies,  and  institutions 
play  in  the  education  and  adjustment  of  rural  people 
to  the  demands  of   modern  society.  (Longest) 

RLED  150.  EXTENSION  EDUCATION.  (2) 

Second  semester.  The  Agricultural  Extension  Service  as 
an  educational  agency.   The  history,   philosophy,   objec- 


88  Agriculture 


fives,  policy,  organization,  legislation  and  methods  used 
in     extension     work.  (Ryden) 

RLED  160.  EXTENSION  COMMUNICATIONS.  (2) 

First  semester.  An  introduction  to  communications  in 
teaching  and  within  an  organization,  including  barriers 
to  communication,  the  diffusion  process  and  the  applica- 
tion of  communication  principles  person  to  person,  with 
groups  and  through   mass  media.  (Ryden) 

RLED  170,  171.  CONSERVATION  OF  NATURAL  RESOURCES. 
(3,3) 

Laboratory  fee,  $35.00.  Designed  primarily  for  teachers. 
Study  of  state's  natural  resources— soil,  water,  fisheries, 
wildlife,  forests,  and  minerals — natural  resources  prob- 
lems and  practices.  Extensive  field  study.  First  course 
concentrates  on  subject  matter;  second  includes  methods 
of  teaching  conservation.  Courses  taken  concurrently 
in  summer  season.  (Staff) 

RLED  180,  181.  CRITIQUE  IN  RURAL  EDUCATION.  (1,  1) 

Current  problems  and  trends  in  rural  education.       (Staff) 
RLED  185.  DEVELOPMENT  AND  MANAGEMENT  OF 
EXTENSION  YOUTH  PROGRAMS.  (3) 

Designed  for  present  and  prospective  state  leaders  of 
extension  youth  programs.  Program  development,  prin- 
ciples of  program  management,  leadership  development 
and  counseling;  science,  career  selection  and  citizenship 
in  youth  programs,  field  experience  in  working  with  low 
income  families'  youth,  urban  work.  (Ryden) 

RLED  198.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS.  (1-3) 

Prerequisite,  approval  staff .  (Staff) 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions. 
RLED  200.  RESEARCH  METHODS  IN  RURAL  EDUCATION. 
(2-3) 

(Staff) 
RLED  201.  RURAL  COMMUNITY  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
RLED  204.  DEVELOPING  RURAL  LEADERSHIP.  (2-3) 

(Staff) 
RLED  207,  208.  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  RURAL  EDUCATION. 
(2;  2) 

(Staff) 
RLED  209.  RURAL  ADULT  EDUCATION.  (2) 

(Staff) 
RLED  215.  SUPERVISION  OF  STUDENT  TEACHING.  (1) 

(Staff) 
RLED  217.  PROGRAM  PLANNING  AND  EVALUATION  IN 
AGRICULTURAL  EDUCATION.  (2-3) 

(Staff) 
RLED  225.  PROGRAM  DEVELOPMENT  IN  EXTENSION 
EDUCATION.  (2) 

(Staff) 
RLED  240.  AGRICULTURAL  COLLEGE  INSTRUCTION.  (1) 

(Staff) 
RLED  301.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS.  (1-3) 

(Staff) 
RLED  302.  SEMINAR  IN  RURAL  EDUCATION.  (1,  1) 

(Staff) 
RLED  399.  MASTER'S  THESIS 

(Staff) 
RLED  499.  PH.D.  DISSERTATION 

(Staff) 


AGRICULTURAL  ENGINEERING 

PROFESSORS:  Green,  Harris  and  Winn. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Felton  and  Merrick. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Hummel  and  Merkel. 

INSTRUCTORS:  Brodie,  Rice  and  Stewart. 

RESEARCH  ASSOCIATE:  Wheaton. 

VISITING  RESEARCH  ASSOCIATE:  Willson. 

AGEN  001.  INTRODUCTION  TO  AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING.  (4) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Applications  of  mathematics,  physics, 
and  engineering  techniques  in  the  solution  of  agricultural 
engineering  problems.  Studies  will  include  farm  power 
and  machinery,  farm  structures  and  electrification  and 
soil  and  water  conservation.  (Merkel) 


AGEN  056.  INTRODUCTION  TO  FARM  MECHANICS.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  one  labora- 
tory period  a  week.  A  study  of  the  hand  tools  and  power 
equipment  and  their  safe  use  as  it  applies  to  mechanized 
farms.  Principles  and  practice  in  arc  and  gas  welding, 
cold  metal  and  sheet  metal  work  are  provided.  Also, 
tool  fitting,  woodworking,  plumbing,  blue  print  reading 
and  use  of  concrete.  (Gienger) 

AGEN  086.  AGRICULTURAL  ENGINEERING  SHOP 
TECHNIQUES.  (1) 

Second  semester.  One  laboratory  per  week.  Agricultural 
Engineering  majors  only.  Shop  techniques  and  procedures 
used  in  construction  of  experimental  agricultural 
machinery  and  equipment.  Operation  principles  of  power 
and  hand  tools.  A  term  problem  to  develop  plans  and 
techniques  for  construction,  to  select  materials  and  to 
construct   an   assigned   unit   will   be  required.        (Staff) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

AGEN  104.  FARM  MECHANICS.  (2) 

First  semester.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Available 
only  to  seniors  in  agricultural  education.  This  course 
consists  of  laboratory  exercises  in  practical  farm  shop 
and  farm  equipment  maintenance,  repair,  and  construc- 
tion projects,  and  a  study  of  the  principles  of  shop 
organization  and  administration.  (Gienger) 

AGEN  113.  MECHANICS  OF  FOOD  PROCESSING.  (4) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory.  Prereq- 
uisite, PHYS  001  or  010.  Applications  in  the  processing 
and  preservation  of  foods  of  power  transmission,  hydrau- 
lics, electricity,  thermodynamics,  refrigeration,  instru- 
ments and  controls,  materials  handling  and  time  and 
motion  analysis.  (Merkel) 

AGEN  121.  ENGINEERING  DYNAMICS  OF  BIOLOGICAL 
MATERIALS  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite 
ENME  102.  Investigate  the  physical  parameters  (impact, 
temperature,  humidity,  light,  etc.)  governing  the  response 
of  biological  materials.  Analyses  of  unit  operations  and 
their  effect  on  the  physical  and  quality  characteristics 
of  agricultural   products.  (Staff) 

AGEN  123.  AGRICULTURAL  PRODUCTION  EQUIPMENT.  (3) 
First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  AGEN  001.  Principles  of  operation 
and  functions  of  power  and  machinery  units  as  related 
to  tillage;  metering  devices;  cutting,  conveying  and 
separating  units;  and  control  mechanisms.  Principles 
of  internal  combustion  engines  and  power  unit  com- 
ponents. (Hummel) 

AGEN  124.  AGRICULTURAL  MATERIALS  HANDLING  AND 
ENVIRONMENTAL  CONTROL.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  AGEN  001.  Characteristics  of  con- 
struction materials  and  details  of  agricultural  structures. 
Fundamentals  of  electricity,  electrical  circuits,  and  elec- 
trical controls.  Materials  handling  and  environmental 
requirements  of  farm  products  and  animals.  (Staff) 

AGEN  142.  FUNCTIONAL  AND  ENVIRONMENTAL  DESIGN 
OF  AGRICULTURAL  STRUCTURES  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  two  hour  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisites  ENME  102.  An  analytical  ap- 
proach to  the  design  and  planning  of  functional  and 
environmental  requirements  of  plants  and  animals  in 
semi-  or  completely  enclosed  structures.  (Staff) 

AGEN  143.  FUNCTIONAL  DESIGN  OF  MACHINERY  AND 
EQUIPMENT  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  two  hour  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite  ENES  021.  Theory  and  methods  of 
agricultural  machine  design.  Application  of  machine 
design  principles  and  physical  properties  of  soils  and 
agricultural  products  in  design  of  machines  to  per- 
form specific  tasks.  (Staff) 

AGEN  144.  POWER  SYSTEMS.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  two  hour  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisites  ENME  60,  ENEE  60  and  ENME 
102.  Analysis  of  energy  conversion  devices  including 
internal  combustion  engines,  electrical  and  hydraulic 
motors.  Fundamentals  of  power  transmission  and  coordina- 
tion of  power  sources  with  methods  of  power  trans- 
mission. (Staff) 

AGEN  145.  SOIL  AND  WATER  ENGINEERING.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
ENCE  090  and  ENME  102.  Applications  of  engineering 
and  soil  sciences  in  erosion  control,  drainage,  irrigation 
and   watershed   management.    Principles   of   agricultural 


Agriculture  89 


hydrology  and  design  of  water  control  and  conveyance 
systems.  (Schwiesow) 

AGEN  165.  GENERAL  HYDROLOGY   (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Qualitative 
aspects  of  basic  hydrologic  principles  pertaining  to  the 
properties,  distribution  and  circulation  of  water  as  re- 
lated to  public  interest  in  water  resources.    (Schwiesow) 

AGEN  175.  ENGINEERING  HYDROLOGY.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prereauisites. 
MATH  066,  ENCE  105  or  ENME  102.  Properties,  distribu- 
tion and  circulation  of  water  from  the  sea  and  in  the 
atmosphere  emphasizing  movement  overland,  in  chan- 
nels and  through  the  soil  profile.  Qualitative  and  quantita- 
tive factors  are  considered.  (Schwiesow) 

AGEN  185.  AQUACULTURAL  ENGINEERING  (3) 

Spring  semester.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  department.  A 
study  of  the  engineering  aspects  of  development,  utiliza- 
tion and  conservation  of  aquatic  systems.  Emphasis  will 
be  on  harvesting  and  processing  aquatic  animals  or 
plants  as  related  to  other  facets  of  water  resources 
management.  (Harris) 

AGEN  189.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING  (1-3) 

Prerequisite,  approval  of  Department.  Student  will  select 
an  engineering  problem  and  prepare  a  technical  report. 
The  problem  may  include  design,  experimentation  and/ 
or  data  analysis.  (Staff) 

AGEN  198.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  FARM  MECHANICS.  (1-3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  approval  of 
Department.  Not  acceptable  for  majors  in  agricultural 
engineering.  Problems  assigned  in  proportion  to  credit. 

(Gienger) 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions. 
AGEN  201.  INSTRUMENTATION  SYSTEMS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
AGEN  202.  BIOLOGICAL  PROCESS  ENGINEERING  (3) 

(Staff) 
AGEN  203.  MECHANICAL  PROPERTIES  OF  BIOLOGICAL 
MATERIALS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
AGEN  204.  LAND  AND  WATER  RESOURCE  DEVELOPMENT 
ENGINEERING.  (3) 

(Staff) 
AGEN  302.  SEMINAR.  (1,  1) 

(Staff) 
AGEN  399.  RESEARCH.  (1-6) 

(Staff) 
AGEN  499.  RESEARCH  (1-6) 

(Staff) 


AGRONOMY— CROPS,  SOILS,  AND  GEOLOGY 

PROFESSORS:  J.  Miller,  Axley,  Decker,  Hoyert,  Rothgeb,  and 
Strickling. 

ASSOCIATE   PROFESSORS:  Clark,   Fanning,   Foss,   F.   Miller, 
Schillinger. 

ASSISTANT    PROFESSORS:    Ayecok,    Bezdicek,    Burt,    New- 
comer, Powell. 

CROPS 

AGRO  001.  CROP  PRODUCTION.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  AGRO  002  or  concurrent 
enrollment  therein.  Culture,  use,  improvement,  adapta- 
tion, distribution,  and  history  of  field  crops.  (Clark) 

AGRO  002.  CROP  PRODUCTION  LABORATORY.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Demonstration  and  application  of  practices  in  the 
identification,  distribution  and  management  of  field  crops. 

(Clark) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

AGRO  103.  CROP  BREEDING.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1970-71.)  Prereq- 
uisite, BOTN  117  or  ZOOL  006.  Principles  and  methods  of 
breeding  annual  self  and  cross-pollinated  plant  and 
perennial   forage  species.  (Schillinger) 

AGRO  104.  TOBACCO  PRODUCTION.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001.  A  study  of  the 
history,  adaptation,  distribution,  culture,  and  improve- 
ment of  various  types  of  tobacco,  with  special  emphasis 


on  problems  in  Maryland  tobacco  production.  Physical 
and  chemical  factors  associated  with  yield  and  quality 
of  tobacco  will   be  stressed.  (Hoyert) 

AGRO  107.  CEREAL  CROP  PRODUCTION.  (2) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1970-71.)  Prereq- 
uisite, BOTN  001,  AGRO  002  or  concurrent  enrollment 
therein.  Study  of  the  principles  and  practices  of  corn, 
wheat,  oats,  barley,  rye,  and  soybean  production. 

(Rothgeb) 

AGRO  108.  FORAGE  CROP  PRODUCTION.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001,  AGRO  002  or 
concurrent    enrollment    therein.    Study   of   the   production 
and   management   of   grasses   and    legumes   for   quality 
hay,   silage,   and   pasture.  (Decker) 

AGRO  109.  TURF  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1971-72.)  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
BOTN  001.  A  study  of  principles  and  practices  of  manag- 
ing turf  for  lawns,  golf  courses,  athletic  fields,  play- 
grounds, airfields  and  highways  for  commercial  sod 
production.  (Powell) 

AGRO  119.  SOIL-WATER  POLLUTION.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite:  Background  in  biology 
and  one  semester  of  organic  chemistry.  Reaction  and 
fate  of  pesticides,  argicultural  fertilizers,  industrial  and 
animal  wastes  in  soil  and  water  will  be  discussed.  Their 
relation  to  the  environment  will  be  emphasized.     (Staff) 

AGRO  151.  CROPPING  SYSTEMS.  (2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  AGRO  001  or  equivalent. 
The  coordination  of  information  from  various  courses  in 
the  development  of  balanced  croppingsystems,  appropriate 
to  different  objectives  in  various  areas  of  the  state 
and   nation.  (Clark) 

AGRO  152.  SEED  PRODUCTION  AND  DISTRIBUTION.  (2) 
Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1970-71).  One 
lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite. 
AGRO  001  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  seed  production,  pro- 
cessing, and  distribution;  federal  and  state  seed  control 
programs;  seed  laboratory  analysis;  release  of  new  vari- 
eties; and  maintenance  o\  foundation  seed  stocks. 

(Newcomer) 

AGRO  154.  WEED  CONTROL.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1971-72.)  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite. 
AGRO  001  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  the  use  of  cultural 
practices  and  chemical  herbicides  in  the  control  of 
weeds.  (Burt) 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions. 

AGRO  201,  202.  ADVANCED  CROP  BREEDING.  (2,  2) 

(Staff) 

AGRO  203.  BREEDING  FOR  RESISTANCE  TO  PLANT 
PESTS.  (3) 

(Staff) 

AGRO  204.  TECHNIC  IN  FIELD  CROP  RESEARCH.  (2) 

(Staff) 

AGRO  205.  ADVANCED  TOBACCO  PRODUCTION.  (2) 

(Staff) 

AGRO  207.  ADVANCED  FORAGE  CROPS.  (2) 

(Staff) 

AGRO  208.  RESEARCH  METHODS.  (2) 

(Staff) 
Additional  courses  under  CROPS  AND  SOILS. 

SOILS 

AGRO  010.  GENERAL  SOILS.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  008  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  fundamentals  of. soils  including 
their  origin,  development,  relation  to  natural  sciences, 
effect  on  civilization,  physical  properties,  and  chemical 
properties.  (Foss) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

AGRO  111.  SOIL  FERTILITY  PRINCIPLES.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1970-71.)  Prereq- 
uisite. AGRO  010.  A  study  of  the  chemical,  physical,  and 
biological  characteristics  of  soils  that  are  important  in 
growing  crops.  Soil  deficiencies  of  physical,  chemical, 
or  biological  nature  and  their  correction  by  the  use  of 
lime,  fertilizers,  and  rotations  are  discussed  and  illustra- 
ted. (Strickling) 


90  Agriculture 


AGRO  112.  COMMERCIAL  FERTILIZERS.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  AGRO  010  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  manufacturing  of  com- 
mercial fertilizers  and  their  use  in  soils  for  efficient 
crop  production.  (Axley) 

AGRO  113.  SOIL  AND  WATER  CONSERVATION.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1970-71.)  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
AGRO  010  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  im- 
portance and  causes  of  soil  erosion,  methods  of  soil  ero- 
sion control,  and  the  effect  of  conservation  practices  on 
soil-moisture  supply.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on 
farm  planning  for  soil  and  water  conservation.  The  labora- 
tory period  will  be  largely  devoted  to  field  trips.       (Foss) 

AGRO  114.  SOIL  CLASSIFICATION  AND  GEOGRAPHY.  (3) 
Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Prerequisite,  AGRO  010,  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  genesis,  morphology,  classification 
and  geographic  distribution  of  soils.  The  broad  principles 
governing  soil  formation  are  explained.  Attention  is  given 
to  the  influence  of  geographic  factors  on  the  development 
and  use  of  the  soils  in  the  United  States  and  other  parts 
of  the  world.  The  laboratory  periods  will  be  largely  devoted 
to  the  field  trips  and  to  a  study  of  soil  maps  of  various 
countries.  (Fanning) 

AGRO  115.  SOIL  SURVEY  AND  LAND  USE.  (3) 

First  semester  alternate  years.  (Offered  1971-72.)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite,  AGRO  114 
or  consent  of  the  instructor.  An  introduction  to  soil  sur- 
vey interpretation  as  a  tool  in  land  use  both  in  agricultural 
and  urban  situations.  The  implications  of  soil  problems 
as  delineated  by  soil  surveys  on  land  use  will  be  con- 
sidered. (F.  Miller) 

AGRO  116.  SOIL  CHEMISTRY.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1970-71.)  One  lec- 
ture and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  AGRO 
010,  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  chemical 
composition  of  soils;  cation  and  anion  exchange;  acid, 
alkaline  and  saline  soil  conditions;  and  soil  fixation  of 
plant  nutrients.  Chemical  methods  of  soil  analysis  will 
be  studied  with  emphasis  on  their  relation  to  fertilizer 
requirements.  (Axley) 

AGRO  117.  SOIL  PHYSICS.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1971-72.)  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite 
AGRO  010  and  a  course  in  physics,  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. A  study  of  physical  properties  of  soils  with 
special  emphasis  on  relationship  to  soil  productivity. 

(Strickling) 

AGRO  118.  SOIL  BIOCHEMISTRY.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Alternate  years.  (Offered  1970-71.)  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
AGRO  10,  CHEM  33  or  37  and  38  or  consent  of  instructor. 
A  study  of  biochemical  processes  involved  in  the  forma- 
tion and  decomposition  of  organic  soil  constitutents.  Signi- 
ficance of  soil-biochemical  processes  involved  in  plant 
nutrition  will  be  considered.  (Bezdicek) 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions. 

AGRO  250.  ADVANCED  SOIL  MINERALOGY.  (3) 

(Staff) 

ARGO  251.  ADVANCED  METHODS  OF  SOIL  INVESTIGATION. 
(3) 

(Staff) 

AGRO  252.  ADVANCED  SOIL  PHYSICS.  (3) 

(Staff) 

AGRO  253.  ADVANCED  SOIL  CHEMISTRY.  (3) 

(Staff) 

CROPS  AND  SOILS 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

AGRO  198.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  AGRONOMY.  (1-3  var.  cr.) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  AGRO  010,  107, 
108  or  permission  of  instructor.  Adetailed  study,  including 
a  written  report  of  an  important  problem  in  agronomy. 

(Staff) 

AGRO  199.  SENIOR  SEMINAR.  (1)  (No  Grd.  Cr.) 

First  semester.  Reports  by  seniors  on  current  scientific 
and  practical  publications  pertaining  to  agronomy. 

(J.  Miller) 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions. 


(Staff) 
(Staff) 


AGRO  260.  RECENT  ADVANCES  IN  AGRONOMY.  (2-4) 
AGRO  302.  AGRONOMY  SEMINAR.  (1,  1) 

AGRO  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (Master's  Level)  (1-4) 

(Staff) 

AGRO  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH.  (Doctoral  Level) 
(1-4) 

(Staff) 


ANIMAL  SCIENCE 

ANIMAL: 

PROFESSORS:  Green  and  Young. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Buric,  Leffel. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR:  DeBarth. 

DAIRY: 

PROFESSOR:  Davis. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Williams  and  Vandersall. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR:  Douglass. 

POULTRY: 

PROFESSOR:  Shaffner. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR:  Creek. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Bigbee  and  Pollard. 

VETERINARY  SCIENCE: 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Marquardt,  Mohanty  and  Newman. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR:  Albert. 

INSTRUCTOR:  Ingling. 

ANSC  001.  PRINCIPLES  OF  ANIMAL  SCIENCE.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one,  two-hour  laboratory 
period  per  week.  A  comprehensive  course,  including  the 
development  of  animal  science,  its  contributions  to  the 
economy,  characteristics  of  animal  products,  factors  of 
efficient  and  economical  production  and  distribution. 

(Young) 

ANSC  010.  FEEDS  AND  FEEDING.  (3) 

First  semester.  Credit  not  allowed  for  ANSC  major.  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
Chem  008  and  009.  Elements  of  nutrition,  source,  char- 
acteristics and  adaptability  of  the  various  feedstuffs  to 
the  several  classes  of  livestock.  A  study  of  the  com- 
position of  feeds,  the  nutrient  requirements  of  farm 
animals  and  the  formulation  of  economic  diets  and  rations 
for   livestock.  (Leffel) 

ANSC  020.  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  ANIMAL  PRODUCTION.  (3) 
First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  This  course  deals  with  the  adaptation  of  beef 
cattle,  sheep,  swine  and  horses  to  significant  and  specific 
uses.  Breeding,  feeding,  management  practices  and 
criteria  for  evaluating  usefulness  are  emphasized. 

(DeBarth) 

ANSC  021.  SEMINAR.  (1) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  per  week.  Reviews,  reports 
and  discussions  of  pertinent  subjects  in  Animal  Science. 

(Staff) 

ANSC  022.  LIVESTOCK  EVALUATION.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  ANSC  020  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. A  study  of  type  and  breed  characteristics  of 
beef  cattle,  sheep  and  swine  and  the  market  classes  of 
livestock  which  best  meet  present  day  demands.  One 
field  trip  of  about  two  days  duration  is  made  during 
which  students  participate  in  the  Annual  Eastern  Inter- 
collegiate  Livestock   Clinic.  (Buric) 

ANSC  040.  DAIRY  PRODUCTION.  (3; 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  ANSC  001.  A  comprehensive  course 
in  dairy  breeds,  selection  of  dairy  cattle,  dairy  cattle 
nutrients,  feeding  and   management.  (Staff) 

ANSC  041.  DAIRY  CATTLE  TYPE  APPRAISAL.  (1) 

Second  semester.  Freshmen,  by  permission  of  instructor. 
Two  laboratory  periods.  Analysis  of  dairy  cattle  type  with 
emphasis  on  the  comparative  judging  of  dairy  cattle. 

(Cairns) 

ANSC  061.  ADVANCED  POULTRY  JUDGING.  (1) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  ANSC  001.  One  lecture  or 
laboratory  period  per  week.  The  theory  and  practice  of 
judging  and  culling  by  physical  means  is  emphasized, 
including  correlation  studies  of  characteristics  associated 
with  productivity.  Contestants  for  regional  collegiate 
judging  competitions  will  be  selected  from  this  class. 

(Bigbee) 


Agriculture  91 


ANSC062.  COMMERCIAL  POULTRY  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  ANSC  001.  A  symposium 
of  finance,  investment,  plant  layout,  specialization,  pur- 
chase of  supplies  and  management  problems  in  baby 
chick,  egg,  broiler  and  turkey  production;  foremanship, 
advertising,  selling,  by-products,  production  and  financial 
records.    Field  trips  required.  (Bigbee) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

ANSC  109.  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  NUTRITION.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  31.  A  study  of  the  fundamental  role  of  all  nutrients 
in  the  body,  including  their  digestion,  absorption,  and 
metabolism.  Dietary  requirements  and  nutritional  defi- 
ciency syndromes  of  laboratory  and  farm  animals  and 
man  win  be  considered.  This  course  will  be  for  both 
graduate  and  undergraduate  credit,  with  additional  as- 
signments given  to  the  graduate  students.  (Staff) 

ANSC  110.  APPLIED  ANIMAL  NUTRITION.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  MATH  010,  ANSC  109  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  A  critical  study  of  those  factors  which 
influence  the  nutritional  requirements  of  ruminants, 
swine  and  poultry.  Practical  feeding  methods  and  pro- 
cedures used  in  formulation  of  economically  efficient 
rations  will   be  presented.  (Vandersall) 

ANSC  116.  ANATOMY  OF  DOMESTIC  ANIMALS.  (3) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods 
per  week.  A  systematic  comparative  study  of  the  pig, 
ruminants  and  fowl,  with  special  emphasis  of  those  systems 
important  in  animal  production.  Prerequisite,  ZOOL  001. 

(Staff) 

ANSC  117.  INTRODUCTION  TO  DISEASES  OF  ANIMALS.  (3) 
Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  This  course  gives  basic  instruction  in  the 
nature  of  disease:  including  causation,  immunity,  methods 
of  diagnosis,  economic  importance,  public  health  aspects 
and  prevention  and  control  of  the  common  diseases  of 
sheep,  cattle,  swine,  horses  and  poultry.  Prerequisite, 
MICB  001  and  ZOOL  001.  (Staff) 

ANSC  118.  WILDLIFE  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory.  An 
introduction  to  the  interrelationships  of  game  birds 
and  mammals  with  their  environment,  population  dyna- 
mics and  the  principles  of  wildlife  management.     ,_, 

(Flyger) 

ANSC  119.  LABORATORY  ANIMAL  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

Both  semesters.  A  comprehensive  course  in  care  and 
management  of  laboratory  animals.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  physiology,  anatomy  and  special  uses  for  the 
different  species.  Disease  prevention  and  regulations  for 
maintaining  animals  colonies  will  be  covered.  Field  trips 
will    be   required.  (Marquardt) 

ANSC  120.  ADVANCED  LIVESTOCK  JUDGING.  (2) 

First  semester.  Two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, ANSC  022  and  permission  of  instructor.  An 
advanced  course  in  the  selection  and  judging  of  pure- 
bred and  commercial  meat  animals.  The  most  adept  stu- 
dents enrolled  in  this  course  are  chosen  to  represent 
the  University  of  Maryland  in  Intercollegiate  Livestock 
judging  contests.  (Buric) 

ANSC  121.  MEATS.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  ANSC  020.  Registration  limited  to 
14  students.  A  course  designed  to  give  the  basic  facts 
about  meat  as  a  food  and  the  factors  influencing  ac- 
ceptability, marketing,  and  quality  of  fresh  meats.  It 
includes  comparisons  of  characteristics  of  live  animals 
with  their  carcasses,  grading  and  evaluating  carcasses  as 
well  as  wholesale  cuts,  and  the  distribution  and  mer- 
chandising of  the  nation's  meat  supply.  Laboratory  periods 
are  conducted  in  packing  houses,  meat  distribution  cen- 
ters, and   retail  outlets.  (Buric) 

ANSC  122.  LIVESTOCK  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  ANSC  109.  Application  of  various 
phases  of  animal  science  to  the  management  and  pro- 
duction of  beef  cattle,  sheep  and  swine.  (Staff) 

ANSC  123.  LIVESTOCK  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods 
per  week.  Prerequisite.  ANSC  122.  Applications  of  various 
phases  of  animal  science  to  the  management  and  produc- 
tion of  beef  cattle,  sheep  and  swine.  (Leffel) 


ANSC  130.  PRINCIPLES  OF  BREEDING.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
ZOOL  006  or  BOTN  117.  Graduate  credit  (1-3  hours)  al- 
lowed with  permission  of  instructor.  The  practical  aspects 
of  animal  breeding,  heredity,  variation,  selection,  develop- 
ment, systems  of  breeding  and  pedigree  study  are  con- 
sidered. (Green) 

ANSC     131.  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  ANIMAL  SCIENCE.  (1) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  Summer  session 
only.  This  course  is  designed  primarily  for  teachers  of 
vocational  agriculture  and  Extension  Service  personnel. 
One  primary  topic,  to  be  selected  mutually  by  the 
instructor  and  students,  will  be  presented  each  session. 

(Staff) 

ANSC  140.  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  MAMMALIAN  REPRODUCTION. 
(3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ZOOL  102  or  104.  Anatomy 
and  physiology  of  the  reproductive  process  and  artificial 
insemination  of  cattle.  (Williams) 

ANSC  141.  APPLIED  ANIMAL  PHYSIOLOGY.  (4)  (P-F) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour 
laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites,  CHEM  31  and 
ANSC  116  or  equivalent.  The  physiology  of  domesticated 
animals  with  emphasis  on  functions  related  to  produc- 
tion, and  the  physiological  adaption  to  environmental 
influences.  (Staff) 

ANSC  142.  DAIRY  CATTLE  BREEDING.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisites,  ANSC040,  ZOOL006or  BOTN  117. 
A  specialized  course  in  breeding  dairy  cattle.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  methods  of  evaluation  and  selection,  systems 
of  breedingand  breeding  programs.  (Douglass) 

ANSC  143S.  ADVANCED  DAIRY  PRODUCTION.  (1) 

Summer  session  only.  An  advanced  course  primarily  de- 
signed for  teachers  of  vocational  agriculture  and  county 
agents.  It  includes  a  study  of  the  newer  discoveries  in 
dairy  cattle  nutrition,  breeding  and  management      (Staff) 

ANSC  146.  ANALYSIS  OF  DAIRY  PRODUCTION  SYSTEMS.  (3) 
Prerequisites,  AGEC  108  a/id  ANSC  010  or  110,  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  The  business  aspects  of  dairy  farm- 
ing including  an  evaluation  of  the  costs  and  returns 
associated  with  each  segment.  The  economic  impact  of 
pertinent  management  decisions  is  studied.  Recent  de- 
velopments in  animal  nutrition,  physiology  and  genetics, 
agricultural  economics,  agricultural  engineering,  and 
agronomic  practices  are  discussed  as  they  apply  to 
management  of  a  dairy  herd.  (Staff) 

ANSC  162.  AVIAN  PHYSIOLOGY.  (2) 

First  semester.  One  three-hour  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  ZOOL  102  or  104  and  ANSC  116.  the 
basic  physiology  of  the  bird  is  discussed,  excluding 
the  reproductive  system.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to 
physiological  differences  between  birds  and  other  ver- 
tebrates. (Pollard) 

ANSC  163S.  POULTRY  BREEDING  AND  FEEDING.  (1) 

Summer  session  only.  This  course  is  designed  primarily 
for  teachers  of  vocational  agriculture  and  extension  serv- 
ice workers.  The  first  half  will  be  devoted  to  problems 
concerning  breeding  and  the  development  of  breeding 
stock.  The  second  half  will  be  devoted  to  nutrition. 

(Staff) 

ANSC  164S.  POULTRY  PRODUCTS  AND  MARKETING.  (1) 
Summer  session  only.  This  course  is  designed  primarily 
for  teachers  of  vocational  agriculture  and  county  agents. 
It  deals  with  the  factors  affecting  the  quality  of  poultry 
products  and  with  hatchery  management  problems,  egg 
and  poultry  grading,  preservation  problems  and  market 
outlets  for   Maryland  poultry.  (Helbacka) 

ANSC  165.  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  HATCHABILITY.  (1) 

Second  semester.  One,  three-hour  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  ZOOL  102  or  104.  The  physiology  of 
embryonic  development  as  related  to  principles  of  hatch- 
ability  and  problems  of  incubation  encountered  in  the 
hatchery   industry  are  discussed.  (Shaffner) 

ANSC  170.  POULTRY  HYGIENE.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisites.  MICB  001  and  ANSC  001.  Virus, 
bacterial  and  protozoon  diseases;  parasitic  diseases, 
prevention,  control  and  eradication.  (Newman) 

ANSC  171.  AVIAN  ANATOMY.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.    Prerequisite,   ZOOL  001.    Gross  and   microscopic 


92  Agriculture 


structure,  dissection  and  demonstration.  (Newman) 

ANSC  189.  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  FISH  AND  WILDLIFE 
MANAGEMENT  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures.  Analysis  of  various  state 
and  federal  programs  related  to  fish  and  wildlife  manage- 
ment. This  would  include:  fish  stocking  programs,  Mary- 
land deer  management  program,  warm  water  fish  man- 
agement, acid  drainage  problems,  water  quality,  water- 
fowl management,  wild  turkey  management  and  regula- 
tions relative  to  the  administration  of  these  programs. 

(Staff) 
ANSC  198.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  ANIMAL  SCIENCE 
(1-2)  (4cr.  max.) 

First  and  second  semester.  Prerequisite,  approval  of 
staff.  Work  assigned  in  proportion  to  amount  of  credit. 
A  course  designed  for  advanced  undergraduates  in  which 
specific  problems  relating  to  animal  science  will  be 
assigned.  (Staff) 

ANSC  199.  SEMINAR.  (1,  1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
staff.  Presentation  and  discussion  of  current  literature 
and  research  work  in  animal  science.  (Staff) 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions 
ANSC  200.  ELECTRON  MICROSCOPY.  (4) 

(Staff) 
ANSC  220.  ADVANCED  BREEDING.  (2) 

(Staff) 
ANSC  221.  ENERGY  AND  PROTEIN  NUTRITION.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ANSC  240.  ADVANCED  RUMINANT  NUTRITION.  (2) 

(Staff) 
ANSC  241.  RESEARCH  METHODS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ANSC  242.  EXPERIMENTAL  MAMMALIAN  SURGERY,  1.  (2) 

ANSC  243.  EXPERIMENTAL  MAMMALIAN  SURGERY,  II.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ANSC  261.  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  REPRODUCTION.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ANSC  262.  POULTRY  LITERATURE.  (1-4) 

(Staff 
ANSC  263.  POULTRY  NUTRITION  LABORATORY.  (2) 

(Staff) 
ANSC  264.  VITAMINS.  (2) 

(Staff) 
ANSC  265.  MINERAL  METABOLISM.  (2) 

(Staff) 
ANSC  266.  PHYSIOLOGICAL  GENETICS  OF  DOMESTIC 
ANIMALS.  (2) 

(Staff) 
ANSC  280.  SEMINAR  IN  POPULATION  GENETICS  OF 
DOMESTIC  ANIMALS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ANSC  301.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  ANIMAL  SCIENCE  (1-2) 
(4  cr.  max.) 

(Staff) 
ANSC  302.  SEMINAR.  (1) 

(Staff) 
ANSC  399.  RESEARCH-MASTER'S  THESIS.  (1-6) 

(Staff) 
ANSC  499.  RESEARCH-PH.D.  DISSERTATION.  (1-6) 

(Staff) 

BOTANY 

HEAD  AND  PROFESSOR:  Krauss. 

PROFESSORS:    Corbett,    Galloway,    Gauch,    Kantzes,    D.    T. 

Morgan,  Sisler,  Stern,  and  Weaver. 
RESEARCH  PROFESSOR:  Sorokin. 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Brown,  Karlander,  Klarman,  Krus- 

berg,  Lockard,  0.  D.  Morgan,  Patterson,  and  Rappleye. 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Barnett,   Bean,   Curtis,   Harrison, 

Motta,  Reveal,  Smith,  and  Terborgh. 
RESEARCH  ASSOCIATE:  Norton. 
INSTRUCTORS:  Grigg  and  Owens. 
GENERAL  BOTANY 


BOTN  001.  GENERAL  BOTANY.  (4) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Two  lec- 
tures and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  General  introduc- 
tion to  botany,  touching  briefly  on  all  phases  of  the 
subject.  Emphasis  is  on  the  fundamental  biological  prin- 
ciplesof  thehigherplants.    (Sternand  Department  Faculty.) 

BOTN  001  H.  GENERAL  BOTANY.  (4) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  A  broad  study  of  plant  science  with 
emphasis  on  current  conceptions  of  major  fields  of 
interest.  Designed  for  general  honors  students,  as  well 
as  for  freshman  students  with  superior  training  in 
biology  or  chemistry,  for  upper  class  science  majors, 
and  for  those  students  seeking  an  advanced  treatment 
of   BOTN  001.  (Galloway  and  Departmental  Faculty.) 

BOTN  002.  GENERAL  BOTANY.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods 
a  week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001  or  equivalent.  A  brief 
evolutionary  study  of  algae,  fungi,  liverworts,  mosses, 
ferns  and  their  relatives,  and  the  seed  plants,  emphasizing 
their  structure,  reproduction,  habitats,  and  economic 
importance.  (Staff) 

BOTN  010.  PRINCIPLES  OF  CONSERVATION.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  A  study  of  the 
principles  of  economical  use  of  our  natural  resources  in- 
cluding water,  soil,  plants,  minerals,  wildlife  and  man. 

(Harrison) 

BOTN  116.  HISTORY  AND  PHILOSOPHY  OF  BOTANY  (1) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites  20  semester  credit  hours 
in  biological  sciences  including  BOTN  001  or  equivalent. 
Discussion  of  the  development  and  ideas  and  knowledge 
about  plants,  leading  to  a  survey  of  contemporary  work 
in   botanical   science.  (Staff) 

BOTN  136.  PLANTS  AND  MANKIND.  (2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001  or  equivalent. 
A  survey  of  the  plants  which  are  utilized  by  man,  the 
diversity  of  such  utilization,  and  their  historic  and 
economic  significance.  (Rappleye) 

BOTN  151S.  TEACHING  METHODS  IN  BOTANY.  (2) 

Summer  session.  Four  two-hour  laboratory  demonstra- 
tion periods  per  week,  for  eight  weeks.  Prerequisite,  BOTN 
001,  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  the  biological  principles  of 
common  plants,  and  demonstrations,  projects,  and  visual 
aids  suitable  for  teaching  in  primary  and  secondary 
schools.  (Lockard) 

BOTN  171.  MARINE  PLANT  BIOLOGY.  (4) 

Summer  session.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001  or  General 
Biology  plus  Organic  Chemistry  or  the  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Five,  one-hour  lectures  and  three,  3-hour 
laboratories  each  week  for  six  weeks.  An  introduction  to 
the  taxonomic,  physiological  and  biochemical  charac- 
teristics of  marine  plants  which  are  basic  to  their  role 
in  the  ecology  of  the  oceans  and  estuaries.  Laboratory 
fee  $12.00.  (Krauss    and    Staff) 

BOTN  195.  TUTORIAL  READING  IN  BOTANY.  (HONORS 
COURSE)  (2  or  3) 

Prerequisite,  admission  to  the  Department  of  Botany 
Honors  Program.  A  review  of  the  literature  dealing  with 
a  specific  research  problem  in  preparation  for  original 
research  to  be  accomplished  in  Botany  196.  Papers  will 
be  assigned  and  discussed  in  frequent  sessions  with 
the  instructor.  (Galloway  and  Departmental  Faculty). 

BOTN  196.  RESEARCH  PROBLEMS  IN  BOTANY.  (HONORS 
COURSE)  (2  or  3) 

Prerequisite,  BOTN  195.  The  candidate  for  Honors  will 
pursue  a  research  problem  under  the  direction  and 
close  supervision  of  a  member  of  the  faculty.       (Staff) 

BOTN  199.  SEMINAR.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  semester  hours  maximum 
credit.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  Discussion 
and  readings  on  special  topics,  current  literature,  or 
problems  and  progress  in  all  phases  of  botany.  Minor 
experimental  work  may  be  pursued  if  facilities  and  the 
qualifications  of  the  students  permit.  For  seniors  only, 
majors  and  minors  in  botany  or  biological  science. 

(Terborgh) 

BOTN  199-S.  NSF  SEMINAR.  (2) 

Seminar  in  the  Sciences  for  NSF  participants  only.  In- 
cludes guest  speakers,  a  field  trip  to  area  science  labora- 
tories, and  individual  problem  work.  (Lockard) 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions. 


Agriculture  93 


BOTN  301.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  BOTANY.  (1  to  3) 

(Staff) 

BOTN  302.  SEMINAR  IN  BOTANY.  (1) 

(Staff) 
PLANT  PHYSIOLOGY 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

BOTN  101.  PLANT  PHYSIOLOGY.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  4-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  BOTN  001  and  General 
Chemistry.  Organic  Chemistry  strongly  recommended.  A 
survey  of  the  general  physiological  activities  of  plants. 

(Patterson,  Lockard) 
BOTN  172.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  MARINE  RESEARCH. 
Summer  session.  Prerequisites  BOTN  001  or  general 
biology  plus  Organic  Chemistry  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Recommended  concurrent  or  previous  enrollment  in  BOTN 
171,  Marine  Plant  Biology.  An  experimental  approach  to 
problems  in  marine  research  dealing  primarily  with  the 
phytoplankton,  the  larger  algae,  and  marine  sperm- 
atophytes.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  their  physiological 
and  biochemical   activities.  (Staff) 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions. 
BOTN  204.  GROWTH  AND  DEVELOPMENT.  (2) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  209.  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  ALGAE.  (2) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  210.  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  ALGAE— LABORATORY.  (1) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  230.  ADVANCED  PLANT  PHYSIOLOGY.  (2) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  231.  PLANT  BIOCHEMISTRY.  (2) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  232.  PLANT  BIOPHYSICS.  (2) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  233.  PLANT  BIOCHEMISTRY-BIOPHYSICS 
LABORATORY.  (4) 

(Staff) 
PLANT  PATHOLOGY 

BOTN  020.  DISEASES  OF  PLANTS.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001,  or  equivalent.  An  introduc- 
tory study  of  the  symptoms  and  casual  agents  of  plant 
diseases   and    measure   for  their  control.  (Klarman) 

BOTN  122.  RESEARCH  METHODS  IN  PLANT  PATHOLOGY.  (2) 
Second  semester.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, BOTN  020,  or  equivalent.  Advanced  training  in 
the  basic  research  techniques  and  methods  of  plant 
pathology.  (Curtis) 

BOTN  127.  DIAGNOSIS  AND  CONTROL  OF  PLANT  DISEASES. 
(3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  A  study  of 
various  plant  diseases  grouped  according  to  the  manner 
in  which  the  host  plants  are  affected.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  recognition  of  symptoms  of  the  various  types 
of  diseases  and  on  methods  of  transmission  and  con- 
trol of  the  pathogens  involved.  (Bean) 
BOTN  152S.  FIELD  PLANT  PATHOLOGY.  (1) 

Summersession.  Daily  lectureforthree weeks.  Prerequisite, 
BOTN  020,  or  equivalent.  Given  in  accordance  with  de- 
mand. A  course  for  county  agents  and  teachers  of  voca- 
tional agriculture.  Discussion  and  denomination  of  the 
important  diseases  in  Maryland  crops.  (Kantzes) 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions. 
BOTN  221.  PLANT  VIROLOGY.  (2) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  222.  PLANT  VIROLOGY  LABORATORY.  (2) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  223.  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  FUNGI.  (2) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  224.  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  FUNGI  LABORATORY.  (1) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  227.  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  PATHOGENS  AND  HOST- 
PATHOGEN  RELATIONSHIPS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  241.  PLANT  NEMATOLOGY.  (4) 

(Staff) 


Taxonomy 

BOTN  Oil.  PLANT  TAXONOMY.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods 
a  week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001,  or  equivalent.  An  intro- 
ductory study  of  plant  classification,  based  on  the  col- 
lection and  identification  of  local  plants.  (Brown) 

BOTN  128.  MYCOLOGY.  (4) 

Second  semester.  (Not  offered  1971-72.)  An  introductory 
study  of  the  morphology,  classification,  life  histories,  and 
economics  of  the  fungi.  (Motta) 

BOTN  153S.  FIELD  BOTANY  AND  TAXONOMY.  (2) 

Summer  session.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001  or  General  Biol- 
ogy. Four  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week  for  eight 
weeks.  The  identification  of  trees,  shrubs,  and  herbs, 
emphasizing  the  native  plants  of  Maryland.  Manuals, 
keys,  and  other  techniques  will  be  used.  Numerous  short 
field  trips  will  be  taken.  Each  student  will  make  an 
individual   collection.  (Brown) 

BOTN  161.  SYSTEMATIC  BOTANY.  (2) 

Fall  semester.  (Not  offered  1970-71).  Two  two-hour  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequsite,  BOTN  01 1  or  equivalent. 
An  advanced  study  of  the  principles  of  systematic  botany. 
Laboratory  practice  with  difficult  plant  families  including 
grasses,  sedges,  legumes,  and  composites.  Field  trips 
arranged.  (Reveal) 

ECOLOGY 

BOTN  102.  PLANT  ECOLOGY.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001.  Two  lectures 
per  week.  The  dynamics  of  populations  as  affected  by 
environmental  factors  with  special  emphasis  on  the 
structure  and  composition  of  natural  plant  communities, 
both    terrestrial   and  equatic.  (Terborgh) 

BOTN  103.  PLANT  ECOLOGY  LABORATORY.  (1) 

Prerequisite,  BOTN  102  or  its  equivalent  or  concurrent 
enrollment  therein.  One  three-hour  laboratory  period  a 
week.  The  application  of  field  and  experimental  methods 
to  the  qualitative  and  quantitative  study  of  vegetation 
and  environmental   factors.  (Terborgh) 

BOTN  113.  PLANT  GEOGRAPHY.  (2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001,  or  equivalent.  A 
study  of  plant  distribution  throughout  the  world  and 
the  factors  generally  associated  with  such  distribution. 

(Brown) 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions. 

BOTN  219.  ADVANCED  PLANT  ECOLOGY.  (3) 

(Staff) 

ANATOMY-MORPHOLOGY 

BOTN  110.  PLANT  MICROTECHNIQUE.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  a  week.  Laboratory  periods 
by  arrangement.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001  or  equivalent 
and  permission  of  instructor.  Preparation  of  temporary 
and  permanent  mounts,  including  selection  of  material, 
killing  and  fixing,  embedding,  sectioning,  and  staining 
methods;  photomicrography,  film  and  paper  processing 
and  preparation  of  photographic  illustrations  for  re- 
search  publication.  (Stern) 

BOTN  111.  PLANT  ANATOMY.  (3) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  110.  or  equivalent.  The  origin 
and  development  of  the  organs  and  tissue  systems  in 
the  vascular  plants.  (Rappleye) 

BOTN  115.  STRUCTURE  OF  ECONOMIC  PLANTS.  (3) 

Second  semester.  (Not  offered  1971-72.)  One  lecture  and 
two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  111.  A 
detailed  microscopic  study  of  the  anatomy  of  the  chief 
fruit   and  vegetable  crops.  (Rappleye) 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  description. 

GENETICS 

BOTN  117.  GENERAL  PLANT  GENETICS.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001  or  equivalent. 
The  basic  principles  of  plant  genetics  are  presented; 
the  mechanics  of  transmission  of  the  hereditary  factors 
in  relation  to  the  life  cycle  of  seed  plants,  the  genetics 
of  specialized  organs  and  tissues,  spontaneous  and  in- 
duced mutations  of  basic  and  economic  significance, 
gene  action,  genetic  maps,  the  fundamentals  of  polyploidy, 
and  genetics  in  relation  to  methods  of  plant  breeding 
are  the  topics  considered.  (Smith) 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions. 


94  Agriculture 


BOTN  215.  PLANT  CYTOGENETICS.  (3) 

(Staff 
BOTN  216.  NUCLEIC  ACIDS  AND  MOLECULAR  GENETICS  (2) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  399.  M. S. RESEARCH 

(Staff) 
BOTN  499.  PH.D.  RESEARCH 

(Staff) 


ENTOMOLOGY 

PROFESSORS:  Bickley  and  Jones 

ASSOCIATE    PROFESSORS:    Harrison,    Menzer,    Messersmith 
and  Steinhauer 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:   Davidson  and  Reichelderfer 

LECTURERS:  Heimpel  and  Spangler 

ENTM  004.  BEEKEEPING.  (2) 

First  semester.  A  study  of  the  life  history,  behavior  and 
seasonal  activities  of  the  honeybee,  its  place  in  pollination 
of  flowers  with  emphasis  on  plants  of  economic  impor- 
tance and  bee  lore  in  literature.  (Staff) 

ENTM  005.  INSECTS.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  A  survey  of  the  major 
groups  of  insects,  their  natural  history,  and  their  rela- 
tionships with  man  and  his  environment. 

(Messersmith  and  Staff) 

ENTM  015.  INTRODUCTORY  ENTOMOLOGY.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  one  semester  of  college 
zoology.  The  position  of  insects  in  the  animal  kingdom, 
their  gross  structure,  classification  into  orders  and 
principal  families  and  the  general  economic  status  of 
insects.  A  collection  of  common  insects  is  required. 

(Messersmith) 

ENTIM  020.  AGRICULTURAL  INSECT  PESTS.  (3) 

Second  semester.  2  lectures  and  one  2-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisite  BOTN  001  or  ZOOL  001.  An 
introduction  to  the  principal  insect  pests  of  fruit,  vege- 
table, forage,  and  ornamental  crops,  with  special  reference 
to  Maryland  agriculture.  Not  open  to  entomology  majors. 

(Harrison) 

ENTM  100.  ADVANCED  APICULTURE.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  three-hour  labo- 
ratory periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  ENTM  004.  The 
theory  and  practice  of  apiary  management.  Designed 
for  the  student  who  wishes  to  keep  bees  or  requires 
a  practical  knowledge  of  bee  management.  (Staff) 

ENTM  105.  MEDICAL  AND  VETERINARY  ENTOMOLOGY.  (4) 
Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  labora- 
tory period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  ENTM  001  or  consent 
of  the  Department.  A  study  of  the  morphology,  taxonomy, 
biology  and  control  of  the  arthropod  parasites  and 
disease  vectors  of  man  and  animals.  The  ecology  and 
behavior  of  vectors  in  relation  to  disease  transmission 
will   be  emphasized.  (Messersmith) 

ENTM  107.  INSECTICIDES.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  Depart- 
ment. The  development  and  use  of  contact  and  stomach 
poisons,  fumigants  and  other  important  chemicals,  with 
reference  to  their  chemistry,  toxic  action,  compatibility, 
and  host  injury.  Recent  research  emphasized.     (Menzer) 

ENTM  120.  INSECT  TAXONOMY  AND  BIOLOGY.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  ENTM  015.  Introduction 
to  the  principles  of  systematic  entomology  and  the  study 
of  all  orders  and  the  important  families  of  insects; 
immature  forms  considered.  (Davidson) 

ENTM  121S.  ENTOMOLOGY  FOR  SCIENCE  TEACHERS.  (4) 
Summer.  Four  lectures  and  four  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  This  course  will  include  the  elements 
of  morphology,  taxonomy  and  biology  of  insects  using 
examples  commonly  available  to  high  school  teachers. 
It  will  include  practice  in  collecting,  preserving,  rear- 
ing and  experimenting  with  insects  insofar  as  time 
will   permit.  (Davidson  and   Messersmith) 

ENTM  122.  INSECT  MORPHOLOGY.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  ENTM  015.  A 
basic  study  of  insect  form,  structure  and  organization 
in    relation   to  function.  (Davidson) 


ENTM  123.  INSECT  PHYSIOLOGY.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  ENTM  015,  CHEM 
031  or  equivalent.  Lectures  and  laboratory  exercises  on 
the  cuticle,  growth,  endocrines,  muscles,  circulation, 
nerves,  digestion,  excretion  and  reproduction  in  insects. 

(Jones) 

ENTM  124.  ECONOMIC  ENTOMOLOGY.  (4) 

First  semester.  2  lectures  and  two  2-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  ENTM  015.  The  recognition, 
biology  and  control  of  insects  injurious  to  fruit  and 
vegetable  crops,  field  crops  and  stored  products. 

(Harrison) 

ENTM  125.  INSECT  PATHOLOGY.  (3) 

Second  semester.  2  lectures  and  one  3-hour  laboratory 
period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  MICB  001;  prerequisite  or 
concurrent  ENTM  123,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  An 
introduction  to  the  principal  insect  pathogens  with 
special  reference  to  symptomology,  epizootiology,  and 
microbial  control  of  insect  pests.  (Reichelderfer) 

ENTM  198.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS.  (1-3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Credit  and  prerequisites, 
to  be  determined  by  the  Department.  Investigations  of 
assigned  entomological  problems.  (Staff) 

ENTM  199.  SEMINAR.  (1,  1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  senior  stand- 
ing. Presentation  of  original  work,  cSVews  and  abstracts 
of   literature.  (Staff) 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions. 

ENTM  205.  INSECT  ECOLOGY.  (2) 

(Staff) 

ENTM  206.  CULICIDOLOGY.  (2) 

(Staff) 

ENTM  208.  TOXICOLOGY  OF  INSECTICIDES.  (4) 

(Staff) 

ENTM  209.  ADVANCES  IN  INSECT  PHYSIOLOGY.  (2) 

(Staff) 

ENTM  210.  ENTOMOLOGICAL  TOPICS.  (Credit  arranged) 

(Staff) 

ENTM  211.  ASPECTS  OF  INSECT  BIOCHEMISTRY.  (2) 

(Staff) 

ENTM  301.  ADVANCED  ENTOMOLOGY.  (1-6) 

(Staff) 
ENTM  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (Master's  Level) 

(Staff) 
ENTM  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH.  (Doctoral  Level) 

(Staff) 


FOOD  SCIENCE 

PROFESSORS:  Young  (Animal  Science);  Davis  Arbuckle, 
King  and  Mattick  (Dairy  Science);  Stark  ,  Kramer,  Scott 
and  Wiley  (Horticulture);  Shaffner  (Poultry  Science). 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Buric  (Animal  Science). 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Bigbee,  and  Heath  (Poultry 
Science). 

FDSC  001.  INTRODUCTION  TO  FOOD  SCIENCE.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  An  introductory  course  to  orient  the  student  in 
the  broad  field  of  food  science.  Includes  a  historical  and 
economic  survey  of  the  major  food  industries,  composition 
and  nutritive  value,  quality  aspects,  spoilage,  preserva- 
tion, sanitation,  standards  and  regulation  of  foods. 

(Mattick) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

FDSC  102.  PRINCIPLES  OF  FOOD  PROCESSING— 1.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  A  study  of  the  basic  methods  by  which  foods 
are  preserved  (unit  operations).  Effect  of  raw  product 
quality  and  the  various  types  of  processes  on  yield  and 
quality  of  the  preserved  products.  (Wiley) 

FDSC  103.  PRINCIPLES  OF  FOOD  PROCESSING— II.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  A  detailed  study 
of  food  processing  with  emphasis  on  line  and  staff 
operations,  including  physical  facilities,  utilities,  pre- 
and  post-processing  operations,  processing  line  develop- 
ment and   sanitation.  (Mattick) 


Agriculture  95 


FDSC  111.  FOOD  CHEMISTRY.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  010,  012.  The  application  of 
basic  chemical  and  physical  concepts  to  the  composition 
and  properties  of  foods.  Emphasis  will  be  on  the  relation- 
ship of  processing  technology  on  the  keeping  quality, 
nutritional  value  and  acceptability  of  foods.  (King) 

FDSC  112.  ANALYTICAL  QUALITY  CONTROL.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite  CHEM  010,  012.  Instrumental  and  sen- 
sory measurement  of  food  quality  attributes  including 
appearance,  rheological,  flavor,  and  microbiological 
evaluations,  and  their  integration  into  grades  and  standards 
of  quality.  (Kramer) 

FDSC  113.  STATISTICAL  QUALITY  CONTROL.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite  AGR I  100.  Statistical  methods  for  acceptance 
sampling  of  supplies  and  raw  materials,  in-plant  and 
finished  product  inspection,  water,  fuel,  and  waste  con- 
trol, production,  transportation,  inventory  and  budget 
controls.  (Kramer) 

FDSC  125.  MEAT  AND  MEAT  PROCESSING.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite  CHEM  161  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Physical  and  chemical  characteristics 
of  meat  and  meat  products,  meat  processing,  methods 
of  testing  and  product  development. 

FDSC  131.  FOOD  PRODUCT  RESEARCH  AND  DEVELOPMENT 
(3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures,  one  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite  FDSC  103,  CHEM  161,  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. A  study  of  the  research  and  development  func- 
tion for  improvement  of  existing  products  and  develop- 
ment of  new,  economically  feasible  and  marketable  food 
products.  Application  of  chemical-physical  character- 
istics of  ingredients  to  produce  optimum  quality  prod- 
ucts, cost  reduction,  consumer  evaluation,  equipment 
and   package  development.  (Mattick) 

FDSC  156.  HORTICULTURAL  PRODUCTS  PROCESSING.  (3) 
Second  semester,  alternate  years.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory   per  week.   Commercial   methods  of  canning, 
freezing,    dehydrating,    fermenting,    and   chemical    pres- 
ervation of  fruit  and  vegetable  crops.  (Wiley) 

FDSC  160.  TECHNOLOGY  OF  MARKET  EGGS  AND  POULTRY. 
(3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  A  study  of  the  technological  factors 
concerned  with  the  processing,  storage,  and  marketing 
of  eggs  and  poultry  and  the  factors  affecting  their 
quality.  (Helbacka) 

FDSC  175.  SEAFOOD  PRODUCTS  PROCESSING.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  161  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  The  principal  preservation  methods 
for  commercial  seafood  products  with  particular  reference 
to  the  invertebrates.  Chemical  and  microbiological  aspects 
of  processing  are  emphasized.  (Staff) 

FDSC  182.  DAIRY  PRODUCTS  PROCESSING.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Method  of  production  of  fluid  milk, 
butter,  cheese,  condensed  and  evaporated  milk  and 
milk  products  and   ice  cream.  (Mattick) 

FDSC   198.   SPECIAL  PROBLEMS   IN   FOOD  SCIENCE.  (1-3) 
(4  cr.  max.) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  approval  of 
staff.  Designed  for  advanced  undergraduates  in  which 
specific    problems    in    food    science    will    be    assigned. 

(Staff) 

FDSC  199.  SEMINAR.  (1) 

Second  semesters.  Presentation  and  discussion  of  cur- 
rent literature  and  research  in  food  science.  (Staff) 

MECHANICS  OF  FOOD  PROCESSING. 

See  Agricultural  Engineering,  AGEN  113. 

EXPERIMENTAL  FOOD  SCIENCE. 

See  Food  and  Nutrition,  FOOD  153. 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions. 

FDSC  201.  ADVANCES  IN  FOOD  TECHNOLOGY.  (3) 

(Staff) 

FDSC  301.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  FOOD  SCIENCE.  (1  to  4) 

(Staff) 


(Staff) 
(Staff) 
(Staff) 


FDSC  302.  SEMINAR  IN  FOOD  SCIENCE.  (1-3) 

FDSC  310.  COLLOQUIUM  IN  FOOD  SCIENCE.  (1) 

FDSC  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (1-12) 

FDSC  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH.  (1-12) 

(Staff) 
Methods  of   Horticultural   Research,  see  Horticulture,  HORT 

207. 
Research  Methods,  see  Animal  Science,  ANSC  241. 
Recent  Advances  in  Nutrition,  see  Home  Economics,  NUTR 

204. 

GEOLOGY 

ASSOCIATE    PROFESSORS:    Fernow,    Segovia,    Siegrist   and 
Stifel 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Maccini  and  Weidner 

GEOL001.  INTRODUCTORY  PHYSICAL  GEOLOGY.  (3) 

First  and  second  semester.  A  study  dealing  primarily 
with  the  principles  of  dynamical  and  structural  geology. 
Designed  to  give  a  general  survey  of  the  rocks  and 
minerals  composing  the  earth;  the  movement  within  it; 
and  its  surface  features  and  the  agents  that  form  them. 

(Staff) 

GEOL  002.    HISTORICAL   AND    STRATIGRAPHIC   GEOLOGY. 
(3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  GEOL  001.  A  study  of 
the  earth's  history  as  revealed  through  the  principles 
of  stratigraphy  and  the  processes  of  physical  geology, 
with  emphasis  on  the  formations  and  the  geologic 
development  of  the  North  American  continent.     (Fernow) 

GEOL  004.  PHYSICAL  GEOLOGY  LABORATORY.  (1) 

First  and  second  semester.  One  laboratory  a  week.  May 
be  taken  concurrently  with  a  specially  designated  sec- 
tion of  GEOL  1  or  after  successful  completion  of  GEOL 
001.  The  basic  materials  and  tools  of  physical  geology 
stressing  familiarization  with  rocks  and  minerals  and 
the  use  of   maps   in   geologic   interpretations.        (Staff) 

GEOL  005.  HISTORICAL  GEOLOGY  LABORATORY.  (1) 

Second  semester.  One  laboratory  a  week.  Concurrent 
registration  in  GEOL  002  or  consent  of  instructor  is 
required.  The  use  of  geologic  maps  and  fossils  in  the 
study  of  the  physical  and  biological  evolution  of  the 
earth.  (Fernow) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

GEOL  120.  CRYSTALLOGRAPHY.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  CHEM  009  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
introduction  to  the  study  of  crystals.  Stresses  the 
theoretical  and  practical  relationships  between  the  in- 
ternal and  external  properties  of  crystalline  solids.  En- 
compasses morphological,  optical  and  chemical  crystal- 
lography. (Siegrist) 

GEOL  121.  MINERALOGY.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratories  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  GEOL  004  and  120  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Basic  elementary  mineralogy  with  emphasis  on 
description,  identification;  formation,  occurrence  and 
economic  significance  of  approximately  150  minerals. 

(Siegrist) 

GEOL  122.  OPTICAL  MINERALOGY.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1970-71)  One 
lecture  and  two  laboratories  a  week.  Prerequisite,  GEOL 
121  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  optical  behavior  of 
crystals  with  emphasis  on  the  theory  and  application 
of  the  petrographic  microscope.  (Staff) 

GEOL  130.  INVERTEBRATE  PALEONTOLOGY.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1971-72).  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite,  GEOL 
002  or  consent  of  instructor.  ZOOL002  or  equivalent  recom- 
mended. A  systematic  review  of  the  morphology,  classifi- 
cation, ecology,  and  geologic  ranges  of  selected  in- 
vertebrate groups  represented  in  the  fossil  record. 

(Fernow) 

GEOL  131.  STRATIGRAPHIC  PALEONTOLOGY  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1971-72).  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite.  GEOL 
130.  Principles  of  biostratigraphy,  paleoecoloRy  and 
paleogeography.  Laboratory  study  emphasizes  significant 
index  fossils.  (hernow) 


96  Agriculture 


GEOL  140.  STRUCTURAL  GEOLOGY.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1971-72.)  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite,  GEOL 
004  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  cause  and 
nature  of  the  physical  stresses  and  resulting  defor- 
mational  responses  in  the  earth.  Laboratory  exercises  in- 
clude crustal  model  studies  and  stereographic  analysis 
of  deformational   structures.  (Segovia) 

GEOL  141.  SEDIMENTATION.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1970-71.)  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite,  GEOL 
004  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  critical  vari- 
ables in  sedimentation  systems;  origin,  dispersion,  ac- 
cumulation, and  properties  of  sediments  and  sedimentary 
rocks.  Laboratories  will  include  the  measurement  and 
statistical  analysis  of  sediment  properties  and  study  of 
sedimentation   rates.  (Stifel) 

GEOL  142.  IGNEOUS  AND  METAMORPHIC  PETROLOGY.  (2) 
First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1970-71).  Two 
laboratories  a  week.  Prerequisites,  GEOL  121  or  consent 
of  instructor.  A  detailed  study  of  igneous  and  metamorphic 
rocks:  pedogenesis;  distributions;  chemical  and  miner- 
alogical  relations;  macroscopic  descriptions  and  geologic 
significance.  (Staff) 

GEOL  143.  PETROGRAPHY.  (2) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  9170-71.)  Two 
laboratories  a  week.  Prerequisites,  GEOL  122,  141,  142  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Microscopic  thin-section  studies 
of  rocks  stressing  the  description  and  classification  of 
igneous,  metamorphic  and  sedimentary  rocks.         (Staff) 

GEOL  145.  GEOCHEMISTRY.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1970-71.)  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite,  GEOL 
121  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the 
chemistry  of  the  earth  including  high  and  low  temper- 
ature equilibria  relations  between  and  within  important 
mineral  groups  and  an  analysis  of  the  distribution  and 
significance  of  elements  and  their  isotopes  in  the  earth. 

(Staff) 

GEOL  147.  GEOPHYSICS.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1971-72.)  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS 
Oil  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  introduction  the  basic 
theories  and  principles  of  geophysics  stressing  such 
important  applications  as  rock  magnetism,  gravity  anom- 
olies,  crustal  strain  and  earthquakes,  and  surveying. 

(Staff) 

GEOL  150.  GROUNDWATER  GEOLOGY.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1970-71.)  Prereq- 
uisite, GEOL  001  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  introduction 
to  the  basic  geologic  parameters  associated  with  the 
hydrologic  cycle.  Problems  in  the  accumulation,  distribu- 
tion and  movement  of  groundwater  will  be  analyzed. 

(Staff) 

GEOL  151.  MARINE  GEOLOGY.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1970-71.) 
Prerequisite,  GEOL  001  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  in- 
troduction to  the  essential  elements  of  marine  and  es- 
tuarine  geology  including  studies  of  currents,  tides, 
waves,  coastline  development,  shore  erosion  and  marine 
anc1   bay  sedimentation.  (Staff) 

uEOL  152.  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  i  _  METALLIC  ORE 
DEPOSITS.  (2) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1970-71.)  Two 
laboratories  a  week.  Prerequisite,  GEOL  121  or  consent 
of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  geology  of  metallic  ore 
deposits  stressing  ore-forming  processes,  configuration 
of  important  ore  bodies,  and  familiarization  with  char- 
acteristic ore  mineral  suites.  (Staff) 

GEOL  153.  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY  11  —  NON-METALLIC 
ORE  DEPOSITS.  (2) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1970-71.)  Two 
laboratories  a  week.  Prerequisite,  GEOL  121  or  consent 
of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  geology  of  non-metallic  ore 
deposits:  nitrates,  phosphates,  limestone,  etc.,  and  fos- 
sil fuels;  coal  oil,  and  natural  gas.  (Staff) 

GEOL  154.  ENGINEERING  GEOLOGY.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1971-72.)  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite,  GEOL 
004  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  geological 
problems  associated  with  the  location  of  tunnels,  bridges, 
dams  and  nuclear  reactors;  slope  control,  and  natural 
hazards.  (Segovia) 


GEOL  160.  EARTH  SCIENCE.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  An  interdisciplin- 
ary course  designed  to  show  how  geology,  meteorology, 
physical  geography,  soil  science,  astronomy  and  ocean- 
ography are  interrelated  in  the  study  of  the  earth  and 
its  environment  in  space.  Recommended  for  science 
education  undergraduate  and  graduate  students.  May 
not  be  used  for  credit  towards  geology  majors.     (Maccini) 

GEOL  194.  RESEARCH  PROBLEMS  IN  GEOLOGY.  (1) 

First  and  second  semester.  Open  only  to  geology  majors 
in  their  final  year.  The  student  will  select  and  investigate 
with  departmental  assistance  a  specific  library,  laboratory 
or  field  study.  A  written  and  oral  presentation  of  the 
study  will  determine  satisfactory  completion  of  the 
course.  (Staff) 

GEOL  197.  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  EARTH  SCIENCE.  (1-3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  GEOL  160  or  equivalent. 

(Maccmi) 

GEOL  198.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  GEOLOGY.  (1-3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  GEOL  002  and 
GEOL  004  or  equivalent,  and  consent  of  instructor.  Inten- 
sive study  of  a  special  geologic  subject  or  technique 
selected  after  consultation  with  instructor.  Intended  to 
provide  training  or  instruction  not  available  in  other 
courses  which  will  aid  the  student's  development  in 
his  field  of  major  interest.  (Staff) 


HORTICULTURE 

PROFESSORS:  Stark,   Haut.   Kramer.   Link,   Reynolds,   Scott, 
Shanks,  Thompson  and  Wiley. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR:  Soergel. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Angell,  Baker  and  Bouwkamp. 

LECTURERS:  Borthwick,  Hendee  and  Hornstein. 

HORT  005.  TREE  FRUIT  PRODUCTION.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite  BOTN  001.  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  per  week.  A  detailed  study  of  the  prin- 
ciples and  practices  in  fruit  production,  harvesting  and 
storage,  with  emphasis  on  the  apple.  One  field  trip 
required.  (Thompson) 

HORT  006.  TREE  FRUIT  PRODUCTION.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite 
HORT  005.  A  study  of  the  principles  and  practices  in 
fruit  production,  harvesting,  and  handling  of  deciduous 
tree  fruit  crops  other  than  the  apple.  (Thompson) 

HORT  Oil.  GREENHOUSE  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite 
BOTN  001.  A  study  of  the  construction  and  operation  of 
structures  for  forcing  horticultural  crops  and  the  prin- 
ciples underlying  the  regulation  of  plant  growth  under 
greenhouse  conditions.  (Shanks) 

HORT  012,  013.  GREENHOUSE  CROP  PRODUCTION  LABO- 
RATORY. (1,  1) 
First  and  Second  Semesters.  One  laboratory  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite or  concurrent  HORT  Oil.  Demonstration  and  ap- 
plication of  practices  in  the  commercial  product  ion  of  green- 
house   crops.  (Shanks) 

HORT  016.  GARDEN  MANAGEMENT.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite 
BOTN  001.  The  planting  and  care  of  ornamental  plan^  on 
the  home  grounds  and  a  study  of  commonly  used  species 
of  annuals  and  herbaceous  perennials.  (Baker) 

HORT  017.  GARDEN  MANAGEMENT  LABORATORY.  (1) 

Second  semester.  One  two-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite or  concurrent  HORT  01 6.  Demonstration  and  applica- 
tion of  practices  in  the  production  and  maintenance  of 
garden   plants.  (Baker) 

HORT  020.  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  ART  OF  LANDSCAPING. 
(3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  per  week.  The 
theory  and  general  principles  of  landscape  design  with 
their  application  to  public  and  private  areas.       (Soergel) 

HORT  030.  ELEMENTS  OF  FORESTRY.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite  BOTN 
001.  Not  open  to  freshmen.  A  general  survey  of  the  field 
of  forestry,  including  timber  values,  conservation,  pro- 
tection silviculture,  utilization,  mensuration,  engineer- 
ing, recreation  and  lumbering.  Principles  and  practices 
of  woodland  management.  Four  all-day  Saturday  field 
trips  are   required.  (Hendee) 


Agriculture  97 


HORT  056.  BASIC  LANDSCAPE  COMPOSITION.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  The  introduction  of  landscaping  presentation  tech- 
nique, supplemented  by  problems  in  basic  composition. 

(Soergel) 

HORT  058.  VEGETABLE  PRODUCTION.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001.  A  study  of  principles 
and  practices  of  commercial  vegetable  production. 

(Reynolds) 

HORT  059.  BERRY  PRODUCTION.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001.  A  study  of  the  principles 
and  practices  involved  in  the  production  of  small  fruits 
including  grapes,  strawberries,  raspberries,  blackberries, 
and  cranberries.  (Angell) 

HORT  062.  PLANT  PROPAGATION.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite 
BOTN  001.  A  study  of  the  principles  and  practices  of 
the  propagation  of   plants.  (Baker) 

HORT  063.  FLOWER  STORE  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  Two  lectures  and  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  HORT  Oil.  A  study  of 
the  operation  and  management  of  a  flower  store.  Labora- 
tory period  devoted  to  principles  and  practice  of  floral 
arrangements  and  decoration.  (Link) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 

HORT  100.  PRINCIPLES  OF  LANDSCAPE  DESIGN.  (3) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods 
per  week.  Prerequisite  HORT  020  and  HORT  056.  A  con- 
sideration of  design  criteria  and  procedure  as  applied 
to  residential   properties.  (Soergel) 

HORT  152.  ADVANCED  LANDSCAPE  DESIGN.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite  HORT  100,  prereq- 
uisite or  concurrent  HORT  108.  The  design  of  public  and 
private  areas  with  the  major  emphasis  on  plant  materials. 

(Soergel) 

HORT  153.  LANDSCAPE  CONSTRUCTION.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite  HORT  100.  An 
introductory  study  and  application  of  location  methods, 
construction  details,  and  construction  techniques  of  the 
various  landscape  objects  such  as  walks,  walls,  benches, 
roads.  (Soergel) 

HORT  198.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS.  (2,  2)  (4  cr.  max.) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Credit  arranged  according 
to  work  done.  For  major  students  in  horticulture  or  botany. 
Four  credits  maximum  per  student.  (Staff) 

HORT  199.  SEMINAR.  (1) 

Second  semester.  Oral  presentation  of  the  results  of 
investigational  work  by  reviewing  recent  scientific  litera- 
ture in  the  various  phases  of  horticulture.  (Stark) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

HORT  101.  TECHNOLOGY  OF  FRUITS.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite 
HORT  006;  prerequisite  or  concurrent  BOTN  101.  A  critical 
analaysis  of  research  work  and  applicaton  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  plant  physiology,  chemistry,  and  botany  to 
practical  problems  in  commercial  production. 

(Thompson) 

HORT  103.  TECHNOLOGY  OF  VEGETABLES.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite 
HORT  058;  prerequisite  or  concurrent  BOTN  101.  A  critical 
analysis  of  research  work  and  application  of  the  principles 
of  plant  physiology,  chemistry,  and  botany  to  practical 
problems  of  commercial  vegetable  production. 

(Reynolds) 

HORT  105.  TECHNOLOGY  OF  ORNAMENTALS.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite  or 
concurrent  BOTN  101.  A  study  of  the  physiological  pro- 
cesses of  the  plant  as  related  to  the  growth,  flowering 
and  storage  of  ornamental  plants.  (Link) 

HORT  107,  108.  WOODY  PLANT  MATERIALS.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  Oil.  A 
field  and  laboratory  study  of  trees,  shrubs,  and  vines 
used    in    ornamental    plantings.  (Baker) 

HORT  109.  PRINCIPLES  OF  BREEDING  HORTICULTURAL 
PLANTS.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Alternate  years.  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite.  BOTN  117  or  permission  of  instructor. 
The   genetic   and   cytogenetic    basis   of   plant   breeding. 


Systems  of  pollination  control,  theories  of  selection, 
heterosis  and  quantitative  inheritance;  mutation  breed- 
ing; interspecific  hybridization,  induced  polyploidy  and 
haploidy.  (Bouwkamp) 

HORT  114.  SYSTEMATIC  HORTICULTURE.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a 
week.  A  study  of  the  origin,  taxonomic  relationship  and 
horticultural  classification  of  fruits  and  vegetables. 

(Angell) 
HORT  115S.  TRUCK  CROP  MANAGEMENT.  (1) 

Summer  session  only.  Primarily  designed  for  teachers 
of  vocational  agriculture  and  extension  agents.  Special 
emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  new  and  improved  methods 
of  production  of  the  leading  truck  crops.  Current  problems 
and  their  solution  will  receive  special  attention.  (Staff) 
HORT  124S.  TREE  AND  SMALL  FRUIT  MANAGEMENT.  (1) 
Summer  session  only.  Primarily  designed  for  vocational 
agriculture  teachers  and  county  agents.  Special  emphasis 
will  be  placed  upon  new  and  improved  commercial  methods 
of  production  of  the  leading  tree  and  small  fruit  crops. 
Current  problems  and  their  solution  will  receive  special 
attention.  (Staff) 

HORT  125S.  ORNAMENTAL  HORTICULTURE.  (1) 

Summer  session  only.  A  course  designed  for  teachers 
of  agriculture  and  extension  agents  to  place  special 
emphasis  on  problems  of  the  culture  and  use  of  orna- 
mental plants.  (Staff) 
HORT  161.  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  MATURATION  AND  STORAGE 
OF  HORTICULTURAL  CROPS.  (2) 

Second  semester  alternate  years.  Two  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  BOTN  101.  Factors  related  to  maturation 
and  application  of  scientific  principles  to  handling 
and  storage  of  horticultural  crops.  (Scott) 

HORT  162.  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  GREENHOUSE  CROP 
PRODUCTION.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  Three  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisite  HORT  Oil.  This  course  deals  with  a  study  of 
the  commercial  production  and  marketing  of  ornamental 
plant  crops  under  greenhouse,  plastic  houses  and  out- 
of-door  conditions.  (Shanks) 
HORT  163.  PRODUCTION  AND  MAINTENANCE  OF  WOODY 
PLANTS.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent 
HORT  062;  108.  A  study  of  the  production  methods  and 
operation  of  a  commercial  nursery  and  the  .planting 
and  care  of  woody  plants  in  the   landscape.  (Link) 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions. 
HORT  207.  METHODS  OF  HORTICULTURAL  RESEARCH.  (3) 

(Staff) 
HORT  211.  EDAPHIC  FACTORS  AND  HORTICULTURAL 
PLANTS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
HORT  212.  CHEMICAL  REGULATION  OF  GROWTH  OF 
HORTICULTURAL  PLANTS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
HORT  213.  ENVIRONMENTAL  FACTORS  AND 
HORTICULTURAL  PLANTS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
HORT  214.  BREEDING  OF  HORTICULTURAL  PLANTS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
HORT  301.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  HORTICULTURE.  (1-3) 

(Staff) 
HORT  302.  ADVANCED  SEMINAR.  (1,  1) 

(Staff) 
HORT  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH  (1-12) 

(Staff) 
HORT  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH.  (1-12) 

(Staff) 
Seed  Inspection,  Seed  Certification, 
and  Weed  Control 

The  Seed  Inspection  Service  administers  the 
state  seed  law;  inspects  seeds  sold  throughout  the 
state;  collects  seed  samples  for  laboratory  examina- 
tion; reports  the  results  of  the  examinations  to  the 
parties  concerned;  publishes  summaries  of  these 
reports  which  show  the  relative  reliability  of  the 
label  information  supplied  by  wholesale  seedsmen; 


98  Agriculture 


cleans  and  treats  tobacco  seed  intended  for  plant- 
ing in  the  state;  makes  analysis,  tests,  and  examina- 
tions of  seed  samples  submitted  to  the  laboratory; 
and  advises  seed  users  regarding  the  economic  and 
intelligent  use  of  seeds.  In  1969,  new  laws  pertain- 
ing to  the  control  of  noxious  weeds  and  correct 
labeling  of  turf  products  were  enacted. 

The  work  of  the  Seed  Inspection  Service  is  not 
restricted  to  the  enforcement  of  the  seed  law,  how- 
ever, for  state  citizens  may  submit  seed  samples 
to  the  laboratory  for  analysis,  test,  or  examination. 
Specific  information  regarding  suitability  for  plant- 
ing purposes  of  seeds  is  thus  made  available  to  in- 
dividuals without  charge. 
State  Horticultural  Department 

Work  in  this  field  is  designed  to  control  insects 
and  plant  diseases  and  to  protect  the  public  in  the 
purchase  of  products  of  nurserymen  and  florists.  A 
considerable  part  of  staff  time  is  occupied  by  in- 
spection of  orchards,  crops,  nurseries,  greenhouses, 
and  floral  establishments.  Cooperation  with  the 
federal  government  in  the  inspection  and  certifica- 
tion of  materials  that  come  under  quarantine  regula- 
tions is  another  major  function  of  the  Department. 
The  Department  enforces  the  provisions  of  the  Apiary 
Law,  including  inspection  of  apiaries.  It  also  regulates 
the  use  of  pesticides  under  provisions  of  a  new  law 
enacted  in  1969. 
State  Department  of  Dranage 

The  State  Departmentof  Drainage  wasestablished 
in  1937.  Its  duties  are  to  encourage  and  assist  with 
the  drainage  of  agricultural  lands  in  the  state,  to 
correlate  the  activities  of  the  local  drainage  organiza- 
tions in  the  state,  and  to  cooperate  with  state 
and  federal  agencies  in  the  interest  of  a  permanent 
program  of  improved  drainage. 
State  Inspection  Service 

The  protection  of  consumers  and  manufacturers 
of  agricultural  products  against  fraudulent  practices 
makes  certain  specialized  laws  necessary.  These 
are  classified  as  correct  labeling  laws,  and  are  en- 
forced by  the  State  Inspection  Service.  Included  in 
this  legislation  are  the  Feed,  Fertilizer,  Agricultural 
Liming  Materials,  and  Pesticide  Laws. 
Soil  Conservation 

In  1937  the  Maryland  Legislature  created  the 
State  Soil  Conservation  Committee  in  Maryland. 
The  twenty-four  districts  organized  under  the  law 
include  all  the  land  in  the  state. 

The  State  Committee  is  charged  with  the  responsi- 
bility of  coordinating  the  efforts  of  the  districts 
and  encouraging  the  application  of  soil  and  water 
conservation  practices. 

THE  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATION 
Irvin  C.  Haut,  Director 

The  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  serves 
Maryland  agriculture  in  much  the  same  manner  as 
research  laboratories  serve  large  corporations.  The 
problems  which  face' a  biological  and  business  under- 
taking such  as  agriculture  are  as  numerous  and 
perplexing  as  the  problems  of  any  business. 

The  station  is  a  joint  federal  and  state  under- 
taking. Passage  of  the  Hatch  Act  of  1887,  which 
made  available  a  grant-in-aid  to  each  state  for  the 
purpose  of  establishing  an  agricultural  experiment 
station,  gave  a  great  impetus  to  the  development 
of  research  work  in  agriculture.  This  work  was  further 
encouraged  by  the  passage  of  the  Adams  Act  in 
1906,  the  Purnell  Act  in  1925,  the  Bankhead-Jones 
Act  in  1935,  and  the  Flannagan-Hope  Act  of  1946. 


The  work  of  the  Maryland  Agricultural  Experi- 
ment Station,  which  is  supported  by  these  Acts  and 
by  State  appropriations,  centers  at  College  Park. 
On  the  University  campus  are  laboratories  for  study- 
ing insects  and  diseases,  soil  fertility,  botanical 
problems,  and  the  economics  of  our  agricultural  in- 
dustry and  its  interrelationship  with  our  total  econ- 
omy. This  is  also  the  location  of  the  livestock  and 
dairy  barns  with  their  experimental  herds. 

About  eight  miles  from  the  campus  at  College 
Park,  near  Beltsville,  the  Plant  Research  Farm  of 
about  500  acres  is  devoted  to  work  connected  with 
soil  fertility,  plant  breeding  and  general  crop  produc- 
tion problems.  An  experimental  farm  near  Upper 
Marlboro  is  devoted  to  the  problems  of  tobacco 
growing  and  curing.  A  farm  near  Salisbury  is  de- 
voted to  solution  of  the  problems  of  producers  of 
broilers  and  of  vegetable  crops  in  the  southern 
Eastern  Shore  area.  Two  experimental  farms  are 
operated  near  Ellicott  City;  one  is  devoted  to  live- 
stock problems  arid  the  other  to  dairy  cattle  nutri- 
tion and  forage  research.  Also  tests  of  various  crop 
and  soil  responses  are  distributed  throughout  the 
state.  These  different  locations  provide  the  oppor- 
tunity to  conduct  experiments  under  conditions 
existing  where  the  results  will  be  put  into  practice. 

AGRICULTURAL  EXTENSION  SERVICE 
Robert  E.  Wagner,  Director 

Cooperative  Extension  work  in  agriculture  and 
home  economics,  established  by  state  and  federal 
laws  in  1914,  extends  practical  agricultural  and 
home  information  beyond  the  classrooms  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  to  young  people,  farmers, 
homemakers,  and  people  in  businesses  relating  to 
agriculture  and  home  economics. 

The  educational  endeavors  of  the  Cooperative 
Extension  Service  are  financed  cooperatively  by 
the  federal,  state,  and  county  governments.  In  each 
county  there  is  a  competent  staff  of  Extension 
agents  assigned  to  conduct  educational  work  in 
rather  specific  program  areas  consistent  with  the 
needs  of  the  people  in  the  county  and  as  funds 
permit.  The  county  staff  is  supported  by  a  staff  of 
specialists  located  at  the  University,  and  through 
their  mutual  efforts  they  assist  local  people  in 
seeking  solutions  to  problems. 

The  Cooperative  Extension  Service  works  in 
close  harmony  and  association  with  all  groups  and 
organizations.  In  addition  to  the  work  on  the  farms 
and  in  the  farm  homes,  the  Extension  program  is 
aimed  at  the  many  rural,  non-farm,  and  urban  clien- 
tele who  service  the  agricultural  industries  of  the 
state,  including  consumers.  Thousands  of  boys  and 
girls  gain  leadership  knowledge  and  experience 
and  are  provided  practical  educational  instruction 
in  4-H  clubs  and  other  youth  groups. 

The  Cooperative  Extension  Service  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  College  of  Agriculture  and  the  Ex- 
periment Station  arranges  and  conducts  short 
courses,  workshops,  and  conferences  in  various 
lines,  many  of  which  are  held  at  the  University. 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE  PROGRAMS 

Charles  P.  Ellington,  Director 

The  state  law  provides  that  the  Board  of  Regents 
of  the  University  of  Maryland  shall  constitute  the 
Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture.  While  the 
Serivice  and  Control  programs  are  part  of  the 
University,  they  are  designed  primarily  to  carry 
out  the  functions  of  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 
Numerous    services    are    performed    which    result 


Agriculture  99 


in  the  improvement  and  maintenance  of  high 
standards  in  production,  processing  and  distribution 
of  farm  products.  In  addition,  many  control  or  regula- 
tory activities  are  authorized  by  state  law  and  are 
carried  out  by  the  following  departments  of  the 
State  Board  of  Agriculture: 
Dairy  Inspection 

Duties  of  the  dairy  inspection  force  deal  with 
the  calibration  of  glassware  used  in  testing  milk 
and  cream;  examination  of  all  weighers,  samplers, 
and  testers  and  the  issuance  of  licenses  to  those 
satisfactorily  passing  the  examination;  and  inspec- 
tion of  the  pertinent  activities  of  weighers,  samplers, 
testers,  and  dairy  plants. 
Department  of  Markets 

Activities  of  the  Department  of  Markets  serve  to 
insure  a  fair  and  equitable  treatment  of  the  farmer 
in  all  dealings  which  he  may  have  concerning  the 
marketing  of  his  products.  In  the  performance  of 
these  responsibilities,  the  Department  conducts  mar- 
ket surveys,  compiles  and  disseminates  marketing 
information  and  market  data,  operates  a  market 
news  service,  provides  an  agricultural  inspection 
and  grading  service,  maintains  a  consumer  informa- 


tion service,  and  enforces  the  agricultural  market 
ing  laws  of  the  state.  The  control  work  of  the  de- 
partment is  carried  out  under  the  authority  of 
various  state  laws  relating  to  the  marketing  of  farm 
products. 

Field  offices  are  located  in  Baltimore,  Salisbury, 
Hancock,  and  Pocomoke. 
MARYLAND  LIVESTOCK  SANITARY  SERVICE 

The  Livestock  Sanitary  Service  is  charged  with 
the  responsibility  of  preventing  the  introduction  of 
diseases  of  animals  and  poultry  from  outside  of 
the  state  and  with  control  and  eradication  of  such 
diseases  within  the  state. 

Facilities  for  the  diagnosis  of  a  wide  variety  of 
diseases  are  furnished  in  the  main  laboratory  at 
College  Park  and  in  the  branch  laboratories  at 
Salisbury,  Preston,  Centreville,  Bel  Air,  Frederick, 
and  Oakland. 

Meat  inspection  is  carried  out  under  the  Mary- 
land Wholesome  Meat  Act  of  1968.  The  act  re- 
quires ante  and  post  mortem  inspection  of  all 
animals  and  their  carcasses  if  used  for  human 
food,  as  well  as  processing  and  sanitation  inspec- 
tion. 


100  Agriculture 


Architecture 


The  School  of  Architecture  offers  a  five-year  un- 
dergraduate professional  program  leading  to  the  de- 
gree, Bachelor  of  Architecture.  Future  plans  include 
development  of  other  environmental  design  pro- 
grams at  the  graduate  and  undergraduate  level. 

The  School  is  following  established  procedures  of 
the  National  Architectural  Accreditation  Board,  and 
it  is  anticipated  that  it  will  be  accredited  in  accor- 
dance with  policies  of  the  NAAB,  insuring  that  pres- 
ent and  future  students  will  be  eligible  for  registra- 
tion in  all  fifty  states  upon  meeting  experience  re- 
quirements and  passing  the  standard  examination. 
The  School  is  an  associate  member  of  the  Associa- 
tion of  Collegiate  Schools  of  Architecture,  and  is 
assigned  to  that  organization's  Northeastern  Region. 

The  curriculum  presents  the  basic  knowledge  and 
the  opportunity  to  develop  the  requisite  skills  to  be- 
ginning professional  work.  The  School's  goal  is  to  pre- 
pare students  for  professional  service  in  helping  ame- 
liorate the  nation's  environmental  problems. 


OPPORTUNITIES  IN  ARCHITECTURE 

A  rapidly  expanding  population,  together  with 
rapidly  developing  industrial  civilization,  has  taxed 
the  resources  of  cities  throughout  the  world.  Large 
segments  of  these  urban  populations  are  overcrowd- 
ed, underserviced,  and  deprived  of  many  of  the 
amenities  which  city  life  historically  symbolizes. 
Many  cities  find  themselves  on  the  edge  of  eco- 
nomic, political,  and  social  disaster.  Whole  ethnic, 
racial,  and  economic  groups  live  in  a  continuing 
situation  of  environmental  frustration.  This  urban 
crisis,  which  has  come  to  fruition  over  the  last  gen- 
eration, promises  to  dominate  our  domestic  life  in 
the  United  States  for  at  least  the  generation  to 
come. 


The  very  complexity  of  these  problems,  preclud- 
ing easy  attribution  of  causes  and  obviating  simple 
solutions,  has  generated  great  changes  intheenviron- 
mental  design  professions  and  in  the  other  social  dis- 
ciplines. Where  they  once  stood  part,  they  are  nowcom- 
mitted  to  a  common  purpose.  Each  of  them  has  had  to 
broaden  its  vision  of  service  and  concern,  and  has 
come  to  recognize  the  worth  and  value  of  the  tech- 
niques and  insights  of  the  others. 

In  architecture,  these  exchanges  have  influenced 
the  procedures,  scope  of  services,  and  goals  of  the 
profession.  Recent  years  have  seen  the  introduction  of 
the  ideas  of  urban  sociology  and  the  behavioral  sci- 
ences into  the  area  of  professional  concern,  of  the 
inclusion  into  professional  procedures  of  linear  pro- 
gramming, computer  technology,  operations  re- 
search, mathematical  and  gaming  simulation,  and 
the  use  of  analogue  models.  The  scope  of  architec- 
tural services,  once  confined  to  the  design  of  and 
supervision  of  construction  of  buildings,  has  been 
broadened  to  include  programming,  developmental 
planning,  operations  research,  project  feasibility 
studies  and  other  new  professional  activities.  Fi- 
nally, the  role  of  the  architect  is  expanding  from  a 
narrow  concern  with  building  design  to  a  broad  con- 
cern for  developmental  change,  and  his  goal  has 
developed  from  a  preoccupation  with  beauty  to  a 
commitment  to  contributing  to  the  enhancement  of 
the  quality  of  life. 

These  observations  indicate  both  the  great  need 
for  educated  and  trained  professionals,  and  the  rele- 
vancy and  excitement  which  characterize  the  profes- 
sion today.  Perhaps  at  no  time  in  history  has  archi- 
tecture posed  as  great  a  challenge,  nor  offered  so 
great  a  promise  of  personal  fulfillment  to  its  success- 
ful practitioners.  There  are  many  opportunities  for 
employment  and  careers  in  architectural  practice. 


Architecture 


101 


Additional  education  and  experience  also  qualify 
a  graduate  for  a  career  in  city  or  regional  planning. 
Moreover,  the  general  nature  of  an  architectural 
education  is  such  that  some  graduates  elect  and 
achieve  successful  careers  in  civil  service,  commerce 
or  industry  in  related  fields. 

THE  CURRICULUM 

The  program  permits  students  to  enter  the  School 
either  directly  from  high  school  or  after  one  year  of 
general  college  work  without  extending  the  time  re- 
quired for  completion  of  degree  requirements. 

Students  in  the  first  year  may  take  an  introductory 
course  in  the  history  of  architecture  as  well  as  general 
courses.  In  the  second  year,  the  student  begins  his 
professional  education  in  the  basic  environmental 
design  studio  course  as  well  as  continuing  his  gen- 
eral education.  The  basic  environmental  design 
studio  explores  the  parameters  which  define  archi- 
tectural problems  as  well  as  the  problems  inherent 
in  making  objects  and  making  spaces.  In  the  third 
year,  coordinated  courses  in  design  and  building 
systems  introduce  the  student  to  the  Ecological, 
physiographic,  physiological  and  physical  gener- 
ators of  architectural  design,  and  the  student  is 
given  an  introduction  into  building  technology.  In 
the  fourth  year,  this  process  is  continued,  but  the 
emphasis  is  on  urban,  design  factors:  the  environ- 
mental context,  the  historical  and  situation  context, 
urban  metabolic  factors,  and  theoretical,  aesthetic 
and  sociological  considerations.  In  the  fifth  year  of 
design,  the  student  is  offered  an  opportunity  to 
choose  a  comprehensive  topical  problem  from  sev- 
eral offered  each  year  including  special  studies  in 
technical  areas  as  well  as  building  design  and  plan- 
ning case  studies. 

All  of  the  design  studio  courses  emphasize  en- 
vironmental design  problem  solving  experiences  to 
advance  the  student's  skill  in  the  field,  as  well  as 
lectures,  reading  assignments,  field  trips,  etc.  In 
addition  to  the  design  and  technical  courses,  the 
student  is  required  to  take  four  semesters  of  archi- 
tectural history,  of  which  two  are  optional,  several 
liberal  and  physical  sciences,  and  a  number  of  elec- 
tives  and  professional  electives.  The  latter  may  be 
chosen  from  among  those  offered  by  the  School's 
faculty  as  well  as  from  among  selected  courses  of- 
fered by  other  departments.  A  list  of  professional 
electives  is  presented  elsewhere  in  this  section. 

The  general  education  requirements  of  the  Uni- 
versity apply  generally  to  the  architecture  program, 
but  architectural  students  are  specifically  required 
to  complete  math  through  Math  014  and  015.  Most 
students  find  it  necessary  to  begin  college  math 
with  Math  018,  followed  by  Math  014  and  015.  In 
addition,  architecture  students  are  required  to  com- 
plete Physics  010,  Biology  1  and  Computer  Science 
012. 


LOCATION 

A  permanent  contemporary,  air-conditioned 
building  for  the  School  is  anticipated  in  the  aca- 
demic year  1971-72.  Planning  for  this  facility  is 
completed,  and  construction  has  begun. 

Meanwhile,  temporary  facilities  in  a  World  War 
II  wooden,  one-story  barracks  complex  on  the  cam- 
pus provide  adequate  studio  space,  a  library,  ex- 
hibit space,  classroom  and  lecture  hall  facilities, 
and  office  space. 


LIBRARY 

The  Architectural  School  Library  at  present  com- 
prises some  6,000  volumes.  It  is  expected  that  the 
library  will  number  twelve  tofifteen  thousand  volumes 
bv  1971  This  will  make  it  one  of  the  major  architec- 
tural school  libraries  in  the  nation.  The  library  sub- 
scribes to  about  100  foreign  and  domestic  periodicals 
providing  resources  in  urban  sociology,  building  tech- 
nology, and  urban  planning  as  well  as  in  architec- 
ture. 

The  visual  aids  library  presently  comprises  about 
20,000  35-mm.  color  slides  in  architecture,  land- 
scape architecture  and  urban  planning. 

ADMISSION 

Because  there  is  a  fixed  limit  to  the  number  of  can- 
didates who  can  be  admitted  each  year,  it  is  important 
that  the  following  instructions  be  carefully  followed: 

1.  Students  applying  from  high  school: 
Write  the  Director  of  Admissions,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742  for  appli- 
cation instructions; 

2.  Students  who  have  completed  work  at  other 
universities:  Write  the  Director  of  Admissions,  Univer- 
sity  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland20742forap- 
plication  instructions; 

3.  Students transferringfrom  othercollegesof 
the  University  of  Maryland:  Please  pick  up  an  applica- 
tion record  form  at  the  School  of  Architecture,  and  re- 
turn it  to  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  School,  together 
with  a  record  of  all  work  taken  at  the  University  of 
Maryland. 

Deadlines:  All  application  procedures  should 
be  completed  and  materials  in  hand  at  the  Univer- 
sity by  March  1.  Applications  received  after  this 
date,  but  before  the  University  deadline  dates  for 
new  students  and  for  transfer  students,  will  be  con- 
sidered only  on  a  space-available  basis. 

FINANCIAL  ASSISTANCE 

For  promising  young  men  and  women  who  might 
not  otherwise  be  able  to  attend  the  University's  School 
of  Architecture,  a  number  of  grants  and  scholarships 
are  available,  some  earmarked  specifically  for  archi- 
tectural students.  New  students  must  apply  before 
March  15th.  Students  already  enrolled  may  apply  be- 
fore May  1st.  All  requests  for  information  concerning 
these  awards  should  be  directed  to:  Director,  Student 
Aid,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland 
20742. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  GRADUATION 

Since  the  School  is  entering  its  fourth  year  of 
operation  all  of  its  proposed  courses  have  not  yet 
been  approved  by  appropriate  University  authorities. 
Consequently,  the  five-year  curriculum  in  Architec- 
ture which  follows  is  labelled  "tentative".  However, 
it  can  be  anticipated  that  most,  if  not  all,  require- 
ments will  be  approved. 

Students  in  architecture  are  required  to  complete 
a  minimum  of  170  credits  of  work  for  the  Bachelor  of 
Architecture  degree.  In  addition  to  prescribed  courses 
in  the  School  of  Architecture,  students  are  required  to 
complete  a  number  of  credits  in  electives  offered  else- 
where in  the  University.  The  requirements  for  grad- 
uation are  tabulated  below: 


Studio  Courses 

Systems  &  Technology  Courses 
Architectural  History  Courses 
Math    . 


36creans 
1 6  credits 
12  credits 
9  credits 


702 


Architecture 


Computer  Science  3  credits 

Physics  8  credits 

Theory  of  Urban  Form  3  credits 

Professional  Proctice  2  credits 

Professional  Elecfives  1 7  to  38  credits 

Electives  1 5  to  36  credits 

General  Education  24  (see  curriculum) 
PE  2  credits 

Health  2  credits 

1 70  credits  (minimum) 

Distribution 

Minimum  architecture  courses  69  credits 

Generol  Education,  Math,  Physics,  Health  &  PE.  ,  48  credits 

Professional  Electives  and  Electives   .  ,  53  credits 

170  credits 

Tentative  Five-Year  Curriculum  in  Architecture 

FIRST  YEAR 
Fall 

■(G.E.)  (Social  Science  Option)...  3 

(G.E.)Math  18"  3 

(G.E.)  English  I  3 

(G.E.)  (History  Option)  3 

Arch.  014  Hist,  Mod.  Env.  Des.  3 

PE  1 

Health  5 2 

18 

"G  E    refer*  to  cowrie*   meeting  University  gem 
"Slwdenti  moy  be  placed  directly  in  Moth  14  or 

SECOND  YEAR 
Fall 

Arch.  020  Basic  Env.  Design 4 

(G.E.)  Physics  10  4 

(G.E.)  English  4  3 

(G.E.)  Math  15  3 

Prof.  Elective  or  Elective"  3 


Spring 

(G.E.)  (Social  Science  Option)  3 

(G.E.)  Math  14  3 

(G.E.)  English  3 3 

(G.E.)  (History  Option)  3 

Arch.  015  Hist.  Mod.  Env.  Des,  3 

PE.  1 
P.E. 

16 


THIRD  YEAR 
Fall 

Arch.  130  Arch.  Studio  1 
Arch.  132  Building  Systems  1  ... 

Architectural  History 

Arch.  136  Theory  of  Urban  Form 
Prof.  Elective  or  Elective" 

FOURTH  YEAR 
Fall 

Arch.  140  Arch.  Studio  3 

Arch.  142  Building  Systems  3... 

Prof.  Elective" 

Prof.  Elective  or  Elective-- 
Elective 


FIFTH  YEAR 
Fall 

Arch.  1 50  Adv.  Topical  Prob.. 

Prof.  Electives" 

Arch.  151  Prof.  Practice 

Elective 


gher  by  review  of  high  school  &  SAT  record 

Spring 

Arch.  021  Basic  Env.  Design 4 

Biology  I...                     3 

(G.E.)  (Art  survey  recommended)  3 

Computer  Science  12 3 

Prof.  Elective  or  Elective--  3 

~ VI 

Spring 

Arch.  131  Arch.  Studio  2  4 

Arch.  133  Building  Systems  2...  4 

Architectural  History 3 

Prof.  Elective  or  Elective--  3 

Elective 3 

"17 

Spring 

Arch.  141  Arch.  Studio  4.  4 

Arch.  143  Building  Systems  4...  4 

Prof.  Elective" 3 

Prof.  Elective  or  Elective-r 3 

Elective 3 

~n 

Spring 

Arch.  152  Adv.  Topical  Prob 6 

Prof.  Electives*- 5 

Prof.  Elective  or  Elective— 3 

Elective 3 

~T7 


sveral   History  of  Archil 
i  of  Professional  Elect.v 


{May  be  taken  in  other 


PROFESSIONAL  ELECTIVES 

The  following  courses  are  presently  accepted  by  the  faculty  in  Architecture 
as  meeting  the  professional  elective  requirements. 

Course       Course  Name  Credits  Prerequisites 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

001  Intro,  to  Anth:  Archaeol. 

ond  Phy 3  Meets  G.E. 

002  Intro,  to  Anth: 

Cult.  Anth  &  Ling 3  none 

021  Man  and  Environment 3  Soph.  stdg. 

041  Intro,  to  Archaeology 3  Soph.  stdg. 

101  Cultural  Anthropology 3  Anth.  1  or  2  or  21 

141  Archaeology  of  Old  World 3  Anth.  1  or  41 

151  Archaeology  of  New  World 3  Anth.  1  or  41 

ARCHITECTURE 

080  Basic  Photography   ...  2  Perm,  of  Insfr. 

081  Advanced  Photography 2  Arch.  80 

180  Theories  and  Lit.  of  Architecture  3  Perm,  of  Instr. 

182  Signs,  Symbols  &  Messages 

in  Arch 3  Perm,  of  Instr. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

163  Lobor  Relations 3        Jr.  stdg 

170  Prin.  of  Transportation  3       Econ.  37  and  jr.  stdg. 


1  76  Urban  Trans   &  Urb.  Oev  3 

180.  181     Business  Law  3 

195  Real  Estate  Prm  3 

196  Urban  Land  Management  3 

COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

100  Language  &  Struct,  of 

Computers  3 

140  Struct  of  Pr  3 

150  Data  &  Storage  Strui  •  3 

166  Functional  Organization  of  Digital 

Computer  Systems  3 

ECONOMICS 

37  Fund,  of  Economics   ,..  3 

120  Intro,  to  Reg,  &  Urban  Econ  3 

142  Intro,  to  Public  Finance  3 

144  State  &  Local  Public  Finance  3 

1  71  Economics  of  American 

Industry  3 

GENERAL  EDUCATION 

GNED  60    Intro,  to  Interdisciplinary 

Urban  Studies   .  3 

GEOGRAPHY 

10  General  Geography  3 

191  Population  Geography 3 

197  Urban  Geography 3 


GEOLOGY 

001  Geology   .. 

004  Physical  Geology  Lab. 


INFORMATION  SYSTEM  MANAGEMENT 

101  Electronic  Data  Processing.,  3 

102  Electronic  Data  Processing 

Applications i 

PSYCHOLOGY 

001             Intro,  to  Psych 3 

021             Social  Psychology 3 

136            Applied  Exper.  Psychology 3 

SOCIOLOGY 

001             Intro,  to  Sociology 3 

014            Urban  Sociology 3 

051             Social  Pathology 3 

113  The  Rural  Community 3 

114  TheCity 3 

118            Community  Organization 3 

123  Ethnic  Minorities 3 

124  Sociology  of  Race  Relations 3 

148             Sociology  of  the  Arts    3 

STATISTICS  AND  PROBABILITY 

50              Intro,  to  Random  Variables 4 


Econ.  37  ond  jr.  stdg 
Jr.  stdg 

Econ.  37  &  \r  stdg. 
Jr.  stdg. 


CMSC  12 

Jr.  stdg,  CMSC  100 

Jr.  stdg..  CMSC  100 

Jr  stdg,  CMSC  100 


soph.  stdg. 
Perm,  of  Instr. 
Econ.  37 
Econ.  37 

Econ.  37 


none 

Geog.  10,  Perm,  of  Instr. 

Jr.  stdg. 


Jr.  std.,  CMSC  12 
Jr.  stdg..  ISM  101 


meets  G.E. 

Psych.  1 

Psych.  1  or  Perm,  of  Instr. 


meets  G.E. 

Soc.  1 

Soc.  1,  soph.  stdg. 

Soc.  1,  jr.  stdg. 

Soc.  1,  |r.  stdq. 

Soc.  1,  |r.  stdg. 

Soc.  1,  ;r.  stdg. 

Soc.  I,  jr.  stdg. 

Soc.  1,  jr.  stdg. 


ART 

16 


Life  Drawing 


FACULTY 

PROFESSORS:  Cochran,  Murtagh,  Hill. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Ekstrom,  Hutton,  Schack,  Shaeffer, 

D.  Wiebenson,  J.  Wiebenson. 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Bell.  Chabrowe,  Lewis. 
INSTRUCTORS:  Alley,  Kaskey,  Michel. 
LECTURERS:  Carter,  Long  (Visiting),  Sellers  (Visiting),  Wilkins. 

COURSE  DESCRIPTION 

ARCH   014.    HISTORY   OF   MODERN    ENVIRONMENTAL   DE- 
SIGN (3) 
Survey  of  architectural  history.  Lecture,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  015   HISTORY  OF  MODERN  ENVIRONMENTAL  DESIGN 
(3) 

Prerequisite  Arch.  014— Survey  of  architectural  history. 
Lecture,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  020.  BASIC  ENVIRONMENTAL  DESIGN  (4) 

Introduction  to  the  processes  of  visual  and  architectural  de- 
sign, including  the  study  of  visual  design  fundamentals. 
Field  problems  involving  the  student  in  the  study  of  actual 
developmental  problems.  Lecture,  studio,  9  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  021.  BASIC  ENVIRONMENTAL  DESIGN  (4) 

Prequisite  Architecture  20.  Introduction  to  the  proc- 
esses of  visual  and  architectural  design,  including  the 
study  of  visual  design  fundamentals,  F^eid  problems  in- 
volving the  student  in  the  study  of  actual  developmental 
problems.  Lecture,  studio,  9  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  030.  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  BUILT  ENVIRONMENT  (3) 
Introduction  of  (1)  conceptual,  perceptual,  behavioral  and 
technical  aspects  of  the  environment;  and.  (2)  methods  of 


Architecture 


J  03 


analysis,  problem  solving  and  implementation.  For  students 
not  majoring  in  architecture.  Prerequisites:  None.  Lecture, 
seminar,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  080.  BASIC  PHOTOGRAPHY  (2) 

Provides  a  student  with  the  basic  concepts  of  clarity  and 
organization  on  a  two-dimensional  surface  and  stresses 
photography  as  a  tool  for  visual  communication.  Lecture  1 
hour  per  week  —  3  hours  lab  a  week. 

ARCH  081.  ADVANCED  PHOTOGRAPHY  (2) 

Prerequisite  Architecture  080.  Allows  the  student  to  in- 
vestigate independently  areas  of  photographic  communica- 
tion not  covered  in  the  basic  course,  lecture,  1  hour  per 
week;  3  hours  lab. 

ARCH  130.  ARCHITECTURE  STUDIO  I  (4) 

Prerequisites  Arch.  020  &  Arch.  021.  Develops  a  basic 
understanding  of  the  elements  of  environmental  control, 
basic  structural  systems,  building  processes,  materials, 
and  the  ability  to  manipulate  them.  Lecture,  studio,  9 
hours  per  week.  Corequisite— Architecture  132. 

ARCH  131.  ARCHITECTURE  STUDIO  II    (4) 

Prerequisite:  Architecture  130.  Develops  a  basic  under- 
standing of  the  forms  generated  by  different  structural 
systems,  environmental  controls  and  methods  of  con- 
struction. Lecture,  studio,  9  hours  per  week.  Corequisite 
—Arch.  133. 

ARCH  132.  BUILDING  SYSTEMS  1(4) 

Prerequisites:  Math  15,  Physics  11  and  Arch  021.  Intro- 
duction to  architectural  science  and  technology  treating 
principles  of  structures,  environmental  mechanical 
controls,  and  construction.  Corequisite:  Architecture 
130.  Lecture,  studio,  6  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  133.  BUILDING  SYSTEMS  II    (4) 

Prerequisite:  Architecture  130  and  132.  Develops  working 
knowledge  of  the  design  principles  and  parameters  of  three 
areas  of  architectural  science  and  technology:  structures, 
environmental  -  mechanical  controls,  and  construction. 
Lecture,  studio,  6  hours  per  week.  Corequisite:  Architec- 
ture 131. 

ARCH  135.  STUDIES  IN  MEDIEVAL  ARCHITECTURE  (3) 

Limited  to  Architecture  students  or  by  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Architectural  innovations  from  the  Carolingian 
through  the  Gothic  periods.  Lecture,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  136.  THEORY  OF  URBAN  FORM  (3) 

Urban  spatial  forms  of  the  past  and  present;  theories  of  de- 
sign of  complexes  of  buildings,  urban  space  and  communi- 
ties. Lecture,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  140.  ARCHITECTURE  STUDIO  III    (4) 

Continuation  of  design  studio,  with  emphasis  on  compre- 
hensive building  design  and  introduction  to  urban  design 
factors.  Prerequisites:  Architecture  131  and  Architecture 
133.  Corequisite:  Architecture  142,  except  by  permission  of 
the  Dean.  Lecture,  studio,  9  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  141.  ARCHITECTURE  STUDIO  IV  (4) 

Continuation  of  design  studio,  with  emphasis  on  urban 
design  factors.  Prerequisites:  Architecture  140  and  Archi- 
tecture 142.  Corequisite:  Architecture  143,  except  by  per- 
mission of  the  Dean.  Lecture,  studio,  9  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  142.  BUILDING  SYSTEMS  III    (4) 

Applications  of  principles  in  architectural  structures,  en- 
vironmental   controls    and    construction.    Prerequisites: 


Architecture  131  and  Architecture  133.  Corequisite:  Archi- 
tecture 140.  Lecture,  studio,  6  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  143.  BUILDING  SYSTEMS  IV   (4) 

Applications  of  principles  and  further  analysis  of  systems 
and  hardware  in  architectural  structures,  environmental 
controls  and  construction.  Prerequisites:  Architecture  140 
and  Architecture  142.  Corequisite:  Architecture  141. 
Lecture,  studio,  6  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  144.  STUDIES  IN  RENAISSANCE  ARCHITECTURE  (3) 
Limited  to  Architecture  students  or  by  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Study  of  Renaissance  architectural  principles 
and  their  development  in  the  Baroque  period.  Lecture,  3 
hours  per  week. 

ARCH  145.  STUDIES  IN  MODERN  ARCHITECTURE   (3) 

Limited  to  Architecture  students  or  by  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Study  of  Architectural  problemsfrom  1750tothe 
present.  Lecture,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  154.  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHITECTURE,  17TH 
CENTURY  TO  19TH  CENTURY  (3) 

History  of  American  Architecture  —  17th  to  19th  Century. 
Prerequisite— Architecture  014  and  015.  Lecture,  3  hours 
per  week. 

ARCH  155.  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHITECTURE.  19TH 
AND  20TH  CENTURY  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Architecture  014,  015  and  154.  History  of 
American  Architecture  19th  and  20th  Centuries.  Lecture, 
3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH   164.    INDEPENDENT  STUDIES   IN  THE   HISTORY  OF 
ARCHITECTURE  (3) 

Permission  of  the  instructor.  Independent  research  in 
architectural  history.  Lecture,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  165.  DIRECTED  STUDIES  IN  ARCHITECTURE  (1-4) 
Directed  study  under  individual  faculty  guidance  with  en- 
rollment limited  to  advanced  undergraduate  students. 
Project  proposals  must  receive  a  recommendation  from  the 
School  Curriculum  Committee  and  approval  of  the  Dean  of 
the  School  prior  to  registration.  Public  oral  presentation  to 
the  faculty  of  a  final  report  or  project  will  be  required  at 
final  submission  for  credit. 

ARCH  180.  THEORIES  AND  LITERATURE  OF  ARCHITECTURE 
(3) 

Limited  to  Architecture  students  or  by  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Provides  an  understanding  of  some  historical 
and  present  theories  of  architectural  design  readings  and 
seminar  discussions.  Lecture,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  182.  SIGNS,  SYMBOL  AND  MESSAGES  IN  ARCHITEC- 
TURE (3) 

Limited  to  Architecture  students  or  by  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Class  limited  to  15-20  students.  Signs  and 
symbols  in  buildings  and  cities,  messages  conveyed  and 
purposes  for  conveying  these  messages.  Readings,  photo- 
graphic reports  and  minor  problem-solving  assignments. 
Lecture,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  185.  ECONOMIC  DETERMINANTS  OF  ARCHITECTURE 
(3) 

Introduction  of  economic  aspects  of  present  day  architec- 
ture: governmental  policy,  land  evaluation,  and  project 
financing;  construction  materials  and  labor  costs;  cost 
analysis  and  control  systems.  Architecture  majors,  except 
by  permission  of  instructor.  Lecture,  seminar,  3  hours  per 
week. 


104 


Architecture 


Arts  and  Sciences 


THECOLLEGEOFARTSANDSCIENCESoffersits 
students  a  liberal  education.  It  seeks  to  develop  grad- 
uates who  can  deal  intelligently  with  the  problems 
which  confront  them  and  whose  general  education 
will  be  a  continuing  source  not  only  of  material  well- 
being  but  of  genuine  personal  satisfaction.  It  also  of- 
fers each  student  the  opportunity  to  concentrate  in 
the  field  of  his  choice;  this  element  of  depth  serves 
both  as  an  integral  part  of  his  education  and  as  a 
foundation  for  further  professional  training  or  pur- 
suits. 

This  College  is  an  outgrowth  of  the  Division  of  Lan- 
guage and  Literature  and  the  Division  of  Applied  Si- 
ence  and  the  later  School  of  Liberal  Arts  of  Maryland 
State  College.  In  1921  the  School  of  Liberal  Arts  and 
the  School  of  Chemistry  were  combined  and  other 
physical  and  biological  sciences  were  brought  into 
the  newly  formed  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  In 
later  reorganizations  some  departments  have  been 
added  and  some  transferred  to  the  admin  istrative  con- 
trol of  other  colleges." 

ADMISSION 

The  requirements  for  admission  to  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences  are,  in  general,  the  same  as  those 
for  admission  to  the  other  colleges  and  schools  of  the 
University.  Application  must  be  made  to  the  Director 
of  Admissions,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park, 
Maryland. 

The  student  who  intends  to  pursue  a  program  of 
study  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  should  in- 

•The  Departments  of  Economics,  Geography,  and  Government  and  Politics,  although  ad- 
ministratively in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration,  offer  courses  for 
Arts  ond  Sciences  students.  Majors  may  be  elected  in  these  deportments  as  in  those  of 
the  departments  administered  by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 


elude  the  following  subjects  in  his  high  school  pro- 
gram: English,  four  units;  college  preparatory  math- 
ematics (algebra,  plane  geometry),  three  or  four  units; 
foreign  language,  two  or  more  units;  biology,  chemis- 
try, or  physics,  two  units;  history  and  social  sciences, 
one  or  more  units. 

The  student  who  wishes  to  major  in  chemistry, 
mathematics,  physics,  botany,  microbiology,  zoology, 
or  who  wishes  to  follow  a  pre-medical  or  pre-dental 
program,  should  include  four  units  of  college  prepara- 
tory mathematics  (algebra,  plane  geometry,  trig- 
onometry, and  more  advanced  mathematics,  if  avail- 
able). He  should  also  include  chemistry  and  physics 

DEGREES 

Students  of  this  College  who  satisfactorily  com- 
plete curricula  with  majors  in  departments  of  the  hu- 
manities or  social  sciences  are  awarded  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Arts."  Those  who  satisfactorily  complete 
curricula  with  majors  in  the  Department  of  Mathema- 
ics  or  the  biological  and  physical  sciences  are 
awarded  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science.'  Those 
whocomplete  satisfactorily  a  special  professional  pro- 
gram in  the  Department  of  Music  are  awarded  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Music. 

GENERAL  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREES 

The  baccalaureate  degree  from  the  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences  may  be  conferred  upon  a  student  who 
has  satisfied  the  following  requirements: 

1.    General  Education  requirements. 

•The  Department  of  Botany,  although  administered  by  the  College  of  Agriculture,  offers 
courses  for  Arts  and  Sciences  students.  A  major  may  be  elected  in  this  department  as 
in  those  of  the  departments  administered  by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 


Arts  and  Sciences 


JOS 


2.   College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  requirements. 

COLLEGE  REQUIREMENTS 

1.  FOREIGN  LANGUAGE.  Students  in  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences  must  follow  one  of  the  following 
options  in  foreign  language: 

a.  They  may  take  twelve  semester  hours  in  a 

classical  language  at  the  level  indicated  un- 
der Classical  Languages  and  Literature 

b.  Students  who  begin  a  modern  foreign  language 

in  the  University  must  successfully  complete 
the  study  of  that  language  in  any  authorized 
sequence,  through  Course  007  in  all  lan- 
guages; however,  Course  008  in  German 
may  be  taken  by  science  majors  in  lieu  of 
007. 

c.  Students  who  continue  in  the  University  a  lan- 

guage studied  for  two  or  more  years  in  secon- 
dary school  may  choose,  in  French,  German,  or 
Spanish,  between  enrolling  in  Course  005  or 
taking  a  placement  examination  (students  be- 
ginning in  Courses  005, 006,  or  007  must  con- 
tinue in  any  authorized  sequence  through 
Course  007).  Students  who  score  higher  than 
the  Course  007  level  on  the  placement  exam- 
ination thereby  fulfill  the  College  language  re- 
quirement. In  modern  languages  other  than 
French,  German,  or  Spanish  (i.e.,  languages 
which  do  not  have  a  Course  005),  all  students 
must  take  a  placement  examination.* 

The  languages  which  may  be  offered  to  meet  this 
requirement  are  Classical  Languages  (Greek  or  Latin) 
or  modern  foreign  languages.  Students  who  wish  to 
offer  a  foreign  language  not  included  in  this  list  should 
consult  the  chairman  of  the  appropriate  foreign  lan- 
guage department  for  a  recommendation  to  the 
Dean. 

Foreign  students  may  satisfy  this  requirement  by 
offering  twelve  hours  of  English  in  addition  to  the  reg- 
ular English  requirement.  The  special  course  in  Eng- 
lish for  foreign  students  (FOLA  001,  002)  may  be  in- 
cluded in  the  additional  hours  of  English.  (This  option 
may  not  be  used  by  pre-medical  students).  A  foreign 
student  may  not  meet  the  foreign  language  require- 
ment by  taking  freshman  or  sophomore  courses  in  his 
native  language. 

Normally  a  student  shall  not  be  permitted  to  repeat 
a  foreign  language  course  below  Course  009  for  credit 
if  he  has  successfully  completed  a  higher  numbered 
course  than  the  one  he  wishes  to  repeat.  Credit  (includ- 
ing elective  credit)  will  be  given  fora  language  Course 
001  only  if  credit  has  been  earned  in  additional  courses 
in  the  same  language. 

2.  NATURAL  SCIENCE  AND  MATHEMATICS.  Twelve 
semester  hours  are  required,  except  for  candidates 
for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  (who  must  satisfy 
the  minimum  General  Education  requirement,  how- 
ever). The  science  courses  elected  require  the  ap- 
proval of  the  Dean;  departments  in  which  courses 
may  be  selected  are  the  same  as  those  listed  under 
the  General  Education  requirements. 

3.  SPEECH.  Normally,  students  in  the  arts  area  take 
SPCH  001  (3  hours),  while  those  in  the  science  area 
take  007  (2  hours).  In  certain  specialized  programs, 
other  courses  may  be  required.  The  foreign  student 
should  register  for  003— Fundamentals  of  General 


■A  placement  test  is  given  during  registration  week  for  students  wishing  to  pursue  o 
modern  language  they  hove  studied  in  high  school. 


American  Speech— rather  than  the  speech  course 
normally  required  in  his  curriculum. 

4.  MAJOR  AND  MINOR  REQUIREMENTS.  Specific  de- 
scriptions of  the  departmental,  inter-departmental,  or 
pre-professional  majors  are  found,  in  alphabetical  or- 
der, along  with  the  course  offerings  in  the  second  sec- 
tion of  this  catalog.  The  general  College  regulations 
controlling  majors  (and  minors)  are  as  follows. '  ' 

Each  student  chooses  a  field  of  concentration 
(major).  He  may  make  this  choice  as  early  as  he 
wishes;  however,  once  he  has  earned  56  hours  of  ac- 
ceptable credit  he  must  choose  a  major  before  his 
next  registration. 

In  the  program  leading  to  the  B. A.  degree,  the  stu- 
dent must  also  havea  secondaryf  ieldof  concentration 
(minor).  The  courses  constituting  the  major  and  the 
minor  must  conform  to  the  requirements  of  the  de- 
partment in  which  the  work  is  done. 

The  student  must  have  an  average  of  not  less  than 
"C"  in  the  introductory  courses  in  the  field  in  which 
he  intends  to  major. 

A  major  shall  consist,  in  addition  to  the  underclass 
departmental  requirements,  of  24-40  hours,  of  which 
at  least  twelve  must  be  in  courses  numbered  100  or 
above,  and  at  least  twelve  of  which  must  be  taken  in 
the  University  of  Maryland. 

A  minor  in  programs  leading  to  the  B.A.  degree 
shall  consist  of  a  coherent  group  of  courses  totaling 
18  semester  hours  in  addition  to  the  requirements  list- 
ed above.  At  least  six  of  the  18  hours  must  be  in  a 
single  department  in  courses  numbered  100  or  above. 
The  courses  comprising  the  minor  must  be  chosen 
with  the  approval  of  the  major  department.  Except  in 
certain  specialized  curricula  approved  by  the  Dean, 
not  more  than  nine  hours  of  the  minor  may  be  taken 
in  courses  outside  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

No  minor  is  required  in  programs  leading  to  the 
B.S.  degree,  but  the  student  must  take  supporting 
courses  in  science  or  other  fields  as  specified  by  his 
major  department. 

The  average  grade  of  the  work  taken  for  the  major 
must  be  at  least  "C";  some  departments  will  count  to- 
ward satisfaction  of  the  major  requirement  no  course 
completed  with  a  grade  of  less  than  "C."  The  average 
grade  of  the  work  taken  in  the  major  and  minor  com- 
bined must  be  at  least  "C."  A  general  average  of  "C" 
in  courses  taken  at  the  University  of  Maryland  is  re- 
quired for  graduation. 

Courses  taken  to  fulfill  the  requirements  in  Gen- 
eral Education  may  not  be  used  toward  majoror  minor 
requirements. 

JUNIOR  REQUIREMENTS 

To  attain  junior  standing,  a  student  must  acquire 
a  minimum  of  56  academic  semester  hours  and  be 
eligible  to  re-register  in  the  University.  See  Appendix 
C  Academic  Regulations  for  full  statement  of  rules 
pertaining  to  junior  standing. 

NORMAL  LOAD 

A  minimum  of  120  semester  hours  credit,  exclu- 
sive of  required  courses  in  physical  activities  and 
health,  is  required  for  graduation.  The  normal  Ic^dfor 
students  in  this  col  lege  is  1 5  semester  hours  cret'it  per 
semester,  exclusive  of  the  required  work  in  physical 
activities  and  health. 


•Beginning,  September  I,  1968,  the  minor  requirement  lor  progroms  leoding  to  the  B  A 
degree  will  be  elimmoted.  Moior  departments  moy  then  require  that  specitic  support 
ing  courses  in  other  departments  be  included,  olong  with  required  courses  m  the  motor 
deportment,  in  the  oreo  ot  concentration  Students  enrolled  m  the  University  prior  to 
September  1968  may  elect  to  satisfy  the  requirements  for  programs  leading  to  the 
B  A  degree  either  with  the  old  plan  or  with  the  new 


106 


Arts  and  Sciences 


A  student  must  have  the  approval  of  his  advisor 
and  dean  to  take  more  than  the  normal  program  pre- 
scribed in  his  curriculum. 

ADVISORS 

Each  freshman  in  this  College  will  be  assigned  to 
a  faculty  advisor  who  will  help  the  student,  during  his 
first  year,  to  select  his  courses  and  to  determine  what 
his  field  of  major  concentration  should  be. 

Thebtudent  at  the  sophomore  level  and  above  will 
be  advised  by  a  faculty  member  in  his  major  depart- 
ment. Students  following  the  three-year  programs  in 
Dentistry,  Law,  and  Medicine  will  be  advised  by  special 
advisors  for  these  programs. 

ELECTIVES  IN  OTHER  SCHOOLS  AND  COLLEGES 

A  limited  number  of  courses  taken  in  other  col- 
leges and  schools  of  the  University  may  be  counted 
for  elective  or  minor  credit  toward  a  degree  in  the  Col- 
lege of  Arts  and  Sciences.  The  number  of  credits 
which  may  be  accepted  from  the  various  colleges  and 
schools  is  as  follows:  College  of  Education— 24;  all 
other  colleges  or  independent  departments — 20.  The 
combined  credits  from  other  colleges  and  schools 
shall  not  exceed  20  (or  24  if  courses  in  education  are 
included).  For  the  combined  degree  programs  in  Den- 
tistry, Law,  or  Medicine  the  first  year  of  professional 
work  must  be  completed  and  the  student  is  permitted 
to  continue  immediately  as  a  sophomore  in  the  profes- 
sional school. 

CERTIFICATION  OF  HIGH  SCHOOL  TEACHERS 

If  coursesareproperlychoseninthefieldof  educa- 
tion, a  prospective  high  school  teacher  can  prepare  for 
high  school  positions,  with  a  major  and  minor  in  one 
of  the  departments  of  this  College.  A  student  who 
wishes  to  work  for  a  teacher's  certificate  must  con- 
sult his  advisor  before  his  junior  year.  Such  a  student 
must,  at  the  same  time,  consult  an  advisor  in  the  ap- 
propriate curriculum  in  the  College  of  Education. 

HONORS 

The  aim  of  the  College  Honors  Programs  is  to  rec- 
ognize and  encourage  superior  scholarship.  To  this 
end,  Honors  work  offers  the  gifted  student  challenging 
opportunities  to  work  in  small  groups  with  carefully 
chosen  instructors  and  to  move  at  a  speed  appropriate 
to  his  capacities  in  an  atmosphere  conducive  both  to 
independent  study  and  to  growth  in  intellectual  matu- 
rity. The  College  conducts  both  General  and  Depart- 
mental Honors  Programs  spanning  the  four  under- 
graduate years.  For  information  concerning  the  Gen- 
eral Honors  Program,  see  below,  under  "Honors." 

For  information  concerning  the  Departmental 
Honors  Programs,  consult  the  various  departmental 
entries  in  this  catalog.  It  may,  however,  be  remarked 
that  the  Departmental  Honors  Programs  are  adminis- 
tered bya  Honors  Committeewithineach  department. 
Admission  to  a  Departmental  Honors  Program  ordi- 
narily occurs  at  the  beginning  of  the  first  or  second 
semester  of  the  student's  junior  year.  As  a  rule,  only 
students  with  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at 
least  3.0  are  admitted.  A  comprehensive  examination 
over  the  field  of  his  major  program  is  given  to  a  candi- 
date near  the  end  of  his  senior  year.  On  the  basis  of 
the  student's  performance  on  the  Honors  Comprehen- 
sive Examination  and  in  meeting  such  other  require- 
ments as  may  be  set  by  the  Departmental  Honors  Com- 
mittee, the  faculty  may  vote  to  recommend  the  candi- 
date for  the  appropriate  degree  with  (departmental) 
HONORS,  or  for  the  appropriate  degree  with  (depart- 


mental) HIGH  HONORS.  Successful  candidacy  will  be 
symbolized  by  appropriate  announcement  in  the  Com- 
mencement Program  and  by  citation  on  the  student's 
academic  record  and  diploma. 

Studentsinthe  General  and  Departmental  Honors 
Programs  enjoy  some  academic  privileges  similar  to 
those  of  graduate  students. 

AFRO-AMERICAN  STUDIES  PROGRAM 

This  program  is  for  the  student  who  wants  a  con- 
centration in  Afro-American  studies  outside  of  his  de- 
partmental major.  It  includes  work  in  literature,  his- 
tory, sociology,  and  government.  The  emphasis  is  on 
an  interdisciplinary  study  of  the  Negro  in  American 
life  and  culture. 

An  undergraduate  in  good  standing  in  a  college  of 
the  University  who  wishes  to  enroll  in  the  Program 
should  consult  with  his  departmental  advisor  and  an 
advisor  of  the  Afro-American  Studies  Program.  The 
student  following  this  program  must  meet  the  gen- 
eral requirements  for  a  degree  in  his  college. 

To  receive  a  Certificate  in  Afro-American  Studies, 
the  student  must  complete  18  hours  of  upper  division 
course  work  with  an  Afro-American  emphasis  outside 
his  major.  Required  courses  are  ENGL  167,  HIST  117, 
SOCY  124,  and  a  Seminar  on  Afro-American  Studies. 
Two  additional  courses  may  be  selected  from  ANTH 
101,  ENGL  166,  GOVT  132,  GOVT  134,  HIST  183, 
SOCY  123,  and  a  Directed  Readings  in  Afro-Ameri- 
can Studies. 

A  student  planning  to  enter  the  Program  should 
consult  with  a  Program  advisor  on  prerequisites  and 
introductory  courses.  Advisors  are  available  in  the 
English  and  History  Departments. 

COURSES 

AASP  100.  DIRECTED  READINGS  IN  AFRO-AMERICAN 
STUDIES.  (3) 

(Staff) 
AASP  101.  SEMINAR  IN  AFRO-AMERICAN  STUDIES.  (3) 

(Staff) 


Arts  and  Sciences 


107 


PROGRAMS  AND  COURSE 
OFFERINGS 


AMERICAN  STUDIES 

PROFESSOR  AND  DIRECTOR:  Beall. 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR:  Lounsbury  and  Mintz. 
ADVISORY    COMMITTEE:    Beall    (Chairman,    American    Stu- 
dies), Fry  (English),  Grimsted  (History),  Lounsbury  (Ameri- 
can  Studies),   Mintz   (American   Studies),   Schwartz  (Soci- 
ology). Ex  Officio:  Manning  (Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences)   and   Sparks   (Associate   Dean   of  the   Graduate 
School) 
The  University  has  a  comprehensive  program  in 
American  Studies.  It  begins  with  required  courses  on 
the  freshman  and  sophomore  levels,  includes  a  major 
for  juniors  and  seniors,  and  also  provides  for  graduate 
work  on  the  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  levels.  (For  information 
concerning  the  graduate  program,  see  the  Graduate 
School  Catalog.) 

The  student  who  majors  in  American  Studies  has 
the  advantage  of  being  taught  by  specialists  from 
various  departments.  The  committee  in  charge  of  the 
program  represents  the  Departments  of  English,  His- 
tory, Art,  and  Philosophy. 

The  program  is  intended  to  have  generous 
breadth,  but  the  danger  of  securing  breadth  with- 
out depth  is  offset  by  the  requirement  of  an  area  of 
concentration.  Strong  emphasis  upon  English  and 
History  is  required,  with  a  concentration  in  one  of 
these.  The  major  consists  of  42-credits  (of  which  24 
must  be  on  the  100  level)  including  not  only  courses 
in  American  Studies  but  additional  courses  distri- 
buted among  the  four  fields  of  English,  History,  Art, 
and  Philosophy.  Since  the  major  is  a  special  inter- 
disciplinary one,  the  student's  selection  of  courses 
must  meet  the  approval  of  the  advisor.  Two  courses 
are  required  for  the  major:  AMST  127,  128  (Culture 
and  the  Arts  in  America),  6  credits,  for  juniors;  and 
AMST  137,  138  (Readings  in  American  Studies), 
6  credits,  for  seniors.  No  grade  of  less  than  C  counts 
toward  the  major. 

Suggested  sample  curriculum  for  American  Stud- 
ies majors:  Junior  year:  AMST  127,  AMST  128— Cul- 
ture and  the  Arts  in  America  (3,  3);  ENGL  150  and 
ENGL  151— American  Literature  (3,  3);  HIST  109 
and  HIST  110— Social  History  of  the  United  States 
(3,  3);  ART  158— History  of  American  Art  (3),  (or 
ART  159— History  of  American  Art  (3);  PHIL  102— 
Modern  Philosophy  (3),  (or  PHIL  101— Ancient 
Philosophy    (3);    Electives    (6) 

Senior  year:  AMST  137  and  138— Readings  in 
American  Studies  (3,  3);  ENGL  155  and  156— Major 
American  Writers  (3, 3);  HIST  133  and  134— History  of 
Ideas  in  America  (3,  3);  ART  178— 20th  Century  Art 
(3);  PHIL  105— Philosophy  in  America  (3);  Electives 
(6). 


ANTHROPOLOGY  (Division  of  Sociology) 
ASSOCIATE    PROFESSOR    AND    DIRECTOR    OF    ANTHROPO 

LOGY:  Williams. 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Anderson  and  Hoffman. 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Fidelholtz  and  Rosen. 
LECTURER:  McDowell. 


Freshmen  who  are  interested  in  this  program  con- 
sult with  their  lower  division  advisor.  Upperclassmen 
should  consult  with  Professor  Lounsbury. 

AMST  127,  128.  CULTURE  AND  THE  ARTS  IN  AMERICA.  (3,  3 
Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  A  study  of  American  institu- 
tions, the  intellectual  and  esthetic  climate  from  the  Colonial 
period  to  the  present.  (Beall) 

AMST  137,  138.  READINGS  IN  AMERICAN  STUDIES.  (3,  3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  A  historical  survey  of  American 
values  as  presented  in  various  key  writings.  (Staff) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

AMST  200.  INTRODUCTORY  SEMINAR  IN  AMERICAN 
STUDIES.  (3) 

(Staff) 
AMST  201,  202.  SEMINAR  IN  AMERICAN  STUDIES.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 
AMST  251.  ORIENTATION  SEMINAR— MATERIAL  ASPECTS 

OF  AMERICAN  CIVILIZATION.  (3) 
(Staff) 

AMST  255,  256.  READING  COURSE  IN  SELECTED  ASPECTS 
OF  AMERICAN  CIVILIZATION.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 
AMST  299.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (1-6) 

(Staff) 
AMST  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (1-6) 

(Staff) 
AMST  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  (ARRANGED) 

(Staff) 


The  Division  of  Anthropology  offers  beginning  and 
advanced  course  work  in  the  four  principal  subdivi- 
sions of  the  discipline:  physical  anthropology,  lin- 
guistics, archaeology,  and  ethnology.  Courses  in 
these  subdivisions  may  be  used  to  fulfill  the  minor  or 
"supporting  courses"  requirement  in  some  programs 
leading  to  the  B.A.  degree.  They  also  may,  at  the  dis- 
cretion of  the  Department  of  Sociology,  be  counted  to- 
ward a  major  in  Sociology. 

Anthropology  Major:  The  fulfillment  of  the  re- 
quirements for  a  major  in  anthropology  leads  to  the 
B.A.  degree.  All  majors  are  required  to  take  30  hours 
in  anthropology,  18  of  which  must  be  selected  from 
the  following  courses:  ANTH  001,  002,  101,  141  or 
151,  161  or  171,  and  198.  It  should  be  noted,  how- 
ever, that  if  ANTH  001  is  used  to  satisfy  the  General 
Education  requirement  in  Social  Science,  it  may  not 
be  counted  as  a  part  of  the  30  required  semester 
hours  for  the  major.  The  18  hours  of  required 
courses  insures  that  the  major  becomes  familiar 
with  all  areas  of  anthropology.  No  one  area,  there- 
fore, receives  special  emphasis,  for  it  is  believed 
that  such  specialization  should  occur  during  gradu- 
ate study,  preferably  at  the  Ph.D.  level.  Thus  the 
student  is  broadly  prepared  in  the  ways  man  has 
evolved  culturally  and  physically.  A  statement  of 
course  requirements  and  recommended  sequences 
of  courses  is  available  in  the  departmental  office. 

No  course  with  a  grade  of  less  than  "C"  may  be 
used  to  satisfy  major  requirements. 

ANTH  001  or  its  equivalent  is  prerequisite  to  all  other  courses 
in  Anthropology. 

ANTH  001.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ANTHROPOLOGY: 
ARCHEOLOGY  AND  PHYSICAL  ANTHROPOLOGY.  (3) 

May  be  taken  for  credit  in  the  General  Education  Program. 
General  patterns  of  the  development  of  human  culture;  the 
biological  and  morphological  aspects  of  man  viewed  in  his 
cultural     setting.  (Staff) 

ANTH  002.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ANTHROPOLOGY:  CULTURAL 
ANTHROPOLOGY  AND  LINGUISTICS.  (3) 

Social  and  cultural  principles  as  exemplified  in  ethno- 
graphic descriptions.  The  study  of  language  within  the  con- 
text of  Anthropology.  (Staff) 

ANTH  021.  MAN  AND  ENVIRONMENT.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  A  geographical  introduc- 


es 


Arts  and  Sciences 


tion  to  ethnology,  emphasizing  the  relations  between  cul- 
tural forms  and  natural  environment.  (Anderson) 

ANTH  041.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ARCHEOLOGY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  A  survey  of  the  basic 
aims  and  methods  of  archeological  field  work  and  inter- 
pretation, with  emphasis  on  the  reconstruct  ion  of  prehistoric 
ways    of    life.  (Staff) 

ANTH  061.  INTRODUCTION  TO  PHYSICAL  ANTHROPOLOGY. 
(3) 

Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  The  biological  evolution 
of  man,  including  the  process  of  race  formation,  as  revealed 
by  the  study  of  the  fossil  record  and  observation  of  modern 
forms.  (Staff) 

ANTH  071.  LANGUAGE  AND  CULTURE.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  A  non-technical  intro- 
duction to  linguistics,  with  special  consideration  of  the 
relations  between  language  and  other  aspects  of  culture. 
(Listed  also  as  LING  071.)  (Staff) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

ANTH  101.  CULTURAL  ANTHROPOLOGY:  PRINCIPLES  AND 
PROCESSES.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ANTH  001  or  002  or  021.  An  examination  of  the 
nature  of  human  culture  and  its  processes,  both  historical 
and  functional.  The  approach  will  be  topical  and  theoreti- 
cal rather  than  descriptive. 

(Anderson,  Hoffman,  Hulse,  Williams) 

ANTH  102  CULTURAL  ANTHROPOLOGY:  WORLD 
ENTHNOGRAPHY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ANTH  001  or  002  or  021.  A  descriptive  survey 
of  the  culture  areas  of  the  world  through  an  examination 
of  the  ways  of  selected  representative  societies. 

(Anderson,  Hoffman,  Hulse,  Williams) 

ANTH  112.  PEOPLES  AND  CULTURES  OF  OCEANIA.  (3) 

A  survey  of  the  cultures  of  Polynesia,  Micronesia,  Melan- 
esia and  Australia.  Theoretical  and  cultural-historical 
problems  will  be  emphasized.  (Anderson,  Hulse) 

ANTH  114.  ETHNOLOGY  OF  AFRICA.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ANTH  001  and  002.  The  native  peoples  and 
cultures  of  Africa  and  their  historical  relationships,  with 
emphasis  on  that  portion  of  the  continent  south  of  the 
Sahara.  (Staff) 

ANTH  118.  PEOPLES  AND  CULTURES  OF  THE 
FAR  EAST.  (3) 

A  survey  of  the  major  sociopolitical  systems  of  China, 
Korea  and  Japan.  Major  anthropological  questions  will  be 
dealt  with  in  presenting  this  material.  (Hulse) 

ANTH  123.  ENTHNCLOGY  OF  THE  SOUTHWEST.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ANTH  001  and  002.  Culture  history,  eco- 
nomic and  social  institutions,  religion,  and  mythology  of 
the  Indians  of  the  southwest  United  States. 

(Anderson,  Williams) 

ANTH  124.  ETHNOLOGY  OF  NORTH  AMERICA.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ANTH  001  and  002.  The  native  people  and 
cultures  of  North  America  north  of  Mexico  and  their  his- 
torical relationships,  including  the  effects  of  contact  with 
European-derived  populations.  (Hoffman) 

ANTH  126.  ETHNOLOGY  OF  MIDDLE  AMERICA.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ANTH  001  and  002.  Cultural  background  and 
modern  social,  economic  and  religious  life  of  Indian  and 
metiszo  groups  in  Mexico  and  Central  America;  processes 
of  acculturation  and  currents  in  cultural  development. 

(Williams) 

ANTH  131.  SOCIAL  ORGANIZATION  OF  PRIMITIVE 
PEOPLES.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ANTH  001  and  002.  A  comparative  survey  of 
the  structures  of  non-literate  and  folk  societies,  covering 
both  general  principles  and  special  regional  developments. 

(Staff) 

ANTH  134.  RELIGION  OF  PRIMITIVE  PEOPLES.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ANTH  001  and  002.  A  survey  of  the  religious 
systems  of  primitive  and  folk  societies,  with  emphasis  on 
the  relation  of  religion  to  other  aspects  of  culture. 

(Anderson) 

ANTH  136.  PRIMITIVE  TECHNOLOGY  AND  ECONOMY.  (3) 
A  survey  of  technology,  food  economy  and  general  economic 
processes  in  non-industrial  societies.    (Anderson,  Williams) 

ANTH  138.  POLITICS  AND  GOVERNMENT  IN  PRIMITIVE 
Society.  (3) 

A  combined  survey  of  politics  in  human  societies  and  of 
important  anthropological  theories  concerning  this  aspect 
of     society.  (Hulse) 

ANTH  141.  ARCHEOLOGY  OF  THE  OLD  WORLD.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ANTH  001  or  041.  A  survey  of  the  archae- 
ological materials  of  Europe,  Asia  and  Africa,  with  em- 
phasis on  chronological  and  regional  inter-relationships. 

(Staff) 


ANTH  151.  ARCHEOLOGY  OF  THE  NEW  WORLD.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ANTH  001  or  041.  A  survey  of  the  archae- 
ological materials  of  North  and  South  America  with  em- 
phasis on  chronological  and  regional  interrelationships. 

(Staff) 
ANTH  161  ADVANCED  PHYSICAL  ANTHROPOLOGY.  (3) 

Prerequisite  ANTH  001  or  061.  A  technical  introduction 
to  the  hereditary,  morphological,  physiological,  and  be- 
havioral characteristics  of  man  and  his  primate  ancestors 
and  relatives,  with  emphasis  on  evolutionary  processes. 

(Staff) 
ANTH  171.  INTRODUCTION  TO  LINGUISTICS.  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  basic  concepts  of  modem  descriptive 
linguistics.  Phonology,  morphology,  syntax.  Examinations 
of  the  methods  of  comparative  linguistics,  internal  recon- 
struction, dialect  geography.  (Listed  also  as  LING  101  and 
ENGL     105.)  (Tuniks) 

ANTH  191.  RESEARCH  PROBLEMS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  Introductory  training 
in  anthropological  research  methods.  The  student  will  pre- 
pare a  paper  embodying  the  results  of  an  appropriate  com- 
bination of  research  techniques  applied  to  a  selected  prob- 
lem in  any  field  of  anthropology.  (Staff) 
ANTH  192.  FIELD  METHODS  IN  ETHNOLOGY  (1-6) 

Field  training  in  the  collection  and  recording  of  ethnologi- 
cal  data.    (Summer  only)  (Williams) 
ANTH  194.  FIELD  METHODS  IN  ARCHAEOLOGY  (1  6) 

Field  training  in  the  techniques  of  archaeological  survey 
and    excavation.    (Summer    only).  (Schuyler) 

ANTH  198.  ANTHROPOLOGICAL  THEORY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  the  his- 
torical development  and  current  emphasis  in  the  theoreti- 
cal approaches  of  all  fields  of  anthropology,  providing  an 
integrated  frame  of  reference  for  the  discipline  as  a  whole. 

(Williams) 
ANTH  205.  THEORY  OF  CULTURAL  ANTHROPOLOGY.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ANTH  281.  PROCESSES  OF  CULTURE  CHANGE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ANTH  285.  PEASANT  COMMUNITIES  IN  THE  MODERN 
WORLD.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ANTH  287.  CURRENT  DEVELOPMENTS  IN 
ANTHROPOLOGY.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ANTH  291.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  ANTHROPOLOGY.  (1-6) 

(Staff) 


ART 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Levitine. 
PROFESSORS:  A.  de  Leiris,  Lembach,  Lynch,  Maril. 
ASSOCIATE    PROFESSORS:   Denny,    Gross,   Jamieson,    Rear- 

ick.  Stites. 
ASSISTANT    PROFESSORS:    Bunts,    Freeny,    Isen,    Longley, 

Mirolli,  Niese,  O'Conner,  Pemberton. 
LECTURERS:  Banks,  Campbell,  Griffin,  Landgren. 
VISITING  LECTURERS:  Heban,  Hommel. 
INSTRUCTORS:  M.  de  Leiris,  Dillinger,  Forbes,  Gelman,  Green, 

Klank,  Lewis. 


Two  majors  are  offered  in  Art:  Art  History  and 
Studio.  The  student  who  majors  in  Art  History  is  com- 
mitted to  the  study  and  scholarly  interpretation  of 
existing  works  of  art,  from  the  prehistoric  era  to  our 
times,  while  the  studio  major  stresses  the  student's 
direct  participation  in  the  creation  of  works  of  art. 

In  spite  of  this  difference,  both  majors  are  rooted 
in  the  concept  of  art  as  a  humanistic  experience,  and 
share  an  essential  common  aim:  the  development  of 
aesthetic  sensitivity,  understanding,  and  knowledge. 
For  this  reason,  students  in  both  majors  are  required 
to  progress  through  a  "common  curriculum,"  which 
will  ensure  a  broad  grounding  in  both  aspects  of  art; 
then  each  student  will  move  into  a  "specialized  cur- 
riculum" with  advanced  courses  in  his  own  major. 
Maximum  allowable  credits  in  either  major  is  42. 

COMMON  CURRICULUM: 

ART  010,  Introduction  to  Art  (3);  ART  012,  Design 


Arts  and  Sciences 


109 


K3);ART016,Drawingl(3);andART060and061, 
History  of  Art  (3,  3). 

SPECIALIZED  CURRICULUM: 

Art  History  major:  ART  080,  History  of  American 
Art  (3);  four  courses  in  over  100  level  in  History 
of  Art  (12).  In  addition,  one  advanced  course  in 
Studio  work  is  required.  Total  credits  for  Art  His- 
tory major:  33. 

Studio  major:  ART  017,  Painting  I  (3);  ART  026, 
Drawing  II  (3);  ART  118,  Sculpture  I  (3);  ART 
119,  Printmaking  I  (3);  ART  126,  Drawing  III  (3); 
plus  one  course  at  the  100  level  (3).  In  addition, 
one  advanced  course  in  Art  History  is  required. 
Total  credits  for  Studio  majors:  36. 
No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  "C"  may  be  used 

to  satisfy  major  requirements. 

ART  010.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ART.  (3) 

Basic  tools  of  understanding  visual  art.  This  course 
stresses  major  approaches  such  as  techniques,  subject 
matter,  form,  and  evaluation.  Architecture,  sculpture,  paint- 
ing, and  graphic  art  will  be  discussed.  Required  of  all  Art 
majors  in  the  first  year.  (Staff) 

ART  012.  DESIGN  I.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent  registration, 
ART  010.  Principles  and  elements  of  design  including 
basic  composition,  line,  color  theory,  perspective,  and 
three-dimensional   space.  (Staff) 

ART  016.  DRAWING  I.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent  registration, 
Art  010.  An  introductory  course  with  a  variety  of  media  and 
related  techniques.  Problems  based  on  still  life,  figure 
and    nature.  (Staff) 

ART  017.  PAINTING  1.(3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites,  ART  010, 012,  016.  Basic 
tools  and  language  of  painting.  Oil  and  watercolor. 

(Maril,  Staff) 

ART  026.  DRAWING  II.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites,  ART  010,  012,  016.  Ori- 
ginal compositions  from  the  figure  and  nature,  supple- 
mented by  problems  of  personal  and  expressive  drawing. 

(Staff) 

ART  027.  ARCHITECTURAL  PRESENTATION.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites,  ART  010,  012,016.  Tech- 
nique of  wash  and  watercolor  in  architectural,  interior,  and 
landscape  architectural  rendering.  (Stites) 

ART  040.  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  ART  EDUCATION.  (3) 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  and  two  hours  of  lecture  per 
week.  Fundamental  principles  of  the  visual  arts  for  teach- 
ing on  the  elementary  level.  Elements  and  principles  of 
design  and  theory  of  color.  Studio  practice  in  different 
media.  (Crull,    Lewis,    Lembach,    Longley) 

ART  060,  061.  HISTOKY  OF  ART.  (3,  3) 

A  survey  of  western  art  as  expressed  through  architecture, 
sculpture,  and  painting.  First  semester,  prehistoric  times 
to  Renaissance;  second  semester,  from  Renaissance  to 
the   present.  (Staff) 

ART  062.  AFRICAN  ART.  (3) 

A  study  of  West  and  Central  African  Art  with  emphasis  on 
inter-tribal  relationships  as  demonstrated  by  their  sculp- 
tural styles. 

ART  065,  066.  MASTERPIECES  OF  PAINTING.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  A  study  of  the  contribu- 
tions of  a  few  major  painters,  ranging  from  Giotto  to  Picasso. 

(Levitine,  Staff) 

ART  067,  068.  MASTERPIECES  OF  SCULPTURE.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  A  study  of  the  contri- 
butions of  a  few  major  sculptors,  ranging  from  Polykleitos 
to    Moore.  (Levitine,    Staff) 

ART  070,  071.  MASTERPIECES  OF  ARCHIT 

ART  070,  071.  MASTERPIECES  OF  ARCHITECTURE.  (3,  3) 

ART  080,  081.  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  ART.  (3,  3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in  the  United  States 
from  the  Colonial  period  to  the  present.  (Staff) 

ART  117.  PAINTING  II.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites,  ART  017,  026.  Original 
compositions  based  upon  nature,  figure,  and  still  life,  sup- 
plemented by  expressive  painting.  Choice  of  media.  Dif- 
ferent sections  of  course  may  be  taken  for  credit. 
117-a.  Oilpaintingandrelatedmedia.  (Maril) 


117-b.  Watercolor  and  casein.  (Grossman) 

l77-c.  Plastic  media,  such  as  encaustic  and  polymer 
tempera.  (Jamieson) 

117-d.   Mural  painting.  The  use  of  contemporary  synt he 

tic   media.  (Jamieson) 

ART  118.  SCULPTURE  1.(3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ART  026.  (For  students 
majoring  in  Art  History,  by  permission  of  Department.) 
Volumes,  masses,  and  planes,  based  on  the  use  of  plastic 
earths.  Simple  armature  construction  and  methods  of  cast- 
ing. (Freeny) 

ART  119.  PRINTMAKING  I.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ART  026.  (For  students 
majoring  in  Art  History,  by  permission  of  Depart- 
ment.) Basic  printmaking  technique  in  relief,  intagio,  and 
pianographic  media.  (Forbes) 

ART  126.  DRAWING  III.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ART  026.  Emphasis  on 
understanding  organic  form,  as  it  is  related  to  study  from 
the  human  figure  and  to  pictorial  composition. 

(Isen,  Jamieson) 
ART  127.  PAINTING  III.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ART  1 17.  Creative  painting 
for  advanced  students.  Problems  require  a  knowledge  of 
pictorial  structure.  Development  of  personal  direction. 
Choice   of    media.  (Gross) 

ART  128.  SCULPTURE  11.(3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ART  1 18.  Different  sections 
of  course  may  be  taken  in  for  credit. 
128-a.   Nature  as  a  point  of  reference  with  potentiality  of 
developing  ideas  into  organic  and  architectural  forms. 

(Freeny) 

128-b.   May  be  taken  after  128-3.  Problems  involvingplastic 

earths  and  other  material  capable  of  being  modeled  or 

cast.  Choice  of  individual  style  encouraged.  (Freeny) 

ART  129.  PRINTMAKING  II.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ART  1 19.  One  print  media 
including  extensive  study  of  color  processes.  Individually 
structured  problems.  (O'Connell) 

ART  136.  DRAWING  IV.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ART  126.  Advanced  draw- 
ing, with  emphasis  on  the  human  figure,  its  structure  and 
organic  likeness  toforms  in  nature.  The  course  also  stresses 
those  compositional  problems  deriving  from  this  relation- 
ship. (Staff) 

ART  137.  PAINTING  IV.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ART  127.  Creative  paint- 
ing. Emphasis  on  personal  direction  and  self-criticism. 
Group  seminars.  (Gross,  Grossman,  Jamieson,   Maril) 

ART  138.  SCULPTURE  111.(3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite.  ART  128.  Problems  and 
techniques  of  newer  concepts,  utilizing  various  materials, 
such  as  plastics  and  metals.  Technical  aspects  of  welding 
stressed.  (Freeny) 

ART  139.  PRINTMAKING  III.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ART  129. 
139-a.   Contemporary  experimental  techniques  of  one  print 
medium  with  group  discussions.  (Staff) 

139-b.  Continuation  of  139-a.  May  betaken  for  credit  after 
139-a.  (Staff) 

ART  150,  151.  SPANISH  ART.  (3-,  3) 

Special  emphasis  will  be  given  to  the  artists  oi  th»  16th 
and  17th  centuries,  such  as  El  Greco  and  Velasq..e- . 

.^ynch) 

ART  152,  153.  LATIN  AMERICAN  ART.  (3,  3) 

Art  from  the  pre-Columbian  civilization  to  the  modern  period. 

(Lynch) 

ART  155.  AMERICAN  COLONIAL  PAINTING.  (3) 

Development  and  style  of  painting  in  Colonial  America: 
sources,  genres,  influential  studios.  Anglo- American  School 
of   historical    painting.  (Staff) 

ART  157.  AMERICAN  ART  AND  ITS  RELATIONSHIP 
TO  EUROPE:  1800-1900.  (3) 

ART  080  and  081  recommended.  The  American  artist  fn 
Europe;  American  and  German  Romanticism;  Neo-Classi- 
cism  in  America  and  Europe;  Dusseldorf  School;  Munich 
School;  Pre-Raphaelism;  Barbizon  School  and  Impression- 
ism. (Staff) 

ART  158.  159.  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  ART.  (3.  3) 

Architecture,  sculpture,  and  painting  in  the  United  States 
from  the  Colonial  period  to  the  present.  (Staff) 

ART  160,  161.  CLASSICAL  ART.  (3.  3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in  the  Classical  cul- 


110 


Arts  and  Sciences 


tures.  First  semester  will  stress  Greece;  second  semester 
Rome.  (Pemberton) 

ART  162,  163.  ART  OF  THE  EAST.  (3,  3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting.  First  semester  will 
stress  India;  second  semester,  China  and  Japan       (Staff) 

ART  164.  EARLY  CHRISTIAN  AND  BYZANTINE  ART.  (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture,  painting,  and  mosaic  of  early  Chris- 
tian Rome,  the  Near  East,  and  the  Byzantine  Exmpire. 

(Staff) 

Art  166,  167.  MEDIEVAL  ART.  (3,  3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in  the  Middle  Ages. 
First  semester  will  stress  Romanesaue;  second  semester 
the  Gothic  period.  (Denny) 

ART  168,  169.  RENAISSANCE  ART  IN  ITALY.  (3,  3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from  1400  to  the  High 
Renaissance  in  the  16th  century.  (Staff) 

ART  170.  171.  NORTHERN  EUROPEAN  PAINTING  IN 
THE  15TH  AND  16TH  CENTURIES.  (3,  3) 

Painting  in  the  Netherlands,  France,  and  Germany. 

(Denny) 

ART  172,  173.  EUROPEAN  BAROQUE  ART.  (3,  3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  of  the  major  European 
centers  in  the  17th  century.  (deLeiris) 

ART  174,  175.  FRENCH  PAINTING.  (3,  3) 

French  painting  from  the  15th  through  the  18th  century, 
from  Fouquet  to   David.  (Levitine) 

ART  176,  177.  19TH  CENTURY  EUROPEAN  ART.  (3,  3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in  European  Art  from 
Neo-Classicism    to     Impressionism.  (deLeiris) 

ART  178,  179.  20TH  CENTURY  ART.  (3,  3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  paintingfrom  the  late  19th  cen- 
tury to  our  day. 

ART  180.  IMPRESSIONISM  AND  NEO-IMPRESSIONISM.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  ART  060  and  061  or  consent  of  instructor.  His- 
tory  of    Impressionism   and    Neo-lmpressionism:   artists, 
styles,  art  theories,  criticism,  sources,  and  influence  on 
twentieth    century.  (deLeiris) 

ART  182.  TWENTIETH  CENTURY  MASTERS  AND 
MOVEMENTS.  (3) 

Artists  and  tendencies  in  twentieth  century  art.  Subject 
will  change  and  be  announced  each  time  course  is  offered. 

(Staff) 

ART  184.  HISTORY  OF  THE  GRAPHIC  ARTS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ART  010,  or  ART  069  and  061,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Graphic  techniques  and  styles  in  Europe  from 
1400  to  1800;  contributions  of  major  artists.     (Levitine) 

ART  192,  193.  DIRECTED  STUDIES  IN  STUDIO  ART. 
(2  or  3,  2  or  3) 

For  advanced  students,  by  permission  of  Department  Chair- 
man. Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content  differs. 

(Staff) 

ART  194,  195.  DIRECTED  STUDIES  IN  ART  HISTORY. 
(2  or  3,  2  or  3) 

For  advanced  students,  by  permission  of  Department  Chair- 
man. Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content  differs. 

(Staff) 


FOR  GRADUATES 

The  requirements  of  students  will  determine  which  courses 
will  be  offered. 


(Staff) 


(Staff) 
(Staff) 
(Staff) 
(Staff) 
(Staff) 


ART  200.  201.  PAINTING.  (3,  3) 
ART  202,  203.  PAINTING.  (3,  3) 
ART  211.  PRINTMAKING.  (3) 
ART  212.  PRINTMAKING.  (3) 
ART  213.  PRINTMAKING.  (3) 

ART  214.  SEMINAR  IN  PRINTMAKING.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ART  221.  222.  EXPERIMENTATION  IN  SCULPTURE.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 
ART  223.  MATERIALS  AND  TECHNIQUES  IN  SCULPTURE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ART  224.  SCULPTURE— CASTING  AND  FOUNDRY.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ART  226.  DRAWING.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ART  227.  DRAWING.  (3) 

(Staff) 


ART  228.    DRAWING.  (3) 

ART  229.  DRAWING  AND  PAINTING.  (3) 

(Staff) 

ART  240,  241.  ADVANCED  PROBLEMS  IN  ART  EDUCATION. 
(3,3) 

(Staff) 
ART  250.  AMERICAN  COLONIAL  ART.  (3) 

(Staff) 

ART  255.  SEMINAR  IN  19TH  CENTURY  AMERICAN 
ART.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ART  256.  TWENTIETH  CENTURY  AMERICAN  ART.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ART  257.  SEMINAR  IN  AMERICAN  ART  AND  ITS  LITERARY 
SOURCES.  (3) 

(Staff) 

Art  258.  SEMINAR  IN  LOCAL  AND  REGIONAL  ART.  (3) 

(Staff) 

ART  259.  THE  ART  OF  MANNERISM.  (3) 

(Staff) 

ART  260.  FRENCH  PAINTING  FROM  LEBRUN  TO  GERICAULT, 
1715-1815.  (3) 

(Staff) 

ART  261.  SEMINAR  IN  ROMANTICISM.  (3) 

(Staff) 

ART  262.  SEMINAR  IN  18TH  CENTURY  EUROPEAN  ART.  (3) 

(Staff) 

ART  263.  SEMINAR  IN  19TH  CENTURY  EUROPEAN  ART.  (3) 

(Staff) 

ART  264.  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  REALISM,  1830-1860.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ART  265    SEMINAR  IN  POST-IMPRESSIONISM  AND 
SYMBOLISM.  (3) 

ART  266.  SEMINAR  IN  CONTEMPORARY  ART.  (3) 

ART  267.  TWENTIETH  CENTURY  EUROPEAN  ART.  (3) 

ART  268.  SEMINAR  IN  LITERARY  SOURCES  OF  ART 
HISTORY.  (3) 

ART  269.  SEMINAR  IN  CLASSICAL  ART.  (3) 

ART  270.  SEMINAR  IN  MEDIEVAL  ART.  (3) 

ART  272.  SEMINAR.  PROBLEMS  IN  MEDIEVAL 
ICONOGRAPHY.  (3) 

ART  274.  ROMANESQUE  ART.  (3) 

ART  276.  GOTHIC  ART.  (3) 

ART  280.  METHODS  OF  ART  HISTORY.  (3) 

ART  282,  283.  MUSEUM  TRAINING  PROGRAM.  (3,  3) 

ART  284.  SEMINAR.  PROBLEMS  IN  ARCHITECTURAL 
HISTORY  AND  CRITICISM.  (3) 

ART  286.  SEMINAR  IN  LATIN-AMERICAN  ART.  (3) 

ART  288.  SEMINAR  IN  MODERN  MEXICAN  ART.  (3) 


(Staff) 
(Staff) 
(Staff) 

(Staff) 
(Staff) 
(Staff) 

(Staff) 
(Staff) 
(Staff) 
(Staff) 
(Staff) 

(Staff) 
(Staff) 


(Staff) 


ART  292,  293.  DIRECTED  GRADUATE  STUDIES  iN 
STUDIO  ART.  (3,  3) 


(Staff) 


ART  294,  295.  DIRECTED  GRADUATE  STUDIES  IN  ART 
HISTORY.  (3,  3) 


ART  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (1-6) 

ART  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  (ARRANGED) 


(Staff) 
(Staff) 
(Staff) 
Arts  and  Sciences  1 1 1 


ASTRONOMY 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Laster. 

PROFESSOR  AND  DIRECTOR  OF  ASTRONOMY:  Westerhout. 

PROFESSORS:  Erickson,  Kerr,  Kundu,  Musen  (P.  T.),  Opik. 

VISITING  PROFESSOR:  Lindblad. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Bell,  Matthews,  Smith,  Wentzel. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  A'Hearn,    Harrington,   Simonson, 

Zuckerman.  ,_  _ 

LECTURERS:  Brandt  (P.  T.),  Clark  (P.  T.),  Maran  (P.  T.). 

The  Department  of  Physics  and  Astronomy  offers 
a  major  in  Astronomy.  The  Astronomy  Program  of- 
fice is  located  in  the  Space  Sciences  Building.  As- 
tronomy students  are  given  a  strong  undergraduate 
preparation  in  astronomy,  physics  and  mathematics, 
as  well  as  encouragement  to  take  a  wide  range  of 
other  liberal  arts  courses.  The  Astronomy  Program 
is  designed  to  be  quite  flexible,  in  order  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  students'  special  talents  or  interests 
after  the  basic  requirements  for  a  sound  astronomy 
education  have  been  met.  Students  preparing  for 
graduate  studies  will  have  an  opportunity  to  choose 
from  among  many  advanced  courses  available  in 
astronomy,  mathematics,  and  physics.  The  pro- 
gram is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  graduate 
work  as  well  as  for  positions  in  governmental  and 
industrial  laboratories  and  observatories. 

Students  intending  to  major  in  astronomy  who 
have  had  a  high  school  course  in  physics,  and  who 
have  adequate  preparation  in  mathematics  to  qual- 
ify for  admission  to  MATH  019  will  ordinarily  take  the 
introductory  physics  courses  PHYS015, 016, 017  and 
018,  during  their  freshman  and  sophomore  years. 
Those  students  who  do  not  decide  to  major  in  astron- 
omy or  physics  until  after  their  freshman  or  soph- 
omore year  or  enter  as  transfer  students  will  often 
have  taken  other  introductory  courses  in  physics  (i.e. 
PHYS030, 031, 032).  Students  wi  II  find  recommended 
course  programs  in  the  pamphlet  entitled  "Depart- 
ment Requirements  for  a  B.S.  degree  in  Astronomy" 
which  is  available  from  the  Astronomy  Program  Of- 
fice. This  pamphlet  outlines  many  different  ap- 
proaches for  an  astronomy  major. 

ASTR  010  (Descriptiveand  Analytical  Astronomy) 
is  the  introductory  astronomy  course  required  of 
astronomy  majors.  It  may  be  taken  in  the  freshman 
or  sophomore  year.  It  is  followed  by  another  required 
course,  ASTR 025 (Practical  Astronomy).  Occasionally 
a  student  may  not  decide  to  major  in  astronomy  until 
after  he  has  already  taken  ASTR  001  and  002  (Intro- 
duction to  Astronomy  and  Modern  Astronomy).  These 
courses  together  may  be  substituted  for  the  ASTR  010 
requirement,  but  only  students  with  a  grade  of  "B" 
or  better  in  ASTR  001  and  002  will  be  encouraged  to 
major  in  astronomy.  Such  students  must  also  take 
ASTR  025. 

HONORS  IN  ASTRONOMY 

The  Honors  Program  offers  to  students  of  excep- 
tional ability  and  interest  in  astronomy  an  educational 
program  with  a  number  of  special  opportunities  for 
learning.  Honors  sections  are  offered  in  several 
courses,  and  there  are  many  opportunities  for  part- 
time  research  participation  which  may  develop  into 
fulltime  summer  projects.  An  honors  seminar  is  of- 
fered for  advanced  students;  credit  may  be  given  for 
independent  work  or  study;  and  certain  graduate 
courses  are  open  for  credit  toward  the  bachelor's  de- 
gree. 

Students  for  the  Honors  Program  are  accepted  by 
the  Department's  Honors  Committee  on  the  basis  of 
recommendations  from  their  advisors  and  other 
faculty  members.  Afinal  written  and  oral  comprehen- 
sive examination  in  the  senior  year  concludes  the 


program  which  may  lead  to  graduation  "with  Honors 

(or  High  Honors)  in  Astronomy." 

ASTR  001.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ASTRONOMY.  (3) 

Every  semester.  An  elementary  course  in  descriptive  astron- 
omy, especially  appropriate  for  non-science  students.  Sun, 
moon,  planets,  stars  and  nebulae,  galaxies,  evolution.  The 
course  is  illustrated  with  slides  and  demonstrations  of 
instruments.  (Westerhout,    Wentzel,    A'Hearn) 

ASTR  002.  INTRODUCTION  TO  MODERN  ASTRONOMY.  (3) 
Spring  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ASTR  001.  An  elementary  course  in  modern  astronomy  elab- 
orating on  some  of  the  topics  which  could  only  be  men- 
tioned briefly  in  ASTR001.  Appropriate  for  non-science  stu- 
dents. (Wentzel,       Smith) 

ASTR  005.  ASTRONOMY  LABORATORY.  (1) 

Fall  and  spring  semesters.  Two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  previous  or  concurrent  enrollment  in 
ASTROOlorOlO.  Exercisesintheuseofcelestialcoordinates, 
measurement  of  position,  determination  of  time  of  day  and 
night;  study  of  photographs  of  stars,  nebulae  and  galaxies, 
and  spectra;  photoelectric  photometry;  demonstration  of 
astronomical  instruments,  daytime  and  nighttime  observa- 
tions if  weather  permits.  Appropriatefornon-sciencemajors. 

(Smith,  Matthews) 

ASTR  010.  DESCRIPTIVE  AND  ANALYTICAL  ASTRONOMY.  (3) 
Fall  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  A  general  survey 
course  intended  for  science  majors.  Prerequisite,  MATH 
018  or  equivalent;  a  knowledge  of  trigonometry  and  lo- 
garithms will  be  assumed.  This  introductory  course  will 
deal  with  the  sun  and  the  solar  system,  stars  and  astro- 
physics, stellar  systems  and  cosmology.  It  should  not  be 
taken  by  students  who  have  already  taken  ASTR  001  and 
002.  (Smith) 

ASTR  025.  PRACTICAL  ASTRONOMY  (2-3). 

Prerequisites:  ASTR010andMATH019.  ASTR001  and002 
may  be  substituted  for  ASTR  010  if  approved  by  instructor. 
One  lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  per  week.  2-3  cred- 
its, according  to  work  done.  This  course  is  designed  pri- 
marily for  astronomy  majors  and  will  give  the  student  famil- 
iarity with  techniques  used  by  astronomers  and  an  under- 
standing of  how  astronomical  data  are  obtained.  Students 
registered  for  2  credits  will  not  be  required  to  do  all  the 
exercises.  Topics  will  include  coordinate  systems,  optics, 
photometry,  binary  stars,  distance  determinations,  Hertz- 
sprung-Russell  diagram,  solar  observations,  moon,  galactic 
structure,    and    galaxies.  (Smith) 

ASTR  100,  110.  OBSERVATIONAL  ASTRONOMY.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisites:  working  knowledge  of  calculus,  physics 
through  PHYS  018  or  032,  and  3  credits  of  astronomy.  An 
introduction  to  current  methods  of  obtaining  astronomical 
information  including  radio,  infrared,  optical,  ultra-violet, 
and  x-ray  astronomy.  The  laboratory  work  will  involve  photo- 
graphic and  photoelectric  observations  with  the  depart- 
ment's optical  telescope  and  21-cm  line  spectroscopy,  flux 
measurements  and  interferometry  with  the  department's 
radiotelescopes.  (A'Hearn,  Clark,   Erickson) 

ASTR  101.  INTRODUCTION  TO  GALACTIC  RESEARCH.  (3) 
First  semester.  Three  lectures  perweek.  Prerequisite,  MATH 
02  land  at  least  1 2  creditsof  introductory  physicsand  astron- 
omy courses.  Stellar  motions,  methods  of  galactic  research, 
study  of  our  own  and  nearby  galaxies,  clusters  of  stars. 

(Kerr) 

ASTR  102.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ASTROPHYSICS.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Pre-  or  co-req- 
uisite, PHYS  119  or  consent  of  instructor.  Spectroscopy, 
structure  of  the  atmospheres  of  the  sun  and  other  stars. 
Observational  data  and  curves  of  growth.  Chemical  com- 
position. (Bell) 

ASTR  124.  CELESTIAL  MECHANICS.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS  127  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Celestial  mechanics,  orbit  theory,  equations 
of    motion.  (Musen) 

ASTR  150.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  ASTRONOMY. 

Given  each  semester.  Prerequisite,  major  in  physics  or 
astronomy  and-or  consent  of  advisor.  Research  or  special 
study.  Credit  according  to  work  done.  (Sta^f ) 

ASTR  190.  HONORS  SEMINAR. 

Credit  according  to  work  done,  each  semester.  Enrollment 
is  limited  to  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  Program  in 
Astronomy.  (Staff) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalogue  for  descriptions. 

ASTR  200.  DYNAMICS  OF  STELLAR  SYSTEMS.  (3) 

(Staff) 

ASTR  202.  STELLAR  INTERIORS.  (3) 

(Staff) 


M2 


Arts  and  Sciences 


ASTR  203.  STELLAR  ATMOSPHERES.  (3) 

(Staff) 

ASTR  204.  PHYSICS  OF  THE  SOLAR  SYSTEM.  (3) 

(Staff) 

REQUIRED  COURSES  FOR  ASTRONOMY  MAJOR 

(a)  Introductory  Physics  Courses.  PHYS015.016 
—  Introductory Physics,  Mechanics,  Fluids, 
Heat,  and  Sound  (4,  4),  followed  by  PHYS 
017— Introductory  Physics,  Electricity  and 
Magnetism  (4)  and  PHYS  018— Introductory 
Physics,  Optics  and  Modern  Physics  (4) 
(Total  16  credits);  or  PHYS  030,  032— Gen- 
eral Physics  (3,  4,  4)  and  PHYS  104,  105- 
Electricity  and  Magnetism  (3,  3)  and  PHYS 
106— Mechanics  (3). 

(b)  Physics  Laboratory.  At  least  four  credits  of 
laboratory  courses;  ordinarily  PHYS  060,  061, 
but  100,  109  may  be  added. 

(c)  Modern  Physics,  PHYS  118,  119  (3,  3)  or 
Mathematical  Physics,  PHYS  127,  128 
(4,  4). 

(d)  Supporting  Courses.  MATH  019,  020,  021  — 
Analysis  (4,  4,  4) 

(Astronomy  majors  are  encouraged  to  enter 
the  accelerated  math  sections  which  cover 
these  courses  in  two  terms).  These  must  be 
followed  by  at  least  one  additional  3  or  4  credit 
mathematics  course  approved  by  the  astron- 
omy advisor.  Recommendedcoursesare  MATH 
022  — Calculus  (4),  MATH  066  — Differential 
Equations  for  Scientists  and  Engineers  (3) 
MATH  162,  163  — Analysis  for  Scientists  and 
Engineers  (3,  3),  MATH  113  — Introduction  to 
Complex  Variables(4),  MATH  110— Advanced 
Calculus  (4),  or  MATH  168  — Numerical  Meth- 
ods (3).  (Minimum  15  credits). 

(e)  Introductory  Astronomy   Courses.    Normally 
ASTR  010  and  ASTR  025. 
ASTR001and002maybesubstitutedforASTR 
010  (See  above) 

(f)  Advanced  Astronomy  Courses.  Two  Astron- 
omy courses  at  the  100  level.  (Minimum  6 
credits). 

Students  may  major  in  Astronomy  only  if  a  grade  of 
"C"  is  attained  in  each  semester  of  the  introductory 
Physics  and  Astronomy  courses.  Any  student  who 
wishes  to  be  recommended  for  graduate  work 
in  astronomy  must  maintain  a  "B"  average  and  should 
also  consider  including  some  or  all  of  the  following 
courses  in  his  program  in  addition  to  those  required 
of  all  astronomy  majors. 

(a)  Astronomy.  One  or  more  additional  courses  at 
the  100  level. 

(b)  Physics.  Both  PHYS  127-128  (4,  4)  —  Mathe- 
matical Physics  and  PHYS  118,  119  (3,  3) 
— Modern  Physics;  and  one  or  more  of  those 
listed  below. 

(c)  Supporting  Courses.  One  or  two  additional 
mathematics  or  computer  science  courses, 
selected  in  consultation  with  the  advisor. 

Further  Physics  courses  that  astronomy  majors 
should  consider,  both  those  terminating  at  the  B.S. 
and  those  planning  on  graduate  studies,  are  the  fol- 
lowing: 

PHYS   100— Advanced  Experiments 

PHYS   103— Applied  Optics 

PHYS  123 — Introduction  to  Atmospheric  and 
Space  Physics 

PHYS   124— Plasma  Physics 

PHYS   126— Kinetic  Theory  of  Gases 


PHYS   129— Elementary  Particles 
PHYS   144,  145— Methods  of  Theoretical  Physics 
PHYS   152— ThermodynamicsandStatistical  Me- 
chanics 


(Staff) 
(Staff) 
(Staff) 


ASTR  210.  GALACTIC  RADIO  ASTRONOMY.  (3) 
ASTR  212.  PHYSICS  OF  THE  SOLAR  ENVELOPE.  (3) 
ASTR  214.  INTERSTELLAR  MATTER.  (3) 

ASTR  230.  SEMINAR.  (1) 

(Staff) 
ASTR  248,  249.  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  MODERN  ASTRONOMY. 

(Staff) 
ASTR  250.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  ADVANCED  ASTRONOMY. 
(1-6) 

(Staff) 
ASTR  399.  RESEARCH. 

(Staff) 
ASTR  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  (ARRANGED) 

(Staff) 

BOTANY 

HEAD  AND  PROFESSOR:  Krauss. 

PROFESSORS:  Corbett,  Galloway,  Gauch,  Kantzes,  D.  T.    .or- 
gan, Sisler,  Stern,  Weaver. 

RESEARCH  PROFESSOR:  Sorokin. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Brown.  Karlander,  Klarman,  Krus- 
berg.  Lockard,  0.  D.  Morgan,  Patterson,  Rappleye. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Barnett,   Bean,  Curtis,  Harrison, 
Motta,  Reveal,  Smith  Terborgh. 

RESEARCH  ASSOCIATE:  Norton. 

INSTRUCTORS:  Grigg  and  Owens. 

GENERAL  B0TANv 

BOTN  001.  GENERAL  BOTANY.  (4) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Two  lectures 
and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  General  introduction  to 
botany,  touchingbrieflyon  all  phases  on  the  subject.  Empha- 
sis is  on  the  fundamental  biological  principles  of  the 
higher  plants.  (Stern  and  Departmental  Faculty) 

30TN  001 H.  GENERAL  BOTANY.  (4) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  two  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  A  broad  study  of  plant  science  with 
emphasis  on  current  conceptions  of  major  fields  of  in- 
terest. Designed  for  general  honors  students,  as  well  as  for 
freshman  students  with  superior  training  in  biology  or 
chemistry,  for  upper  class  science  majors,  and  for  those 
students  seeking  an  advanced  treatment  of  BOTN  001. 

(Galloway  and  Departmental  Faculty) 

BOTN  002.  GENERAL  BOTANY.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods 
a  week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  1  or  equivalent.  A  brief  evolu- 
tionary study  of  algae,  fungi,  liverworts,  mosses,  ferns  and 
their  relatives,  and  the  seed  pi  ants,  emphasizing  their  struc- 
ture, reproduction,  habitats,  and  economic  importance. 

(Stern  and  Departmental  Faculty) 

BOTN  010.  PRINCIPLES  OF  CONSERVATION.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Astudy  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  economical  use  of  our  natural  resources,  including 
water,  soil,  plants,  minerals,  wildlife  and  man.        (Harrison) 

BOTN  116.  HISTORY  AND  PHILOSOPHY  OF  BOTANY  (1) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites  20  semester  credit  hours  in 
biological  sciences  including  BOTN  001  or  equivalent.  Dis- 
cussion of  the  development  and  ideas  and  knowledge  about 
plants,  leadingtoasurveyof  contemporary  work  in  botanical 
science.  (Staff) 

BOTN  136.  PLANTS  AND  MANKIND.  (2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001  or  equivalent.  A 
survey  of  the  plants  which  are  utilized  by  man,  the  di- 
versity of  such  utilization,  and  their  historic  and  eco- 
nomic significance.  (Rappleye) 

BOTN  151S.  TEACHING  METHODS  IN  BOTANY.  (2) 

Summer  session.  Four  two-hour  laboratory  demonstration 
periods  per  week,  for  eight  weeks.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  l,or 
equivalent.  A  study  of  the  biological  principles  of  common 
plants,  and  demonstrations,  projects,  and  visual  aids  suit- 
able for  teaching  in  primary  and  secondary  schools. 

(Lockard) 

BOTN  171.  MARINE  PLANT  BIOLOGY.  (4) 

Summer  session.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001  or  General 
Biology  plus  Organic  Chemistry  or  the  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. Five,  one-hour  lectures  and  three,  3-hour  labora- 


Arts  and  Sciences 


713 


tories  each  week  for  six  weeks.  An  introduction  to  the 
taxonomic,  physiological  and  biochemical  characteristics 
of  marine  plants  which  are  basic  to  their  role  in  the 
ecology  of  the  oceans  and  estuaries.  Laboratory  fee 
$12.00.  (Krauss  and  Staff) 

BOTN  195.  TUTORIAL  READING  IN  BOTANY.  (HONORS 
COURSE)  (2  or  3) 

Prerequisite,  admission  to  the  Department  of  Botany  Honors 
Program.  A  review  of  the  literature  dealing  with  a  specific 
research  problem  in  preparation  for  original  research  to  be 
accomplished  in  BOTN  196.  Papers  will  be  assigned  and  dis- 
cussed in  frequent  sessions  with  the  instructor. 

(Galloway  and  Departmental  Faculty) 

BOTN  196.  RESEARCH  PROBLEMS  IN  BOTANY.  (HONORS 
COURSE)  (2  or  3) 

Prerequisite,  BOTN  195.  The  candidate  for  Honors  will 
pursue  a  research  problem  under  the  direction  and 
close  supervision  of  a  member  of  the  faculty 

(Staff) 

BOTN  199.  SEMINAR.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  semester  hours  maximum 
credit.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  Discussion 
and  readings  on  special  topics,  current  literature,  or  prob- 
lems and  progress  in  all  phases  of  botany.  Minor  experi- 
mental work  may  be  pursued  if  facilities  and  the  qualifica- 
tions of  the  students  permit.  For  seniors  only,  majors  and 
minors  in  botany  or  biological  science.  (Terborgh) 

BOTN  199-S.  NSF  SEMINAR  )2) 

Seminar  in  the  Sciences  for  NSF  participants  only.  Includes 
guest  speakers,  field  trips  to  area  Science  laboratories,  and 
individual    problem    work.  (Lockard) 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 
BOTN  301.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  BOTANY.  (1  to  3) 

BOTN  302.  SEMINAR  IN  BOTANY.  (1 


(Staff) 
(Staff) 


PLANT  PHYSIOLOGY 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

BOTN  101.  PLANT  PHYSIOLOGY.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  4-hour  laboratory  per- 
iod a  week.  Prerequisites,  BOTN  001  and  General  Chem- 
istry. Organic  Chemistry  strongly  recommended.  A  sur- 
vey of  the  general  physiological  activities  of  plants. 

(Patterson,  Lockard) 
BOTN  172.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  MARINE  RESEARCH 
Summer  Session.  Prerequisites  BOTN  001  or  general 
biology  plus  Organic  Chemistry  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Recommended  concurrent  or  previous  enrollment  in 
BOTN  171,  Marine  Plant  Biology.  An  experimental  ap- 
proach to  problems  in  marine  research  dealing  primarily 
with  the  phytoplankton,  the  larger  algae,  and  marine 
spermatophytes.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  their  physio- 
logical and  biochemical  activities. 
BOTN  204.  GROWTH  AND  DEVELOPMENT  (2) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  209.  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  ALGAE  (2) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  210.  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  ALGAE  LABORATORY.  (1) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  230.  ADVANCED  PLANT  PHYSIOLOGY.  (2) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  231.  PLANT  BIOCHEMISTRY.  (2) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  232.  PLANT  BIOPHYSICS.  (2) 

(Staff) 
BOTN  233.  PLANT  BIOCHEMISTRY-BIOPHYSICS 
LABORATORY.  (4) 

(Staff) 

PLANT  PATHOLOGY 

BOTN  020.  DISEASES  OF  PLANTS.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001,  or  equivalent.  An  introduc- 
tory study  of  the  symptoms  and  casual  agents  of  plant 
diseases  and  measure  for  their  control.  (Klarman) 

BOTN   122.    RESEARCH   METHODS   IN  PLANT   PATHOLOGY. 
(2) 
Second  semester.   Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Pre- 
requisite, BOTN  020,  or  equivalent.  Advanced  training  in 
the  research  techniques  and  methods  of  plant  pathology. 

(Curtis) 


BOTN  127.  DIAGNOSIS  AND  CONTROL  OF  PLANT  DISEASES 
(3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  A  study  of  vari- 
ous plant  diseases  grouped  according  to  the  manner  in 
which  the  host  plants  are  affected.  Emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  recognition  of  symptoms  of  the  various  types  of  diseases 
and  on  methods  of  transmission  and  control  of  the  pathogens 
involved.  (Bean) 

BOTN  152S.  FIELD  PLANT  PATHOLOGY.  (1) 

Summersession.  Daily  lectureforthree  weeks.  Prerequisite, 
BOTN  020,  or  equivalent.  Given  in  accordance  with  demand! 
A  course  for  county  agents  and  teachers  of  vocational  agn 
culture.  Discussion  and  denomination  of  the  important 
diseases  in  Maryland  crops.  (Kantzes) 

BOTN  221.  PLANT  VIROLOGY.  (2) 

(Staff) 

BOTN  223.  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  FUNGI.  (2) 

(Staff) 

BOTN  224.  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  FUNGI  LABORATORY.  (1) 

(Staff) 

BOTN  227. PHYSIOLOGY  OF  PATHOGENS  AND  HOST- 
PATHOGEN  RELATIONSHIPS.  (3) 

(Staff) 

BOTN  241.  PLANT  NEMATOLOGY.  (4) 

(Staff) 

TAXONOMY 

BOTN  Oil  PLANT  TAXONOMY.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001,  or  equivalent.  An  intro- 
ductory study  of  plant  classification,  based  on  the  collec- 
tion and  identification  of  local  plants.  (Brown) 

BOTN  128.  MYCOLOGY.  (4) 

Second  semester.  (Not  offered  1971-72.)  An  introductory 
study  of  the  morphology,  classification,  life  histories,  and 
economics    of    the    fungi.  (Motta) 

BOTN  153S.  FIELD  BOTANY  AND  TAXONOMY.  (2) 

Summersession.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001  orGeneral  Biology. 
Four  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week  for  eight  weeks. 
The  identification  of  trees,  shrubs,  and  herbs,  emphasizing 
the  native  plants  of  Maryland.  Manuals,  keys,  and  other 
techniques  will  be  used.  Numerous  short  field  trips  will 
be  taken.  Each  student  will  make  an  individual  collection. 

(Brown) 

BOTN  161.  SYSTEMATIC  BOTANY.  (2) 

Fall  semester.  (Not  offered  1970-71.)  Two-two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  Oil  or 
equivalent.  An  advanced  study  of  the  principles  of  sys- 
tematic botany.  Laboratory  practice  with  difficult  plant 
families  including  grasses,  sedges,  legumes,  and  com- 
posites.   Field    trips   arranged.  (Reveal) 


ECOLOGY 

BOTN  102.  PLANT  ECOLOGY.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001.  Two  lectures  per 
week.  The  dynamics  of  populations  as  affected  by  environ- 
mental factors  with  special  emphasis  on  the  structure  and 
composition  of  natural  plant  communities,  both  terrestrial 
and  equatic.  (Terborgh) 

BOTN  103.  PLANT  ECOLOGY  LABORATORY.  (1) 

Prerequisite,  BOTN  102  or  its  equivalent  or  concurrent 
enrollment  therein.  One  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
The  application  of  field  and  experimental  methods  of  the 
qualitative  and  quantitative  study  of  vegetation  and  environ- 
mental   factors.  (Terborgh) 

BOTN  113.  PLANT  GEOGRAPHY.  (2) 

First  semester.  Prequisite,  BOTN  001,  or  equivalent.  A 
study  of  plant  distribution  throughout  the  world  and  the 
factors  generally  associated  with  such  distribution. 

(Brown) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 
BOTN  219.  ADVANCED  PLANT  ECOLOGY.  (3) 


BOTN  222.  PLANT  VIROLOGY  LABORATORY  (2) 
BOTN  223.  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  FUNGI.  (2) 


(Staff) 

(Staff) 


ANATOMY-MORPHOLOGY 

BOTN  110.  PLANT  MICROTECHNIQUE.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  a  week.  Laboratory  periods  by 
arrangement.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  001  orequivalent  andper- 


114 


Arts  and  Sciences 


mission  of  instructor.  Preparation  of  temporary  and  per- 
manent mounts,  including  selection  of  material,  killing  and 
fixing,  embedding,  sectioning,  and  staining  methods;  photo- 
micrography, film  and  paper  processing  and  preparation  of 
photographic  illustrationsforresearch  publication.    (Stern) 

BOTN  111.  PLANT  ANATOMY.  (3) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  1 10,  or  equivalent.  The  origin  and 
development  of  the  organs  and  tissue  systems  in  the 
vascular     plants.  (Rappleye) 

BOTN  115.  STRUCTURE  OF  ECONOMIC  PLANTS.  (3) 

Second  semester.  (Not  offered  197 1-72).  One  lectureand  two 
laboratory  per  iodsa  week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  11  l.Adetailed 
microscopic  study  of  the  anatomy  of  the  chief  fruit  and 
vegetable  crops.  (Rappleye) 

BOTN  212.  PLANT  MORPHOLOGY.  (3) 

(Staff) 

GENETICS 

BOTN  117.  GENERAL  PLANT  GENETICS.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  009  or  equivalent. 
The  basic  principles  of  plant  genetics  are  presented;  the 
mechanics  of  transmission  of  the  hereditary  factors  in 
relation  to  the  life  cycle  of  seed  plants,  the  genetics  of 
specialized  organs  and  tissues,  spontaneous  and  induced 
mutations  of  basic  and  economic  significance,  gene  action, 
genetic  maps,  the  fundamentals  of  polyploidy,  and  genetics 
in  relation  to  methods  of  plant  breeding  are  the  topics 
considered.  (Smith) 

BOTN  215.  PLANT  CYTOGENETICS  (3) 

(Staff) 

BOTN  216.  NUCLEIC  ACIDS  AND  MOLECULAR  GENETICS.  (2) 

(Staff) 

BOTN  399. THESIS  RESEARCH 

(Staff) 

BOTN  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH 
Credit  according  to  work  done. 

CHEMISTRY 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Vanderslice. 

PROFESSOR  AND  ASSOCIATE  CHAIRMAN:  Jaquith. 

PROFESSORS:  Atkinson,  Castellan,  Grim,  Henery-Logan, 
Keeney,  Lippincott,  Pratt,  Purdy,  Reeve,  Rollinson,  Stew- 
art, Stuntz,  Svirbely,  Veitch,  White  (Emeritus). 

VISITING  PROFESSORS:  Berger,  Reimann,  Rose. 

RESEARCH  PROFESSOR:  Bailey. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Boyd,  Devoe,  Gardner,  Gordon, 
Holmlund.  Huheey.  Kasler,  Lakshmanan,  Pickard,  Staley, 
Viola. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Ammon,  Barker,  Bellama,  Davis, 
Jackson,  Jarvis,  Khanna,  Martin,  Mazzocchi,  Miller,  Moore, 
Murphy,  O'Haver,  01  in,  Sampugna,  Sommer,  Weinshenker, 
Zoller. 

VISITING  ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR:  Kundell. 

INSTRUCTORS:  Perlman  and  Stuntz. 

The  Department  of  Chemistry  also  offers  a  pro- 
gram leading  to  a  B.S.  with  a  major  in  Biochemistry. 
The  student  must  take  at  least  9  semester  hours  in 
approved  biological  science  courses  with  at  least  one 
course  at  the  100  level. 


Chemistry  141  2  Chemistry  148  ? 

German  001  3  Germon  002  3 

General  Education  3  General  Education  i 

Electives  4  Electives  4 


First  Semester 

Chemistry  008  or  018   .  4 

Mathematics  018 3 

English  001  or  021 3 

General  Education 3 

Health  005 2 

Physical  Education 1 

_16 


Second  Semester 

Chemistry  009  or  020   ,  4 

Mathematics  019 4 

English  003 3 

Physics  030                       3 

Speech  007                         2 

Physical  Education 1 

~~ J7 


Second  Year 
First  Semester  Second  Semester 

Chemistry  035                                2  Chemistry  037                 2 

Chemistry040 1  Chemistry  042 1 

Mathematics  020                            4  Chemistry  021           4 

Physics  031 4  Mathematics  021  4 

English  004                                     3  Physics  032  4 
~U                                                        ~15 


First  Semester 

Chemistry  187 
Chemistry  182 


Third  Year 

Second  Semester 

3       Chemistry  189 3 

1        Chemistry  184 1 


16 
Fourth  Yeor 


16 


First  Semester  Second  Semester 

Chemistry  123  3  Chemistry  101  3 

German  006  3  German  008  3 

General  Education  3  Electives  6 

Electives  6  General  Education  3 


15 


15 


CHEM  001,  003.  GENERAL  CHEMISTRY.  (4,  4) 

Two  lectures,  one  quiz,  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period 
each  week.  Prerequisite,  1  year  high  school  algebra  or  equi- 
valent. (Staff) 

CHEM  005.  ADVANCED  GENERAL  CHEMISTRY.  (4) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  labora- 
tory period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  high  school  chemistry, 
placement  in  mathematics  group  I  or  II,  and  permission 
of  the  Chemistry  Department.  An  advanced  course  in 
general  chemistry  for  chemistry  majors,  which  must  be 
followed  by  CHEM  015.  (Staff) 

CHEM  006.  INTRODUCTORY  COLLEGE  CHEMISTRY.  (2) 

Two  lectures  and  one  recitation  per  week.  An  introduction  to 
the  study  of  matter.  This  course  is  intended  to  be  followed 
by  CHEM  001  or  005.  This  course  may  not  be  taken  for 
credit  by  students  with  credit  in  CHEM  00 1,003, 005,  or  007 
or  their  equivalents.  This  course  may  not  be  taken  to  satisfy 
the  General  Education  science  requirement.  (Staff) 

CHEM  007.  CHEMISTRY  OF  MAN'S  ENVIRONMENT.  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Non-mathematical  presentation  of  basic  chemical  princi- 
ples and  applications  in  cosmochemistry,  geochemistry, 
biochemistry,  and  nuclear  chemistry.  Particular  emphasis 
is  placed  on  the  development  of  man's  environment  and 
his  effect  upon  it.  This  course  is  for  the  general  student 
and  does  not  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  professional 
schools.  (Staff) 

CHEM  008.  COLLEGE  CHEMISTRY  I.  (4) 

Three  lectures,  one  recitation,  and  one  three-hour  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  6  or  satisfactory  perfor- 
mance on  qualifying  test.  The  first  semester  of  a  general 
chemistry  sequence  intended  for  students  whose  curricula 
require  a  year  or  more  of  chemistry  to  provide  a  working 
knowledge  of  the  science.  Nature  and  composition  of  mat- 
ter; chemical  calculations;  atomic  structure,  solutions. 

(Staff) 

CHEM  009.  COLLEGE  CHEMISTRY  II.  (4) 

Three  lectures,  one  recitation,  and  one  three-hour  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  8  or  18.  A  continuation 
of  CHEM  8.  The  chemistry  of  carbon,  aliphatic  compounds; 
acids  and  bases,  aromatic  compounds;  stereochemistry 
halides;  amines  and  amides;  acids,  esters;  carbohydrates; 
natural  products. 

CHEM  015.  QUALITATIVE  ANALYSIS.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  003  or  CHEM  005.  (Staff) 

CHEM  018.  PRINCIPLES  OF  COLLEGE  CHEMISTRY  I.  (4) 
Three  lectures,  one  recitation,  and  one  three-hour  labora- 
tory per  week.  A  more  rigorous  treatment  of  the  material  of 
CHEM  8.  Admissions  by  invitation  of  the  Chemistry  Depart- 
ment based  on  performance  on  a  qualifying  test. 

CHEM  020.  PRINCIPLES  OF  COLLEGE  CHEMISTRY  II.  (4) 
Three  lectures,  one  recitation,  and  one  three-hour  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  8  or  18  and  consent  of 
the  Chemistry  Department.  A  more  rigorous  treatment  of 
the  material  of  CHEM  9. 

CHEM  019.  ELEMENTS  OF  QUANTITATIVE  ANALYSIS.  (4) 
Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  003.  An  introduction  to  the 
basic  theory  and  techniques  of  volumetric  and  gravi- 
metric analysis.  Primarily  for  students  in  engineering, 
agriculture,  pre-medical,  and  pre-dental  curricula. 

(Stuntz) 

CHEM  021.  QUANTITATIVE  ANALYSIS.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  labora- 
tory periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  015.  An  in- 
tensive study  of  the  theory  and  techniques  of  inorganic 
quantitative  analysis,  covering  primarily  volumetric  meth- 
ods. Required  of  all  students  majoring  in  chemistry. 

(Stuntz) 

CHEM  031,  033.  ELEMENTS  OF  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.  (3,  3) 
Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week. 


Arts  and  Sciences 


115 


Prerequisite,  CHEM  003,  005,  or  01 3.  Organic  chemistry  for 
students  in  agriculture,  bacteriology,  and  home  economics. 

(Reeve) 

CHEM  035,  037.  ELEMENTARY  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.  (2,  2) 
Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  003  or  005.  A 
course  for  chemists,  chemical  engineers,  pre-medical  stu- 
dents,  and   pre-dental   students.  (Staff) 

CHEM  036,  038.  ELEMENTARY  ORGANIC  LABORATORY.  (2,  2) 
Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  003,  or  005;  CHEM  035,  037  must  be  taken  concur- 
rently. (Staff) 

CHEM  040,  042.  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY  LABORATORY  FOR 
CHEMISTRY  MAJORS.  (1,  1) 

One  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  003  or  005;  CHEM  035,  037  must  be  taken  concur- 
rently. (Staff) 

CHEM  101.  INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  187.        (Staff) 

CHEM  102.  INORGANIC  PREPARATIONS.  (2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM     123.  (Boyd) 

CHEM  110.  RADIOCHEMICAL  SAFETY  PROCEDURES.  (1) 
One  lecture  per  week.  A  lecture  and  demonstration  course. 
Radiation  hazards,  principles  and  practices  of  radiation 
safety,  federal  (AEC,  ICC)  codes  and  state  public  health 
laws,  etc.,  will  bediscussed.  Consent  of  the  instructor  must 
be  obtained.  No  ciedit  towards  a  degree  allowed  for  chem- 
istry  majors.  (Lakshmanan) 

CHEM  111.  CHEMICAL  PRINCIPLES.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  003,  or  equivalent.  Not  open 
to  students  seeking  a  major  in  the  physical  sciences, 
since  the  course  content  is  covered  elsewhere  in  their 
curricula.  A  course  in  the  principles  of  chemistry  with 
accompanying  laboratory  work  consisting  of  simple 
quantitative  experiments.  (Credit  applicable  only  toward 
degree  in  College  of  Education.)  (Jaquith) 

CHEM  112,  113.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  CHEMISTRY 
TEACHING.  (3,3) 

One  four-hour  meeting  per  week.  An  intensive  study  of 
secondary  school  chemistry  courses  with  particular  atten- 
tion to  the  Chemical  Education  Material  Study  course.  Major 
emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  chemical  principles  and 
the  philosophy  underlying  the  CHEM  Study  program.  Credit 
applicable  toward  degrees  in  the  Collegeof  Education  only. 
Prerequisite,  CHEM  001,  003  or  its  equivalent,  and  enroll- 
ment in  the  NSF  In-Service  Institute  for  Secondary  School 
Chemistry  Teachers,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

(Jaquith) 

CHEM  115.  A  SURVEY  OF  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.  (3) 

Summer  School  only.  Open  ONLY  to  registrants  in  the 
National  Science  Foundation  Summer  Institute.  Five  one- 
hour  lectures  per  week;  five  three-hour  laboratory  periods 
per  week.  A  systematic  survev  of  compounds  of  carbon  at 
the  elementary  level.  (Staff) 

CHEM  121.  INTERMEDIATE  QUANTITATIVE  ANALYSIS.  (4) 
Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  CHEM  019  or  021,  and  CHEM  033 
or  037.  A  continuation  of  CHEM  019  or  021,  including 
volumetric,  gravimetric,  electrometric,  and  colorimetric 
methods.  Intended  for  students  in  agricultural  chem- 
istry, general  physical  science,  science  education,  etc. 
Not  open  to  chemistry  majors.  (Staff) 

CHEM  123.  ADVANCED  QUANTITATIVE  ANALYSIS.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Pre-  or  co-  requisite.  CHEM  189.  A  continuation  of 
CHEM  021,  including  volumetric,  gravimetric,  electro- 
metric,  and  colorimetric  methods.  Required  of  all  stu- 
dents  majoring   in    chemistry.  (Purdy) 

CHEM  125.  INSTRUMENTAL  ANALYSIS.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  six  hours  of  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  189.  A  study  of  the  appli- 
cation of  physicochemical  methods  to  analytical  chemis- 
try. Techniques  such  as  polarography,  potentiometry,  con- 
ductivity and  spectrophotometry  will  be  included.     (Purdy) 

CHEM  141,  143.  ADVANCED  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.  (2,  2) 
Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  037,  038.  An 
advanced  study  of  the  compounds  of  carbon.  (Reeve) 

CHEM  144.  ADVANCED  ORGANIC  LABORATORY.  (2-4) 

Two  or  four  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites.  CHEM  037,  038.  (Pratt) 

CHEM  148.  THE  IDENTIFICATION  OF  ORGANIC  COMPOUNDS. 
(2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  141.  The  systematic  identification  of  organic  com- 
pounds. (Pratt) 


CHEM  150.  ORGANIC  QUANTITATIVE  ANALYSIS.  (2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
CHEM  019  or  021,  and  consent  of  the  instructor.  The  semi- 
micro  determination  of  carbon,  hydrogen,  nitrogen,  halo- 
gen and  certain  functional  groups.  (Kasler) 
CHEM  161.  CHEMICAL  BACKGROUND  FOR  BIOCHEMISTRY. 
(2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite.  CHEM  033  or  CHEM 
037.  Organic  and  physical  chemical  properties  of  biolog- 
ically important  compounds  and  systems.       (Holmlund) 
CHEM  163.  BIOCHEMISTRY.  (3) 

Ihree  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  161. 

(Holmlund) 
CHEM  162,  164.  BIOCHEMISTRY  LABORATORY.  (2,  2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  033,  CHEM  038  or  CHEM  042;  CHEM  161  or  163,  (or 
concurrent  registration  in  CHEM  161  or  CHEM  163). 

(Staff) 
CHEM  182,  184.  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY  LABORATORY  FOR 
CHEMISTRY  MAJORS.  (1,  1) 

One  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  019  or  021;  CHEM  187,  189  must  be  taken  concur- 
rently. (Staff) 
CHEM  186.  ADVANCED  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY  LABORATORY. 
(2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
CHEM   184,  CHEM   189.  (Staff) 

CHEM  196.  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  CHEMISTRY.  (3) 

Three  lectures  or  two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite  varies  with  the  nature  of  the  topic 
being  considered.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  the 
subject  matter  is  substantial  ly  different,  but  not  more  than 
three  credits  may  be  accepted  in  satisfaction  of  major  or 
supporting  area  requirements  for  chemistry  majors. 

(Staff) 
CHEM  187.  189.  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  019  or  021, 
MATH  021,  PH  YS  032  (PHYS  032  may  be  taken  concurrently 
with  CHEM  187)  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  course  primarily 
for  chemists  and  chemical  engineers.  This  course  must  be 
accompanied  by  CHEM  188,   190.  (Staff) 

CHEM  188,  190.  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY  LABORATORY.  (2,  2) 
Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  A  laboratory 
course  for  chemical  engineering  students  taking  CHEM 
187,  189.  Students  who  have  had  CHEM  019,  021,  or 
equivalent  can  not  register  for  this  course.  (Staff) 

CHEM  195.  ADVANCED  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  CHEM  189.  Quantum  chemistry  and  other 
selected   topics.  (Staff) 

CHEM  199H.  SPECIAL  PROJECTS.  (2) 

Honors  projects  for  undergraduate  students.  (Staff) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

CHEM  201.  ADVANCED  INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.  (2) 

(Staff) 

CHEM  202,  204.  ADVANCED  INORGANIC  LABORATORY.  (2,  2) 

(Staff) 

CHEM  203.  THE  CHEMISTRY  OF  THE  RARER  ELEMENTS  (2) 

(Staff) 

CHEM  203.  THE  CHEMISTRY  OF  THE  RARER  ELEMENTS.  (2) 

(Staff) 

CHEM  205.  RADIOCHEMISTRY.  (2) 

(Staff) 

CHEM  206.  208.  SPECTROGRAPHIC  ANALYSIS.  (1.  1) 

(Staff) 

CHEM  207.  CHEMISTRY  OF  COORDINATION  COMPOUNDS 
(2) 

(Staff) 

CHEM  209.  NON-AQUEOUS  INORGANIC  SOLVENTS.  (2) 

(Staff) 

CHEM  210.  RADIOCHEMISTRY  LABORATORY.  (1-2) 

(Staff) 

CHEM  211.  CHEMISTRY  OF  ORGANOMETALLIC 
COMPOUNDS.  (2) 

(Staff) 

CHEM  213.  SELECTED  TOPICS  IN  INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY. 
(2) 

(Staff) 

CHEM  215.  NUCLEAR  CHEMISTRY.  (2) 

(Staff) 


116 


Arts  and  Sciences 


CHEM  221,  223.  CHEMICAL  MICROSCOPY.  (2,  2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  227.  OPTICAL  METHODS  OF  QUANTITATIVE 
ANALYSIS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  229.  ELECTRICAL  METHODS  OF  QUANTITATIVE 
ANALYSIS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  231.  SEPARATION  METHODS  IN  QUANTITATIVE 
ANALYSIS.  (3) 

(Staff) 

CHEM  233.  MODERN  TRENDS  IN  ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY 
(2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  237.  ORGANIC  REACTION  MECHANISMS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  239:  PHYSICAL  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.  (3) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  240.  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY  OF  HIGH  POLYMERS.  (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  243.  MOLECULAR  ORBITAL  THEORY.  (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  245.  THE  CHEMISTRY  OF  THE  STEROIDS.  (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  251.  THE  HETEROCYCLICS.  (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  253.  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.  (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM   254     ADVANCED    ORGANIC     PREPARATIONS.     (2-4) 

(Staff) 

CHEM  258.  THE  IDENTIFICATION  OF  ORGANIC 
COMPOUNDS,  AN  ADVANCED  COURSE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  261.  PROTEINS,  AMINO  ACIDS,  AND  CARBOHYDRATES. 
(2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  263.  BIOLOGICAL  ENERGY  TRANSDUCTIONS, 
VITAMINS,  AND  HORMONES.  (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  265.  ENZYMES.  (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  267.  THE  CHEMISTRY  OF  NATURAL  PRODUCTS.  (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  268.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  BIOCHEMISTRY.  (2-4) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  269.  ADVANCED  RADIOCHEMISTRY.  (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM    270.    ADVANCED    RADIOCHEMISTRY    LABORATORY. 
(1-2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  271.  BIOCHEMISTRY  OF  LIPIDS.  (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  273.  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  BIOCHEMISTRY.  (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  275.  BIOPHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY.  (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  287.  INFRARED  AND  ROMAN  SPECTROSCOPY.  (2) 

Staff) 
CHEM  291.  SELECTED  TOPICS  IN  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY.  (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  293.  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY.  (3) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  299.  REACTION  KINETICS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  303.  ELECTROCHEMISTRY.  (3) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  304.  ELECTROCHEMISTRY  LABORATORY.  (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  307.  CHEMICAL  THERMODYNAMICS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  311.  PHYSIOCHEMICAL  CALCULATIONS.  (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  313.  MOLECULAR  STRUCTURE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  317.  CHEMICAL  CRYSTALLOGRAPHY.  (3) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  319,  321.  QUANTUM  CHEMISTRY.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 
CHEM  323.  STATISTICAL  MECHANICS  AND  CHEMISTRY.  (3) 

(Staff) 


CHEM  351.  SEMINAR.  (1) 

CHEM  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH. 

CHEM  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  (ARRANGED) 


(Staff) 
(Staff) 
(Staff) 


CLASSICAL  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 
PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Avery. 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR:  Hubbe. 
LECTURER:  Iversen. 
INSTRUCTOR:  Clapper. 

MAJOR  IN  LATIN:  LATN  001, 002, 003,  and004or 
their  equivalent  must  have  been  completed  before  a 
student  may  begin  work  on  a  major  in  Latin.  A  student 
majoring  in  Latin  will  then  begin  his  concentration 
with  LATN  005.  A  major  consists  of  a  minimum  of 
twenty-four  hours  beginning  with  LATN  005,  twelve 
hours  of  which  must  be  taken  in  100-level  courses. 
A  major  student  who  has  taken  LATN  001,  002,  003, 
and  004  may  use  credit  so  obtained  tofulf  ill  the  twelve- 
hour  foreign  language  requirement  of  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences.  Those  registering  initially  for 
LATN  005  must  fulfill  this  requirement  in  anotherfor- 
eign  language,  preferably  Greek.  No  course  with  a 
grade  less  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major  require- 
ments. 

No  placement  tests  are  given  in  the  Classical  Lan- 
guages. The  following  schedule  will  apply  in  general 
in  determining  the  course  level  at  which  students 
will  register  for  Latin  and  Greek.  All  students  whose 
stage  of  achievement  is  not  represented  below  are 
urgently  invited  to  confer  with  the  Chairman  of  the 
Department. 

Students  offering  0  or  1   unit  of  Latin  will  register  for 
course  001. 

Students  offering  2  units  of  Latin  will  register  for  course  003 
Students  offering  3  units  of  Latin  will  register  for  course  004. 
Students  offering  4  units  of  Latin  will  register  for  course  005. 
No  credit  will  be  given  for  less  than  two  semesters  of  Ele- 
mentary Latin  or  Greek  except  as  provided  below  in  the  course 
description  of  LATN  001,  002. 

LATIN 

LATN  001,  002.  ELEMENTARY  LATIN.  (3,  3) 

A  student  who  has  had  two  units  of  Latin  in  high  school 
may  register  for  LATN  001  for  purposes  of  review,  but  not 
for  credit;  however,  he  may,  under  certain  conditions,  reg- 
ister for  LATN  002  for  credit  with  departmental  permission. 

(Hubbe  and  Staff) 

LATN  003.  INTERMEDIATE  LATIN  (CAESAR).  (3) 

Prerequisite,  LATN  001,  002  or  equivalent.  (Staff) 

LATN  004.  INTERMEDIATE  LATIN  (CICERO).  (3) 

Prerequisite,  LATN  003  or  equivalent.  (Staff) 

LATN  005.  VERGIL'S  AENEID.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  LATN  004  or  equivalent.  (Avery) 

LATN  051.  HORACE.  (3) 

Prerequisite,   LATN  005  or  equivalent.  (Avery) 

LATN  052.  LIVY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,   LATN  051  or  equivalent.  (Avery) 

LATN  061.  PLINY'S  LETTERS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,   LATN  052  or  equivalent.  (Avery) 

LATN  070.  GREEK  AND  ROMAN  MYTHOLOGY.  (3) 

Taught  in  English,  no  prerequisite.  Cannot  be  taken  for 
language  credit.  This  course  is  particularly  recommended 
for  students  planning  to  major  in  Foreign  Languages,  Eng- 
lish, History,  the  Fine  Arts,  or  Journalism.  (Iversen) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

Prerequisite  for  100  level  courses,  LATN  061. 
LATN  101.  CATULLUS  AND  THE  ROMAN  ELEGIAC  POETS.  (3) 

(Avery) 
LATN  102.  TACITUS.  (3) 

(Avery) 
LATN  103.  ROMAN  SATIRE.  (3) 

(Avery) 
LATN  104.  ROMAN  COMEDY.  (3) 

(Avery) 
LATN  105.  LUCRETIUS.  (3) 

(Avery) 


Arts  and  Sciences 


117 


LATN  111.  ADVANCED  LATIN  GRAMMAR.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  three  years  of  college  Latin  or  equivalent.  An 
intensive  study  of  the  morphology  and  syntax  of  the  Latin 
language  supplemented  by  rapid  reading.  (Avery) 

LATN  199.  LATIN  READINGS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  The  reading  of  one  or 
more  selected  Latin  authors  from  antiquity  through  the 
Renaissance.  Reports.  May  be  repated  with  different  con- 
tent. (Avery) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

LATN  210.  VULGAR  LATIN  READINGS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  An  intensive  review  of 
the  phonology,  morphology,  and  syntax  of  Classical  Latin, 
followed  by  the  study  of  the  deviations  of  Vulgar  Latin  from 
the  classical  norms,  with  the  reading  of  illustrative  texts. 
The  reading  of  selections  from  the  Peregrinato  and  loca 
sancta  and  the  study  of  divergences  from  classical  usage 
therein,  with  special  emphasis  on  those  which  anticipate 
subsequent  developments  in  the  Romance  Languages.  Re- 
ports. (Avery) 

GREEK 

GREK  001,  002.  ELEMENTARY  GREEK.  (3,  3) 

(Hubbe) 
GREK  003.  INTERMEDIATE  GREEK  (XENOPHON).  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GREK  001,  002  or  equivalent.  (Hubbe) 

GREK  004.  INTERMEDIATE  GREEK  (HOMER).  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GREK  003  or  equivalent.  See  GREK  006. 

(Hubbe) 
GREK  005.  HERODOTUS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,    GREK    004    or   equivalent.  (Hubbe) 

GREK  006.  THE  NEW  TESTAMENT.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GREK  003  or  equivalent.  GREK  006  will  be 

substituted  for  GREK  004  upon  demand  of  a  sufficient 

number  of  students.  (Hubbe) 

GREK  051.  EURIPIDES.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GREK  005  or  equivalent.  (Hubbe) 

GREK  052.  PLATO.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GREK  051  or  equivalent.  (Hubbe) 


COMPARATIVE  LITERATURE 

ADVISORY    COMMITTEE    ON    COMPARATIVE    LITERATURE: 

PROFESSORS  Freedman  (Chairman),  M.  J.  Evans,  G.  Jones, 

MacBain,  D.  Smith,  Sparks  and  Manning. 
PROFFESSORS:  Goodwyn,  Jones. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR:  Demaitrej  Schaumann,  D.  Smith. 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Evans,  Swigger. 
LECTURER:  Longen. 

All  literature  courses  numbered  100  or  above  in 
the  departments  of  Classics,  Foreign  Languages  and 
English  as  well  as  courses  in  Comparative  Literature 
are  acceptedfor  a  major  in  comparative  literature.  Stu- 
dents with  this  major  must  have  a  knowledge  of  at  least 
one  approved  foreign  language  demonstrated  by  suc- 
cessful completion  of  a  course  number  100  or  above 
in  that  language. 

Of  the  possible  24-40  hours  offered  as  a  major,  the 
following  courses  are  required:  CMLT  101-102  and 
150. 

Six  hours  of  other  comparative  literature  courses. 

Course  work  may  not  be  limited  to  the  nineteenth 
and  twentieth  centuries. 
LATN  070  is  highly  recommended. 

FOR     ADVANCED     UNDERGRADUATES     AND     GRADUATES 
CMLT  101,  102.  INTRODUCTORY  SURVEY  OF  COMPARATIVE 
LITERATURE.  (3,  3) 

First  semester.  Survey  of  the  background  of  European  liter- 
ature through  study  of  the  Greek  and  Latin  literature  in 
English  translations,  discussing  the  debt  of  modern  liter- 
ature to  the  ancients.  Second  semester:  study  of  medieval 
and  modern  continental  literature.  (Schaumann) 

CMLT  103.  THE  OLD  TESTAMENT  AS  LITERATURE.  (3) 
A  study  of  sources,  development  and  literary  types. 

(Schaumann) 

CMLT  104.  THE  NEW  TESTAMENT  AS  LITERATURE.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  books  of  the  New  Testament,  with  attention 
to  the  relevant  historical  background  and  to  the  transmis- 
sion of  the  text.  A  knowledge  of  Greek  is  helpful,  but  not  es- 
essential.  (Staff) 


CMLT  105.  ROMANTICISM:  EARLY  STAGES.  (3) 

First  semester.  Emphasis  on  England,  France  and  Germany. 
Reading  knowledge  of  French  or  German  required. 

(Demaitre) 

CMLT  106.  ROMANTICISM:  FLOWERING  AND  INFLUENCE.  (3) 
Second  semester.  Emphasis  on  England,  France  and  Ger- 
many. Reading  knowledge  of  French  or  German  required. 

(Demaitre) 

CMLT  107.  THE  FAUST  LEGEND  IN  ENGLISH  AND  GERMAN 
LITERATURE.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  Faust  legend  of  the  Middle  Ages  and  its 
later  treatment  bv  Marlowe  in  Dr.  Faustus  and  by  Goethe 
in    Faust.  (Prahl) 

CMLT  112.  IBSEN  AND  THE  CONTINENTAL  DRAMA.  (3) 

First  semester.  A  study  of  the  life  and  chief  work  of  Henrik 
Ibsen  with  special  emphasis  on  his  influence  on  the  modern 
drama.  (D.  Smith) 

CMLT  114.  THE  GREEK  DRAMA.  (3) 

The  chief  works  of  Aeschylus,  Sophocles,  Euripides,  and 
Aristophanes  in  English  translations.  Emphasis  on  the  his- 
toric background,  on  dramatic  structure,  and  on  the  effect 
of  the  Attic  drama  upon  the  mind  of  the  civilized  world. 

(Prahl) 

CMLT  115,  116.  THE  CLASSICAL  TRADITION  AND  ITS 
INFLUENCE  IN  THE  MIDDLE  AGES  AND  THE 
RENAISSANCE.  (3,  3) 

Emphasis  on  major  writers.  Reading  knowledge  of  Greek 
or  Latin  required.  (Staff) 

CMLT  125.  LITERATURE  OF  THE  MIDDLE  AGES.  (3) 

Narrative,  dramatic,  and  lyric  literature  of  the  Middle  Ages 
studied    in    translation.  (Cooley) 

CMLT  130.  THE  CONTINENTAL  NOVEL.  (3) 

The  novel  in  translation  from  Stendhal  through  the 
Existentialists,  selected  from  literatures  of  France,  Ger- 
many,   Italy,    Russia,   and   Spain.  (Staff) 

CMLT  135.  DANTE  AND  THE  ROMANCE  TRADITION.  (3) 

A  reading  of  the  Divine  Comedy  to  enlighten  the  discovery 
of  reality  in  western  literature.  (Staff) 

CMLT  140,  141.  LITERATURE  OF  THE  FAR  EAST.  (3,  3) 

A  survey  of  the  literature  of  China  and  Japan.  First  semester: 
an  examination  of  the  development  of  Chinese  and  Japanese 
literature  up  to  the  Yuan  and  Kamakura  period.  Second 
semester:  the  literature  from  the  fourteenth  century  to  the 
present.  (Staff) 

CMLT  145.  MAJOR  CONTEMPORARY  AUTHORS.  (3) 

(Staff) 

CMLT  150.  CONFERENCE  COURSE  IN  COMPARATIVE 
LITERATURE.  (3) 

Second  semester:  A  tutorial  type  discussion  course,  cor- 
relating the  courses  in  various  literatures  which  the  student 
has  previously  taken  with  the  primary  themes  and  master- 
pieces of  world  literature.  This  course  is  required  of  under- 
graduate majors  in  comparative  literature,  but  must  not  be 
taken  until  the  final  year  of  the  student's  program.        (Staff) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 
CMLT  201.  PROBLEMS  IN  COMPARATIVE  LITERATURE.  (3) 

(Staff) 

CMLT  225.  THE  MEDIEVAL  EPIC.  (3) 

(Staff) 

CMLT  226.  THE  MEDIEVAL  ROMANCE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
CMLT  230.  PROBLEMS  OF  THE  BAROQUE  IN  LITERATURE. 
(3) 

(Staff) 

CMLT  235.  THE  ITALIAN  RENAISSANCE  AND  ITS  INFLUENCE 
(3) 

(Staff) 
CMLT  240.  LITERARY  CRITICISM:  ANCIENT  AND  MEDIEVAL 
(3) 

(Staff) 
CMLT  241.  LITERARY  CRITICISM:  RENAISSANCE  AND 
MODERN.  (3) 

(Staff) 

CMLT  258.  FOLKLORE  IN  LITERATURE.  (3) 

(Staff) 

CMLT  268.  SEMINAR  IN  LITERARY  SOURCES  OF  ART 
HISTORY.  (3) 

(Staff) 

CMLT  301.  SEMINAR  IN  THEMES  AND  TYPES.  (3) 

(Staff) 

CMLT  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (1-6) 

(Staff) 


118 


Arts  and  Sciences 


CMLT  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  (CREDIT  ARRANGED) 

(Staff) 

COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

PROFESSOR  ANO  DIRECTOR:  Atchison. 

PROFESSORS:  Chu1 .  Edmundson-,  Glasser  ,  Heilprin   . 

RESEARCH  PROFESSORS:  Ortega  ',  Rheinboldt '.  Rosenfeld. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Glaser",  Minkei. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Austing.  Feldman,  Hagerty,  Hanani. 

Owings.  Park,  Pfaltz,  Vandergrift. 

INSTRUCTOR  AND  ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR:  Menard. 

INSTRUCTORS:  I  mdamood,  Williams. 

The  Student  Chapter  of  the  Association  for  Com- 
puting Machinery  meets  regularly  for  the  discussion 
of  topics  in  computer  science  which  are  of  interest  to 
undergraduates.  Its  programs  are  open  to  the  public. 

FOR  UNDERGRADUATES 

CMSC  005.  INTRODUCTION  TO  USE  OF  THE  DIGITAL 
COMPUTER.  (1) 

An  introduction  to  the  use  of  FORTRAN  for  solution  of  sim- 
ple computational  tasks.  The  use  of  a  conversational  mode 
to  simplify  the  computational  process  will  be  emphasized. 
Where  possible  students  will  be  assigned  to  sections  of 
comparable  background.  Examples  and  problems  for  the 
sections  will  be  chosen  appropriate  to  the  background  of 
the  students. 

CMSC  012.  INTRODUCTORY  ALGORITHMIC  METHODS.  (3) 
Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  MATH  Oil  or  equivalent.  Recommended  for 
students  not  majoring  in  mathematics,  the  physical  scien- 
ces, or  engineering.  Study  of  the  algorithmic  approach  in 
the  analysis  of  problems  and  their  computational  solution. 
Definition  and  use  of  a  particular  algorithmic  language. 
Computer  projects  based  on  elementary  algebra  and  prob- 
ability; linear  equations  and  matrices;  and  the  ordering, 
searching,  sorting,  and  manipulating  of  data. 

CMSC  020.  ELEMENTARY  ALGORITHMIC  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

Two.  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Pre-orco-requisite,  MATH020or equivalent.  Recommended 
for  students  majoring  in  mathematics,  the  physical  sciences 
or  engineering.  Concept  and  properties  of  an  algorithm, 
language  and  notation  for  describing  algorithms,  analysis 
of  computational  problems  and  development  of  algorithms 
for  their  solution,  use  of  specific  algorithmic  languages 
in  solving  problems  from  numerical  mathematics,  comple- 
tion of  several  projects  using  a  computer. 

CMSC  021.  NUMERICAL  CALCULUS  LABORATORY  I .  (  1  or  2) 
Two  hours  laboratory  per  week  for  each  credit  hour.  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  021,  or  concurrent  registration  therein  and 
CMSC  020,  or  equivalents.  Laboratory  work  in  the  de- 
velopment of  algorithmic  solutions  of  problems  taken 
from  numerical  calculus  with  emphasis  on  efficiency  of 
computation,  and  the  control  of  errors.  Basic  one-credit 
laboratory  includes  completion  of  several  machine  proj- 
ects on  material  related  to  MATH  021.  Second  credit  in- 
volves more  comprehensive  projects  based  on  similar 
or  related  material. 

CMSC  022.  NUMERICAL  CALCULUS  LABORATORY  II.  (lor  2) 
Two  hours  laboratory  per  week  for  each  credit  hour.  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  022  or  concurrent  registration  therein  and 
CMSC  020,  or  equivalents.  Laboratory  work  in  the  develop- 
ment of  algorithmic  solutions  of  problems  taken  from 
numerical  linear  algebra  with  emphasis  on  efficiency  of 
computation  and  the  control  of  errors.  Basic  one  credit 
laboratory  includes  completion  of  several  machine  projects 
on  material  related  to  MATH  022.  Second  credit  involves 
more  comprehensive  projects  based  on  similar  or  related 
material. 


FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

CMSC  100.  LANGUAGE  AND  STRUCTURE  OF  COMPUTERS. 
(3) 
Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  CMSC  012  or  CMSC  020  or  equiva- 
lent. Logical  basis  of  computer  structure,  machine  rep- 
resentation of  numbers  and  characters,  flow  of  control, 

'joint  oppointment  with  Electricol  Engineering 
-Joint  oppointment  with  Mothemotics 
Joint  appointment  with  Physics  and  Astronomy 
*Joint  appointment  with  Library  and  Information  Services 
■'Joint  oppointment  with  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  ond  Applied  Mathematics 
\loint  appointment  with  Physiology 


instruction  codes,  arithmetic  and  logical  operations,  in- 
dexing and  indirect  addressing,  input-output,  push-down 
stacks,  symbolic  representation  of  programs  and  assem- 
bly systems,  subroutine  linkage,  macros,  interpretive  sys- 
tems, and  recent  advances  in  computer  organization, 
several  computer  projects  to  illustrate  basic  concepts. 
NOTE:  CMSC  100  may  not  be  counted  for  credit  in  the 
graduate  program  in  computer  science. 

CMSC  102.  INTRODUCTION  TO  DISCRETE  STRUCTURES.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  CMSC  020  or  equivalent.  This  is  the  same 
course  as  ENEE  102.  Review  of  set  algebra  including  rela- 
tions, partial  ordering  and  mappings.  Algebraic  structures 
including  semigroups  and  groups.  Graph  theory  including 
trees  and  weighted  graphs.  Boolean  algebra  and  proposi- 
tional  logic.  Applications  of  these  structures  to  various 
areas  of  computer  science  and  computer  engineering. 
NOTE:  CMSC  102  may  not  be  counted  for  credit  in  the  grad- 
uate program  in  computer  science. 

CMSC  1 10.  SPECIAL  COMPUTATIONAL  LABORATORY.  (1  or  2) 
Two  hours  laboratory  per  week  for  each  credit  hour.  Prereq- 
uisite, CMSC  012  or  equivalent.  Arranged  for  special  groups 
of  students  to  give  experience  in  developing  algorithmic 
solutions  of  problems  or  using  particular  computational 
systems.  May  be  taken  for  cumulative  credit  up  to  a 
maximum  of  six  hours  where  different  material  is 
covered.  NOTE:  CMSC  110  may  not  be  counted  for  credit 
in  the  graduate  program  in  computer  science. 

CMSC  120.  INTRODUCTION  TO  COMPUTER  LANGUAGES  AND 
SYSTEMS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  022  or  equivalent.  Organization  and 
characteristics  of  computers.  Procedure  oriented  and  as- 
sembly languages.  Representation  of  data,  characters  and 
instructions.  Introduction  to  logic  design  and  systems  or- 
ganization. Macro  definition  and  generation.  Program  seg- 
mentation and  linkage.  Extensive  use  of  the  computer  to 
complete  projects  illustrating  programmingtechniques  and 
machine  structure. 

NOTE:  CMSC  120  may  not  be  counted  for  credit  in  the 
graduate  program  in  computer  science. 

CMSC  132.  SIMULATION  OF  CONTINUOUS  SYSTEMS.  (3) 
Prerequisites,  CMSC  020  and  MATH  066,  or  equivalent. 
Introduction  to  digital  simulation;  simulation  by  MIMIC 
programming; simulation  by  FORTRANprogramming;simula- 
tion  by  DSL-90  (or  CSMP)  programming;  logic  and  construc- 
tion of  a  simulation  processor;  similarity  between  digital 
simulations  of  continuous  and  discrete  systems. 

CMSC  140.  STRUCTURE  OF  PROGRAMMING  LANGUAGES. 
(3) 

Prerequisite,  CMSC  100  or  equivalent.  Formal  definition  of 
languages  including  specification  of  syntax  and  semantics. 
Syntactic  structure  and  semantics  of  simple  statements 
including  precedence,  infix,  prefix,  and  postfix  notation. 
Global  structure  and  semantics  of  algorithmic  languages 
including  declarations  and  storage  allocation,  grouping  of 
statements  and  binding  time  of  constituents,  subroutines, 
coroutines,  tasks  and  parameters.  List  processing  and  data 
description  languages. 

CMSC  144.  ELEMENTARY  LOGIC  AND  ALGORITHMS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  021  or  consent  of  instructor.  This  is 
the  same  course  as  MATH  144.  An  elementary  development 
of  propositional  logic,  predicate  logic,  set  algebra,  and 
Boolean  algebra,  with  a  discussion  of  Markov  algorithms, 
Turing  machines  and  recursive  functions.  Topics  include 
Post  productions,  word  problems,  and  formal  languages. 

CMSC  150.  DATA  AND  STORAGE  STRUCTURES.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  CMSC  100  and  CMSC  102  or  equivalent.  A 
study  of  intrinsic  structures  of  data,  such  as  arrays,  strings, 
trees,  and  lists,  and  their  relation  to  storage  media.  Repre- 
sentation of  data  structures  in  storage  by  records,  files,  etc. 
Special  storage  structures  such  as  content  addressed,  trie, 
and  associative  memories.  Referencing,  processing,  and 
management  techniques  based  on  the  structuring,  e.g.,  list 
processing.  Storage  and  accessing  efficiency,  as  well  as 
dynamic  flexibility  of  various  methods. 

CMSC  160.  COMPUTER  ORGANIZATION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  CMSC  100  or  equivalent.  This  is  the  same 
course  as  ENEE  166.  Introduction.  Computer  elements. 
Parallel  adders  and  subtracters.  Micro-operations.  Se- 
quences. Computer  simulation.  Organization  of  a  com- 
merically  available  stored  program  computer.  Micropro- 
grammed computers.  A  large-scale  batch-processing  sys- 
tem. 

CMSC   168.   NUMERICAL  METHODS   FOR  SCIENTISTS  AND 
ENGINEERS.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  MATH  022  or  162,  MATH  066,  and  CMSC  020 
or  equivalent.  This  is  the  same  course  as  MATH  168.  Inter- 
polation, numerical  differentiation  and  integration,  numeri- 


Arts  and  Sciences 


119 


cal  solution  of  polynomial  and  transcendental  equations, 
least  squares,  systems  of  linear  equations,  numerical  solu- 
tion of  ordinary  differential  equations,  errors  in  numerical 
calculations. 

CMSC  170.  NUMERICAL  ANALYSIS  I.  (3) 

Pre-  or  co-requisite,  MATH  1 10.  This  is  the  same  course  as 
MATH  170.  Solution  of  linear  systems  of  equations  and  non- 
linear equations  in  one  variable.  Least  square  and  Cheby- 
shev  approximation.  Numerical  differentiation,  integration, 
and  solution  of  ordinary  differential  equations. 

CMSC  171.  NUMERICAL  ANALYSIS  II.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  MATH  100  or  104.  MATH  110,  and 
CMSC/M  170.  This  is  the  same  course  as  MATH  171. 
Linear  systems  of  equations:  norms,  condition  numbers, 
rounding  error  analysis,  iterative  methods;  introduction  to 
numerical  solution  of  partial  differential  equations.  Non- 
linear systems  of  equations:  Newton's  method,  conver- 
gence and  rate  of  convergence.  Eigenvalue  problems. 

CMSC  190.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  COMPUTER  SCIENCE 
(1-3) 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  An  individualized 
course  designed  to  allow  a  student  or  students  to  pursue 
a  specialized  topic  or  project  under  the  supervision  of  the 
senior  staff.  Credit  accoriding  to  work  done. 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

CMSC  200.    COMPUTER  AND  PROGRAMMING  SYSTEMS.  (3) 

CMSC  202.   COMPUTER  SYSTEMS.  (3) 

CMSC  204.    INFORMATION  PROCESSING.  (3) 

CMSC  206.    COMPUTABILITY  AND  AUTOMATA.  (3) 

CMSC  210.    THEORIES  OF  INFORMATION.  (3) 

CMSC  215.    THEORY  OF  COMPUTATION.  (3) 

CMSC  220.    AUTOMATA  THEORY.  (3) 

CMSC  225.  COMPUTER  APPLICATIONS  TO  THE  PHYSICAL 
SCIENCES.  (3) 

CMSC  230.  SIMULATION  OF  COMPUTER  ORGANIZATION. 
(3) 

CMSC  235.  MODELING  AND  SIMULATION  OF  PHYSICAL 
SYSTEMS.  (3) 

CMSC  240.    COMPILER  CONSTRUCTION.  (3) 

CMSC  245.  FORMAL  LANGUAGES  AND  SYNTACTIC  AN- 
ALYSIS. (3) 

CMSC  250.    MATHEMATICAL  LINGUISTICS.  (3) 

CMSC  252.    COMPUTATIONAL  LINGUISTICS.  (3) 

CMSC  255.    INFORMATION  RETRIEVAL.  (3) 

CMSC  258.    SEMINAR    ON    INFORMATION    RETRIEVAL.    (3) 

CMSC  263.    THEORY  OF  SEQUENTIAL  MACHINES.  (3) 

CMSC  265.    ADVANCED  AUTOMATA  THEORY.  (3) 

CMSC  266.    ALGORITHMIC  NUMERICAL  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

CMSC  280.    ARTIFICIAL  INTELLIGENCE.  (3) 

CMSC  285.  COMPUTER  PROCESSING  OF  PICTORIAL  IN- 
FORMATION. (3) 

CMSC  290.    ADVANCED   TOPICS    IN    COMPUTER    SCIENCE. 

CMSC  295.  GRADUATE  SEMINAR  IN  COMPUTER  SCIENCE. 
(1-3) 

CMSC  399.    THESIS  RESEARCH.  (ARRANGED) 

CMSC  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH.  (ARRANGED) 

INSTITUTE   OF 

CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  AND  CRIMINOLOGY 

PROFESSOR  AND  DIRECTOR:  Lejins  (Professor  of  Sociology) 
LECTURER:  Tomlin. 

Advisory  Council:  The  Advisory  Council  is  made  up 
of  representatives  of  the  areas  of  education,  law,  psy- 
chiatry, psychology,  public  administration,  social 
work,  sociology,  and  University  College-  Dr.  Richard 
P.  Claude,  Department  of  Government  and  Politics, 
College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration;  Asso- 
ciate Dean  Stanley  J.  Drazek,  University  College; 
Professor  Robert  G.  Fisher,  School  of  Law;  Dr.  Franz 
Huber,  College  of  Education;  Dr.  Jonas  Rappeport, 
Psychiatric  Institute;  Dean  Daniel  Thursz,  School  of 
Social  Work;  Dr.  Robert  S.  Waldrop,  Department  of 
Psychology. 


Advisory  Board:  The  Advisory  Board  is  made  upof  rep- 
resentatives of  the  State  Agencies  in  the  field  of  law 
enforcement  and  corrections,  representatives  of  ap- 
propriate private  agencies  and  organizations  as  well 
as  representatives  of  national  agencies  and  organiza- 
tions. 

The  purpose  of  the  Institute  istoprovideanorgani- 
zational  and  administrative  basisforthe  interests  and 
activities  of  the  University,  its  faculty  and  students  in 
the  genera  I  area  of  crime  and  delinquency,  comprising 
the  areas  usually  designated  as  law  enforcement, 
criminology,  and  corrections.  The  institute  is  to  pro- 
mote study  and  teaching  concerning  the  problems  of 
crime  and  delinquency  and  their  prevention  and  con- 
trol by  offering'and  coordinating  academic  programs 
in  the  area  of  law  enforcement,  criminology  and  cor- 
rections, managing  research  in  these  areas  and  con- 
ducting demonstration  projects. 

The  Institute  comprises  as  its  component  parts: 

1.  The   Criminology   Program,    which   is  a   Di- 
vision of  the  Department  of  Sociology. 

2.  The  Law  Enforcement  Curriculum. 

3.  The  program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in 

General  Studies  with  specializations  in  Law 
Enforcement  and  Corrections  offered  by  the 
University  College. 

4.  Other  appropriate  divisions  of  the  Institute  to 

be  developed  for  the  areas  of  research  and 
demonstration  projects. 

LAW  ENFORCEMENT  CURRICULUM 

LENF  001.  INTRODUCTION  TO  LAW  ENFORCEMENT.  (3) 
Introduction  to  the  administration  of  criminal  justice  in  a 
democratic  society  with  emphasis  upon  the  theoretical  and 
historical  development  of  law  enforcement.  The  principles 
of  organization  and  administration  for  law  enforcement, 
functions  and  specific  activities;  planning  and  research; 
public  relations;  personnel  and  training;  inspection  and 
control;  direction;  policy  formulation. 

LENF  020.  INVESTIGATION  IN  LAW  ENFORCEMENT.  (3) 

Investigation  as  a  process  of  communication.  Principles 
and  problems  in  information  collection  and  evaluation:  im- 
partial gathering  and  evaluation  of  data.  Crime  scene  search 
and  recording;  collection  and  preservation  of  physical  evi- 
dence; scientific  aids;  modus  operandi;  sources  of  informa- 
tion; interviewing;  follow-up  and  case  preparation. 

LENF  030.  CRIMINAL  LAW.  (3) 

Law  as  one  of  the  methods  of  social  control.  Criminal  law: 
its  nature,  sources,  and  types:  theories  and  historical  devel- 
opments. Behavioral  and  legal  aspects  of  criminal  acts. 
Classification  and  analysis  of  selected  criminal  offenses. 

LENF  031.  CRIMINAL  PROCEDURE  AND  EVIDENCE.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  LENF  030.  General  principles  and  theories 
of  criminal  procedure.  Due  process.  Arrest,  search  and 
seizure.  Recent  developments.  Study  and  evaluation  of 
evidence  and  proof. 


DANCE 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Madden. 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Mack,  Moehlenhamp.  Rosen. 
VISITING  LECTURERS:  Nagnn  and  Rosenberg. 
INSTRUCTORS:     Brunner,     Goodman,     Reynolds.     Steckler, 
Weisbrod,  Witt,  Yeo. 
The  Department  of  Dance  offers  courses  to  gen- 
eral students  which  serve  to  develop  their  knowledge 
of  different  cultures  and  arts  by  studying  the  role  of 
dance  in  diverse  societies  and  in  relation  to  other  art 
forms.  Minors,  supporting  courses,  and  electives  in 
dance,  therefore,  are  also  valuable  to  students  major- 
ing in  such  disciplines  as  sociology  and  anthropology 
as  well  as  in  music,  art,  anddrama.  For  those  students 
who  major  in  dance,  the  Department  provides  courses 
of  training  which  prepare  them  to  practice  their  craft 
in  concert  or  in  the  theatre,  to  pursue  their  studies  of 
dance  and  related  arts  at  the  graduate  level,  or  to  be- 
come critics,  historians,  and  archivists  of  dance. 


120 


Arts  and  Sciences 


A  teacher  certification  program  in  dance  is  pres- 
ently being  developed  in  conjunction  with  the  Col- 
lege of  Education. 

The  available  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  is  given  by 
the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  is  awarded  to 
those  whose  interest  is  basically  in  the  cultural,  per- 
forming, and  composing  aspects  of  the  dance.  The 
Department  also  offers  courses  which  fulfill  the  Phy- 
sical Education  requirement. 

Courses  in  dancetheory,  literature,  andtechnique 
are  open  to  all  students  who  have  completed  the 
specified  prerequisites,  acquired  the  equivalent  ex- 
perience, or  secured  the  permission  of  the  Chairman 
of  the  Department  of  Dance.  The  Elementary  Labora- 
tory Group,  the  Apprentice  Group^  and  the  Dance  Con- 
cert Group  are  also  open  to  qualified  students. 

THE  BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  DEGREE 

The  Department  requirement  includes  a  core 
program  of  14  hours  in  dance  techniques  and  24 
hours  in  theory  and  literature.  Dance  majors  are 
also  required  to  take  12  hours  in  related  disciplines. 

No  course  with  a  grade  of  less  than  "C"  may  be 
applied  toward  the  fulfillment  of  the  course  require- 
ments for  a  major  in  dance. 

DANC  032.  INTRODUCTION  TO  DANCE.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  a  week.  A  study 
of  dance  as  a  form  of  communication  and  as  an  art  form. 
The  course  includes  a  survey  of  the  theories  and  styles  of 
dance,  and  of  their  relationships  to  other  art  forms.  Lectures 
will  be  supplemented  by  observations,  films,  and  guest 
speakers.  May  be  taken  to  fulfill  the  3  semester  hours  re- 
quirement  in  Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  of  the  general  Ed- 
ucation requirement. 

DANC  050.  RHYTHMIC  INVENTION  FOR  DANCE.  (2) 

First  and  second  semester.  Three  hours  a  week.  A  course 
designed  to  show  hqw  rhythm  affects  the  total  dance  move- 
ment picture  and  develops  the  dancer's  rhythmic  awareness 
and  response.  Understanding  of  rhythmic  principles;  move- 
ment isolation;  design;  phrasing;  syncopation. 

DANC  052,  054.  DANCE  TECHNIQUES.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  DANC  052,  a  study  of  dance 
movement  in  terms  of  placement,  rhythm,  dynamics,  space, 
improvisation,  and  dance  phrases.  DANC  054,  further 
development  of  the  materials  in  DANC  052.  Prerequisite, 
DANC  052  or  equivalent. 

DANC  055,  057.  DANCE  TECHNIQUES.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  DANC  054,  or 
equivalent.  DANC  955,  a  study  of  dance  techniques  and 
styles.  DANC  057,  further  development  of  materials  in 
DANC  055.  Prerequisite,  DANC  055  or  equivalent. 

DANC  060.  ELEMENTARY  DANCE  COMPOSITION.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  DANC  054  or 
equivalent.  The  study  of  basic  principles  of  dance  com- 
position in  terms  of  space,  time,  dynamics,  and  movement 
invention.  The  development  of  critical  awareness  and  judg- 
ment with  regard  to  composing. 

DANC  070.  INTERMEDIATE  MODERN  DANCE.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  DANC  060  or 
equivalent.  Study  of  more  advanced  dance  techniques  and 
some  compositional  problems.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

DANC  080.  ADVANCED  MODERN  DANCE.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  DANC  070  or 
equivalent.  Continuation  of  DANC  070  in  further  ad- 
vanced form.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

DANCE  084.  MOVEMENT  FOR  THE  THEATRE.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Lecture  and  laboratory.  Prereq- 
uisite, one  semester  of  dance  technique.  Movement  for 
actors,  dancers,  directors,  singers  in  the  theatre.  Dynamics, 
qualities,  styles,  and  space  as  related  to  movement  on  the 
stage. 

DANC  090.  WORKSHOP.  (1-6) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Admission  by  consent  of  in- 
structor. Planning,  choreography,  and  presentation  of  dem- 
onstrations and  concerts.  Maybe  repeated  for  credit  until  6 
credits  have  been  earned. 

DANC  100.  ADVANCED  CHOREOGRAPHIC  FORMS.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  DANC  060  or 
equivalent  and  adequate  dance  technique.  Lectures  and 
studio  work  in  modern  sources  as  they  apply  to  dance. 
Solo  and  group  choreography. 


DANC  104.  ETHNIC  STYLES.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  DANC  054.  Lec- 
ture and  activity  in  styles  expressive  of  various  cultures. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit  by  permission  of  instructor. 

DANC  114.  DEVELOPMENT  OF  DANCE  PROGRESSION.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  DANCE  060  or 
equivalent.  The  application  and  building  of  dance  progres- 
sion both  in  terms  of  dance  techniques  and  in  choreo- 
graphic studies.  Students  have  the  opportunity  to  observe 
and  assist  the  instructor  in  conducting  lower-level  dance 
classes. 

DANC  170.  CREATIVE  DANCE  FOR  CHILDREN.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  DANC  060  or 
equivalent.  Directing  the  essential  elements  of  dance  to  the 
level  of  the  child's  experience  and  facilitating  the  creative 
response.  The  development  of  movement  into  simple 
forms  to  serve  as  a  symbol  of  individual  expression. 

DANC  180.  DANCE  PRODUCTION.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  DANC  100  or 
equivalent  and  an  adequate  understanding  of  dance  tech- 
niques. Advanced  choreography.  Independent  work  with 
periodic  criticism. 

DANC  182,  183.  HISTORY  OF  DANCE.  (3,  3) 

The  development  of  dance  from  primitive  to  contemporary 
times  and  the  relationship  of  dance  forms  to  patterns  of 
of  culture.  DANC  182,  the  Primitive  period  through  the 
Middle  Ages.  DANC  183,  the  Renaissance  period  to  the 
present  times.  May  be  taken  to  fulfill  the  3  semester 
hours  requirement  in  Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  of  the  Gen- 
eral Education  requirement. 

DANC  184.  THEORY  AND  PHILOSOPHY  OF  DANCE.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  The  study  of  the  theories, 
philosophies  and  aesthetics  of  dance.  Investigation  of  form, 
content,  and  structure.  Interrelationships  of  the  arts,  and 
their  role  in  man's  world.  May  be  taken  to  fulfill  the  3 
semester  hours  requirement  in  Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  of 
the  General  Education  requirement. 

DANC  190.  NOTATION.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  DANC  050  or 
equivalent.  Movement  analysis  for  purposes  of  recording 
dance;  notation  fundamentals;  elementary  writing  of  tech- 
nique; reading  of  simple  folk,  modern,  and  ballet  studies. 

DANC  192.  PERCUSSION  AND  MUSIC  SOURCES  FOR  DANCE. 
(3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  D«NC  050  or 
equivalent.  Techniques  of  percussion  playing,  and  its  use 
as  dance  accompaniment.  Learning  to  use  the  instru- 
ments in  composition  and  improvisation.  Study  of  music 
sources  for  dance. 

DANC  194.  DIRECTED  STUDIES  IN  DANCE.  (1-6) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Hours  arranged.  For  advanced 
students  who  have  the  permission  of  the  Chairman  of  the 
Department  of  Dance. 


ECONOMICS 

Students  registered  in  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences  may  major  in  economics.  During  the  fresh- 
man and  sophomore  years  prospective  economics  ma- 
jors should  consult  with  their  lower  division  advisor  in 
Arts  and  Sciences  concerning  preparation  for  the  ma- 
jor. Normally  ECON  004 — Economic  Developments  (3) 
is  taken  during  the  freshman  year  and  ECON  031, 
032— Principles  of  Economics  (3,  3),  duringthe  soph- 
omore year.  Economics  majors  are  required  to  take 
six  hours  of  mathematics. 

Juniors  and  seniors  are  advised  by  the  faculty  of 
the  Department  of  Economics,  which  is  administered 
in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration. 
In  addition  to  the  nine  lower  division  credits  listed 
above,  economics  majors  must  complete  a  minimum 
of  27  credits  with  an  average  grade  of  not  less  than 
"C."  ECON  102— National  Income Analysis(3);  ECON 
132— Advanced  Economic  Principles  (3);  and  either 
BSAD  130—  Business  Statistics  I  (3)  or  ECON  Ill- 
Quantitative  Methods  in  Economics  (3)  are  required. 
Other  courses  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  major 
are  to  be  selected  with  the  aid  of  a  faculty  advisor. 
Descriptions  of  courses  in  economics  will  be  found  in 
the  catalog  of  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Ad- 


Arts  and  Sciences 


121 


ministration.  Additional  information  about  the  curric- 
ulum in  economics  may  be  obtained  at  the  depart- 
mental office. 


ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Freedmat,. 

ASSISTANT     PROFESSOR     AND     ASSOCIATE     CHAIRMAN: 

Howard. 

PROFESSORS:  Bode,  Cooley  Harman  (Emerita)  Hovey,  Korg, 
McManaway,  Manning^  Mish  (Director  of  Graduate  Stu- 
ies),  Murphy,  Myers,  Panichas,  Russell,  Whittemore,  Zee- 
veld. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Andrews  (Emerita),  Barnes 
(Representative  of  University  College)  Birdsall,  Brown, 
Bryer,  Carey,  Cooper  Fleming  Gravely,  Herman,  Houppert, 
Jellema,  Kinnaird,  Lawson,  Lutwack,  Portz,  Salamanca, 
Schaumann,  D.  Smith,  G.  Smith,  Thorberg,  Vitzthum,  Ward, 
Wilson. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Beauchamp,  Cate,  Coulter,  Dunn, 
Fry,  Greenwood,  G.  Hamilton,  Holton  Johnson,  James, 
Kenney  ,  Kleine,  Lounsbury,  Martin,  Miller,  Mmtz,  Robb, 
Rutherford,  Saltz,  Spurgeon,  Steinberg,  Swigger,  Tinsley,  Ty- 
son, VanEgmond,  Walt,  Weigant. 

LECTURERS:  Andreadis,  LaVia,  Longen,  Reed. 

INSTRUCTORS:  Allen,  Anderson,  Capshaw,  Cardaci,  Demaree, 
Detrick,  Diomedi,  Fitzpatrick,  Flynn,  Friedman,  Gardiner, 
Gaunt,  Grunder,  D.  Hamilton  (P.  T.j,  Kenny,  Kirkpatrick, 
Leatherbarrow,  Leonard,  McKewin,  Meszaros,  Norton. 
O'Brien,  Olefsky,  Ostrowski,  Ozolins,  Plylon,  Ramsey,  Sch- 
meissner,  Singleton,  Stevenson,  Stone,  Towsend,  Trous- 
dale, Vitale,  Weissman,  Whitaker,  Zelenka. 

The  English  major  requires  30  credits,  suitably 
distributed  as  indicated  in  Departmental  announce- 
ments, beyond  the  General  Education  requirements. 
A  student  may  pursue  a  major  with  emphasis  in  Eng- 
lish, American,  or  Comparative  Literature;  in  folk- 
lore, creative  writing,  or  in  linguistics;  or  in  prepara- 
tion for  secondary  school  teaching. 

No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  "C"  may  be 
used  to  satisfy  major  requirements. 

In  selecting  minor  or  elective  subjects,  students 
majoring  in  English,  particularly  those  who  plan  to 
do  graduate  work,  should  give  special  consideration 
to  courses  in  French,  German,  Latin,  philosophy, 
and  history. 
HONORS 

The  Department  of  English  offers  an  honors  pro- 
gram, primarily  for  majors  but  open  to  others  with  the 
approval  of  the  departmental  honors  committee. 
Interested  students  should  ask  for  detailed  informa- 
tion from  an  English  Department  advisor  no  later 
than  the  beginning  of  their  junior  year. 


ENGLISH 

ENGL  001,  021    or   HONR  001    is   prerequisite   to   courses 
numbered  003  through  056. 

ENGL  001.    COMPOSITION.  (3) 

Required  of  freshmen.  See  ENGL  021.  The  study  and  ap- 
plication of  rhetorical  principles  in  expository  prose-, 
frequent  themes.  (Herman,   Staff) 

ENGL  021.  HONORS  COMPOSITION.  (3) 

May  be  elected  by  eligible  students  in  place  of  ENGL  001 
to  satisfy  General  Education  requirement.  Survey  of  prin- 
ciples of  composition,  rhetoric,  and  techniques  of  research: 
reading  in  essays,  short  stories,  poetry;  frequent  themes. 

(Thorberg,  Staff) 

ENGL  003.  WORLD  LITERATURE.  (3) 

Fulfills  part  of  the  General  Education  requirement.  See 
ENGL  033.  Homer  to  the  Renaissance,  foreign  classics 
being  read   in  translation.  (Staff) 

ENGL  033.  HONORS  WORLD  LITERATURE.  (3) 

May  be  elected  by  eligible  students  in  place  of  ENGL  003 
to  satisfy  General  Education  requirement.  Homer  to  the 
Renaissance,  foreign  classics  being  read  in  translation. 

(Staff) 

ENGL  004.  WORLD  LITERATURE.  (3) 

Fulfills  part  of  the  General  Education  requirement.  See 
ENGL  034.  Shakespeare  to  the  present,  foreign  classics 
being  read   in  translation.  (Staff) 


ENGL  034.  HONORS  WORLD  LITERATURE.  (3) 

May  be  elected  by  eligible  students  in  place  of  ENGL  004 
to  satisfy  General  Education  requirement.  Shakespeare  to 
the  present,  foreign  classics  being  read  in  translation. 

(Staff) 
ENGL  007.  TECHNICAL  WRITING.  (2) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  008.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ENGLISH  GRAMMAR.  (3) 
A  brief  review  of  traditional  English  grammar,  and  an  intro- 
duction   to    structural    grammar,     including    phonology, 
morphology,  and  syntax.  (Robb,   James,   Staff) 

ENGL  009.  INTRODUCTION  TO  NARRATIVE  LITERATURE.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  ENGL  001  or  021.  An  intensive  study  of  repre- 
sentative stories,  with  lectures  on  the  history  and  technique 
of  the  short  story  and  other  narrative  forms.  (Staff) 

ENGL  010.  COMPOSITION  AND  LITERARY  TYPES.  (3) 

Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  ENGL  021.  A  study 
of  literary  genres  with  writing  based  on  the  readings. 

(Herman,  Staff) 
ENGL  012.  INTRODUCTION  TO  CREATIVE  WRITING.  (3) 

Additional  prerequisite,  sophomore  standing  and  depart- 
mental permission.         (Schaumann,  Van  Egmond,  Staff) 
ENGL  014.  EXPOSITORY  WRITING.  (3) 

(Herman,  Staff) 
ENGL  015.  READINGS  IN  BIOGRAPHY.  (3) 

An  analytical   study  in  the  form  and  technique  of  bio- 
graphical writing  in  Europe  and  America.  (Ward) 
ENGL  030.  INTRODUCTION  TO  POETRY  AND  POETICS.  (3) 

(G.  Smith,  Jellema) 
ENGL  055.  ENGLISH  LITERATURE  FROM  THE  BEGINNINGS 
TO  1800.  (3) 

May  be  elected  by  eligible  students  in  place  of  ENGL  003 
or  004  to  satisfy  the  General  Education  requirement. 

(Cooper,  Staff) 
ENGL  056.  ENGLISH  LITERATURE  FROM  1800  TO  THE 
PRESENT.  (3) 

May  be  elected  by  eligible  students  in  place  of  ENGL  003 
or  004  to  satisfy  the  General  Education  requirement. 

(Cooper,  Staff) 
ENGL  57.  AMERICAN  LITERATURE,  BEGINNING  TO  1865.  (3) 
May  be  elected  by  eligible  students  in  place  of  ENGL  003 
or  004  to  satisfy  General  Education  requirement. 
ENGL  58.  AMERICAN  LITERATURE,  1865  TO  THE  PRESENT. 
(3) 
May  be  elected  by  eligible  students  in  place  of  ENGL  003 
or  004  to  satisfy  General  Education  requirement. 
FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 
ENGL  003-004   (033-034)   or  055-056   are  prerequisites   to 

courses  numbered  101  through  199. 
ENGL  101.  HISTORY  OF  THE  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE.  (3) 

(Birdsall.  Robb.  James) 
ENGL  102.  OLD  ENGLISH.  (3) 
ENGL  104.  CHAUCER.  (3) 

(Cooley,  Birdsall) 
ENGL  105.  INTRODUCTION  TO  LINGUISTICS.  (3) 

Listed  also  as  LING  101. 
ENGL  107.  AMERICAN  ENGLISH.  (3) 

(Robb) 
ENGL  108.  ADVANCED  ENGLISH  GRAMMAR.  (3) 

Credit  may  not  be  granted  in  both  ENGL  108  and  LING  103 

(Robb,  James 
ENGL  109.  ENGLISH  MEDIEVAL  LITERATURE  IN 
TRANSLATION.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  110,  111.  ELIZABETHAN  AND  JACOBEAN  DRAMA.  (3,  3 

(Zeeveld,  Houppert) 
ENGL  112,  113.  LITERATURE  OF  THE  RENAISSANCE.  (3.  3) 

(Zeeveld,  Cooper) 
ENGL  115,  116.  SHAKESPEARE.  (3,  3) 

(Zeeveld,  Cooper,  Houppert,  D.  Smith,  Spurgeon) 
ENGL  117.  THE  MAJOR  WORKS  OF  SHAKESPEARE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  120.  ENGLISH  DRAMA  FROM  1660  TO  1800.  (3) 

(Ward) 
ENGL  121.  MILTON.  (3) 

(Murphy,  Freedman,  G.  Hamilton,  Wilson) 
ENGL  122.  LITERATURE  OF  THE  SEVENTEENTH  CENTURY 
1600-1660.  (3) 

(Murphy,  Mish,  Wilson,  G.  Hamilton) 
ENGL  123.  LITERATURE  OF  THE  SEVENTEENTH  CENTURY. 
1660-1700.  (3) 

(Wilson) 


122     Aris  and  Sciences 


ENGL   125,    126.    LITERATURE  OF  THE   EIGHTEENTH  CEN- 
TURY. (3,3) 

(Myers,  Howard) 
ENGL  129,  130.  LITERATURE  OF  THE  ROMANTIC  PERIOD. 
(3,      3)  (Kmnaird,  G.  Smith) 

ENGL  134,  135.  LITERATURE  OF  THE  VICTORIAN  PERIOD. 
(3,    3)  (Brown,     Cate) 

ENGL  136.  LATE  VICTORIAN  AND  EDWARDIAN  LITERATURE. 
(3) 

A  study  of  the  literary  movements  and  techniques  which  ef- 
fected the  transition  from  Victorian  to  modern  literature. 

(Staff) 
ENGL  139,  140.  THE  ENGLISH  NOVEL.  (3,  3) 

(Ward,  Kenney,  Kleine) 
ENGL  141,  142.  MAJOR  BRITISH  WRITERS.  (3,  3) 
Two  writers  studied  intensively  each  semester. 

(Fleming,  Panichas,  Jellema) 
ENGL  143.  MODERN  POETRY.  (3) 

(Fleming,  Jellema) 
ENGL  144.  MODERN  DRAMA.  (3) 

(Freedman,  Bryer) 
ENGL  145.  THE  MODERN  NOVEL.  (3) 

(Panichas,  Lawson,  Holton) 
ENGL  146.  AMERICAN  DRAMA.  (3) 

(Bryer) 
ENGL  147.  AMERICAN  POETRY,  BEGINNING  TO  THE 
PKtSENl      (3)  (Staff) 

ENGL  148.  THE  LITERATURE  OF  AMERICAN  DEMOCRACY.  (3) 

(Barnes) 
ENGL  152.  THE  NOVEL  IN  AMERICA  TO  1910.  (3) 

(Hovey,  Thorberg) 
ENGL  153.  THE  NOVEL  IN  AMERICA  SINCE  1910.  (3) 

(Hovey,  Thorberg) 
ENGL  154.  LITERATURE  OF  THE  SOUTH.  (3) 

A  historical  survey,  from  eighteenth-century  beginnings 
to    the    present.  (Lawsonj 

ENGL  155,  156.  MAJOR  AMERICAN  WRITERS.  (3,  3) 
Two  writers  studied  intensively  each  semester. 

(Manning,  Gravely,  Lutwack,  Barnes,  Holton,  Bryer) 
ENGL  157.  INTRODUCTION  TO  FOLKLORE.  (3) 

(Birdsall,  Carey) 
ENGL  158.  FOLK  NARRATIVE.  (3) 

Studies  in  legend,  tale,  and  myth.  (Birdsall) 

ENGL  159.  FOLKSONG  AND  BALLAD.  (3) 

(Carey) 
ENGL  160.  ADVANCED  EXPOSITORY  WRITING.  (3) 

(Herman,  Walt,  Trousdale,  Stevenson) 
ENGL  161.  ADVANCED  ENGLISH  STRUCTURE.  (3) 

ENGL  165.  AMERICAN  FOLKLORE.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENGL  157.  An  examination  of  American  folk- 
lore in  terms  of  history  and  regional  folk  cultures.  Explora- 
tion of  collections  of  folklore  from  various  areas  to  reveal 
the  difference  in  regional  and  ethnic  groups  as  witnessed 
in  their  oral  and  literary  traditions.  (Staff) 

ENGL  166.  AFRO-AMERICAN  FOLKLORE  AND  CULTURE.  (3) 
An  examination  of  the  culture  of  the  Negro  in  the  United 
States  in  terms  of  history  (antebellum  to  the  present)  and 
social  changes  (rural  to  urban).  Exploration  of  aspects  of 
Negro  culture  and  history  via  oral  and  literary  traditions 
and  life  histories. 
ENGL  167.  AFRO-AMERICAN  LITERATURE.  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  literary  expression  of  the  Negro  in 
the  United  States,  from  its  beginningto  the  present. 
ENGL  168.  URBAN  FOLKLORE.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENGL  157.  An  examination  of  the  folklore  cur- 
rently originating  in  white  urban  American  culture. 
ENGL  170.  CREATIVE  WRITING.  (3) 

(Fleming,  Jellema,  Holton) 
ENGL  171.  ADVANCED  CREATIVE  WRITING.  (3) 

(Fleming,  Salamanca) 
ENGL  172.  PLAYWRITING.  (3) 

(Fleming) 
ENGL    175.  LITERARY  CRITICISM.  (3) 

ENGL   179     SELECTED   TOPICS    IN    ENGLISH   AND  AMERI- 
CAN LITERATURE.  (3) 
ENGL  180.  AMERICAN  LITERATURE,  BEGINNING  TO  1810, 

THE  COLONIAL  AND  FEDERAL  PERIODS.  (3) 
ENGL   181     AMERICAN    LITERATURE,    1810   to    1865,   THE 

AMERICAN  RENAISSANCE.  (3) 
ENGL  182    AMERICAN   LITERATURE,  1865  to  1914,  REAL- 
ISM AND  NATURALISM.  (3) 


ENGL  183.  AMERICAN  LITERATURE  1914  TO  THE  PRESENT 
THE  MODERN  PERIOD.  (3) 

ENGL  190,  191.  HONORS  CONFERENCE  AND  READING.  (1,  1) 
Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  candidacy  for  honors  in 
English.  Candidates  will  take  ENGL  190  in  their  junior  year 
and  ENGL  191  in  their  senior  year.  (Staff) 

ENGL  195.  INDEPENDENT  RESEARCH  IN  ENGLISH.  (13) 
This  course  is  designed  to  provide  qualified  majors  in  Eng- 
lish, an  opportunity  to  pursue  Specific  English  readings 
under  the  supervision  of  a  member  of  the  Department. 
Restrictedtoundergraduates. 

ENGL  199.  SENIOR  PRO-SEMINAR  IN  LITERATURE.  (3) 

Open  only  to  seniors.  First  semester.  Required  of  candidates 
for  honors  and  strongly  recommended  to  those  who  plan  to 
do  graduate  work.  Individual  reading  assignments;  term 
paper.  (Staff) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 
ENGL  201.  BIBLIOGRAPHY  AND  METHODS.  (3) 


(Staff) 
(Staff) 


ENGL  202.  MIDDLE  ENGLISH.  (3) 

ENGL  204.  SEMINAR  IN  MEDIEVAL  LITERATURE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  206.  207.  SEMINAR  IN  RENAISSANCE  LITERATURE. 
(3,3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  210,  211.  SEMINAR  IN  SEVENTEENTH-CENTURY 
LITERATURE.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  212,  213.  SEMINAR  IN  EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY 
LITERATURE.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  214,  215.  SEMINAR  IN  NINETEENTH-CENTURY 
LITERATURE.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  216,  217.  LITERARY  CRITICISM.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  218.  SEMINAR  IN  LITERATURE  AND  THE  OTHER 
ARTS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  225,  226.  SEMINAR  IN  AMERICAN  LITERATURE.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 

ENGL  227,   228.    PROBLEMS    IN    AMERICAN    LITERATURE. 

(3,  3)  (Staff) 

ENGL     241,      242.      STUDIES      IN     TWENTIETH-CENTURY 

LITERATURE.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  244.  STUDIES  IN  DRAMA.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  245.  STUDIES  IN  FICTION.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  257.  SEMINAR  IN  FOLKLORE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  260.  SPECIAL  STUDIES  IN  ENGLISH  LITERATURE: 
THE  MEDIEVAL  PERIOD  to  1500.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  261.  SPECIAL  STUDIES  IN  ENGLISH  LITERATURE: 
RENAISSANCE  LITERATURE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  262.  SPECIAL  STUDIES  IN  ENGLISH  LITERATURE: 
SEVENTEENTH-CENTURY  LITERATURE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  263.  SPECIAL  STUDIES  IN  ENGLISH  LITERATURE: 
EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY  LITERATURE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  264.  SPECIAL  STUDIES  IN  ENGLISH  LITERATURE: 
ROMANTIC  LITERATURE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  265.  SPECIAL  STUDIES  IN  ENGLISH  LITERATURE: 
VICTORIAN  LITERATURE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  266.  SPECIAL  STUDIES  IN  AMERICAN    LITERATURE: 
AMERICAN  LITERATURE  BEFORE  1865.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  267.  SPECIAL  STUDIES  IN  AMERICAN  LITERATURE: 
AMERICAN  LITERATURE  SINCE  1865.  (3) 

(Staff) 
Engl  302.  SEMINAR  IN  THEMES  AND  TYPES  IN  ENGLISH 
LITERATURE.  (3) 

(Staff) 


Arts  and  Sciences 


?23 


ENGL  302    SEMINAR  IN  THEMES  AND  TYPES  IN  ENGLISH 
LITERATURE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
ENGL  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff) 

ENGL  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  (ARRANGED) 

(Staff) 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 
MAJORS 

Two  types  of  undergraduate  majors  are  offered  in 
French,  German,  Russian  or  Spanish:  one  for  the  gen- 
eral student  or  the  future  teacher,  and  the  other  for 
those  interested  in  a  rounded  study  of  a  foreign  area 
for  the  purpose  of  understanding  another  nation 
through  its  literature,  history,  sociology,  economics, 
and  other  aspects.  Both  of  these  majors  confer  the 
B.A.  degree.  (The  Department  also  offers  M.A.  and 
Ph.D.  degrees  in  language  and  literature,  but  not  in 
area  study.) 

An  undergraduate  major  in  either  language  and 
literature  or  area  studies  requires  a  total  of  33  hours, 
with  a  "C"  average,  above  the  basic  Arts  and  Sciences 
College  foreign  language  requirement. 

LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE  MAJOR 

Course  Oil  is  prerequisite  to  this  major  unless 
waived  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Department.  Specific 
minimum  requirements  in  the  program  in  French, 
German,  and  Spanish  are:  three  semester  courses  in 
advanced  language  (two  to  be  selected  from  Courses 
012,  080,  081  and  one  from  Courses  103,  104);  two 
semesters  of  the  survey  of  literature  (Courses  075, 
076;  or077, 078);  four  semester  coursesselectedfrom 
literature  numbered  100  to  199  in  addition  to  the 
required  four  semester  courses  selected  from  this 
group,  or  two  semester  courses  in  English  or  Com- 
parative Literature  courses  numbered  101  to  157, 
or  one  semester  course  from  the  former  group  and 
one  from  the  latter— total  of  33  hours.  Requirements 
for  a  language  major  in  Russian  comprise:  three 
semesters  of  advanced  Russian  (Courses  012  or 
013;  071  or  072;  and  080  or  081),  plus  two  semes- 
ters of  the  survey  of  literature,  Russian  075  and 
076;  four  semesters  in  100-level  courses;  and  two 
semester  courses  numbered  103  to  142  in  addition 
to  the  required  four  semester  courses  selected  from 
this  group  or  two  semester  courses  in  English  or 
Comparative  Literature  courses  numbered  101  to 
157,  or  one  semester  course  from  the  former  group 
and  one  from  the  latter— a  total  of  33  hours. 

FOREIGN  AREA  MAJOR 

The  area  study  major  in  French,  German,  Rus- 
sian, or  Spanish  endeavors  to  provide  the  student 
with  the  knowledge  of  the  various  aspects  of  the 
country  whose  language  he  is  studying.  Specific 
requirements  in  this  major  are:  five  semester 
courses  in  advanced  language  (Courses  012,  071, 
072,  080,  081);  two  semester  courses  in  civilization 
(Courses  171,  172;  or  173,  174);  two  semester 
courses  in  literature  numbered  100  to  199;  and  two 
semester  courses  in  literature  numbered  100  to 
199  in  addition  to  the  required  two  semester 
courses  selected  from  this  group,  or  two  semester 
courses  in  English  or  Comparative  Literature 
courses  numbered  101  to  157,  or  one  semester 
course  from  the  former  group  and  one  from  the 
latter— a  total  of  33  hours. 

HONORS  IN  FRENCH. GERMAN  OR  SPANISH 

A  student  whose  major  is  in  French,  German,  or 
Spanish  and  who,  at  the  time  of  application,  has  a 
general  academic  average  of  3.0  to  3.5  in  his  major 


field  may  apply  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Honors  Com- 
mittee for  admission  to  the  Honors  Program  of  the 
Department.  Honors  work  normally  begins  in  the 
first  semester  of  the  junior  year,  but  a  qualified  stu- 
dent may  enter  as  early  as  the  sophomore  year  or 
as  late  as  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year. 
Honors  students  are  required  to  take  two  courses 
from  those  numbered  195,  196,  197  and  the 
seminar  numbered  199,  as  well  as  to  meet  other 
requirements  for  a  major  in  Foreign  Languages. 
There  will  be  a  final  comprehensive  examination, 
covering  the  honors  reading  list,  which  must  be 
taken  by  all  graduating  seniors  who  are  candidates 
for  honors.  Admission  of  students  to  the  Honors 
Program,  their  continuance  in  the  program,  and  the 
final  award  of  honors  are  the  prerogative  of  the  De- 
partmental Honors  Committee. 

ELEMENTARY  HONORS 

Course  003  in  French,  German,  and  Spanish  is 
limited  to  specially  approved  candidates  who  have 
passed  Course  001  with  high  grades,  and  will  allow 
them  to  by-pass  Course  006  to  complete  their  require- 
ment by  completing  Course  007. 

LOWER  DIVISION  COURSES 

Course  005  must  complete,  in  addition  to  005, 
Courses  006  and  007;  those  who  place  in  006  must 
complete,  in  addition  to  006,  Course  007;  those 
who  place  in  007  must  complete  Course  007  or  its 
equivalent.  Students  who  place  higher  than  007 
thereby  fulfill  by  examination  the  College  language 
requirement.  In  German  the  course  sequence  is 
005,  006,  007,  008,  Oil,  and  012.  Neither  German 
Oil  nor  012  may  be  taken  to  meet  the  College  re- 
quirement unless  the  student  has  completed  Ger- 
man 007. 

Transfer  students  with  college  credit  have  the 
option  of  continuing  at  the  level  for  which  they  are 
theoretically  prepared,  or  of  taking  a  placement  ex- 
amination, or  of  electing  Course  005.  If  a  transfer 
student  takes  Course  005  for  credit,  he  may  retain 
transfer  credit  only  for  the  equivalent  of  Course  001. 
A  transfer  student  placing  lower  than  his  training 
should  warrant  may  ignore  the  placement  but  DOES 
SO  AT  HIS  OWN  RISK. 

If  a  student  has  received  a  "D  in  a  course,  ad- 
vanced and  completed  the  next  higher  course,  he 
cannot  go  back  and  repeat  the  original  "D." 

NO  CREDIT  WILL  BE  GIVEN,  EVEN  ELECTIVE, 
FOR  A  SINGLE  SEMESTER  OF  LANGUAGE  001. 

A  student  whose  native  language  is  taught  at 
the  University  may  not  meet  the  college  require- 
ment by  taking  Courses  001,  002,  006,  007,  080 
and  081.  There  is  a  special  option  by  which  foreign 
students  may  offer  a  combination  of  FLOA  001  and 
002  (English  for  Foreign  Students)  and  12  hours  of 
other  English  courses  to  satisfy  both  the  Arts  and 
Sciences  English  and  Foreign  Language  require- 
ments. This  option  may  not  be  used  by  pre-medical 
students. 

The  Civilization  courses  (171,  172)  cannot  be  used 
toward  the  foreign  language  requirement  except  by 
students  who  begin  language  at  the  University  with  a 
fifth  semester  course  (008)  or  higher. 

SPECIAL  COURSES  FOR  FOREIGN  STUDENTS 
FOLA  001-002.  ENGLISH  FOR  FOREIGN  STUDENTS.  (3.  3) 
An  introduction  to  English  usage,  adapted  to  the  needs  of 
the  non-English-speaking  student.  Pronunciation,  spelling, 
syntax;  the  difference  between  English  and  various  other 
languages   are   stressed.  (Bridgers) 


124 


Artt  and  Sciences 


CHINESE  PROGRAM 

ASSISTANT    PROFESSOR:    Chin.    (DIRECTOR,   Chen,    Evans, 
Shen. 

CHIN  001-002.  ELEMENTARY  CHINESE.  (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Ele- 
ments of  pronunciation,  simple  ideograms,  colloquial  con- 
versation,    translation.  (Shen) 

CHIN  006-007.  INTERMEDIATE  CHINESE.  (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  per  week;  additional  electronic  laboratory 
in  CHIN  006.  Prerequisite,  CHIN  002  or  equivalent.  Reading 
of  texts  designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  Chinese  life, 
thought,  and  culture.  (Staff) 

CHIN  101-102.  READING  FROM  CHINESE  HISTORY.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite,   CHIN  007   or  equivalent.   Based  on  anan- 
thology  of  historians  from  the  Chou  to  the  Ching  dynas- 
ties. (McCaskey) 

CHIN  117-118.  CHINESE  LINGUISTICS.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  CHIN  007  or  equivalent.  (Shen) 

CHIN  171-172.  CHINESE  CIVILIZATION.  (3,  3) 

ThiscoursesupplementsGEOG  134 and  135,  Cultural  Geog- 
graphy  of  East  Asia.  It  deals  with  Chinese  literature,  art, 
folklore,  history,  government,  and  great  men.  Second  semes- 
ter: developments  in  China  since  1911.  The  course  is  given 
in    English    translation.  (Staff) 


HEBREW  PROGRAM 

VISITING  PROFESSOR:  Iwry. 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR:  Greenberg. 
INSTRUCTORS:  Klein  and  Liferman. 

HEBR  001-002.  ELEMENTARY  HEBREW.  (3,  3) 

Elements  of  grammar;  pronunciation  and  conversation; 
exercises  intranslation.  (Greenberg,  Klein,  Liberman) 

HEBR  006-007.  INTERMEDIATE  HEBREW.  (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  per  week;  additional  electronic  laboratory 
in  HEBR  006.  Prerequisite,  HEBR  002  or  equivalent.  Texts 
designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  Hebrew  life,  thought, 
and  culture.  (Iwry,  Klein) 

HEBR  012-013.  CONVERSATION  AND  COMPOSITION.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite,  HEBR  007  cr  equivalent.  A  practical  language 
course  recommended  for  all  students  continuing  with  He- 
brew. (Iwry) 

'Students  who  have  studied  Chinese,  Italian,  or  Russian 
may  apply  to  the  Department  for  special  examination,  since 
there  is  no  Course  005  in  these  languages,  and  all  students 
who  have  studied  Hebrew  must  take  a  placement  examination. 

HEBR  075-076.  SURVEY  OF  HEBREW  LITERATURE.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  HEBR  007  or  equivalent.  (Iwry) 

HEBR  101.  THE  HEBREW  BIBLE.  (3) 

Reading  of  selected  portions  of  the  Pentateuch. 

(Greenberg) 
HEBR  102.  THE  HEBREW  BIBLE.  (3) 

Readingof  selected  portionsof  the  Prophets.  (Greenberg) 
HEBR  103.  MODERN  HEBREW  LITERATURE.  (3) 

The  period  of  the  Haskalah  (Enlightenment).  (Iwry) 

HEBR  104.  MODERN  HEBREW  LITERATURE.  (3) 

The  period  of  the  Tehiah  (Modern  Revival).  (Iwry) 


FRENCH  AND  ITALIAN  LAN  GUAGE  AND  LITERATURE 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  MacBain. 

PROFESSORS:  Bingham,  Quynn,  Rosenfield. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Demaitre  and  Hall. 

ASSISTANT    PROFESSORS:    Bridgers,    Fink,    Salchenberger, 

Tarica. 
LECTURERS:  Gilbert,  Johnson,  Lebreton-Savigny,  Lloyd-Jones, 

Meijer. 
INSTRUCTORS:     Barrabini,     Beique,     Bondurant,     Brachet, 
Brodsky,  Carnes,  Christov,  Deburghgraeve,  Eardley,  Edmonds, 
Guieu,  Luiggi,  Lundy,  Motta,  Nespoulous-Neuville,  Quilici, 
Thibault,  Tubbs,  Weil-Malherbe. 
FRENCH 

FREN  000.  ELEMENTARY  FRENCH  FOR  GRADUATE 
STUDENTS.  (Audit) 

Intensive  elementary  course  in  the  French  language  de- 
signed particularly  tor  graduate  students  who  wish  to  ac- 
quire a  reading  knowledge.  (Staff) 
FREN  001-002.  ELEMENTARY  FRENCH.  (3,  3) 

Each  semester;  given  as  intensive  course  in  summer  ses- 
sion. Three  recitations  and  one  drill  per  week.  Study  of 
spoken  and  written  language  and  development  of  the  four 
language  skills.  (Meyer,  Staff) 


FREN  003H.  ELEMENTARY  FRENCH,  HONORS  COURSE.  (3) 
Two  recitations  and  two  audio-lingual  drills  per  week.  En- 
rollment limited  to  specially  approved  candidates  from 
FREN  001.  Students  taking  this  course  will  normally  con- 
tinue in  FREN  007.  (Staff) 

FREN  005.  REVIEW  OF  ELEMENTARY  FRENCH.  (3) 

Two  recitations  and  two  audio-lingual  drills  per  week,  or 
three  recitations  and  one  audio-lingual  drill,  depending  on 
circumstances.  Enrollment  limited  to  students  who,  having 
taken  placement  examination,  have  failed  to  qualify  for 
FREN  006.  (Gray,  Staff) 

FREN  006-007.  INTERMEDIATE  FRENCH.  (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  per  week;  additional  electronic  labora- 
tory in  FREN  006.  Given  as  intensive  course  in  summer  ses- 
sion. Prerequisite,  FREN  002  or  equivalent,  or  FREN  005, 
except  that  recommended  students  may  enter  FREN  007 
from  FREN  003.  Study  of  linguistic  structure,  further  devel- 
opment of  audio-lingual  and  writing  ability,  and  reading  of 
literary  texts  with  discussion  in  French.  Usually  there  will 
be  an  honors  section  for  qualified  students.         (Johnson) 

FREN  010.  SCIENTIFIC  FRENCH.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  FREN006.  Readingof  technical  andscientific 
prose  with  some  attention  to  audio-lingual  and  linguistic 
objectives.  (Johnson) 

FREN  Oil.  INTRODUCTION  TO  FRENCH  LITERATURE.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  FREN  007.  Required  of  all  students  who  con- 
tinue in  advanced  courses  of  the  Department,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  superior  students  who  are  permitted  to  by-pass 
an  introduction  to  French  literature.  May  be  taken  con- 
concurrently     with     FREN    012.  (Meyer) 

FREN  012.  CONVERSATION  AND  COMPOSITION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  FREN007.  Apractical  language  course  recom- 
mended for  all  students  continuing  in  French.  May  be  taken 
currently    with    FREN    Oil.  (Fink) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES 

FREN  041.  FRENCH  PHONETICS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  FREN  007  or  equivalent.  Elements  of 
French   phonetics,   diction   and   intonation.  (Gray) 

FREN  071-072.  REVIEW  GRAMMAR  AND  COMPOSITION.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite,  FREN  Oil  and  012  or  equivalent.  For  students 
who,  having  a  good  knowledge  of  French,  wish  to  become 
more  proficient  inthewritten  and  spoken  language.      (Staff) 

FREN  075-076.  SURVEY  OF  FRENCH  LITERATURE.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite,  FREN  01 1  or  equivalent.  An  elementary  survey 
of  the  chief  authors  and  movements  in  French  literature. 
To  be  taken   in  sequence.  (Staff) 

FREN  080-081.  ADVANCED  CONVERSATION.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  FREN  Oil  and  012  or  consent  of  instructor. 
For  students  who  wish  to  develop  fluency  and  confidence 
in  speaking  the  language.  To  be  taken  in  sequence. 

(Meyer,  Fink) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

FREN  101.  APPLIED  LINGUISTICS.  (3) 

The  nature  of  Applied  Linguistics  and  its  contribution  to 
the  effective  teaching  of  foreign  languages.  Comparative 
study  of  English  and  French,  with  emphasis  upon  points  of 
divergence.  Analysis,  evaluation  and  construction  of  related 
drills.  (Mendeloff) 

FREN  103.  ADVANCED  COMPOSITION.  (3) 

Study  of  word  format  ion,  specialized  vocabularies,  idiomatic 
constructions,  review  of  certain  points  of  grammar,  trans- 
lation from  English  to  French,  and  free  composition. 

(Staff) 

FREN  104.  EXPLICATION  DE  TEXTES.  (3) 

Oral  and  written  analysis  of  short  literary  works,  or  of  ex- 
cerpts from  longer  works  chosen  for  their  historical,  struc- 
tural, or  stylistic  interest,  with  the  purpose  of  training  the 
major  to  understand  literature  in  depth  and  to  make  mature 
esthetic  evaluations  of  it.  (Staff) 

FREN  107,  108.  INTRODUCTION  TO  MEDIEVAL  LITERATURE. 
(3,3) 

French  literature  from  the  ninth  through  the  fifteenth  cen- 
tury. First  semester:  la  chanson  eipique,  le  roman  cour- 
tois,  le  lai.  Second  semester:  la  litterature  bourgeoise, 
le  theatre,  la  poesie  lyrique.  (Lamarque) 

FREN  111-112.  FRENCH  LITERATURE  OF  THE  SIXTEENTH 
CENTURY.  (3,3) 

The  Renaissance  in  France:  Humanism,  Rabelais,  Calvin, 
the  Pleiade,  Montaigne,  Baroque  poetry.  (Staff) 

FREN  115-116.  FRENCH  LITERATURE  OF  THE  SEVENTEENTH 
CENTURY.  (3,  3) 

First  semester:  Descartes,  Pascal,  Corneille,  Racine,  Second 
semester:  the  remaining  great  classical  writers,  with  special 
attention  to  Moliere.  (Quynn,   Rosenfield) 


Arts  and  Sciences 


725 


FREN  125-126.  FRENCH  LITERATURE  OF  THE  EIGHTEENTH 

CENTURY.  (3,  3) 

First   semester:   development   of   the   philosophical   and 

scientific    movement;    Montesquieu.    Second    semester: 

Voltaire,   Diderot,   Rousseau.  (Voltaire,) 

FREN  131-132.  FRENCH  LITERATURE  OF  THE  NINETEENTH 
CENTURY.  (3,  3) 

First  semester:  drama  and  poetry  from  Romanticism  to 
Symbolism.  Second  semester:  the  major  prose  writers  of 
the  same  period. 

FREN    143    STUDIES    IN    TWENTIETH    CENTURY    LITERA* 
TURE:  THE  EARLY  YEARS.  (3) 
French  poetry,  theater  and  the  novel  during  the  age  of 
Proust  and  Gide. 

FREN  144.  STUDIES  IN  TWENTIETH  CENTURY  LITERATURE: 
MID-CENTURY  WRITERS.  (3) 

Modern  French  poetry,  theater  and  the  novel,  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  literature  of  anxiety  and  Existentialism. 

FREN  145.  STUDIES  IN  TWENTIETH  CENTURY  LITERATURE: 
THE  CONTEMPORARY  SCENE.  (3) 

French  writers  and  literary  movements  since  about  1950, 
with  special  emphasis  on  new  forms  of  the  novel  and  theater. 

FREN  171-172.  FRENCH  CIVILIZATION.  (3,  3) 

French  life,  customs,  culture,  traditions.  First  semester:  the 
historical  development.  Second  semester:  present-day 
France.  (Staff) 

FREN  181-182.  PRO-SEMINAR  IN  GREAT  LITERARY  FIGURES. 
(3,3) 

Each  semester  a  specialized  study  will  be  made  of  one 
great  French  writer  chosen  from  some  representative  I  iterary 
period  or  movement  since  the  middle  ages.  (Staff) 

FREN  198H.  HONORS  INDEPENDENT  STUDY.  (3) 

Honors  Independent  Study  involves  guided  readings  based 
on  an  Honors  reading  list  and  tested  by  a  6  hour  written 
examination.  Honors  198  and  Honors  199  are  required  to 
fulfill  the  Departmental  Honors  requirement  in  addition  to 
two  out  of  the  following:  195H,  196H,  197H.  Open  only  to 
students  admitted  to  the  Departmental  Honors  Program. 

FREN  199H.  HONORS  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (3) 

Honors  Thesis  Research  involves  the  writing  of  a  paper 
under  the  direction  of  a  professor  of  the  department  and  an 
oral  examination.  Honors  198  and  199  are  required  to  fulfil  I 
the  Departmental  Honors  requirement  in  addition  to  two 
out  of  the  following:  195H,  196H,  197H.  Open  only  to 
students  admitted  to  the  Departmental  Honors  Program. 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 
The  requirements  of  students  will  determine  which  courses 
will  be  offered. 
FREN  201.  THE  HISTORY  OF  THE  FRENCH  LANGUAGE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
FREN    203.    COMPARATIVE    ROMANCE    LINGUISTICS.    (3) 
Same   as   SPAN  203.  (Staff) 

FREN  207.  ELEMENTARY  OLD  FRENCH.  (3) 

(Staff) 
FREN  208.  OLD  FRENCH  PHONOLOGY  AND  MORPHOLOGY. 

(3) 
FREN  209.  MEDIEVAL  FRENCH  CULTURE.  (3) 

(Staff) 

FREN  210.  ELEMENTARY  OLD  PROVENCAL.  (3) 

(Staff) 

FREN  213-214.  SEMINAR  IN  FRENCH  RENAISSANCE.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 

FREN  215-216.  SEMINAR  IN  MOLIERE.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 
FREN  218-219.  SEMINAR  IN  FRENCH  CLASSICISM.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 
FREN   220-221    THE  AGE  OF  ENLIGHTENMENT.  (3,  3) 
FREN  230.  SEMINAR  IN  ROMANTICISM.  (3) 

(Staff) 
FREN    231.    SEMINAR    IN    NINETEENTH    CENTURY    POST- 
ROMANTIC  WRITERS.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 

FREN  235-236.  THE  REALISTIC  NOVEL  IN  THE  NINETEENTH 
CENTURY.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 

FREN  243-244.  THE  CONTEMPOARY  FRENCH  THEATER.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 

FREN  245-246.  SEMINAR  IN  THE  CONTEMPORARY  NOVEL 
(3,    3)  (Staff) 

FREN  251-252.  THE  HISTORY  OF  IDEAS  IN  FRANCE.  (3.  3) 

(Staff) 


FREN  253.  PROBLEMS  IN  BIBLIOGRAPHY  AND  RESEARCH 
METHODS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
FREN  261-262.  SEMINAR   IN  A  GREAT  LITERARY  FIGURE. 
(3,3) 

(Staff) 
FREN  271-272.  ADVANCED  WRITING  AND  STYLISTICS.  (3,  3) 
FREN  281-282.  READING  COURSE.  (3) 
FREN  291-292.  SEMINAR.  (3,  3) 


FREN  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (1-6) 

FREN  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  (arranged) 


(Staff) 
(Staff) 

(Staff) 

(Staff) 


ITALIAN 

ITAL  001-002.  ELEMENTARY  ITALIAN.  (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Ele- 
ments of  grammar  and  exercises  in  translation.        (Motta) 

ITAL  006-007.  INTERMEDIATE  ITALIAN.  (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  per  week;  additional  electronic  laboratory 
in  ITAL  006.  Prerequisite,  ITAL  002  or  equivalent.  Reading 
of  texts  designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  Italian  life, 
thought, and  culture.  (Motta) 

ITAL  008-009.  ACCELERATED  ITALIAN.  (3,  3) 

Open  only  to  students  who  havefulfilled  language  require- 
ments in  French,  Spanish  or  Portuguese,  or  with  permission 
of  Department  Chairman.  An  intensive  beginning  course 
in  the  fundamentals  of  Italain  grammar  to  develop  a  high 
degree  of  skill  in  reading  Italian.  Must  betaken  in  sequences. 
Cannot  be  used  to  satisfy  college  language  requirements. 

(Staff) 

ITAL  Oil.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ITALIAN  LITERATURE.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  ITAL  007.  Required  of  all  students  who  con- 
tinue in  advanced  courses  of  the  Department  with  the  excep- 
tion of  superior  students  who  are  permitted  to  by-pass  an 
introduction  to  Italian  literature.  Conducted  in  Italian. 
Reading  of  literary  texts,  discussion  and  brief  essays.  Fall 
semester  only.  (Motta) 

ITAL  012.  CONVERSATION  AND  COMPOSITION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ITAL  007.  A  practical  language  course  recom- 
mended for  all  students  continuing  in  Italian.  May  betaken 
concurrently  with  ITAL011.  Spring  semester  only.      (Motta) 

ITAL  075-076.  SURVEY  OF  ITALIAN  LITERATURE.  (3.  3) 

Prerequisite,  ITAL  007  or  equivalent.  Basic  survey  of  history 
of  Italian  literature.  (Motta) 

SPANISH    AND    PORTUGUESE    LANGUAGES   AND 

LITERATURES 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Hesse. 

PROFESSORS:  Goodwyn,  Gramberg,  Marra-Lopez.  Mendeloff, 
Nemes,  Parsons.  Rand. 

VISITING  PROFESSOR:  Bartra. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR:  Rovner. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR:  Norton. 

LECTURERS:  Diaz   Natella.  Suszynski. 

INSTRUCTORS:  Crissman,  Diz.  Forbes,  Mur,  Navarrete, 
Raggio,  Rentz,  Scheiderer,  Tarwater,  Villavicencio,  Willough- 
by-Macdonald,  Wooldridge. 

SPANISH 

SPAN  001-002.  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH.  (3,  3) 

Each  semester;  given  as  intensive  course  in  summer  session. 
Three  recitations  and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Study 
of  linguistic  structure  and  development  of  audio-lingual 
and  writing  ability.  (Rovner,   Staff) 

SPAN  003H.  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH,  HONORS  COURSE.  (3) 
Three  recitations  and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Enroll- 
ment limited  to  specially  approved  candidates  from  SPAN 
001.  Students  taking  this  course  will  normally  continue  in 
SPAN      007.  (Rovner) 

SPAN  005.  REVIEW  OF  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH.  (3) 

Three  recitations  and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Enroll- 
ment limited  to  students  who,  having  taken  the  placement 
examination,  have  failed  to  qualify  for  SPAN  006. 

(Rentz.  Staff) 

SPAN  006-007.  INTERMEDIATE  SPANISH.  (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  per  week;  additional  electronic  laboratory 
in  SPAN  006.  Given  as  intensive  course  in  summer  session. 
Prerequisite,  SPAN  002  or  equivalent,  or  SPAN  005,  except 
that  recommended  students  may  enter  SPAN  007  from  SPAN 
003.  Study  of  linguistic  structure,  further  development  of 
audio-lingual  and  writing  ability,  and  reading  of  literary 
texts  with  discussion  in  Spanish.  Usually  there  will  be  an 
honors  sect  ion  for  qualified  students.  (Armstrong) 


726 


Arts  and  Sciences 


SPAN  Oil.  INTRODUCTION  TO  SPANISH  LITERATURE.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  SPAN  007.  Required  of  all  students  who  con- 
tinue in  advanced  courses  of  Department,  with  the  except  ion 
of  superior  students  who  are  permitted  to  by-pass  an  intro- 
duction to  Spanish  literature.  Conducted  in  Spanish.  Read- 
ing of  literary  texts,  discussion,  and  brief  essays. 

(Suszynski) 

SPAN  012.  REVIEW  OF  ORAL  AND  WRITTEN  SPANISH.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  SPAN  007.  Apractical  language  course  recom- 
mended for  all  students  continuing  in  Spanish.  May  betaken 
concurrently  with  SPAN  Oil.  (LeVine) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES 

SPAN  041-042.  SPANISH  PHONETICS.  (1,  1) 

Prerequisite,  SPAN  007  or  equivalent.  Descriptive  study 
of  the  Spanish  sound  system.  Practice  in  phonetic  percep- 
tion, transcription  and  articulation.  Particular  attention 
to  sentence  phonetics;  juncture,  rhythm,  stress,  pitch. 

(Mendeloff) 

SPAN  051-052.  COMMERCIAL  SPANISH.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  SPAN  012  and  consent  of  instructor.  Designed 
to  give  knowledge  of  correct  Spanish  usage,  commercial 
letters  and  business  forms.  Fundamental  principles  of  Span- 
ish shorthand  will  be  included  if  warranted  by  the  interest 
and  ability  of  the  class.  (Rovner,   Mur) 

SPAN  071-072.  REVIEW  GRAMMAR  AND  COMPOSITION.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite.  SPAN  Oil  and  012  or  equivalent.  Intended  to 
give  an  intensive  and  practical  drill  in  Spanish  composition. 

(Staff) 

SPAN  075-076.  SURVEY  OF  SPANISH  LITERATURE.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite,  SPAN  Oil  or  equivalent.  Basic  survey  of  the 
history  of  Spanish  literature.  (Staff) 

SPAN077-078.SURVEYOFSPANISH-AMERICAN  LITERATURE. 
(3.3) 

Prerequisite,  SPAN  Oil  or  equivalent.  Basic  survey  of  the 
history  of  Spanish-American  literature.  (Staff) 

SPAN  080-081.  ADVANCED  CONVERSATION.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  SPAN  Oil  and  012  or  consent  of  instructor. 
For  students  who  wish  to  develop  fluency  and  confidence 
jn   speaking  the   language.  (Staff) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES 

SPAN  101.  APPLIED  LINGUISTICS.  (3) 

Nature  of  Applied  Linguistics  and  its  contribution  to  the 
effective  teaching  of  foreign  languages.  Comparative  study 
of  English  and  Spanish  with  emphasis  upon  points  of 
divergence.  Analysis,  evaluation,  and  construction  of  re- 
lated drills.  (Mendeloff) 

SPAN  103-104.  ADVANCED  COMPOSITION.  (3,  3) 

Free  composition,  literary  translation  and  practical  study 
of   syntactical    structure.  (Staff) 

SPAN  105,  106.  GREAT  THEMES  OF  THE  HISPANIC  LITERA- 
TURES. (3,  3) 
The  evolution  of  the  pervading  themes  in  the  literature  of 
Spain  or  Spanish-America.  (Nemes,  Panico) 

SPAN  107,  108.  LITERATURE  OF  THE  MIDDLE  AGES.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite,  SPAN  075.  Spanish  literary  history  from  the 
eleventh  through  the  fifteenth  century.  Reading  of  repre- 
sentative texts.  First  semester:  to  1350.  Second  semes- 
ter:   from    1350    to    1500.  Cagigao) 

SPAN  109.  THE  ROMANCERO.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPAN  075.  Origin,  nature  and  influence.  Exten- 
sive reading  in  each  of  the  respective  sub-genres.    (Cagigao) 

SPAN  111-112.  PROSE  AND  POETRY  OF  THE  SIXTEENTH 
CENTURY.  (3,3) 

Selected  readings  and  literary  analysis.      (Goodwyn,  Staff) 

SPAN  113.  DRAMA  OF  THE  SIXTEENTH  CENTURY.  (3) 

From  the  earliest  autos  and  pasos.  the  development  of 
Spanish  drama  anterior  to  Lope  de  Vega,  including  Cer- 
vantes. (Rovner) 

SPAN  115-116.  CERVANTES:  NOVELAS  EJEMPLARES  AND 
DON  QUIXOTE. 

(Goodwyn) 

SPAN  117-118.  PROSE  AND  POETRY  OF  THE  SEVENTEENTH 
CENTURY.  (3,  3) 

Selected  readings,  literary  analysis,  and  discussion  of  the 
outstanding  prose  and  poetry  of  the  period,  in  the  light  of 
the     historical     background.  (Goodwyn) 

SPAN  119-120.  DRAMA  OF  THE  SEVENTEENTH  CENTURY. 
(3,3) 

First  semester  devoted  to  Lope  de  Vega,  dramatic  theory, 
and  the  Spanish  stage.  Second  semester:  drama  after  Lope 
de  Vega  to  Calderon  de  la  Barca  and  the  decay  of  the 
Spanish       theater.  (Rovner) 


SPAN  125-126.  LITERATURE  OF  THE  EIGHTEENTH  CEN- 
TURY. (3,  3) 
Traditionalism,  neo-classicism,  and  pre-Romanticism  in 
prose,  poetry,  and  the  theater;  esthetics  and  poetics  of  the 
enlightenment.  Recommended  primarily  for  graduate  stu- 
dents. Undergraduates  by  consent  of  the  instructor. 

(Staff) 

SPAN  130.  THE  ROMANTIC  MOVEMENT  IN  SPAIN.  (3) 

Poetry,  prose  and  drama  of  the  Romantic  and  post-Romantic 
periods.  (Gramberg) 

SPAN  131.  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  FICTION.  (3) 

Significant  novels  of  the  nineteenth  century.     (Gramberg) 

SPAN  132.  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  DRAMA  AND  POETRY.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  SPAN  075  and  076 or 075  and  078.  Significant 
dramas  and  poetry  of  the  realistic  period.  (Gramberg) 

SPAN  133-134.  MODERN  ISM  AND  POST-MODERNISM  IN  SPAIN 
AND  SPANISH  AMERICA.  (3,  3) 

A  study  of  the  most  important  works  and  authors  of  both 
movements  in  Spainand  Spanish  America.  (Nemes) 

SPAN  136.  TWENTIETH  CENTURY  DRAMA.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPAN075and076or075and078.  Significant 
plays  of  the  twentieth  century.       (Marra-Lopez, Gramberg) 

SPAN  141-142.  THE  GENERATION  OF  1898  AND  ITS 
SUCCESSORS.  (3,  3) 

Authors  and  works  of  all  genres  of  the  generation  of  1898 
and  those  of  the  immediately  succeeding  generation. 

(Gramberg,  Marra-Lopez) 

SPAN  143.  THE  CONTEMPORARY  SPANISH  NOVEL.  (3) 

The  novel  and  the  short  story  from  1940  to  the  present. 

(Gramberg) 

SPAN  144.  CONTEMPORARY  SPANISH  POETRY.  (3) 

Spanish  poetry  from  the  generation  of  1927  to  the  present. 

(Gramberg,  Marra-Lopez) 

SPAN  159-160.  SPANISH-AMERICAN  FICTION.  (3,  3) 

Representative  novels  and-or  short  stories  from  the  Wars 
of  Independence  to  the  present.  (Nemes,  Staff) 

SPAN  162.  SPANISH-AMERICAN  POETRY.  (3) 

Main  trends,  authors,  and  works  from  the  Conquest  to  Ruben 
Dario.  (Staff) 

SPAN  163,  164.  SPANISH-AMERICAN  ESSAY.  (3,  3) 

A  study  of  the  socio-political  contents  and  aesthetic  qual- 
ities of  representative  works  from  the  Colonial  to  the  Con- 
temporary period,  with  emphasis  on  the  essay  of  the 
twent  ieth  cent  uryinthesecond  semester.      (Nemes,  Panico) 

SPAN  171-172.  SPANISH  CIVILIZATION.  (3,  3) 

A  survey  of  two  thousand  years  of  Spanish  history,  outlining 
the  cultural  heritage  of  the  Spanish  people,  their  great  men, 
trad  it  ions,  customs,  art  and  literature,  with  special  emphasis 
on  the    interrelationship   of   social    and    literary   history. 

(Staff) 

SPAN  173-174.  LATIN  AMERICAN  CIVILIZATION.  (3,  3) 

The  cultural  heritage  of  the  Latin  American  people.  Pre- 
Columbian  civilizations.  Hispanic  and  other  European  in- 
fluences. (Nemes,   Panico) 

SPAN  195H-196H-197H.  HONORS  READING  COURSE.  (3,  3,  3) 
Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  normally  only  by  students 
admitted  to  the  Honors  Program:  195  is  poetry;  196  is  the 
novel,   197  is  the  drama.  (Staff) 

SPAN  199H.  HONORS  SEMINAR.  (3) 

Required  of  all  students  in  the  Honors  Program.  Other  stu- 
dents will  be  admitted  on  special  recommendation.  Con- 
ducted in  Spanish.  Discussion  of  a  central  theme  with  re- 
lated    investigation     by    students.  (Staff) 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 
In  order  to  be  accepted  in  the  Graduate  School  for  specializa- 
tion in  Spanish,  a  student  must  already  have  a  substantial 
knowledge  of  Spanish  literature.  Accordingly,  the  special 
studies  courses  and  the  open  seminar  are  not  surveys  cover- 
ing the  periods  indicated.  They  are  intensive  investigations 
within  these  periods,  in  which  the  class  acts  as  a  research 
team  concentrating  on  a  different  specific  theme  each 
semester.  The  requirements  of  students  will  determine 
which  courses  will  be  offered. 
SPAN  201.  THE  HISTORY  OF  THE  SPANISH  LANGUAGE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
SPAN  203.  COMPARATIVE  ROMANCE  LINGUISTICS.  (3) 

(Staff) 
SPAN  207-208.  MEDIEVAL  SPANISH  LITERATURE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
SPAN  211-212.  POETRY  OF  THE  GOLDEN  AGE.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 


Arts  and  Sciences 


127 


SPAN  215-216.  SEMINAR:  THE  GOLDEN  AGE  IN  SPANISH 
LITERATURE.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 

SPAN  225-226.  THE  EIGHTEENTH  CENTURY.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 

SPAN  233-234.  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 

SPAN  237-238.  HISPANIC  POETRY  OF  "HE  NINETEENTH 
AND  TWENTIETH  CENTURIES.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 

SPAN  241-242.  THE  TWENTIETH  CENTURY.  (3,  3) 

SPAN  245.  THE  DRAMA  OF  THE  TWENTIETH  CENTURY.  (3) 

(Staff) 
SPAN  263-264.  COLONIAL  SPANISH-AMERICAN  LITERATURE. 

(3,3) 
SPAN   265-266.    NATIONAL    SPANISH-AMERICAN     LITERA- 

TURE.  (3,  3) 
SPAN   281-282.    READING  COURSE  FOR  MINORS  IN 

SPANISH.  (3,  3) 
SPAN  283-284.  READING  COURSE  FOR  MINORS  IN 
SPANISH-AMERICAN  LITERATURE.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 
SPAN  291-292.  OPEN  SEMINAR.  (3,  3) 

Topic  to  be  determined.  (Staff) 

SPAN  297\'tEvACHING  SPANISH  IN  INSTITUTIONS  OF 
HIGHER  LEARNING.  (3) 

(Staff) 
SPAN  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (1-6) 

(Staff) 
SPAN  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  (ARRANGED) 

(Staff) 
PORTUGUESE 
PORT  001-002.  ELEMENTARY  PORTUGUESE.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  recitations  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Study  of  linguistic  structure  and 
development  of  audio-lingual  and  writing  ability. 

(Thorpe) 
PORT  006-007.  INTERMEDIATE  PORTUGUESE.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  recitations  per  week: 
additional  electronic  laboratory  in  PORT  006.  Prerequisite: 
PORT  002  or  equivalent.  Study  of  linguistic  structure,  further 
development  of  audio-lingual  and  writing  ability,  and  read- 
ing of  literary  texts  with  discussion  in  Portuguese. 

(Thorpe) 

GERMANIC  AND  SLAVIC  LANGUAGES  AND 
LITERATURES 

GERMAN 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Hering. 

PROFESSORS:  Dohert,  Jones,  Prahl  (Emeritus). 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR:  Best. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Berry,  Hitchcock,  Irwin,  Knoche. 
Morris. 

LECTURERS:  Elder  and  Kostovski. 

INSTRUCTORS:   Apitz,    Conway,    Dulbe,    Hahn,    Hoffmeister, 
Juran,  Klapouchy,  Schmeissner,  Stanich. 

GERMAN 

GERM  000.  ELEMENTARY  GERMAN  FOR  GRADUATE 
STUDENTS.  (AUDIT) 

Intensive  elementary  course  in  the  German  language  de- 
signed particularly  for  graduate  students  who  wish  to  acquire 
a  reading  knowledge.  (Schmeissner) 

GERM  001-002.  ELEMENTARY  GERMAN.  (3,  3) 

Each  semester;  given  as  intensive  course  in  summer  ses- 
sion. Three  recitations  and  one  audio-lingual  drill  per  week. 
Study  of  linguistic  structure.  Extensive  drill  in  pronuncia- 
tion and  conversation.  (Knoche,  Hoffmeister) 

GERM  003H.  ELEMENTARY  GERMAN,  HONORS  COURSE.  (3) 
Three  recitations  and  one  audio-lingual  drill  per  week.  En- 
rollment limited  to  specially  approved  candidates  from 
GERMOOl.Studentstakingthiscoursewillnormallycontinue 
in    GERM    007.  (Knoche) 

GERM  005.  REVIEW  OF  ELEMENTARY  GERMAN.  (3) 

Three  recitations  and  one  audio-lingual  drill  per  week. 
Limited  to  students  who,  havinR  taken  placement  examina- 
tion, have  failed  to  qualify  for  GERM  007.        (Stanich) 

GERM  006-007.  INTERMEDIATE  LITERARY  GERMAN.  (3,  3) 
Three  recitations  per  week;  additional  electronic  laboratory 
in  GERM  006.  Given  as  intensive  course  in  summer  session. 
Prerequisite:  GERM  002  or  equivalent,  or  GERM  005,  except 
that  recommended  students  may  enter  GERM  007  from 
GERM  003.  Usually  there  will  be  an  honors  section  for 
qualified    students.  (Schmeissner) 


GERM  008.  SCIENTIFIC  GERMAN.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM006.  Readingof  technicalandscientific 
prose.  (Stanich) 

GERM  Oil.  INTRODUCTION  TO  GERMAN  LITERATURE.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  GERM  007.  Required  of  all  students  who  con- 
tinue in  advanced  courses,  with  the  exception  of  superior 
students  who  are  permitted  to  by-pass  an  introduction  to 
German  literature.  May  be  taken  concurrently  with  GERM 
012.  (Irwin) 

GERM  012.  CONVERSATION  AND  COMPOSITION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GERM  007.  A  practical  language  course  rec- 
ommended for  all  students  continuing  in  German.  May  be 
taken    concurrently    with    GERM    Oil.  (Irwin) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES 

GERM  071-072.  REVIEW  GRAMMAR  AND  COMPOSITION.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite,  GERM  007,  or  equivalent.  A  thorough  study  of 
the  more  detailed  points  of  German  grammar  with  ample 
practice  in  composition.  (Schmeissner) 

GERM  075-076.  SURVEY  OF  GERMAN  LITERATURE.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite,  GERM  007,  or  equivalent.  A  survey  of  thechief 
authors  and  movements  in  German  literature.  (Morris) 

GERM  080-081.  ADVANCED  CONVERSATION.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  GERM  007,  or  consent  of  instructor.  For  stu- 
dents who  wish  to  develop  fluency  and  confidence  in  speak- 
ing    the     language.  (Apitz) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

GERM  101.  APPLIED  LINGUISTICS.  (3) 

The  nature  of  Applied  Linguistics  and  its  contribution  to 
the  effective  teaching  of  foreign  languages.  Comparative 
study  of  English  and  German.  Analysis,  evaluation  and  con- 
instruction    of    related    drills.  (Staff) 

GERM  103-104.  ADVANCED  COMPOSITION.  (3,  3) 

Translation  from  English  into  German,  free  composition, 
letter  writing.  (Staff) 

GERM  125-126.  GERMAN  LITERATURE  OF  THE  EIGHTEENTH 
CENTURY.  (3,  3) 

The  main  works  of  Klopstock,  Wieland,  Lessing,  Herder, 
Goethe,     Schiller.  (Hering) 

GERM  131-132.  GERMAN  LITERATURE  OF  THE  NINETEENTH 
CENTURY.  (3,  3) 

Study  of  the  literary,  movements  from  romanticism  to 
naturalism.  (Staff) 

GERM  141-142.  GERMAN  LITERATURE  OF  THE  TWENTIETH 
CENTURY.  (3,  3) 

Prose  and  dramatic  writings  from  Gerhart  Hauptmann  to 
the  present.  Modern  literary  and  philosophical  movements 
will   be   discussed.  (Dobert,    Staff) 

GERM  171-172.  GERMAN  CIVILIZATION.  (3,  3) 

Study  of  the  literary,  educational,  artistic  traditions;  great 
men,    customs,    and    general    culture.  (Morris) 

GERM  191.  BIBLIOGRAPHY  AND  METHODS.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Especially  designed  for  German  majors. 

(Staff) 

GERM  195H-196H-197H.  HONORS  READING  COURSE.  (3,  3,  3) 
Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  normally  only  by  students 
admitted  to  Honors  Program:  195  is  poetry;  196  is  the  novel: 
197    is    the   drama.  (Staff) 

GERM  199H.  HONORS  SEMINAR.  (3) 

Required  of  all  students  in  the  Honors  Program.  Other  stu- 
dents will  be  admitted  on  special  recommendation.  Con- 
ducted in  German.  Discussionofacentralthemewithrelated 
investigations   by   students.  (Staff) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

The  requirements  of  students  will  determine  which  courses 
will  be  offered. 
GERM  200.  INTRODUCTION  TO  GERMAN  STUDIES.  (3) 

(Staff) 

GERM  201.  HISTORY  OF  THE  GERMAN  LANGUAGE.  (3) 

(Staff) 

GERM  203.  GOTHIC.  (3) 

(Staff) 

GERM  204.  OLD  HIGH  GERMAN.  (3) 

(Staff) 

GERM  205,  206.  MIDDLE  HIGH  GERMAN.  (3.  3) 

(Staff) 

GERM  211-212.  LITERATURE  OF  THE  SIXTEENTH  AND 
SEVENTEENTH  CENTURIES.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 

GERM  224-225.  GOETHE  AND  HIS  TIME.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 

GERM  226.  SCHILLER.  (3) 

(Staff) 


128 


Arts  and  Sciences 


GERM  230.  GERMAN  ROMANTICISM.  (3) 

(Staff) 
GERM  234.  THE  GERMAN  DRAMA  OF  THE  NINETEENTH 
CENTURY.  (3) 

(Staff) 
GERM  250.  THE  GERMAN  LYRIC.  (3) 

(Staff) 
GERM  255-256.  THE  GERMAN  NOVEL.  (3.  3) 

(Staff) 
GERM  258.  SEMINAR  IN  THE  GERMAN  NOVELLE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
GERM  281-282.  READING  COURSE.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 
GERM  291-292.  SEMINAR.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 
GERM  295,   296.    SPECIAL   STUDIES   IN   GERMAN   LITERA- 
TURE. (3.  3) 

(Staff) 

GERM  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (1-6) 

(Staff) 

GERM  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  (ARRANGED) 

RUSSIAN 

RUSS  001-002.  ELEMENTARY  RUSSIAN.  (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Ele- 
ments of  grammar,  pronunciation  and  conversation;  exer- 
cises in  translation.  (Hitchcock,  Staff) 

RUSS  006-007.  INTERMEDIATE  RUSSIAN.  (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  per  week;  additional  electronic  laboratory 
in  RUSS006.  Prerequisite,  RUSS002  or  equivalent.  Reading 
of  texts  designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  Russian  life, 
thought  and  culture.  (Hitchcock,  Staff) 

RUSS  010.  SCIENTIFIC  RUSSIAN.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  RUSS  007  or  equivalent.  Reading  of  technical 
and   scientific   prose.  (Hitchcock) 

RUSS  012-013.  CONVERSATION  AND  COMPOSITION.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite.  RUSS  007  or  equivalent.  A  practical  language 
course  recommended  for  all  students  continuing  in  Rus- 
sian. (Hitchcock) 

RUSS  071-072.  REVIEW  GRAMMAR  AND  COMPOSITION.  (3,3) 
Prerequisite,  RUSS  007  or  equivalent.  Designed  to  give  a 
thorough  training  in  the  structure  of  the  language;  drill  in 
Russian    composition.  (Hitchcock,    Staff) 

RUSS  075-076.  SURVEY  OF  RUSSIAN  LITERATURE.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite,  RUSS  007  or  equivalent.  An  elementary  survey 
ofRussianliterature.  (Hitchcock) 

RUSS  080-081.  ADVANCED  CONVERSATION.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  RUSS  012,  013,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
For  students  who  wish  to  develop  fluency  and  confidence 
in   speaking  the   language.  (Hitchcock,   Staff) 

FOR  ADVANCEO  UNDERGRAUDATES  AND  GRADUATES 
RUSS  101.  APPLIED  LINGUISTICS.  (3) 

The  nature  of  Applied  Linguistics  and  its  contributions  to 
the  effective  teaching  of  foreign  languages.  Comparative 
study  of  English  and  Russian,  with  emphasis  upon  points 
of  divergence.  Analysis,  evaluation  and  construction  of  re- 
lated drills.  (Hitchcock) 
RUSS  103-104.  ADVANCED  COMPOSITION.  (3,  3) 

(Hitchcock) 
RUSS  125.  RUSSIAN  LITERATURE  OF  THE  EIGHTEENTH 
CENTURY.  (3,3) 

(Hitchcock) 
RUSS  135.  MODERN  RUSSIAN  POETRY.  (3) 

(Hitchcock) 
RUSS  136.  MODERN  RUSSIAN  DRAMA.  (3) 

(Hitchcock) 

RUSS  137.  MODERN  RUSSIAN  FICTION.  (3) 

(Hitchcock) 

RUSS  141-142.  SOVIET  RUSSIAN  LITERATURE.  (3,  3) 

(Hitchcock) 

GENERAL  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 

The  program  has  been  preparedforthe  student  who 
is  interested  in  biology  but  whose  interest  has  not  yet 
centered  in  any  one  of  the  biological  sciences.  It  is 
suitable  for  the  pre-dental  or  pre-medical  student 
who  plans  to  earn  the  B.S.  degree  before  entering 
professional  school.  The  program  includes  work  in 
botany,  entomology,  microbiology,  and  zoology,  and 
introduces  the  student  to  the  general  principles  and 
methods  of  each  of  these  biological  sciences.  The 


student  may  then  empnasize  one  of  these  areas  in 
completing  his  program. 

By  proper  selection  of  courses  during  the  junior 
and  senior  years,  a  student  may  concentrate  his 
work  sufficiently  in  one  area  of  biology  to  be  able  to 
continue  graduate  work  in  that  field.  However,  a  stu- 
dent who  is  planning  to  do  graduate  work  should 
major  in  one  specific  field  of  biology. 

The  student  following  this  program  must  meet 
the  general  requirements  for  a  degree  in  the  Col- 
lege of  Arts  and  Sciences.  He  should  select  French 
or  German  to  meet  the  foreign  language  require- 
ments and  SPCH  007  (or  SPCH  001)  to  fulfill  the 
requirement  in  speech. 

Required  introductory  courses  in  the  biological 
sciences:  BOTN  001;  ENTM  015;  MICB  001;  ZOOL 
001.  These  courses  must  be  passed  with  an  average 
grade  of  at  least  "C."  The  pre-professional  student 
must  take  ZOOL  002  as  well. 

Required  supporting  courses  in  mathematics  and 
physical  sciences:  MATH  010,  Oil;  CHEM  001,  003; 
PHYS  010,  Oil.  The  student  working  in  most  areas  of 
biology  will  also  need  a  year  of  organic  chemistry 
(CHEM  031,  033,  or  CHEM  035,  036,  037,  038).  Ad- 
ditional work  in  chemistry  may  also  be  required  by 
the  student's  advisor,  in  accordance  with  the  needs 
of  the  student's  field  of  emphasis.  The  pre-profes- 
sional student  must  include  CHEM  035,  036,  037, 
038  in  his  program. 

Advanced  courses  in  the  biological  sciences:  The 
student  must  complete  at  least  30  semester  hours  of 
advanced  work  selected  from  the  fields  of  botany, 
entomology,  microbiology,  and  zoology.  Of  these 
credits  at  least  18  must  be  at  the  100  level  and 
taken  in  at  least  two  of  the  four  departments.  The 
following  courses  in  psychology  may  be  counted  as 
part  of  the  required  30  semester  hours  but  may  not 
be  used  to  satisfy  the  requirement  of  18  semester 
hours  at  the  100  level:  PSYC136, 145,180,181, 195. 

A  junior  or  senior  following  this  curriculum  will  be 
advised  by  the  department  in  which  he  plans  to  do  the 
most  work. 

GENERAL  PHYSICAL  SCIENCES 

.  This  program  has  been  prepared  for  the  student 
who  desires  an  introduction  to  the  physical  sciences 
but  whose  interest  has  not  yet  centered  in  any  one 
field  of  the  physical  sciences.  The  program  includes 
work  in  chemistry,  mathematics,  and  physics,  and 
permits  the  student  to  emphasize  one  of  these  fields 
without  having  to  meet  the  full  requirements  for  a 
major  in  one  specific  field.  The  program  is  not 
recommended  for  students  who  may  later  do  gradu- 
ate work  in  mathematics  or  in  one  of  the  physical 
sciences. 

The  student  following  this  program  must  meet  the 
general  requirements  for  a  degree  in  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences.  He  should  select  French,  Russian 
or  German  to  meet  the  foreign  language  requirement 
and  SPCH  007  (or  SPCH  001)  to  fulfill  the  requirement 
in  speech. 

Required  i ntroductory  courses  in  mathematicsand 
the  physical  sciences:  MATH  019;  CHEM  001,  003; 
PHYS  010,  Oil  (or  030,  031  or  015,  016).  These 
courses  must  be  passed  with  an  average  grade  of  at 
least  "C"  for  the  student  to  be  eligible  to  continue 
with  the  program. 

Advanced  courses  in  mathematics  and  the  physi- 
cal sciences:  The  student  must  complete  at  least  36 
semester  hours  of  advanced  work  selected  from  the 
Departments  of  Chemistry,  Mathematics,  and  Physics 
and  Astronomy.  Of  these  credits  at  least  18  must  be  at 


Arts  and  Sciences 


J  29 


the  100  level  and  taken  in  at  least  two  of  the  three  de- 
partments with  no  less  than  three  credits  in  the  second 
department.  The  student  should  normally  take  Analy- 
sis II  and  III  (MATH  020,  021)  inasmuch  as  practically 
all  the  advanced  work  in  mathematics  and  physics 
requires  calculus. 

GEOGRAPHY 

Geography  is  a  recognized  major  field  in  Arts  and 
Sciences  leading  to  the  B.A.  degree,  although  the  De- 
partment is  administered  by  the  College  of  Business 
and  Public  Administration.  Freshmen  andsophomores 
wishing  to  major  in  geography  should  consult  their 
lower  division  advisors  and  the  Department  of  Geog- 
raphy. The  following  courses  are  required  for  a  major: 
Geog.  010— Introduction  to  Physical  Geography  (3); 
Geography  Oil— Introduction  to  Cultural  Geography 
(3);  Geography015  — Introduction  to  Economic  Geog- 
raphy (3);  and  Geography  109— Introduction  to  Re- 
search and  Writing  in  Geography  (3).  In  addition,  the 
major  must  take  three  hours  of  field  study  from  the 
courses  numbered  170  and  171  and  one  regional 
course.  The  remainder  of  the  33  hour  minimum  for 
the  major  can  be  made  up  of  elective  systematic  and 
technique  courses.  Geography  001— Introduction  to 
Geography  (3),  taken  as  part  of  the  University's  gen- 
eral education  program  does  not  count  toward  the 
33  hour  major  requirement.  Descriptions  of  courses 
in  geography  will  be  found  in  the  section  of  the  Col- 
lege of  Business  and  Public  Administration.  For 
supporting  course  requirements  in  other  depart- 
ments please  contact  an  advisor  in  the  Geography 
Department. 

GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS 

Students  in  Arts  and  Sciences  may  major  in  Gov- 
ernment and  Politics  even  though  the  department 
is  administratively  located  in  the  College  of  Business 
and  Public  Administration. 

Freshmen  wish  ingto  major  in  government  and  poli- 
tics should  consult  their  Lower  Division  advisors  a  bout 
preparationforthe  major;  additional  information  about 
the  government  and  politics  program  may  be  obtained 
at  the  Departmental  office. 

Arts  and  Sciences  students  may  pursue  the  gen- 
eral GVPT  curriculum  or  the  more  specialized  Inter- 
national Affairs  curriculum.  (Only  BPA  students  may 
pursue  a  specialized  curriculum  in  Public  Adminis- 
tration.) 

Government  and  Pol  itics  majors  must  take  a  mini- 
mum of  36  semester  hours  in  Government  and  Politics 
and  may  not  count  more  than  42  hours  in  GVPT  toward 
graduation.  No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  "C"  may 
be  used  to  satisfy  major  requirements. 

The  Government  and  Pol  itics  fie  Ids  are  as  follows: 
(1)  American  Government  and  Politics;  (2)  Compara- 
tive Government;  (3)  International  Affairs;  (4)  Political 
Theory;  (5)  Public  Administration;  (6)  Public  Law;  and 
(7)  Public  Policy  and  Political  Behavior. 

The  distribution  of  courses  within  fields  is  as  fol- 
lows: 1.  American  Governmentand  Politics—  GVPT60, 
GVPT  124,  GVPT  133,  GVPT  160,  GVPT  161,  GVPT 
175;  II.  Comparative  Government— GVPT  90,  GVPT 

103,  GVPT  185,  GVPT  189,  GVPT  190,  GVPT  191, 
GVPT  192,  GVPT  193,  GVPT  194,  GVPT  195,  GVPT 
197;  III.  International  Affairs— GVPT  101,  102,  103, 

104,  105,  106,  GVPT  107  GVPT  108,  GVPT  109, 
GVPT  154;  IV.  Political  Theory— GVPT  140,  GVPT 
141,  GVPT  142,  GVPT  143,  GVPT  144,  GVPT  145, 
V.  Public  Administration— GVPT  110,  GVPT  111, 
GVPT  112,  GVPT  113,  GVPT  160,  GVPT  161,  GVPT 
162,  GVPT  181,   GVPT  185;  VI.  Public  Law— GVPT 


131,  GVPT  132,  GVPT  133,  GVPT  134,  GVPT  181; 
VII.  Public  Policy  and  Political  Behavior-  GVPT  120' 
GVPT  122,  GVPT  124,  GVPT  127,  GVPT  171  GVPT 
174,  GVPT  175,  GVPT  178. 

All  GVPT  majors  are  required  to  take  GVPT  001— 
American  Government  (3);  GVPT  003— Principles  of 
Government  and  Politics(3);  GVPT 020— Introduction 
to  Political  Behavior  (3);  and  GVPT  141— History  of 
Political  Theory  (3);  or  GVPT  142— Recent  Political 
Theory  (3).  They  must  also  take  one  course  from  three 
of  the  fields  enumerated  above  (exclusive  of  Political 
Theory). 

In  addition  (a)  GVPT  majors  (general)  must  take 
at  least  15  GVPT  semester  hours  at  the  100  level;  (b) 
GVPT  majors  taking  the  International  Affairs  curricu- 
lum must  complete  at  least  15  semester  hours  at  the 
100  level  in  international  affairs  and  comparative  gov- 
ernment courses,  including  GVPT  101— International 
Political  Relations  (3). 

All  students  majoring  in  GVPT  (genera  I)  must  com- 
plete the  intermediate  level  in  one  foreign  language. 
Students  majoring  in  GVPT  with  specialization  in  In- 
ternational Affairs  must  take  a  minimum  of  12  semes- 
ter hours  in  one  foreign  language  above  the  first  year 
elementary  course. 

All  students  majoring  in  GVPT  must  fulfill  the  re- 
quirements of  a  minor.  The  general  requirement  is 
the  completion  of  15  semester  hours  from  approved 
Arts  and  Sciences  departments  other  than  GVPT.  At 
least  six  of  the  15  hours  must  betaken  at  the  100  level 
from  a  single  department. 

Students  majoring  in  GVPT  with  specialization  in 
International  Affairs  may  choose  to  take  all  minor 
courses  in  geographical  area  studies  or  may  take  them 
all  on  a  departmental  basis. 

Students  who  major  in  Government  and  Politics 
may  apply  for  admission  to  the  GVPT  Honors  Program 
during  the  second  semester  of  their  sophomore  year. 
Additional  information  concerning  the  Honors  Program 
may  be  obtained  at  the  departmental  office. 

Descriptions  of  courses  in  government  and  politics 
will  be  found  in  the  listings  of  the  Department  under 
the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration. 

HISTORY 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Haber. 

ASSISTANT     PROFESSOR     AND     ASSOCIATE     CHAIRMAN: 

Olson. 
PROFESSORS:    Bauer.    Cole,     Gordon,     Harlan,    Jashemski. 

Koch.  Merrill,  Prange,  E.  Smith,  Sparks. 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Belz.  Berry.  Breslow.  Brush.  Call- 

cott,    Carter,    Folsom,    Giffin,    Gilbert.    Grlmsted,    Mayo. 

Schuessler,  Yaney. 
ASSISTANT     PROFESSORS:     Beveridge,     Bradbury,     Brann, 

Cockburn,    Farrell,    Flack,    Greenberg,    Harris.    Matossian. 

McCusker,     Nicklason,     Perinbam,     Robertson,     Shoufani, 

Stowasser,  VanNess,  Warren,  W.  Williams,  Wright. 
VISITING    ASSISTANT    PROFESSORS:    Couturier.    Hoffman. 

Lavender. 
LECTURERS:  Ban  Man.  Dunbar,  Herbert.  Perry,  Vasquez. 
VISITING    LECTURERS:    Cannon      Condon.     Huston,     Kent, 

Knachel,  Ridgway,  Rosenberg,  C.  Smith,  L.  Williams. 
INSTRUCTORS:  Browne  and  Daniel. 

The  Department  of  History  seeks  to  provide  stu- 
dents with  the  broadest  possible  cultural  back- 
ground. In  a  more  specific  way,  the  curriculum  pro- 
vides preparation  for  men  and  women  interested  in 
secondary  school  teaching,  journalism,  research 
and  archival  work,  government  and  foreign  service. 
In  addition,  the  curriculum  offers  preparation  for 
those  who  intend  to  pursue  graduate  study. 

A  faculty  advisor  will  assist  each  major  in  plan- 
ning a  curriculum  to  meet  his  personal  interests. 
Students  should  meet  regularly  with  their  advisors 


130 


Arts  and  Sciences 


to  discuss  the  progress  of  their  studies. 
Requirements  for  History  Majors: 

1.  As  prerequisites,  majors  must  complete  HIST 

021,  022,  041,  and  042.  Students  who  are 
exempt  from  HIST  021  and  022  may  take 
any  one  US.  history  course  in  their  place. 

2.  In  addition  to  the  prerequisites,  majors  must 
complete  a  minimum  of  27  hours  of  history 
with  grades  of  C  or  better.  These  27  hours 
must  include  (a)  at  least  nine  hours  of 
American  history,  which  may  include  Latin 
American  and  Canadian  history,  (b)  at  least 
nine  hours  of  European  or  Asian  history,  (c) 
three  hours  of  HIST  199,  (d)  at  least  18  of 
the  27  hours  must  be  in  100  level  courses. 

3.  Majors  must  complete  not  less  than  9  hours 
of  upper  level  courses  outside  of  the  History 
Department  approved  by  a  departmental  ad- 
visor. Generally  this  will  comprise  work  in 
related  departments  such  as  government 
and  politics,  economics,  sociology,  litera- 
ture, philosophy,  and  fine  arts.  Grades  in 
these  courses  must  average  C  or  better. 


HONORS  IN  HISTORY 

Students  who  major  or  minor  in  history  may  apply 
for  admission  to  the  History  Honors  Program  during  the 
second  semester  of  their  sophomore  year.  Those  who 
are  admitted  to  the  program  substitute  discussion 
courses  and  a  thesis  for  some  of  their  required  lecture 
courses,  and  they  take  an  oral  and  written  compre- 
hensive examination  prior  to  graduation.  Successful 
candidates  are  awarded  either  honors  or  high  honors 
in  history. 

The  History  Department  offers  pre-honors  work  in 
American  history  (HIST 057,  058)  and  pre-honors  sec- 
tions in  Western  Civilization  (HI  ST  04 1,042).  Students 
in  these  sections  meet  in  a  discussion  group  instead 
of  attending  lectures.  They  read  widely  and  do  exten- 
sive written  work  on  their  own.  Pre-honors  sections 
are  open  to  any  student  and  recommended  for  stu- 
dents in  General  Honors,  subject  only  to  the  instruc- 
tor's approval.  Students  who  intend  to  apply  for  admis- 
sion to  the  Hi  story  Honors  Program  should  take  as  many 
of  them  as  possible  during  their  freshman  and  soph- 
omore years. 
GENERAL  EDUCATION  REQUIREMENTS  IN  HISTORY 

The  courses  with  numbers  up  to  100  (except  HIST 
057  and  058  are  particularly  recommended  tost  udents 
seekingto  meet  the  General  Education  requirements. 
These  courses  are  especially  designed  for  the  stu- 
dent who  wishes  to  enrich  his  knowledge  and  under- 
standing of  a  particular  society  or  culture  in  a  com- 
paratively broad  chronological  framework,  even 
though  he  might  have  no  professional  interest  in 
history.  They  may  be  taken  during  the  sophomore, 
junior  or  senior  years. 

Students  with  an  exceptionally  good  background 
in  history  may  substitute  100-level  courses  where  there 
are  no  stated  prerequisites. 

HIST  017.  AFRO-AMERICAN  HISTORY.  (3) 

A  survey  of  the  Negro  in  American  history,  covering  the 
African  background,  slavery,  the  role  of  the  Negro  in  the 
social,  political,  economic,  cultural  and  artistic  life  of  the 
United  States.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  enduring 
themes  and  the  black  experience  in  American  society,  in- 
cluding contemporary  problems  in  race  relations.      (Staff) 

HIST  021.  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  TO  1865.  (3) 
A  survey  of  the  history  of  the  United  States  from  colonial 
times  to  the  end  of  the  Civil  War.  Emphasis  on  the  establish- 
ment and  development  of  American  institutions. 

(American  History  Staff) 


HIST  022.  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  SINCE  1865.  (3) 
A  survey  of  economic,  social,  intellectual,  and  political 
developments  since  the  Civil  War.  Emphasis  on  the  rise  of 
industry  and  the  emergence  of  the  United  States  as  a  world 
power.  (American  History  Staff) 

HIST  023.  SOCIAL  AND  CULTURAL  HISTORY  OF  EARLY 
AMERICA.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  social  and  cultural  history  of  the  United  States 
as  a  predominantly  agricultural  society.  Examination  of 
how  the  social  milieu  shapes  the  cultural  development  of 
the  nationand  its  institutions.  (American  History  Staff) 

HIST  024.  SOCIAL  AND  CULTURAL  HISTORY  OF  MODERN 
AMERICA.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  social  and  cultural  history  of  the  United 
States  as  a  society  in  transition.  Examination  of  the  social 
and  cultural  changes  that  accompanied  industrial  and 
scientific  development.  (American  History  Staff) 

HIST  029.  THE  UNITED  STATES  IN  WORLD  AFFAIRS.  (3) 
A  study  of  the  United  States  as  an  emerging  world  power 
and  the  American  response  to  changing  status  in  world 
affairs.  Emphasis  on  the  relationship  between  internal  and 
external  development  of  the  nation. 

(American  History  Staff) 

HIST  031,  032.  LATIN  AMERICAN  HISTORY.  (3,  3) 

A  survey  of  the  history  of  Latin  America  from  colonial  origins 
to  the  present,  covering  political,  cultural,  economic,  and 
social  development,  with  special  emphasis  upon  relations 
with  the  United  States.  First  semester:  Colonial  Latin  Amer- 
ica. Second  semester:  the  Republics. 

(Latin  American  History  Staff) 

HIST  041,  042.  WESTERN  CIVILIZATION.  (3,  3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  the  student  an  appreciation 
of  the  civilization  in  which  he  lives  in  its  broadest  setting. 
The  study  begins  with  the  collapse  of  classical  civilization 
and  comes  to  the  present.  (European  History  Staff) 

HIST  051.  052.  THE  HUMANITIES.  (3,  3) 

In  surveying  history  from  prehistoric  times  to  the  present, 
man's  cultural  development  is  emphasized.  The  course  is  a 
study  of  the  achievements  of  the  common  cultural 
heritage  of  western  civilization.  It  is  designed  as  an  in- 
troductory course  in  history  which  will  make  a  more  di- 
rect contribution  to  the  other  liberal  arts  fields.  First 
semester,  to  the  Renaissance.  Second  semester,  since 
the     Renaissance.  (Jashemski) 

HIST  053,  054.  HISTORY  OF  ENGLAND  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 
(3.3) 
A  history  of  the  development  of  British  life  and  institu- 
tions. Open  to  all  classes.  Especially  recommended  for  Eng- 
lish majors  and  minors  and  pre-law  students.  First  semester, 
to  1485.  Second  semester,  since  1485. 

(English  History  Staff) 

HIST  057.  PRE-HONORS  COLLOQUIUM  IN  EARLY  AMERICAN 
HISTORY.  (3) 

Selected  reading  in  modern  American  history  with  em- 
phasis on  independent  discussion  and  writing.  May  be 
taken  for  credit  by  students  exempt  from  American  his- 
tory. Permission  of  instructor  required. 

(American  History  Staff) 

HIST  058.  PRE-HONORS  COLLOQUIUM  IN  MODERN  AMERI- 
CAN HISTORY.  (3) 

Selected  readings  in  modern  American  hi  story  with  emphasis 
on  independent  study,  discussion  and  writing.  May  betaken 
for  credit  by  students  exempt  from  American  history.  Per- 
mission of  instructor  required. 

(American  History  Staff) 

HIST  061,  062.  FAR  EASTERN  CIVILIZATION.  (3,  3) 

This  course  seeks  to  give  the  student  an  understanding  of 
a  great  civilization  radically  different  from  our  own,  and  an 
appreciation  of  the  complex  problems  of  the  Far  East  and 
of  American  policy  there.  The  approach  is  interdisciplinary 
within  a  historical  framework.  (Folsom,  Mayo) 

HIST  071,  072.  ISLAMIC  CIVILIZATION.  (3,  3) 

This  course  seeks  to  give  the  student  an  insight  into  a  cul- 
tural heritage  that  dominates  the  lives  of  over  four  hundred 
million  people  today.  The  study  covers  Islam  in  Spain,  North 
Africa,  Africa  below  the  Sahara,  India,  and  Indonesia  as 
well  asthe  Middle  East.  The  approach  is  humanistic  within 
a     historical     framework.  (Stowasser) 


FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

HIST  101.  AMERICAN  COLONIAL  HISTORY.  (3) 

The  settlement  and  development  of  colonial  America  to  the 
middleof  the  eighteenth  century.  (Staff) 

HIST  102.  THE  AMERICAN  REVOLUTION.  (3) 

The  background  and  course  of  the  American  Revolution 
through  the  formation  of  the  Constitution.       (Bradbury) 


Arfs  and  Sciences 


J3I 


HIST  103.  THE  FORMATIVE  PERIOD  IN  AMERICA,  1789- 
1824.  (3) 
The  evolution  of  the  Federal  government,  the  origins  of 
political  parties,  problems  of  foreign  relations  in  an  era 
of  international  conflict,  beginnings  of  the  industrial  revo- 
lution in  America,  and  the  birth  of  sectionalism. 

(Bradbury) 

HIST  107,  108.  ECONOMIC  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES.  (3,  3) 

The  development  of  the  American  economy  and  its  institu- 
tions. First  semester,  to  1865;  second  semester,  since  1865. 

(Staff) 

HIST  109,  110.  SOCIAL  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 
(3,3) 

Formation  of  regional  societies;  immigration  and  nativism; 
the  Negro;  urban  movement;  social  responses  to  technologi- 
cal change.  First  semester  to  1865;  second  semester,  since 
1865.  (Beveridge) 

HIST  111,  112.  HISTORY  OF  MEXICO  AND  THE  CARIBBEAN 
(3,3) 

The  history  of  Mexico,  Central  America  and  the  Antilles,  be- 
ginning with  the  pre-Spanish  Indian  cultures  and  continuing 
through  the  Spanish  colonial  period  and  the  national  period 
to  the  present  day.  The  division  point  between  the  two 
courses  in  the  year  1810,  the  beginning  of  the  Mexican 
wars  for  independence.  (Staff) 

HIST  114.  THE  MIDDLE  PERIOD  OF  AMERICAN  HISTORY, 
1824-1860.  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  political  history  of  the  United  States 
from  Jackson  to  Lincoln  with  particular  emphasis  on  the 
factors  producing  Jacksonian  democracy,  Manifest  Destiny, 
the  Whig  Party,  the  anti-slavery  movement,  the  Republican 
Party,    and    secession.  (Sparks) 

HIST  116.  THE  CIVIL  WAR.  (3) 

Military  aspects;  problems  of  the  Confederacy;  political, 
social,  and  economic  effects  of  the  war  upon  American 
society.  (Sparks) 

HIST  11/.  THE  NEGRO  IN  AMERICAN  LIFE.  (3) 

The  role  of  the  Negro  in  America  since  slavery,  with  emphasis 
on  twentieth-century  developments:  the  migration  from 
farm  to  city;  the  growth  of  the  civil  rights  movement;  the 
race  question  as  a  national  problem. 

(Harlan,  Carter,  Blassingame) 
HIST  118.  THE  PROGRESSIVE  PERIOD;  THE  UNITED  STATES. 
1896-1919.  (3) 

(Merrill,  Harlan,  Olson) 
HIST    119.    BETWEEN    THE   WARS:    THE    UNITED   STATES, 
1919-1945.  (3) 

(Merrill,  Harlan,  Olson) 
HIST  120.  THE  UNITED  STATES  SINCE  WORLD  WAR  II.  (3) 
Problemsand  issuesof  American  society,  foreign  and  domes- 
tic,   of   the   past   generation.  (Olson) 

HIST  122,  123.  HISTORY  OF  THE  SOUTH.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  HIST  021,  022,  or  equivalent.  The  golden  age 
of  the  Chesapeake,  the  institution  of  slavery,  the  ante- 
bellum plantation  society,  the  experience  of  defeat,  the 
impact  of  industrialization,  and  the  modern  racial  adjust- 
ment. (Staff) 

HIST  124.  RECONSTRUCTION  AND  THE  NEW  NATION, 
1865-1896.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  six  credits  of  American  history,  or  permission 
of  instructor.  Problems  of  construction  in  both  South  and 
North.  Emergence  of  big  business  and  industrial  combina- 
tions. Problems  of  the  farmer  and  laborer.  (Staff) 

HIST  127,  128.  DIPLOMATIC  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES.  (3,  3) 
A  historical  study  of  the  diplomatic  negotiations  and  foreign 
relations  of  the  United  States.  First  semester  from  the 
Revolution  to  1898.  Second  semester,  from  1898  to  the 
present.  Students  who  have  taken  HIST  020  are  admitted 
only  by  permission  of  instructor.  (Cole) 

HIST  133,  134.  THE  HISTORY  OF  IDEAS  IN  AMERICA.  (3,  3) 
A  history  of  basic  beliefs  about  religion,  man,  nature,  and 
society.  Consent  of  the  instructor  is  required  for  HIST 
134.  (Koch) 

HIST  135,  136.  CONSTITU1  lONAL  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES.  (3,  3) 

A  study  of  the  historical  forces  resulting  in  the  formation 
of  the  Constitution,  and  development  of  American  con- 
stitutionalism in  theory  and  practice  therafter.       (Beiz) 

HIST.  137.  THE  SCIENTIFIC  REVOLUTION:  FROM  COPER- 
NICUS TO  NEWTON.  (3) 
Major  developments  in  the  history  of  physics  and  astron- 
omy during  the  16th  and  17th  centuries  and  critical 
evaluations  of  the  Copernican  Revolution,  the  "mechan- 
ical philosophy"  of  the  17th  century  scientists,  and  the 


Newtonian  synthesis  and  its  impact  on  18th  century 
thought.  (Brush) 

HIST  138.  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  MODERN  PHYSICAL 
SCIENCE:  FROM  LAVOISIER  TO  EINSTEIN.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  MATH  010  and  PHYS  002  or  003.  History  of 
chemistry,  physics,  and  geology  during  the  period  from  about 
1775  to  about   1925.  (Brush) 

HIST  141.  HISTORY  OF  MARYLAND.  (3) 

Political,  social,  and  economic  history  of  Maryland  from 
seventeenth  century  to  the  present.  (Staff) 

HIST  142,  143.  HISTORY  OF  SPAIN.  (3,  3) 

Political,  social,  and  economic  development  of  Spain;  the 
Spanish  empire;  Spain's  role  in  Europe.  Some  attention  will 
be  paid  to  Portuguese  history.  First  semester:  1469-1700. 
Second  semester:  1700-present.  (Vasques) 

HIST  144.  HISTORY  OF  TECHNOLOGY.  (3) 

A  survey  course  designed  for  junior,  senior  and  graduate 
students  with  a  solid  base  in  either  engineering  or  history; 
it  will  cover  the  time  span  from  Greek  antiquity  to  the 
First  World  War.  Technology  will  be  studied  as  a  cultural 
force  controlled  by  laws  of  its  own  and  operating  within 
a  distinctive  conceptual  framework.  The  course  will  con- 
centrate on  the  changing  character  of  technology  in  history 
and  on  the  interactions  between  technology  and  other 
cultural  forces  such  as  science,  philosophy,  art,  material 
culture,  and  the  economy.  (Staff) 

HIST  146.  DIPLOMATIC  HISTORY  OF  LATIN  AMERICA.  (3) 
A  survey  of  the  political,  economic,  and  cultural  relations 
of  the  Latin  American  nations  with  emphasis  on  their  rela- 
tions with  the  United  States  and  the  development  of  the 
inter-American     system.  (Wright) 

HIST  148.  HISTORY  OF  CANADA.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  HIST041,  042,  or  HIST053,  054.  A  history  of 
Canada,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  nineteenth  century 
and  upon  Canadian  relations  with  Great  Britain  and  the 
United    States.  (Gordon) 

HIST  149.  HISTORY  OF  BRAZIL.  (3) 

The  history  of  Brazil  with  emphasis  on  the  national  period. 

(Giffin) 

HIST    150.    HISTORY    OF    ARGENTINA   AND    THE    ANDEAN 
REPUBLICS.  (3) 
The  history  of  the  nationalist  period  of  selected  South 
American    countries.  (Staff) 

EUROPEAN  HISTORY 

HIST  151.  HISTORY  OF  THE  ANCIENT  ORIENT  AND  GREECE.  (3) 
Asurvey  of  the  ancient  civilizations  of  Egypt,  the  Near  East, 
and  Greece,  with  particular  attention  to  their  institutions, 
life, and  culture.  (Jashemski) 

HIST  153.  HISTORY  OF  ROME.  (3) 

A  study  of  Roman  civilization  from  the  earliest  beginnings 
through  the  Republic  and  down  to  the  last  centuries  of  the 
Empire.-  (Jashemski) 

HIST  155,  156.  HISTORY  OF  MEDIEVAL  EUROPE.  (3,  3) 

A  study  of  medieval  government,  society,  and  thought  from 
the  collapse  of  classical  civilization  to  the  Renaissance. 

(Robertson) 

HIST  157.  THE  AGE  OF  ABSOLUTISM.  1648-1748.  (3) 

Europe  in  the  Age  of  Louis  XIV  and  the  Enlightened  Des- 
pots. (Williams) 

HIST  158.  THE  OLD  REGIME  AND  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION, 
1748-1815.  (3) 

Europe  in  the  era  of  the  French  Revolution.         (Williams) 

HIST  159.  160.  HISTORY  OF  EUROPEAN  IDEAS.  (3.  3) 

Prerequisites,  HIST  041,  042  or  HIST  053,  054,  or  the 
equivalent.  Beginning  with  a  review  of  the  basic  Western 
intellectual  traditions  as  a  heritage  from  the  Ancient 
World,  the  courses  will  present  selected  important  currents 
of  thought  from  the  scientic  revolution  of  the  sixteenth 
and  seventeenth  centuries  down  to  the  twentieth  century. 
First  semester,  through  the  eighteenth  century.  Second 
semester,  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries.       (Haber) 

HIST    161,    162.    THE    RENAISSANCE   AND   REFORMATION. 
(3,3) 

Prerequisite,  HIST  041,  042,  or  053,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. City-states  and  the  rise  of  nation-states,  the  cul- 
ture and  thought  of  the  Renaissance,  the  Reformation  and 
their   impact   into  the  seventeenth  century.  (Brann) 

HISI  163,  164.  HISTORY  OF  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE  (3  31 
Prerequisite,  HIST  041.  042,  or  HIST  053,  054.  First  se- 
mester, the  development  of  England's  Mercantilist  Em- 
pire and  its  fall  in  the  war  for  American  Independence 
(1783).  Second  semester,  the  rise  of  the  Second  British 
Empire  and  the  solution  of  the  problem  of  responsible  self - 

tovernment   (1783-1867),    the   evolution   of   the   British 
mpire  into  a  Commonwealth  of  Nations,  and  the  develop- 
ment and  problems  of  the  dependent  Empire.         (Gordon) 


732 


Arts  and  Sciences 


HIST  165,  166.  CONSTITUTIONAL  HISTORY  OF  GREAT 
BRITAIN.  (3,  3) 

Constitutional  development  in  England,  with  emphasis  on 
the  history  of  the  royal  prerogative,  the  growth  of  the  com- 
mon law,  the  development  of  Parliament,  and  the  emergence 
of  systematized  government.  First  semester,  to  1485; 
second    semester,    since    1485.  (Cockburn) 

HIST  167,  168.  HISTORY  OF  RUSSIA.  (3,  3) 

A  history  of  Russia  from  earliest  times  to  1917.         (Yaney) 

HIST  169,  170.  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY, 
1815-1919.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite  041,  042,  or  HIST  053,  054.  A  study  of  the 
political,  economic,  social  and  cultural  development  of 
Europe  from  the  Congress  of  Vienna  to  the  First  World 
War.  (Bauer) 

HIST  171,  172.  EUROPE  IN  THE  WORLD  SETTING  OF  THE 
TWENTIETH  CENTURY.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  HIST  041,  042,  or  HIST  053,  054.  Astudyof 
political,  economic,  and  cultural  developments  in  twentieth- 
century  Europe  with  special  emphasis  on  the  factors  in- 
volved in  the  two  World  Wars  and  their  global  impacts  and 
significance.  (Prange) 

HIST  173.  THE  SOVIET  UNION.  (3) 

A  history  of  the  Bolshevik  Revolution  and  the  founding  of 
the  Soviet  Union;  the  economic  policy  and  foreign  policy 
of  the  U.S.S.R.  to  the  present.  (Yaneyr 

HIST  175.  MODERN  FRANCE.  (3) 

A  survey  of  French  history  from  1815  to  the  present.  The 
emphasis  is  upon  such  topics  as  the  population  problem, 
the  economic  and  social  structure  of  French  society,  and 
the  changing  political  and  cultural  values  of  this  society  in 
response  to  recurrent  crises  through  the  nineteenth  and 
twenthieth  centuries.  (Greenberg) 

HIST  176.  TUDOR  ENGLAND.  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  political,  religious,  and  social  forces 
in  English  life,  1485-1603,  with  special  emphasis  on  Tudor 
government,  the  English  Reformation,  and  the  Eliz- 
bethan    era.  (Breslow) 

HIST  177.  STUART  ENGLAND.  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  political,  religious,  and  social  forces 
in  English  life,  1603-1714,  with  special  emphasis  on  Puri- 
tanism and  the  English  revolutions.  (Breslow) 

HIST  178.  BRITAIN  IN  THE  EIGHTEENTH  CENTURY.  (3) 
Developments  in  Great  Britain  from  the  Revolution  of  1688 
to  the  end  of  the  Napoleonic  wars.  (Cockburn) 

HIST  179.  MODERN  BRITAIN.  (3) 

A  survey  of  British  history  from  the  age  of  the  French  Revolu- 
tion to  World  War  I  with  emphasis  upon  such  subjects  as 
Britain's  role  in  the  world,  the  democratization  of  the  state, 
the  problems  arising  from  industrialism  and  urbanism.  and 
Irish  and  imperial  problems.  (Gordon) 

HIST  183.  A  SURVEY  OF  AFRICAN  HISTORY.  (3) 

A  brief  survey  of  the  history  of  sub-Saharan  Africa  from  pre- 
historic times  to  the  end  of  the  colonial  era.  Special  focus 
on  neolithic  civilizations,  major  migrations,  and  political 
and  commercial  developments  in  pre-colonial  and  colonial 
Africa.  (Perinbam) 

HIST  184.  A  HISTORY  OF  WEST  AFRICA.  (3) 

HIST  183  is  recommended  though  not  required.  A  regional 
study  of  the  western  Sudan,  forest  and  coastal  regions  from 
pre-historic  times  to  the  nineteenth  century.  A  discussion 
of  neolithic  and  iron  age  civilizations,  trans-Saharan  and 
other  trade,  introduction  of  Islam,  medieval  Sudanese  em- 
pires, forest  kingdoms,  nineteenth-century  empires  and 
kingdoms,  and  the  impact  of  European  penetration. 

ASIAN  HISTORY  (Perinbam) 

HIST  187,  188.  HISTORY  OF  CHINA.  (3,  3) 

A  history  of  China  from  earliest  times  to  the  present.  The 
emphasis  is  on  the  development  of  Chinese  institutions 
that  have  molded  the  life  of  the  nation  and  its  people. 

(Folsom) 

HIST  189,  190.  HISTORY  OF  JAPAN.  (3,  3) 

First  semester:  Japanese  civilization  from  the  age  of  Shinto 
mythology,  introduction  of  continental  learning,  and  rule  of 
military  overlords.  Second  semester;  renewed  contact  with 
the  western  world  and  Japan's  emergence  as  a  modern 
state.  (Mayo) 

HIST  191.  HISTORY  OF  THE  ARABS.  (3) 

HIST 071  and  072  recommended  but  not  required.  Arab  his- 
tory from  the  pre-lslamic  period  to  modern  times.       (Staff) 

HIST  192.  HISTORY  OF  THE  TURKS.  (3) 

HIST  071  and  072  recommended  but  not  required.  Survey 
of  Turkish  history  from  earliest  times  to  the  present,  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  Seljugs,  the  Ottoman  tmpire, 
and  the  Republic  of  Turkey.  (Staff) 


HIST  193.  HISTORY  OF  IRAN.  (3) 

HI  ST  071  and  072  recommended  but  not  required.  Survey  of 
Iranian  history  from  earliest  times  to  the  present  with 
emphasis  on  period  since  the  rise  of  the  Safavids  in  the 
sixteenth    century.  (Staff) 

HIST  194.  HISTORY  OF  THE  JEWS  AND  THE  STATE  OF  IS- 
RAEL. (3) 
A  survey  of  Jewish  history  from  the  second  century  Diaspora 
to  the  present  with  special  attention  to  an  analysis  of 
Zionism,  the  creation  of  a  Jewish  home  in  Palestine,  the 
establishment  of  the  State  of  Israel,  and  modern  develop- 
ments. (Staff) 
HIST  195,  196.  HONORS  COLLOQUIUM.  (3,  3) 

Enrollment  I imitedtostudents admitted  by  thedepartmental 
Honors  Committee.  Reading  in  sources  and  secondary  work 
centering  about  the  development  of  the  modern  world.  Dis- 
cussions of  reading  and  written  work  in  weekly  seminar 
meetings.  (Staff) 

HIST  197.  STUDIES  IN  MIDDLE  EASTERN  CULTURE.  (3) 
Systematic  treatment  of  aspects  of  literature  and  culture 
of  the  Middle  East.  May  be  repeated.     (Rivlin,  Stowasser) 
HIST  198.  HONORS  THESIS.  (3) 

Limitedtostudentswhohavecompleted  HIST195.  Normally 
repeated  for  a  total  of  six  hours  credit  during  the  senior 
year  by  candidates  for  honors  in  history.  (Staff) 

HIST  199.  PRO-SEMINAR  IN  HISTORICAL  WRITING.  (3) 

Discussions  and  research  papers  designed  to  acquaint  the 
student  with  the  methods  and  problems  of  research  and 
presentation.  The  student  will  be  encouraged  to  examine 
those  phases  of  history  which  he  regards  as  his  specialties. 

(Staff) 
FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 
HIST   200.    HISTORIOGRAPHY:       TECHNIQUES      OF       HIS- 
TORICAL RESEARCH  AND  WRITING.  (3) 
HIST  201.    READINGS  IN  COLONIAL  AMERICAN  HISTORY. 

(3) 
HIST  202.    SEMINAR    IN    COLONIAL   AMERICAN    HISTORY. 

(3) 
HIST  203.    READINGS     IN    THE    AMERICAN     REVOLUTION 

AND  THE  FORMATIVE  PERIOD.  (3) 
HIST  204.    SEMINAR  IN  THE  AMERICAN  REVOLUTION  AND 

THE  FORMATIVE  PERIOD.  (3) 
HIST  205.  READINGS  IN  AMERICAN  SOCIAL  AND  ECONOMIC 

HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  206.     SEMINAR     IN     AMERICAN     SOCIAL    AND     ECO- 
NOMIC HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  213.     READINGS  IN  SOUTHERN  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  214.  SEMINAR  IN  SOUTHERN  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  215.   READINGS  IN  THE  MIDDLE  PERIOD  AND  CIVIL 

WAR.  (3) 
HIST  216.    SEMINAR    IN  THE   MIDDLE   PERIOD  AND  CIVIL 

WAR.  (3) 
HIST    217.     READINGS    IN     RECONSTRUCTION    AND    THE 

NEW  NATION.  (3) 
HIST  218.    SEMINAR      IN     RECONSTRUCTION     AND     THt 

NEW  NATION.  (3) 
HIST  223.    READINGS  IN  RECENT  AMERICAN  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  224.    SEMINAR  IN  RECENT  AMERICAN  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST    227.    READINGS    IN    THE    HISTORY    OF    AMERICAN 

FOREIGN  POLICY.  (3) 
HIST  228.  SEMINAR  IN  THE  HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  FOR- 
EIGN POLICY.  (3) 
HIST   233.    READINGS   IN   AMERICAN    INTELLECTUAL  HIS- 
TORY. (3) 
HIST  234.    SEMINAR    IN    AMERICAN    INTELLECTUAL    HIS- 
TORY. (3) 
HIST  236.    SEMINAR      IN      AMERICAN      CONSTITUTIONAL 

AND  POLITICAL  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  239     READINGS  IN  THE  HISTORY  OF  MODERN  SCI- 
ENCE. (3) 
HIST  240.    SEMINAR    IN    THE    HISTORY  OF   MODERN    SCI- 
ENCE. (3) 
HIST  242.    SEMINAR  IN  THE  HISTORY  OF  MARYLAND.  (3) 
HIST  245.    READINGS  IN  LATIN  AMERICAN  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  246.    SEMINAR  IN  LATIN  AMERICAN  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST   251.  SEMINAR  IN  GREEK  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST   253.  SEMINAR  IN  ROMAN  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  255.    READINGS  IN  MEDIEVAL  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  256.    SEMINAR  IN  MEDIEVAL  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  257.    READINGS  IN  17TH  CENTURY  EUROPEAN 
HISTORY.  (3) 


Arts  and  Sciences 


733 


HIST  258.    SEMINAR   IN    17TH   CENTURY   EUROPEAN   HIS- 
TORY. (3) 
HIST  259.    READINGS   IN  MODERN   EUROPEAN   INTELLEC- 
TUAL HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  260.    SEMINAR    IN    MODERN    EUROPEAN    INTELLEC- 
TUAL HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  261.    READINGS   IN   THE   HISTORY  OF  THE   RENAIS- 
SANCE AND  REFORMATION.  (3) 
HIST  262.    SEMINAR    IN    THE    HISTORY   OF   THE    RENAIS- 
SANCE AND  REFORMATION.  (3) 
HIST  263     READINGS   IN   THE  HISTORY  OF  GREAT   BRIT- 
AIN AND  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE-COMMONWEALTH.  (3) 
HIST  264.    SEMINAR    IN    THE    HISTORY    OF    GREAT    BRIT- 
AIN AND  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE-COMMONWEALTH.  (3) 
HIST  266.    SEMINAR    IN   TUDOR   AND   STUART    ENGLAND. 

(3) 
HIST  268.    SEMINAR  IN  RUSSIAN  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  269.    READINGS  IN  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  EUROPE. 

(3) 
HIST  270.    SEMINAR  IN  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  EUROPE 

(3) 
HIST  271.    SEMINAR  IN  THE  HISTORY  OF  WORLD  WAR   I. 

(3) 
HIST  272.    SEMINAR  IN  THE  HISTORY  OF  WORLD  WAR  II. 

(3) 
HIST  274.    READINGS  IN  MODERN  FRENCH  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  275.    SEMINAR  IN  MODERN  FRENCH  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  281.    READINGS  IN  MIDDLE  EASTERN  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  282.    SEMINAR  IN  MIDDLE  EASTERN  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  285.    READINGS  IN  JAPANESE  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  286.    SEMINAR  IN  JAPANESE  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  287.    READINGS  IN  CHINESE  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  28..    SEMINAR  IN  CHINESE  HISTORY.  (3) 
HIST  290.    THE  TEACHING  OF  HISTORY  IN  INSTITUTIONS 

OF  HIGHFR  LEARNING.  (1) 
HIST  399.    THESIS  RESEARCH.  (1-6) 
HIST  499.    THESIS  RESEARCH.  (Arranged) 

GENERAL  HONORS  PROGRAM 
DIRECTOR:  Portz 

The  General  Honors  Program  is  administered  by 
the  Director  of  the  Arts  and  Sciences  Honors  Programs 
and  by  the  College  Honors  Committee  which  also  acts 
as  an  advisory  and  regulatory  body  for  all  Honors  Pro- 
grams within  the  College.  Admission  to  the  General 
Honors  Program  shall  ordinarily  be  at  the  beginning 
of  the  first  or  second  semester  of  the  student's  fresh- 
man year.  Students  are  selected  on  the  basis  of  SAT 
scores,  grades,  rank  in  graduatingclass,  recommenda- 
tions from  high  school  teachers  and  counselors,  and 
other  factors  dealing  with  academic  achievement  in 
high  school.  Students  transferring  from  other  institu- 
tions are  accepted i nto  General  Honorsupon  presenta- 
tion of  a  distinguished  academic  record. 

General  Honors  students  are  assigned  to  Honors 
sections  of  basic  General  Education  courses,  and  are 
given  the  opportunity  of  participating  in  special  Gen- 
eral Honors  seminars.  Continuance  in  the  Program  is 
based  upon  maintaining  a  B  average  or  better.  Suc- 
cessful General  Honors  students  are  graduated  with 
a  citation  in  General  Honors  and  notation  of  this  ac- 
complishment is  made  upon  their  transcripts.  For 
further  information  and  admission  to  General 
Honors,  see  the  Director  of  Honors,  Francis  Scott 
Key  Hall. 

SPECIAL  GENERAL  HONORS  SEMINARS 

Open  to  General  and  Departmental  Honors  stu- 
dents and  to  other  students  with  the  consent  of  the 
instructor  or  of  the  Director  of  Honors. 

HONR  001.  HONORS  ORIENTATION  COLLOQUIUM.  (3) 

A  colloquium  on  composition  and  on  current  topics  in  the 
humanities,  the  natural  sciences,  and  the  social  sciences. 
The  topics  will  vary  with  the  interest  of  the  instructors. 
Writing  and  analysis  of  weekly  themes  on,  and  in-class  dis- 
cussions of,  assigned  reading  will  be  stressed.  Ordinarily 
taken  by  all  General  Honors  freshmen.  Open  to  other  stu-. 


dents  with  the  consent  of  the  Director  of  Honors. 


(Staff) 


HONR  050-051.  SEMINAR  IN  AMERICAN  STUDIES.  AMERICAN 
TASTE  IN  THE  TWENTIETH  CENTURY.  (3,  3) 

An  interdisciplinary  course  to  investigate  the  development 
of  public  taste  in  modern  America, especial  lytherelationship 
between  popular  expression— the  motion  picture,  jazz,  best 
sellers,  Broadway  theatre — and  the  more  traditional  forms 
of  the  fine  arts  and  literature.  Not  open  to  freshmen. 

HONR  100.  CONTINENTAL  BACKGROUNDS  OF  THE  ENGLISH 
RENAISSANCE.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENGL001, 003,  and004;orENGL02 1,033, and 
034.  An  interdisciplinary  study  of  the  pain  ting,  architecture, 
philosophy,  and  literature  of  the  Continental  Renaissance 
and  its  influence  on  English  literature  of  the  period.  Not 
open  to  freshmen. 

HONR  110.  SEMINAR  IN  SCIENCE  AND  MODERN  SOCIETY. 
(3) 
A  seminar  dealing  with  the  impact  of  science  upon  modern 
society.  Subjects  and  faculty  to  vary  from  semester  to  semes- 
ter. Intended  for  both  non-science  and  science  majors.  Not 
open  to  freshmen. 

HONR  120.  SEMINAR  IN  THE  FINE  ARTS.  (3) 

To  be  participated  in  by  various  members  of  the  Fine  Arts 
Departments.  The  subject  to  vary  from  semester  to  semester. 
Prerequisite:  A  General  Education  course  in  one  of  the 
participating  departments.  A  course  in  a  second  participat- 
ing department  is  recommended  but  not  required.  Open  to 
General  and  Departmental  Honors  students  at  the  junior 
and  senior  level  and  to  other  students  with  the  consent  of 
the  instructor  or  the  Director  of  Honors. 

HONR  130.  SEMINARS  IN  THE  SOCIAL  SCIENCES.  (1-4) 
A  series  of  seminars  in  the  social  sciences.  Often  inter- 
disciplinary in  character  and  often  team-taught.  The  sub- 
jects of  the  seminars  and  the  faculty  may  vary  from  semester 
to  semester.  Seminars  may  be  repeated  for  credit,  with  the 
permission  of  the  Director  of  Honors,  if  the  content  of  the 
course altersappreciably.  Open  toGeneral  and  Departmental 
Honors  students  and  to  other  students  with  the  consent  of 
the  instructor  and  the  Director  of  Honors. 

HONR  140.  SEMINARS  IN  THE  NATURAL  SCIENCES.  (1-4) 
A  series  of  seminars  in  the  natural  sciences.  Often  inter- 
disciplinary in  character  and  often  team-taught.  The  sub- 
jects of  the  seminars  and  the  faculty  may  vary  from  semester 
to  semester.  Seminars  may  be  repeated  for  credit,  with  the 
permission  of  the  Director  of  Honors,  if  the  content  of  the 
course  alters  appreciably.  Open  to  General  and  Depart- 
mental Honors  students  and  to  other  students  with  the 
consent  of  the  instructor  and  the  Director  of  Honors. 

(Staff) 

HONR  150.  SEMINARS  IN  THE  HUMANITIES.  (1-3) 

A  series  of  seminars  in  the  humanities.  Often  interdis 
ciplinary  in  character  and  often  team-taught.  The  subjects 
of  the  seminars  and  the  faculty  may  vary  from  semester 
to  semester.  Seminars  may  be  repeated  for  credit,  with 
the  permission  of  the  Director  of  Honors,  if  the  content 
of  the  course  alters  appreciably.  Open  to  General  and  De- 
partmental Honors  students  and  to  other  students  with 
the  consent  of  the  instructor  and  the  Director  of  Honors. 

(Staff) 

HONR  160.  HONORS  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (3) 

A  thesis  preparation  course  for  General  Honors  seniors, 
under  the  direction  of  individual  faculty  members.  HONR 
160  or  HONR  170,  but  not  both,  may  be  used  once  to  fulfill 
the  General  Honors  Seminar  requirement.  Graded  pass-fail. 
May  not  be  repeated.  Open  only  to  General  Honors  students. 

(Staff) 

HONR  170.  HONORS  INDEPENDENT  STUDY.  (3) 

Honors  Independent  Study  involves  reading  or  research, 
directed  by  individual  faculty,  especially  in  areas  outside 
of  thestudent'smajor.  HONR  170or  HONR  160.  but  not  both, 
may  be  used  once  to  fulfill  the  General  Honors  Seminar 
requirement.  Graded  pass-fail.  May  be  repeated  only  with 
consent  of  the  Director  of  Honors.  Open  only  to  General 
Honors    students.  (Staff) 

LINGUISTICS  PROGRAM 

Advisory  Committee  on  Linguistics: 

Faculty: 

PROFESSORS:    Dingwall,    Edmundson,       Horton,    Manning, 

Sparks,  and  Williams. 
ASSISTANT    PROFESSORS:    Dingwall    (Director)    and    Shen 

(Chinese-Linguistics). 

The  program  in  linguistics  is  designed  to  provide 
students  with  a  comprehensive  and  consistent  view 
of  the  accomplishments,  methodology  and  problems  of 


J  34 


Arts  and  Sciences 


modern  linguistic  science  which  has  as  its  aim  the 
explication  of  the  facts  of  specific  natural  languages 
as  well  as  natural  language  in  general.  While  any  edu- 
cated man  will  benefit  from  an  understanding  of  the 
structure  and  development  of  language,  those  who  ex- 
pect to  become  scholars  and  teachers  of  anthropology, 
English,  foreign  languages,  philosophy  or  speech  will 
find  a  background  in  linguistics  invaluable.  Although 
there  is  not  an  undergraduate  major  in  linguistics  at 
this  time,  courses  in  linguistics  may  be  used  to  ful- 
fill the  supporting  courses  requirement  in  some  pro- 
grams leading  to  the  B.A.  or  B.S.  degree. 

LING  071.  LANGUAGE  AND  CULTURE.  (3) 

Prerequisite  sophomore  standing.  Anon-technical  introduc- 
tion to  linguistics,  with  special  consideration  of  the  relations 
between  language  and  other  aspects  of  culture.  (Listed  also 
as    ANTH    07U  (Dingwall) 

LING  101.  INTRODUCTION  TO  LINGUISTICS.  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  basic  concepts  of  modern  descriptive 
linguistics.  Phonology,  morphology,  syntax.  Examinationsof 
the  methods  of  comparative  I  inguistics,  internal  reconstruc- 
tion, dialect  geography.  (Listed  also  as  ANTH  171  and  as 
ENGL    105.) 

LING  102.  PHONETICS  AND  PHONEMICS.  (3) 

Training  in  the  identification,  description,  and  symboliza- 
t  ion  of  various  sounds  found  in  language.  Study  of  scientific 
techniques  for  classifying  sounds  into  units  which  are  pre- 
ceptually  relevant  for  a  given  language.  (Dingwall) 

LING  103.  MORPHOLOGY  AND  SYNTAX.  (3) 

A  detailed  study  of  language  structure.  No  student  may 
receive  credit  for  both  LING  103  and  ENGL  108. 

(Dingwall) 

LING  106.  HISTORICAL  LINGUISTICS.  (3) 

Prerequisite  LING  102  and  103,  or  equivalent.  A  study  of 
change  in  the  phonological,  grammatical  and  semantic 
structures  of  natural  languages;  language  typology;  recon- 
struction and  various  allied  topics  will  be  treated.  (Dingwall) 

LING  201.  SEMINAR  IN  LINGUISTICS.  (3) 

Topic  to  be  selected  each  semester.  (Dingwall) 

Other  programs  also  offer  courses  in  linguistics  that  may  be  of 

interest  to  the  student: 

CMSC  190  C.  MATHEMATICAL  LINGUISTICS.  (3) 

(Edmundson) 

HONR  130C.  SEMINAR  IN  THE  SOCIAL  SCIENCES: 
PSYCHOLINGUISTICS.  (3) 

(Dingwall,  Horton) 


MATHEMATICS 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Goldhaber. 

PROFESSORS:  Auslander,  Brace,  Chu,  Cohen,  Douglis,  Ed- 
mundson, Ehrlich,  Goldberg  Good,  Greenberg,  Horvath, 
Huet,  Hummel,  Jackson,  Karp  Kleppner,  Kuroda,  G. 
Lehner,  J.  Lehner  Maltese,  Martin  Pearl,  Reinhart,  Schae- 
fer,  StellmacherL  Syski,  Walsh,  Zedek. 

VISITING  PROFESSORS:  Maass,  Remmert,  Vesentini. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Adams  Benedetto,  Bernstein, 
Cook,  Correl,  Daniel,  Goldstein,  Gray,  Gulick  Henkelman, 
Jacquet,  Kirwan,  Lipsman,  Lopez-Escobar,  Mikulski,  Os- 
born,  Sather,  Strauss,  Warner,  Wolfe. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Berg,  Cole,  Connell,  Currier, 
Dancis,  Davidson,  Egan,  Ellis,  Fey,  Gowen,  Green,  Helzer, 
Holzsager,  Johnson,  Lay,  Markley,  Neri,  Owings,  Powell,  Ras- 
togi,  Schneider  Sedgewick,  Shepherd,  Sweet,  Thaler,  Tim- 
sans,  Wagner,  Yang. 

VISITING  ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Guntzer,  Nagel,  Niebur. 

RESEARCH  ASSOCIATES:  Alexander  and  Schlotterbeck. 

POSTDOCTORAL  RESEARCH  ASSOCIATES:  Reddy  and  Sch- 
neider. 

INSTRUCTORS:  Bernhardt,  Brown,  (P.  T.),  Dutton,  Eisenberg 
(P.  T.),  Kilborn,  Lepson,  Mar,  McClay,  McKeen,  Meyers, 
Steely  (P.  T.),  Sorensen,  Vanderslice  (P.  T.). 

FACULTY  RESEARCH  ASSISTANT:  Locksley. 

The  Mathematics  Department  Colloquium  meets 
frequently  throughout  the  academic  year  for  reports 
on  current  research  by  the  resident  staff,  visiting  lec- 
turers, and  graduate  students.  In  addition,  the  Insti- 
tute for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics  Col- 
loquium meets  at  frequent  intervals  for  reports  on  re- 
search in  those  fields.  All  colloquium  meetings  are 
open  to  the  public. 


The  local  chapter  of  Pi  Mu  Epsi Ion,  national  honor- 
ary mathematics  fraternity,  meets  regularly  for  the 
discussion  of  mathematical  topics  of  interest  to  the 
undergraduates.  Its  programs  are  open  to  the  public. 


MATHEMATICS  MAJOR 

The  program  in  mathematics  leading  to  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Mathematics  offers  training 
in  the  fundamentals  of  mathematics  in  preparation 
for  graduate  work  or  teaching,  and  for  positions  in 
governmental  or  industrial  laboratories. 

Astudent  intendingto  major  in  mathematics  must 
complete  the  introductory  sequence:  MATH  019,020, 
021, 022orthecorrespondinghonorssequence:  MATH 
050,  051,  052,  053.  In  addition,  the  normal  require- 
ments for  a  mathematics  major  include  24  credit 
hours  of  upper  division  (  100-level)  work  and  at  least 
22  credit  hours  of  supporting  courses. 

Mathematics  majors  who  have  completed  the  in- 
troductory sequence  MATH  019  thru  MATH  022  after 
September,  1, 1966,  are  required  to  take  at  least  eight 
100-level  courses  including  MATH  103  (Introduction 
to  Abstract  Algebra),  MATH  110  (Advanced  Calcu- 
lus), MATH  119  (Several  Real  Variables)  and  either 
MATH  100  (Vector  and  Matrices)  or  MATH  104  (In- 
troduction to  Linear  Algebra).  In  the  remaining  four 
required  courses,  at  least  two  must  be  selected  from 
the  following  groups:  Group  III,  Geometry  and  Top- 
ology; Group  IV,  Statistics  and  Probability;  Group  V, 
Applied  Mathematics:  Group  VI,  Foundations. 

Mathematics  majors  who  have  completed  the  de- 
partmental honorssequence  MATH  050-053  si  nceSep- 
tember  1,  1966,  will  have  covered  the  content  of 
MATH  110  and  therefore  may  not  take  MATH  110 
for  credit.  For  these  students  the  above  requirement 
of  "eight  100-level  courses  including  MATH  103, 
110,  119  and  either  MATH  100  or  104"  is  changed 
to  "seven  100-level  courses  including  MATH  103, 
119  and  either  MATH  100  or  104." 

Candidates  for  departmental  honors  are  permitted 
toincludeMATH190, 191and200-levelcoursesamong 
the  eight  (or  seven)  required  courses.  The  Department 
of  Mathematics  is  expanding  its  program  in  statistics 
to  make  it  possible  for  majors  in  mathematics  to  spe- 
cialize in  statistics  and  probability.  The  prefix  STAT 
rather  than  MATH  is  used  to  designate  these  courses. 

Students  intending  to  major  in  mathematics, 
should  complete  the  lower  division  course  work  with 
an  average  grade  of  at  least  B. 

A  grade  of  at  least  C  must  be  attained  in  each  of 
the  upper  division  mathematics  courses  presented  to 
fulfill  the  requirements  for  a  major  in  mathematics. 

Mathematics  majors  are  required  to  take  a  mini- 
mum of  10  hours  of  Physics.  This  will  consist  of  PHYS 
030,  031,  032  (3,  4,  4)  or  PHYS  015,  016,  017  (4, 
4,  4);  or  2  out  of  3  in  one  of  the  preceding  sequen- 
ces plus  ASTR  10.  In  addition,  each  student  must 
select  a  supporting  area  outside  of  the  Department 
of  Mathematics  in  which  he  will  take  a  minimum  of 
12  credits,  at  least  six  of  which  will  be  in  one  depart- 
ment at  the  100-level.  The  average  grade  for  courses 
in  the  supporting  area  must  be  at  least  C. 

Since  departmental  requirements  for  majors  are 
changed  from  time  to  time,  each  student  is  urged  to 
consult  his  advisor  to  obtain  the  most  recent  require- 
ments. Each  student's  program  must  be  approved  by 
his  mathematics  department  advisor. 

Since  most  of  the  non-English  mathematical  liter- 
ature is  written  in  French,  German  or  Russian,  the  For- 
eign Language  requirement  should  be  met  in  one  of 
these  languages. 


Arts  and  Sciences 


J  35 


HONORS  IN  MATHEMATICS 

The  honors  program  is  designed  for  students  show- 
ing exceptional  ability  and  interest  in  mathematics. 
Its  aim  is  to  give  a  student  the  best  possible  mathemati- 
cal education.  Participants  are  selected  by  the  Honors 
Committee  of  the  Department  of  Mathematics  on  the 
basis  of  recommendations  from  high  school  teachers 
and  members  of  the  faculty. 

Wherever  possible,  honors  students  are  placed  in 
special  mathematicscourses,  or  in  special  sections  of 
regular  courses.  Independent  work  is  encouraged  and 
can  be  done  in  place  of  formal  course  work.  A  final 
written  andoral  comprehensive  examination  in  math- 
ematics is  given  at  the  end  of  the  program. 
Introductory  Mathematics  Courses 

Beginning  students  normally  enrpll  in  one  of  the 
courses  MATH  003,  010,  018  or  019.  A  student  may 
enroll  in  any  one  of  these  courses  if  he  has  the 
necessary  high  school  mathematics  and  a  suitable 
score  on  the  mathematics  section  of  the  general 
classification  test. 

Students  interested  in  majoring  in  mathematics 
or  the  physical  or  engineering  sciences  are  urged  to  be- 
gin their  Mathematics  with  MATH  018  or  MATH  019. 
MATH  018  is  open  to  students  who  offer  for  entrance 
two  and  one-half  years  of  college  preparatory  mathe- 
matics. MATH  019  is  open  to  students  who  offer  for 
entrance  three  and  one-half  years  of  college  pre- 
paratory mathematics,  including  a  course  in  trigono- 
metry. 

Students  whose  curriculum  calls  for  MATH  003, 
010  or  018  and  who  do  not  have  the  necessary  pre- 
requisites should  enroll  in  MATH  001. 

In  general,  students  should  enroll  in  only  one  of 
the  course  sequences  MATH  010-01 1-014-015,  MATH 
018-019-020-021-022. 1  ncasethisruleisnotfollowed, 
proper  assignment  of  credit  will  be  made  on  application 
to  the  Department  of  Mathematics. 
MATH  001.  REVIEW  OF  HIGH  SCHOOL  ALGEBRA.  (0) 

Recommended  for  students  who  f ai  I  the  qual  ifying  examina- 
tion for  MATH  010,  MATH  003  and  MATH  018.  Special  fee 
of     $45.  (Sorensen) 

MATH  003.  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  MATHEMATICS.  (4) 

Prerequisite,  satisfactory  performance  on  the  SAT  mathema- 
tics test,  or  MATH  001.  This  course  is  designed  to  provide 
an  introduction  to  mathematical  thinking,  stressing  ideas 
rather  than  techniques.  Where  possible,  connections  are 
drawn  with  other  disciplines,  such  as  philosophy,  logic  and 
art.  (Douglis) 

MATH  010,  Oil.  INTRODUCTION  TO  MATHEMATICS.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite,  2'/2  years  of  college  preparatory  mathematics 
and  satisfactory  performance  on  the  SAT  mathematics  test, 
or  MATH  001 .  Open  to  students  not  majoring  in  mathematics 
or  the  physical  or  engineering  sciences.  Logic,  sets,  count- 
ing, probability;  sequences,  sums;  elementary  algebraic 
and  transcendental  functions  and  their  geometric  repre- 
sentation; systems  of  linear  equations,  vectors,  matrices. 

(Good) 
MATH  014,  015.  ELEMENTARY  CALCULUS  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  01 1  or  equivalent.  Open  to  students  not 
majoring  in  mathematics  or  the  physical  or  engineering 
sciences.  Basic  ideas  of  differential  and  integral  calculus; 
elementary  techniques  and  application;).  (Bernhardt) 

MATH  018.  INTRODUCTORY  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

(21,lectures,  2  drill  periods  perweek.)  Prerequisite,  2V2  years 
of  college  preparatory  mathematics  and  an  appropriate 
score  on  the  SAT  mathematics  test,  or  MATH  001.  An  intro- 
ductory course  for  students  not  qualified  to  start  MATH 
019.  Real  numbers,  functions,  coordinate  systems.  Tri- 
gonometric functions.  Plane  analytic  geometry.  (Cook) 
MATH  019.  ANALYSIS  1.(4) 

(31  lectures,  2  drill  periods  per  week.)  Prerequisite,  3Vi 
years  of  college  preparatory  mathematics  or  MATH  018. 
Sets  and  inequalities,  Cartesian  coordinates  in  the  plane, 
the  straight  line,  the  circle,  translation  of  coordinate 
axes,  functions  and  their  graphs,  limits,  continuity,  the 
derivative  and  application  of  the  derivative,  antiderivatives, 
definite     integral.  (Goldberg) 


MATH  020.  ANALYSIS  II.  (4) 

(3  lectures,  2  drill  periods  per  week.)  Prerequisite,  MATH 
019or  equivalent.  Applicationsof  integration, techniques  of 
integration,  polar  coordinates,  basic  properties  of  the  ele- 
mentary functions,  improper  integrals  arid  indeterminate 
forms,   sequences   and   infinite   series.  (Helzer) 

MATH  021L.  LINEAR  ALGEBRA.  (4) 

(3  lectures,  2  drill  periods  per  week.)  Prerequisite,  MATH 
020  or  equivalent.  Basic  concepts  of  linear  algebra;  vec- 
tor spaces,  applications  to  line  and  plane  geometry,  linear 
equations  and  matrices,  similar  matrices,  linear  trans- 
formations, eigenvalues,  determinants  and  quadratic 
forms.  (Staff) 

MATH  022.  ANALYSIS  111.(4) 

(3  lectures,  2  drill  periods  per  week.)  Prerequisite,  MATH021 
L  or  equivalent.  Calculus  of  functions  of  vectors;  partial 
derivatives,  multiple  integration,  surface  integrals,  classical 
theorems  of  Green,  Gauss  and  Stokes.  (Staff) 

MATH  030.  ELEMENTS  OF  MATHEMATICS.  (4) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  preparatory  algebra.  Re- 
quired for  majors  in  elementary  education,  and  open  only 
to  students  in  this  field.  Topics  from  algebra  and  number 
theory,  designed  to  provide  insight  into  arithmetic:  induc- 
tive proof,  the  natural  number  system  based  on  the  Peano 
axioms;  mathematical  systems,  groups,  fields;  the  system 
of  integers;  the  system  of  rational  numbers;  congruence, 
divisibility;    systems    of    numeration.  (Garstens) 

MATH  031.  ELEMENTS  OF  GEOMETRY.  (4) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  030  or  equivalent.  Structure  of  mathe- 
matics systems,  algebra  of  sets,  geometrical  structures, 
logic,  measurement,  congruence,  similarity,  graphs  in  the 
plane,  geometry  on  the  sphere.  (Garstens) 

MATH  050.  CALCULUS  I.  (Honors)  (4) 

Prerequisite,  approval  of  department.  A  rigorous  treatment, 
with  applications,  of  differential  and  integral  calculus  in 
one  variable. 

MATH  051.  CALCULUS  II.  (Honors)  (4) 

Prerequisite,  approval  of  department.  A  rigorous  treatment, 
with  applications,  of  differential  and  integral  calculus  in 
one    variable. 

MATH  052.  CALCULUS  III.  (Honors)  (4) 

Prerequisite,  approval  of  department.  Elements  of  linear 
algebra,  Euclidean  and  other  metric  spaces;  Multi-variable 
calculus;  implicit  function  theorem;  theorems  of  Green, 
Gauss  and  Stokes.  Riemann  Stieltjes  integral  and,  as  time 
permits,  ordinary  differential  equations,  Fourier  series, 
orthogonal   functions. 

MATH  053.  CALCULUS  IV.  (Honors)  (4) 

Prerequisite,  approval  of  department,  tiements  of  linear 
algebra,  Euclidean  and  other  metric  spaces;  Multi-variable 
calculus;  implicit  function  theorem;  theorems  of  Green. 
Gauss  and  Stokes.  Riemann  Stieltjes  integral  and,  as  time 
permits,  ordinary  differential  equations,  Fourier  series, 
orthogonal  functions.  (Staff) 

MATH  066.  DIFFERENTIAL  EQUATIONS  FOR  SCIENTISTS 
AND  ENGINEERS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  021  or  equivalent.  Exact  solutions  for 
first  order  equations;  basic  theory,  techniques,  and  applica- 
tions of  linear  systems  and  higher  order  linear  equations; 
power  series  solutions;  Laplace  transform  solutions. 

(Strauss) 

STAT  050.  INTRODUCTION  TO  RANDOM  VARIABLES.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  MATH  015  or  MATH  021.  Introductory 
mathematical  concepts.  Probabilistic  concepts.  Basic 
properties  of  probability.  Discrete  random  variables  and 
their  distributions.  Continuous  variables  (intuitive  an- 
alytic approach).  Joint  distributions  and  transformations. 
Moments  and  moment  generating  functions.  Law  of  large 
numbers    and    de    Moivre's    theorem.  (Syski) 

Courses  100-199 

Algebra  and  Number  Theory.  100,  101,  103,  104.  106.  107 

Analysis.  110,  112,  113,  114,  117,  118.  119 

Geometry  and  Topology.  120,  121,  122,  123,  124,  126,  128 
Foundations  of  Mathematics.  144,  146,  147,  148 
Applied  Mathematics.  101.  162,  163,  164,  165,  168.  170,  171 
Courses  for  Teachers  of  Mathematics  and  Science.  181.  182 

183,  184,  185,  189 
Seminars,  Selected  Topics,  Research.  190,  191 
Statistics  and   Probability.  STAT  100.   101,   110,   111     120, 

121.  150.  164.  170 
MATH  100.  VECTORS  AND  MATRICES.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  021  or  MATH  015.  Algebra  of  vector 
spaces  and  matrices.  Recommended  for  students  interested 
in  the  applications  of  mathematics.  (Not  for  graduate  credit 
in     mathematics.)  (Schneider) 


136 


Arts  and  Sciences 


MATH  101.  APPLIED  LINEAR  ALGEBRA.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  100,orconsentof  theinstructor.  Various 
applications  of  linear  algebra:  theory  of  finite  games,  linear 
programming,  matrix  methods  as  applied  to  finite  Markov 
chains,  random  walk,  incidence  matrices,  graphs  and  di- 
rected graphs,  networks,  transportation  problems.    (Pearl) 

MATH  103.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ABSTRACT  ALGEBRA.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  MATH  022  or  equivalent.  Integers;  groups, 
rings,    integral    domains,    fields.  (Goldhaber) 

MATH  104.  INTRODUCTION  TO  LINEAR  ALGEBRA.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  103  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  abstract 
treatment  of  finite  dimensional  vector  spaces.  Linear 
transformations  and  their  invariants.  (Timsans) 

MATH  106.  INTRODUCTION  TO  NUMBER  THEORY.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  MATH  022.  Rational  integers,  divisibility, 
prime  numbers,  modules  and  linear  forms,  unique  factor- 
ization theorem,  Euler's  function,  Mobius'  function,  cy- 
clotomic  polynomial,  congruences  and  quadratic  residues, 
Legendre's  and  Jacobi's  symbol,  reciprocity  law  of  quad- 
ratic residues,  introductory  explanation  of  the  method  of 
algebraic     number    theory.  (Roselle) 

MATH  107.  THEORY  OF  QUADRATIC  NUMBER  FIELDS.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  MATH  106  and  MATH  103.  Quadratic  number 
fields,  integers,  ideals,  units,  ideal  classgroups,  unimodular 
transformations  and  algorithms  of  the  determination  of 
ideal  class  groups  and  fundamental  units,  class  number 
formula,  Gauss'  theory  of  genera  and  Kronecker's  symbol. 

(Kuroda) 

MATH  110.  ADVANCED  CALCULUS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  022.  Real  number  system,  qpen  sets 
and  compact  sets  on  the  real  line,  limits  and  continuity 
of  real  valued  functions  of  one  real  variable,  differentia- 
tion, functions  of  bounded  variation,  Riemann-Stieltjes 
integration,  sequences  and  series  of  functions. 

(McGuinness) 

MATH  112.  INFINITE  PROCESSES.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  021  or  equivalent.  Construction  of  the 
real  numbers  from  the  rational  numbers,  sequences  of  num- 
bers, series  of  positive  and  arbitrary  numbers,  infinite  prod- 
ucts, conditional  and  absolute  convergence,  sequences  and 
series  of  functions,  uniform  convergence,  integration  and 
differentiation  of  series,  power  series,  and  analytic  func- 
tions. Fourier  series,  elements  of  the  theory  of  divergent 
series,  extension  of  the  theory  of  complex  numbers  and 
functions.  (Kirwan) 

MATH  113.  INTRODUCTION  TO  COMPLEX  VARIABLES.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  MATH  1 19.  The  algebra  of  complex  numbers, 
analytic  functions  mapping  properties  of  the  elementary 
functions.  Cauchy's  theorem  and  the  Cauchy  integral  for- 
mula. Residues.  (Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the 
courses  MATH  113  and  MATH  163.)  (G.  Lehner) 

MATH  114.  DIFFERENTIAL  EQUATIONS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  1 10.  Ageneral  introductiontothetheory 
of  differential  equations.  Constructive  methods  of  solution 
leading  to  existence  theorems  and  uniqueness  theorems. 
Other  topics  such  as:  systems  of  linear  equations,  the  be- 
havior of  sol  ut  ions  in  the  large,  the  behavior  of  solutions  near 
singularities,  periodic  solutions,  stability,  and  Sturm-Liou- 
ville     problems.  (Berg) 

MATH  117.  INTRODUCTION  TO  FOURIER  ANALYSIS.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  MATH  113.  Fourierseries.  Fourier  and  Laplace 
transforms.  (McGuinness) 

MATH  118.  INTRODUCTION  TO  REAL  VARIABLES.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  110.  The  Lebesgue  integral.  Fubini's 
theorem.  Convergence  theorems.  The  Lp  spaces        (Neri) 

MATH  119.  SEVERAL  REAL  VARIABLES.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  1 10.  A  brief  review  of  scalar  and  vector 
valued  functions  of  several  real  variables  (as  done  in  MATH 
022).  Implicit  function  theorem,  change  of  variable  theorem 
for  multiple  integrals,  a  detailed  study  of  surfaces  and  sur- 
face integrals  in  n-dimensional  Euclidean  space,  including 
integration  by  parts.  Applications  to  partial  differential 
equations  and  potential  theory.  (Brannan) 

MATH  120.  INTRODUCTION  TO  GEOMETRY  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  022  or  consent  of  instructor.  Axiomatic 
development  of  plane  geometries,  Euclidean  and  non-Eucli- 
dean.  Groups  of  isometries  and  similarities.  (Chu) 

MATH  121.  INTRODUCTION  TO  GEOMETRY  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  120.  Non-Euclidean  transformation 
groups,  the  Erlangen  program,  projective  planes,  cubicsand 
quartics.  (Reinhart) 

MATH  122.  INTRODUCTION  TO  POINT  SET  TOPOLOGY.  (3) 
Prerequisite,   MATH  110  or  146,  or  equivalent.  Connec- 
tedness, compactness,  transformations,  homeomorphisms; 
application  of  these  concepts  to  various  spaces,  wi  thbarticu- 
lar  attention  to  the  Euclidean  plane.  (Dancis) 

MATH  123.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ALGEBRAIC  TOPOLOGY.  (3) 


Prerequisite,  MATH  103  and  122,  or  equivalent.  Chains, 
cycles,  homology  groups  for  surfaces,  the  fundamental 
group.  (Green) 

MATH  124.  INTRODUCTION  TO  PROJECTIVE  GEOMETRY.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  MATH  022  or  equivalent.  Recommended  for 
students  in  the  College  of  Education.  Elementary  projective 
geometry,  combining  synthetic  algebraic  approaches,  pro- 
jective transformations,  harmonic  division,  cross  ratio, 
projective  coordinates,  properties  of  conies.         (Jackson) 

MATH  126.  INTRODUCTION  TO  DIFFERENTIAL  GEOMETRY. 
(3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  022  or  equivalent.  The  differential 
geometry  of  curves  and  surfaces,  curvature  and  torsion, 
movingf  rames,  thef  undamental  differential  forms,  intrinsic 
geometry   of   a   surface.  iCorrel) 

MATH  128.  EUCLIDEAN  GEOMETRY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  021  or  consent  of  instructor.  Recom- 
mended for  students  in  the  College  of  Education.  Axiomatic 
method,  models,  properties  of  axioms;  proofs  of  some  basic 
theorems  from  the  axioms;  modern  geometry  of  the  triangle, 
circle,   and  sphere.  (Reinhart) 

MATH  144.  ELEMENTARY  LOGIC  AND  ALGORITHMS.  (3) 
Prerequisites,  MATH  021  or  consent  ot  instructor.  Anelemen- 
tary  development  of  propositional  logic,  predicate  logic, 
set  algebra,  and  Boolean  algebra,  with  ad  iscussion  of  Markov 
algorithms,  Turing  machines  and  recursivef  unctions.  Topics 
include  Post  productions,  word  problems,  and  formal  lan- 
guages. (Also  listed  as  CMSC  144.)  (Staff) 

MATH  146.  FUNDAMENTAL  CONCEPTS  OF  MATHEMATICS.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  MATH  021  or  consent  of  instructor.  Sets,  rela- 
tions, mappings.  Construction  of  the  real  number  system 
starting  with  Peano  postulates;  algebraic  structures  asso- 
ciated with  the  construct  ion;  Archimedean  order,  sequential 
completeness  and  equivalent  properties  of  ordered  fields. 
Finite  and  infinite  sets,  denumberable  and  non-denumber- 
able  sets.  (Ehrlich) 

MATH  147.  AXIOMATIC  SET  THEORY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  103  or  146  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Development  of  a  system  of  axiomatic  set  theory,  choice 
principles,  induction  principles,  ordinal  arithmetic  includ- 
ing discussion  of  cancellation  laws,  divisibility,  canonical 
expansions,  cardinal  arithmetic  includingconnectionswith 
theaxiomofchoice,  Hartog'stheorem.Konig'stheorem,  prop- 
erties of  regular,  singular,  and  inaccessible  cardinals. 

(Lopez-Escobar) 

MATH  148.  INIRODUCTION  TO  MATHEMATICAL  LOGIC.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  MATH  103  or  146  or  1 10.  Formal  propositTonal 
logic,  completeness,  independence,  decidability  of  the  sys- 
tem, formal  quantificational  logic,  first-order  axiomatic 
theories,  extended  Godel  Completeness  theorem,  Lowen- 
heim-Skolem  theorem,  model-theoretical  applications. 

(Karp) 

MATH  162    ANALYSIS  FOR  SCIENTISTS  AND  ENGINEERS  I. 
(3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  021  or  consent  of  instructor.  Credit  will 
be  given  for  only  one  of  the  courses  MATH  022  and  MATH 
162.  Calculus  of  functions  of  several  real  variables;  limits, 
continuity,  partial  differentiation,  multiple  integrals,  line 
and  surface  integrals,  vector-valued  functions,  theorems  of 
Green,  Gaussand  Stokes.  Physical  applications.  (Thiscourse 
cannot  be  counted  toward  a  major  in  mathematics.) 

(Martin) 

MATH  163.  ANALYSIS  FOR  SCIENTISTS  AND  ENGINEERS  II. 
(3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  162  or  022  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the  courses  MATH  113  or 
MATH  163.  The  complex  field.  Infinite  processes  for  real 
and  complex  numbers.  Calculusof  complex  functions.  Analy- 
tic functions  and  analytic  continuation.  Theory  of  residues 
and  application  to  evaluation  of  integrals.  Conformal  map- 
ping. (This  course  cannot  De  coumea  towara  a  major  in 
mathematics.)  (Sedgewick) 

MATH  164.  ANALYSIS  FOR  SCIENTISTS  AND  ENGINEERS  III. 
(3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  066  and  MATH  163,  orconsent  of  instruc- 
tor. Fourier  and  Laplace  transforms.  Evaluation  of  the  com- 
plex inversion  integral  by  the  theory  of  residues.  Applica- 
tions to  systems  of  ordinary  and  partial  differential  equa- 
tions. (This  course  cannot  be  counted  toward  a  major  in 
mathematics.)  (Berg) 

MATH  165.  INTRODUCTION  TO  PARTIAL  DIFFERENTIAL 
EQUATIONS.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  MATH  1 10  or  MATH  162.  Topics  will  include 
one  dimensional  wave  equation;  linear  second  order  equa- 
tions in  two  variables,  separations  of  variables  and  Fourier 
series;    Sturm-Liouville    theory.  (Mackie) 

MATH  168.  NUMERICAL  METHUUb  run  a^itm  io  is  minU 
ENGINEERS.  (3) 


Arts  and  Sciences 


137 


Prerequisite,  MATH  022  or  162  and  MATH  066.  Inter- 
polation, numerical  differentiation  and  integration,  num- 
erical solution  of  polynomial  and  transcendental  equa- 
tions, least  squares,  systems  of  linear  equations,  num- 
erical solution  of  ordinary  differential  equations,  errors 
in  numerical  calculations.  (This  course  cannot  be 
counted  toward  a  major  in  mathematics.) 

(Thaler) 

MATH  170.  NUMERICAL  ANALYSIS  I.  (3) 

Pre-  or  co-requisite:  MATH  1 10.  Solution  of  linear  systems 
of  equations  and  nonlinear  equations  in  one  variable.  Least 
square  and  Chebyshev  approximation.  Numerical  differenti- 
ation, integration,  and  solution  of  ordinary  differential  equa- 
tions. (Listed  also  as  CMSC  170.)  (Vandergraft) 

MATH  171.  NUMERICAL  ANALYSIS  II.  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  100  or  104,  MATH  110.CMSC/M  170. 
Linear  systems  of  equations:  norms,  condition  numbers, 
rounding  error  analysis,  iterative  methods;  introduc- 
tion to  numerical  solution  of  partial  differential  equations. 
Nonlinear  systems  of  equations:  Newton's  method,  conver- 
gence and  rate  of  convergence.  Eigenvalue  problems. 
(Listed  also  as  CMSC  171.)  (Vandergraft) 

MATH  181.  INTRODUCTION  TO  NUMBER  THEORY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Designed  primarily  for  those  enrolled  in  pro- 
grams with  emphasis  in  the  teaching  of  mathematics  and 
science.  Not  open  to  students  seeking  a  major  directly  in 
the  physical  sciences,  since  the  course  content  is  usually 
covered  elsewhere  in  their  curriculum.  Axiomatic  develop- 
ments of  the  real  numbers.  Elementary  number  theory. 

(Staff) 

MATH  182.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ALGEBRA.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Designed  primarily  for  those  enrolled  in  pro- 
grams with  emphasis  in  the  teaching  of  mathematics  and 
science.  Not  open  to  students  seeking  a  major  directly  in 
the  physical  sciences,  since  the  course  content  is  usually 
covered  elsewhere  in  their  curriculum.  Modern  ideas  in 
algebra  and  topics  in  the  theory  of  equations.  (Staff) 

MATH  183.  INTRODUCTION  TO  GEOMETRY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Designedprimarilyforthose enrolled  inprograms 
with  emphasis  in  the  teaching  of  mathematics  and 
science.  Not  open  to  students  seeking  a  major  directly  in 
the  physical  sciences,  since  the  course  content  is  usually 
covered  elsewhere  in  their  curriculum.  A  study  of  the 
axioms  for  Euclidean  and  non-Euclidean  geometry.  (Staff) 

MATH  184.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Designed  primarily  for  those  enrolled  in  pro- 
grams with  emphasis  in  the  teaching  of  mathematics  and 
science.  Not  open  to  students  seeking  a  major  directly  in 
the  physical  sciences,  since  the  course  content  is  usually 
covered  elsewhere  in  their  curriculum.  A  study  of  the 
limit  concept  and  the  calculus.  (Previous  knowledge  of 
calculus  is  not  required.)  (Staff) 

MATH  185.  SELECTED  TOPICS  FOR  TEACHERS  OF 
MATHEMATICS.  (1-3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent 
of    instructor.  (Staff) 

MATH  189.  NATIONAL  SCIENCE  FOUNDATION  SUMMER 
INSTITUTE  FOR  TEACHERS  OF  SCIENCE  AND 
MATHEMATICS.  SEMINAR.  (1-3) 

Lectures  and  discussion  to  deepen  the  student's  apprecia- 
tion of  mathematics  as  a  logical  discipline  and  as  a  medium 
of  expression.  Special  emphasis  on  topics  relevant  to  cur- 
rent mathematical  curriculum  studies  and  revisions. 

(Staff) 

MATH  190.  HONORS  SEMINAR.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  departmental  Honors  Com- 
mittee. Reports  by  students  on  mathematical  literature: 
solution  of  various  problems.  (Brace! 

MATH  191.  SELECTED  TOPICS  IN  MATHEMATICS. 
(VARIABLE  CREDIT) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instructor.  Topics  of  special 
interest  to  advanced  undergraduate  students  will  be  offered 
occasionally  under thegeneralguidanceof  thedepartmental 
Committee  on  Undergraduate  Studies.  Honors  students  reg- 
ister for  reading  courses  under  this  number.  (Brace) 

STAT  100.  APPLIED  PROBABILITY  AND  STATISTICS  I.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  MATH021.  Basicconceptsof  probability.  Ran- 
dom variables  and  distribution  functions.  Standard  distribu- 
tions. Moments.  Conditional  distributions  and  their  mo- 
ments. Sampling  distributions.  Laws  of  large  numbers  and 
Lindeberg-Levy's  theorems.  (Not  for  graduate  credit  in 
mathematics.)  (Syski) 

STAT  101.  APPLIED  PROBABILITY  AND  STATISTICS  II.  (3) 


Prerequisite,  STAT  100.  Point  estimation,  sufficient  un- 
biased and  consistent  estimators.  Minimum  variance  and 
maximum  likelihood  estimators.  Multivariate  normal  distri- 
bution. Sampling  distributions.  Interval  estimation.  Test- 
ing hypotheses.  Regression  and  linear  hypotheses.  Experi- 
mental designs.  Sequential  tests,  elements  of  nonparame- 
tric  methods.  (Not  for  graduate  credit  in  mathematics.) 

(Connell) 

STAT  110.  INTRODUCTION  TO  PROBABILITY  THEORY.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  MATH  110  or  if  MATH  110  taken  concurrently, 
STAT  050.  Probability  space  and  basic  properties  of  prob- 
ability measure.  Random  variables  and  their  distribution 
functions,  induced  probability  spaces.  Multi-dimensional 
distribution  functions.  Characteristic  functions.  Limit 
theorems.  (Syski) 

STAT  111.  INTRODUCTION  TO  STOCHASTIC  PROCESSES. 
(3) 
Prerequisite,  STAT  110,  or  MATH  110  and  STAT  050. 
Elementary  stochastic  processes.  Renewal  process  random 
walks,  branching  process,  discrete  Markov  chains,  first 
passage  times.  Markov  chains  with  a  continuous  parameter, 
birth  and  death  processes.  Stationary  processes  and  their 
spectral   properties.  (Mikulski) 

STAT  120.  INTRODUCTION  TO  STATISTICS  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  110,  or  STAT  100  and  MATH  110 
Short  review  of  probability  concepts  including  sampling 
distributions.  Interval  estimation.  Theory  of  order  statis- 
tics. Tolerance  limits.  Limit  distributions  and  stochastic 
convergence.  Sufficient  statistics.  Completeness  and 
stochastic  independence.  Rao-Blackwell  theorem. 

(Rastogi) 

STAT  121.  INTRODUCTION  TO  STATISTICS  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  120,  or  STAT  101  and  MATH  110. 
Loss  and  risk  functions.  Statistical  decisions.  Optimality 
criteria.  Uniformly  minimum  risk  procedures.  Bayesian 
risk,  mini  max  principle.  Point,  estimation  theory.  Statistical 
hypotheses  and  optimal  tests.  Likelihood  ratio  tests.  Ele- 
ments of  linear  hypotheses,  analysis  of  variance  and  se- 
quential   theory.  (Connell) 

STAT  150.  REGRESSION  AND  VARIANCE  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  101  or  STAT  120.  One.  two,  three 
and  four  way  layouts  in  analysis  of  variance  fixed  effects 
models,  linear  regression  in  several  variables,  Gauss-Mar- 
kov-theorem, multiple  regression  analysis,  experimental 
designs.  (Mikulski) 

STAT  164.  INTRODUCTION  TO  BIOSTATISTICS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  semester  of  calculus  and  junior  standing. 
Probabilistic  models.  Sampling.  Some  applications  of  prob- 
ability in  genetics.  Experimental  designs.  Estimation  of  ef- 
fects of  treatment.  Comparative  experiments.  Fisher-Irwin 
test.  Wilcoxon  tests  for  paired  comparisons.  (Syski) 

STAT  170.  LINEAR  AND  NONLINEAR  PROGRAMMING.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  MATH  021  or  MATH  100.  Duality  theorem  and 
minimax  theorem  for  finite  matrix  games.  Structure  of  linear 
and  nonlinear  solutions  with  perturbations.  Various  solu- 
tion techniques  of  linear,  quadratic,  and  convex  program- 
ming methods.  Special  integer  programming  models  (trans- 
portation and  traveling  salesman  problems.).  Network  theory 
with  max-flow-m in-cut  theorem.  (Mikulski) 

For  Graduate  Students 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

Algebra.  200,  201,  202,  203,  206,  207,  208,  209,  271.  290,  291 

Analysis.  212,  215.  216,  218,  219,  272,  278,  280,  281.  286, 

287,  288,  289 
Geometry  and  Topology.  204,  205,  221.  222,  223,  224,  225. 

226,  227,  228.  229,  273,  290,  291 
Applied  and  Numberical  Mathematics.  252,  255,  256.  257 
258,  259,  261,  262,  263,  264,  265,  266.  267,  268.  269. 
274 
Statistics  and  Probability.  (STAT)  200,  201,  210,  212,  213, 

220,  221.  223,  240,  241,  270,  275 
Logic  and  Foundations.  240.  244,  277,  298 
Research.  399,  499 
MATH  200.  ABSTRACT  ALGEBRA  I.  (3) 

(Staff) 
MATH  201.  ABSTRACT  ALGEBRA  II.  (3) 

(Staff) 
MATH  202.  HOMOLOGICAL  ALGEBRA.  (3) 

(Staff) 
MATH  203.  COMMUTATIVE  ALGEBRA.  (3) 

(Staff) 
MATH  204.  205.  TOPOLOGICAL  GROUPS.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 
MATH   206.    ALGEBRAIC  NUMBER  THEORY  I.  (3) 
MATH   207.    ALGEBRAIC  NUMBER  THEORY  II.  (3) 


7  36 


Arts  and  Sciences 


MATH  208.    RING  THEORY.  (3) 

MATH  209.   GROUP  THEORY.  (3) 

MATH   212.    SPECIAL  FUNCTIONS.  (3) 

MATH   215^   216.    ADVANCED     ORDINARY      DIFFERENTIAL 

EQUATIONS.  (3,  3) 
MATH   217.    BANACH  ALGEBRAS.  (3) 
MATH  218,   219.    FUNCTIONAL  ANALYSIS.  (3,  3) 
MATH   221.    DIFFERENTIABLE  MANIFOLDS.  (3) 
MATH  222.    DIFFERENTIAL  GEOMETRY.  (3) 
MATH  223,   224.    ALGEBRAIC  TOPOLOGY.  (3.  3) 
MATH  225.    TOPOLOGY  I.  (3) 
MATH   226.    TOPOLOGY  II.  (3) 
MATH   227,   228.   ALGEBRAIC  GEOMETRY.  (3,  3) 
MATH   229.    DIFFERENTIAL  TOPOLOGY.  (3) 
MATH   240.    CONSISTENCY  PROOFS  IN  SET  THEORY.  (3) 
MATH   244.    MATHEMATICAL  LOGIC  I.  (3) 
MATH   245.    MATHEMATICAL  LOGIC  II.  (3) 
MATH  246.    MODEL  THEORY.  (3) 
MATH   247.    RECURSIVE  FUNCTION  THEORY.  (3) 
MATH   250,   251.    EIGENVALUE  AND  BOUNDARY  VALUE 

PROBLEMS.  (3,  3) 
MATH  252.    VARIATIONAL  METHODS.  (3) 
MATH   255,    256.    NUMERICAL     METHODS     IN     ORDINARY 

DIFFERENTIAL  EQUATIONS.  (3,  3) 
MATH   259.    INTRODUCTION   TO  CONTINUUM   MECHANICS 

(3) 
MATH  261, 
MATH  263. 
MATH  264. 
MATH  265. 
MATH  266. 
MATH   267. 


ANA- 


262.    FLUID  DYNAMICS.  (3,  3) 

LINEAR  ELASTICITY.  (3) 

NON-LINEAR  ELASTICITY.  (3) 

PARTIAL  DIFFERENTIAL  EQUATIONS.  (3) 

ELLIPTIC  DIFFERENTIAL  EQUATIONS.  (3) 

268.    ADVANCED    LINEAR     NUMERICAL 

LYSIS.  (3,  3) 
MATH   269.    ADVANCED    MATHEMATICAL    PROGRAMMING. 

(3) 
MATH   271.    SELECTED  TOPICS  IN  ALGEBRA.  (3) 
MATH   272.    SELECTED  TOPICS  IN  ANALYSIS.  (3) 
MATH   273.    SELECTED  TOPICS  IN  GEOMETRY  AND 

TOPOLOGY.  (3) 
MATH  274.    SELECTED  TOPICS  IN  APPLIED  MATHEMATICS. 

(3) 
MATH   277.    SELECTED  TOPICS  IN  MATHEMATICAL  LOGIC. 

(3) 
MATH   278.    SELECTED  TOPICS  IN  COMPLEX  ANALYSIS.  (3) 
MATH   280,    281.    LINEAR  SPACES.  (3,  3) 
MATH   282,   283.    INTERPOLATION    AND    APPROXIMATION. 

(3,3) 
MATH   286.    REAL  ANALYSIS  I.  (3) 
MATH  287.  COMPLEX  ANALYSIS  I.  (3) 
MATH  288.  COMPLEX  ANALYSIS  II.  (3) 
MATH  289.  REAL  ANALYSIS  II.  (3) 
MATH  290,  291.  LIE  GROUPS.  (3,  3) 
MATH  292.  COMMUTATIVE  ALGEBRA.  (3) 
MATH  293.  HOMOLOGICAL  ALGEBRA.  (3) 
MATH  294,  295.  ADVANCED  CLASSICAL  ANALYSIS.  (3,  3) 
MATH  296.  POINT  SET  TOPOLOGY.  (3) 
MATH  298.  PRO-SEMINAR  IN  RESEARCH.  (1) 
MATH  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH. 
MATH  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH. 

STAT  200.    PROBABILITY  THEORY  I.  (3) 

STAT  201.    PROBABILITY  THEORY  II.  (3) 

STAT  210.    APPLIED  STOCHASTIC  PROCESSES.  (3) 

STAT  212.    STOCHASTIC  PROCESSES  I.  (3) 

STAT  213.   STOCHASTIC  PROCESSES  II.  (3) 

STAT  220.    MATHEMATICAL  STATISTICS  I.  (3) 

STAT  221.    MATHEMATICAL  STATISTICS  II.  (3) 

STAT  222.    ADVANCED  STATISTICS  I.  (3) 

STAT  223.    ADVANCED  STATISTICS  II.  (3) 

STAT  240.    MULTIVARIATE  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

STAT  241.    SAMPLING  THEORY.  (3) 

STAT  250.    NONPARAMETRIC  STATISTICS.  (3) 

STAT  270.    SELECTED  TOPICS  IN  STATISTICS.  (3) 

STAT  275.    SELECTED  TOPICS  IN  PROBABILITY 


MICROBIOLOGY 

PROFESSOR  AND  ACTING  CHAIRMAN:  Hetrick. 
PROFESSORS-.   Doetsch,    Faber   (Emeritus),    Hansen,    Laffer, 

Pelczar. 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR:  Young. 
ASSOCIATE     PROFESSORS:    Cook,     MacQuillan,     Roberson, 

Vaituzis. 
LECTURERS:  Faber,  Janicki,  Stadtman. 
ASSISTANT  INSTRUCTOR:  Howell. 


The  Department  of  Microbiology  has  as  its  pri- 
mary aim  providing  the  student  with  thorough  and 
rigorous  training  in  microbiology.  This  entails  knowl- 
edge of  the  basic  concepts  of  bacterial  cytology, 
physiology,  taxonomy,  and  genetics,  as  well  as  an 
understanding  of  the  biology  of  infectious  disease, 
immunology,  general  virology,  and  various  applica- 
tions of  microbiological  principles  to  public  health 
and  industrial  processes.  In  addition,  the  Depart- 
ment pursues  a  broad  and  vigorous  program  of  basic 
research,  and  encourages  original  thought  and  in- 
vestigation in  the  above  mentioned  areas. 

The  Department  also  provides  desirable  courses 
for  students  majoring  in  allied  departments  who 
wish  to  obtain  vital,  supplementary  information. 
Every  effort  has  been  made  to  present  the  subject 
matter  of  Microbiology  as  a  basic  core  of  material 
that  is  pertinent  to  all  biological  sciences. 

MICROBIOLOGY  CURRICULUM 

The  field  of  microbiology  is  such  that  an  inten- 
sive study  of  it  presupposes  a  broad  undergraduate 
curriculum  and  does  not  begin  until  the  student 
begins  his  graduate  career.  Accordingly,  the  cur- 
riculum outlined  below,  which  leads  to  a  Bachelors 
degree,  includes  the  basic  courses  in  microbiology 
and  allied  fields. 

A  student  planning  a  major  in  microbiology 
should  consult  his  adviser  during  the  first  year.  The 
supporting  courses  should  be  chosen  only  from  the 
biological  or  physical  sciences. 

No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  "C"  may  be 
used  to  satisfy  major  requirements. 

The  Department  has  an  Honors  Program  and  in- 
formation concerning  this  program  may  be  obtained 
from  the  Department. 

Courses  required  in  a  major,  and  supporting 
courses:  MICB  001— General  Microbiology  (4), 
MICB  081— Applied  Microbiology  (4),  MICB  101— 
Pathogenic  Microbiology  (4),  MICB  103—  Immuno- 
logy (4),  MICB  111— General  Virology  (4),  MICB 
151— Microbioal  Physiology  (4),  MICB  160— Sys- 
tematic Bacteriology  (2),  MICB  162— Microbio- 
logical Literature  (1),  CHEM  008,  009— General 
Chemistry  (4,  4),  CHEM  031,  033— Elements  of  Or- 
ganic Chemistry  (3,  3),  CHEM  019— Elements  of 
Quantitative  Analysis  (4)  or  MATH  014,  015— Ele- 
mentary Calculus  (3,  3),  CHEM  161,  163— Biochem- 
istry (2,  2),  MATH  010,  Oil— Introduction  to  Mathe- 
matics (3,  3),  PHYS  010,  Oil— Fundamentals  of 
Physics  (4,  4). 

Certain  closely  related  and  relevant  courses  of- 
fered by  other  academic  departments  may  be  sub- 
stituted for  those  specified  in  the  major  require- 
ments, provided  prior  approval  is  obtained  in  each 
case. 
MICB  001.  GENERAL  MICROBIOLOGY.  (4) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Two  lec- 
tures and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, two  semesters  of  chemistry.  The  biology  of 
microorganisms,  with  special  reference  to  the  bacteria. 
Fundamental  principles  of  microbiology  as  revealed 
through  an  examination  of  the  structure,  physiology,  ge- 
netics and  ecology  of  microorganisms. 


Arts  and  Sciences 


J  39 


MICB  081.  APPLIED  MICROBIOLOGY.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  MICB  001.  The  applica- 
tion of  microorganisms  and  microbiological  principles  to 
milk,  dairy  products,  and  foods,  industrial  processes; 
soil,-  water  and  sanitation  operations.  (Kaplan) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

MICB  101.  PATHOGENIC  MICROBIOLOGY.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  MICB  001.  The  role  of 
microorganisms  in  the  diseases  of  man  and  animals  with 
emphasis  upon  the  differentiation  and  culture  of  micro- 
organisms, types  of  disease,  modes  of  disease  transmis- 
sion, prophylactic,  therapeutic  and  epidemiological  as- 
pects. (Roberson) 

MICB  103.  IMMUNOLOGY.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  MICB  101.  Infection 
and  resistance;  principles  and  types  of  immunity;  hyper- 
sensitiveness.  Fundamental  techniques  of  major  diagnos- 
tic immunological  reactions  and  their  application. 

(Roberson) 

MICB  104.  HISTORY  OF  MICROBIOLOGY.  (1) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
a  major  or  minor  in  microbiology.  History  and  integration 
of  the  fundamental  discoveries  of  the  science.  The  mod- 
ern aspects  of  cytology,  taxonomy,  fermentation,  and  im- 
munity in  relation  to  early  theories.  (Doetsch) 

MICB  108.  EPIDEMIOLOGY  AND  PUBLIC  HEALTH.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  lecture  periods  a  week.  Prerequ- 
isite, MICB  001.  History,  characteristic  features,  and 
epidemiology  of  the  important  communicable  diseases, 
public  health  administration  and  responsibilities;  vital 
statistics.  (Faber) 

MICB  111.  GENERAL  VIROLOGY.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  MICB  101  or  equiva- 
lent. Basic  concepts  regarding  the  nature  of  viruses  and 
their  properties,  together  with  techniques  for  their  charac- 
terization and  identification.  (Hetrick) 

MICB  121.  MICROBIAL  FERMENTATIONS.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 
The  application  of  quantitative  techniques  for  measure- 
ment of  enzyme  reactions,  mutations,  fermentation, 
analyses,  and  other  physiological  processes  of  microorgan- 
isms. (Cook) 

MICB  135.  APPLIED  MICROBIOLOGY.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  MICB  001,  CHEM 
031,  and  CHEM  033.  Introduction  to  the  chemical 
activities  of  microorganisms  and  their  industrial  applica- 
tion. (MacQuillan) 

MICB  151.  MICROBIAL  PHYSIOLOGY.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  8  credits  in  microbiology 
and  CHEM  031,  033,  or  equivalent.  Aspects  of  the  growth, 
death,  and  energy  transactions  of  microorganisms  are  con- 
sidered, as  well  as  the  effects  of  the  physical  and  chemi- 
cal environment  on  them.  (MacQuillan) 

MICB  160.  SYSTEMATIC  BACTERIOLOGY.  (2) 

First  semester.  Two  lecture  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
8  credits  in  microbiology.  History  of  bacterial  classifica- 
tion; genetic  relationships;  international  codes  of  nomen- 
clature; bacterial  variation  as  it  affects  classification. 

(Hansen) 

MICB  162.  MICROBIOLOGICAL  LITERATURE.  (1) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  period  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, a  major  in  microbiology.  Introduction  to  periodical 
literature,  methods,  interpretation  and  presentation  of 
reports.  (Doetsch) 

MICB  181.  MICROBIOLOGICAL  PROBLEMS.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prereq- 
uisite, 16  credits  in  microbiology.  Registration  only  upon 
the  consent  of  the  instructor.  This  course  is  arranged  to 
provide  qualified  majors  in  microbiology  and  majors  in  al- 
lied fields  an  opportunity  to  pursue  specific  micro- 
biological problems  under  the  supervision  of  a  member  of 
the    Department.  (Faber) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

MICB  201.  MEDICAL  MYCOLOGY.  (4) 

MICB  202.  GENETICS  OF  MICROORGANISMS.  (2) 

MICB  203.  MICROBIAL  GENETICS  LABORATORY.  (2) 


MICB  204.  BACTERIAL  METABOLISM.  (2) 
MICB  206,  208.  SPECIAL  TOPICS.  (1-4,  1-4) 
MICB  210.  VIROLOGY  AND  TISSUE  CULTURE.  (2) 
MICB    211.    VIROLOGY    AND    TISSUE    CULTURE    LABORA- 
TORY. (2) 
MICB  214.  ADVANCED  BACTERIAL  METABOLISM.  (1) 
MICB  271.  CYTOLOGY  OF  BACTERIA.  (4) 
MICB  280.  SEMINAR-RESEARCH  METHODS.  (1) 
MICB  282.  SEMINAR-MICROBIOLOGICAL  LITERATURE.  (1) 
MICB  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (Var.) 
MICB  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  (Arranged) 

MOLECULAR  PHYSICS 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  AND  DIRECTOR:  Munn. 

PROFESSORS:  Benesch  and  Benedict. 

RESEARCH  PROFESSOR:  Zwanzig 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Knsher,  DeRocco,  Sengers,  Ginter. 

VISITING  ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR:  Tilford  (P.  T.). 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Verbeke  and  Spain. 

RESEARCH  ASSOCIATE:  Gillespie. 

The  Institute  for  Molecular  Physics,  a  depart- 
ment in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  comprises 
a  faculty  interested  in  theoretical  and  experimental 
studies  in  the  general  area  of  molecular  interaction. 
The  Institute  thus  serves  as  an  ideal  place  to  bring 
together  physicists  and  chemists  to  work  on  prob- 
lems of  mutual  interest  to  the  advantage  of  both, 
and  the  faculty  is  made  up  of  members  of  each  of 
these  disciplines.  Since  the  faculty  of  the  Institute 
feels  strongly  that  students  should  fulfill  the  under- 
graduate requirements  in  one  of  the  traditional  de- 
partments to  insure  a  broad  background  in  a  funda- 
mental stubject,  no  undergraduate  degree  is  offered. 
Members  of  the  Institute  teach  both  undergraduate 
and  graduate  courses  in  the  Department  of  Chemis- 
try and  the  Department  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
and  supervise  thesis  research  of  graduate  students 
in  these  departments.  The  Institute  also  participates 
in  a  graduate  degree  program  in  Chemical  Physics 
which  is  jointly  administered  by  the  Institute,  the 
Department  of  Chemistry,  and  the  Department  of 
Physics  and  Astronomy.  This  program  is  described 
in  the  Graduate  School  catalog. 


MUSIC 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Ulrich. 

PROFESSORS:    Grodon,    Grentzner,    Heim,    Helm,    Johnson, 

McCorkle,  Moss,  Traver. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Berman,  Blum,  de  Vermond. 
Head,  Nossaman,  Pennington,  Springmann,  Taylor. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Anderson,  Diemer,  Fligel,  Galla- 
gher, Garvey,  Haley,  McClelland,  Mack,  Montgomery, 
Olson,  Payerle,  Reger,  Serwer,  Shelley,  Schumacher,  Skid- 
more.  Wakefield,  Winden. 

LECTURERS:  True  and  Wilson. 

INSTRUCTORS:  Barnett,  Beatty,  Crisp  (P.  T .),  Ethendge, 
Fanos,  Harris,  Heath,  Koernor,  Mueller,  Shreiber,  Steinke, 
Wachhaus. 

The  functions  of  the  Department  are  (1)  to  help 
the  general  student  develop  sound  critical  judgment 
and  discriminating  taste  in  the  art  of  music;  (2)  to 
provide  professional  training  based  on  a  foundation 
in  the  liberal  arts;  (3)  to  prepare  the  student  for 
graduate  work  in  the  field;  and  (4)  to  prepare  him  to 
teach  in  the  public  schools.  To  this  end,  two  degrees 
are  offered:  the  Bachelor  of  Music,  with  a  major  in 
theory  and  composition,  history  and  literature,  or 
the  Science  degree,  with  a  major  in  music  educa- 
tion, is  offered  in  the  College  of  Education;  this  pro- 
gram, however,  is  administered  within  the  Music 
Department. 

Courses  in  music  theory,  literature,  and  applied 
music  are  open  to  all  students  who  have  completed 


140 


Arts  and  Sciences 


the  specified  prerequisites  or  their  equivalents.  The 
University  Bands,  Chamber  Chorus,  Choir,  Madrigal 
Singers,  Men's  Glee  Club,  Orchestra,  and  Women's 
Chorus,  as  well  as  the  smaller  ensembles,  are  like- 
wise open  to  qualified  students. 

THE  BACHELOR  OF  MUSIC  DEGREE 

The  curriculum  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bach- 
elor of  Music  is  designed  for  students  who  wish  to 
prepare  for  music  teaching  on  the  college  level.  A 
list  of  specific  courses  is  available  in  the  Depart- 
mental office.  A  grade  of  C  or  above  is  required  in 
each  major  course.  The  course  requirements  in  the 
three  major  areas  may  be  summarized  as  follows: 

Theory  and       History  and         Applied 
Composition       Literature  Music 


43  sem.  hrs.      43  sem.  hrs. 


Mojor  in 

Academic  Courses: 

Specified- 

Unspecified  8  8 

Theory  ond  Literature: 

Lower  Division  27  23 

Upper  Division  16  22 

Applied  Music:  26  24 

In  addition,  eight  semester  hours  in  ensemble  courses 


43  sem.  hrs. 
9 

23 
13 
32 


THE  BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  DEGREE 

The  curriculum  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree  with  a  major  in  music  is  designed  for  stu- 
dents whose  interests  are  cultural  rather  than  pro- 
fessional. The  department  requirements  include 
nineteen  semester  hours  in  music  theory,  eighteen 
semester  hours  in  music  history  and  literature,  ten 
semester  hours  in  applied  music,  in  addition  to  one 
semester  hour  of  ensemble  credit  for  each  semester 
in  residence.  A  list  of  specific  courses  is  available  in 
the  Departmental  office.  A  grade  of  C  or  above  is 
required  in  each  major  course. 


MUSC  001.  INTRODUCTION  TO  MUSIC.  (3) 

Open  only  to  music  or  music  education  majors;  other  stu- 
dents take  MUSC  020.  MUSC  001  and  020  may  not  both 
be  counted  for  credit.  A  study  of  the  forms  and  styles  of 
music,  leading  to  an  intelligent  appreciation  of  the  art  and 
providing  a  foundation  for  more  advanced  courses  in  the 
Department     of     Music.  (Skidmore,    Tatnall) 

MUSC  004.  MEN'S  GLEE  CLUB.  (1) 

Open  to  any  student  who  can  qualify.  May  be  taken  until 
a  total  of  eight  semester  hours  of  credit  has  been  earned; 
the  music  studied  will  cover  a  cycle  of  about  eight  se- 
mesters. (Traver) 

MUSC  005.  WOMEN'S  CHORUS.  (1) 

Open  to  any  student  who  can  qualify.  May  be  taken  until 
a  total  of  eight  semester  hours  of  credit  has  been  earned; 
the  music  studied  will  cover  a  cycle  of  about  eight  se- 
mesters. (Traver) 

MUSC  006.  ORCHESTRA.  (1) 

Open  to  any  student  who  can  qualify.  May  be  taken  until 
a  total  of  eight  semester  hours  of  credit  has  been  earned; 
the  music  studied  will  cover  a  cycle  of  about  eight  semes- 
ter. (Roger) 

MUSC  007,  008.  THEORY  OF  MUSIC.  (3,  3) 

Two  lectures  and  three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  A 
fundamental  course  in  the  elements  of  music.  Study  of 
rhythms,  scales,  chord  structures,  and  tonalities  through 
ear  training,  sight  singing,  and  keyboard  drill.  The  student 
must  achieve  a  grade  of  C  in  MUSC  008  in  order  to  register 
for  MUSC  070.  (Payerle  and   Staff) 

MUSC  009.  CHAMBER  MUSIC  ENSEMBLE.  (1) 

This  course  does  not  fulfill  the  ensemble  requirements 
of  the  various  curricula.  Three  laboratory  hours  per  week. 
Rehearsal  and  performance  of  selected  works  for  small 
ensembles  of  strings,  winds,  and  piano  or  small  vocal  en- 
sembles. May  be  repeated  for  credit;  the  music  studied 
will  cover  a  cycle  of  about  six  semesters.  (Staff) 

MUSIC  010.  BAND.  (1) 

Open  to  any  student  who  can  qualify.  May  be  taken  until 
a  total  of  eight  semester  hours  of  credit  has  been  earned; 
the  music  studied  will  cover  a  cycle  of  about  eight  semes- 
ters. (Wakefield) 


MUSC  015.  CHAPEL  CHOIR.  (1) 

Open  to  all  students  in  the  University,  subject  to  the  Di- 
rector's approval.  May  be  taken  until  a  total  of  eight  se- 
mester hours  of  credit  has  been  earned.         (Springmann) 

MUSC  016.  FUNDAMENTALS  FOR  THE  CLASSROOM 
TEACHER.  (3) 
Open  to  students  majoring  in  elementary  education  or 
childhood  education;  other  students  take  MUSC  007. 
MUSC  007  and  016  may  not  both  be  counted  for  credit. 
The  fundamentals  of  music  theory  and  practice,  related 
to  the  needs  of  the  classroom  and  kindergarten  teacher, 
and  organized  in  accord  with  the  six-area  concept  of  mu- 
sical learning.  (Fanos  and  Staff) 

MUSC  020.  SURVEY  OF  MUSIC  LITERATURE.  (3) 

Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Open 
to  all  students  except  music  and  music  education  ma- 
jors. MUSC  001  and  020  may  not  both  be  taken  for 
credit.  A  study  of  the  principles  upon  which  music  is 
based,  and  an  introduction  to  the  musical  repertoires 
performed  in  America  today.  (Gordon  and  Staff) 

MUSC  021,  022.  CLASS  VOICE.  (2,  2) 

Four  hours  per  week.  A  laboratory  course  in  which  a  vari- 
ety of  voices  and  vocal  problems  are  represented.  Princi- 
ples of  correct  breathing  as  applied  to  singing;  fundamentals 
of  tone  production  and  diction.  Students  are  taught  to 
develop  their  own  voices.  Repertoire  of  folk  songs  and 
songs  of  the  Classical  and  Romantic  periods.  (Nossaman) 

MUSC  023,  024,  CLASS  PIANO.  (2,  2) 

Four  hours  per  week.  Functional  piano  training  for  begin- 
ners. Development  of  techniques  useful  for  school  and 
community  playing.  Basic  piano  techniques;  chord,  arpeg- 
gio, and  scale  techniques;  melody  and  song  playing;  simple 
accompaniements,  improvisation  for  accompaniments 
and  rhythms;  sight  reading  and  transposition,  and  playing 
by  ear.  MUSC  024,  continuation  of  MUSC  023;  elemen- 
tary repertoire  is  begun.  (de  Vermond) 

MUSC  031,  032.  ADVANCED -CLASS  VOICE.  (2  2) 

Four  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  MUSC  022  or  equiva- 
lent vocal  training.  Continuation  of  MUSC  022,  with  more 
advanced  repertoire  for  solo  voice  and  small  ensembles. 
A  special  section  for  music-education  majors  will  in- 
clude the  study  of  methods  and  materials  for  teaching 
class    voice.  (Pennington) 

MUSC  033,  034.  ADVANCED  CLASS  PIANO.  (2,  2) 

Four  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  MUSC  024  or  equiva- 
lent piano  training.  Advanced  keyboard  techniques.  Con- 
tinuation of  skills  introduced  in  MUSC  024;  transposi- 
tion, modulation,  and  sight  reading;  methods  of  teaching 
functional  piano.  MUSC  034,  development  of  style  in 
playing  accompaniments  and  in  playing  for  community 
singing.  More  advanced  repertoire.  (de  Vermond) 

MUSC  061,  062,  063,  064,  065,  066,  067,  068.  CLASS  STUDY 
OF  ORCHESTRAL  AND  BAND  INSTRUMENTS.  (2  each 
course) 
First  and  second  semesters  alternately.  Open  only  to  majors 
in  music  education  (instrumental  option).  Four  laboratory 
hours  per  week.  A  study  of  the  instruments  with  emphasis 
on  ensemble  training.  The  student  will  acquire  an  ade- 
quate playing  technique  on  two  to  four  instruments,  and 
an  understanding  of  the  acoustical  and  construction 
principles  of  the  others.  MUSC  061,  Violin;  MUSC  062, 
Cello  and  Bass;  MUSC  063,  Clarinet;  MUSC  064  Flute, 
Oboe,  Bassoon,  and  Saxophone;  065,  Cornet;  MUSC  066, 
Horn,  Trombone,  Euphonium,  and  Tuba;  MUSC  067, 
Percussion;  MUSC  068,  Advanced  Strings.  (Staff) 

MUSC  070,  071.  ADVANCED  THEORY  OF  MUSIC.  (4,  4) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  008  with  a  grade  of  at  least  C.  Three 
lectures  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week.  An  integrated 
course  of  written  harmony,  keyboard  harmony,  and  eartrain- 
ing.  Continuation  of  the  principles  studied  in  MUSC  008 
Harmonic  progressions;  MUSC  070,  eighteenth-century 
chorale  style;  MUSC  071,  nineteenth-century  styles  in- 
culding  chromatic  and  modulatory  techniques.  Realization 
of  figured  basses,  and  composition  in  the  smaller  forms. 
Advanced  study  of  solfege,  with  drill  in  melodic,  rhythmic, 
and  harmonic  dictation.  Application  of  harmonic  principles 
to  the  keyboard.  (Payerle  and  Staff) 

MUSC  080.  CLASS  STUDY  OF  STRING  INSTRUMENTS.  (2) 
First  semester.  Open  only  to  majors  in  music  education 
(vocal  option).  Four  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Basic  princi- 
ples of  string  playing,  and  a  survey  of  all  string  instruments. 

(Berman) 

MUSC  081.  CLASS  STUDY  OF  WIND  AND  PERCUSSION  IN- 
STRUMENTS. (2) 
Second  semester.  Open  only  to  majors  in  music  education 
(vocal  option).  Four  laboratory  hours  per  week.  A  survey  of 
wind  and  percussion  instruments  with  emphasis  on  ensem- 
ble training.  The  student  will  acquire  an  adequate  playing 


Arts  and  Sciences 


147 


technique  on  one  instrument  and  gain  an  understanding 
of  the  acoustical  and  construction  principles  of  the  others. 

fStaff) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

MUSC  120,  121,  HISTORY  OF  MUSIC.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  MUSC  001  or  020  and  junior  standing.  A 
study  of  musical  styles  from  their  origins  in  western  Eu- 
rope to  their  present-day  manifestations.  The  interaction  of 
music  and  other  cultural  activities.  MUSC  120,  the  Greek 
period  to  Bach;  MUSC  121,  Bach  to  the  present. 

(Bernstein) 

MUSC  125.  HONORS  READING  COURSE.  (2-3) 

Prerequisites,  junior  standing  and  consent  of  Honors  Com- 
mittee. Selected  readings  in  the  history,  literature,  and 
theory  of  music.  The  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  at 
the  discretion  of  the  Committee.  (Staff) 

MUSC  130,  131.  MUSIC  LITERATURE  SURVEY  FOR  THE  NON- 
MAJOR.  (3,  3) 
Either  semester  may  be  taken  separately.  Prerequisite, 
MUSC  020  or  the  equivalent.  Open  to  all  students  except 
music  and  music-education  majors.  Selected  compositions 
are  studied  from  the  standpoint  of  the  informed  listener. 
MUSC  130,  choral  music,  opera,  and  art  song;  MUSC  131 
orchestral,  chamber,  and  keyboard  music. 

(Pennington,  Gordon) 

MUSC  141.  MUSICAL  FORM.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  070,  071.  A  study  of  the  organizing 
principles  of  musical  composition,  their  interaction  in  mu- 
sical forms,  and  their  functions  in  different  styles. 

(Staff) 

MUSC  143,  144.  COMPOSITION.  (2,  2) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  070,  071.  Principles  of  musical  com- 
position, and  their  application  to  the  smaller  forms.  Orig- 
inal writing  in  nineteenth  and  twentieth  century  musical 
idioms  for  various  media.  (Staff) 

MUSC  145,  146.  COUNTERPOINT.  (2,  2) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  070,  071.  A  course  in  eighteenth-cen- 
tury contrapuntal  techniques.  Study  of  devices  of  imitation 
in  the  invention  and  the  choral  prelude.  Original  writing  in 
the  smaller  contrapuntal  forms.  (Diemer) 

MUSC  147,  148.  ORCHESTRATION.  (2-3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  MUSC  070,  071.  A  study  of  the  ranges,  mu- 
sical functions,  and  technical  characteristics  of  the  instru- 
ments, and  their  color  possibilities  in  various  combinations. 
Practical  experience  in  orchestrating  for  small  and  large  en- 
sembles. MUSC  147  will  be  offered  in  an  intensified  form 
during  the  summer  session,  and  may  be  taken  for  three 
hours  credit  with  the  consent  of  the  instructor.  (Staff) 

MUSC  149.  MODAL  COUNTERPOINT.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  071  or  the  equivalent.  An  introduction 
to  the  contrapuntal  techniques  of  the  sixteenth  century:  the 
structure  of  the  modes,  composition  of  modal  melodies, 
and  contrapuntal  writing  for  two,  three,  and  four  voices. 

(Diemer) 

MUSC  150.  HARMONIC  AND  CONTRAPUNTAL  PRACTICES  OF 
THE  TWENTIETH  CENTURY.  (2) 
Prerequisites,  MUSC  071  and  145  or  the  equivalents.  A 
theoretical  study  of  twentieth-century  materials:  scales, 
modes,  intervals,  chord  structures,  polyharmony,  and  serial 
and  twelve-tone  organization.  (Diemer) 

MUSC  160,  161.  CONDUCTING.  (2,  2) 

MUSC  160  or  equivalent  is  prerequisite  to  MUSC  161.  A 
laboratory  course  in  conducting  vocal  and  instrumental 
groups.  Baton  technique,  score  reading,  rehearsal  techni- 
ques, tone  production,  style,  and  interpretation.  Music  of  all 
periods  will  be  introduced.  (Traver) 

MUSC  162.  WORKSHOP  IN  CHORAL  CONDUCTING.  (2-3) 
Summer  session  only.  Prerequisites,  MUSC  070,  071  or 
equivalent,  and  senior  standing.  A  study  of  conducting  tech- 
niques, choral  problems,  score  reading,  rehearsal  proce- 
dures, program  building, andchoral  bibliography.  Inaddition 
to  performing  in  class,  participants  will  have  an  opportunity 
to  conduct  the  University  Chorus  in  rehearsal  and  perform- 
ance. Credit  according  to  work  done.  (Traver) 

MUSC  163.  CONTEMPORARY  MUSIC.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  MUSC  120  and  121  or  the  equivalent.  A 
study  of  music  written  in  contemporary  idioms  since  De- 
bussy. Changes  in  form  and  performing  media  in  the  twen- 
tieth century.  Electronic  music  and  other  experimental 
types.  (Diemer) 

MUSC  164.  SOLO  VOCAL  LITERATURE.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  120,  121,  or  the  equivalent.  The  study 
of  solo  vocal  literature  from  the  Baroque  cantata  to  the  art 
song  of  the  present.  The  Lied,  melodie,  vocal  chamber  mu- 
sic, and  theorchestralsongareexamined.  (Pennington) 


MUSC  165.  KEYBOARD  MUSIC.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  120,  121,  or  the  equivalent.  The  history 
and  literature  of  harpsichord,  organ,  and  piano  music  from 
the  Baroque  period  to  the  present.  Suites,  sonatas,  and 
smaller  forms  are  studied  with  emphasis  on  changes  of  style 
and     idiom.  (Bernstein) 

MUSC  166.  SURVEY  OF  THE  OPERA.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  120,  121,  or  the  equivalent.  A  study  of 
the  music,  librettos,  and  composers  of  the  standard 
operas.  (Bernstein) 

MUSC  167.  SYMPHONIC  MUSIC.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  120,  121,  or  the  equivalent.  The  study 
of  orchestral  music  from  the  Baroque  period  to  the  present. 
The  concerto,  symphony,  overture,  and  other  forms  are  ex- 
amined. (McCorkle) 

MUSC  168.  CHAMBER  MUSIC.  (3) 

Prerequisite  MUSC  120,  121,  or  the  equivalent.  The  history 
and  literature  of  chamber  music  from  the  early  Baroque  pe- 
riod to  the  present.  Music  for  trio  sonata,  stringquartet  and 
quintet,  and  combinations  of  piano  and  string  instruments 
is    studied.  (Ulnch) 

MUSC  169.  CHORAL  MUSIC.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  120,  121,  or  the  equivalent.  The  history 
and  literature  of  choral  music  from  the  Renaissance  to  the 
present,  with  discussion  of  related  topics  such  as  Gregorian 
chant,  vocal  chamber  music,  etc.  (McCorkle) 

MUSC  175.  CANON  AND  FUGUE.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  146  or  the  equivalent.  Composition  and 
analysis  of  the  canon  and  fugue  in  the  styles  of  the  eigh- 
teenth, nineteenth,  and  twentieth  centuries. 

MUSC  180.  ACOUSTICS  FOR  MUSICIANS.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  MUSC  071  or  the  equivalent,  and  senior  or 
graduate  standing  in  music.  The  basic  physics  of  music, 
acoustics  of  musical  instruments  and  music  theory,  physio- 
logical acoustics,  and  musico-architectural  acoustics. 

(Staff) 

MUSC  182.  CHAMBER  MUSIC  REPERTOIRE.  (3) 

Four  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  graduate  standing  as  a 
major  in  performance.  A  systematic  study,  through  perform- 
ance, of  diversified  chamber  music  for  the  standard  media. 
Repertoire  covered  will  be  determined  by  the  personnel 
available  in  the  class.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

(Staff) 

MUSC  185.  MUSIC  PEDAGOGY.  (3) 

Conference  course.  Pre-  or  co-requisite,  MUSC  152  or  a 
more  advanced  course  in  applied  music.  A  study  of  major 
pedagogical  treatises  in  music,  and  an  evaluation  of  peda- 
gogical techniques,  materials,  and  procedures.         (Staff) 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

MUSC  200.  ADVANCED  STUDIES  IN  THE  HISTORY  OF  MUSIC. 

(3) 
MUSC  201.  SEMINAR  IN  MUSIC.  (3) 
MUSC 202.  PRO-SEMINAR  IN  THE  HISTORY  AND  LITERATURE 

OF  MUSIC.  (3) 
MUSC  203.  SEMINAR  IN  MUSICOLOGY.  (3) 
MUSC  204.  AMERICAN  MUSIC.  (3) 
MUSC  206.  ADVANCED  MODAL  COUNTERPOINT.  (3) 
MUSC  207.  THE  CONTEMPORARY  IDIOM.  (3) 
MUSC  208.  ADVANCED  ORCHESTRATION.  (3) 
MUSC  209.  SEMINAR  IN  MUSICAL  COMPOSITION.  (3) 
MUSC  210.  FACTORS  IN  MUSICAL  LEARNING.  (3) 
MUSC  211.  SPECIAL  STUDIES  IN  MUSIC.  (3) 
MUSC  212    213.    INTERPRETATION,    PERFORMANCE,  AND 

ANALYSIS  OF  THE  STANDARD  REPERTOIRE.  (2-4.  2-4) 
MUSC  215.  AESTHETICS  OF  MUSIC.  (3) 

MUSC  218     TEACHING  THE   THEORY.   HISTORY,  AND  LIT- 
ERATURE OF  MUSIC.  (3) 
MUSC  260.  ADVANCED  CONDUCTING.  (3) 
MUSC    270     271     ADVANCED    ANALYTICAL    TECHNIQUES. 

(3,3) 
MUSC  300,  301.    DOCTORAL  SEMINAR   IN   MUSIC  LITERA- 

TURE.  (3,  3) 
MUSC  305.  DOCTORAL  SEMINAR  IN  MUSIC.  (3) 
MUSC  306.  ADVANCED  COMPOSITION.  (3) 
MUSC  312    313    314.    INTERPRETATION,   PERFORMANCE, 

AND  PEDAGOGY.  (4,  4,  4) 
MUSC  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (3-6) 
MUSC  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  (Arranged) 


J42 


Arts  and  Sciences 


APPLIED  MUSIC 

A  new  student  or  one  taking  applied  music  for  the 
first  time  at  this  University  should  register  for  MUSC 
999.  He  will  receive  the  proper  classification  at  the 
end  of  his  first  semester  in  the  Department.  Special 
fee  of  $40.00  per  semester  for  each  applied-music 
course. 

Section  designation:  Each  student  taking  an  ap- 
plied-music course  should,  in  addition  to  registering 
for  the  proper  course  number,  indicate  the  instru- 
ment chosen  by  adding  a  section  as  follows: 
Sec.  A,    Piano  Sec.  J,    Bassoon 

Sec.  B,  Voice  Sec.  K,   Horn 

Sec.  C,   Violin  Sec.  L,   Trumpet 

Sec.  D,   Viola  Sec.  M,   Trombone 

Sec.  E,   Cello  Sec.  N,   Tuba 

Sec.  F,   Bass  Sec.  0,   Euphonium 

Sec.  G,   Flute  Sec.  P,   Organ 

Sec.  H,   Oboe  Sec.  0,    Percussion 

Sec.  I,   Clarinet  Sec.  R,   Saxophone 

MUSC  012.  013.  APPLIED  MUSIC.  (2-4  Hours  Each  Course) 
Freshman  course.  One  hour  lesson  and  six  practice  hours 
per  week  if  taken  for  two  hours  credit;  or  one  hour  lesson 
and  fifteen  practice  hours  per  week  if  taken  for  four 
hours  credit.  The  four-hour  course  is  for  piano  majors  in 
the  B.Mus.  curriculum  only.  Special  fee  of  $40.00  per 
semester.  (Staff) 

MUSC  052,  053.  APPLIED  MUSIC.  (2-4  Hours  Each  Course) 
Sophomore  course.  Prerequisite,  MUSC  013  on  the  same 
instrument.  One  hour  lesson  and  six  practice  hours  per 
week  if  taken  for  two  hours  credit;  or  one  hour  lesson  and 
fifteen  practice  hours  per  week  if  taken  for  tour  hours 
credit.  The  four-hour  course  is  for  instrumental  majors  in 
the  B.Mus.  curriculum  only.  Special  fee  of  $40.00  per 
semester.  (Staff) 

MUSC  054,  055.  PIANO  SIGHT  READING,  ACCOMPANYING 
AND  IMPROVISATION.  (2,  2) 
Prerequisite,  completion  or  current  registration  in  MUSC 
052A.  Four  laboratory  hours  per  week.  A  course  designed 
to  improve  sight-reading  fluency  for  pianists.  Emphasis  on 
vocal  and  instrumental  accompanying  and  chamber  music. 
Development  of  ability  to  improvise  and  transpose. 

MUSC  112,  113.  APPLIED  MUSIC.  (2-4  Hours  Each  Course) 
Junior  course.  Prerequisite,  MUSC  053  on  the  same  in- 
strument. One  hour  lesson  and  six  practice  hours  per 
week  if  taken  for  two  hours  credit;  or  one  nour  lesson 
and  fifteen  practice  hours  per  week  if  taken  for  four 
hours  credit.  The  four-hour  course  is  for  instrumental 
majors  in  the  B.Mus.  curriculum  only.  Special  fee  of 
$40.00    per    semester.  (Staff) 

MUSC  152,  153.  APPLIED  MUSIC.  (2-4  Hours  Each  Course) 
Senior  course.  Prerequisite,  MUSC  113  on  the  same  in- 
strument. One  hour  lesson  and  six  practice  hours  per 
week  if  taken  for  two  hours  credit;  or  one  hour  lesson  and 
fifteen  practice  hours  per  week  if  taken  for  four  hours 
credit.  The  four-hour  course  is  for  instrumental  or  vocal 
majors  in  the  B.Mus.  curriculum  only.  Special  fee  of 
$40.00  per  semester.  (Staff) 

For  applied  music  on  the  graduate  level,  see  MUSC  212, 
213,  and  MUSC  312,  313,  and  314,  above. 


PHILOSOPHY 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Schlaretzki. 

PROFESSOR:  Pasch. 

VISITING  PROFESSOR:  Walsh. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Brown,  Celorier,  Perkins,  Svenon- 

uis. 
VISITING  ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR:  Swinburne. 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR:  Goldstone.   Kress,  Lesher,  Martin. 

Odell,  Roelofs,  Varnedoe. 

The  Department  of  Philosophy  presents  visiting 
speakers  from  this  country  and  abroad  in  its  Collo- 
quium series,  scheduled  throughout  the  academic 
year.  In  addition,  members  of  the  Department  and 
advanced  graduate  students  lecture  on  topics  of 
current  significance  in  the  Graduate  Workshop  and 
in  the  undergraduate  Philosophy  Club. 


The  undergraduate  course  offerings  of  the  De- 
partment of  Philosophy  are,  as  a  group,  intended 
both  to  satisfy  the  needs  of  persons  wishing  to  make 
philosophy  their  major  field  and  to  provide  ample 
opportunity  for  other  students  to  explore  the  sub- 
ject. In  general,  the  study  of  philosophy  can  contri- 
bute to  the  education  of  the  university  student  by 
giving  him  experience  in  critical  and  imaginative 
reflection  on  fundamental  concepts  and  principles, 
by  acquainting  him  with  some  of  the  philosophical 
beliefs  which  have  influenced  and  are  influencing 
his  own  culture,  and  by  familiarizing  him  with  some 
classic  philosophical  writings  through  careful  read- 
ing and  discussion  of  them.  Courses  designed  with 
these  objectives  primarily  in  mind  are  PHIL  001 
(Introduction  to  Philosophy),  PHIL  041  (Elementary 
Logic  and  Semantics),  PHIL  045  (Ethics),  PHIL 
053  (Philosophy  of  Religion),  and  the  historical 
courses  101  through  105. 

For  students  interested  particularly  in  philo- 
sophical problems  arising  within  their  own  special 
disciplines,  a  number  of  appropriate  courses  are 
available:  PHIL  052  (Philosophy  in  Literature),  PHIL 
056  (Philosophy  of  Science),  PHIL  130  (The  Conflict 
of  Ideals  in  Western  Civilization),  PHIL  141  (Phi- 
losophy of  Language),  PHIL  147  (Philosophy  of  Art), 
PHIL  152  (Philosophy  of  History),  PHIL  154  (Politi- 
cal and  Social  Philosophy),  PHIL  156  (Topics  in  the 
Philosophy  of  Science),  and  PHIL  176  (Induction 
and  Probability). 

The  Departmental  requirements  for  a  major  in 
philosophy  are  as  follows:  (1)  a  total  of  at  least  30 
hours  in  philosophy,  not  including  PHIL  001;  (2) 
PHIL  045,  055,  101,  102,  104,  and  at  least  two 
courses  numbered  150  or  above;  (3)  a  grade  of  "C" 
or  better  in  each  course  counted  toward  the  fulfill- 
ment of  the  major. 

For  students  of  exceptional  ability  and  interest 
in  philosophy,  the  Department  offers  an  Honors  Pro- 
gram. Information  regarding  this  special  curriculum 
may  be  obtained  from  the  departmental  advisors. 

PHIL  001.  INTRODUCTION  TO  PHILOSOPHY.  (3) 

An  introduction  to  some  of  the  main  problems  of  philo- 
sophy, and  to  some  of  the  main  ways  of  dealing  with  these 
problems.  (Staff) 

PHIL  041.  ELEMENTARY  LOGIC  AND  SEMANTICS.  (3) 

An  introductory  study  of  logic  and  language,  intended  to 
help  the  student  increase  his  ability  to  employ  language 
with  understanding  and  to  reason  correctly.  Topics  treated 
include  the  use  and  abuses  of  language,  techniques  for 
making  sound  inferences,  and  the  logic  of  science. 

(Staff) 

PHIL  045.  ETHICS.  (3) 

An  introduction  to  moral  philosophy,  including  a  critical 
examination  of  some  important  classic  and  contemporary 
systems  of  ethics,  such  as  those  of  Aristotle,  Kant  Mill, 
and    Dewey.  (Staff) 

PHIL  052.  PHILOSOPHY  IN  LITERATURE.  (3) 

Reading  and  philosophical  criticism  of  novels  and  dramas 
containing  ideas  significant  for  ethics,  social  policy  and 
religion.  (Staff) 

PHIL  053.  PHILOSOPHY  OF  RELIGION.  (3) 

This  course  seeks  to  provide  the  student  with  the  means 
by  which  he  may  approach  intelligently  the  main  prob- 
lems of  religious  thought:  the  nature  of  religious  experi- 
ence, the  forms  of  religious  expression,  the  conflicting 
claims  of  religion  and  science,  and  the  place  of  religion  in 
the  community  and  in  the  life  of  the  individual. 

(Brown,  Roelofs) 

PHIL  055.  SYMBOLIC  LOGIC  I.  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  formal  analysis  of  deductive  rea- 
soning through  formalization  of  arguments,  truth  table  and 
natural  deduction  techniques  for  propositional  logic  and 
quantification  theory,  including  identity  and  definite  de- 
scriptions. (Staff) 

PHIL  056.  PHILOSOPHY  OF  SCIENCE.  (3) 

An  introductory  study  of  the  aims,  procedures,  and  re- 
sults of  scientific  inquiry.  Topics  discussed  include  the 


Arts  and  Sciences 


J  43 


formulation  and  testing  of  hypotheses,  induction  and 
probability,  scientific  Taws,  theories  and  explanation, 
concept  formation,  and  relationships  among  the  special 
sciences.  (Staff) 

PHIL  101.  ANCIENT  PHILOSOPHY.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  six  hours  in  philosophy.  A  history  of  Greek 
thought  from  its  beginnings  to  the  time  of  Justinian.  The 
chief  figures  discussed:  The  Presocratic  philosophers, 
Socrates,  Plato,  Aristotle,  Epicurus,  the  Stoic  philoso- 
phers,  and    Plotinus.  (Celarier) 

PHIL  102.  MODERN  PHILOSOPHY.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  six  hours  in  philosophy.  A  history  of  phil- 
osophical thought  in  the  West  during  the  16th,  17th,  and 
18th  centuries.  The  chief  figures  discussed:  Bacon,  Gali- 
leo, Descartes,  Spinoza,  Leibniz,  Locke,  Berkeley,  Hume, 
and  Kant. 

PHIL  103.  NINETEENTH-CENTURY  PHILOSOPHY.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  six  hours  in  philosophy.  A  survey  of  phi- 
losophy in  the  nineteenth  century  through  a  consideration 
of  such  writers  as  Hegel,  Schopenhauer,  Nietzsche,  Spen- 
cer,   Marx,   Comte,   Mill,   Mach,   and   Bradley.  (Staff) 

PHIL  104.  TWENTIETH-CENTURY  PHILOSOPHY.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  six  hours  in  philosophy.  A  survey  of  phi- 
losophy in  the  twentieth  century  through  a  consideration 
of  representative  figures  in  England,  Europe,  and  America. 
Among  the  theories  to  be  studied  are  logical  atomism  (Rus- 
sell, Wittgenstein),  positivism  (Carnap,  Ayer),  existential- 
ism and  phenomenology  (Sartre,  Husserl),  naturalism  and 
realism    (Dewey,    Santayana).  (Brown) 

PHIL  105.  PHILOSOPHY  IN  AMERICA.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  six  hours  in  philosophy.  A  survey  of  philo- 
sophical thought  in  America  from  the  eighteenth  century  to 
the  present.  Special  attention  is  given  to  Edwards,  Jeffer- 
son, Emerson,  Royce,  Pierce,  James,  and  Dewey. 

PHIL  120.  ORIENTAL  PHILOSOPHY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  course  in  philosophy.  Not  offered  on 
College  Park  campus.  An  examination  of  the  major  philo- 
sophical systems  of  the  East,  attempting  to  discover  the 
relations  between  these  and  important  ideas  of  Western 
thought.  (Staff) 

PHIL  130.  THE  CONFLICT  OF  IDEALS  IN  WESTERN  CIVILI- 
ZATION. (3) 
A  critical  and  constructive  philosophical  examination  of 
the  assumptions,  goals,  and  methods  of  contemporary 
democracy,  fascism,  socialism,  and  communism,  with 
special  attention  to  the  ideological  conflict  between  the 
U.S.A.   and   the   U.S.S.R.  (Staff) 

PHIL  141.  PHILOSOPHY  OF  LANGUAGE.  )3) 

Prerequisite,  PHIL  041  or  055.  An  inquiry  into  the  nature 
and  function  of  language  and  other  forms  of  symbolism. 

(Kress) 

PHIL  147.  PHILOSOPHY  OF  ART.  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  fundamental  concepts  in  art  and 
in  esthetic  experience  generally.  Readings  from  the  works 
of  artists,  estheticians,  critics  and  philosophers. 

(Brown) 

PHIL  151.  ETHICAL  THEORY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PHIL  045.  Contemporary  problems  having 
to  do  with  the  meaning  of  the  principal  concepts  of  ethics 
and  with  the  nature  of  moral  reasoning. 

(Roelofs,  Schlaretzki) 

PHIL  152.  PHILOSOPHY  OF  HISTORY.  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  nature  of  historical  knowledge  and 
historical  explanation,  and  of  theories  of  the  meaning 
of    world    history.  (Staff) 

PHIL  154.  POLITICAL  AND  SOCIAL  PHILOSOPHY.  (3) 

A  systematic  treatment  of  the  main  philosophical  issues 
encountered  in  the  analysis  and  evaluation  of  social 
(especially  political)  institutions. 

(Goldstone,  Schlaretzki) 

PHIL  155.  SYMBOLIC  LOGIC  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PHIL  055  or  consent  of  instructor.  Axio- 
matic development  of  the  propositional  calculus  and  the 
first-order  functional  calculus,  including  the  deduction 
theorem,  independence  of  axioms,  consistency  and  com- 
pleteness. (Staff) 

PHIL  156.  TOPICS  IN  THE  PHILOSOPHY  OF  SCIENCE.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  PHIL  056  or  consent  of  instructor.  Detailed 
examination  of  some  basic  issues  in  the  methodology  and 
conceptual  structure  of  scientific  inquiry.  To  be  investi- 
gated are  such  topics  as  confirmation  theory,  structure 
and  function  of  scientific  theories,  scientific  explanation, 
concept  formation,  and  theoretical   reduction.       (Staff) 

PHIL  157.  THEORY  OF  MEANING.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  PHIL  041  or  055,  and  102.  A  study  of 
theories  about  the  meaning  of  linguistic  expressions,  in- 


cluding the  verification  theory  and  the  theory  of  meaning 
as  use.  Among  topics  to  be  considered- are  naming  refer- 
ring, synonomy,  intension  and  extension,  and  ontological 
commitment.  Such  writers  as  Mill,  Frege,  Russell,  Lewis, 
Carnap,  Wittgenstein,  Austin,  and  Quine  will  be  discussed. 

(Kress,  Odell) 

PHIL  158.  PHILOSOPHY  OF  LAW.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  course  in  philosophy.  Examination  of 
fundamental  concepts  related  to  law,  e.g.,  legal  system,  law 
and  morality,  justice,  legal  reasoning,  responsibility. 

PHIL  159.  PHILOSOPHY  OF  THE  SOCIAL  SCIENCES.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  six  hours  in  social  science  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  discussion  of  several  of  the  following  topics: 
the  nature  of  laws  and  explanation  in  the  social  sciences; 
the  relation  of  the  social  sciences  to  mathematics,  logic, 
and  the  natural  sciences;  the  role  of  value  judgements 
in  the  social  sciences;  the  relation  of  social  science  to 
social  policy;  problems  of  methodology. 

PHIL  160.  PHILOSOPHY  OF  MIND.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PHIL  102.  An  inquiry  into  the  nature  of 
mind  through  the  analysis  of  such  concepts  as  conscious- 
ness, perception,  understanding,  imagination,  emotion, 
intention,  and  action. 

PHIL  168.  TOPICS  IN  THE  HISTORY  OF  PHILOSOPHY.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  PHIL  101  and  102,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with 
are    different.  (Staff) 

PHIL  169.  TOPIC  IN  CONTEMPORARY  PHILOSOPHY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PHIL  102.  An  intensive  examination  of 
contemporary  problems  and  issues.  Source  material  will 
be  selected  from  recent  books  and  articles.  May  be  re- 
peated for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with  are  different. 

(Staff) 

PHIL  170.  METAPHYSICS.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  PHIL  101  and  102.  PHIL 
055  recommended.  A  study  of  some  central  metaphysical 
concepts  (such  as  substance,  relation,  causality,  and 
time)  and  of  the  nature  of  metaphysical  thinking. 

(Pasch) 

PHIL  171.  THEORY  OF  KNOWLEDGE.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequsites,  PHIL  101  and  102.  PHIL 
055  recommended.  The  origin,  nature,  and  validity  of 
knowledge  will  be  considered  in  terms  of  some  philosophic 
problems  about  perceiving  and  thinking,  knowledge  and  be- 
lief, thought  and  language,  truth  and  confirmation. 

(Brown,  Odell,  Pasch) 

PHIL  175.  TOPICS  IN  SYMBOLIC  LOGIC.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PHIL  155.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  when 
the  topics  dealt  with  are  different.  (Staff) 

PHIL  176.  INDUCTION  AND  PROBABILITY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  inferential 
forms,  with  emphasis  on  the  logical  structure  underlying 
such  inductive  procedures  as  estimating  and  hypothesis- 
testing.  Decision-theoretic  rules  relating  to  induction  will 
be  considered,  as  well  as  classic  theories  of  probability 
and    induction.  (Staff) 

PHIL  180.  THE  PHILOSOPHY  OF  PLATO.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  PHIL  101  and  102.  A  critical  study  of  se- 
lected  dialogues.  (Celarier) 

PHIL  181.  THE  PHILOSOPHY  OF  ARISTOTLE.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  PHIL  101  and  102.  A  critical  study  of  se- 
lected portions  of  Aristotle's  writings.  (Celarier) 

PHIL  182.  MEDIEVAL  PHILOSOPHY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PHIL  101  or  102.  A  history  of  philosophic 
thought  in  the  West  from  the  close  of  the  Classical  period 
to  the  Renaissance.  Based  on  readings  of  the  Stoics,  early 
Christian  writers.  Neoplatonists.  later  Christian  writers 
and    Schoolmen.  (Celarier) 

PHIL  184.  THE  CONTINENTAL  RATIONALISTS.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  PHIL  101  and  102.  A  critical  study  of  the 
systems  of  some  of  the  major  17th  and  18th  century 
rationalists,  with  special  reference  to  Descrates,  Spinoza, 
and   Leibniz.  (Staff) 

PHIL  185.  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRICISTS.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  PHIL  101  and  102.  A  critical  study  of  se- 
lected writings  of  Locke,  Berkeley,  and  Hume. 

(Varnedoe) 

PHIL  186.  THE  PHILOSOPHY  OF  KANT.  (3) 

Prerequisites.  PHIL  101  and  102.  A  critical  study  of  se- 
lected portions  of  Kant's  writings.  (Roelofs) 

PHIL  190.  HONORS  SEMINAR.  (3) 

Each  semester.  Open  to  honors  students  in  philosophy 
and,  by  permission  of  the  instructor,  to  honors  students 
in  other  departments.  Research  in  selected  topics,  with 
group  discussion.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  when  the 
topics   dealt   with   are  different.  (Staff) 


744 


Arts  and  Sciences 


PHIL  191,  192,  193,  194.  TOPICAL  INVESTIGATIONS.  (1-3) 
PHIL  255.  SEMINAR  IN  THE  HISTORY  OF  PHILOSOPHY.  (3) 
PHIL  256.  SEMINAR  IN  THE  PROBLEMS  OF  PHILOSOPHY. 

(3) 
PHIL  260.  SEMINAR  IN  ETHICS.  (3) 
PHIL  261.  SEMINAR  IN  ESTHETICS.  (3) 
PHIL  270.  SEMINAR  IN  METAPHYSICS.  (3) 
PHIL  271.  SEMINAR  IN  THEORY  OF  KNOWLEDGE.  (3) 
PHIL  292.  SELECTED  PROBLEMS  IN  PHILOSOPHY.  (1-3) 
PHIL  399.  RESEARCH  IN  PHILOSOPHY.  (1-12) 
PHIL  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  (Arranged) 


PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY 

PRUFESSUK  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Laster. 

ASSISTANT     PROFESSOR     AND     ASSOCIATE     CHAIRMAN: 

DiLavore. 

PROFESSORS:  Banerjee,  Day,  Erickson,  Ferrell,  Friedman, 
Glasser,  Glover,  Greenberg,  Griem,  Hayward,  Holmgren, 
Hornyak,  Kerr,  Kolb,  Krall,  Kundu,  Levison,  MacDonald, 
Marion,  McDonald,  Misner,  Musen,  Myers,  Myers,  Oneda, 
Opik,  Prange,  Rado,  Slawsky,  Snow,  Sucner,  Trivelpiece, 
Wall,  Weber,  Westerhout,  Yodh. 

VISITING  PROFESSORS:  Escobar,  Fowler,  Levy,  Lindblad. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Alley,  Bardasis,  Beall,  Bell,  Ben- 
nett, Bhagat,  de  Silva,  Dixon,  Dorfman,  Draght,  Earl,  Falk, 
Fivel,  Glick,  Griffin,  Johnson,  Kacser,  Kehoe,  H.  Kim1, 
Y.  Kim,  Koch  Matthews.  Pati,  Pugh,  Reiser*,  Rodberg,  Smith, 
Steinberg,  Stephenson,  Wentzel,  Woo,  Zipoy,  B.  Zorn, 
G.  Zorn. 

VISITING  ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR:  Figuera. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  A'Hearn,  Anderson,  Beaglehole, 
Berg,  Bettinger,  Brandt,  Chang,  Conners,  Currie,  Davidson, 
Feinroth,  Gloeckler,  Greene,  Greig,  Harrington,  Korenman, 
Kunze,  LaPointe,  Lenchek,  Nolen,  O'Gallagher,  Pechacek, 
Poultney,  -Richard,  Risk,  Roos,  Roush,  Simonson,  Young, 
Zapolsky,  Zuckerman. 

VISITING  ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR:  Kunz. 

LECTURERS:  Brandt.  Clark,  Maran,  Miers. 

RESEARCH  ASSOCIATE:  Scheerbaum. 

VISITING  LECTURERS:  Elton  (P.  T.)  and  Gutsche. 

The  physics  curriculum  for  the  Bachelor  of  Sci- 
ence degree  is  designed  for  students  who  desire 
education  in  the  fundamentals  of  physics  in  prep- 
paration  for  graduate  work  or  teaching,  or  for  posi- 
tions in  governmental  and  industrial  laboratories. 
Students  who  enter  the  University  intending  to  ma- 
jor in  physics  are  urged  to  take,  during  the  first  two 
years,  the  introductory  courses  PHYS  015,  016,  017, 
018,  and  060,  061.  For  students  who  enter  the  phys- 
ics major  in  their  junior  year,  however,  PHYS  030, 
031,  032,  060,  and,  107  may  be  substituted  for  the 
PHYS  015-061  sequence.  All  students  should  ac- 
company these  basic  courses  with  MATH  019,  020, 
012,  and  022  (4.  4,  4,  4),  (or  the  corresponding  hon- 
ors courses)  and  one  advanced  mathematics  course. 
Physics  majors  are  encouraged  to  try  to  enroll  in  the 
accelerated  honors  sections  of  all  of  these  courses 
when  they  are  qualified. 

After  completion  of  the  courses  mentioned 
above,  the  Physics  majors  will  be  required  to  take 
the  following  courses:  PHYS  127,  128—  Elements 
of  Mathematical  Physics  (4,  4),  PHYS  118— Intro- 
duction to  Modern  Physics  (3),  and  PHYS  119 — 
Modern  Physics  (3);  and  at  least  two  semesters  of 
advanced  laboratory  courses  (e.g.,  PHYS  100,  109, 
110,  140,  141,  and  190).  Supporting  courses  must 
include  at  least  one  additional  mathematics  course 
approved  by  the  physics  adviser  (which  is  usually 
MATH  1 10  or  MATH  162).  At  least  38  credits  in  phys- 
ics normally  are  required. 

'Member  of  the  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
-Member  of  the  Institute  of  Molecular  Physics 
Joint  appointment  with  Electrical  Engineering 


The  departmental  requirement  is  at  least  a  "C" 
in  each  semester  of  the  first  year  of  the  introductory 
course.  Students  who  wish  to  be  recommended  for 
graduate  work  must  maintain  a  "B"  average  and 
should  also  include  as  many  as  possible  of  the  fol- 
lowing courses:  PHYS  120— Nuclear  Physics  (4), 
PHYS  122  -Properties  of  Matter  (4),  PHYS  140,  141 
-  Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics  Laboratory  (3,  3), 
PHYS  144,  145— Methods  of  Theoretical  Physics 
(4,  4)  and  MATH  1 10— Advanced  Calculus  (3). 

Because  the  Departmental  program  is  under 
continual  review,  course  changes  not  listed  occa- 
sionally occur.  The  student  is  best  advised  to  seek 
the  latest  information  available  from  the  Depart- 
ment. 

HONORS  IN  PHYSICS 

The  Honors  Program  offers  to  students  of  ex- 
ceptional ability  and  interest  in  physics  an  educa- 
tional program  with  a  number  of  special  opportu- 
nities for  learning.  Honors  sections  are  offered  in 
several  courses,  and  there  are  many  opportunities 
for  part-time  research  participation  which  may  de- 
velop into  full-time  summer  projects.  An  honors 
seminar  is  offered  for  advanced  students;  credit 
may  be  given  for  independent  work  or  study;  and 
certain  graduate  courses  are  open  for  credit  toward 
the  bachelor's  degree. 

Students  for  the  Honors  Program  are  accepted 
by  the  Department's  Honors  Committee  on  the  basis 
of  recommendations  from  their  advisors  and  other 
faculty  members.  A  final  written  and  oral  compre- 
hensive examination  in  the  senior  year  concludes 
the  program  which  may  lead  to  graduation  "with 
Honors  (or  High  Honors)  in  Physics." 


CHEMICAL  PHYSICS 

See  Molecular  Physics. 

PHYS  001.  ELEMENTS  OF  PHYSICS:  MECHANICS,  HEAT, 
AND  SOUND.  (3) 
Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  successful  passing 
of  the  qualifying  examination  in  elementary  mathematics. 
The  first  half  of  a  survey  course  in  general  physics.  This 
course  is  for  the  general  student  and  does  not  satisfy  the 
requirements  of  the   professional   schools.  (Alley) 

PHYS  002.  ELEMENTS  OF  PHYSICS:  MAGNETISM,  ELEC- 
TRICITY, AND  OPTICS.  (3) 
Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS  001.  The  sec- 
ond half  of  a  survey  course  in  general  physics.  This  course 
is  for  the  general  student  and  does  not  satisfy  the  require- 
ments of  the  professional  schools. 

(Marion,  Alley) 

PHYS  003.  INTRODUCTION  TO  PHYSICS.  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  qualification  to  enter  MATH  010.  Intended 
for  students  majoring  in  neither  the  physical  nor  biological 
sciences.  A  study  of  the  development  of  some  of  the 
basic   ideas  o't   pnysicai    science.  (Stephenson) 

PHYS  010,  Oil.  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  PHYSICS.  (  4,  4) 

Three  lectures,  one  recitation,  and  one  two-hour  labora- 
tory period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  entrance  credit  in  trig- 
onometry or  MATH  Oil  or  concurrent  enrollment  in 
MATH  018.  A  course  in  general  physics  treating  the  fields 
of  mechanics,  heat,  sound,  electricity,  magnetism,  optics, 
and  modern  physics.  This  course  satisfies  the  minimum 
requirements  of  medical  and  dental  schools. 

(Snow.  DiLavore.  Pechacek,  Young) 

PHYS  015,  016.  INTRODUCTORY  PHYSICS:  MECHANICS, 
FLUIDS,  HEAT,  AND  SOUND.  (4,  4) 
Three  lectures  and  two  demonstration  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  a  high  school  physics  course  and  concurrent 
enrollment  in  MATH  018,  019,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
The  first  half  of  a  broad,  detailed  introduction  to  physics, 
intended  primarily  for  physics  majors  and  other  students 
with  superior  backgrounds  in  mathematics  and  the  sci- 
ences. (Wall,  Trivelpiece.  Beaglehole) 


Arts  and  Sciences 


145 


PHYS  017.  INTRODUCTORY  PHYSICS:  ELECTRICITY  AND 
MAGNETISM.  (4) 
Three  lectures  and  two  demonstration  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  PHYS  015,  016;  pre-  or  co-requisites, 
PHYS  060  and  MATH  020.  The  third  quarter  of  a  broad, 
detailed  introduction  to  physics,  intended  primarily  for 
physics  majors  and  other  students  with  superior  back- 
grounds in  mathematics  and  the  sciences.  (Kehoe) 

PHYS  018.  INTRODUCTORY  PHYSICS:  OPTICS  AND  MOD- 
ERN PHYSICS.  (4) 
Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  two  demonstration 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  PHYS  017  and  previous  or 
concurrent  enrollment  in  PHYS  060  and  MATH  021,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  The  last  quarter  of  a  broad,  de- 
tailed introduction  to  physics,  intended  primarily  for 
physics  majors  and  other  students  with  superior  back- 
grounds in  mathematics  and  the  sciences. 

(Roush) 

PHYS  025,  026.  GENERAL  PHYSICS  FOR  SCIENCE  TEACH- 
ERS. (5,  5) 
Three  lectures  and  two  two-hour  labs  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites: high  school  physics  or  a  non-calculus  college  phys- 
ics survey  course,  and  co-requisite:  MATH  019.  A  course 
in  physics  stressing  physical  insight,  for  prospective  sec- 
ondary school  science  teachers. 

PHYS  030  GENERAL  PHYSICS:  MECHANICS  AND  PARTICLE 
DYNAMICS.  (3) 
Three  lectures  and  one  recitation  per  week.  MATH  020  to 
be  taken  concurrently.  Laws  of  motion,  force,  and  energy; 
principles  of  mechanics;  collisions;  rotation;  and  gravita- 
tion. 

PHYS  031.   GENERAL  PHYSICS:  HEAT,  WAVES  AND  RELA- 
TIVITY. (4) 
Three  lectures,  one  recitation  and  one  three-hour  labora- 
tory period  per  week.   Prerequisite,  PHYS  030  or  PHYS 

020.  Statistical  physics;  kinetic  theory;  wave  motion; 
interference  and  refraction;  special  theory  of  relativity. 

PHYS  032.  GENERAL  PHYSICS:  ELECTRICITY  AND  MAGNET- 
ISM. (4) 
Three  lectures,  one  recitation  and  one  three-hour  labora- 
tory period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS  031.  May  be 
taken  in  lieu  of  repetition  of  PHYS  021.  Electrostatics; 
electrodynamics;  Maxwell's  equation;  quantum  physics. 

PHYS  050,  051.  INTERMEDIATE  PHYSICS.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite,    PHYS    Oil.  (Staff) 

PHYS  052.  HEAT.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS 
Oil.  MATH  020  is  to  be  taken  concurrently. 

(Staff) 

PHYS  054.  SOUND.  (3) 

(Will  be  given  only  with  sufficient  demand.)  Three  lectures 
a  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS  Oil.  MATH  021  is  to  be 
taken     concurrently.  (Myers) 

PHYS  060,  061.    INTERMEDIATE   PHYSICS   EXPERIMENTS. 

(2,2) 

Four   hours   of   laboratory   work   per  week.    Prerequisite, 

PHYS  Oil  or  concurrent  enrollment  in  PHYS  017  or  PHYS 

018.   Selected   experiments.  (Poultney,   Gloeckler) 

PHYS    100.    ADVANCED   EXPERIMENTS.   (2   credits   per  se- 
mester) 

Four  hours  of  laboratory  work  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
four  credits  of  PHYS  060  or  consent  of  instructor.  Se- 
lected fundamental  experiments  in  electricity  and 
magnetism,  elementary  electronics,  and  optics.         (Greig) 

PHYS  102.  OPTICS.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
PHYS  01 1  and  MATH  021.  It  is  suggested,  but  not  required 
that  PHYS  060  or  PHYS  100  be  taken  concurrently  with 
this  course.  Geometrical  optics,  optical  instruments, 
wave  motion,  interference  and  diffraction,  and  other 
phenomena  in  physical  optics. 

PHYS  103.  APPLIED  OPTICS.  (3) 

(Will  be  given  only  with  sufficient  demand.)  Three  lec- 
tures a  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS  102.  A  detailed  study 
of   physical    optics   and    its   applications.  (Alley) 

PHYS  104,  105.  ELECTRICITY  AND  MAGNETISM.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  PHYS  Oil;  MATH 

021.  Electrostatics,  direct  current  and  alternating  cur- 
rent circuity,  electromagnetic  effects  of  steady  currents, 
electromagnetic  induction,  radiation,  development  of 
Maxwell's  equations,  Poynting  vector,  wave  equations, 
and     electronics.  (Staff) 

PHYS  106,  107.  THEORETICAL  MECHANICS.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS  051  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  A  detailed  study  of  Newtonian  me- 
chanics. Dynamics,  the  motion  of  rigid  bodies,  oscillation 


problems,  etc.,  are  studied.  Lagrange's  equation  of  the  first 
kind  and  the  Hamilton-Jacobi  equation  are  introduced. 

(LaPointe) 

PHYS  109.  ELECTRONIC  CIRCUITS.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS  100  and  con- 
current enrollment  in  PHYS  105  or  PHYS  128.  Theory 
of  semi-conductor  and  vacuum  tube  circuits.  Application 
in  experimental   physics.  (Bettinger) 

PHYS  110.  SPECIAL  LABORATORY  PROJECTS  IN  PHYSICS. 
(1,2,  or  3) 
Two  hours  laboratory  work  a  week  for  each  credit  hour. 
One  to  three  credits  may  be  taken  concurrently  each  se- 
mester. (Will  be  given  with  sufficient  demand.)  Prereq- 
uisite, PHYS  100  and  consent  of  advisor.  Selected  ad- 
vanced experiments.  (Glover,  Pugh) 

PHYS  111.  PHYSICS  SHOP  TECHNIQUES.  (1) 

First  semester.  One  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite, PHYS  100  or  consent  of  instructor.  Machine 
tools,  design  and  construction  of  laboratory  equipment. 

(Horn) 

PHYS  114,  115.  INTRODUCTION  TO  BIOPHYSICS.  (2,  2) 

(Will  be  given  only  with  sufficient  demand.)  Two  lectures 
a  week.  Prerequisites,  intermediate  physics  and  MATH 
021.  A  study  of  the  physical  principles  involved  in  bio- 
logical processes,  with  particular  emphasis  on  current  re- 
search  in   biophysics.  (DeRocco) 

PHYS  116,  117.  INTRODUCTION  TO  FLUID  DYNAMICS. 
(3,3) 
Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  PHYS  106  and 
MATH  021.  Kinematics  of  fluid  flow,  properties  of  in- 
compressible fluids,  complex  variable  methods  of  analy- 
sis, wave  motions.  (Koopman) 

PHYS  118.  INTRODUCTION  TO  MODERN  PHYSICS.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  general  physics  and 
integral  calculus,  with  some  knowledge  of  differential 
equations  and  a  degree  of  maturity  as  evidenced  by  having 
taken  one  or  more  of  the  courses  PHYS  050  through  PHYS 
110.  Introductory  discussion  of  special  relativity,  origin 
of  quantum  theory,  Bohr  atom,  wave  mechanics,  atomic 
structure,    and    optical    spectra.  (Beall) 

PHYS  119.  MODERN  PHYSICS.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS  118.  A  sur- 
vey of  nuclear  physics,  x-rays,  radioactivity,  wave  me- 
chanics,   and    cosmic    radiation.  (Staff) 

PHYS  120.  NUCLEAR  PHYSICS.  (4) 

Four  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS  119.  An  intro- 
duction to  nuclear  physics  at  the  pre-quantum-mechanics 
level.  Properties  of  nuclei;  radioactivity;  nuclear  system- 
atics;  nuclear  moments;  the  shell  model,  interaction  of 
charged  particles  and  gamma  rays  with  matter;  nuclear 
detector;  accelerators;  nuclear  reactions;  beta  decay; 
high    energy    phenomena.  (Holmgren) 

PHYS    121.    NEUTRON   PHYSICS  AND  FISSION   REACTORS. 

(4) 

(Will  be  given  only  with  sufficient  demand.)  Four  lectures 

a  week.   Prerequisite,   PHYS   120.   Neutron  diffusion  and 

reactor  physics.  (Marion) 

PHYS  122.  PROPERTIES  OF  MATTER.  (3) 

Each  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
PHYS  119  or  equivalent.  Introduction  to  solid  state  phys- 
ics. Electro-magnetic,  thermal,  and  elastic  properties  of 
metals,  semiconductors  and  insulators. 

(Glover,  Anderson) 

PHYS  123.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ATMOSPHERIC  AND  SPACE 
PHYSICS.  (3) 
Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite. 
PHYS  127  and  PHYS  118  or  consent  of  instructor.  Mo- 
tions of  charged  particles  in  magnetic  fields,  aspects  of 
plasma  physics  related  to  cosmic  rays  and  radiation  belts, 
atomic  phenomena  in  the  atmosphere,  thermodynamics 
and  dynamics  of  the  atmosphere. 

(Bettinger,  Lenchek) 

PHYS  124.  INTRODUCTION  TO  PLASMA  PHYSICS.  (3) 

Three  lecture  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS  127 
and  PHYS  118,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Orbit  theory, 
magnetohydrodynamics.  plasma  heating  and  stability, 
waves   and    transport    processes.  (Griem) 

PHYS  126.  KINETIC  THEORY  OF  GASES.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  PHYS  107  and 
MATH  021.  Dynamics  of  gas  particles,  Maxwell-Boltzmann 
distribution,  diffusion,  Brownian  motion,  etc. 

(Vanderslice) 

PHYS    127.    ELEMENTS    OF    THEORETICAL    PHYSICS:    ME- 
CHANICS. (4) 
Prerequisites:   Physics  018,  or  Physics  032,  or  Physics 
106  and   Physics  107;  also  Math  022;  or  consent  of  in- 


146 


Arts  and  Sciences 


structor.  A  study  of  the  theoretical  foundations  of  me- 
chanics, with  extensive  application  of  the  methods.  Also 
various  mathematical  tools  of  theoretical  physics. 

(Staff) 

PHYS  128.  ELEMENTS  OF  THEORETICAL  PHYSICS:  ELEC- 
TRICITY AND  MAGNETISM.  (4) 
Prerequisite:  Physics  127  or  consent  of  instructor.  A 
study  of  the  foundations  of  electromagnetic  theory,  with 
extensive  application  of  the  methods.  Thorough  treatment 
of  wave  properties  of  solutions  of  Maxwell's  Equations. 

(Staff) 

PHYS  129.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ELEMENTARY  PARTICLES. 
(3) 
Three  lecture  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS  119, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Properties  of  elementary  par- 
ticles, production  and  detection  of  particles,  relativistic 
kinematics,  invariance  principles  and  conservation  laws. 

(Sucher,  Risk) 

PHYS  130,  131.  BASIC  CONCEPTS  OF  PHYSICS.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  A  pri- 
marily descriptive  course  intended  mainly  for  those  stu- 
dents in  the  liberal  arts  who  have  not  had  any  other 
course  in  physics.  This  neither  satisfies  the  requirements 
of  the  professional  schools  nor  serves  as  a  prerequisite 
or  substitute  for  other  physics  courses.  The  main  em- 
phasis in  the  course  will  be  on  the  concepts  of  physics 
and  their  evolution  and  their  relations  to  other  branches 
of  human  endeavor.  (Staff) 

PHYS  140.  141.  ATOMIC  AND  NUCLEAR  PHYSICS  LABORA- 
TORY. (  3,  3) 
One  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, two  credits  of  PHYS  100  and  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Classical  experiments  in  atomic  physics  and  more 
sophisticated  experiments  in  current  techniques  in  nu- 
clear physics.  Enrollment  is  limited  to  ten  students. 

(Zorn) 

PHYS  144.  ADVANCED  THEORETICAL  PHYSICS.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Physics  127,  128.  This  course  is  an  elective 
continuation  of  and  supplement  to  Physics  127,  128. 
A  survey  of  advanced  mathematical  methods  used  in 
theoretical  physics,  particularly  in  the  fields  of  classical 
mechanics,  electromagnetism,  relativity  and  quantum 
mechanics.  (Staff) 

PHYS  145.  ELEMENTARY  QUANTUM  PHYSICS.  (3) 

Prerequisites:  Physics  118  or  Physics  153;  Math  066; 
and  a  level  of  mathematical  sophistication  equivalent  to 
that  of  a  student  who  has  taken  Physics  127  and  Physics 
128,  or  ENEE  130  and  ENEE  132.  The  quantum  theory 
is  presented  in  a  rigorous  way  including  the  concepts  of 
operators,  measurement,  and  angular  momentum.  These 
concepts  together  with  the  Schroedinger  Equation  are 
then  applied  to  some  basic  problems  in  atomic  and 
molecular  physics.  (Staff) 

PHYS  150.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  PHYSICS. 

Prerequisite,  major  in  physics  and  consent  of  advisor. 
Research  or  special  study.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

(Staff) 

PHYS  152.  INTRODUCTION  TO  THERMODYNAMICS  AND 
STATISTICAL  MECHANICS.  (3) 
Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  MATH  021,  PHYo 
018  or  051,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Introduction 
of  basic  concepts  in  thermodynamics  and  statistical  me- 
chanics. (Bhagat) 

PHYS  153.  MODERN  PHYSICS  FOR  ENGINEERS.  (3) 

Each  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
PHYS  018.  A  survey  of  atomic  and  nuclear  phenomena 
and  the  main  trends  in  modern  physics.  This  course  is 
appropriate  for  students  in  engineering  and  other  physical 
sciences.  It  should  not  be  taken  in  addition  to  PHYS 
118.  (B.    S.    Zorn,    Bettinger,    Kunze) 

PHYS  186.  PARTICLE  ACCELERATORS,  PHYSICAL  AND 
ENGINEERING  PRINCIPLES.  (3) 
Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites,  PHYS 
127-128  or  PHYS  104-105  and  PHYS  118,  or  equivalents. 
Sources  of  charged  particles,  methods  of  acceleration 
and  focusing  of  electron  and  ion  beams  in  electromagnetic 
fields;  electrostatic  accelerators;  constant-gradient  cy- 
clotrons and  synchrotrons;  betatrons  and  microtrons; 
the  alternating-gradient  and  sector-focusing  principles;  iso- 
chronous cyclotrons  and  alternating-gradient  synchro- 
trons;   linear  accelerators.  (Staff) 

PHYS  190.  INDEPENDENT  STUDIES  SEMINAR. 

Credit  according  to  work  done,  each  semester.  Enrollment 
is  limited  to  students  admitted  to  the  Independent 
Studies    Program    in    Physics.  (Staff) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 


Of  the  courses  which  follow,  200,  201,  204,  205,  209, 
212,  213,  234,  235,  242,  243,  244,  252,  253,  254,  255  and 
258  are  given  every  year;  all  others  will  be  given  according  to 
demand. 

PHYS  200.  THEORETICAL  DYNAMICS.  (3) 
PHYS  201.  STATISTICAL  PHYSICS.  (3) 
PHYS  202,  203.  ADVANCED  DYNAMICS.  (2,  2) 
PHYS  204.  METHODS  OF  MATHEMATICAL  PHYSICS.  (3) 
PHYS  205.  ELECTRODYNAMICS.  (4) 
PHYS  206,  207.  PLASMA  PHYSICS.  (3,  3) 
PHYS  208.  THERMODYNAMICS.  (3) 
PHYS  209.  GRADUATE  LABORATORY.  (3) 
PHYS  210.  STATISTICAL  MECHANICS.  (3) 
PHYS  212,  213.  INTRODUCTION  TO  QUANTUM  MECHANICS. 

(4,3) 
PHYS  214.  THEORY  OF  ATOMIC  SPECTRA.  (3) 
PHYS  215.  THEORY  OF  MOLECULAR  SPECTRA.  (3) 
PHYS  216,  217.  MOLECULAR  PHYSICS.  (2,  2) 

PHYS  218,  219.  X-RAYS  AND  CRYSTAL  STRUCTURE.  (3,  3) 

PHYS  220.   APPLICATION    OF   X-RAY  AND    ELECTRON    DIF- 
FRACTION METHODS.  (2) 

PHYS  221.  COSMIC  RAY  PHYSICS.  (3) 

PHYS  222.  223.   BOUNDARY-VALUE  PROBLEMS  OF  THEO- 
RETICAL PHYSICS.  (2,  2) 

PHYS  224,  225.  SUPERSONIC  AERODYNAMICS  AND  COM- 
PRESSIBLE FLOW.  (2,  2) 

PHYS  226,  227.  THEORETICAL  HYDRODYNAMICS.  (3,  3) 

PHYS  228.  SYMMETRY  PROBLEMS  IN  PHYSICS.  (3) 

PHYS  230.  SEMINAR. 

PHYS  231.  APPLIED  PHYSICS  SEMINAR.  (1) 

PHYS  232,  233.  HYDROMECHANICS  SEMINAR.  (1,  1) 

PHYS  234,  235.  THEORETICAL  NUCLEAR  PHYSICS.  (3,  3) 

PHYS  236.  THEORY  OF  RELATIVITY.  (3) 

PHYS  238.  QUANTUM  THEORY— SELECTED  TOPICS.  (3) 

PHYS  239.  ELEMENTARY  PARTICLES.  (3) 

PHYS    240,    241.    THEORY    OF    SOUND   AND    VIBRATIONS. 
(3,3) 

PHYS  242,  243.  THEORY  OF  SOLIDS.  (3,  3) 

PHYS  244.  SOLID  STATE  PHYSICS.  (3) 

PHYS  245.  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  APPLIED  PHYSICS.  (2) 

PHYS  246,  247.  SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  FLUID  DYNAMICS.  (2,2) 

PHYS   248,   249.    SPECIAL  TOPICS    IN    MODERN    PHYSICS. 
(1-4,  1-4) 

PHYS   250.    SPECIAL   PROBLEMS    IN   ADVANCED   PHYSICS. 
(1-6) 

PHYS  252,  253.  NUCLEAR  STRUCTURE  PHYSICS.  (3,  3) 

PHYS  254.  ADVANCED  QUANTUM  MECHANICS.  (3) 

PHYS  255.  ADVANCED  QUANTUM  MECHANICS.  (3) 

PHYS  257.  THEORETICAL  METHODS  IN  ELEMENTARY  PAR- 
TICLES. (3) 
IYS  258.  QUANTUM  FIELD  THEORY.  (3) 

PHYS  260.  HIGH  ENERGY  PHYSICS.  (3) 

PHYS  262,  263.  AEROPHYSICS.  (3,  3) 

PHYS    290.    CHARGED    PARTICLE    DYNAMICS.    ELECTRON 
AND  ION  BEAMS.  (3) 

PHYS  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH. 

PHYS  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  (Arranged) 

(For    Astronomy    curriculum,    see    under    ASTRONOMY. 


SPECIAL  PHYSICS  COURSES  FOR  HIGH  SCHOOL  SCIENCE 
TEACHERS 

The  courses  in  this  section  were  especially  de- 
signed for  high  school  teachers  and  are  not  appli- 
cable to  B.S.,  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  degrees  in  physics  with- 
out special  permission  of  the  Department  of  Physics 
and  Astronomy.  However,  these  courses  can  be  in- 
cluded as  part  of  physics  minor  or  as  electives.  No 
prerequisites  are  required. 

PHYS  118A.  ATOMS,  NUCLEI,  AND  STARS.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  An  introduction  to  basic  ideas 
of  the  constitution  and  properties  of  atomic  and  sub- 


Arts  and  Sciences 


147 


atomic  systems  and  of  the  overall  structure  of  the  uni- 
verse. (DeSilva) 

PHYS  122A.  PROPERTIES  OF  MATERIALS.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.   An   introduction  to  the  study 
of  solid  state  physics  and  the  properties  of  fluids. 

(Narigle) 

PHYS  160A.  PHYSICS  PROBLEMS.  (1,  2,  or  3) 

Lectures  and  discussion  sessions  arranged.       (DiLavore) 

PHYS  170A.  APPLIED  PHYSICS.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  (Hornyak) 

PHYS  199.  NATIONAL  SCIENCE  FOUNDATION  SUMMER  IN- 
STITUTE FOR  TEACHERS  OF  SCIENCE  SEMINAR.  (1) 
Arranged  during  summer  session.  Enrollment  limited  to 

participants    in    the    N.S.F.    Summer    Institute.  (Staff) 


PRE-PROFESSIONAL  CURRICULA 

Within  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  there 
are  a  number  of  programs  developed  to  prepare  the 
pre-professional  student.  These  curricula,  some 
rather  general  and  others  quite  specific,  are  de- 
signed to  give  the  student  the  best  background  to 
succeed  in  his  advanced  training,  to  fill  undergradu- 
ate requirements  of  many  professional  schools,  and 
to  fit  in  with  the  requirements  established  by  the  or- 
ganizations associated  with  the  respective  profes- 
sions. 

Pre-professional  programs  require  that  the  stu- 
dent maintain  a  grade  point  average  somewhat 
higher  than  the  minimum  for  graduation.  The  stu- 
dent may  fulfill  requirements  by  majoring  in  almost 
any  discipline  in  the  College,  provided  the  specific 
requirements  of  the  pre-professional  program  are 
met.  The  successful  completion  of  the  pre-profes- 
sional program  does  not  guarantee  admission  to  pro- 
fessional school.  Each  school  has  its  own  admis- 
sions requirements  and  criteria,  generally  based 
upon  the  grade  point  average  in  the  undergraduate 
courses,  the  scores  in  aptitude  tests  (Medical  Col- 
lege Admission  Test,  Law  Admission  Test,  or  Dental 
Aptitude  Test),  a  personal  interview,  and  letters  sent 
by  the  "Evaluation  Committee"  of  the  College.  For 
the  specific  admissions  requirements,  the  student 
is  urged  to  study  the  catalog  of  the  professional 
school  of  his  choice. 

Although  completion  of  the  Bachelor's  degree 
is  a  normal  prerequisite  for  admission,  three  pro- 
fessional schools  of  the  University  of  Maryland  in 
Baltimore— Dentistry,  Law,  and  Medicine— have  ar- 
rangements whereby  a  student  who  meets  require- 
ments detailed  below  may  be  accepted  for  profes- 
sional school  after  three  years  (90  academic  hours). 
For  the  students  to  be  eligible  for  the  "combined  de- 
gree," the  final  thirty  hours  prior  to  entry  into  the 
Schools  of  Dentistry,  Law,  and  Medicine  must  be 
taken  in  residence  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sci- 
ences. (A  combined  degree  program  in  Law  is  also 
available  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Ad- 
ministration: for  details  see  BPA  program.)  After  the 
successful  completion  of  thirty  hours  of  work  in  pro- 
fessional school,  the  student  may  be  eligible  for  a 
Bachelor's  degree  from  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sci- 
ences (Arts-Dentistry,  Arts-Law,  or  Arts-Medicine). 

PRE-DENTISTRY 

The  pre-dental  program  is  based  upon  require- 
ments established  by  the  Council  of  Dental  Educa- 
tion of  the  American  Dental  Association,  and  the 
requirements  for  a  degree  from  the  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences  following  either  the  regular  four-year 
program  or  the  combined  "Arts-Dentistry"  program. 
The  program  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  for 


the   Dental   Aptitude  Test,    normally  taken   in  the 
spring  of  the  sophomore  year. 

The  minimum  requirements  for  entry  into  dental 
school  for  either  the  three  year  program  (90  aca- 
demic hours)  or  the  four-year  program  (120  aca- 
demic hours)  are: 


Generol  Educotion  requirements 34  hours 

College  requirements 

Foreign  Longuoge   12 

Speech 2  14  hours 

plus 

Major variable 

Minor  (or  supporting  courses) varioble 

Dental  Association  requirements 

Chemistry -orgonic 8 

inorganic 8 

Zoology 8 

Mathematics 6 

Physics 8  38  hours 

Electives-to  complete  the  90  or  120  hours  required. 
Required  Health  and  Physical  Educotion. 


Four- Year  Program.  A  student  applies  to  Dental 
School  in  his  senior  year,  on  the  basis  of  completing 
the  usual  degree  requirements  for  the  B.A.  or  B.S. 
degree  from  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  by 
majoring  in  the  field  of  his  choice  and  including  in 
his  course  work  the  science  courses  specifically  pre- 
scribed by  dental  schools. 

Three-Year  Arts-Dentistry  Program.  Students 
whose  performance  during  the  first  two  years  in 
residence  at  College  Park  is  exceptional  may  be  en- 
couraged to  seek  admission  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  Dental  School  at  the  end  of  their  third 
year  (90  academic  hours).  No  undergraduate  major 
is  required  for  this  program:  the  work  of  the  first 
year  of  dental  school  is  considered  as  the  major; 
but  students  will  select  a  minor  (supporting  courses) 
from  one  of  the  following  combinations:  zoology, 
six  hours  above  the  100  level;  microbiology,  eight 
hours  above  the  100  level;  CHEM  019  plus  three 
hours  above  the  100  level  in  any  science;  CHEM 
161,  162,  163,  and  164;  or  nine  hours  above  the 
100  level  in  any  one  department  of  the  arts,  hu- 
manities, or  social  sciences. 

Students  accepted  in  the  combined  Arts-Den- 
tistry program  may  receive  the  B.S.  degree  (Arts- 
Dentistry)  after  satisfactory  completion  of  the  first 
year  of  dental  school,  upon  recommendation  by  the 
Dean  of  the  Dental  School  and  approval  during  the 
summer  following  the  first  year  of  dental  school,  and 
the  degree  is  awarded  with  the  August  graduates. 

Schedule.  The  pre-dental  student,  regardless  of 
degree  sought,  includes  in  his  first-year  schedule 
CHEM  008,  009;  ZOOL  001,  002;  ENGL  001,  003; 
MATH  010,011  (or  018,  019);  HLTH  005;  and  Phys- 
ical Education.  His  second  year  includes  CHEM 
035,  036,  037,  038;  foreign  language;  general  ed- 
ucation requirements;  and  major-minor  require- 
ments. A  student  hoping  for  three-year  acceptance 
would  substitute  PHYS  010,  Oil  for  foreign  lan- 
guage in  his  sophomore  year.  The  University  of 
Maryland  Dental  School  also  requires  that  the  stu- 
dent include  in  his  schedule  ZOOL  005  and  a  course 
in  statistics  (either  PSYC  090  or  SOCY  095). 

PRELAW 

Although  some  law  schools  will  consider  only 
applicants  with  a  B.A.  or  B.S.  degree,  others  will  ac- 
cept applicants  who  have  successfully  completed  a 
three-year  program  of  academic  work.  Most  law 
schools  do  not  prescribe  specific  course  which  a  stu- 
dent must  present  for  admission,  but  do  require  that 


748 


Arts  and  Sciences 


the  student  follow  one  of  the  standard  programs  of- 
fered by  the  undergraduate  college.  Many  law 
schools  require  that  the  applicant  take  the  Law  Ad- 
missions Test  in  the  academic  year  preceding  his 
entry  into  professional  school. 

Four-Year  Program.  The  student  who  plans  to 
complete  the  requirements  for  the  B.A.  or  B.S.  de- 
gree before  entering  law  school  should  select  a  ma- 
jor field  of  concentration.  The  pre-law  student  or- 
dinarily follows  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  program  with  a 
major  in  American  Studies,  English,  American  and 
English  history,  economics,  political  science  (gov- 
ernment and  politics),  psychology,  sociology  or 
speech;  a  few  pre-law  students  follow  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  program. 

Three-Year  Arts-Law  Program.  The  student  who 
plans  to  enter  law  school  at  the  end  of  his  third  year 
should  follow  the  general  B.A.  program  during  his 
first  two  years.  During  his  junior  year,  he  will  com- 
plete the  requirements  for  a  minor  (18  semester 
hours)  in  one  of  the  fields  of  concentration.  His  pro- 
gram during  the  first  three  years  should  include  all 
of  the  basic  courses  required  for  a  degree  from  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  (including  the  18  hour 
minor)  and  all  College  and  University  requirements. 
The  academic  courses  must  total  90  hours,  and 
must  be  passed  with  a  minimum  average  of  2.0. 

Students  with  exceptional  records  who  are  ac- 
cepted to  the  School  of  Law  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  under  the  Arts-Law  program  may  receive 
a  B.A.  degree  (Arts-Law)  after  satisfactory  comple- 
tion of  the  first  year  of  law  school,  upon  recom- 
mendation by  the  Dean  of  the  Law  School  and  ap- 
proval by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  Applica- 
tions for  the  diploma  are  made  during  the  summer 
following  the  first  year  of  law  school  (or  after  30 
credit  hours  are  completed),  and  the  degree  is  a- 
warded  with  the  August  graduates. 

PRE-MEDICINE 

The  pre-medical  program  is  based  upon  the  re- 
quirements established  by  the  Association  of  Ameri- 
can Medical  Colleges,  and  the  requirements  for  a 
degree  from  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  either 
with  the  four-year  degree  program  or  with  the  com- 
bined "Arts-Medicine"  program.  The  curriculum  is 
designed  to  prepare  the  student  for  the  Medical  Col- 
lege Admission  Test,  which  is  normally  taken  in  the 
spring  of  the  junior  year. 

The  minimum  requirements  for  entry  into  medi- 
cal school  for  either  the  three-year  program  (90  aca- 
demic hours)  or  the  four-year  program  (120  aca- 
demic hours)  are: 


General  Education  requirements 

Collegerequirements 

Foreign  Language 12 

Speech 2 

plus 

Major 

Minor  (or  supporting  courses) 
Medical  School  requirements 

Chemistry -general  inorganic o 

organic 8 

quantitative** 4 

Zoology 16 

(In  addition  to  ZOOL  001 

and  002.  strongly  recommended 

are  two  of  genetics. 


34  hours 
14  hours 


variable 
variable 


embryology,  comparative 
onotomy) 
Mathematics 
Physics 
Electives-to  complete  the  90  or  120  hours  required. 
Required  Health  and  Physical  Education. 


Four-Year  Program.  No  specific  major  is  re- 
quired for  favorable  consideration  by  a  medical 
school  admissions  committee.  By  intelligent  plan- 
ning starting  in  the  sophomore  year,  the  student  can 
meet  the  above  requirements  as  well  as  require- 
ments of  most  majors  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sci- 
ences. The  student  is  urged  to  work  closely  with  his 
pre-medical  advisor  for  this  planning.  A  student  who 
enters  the  pre-medical  program  late  in  his  college 
career  may  find  an  additional  year  of  study  neces- 
sary (either  as  a  special  student  or  as  a  regular  un- 
dergraduate). 

Three-Year  Arts-Medicine  Program.  After  com- 
pletion of  his  first  year  of  pre-medical  study  an  ex- 
ceptional student  may  be  encouraged  to  seek  ad- 
mission to  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of 
Medicine  at  the  end  of  his  third  year  (90  hours). 
During  his  next  two  years  he  will  need  to  complete 
all  requirements  listed  above,  with  the  exception  of 
the  major  and  the  regular  minor.  Four  additional 
hours  at  the  100  level  in  appropriate  science 
courses  will  satisfy  the  minor  requirement. 

Students  accepted  in  the  combined  Arts-Medi- 
cine program  may  receive  the  B.S.  degree  (Arts- 
Medicine)  after  satisfactory  completion  of  their 
training  in  the  basic  sciences  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  School  of  Medicine  (30  hours),  upon  rec- 
ommendation of  the  Dean  of  the  School  of  Medicine 
and  approval  by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 
The  degree  is  normally  awarded  in  August  following 
the  second  year  of  medical  school. 

Schedule.  The  pre-medical  student  normally  in- 
cludes in  his  first-year  schedule  CHEM  008,  009; 
ZOOL  001,  002;  ENGL  001,  003;  MATH  010,  Oil 
(or  018,  019);  HLTH  005;  and  Physical  Education. 
Academically  strong  students  may  take  an  addi- 
tional course  in  their  second  semester.  His  second 
year  includes  CHEM  035,  036,  037,  038;  foreign 
language;  General  Education  requirements;  ZOOL 
005,  006;  and/or  major  requirements.  His  third 
year  includes  PHYS  010,  Oil;  foreign  language, 
General  Education  requirements,  major  require- 
ments and  minor  (supporting  course)  requirements. 
CHEM  019  would  be  taken  during  the  third  year  of 
the  three-year  applicant  and  during  the  fourth  year 
of  the  four-year  student.  The  fourth  year  is  devoted 
to  completion  of  the  General  Education  require- 
ments and  major  and  minor  (supporting  course)  re- 
quirements. 

RELATED  PROFESSIONS 

Academic  preparation  for  several  professions  re- 
lated to  dentistry  or  medicine  is  available  through 
the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  For  requirements 
of  professional  schools  in  dental  hygiene,  optome- 
try, osteopathy,  etc.,  see  catalogs  of  the  specialized 
schools;  representative  catalogs  are  available  in  the 
Office  of  the  Dean. 


Arts  and  Sciences 


149 


Medical  Technology.  The  program  in  medical 
technology  is  administered  by  the  School  of  Nurs- 
ing. 

Veterinary  Medicine.  The  pre-veterinary  pro- 
gram is  administered  by  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

Dental  Hygiene:  For  information  concerning 
this  program,  contact  Miss  Patricia  C.  Stearns,  Di- 
rector of  Dental  Hygiene  Education,  University  of 
Maryland  School  of  Dentistry,  Baltimore,  Maryland 
21201. 


PSYCHOLOGY 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Bartlett. 

PROFESSORS:  Anderson,  Horton,  McGinnies,  Tyler,  Waldrop. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Fisher,  Fretz,  Goldstein,  Gollub, 

Locke,  Martin,  Mdntire,  Scholnick,  Steinman,  Teitelbaum, 

Turnage.  Ward. 

visiting  Associate  professor:  Hodos. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Carroll,  Clairborn,  Dachler,  Dies. 

Hegge,  Higgs,  Holmgren,  Johnson,  Larkin,  Osterhouse,  Smith, 

Stemheim. 
LECTURERS:  Becker,  Drash,  Meenes,  Taylor. 
INSTRUCTORS:  Horton,  Jensen,  McCullough. 
JUNIOR  INSTRUCTOR:  Horowitz. 


Psychology  can  be  classified  as  a  biological  sci- 
ence (B.S.  degree)  and  a  social  science  (B.A.  de- 
gree) and  offers  academic  programs  related  to  both 
of  these  fields.  The  undergraduate  curriculum  in 
psychology  provides  an  organized  study  of  the  be- 
havior of  man  and  other  organisms  in  terms  of  the 
biological  conditions  and  social  factors  which  influ- 
ence such  behavior.  In  addition,  the  undergraduate 
program  is  arranged  to  provide  opportunities  for 
learning  that  will  equip  qualified  students  to  pursue 
further  study  of  psychology  and  related  fields  in 
graduate  and  professional  schools. 

Students  who  are  interested  in  the  biological 
aspects  of  behavior  tend  to  choose  a  program  lead- 
ing to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  while  those 
interested  primarily  in  the  social  factors  of  behavior 
tend  to  choose  a  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor 
of  Arts  degree.  The  choice  of  program  is  made  in 
consultation  with,  and  requires  the  approval  of,  an 
academic  advisor. 

Departmental  requirements  are  the  same  for  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  and  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  de- 
grees. A  minimum  of  25  hours  of  psychology  course- 
work  is  required;  courses  taken  must  include  PSYC 
001,  090,  one  of  145,  146,  or  147,  and  an  additional 
12  hours  of  100-level  courses  (not  including  194 
and  195).  In  addition  to  the  above  courses  in  Psy- 
chology, all  majors  are  required  to  take:  (1)  Math 
Oil  or  019;  (2)  one  course,  to  be  approved  by  an 
academic  advisor  in  Psychology,  above  the  intro- 
ductory level  in  one  of  the  following  fields:  chemis- 
try, computer  science,  mathematics,  microbiology, 
physics,  zoology.  These  two  courses  may  be  used  as 
part  of  the  General  Education  or  College  require- 
ments in  mathematics  and  science  or  for  the  sup- 
porting course  requirements  described  below,  but 
not  for  both.  Majors  in  psychology  are  urged  to 
take  their  mathematics  and  science  courses  in  their 
first  two  years. 

The  supporting  courses  to  supplement  the 
work  in  the  major  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  de- 
gree must  include  18  hours  in  mathematics  and  sci- 


ence, beyond  those  courses  required  by  the  College. 
A  minimum  of  two  courses  must  be  laboratory 
courses,  and  at  least  three  courses  (or  9  hours)  must 
be  chosen  at  the  advanced  level  (beyond  the  intro- 
ductory sequence).  The  particular  laboratory  and 
advanced  courses  must  be  approved  by  an  academic 
advisor  in  the  Department  of  Psychology. 

The  supporting  courses  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree  must  include  18  hours  which  are  chosen  in 
related  fields  to  supplement  work  in  the  major.  Of 
these  18  hours,  six  must  be  chosen  at  the  100  level. 
This  set  of  courses  must  be  approved  by  an  aca- 
demic advisor  in  Psychology. 

A  student  must  obtain  a  "C"  or  better  in  PSYC 
Oil  in  order  to  major  in  psychology.  A  psychology 
major  must  have  a  2.0  in  his  major  courses  and  a 
2.0  in  his  supporting  courses  in  order  to  be  certified 
for  graduation  with  a  degree  in  psychology.  In  addi- 
tion, no  student  who  ever  receives  a  second  grade 
lower  than  a  "C"  in  PSYC  001,  090,  or  any  100- 
level  psychology  course  will  be  certified  for  gradua- 
tion in  psychology. 

Students  desiring  to  enter  graduate  study  in 
certain  areas  of  psychology  are  advised  to  take  an 
additional  laboratory  course  and/or  participate  in 
individual  research  projects.  Such  students  should 
consult  an  advisor  for  information  about  prereq- 
uisites for  Graduate  Study  in  Psychology. 

HONORS 

The  Department  of  Psychology  also  offers  a  spe- 
cial program  for  the  superior  student  which  emphas- 
izes independent  study  and  research.  Students  may 
be  eligible  to  enter  the  Honors  Program  who  have  a 
3.3  grade  average  in  all  courses  or  the  equivalent, 
who  are  in  their  junior  year,  and  who  demonstrate 
interest  and  maturity  indicative  of  success  in  the 
program.  Students  in  their  sophomore  year  should 
consult  their  advisor  or  the  Departmental  Honors 
Committee  for  further  information. 

PSYC  001.  INTRODUCTION  TO  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 

A  basic  introductory  course,  intended  to  bring  the  stu- 
dent into  contact  with  the  major  problems  confronting 
psychology  and  the  more  important  attempts  at  their 
solution.  (Staff) 

PSYC  005.  PERSONALITY  AND  ADJUSTMENT.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  001.  Introduction  to  psychology  of 
human  personality  and  adjustment.  This  course  is  de- 
signed for  the  student  who  desires  a  general  knowledge 
of  this  area  of  psychology.  This  course  may  not  be  taken 
concurrently  with  or  following  PSYC  105  (Staff) 

PSYC  020H.  INTERMEDIATE  PSYCHOLOGY.  (Honors)  (3) 
Second  semester.  Usually  taken  during  sophomore  year. 
Prerequisite,  PSYC  001 H  or  permission  of  instructor.  The 
course  content  will  stress  the  interrelations  among  data 
derived  from  the  fields  of  Human  Development,  Cogni- 
tion, Perception,  Measurement  and  Social  Processes. 

PSYC  021.  SOCIAL  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3)  (Staff) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  001.  Personality  and  behavior  as  in 
fluenced  by  culture  and  interpersonal  relations.  Social 
influences  on  motivation,  learning,  memory,  and  percep- 
tion. Attitudes,  public  opinion,  propaganda,  language  and 
communication,  leadership,  ethnic  differences,  and  group 
process.  (Staff) 

PSYC  025.  CHILD  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  001.  Behavioral  analysis  of  normal 
development  and  normal  socialization  of  the  growing 
child.  This  course  may  not  be  taken  concurrently  with 
or  following  PSYC  125.  (Staff) 

PSYC  026.  DEVELOPMENTAL  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  PSYC  001.  Biological  basis 
of  behavioral  development  in  relation  to  genetic,  con- 
stitutional, anatomical,  physiological,  and  environmental 


150 


Arts  and  Sciences 


factors.  Emphasis  upon  both  phylogenetic  and  onto- 
genetic research  findings  in  biological  psychology. 

(Brady,  Hodos) 

PSYC  035.  SURVEY  OF  INDUSTRIAL  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  001.  A  course  for  nonmajors  which 
provides  a  general  survey  of  the  field  of  industrial  psy- 
chology, including  such  topics  as  selection,  training,  job 
satisfaction,  social  organization,  and  environmental 
factors.  This  course  may  not  be  taken  concurrently  with 
or  following  PSYC  135. 

PSYC  090.  STATISTICAL  METHODS  IN  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  PSYC  001  and  MATH  010,  018,  or  equiva- 
lent. A  basic  introduction  to  quantitative  methods  used 
in     psychological     research.  (Staff) 


FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

Graduate  credits  will  be  assigned  for  students  certified  by 
the  Department  of  Psychology  as  qualified  for  graduate 
standing. 

PSYC  101.  BIOLOGICAL  BASIS  OF  BEHAVIOR.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  PSYC  090,  or  8  hours  of  Zoology,  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  This  course  is  intended  primarily  for 
Science  majors  or  Psychology  majors  not  planning  to 
take  PSYC  146.  May  not  be  taken  concurrently  with  or 
after  PSYC  146.  Surveys  the  experimental  analysis  of 
the  behavior  of  humans  and  animals  from  the  point  of 
view  of  the  biological  mechanisms  of  behavior.  Considers 
such  topics  as  genetic  determiners  and  physiological 
mechanisms,  and  basic  principles  of  conditioning  and 
learning.  (Staff) 

PSYC  105.  PERSONALITY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  090  or  equivalent.  Major  personality 
theories,  their  postulates  and  evidence;  assessment  and 
research  methodology  in  personality;  major  areas  of  per- 
sonality research,  their  methodologies,  findings,  implica- 
tions, and  relationships  to  the  field  of  psychology.    (Staff) 

PSYC  110.  EDUCATIONAL  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  001  or  equivalent.  Researches  on 
fundamental  psychological  problems  encountered  in 
education.  Measurement  and  significance  of  individual 
differences;  learning,  motivation,  transfer  of  training, 
and  the  educational  implications  of  theories  of  intel- 
ligence. (Staff) 

PSYC  123.  LANGUAGE  AND  SOCIAL  COMMUNICATION.  (3) 
Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  PSYC  021  and  PSYC 
090  or  equivalent,  and  consent  of  instructor.  The  nature 
and  significance  of  verbal  and  non-verbal  communica- 
tion in  social  psychological  processes  including  examina- 
tion of  relevant  theoretical  approaches  to  symbolic  be- 
havior. (Staff) 

PSYC  125.  ADVANCED  TOPICS  IN  CHILD  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  PSYC  090  or  equivalent.  The  growth  and 
transformation  of  basic  psychological  processes  from 
birth  to  maturity.  Emphasis  is  on  research  data  and 
methodological  issues,  especially  as  they  relate  to  other 
aspects  of  psychology.  (Staff) 

PSYC  131.  ABNORMAL  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  PSYC  001  and  090  or  equivalent.  The  na- 
ture, diagnosis,  etiology,  and  treatment  of  mental  dis- 
orders. (Staff) 

PSYC  135.  PERSONNEL  AND  INDUSTRIAL  PSYCHOLOGY. 
(3) 
Prerequisite,  PSYC  090  or  equivalent.  An  intensive  study 
of  the  main  areas  of  industrial  psychology  with  emphasis 
on  primary  source  material.  This  course  emphasizes  re- 
search methodology  and  the  relationship  of  research 
findings  to  general  theoretical  issues.  (Staff) 

PSYC  136.  ENGINEERING  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  090  or  equivalent.  An  examination  of 
the  characteristics  of  the  man-machine  system  with  pri- 
mary emphasis  on  human  performance.  Some  of  the 
topics  covered  are:  information  processing,  decision 
making,  training,  environmental  constraints,  and  automa- 
tion. (Staff 

PSYC   145.   EXPERIMENTAL  PSYCHOLOGY:   SENSORv  PRO- 
CESSES I  (4) 
Three   lectures  and   one  two-hour   laboratory/demonstra- 
tion period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  PSYC  090  or  equiva- 
lent. Primarily  for  students  who  major  in  psychology.  A 
systematic  survey  of  the  content,   models,   and   metho- 
dologies of  sensory  and  perceptual  research.  (Staff) 
PSYC  146.    EXPERIMENTAL  PSYCHOLOGY:  LEARNING  AND 
MOTIVATION.  (4) 


Two  lectures  and  four  one-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  PSYC  090  or  equivalent.  Students 
who  have  taken  PSYC  101  need  consent  of  instructor. 
Primarily  for  students  who  major  in  psychology.  The  ex- 
perimental analysis  of  behavior  with  emphasis  on  condi- 
tioning, learning,  and  motivational  processes.  Experi- 
ments are  conducted  on  the  behavior  of  animals.     (Staff) 

PSYC  147.  EXPERIMENTAL  PSYCHOLOGY:  SOCIAL  BEHAV- 
IOR. (4) 
Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  PSYC  021  and  PSYC  090  or  equiva- 
lent. A  laboratory  course  dealing  with  methods  of  studying 
behavior  in  the  social  context.  Topics  will  include  social 
perception  and  motivation,  small  groups,  communication 
and  persuasion.  Consideration  will  be  given  to  the  tech- 
niques involved  in  laboratory  experimentation,  field 
studies,  attitude  scale  construction,  and  opinion  sur- 
veys. (McGinnies.Higgs.Ward) 

PSYC  148.  PSYCHOLOGY  OF  HUMAN  LEARNING.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  090  or  equivalent.  Review  and  analy- 
sis of  the  major  phenomena  and  theories  of  human  learn- 
ing, including  an  introduction  to  the  fields  of  problem 
solving,  thinking,  and  reasoning.  (Staff) 

PSYC  150.  PRINCIPLES  OF  PSYCHOLOGICAL  TESTING.  (4) 
Three  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  PSYC  090  or  equivalent.  A  survey  of 
the  basic  concepts  and  theories  of  psychological  mea- 
surement illustrated  through  demonstration  of  principal 
approaches  to  psychological  testing.  (Staff) 

PSYC    151.    PSYCHOLOGY    OF    INDIVIDUAL    DIFFERENCES. 
(3) 
Prerequisite,    PSYC    150.     Problems    theories,    and    re- 
searches   related    to    psychological    differences    among 
individuals    and    groups.  (Waldrop,    Johnson) 

PSYC  152.  MATHEMATICAL  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  090  or  equivalent,  and  consent  of 
instructor.  A  survey  of  mathematical  formulations  in 
psychology,  including  measurement  and  scaling  models, 
statistical  and  psychometric  models,  and  elementary 
mathematical  representations  of  psychological  processes 
in  learning,  choice,  psychophysics,  and  social  behavior. 

PSYC  180.  PHYSIOLOGICAL  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  145  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  in- 
troduction to  research  on  the  physiological  basis  of 
human  behavior,  including  considerations  of  sensory 
phenomena,  motor  coordination,  emotion,  drives,  and 
the   neurological    basis   of    learning.  (Staff) 

PSYC  181.  ANIMAL  BEHAVIOR.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  146  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study 
of  animal  behavior,  including  considerations  of  social 
interactions,  learning,  sensory  processes,  motivation,  and 
experimental  methods,  with  a  major  emphasis  on  mam- 
mals. (Mclntire) 

PSYC  182.  EXPERIMENTAL  PSYCHOLOGY:  SENSORY  PRO- 
CESSES II.  (4) 
Two  lectures  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  exercise  and 
research  per  week.  Prerequisite,  PSYC  145  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Primarily  for  psychology  majors  and  majors 
in  biological  sciences  with  a  special  interest  in  sensory 
processes.  Lectures  and  laboratory  exercises  will  emphas- 
ize contemporary  problems  in  sensory  process  research. 
Sufficient  latitude  will  be  provided  so  the  exceptional 
student  may  conduct  original  research  based  on  findings 
reported  in  the  current  literature. 

PSYC  183.  ADVANCED  SOCIAL  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  147.  A  systematic  review  of  re- 
searches and  points  of  view  in  regard  to  major  problems 
in  the  field  of  social  psychology. 

PSYC  191.  SENIOR  SEMINAR.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  written  consent  of  the  individual  instructor 
(may  be  repeated).  The  historical  and  theoretical  roots 
of  the  subject  matter  areas  of  psychology.  Different 
topical  areas  and  the  current  theory  and  related  research 
will  be  discussed. 

PSYC  194.  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  IN  PSYCHOLOGY.  (1-3) 
Prerequisite,  written  consent  of  instructor.  A  student 
who  wishes  to  take  independent  work  must  have  complet- 
ed 12  hours  of  psychology  with  at  least  a  2.5  average. 
Intregrated  reading  under  direction  leading  to  the  prep- 
aration of  an  adequately  documented  report  on  a  special 
topic.  (In  special  cases  a  student  who  may  need  to  re- 
peat this  course  in  order  to  complete  his  independent 
study  will  make  a  formal  request,  including  a  research 
proposal,  through  his  advisor  to  the  Departmental  Hon- 
ors Committee.) 

PSYC  195.    SPECIAL  RESEARCH    PROBLEMS    IN   PSYCHOL- 
OGY. (1-3,  1-3) 


Arts  and  Sciences 


151 


Prerequisite,  written  consent  of  instructor.  A  student 
who  wishes  to  take  independent  research  study  must 
have  completed  12  hours  of  psychology  with  at  least  a 
2.5  average.  An  individual  course  designed  to  allow  the 
student  to  pursue  a  specialized  research  topic  under 
supervision.  (In  special  cases  a  student  who  may  need 
to  repeat  this  course  in  order  to  complete  his  research 
will  make  a  formal  request,  including  a  research  pro- 
posal, through  his  advisor  to  the  Departmental  Honors 
Committee.) 

PSYC  196H.  ADVANCED  PSYCHOLOGY  I  (Honors).  (3) 

Second  semester.  Usually  taken  during  junior  year.  Pre- 
requisites, PSYC  090  and  permission  of  department  Hon- 
ors Committee.  Seminar  covering  topics  in  Sensation, 
Perception,  Learning  and  Motivation. 

PSYC  197H.  ADVANCED  PSYCHOLOGY  II  (Honors)    (3) 

First  semester.  Usually  taken  during  senior  year.  Pre- 
requisite, PSYC  196H.  Seminar  covering  topics  in  Mea- 
surement, Social  Processes  and  other  subject  matter  of 
current  interest. 

PSYC  199H.  HONORS  THESIS  RESEARCH 

First  and  .second  semester.  Usually  taken  during  last 
semester  in  residence.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  thesis 
advisor. 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

(All  the  following  courses  require  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Not  all  of  the  graduate  courses  are  offered  every  year.  The 
times  specified  for  each  course  are  given  as  estimates.) 


PSYC  221.    SEMINAR  IN  COUNSELING  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 

PSYC  222.  SEMINAR  IN  CLINICAL  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 

PSYC  223.    SEMINAR    IN    COMMUNITY    MENTAL    HEALTH. 

(3) 
PSYC  224.  SEMINAR  IN  STUDENT  PERSONNEL.  (2) 
PSYC  225-226.  BEHAVIORAL  ASSESSMENT  AND  MEASURE- 
MENT. (2,  2) 
PSYC    227-228.     LABORATORY    IN    BEHAVIORAL    ASSESS- 
MENT AND  MEASUREMENT.  (2,  2) 
PSYC  229.  SEMINAR  IN  INDUSTRIAL  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 
PSYC  230.  SEMINAR  IN  ENGINEERING  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 
PSYC  231.  TRAINING  PROCEDURES  IN  INDUSTRY.  (3) 
PSYC  232    PERSONNEL    SELECTION   AND    JOB    ANALYSIS. 

(3) 
PSYC  233.  SOCIAL  ORGANIZATION  IN  INDUSTRY.  (3) 
PSYC  240.  INTERVIEW  AND  QUESTIONNAIRE  TECHNIQUES. 

(3) 
PSYC  241.  PERSUASION  AND  ATTITUDE  CHANGE.  (3) 
PSYC  242.  SEMINAR  IN  SOCIAL  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 
PSYC  243.  SEMINAR  IN  SMALL  GROUP  BEHAVIOR.  (3) 
PSYC  252,  253.  ADVANCED  STATISTICS.  (3,  3) 
PSYC  254.  FACTOR  ANALYSIS.  (3) 
PSYC  255.  SEMINAR  IN  PSYCHOMETRIC  THEORY.  (3) 
PSYC  256.  MENTAL  TEST  THEORY.  (3) 
PSYC  257.  SEMINAR  IN  QUANTITATIVE  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 
PSYC  258.  DEVELOPMENT  OF  PREDICTORS.  (3) 
PSYC  260.    OCCUPATIONAL    DEVELOPMENT    AND    CHOICE. 

(3) 
PSYC  261,  262.  MODIFICATION  OF  HUMAN  BEHAVIOR:  RE- 
SEARCH METHODS  AND  PRACTICES.  (3,  3) 
PSYC    263,    264.    MODIFICATION    OF    HUMAN    BEHAVIOR: 

LABORATORY  AND  PRACTICUM.  (3) 
PSYC  265.  ADVANCED  DEVELOPMENTAL  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 
PSYC  266.  THEORIES  OF  MOTIVATION.  (3) 
PSYC  267.  THEORIES  OF  PERSONALITY.  (3) 
PSYC  269.    PRACTICUM   IN  COMMUNITY  MENTAL  HEALTH 

CONSULTATION.  (3) 
PSYC  270.  ADVANCED  ABNORMAL  PSYCHOLOGY.  (3) 
PSYC  271.  APPRAISAL  OF  DISABILITIES.  (3) 
PSYC  272.  INDIVIDUAL  CLINICAL  DIAGNOSIS.  (3) 
PSYC  274.   EVALUATION    AND    CHANGE    iN    EDUCATIONAL 

SKILLS.  (3) 
PSYC   285,    286.    RESEARCH    METHODS    IN    PSYCHOLOGY. 

(1-3,  1-3) 
PSYC  288.  289.  SPECIAL  RESEARCH  PROBLEMS.  (1-4,  1-4) 
PSYC  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (Credit  Arranged) 
PSYC  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  (Credit  Arranged) 


RUSSIAN  AREA  PROGRAM 
Director:  Yaney. 

This  program  is  for  the  student  who  wants  to 
concentrate  his  studies  in  the  humanities  and  the 
social  sciences  on  the  Russian  area.  It  includes  work 
in  language  and  literature,  history,  government  and 
politics,  economics,  and  geography.  The  student 
may  emphasize  any  one  of  these  disciplines  in  com- 
pleting his  courses.  The  program  prepares  the  stu- 
dent for  graduate  work  in  the  Russian  area,  but  by 
proper  selection  of  courses  a  student  may  concen- 
his  work  sufficiently  in  one  discipline  to  be  able  to 
take  up  graduate  work  in  this  particular  field. 

The  student  following  this  program  must  meet 
the  general  requirements  for  a  degree  in  the  Col- 
lege of  Arts  and  Sciences.  He  should  select  Russian 
to  meet  the  foreign  language  requirements. 

Required  introductory  courses  are:  RUSS  001, 
002,  006  and  007  (unless  the  student  is  exempted 
from  this  requirement):  HIST  041  and  042,  GEOG 
010  or  015,  ECON  037  or  031,  032.  These  courses 
must  be  passed  with  at  least  an  average  grade  of  C 
in  order  for  the  student  to  continue  in  the  program. 

Advanced  courses  in  the  Russian  Area:  The  stu- 
dent must  complete  at  least  30  hours  of  advanced 
work  in  the  Russian  area  including  12  hours  of  ad- 
vanced course  in  Russian  language,  6  hours  in  Rus- 
sian history,  6  hours  in  Russian  government,  3 
hours  in  Soviet  economics. 

The  student  must  complete  an  additional  18 
hours  of  advanced  work  in  the  above  disciplines.  Of 
these  18,  at  least  12  must  all  be  in  one  of  the  de- 
partments and  at  the  100  level.  If  the  student 
wishes  to  concentrate  in  Russian  language  and  lit- 
terature,  he  should  take  at  least  15  of  these  hours 
in  Russian. 

SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Ellis. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  AND  VICE  CHAIRMAN:  Hirzel. 

PROFESSOR  AND  DIRECTOR  OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  CRIM- 
INOLOGY: Lejins. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  AND  DIRECTOR  OF  THE  DIVISION 
OF  ANTHROPOLOGY:  Williams. 

PROFESSOR:  Janes. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Anderson,  Cussler,  Henkel,  Hoff- 
man, Mclntyre. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Bateman,  Braungart,  Coates.  Fed- 
erico,  Fidelholtz  Franz,  Harper,  Hunt,  Krueeel,  Lengermann, 
Maida,  Pease,  Pollitt,  Rosen  Schwartz,  Simons,  Teevan, 
Thomas. 

LECTURERS:  Adams,  Hulse,  Schuyler. 

INSTRUCTORS:  Doerr.  Hruschka,  McDowell. 

SOCIOLOGY 

The  major  in  Sociology  offers:  (1)  A  liberal  ed- 
ucation especially  directed  toward  understanding 
the  complexities  of  modern  society  and  its  social 
problems;  (2)  a  broad  preparation  for  various  types 
of  professions,  occupations,  and  services  dealing 
with  people;  (3)  a  more  specific  preparation  in  the 
areas  in  which  the  Department  offers  specialization 
such  as  criminology  and  corrections,  community 
studies,  etc.;  (4)  preparation  of  qualified  students 
for  graduate  training  in  Sociology.  A  comprehensive 
set  of  courses  in  Anthropology  is  provided  by  that 
Division  and  a  major  is  offered.  Statements  on 
course  requirements  and  recomended  courses  in 
these  areas  are  available  in  the  departmental  office. 

A  minimum  of  30  hours  in  Sociology  is  required 
of  majors.  Required  courses  include  SOCY  001,  002, 
095,  186,  and  196.  No  course  with  a  grade  of  less 
than  a  "C"  can  be  used  towards  the  major.  Students 
interested  in  the  honors  program  should  check  their 
eligibility  with  the  Department's  Honors  Committee. 


J52 


Arts  and  Sciences 


SOCY  001  or  its  equivalent  is  prerequisite  to  all 
other  courses  in  Sociology. 

SOCY  001.  INTRODUCTION  TO  SOCIOLOGY.  (3) 

This  course  is  one  of  the  set  of  courses  within  the  So- 
cial Science  requirement  of  the  General  Education  Pro- 
gram. Sociological  analysis  of  the  American  social  struc- 
true;  metropolitan,  small  town,  and  rural  communities; 
population  distribution,  composition  and  change;  social 
organization.  (Staff) 

SOCY  013.  RURAL  SOCIOLOGY.  (3) 

Rural  life  in  America;  its  people,  social  organization, 
culture    patterns,    and    problems.  (Staff) 

SOCY  014.  URBAN  SOCIOLOGY.  (3) 

Urban  growth  and  expansion;  characteristics  of  city  pop- 
ulations; urban  institutions  and  personality  patterns; 
relations    of    city    and    county.  (Staff) 

SOCY  051.  SOCIAL  PROBLEMS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  An  examination  of 
the  nature  of  social  problems;  perspectives  on  social 
problems;  the  ways  in  which  social  problems  are  impli- 
cated in  the  organization  of  society;  and  a  detailed  study 
of  selected  social  problems  including  social  conflict  and 
social  inequality.  (Staff) 

SOCY  052.  CRIMINOLOGY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  Criminal  behavior  and 
the  methods  of  its  study;  causation;  typologies  of  crim- 
inal acts  and  offenders;  punishment,  correction,  and 
incapacitation;  prevention  of  crime. 

(Lejins,  Maida,  Staff) 

SOCY  062.  SOCIAL  INSTITUTIONS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  Nature  and  function 
of  social  institutions;  the  perpetuation  of  behavior 
through  customs  and  social  norms;  typical  contempor- 
ary    American     institutions.  (Staff) 

SOCY  071.  DYNAMICS  OF  SOCIAL  INTERACTION.  (3) 

Social  psychology  of  groups  such  as  committees,  teams, 
clubs,  sects,  social  movements,  crowds  and  publics. 
Origin  of  the  social  self;  role  behavior,  inter-group  and 
intra-group     relations.  (Cussler,     Staff) 

SOCY  086.  PRINCIPLES  OF  SOCIOLOGY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  The  basic  forms  of 
social  interaction,  processes,  and  structures.  Intended 
primarily  for,  and  required  of,  all  majors.  It  is  recom- 
mended that  the  course  be  taken  in  the  sophomore  year. 
Formerly  SOCY  002.  The  basic  forms  of  human  associa- 
tions and  interactions,  social  processes;  institutions, 
culture,  human  nature  and  personality. 

(Lengermann,  Pease,  Staff) 

SOCY  095.  INTRODUCTORY  STATISTICS  FOR  SOCIOLOGY 
(3) 
(Two  lectures  and  two  hours  drill  per  week.)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  010  or  equivalent.  Elementary  descriptive  and 
inferential  statistics.  Measures  of  central  tendency  and 
variation,  non-parametric  and  parametric  measures  of 
association  and  correlation,  one-way  analysis  of  variance, 
hypothesis  testing,  point  and  interval  estimates.  Required 
of  all  Sociology  majors. 

(Bateman,  Henkel,  Mclntyre,  Simons,  Teevan,  Staff) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

SOCY  102.  INTERCULTURAL  SOCIOLOGY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SOCY  002.  On  the  basis  of  a  comparative 
study  of  customs,  individual  and  group  behavior  patterns 
and  institutions,  this  course  studies  the  ideologies  of 
America   and   other  modern   societies.  (Franz) 

SOCY  111.  SOCIOLOGY  OF  OCCUPATIONS  AND  CAREERS. 
(3) 
The  sociology  of  work  and  occupational  life  in  modern 
society.  Changing  occupational  ideologies,  values  and 
choices.  Occupational  status  systems  and  occupational 
mobility.  The  social  psychology  of  career  success. 

(Lengermann,  Coates) 

SOCY  112.  RURAL-URBAN  RELATIONS.  (3) 

The  ecology  of  population  and  the  forces  making  for 
change  in  rural  and  urban  life;  migration,  decentraliza- 
tion and  regionalism  as  methods  of  studying  individual 
and  national  issues.  Applied  field  problems.       (Henkel) 

SOCY  113.  THE  RURAL  COMMUNITY.  (3) 

A  detailed  study  of  rural  life  with  emphasis  on  levels  of 
living,  the  family,  school,  and  church  and  organizational 
activities  in  the  fields  of  health,  recreation,  welfare,  and 
planning.  (Staff) 

SOCY  114.  THE  CITY.  (3) 

The  rise  of  urban  civilization  and  metropolitan  regions; 
ecological  process  and  structure;  the  city  as  a  center  of 


dominance;  social  problems,  control  and  planning. 

(Hirzel,  Pollitt) 

SOCY  115.  INDUSTRIAL  SOCIOLOGY.  (3) 

The  sociology  and  human  relations  in  American  industry 
and  business.  Complex  industrial  and  business  organiza- 
tion as  social  systems.  Social  relationships  within  and 
between  industry,  business,  community,  and  society. 

(Coates,  Lengermann) 

SOCY  1 16.  MILITARY  SOCIOLOGY.  (3) 

Social  change  and  the  growth  of  military  institutions. 
Complex  formal  military  organizations.  Military  organiza- 
tions as  social  systems.  Military  service  as  an  occupation 
or  profession.  The  sociology  of  military  life.  Relations  be- 
tween military  institutions,  civilian  communities  and 
society.  (Coates) 

SOCY  117.  THE  SOCIOLOGY  OF  WAR.  (3) 

The  origin  and  development  of  armed  forces  as  institu- 
tions, the  social  causes,  operations  and  results  of  war 
as  social  conflict;  the  relations  of  peace  and  war  and 
revolution   in   contemporary  civilizations.  (Coates) 

SOCY  118.  COMMUNITY  ORGANIZATION.  (3) 

Community  organization  and  its  relation  to  social  wel- 
fare; analysis  of  community  needs  and  resources;  health, 
housing,  recreation;  community  centers-,  neighborhood 
projects.  (Federico) 

SOCY  121.  POPULATION.  (3) 

Population  distribution  and  growth  in  the  United  States 
and  the  world;  population  characteristics  of  the  United 
States;  resulting  population  problems  and  policies. 

(Hirzel,  Kruegel) 

SOCY  122.  POPULATION.  (3) 

Trends  in  fertility  and  mortality,  migrations,  population 
estimates  and  the  resulting  problems  and  policies. 

(Hirzel,  Kruegel) 

SOCY  123.  ETHNIC  MINORITIES.  (3) 

Basic  social  processes  in  the  relations  of  ethnic  groups 
within  the  State;  immigration  groups  and  the  Negro  in 
the  United  States;  ethnic  minorities  in  Europe. 

(Lejins,  Staff) 

SOCY  124.  SOCIOLOGY  OF  RACE  RELATIONS.  (3) 

Race  as  a  focus  of  social  relations.  Political  and  collec- 
tive action  centering  on  race  relations.  New  myths  of 
race.  Trends  in  assimilation  of  racial  groupings. 

(Mclntyre,  Schwartz) 

SOCY  131.  INTRODUCTION  TO  SOCIAL  SERVICE.  (3) 

General  survey  of  the  field  of  social-welfare  activities; 
historical  development;  growth,  functions,  and  specializa- 
tion of  agencies  and  services,  private  and  public. 

(Federico) 

SOCY  136.  SOCIOLOGY  OF  RELIGION.  (3) 

Varieties  and  sources  of  religious  experience.  Religious 
institutions  and  the  role  of  religion  in  social  life. 

(Thomas) 

SOCY  141.  SOCIOLOGY  OF  PERSONALITY.  (3) 

Development  of  human  nature  and  personality  in  con- 
temporary social  life;  processes  of  socialization;  atti- 
tudes, individual  differences,  and  social  behavior. 

(Cussler,  Hunt,  Simons) 

SOCY  143.  FORMAL  AND  COMPLEX  ORGANIZATIONS.  (3) 
The  concept  of  formal  organization.  The  study  of  func- 
tioning and  control  in  the  operation  of  bureaucracies 
such  as  corporations  and  in  large-scale  organizations 
such  as  military,  religious  and  educational  hierarchies. 
Forms  of  recruitment,  internal  mobility  and  organiza- 
tional personality.  Relations  between  large-scale  organi- 
zations and  with  the  larger  society. 

(Lengermann,  Schwartz) 

SOCY  144.  COLLECTIVE  BEHAVIOR.  (3) 

Social  interaction  in  mass  behavior;  communication  pro- 
cesses; structure  and  functioning  of  crowds,  strikes, 
audiences,  mass  movements,  and  the  public. 

(Cussler,  Simons) 

SOCY  145.  SOCIAL  CONTROL.  (3) 

Forms,  mechanism,  and  techniques  of  groups  influence 
on  human  behavior;  problems  of  social  control  in  con- 
temporary    society.  (Braungart) 

SOCY  147.  SOCIOLOGY  OF  LAW.  (3) 

Law  as  a  form  of  social  control;  interrelation  between 
legal  and  other  conduct  norms  as  to  their  content,  sanc- 
tions, and  methods  of  securing  conformity;  law  as  an  in- 
tegral part  of  the  culture  of  the  groups;  factors  and  pro- 
cesses operative  in  the  formation  of  legal  norms  as  de- 
terminants of  human  behavior. 

(Lejins) 

SOCY  148.  SOCIOLOGY  OF  THE  ARTS.  (3) 


Arts  and  Sciences 


753 


Functions  of  the  arts  as  a  social  institution.  Social  role 
of  the  artist.  Recruitment  to  and  organizational  structure 
of  artistic  professions.  Art  forms  and  social  character- 
istics of  audiences.  Changing  technology  and  social 
values  as  reflected  in  artistic  expression. 

(Federico) 

SOCY  153.  JUVENILE  DELINQUENCY.  (3) 

Juvenile  delinquency  in  relation  to  the  general  problem 
of  crime;  analysis  of  factors  underlying  juvenile  delin- 
quency; treatment  and  prevention.     (Lejins,  Maida,  Staff) 

SOCY  154.  CRIME  AND  DELINQUENCY  PREVENTION.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  SOCY  052  or  SOCY  153  or  consent  of  in- 
structor.  Methods  and  programs  in  prevention  of  crime 
and    delinquency.  (Lejins,    Maida,    Staff) 

SOCY  155.  TREATMENT  OF  CRIMINALS  AND  DELIN- 
QUENTS IN  THE  COMMUNITY.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  SOCY  052,  153,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Analysis  of  the  processes  and  methods  in  the  modifica- 
tion of  criminal  patterns  of  behavior  in  a  community 
setting.  (Lejins,  Staff) 

SOCY    156.    INSTITUTIONAL    TREATMENT    OF    CRIMINALS 
AND  DELINQUENTS.  (3) 
Prerequisite,   SOCY  052  or  SOCY  153  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. History,  organization  and  functions  of  penal  and 
correctional  institutions  for  adults  and  juveniles. 

(Lejins,  Staff) 

SOCY  162.  SOCIAL  STRATIFICATION.  (3) 

Prerequsite,  9  credits  of  sociology.  An  introduction  to 
the  sociology  of  social  stratification.  Consideration  of 
the  basic  concepts  and  major  findings  in  the  field.  The 
relationship  of  social  stratification  to  the  institutional 
orders    of    the    society.  (Pease) 

SOCY  164.  THE  FAMILY  AND  SOCIETY.  (3) 

Study  of  the  family  as  a  social  institution;  its  biological 
and  cultural  foundations,  historic  development,  changing 
structure  and  function;  the  interactions  of  marriages 
and  parenthood,  disorganizing  and  reorganizing  factors 
in    present    day    trends.  (Harper) 


SOCY   174.    SENIOR  SEMINAR  IN  SOCIAL  WORK.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instructor.  Open  only 
to  graduating  seniors  enrolled  in  the  Pre-Professional 
Social  Work  Program.  This  course  seeks  to  give  Pre-Pro- 
fessional Social  Work  students  experience  in  applying 
social  science  theory  to  concrete  social  problems.  Cases 
of  psychological,  social,  and  biological  malfunction  will 
be  studied,  and  specific  treatment  plans  constructed. 
The  interrelated  nature  of  several  causes  of  deviant  be- 
havior will  be  stressed,  as  will  the  importance  of  under- 
standing and  using  the  principles  of  several  social  sci- 
ence   disciplines.  (Federico) 

SOCY  180.  SMALL  GROUP  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

Analysis  of  small  group  structure  and  dynamics.  Review 
of  research  on  small  groups  in  factories,  military  service, 
schools  and  communities.  Presentation  of  techniques 
used  in  the  study  of  small  groups.  (Franz,  Teevan) 

SOCY   186.    SOCIOLOGICAL  THEORY.  (3) 

Development  of  the  science  of  sociology;  historic  back- 
grounds; recent  theories  of  society.  Majors  in  sociology 
should  take  this  course  in  their  senior  year. 

(Janes,  Hunt,  Thomas) 

SOCY   191.    SOCIAL  FIELD  TRAINING.  (1-3) 

Prerequisites,  for  social  work  field  training,  SOCY  131; 
for  crime  control  field  training,  SOCY  052  and  153.  En- 
rollment restricted  to  available  placements.  Supervised 
field  training  in  public  and  private  social  agencies.  The 
student  will  select  his  particular  area  of  interest  and  be 
responsible  to  an  agency  for  a  definite  program  of  in- 
service  training.  Group  meetings,  individual  conferences, 
and  written  program  reports  will  be  a  required  part  of 
the      course.  (Staff) 

SOCY   193.    INDEPENDENT   READING  COURSE    IN   SOCIOL- 
OGY. (3) 
For  honors  students  only.  This  course  is  designed  for  the 
needs  of  the  honors  students  in  Sociology.  (Staff) 

SOCY  194.  INDEPENDENT  RESEARCH  IN  SOCIOLOGY.  (3) 
For  honors  students  only.  This  course  is  designed  for  the 
needs  of  the  honors  students  in  Sociology.  (Staff) 

SOCY  195.  INTERMEDIATE  STATISTICS  FOR  SOCIOLOG- 
ISTS. (3) 
Prerequisite,  SOCY  095  or  equivalent  and  six  additional 
credits  in  Sociology.  Intermediate  correlation  techniques, 
analysis  of  variance,  sampling,  additional  noB-parame- 
tric  techniques,  additional  topics  in  inferential  statistics. 
Required  of  all  candidates  for  the  M.A.  degree. 

(Bateman,  Henkel,  Simons,  Staff) 


SOCY  196.  INTRODUCTION  TO  RESEARCH  METHODS  IN 
SOCIOLOGY.  (3) 
Nature  and  scope  of  sociological  research  problem  form- 
ulation, case  study  methods,  observational  methods,  sur- 
vey method,  experimental  methods,  documentary  meth- 
ods, miscellaneous  methods. 

(Bateman,  Mclntyre,  Teevan,  Staff) 
SOCY  199.  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  OF  SOCIOLOGY.  (1-6) 

Prerequisites,  written  consent  of  faculty  under  whose 
direction  the  study  is  to  be  performed,  and  at  least 
twelve  hours  of  sociology  credit  to  include  one  or  more 
of  the  following:  SOCY  095;  SOCY  186;  SOCY  196.  In- 
tegrated reading  or  research  under  direction  and  super- 
vision of  faculty  member.  (Staff) 
At  least  one  seminar  each  in  methods-statistics,  theory, 
community,  social  psychology,  and  criminology  will  be  of- 
fered each  semester. 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 
SOCY  201.  METHODS  OF  SOCIAL  RESEARCH.  (3) 
SOCY  202.    ADVANCED   RESEARCH   METHODS   IN   SOCIOL- 
OGY. (3) 
SOCY  204.   PRACTICUM   IN  DATA  ANALYSIS  IN   FIELD  RE- 
SEARCH. (3) 
SOCY  205.    COMPUTER     METHODS     FOR     SOCIOLOGISTS. 

(3) 
SOCY  214.  SURVEY  OF  URBAN  THEORY.  (3) 
SOCY  215.  COMMUNITY  STUDIES.  (3) 

SOCY  216.    SOCIOLOGY    OF    OCCUPATIONS    AND    PROFES- 
SIONS. (3) 
SOCY  217.  SEMINAR  IN  FIELD  WORK  URBAN  RESEARCH. 

(3) 
SOCY  219.  HUMAN  ECOLOGY.  (3) 
SOCY  221.  POPULATION  AND  SOCIETY.  (3) 
SOCY  230.  COMPARATIVE  SOCIOLOGY.  (3) 
SOCY  241.  PERSONALITY  AND  SOCIAL  STRUCTURE.  (3) 
SOCY  246.  PUBLIC  OPINION  AND  PROPAGANDA.  (3) 
SOCY  247.  SOCIOLOGY  OF  LAW.  (3) 
SOCY  250.  FORMAL  ORGANIZATION.  (3) 
SOCY  253.  ADVANCED  CRIMINOLOGY.  (3) 
SOCY  254.  SEMINAR:  Criminology.  (3) 
SOCY  255.  SEMINAR:  Juvenile  Delinquency.  (3) 
SOCY  256.    CRIME  AND  DELINQUENCY  AS  A  COMMUNITY 

PROBLEM.  (3) 
SOCY  257.  SOCIAL  CHANGE  AND  SOCIAL  POLICY.  (3) 
SOCY  262.  FAMILY  STUDIES.  (3) 

SOCY  263.  MARRIAGE  AND  FAMILY  COUNSELING.  (3) 
SOCY  264.  THE  SOCIOLOGY  OF  MENTAL  HEALTH.  (3) 
SOCY  266.    RESEARCH  LITERATURE  IN  SOCIAL  STRATIFI- 

CATION.  (3) 
SOCY  271.  THEORY  OF  SOCIAL  INTERACTION.  (3) 
SOCY  282.  SOCIOLOGY  METHODOLOGY.  (3) 
SOCY  286.  DEVELOPMENT  OF  EUROPEAN  AND  AMERICAN 

SOCIOLOGICAL  THEORY.  (3) 
SOCY  287.  SEMINAR:  SOCIOLOGICAL  THEORY.  (3) 
SOCY  288.  THE  SOCIOLOGY  OF  KNOWLEDGE.  (3) 
SOCY  291.    SPECIAL  SOCIAL  PROBLEMS.  (Credit  to  be  de- 
termined) 
SOCY  295.  ADVANCED  STATISTICS  FOR  SOCIOLOGISTS.  (3) 
SOCY  399.   THESIS  RESEARCH.  (Credit  to  be  determined) 
SOCY  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  (Credit  to  be  deter- 
mined) 


SPEECH  AND  DRAMATIC  ART 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Aylward. 

PROFESSORS:     Hofsommer     (Emeritus),     Newby,     Pugliese, 

Strausbaugh. 
ASSOCIATE   PROFESSORS:   Baker,   Lmkow.   Meersman,   Nie- 

meyer. 
ASSOCIATE  RESEARCH  PROFESSOR:  Causey. 
ASSISTANT      PROFESSORS:      Canetta,      Craven,      Doudna. 

Kennicott    Kirkley,  OLeary,  Provensen,  Rebach,  Starcher, 

Vaughan.  Wolvm. 
LECTUR&RS:  Liebergott,  Spuehler,  Weiss. 
INSTRUCTORS:  Akiyama,  Anderson   Blom,  Blum,  Boss.  Buen- 

ger,  Caudill,  Corea,  DuMonceau.  Hassan,  Kogler,  Lea,  Man- 


154 


Arts  and  Sciences 


zan      McCleary,     McClure,     McKerrow,     Slattu/n,     Ulrich, 
Wallace. 


The  courses  in  this  Department  have  two  main 
functions:  (1)  to  provide  training  in  basic  oral  com- 
munication skills  to  meet  the  general  needs  of  un- 
dergraduates of  the  University;  (2)  to  provide  inte- 
grated specialized  training  for  students  who  wish  to 
major  or  minor  in  speech. 

The  undergraduate  program  provides  for  spe- 
cific emphasis  in  one  of  the  four  areas  of  the  Depart- 
ment: (1)  General  Speech  (speech  education,  per- 
suasion, public  address,  oral  interpretation,  organi- 
zational and  interpersonal  communication),  (2) 
Dramatic  Art  (educational  theatre,  acting,  directing, 
producing,  theatre  history,  and  technical  theatre), 
(3)  Radio/Television  (educational  radio  and  tele- 
vision, programming,  directing,  and  producing);  (4) 
Speech  and  Hearing  Science  (  phonetics,  semantics, 
speech  and  hearing  therapy,  speech  pathology  and 
audiology).  Adequate  preparation  and  training  for 
graduate  work  is  provided.  Programs  for  various 
concentrations  may  be  obtained  from  the  depart- 
mental office  or  advisors. 

Minors  in  speech  are  adapted  to  meet  the  needs 
of  students  majoring  in  English,  the  social  sciences, 
journalism  and  public  relations,  elementary  educa- 
tion, nursery  school-kindergarten  education,  pre- 
law, and  pre-ministry  fields. 

Prerequisites  for  all  majors  in  speech  are  SPCH 
001  and  002,  as  well  as  SPHR  003  or  SPCH  004, 
and  ZOOL  001.  Major  requirements:  30  hours  of 
courses  in  speech  with  15  hours  of  courses  num- 
bered 100  and  above.  No  course  with  a  grade  less 
than  "C"  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major  requirements. 

Specific  requirements  for  professional  training 
in  speech  and  hearing  science  include  completion 
of  the  general  requirements  for  speech  majors  with 
the  following  additions:  ZOOL  014,  015;  PSYC  001, 
005,  025,  110,  131;  a  minimum  of  21  hours  of 
speech  sciences  at  the  100  level. 

Qualified  students,  depending  upon  specialized 
interests,  are  invited  to  participate  in  the  activities 
of  the  University  Theater,  Radio-Television  Work- 
shop, and  the  Calvert  Debate  Club. 

The  Department  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
offers  an  Honors  Program  for  the  superior  student. 
Interested  students  should  consult  their  advisor  for 
further  information  no  later  than  the  beginning  of 
their  junior  year. 

GENERAL  SPEECH 

*SPCH  001.    PUBLIC  SPEAKING.  (3) 

Prerequisite  for  advanced  speech  courses.  The  prepara- 
tion and  delivery  of  short  original  speeches;  outside  read- 
ings; reports,  etc.  It  is  recommended  that  this  course  be 
taken  during  the  freshman  year.  SPCH  001  and  007  may 
not  both   be  used  for  credit.  (Linkow,   Staff) 

SPCH  002.  ADVANCED  PUBLIC  SPEAKING.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPCH  001  or  007.  A  study  of  rehetoncal 
principles  and  models  of  speech  composition  in  con- 
junction with  the  preparation  and  presentation  of  spe- 
cific   forms    of    public    address.  (Staff) 

SPCH  004.  VOICE  AND  DICTION.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Emphasis  upon  the  improve- 
ment of  voice,  articulation,  and  phonation.  May  be  taken 
concurrently    with    SPCH    001.  (Starcher,  Staff) 

*SPCH  007.  PUBLIC  SPEAKING.  (2) 

The  preparation  and  delivery  of  speeches  on  technical 
and  general  subjects.  SPCH  007  and  001  may  not  both 
be    used    for    credit.  (Staff) 

SPCH  010.  GROUP  DISCUSSION.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  principles,  methods,  and  types  of  discus- 
sion, and  their  application  in  the  discussion  of  contem- 
porary   problems.  (Linkow,     Staff) 

SPCH  Oil,  012.  DEBATE.  (2,  2) 


Pre-Law  students  may  take  SPCH  Oil,  012,  instead  of 
SPCH  001  or  SPCH  007.  A  study  of  the  principles  of 
argument,  analysis,  evidence,  reasoning,  fallacies,  brief- 
ing, and  delivery,  together  with  their  application  in  pub- 
lic   speaking.  (Fitzgerald,    Staff) 

SPCH  013.  ORAL  INTERPRETATION.  (3) 

The  oral  interpretation  of  literature  and  the  practical 
training  of  students  in  the  art  of  reading. 

(Provensen,  Staff) 

SPCH  021.  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  SPEECH  COMMUNICATION 
(3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  A  study  of  oral  communica- 
tive behavior,  including  problems  and  processes  of  sym- 
bolizatjons,  aspects  of  oral  language,  the  involvement  of 
the  talker  and  listener,  kinds  of  signals,  and  self-revela- 
tion  through   speech.  (Frank,    Staff) 

SPCH  023.    PARLIAMENTARY  LAW.  (1) 

A  study  of  the  principles  and  application  of  parliament- 
ary law  as  applied  to  all  types  of  meetings.  Thorough 
training  in  the  use  of  Robert's  Rules  of  Order. 

(Strausbaugh) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

SPCH  107.  ADVANCED  ORAL  INTERPRETATION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPCH  013.  Emphasis  upon  the  longer  read- 
ing.    Program    planning.  (Provensen) 

SPCH  110.  ADVANCED  GROUP  DISCUSSION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPCH  010.  Required  in  speech  curriculum 
and  elective  in  other  curricula.  An  examination  of  cur- 
rent research  and  techniques  in  the  discussion  and 
conference,  inculding  extensive  practice  in  this  area. 

(Linkow) 

SPCH    111.    SEMINAR.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  senior  standing  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Present-day  speech  research.  (Strausbugh,  Staff) 

SPCH    124,125.    AMERICAN  PUBLIC  ADDRESS.  (3  3) 

Prerequisite,  SPCH  001,  or  007.  The  first  semester 
covers  the  period  from  colonial  times  to  the  Civil  War 
period.  The  second  semester  covers  from  the  Civil  War 
period  through  the  contemporary  period. 

SPCH  133.  COMMUNICATION  PROCESSES  IN  CONFER- 
ENCES. (3) 
Prerequisite,  one  course  in  public  speaking.  Limited  to 
students  at  the  off-campus  centers.  Group  participation 
in  conferences,  methods  of  problem  solving,  semantic 
aspects  of  language,  and  the  function  of  conferences  in 
industry    and    government.  (Linkow) 

SPCH    161.    ANCIENT  RHETORIC.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPCH  002  or  consent  of  instructor.  The 
theories  of  speech-making  and  speech  composition  as 
propounded  by  the  classical  rhetoricians.  Special  at- 
tention is  given  to  Plato,  Aristole,  Socrates,  Cicero, 
Quintillian,  and  St.  Augustine.  (Staff) 

SPCH    162.    MODERN  RHETORIC.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPCH  002  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A 
study  of  the  development  of  modern  rhetorical  theories  in 
Europe  and  America  with  consideration  of  the  application 
of  the  theories  to  public  address.  Special  attention  is 
given  to  Thomas  Sheridan,  John  Walker,  George  Camp- 
bell, Hugh  Blair,  Richard  Whately,  James  A.  Winans, 
Charles  Woolbert,  I.  A.  Richards,  and  Kenneth  Burke. 

(Staff) 

SPCH  163.  MATERIALS  AND  PROGRAMS  FOR  THE  DEVEL- 
OPMENT OF  LISTENING.  (3) 
Second  semester.  The  study  of  research  finding,  listening 
tests,  materials,  equipment,  and  programs  which  can  be 
used    to   develop    listening   skills.  (Frank) 

SPCH  164.  PERSUASION  IN  SPEECH.  (3) 

Second  semester,  Prerequisite,  SPCH  002  or  Oil.  A 
study  of  the  bases  of  persuasion  with  emphasis  on  re- 
cent experimental  developments  in  persuasion.         (Staff) 

SPCH  180.  HONORS  SEMINAR.  (3) 

For  Honors  students  only.  Readings,  symposiums,  visit- 
ing    lecturers,     discussions.  (Staff) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 
SPCH  260.   SPEECH   AND  DRAMA  PROGRAMS   IN  HIGHER 

EDUCATION.  (3) 
SPCH  261.  INTRODUCTION  TO  GRADUATE  STUDY  IN 

SPEECH.  (3) 
SPCH  262.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  GENERAL  SPEECH.  (3) 
SPCH  263.  RHETORICAL  THEORIES  OF  STYLE.  (3) 
SPCH  264.  INTERPERSONAL  COMMUNICATION.  (3) 
SPCH  290.  INDEPENDENT  STUDY.  (1-3) 


Arts  and  Sciences 


155 


SPCH  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (1-6) 

SPCH  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  (Arranged) 

DRAMATIC  ART 

DART  008.  ACTING.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Basic  principles  of 
histrionic  practice.  (Meersman) 

DART  014.  STAGECRAFT.  (3) 

Fundamentals  of  technical  production.  Emphais  on  con- 
struction   of    scenery.  (Ulrich) 

DART  016.  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  THEATRE.  (3) 
A  general  survey  of  the  fields  of  the  theatre. 

(Pugliese) 

DART  017.  MAKE-UP.  (2) 

One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  A  lecture- 
laboratory  course  in  the  theory  and  practice  of  stage 
make-up,  covering  basic  requirements  as  to  age,  type, 
character,     race,     and     period.  (Schmitt) 

FOR  A0VANCE0  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

DART  113.  PLAY  PRODUCTION.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequsite,  DART  016  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Development  of  procedure  followed  by  the  di- 
rector in  preparing  plays  for  public  performance. 

(Meersman) 

DART  114.  THE  FILM  AS  AN  ART  FORM.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  motion  picture  as  a  developing  form  of 
entertainment,  communication,  and  artistic  expression. 
A  series  of  significant  American  and  foreign  films  are 
viewed  to  illustrate  the  artistic,  historical,  and  sociol- 
ogical trends  of  the  twentieth  century.  (Niemeyer) 

DART  127.  CHILDREN'S  DRAMATICS.  (3) 

Principles  and  methods  necessary  for  staging  children's 
productions  on  the  elementary  school  level.  Major  em- 
phasis on  creative  dramatics;  the  application  of  creative 
dramatics  in  the  school  room,  and  the  values  gained  by 
the  child  in  this  activity.  Students  will  conduct  classes 
in  forma!  and  creative  dramatics  which  will  culminate 
in     children's     programs.  (Hughes) 

DART  129,  130.  Play  Directing.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  DART  008  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  lec- 
ture-laboratory course  dealing  with  the  fundamentals  of 
script  cutting,  pacing,  movement,  blocking  and  rehearsal 
routine  as  applied  to  the  directing  of  plays.       (O'Leary) 

DART  131.  HISTORY  OF  THE  THEATRE.  (3) 

First  semester.  A  survey  of  the  dramatic  production  from 
early     origin     to     1800.  CNiemeyer) 

DART  132.  HISTORY  OF  THE  THEATRE.  (3) 

Second  semester.  A  survey  of  dramatic  production  from 
1800     to     the     present.  (Niemeyer) 

DART   139.   THEATRE  WORKSHOP.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  DART  008  or  014.  A  laboratory  course  de- 
signed to  provide  the  student  with  practical  experience 
in  all  phases  of  theater  production.  (Staff) 

DART   171.    STYLES  AND  THEORIES  OF  ACTING.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  DART  008  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  study  and  application  of  historical  styles 
and    theories    of    acting.  (Pugliese) 

DART  175.  STAGE  DESIGN.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  DART  014  or  consent  of  instructor.  The 
theory  of  stage  design  and  lighting.  Making  of  plans  as 
coordinate    elements    of    scenic    design-.  (Schmitt) 

DART  176.  PRINCIPLES  AND  THEORIES  OF  STAGE  LIGHT- 
ING. (3) 

Prerequisite,  DART  175.  A  study  of  composition,  control, 
and  instrumentation  in  theatrical  lighting.  (Schmitt) 

DART  177.  COSTUME  DESIGN  FOR  THE  STAGE.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  DART  014  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  his- 
torical and  functional  study  of  theatrical  costume  de- 
sign. (Waters) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

DART  270.  SEMINAR:  Studies  in  Theatre.  (3) 

DART  271.  THE  THEORY  OF  PRE-MODERN  DRAMATIC  PRO- 
DUCTION. (3) 

DART  272.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  DRAMA.  (3) 

DART  273.  THEORIES  OF  THE  DRAMA.  (3) 

DART  275.  THEORY  OF  VISUAL  DESIGN  FOR  THE  PERFORM 
ING  ARTS.  (3) 

RADIO  AND  TELEVISION 

RATV  022.  INTRODUCTION  TO  RADIO  AND  TELEVISION.  (3) 
Prerequisite  for  all  courses  in  radio  except  RATV  024. 


The  development,  scope,  and  influence  of  American 
broadcasting  and  telecasting,  including  visits  to  local 
radio  and  television  stations. 
RATV  024.  MASS  COMMUNICATION  IN  20TH  CENTURY 
SOCIETY.  (3) 
A  problem  centered  approach  to  the  study  of  mass  com- 
munication and  the  impact  of  media  on  contemporary 
society.  Each  semester  the  media  treatment  of  a  contem- 
porary social,  economic  or  environmental  issue  is  used  as 
a  focus  for  study  of  the  principles,  techniques  and  ef- 
fects of  mass  media.  Students  produce  simple  radio, 
television  and  film  material  on  the  selected  issue. 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

RATV  102.  RADIO  PRODUCTION.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  RATV  022  and  consent 
of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  multiple  problems  facing 
the  producer.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to  acoustic  set- 
up, casting,  "miking,"  timing,  cutting,  and  the  coordina- 
tion of  personnel  factors  involved  in  the  production  of 
radio      programs.  (Kirkley) 

RATV  115.  RADIO  AND  TELEVISION  IN  RETAILING.  (3) 

First  semester.  Limited  to  students  in  the  College  of 
Home  Economics.  Prerequisite,  SPCH  001  or  007. 
Writing  and  production  of  promotional  programs  for  the 
merchandising  of  wearing  apparel  and  home-furnishings. 
Collaboration  with  the  Washington  and  Baltimore  radio 
stations   and   retail   stores.  (Kirkley) 

RATV  117.  RADIO  AND  TELEVISION  CONTINUITY  WRITING. 
(3) 
Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  RATV  022  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  principles,  methods  and  limita- 
tions of  writing  for  radio  and  television.  Application  will 
be  made  in  the  writing  of  general'types  of  continuities 
and      commercials.  (Staff) 

RATV  140.  PRINCIPLES  OF  TELEVISION  PRODUCTION.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  022.  A  study  of  the  theory,  methods,  tech- 
niques, and  problems  of  television  production  and  di- 
rection. Units  of  study  covering  television  cameras  and 
lenses,  lighting  theory  and  practices,  scenery  and  proper- 
ties, costumes  and  makeup,  graphic  arts  and  special  ef- 
fects are  included.  Observation  of  production  procedures 
at  nearby  television  stations.  Application  will  be  made 
through  crew  assignments  for  University-produced  tele- 
vision programs.  (Staff) 

RATV  146.  TELEVISION  NEWS  AND  PUBLIC  AFFAIRS.  (3) 
First   semester.    Prerequisite,    RATV   117   or   JOUR   101. 
Training   in  presentation  of  television  news,   interviews, 
discussions,  and  forums.  (McCleary) 

RATV  147.  ANALYSIS  OF  BROADCASTING  PROCESSES  AND 
RESULTS.  (3) 
First  semester.  Prerequisite,  RATV  022  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Survey  of  the  more  common  analytic  ap 
proaches,  methods,  and  results  in  the  field  of  radio  ana 
television.  (Staff) 

RATV  148.  TELEVISION  DIRECTION.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  hour  lecture,  three  hour  labora- 
tory. Prerequisites,  RATV  022,  140.  Principles  of  tele- 
vision direction  including  analysis  of  script,  casting, 
rehearsing,  production,  and  video  control.  (Aylward) 

RATV  149.  TELEVISION  WORKSHOP.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  hour  lecture,  four  hour  laboratory. 
Prerequisites.  RATV  022,  140,  and  148  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. (Aylward) 

RATV  150.  RADIO  AND  TELEVISION  STATION  MANAGE- 
MENT. (3) 
Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  RATV  022  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Broadcasting  regulations,  licenses,  person- 
nel functions,  sales,  advertising,  and  program  and  station 
promotion.  (Kirkley) 

RATV  151.  BROADCAST  PROGRAMMING  AND  CRITICISM. 
(3) 
Second  semester.  An  investigation  of  the  professional, 
historical,  social  and  psychological  criticism  of  American 
radio  and  television,  together  with  a  critical  analysis  of 
contemporary  programming  trends  and  conventions. 

(Kirkley) 

RATV  152  INTERNATIONAL  AND  COMPARATIVE  BROAD- 
CASTING SYSTEMS.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  RATV  022.  A  comparative  study  of  interna- 
tional broadcasting  program  policies,  economic  systems, 
control  and  organization.  The  use  of  broadcasting  in  in- 
ternational affairs  as  an  instrument  of  propaganda,  cul- 
tural and  informational  dissemination.  Monitoring  of 
overseas  broadcasts,  television  programs  and  discussions 
with  representatives  of  domestic  and  foreign  interna- 
tional broadcast  agencies. 


156 


Arts  and  Science* 


RATV  155.  FILM  PRODUCTION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  theo- 
retical and  practical  aspects  of  16  mm  film  production. 
Through  reading  and  practice,  students  are  familiarized 
with  basic  cinematography,  lighting,  editing,  pictorial 
composition  and  film  continuity  as  a  communication  arts 
medium.  (Staff) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 
RATV  240.  SEMINAR  IN  BROADCASTING.  (3) 
RATV  241.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  BROADCASTING.  (3) 
RATV  248.  ADVANCED  TELEVISION  DIRECTION.  (3) 

SPEECH  AND  HEARING  SCIENCE 

Speech  Clinic.  No  Credit. 

Remedial  work  in  minor  speech  defects.  The  work  of  the 
clinic  is  conducted  in  individual  conferences  and  in 
small  group  meetings.  Hours  arranged  by  consultation 
with   the   respective   speech    instructor.  (Staff) 

SPHR  003.  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  GENERAL  AMERICAN 
SPEECH.  (3) 
Training  in  auditory  discrimination  of  speech  sounds, 
rhythms  and  inflection  of  general  American  speech.  Anal- 
ysis of  the  physiological  bases  of  speech  production  and 
the  phonetic  elements  of  speech  reception.  This  course 
is  required  of  majors  in  speech  and  hearing  science  and 
recommended  for  foreign  students  and  majors  in  nursery 
and    elementary    education.  (Staff) 


FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

SPHR  105.  SPEECH-HANDICAPPED  SCHOOL  CHILDREN.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  SPHR  003  for  undergraduates.  The  occur- 
rence, identification,  and  treatment  of  speech  handicaps 
in  the  classrooms.  An  introduction  to  speech  pathology. 

(Staff) 

SPHR  106.  CLINICAL  PRACTICE.  (1  to  5  Credits,  up  to  9) 
Prerequisites,  SPHR  105  and  consent  of  instructor.  May 
be  taken  for  1-5  credit  hours  per  semester.  May  be  re- 
peated for  a  total  of  9  semester  hours  credit.  Clinical 
practice  in  various  methods  of  corrective  procedures 
with  various  types  of  speech  cases  in  the  University 
clinic,  Veterans  hospitals,  and  public  schools. 

(Craven) 

SPHR  108.  EDUCATION  PHONETICS.  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  relate  phonetic  science  to  the 
classroom.  An  extensive  coverage  of  broad  transcription 
of  general  American  speech.  Students  having  credit  for 
SPHR  003  or  any  previous  phonetics  course  are  not 
eligible  for  this  course. 

SPHR    109.    SPEECH    AND    LANGUAGE    DEVELOPMENT   OF 
CHILDREN.  (3) 
Second  semester.  Admission  by  consent  of  instructor.  An 
analysis  of  normal  and  abnormal  processes  of  speech  and 
language  development  in  children. 

SPHR  112.  PHONETICS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPHR  003  or  consent  of  instructor.  Training 
in  the  recognition  and  production  of  the  sounds  of  spoken 
English,  with  an  analysis  of  their  formation.  Practice 
transcription.  Mastery  of  the  international  phonetic  al- 
phabet. (Baker) 

SPHR  120.  SPEECH  PATHOLOGY.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  SPHR  105.  A  continuation  of 
SPHR  105,  with  emphasis  on  the  causes  and  treatment 
of   organic   speech    disorders.  (Staff) 

SPHR    126.    SEMANTIC   ASPECTS   OF   SPEECH    IN    HUMAN 
RELATIONS.  (3) 
Second    semester.    Prerequisite,    one    course    in    public 
speaking.    An   analysis   of   speech   and    language   habits 
from  the  standpoint  of  general  semantics. 

SPHR  135.  INSTRUMENTATION  IN  SPEECH  AND  HEARING 
SCIENCE.  (3) 
First  semester.  Prerequisite,  003.  The  use  of  electronic 
equipment  in  the  measurement  bf  speech  and  hearing. 

(Linkow) 

SPHR  136.  PRINCIPLES  OF  SPEECH  THERAPY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPHR  120.  Differential  diagnosis  of  speech 
and  language  handicaps  and  the  application  of  psycho- 
logical principles  of  learning,  motivation  and  adjustment  in 
the  treatment  of  speech  disorders.  (Craven) 

SPHR   138.    METHODS  AND   MATERIALS   IN   SPEECH  COR- 
RECTION. (3) 
Prerequisite,   SPHR   120  or  the  equivalent.   The  design 
and  use  of  methods  and  materials  for  diagnosis,  measure- 
ment, and  retraining  of  the  speech-handicapped. 

(Craven) 


SPHR  141.  INTRODUCTION  TO  AUDIOMETRY.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites  SPHR  003.  135.  Analysis 
of  various  methods  and  procedures  in  evaluating  hearing 
losses.  Required  for  students  whose  concentration  is  in 
speech  and  hearing  therapy.  (Doudna) 

SPHR  142.  SPEECH  READING  AND  AUDITORY  TRAINING. 
(3) 
Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  SPHR  135,  141.  Meth- 
ods of  training  individuals  with  hearing  loss  to  recognize, 
interpret  and  understand  spoken  language.  Required 
for  students  whose  concentration  is  in  speech  and  hear- 
ing therapy.  (Doudna) 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 
The  department  maintains  a  reciprocal  agree- 
ment with  the  Veterans  Administration  whereby 
clinical  practice  may  be  obtained  at  the  Audiology 
and  Speech  Pathology  Clinic,  Veterans  Administra- 
tion Hospital,  50  Irving  St.,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 
SPHR  201.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  SEMINAR.  (A.  through  K.) 

(1,3) 
SPHR  202.  TECHNIQUES  OF  RESEARCH    IN  SPEECH  AND 

HEARING.  (3) 
SPHR  203.  EXPERIMENTAL  PHONETICS.  (3) 
SPHR  204.  APPLIED  PHONETICS.  (3) 
SPHR  205.  ADVANCED  EXPERIMENTAL  PHONETICS.  (3) 
SPHR    206.    DIAGNOSTIC    PROCEDURES    IN    SPEECH    PA- 
THOLOGY. 3) 
SPHR  207.  ADVANCED  PRINCIPLES  OF  SPEECH  AND  HEAR- 
ING THERAPY.  (3) 
SPHR    208.    QUANTITATIVE    METHODS    IN    SPEECH    AND 

HEARING  SCIENCE.  (3) 
SPHR  210.   ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  SPEECH  AND 

HEARING.  (3) 
SPHR   211.    A,    B,    C,    D.    ADVANCED   CLINICAL   PRACTICE. 

(1,3  up  to  12) 
SPHR  212.  ADVANCED  SPEECH  PATHOLOGY.  (3) 
SPHR  214.  CLINICAL  AUDIOMETRY.  (3) 
SPHR  216.   COMMUNICATION   SKILLS  FOR  THE  HARD-OF- 

HEARING.  (3) 
SPHR  217.   HEARING  AID  SELECTION  FOR  THE  ACOUSTI- 
CALLY HANDICAPPED.  (3) 
SPHR  218.  SPEECH  AND  HEARING  IN  MEDICAL  REHABILI- 
TATION AND  SPECIAL  EDUCATION  PROGRAMS.  (3) 
SPHR  219.   SPEECH  DISORDERS  OF  THE  BRAIN-INJURED. 

(3) 
SPHR  220.  EXPERIMENTAL  AUDIOLOGY.  (3) 
SPHR  221.  COMMUNICATION  THEORY  AND  SPEECH  HEAR- 
ING PROBLEMS.  (3) 
SPHR  222.  ADVANCED  BIO-ACOUSTICS.  (3) 
SPHR  223.  ADVANCED  PSYCHO-ACOUSTICS.  (3) 
SPHR  224.  THE  PREPARATION  OF  SPEECH  AND  HEARING 
SCIENTISTS   IN    INSTITUTIONS  OF   HIGHER   LEARNING. 
(3) 
SPHR  225.  ADVANCED  SEMANTICS.  (3) 
SPHR  226.   LANGUAGE  PROBLEMS  OF  THE  EXCEPTIONAL 

CHILD.  (3) 
SPHR  227.  EXPERIMENTAL  DESIGN  IN  SPEECH  AND  HEAR- 
ING SCIENCE.  (3) 
SPHR  229.  CLINICAL  AND  SOCIO-ECONOMIC  ASPECTS  OF 

HEARING  LOSS.  (3) 
SPHR  301.   INDEPENDENT  STUDY  IN  SPEECH  AND  HEAR- 
ING SCIENCE.  (1-6) 


ZOOLOGY 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN:  Corliss. 

PROFESSORS:    Anastos,    Brown,    Burhoe,    Grollman,    Haley, 

Humphrey,  Jacowski,  Otto,  Schleidt. 
RESEARCH  PROFESSORS:  Cronin*.  Glinos*,  Koo*,  Sadun. 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Brinkley,  Clark,  Gainer,  Highton, 

Linder,  Morse.  Ramm. 
RESEARCH   ASSOCIATE   PROFESSORS:   Eisenberg,    Flyger*, 

Mihursky,  Price.  Sprague*. 
ASSISTANT     PROFESSORS:     Contrera,     Goode,      Imberksi, 

Potter. 
RESEARCH  ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Flemmer  and  Hidu. 
RESEARCH  ASSOCIATES:  Doss  and  Farr. 
LECTURER:  Mcintosh. 


Arts  and  Sciences 


157 


INSTRUCTORS:     Croshaw,     Ivie,     Kaufman,     Moore,     Piper, 

Smythe,  Stewart. 
JUNIOR  INSTRUCTORS:  Guidmore,  Smith,  J.  Vieweg. 

The  Department  of  Zoology  offers  a  program 
leading  to  a  B.S.  with  a  major  in  Zoology.  A  core  of 
required  courses  and  restricted  electives  in  zoology, 
as  well  as  supporting  courses  in  other  fields,  pro- 
vides an  introduction  to,  and  an  appreciation  of,  the 
broad  field  of  zoology.  Through  selection  of  addi- 
tional elective  courses  to  complete  the  required 
34  credit  hours  in  zoology,  the  student  may  explore 
in  greater  depth  some  phase  of  zoology  which  is  of 
particular  interest  to  him.  Copies  of  suggested  cur- 
ricula for  students  interested  in  preparation  for 
graduate  study  in  various  phases  of  zoology  or  in 
pre-medical,  pre-dental  and  biological  technician 
training  are  available  from  the  departmental  office. 


All  majors  are  required  to  complete  a  minimum 
of  30  hours  in  zoology  with  an  average  grade  of  "C". 
Required  courses  include  ZOOL  001,  002,  006,  and 
one  course  from  each  of  the  following  groups:  Group 
I,  ZOOL  102,  103,  104,  105,  109;  GROUP  II,  ZOOL 
110,  118,  120,  127,  129;  Group  III,  ZOOL  106,  121, 
128,  130,  182,  190.  Additional  courses  to  complete 
the  required  30  hours  in  zoology  may  be  selected 
from  any  of  the  undergraduate  courses  in  zoology 
except  ZOOL  014,  015,  Human  Anatomy  and  Phys- 
iology (4,  4)  and  ZOOL  055-S,  Development  of  the 
Human  Body  (2),  which  are  not  accepted  for  credit 
toward  the  major. 

Supporting  courses  must  include:  mathematics 
through  one  year  of  calculus  as  represented  by  com- 
pletion of  MATH  014,  015,  Elementary  Calculus 
(3,  3)  or  MATH  019,  020,  Analysis  I,  II  (4,  4);  CHEM 
001,  003,  General  Chemistry  (4,  4)  and  008,  009 
CHEM.  31,  33,  Elements  of  Organic  Chemistry  (3,  3) 
or  CHEM  35,  36,  37,  38,  Elementary  Organic  Chem- 
istry and  Laboratory  (2,  2,  2,  2);  PHYS  010,  Oil, 
Fundamentals  of  Physics  (4,  4);  and  one  of  the  fol- 
lowing restricted  electives:  CHEM  019,  Quantitative 
Analysis  (4);  MATH  021,  Analysis  III  (4);  STAT  050, 
Introduction  to  random  variables  (3);  or  STAT  164, 
Introduction  to  Biostatistics  (3).  It  is  strongly  recom- 
mended that  the  supporting  courses  in  chemistry 
and  mathematics  be  completed  as  early  in  the  cur- 
riculum as  possible.  Students  desiring  to  enter 
graduate  study  in  certain  areas  of  zoology  are  ad- 
vised to  take  biochemistry,  physical  chemistry,  sta- 
tistics or  advanced  mathematics  as  a  part  of  their 
undergraduate  training. 

HONORS 

The  Department  of  Zoology  also  offers  a  special 
program  for  the  exceptionally  talented  and  prom- 
ising student.  The  Honors  Program  emphasizes  the 
scholarly  approach  to  independent  study  rather  than 
adherence  to  a  rigidly  prescribed  curriculum.  Infor- 
mation regarding  this  program  may  be  obtained 
from  the  departmental  office  or  from  the  Chairman 
of  the  Zoology  Honors  Program. 

FOR  UNDERGRADUATES 

BIOL  001.  ORGANIZATION  AND  INTERRELATIONSHIPS  IN 
THE  BIOLOGICAL  WORLD.  (3) 
First  semester.  An  introductory  lecture  course  for  the 
non-science  major  emphasizing  the  fundamental  organi- 
zation, processes  and  interdependence  of  living  organ- 
isms and  the  biological  effects  associated  with  human 
influences  on  the  ecosystem. 

ZOOL  001.  GENERAL  ZOOLOGY.  (4) 

Three    lectures    and    one    two-hour    laboratory    period   a 
week.  ZOOL  001  and  002  satisfy  the  freshman  pre-medical 


requirement  in  general  biology.  An  introduction  to  the 
modern  concepts  of  biological  principles  and  animal  life. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  the  functional  aspects  of 
living  systems  with  a  survey  of  the  physical  and  chemical 
bases  of  all   life   processes.  (Linder,    Brown) 

ZOOL  002.  THE  ANIMAL  PHYLA.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  ZOOL  001  or  BOTN  001.  A  study  of  the 
anatomy,  classification  and  life  histories  of  representa- 
tive animals,  invertebrates  and  vertebrates.  (Nelson) 

ZOOL  005.  COMPARATIVE  VERTEBRATE  MORPHOLOGY.  (4) 
Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  ZOOL  001  and  002  or  equivalent.  A 
comparative  study  of  the  evolution  of  vertebrate  organ 
systems  supplemented  by  laboratory  dissection  and 
demonstrations.  (Morse) 

ZOOL  006.  GENETICS.  (4) 

Three  lectures,  one  two-hour  laboratory-discussion  period 
per  week.  Prerequisites,  ZOOL  001  or  BOTN  001,  or 
equivalent,  and  one  semester  of  college  chemistry.  A 
consideration  of  the  basic  principles  of  heredity. 

(Potter) 

ZOOL  014.  HUMAN  ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  ZOOL  001.  For  students  who  desire  a  gen- 
eral knowledge  of  human  anatomy  and  physiology. 

(Grollman) 

ZOOL  015.  HUMAN  ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  ZOOL,  0014.  A  continuation  of  ZOOL  014. 

ZOOL055S.  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  HUMAN  BODY.  (2) 

Summer  session.  Five  lectures  a  week.  A  study  of  the 
main  factors  affecting  the  growth  and  development  of 
the  child  with  special  emphasis  on  normal  development. 

(Staff) 

ZOOL  075.  HISTORY  OF  ZOOLOGY.  (1) 

One  lecture  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a  general  Grade  Point 
Average  (GPA)  of  3.2  and  a  GPA  in  biological  subjects 
of  3.5,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  A  course  in  the 
history  of  the  development  of  zoology  involving  the  his- 
torical figures,  experiments  and  ideas  which  contributed 
to  modern  concepts. 

ZOOL  076.  ZOOLOGICAL  LITERATURE.  (1) 

One  lecture  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a  general  Grade  Point 
Average  (GPA)  of  3.2  and  a  GPA  in  bioloRical  subjects  of 
3.5,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Discussion  of  zoolo- 
gical   literature,   its  use  and   significance.  (Staff) 

ZOOL  077.  BASIC  STUDY  IN  ZOOLOGY.  (1-4) 

Prerequisites,  a  general  Grade  Point  Average  (GPA)  of 
3.2  and  a  GPA  in  biological  subjects  of  3.5,  or  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  Independent  study,  with  support- 
ing laboratory  experiments,  of  the  basic  disciplines  in 
zoology.   Repeatable  up  to  8  hours  credit.  (Staff) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

ZOOL  102.  VERTEBRATE  PHYSIOLOGY.  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  one  year  of  zoology  and  one  semes- 
ter of  organic  chemistry.  An  intensive  study  of  nerve, 
muscle,  sensory  receptors  and  the  central  nervous  sys- 
tem. (Gainer) 

ZOOL  103.  BIOPHYSICS.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  one  year  of  biology, 
a  year  of  physics,  and  at  least  one  semester  of  calculus: 
or  permission  of  the  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the 
ideas  and  methods  used  in  biophysics  to  analyze  the 
functional  components  of  cells  and  tissues  as  physical- 
chemical  systems. 

ZOOL  104.  VERTEBRATE  PHYSIOLOGY.  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  one  year  of  zoology  and  one  semes- 
ter of  organic  chemistry.  An  intensive  study  of  the  cardio- 
vascular, gastrointestinal,  renal  and  respiratory  systems, 
and  an  introduction  to  endocrinology,  basal  metabolism 
and  reproductive  physiology.  (Contrera) 

ZOOL  105.  GENERAL  ENDROCRINOLOGY   (3) 

Three  lectures  each  week.  Prerequisites,  one  year  of 
zoology  and  one  semester  of  organic  chemistry.  The  study 
of  the  functions  and  the  functioning  of  the  endocrine 
organs  of  animals,  with  special  reference  to  the  verte- 
brates. 

ZOOL  106.  MOLECULAR  GENETICS.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course  in  ge- 
netics and  one  year  of  organic  chemistry.  The  molecular 
basis  of  gene  structure  and  function.  Regulation  of  dif- 
ferential gene  expression. 


758 


Arts  and  Sciences 


ZOOL  108.  ANIMAL  HISTOLOGY.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  a  course  in  general  zoology  and  a 
course  in  vertebrate  anatomy,  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  microscopic  anatomy,  ultrastructure 
and  histophysiology  of  tissues  and  organs  of  vertebrates. 

ZOOL  109.  CELL  BIOLOGY.  W 

Two  lectures,  one  one-hour  demonstration-discussion 
period  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites, two  years  of  zoology  and  a  year  of  organic 
chemistry,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  A  study  of  cell 
structure  and  function  with  an  emphasis  on  the  activity 
of  subcellular  organoids  and  the  mechanisms  of  coordina- 
tion and  control  of  cell  function.  (Brown) 

ZOOL  110.  GENERAL  PARASITOLOGY.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  two  years  of  zoology  and  one  year 
of  chemistry,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  A  considera- 
tion of  the  phenomenon  of  parasitism  through  a  study 
of  the  structure,  function  and  host  relationships  of  para- 
sitic organisms.  (Jachowski) 

ZOOL  118.  INVERTEBRATE  ZOOLOGY.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  zoology.  An  advanced 
course  dealing  with  the  phylogeny,  morphology  and  em- 
bryology of  the  invertebrates,  exclusive  of  insects. 

(Staff) 

ZOOL  120.  VERTEBRATE  EMBRYOLOGY.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  zoology.  Principles  of 
developmental  dynamics  including  organization,  differ- 
entiation, morphogenesis,  and  developmental  physiology. 

(Ramm) 

ZOOL  121.  ANIMAL  ECOLOGY.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  one  year  of  zoology.  The  environment  and 
its  control  of  animal  abundance,  organization  of  popula- 
tions, and  the  biology  of  communities  will  be  studied. 

(Morse) 

ZOOL  125S.  FISHERY  BIOLOGY  AND  MANAGEMENT!  (5) 

Five  lectures  and  four  three-hour  laboratories  each  week 
for  6  weeks.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  zoology  and  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Study  of  fish  identification,  devel- 
opment, life  history  stages,  food  habits,  age  and  growth, 
spawning,  migration,  and  population  dynamics. 

(Koo  and  Staff) 

ZOOL  127.  ICHTHIOLOGY.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  and  one  three-hour  labora- 
tory period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  ZOOL  001,  002  and 
005  or  equivalent.  A  course  in  anatomy,  embryology, 
distribution,  habits  and  taxonomy  of  marine  and  fresh 
water  fish.  (Staff) 

ZOOL  128.  ZOOGEOGRAPHY.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  ZOOL  001,  002, 
and  005  or  equivalent.  Principles  governing  the  geo- 
graphical distribution  of  animals,  with  particular  em- 
phasis   on   vertebrates.  (Potter) 

ZOOL  129.  VERTEBRATE  ZOOLOGY.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  two  years  of  zoology  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. The  identification,  classification,  habits  and 
behavior  of  vertebrates.  (Staff) 

ZOOL  130.  HYDROBIOLOGY.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  biology  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Study  of  aquatic  animals  and  conditions  of 
existence  in  water.  Selected  examples  are  used  to  illus- 
trate the  influence  of  environment  on  productivity  of 
aquatic     communities.  (Staff) 

ZOOL  150.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  ZOOLOGY.  (1  or  2) 

Prerequisites,  major  in  zoology  or  biological  sciences,  a 
minimum  of  3.0  cumulative  average  in  the  biological 
sciences,  and  consent  of  instructor.  Research  or  inte- 
grated reading  in  zoology.  A  student  may  register  several 
times  and  receive  up  to  8  semester  hours  of  credit. 

(Staff) 


ZOOL  151H.  HONORS  SEMINAR.  (1) 

One  discussion  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  participation 
in  honors  program.  Guided  discussion  of  topics  of  current 
interest.  Repeatable  to  total  of  4  hours  credit.  (Staff) 

ZOOL  152H.  HONORS  INDEPENDENT  STUDY.  (1-4) 

Prerequisite,  participation  in  honors  program.  Study  of 
classical  material  by  way  of  guided  independent  study 
and  laboratory  experiments.  Repeatable  to  a  total  of  12 
hours      credit.  (Staff) 

ZOOL  153H.  HONORS  RESEARCH.  (1-2) 

Prerequisite,  participation  in  honors  program.  A  laboratory 
research  problem  which  is  required  each  semester  during 
honors  participation  and  culminates  in  a  honors  thesis. 
Repeatable  to  a  total  of  8  hours  credit.  (Staff) 

ZOOL  180.  CELL  DIFFERENTIATION.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course  in  em- 
bryology, cell  biology,  or  genetic  systems,  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  A  discussion  of  cellular  and  subcellular 
differentiation,  emphasizing  the  biochemical  and  ultra- 
structural  bases  of  these  developmental  changes. 

ZOOL  182.  ETHOLOGY.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  two  years  of  zoology,  including  a  course 
in  comparative  anatomy,  or  permission  of  instructor.  The 
function,  causation,  and  evolution  of  behavior,  labora- 
tory analysis  of  the  behavior  of  several  species. 

ZOOL  190.  EVOLUTION.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  a  course  in  ge- 
netics or  permission  of  instructor.  A  consideration  of 
current  thought  in  regard  to  the  origin  and  evolution  of  living 
organisms.  (Highton) 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

ZOOL  201.  COMPARATIVE  PHYSIOLOGY.  (4) 

ZOOL  203.  ADVANCED  EMBRYOLOGY.  (4) 

ZOOL  204.  CELLULAR  PHYSIOLOGY.  (4) 

ZOOL   205.    COMPARATIVE    INVERTEBRATE    ENDOCRINOL- 
OGY. (3) 

ZOOL  206.  ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY.  (4) 

ZOOL  207.  ZOOLOGY  SEMINAR.  (Arranged) 

ZOOL  208.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  ZOOLOGY.  (Arranged) 

ZOOL  210.  SYSTEMATIC  ZOOLOGY.  (4) 

ZOOL  211,  212.  LECTURES  IN  ZOOLOGY.  (1-3,  1-3) 

ZOOL  215.  SOCIOBIOLOGY.  (4) 

ZOOL  216.  ADVANCED  TOPICS  IN  CELL  BIOLOGY.  (3) 

ZOOL  220.  POPULATION  GENETICS.  (4) 

ZOOL  221.  ECOLOGICAL  GENETICS.  (4) 

ZOOL  223.  ANALYSIS  OF  ANIMAL  STRUCTURE.  (4) 

ZOOL  234.  EXPERIMENTAL  MAMMALIAN  PHYSIOLOGY.  (4) 

ZOOL  235.  COMPARATIVE  BEHAVIOR.  (4) 

ZOOL  236.  MAMMALIAN  PHYSIOLOGY.  (3) 

ZOOL  237.  COMPARATIVE  VERTEBRATE  ENDOCRINOLOGY. 
(3) 

ZOOL  240.  ANALYSIS  OF  ANIMAL  POPULATIONS.  (4) 

ZOOL  245.  BIOLOGY  OF  BIRDS.  (4) 

ZOOL  250.  EXPERIMENTAL  PARASITOLOGY.  (4) 

ZOOL  251.  HELMINTHOLOGY.  (4) 

ZOOL  252.  PROTOZOOLOGY.  (4) 

ZOOL  253.  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  SYMBIOSIS.  (4) 

ZOOL  260.  QUANTITATIVE  ZOOLOGY.  (4) 

ZOOL  300.  ADVANCED  TOPICS  IN  PARASITOLOGY.  (Arranged) 

ZOOL  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (Arranged) 

ZOOL  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH.  (Arranged) 


Arts  and  Sciences 


159 


1 60  Arts  and  Sciences 


Business  and  Public  Administration 


The  University  of  Maryland  is  favorably  located 
for  the  accommodation  of  students  interested  in 
business  and  public  administration.  Students  inter- 
ested in  economics,  geography,  information  systems 
management,  journalism,  and  political  science, 
find  a  similarly  distinct  advantage  in  being  at  Col- 
lege Park.  Downtown  Washington  is  only  25  minutes 
away  in  one  direction,  while  the  Baltimore  business 
district  is  less  than  an  hour  in  the  other.  There  is 
frequent  transportation  service  from  College  Park 
to  each  city.  Qualified  students  may  obtain  a  first- 
hand view  of  the  far-flung  economic  and  political 
activities  of  the  national  government  and  may  utilize 
the  libraries  and  other  facilities  available  in  Wash- 
ington. 

The  College's  six  instructional  departments  offer 
a  broad  range  of  curricula  in  professional  fields  and 
in  social  science  disciplines.  The  separate  programs 
of  study  frequently  draw  upon  courses  in  com- 
plementary fields  within  the  College.  The  six  depart- 
ments and  the  major  departmental  offerings  are: 

I. Department  of  Business  Administration 

1.  The  General  Curriculum  in  Business  Admin- 
istration 

2.  Accounting 

3.  Finance 

4.  Insurance  and  Real  Estate 

5.  Marketing 

6.  Personnel  and  Industrial  Relations 

7.  Production  Management 

8.  Management  Science— Statistics 

9.  Transportation 

10.   Combined  Business  Administration  and  Law 


II. Department  of  Economics 
1 1 1. Department  of  Geography 

IV.Department  of  Government  and  Politics 

1.  General  Curriculum  in  Government 
and  Politics 

2.  International  Affairs 

3.  Public  Administration 

V.Department  of  Journalism 

VI. Department  of  Information  Systems  Manage- 
ment 
VII. Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research 
VIII. Bureau  of  Governmental  Research 
ENTRANCE  REQUIREMENTS 

Requirements  for  admission  to  the  College  are 
those  of  the  University. 

To  assure  a  likelihood  of  success  in  the  College, 
it  is  recommended  that  the  student  have  four  units 
of  English,  three  or  more  units  of  college  preparatory 
mathematics— including  a  minimum  of  two  units 
of  algebra  and  one  unit  of  geometry,  one  or  more 
units  of  history  and  social  science,  two  or  more  units 
of  natural  science,  and  two  or  more  units  of  foreign 
language.  Students  expecting  to  enroll  in  the  college 
of  Business  and  Public  Administration  should  pur- 
sue the  pre-college  program  in  high  school. 


Business  and  Public  Administration 


161 


STATEMENT   OF   POLICY   ON  THE  TRANSFER   OF 
CREDIT  FROM  OTHER  INSTITUTIONS 

The  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administra- 
tion of  the  University  of  Maryland  subscribes  to  the 
policy  that  advanced  work  in  professional  courses 
should  not  be  included  within  the  first  two  years  of 
the  student's  undergraduate  experience.  This  policy 
is  based  on  the  conviction  that  the  value  derived 
from  the  advanced  courses  in  business,  journalism, 
public  administration  and  other  areas  of  a  profes- 
sional nature  is  materially  enhanced  when  based 
upon  a  sound  foundation  in  the  liberal  arts. 

In  adhering  to  the  above  policy  it  is  the  practice 
of  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administra- 
tion to  accept  in  transfer  from  another  institution  no 
more  than  nine  semester  hours  of  work  in  business 
administration  where  such  work  has  been  taken  as 
a  part  of  the  curriculum  for  the  first  two  years  of 
study.  Similar  limitations  are  placed  upon  the 
transfer  of  credit  in  other  professional  areas.  The 
nine  semester  hours  of  business  administration  ac- 
ceptable in  transfer  are  specifically  identified  as 
three  semester  hours  in  an  introductory  business 
course  and  six  semester  hours  of  elementary  ac- 
counting. In  addition  a  single  course  in  data  pro- 
cessing may  be  considered  for  transfer  as  an  elec- 
tive. Thus  it  is  anticipated  that  the  student  trans- 
ferring from  another  institution  will  have  devoted 
the  major  share  of  his  effort  during  the  first  two 
years  to  the  completion  of  basic  requirements  in  the 
liberal  arts. 

DEGREES 

The  University  confers  the  following  degrees  on 
students  completing  programs  of  study  in  depart- 
ments of  the  College:  Bachelor  of  Science,  Master 
of  Arts,  Master  of  Business  Administration,  Doctor 
of  Business  Administration,  and  Doctor  of  Philoso- 
phy. Each  candidate  for  a  degree  must  file  in  the  Of- 
fice of  the  Registrar  on  a  date  announced  for  each 
semester  a  formal  application  for  a  degree.  Candi- 


dates for  degrees  must  attend  a  convocation  at 
which  degrees  are  conferred  and  diplomas  are 
awarded.  Degree*  are  confirmed  in  absentia  only  in 
exceptional  cases. 

JUNIOR  STANDING 

A  student  is  expected  to  have  completed  56  se- 
mester hours  of  academic  credit  with  an  average 
grade  of  "C"  (2.0)  or  better  before  registering  for 
upper  division  courses.  An  exception  to  the  fore- 
going may  be  made  when  the  student  has  a  limited 
number  of  hours  of  lower  division  requirement  re- 
maining at  the  start  of  a  new  semester.  In  such 
cases  the  student  may  register  for  upper  division 
courses  to  the  extent  necessary  to  complete  his 
schedule. 

GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS 

A  minimum  of  120  semester  hours  of  credit 
with  an  average  of  "C"  in  addition  to  the  specified 
courses  in  physical  activities  and  health  are  re- 
quired for  graduation.  A  minimum  of  57  hours  of  the 
required  120  hours  must  be  in  upper  division 
courses,  with  the  exception  that  the  student  may, 
with  the  consent  of  the  dean,  offer  certain  lower 
division  courses  in  mathematics,  natural  science, 
and  foreign  language  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the  re- 
quirement. Usually  the  departments  within  the  Col- 
lege will  require  that  the  student  have,  in  addition  to 
an  overall  "C"  average,  an  average  of  "C"  or  better 
in  those  courses  comprising  the  student's  depart- 
mental area  of  study.  The  time  normally  required  to 
complete  the  requirements  for  the  bachelor's  de- 
gree is  eight  semesters. 

SENIOR  RESIDENCE  REQUIREMENT 

After  a  student  has  earned  acceptable  credit  to 
the  extent  of  90  semester  hours  exclusive  of  the  re- 
quired work  in  physical  activities,  and  hygiene, 
either  at  the  University  of  Maryland  or  elsewhere, 
he  must  earn  a  subsequent  total  of  at  least  30  se- 
mester hours  with  an  average  grade  of  "C"  or  better 
at  the  University  of  Maryland.  No  part  of  these  cred- 
its may  be  transferred  from  another  institution.  Spe- 
cific requirements  for  graduation  in  the  selected 
curriculum  must  be  met.  A  student  transferring  from 
another  college  within  the  University  to  the  College 
of  Business  and  Public  Administration  is  expected 
to  complete  a  minimum  of  15  semester  hours  in 
day-school  attendance  and  while  registered  in  the 
College  before  qualifying  for  the  undergraduate  de- 
gree. 

GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

Various  departments  of  the  College  offer  work 
leading  to  the  master's  degree  and  the  doctorate. 
Application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School 
must  be  made  by  July  15  for  the  fall  term  and  by 
December  15  for  the  spring  term  on  blanks  obtained 
from  the  Office  of  the  Graduate  School  (for  a  de- 
tailed discussion  of  graduate  programs  and  a  de- 
scription of  graduate  courses  see  the  Graduate 
School  Catalog). 


Financial  Aid  and  Assistance 

The  College  has  a  number  of  graduate  assistant- 
ships  in  the  Departments  of  Business  Administra- 
tion, Economics,  Geography,  Journalism,  and  Gov- 
ernment and  Politics,  and  in  the  Bureau  of  Business 
and  Economic  Research  and  the  Bureau  of  Govern- 
mental   Research.    Applications  for  assistantships 


162 


Business  and  Public  Administration 


should  be  made  directly  to  the  Dean  of  the  College 
of  Business  and  Public  Administration.  (See  the 
Graduate  Catalog  for  rules  and  regulations). 

HONORS 

THE  DEANS  LIST  OF  DISTINGUISHED  STUDENTS 

Any  student  who  has  passed  at  least  12  hours 
of  academic  work  in  the  preceding  semester,  with- 
out failure  of  any  course,  and  with  an  average  grade 
on  all  courses  of  at  least  3.5  will  be  placed  on  the 
Dean's  List  of  Distinguished  Students. 

BETA  GAMMA  SIGMA 

The  Alpha  of  Maryland  Chapter  of  Beta  Gamma 
Sigma  was  chartered  in  1940.  The  purpose  of  this 
honorary  society  is  to  encourage  and  reward  scholar- 
ship and  accomplishment  among  students  of  com- 
merce and  business  administration;  to  promote  the 
advancement  of  education  in  the  art  and  science  of 
business;  and  to  foster  integrity  in  the  conduct  of 
business  operations.  Chapters  of  Beta  Gamma 
Sigma  are  chartered  only  in  schools  holding  mem- 
bership in  the  American  Association  of  Collegiate 
Schools  of  Business.  Third  and  fourth  year  students 
in  business  administration  are  eligible;  if  in  his  third 
year,  a  student  must  rank  in  the  highest  four  per- 
cent of  his  class,  and  if  his  fourth  year,  he  must  rank 
in  the  highest  ten  percent  in  order  to  be  considered 
for  selection. 

THE  DELTA  SIGMA  PI  SCHOLARSHIP  KEY 

This  is  awarded  annually  to  the  student  who  has 
maintained  the  highest  scholastic  standing  during 
the  entire  course  of  study  in  business  administration 
or  economics.  Delta  Sigma  Pi  was  founded  at  New 
York  University  on  November  7,  1907.  The  Gamma 
Sigma  of  Maryland  chapter  was  chartered  at  the  Uni- 
versity in  1950.  Delta  Sigma  Pi  is  a  professional 
fraternity  organized  to  foster  the  study  of  business 
in  universities;  to  encourage  scholarship,  social 
activity,  and  the  association  of  students  for  their 
mutual  advancement  by  research  and  practice;  to 
promote  closer  affiliation  between  the  commercial 
world  and  students  of  commerce;  and  to  further  a 
higher  standard  of  commercial  ethics  and  culture, 
as  well  as  the  civic  and  commercial  welfare  of  the 
community.  Members  are  selected  from  the  College 
of  Business  and  Public  Administration  on  the  basis 
of  leadership,  scholastic  standing  and  promise  of 
future  business  success. 

KAPPA  TAU  ALPHA 

The  Maryland  chapter  of  Kappa  Tau  Alpha  was 
chartered  in  1961.  Founded  in  1910,  this  national 
honorary  society  has  39  chapters  at  universities  of- 
fering graduate  or  undergraduate  preparation  for 
careers  in  professional  journalism.  It  is  dedicated 
to  recognition  and  promotion  of  scholarship  in  jour- 
nalism. Among  its  activities  is  an  annual  award  for 
an  outstanding  piece  of  published  research  in  jour- 
nalism and  mass  communications. 


DEPARTMENTAL  OFFERINGS 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Business  organizations  are  set  up  primarily  for 
the  purpose  of  producing  and  distributing  goods  and 
services.  Modern  business  administration  requires 
a  knowledge  and  understanding  of  organizational 
structures,  operations  and  environments.  The  cur- 
ricula of  the  Department  of  Business  Administration 
emphasize  the  principles  and  problems  involved  in 
the  development  of  organizations  and  in  the  formu- 
lation and  implementation  of  their  policies. 

STUDY  PROGRAMS  IN  THE  DEPARTMENT 

The  programs  of  study  in  the  Department  of 
Business  Administration  are  so  arranged  as  to  fa- 
cilitate concentrations  according  to  the  major  func- 
tions of  business  management.  This  plan  is  not, 
however,  based  on  the  view  that  these  major  divi- 
sions are  independent  units,  but  rather  that  each  is 
closely  related  to  and  dependent  on  the  others. 
Every  student  in  Business  Administration  is  required 
to  complete  satisfactorily  a  minimum  number  of  re- 
quired basic  subjects  in  the  arts,  sciences,  and  hu- 
manities as  prerequisites  to  work  in  the  major  man- 
agement fields. 

A  business  administration  honors  program  is 
open  to  business  administration  majors  entering 
their  junior  year.  Students  must  have  an  academic 
average  of  at  least  3.0  to  be  eligible  for  admittance 
to  this  program. 


FRESHMAN  AND  SOPHOMORE  REQUIREMENTS 

ENGL  1,3,  and  4  (or  21,  3  and  4) 9  hours 

MATH  10  and  11  (or  19  and  20) 6(8) 

SPCH  1 3 

History 6 

BSAD  10 3 

EC0N  004  (students  electing  to  take  a  foreign  longuage  may 

exempt  this  course) 3 

BSAD  20  and  21 6 

EC0N  31  and  32 6 

Two  science  courses  (one  biological  and  one  physical,  ond  at  least  one  of 
which  must  be  a  lab  science!  selected  from  the  following: 

Physical     Astronomy 3 

Geology 3 

Physics 3 

Chemistry 4 

Biological  Botany 4 

Zoology 4 

Microbiology 4        7-8 

A  social  science  course  (EC0N  031  may  be  used  for  3  hours  of  the  6  hour 
social  science  requirement  selected  from  the  following: 

GVPT  1 3 

PSYC  1 3 

S0CY1 3 

ANTH  1 3        3 

A  fine  arts  requirement  of  3  hours  of  which  the  following  are  represen- 
tative: 

PHIL  1,41,45,53 3 

ART  10,60,61,80 3 

MUSC20 3 

SPCH  16 3 

Electives  (chosen  with  approval  of  adviser) 6-9 

HLTH  5  (men  and  women)  1  sem.  (2  cr.) 

P.E.  (men  and  women) 2  semesters 

•Students  who  wish  to  elect  o  foreign  language  must  take  nine  semester  hours  of  the 
language  or  six  hours  ot  the  intermediate  level  or  higher,  in  order  to  obtain  crediT  5uch 
students  may  substitute  the  first  semester  of  foreign  longuage  for  the  EC0N  004  re- 
quirement, and  the  other  semesters  for  two  free  electives. 

A  TYPICAL  PROGRAM  FOR  FIRST  TWO  YiARS 

Freshman  Year  , 

ENGLl(or21)  3       ENGL3 3 

BSADlOorSpl  3       SPCH  1  or  BSAD  10 3 

MATHio(ori^::..:z:: 3    math^m) 3 

ECON004 3       HLTH  5 2 


Business  and  Public  Administration         163 


Fine  Arts,  Social  Science. 

or  Science  3-4 

P.E.  1 

16-17 


Fine  Arts,  Social  Science, 

or  Science  3-4 

Pi 1 

15-16 


Sophomore  Year 

ENGL  4  3  Elective 3 

BSAD20   3  BSAD21    3 

ECON31                                     .  3  ECON32  3 

History  3  History  3 

Fine  Arts,  Social  Science,  Fine  Arts,  Social  Science 

orScience 3-4          or  Science  3-4 

1506-  15-16 

A  TYPICAL  PROGRAM  FOR  FIRST  TWO  YEARS 

BSAD  130-Business  Statistics  1 3 

BSAD  140-Business  Finance  3 

BSAD  149-Marketing  Principles  and  Organizotion 3 

BSAD  168 -Management  ana  Organization  Theory 3 

BSAD  180-Business  Law 3 

BSAD  199-Business  Policies 3 

Total ,.,     18 

In  addition  to  the  above,  two  100  level  courses 
must  be  taken  in  Economics,  at  least  one  of  which 
must  be:  ECON  102,  National  Income  Analysis: 
ECON  132,  Intermediate  Price  Theory;  ECON  140, 
Money  and  Banking;  or  ECON  148,  International 
Economics. 

At  least  45  hours  of  the  120  semester  hours  of 
academic  work  required  for  graduation  must  be  in 
Business  Administration  subjects.  In  addition  to  the 
requirement  of  an  overall  average  of  "C"  in  aca- 
demic subjects,  an  average  of  "C"  in  Business  Ad- 
ministration subjects  is  required  for  graduation. 
Electives  in  the  curricula  of  the  Department  may, 
with  the  consent  of  the  advisor,  be  taken  in  any  de- 
partment of  the  university  if  the  student  has  the 
necessary  prerequisites. 

GENERAL  CURRICULUM  IN  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

The  General  Curriculum  in  Business  Administra- 
tion is  designed  for  those  who  desire  a  broad  pro- 
gram in  management.  The  curriculum  contains  a 
relatively  large  number  of  elective  courses.  Selec- 
tion is  subject  to  approval  by  an  advisor  and  must 
contribute  to  a  program  of  courses  closely  balanced 
between  (1)  a  functional  field,  (2)  the  various  basic 
areas  of  management  and  (3)  non-business  fields. 

Students  selecting  this  curriculum  will  take  the 
basic  courses  required  for  all  students  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Business  Administration.  In  addition,  stu- 
dents will  take: 

(1)  The  following  required  courses: 

BSAD  150 -Marketing  Management  or  BSAD  156  Marketing 

Research  Methods 

BSAD  160 -Personnel  Management  I  or  BSAD  163 

Labor  Relations 

BSAD  170- Principles  of  Transportation  or  BSAD  171  -Traffic 

and  Physical  Distribution  Management 

BSAD  101  -Electronic  Data  Processing  or  BSAD  136  Operations 

Research  I  or  BSAD  169  Production  Management 

BSAD  189 -Business  and  Government  or  BSAD  198  Structure  and 

Operation  of  Industries 


(2)  three  semester  hours  from  the  following: 
BSAD  1 1 1  -  Intermediate  Accounting  (3) 
BSAD  131  -Business  Statistics  II 
BSAD  148-Advonced  Financiol  Management  (3) 


BSAD  184-Public  Utilities  (3) 
Total 


3s.h. 
18  s.h 


Thus,  the  upper  division  requirements  are: 

Junior-senior  requirements  for  all  departmental  students  18  s.h. 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  18  s.h. 
Electives  in  100  level  economics  courses  at  least  one  of  which 

must  be  ECON  102,  132,  140,  or  148  6  s.h. 

Electives  to  complete  120  s.h.  required  for  graduation  18  s.h 

Total  junior-senior  year  requirements  60  s.h. 


ACCOUNTING 

Accounting,  in  a  limited  sense,  is  the  analysis, 
classification,  and  recording  of  financial  events  and 
the  reporting  of  the  results  of  such  events  for  an  or- 
ganization. In  a  broader  sense,  accounting  consists 
of  all  financial  devices  for  planning,  controlling  and 
appraising  performance  of  an  organization.  In  this 
broader  sense,  accounting  includes  among  its  many 
facets  financial  planning,  budgeting,  accounting 
systems,  financial  management  controls,  financial 
analysis  of  performance,  financial  reporting,  inter- 
nal and  external  auditing  and  taxation  of  business. 

The  accounting  curriculum  provides  an  educa- 
tional foundation  for  careers  in  accounting  and  a 
foundation  for  future  advancement  in  other  man- 
agement areas  whether  in  private  business  organi- 
zations, government  agencies,  or  public  accounting 
firms.  Students  who  select  this  curriculum  will  com- 
plete the  freshman  and  sophomore  requirements  for 
all  students  in  the  Department  of  Business  Adminis- 
tration. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior  and  senior 
years  are: 

(1)  The  junior-senior  requirements  for  all  students 
in  the  Departments  of  Business  Administration, 

(2)  the  following  courses: 

BSAD  101 -Electronic  Data  Processing 3 

BSAD  110,  11 1 -Intermediate  Accounting...  6 

BSAD  121  -Cost  Accounting  3 

BSAD  123-lncome  Tax  Accounting  ...  3 
and  9  semester  hours  from  the  following: 

BSAD  1 22- Auditing  Theory  and  Practice 3 

BSAD  124 -Advanced  Accounting  3 

BSAD  125-CPA  Problems  3 

BSAD  127 -Advanced  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice  3 

BSAD  128-Advanced  Cost  Accounting 2 

Thus,  the  upper  division  requirements  for  accounting  majors  ore: 

Junior-senior  requirements  for  all  departmental  students 18  s.h. 

Junior-senior  accounting  requirements  (minimum)  21  s.h 

BSAD  101  -Electronic  Data  Processing  .  3  s.h. 
Electives  in  100  level  economics  courses  at  least  one  of  which 

must  be  ECON  102,  132,  140,  or  148  .  6  s.h. 
Electives  (to  complete  120  semester  hours  required  for 

graduation) 12  s.h. 

Total  Junior-senior  year  requirements  60  s.h 


For  graduates  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  the 
educational  requirement  of  the  Maryland  State 
Board  of  Public  Accountancy  for  taking  the  C.P.A. 
examination  without  practical  experience  totals 
thirty  semester  hours  of  accounting  courses  plus 
six  semester  hours  of  business  law.  Students  wish- 
ing to  satisfy  the  Board's  requirements  must  include 
BSAD  122  in  their  undergraduate  program.  Students 
not  wishing  to  satisfy  the  Board's  requirements  to 
sit  for  the  C.P.A.  examination  without  experience 
are  eligible  to  take  the  examination  after  obtaining 
two  years  of  practical  experience  satisfactory  to  the 
Board. 

A  student  planning  to  take  the  C.P.A.  examina- 
tion in  a  State  other  than  Maryland  should  deter- 
mine the  course  requirements,  if  any,  for  such  State 
and  arrange  his  program  accordingly. 

FINANCE 

The  finance  curriculum  is  designed  to  familiar- 
ize the  student  with  the  institutions,  theory,  and 
practice  involved  in  the  allocation  of  financial  re- 
sources within  the  private  sector,  especially  the 
firm.  It  is  also  designed  to  provide  work  in  such  re- 
lated disciplines  as  economics  and  the  quantitative 
areas. 


764 


Business  and  Public  Administration 


The  finance  curriculum  provides  an  educational 
foundation  for  careers  involving  financial  analysis 
and  management,  investment  analysis  and  portfo 
lio  management,  investment  banking,  banking,  and 
international  finance;  it  also  provides  a  foundation 
for  graduate  work  in  business  administration,  quan- 
titative areas,  economics,  and  law. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  cur- 
riculum concentration  in  finance  are: 

(1)  The  following  required  courses 

BSAD  101  Electronic  Data  Processing  3  s.h. 

ECON  140  Money  and  Bonking  3  s.h.- 

BSAD  136  Operations  Reseorch  I  3  s.h. 

BSAD  143  Investments  3  s.h. 
plus 

(2)  one  of  the  following  courses 

BSAD  111  Intermediate  Accounting  3  s.h. 

BSAD  141  Financiol  Management  3  s.h. 

BSAD  144  Security  Analysis  and  Valuation 3  s.h. 

BSAD  145  Commercial  Bank  Management  3  s.h. 

BSAD  184  Public  Utilities 3  s.h. 

and 

(3)  one  of  the  foUowing  courses 

ISM  102 -Electronic  Data  Processing  Applications  or  a  more 

odvanced  ISM  course  3  s.h. 

MATH -Three  semester  hours  of  mathematics  beyond  the 

departmental  requirements  3  s.h. 

BSAD  131  -Business  Statistics  II  or  a  more  advanced  BSAD 

statistics  course 3  s.h. 

8SAD  137-Operations  Research  II  or  a  more  odvanced  BSAD 

Management  Science  Course  3  s.h. 

Total 18  s.h. 

The  upper  division  requirements  are  summarized  as  follows: 

Junior-senior  requirements  for  all  departmental  students 18  s.h. 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  18  s.h. 

One  course  in  economics  selected  from 

ECON  102,  132,  141,  142,  147  and  148  3  s.h.* 

Elective?  to  complete  the  120  semester  hours 

required  for  graduation   ...  21  s.h. 

Total  junior-senior  year  requirements ....  60  s.h. 

•Note  thot  the  economics  requirements  for  The  finance  major  is  more  restrictive  than 
stated  under  JUNIOR  AND  SENIOR  REQUIREMENTS 

INSURANCE  AND  REAL  ESTATE 

Students  interested  in  insurance  or  real  estate 
may  concentrate  either  in  General  Business  or  Fi- 
nance and  plan  with  their  advisers  a  group  of  elec- 
tees to  meet  their  specialized  needs.  Courses  of- 
fered in  insurance  and  real  estate  include  risk  man- 
agement, principles  of  risk  and  insurance,  real 
estate  principles,  and  urban  land  management. 

MARKETING 

Marketing  involves  the  functions  performed  in 
getting  goods  and  services  from  producers  to  users. 
Career  opportunities  exist  in  manufacturing,  whole- 
saling and  retailing  and  include  safes  administra- 
tion, marketing  research,  advertising  and  merchan- 
dising. 

Students  preparing  for  work  in  marketing  re- 
search are  advised  to  elect  additional  courses  in 
Statistics. 

In  addition  to  the  courses  taken  by  all  students 
in  the  Department  of  Business  Administration,  the 
marketing  program  consists  of: 

(1)  The  following  required  courses: 

BSAD  136 -Operations  Research  1 3  s.h. 

BSAD  150-Marketing  Management 3  s.h. 

BSAD  151 -Advertising 3  s.h. 

BSAD  156 -Marketing  Research  Methods 3  s.h. 

Total  required 12  s.h. 

and 

(2)  six  semester  hours  from  the  following: 

BSAD  101  -Electronic  Data  Processing  (3) 6  s.h. 

Bsad  131  -Business  Statistics  II  (3) 6  s.h. 

JOUR  152 -Advertising  Copy  and  Layout  (3) 6  s.h. 

BSAD  1 53- Industrial  Marketing  (3) 6  s.h. 

BSAD  154  —  Retail  Management  (3) 6  s.h. 

BSAD  155-Consumer  Analysis  (3) 6  s.h. 

BSAD  157 -International  Marketing  (3)                         6  s.h. 

BSAD  158-Promotion  Management  (3) 6  s.h. 

BSAD  171 -Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution 

Management  (3) 6  s.h. 

Total 18  s.h. 


Thus,  the  upper  division  requirements  are: 

Junior  senior  requirements  for  all  departmental  students  18  s  h 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration   .  18  s.h 

Electives  in  100  level  economics  courses  at  least  one  of  which 

must  be  ECON  102,  132.  140.  or  158  6sh 

Electives  to  complete  120  semester  hours  required  for 

graduation  ]g  s  n 

Total.  Junior-senior  yeor  requirements  60  s.h. 


PERSONNEL  AND  LABOR  RELATIONS 

Personnel  administration  has  to  do  with  the  di- 
rection of  human  effort.  It  is  concerned  with  secur- 
ing, maintaining,  and  utilizing  an  effective  working 
force.  People  professionally  trained  in  personnel 
administration  find  career  opportunities  in  business, 
in  government,  in  educational  institutions,  and  in 
charitable  and  other  organizations. 

(1)  The  required  courses  are: 

BSAD  160- Personnel  Management  I  3  s.h. 

BSAD  161  -Personnel  Management  II  3  s.h. 

BSAD  162-0rganizotional  Behavior  3  s  h 

BSAD  163- Labor  Relations  3  s  h 

BSAD  164- Labor  Legislation  3  s.h. 

Total  required.  15  s  h 
And 

(2)  three  hours  from  the  following: 

BSAD  197- Undergraduate  Seminar  in  Personnel 

Management  (3)  6  s  h 

BSAD  169- Production  Management  (3)  6sh 

PSYC  135-Personnel  and  Industrial  Psychology  (3)  6sh 

PSYC  150-Tests  and  Measurements  (4  6sh 

PSYC  151  -  Psychology  of  Individual  Differences  (3) 6  s.h 

SOCY  11 5- Industrial  Sociology  (3)   .  6sh 

S0CY  180-Small  Group  Analysis  (3)  6  s  h 

GVPT  1 1 1  -  Public  Personnel  Administration  (3)  6  s  h 

JOUR  166-Public  Relations  (3) 6  s.h. 

Total T8sX 

Thus,  the  upper  division  requirements  are: 

Junior-senior  requirements  for  all  departmental 

students...  18  s.h. 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration 18  s.h. 

Electives  in  100  level  economics  courses  at  least  one  of  which 

must  be  ECON  102,  132,  140,  or  148 6  s.h. 

Electives  to  complete  120  semester  hours  required  for 

graduation.  18  s.h. 

Total,  Junior-senior  year  requirements 60  s.h. 


PRODUCTION  MANAGEMENT 

This  curriculum  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  stu- 
dent with  the  problems  of  organization  and  control 
in  the  field  of  production  management.  Theory  and 
practice  with  reference  to  organization,  policies, 
methods,  processes  and  techniques  are  surveyed, 
analyzed,  and  evaluated. 

The  courses  in  addition  to  those  required  of  all 
students  in  the  Department  of  Business  Administra- 
tion are: 

(1)  The  following  required  courses: 

(1)  The  following  required  courses: 

BSAD  121  -Cost  Accounting 3  s.h. 

BSAD  160-Personnel  Management  1 3  s.h. 

BSAD  169-Production  Management.  3  s.h. 

BSAD  165 -Advanced  Production  Management  3  s.h. 

Total  required 12  s.h. 

and 

(2)  six  hours  from  the  following: 

BSAD  134- Statistical  Quality  Control  (3) 6  s.h. 

BSAD  136- Industrial  Marketing  (3) 6  s.h. 

BSAD  163-Labor  Relations  (3) 6  s.h. 

BSAD  136 -Operations  Research  I  (3) 6  s.h. 

BSAD  171  -Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution 

Management  (3) 6  s.h. 

Total 18  s.h. 


Business  Administration 

Thus,  the  upper  division  requirements  are: 

Junior-senior  requirements  for  all  departmental  students 18  s.h. 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration 18  s.h. 

Electives  in  100  level  economics  courses  at  least  one  of  which 

must  be  ECON  102,  132,  140,  or  148 6  s.h. 


Business  and  Public  Administration 


165 


Electives  to  complete  120  semester  hours  required  for 

graduation 18  s.h. 

Total  Junior-senior  year  requirements 60  s.h. 

MANAGEMENT  SCIENCE— STATISTICS 

In  the  management— statistics  curriculum,  the 
student  will  have  the  option  of  concentrating  pri- 
marily in  statistics  or  primarily  in  management  sci- 
ence. The  two  options  are  described  below. 

THE  STATISTICS  OPTION 

Statistics  consists  of  a  body  of  methods  for 
utilizing  probability  theory  in  decision-making  proc- 
esses. Important  statistical  activities  ancillary  to  the 
decision-making  process  are  the  systematization  of 
quantitative  data  and  the  measurement  of  vari- 
ability. Some  specialized  areas  within  the  field  of 
statistics  are:  sample  surveys,  forecasting,  quality 
control,  design  of  experiments,  Bayesian  decision 
processes,  actuarial  statistics,  and  data  processing. 
Statistical  methods— for  example,  sample  survey 
techniques— are  widely  used  in  accounting,  market- 
ing, industrial  management  and  government  appli- 
cations. 

An  aptitude  for  applied  mathematics  and  a  de- 
sire to  understand  and  apply  scientific  methods  to 
significant  problems  are  important  prerequisites 
for  the  would-be  statistician. 

Students  planning  to  major  in  statistics  should 
take  two  semesters  of  calculus. 

Students  selecting  this  curriculum  will  take,  in 
addition  to  the  courses  required  for  all  students  in 
the  Department  of  Business  Administration: 

(1)  The  following  required  courses: 

BSAD  101  -Electronic  Doto  Processing 3  s.h. 

BSAD  131 -Business  Statistics  II 3  s.h. 

BSAD  132-Sample  Surveys  in  Business  and  Economics 3  s.h. 

BSAD  135  —  Statistical  Analysis  and  Forecasting 3  s.h. 

(2)  and  six  semester  hours  from  the  following: 

BSAD  102 -Electronic  Doto  Processing  Applications  (3) 
BSAD  156 -Marketing  Research  Methods  (3) 
BSATJ  1 34  —  Statistical  Quality  Control  (3) 
BSAD  136 -Operations  Research  I  (3) 
BSAD  137 -Operations  Research  II  (3) 

BSAD  138-Linear  Programming  in  Business  (3) 6  s.h. 

STAT  50 -Introduction  to  Random  Variables  (3)* 
STAT  100-  Probability  and  Statistics  I  (3)- 

Totals 18  s.h. 


•Students  majoring  in  statistics  may  not  take  Stat.  50  and  Stat.  100  in  fulfillment  of  their 
special  requirements.  Only  one  of  these  courses  con  be  counted  toward  the  necessary 
18  credit  hours. 

THE  MANAGEMENT  SCIENCE  OPTION 

Management  Science— Operations  Research 
can  be  defined  as  the  application  of  scientific  meth- 
odology by  interdisciplinary  teams  to  problems  in- 
volving the  control  of  organized  man-machine  sys- 
tems so  as  to  provide  solutions  which  best  serve  the 
purposes  of  the  organization  as  a  whole. 

Practitioners  in  this  field  are  employed  by  large 
organizations  (military,  governmental,  private  in- 
dustrial, private  consulting)  to  analyze  operations 
in  the  light  of  organizational  goals  and  recommend 
changes  requisite  to  goal  fulfillment. 

Students  planning  to  major  in  this  field  should 
complete  at  least  two  semesters  of  calculus  prior  to 
junior  standing.  The  current  Math.  14-15  is  the  min- 
imum preparation,  although  Math.  19-20  is  pre- 
ferred. Students  considering  graduate  work  in  this 
field  should  complete  Mathematics  19-20-21-22  as 
early  in  their  careers  as  possible.  Note  Math.  21-22 
may  be  counted  as  upper  division  elective  credit. 
Mathematics  100  is  also  highly  recommended. 

Students  electing  this  curriculum  will  take,  in 
addition  to  the  courses  required  for  all  students  in 
the  Department  of  Business  Administration: 


(1)  The  following  required  courses: 

BSAD  131 -Business  Statistics  II  3  s.h. 

BSAD  136 -Operations  Research  I  3  s.h. 

BSAD  137 -Operations  Research  II .  .  3  s.h. 

BSAD  138-Linear  Programming  in  Business  3  sh 

12  s.h 
and 

(2)  Six  semester  hours  from  the  following: 

BSAD  132-Sample  Surveys  in  Business  and  Economics  (3) 

BSAD  135- Statistical  Analysis  and  Forecasting  (3) 

BSAD  134  — Statistical  Quality  Control  (3) 

STAT  100-Probability  &  Statistics  I  (3) 

BSAD  101  -  Electronic  Doto  Processing  (3) 

BSAD  102- Electronic  Data  Processing  Applications  (3) 

BSAD  103 -Introduction  to  Systems  Analysis  (3) 

ISM  1 10-lnformation  Processing  Problems  of  Administrative. 

Economic,  and  Political  Systems  (3) 
BSAD  169 -Production  Management  (3) 
BSAD  165-Advanced  Production  Management  (3) 6  s.h 


Thus,  the  upper  division  requirements  are  for  both  options: 

Junior-senior  requirements  for  all  departmental  students 18  s.h. 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  18  s.h 
Electives  in  100  level  economics  courses  at  least  one  of  which 

must  be  EC0N  102.  132,  140,  or  148  6  s.h. 

Electives  to  complete  120  s.h.  required  for  graduation 18  s.h 

Total  junior-senior  requirement    60  s.h. 

TRANSPORTATION 


Transportation  involves  the  movement  of  persons 
and  goods  in  the  satisfaction  of  human  needs.  The 
curriculum  in  transportation  includes  an  analysis  of 
the  services  and  management  problems,  such  as 
pricing,  financing,  and  organization,  of  the  five 
modes  of  transport — air,  motor,  pipelines,  railroads, 
and  water— and  covers  the  scope  and  regulation  of 
transportation  in  our  economy.  The  effective  man- 
agement of  transportation  involves  a  study  of  the 
components  of  physical  distribution  and  the  inter- 
action of  procurement,  the  level  and  control  of  in- 
ventories, warehousing,  material  handling,  trans- 
portation, and  data  processing. 

The  curriculum  in  transportation  is  designed  to 
prepare  students  to  assume  responsible  positions 
with  carriers,  governmental  agencies,  and  traffic 
and  physical  distribution  management  in  industry. 

Course  requirements  are,  in  addition  to  the 
junior-senior  requirements  for  all  students  in  the  De- 
partment of  Business  Administration: 

(1)  The  following  required  courses: 

BSAD  136 -Operations  Research  I  3  s.h. 

BSAD  1 70  —  Principles  of  Transportation 3  s.h. 

BSAD  171  -Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution  Management  ..        3  s.h. 

BSAD  172 -Motor  Transportation  3  s.h. 

BSAD  175 -Advanced  Transportation  Problems  3  s.h. 

Total 15  s.h. 

and 

(2)  Three  semester  hours  to  be  selected  from  the  following: 

BSAD  173 -Water  Transportation  3  s.h. 

BSAD  174  — Commercial  Air  Transportation  (3)  3  s.h. 

BSAD  176-Urbon  Transport  ond  Urban  Development  (3)  3  s.h 

BSAD  184-Public  Utilities  (3)  3  s.h. 
BSAD  192- Introduction  to  International  Business 

Management  (3)  3  s.h. 

Total  required  18  s.h. 

Thus,  the  upper  division  requirements  ore: 

Junior-senior  requirements  for  all  departmental  students  18  s.h. 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  18  s.h. 
Electives  in  100  level  economics  courses  at  least  one  of  which 

must  be  EC0N  102.  132,  140.  or  148  6  s.h. 

Electives  to  complete  120  s.h.  required  for  graduation  18  s.h 

Total  junior-senior  yeor  requirements  60  sh 


COMBINED  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  AND 
LAW  PROGRAM 

The  Department  of  Business  Administration  of- 
fers a  combined  Business  Administration-Law  Cur- 


led        Business  and  Public  Administration 


riculum  in  which  the  student  completes  three  years 
in  the  General  Curriculum  in  Business  Administra- 
tion in  the  department  and  a  fourth  year  of  work  in 
the  Law  School  of  the  University  of  Maryland.  Ad- 
mission to  the  Law  School  is  contingent  upon  meet- 
ing the  applicable  standards  of  that  school.  Individ- 
ual students  are  responsible  to  secure  from  the  Law 
School  its  current  admission  requirements.  The  stu- 
dent must  complete  all  the  courses  required  of  stu- 
dents in  the  Department  plus  the  courses  normally 
required  for  the  General  Curriculum  in  Business  Ad- 
ministration through  the  junior  year,  plus  enough 
credits  to  equal  a  minimum  of  90  semester  hours. 
No  business  law  course  can  be  included  in  the  90 
hours.  The  last  year  of  college  work  before  entering 
the  Law  School  must  be  completed  in  residence  at 
College  Park.  At  least  30  hours  of  work  must  be  in 
courses  numbered  100  or  above. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  the  Col- 
lege of  Business  and  Public  Administration  is  con- 
ferred upon  students  who  complete  the  first  year  in 
the  Law  School  with  an  average  grade  of  "C"  or 
better. 

MASTER  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Candidates  for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Business 
Administration  and  Doctor  of  Business  Administra- 
tion are  accepted  in  accordance  with  the  procedures 
and  requirements  for  the  Graduate  School.  (See  the 
Graduate  School  Announcements.) 


PROFESSOR  AND  DEPARTMENT  HEAD:  Taff. 

PROFESSORS:  Anderson,  Dawson,  Fisher,  Hermanson,  Miner 

and  Wright. 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Ashmen,  Bender,  Carroll,  Daiker, 

Edelson.    Greer,    Haslem,    Hille,    Hynes,    Lamone,    Levine, 

Nach,  Paine  and  Spivey. 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Falthzik,  Gannon,  Himes,  Jolson. 

McNitt,    Nickels,   Olson,    Speros,   Thieblot,   Widhelm,   and 

Zabriskie. 
LECTURERS:   Hargrove,   Hoshi,   Keaton,   Leete,   Lynagh,  and 

Moore. 
INSTRUCTORS:   Bedingfield,   Broden,   Brown,   Budnick,   Bul- 

mash,  Dalton,  Dempsey,  Dyer,  English,  Frey,  Gritta,  Harris. 

Horlick,     Keiser,     Kmetz,     Longbrake,    Mattheiss,    Meyer, 

Muczyk,  Neffinger,  O'Neill,  Rosen,  Roy,  Seganish,  Shimp, 

Thomas,  Van  Daniker,  Webb,  and  Wolff. 

BSAD  10.  BUSINESS  ENTERPRISE.  (3) 

A  survey  course  covering  the  internal  and  functional  or- 
ganization of  a  business  enterprise,  its  organization  and 
control. 

BSAD  20,  21.  PRINCIPLES  OF  ACCOUNTING.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  The  principles  of  ac- 
counting for  business  enterprise  and  the  use  of  accounting 
data  in  making  business  decisions. 

FOR  GRADUATES  AND  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES 

BSAD  100.  OFFICE  OPERATIONS  AND  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 
Deals  with  the  principles  of  scientific  management  as  they 
apply  to  the  examination,  improvement,  installation,  and 
operation  of  the  most  effective  paperwork  methods  and 
systems  that  a  given  organization  can  use  to  achieve  its 
objectives.  Procedure  flow  analysis  and  form  design  for 
control  of  paperwork;  process,  work  distribution,  and  lay- 
out charts,  distribution  of  authority  and  responsibility 
for  office  activities  are  among  the  areas  considered. 

BSAD   101.  ELECTRONIC  DATA  PROCESSING.  (3) 

Students  enrolled  in  the  Department  of  Business  Admin- 
istration curricula  will  register  for  ISM  101.  For  detailed 
information  on  prerequisites  and  description  of  the 
course,  refer  to  ISM  101.  The  credits  earned  in  ISM  101 
may  be  included  in  the  total  credits  earned  in  the  area  of 
concentration  in  business  administration. 

BSAD  102.  ELECTRONIC  DATA  PROCESSING  APPLICA- 
TIONS. (3) 
Students  enrolled  in  the  Department  of  Business  Ad- 
ministration curricula  will  register  for  ISM  102.  For  de- 
tailed information  on  prerequisites  and  description  of 
the  course,  refer  to  ISM  102.  The  credits  earned  in  ISM 


102  may  be  included  in  the  total  credits  earned  in  the 
area  of  concentration  in  business  administration. 

BSAD  103.  INTRODUCTION  TO  SYSTEMS  ANALYSIS.  (3) 
Students  enrolled  in  the  Department  of  Business  Admin 
istration  curricula  will  register  for  ISM  103.  For  detailed 
information  on  prerequisites  and  description  of  the 
course,  refer  to  ISM  103.  The  credits  earned  in  ISM  103 
may  be  included  in  the  toal  credits  earned  in  the  area  of 
concentration  in  business  administration. 

BSAD    110,  111.  INTERMEDIATE  ACCOUNTING.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  21.  A  comprehensive  study  of  the 
theory  and  problems  of  valuation  of  assets,  application 
of  funds,  corporation  accounts  and  statements,  and  the 
interpretation  of  accounting  statements. 


BSAD  118,  119.  UNDERGRADUATE  ACCOUNTING 
SEMINAR.  (3,  3) 
Prerequisite,  senior  standing  as  an  accounting  major  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Enrollment  limited  to  upper  one- 
third  of  senior  class.  Seminar  coverage  of  outstanding 
current  non-text  literature,  current  problems  and  case 
studies  in  accounting. 

BSAD  120.  ACCOUNTING  SYSTEMS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  20.  A  study  of  the  factors  involved  in 
the  design  and  installation  of  accounting  systems:  the 
organization,  volume  and  types  of  transactions,  charts  of 
accounts,  accounting  manuals,  the  reporting  system. 

BSAD  121.  COST  ACCOUNTING.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  21.  A  study  of  the  basic  concepts  of 
product  costing  and  cost  analysis  for  management  plan- 
ning and  control.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  role  of  the  ac- 
count in  organizational  management,  analysis  of  cost  be- 
havior, standard  cost,  budgeting,  responsibility  account- 
ing and  relevant  costs  for  decision  making. 

BSAD  122.  AUDITING  THEORY  AND  PRACTICE.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  1 1 1.  A  study  of  the  principles  and  prob- 
lems of  auditing  and  application  of  accounting  principles  to 
the  preparation  of  audit  working  papers  and  reports. 

BSAD  123.  INCOME  TAX  ACCOUNTING.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  21.  A  study  of  the  important  provisions 
of  the  Federal  Tax  Laws,  using  illustrative  examples,  se- 
lected questions  and  problems,  and  the  preparation  of  re- 
turns. 

BSAD  124.  ADVANCED  ACCOUNTING.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  111.  Advanced  Accounting  theory  to 
specialized  problems  in  partnerships,  ventures,  consign- 
ments, installment  sales,  insurance,  statement  of  affairs, 
receiver's  accounts,  realization  and  liquidation  reports, 
and  consolidation  of  parent  and  subsidiary  accounts. 

BSAD  125.  OP. A.  PROBLEMS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  111,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study 
of  the  nature,  form  and  content  of  C.P.A.  examinations 
by  means  of  the  preparation  of  solutions  to,  and  an  analysis 
of,  a  large  sample  of  C.P.A.  problems  covering  the  various 
accounting  fields. 

BSAD  127.  ADVANCED  AUDITING  THEORY  AND  PRACTICE. 
(3) 
Prerequisite,   BSAD   122.   Advanced  auditing  theory  and 
practice  and  report  writing. 

BSAD  128.  ADVANCED  COST  ACCOUNTING.  (2) 

Prerequisite  BSAD  121.  A  continuation  of  basic  cost  ac- 
counting with  special  emphasis  on  process  costs,  standard 
costs,  joint  costs,  and  by  product  cost. 

BSAD  129.  APPRENTICESHIP  IN  ACCOUNTING.  (0) 

Prerequisites,  minimum  of  20  semester  hours  in  account- 
ing and  the  consent  of  the  accounting  staff.  A  period  of  ap- 
prenticeship is  provided  with  national Iv  known  firms  of  certi- 
fied public  accountants  from  about  January  15  to  Febru- 
ary 15,  and  for  a  semester  after  graduation. 


BSAD  130.  BUSINESS  STATISTICS  I.  (3) 

An  introductory  course  discussing  basic  statistical  con- 
cepts and  various  widely  used  statistical  techniques, 
namely:  ratios  and  percentages;  the  tabular  and  graphic 
presentation  of  statistical  data;  frequency  distributions; 
measures  of  central  tendency,  variability,  skewness  and 
kurtosis;  the  binomial  and  normal  probability  distributions; 
tests  of  hypotheses  concerning  means  and  proportions;  the 
estimation  of  means  and  proportions;  two-variable  linear 
correlation  analysis. 

BSAD  131.  BUSINESS  STATISTICS  II.  (3) 


Business  and  Public  Administration 


167 


Prerequisite,  BSAD  130  or  equivalent.  A  course  comple- 
menting BSAD  130.  The  topics  covered  include:  trend 
analysis  in  its  simpler  aspects;  seasonal  and  cycle  analysis; 
nonlinear  two-variable  correlation  analysis;  correlation 
analysis  of  grouped  data;  some  reference  to  multiple  cor- 
relation analysis;  the  chi-square  test;  analysis  of  variance; 
index  numbers. 

BSAD  132.  SAMPLE  SURVEYS  IN  BUSINESS  AND  ECO- 
NOMICS. (3) 
Prerequisite,  BSAD  130  or  equivalent.  A  course  surveying 
the  uses  of  statistics  in  economic  and  business  research. 
The  emphasis  of  the  discussion  is  directed  toward  "cross- 
section"  analysis  as  distinct  from  "time-series"  analysis 
(which  is  given  detailed  attention  in  BSAD  135).  Topics 
covered  include:  research  methodology,  sampling  tech- 
niques and  design,  data-collection  methods,  question- 
naire preparation,  interviewing  procedures,  the  evalua- 
tion of  survey  results,  and  a  review  of  selected  case 
studies. 

BSAD  134.  STATISTICAL  QUALITY  CONTROL.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  130,  or  equivalent.  A  course  survey- 
ing the  uses  of  statistical  principles  in  industry.  Topics  con- 
sidered include:  A  brief  review  of  basic  statistical  mea- 
sures: a  study  of  the  hypergeometric,  binomial,  normal, 
and  Poisson  probability  distributions;  the  sampling  distri- 
butions of  trie  mean,  the  standard  deviation,  and  the 
range;  the  construction  and  operation  of  the  various  con- 
trol charts  in  current  use;  the  diagnostic  significance  of 
different  findings;  acceptance  sampling  on  the  basis  of 
measurement  data  and  on  the  basis  of  attribute  data. 

BSAD  135.  STATISTICAL  ANAYLSIS  AND  FORECASTING. 
(3) 
Prerequisite,  BSAD  130  or  equivalent.  A  course  exploring 
the  usefulness  of  statistical  methods  in  economic  predic- 
tion. Various  forecasting  techniques  in  current  use  are 
examined.  Major  topics  receiving  attention  are  the  analysis 
of  trends,  the  identification  of  seasonal  patterns  and  cy- 
cles, and  the  measurement  of  economic  relationships. 
The  discussion  goes  beyond  the  points  made  in  BSAD  131. 
Particularly  the  uses  of  multiple  correlation  analysis  are 
examined  in  great  detail.  Some  reference  is  also  made  to 
the  predictive  potentialities  of  so-called  anticipations 
statistics.  Throughout  the  course,  due  attention  is  given 
to  the  logical  aspects  of  the  forecasting  problem  as 
distinct  from  its  statistical  side. 

BSAD  136.  OPERATIONS  RESEARCH  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  130  or  consent  of  instructor.  The 
philosophy,  methods  and  objectives  of  operations  research. 
Basic  methods  are  examined  and  their  application  to  func- 
tional areas  of  business  are  covered.  (This  course  is  also 
listed  as  ISM  136  and  may  be  taken  for  Information  Sys- 
tems Management  credit.) 

BSAD  137.  OPERATIONS  RESEARCH  II.  (3) 

Prequisite,  BSAD  136  or  permission  of  instructor.  Ad- 
vanced topics  in  Operations  Research  including  decision 
theory,  probability  models  and  inventory  models.  Empha- 
sis on  the  mathematical  formulation  of  business  problems 
and  implementation  of  model  solutions. 

BSAD  138.  LINEAR  PROGRAMMING  IN  BUSINESS.  (3) 

Prerequisite  BSAD  136  or  permission  of  instructor.  Theory, 
formulation,  interpretation,  and  application  of  the  general 
linear,  transportation,  assignment,  and  integer  program- 
ming mode  Is.  Emphasis  is  on  the  application  of  these  models 
to  large-scale  business  problems. 

BSAD  140.  BUSINESS  FINANCE.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  21.  This  course  deals  with  principles 
and  practices  involved  in  the  organization,  financing,  and  re- 
habilitation of  business  enterprises;  the  various  types  of 
securities  and  their  use  in  raising  funds,  apportioning  in- 
come, risk,  and  control;  intercorporate  relations;  and  new 
developments.  Emphasis  on  solution  of  problems  of  financial 
policy  faced  by  management. 

BSAD  141.  FINANCIAL  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  140.  Analysis  and  discussion  of  cases 
and  readings  relating  to  financial  decisions  of  the  firm. 
The  application  of  finance  concepts  to  the  solution  of  fi- 
nancial problems  is  emphasized. 

BSAD  143.  INVESTMENTS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  140.  An  introduction  to  financial 
investments.  Topics  include  securities  and  securities 
markets;  investment  risks,  returns,  and  constraints;  port- 
folio policies;  and  institutional  investment  policies. 

BSAD  144.  SECURITY  ANALYSIS  AND  VALUATION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  143.  Study  and  application  of  the  con- 
cepts, methods,  models,  and  empirical  findings  to  the 
analysis,  valuation,  and  selection  of  securities,  especially 
common  stock. 


BSAD  145.  COMMERCIAL  BANK  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  BSAD  140  and  ECON  140.  Analysis  and 
discussion  of  cases  and  readings  in  commercial  bank 
management.  The  loan  function  is  emphasized;  also  the 
management  of  liquidity  reserves,  investments  for  in- 
come, and  sources  of  funds.  Bank  objectives,  functions, 
policies,  organization,  structure,  services,  and  regulation 
are  considered. 

BSAD  149.  MARKETING  PRINCIPLES  AND  ORGANIZATION. 
(3) 
Prerequisites,  BSAD  130  and  BSAD  149.  A  study  of  the 
work  of  the  marketing  division  in  a  going  organization. 
The  work  of  developing  organizations  and  procedures  for 
the  control  of  marketing  activities  is  surveyed.  The  em- 
phasis throughout  the  course  is  placed  on  the  determina- 
tion of  policies,  methods,  and  practices  for  the  effective 
marketing  of  various  forms  of  manufactured  products. 

BSAD  151.  ADVERTISING.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  149.  A  study  of  the  role  of  advertising 
in  the  American  economy;  the  impact  of  advertising  on 
our  economic  and  socail  life,  the  methods  and  tech- 
niques currently  applied  by  advertising  practitioners,  the 
role  of  the  newspaper,  magazine,  and  other  media  in  the 
development  of  an  advertising  campaign,  modern  re- 
search methods  to  improve  the  effectiveness  of  adver- 
tising and  the  organization  of  the  advertising  business. 

BSAD  153.  INDUSTRIAL  MARKETING.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  149.  The  industrial  and  business 
sector  of  the  marketing  system  is  considered  rather  than 
the  household  or  ultimate  consumer  sector.  Industrial 
products  range  from  raw  materials  and  supplies  to  the  major 
equipment  in  a  plant,  business  office,  or  institution.  Topics 
include  product  planning  and  introduction,  market  analy- 
sis and  forecasting,  channels,  pricing,  field  sales  force 
management,  advertising,  marketing  cost  analysis,  and 
government  relations.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  in- 
dustrial, business  and  institutional  buying  policies  and 
practice  and  to  the  analysis  of  buyer  behavior. 

BSAD  154.  RETAIL  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  BSAD  20  and  149.  Retail  store  organiza- 
tion, locatidh,  layout  and  store  policy;  pricing  policies,  price 
lines,  brands,  credit  policies,  records  as  a  guide  to  buying; 
purchasing  methods;  supervision  of  selling;  training  and 
supervision  of  retail  sales  force;  and  administrative  prob- 
lems. 

BSAD  155.  CONSUMER  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  BSAD  149  and  150.  Recommended  that 
Psychology  001  and  021  be  taken  prior  to  this  course. 
Considers  the  growing  importance  of  the  American  con- 
sumer in  the  marketing  system  and  the  need  to  under- 
stand him.  Topics  include  the  foundation  considerations 
underlying  consumer  behavior  such  as  economic,  social- 
psychological  and  cultural  factors.  Analysis  of  the  con- 
sumer in  marketing  situations— as  a  buyer  and  user  of 
products  and  services — and  in  relation  to  the  various  in- 
dividual, social  and  marketing  factors  affecting  his  be- 
havior, the  influence  of  marketing  communications  is  al- 
so considered. 

BSAD  156.  MARKETING  RESEARCH  METHODS.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  BSAD  130  and  BSAD  149.  Recommended 
that  BSAD  132  be  taken  prior  to  this  course.  This  course 
is  intended  to  develop  skill  in  the  use  of  scientific  meth- 
ods in  the  acquisition,  analysis  and  interpretation  of 
marketing  data.  It  covers  the  specialized  fields  of  market- 
ing research,  the  planning  of  survey  projects,  sample  de- 
sign, tabulation  procedure  and  report  preparation. 

BSAD  157.  INTERNATIONAL  MARKETING.  (3) 

Prerequisites  BSAD  149  plus  any  other  marketing  course. 
A  study  of  the  marketing  functions  from  the  viewpoint  of 
the  international  executive.  In  addition  to  the  coverage 
of  international  marketing  policies  relating  to  product 
adaptation,  data  collection  and  analysis,  channels  of  dis- 
tribution, pricing,  communications,  and  cost  analysis,  con- 
sideration is  given  to  the  cultural,  legal,  financial,  and 
organizational  aspects  of  international  marketing. 

BSAD  158.  PROMOTION  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  BSAD  149  and  BSAD  151  This  course  is 
concerned  with  the  way  in  which  business  firms  use  ad- 
vertising, personal  selling,  sales  promotion  and  other  meth- 
ofs  as  part  of  their  marketing  program.  The  case  study 
method  is  used  to  present  problems  taken  from  actual  busi- 
ness practice.  Cases  studied  illustrate  problems  in  the  use 
and  coordination  of  demand  stimulation  methods  as  well 
as  analysis  and  planning.  Research,  testing  and  statistical 
control  of  promotional  activities  are  also  considered. 

BSAD  160.  PERSONNEL  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

The  basic  course  in  personnel  management  includes  man- 
power planning,  recruitment,  selection,  development,  com- 


168         Business  and  Public  Administration 


pensation,  and  appraisal  of  employees.  Explores  the  im- 
pact of  scientific  management  and  unionism  on  these 
functions. 

BSAD  161.  PERSONNEL  MANAGEMENT:  ANALYSIS  AND 
PROBLEMS.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  BSAD  160.  Recommended,  BSAD  130.  Re- 
search findings,  special  readings,  case  analysis,  simula- 
tion, and  field  investigations  are  used  to  develop  a  better 
understanding  of  personnel  problems,  alternative  solutions 
and  their  practical  ramifications. 

BSAD  162.  ORGANIZATIONAL  BEHAVIOR.  (3) 

An  examination  of  research  and  theory  concerning  the 
forces  which  contribute  to  the  behavior  of  organizational 
members.  Topics  covered  include:  work  group  behavior, 
supervisory  behavior,  intergroup  relations,  employee  goals 
and  attitudes,  communication  problems,  organizational 
change,  and  organizational  goals  and  design.  Prerequi- 
site: BSAD  168. 

BSAD  163.  LABOR  RELATIONS.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  development  and  methods  of  organized 
groups  in  industry  with  reference  to  the  settlement  of 
Tabor  disputes.  An  economic  and  legal  analysis  of  labor 
union  and  employer  association  activities,  arbitration, 
mediation,  and  conciliation;  collective  bargaining,  trade 
agreements,  strikes,  boycotts,  lockouts,  company  unions, 
employee  representation  and  injunctions. 

BSAD  164.  LABOR  LEGISLATION.  (3) 

Case  method  analysis  of  the  modern  law  of  industrial  re- 
lations. Cases  include  the  decisions  of  administrative 
agencies,  courts  and  arbitration  tribunals. 

BSAD  165.  ADVANCED  PRODUCTION  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  BSAD  169.  A  study  of  typical  problems  en- 
countered by  the  factory  manager.  The  objective  is  to 
develop  the  ability  to  analyze  and  solve  problems  in  man- 
agement control  of  production  and  in  the  formulation  of 
production  policies.  Among  the  topics  covered  a  re  plant  loca- 
tion, production  planningand  control,  methodsanalysisand 
time  study. 

BSAD  168.  MANAGEMENT  AND  ORGANIZATION  THEORY. 
(3) 
The  development  of  management  and  organization  theory, 
nature  of  the  management  process  and  function  and  its 
future  development.  The  role  of  the  manager  as  an  or- 
ganizer and  director,  the  communication  process,  goals 
and  responsibilities. 

BSAD  169.  PRODUCTION  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

Studies  the  operation  of  a  manufacturing  enterprise,  con- 
centrating on  the  economies  of  production.  Introduces  a 
grounding  in  analytical  method  early  so  that  the  broad 
problem  areas  of  system  design,  operation,  and  control  can 
be  based  upon  the  analytical  method. 

BSAD  170.  PRINCIPLES  OF  TRANSPORTATION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ECON  32  or  37.  A  general  course  covering 
the  five  fields  of  transportation,  their  development,  service 
and  regulation. 

BSAD  171.  TRAFFIC  AND  PHYSICAL  DISTRIBUTION  MAN- 
AGEMENT. (3) 
Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  Examines  the  management 
aspects  of  the  business  firm  in  moving  their  raw  materials 
and  finished  goods,  through  traffic,  warehousing,  indus- 
trial packaging,  materials  handling,  and  inventory.  A  sys- 
tematic examination  of  the  trade-off  possibilities  and  man- 
agement alternatives  to  minimize  cost  of  product  flow  and 
maximizing  customer  service  is  provided. 

BSAD  172.  MOTOR  TRANSPORTATION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  170.  The  development  and  scope  of  the 
motor  carrier  industry,  different  types  of  carriers,  eco- 
nomics of  motor  transportation,  services  available,  federal 
regulation,  highway  financing,  allocation  of  cost  to  high- 
way users,  highway  barriers. 

BSAD  173.  WATER  TRANSPORTATION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  170.  Water  carriers  of  all  types,  de- 
velopment and  types  of  services,  trade  routes,  inland  water- 
ways, company  organization,  the  American  Merchant 
Marine  as  a  factor  in  national  activity. 

BSAD  174.  COMMERCIAL  AIR  TRANSPORTATION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  170.  The  air  transportation  system  of 
the  United  States;  airways,  airports,  airlines.  Federal  regu- 
lation of  air  transportation.  Problems  and  services  of  com- 
mercial air  transportation;  economics,  equipment,  opera- 
tions, financing,  selling  of  passenger  and  cargo  services. 
Air  mail  development  and  services. 

BSAD  175.  ADVANCED  TRANSPORTATION  PROBLEMS.  (3) 
Prerequisite,    BSAD  170.  A  critical  examination  of  cur- 
rent   government    transportation    policy    and    proposed 
solutions.  Urban  and  intercity  managerial  transport  prob- 
lems are  also  considered. 


BSAD  176.  URBAN  TRANSPORT  AND  URBAN  DEVELOP- 
MENT. (3) 
Prerequisite,  ECON  32  or  37.  An  analysis  of  the  role  of 
urban  transportation  in  present  and  future  urban  develop- 
ment. The  interaction  of  transport  pricing  and  service, 
urban  planning,  institutional  restraints,  and  public  land 
uses,  is  studied. 

BSAD  180.  BUSINESS  LAW.  (3) 

Legal  aspects  of  business  relationships,  contracts,  negoti- 
able instruments,  agency  partnerships,  corporations,  real 
personal  property,  and  sales. 

BSAD  181.  BUSINESS  LAW.  (3) 

Legal  aspects  of  business  relationships,  contracts,  negoti- 
able instruments,  agency,  partnerships,  corporations,  real 
and  personal  property,  and  sales. 

BSAD  182.  LEGAL  ENVIRONMENT  OF  BUSINESS.  (3) 

The  course  examines  the  principal  ideas  and  men  in  law 
stressing  those  which  are  relevant  for  the  modern  busi- 
ness executive.  Legal  reasoning  as  it  has  evolved  in  this 
country  will  be  one  of  the  central  topics  of  study.  Several 
leading  antitrust  cases  will  be  studied  to  illustrate  vividly 
the  reasoning  process  as  well  as  the  interplay  of  business, 
philosophy,  and  the  various  conceptions  of  the  nature  of  law 
which  give  direction  to  the  process.  Examination  of  con- 
temporary legal  problems  and  proposed  solutions,  especially 
those  most  likely  to  affect  the  business  community,  are 
also  covered. 

BSAD  184.  PUBLIC  UTILITIES.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ECON  32  or  37.  Using  the  regulated  in- 
dustries as  specific  examples,  attention  is  focused  on 
broad  and  general  problems  in  such  diverse  fields  as 
constitutional  law,  administrative  law,  public  administra- 
tion, government  control  of  business,  advanced  economic 
theory,  accounting,  valuation  and  depreciation,  taxation, 
finance,  engineering  and  management. 

BSAD  187.  HONORS  STUDY.  (3) 
First  Semester  of  the  senior  year 

Prerequisite:  Candidacy  for  Honors  in  Business  Adminis- 
tration. The  course  is  designed  for  honors  students  who 
have  elected  to  conduct  intensive  study  (independent  or 
group).  The  student  will  work  under  the  direct  guidance 
of  a  faculty  advisor  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Honors  Com- 
mittee. They  shall  determine  that  the  area  of  study  is 
of  a  scope  and  intensity  deserving  of  a  candidate's  at- 
tention. Formal  written  and/or  oral  reports  on  the  study 
may  be  required  by  the  faculty  advisor  and/or  Chairman 
of  the  Honors  Program.  Group  meetings  of  the  candi- 
dates may  be  called  at  the  discretion  of  the  faculty  ad- 
visors and/or  Chairman  of  the  Honors  Committee. 

BSAD  188.  HONORS  STUDY.  (3) 

Second  Semester  of  the  senior  year 

Prerequisite:  BSAD  187,  and  continued  candidacy  for 
Honors  in  Business  Administration.  The  student  shall 
continue  and  complete  the  research  initiated  in  BSAD 
187.  Additional  reports  may  be  required  at  the  discretion 
of  the  faculty  advisor  and  Honors  Program  Chairman. 
Group  meetings  may  be  held. 

BSAD  189.  BUSINESS  AND  GOVERNMENT.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ECON  32  or  37.  A  study  of  the  role  of  gov- 
ernment in  modern  economic  life.  Social  control  of  busi- 
ness as  a  remedy  for  the  abuses  of  business  enterprise 
arising  from  the  decline  of  competition.  Criteria  of  limita- 
tions on  government  regulation  of  private  enterprise. 

BSAD  190.  RISK  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  II.  Designed  to  acquaint  the  student 
with  the  nature  and  significance  of  risk  in  business  enter- 
prise. The  problems  relating  to  both  pure  and  speculative 
risk  in  business  are  considered;  and  methods  of  solution 
involving  risk  assumption,  transfer,  reduction,  and  the 
use  of  insurance  are  analyzed  as  aids  in  management 
decision  making. 

BSAD  191.  PRINCIPLES  OF  RISK  AND  INSURANCE.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  II.  Emphasizes  the  use  of  insurance 
in  resolving  problems  involving  personal  and  business 
risks.  Life,  accident  and  health,  fire  and  casualty,  auto- 
mobile, and  marine  insurance  are  examined  as  means  of 
dealing  with  these  risks.  The  theory  and  legal  aspects  of 
insurance  are  considered,  as  well  as  the  quantitative 
measurement  of  risks. 

BSAD  192.  INTRODUCTION  TO  INTERNATIONAL  BUSINESS 
MANAGEMENT.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  ECON  32  or  37.  A  study  of  the  domestic  and 
foreign  environmental  factors  affecting  the  international 
operations  of  U.S.  business  firms.  The  course  also  covers 
the  administrative  aspects  of  international  marketing, 
finance,  and  management. 


Business  and  Public  Administration 


169 


BSAD  195.  REAL  ESTATE  PRINCIPLES.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ECON  32  or  37.  This  course  covers  the  na- 
ture and  uses  of  real  estate,  real  estate  as  a  business, 
basic  principles,  construction  problems  and  home  owner- 
ship, city  planning,  and  public  control  and  ownership  of 
real  estate. 

BSAD  196.  URBAN  LAND  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

Covers  the  managerial  and  decision  making  aspects  of 
urban  land  and  property.  Included  are  such  subjects  as 
land  use  and  valuation  matters. 

BSAD  197.  UNDERGRADUATE  SEMINAR  IN  PERSONNEL 
MANAGEMENT.  (3) 
Prerequisite — consent  of  instructor.  This  course  is  open 
only  to  the  top  1/3  of  undergraduate  majors  in  personnel 
and  labor  relations  and  is  offered  during  the  Fall  semes- 
ter of  each  year.  Highlights  major  developments  theory. 
Guest  lecturers  make  periodic  presentations. 

BSAD  199.  BUSINESS  POLICIES.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BSAD  140,  149,  168  and  senior  standing. 
A  case  study  course  in  which  the  aim  is  to  have  the  stu- 
dent apply  both  what  he  has  learned  of  general  manage- 
ment princi  pi  esandtheirspecializedfunctiona  I  applications 
of  the  overall  management  function  in  the  enterprise. 


BSAD  271.  TRANSPORT  AND  PUBLIC  POLICY.  (3) 

BSAD  272.    MANAGEMENT    OF    PHYSJCAL    DISTRIBUTION. 

(3) 
BSAD  273.  TRANSPORTATION  STRATEGIES.  (3) 
BSAD  274.  BUSINESS  LOGISTICS.  (3) 
BSAD  275.  TRANSPORTATION  SCIENCE.  (3) 
BSAD  281.  PRIVATE  ENTERPRISE  AND  PUBLIC  POLICY.  (3) 
BSAD  282.  PRODUCT,  PRODUCTION  AND  PRICING  POLICY. 

(3) 
BSAD  283.  MANAGEMENT  POLICY  FORMULATION.  (3) 
BSAD  284.  POLICY  ISSUES  IN  PUBLIC  UTILITIES.  (3) 
BSAD  285.  BUSINESS  RESEARCH  METHODOLOGY.  (3) 
BSAD  287.  INTERNATIONAL  BUSINESS  ADMINJSTRATION. 

(3) 
BSAD  288.  MANAGEMENT  OF  THE  MULTINATIONAL  FIRM. 

(3) 
BSAD  289.  DEVELOPMENT  AND  TRENDS  IN  PRODUCTION 

MANAGEMENT.  (3) 
BSAD  298.  INDEPENDENT  STUDY  IN  BUSINESS  ADMINIS- 
TRATION. (1-9) 
BSAD  399.  THESIS.  (1-12) 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  course  descriptions. 

BSAD  210.  ADVANCED  ACCOUNTING  THEORY  I,  (3) 
BSAD  211.  ADVANCED  ACCOUNTING  THEORY  II.  (3) 
BSAD  212.  ACCOUNTING  IN  REGULATED  INDUSTRIES.  (3) 
BSAD  213.  THE  IMPACT  OF  TAXATION  ON  BUSINESS  DE- 
CISIONS. (3) 
BSAD  214.    CURRENT      PROBLEMS      OF      PROFESSIONAL 

PRACTICE.  (3) 
BSAD  220.  MANAGERIAL  ACCOUNTING  I.  (3) 
BSAD  221.  MANAGERIAL  ACCOUNTING  1 1.  (3) 
BSAD  230.    STATISTICAL    ANALYSIS    AND    BUSINESS    DE- 
CISIONS. (3) 
BSAD  231.  THEORY  OF  SURVEY  DESIGN.  (3) 
BSAD  234.  MANAGERIAL  ANALYSIS  I.  (3) 
BSAD  235.  MANAGEMENT  SCIENCE-DETERMINISTIC 

MODELS.  (3) 
BSAD  236.  MANAGEMENT  SCIENCE-PROBABILISTIC 

MODELS.  (3) 
BSAD  237.  MANAGEMENT  SIMULATION.  (3) 
BSAD    238.    OPTIMIZATION    METHODS    FOR    MANAGERIAL 

ANALYSIS.  (3) 
BSAD  240.  FINANCIAL  ADMINISTRATION.  (3) 
BSAD  241.  WORKING  CAPITAL  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 
BSAD  242.    LONG-TERM  CAPITAL  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 
BSAD  243.    INVESTMENT  ANALYSIS.  (3) 
BSAD  244.    PORTFOLIO  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 
BSAD  245.  FINANCIAL  INSTITUTIONS.  (3) 
BSAD  247.  INTERNATIONAL  FINANCIAL  ADMINISTRATION. 

(3) 
BSAD  250.  MARKETING  ADMINISTRATION.  (3) 

BSAD  251.  MARKETING  COMMUNICATIONS  MANAGE- 
MENT. (3) 

BSAD  252.    MARKETING  RESEARCH  METHODS.  (3) 

BSAD  254.    MARKETING  CHANNELS  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

BSAD  256.  QUANTITATIVE  METHODS  IN  MARKETING:  DE- 
MAND AND  COST  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

BSAD  257.   THEORY  IN  MARKETING.  (3) 

BSAD  258.  INTERNATIONAL  MARKETING.  (3) 

BSAD  260.  MANAGEMENT  PLANNING  AND  CONTROL  SYS- 
TEMS. (3) 

BSAD  261.  COLLECTIVE  BARGAINING-CURRENT  PROB- 
LEMS AND  ISSUES.  (3) 

BSAD  262.  ADMINISTRATION  OF  LABOR  RELATIONS.  (3) 

BSAD  263.  COMPARATIVE  THEORIES  feF  ORGANIZATION. 
(3) 

BSAD  264.  BEHAVIORAL  FACTORS  IN  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

BSAD  266.  PERSONNEL  MANAGEMENT:  MANPOWER  PRO- 
CUREMENT AND  DEVELOPMENT.  (3) 

BSAD  267.  PERSONNEL  MANAGEMENT:  MANPOWER  COM- 
PENSATION AND  EVALUATION.  (3) 

BSAD  269.  APPLICATION  OF  BEHAVIORAL  SCIENCE  TO 
BUSINESS.  (3) 

BSAD  270.  TRANSPORTATION  THEORY  AND  ANALYSIS.  (3) 


ECONOMICS 

The  program  of  studies  in  economics  is  de- 
signed to  meet  the  needs  of  students  who  wish  to 
concentrate  either  on  a  major  or  minor  scale  in  this 
division  of  the  social  sciences.  Students  who  expect 
to  enroll  in  the  professional  schools  and  those  who 
are  planning  to  enter  the  fields  of  business,  public 
administration,  foreign  service,  or  social  service  ad- 
ministration will  find  courses  in  economics  of  consi- 
derable value  to  them  in  their  later  work.  A  student 
of  economics  should  choose  courses  to  meet  the  re- 
quirements for  his  major  objective.  If  he  expects  to 
pursue  graduate  study,  he  should  consult  Graduate 
School  Announcements  for  the  general  require- 
ments for  advanced  degrees. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  ECONOMICS  MAJOR 

In  addition  to  the  University  requirements  in 
General  Education  the  student  majoring  in  econom- 
ics is  required  to  complete  a  minimum  of  36  semes- 
ter hours  in  economics  with  an  average  grade  of  not 
less  than  "C."  Required  courses  are  ECON  4,  31,  32, 
102,  and  132,  and  BSAD  130  (Statistics).  Econom- 
ics 111  may  be  taken  in  lieu  of  BSAD  130  by  those 
with  a  strong  background  and  interest  in  mathe- 
matics. A  student  will  normally  have  earned  nine 
semester-hour-hours  credit  in  the  lower  division 
courses  in  economics  prior  to  beginning  advanced 
work  in  the  junior  year.  These  lower  division  courses 
must  be  completed  with  an  average  grade  of  not  less 
than  "C." 

Economics  majors  are  expected  to  take  ECON 
102  prior  to  taking  ECON  140  or  148  and  Econ.  132 
prior  to  taking  ECON  142,  144,  160  or  170.  ECON 
102  and  132  will  provide  the  theoretical  foundation 
for  "sections  recommended  for  the  economics  ma- 
jor." Special  sections  for  economics  majors  may  be 
offered  in  ECON  140,  142,  148  and  160. 

Other  courses  in  economics  to  meet  the  require- 
ments of  the  major  are  to  be  selected  with  the  aid  of 
a  faculty  adviser.  Business  Administration  courses 
which  may  count  as  economics  credit  are  BSAD  130, 
131,  132,  134,  135,  and  184. 

Economics  majors  enrolled  in  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences  must,  of  course,  fulfill  all  of  the 
specific  requirements  of  that  College;  these  include, 
for  example,  work  in  a  foreign  language.  All  eco- 
nomics majors  must  take  six  semester  hours  of 
mathematics. 

Economics  majors  enrolled  in  the  College  of 
Business  and  Public  Administration  may  elect  to 


170 


Business  and  Public  Administration 


take  a  foreign  language  or,  in  lieu  of  foreign  lan- 
guage, may  take  BSAD  10  and  GEOG  15. 

An  economics  honors  program  is  open  to  eco- 
nomics majors  entering  their  junior  year.  Students 
must  have  an  academic  average  of  at  least  3.0  to  be 
eligible  for  admittance  to  this  program. 

SUGGESTED  STUDY  PROGRAM  FOR  ECONOMICS  MAJOR 


Freshman  Year  Hours 

ENGL  I -Composition  ond  American  Literature 3 

MATH  10,  11  or  19.  20  6-8 

ECON  4 -Economic  Developments  3 

Social  Science  Electives                                                   6 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  Elective                           3 

Foreign  Language  or  BSAD  10  and  Elective                                     6 

HLTH  5 -Science  ond  Theory  of  Health  (men  ond  women) 2 

Physical  Activities  (men  ana  women) 2 

Free  Elective                                                          3 


Total 


Sophomore  Year 

ENGL  3.  4-Composition  &  World  Literature 

ECON  31,  32-Principles  of  Economics 

Foreign  Language  or  GEOG  15  and  elective 
Natural  Science  (one  biological  and  one  physical) 
History 

Total..  


34-36 

Hours 

6 

6 

6 
7-8 

6 

31-32 

Junior  ond  Senior  Years  Hours 

ECON  102  —  National  Income  Analysis    .  3 

ECON  132-lntermediate  Price  Theory 3 

BSAD  130-Business  Statistics  I  3 

Electives  in  Economics  and  other  subjects* 51 

Total...  ~      60 


PROFESSOR  AND  DEPARTMENT  CHAIRMAN:  Dillard. 
PROFESSORS:     Almon,     Cumberland,     Gruchy,     O'Connell, 

Schultze,  Ulmer,  and  Wonnacott. 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Aaron,  Bennett,  Bergmann,  Dodge, 

Dorsey,  Harris,  Knight,  McGuire,  Meyer,  Olson,  and  Wein- 

stein. 
ASSISTANT    PROFESSORS:    Adams,    Atkinson,    Betancourt, 

Boorman,  Clague,  Cox,  Day,  Greer,  Hexter,  MacRae,  Meer, 

Quails,  Singer,  and  Strober. 
INSTRUCTORS:  Fitzmaurice,  Foster,  Pearson,  Rathbun,  and 

Kawahito. 
LECTURERS:    Amuzegar,    Clinton,    Denny,    Green,    Harrison, 

Hopkins,   Karlik,  Lady,   Layher,   McLoone,  Measday,  Mills, 

Moore,   Murphy,   Pierce,   Schiller,   Schink,   Shipley,   Snow, 

Taylor,  Tobin,  and  Whitman. 

ECON   4.    ECONOMIC  DEVELOPMENTS.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Freshman  requirement  in 
business  administration  curriculums.  An  introduction  to 
modern  economic  institutions — their  origins,  develop- 
ment, and  present  status.  Commercial  revolution,  in- 
dustrial revolution,  and  age  of  mass  production.  Empha- 
sis on  developments  in  England,  Western  Europe  and  the 
United  States.  (Snow,   Staff) 

ECON   31,   32.    PRINCIPLES  OF  ECONOMICS.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  sophomore 
standing.  Required  in  the  business  administration  cur- 
riculums. In  ECON  31  basic  concepts,  the  monetary  sys- 
tem, the  national  accounts,  national  income  analysis,  and 
business  cycles  are  introduced.  In  ECON  32  emphasis  is 
placed  on  price  theory,  distribution,  international  trade, 
and  economic  development. 

(Dorsey,  Moer,  Schultze,  Staff) 

ECON   37    .    FUNDAMENTALS  OF  ECONOMICS.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Not  open  to  students  who 
have  credit  in  ECON  31  and  31.  Not  open  to  freshmen  or 
to  B.P.A.  students.  A  survey  of  the  general  principles  un- 
derlying economic  activity;  analysis  of  leading  economic 
problems  in  the  modern  world.  This  is  the  basic  course 
in  economics  for  students  who  are  unable  to  take  the 
more  complete  course  provided  in  ECON  31  and  32. 

(Ulmer,  Staff) 

FOR  GRADUATES  AND  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES 

ECON  102.  NATIONAL  INCOME  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32.  An 
analysis  of  national  income  accounts  and  the  level  of  na- 
tional income  and  employment. 

(Aaron.  Layher,  Moore,  Shipley) 


ECON  103.  AMERICAN  ECONOMIC  DEVELOPMENT.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or 
37.  Long-term  trends  in  the  American  economy  and  analy- 
sis of  the  sources  of  output  growth.  Technological  changes 
and  the  diffusion  of  new  technologies.  These  subjects 
are  discussed  in  the  context  of  theoretical  models. 

(Shipley) 

ECON  105.  INTRODUCTION  TO  ECONOMIC  DEVELOPMENT 
OF  UNDERDEVELOPED  AREAS.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or 
37.  An  analysis  of  the  economic  and  social  characteris- 
tics of  underdeveloped  aras.  Recent  theories  of  economic 
development,  obstacles  to  development;  policies  and 
planning  for  development.    (Adams,  Betancourt,  Harrison) 

ECON     106.     ECONOMIC     DEVELOPMENT     OF     SELECTED 
AREAS.  (3) 
Prerequisite,   Econ.   105.   Institutional  characteristics  of 
a  specific  area  are  discussed  and  alternative  strategies 
and  policies  for  development  are  analyzed. 
ECON   106A— Latin    America.  (Bennett,   Betancourt) 

ECON   106B-Asia  (Adams) 

ECON   106C— Africa 

ECON  111.  QUANTITATIVE  METHODS  IN  ECONOMICS.  (3) 
First  and   second   semesters.   Prerequisites,   Econ.   102, 
132.  Economic  theory  as  it  relates  to  quantitative  meth- 
ods. Theory  of  statistical  inference. 

(Boorman,  MacRae) 

ECON  112.  QUANTITATIVE  METHODS  IN  ECONOMICS  II. 
(3) 
Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  ECON  102,  132,  111, 
and  ECON  130,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Formulation, 
estimation  and  testing  of  economic  models;  theory  of 
identification  in  linear  models,  multiple  regression  and 
analysis  of  variance;  single-equation  problems  in  eco- 
nometric work  and  econometric  methods  in  estimation 
of  multi-equation  structures.  Examples  of  current  re- 
search  employing  econometric   methods.  (Boorman) 

ECON    120.    INTRODUCTION    TO    REGIONAL    AND    URBAN 
ECONOMICS.  (3) 
First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  102,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Study  of  the  theories,  problems,  and  policies  of 
urban  and  regional  economic  development.  (Harris) 

ECON  130.  MATHEMATICAL  ECONOMICS.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Econ.  102  and  132  and 
one  year  of  college  mathematics.  A  course  designed  to 
enable  economics  majors  to  understand  the  simpler  as- 
pects of  mathematical  economics.  Those  parts  of  the 
calculus  and  algebra  required  for  economic  analysis  will 
be    presented.  (MacRae,    Hexter) 

ECON  131.  COMPARATIVE  ECONOMIC  SYSTEMS.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  ECON  32  or 
37.  An  investigation  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  various 
types  of  economic  systems.  An  examination  and  evalua- 
tion of  the  capitalistic  system  followed  by  an  analysis  of 
alternative  types  of  economic  systems  such  as  fascism, 
socialism,  and  communism. 

(Amuzegar,  Denny,  Dodge,  Gruchy) 

ECON  132.  INTERMEDIATE  PRICE  THEORY.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  ECON  32.  Re- 
quired for  economics  majors.  An  analysis  of  price  and  dis- 
tribution theory  with  special  attention  to  recent  develop- 
ments in  the  theory  of  imperfect  competition. 

(Day,  Harrison,  O'Connell,  Lady) 

ECON  134.  CONTEMPORARY  ECONOMIC  THOUGHT.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ECON  32  and  senior  standing.  Graduate 
students  should  take  ECON  232.  A  survey  of  recent 
trends  in  American,  English,  and  Continental  economic 
thought  with  special  attention  to  the  work  of  such  econ- 
omists as  W.  C.  Mitchell,  J.  R.  Commons,  T.  Veblen, 
W.  Sombart,  J.  A.  Hobson  and  other  contributors  to  the 
development  of  economic  thought  since  1900.       (Gruchy) 

ECON  137.  THE  ECONOMICS  OF  NATIONAL  PLANNING.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  An  analysis  of  the  princi- 
ples and  practice  of  economic  planning  with  special  ref- 
erence to  the  planning  problems  of  western   European 
countries    and    the    United    States.  (Gruchy) 

ECON  138.  ECONOMICS  OF  THE  SOVIET  UNION.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  ECON  32  or 
37.  An  analysis  of  the  organization,  operating  principles 
and  performance  of  the  Soviet  economy  with  attention  to 
the  historical  and  ideological  background,  planning,  re- 
sources, industry,  agriculture,  domestic  and  foreign 
trade,  finance,  labor,  and  the  structure  and  growth  of 
national    income.  (Dodge) 

ECON  140.  MONEY  AND  BANKING.  (3) 

First    and    second    semesters.    Prerequisite,    ECON    32. 


Business  and  Public  Administration 


171 


Relation  of  money  and  credit  to  economic  activity  and 
prices;  impact  of  public  policy  in  financial  markets  and 
in  markets  for  goods  and  services;  policies,  structure, 
and  functions  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System;  organiza- 
tion, operation,  and  functions  of  the  commercial  bank- 
ing system,  as  related  particularly  to  questions  of  eco- 
nomic stability  and  public  policy. 

(Meyer,  Boorman,  Bennett) 

ECON  141.  THEORY  OF  MONEY,  PRICES  AND  ECONOMIC 
ACTIVITY.  (3) 
Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  ECON  140.  A  theoretical 
treatment  of  the  influence  of  money  and  financial 
markets  on  economic  activity  and  prices,  and  of  the  ef- 
fects of  monetary  policy  on  the  markets  for  goods  and 
services;  the  role  of  money  in  the  classical  and  Keynes- 
ian  macro-systems;  topics  of  theoretical  interest  in  mone- 
tary policy  formation  and  implementation. 

(Meyer,  Boorman) 

ECON  142.  INTRODUCTION  TO  PUBLIC  FINANCE.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  31  and 
32  or  32  and  37.  A  study  of  the  role  of  federal,  state,  and 
local  governments  in  mobilizing  resources  to  meet  public 
wants;  principles  and  policies  of  taxation,  debt  manage- 
ment, and  government  expenditures  and  their  effects  on 
resource  allocation,  stabilization  of  income  and  prices, 
income  distribution  and  economic  growth. 

(Meer,  McLoone,  Shipley,  Hinrichs) 

ECON  143.  THEORY  OF  PUBLIC  FINANCE.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  142  and  102  or 
consent  of  instructor.  An  economic  analysis  of  the  theory 
and  practice  of  public  finance  including  taxation,  debt 
management,  expenditures,  and  fiscal  policy. 

(Aaron,  Singer) 

ECON  144.  STATE  AND  LOCAL  PUBLIC  FINANCE.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ECON  32  or  37.  Principles  and  problems  of 
governmental  finance  with  special  reference  to  state  and 
local  jurisdictions.  Topics  to  be  covered  include  taxation, 
expenditures,  and  intergovernmental  fiscal  relations. 

(Whitman) 

ECON  147.  BUSINESS  CYCLES.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  ECON  140.  A  study  of  the 
causes  of  depressions  and  unemployment,  cyclical  and 
secular  instability,  theories  of  business  cycles,  and  the 
problem  of  controlling  economic  instability.  (Almon) 

ECON  148.  INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMICS.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  ECON  32.  A 
descriptive  and  theoretical  analysis  of  international 
trade;  balance  of  payments  accounts;  the  mechanism  of 
international  economic  adjustment;  comparative  costs; 
economics  of  customs  unions. 

(Wonnacott,  Clague,  Moore,  Atkinson,  Layher) 

ECON  149.  INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  POLICIES.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  148, 
102,  and  132.  Contemporary  balance  of  payments  prob- 
lems; the  international  liquidity  controversy;  investment, 
trade  and  economic  development;  evaluation  of  argu- 
ments  for   protection.  (Atkinson,    Moore) 

ECON  160.  LABOR  ECONOMICS.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  ECON  31  and 
32  or  37  and  32.  A  descriptive  and  theoretical  analysis 
of  international  trade;  balance  of  payment  accounts;  the 
mechanism  of  international  economic  admustment;  com- 
parative costs;  economics  of  custom  unions. 

(Knight,  Weinstein) 

ECON  161.  PROBLEMS  IN  LABOR  ECONOMICS.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  160.  A  detailed 
examination  of  current  problems  in  labor  economics  in- 
cluding: labor  market  and  manpower  problems,  unem- 
ployment compensation  and  social  security,  wage  theories, 
and   productivity   analysis.  (Knight,  Weinstein) 

ECON  165.  ECONOMICS  OF  POVERTY  AND  DISCRIMINA- 
TION. (3) 
Prerequisites;  ECON  32  or  37.  Topics  include  the  causes 
of  the  persistence  of  low  income  groups;  the  relation  of 
poverty  to  technological  change,  to  economic  growth, 
and  to  education  and  training;  economic  motivations  for 
discrimination;  the  economic  results  of  discrimination; 
proposed  remedies  for  poverty  and  discrimination. 

(Bergmann) 

ECON  170.  INDUSTRIAL  ORGANIZATION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ECON  32  or  37.  Changing  structure  of  the 
American  economy;  price  policies  in  different  industrial 
classifications  of  monopoly  and  competition  in  relation 
to  problems  of  public  policy. 

(Quails,  Greer,  Hexter) 

ECON  171.  ECONOMICS  OF  AMERICAN  INDUSTRIES.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters.   Prerequisite,   ECON   32  or 


37.  A  study  of  the  technology,  economics  and  geography 
of  representative  American  industries. 

(Measday,  Greer) 

ECON  196,  197.  HONORS  SEMINAR.  (3,3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Normally  taken  in  the  junior 
year.  Prerequisite,  candidacy  for  honors  in  Economics. 
Selected  topics  are  investigated,  and  written  reports  are 
submitted.  (Knight) 

ECON.  198.  INDEPENDENT  HONORS  STUDY.  (3) 

First  semester.  Normally  taken  in  the  senior  year.  Pre- 
requisites, Economics  196,  197  and  candidacy  for  honors 
in  Economics.  -Integrated  reading  under  staff  direction, 
leading  to  the  preparation  of  a  thesis  in  Economics  199. 

(Staff) 

ECON  199.  HONORS  THESIS.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prereqursites,  Economics  198  and 
candidacy  for  honors  in  Economics.  General  supervision 
will  be  provided  through  assembled  meetings  with  the 
professor  in  charge  of  the  course.  (Staff) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  course  descriptions. 

ECON  200.  MICRO-ECONOMIC  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

(Almon,  Ulmer,  Pierce) 
ECON  201.    ADVANCED    MICRO-ECONOMIC    ANALYSIS.    (3) 

(Almon,  Ulmer) 
ECON  202.    MACRO-ECONOMIC  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

(Aaron,  Bergmann,  Pierce) 
ECON  203.   SEMINAR  IN  AMERICAN  ECONOMIC  DEVELOP- 
MENT. (3) 
ECON  204.  ORIGINS  AND  DEVELOPMENTS  OF  CAPITALISM. 
(3)  (Olson) 

ECON   205.    ECONOMIC    DEVELOPMENT   OF    UNDERDEVEL- 
OPED  AREAS.   (3)  (Bennett) 
ECON    206.    SEMINAR    IN    ECONOMIC    DEVELOPMENT.    (3) 

(Bennett,  Adams) 
ECON  207.  MONEY  AND  FINANCE  IN  ECONOMIC  DEVELOP- 
MENT. (3)  (Bennett,  Hinrichs) 
ECON  209.  WELFARE  ECONOMICS.  (3)         (McGuire,  Olson) 
ECON  211.  QUANTITATIVE  ECONOMICS  I.  (3) 

(Bergmann,  Green) 
ECON  212.  QUANTITATIVE  ECONOMICS  II.  (3) 

(Bergmann,  Green) 
ECON    214.    ADVANCED    MATHEMATICAL    ECONOMICS.    (3) 

(Almon) 
ECON  215.   SEMINAR  IN  MATHEMATICAL  ECONOMICS.  (3) 

(Almon) 
ECON   217.    ECONOMETRICS    I.   (3)  (Hexter) 

ECON   218.    SEMINAR    IN   QUANTITATIVE   ECONOMICS.   (3) 

(Hexter) 
ECON  220.    ADVANCED   REGIONAL   AND   URBAN    ECONOM- 
ICS.  (3)  (Cumberland) 
ECON  221.  SEMINAR  IN  REGIONAL  AND  URBAN  ECONOM- 
ICS.      (3)  (Harris) 
ECON  230.  HISTORY  OF  ECONOMIC  THOUGHT.  (3) 

(Dillard) 
ECON  231.  ECONOMIC  THEORY  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CEN- 
TURY. (3)  (Dillard) 
ECON  232,  233.   SEMINAR   IN    INSTITUTIONAL  ECONOMIC 
THEORY.     (3,     3)                                                            (Gruchy) 
ECON  234.   ECONOMIC  GROWTH  IN  MATURE  ECONOMIES. 
(3)                                                                                        (Gruchy) 
ECON    235.    ADVANCED    INTERNATIONAL    ECONOMIC    RE- 
LATIONS. (3)                                            (Wonnacott,  Clague) 
ECON  236.    SEMINAR   IN   INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RE- 
LATIONS.    (3)                                          Wonnacott,     Clague) 
ECON  237.    SELECTED  TOPICS  IN  ECONOMICS.  (3) 
ECON  238.    SEMINAR    IN    ECONOMIC    DEVELOPMENT    OF 
THE    SOVIET    UNION.    (3)  (Dodge) 
ECON  240.  MONETARY  THEORY  AND  POLICY.  (3) 

(Meyer) 

ECON  241.  SEMINAR  IN  MONETARY  THEORY  AND  POLICY. 

(3)  (Meyer) 

ECON  242.   ADVArvC-ED  THEORY  OF  PUBLIC   FINANCE.  (3) 

(Schultze) 

ECON  243.    SEMINAR    IN    PUBLIC  FINANCE.   (3)        (Aaron) 

ECON   245.    CASE    STUDIES   IN    GOVERNMENT   RESOURCE 

ALLOCATION.    (3)  (McGuire,    Singer) 

ECON  246.  PUBLIC  SECTOR  WORKSHOP.  (3) 

(McGuire,  Singer) 


7  72 


Business  and  Public  Administration 


ECON  247.    ECONOMIC  GROWTH  AND  INSTABILITY.  (3) 

ECON  248.    THE  ECONOMICS  OF  TECHNICAL  CHANGE.  (3) 

ECON  260.    SEMINAR  IN  LABOR  ECONOMICS.  (3) 

(Knight,  Weinstein) 

ECON  261.  SELECTED  TOPICS  IN  LABOR  ECONOMICS.  (3) 

(Knight,  Weinstein) 

ECON  265.  SEMINAR  IN  THE  ECONOMICS  OF  POVERTY  AND 
DISCRIMINATION.     (3)  (Bergmann) 

ECON  266.  SEMINAR  IN  THE  ECONOMICS  OF  HUMAN  RE- 
SOURCES.     (3)  (McLoone) 

ECON    270.    ADVANCED    INDUSTRIAL    ORGANIZATION.    (3) 

(Quails,  Greer) 

ECON  271.  INDUSTRIAL  ORGANIZATION  AND  PUBLIC  POLI- 
CY.   (3)  (Quails,    Greer) 

ECON  399.  MASTER'S  THESIS  RESEARCH. 

ECON  499.  DOCTORAL  RESEARCH. 


GEOGRAPHY 

Geography  studies  the  spatial  patterns  and  in- 
teractions of  natural,  cultural,  and  socio-economic 
phenomena  on  the  earth's  surface.  The  field  thus 
embraces  aspects  of  both  the  physical  and  the 
social  sciences,  which  are  applied  in  the  analysis  of 
patterns  of  distribution  of  individual  phenomena,  to 
the  study  of  complex  interrelations  of  phenomena 
found  in  a  given  region,  and  to  the  synthesis  of  geo- 
graphic regions.  A  geographer  should,  therefore, 
acquire  background  knowledge  in  certain  aspects  of 
the  physical  as  well  as  the  social  sciences. 

Field  work  and  map  analysis  have  been  the  basic 
tools  of  research  for  the  geographer.  In  recent  years 
these  have  been  augmented  by  the  use  of  tech- 
niques of  air  photo  interpretation  and  presently  by 
the  development  of  methods  of  interpreting  data  ob- 
tained from  the  remote  sensing  devices  of  space 
satellites.  Modern  geography  also  is  making  increas- 
ing application  of  quantitative  methods,  including 
the  use  of  statistics  and  systems  analysis,  so  that 
mathematical  training  is  becoming  increasingly  im- 
portant for  a  successful  career  in  geography. 

Today  geographers  are  employed  in  a  wide  range 
of  positions.  Geographers  in  the  federal  government 
work  in  the  Departments  of  State,  Interior,  Defense, 
Agriculture,  Housing  and  Urban  Affairs,  Health,  Ed- 
ucation, and  Welfare,  and  are  on  the  staffs  of  the 
legislative  research  branch,  the  Library  of  Congress 
and  the  National  Archives.  At  the  state  and  local 
government  level  there  is  an  increasing  demand  for 
geographers  in  planning  positions.  And  in  recent 
years  more  and  more  geographers  have  found  em- 
ployment in  private  industry  working  on  problems  of 
industrial  and  commercial  location  and  market  an- 
alysis. Teaching  at  all  levels  from  elementary  school 
through  graduate  work  continues  to  employ  more 
geographers  each  year.  Some  have  found  geography 
to  be  an  excellent  background  for  careers  in  the 
military,  in  journalism,  and  general  business;  others 
have  simply  found  the  broad  perspective  of  geog- 
raphy an  excellent  base  for  a  general  education. 
Most  professional  positions  in  geography  require 
graduate  training. 


REQUIREMENT  FOR  AN  UNDERGRADUATE  MAJOR 

Because  geography  draws  students  with  such  a 
variety  of  career  and  education  aims  the  Department 
has  established  major  programs  in  both  the  College 
of  Business  and  Public  Administration  and  in  Arts 
and  Sciences.  Moreover,  students  in  the  College  of 
Education  and  the  Department  of  Secondary  Educa- 
tion can  specialize  in  geography  as  their  content 
field. 


Within  any  of  the  general  major  programs  it  is 
possible  for  the  student  to  adjust  his  program  to  fit 
his  particular  individual  interests,  for  the  major  re- 
quirement in  both  BPA  and  A  &  S  consists  of  a  base 
core  of  prescribed  courses  and  a  number  of  electives 
selected  by  the  student  in  consultation  with  a  de- 
partmental advisor.  The  major  totals  33  semester 
hours. 

The  required  courses  of  the  geography  core  are: 

1.  Geography  Core  (Geoq.  10.  11,  15,  109)  12  hrs 

2.  Field  Study  (Selected  from  Geog.  171a,  b,  c,  d,  or 

Geog.  170)  3  hrs 

3.  A  regional  course  3  hrs 

4.  Elective  systematic  and  technique  courses  ..  15  hrs 

Total  33  hrs 

The  Geography  Core —  The  following  four  courses 
form  the  minimum  essential  base  upon  which  ad- 
vanced work  in  geography  can  be  built: 

Geog.  10-lntroduction  to  Physical  Geography  ....  3  hrs 

Geog.  1 1 -Introduction  to  Cultural  Geography 3  hrs 

Geog.  15- Introduction  to  Economic  Geography  ...  3  hrs 
Geog.  109- Introduction  to  Research  and  Writing 

in  Geography 4  hrs 

The  three  lower  division  courses  are  to  be  completed 
prior  to  Geog.  109  and  all  other  upper  division 
courses.  Geog.  10,  11  and  15  may  be  taken  in  any 
order  and  a  student  may  register  for  more  than  one 
in-any  semester.  Geog.  109  is  specifically  designed 
as  a  prologue  to  upper  division  work  and  should  be 
taken  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year.  A  reason- 
able load  of  other  upper  division  work  in  geography 
may  be  taken  concurrently  with  Geog.  109. 

The  Field  Study  Requirement— The  field  study  re- 
quirement may  be  completed  in  either  of  two  ways, 
depending  on  which  is  available  in  the  schedule:  (1) 
bv  taking  Geography  170— Local  Field  Course,  3  hrs. 
or  (2)  by  taking  three  out  of  four  of  the  following  one- 
hour  field  study  courses  each  stressing  a  different 
aspect  of  geographic  field  work:  Geog.  171a— Field 
Study:  Physical  Geography;  Geog.  171b— Field 
Study:  Rural  Areas;  Geog.  171c— Field  Study:  Urban 
Geography;  Field  Study:  Field  Techniques.  Normally 
two  of  the  different  one-hour  courses  will  he  offered 
each  semester,  and  the  student  should  arrange  to 
take  them  as  is  convenient  during  the  junior  and 
senior  years. 

Introduction  to  Geography— Geography  1:  Introduc- 
tion to  Geography  is  a  general  education  course  for 
persons  who  have  had  no  previous  contact  with  the 
discipline  in  high  school  or  for  persons  planning  to 
take  only  one  course  in  geography.  It  provides  a  gen- 
eral overview  of  the  field  rather  than  of  a  single  spe- 
cialized subdivision. 

AREAS  OF  SPECIALIZATION 

Although  the  major  program  is  flexible  and  can 
be  designed  to  fit  any  individual  student's  own  inter- 
est, several  specializations  attract  numbers  of  stu- 
dents. They  are: 

Urban  Geography  and  Regional  Development- 
Provides  preparation  for  careers  in  planning  and 
teaching.  Majors  electing  this  specialty  take  depart- 
mental courses  in  urban  geography,  industrial  loca- 
tion, transportation,  and  economic  geography 
among  others  and  supporting  courses  in  urban  so- 
ciology, urban  economics,  and  urban  transportation 
outside  the  department. 

Physical  Geography— This  area  of  interest  calls 
for  courses  in  geomorphology,  climatology,  and  re- 
sources and  supporting  courses  in  geology,  agron- 
omy, fluid  mechanics,  and  botany. 


Business  and  Public  Administration 


173 


Cartography— Prepares  students  for  careers  in 
map  design  and  interpretation  and  in  photo  analy- 
sis. The  department  offers  various  courses  in  map 
drafting,  cartographic  theory,  map  evaluation,  and 
map  and  photo  interpretation  and  students  can  take 
supporting  courses  in  art,  civil  engineering. 

Cultural  Geography— Of  interest  to  students 
particularly  concerned  with  the  geographic  aspects 
of  population,  politics,  and  other  social  and  cultural 
phenomena,  and  in  historical  geography.  In  addition 
to  departmental  course  offerings  this  specialization 
depends  on  work  in  sociology,  anthropology,  govern- 
ment and  politics,  history  and  economics. 

For  further  information  on  any  of  these  areas  of 
interest  the  student  should  contact  a  departmental 
advisor. 

Geography  majors  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sci- 
ences must  take  12  hours  of  foreign  language,  un- 
less qualifying  for  fewer  hours,  but  majors  in  BPA 
have  the  option  of  substituting  at  least  12  hours  in 
courses  developing  competence  in  quantitative 
methods,  to  the  extent  that  these  courses  have  not 
been  taken  in  the  General  Education  Program. 
Alternative  quantitative  method  sequences: 

1.  For  a  student  who  has  taken  MATH  010,  the 
sequence  can  be  MATH  Oil,  014  and  015 
and  BSAD  130  or  any  other  suitable  statis- 
tics course  approved  by  the  advisor.  The  12 
hours  can  also  be  satisfied  try  taking  only 
MATH  Oil  and  014  and  then  BSAD  130  and 
131  but  no  other  combination  with  other 
statistics  courses  is  allowed  in  this  case. 

2.  A  student  who  has  taken  MATH  018  follows 
the  sequence  of  MATH  019,  020  and  021  to 
complete  the  12  hours.  As  these  are  four 
credit  courses  the  student  could  not  sub- 
stitute MATH  021  with  a  three  credit  statis- 
tics course  unless  he  secures  special  per- 
mission for  his  specific  situation. 

SUGGESTED  STUDY  PROGRAM  FOR  GEOGRAPHY 

MAJORS  IN  THE  COLLEGE  OF 

BUSINESS  AND  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION 


Freshman  Year  Hours 

GEOG  1  -Introduction  to  Geography  (if  needed! 

see  description  of  course) 3 

GEOG  10-lntroduction  to  Physical  Geography 3 

BOTN  1-General  Botany 4 

GEOL  1-Geography 3 

HISTORY -Towards  general  education  requirement 3 

ENGLISH -Composition 3 

PHILOSOPHY  OR  FINE  ARTS-Towards  general  education 

requirement 3 

MATH  10  or  18-Towards  general  education  requirement 3 

HLTH  5-Health  Education 2 

Physical  Activities-(Men  and  Women) 2 

Foreign  Languoge 6 

Alternative  to  foreign  longuage  (MATH  1 1  or  19) 3-4 

35  32/33 

Sophomore  Year  Hours 

GEOG  1 1  -Introduction  to  Cultural  Geography 3 

GEOG  15-lrrtroduction  to  Economic  Geography 3 

HISTORY -Towards  general  education  requirement    3 

ENGLISH  3.4-  World  Literature                               6 

Two  Sociai  Sciences -Towards  general  education 

requirements                                                                  6 

One  elective -(depending  on  area  of  specialization) 3 

Foreign  Language 6 

Alternative  to  foreign  languoge  (MATH  14.  15  or  20)  6-4 

33        33/31 


SUGGESTED  STUDY  PROGRAM  FOR 
GEOGRAPHY  MAJORS  IN  THE  COLLEGE  OF 
ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 

Junior  Year  Hours 

GEOG  109-lntroduction  to  Reseorch  ond  Writing  in 

Geography  3 

GEOG  (A  Regional  Course) 3 


GEOG  (Systematic  ond  Techniques  courses)  6 

Supporting  courses  and  electives  21  18 
Alternative  to  foreign  longuage 

(BSAD  130  or  MATH  21) 3-4 

Senior  Year  Hours 

GEOG  (Systematic  Techniques  courses,  including  3 

hours  of  field  techniques)  12  (minimum) 

Supporting  courses  and  electives  18 

30 

Freshman  Year  Hours 

GEOG  1  -Introduction  to  Geography  (if  needed,  see 

description  of  course)  3 

GEOG  10-lntroduction  to  Physical  Geography 3 

BOTN  1  -Generol  Botany 4 

GEOL  1 -Geology 3 

HISTORY -Towards  general  educotion  requirements  3 

ENGLISH  1 -Composition 3 

MATH  3  or  10- Fundamentals  of  Mathematics  or  Introduction 

to  Mathematics 4-3 

HLTH  5-Health  Education                                                 2 

Physical  Activities  (Men  ond  Women) 2 

Foreign  Language 6 

33-32 

Sophomore  Year  Hours 

GEOG  1 1  -Introduction  to  Culturol  Geography 3 

GEOG  15- Introduction  to  Economic  Geography 3 

HISTORY -Towards  general  educotion  requirement 3 

ENGLISH  3,4-World  Literature 6 

PHILOSOPHY  OR  FINE  ARTS-Towards  general  educotion 

requirements 3 

Two  Social  Sciences -(Towards  general  education 

requirements) 6 

Foreign  Language 3 

SPCH  1  —Public  Speaking 3 

33 

Junior  Year  Hours 

GEOG  109-lntroduction  to  Research  ond  Writing 

in  Geography 3 

GEOG  (A  Regional  Course) 3 

GEOG  (Systematic  and  Techniques  Courses) 6 

Supporting  courses  and  electives  21 

(In  this  group  care  must  be  taken  to  complete  the  Arts  and  Sci- 
ences requirement  of  12  hours  in  Natural  Science  and  Mathe- 
matics) 

Senior  Year  Hours 

GEOG  (Systematic  and  Techniques  courses,  including 

hours  of  field  techniques) 12  (minimum) 

Supporting  courses  and  electives 18 

30 


GEOGRAPHY  MINOR  AND  SECONDARY 
EDUCATION  GEOGRAPHY  SPECIALIZATION 

COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  MAJORS 

Secondary  Education  Majors  with  a  concentra- 
tion in  geography  are  required  to  take  27  hours  in 
the  content  field.  Geography  10,  11,  15  and  199  are 
required  courses.  The  remaining  15  hours  of  the 
program  consists  of  6  hours  of  regional  geography 
and  9  hours  of  upper-division  systematic  courses. 
For  majors  in  Elementary  Education  and  others 
needing  a  geography  course  for  teaching  certifica- 
tion Geography  1  is  the  required  course. 

Geography  minors  should  take  at  least  Geog.  10,  11, 
and  15  in  the  Geography  core  and  109  is  recom- 
mended. As  with  the  major,  these  courses  should  be 
taken  before  any  others. 

PROFESSORS:  Ahnert,  Deshler.  Fonaroff,  Harper,  Hu. 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Chaves.  Wiedel,  Hudson  (Visiting). 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Brodsky.  Dando.  Groves,  Mitchell. 

Thompson 
LECTURERS:  Kinerney,  Lewis.  Rosenthal,  Wray. 


GEOG  1.  INTRODUCTION  TO  GEOGRAPHY.  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  broad  field  ot  geography  as  it  is 
applicable  to  the  general  education  student.  The  course 
presents  the  basic  rationale  of  variations  in  human  oc- 
cupancy of  the  earth  and  stresses  geographic  concepts 
relevant  to  understanding  world,  regional  and  local  is- 
sues. 

GEOG  10.  INTRODUCTION  TO  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY.  (3) 
Examination  of  the  basic  concepts  of  physical  geography 


J  74 


Business  and  Public  Administration 


including  those  involving  landforms,  climate,  vegetation, 
soils,  and  mineral  resources  and  the  interrelations  be- 
tween them. 

GEOG  11.  INTRODUCTION  TO  HUMAN  GEOGRAPHY.  (3) 

Examination  of  the  basic  concepts  of  human  geography 
such  as  those  relating  to  geography  of  political,  popula- 
tion, settlement,  and  cultural  phenomena. 

GEOG  15.  INTRODUCTORY  ECONOMIC  GEOGRAPHY.  (3) 

A  study  of  physical  and  economic  factors  that  underlie 
production.  The  roles  of  climate,  soils,  and  landforms; 
and  geographic  distribution  of  agricultural,  power  and 
mineral  resources,  and  the  nature  and  uses  of  carto- 
graphic materials. 


FOR  GRAOUATES  AND  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES 

GEOG    100.    REGIONAL  GEOGRAPHY  OF   EASTERN   ANGLO- 
AMERICA.  (3) 

Prerequisite  GEOG  10  or  GEOG  15,  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  cultural  and  economic  geog- 
raphy and  the  geographic  regions  of  eastern  United 
States  and  Canada,  including  an  analysis  of  the  signifi- 
cance of  the  physical  basis  for  present-day  diversifica- 
tion of  development,  and  the  historical  geographic  back- 
ground. 

GEOG  101.  REGIONAL  GEOGRAPHY  OF  WESTERN  ANGLO- 
AMERhCA.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  GEOG  10  or  GEOG  15,  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  A  study  of  western  United  States,  western 
Canada,  and  Alaska  along  the  lines  mentioned  under 
GEOG  100. 

GEOG  103.  GEOGRAPHIC  CONCEPTS  AND  SOURCE  MATE- 
RIALS. (3) 
A  comprehensive  and  systematic  survey  of  geographic 
concepts  designed  exclusively  for  teachers.  Stress  will 
be  placed  upon  the  philosophy  of  geography  in  relation 
to  the  social  and  physical  sciences,  the  use  of  the  pri- 
mary tools  of  geography,  source  materials,  and  the  prob- 
lems of  presenting  geographic  principles.  (Kinerney) 

GEOG  104.  GEOGRAPHY  OF  MAJOR  WORLD  REGIONS.  (3) 
A  geographic  analysis  of  the  patterns,  problems,  and 
prospects  of  the  world's  principal  human-geographic  re- 
gions, including  Europe,  Anglo-America,  the  Soviet  Un- 
ion, the  Far  East,  and  Latin  America.  Emphasis  upon  the 
causal  factors  of  differentiation  and  the  role  geographic 
differences  play  in  the  interpretation  of  the  current 
world  scene.  This  course  is  designed  especially  for  teach- 
ers. 

GEOG  105.  GEOGRAPHY  OF  MARYLAND  AND  ADJACENT 
AREAS.  (3) 
An  analysis  of  the  physical  environment,  natural  re- 
sources, and  population  in  relation  to  agriculture,  in- 
dustry, transport,  and  trade  in  the  state  of  Maryland  and 
adjacent  areas. 

GEOG  109.  INTRODUCTION  TO  GEOGRAPHIC  RESEARCH 
AND  WRITING.  (3) 
Development  of  research  methods  in  geography  includ- 
ing the  formulation  of  problem,  the  establishment  of  hy- 
potheses, development  of  structures  for  testing  hypoth- 
eses, and  practice  with  forms  of  geographic  presentation. 
Maps,  quantitative,  and  field  methods  will  be  used  as  ap- 
propriate. 

GEOG  110.  ECONOMIC  AND  CULTURAL  GEOGRAPHY  OF 
CARIBBEAN  AMERICA.  (3) 
An  analysis  oi  the  physical  framework,  broad  economic 
and  historical  trends,  cultural  patterns,  and  regional  di- 
versification of  Mexico,  Central  America,  the  West  Indies, 
and  parts  of  Colombia  and  Venezuela.  (Chaves) 

GEOG  111.  ECONOMIC  AND  CULTURAL  GEOGRAPHY  Of 
SOUTH  AMERICA.  (3) 
A  survey  of  natural  environment  and  resources,  eco- 
nomic development  and  cultural  diversity  of  the  South 
American  republics,  with  emphasis  upon  problems  and 
prospects  of  the  countries.  (Chaves) 

GEOG  118.  GEOMORPHOLOGY.  (3) 

Study  of  major  morphological  processes,  the  develop- 
ment of  land  forms,  and  the  relationships  between  var- 
ious types  of  land  forms  and  land  use  problerfVSr.  Ex- 
mination  of  the  physical  features  of  the  earth's  surface 
and  their  geographic  distributions.  (Ahnert) 

GEOG  119.  CLIMATOLOGY.  (3) 

The  geographic  aspects  of  climate  with  emphasis  on 
energy-moisture  budgets,  steady-state  and  non-steady 
state  climatology,  and  climatic  variations  at  both  marcro 
and  micro-scales.  (Dando) 

GEOG  120.  GEOGRAPHY  OF  EUROPE.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Agricultural  and  industrial 


development  of  Europe  and  present-day  problems  in  re- 
lation to  the  physical  and  cultural  setting  of  the  con- 
tinent and  its  natural  resources. 

GEOG  122.  ECONOMIC  RESOURCES  AND  DEVELOPMENT 
OF  AFRICA.  (3) 

The  natural  resources  of  Africa  in  relation  to  agricultural 
and  mineral  production;  the  various  stages  of  economic 
development  and  the  potentialities  of  the  future. 

(Deshler) 

GEOG  125.  GEOGRAPHY  OF  ASIA.  (3) 

Lands,  climates,  natural  resources  and  major  economic 
activities  in  Asia  (except  Soviet  Asia).  Outstanding  dif- 
ferences   between    major    regions.  (Hu) 

GEOG  126.  CULTURAL  GEOGRAPHY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GEOG  10,  GEOG  11,  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. An  analysis  of  the  impact  of  man  through  his  ideas 
and  technology  on  the  evolution  of  geographic  land- 
scapes. Major  themes  in  the  relationships  between  cul- 
tures   and    environments.  (Fonaroff) 

GEOG  127.  HISTORICAL  GEOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICA 
BEFORE  1800.  (3) 
An  analysis  of  the  changing  geography  of  the  U.S.  and 
Canada  from  pre-Columbian  times  to  the  end  of  the  18th 
century.  Emphasis  on  areal  variations  and  changes  in  the 
settlements  and  economies  of  Indian  and  colonial  popu- 
lations. Areal  specialization  and  the  changing  patterns  of 
agriculture,  industry,  trade  and  transportation.  Popula- 
tion growth,  composition  and  interior  expansion.  Re- 
gionalization.  (Mitchell) 

GEOG  128.  HISTORICAL  GEOGRAPHY  OF  NORTH  AMERICA 
AFTER  1800.  (3) 
An  analysis  of  the  changing  geography  of  the  U.S.  and 
Canda  from  1800  to  the  1920's.  Emphasis  on  the  settle- 
ment expansion  and  socio-economic  development  of  the 
U.S.,  and  comparisons  with  the  Canadian  experience. 
Immigration  economic  activities.  Industrialization,  trans- 
portation   and    urbanization.  (Mitchell) 

GEOG  129.  HISTORICAL  GEOGRAPHY  OF  EUROPE.  (3) 

An  analysis  of  the  changing  geography  of  Europe  at  se- 
lected periods  from  prehistoric  times  until  the  end  of  the 
19th  Century  with  particular  emphasis  on  Western 
Europe.  Changing  patterns  of  population,  agriculture,  in- 
dustry, trade  and  transportation.  Development  of  the  na- 
tion-state. Impact  of  overseas  expansion.  Agricultural 
and  Industrial  Revolutions. 

GEOG  130.  ECONOMIC  AND  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY  OF 
EASTERN  ASIA.  (3) 
Study  of  China,  Korea,  Japan,  the  Philippines;  physical 
geographic  setting;  population;  economic  and  political 
geography.  Potentialities  of  major  regions  and  recent  de- 
velopments. (Hu) 

GEOG  131  ECONOMIC  AND  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY  OF 
SOUTHEAST  ASIA.  (3) 
Study  of  the  Indian  subcontinent.  Farther  India,  Indo- 
nesia: physical  geographic  setting;  population;  economic 
and  political  geography.  Potentialities  of  various  coun- 
tries and  regions  and  their  role  in  present  Asia.       (Hu) 

GEOG  134  CULTURAL  GEOGRAPHY  OF  CHINA  AND  JAPAN. 
(3) 
Survey  of  geographical  distribution  and  interpretation  of 
cultural  patterns  of  China  and  Japan.  Emphasis  on  basic 
cultural  institutions,  outlook  on  life,  unique  characteris- 
tics of  various  groups.  Trends  of  cultural  change  and 
contemporary     problems.  (Hu) 

GEOG  140.  GEOGRAPHY  OF  THE  SOVIET  UNION.  (3) 

The  natural  environment  and  its  regional  diversity.  Geog- 
raphy factors  in  the  expansion  of  the  Russian  state.  The 
geography  of  agricultural  and  industrial  production,  in 
relation  to  available  resources,  transportation  problems, 
and  diversity  of  population.  (Dando) 

GEOG  145  SYSTEMATIC  AND  REGIONAL  CLIMATOLOGY. 
(3) 
Prerequisite,  GEOG  42,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Methodology  and  techniques  of  collecting  and  evaluating 
climatological  information.  A  critical  examination  of 
climatic  classifications.  Distribution  of  world  climates 
and    their   geographical    implications.  (Lewis) 

GEOG  146.  REGIONAL  GEOMORPHOLOGY.  (3) 

Regional  and  comparative  morphology,  with  special  em- 
phasis upon  Anglo-America.  (Atinert) 

GEOG  150.  HISTORY  AND  THEORY  OF  CARTOGRAP^.  (3) 
The  development  of  maps  throughout  history.  (Jsograph- 
ical  orientation,  coordinates,  and  map  scales.  Map  pro- 
jections, their  nature,  use  and  limitations.  Principles  of 
representation  of  features  on  physical  and  cultural  maps. 
Modern  uses  of  maps  and  relationships  between  charac- 
teristics of  maps  and  use  types. 

Business  and  Publfc  MmhfSiretton         1 75 


GEOG  151  152.  CARTOGRAPHY  AND  GRAPHICS  PRAC- 
TICUM.  (3,  3) 
One  hour  lecture  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Techniques  and  problems  of  compilation,  design, 
and  construction  of  various  types  of  maps  and  graphs. 
Relationships  between  map  making  and  modern  meth- 
ods of  production  and  reproduction.  Trips  to  representa- 
tive plants.  Laboratory  work  directed  toward  cartographic 
problems  encountered  in  the  making  of  nontopographic 
maps.  (Wiedel) 

GEOG  153.  PROBLEMS  OF  CARTOGRAPHY  REPRESENTA- 
TION AND  PROCEDURE.  (3) 
Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory  a  week.  Study 
of  cartographic  compilation  methods.  Principles  and 
problems  of  symbolization,  classification,  and  representa- 
tion of  map  data.  Problems  of  representation  of  features 
at  different  scales  and  for  different  purposes.  Place- 
name  selection  and  lettering;  stick-up  and  map  composi- 
tion. 

GEOG  154.  PROBLEMS  OF  MAP  EVALUATION.  (3) 

Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory  a  week. 
Schools  of  topographic  concepts  and  practices.  Theoret- 
ical and  practical  means  of  determining  map  reliability, 
map  utility,  and  source  materials.  Nature,  status,  and 
problems  of  topographic  mapping  in  different  parts  of 
the  world.  Non-topographic  special  use  maps.  Criteria  of 
usefulness  for  purposes  concerned  and  of  reliability. 

(Wiedel) 

GEOG  155.  INTERPRETATION  OF  TOPOGRAPHIC  MAPS  AND 
AERIAL  PHOTOGRAPHS.  (3) 
Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Interpretation  of  aerial  photographs  with  emphasis 
on  the  recognition  of  landforms  of  different  types  and 
man-made  features.  Study  of  vegetation,  soil,  and  other 
data  that  may  be  derived  from  aerial  photographs.  Types 
of  aerial  photographs  and  limitations  of  photo  interpreta- 
tion. (Wray) 

GEOG  156.  QUANTITATIVE  METHODS  IN  GEOGRAPHY.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  MATH  10  and  11.  SOCY  or  BSAD  130  or 
consent  of  instructor.  The  geographic  applications  of 
statistical  methods.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  sources 
of  quantitative  data  useful  to  geographers,  measure- 
ments of  location  and  association,  and  graphic  analysis 
and  representation  of  quantitative  data. 

(Brodsky,  Thompson) 

GEOG  160.  ADVANCED  ECONOMIC  GEOGRAPHY  I.  AGRI- 
CULTURAL RESOURCES.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GEOG  10  or  GEOG  15.  The  nature  of  agri- 
cultural resources,  the  major  types  of  agricultural  ex- 
ploitation in  the  world,  and  the  geographic  distribution 
of  certain  major  crops  and  animals  in  relation  to  physical 
environment  and  economic  geographic  conditions.  Main 
problems  of  conservation.  (Deshler) 

GEOG  161.  ADVANCED  ECONOMIC  GEOGRAPHY  II.  MIN- 
ERAL RESOURCES.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  GEOG  10  or  GEOG  15.  The  nature  and  geog- 
graphic  distribution  of  the  principal  power,  metallic  and 
other  minerals.  Economic  geographic  aspects  of  modes 
of  exploitation.  Consequences  of  geographic  distribu- 
tion and  problems  of  conservation. 

GEOG  163.  WATER  RESOURCES  AND  WATER  RESOURCE 
PLANNING.  (3) 
GEOG  10  or  15,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Water  as  a 
component  of  the  human  environment.  A  systematic  ex- 
amination of  various  aspects  of  water,  including  problems 
of  domestic  and  industrial  water  supply,  irrigation,  hy- 
droelectric power,  fisheries,  navigation,  flood  damage 
reduction    and    recreation.  (Hudson) 

GEOG  170.  LOCAL  FIELD  COURSE.  (3) 

Training  in  geographic  field  methods  and  techniques. 
Field  observation  of  land  use  in  selected  rural  and  urban 
areas  in  eastern  Maryland.  One  lecture  per  week  with 
Saturday  and  occasional  weekend  field  trips.  Primarily 
for  undergraduates. 

GEOG  171a,  b,  c,  d.  FIELD  STUDY  (1,  1,  1,  1) 

Each  section  of  this  course  will  center  on  a  different 
type  of  field  study:  a-physical  geography,  b-rural  geog- 
raphy, c-urban  geography,  and  d-field  techniques.  Each 
section  will  consist  of  several  field  study  experiences  in 
the  local  area.  Geography  majors  must  complete  three 
of  the  four  sections  of  the  course. 
GEOG  180.  SCIENTIFIC  METHODOLOGY  AND  HISTORY  OF 
GEOGRAPHY.  (3) 
For  undergraduate  and  graduate  majors  in  Geography. 
May  be  taken  also  by  students  with  a  minimum  of  nine 
hours  in  systematic  and  six  hours  in  regional  geography. 
A  comprehensive  and  systematic  study  of  the  history 
nature,  and  basic  principles  of  geography,  with  special 


reference  to  the  major  schools  of  geographic  thought;  a 
critical  evaluation  of  some  of  the  important  geographical 
works   and   methods  of   geographic    research.  (Hu) 

GEOG  190.  POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY.  (3) 

Geographical  factors  in  national  power  and  international 
relations;  an  analysis  of  the  role  of  "geopolitics"  and 
"geostrategy,"  with  special  reference  to  the  current 
world   scene.  (Rosenthal,   Chaves) 

GEOG  191.  POPULATION  GEOGRAPHY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GEOG  10  or  15,  or  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. An  analysis  of  world  population  distribution 
patterns  as  revealed  by  demographic  data.  Emphasis  is 
placed  upon  a  comparison  of  population  density,  growth, 
composition  and  migration  with  natural  resources  and 
state  of  technological  advancement.  Case  studies  from 
the  Geographical  literature  will  be  used.  (Fonaroff) 

GEOG  195.  GEOGRAPHY  OF  TRANSPORTATION.  (3)  ' 

The  distribution  of  transport  routes  on  the  earth's  sur- 
face; patterns  of  transport  routes;  the  adjustment  of 
transport  routes  and  media  to  conditions  of  the  natural 
environment  centers  and  their  distribution.     (Thompson) 

GEOG  196.  INDUSTRIAL  LOCALIZATION.  (3) 

Factors  and  trends  in  the  geographic  distribution  of  the 
manufacturing  industries  of  the  world,  analyzed  with 
reference  to  theories  of  industrial   location.        (Groves) 

GEOG  197.  URBAN  GEOGRAPHY.  (3) 

Origins  of  cities,  followed  by  a  study  of  elements  of  site 
Shd  location  with  reference  to  cities.  The  patterns  and 
functions  of  some  major  world  cities  will  be  analyzed. 
Theories  of  land  use  differentiation  within  cities  will  be 
appraised.  (Brodsky) 

GEOG  198.  TOPICAL  INVESTIGATIONS.  (1-3) 

Independent  study  under  individual  guidance.  Restricted 
to  advanced  undergraduate  students  with  credit  for  at 
least  24  hours  in  geography,  and  to  graduate  students. 
Any  exception  should  have  the  approval  of  the  Head  of 
the  Department. 

GEOG  199.  UNDERGRADUATE  RESEARCH.  (3) 

Directed  regional  or  systematic  study  involving  several 
subfields  of  geography,  including  cartographic  presenta- 
tion, and  usually  requiring  field  work;  and  leading  to  an 
undergraduate  thesis. 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  course  descriptions. 
GEOG  200.    FIELD  COURSE.  (3) 
GEOG  202.   203.    SEMINAR     IN     ECONOMIC    GEOGRAPHY. 

(3,3) 
GEOG  204,    205.    SEMINAR     IN     CULTURAL     GEOGRAPHY. 

(3,3) 
GEOG  206.   207.    SEMINAR  IN  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 
GEOG  210.    211.    SEMINAR  IN  THE  GEOGRAPHY  OF  LATIN 

AMERICA.  (3,  3) 
GEOG  220,   221.    SEMINAR  IN  THE  GEOGRAPHY  OF 

EUROPE  AND  AFRICA.  (3,  3) 
GEOG  230,   231.    SEMINAR  IN  THE  GEOGRAPHY  OF  EAST 

ASIA.  (3,  3) 
GEOG  240,   241.    SEMINAR    IN    THE   GEOGRAPHY   OF   THE 

U.S.S.R.  (3,  3) 
GEOG  246.    SEMINAR  IN  THE  GEOGRAPHY  OF  THE  NEAR 

EAST.  (3) 
GEOG  250.   SEMINAR  IN  CARTOGRAPHY.  (Credit  Arranged) 
GEOG  260.    ADVANCED  GENERAL  CLIMATOLOGY.  (3) 
GEOG   261.    APPLIED  CLIMATOLOGY.  (3) 
GEOG  262,    263.    SEMINAR  IN  METEOROLOGY  AND 

CLIMATOLOGY.  (3,  3) 
GEOG  280.   GEOMORPHOLOGY.  (3) 
GEOG  290    291.    SELECTED      TOPICS      IN      GEOGRAPHY. 

(1-3) 
GEOG  399.   DISSERTATION    RESEARCH.    (Credit   to   be   ar- 
ranged) 


GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS 

The  Department  of  Government  and  Politics  of- 
fers programs  designed  to  prepare  students  for  gov- 
ernment service,  politics,  foreign  assignments,  and 
intelligent  and  purposeful  citizenship. 

Business  and  Public  Administration  students 
may  major  in  Government  and  Politics.  At  the  Jun- 


176 


Business  and  Public  Administration 


ior/Senior  level  they  may  pursue  the  general  GVPT 
curriculum  or  they  may  pursue  a  more  specialized 
curriculum  either  in  International  Affairs  or  in 
Public  Administration. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS 
MAJOR 

Government  and  Politics  majors  must  take  a 
minimum  of  36  semester  hours  in  GVPT  courses 
and  may  not  count  more  than  42  hours  in  GVPT  to- 
ward graduation.  No  course  in  which  the  grade  is 
less  than  "C"  may  be  counted  as  part  of  the  major 
work. 

The  Government  and  Politics  fields  are  as  fol- 
lows: (1)  American  Government  and  Politics;  (2) 
Comparative  Government;  (3)  International  Affairs; 
(4)  Political  Theory;  (5)  Public  Administration;  (6) 
Public  Law;  and  (7)  Public  Policy  and  Political  Be- 
havior. 

All  GVPT  majors  are  required  to  take  GVPT  1,  3, 
20,  and  141  or  142  (Political  Theory).  They  must 
take  one  GVPT  course  from  three  separate  GVPT 
fields  as  designated  by  the  Department;  and  in  ad- 
dition: (a)  GVPT  majors  (general)  must  take  at  least 
15  GVPT  semester  hours  at  the  100  level;  (b)  GVPT 
majors  taking  the  International  Affairs  curriculum 
must  complete  at  least  15  semester  hours  at  the 
100  level  in  International  Affairs  and  Comparative 
Government  courses,  including  GVPT  101;  (c)  GVPT 
majors  taking  the  Public  Administration  curriculum 
must  complete  at  least  15  semester  hours  at  the 
100  level  in  Public  Administration,  including  GVPT 
110. 

All  students  majoring  in  GVPT  (general)  or  GVPT 
with  specialization  in  Public  Administration  must 
complete  the  intermediate  level  of  a  foreign  lan- 
guage. Students  majoring  in  GVPT  with  specializa- 
tion in  International  Affairs  must  take  a  minimum 
of  12  semester  hours  in  one  foreign  language  above 
the  first  year  elementary  course.  (The  first  year  ele- 
mentary requirement  may  be  waived  by  high  school 
credit  or  placement  tests). 

All  students  majoring  GVPT  must  fulfill  the 
requirements  of  a  minor,  which  involves  the  com- 
pletion of  15  semester  hours  from  approved  Depart- 
ments other  than  GVPT.  At  least  six  of  the  15  hours 
must  be  taken  at  the  100  level  from  a  single  Depart- 
ment. Students  majoring  in  GVPT  with  specializa- 
tion in  International  Affairs  may  choose  to  take  all 
minor  courses  either  in  geographical  area  studies 
or  on  a  Departmental  basis;  geographical  area 
minors  may  be  chosen,  with  the  consent  of  the  de- 
partmental adviser,  from  the  following:  Africa,  East 
Asia,  Europe,  Latin  America,  the  Middle  East,  and 
the  Soviet  Union.  GVPT  general  majors  and  GVPT 
majors  specializing  in  Public  Administration  may 
not  minor  in  geographical  area  studies. 

Students  who  major  in  G.  &  P.  may  apply  for  ad- 
mission to  the  G.  &  P.  Honors  Program  during  the 
second  semester  of  their  sophomore  year.  Addi- 
tional information  concerning  the  Honors  Program 
may  be  obtained  at  the  departmental  offices. 

FRESHMAN  AND  SOPHOMORE  REQUIREMENTS  Hours 

ECON31.32 6 

ENGL  1.  3,  4  9 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  3 

Foreign  Language  12 

(International  Affairs  students  must  have  12  foreign 
language  credits  above  the  first  year  elementary  level) 

GVPT  1,3.20 9 

History.  .', 

MATH  10,  11 ....  6 

Science  (One  Physical  Science  and  one  Biological  Science) 7 

Social  Science  (to  fulfill  Gen.  Educ.  Program  requirement) 3 

SPCH  1 3 

~64 


JUNIOR  AND  SENIOR  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE 
G.  &  P.  GENERAL  CURRICULUM 

GVPT  141  or  1 42  (Pohticol  Theory) 

One  course  from  each  of  three  GVPT  fields  as 

designated  by  the  Departme'  I 
Additional  100-level  GVPT  courses 

iMuy  not  all  be  taken  in  International 

Affairs/Comparative  Government,  or  all  in 

Public  Administration) 
Requirements  for  minor 
Statistics 
Electives  recommended  by  adviser 


Hours 
3 


18 

3 

12 

60 

JUNIOR  AND  SENIOR  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  G.  &  P. 

INTERNATIONAL  AFFAIRS  CURRICULUM  Hours 

GVPT  141  oi  142  (Political  Theory)  3 
One  course  from  each  of  three  GVPT  fields 

as  designated  by  the  Department  9 
Additional  100-level  International  Affairs  and  Comparative 

Government  courses  including  GVPT  101 ....  15 
Requirements  for  minor 

(Departmental  or  Geographical  Area  Studies)  18 

Statistics  3 

Electives  recommended  by  adviser  12 

60 


GVPT  141  or  142  (Political  Theory)      3 

One  course  from  each  of  three  GVPT  fields 

as  designated  by  the  Department    9 

Additional  100-level  Public  Administration  courses 

including  GVPT  110   .  15 

Requirements  for  minor 18 

Statistics 3 

Electives  recommended  by  adviser 12 

^60 

Professor  and  Department  Head:  Don  C.  Piper. 

Professors:  Anderson,  Burdette,  Dillon,  Harrison,  Hathorn, 
Hsueh,  Jacobs,  McNellyand  Plischke. 

Associate  Professors:  Byrd,  Claude,  Conway,  Koury,  Stone, 
Wolfe  and  Ranald  (visiting  1969-70). 

Assistant  Professors:  Bechtold,  Butterworth,  Chaples,  De- 
vine,  Glendening,  Heisler,  Ingles  Lanning,  McGregor,  McCar- 
rick,  Oliver,  Spencer,  Terchek,  Werlin  and  Wilkenfeld. 

Lecturers:  Barber,  King,  Larson,  Melnick,  Reeves  and  Sebert. 

GVPT   1.    AMERICAN  GOVERNMENT.  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  as  the  basic  course  in  government 
and  it  or  its  equivalent  is  a  prerequisite  to  other  courses 
in  the  Department  as  specified  in  the  catalogue.  It  is  a 
comprehensive  study  of  government  in  the  United  States- 
national,  state,  and  local. 

GVPT  3.  PRINCIPLES  OF  GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS.  (3) 
A  study  of  the  basic  principles  and  concepts  of  political 
science.  This  course  may  be  used  to  satisfy,  in  part,  the 
Social  Science  requirement  in  the  General  Education 
Program. 

GVPT  20.    INTRODUCTION  TO  POLITICAL  BEHAVIOR.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  Development,  concepts,  and  tech- 
niques of  the  behavio>al  approach  to  political  science. 
Comparison  with  traditional  approaches. 

GVPT  40.    POLITICAL  IDEOLOGIES.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  survey  and  analysis  of  the  lead- 
ing ideologies  of  the  modern  world,  including  anarchism, 
communism,  socialism,  fascism,  nationalism,  and  de- 
mocracy. 

GVPT  60.  STATE  AND  LOCAL  GOVERNMENT.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1 .  A  study  of  the  functioning  and  prob- 
lems of  state  and  local  government  in  the  United  States, 
with  illustrations  from  Maryland  jurisdictions. 

GVPT  90.  COMPARATIVE  POLITICS  AND  GOVERNMENT.  (3) 
An  introduction  to  the  field  of  comparative  politics  in- 
cluding exposure  to  the  analytic  frameworks  through  which 
comparative  studies  of  politics  and  governmental  institu- 
tions can  be  undertaken  and  a  survey  of  the  salient  types 
of  political  systems.  (Replaces  GVPT  97). 

FOR  GRADUATES  AND  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES 

GVPT  101.  INTERNATIONAL  POLITICAL  RELATIONS.  (3) 
A  study  of  the  major  factors  underlying  international  re- 
lations, the  methods  of  conducting  foreign  relations,  the 
foreign  policies  of  the  major  powers,  and  the  means  of 
avoiding  or  alleviating  international  conflicts.  This  course 
may  be  used  to  satisfy,  in  part,  the  Social  Science  re- 
quirement in  the  General  Education  Program. 

GVPT    102.    INTERNATIONAL  LAW.  (3) 

Prerequisite,   GVPT   1.   A  study  of  the  basic  character, 


Business  and  Public  Administration 


177 


general  principles,  and  specific  rules  of  international 
Taw,  with  emphasis  on  recent  and  contemporary  trends 
in  the  field  and  its  relation  to  other  aspects  of  interna- 
tional affairs. 

GVPT   103.    CONTEMPORARY  AFRICAN  POLITICS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  survey  of  contemporary  develop- 
ment in  the  international  politics  of  Africa,  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  role  of  an  emerging  Africa  in  world  affairs 

GVPT   104.    INTER-AMERICAN  RELATIONS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  An  analytical  and  historical  study 
of  the  Latin-American  policies  of  the  United  States  and 
of  problems  in  our  relations  with  individual  countries, 
with  emphasis  on  recent  developments. 

GVPT    105.    RECENT  FAR  EASTERN  POLITICS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  The  background  and  interpretation 
of  recent  political  events  in. the  Far  East  and  their  influ- 
ence on  world  politics. 

GVPT    106.    AMERICAN  FOREIGN  RELATIONS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  The  principles  and  machinery  of 
the  conduct  of  American  foreign  relations,  with  emphasis 
on  the  Department  of  State  and  the  Foreign  Service,  and 
an  analysis  of  the  major  foreign  policies  of  the  United 
States. 

GVPT  107.  CONTEMPORARY  MIDDLE  EASTERN  POLITICS. 
(3) 
Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  survey  of  contemporary  develop- 
ment in  the  international  politics  of  the  Middle  East, 
with  special  emphasis  on  the  role  of  emerging  Middle  East 
nations  in  world  affairs. 

GVPT   108.    INTERNATIONAL  ORGANIZATION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  study  of  the  objectives,  structure, 
functions,  and  procedures  of  international  organizations, 
including  the  United  Nations  and  such  functional  and  re- 
gional organizations  as  the  Organization  of  American  States. 

GVPT  109.  FOREIGN  POLICY  OF  THE  U.S.S.R.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  study  of  the  development  of  the 
foreign  policy  of  the  Soviet  union,  with  attention  paid  to 
the  forces  and  conditions  that  make  for  continuities  and 
changes  from  Tsarist  policies. 

GVPT   110.    PRINCIPLES  OF  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  study  of  public  administration  in 
the  United  States  giving  special  attention  to  the  principles 
of  organization  and  management  and  to  fiscal,  personnel, 
planning,  and  public  relations  practices. 

GVPT  111.  PUBLIC  PERSONNEL  ADMINISTRATION.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  GVPT  110  or  BSAD  160.  A  survey  of  public 
personnel  administration,  including  the  development  of 
merit  civil  service,  the  personnel  agency,  classification, 
recruitment,  examination  techniques,  promotion,  service 
ratings,  training,  discipline,  employee  relations,  and  re- 
tirement. 

GVPT    112.    PUBLIC  FINANCIAL  ADMINISTRATION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  110  or  ECON  142.  A  survey  of  govern- 
mental financial  procedures,  including  processes  of  cur- 
rent and  capital  budgeting,  the  administration  of  public 
borrowing,  the  techniques  of  public  purchasing,  and  the 
machinery  of  control  through  pre-audit  and  post-audit. 

GVPT  113.  GOVERNMENTAL  ORGANIZATION  AND  MAN- 
AGEMENT. (3) 
Prerequisite,  GVPT  110.  A  study  of  the  theories  of  or- 
ganization and  management  in  American  government  with 
emphasis  on  new  trends,  experiments,  and  reorganiza- 
tions. 

GVPT   120.    PROBLEMS  IN  POLITICAL  BEHAVIOR.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  The  problem  approach  to  political 
behavior  with  emphasis  on  theoretical  and  empirical 
studies  on  selected  aspects  of  the  political  process. 

GVPT    122.    QUANTITATIVE  POLITICAL  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  20,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Intro- 
duction to  quantitative  methods  of  data  analysis,  includ- 
ing selected  statistical  methods,  bloc  analysis,  content 
analysis,  and  scale  construction. 

GVPT  124.  LEGISLATURES  AND  LEGISLATION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  comprehensive  study  of  legislative 
organization,  procedure,  and  problems,  the  course  in- 
cludes opportunities  for  student  contact  with  Congress 
and  with  the  Legislature  of  Maryland. 

GVPT    127.    POLITICAL  SOCIOLOGY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  20,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study 
of  the  societal  aspects  of  political  life,  including  selected 
aspects  of  the  sociology  of  group  formation  and  group  dy- 
namics, political  association,  community  integration  and 
political  behavior  presented  in  the  context  of  the  societal 
environments  of  political  systems. 

GVPT   131.    INTRODUCTION  TO  CONSTITUTIONAL  LAW.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  systematic  inquiry  into  the  gen- 


eral principles  of  the  American  constitutional  system, 
with  special  reference  to  the  role  of  the  judiciary  in  the 
interpretation  and  enforcement  of  the  federal  constitu- 
tion. 

GVPT  132.  CIVIL  RIGHTS  AND  THE  CONSTITUTION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  131.  A  study  of'cNvil  rights  in  the 
American  constitutional  context,  emphasizing  freedom  of 
religion,  freerfoVn  of  expression,  minority  discrimination, 
and  the  rights  of  defendants. 

GVPT    133.    THE  JUDICIAL  PROCESS.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  GVPT  1.  An  examination  of  judicial  organiza- 
tion in  the  United  States  at  all  levels  of  government,  with 
some  emphasis  on  legal  reasoning,  legal  research,  and  court 
procedures. 

GVPT    134.    RACE  RELATIONS  AND  PUBLIC  LAW.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  political  and  legal  examination  of 
the  constitutionally  protected  rights  affecting  racial  mi- 
norities and  of  the  constitutional  power  of  the  Federal 
Courts,  Congress,  and  the  Executive  to  define,  protect  and 
extend  these  rights. 

GVPT   141.    HISTORY  OF  POLITICA1  THEORY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  survey  of  the  principal  political 
theories  set  forth  in  the  works  of  writers  before  Mach- 
iavelli. 

GVPT,   142.    RECENT     POLITICAL    THEORY     MODERN     AND 
RECENT.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  survey  of  the  principal  political 
theories   set  forth   in  the  works  of  writers  from   Mach- 
iavelli  to  J.S.  Mill. 

GVPT    143.    CONTEMPORARY  POLITICAL  THEORY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  141  or  GVPT  142.  A  survey  of  the 
principal  political  theories  and  ideologies  from1  Karl  Marx 
to  the  present. 

GVPT   144.    AMERICAN  POLITICAL  THEORY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  study  of  the  development  and 
growth  of  American  political  concepts  from  the  colonial 
period  to  the  present. 

GVPT    145.    RUSSIAN  POLITICAL  THOUGHT.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  survey  and  analysis  of  political 
ideas  in  Russia  and  the  Soviet  Union  from  early  times 
to  the  present. 

GVPT  150H.  HONORS  SEMINAR  IN  AMERICAN  GOVERN- 
MENT  AND  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  admission  to  Honors  Program.  Directed  read- 
ing, reporting,  and  discussion  on  the  major  materials  of 
historical  and  contemporary  relevance  in  the  fields  of 
American  government  and  public  administration. 

GVPT  151H.  HONORS  SEMINAR  IN  COMPARATIVE  GOV- 
ERNMENT AND  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  admission  to  Honors  Program.  Directed  read- 
ing, reporting  and  discussion  centering  on  the  major  ma- 
terials of  historical  and  contemporary  relevance  in  the 
fields  of  comparative  government  and  international  re- 
lations. 

GVPT    152H     HONORS     SEMINAR     IN     PUBLIC    LAW    AND 
POLITICAL  THEORY.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  admission  to  Honors  Program.  Directed  read- 
ing, reporting,  and  discussion  centering  on  the  major  mate- 
rials of  historical  and  contemporary  relevance  in  the 
fields  of  public  law  and  political  theory. 

GVPT  153H.  HONORS  SEMINAR  IN  PUBLIC  POLICY  AND 
POLITICAL  BEHAVIOR  (AND  METHODOLOGY).  (3) 
Prerequisite,  admission  to  Honors  Program.  Directed  read- 
ing, reporting,  and  discussion  centering  on  the  major  ma- 
terials of  historical  and  contemporary  relevance  in  the 
fields  of  public  policy  and  political  behavior. 

GVPT   154.    PROBLEMS  OF  WORLD  POLITICS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  study  of  governmental  problems 
of  international  scope,  such  as  causes  of  war,  problems 
of  neutrality,  and  propaganda.  Students  are  required  to 
report  on  readings  from  current  literature. 

GVPT    155H.    HONORS  RESEARCH.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  admission  to  Honors  Program.  Individual 
and  research.  In  his  last  semester  each  student  prepares 
an  original  research  paper. 

GVPT  156H.  CURRENT  LITERATURE  IN  GOVERNMENT 
AND  POLITICS.  (1,  1.  1,  1) 
Each  student  is  assigned  designated  journals  in  consulta- 
tion with  the  instructor.  He  prepares  and  distributes  to 
his  colleagues  abstracts  of  selected  articles,  answers 
questions  on  the  abstracts,  and  reports  orally,  in  turn,  on 
one  or  more  articles  of  his  choice. 

GVPT    160.    STATE  AND  LOCAL  ADMINISTRATION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  study  of  the  administrative  struc- 
ture, procedures,  and  policies  of  state  and  local  govern- 
ments with  special  emphasis  on  the  state  level  and  on 


178  Business  and  Public  Administration 


intergovernmental  relationships,  and  with  illustrations 
from  Maryland  governmental  arrangements 

GVPT    161.    METROPOLITAN  ADMINISTRATION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  An  examftiation  of  administrative 
problems  relating  to  public  services,  planning,  and  co- 
ordination in  a  metropolitan  environment. 

GVPT    162.    URBAN  POLITICS.  (3) 

Urban  political  processes  and  institutions  considered  in 
the  light  of  changing  social  and  economic  conditions. 

GVPT   171.   Problems  of  AMERICAN  PUBLIC  POLICY.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  The  background  and  interpretation 
of  various  factors  which  affect  the  formation  and  execu- 
tion of  American  public  policy. 

GVPT    174.    POLITICAL  PARTIES.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  descriptive  and  analytical  ex- 
amination of  American  political  parties,  nominations, 
elections,  and  political  leadership. 

GVPT    175.    THE      PRESIDENCY      AND      THE      EXECUTIVE 
BRANCH  (3) 
Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  An  examination  of  the  executive, 
legislative  and  party  roles  of  the  president  in  the  political 
process. 

GVPT    178.    PUBLIC  OPINION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  An  examination  of  public  opinion 
and  its  effect  on  political  action,  with  emphasis  on  opin- 
ion formation  and  measurement,  propaganda,  and  pres- 
sure groups. 

GVPT    181.    ADMINISTRATIVE  LAW.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  study  of  the  discretion  exercised 
by  administrative  agencies,  including  analysis  of  their  func- 
tions, their  powers  over  persons  and  property,  their 
procedures,  and  judicial  sanctions  and  controls. 

GVPT  185.  COMPARATIVE  STUDY  OF  PUBLIC  ADMINIS- 
TRATION. (3) 
Prerequisite,  GVPT  90,  GVPT  110,  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. An  introduction  to  the  study  of  governmental  adminis- 
trative systems  viewed  from  the  standpoint  of  compara- 
tive typologies  and  theoretical  schemes  useful  in  cross- 
national  comparisons  and  empirical  studies  of  the  poli- 
tics of  the  administrative  process  in  several  nations. 
Both  Western  and  Non-western  countries  are  included. 

GVPT  189.  COMPARATIVE  STUDY  OF  FOREIGN  POLICY 
FORMATION.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  GVPT  90,  GVPT  101  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. An  introduction  to  the  comprative  study  of  foreign 
policy  formation  structures  and  processes  followed  by  a 
survey  of  the  domestic  sources  of  policy  for  major  states. 
A  conspectus  of  substantive  patterns  of  foreign  policy  in 
analytically  salient  types  of  systems  is  presented.  Do- 
mestic and  global  systemic  sources  of  foreign  policy  are 
compared. 

GVPT    190.   COMPARATIVE    STUDIES    IN    EUROPEAN    POLI- 
TICS. (3) 
Prerequisite,  GVPT  90,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  com- 
parative study  of  political   processes  and  governmental 
forms  in  selected  European  countries. 

GVPT  191.  GOVERNMENT  AND  ADMINISTRATION  OF  THE 
SOVIET  UNION.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  study  of  the  adoption  of  the  com- 
munist philosophy  by  the  Soviet  Union,  of  its  governmental 
structure,  and  of  the  administration  of  government  policy 
in  the  Soviet  Union. 

GVPT  192.  GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS  OF  LATIN  AMER- 
ICA. (3) 
Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  comparative  study  of  the  govern- 
mental systems  and  political  processes  of  the  Latin  Amer- 
ican countries,  with  special  emphasis  on  Argentina,  Brazil, 
Chile,  and  Mexico. 

GVPT    193.   GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS  OF  ASIA.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  97,  or  GVPT  105,  or  HIST  61,  or  HIST 
62,  or  HIST  187,  or  HIST  188,  or  HIST  189.  A  compara- 
tive study  of  the  political  systems  of  China,  Japan,  India, 
and  other  selected  Asian  countries. 

GVPT   194.   GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS  OF  AFRICA.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  comparative  study  of  the  govern- 
mental  systems  and   political   processes  of  the  African 
countries,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  problems  of  na- 
tion-building in  emergent  countries. 

GVPT  195.  GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS  OF  THE  MIDDLE 
EAST.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  GVPT  1.  A  comparative  study  of  the  govern- 
mental systems  and  political  processes  of  the  Middle 
Eastern  countries,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  problems 
of  nation-building  in  emergent  countries. 

GVPT    197.   COMPARATIVE  POLITICS  SYSTEMS.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  GVPT  97  and  at  least  one  other  course  in 


comparative  government.  A  study,  along  functional  lines, 
of  major  political  institutions,  such  as  legislatures,  execu- 
tives, courts,  bureaucracies,  public  organizations,  and 
political  parties. 

GVPT  199.  SEMINAR  IN  GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS.  (3) 
Reading,  research,  discussion,  analysis,  and  writing  in  the 
area  of  politics.  Both  substantive  issues  and  methodolog- 
ical approaches  will  be  considered.  Primarily  for  Govern- 
ment and  Politics  undergraduate  majors.  Not  open  to 
graduate  students. 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  course  descriptions. 

GVPT   200.    SEMINAR  IN  NATIONAL  SECURITY  POLICY.  (3) 

GVPT  201.    SEMINAR    IN    INTERNATIONAL    POLITICAL   OR- 
GANIZATION. (3) 

GVPT   202.    SEMINAR  IN  INTERNATIONAL  LAW.  (3) 

GVPT  203.    FUNCTIONAL    PROBLEMS    IN    INTERNATIONAL 
RELATIONS.  (3) 

GVPT   204.   AREA    PROBLEMS    IN    INTERNATIONAL    RELA- 
TIONS. (3) 

GVPT  205.    SEMINAR    IN    AMERICAN    POLITICAL    INSTITU- 
TIONS. (3) 

GVPT  206.    SEMINAR  IN  AMERICAN  FOREIGN  RELATIONS. 
(3) 

GVPT  207.    SEMINAR    IN    COMPARATIVE    GOVERNMENTAL 
INSTITUTIONS.  (3) 

GVPT  208.    SEMINAR  IN  THE  GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS 
OF  EMERGING  NATIONS.  (3) 

GVPT  209.    SEMINAR     IN     INTERNATIONAL    ADMINISTRA- 
TION. (3) 

GVPT  210.   GOVERNMENTAL  ORGANIZATION  THEORY.  (3) 

GVPT  212.    SEMINAR  IN  PUBLIC  FINANCIAL  ADMINISTRA- 
TION. (3) 

GVPT  213.    PROBLEMS  OF  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION.  (3) 

GVPT  214.    PROBLEMS  OF  PUBLIC  PERSONNEL  ADMINIS- 
TRATION. (3) 

GVPT  215.    PROBLEMS    OF    STATE    AND    LOCAL    GOVERN- 
MENT. (3) 

GVPT  216.   GOVERNMENT      ADMINISTRATIVE      PLANNING 
AND  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

GVPT  217.   DEVELOPMENTAL     PUBLIC    ADMINISTRATION. 
(3) 

GVPT  218.    SEMINAR  IN  URBAN  ADMINISTRATION.  (3) 

GVPT  219.    STUDIES    IN    COMPARATIVE    GOVERNMENTAL 
ADMINISTRATION.  (3) 

GVPT  221.    SEMINAR  IN  PUBLIC  OPINION.  (3) 

GVPT  222.    SELECTED    PROBLEMS    IN    POLITICAL    BEHAV- 
IOR. (3) 

GVPT  223.   SEMINAR    IN     LEGISLATURES    AND    LEGISLA- 
TION. (3) 

GVPT  224.    SEMINAR    IN    POLITICAL    PARTIES   AND    POLI- 
TICS. (3) 

GVPT  226.    SCOPE  AND  METHOD  OF  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 
(3) 

GVPT  228.    PROBLEMS    IN    QUANTITATIVE    POLITICAL  AN- 
ALYSIS. (3) 

GVPT  231.    SEMINAR  IN  PUBLIC  LAW.  (3) 

GVPT  241.  GREAT  POLITICAL  THINKERS.  (3) 

GVPT  242.    MAN  AND  THE  STATE.  (3) 

GVPT  243.    CURRENT   PROBLEMS    IN    POLITICAL  THEORY. 
(3)' 

GVPT  244.  AMERICAN  POLITICAL  THEORY.  (3) 

GVPT  245.    SEMINAR    IN    NON-WESTERN    POLITICAL  THE- 
ORY. (3) 

GVPT   246.   THEORIES  OF  DEMOCRACY.  (3) 

GVPT    247.     ANALYTICAL    SYSTEMS    AND    THEORY    CON- 
STRUCTION. (3) 

GVPT  248.    MARXIST  POLITICAL  THEORY.  (3) 

GVPT   259.    RESPONSIBILITY      IN      PUBLIC     ADMINISTRA- 
TION. (3) 

GVPT  261.    PROBLEMS    IN   AMERICAN   GOVERNMENT  AND 
POLITICS.  (3) 

GVPT  262.    SEMINAR     ON     INTERGOVERNMENTAL     RELA- 
TIONS. (3) 

GVPT  280.    SEMINAR      IN      INTERNATIONAL      RELATIONS 
THEORY.  (3) 

GVPT  290.    SEMINAR    IN    THE    COMPARATIVE    STUDY    OF 
POLITICS.  (3) 

GVPT  398.    READINGS    IN    GOVERNMENT    AND    POLITICS. 
(3) 

Business  and  Public  Administration         '79 


GVPT  399.   THESIS  RESEARCH.  (Arranged) 
GVFT  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH.  (Arranged) 


JOURNALISM 

The  first  objective  of  the  Department  of  Journal- 
ism is  to  provide  a  four-year  liberal  education  for  the 
student  of  superior  writing  ability  who  intends  to 
make  a  career  in  some  phase  of  journalism.  It  also 
serves  the  major  within  the  department  whose 
career  intention  may  be  in  a  field  related  to  journal- 
ism. 

The  department's  curriculum  in  news  editorial 
journalism  has  been  accredited  by  the  American 
Council  on  Education  for  Journalism.  The  depart- 
ment is  a  member  of  the  American  Association  of 
Schools  and  Departments  of  Journalism  and  of  the 
American  Association  of  Schools  and  Departments 
of  Journalism  and  of  the  American  Society  of  Jour- 
nalism School  Administrators. 

Particular  features  of  the  curriculum  are  (1)  a 
two-year  introductory  program  of  general  education, 
centered  in  the  liberal  arts,  (2)  a  required  core  pro- 
gram, equivalent  to  approximately  one  semester,  in 
basic  aspects  of  journalism,  (3)  specialization  be- 
yond the  core  in  news-editorial  work,  photojournal- 
ism, public  relations,  radio-television  work,  or  adver- 
tising, (4)  the  equivalent  of  approximately  one  se- 
mester of  upper-division  study  in  a  subject  chosen 
from  outside  the  Department  of  Journalism,  (5)  elec- 
tive courses  and  (6)  opportunities  for  field  contacts. 

The  student  may  declare  his  intention  to  major 
in  the  Department  of  Journalism  at  the  beginning  of 
any  semester,  but  normally  before  the  junior  year. 
His  choices  of  specialization  within  the  department 
and  of  related  study  in  other  departments  should  be 
made  by  the  beginning  of  the  junior  year  and  after 
consultation  with  a  faculty  adviser. 

An  average  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in  courses 
taken  in  the  department  is  required  of  journalism 
majors  for  graduation. 

Majors  are  urged  and  helped  to  write  for  publica- 
tion and  to  obtain  professional  experience  between 
the  junior  and  senior  years  on  the  job  or  in  summer 
internships.  The  department  maintains  close  work- 
ing relations  with  professional  journalists,  public 
relations  practitioners  and  their  organizations.  One 
of  the  purposes  is  to  provide  speakers,  trips,  labora- 
tories, internships  and  other  types  of  supervised 
professional  training  for  students. 

An  essential  part  of  the  work  in  editorial  jour- 
nalism consists  of  supervised  training  on  the  Balti- 
more Sun  or  the  Baltimore  News  American  and  near- 
by weekly  papers.  The  experience  may  also  be  ob- 
tained on  other  publications,  approved  by  the  ad- 
viser. This  professional  training  helps  students  to 
become  familiar  with  reporting,  editing  and  adver- 
tising for  professional  publications  covering  Mary- 
landand  Capitol  Hill  in  Washington,  D.C. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  JOURNALISM  MAJOR 

Listed  below  are  the  lower-division  and  the  up- 
per-division requirements  for  majors  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Journalism.  In  qualifying  for  the  degree, 
the  student  must  complete  120  semester  hours,  57 
hours  of  which  must  be  upper-division  credit.  The 
exceptions  to  the  upper-division  rule  are  noted  on 
page      of  this  catalog. 

Course  substitutions  may  be  made  by  the  faculty 
adviser  to  take  account  of  previous  professional  ex- 


perience and  to  develop  programs  to  include  special 
study.  Within  the  broad  outlines  of  the  upper-di- 
vision courses  themselves,  students  are  encouraged 
to  develop  individual  interests  by  careful  choice  of 
elective  courses. 


LOWER-DIVISION  CURRICULUM 

Semester 
freshman  Year  I  II 

ENGL  1  (or  21),  3-Composition  and  American 

Literature  3  3 

Science  (one  course  of  which  must  be  a  lab  science) 4  3 

Foreign  language 3  3 

PSYCH  1  and  SOCY  I  3 

SPCH  1- Public  Speaking  1 

MATH  10-lntroauction  to  Mathematics 

HLTH  5-Science  and  Theory  of  Health  2 

Physical  Activities  11 

Total T7  18 

Sophomore  Year 

JOUR  lOand  JOUR  11  3                3 

ENGL  4-Composition  and  World  Literature  3 

Foreign  Longuage 3                 3 

History 3                 3 

GVPT  1  and  ECON  37 3                3 

FINE  ARTS 

(Elected  from  PHIL  1  or  41  or  45  or  53. 

ART  10  or  60,  61,  80,  SPCH  16,  MUSC  20) _.  3 

Total  15               15 

UPPER-DIVISION  CURRICULUM 

The  core  program: 

Journalism   requirements:  24  credit  hours   in   upper  di- 
vision Journalism  courses  including  JOUR  160.  News  Editing. 
At  least  six  credit  hours  should  be  taken  in  one  of  the  fol- 
lowing areas  for  depth  in  a  special  field  of  Journalism: 
News  Reporting:  JOUR  100  and  JOUR  175 
Public  Relations:  JOUR  166  and  JOUR  170 
Advertising:  JOUR  152  and  JOUR  163 
News  Photography:  JOUR  181  and  JOUR  182 
News  Broadcasting:  JOUR  101  and  JOUR  184 
All   Journalism   majors   should   elect   at   least  six   credit 
hours  from  the  following  courses  for  breadth  in  mass  com- 
munication: 

JOUR   176:   Comparative   Mass   Communication   Systems 

Jour  186:  Govt,  and  Mass  Communication 

JOUR  192:  History  of  Mass  Communication 

JOUR  194:  Public  Opinion  and  Mass  Communication 

Non-Journalism  requirements: 

12-18  credit  hours  in  upper-division  courses  in  one 

subject  outside  of  the  Journalism  Department  12-18 

15  credit  hours  of  upper-division,  non-journalism 

courses,  to  be  spread  or  concentrated  according  to 

individual  needs 15 

27-33 

Total  Upper-Division  54-60 

PROFESSOR  AND  DEPARTMENT  HEAD:  Hiebert. 
PROFESSORS:  Bryan,  Crowell,  Martin.  Newsom. 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Brown.  Flippen,  Grunig.  Midura 

Petrick 
LECTURERS:  Geraci,  Lee. 

JOUR  10.  INTRODUCTION  TO  MASS  COMMUNICATION.  (3) 
Survey  of  the  process  and  effects  of  mass  communica- 
tion; historical  development  and  social,  economic,  legal, 
and  professional  aspects  of  the  mass  media.  Open  to  all 
students.  (Staff) 

JOUR    11.    WRITING  FOR  THE  MASS  MEDIA.  (3) 

Introduction  to  news,  feature  and  publicity  writing  for  the 
printed  and  electronic  media;  development  of  news  con- 
cepts; laboratory  in  news  gathering  tools  and  writing  skills. 
Prerequisite:  Typing  ability  and  JOUR  10  (which  may  be 
taken  concurrently,  with  permission).  (Staff) 

JOUR    100.    NEWS  REPORTING.  (3) 

Principles  and  practice  of  news  reporting,  with  special 
emphasis  on  news  gathering  for  al  I  the  media;  covering  news 
beats  and  other  news  sources,  including  researching  a 
news  story  for  accuracy,  comprehensiveness  and  inter- 
pretation.   Prerequisites:   JOUR    10   and    11.        (Midura) 

JOUR    101.    BROADCAST  NEWS  WRITING.  (3) 

Study  of  and  practice  in  the  special  application  of  news 
writing  and  editing  to  the  broadcasting  media,  including  the 
use  of  wire  copy  and  tape  recorders  in  producing  news- 
casts.   Prerequisites:   JOUR    110   and    120.  (Midura) 

JOUR    152.    ADVERTISING  COPY  AND  LAYOUT.  (3) 

Theory  of  and  practice  in  advertising  copy  and  layout. 


180 


Business  and  Public  Administration 


with  emphasis  on  newspaper  advertising,  for  letterpress 
and  photo-offset  printing.  Study  of  illustrations,  type  se- 
lection, copy-fitting,  and  media  selection.  Prerequisites: 
JOUR    10    and    11.  (Newsom) 

JOUR    160.    NEWS  EDITING.  (3) 

Prini  iples  of  the  editing  process  and  practice  in  copy  edit- 
ing, headline  writing,  newspaper  page  layout,  and  editorial 
judgment.    Prerequisites:   JOUR   10  and   11.        (Crowell) 

JOUR    161.    SEMINAR  IN  JOURNALISM.  (3) 

Seminar  for  Journalism  seniors  in  newsroom  problems 
and  policies,  emphasizing  ethics  and  responsibilities,  in 
cooperation  with  the  Baltimore  Sun,  Baltimore  News- 
American,  and  other  area  news  media.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  the  Instructor.  (Newsom) 

JOUR    163.    PRINCIPLES    OF    TYPOGRAPHY    AND    PRODUC 
TION.  (3) 
Study  of  layout,  typography,  design,  and  printing  in  the  plan- 
ning and  production  of  the  printed  media.  Prerequisites; 
JOUR   10  and   11.  (Newsom) 

JOUR  165.  MAGAZINE  ARTICLE  AND  FEATURE  WRITING 
(3) 
Study  of  types  of  feature  articles,  particularly  for  the 
magazine  market;  analysis  of  the  magazine  medium  and 
specialized  audiences;  practice  in  researching  and  writing 
the  feature  article;  analysis  of  free-lance  markets.  Pre- 
requisites: JOUR   10  and   11.  (Flippen,   Grunig) 

JOUR    166.    PUBLIC  RELATIONS.  (3) 

Study  of  the  principles  and  historical  development  of 
public  relations.  Attention  isgiven  tofact-finding,  planning, 
communication,  and  evaluation  aspects  of  public  rela- 
tions. Study  of  the  use  of  public  relations  in  business, 
government,  associations,  and  organizations.  Prerequisites: 
JOUR  10  and   11.  (Midura) 

JOUR   170.    PRINCIPLES  OF  PUBLICITY.  (3) 

Study  of  the  strategy  and  techniques  of  purposive  com- 
munication; analysis  of  the  techniques  and  effects  of 
the  publicity  campaign;  laboratory  in  special  publicity 
projects.   Prerequisite:  JOUR   130.  (Martin,   Grunig) 

JOUR    171.    INDUSTRIAL  JOURNALISM.  (3) 

Industrial  communications,  management  and  production 
of  company  periodicals,  public  relations  aspects  of  in- 
dustrial journalism.  Prerequisites,  JOUR  10  and  11. 

(Crowell) 

JOUR  174.  JOURNALISM  OF  SCIENCE  AND  TECHNOLOGY 
(3) 
Study  and  practice  of  the  basic  techniques  of  writing  and 
editing  scientific  and  technical  material  for  both  the  gen- 
eral audience  and  the  specialist.  Prerequisites:  JOUR  10 
and  11.  (Grunig) 

JOUR    175.    REPORTING  OF  PUBLIC  AFFAIRS.  (3) 

Advanced  training  in  writing  news  for  publication  in  spe- 
cialized areas,  particularly  city,  county,  and  federal  news. 
Students  meet  in  seminar  with  news  sources  and  leading 
news  reporters  and  work  in  Washington,  D.C.,  Anapolis, 
and  Baltimore  in  covering  news  in  depth  for  publication. 
Prerequisites:  JOUR  120  and  permission  of  instructor. 

(Lee) 

JOUR  176.  COMPARATIVE  MASS  COMMUNICATION  SYS- 
TEMS. (3) 
Survey  of  the  history  and  status  of  the  mass  media 
throughout  the  world;  comparative  analysis  of  the  role  of 
the  Rress  in  different  societies.  Prerequisites:  JOUR  10 
and  consent  of  Instructor  for  Non-Majors.  (Bryan) 

JOUR    181.    NEWS  PHOTOGRAPHY.  (3) 

Fundamentals  of  shooting,  developing,  and  printing  of  news 
and  feature  pictures  for  all  media.  Department  furnishes 
equipment  and  student  furnishes  supplies.  Prerequisites: 
JOUR    10    and    11.  (Geraci) 

JOUR    182.    ADVANCED  NEWS  PHOTOGRAPHY.  (3) 

Advanced  training  in  shooting,  developing,  and  printing  pic- 
tures, with  emphasis  on  the  photo  story.  Analysis  of  the 
role  of  photography  in  mass  communication.  Department 
furnishes  equipment  and  student  furnishes  supplies. 
Prerequisite:   JOUR   150.  (Geraci) 

JOUR   184     REPORTING  THROUGH  AUDIO-VISUAL   MEDIA. 
(3) 
Principles  of  live  photography  and  recording  in  the  pro- 
duction of  news  and  documentaries  for  all  the  media. 
Prerequisites:   JOUR    150   and    162.  (Staff) 

JOUR  186  GOVERNMENT  AND  MASS  COMMUNICATION. 
(3) 
Study  of  the  relationship  between  the  news  media  and 
government.  Analysis  of  media  coverage  of  government  and 
politics.  Study  of  governmental  and  political  information 
and  persuasion  techniques.  Prerequisites:  JOUR  10  and 
11.  (Hiebert) 


JOUR   191.    LAW  OF  MASS  COMMUNICATION.  (3) 

Study  of  the  legal  rights  and  constraints  of  mass  media; 
libel,  privacy,  copyright,  monopoly,  and  contempt,  and 
other  aspects  "of  the  law  applied  to  mass  communication. 
Previous  study  of  the  law  not  required.  Prerequisites: 
JOUR  10  and   11.  (Lee) 

JOUR   192.    HISTORY  OF  MASS  COMMUNICATION.  (3) 

Study  of  the  development  of  newspapers,  magazines, 
radio,  television,  and  motion  pictures  as  media  of  mass 
communication.  Analysis  of  the  influences  of  the  media 
on  the  historical  development  of  America.  Prerequisites: 
JOUR     10     and     1  1  (Bryan) 

JOUR  194.  PUBLIC  OPINION  AND  MASS  COMMUNICA- 
TION. (3) 
The  role  and  responsibilities  of  the  mass  media  in  the 
formation  of  public  opinion;  research  methods  and  cases 
in  the  use  of  propaganda,  advertising,  public  relations  and 
education  through  mass  communication  in  the  service  of 
governments,  public  and  private  organizations  and  individ- 
uals. Prerequisites:  JOUR  10  and  11.       (Martin,  Flippen) 

JOUR    196.    PROBLEMS  IN  JOURNALISM.  (1  or  2) 

Group  and  individual  projects  in  journalism.  (Staff) 

JOUR   197S.  SUPERVISED  INTERNSHIP.  (0) 

Summer  session.  To  be  taken  following  junior  year  of  ma- 
jor in  journalism,  with  permission  of  Instructor.  Ten 
weeks  of  organized,  supervised  study,  experience,  and 
on-the-job   training   in   journalism.  (Newsom) 


BUREAU  OF  GOVERNMENTAL  RESEARCH 

Activities  of  the  Bureau  of  Governmental  Re- 
search relate  primarily  to  the  problems  of  state  and 
local  government  in  Maryland.  The  Bureau  engages 
in  research  and  publishes  findings  with  reference 
to  local,  state  and  national  governments  and  their 
interrelationships.  It  undertakes  surveys  and  offers 
its  assistance  and  service  to  units  of  government  in 
Maryland  and  serves  as  a  clearing  house  of  informa- 
tion for  them.  The  Bureau  furnishes  opportunities 
for  qualified  students  interested  in  research  and 
career  development  in  state  and  local  administra- 
tion. 

Urban  affairs  have  become  a  central  focus  with 
the  establishment  of  an  Urban  Research  Group, 
which  draws  on  a  variety  of  interdisciplinary  faculty 
interests  within  the  University. 

The  Maryland  Technical  Advisory  Service,  a  di- 
vision of  the  Bureau,  provides  consulting  services  to 
county  and  municipal  governments  of  the  State. 
Technical  consultation  and  assistance  are  provided 
on  specific  problems  in  such  areas  as  regulatory  or 
other  drafting  and  codification,  fiscal  management, 
personnel  management,  utility  and  other  service 
operations,  planning  and  zoning,  and  related  local 
or  intergovernmental  activities.  The  staff  analyzes 
and  shares  with  governmental  officials  information 
concerning  professional  developments  and  oppor- 
tunities for  new  or  improved  programs  and  facilities. 

BUREAU  OF  BUSINESS  AND 
ECONOMIC  RESEARCH 

The  responsibilities  of  the  Bureau  of  Business 
and  Economic  Research  are  research,  training  and 
public  service. 

The  research  activities  of  the  Bureau  are  pri- 
marily focused  on  basic  research  in  the  field  of  re- 
gional economic  development.  Although  the  Bu- 
reau's long-run  research  program  is  carried  out 
largely  by  its  own  staff  of  faculty  members,  faculty 
members  from  other  departments  also  participate. 
The  Bureau  also  undertakes  co-operative  research 
contracts  under  the  sponsorship  of  federal  and  state 
governmental  agencies,  research  foundations,  and 
other  groups. 

The  training  functions  of  the  Bureau  are 
achieved  through  active  participation  by  advanced 
graduate  and  undergraduate  students   in  the   Bu- 

Business  and  Public  Administration  181 


reau's  research  program.  This  direct  involvement  of 
students  in  the  research  process  under  faculty  su- 
pervision provides  reseach  skills  that  equip  students 
for  responsible  posts  in  business,  government,  and 
higher  education. 

The  Bureau  observes  its  service  responsibilities 
to  government,  business,  and  private  groups  pri- 
marily through  the  publication  and  distribution  of 
its  research  findings.  In  addition,  the  Bureau  staff 
welcomes  the  opportunity  to  be  of  service  to  gov- 
ernmental, business,  and  private  groups  by  consult- 
ing with  them  on  problems  in  business  and  eco- 
nomics, particularly  those  related  to  regional  devel- 
opment. 


INFORMATION  SYSTEMS  MANAGEMENT 

The  program  of  studies  in  information  systems 
management  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  those 
wishing  to  concentrate  on  the  application  of  the 
digital  computer  to  the  analysis,  design,  and  admin- 
istration of  complex  information  systems.  Students 
who  expect  to  enter  business  administration,  public 
administration,  or  organizations  in  other  fields  will 
find  that  this  program  offers  a  relevant  preparation. 

The  student  entering  this  program  will  place  em- 
phasis on  the  study  of  digital  computer  applications 
and  relevant  mathematical  methods.  With  the  aid  of 
a  faculty  advisor,  he  will  select  a  minimum  of  15 
hours  of  course  work  in  a  secondary  field  such  as 
Business  Administration,  Computer  Science,  Eco- 
nomics, Mathematics,  Psychology,  Public  Admin- 
istration, or  the  Sciences. 


INFORMATION  SYSTEMS  MANAGEMENT  CURRICULUM 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

ENGL  001 -Composition  and  American  Literature 3 

ENGL  003- Composition  and  World  Literature 3 

MATH  019,  020-Analysis  I.  II 4  4 

SPCH  001  -Public  Speaking 3 

Natural  Science  (one  biological  and  one  physical 3-4  3-4 

Fine  Arts  and  Philosophy  Elective 3 

Physical  Activities  (Men  and  Women) 1 

HTLH  005 -Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

Elective 3 

16-17  16-17 

Sophomore  Year 

BSAD  020,  021 -Principles  of  Accounting 3  3 

ECON  031,  032- Principles  of  Economics 3  3 

History 3  3 

ENGL  004- Composition  and  World  Literature 3 

PSYC  001 -Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

CMSC  012  or  020 -Introductory  Algorithmic 

Methods  or  Elementary  Algorithmic  Analysis 3 

Physical  Activities 1 

Elective _3 

16  15 

Junior  Year 

ISM  101 -Electronic  Data  Processing  3 

ISM  102- Electronic  Data  Processing  Applications 3 

ISM  167-Operations  Research  1 3 

BSAD  130,  131 -Business  Statistics  I,  II 3  3 

BSAD  135- Statistical  Analysis  and  Forecasting 3 

ECON  102-National  Income  Analysis  3 

ECON  132 -Intermediate  Price  Theory 3 

Electives  _6 

15  15 

Senior  Year 

ISM  103-lntroduction  to  Systems  Analysis  3 

ISM  110-lnformotion  Processing  Problems  of  Models  of 

Administrative,  Economic  ond  Political  Systems 3 

ISM  120- Information  Processing  and  Computational 

Problems  in  Operations  Analysis  ...  3 

BSAD  134 -Statistical  Quality  Control 3 

Electives  .  _5 12 

15  15 


PROFESSOR:  Patrick. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR:  Sprague. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR:  Courtright. 

INSTRUCTORS:  Akman,  Chappell,  Hartness. 

LECTURER:  Golding. 

ISM  101.  ELECTRONIC  DATA  PROCESSING.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing,  MATH  11  or  the  equivalent. 
The  electronic  digital  computer  and  its  use  as  a  tool  in 
processing  data.  The  course  includes  the  following  areas: 
(1)  Organization  of  data  processing  systems,  (2)  environ- 
mental aspects  of  computer  systems,  (3)  management 
control  problems  and  potentials  inherent  in  mechanized 
data  processing  systems. 

ISM  102.  ELECTRONIC  DATA  PROCESSING  APPLICA- 
tions.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  ISM  101  and  BSAD  130,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Intensive  study  of  computer  applications  using 
a  problem-oriented  language.  Introduction  of  computer 
methods  for  the  solution  of  organizational  problems.  Lab- 
oratory exercises  in  programming  and  development  of  com- 
puter techniques. 

ISM    103.    INTRODUCTION  TO  SYSTEMS  ANALYSIS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ISM  102,  BSAD  131,  MATH  20,  or  the  equi- 
valent. Prerequisites  may  be  waived  with  consent  of  in- 
structor. The  use  of  the  computer  in  the  management  and 
operation  of  organizations.  The  course  includes  the  fol- 
lowing areas:  (1)  the  principles  of  systems  analysis,  (2) 
recent  applications  and  innovations  of  the  systems  con- 
cept, (3)  design  and  implementation  of  computer  systems, 
including  such  techniques  as  mathematical  programming, 
simulation,  business  games  and  network  analysis,  and 
(4)  laboratory  use  of  a  digital  computer  in  the  application 
of  these  techniques. 

ISM  110.  INFORMATION  PROCESSING  PROBLEMS  OF 
MODELS  OF  ADMINISTRATIVE,  ECONOMIC  AND  POLIT- 
ICAL SYSTEMS.  (3) 
Prerequisites,  MATH  20  or  equivalent;  ISM  102,  BSAD 
130,  and  some  familiarity  with  administrative,  economic 
and/or  political  models.  Prerequisites  may  be  waived 
with  the  consent  of  instructor.  Data  processing  require- 
ments underlying  the  creation  and  maintenance  of  a  data 
base  to  be  used  in  estimating  the  parameters  of  socio- 
economic models.  An  analysis  of  the  structure  and  de- 
velopment of  recent  socio-economic  models  as  relevant 
to  data  processing  considerations.  Extractions  and  pre- 
paration of  data  from  the  data  base  to  facilitate  the  ap- 
propriate transformation  necessary  for  model  construc- 
tion and  also  to  minimize  the  processing  cost  of  data  in- 
put. The  course  draws  upon  a  knowledge  of  models  of  ad- 
ministrative, economic  and  political  systems.  Case 
studies  and  experience  with  data  processing  for  selected 
models  are  included. 

ISM  120.  INFORMATION  PROCESSING  AND  COMPUTA- 
TIONAL PROBLEMS  IN  OPERATIONS  ANALYSIS  (3) 
Prerequisite,  MATH  20  or  equivalent;  ISM  102,  and  a 
course  in  Statistics,  such  as  BSAD  135,  dealing  with  multi- 
variate models.  Prerequisites  may  be  waived  with  the 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Implementation  of  applications 
requiring  the  integration  of  data  processing  and  analytical 
programming  techniques.  Such  applications  feature  the 
calculation  of  various  statistical  estimates  of  the  para- 
meters in  a  multivariate  model  within  the  context  of  a 
file  maintenance  problem  (e.g.,  the  writing  of  a  matrix  in- 
version routine  for  revenue  forecasting  within  a  master 
updating  program  or  sales  forecasting  and/or  sales  perfor- 
mance evaluation  within  a  sales  transaction — master  up- 
dating program).  A  universal,  problem-oriented  language 
such  as  COBAL  will  be  used  with  strong  emphasis  on  the 
use  of  the  mathematical  FORT  IV  library  subroutines. 
Class  projects  include  case  studies  and  solutions  of  prob- 
lems using  real-world  data. 

ISM    136.    OPERATIONS  RESEARCH  I.  (3) 

To  meet  this  course  requirement,  all  students  enrolled 
in  the  Information  Systems  Management  Curriculum  will 
register  in  BSAD  136.  For  detailed  information  on  pre- 
requisites and  description  of  the  course  refer  to  BSAD 
136. 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  course  descriptions. 

ISM  210  DESIGN  OF  LARGE-SCALE  INFORMATION  SYS- 
TEMS. (3) 

ISM  220  MANAGEMENT  OF  INFORMATION  PROCESSING 
SYSTEMS.  (3) 

ISM  230  APPLICATIONS  OF  ADVANCED  DEVELOPMENTS 
IN  INFORMATION  PROCESSING  EQUIPMENT.  (3) 


182 


Business  and  Public  Administration 


^  '••' 


Business  and  Public  Administration  183 


Education 


THE  COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  meets  the  needs 
of  the  following  classes  of  students:  (1)  persons  pre- 
paring to  teach  in  colleges,  secondary  schools,  ele- 
mentary schools,  kindergarten,  and  nursery  schools; 
(2)  persons  preparing  to  teach  classes  in  special  ed- 
ucation and  to  be  school  librarians;  (3)  present  or 
prospective  teachers  who  wish  to  supplement  their 
preparation;  (4)  students  preparing  for  educational 
work  in  the  trades  and  industries;  (5)  graduate  stu- 
dents preparing  for  teaching,  supervisory,  or  ad- 
ministrative positions;  (6)  certain  students  whose 
major  interests  are  in  other  fields,  but  who  desire 
courses  in  education. 

Because  of  the  location  of  the  University  in 
the  suburbs  of  the  nation's  capital,  unusual  facilities 
for  the  study  of  education  are  available  to  its  stu- 
dents and  faculty.  The  Library  of  Congress,  the  li- 
brary of  the  United  States  Office  of  Education,  and 
special  libraries  of  other  government  agencies  are 
accessible,  as  well  as  the  information  services  of 
the  National  Education  Association,  American  Coun- 
cil on  Education,  United  States  Qffice  of  Education, 
and  other  organizations,  public  and  private.  The 
school  systems  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  Balti- 
more and  the  counties  of  Maryland  offer  generous 
cooperation. 

The  teacher  education  programs  preparing  early 
childhood,  elementary  school,  and  secondary  school 
teachers  at  the  bachelor's  degree  and  master's  de- 
gree levels,  and  the  programs  preparing  school  serv- 
ice personnel  (elementary  and  secondary  school 
principals,  general  school  administrators,  super- 
visors, curriculum  coordinators,  guidance  counse- 
lors, student  personnel  administrators,  and  voca- 
tional rehabilitation  counselors)  at  the  master's 
advanced  graduate  specialist,  and  doctoral  degree 


levels    are    an    tuny    accredited    by    the    National 
Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education. 

ORGANIZATION 

The  College  is  organized  into  six  departments, 
an  institute,  and  other  non-departmental  areas. 
These  offer  a  wide  range  of  programs  in  teacher  ed- 
ucation or  education  specialties. 

FACILITIES 

The  College  is  housed  in  two  buildings.  All  de- 
partments and  special  areas  with  the  exception  of 
Industrial  Education  have  their  offices  and  instruc- 
tional facilities  in  the  new  College  of  Education 
Building.  This  building  was  planned  with  the  special 
needs  of  teacher  education  in  mind.  It  was  built  in 
1965  and  the  basement  was  completed  in  1967.  The 
Industrial  Education  Department  is  housed  in  the 
J.  Milton  Patterson  Building.  The  facilities  of  this 
building  are  devoted  exclusively  to  the  work  of  the 
Department. 

GENERAL  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION 

In  selecting  students  emphasis  will  be  placed 
upon  high  marks  and  other  indications  of  probable 
success  in  college  rather  than  upon  a  fixed  pattern 
of  subject  matter.  Of  the  sixteen  required  units,  four 
units  of  English  and  one  unit  of  social  sciences, 
natural  sciences,  and  mathematics  are  required.  Ad- 
ditional units  in  mathematics,  natural  sciences,  and 
social  sciences  are  desirable  for  a  program  that  per- 
mits the  greatest  amount  of  flexibility  in  meeting 
the  requirements  of  various  College  of  Education 
curricula.  A  foreign  language  is  desirable  for  certain 


Education 


785 


programs.  Fine  arts,  trade  and  vocational  subjects 
are  acceptable  as  electives.  Every  prospective  appli- 
cant should  be  certain  that  his  preparation  in  math- 
ematics is  adequate  for  any  program  that  he  might 
wish  to  enter. 

Candidates  for  admission  whose  high  school  or 
college  records  are  consistently  low  are  strongly  ad- 
vised not  to  seek  admission  to  the  College  of  Educa- 
tion. 

GUIDANCE  IN  REGISTRATION 

At  the  time  of  matriculation  each  student  is  ten- 
tatively assigned  to  a  member  of  the  faculty  who 
acts  as  the  student's  advisor.  The  choice  of  subject 
areas  within  which  the  student  will  prepare  to  teach 
will  be  made  under  faculty  guidance  during  the 
freshman  year.  The  student  will  confer  regularly 
with  the  faculty  member  in  the  College  of  Education 
responsible  for  his  teaching  major.  While  it  may  be 
possible  to  make  satisfactory  adjustments  as  late  as 
the  junior  year  for  students  from  other  colleges 
who  have  not  already  entered  upon  the  sequence  of 
professional  courses,  it  is  highly  desirable  that  the 
student  begin  his  curriculum  work  in  the  freshman 
year.  Students  who  intend  to  teach  (except  Agricul- 
ture and  Physical  Education)  should  register  in  the 
College  of  Education,  in  order  that  they  may  have 
the  continuous  counsel  and  guidance  of  the  faculty 
directly  responsible  for  teacher  education  at  the 
University  of  Maryland. 


GENERAL  REQUIREMENTS  OF  THE  COLLEGE 

Minimum  requirements  for  graduation  are  120 
academic  semester  hours  plus  the  four  semester 
hours  in  required  physical  education  and  health. 
Specific  program  requirements  for  more  than  the 
mimimum  must  be  fulfilled.  In  no  case  may  a  stu- 
dent graduate  with  less  than  a  total  of  124  hours. 

In  addition  to  the  University  General  Education 
Program  and  the  specific  requirements  for  each 
curriculum,  the  College  requires  a  minimum  of  20 
hours  of  education  courses  and  three  (3)  hours  of 
speech. 

Marks  in  all  required  upper  division  courses  in 
education  and  in  subjects  in  major  and  minor  fields 
must  be  "C"  or  higher.  A  general  average  of  "C"  or 
higher  must  be  maintained. 

Exceptions  to  curricular  requirements  and 
rules  of  the  College  of  Education  must  be  recom- 
mended by  the  student's  advisor  and  approved  by 
the  dean. 

Students  who  are  not  enrolled  in  the  College  of 
Education  but  who  are  preparing  to  teach  and  wish 
to  register  in  professional  education  courses  re- 
quired for  certification  must  meet  all  curricular  and 
scholastic  requirements  of  the  College  of  Education. 

ADMISSION  TO  TEACHER  EDUCATION 

All  students,  full  or  part-time,  who  are  in  a 
teacher  education  curriculum,  must  apply  to  the 
Admission  to  Teacher  Education  Committee  for  ad- 
mission to  teacher  education  at  the  beginning  of 
the  semester  immediately  after  earning  42  hours, 
exluding  required  physical  education.  Transfer  stu- 
dents with  42  or  more  hours  of  acceptable  transfer 
credit  must  apply  at  time  of  transfer.  Transfer  stu- 
dents must  complete  a  minimum  of  12  Maryland 
hours  before  they  can  be  admitted  to  Teacher  Edu- 
cation. Post-graduate  certification  students  must 
apply  at  the  beginning  of  their  program.  Application 


forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  College  of  Educa- 
tion office,  advisors,  or  departmental  offices. 

In  considering  applications,  the  following  cri- 
teria have  been  established  by  the  committee: 

1.  For  full  approval,  applicants  shall   have  a  cu- 

mulative g.p.a.  of  at  least  2.20.  Those  who  do 
not  have  a  2.20  g.p.a.  by  the  end  of  the  semester 
in  which  they  apply  will  not  be  allowed  to  enter 
the  program. 

2.  For  full  approval,  a  new  transfer  student  with  42 
or  more  hours  of  acceptable  transfer  credit  will 
be  required  to  earn  a  g.p.a.  of  2.20  in  University 
credits  in  his  first  semester  at  the  University  of 
Maryland,  or,  if  part-time,  by  the  time  he  has 
completed  12  hours  at  the  University. 

3.  No  student  will  be  allowed  to  enroll  in  EDUC.  110 
and  methods  classes  until  he  has  received  full 
approval,  except  those  transfer  students  who 
transfer  in  with  56  hours  of  acceptable  credit 
and  with  a  2.20  g.p.a.  for  all  work  attempted  at 
previous  institutions.  For  full  approval,  transfer 
students  who  fit  this  category  must  earn  a  2.20 
g.p.a.  during  their  first  semester,  or,  if  part-time, 
by  the  time  12  hours  have  been  completed. 

4.  Full  approval  is  always  granted  with  the  under- 
standing that  the  student  must  have  a  success- 
ful field  experience  in  EDUC.  110,  and  that  any 
case  may  be  reconsidered  by  the  committee  if 
subsequent  academic  performance  falls  con- 
sistently below  the  2.30  which  is  required  for 
student  teaching. 

5.  Secondary  education  applicants  must  show  evi- 

dence of  ability  to  achieve  on  an  above  average 
level  in  courses  directly  related  to  their  major 
field. 

6.  Applicants  must  be  of  good  moral  and  ethical 

character.  This  will  be  determined  as  fairly  as 
possible  from  such  evidences  as  advisers' 
recommendations  and  records  of  serious 
campus  delinquencies. 

7.  Applicants  must  be  physically  and  emotionally 

capable  of  functioning  as  teachers.  This  will 
mean  freedom  from  serious  chronic  illness, 
emotional  instability,  and  communicable  dis- 
ease, as  determined  in  cooperation  with  the 
Health  Service  and  the  Counseling  Center. 

8.  Applicants  must  be  free  of  serious  speech  handi- 

caps. 

The  purpose  of  the  screening  procedure  asso- 
ciated with  admission  to  teacher  education  is  to 
insure  that  graduates  of  the  teacher  education  pro- 
gram will  be  well  prepared  for  teaching  and  can  be 
recommended  for  certification  with  confidence. 

MAJORS  AND  MINORS 

In  the  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Curriculum, 
no  major  or  minor  is  required  but  students  must 
complete  at  least  80  hours  of  academic  work  which 
includes  an  area  of  concentration  of  at  least  18 
hours. 

In  secondary  education,  majors  only  are  re- 
quired (except  in  Speech  Education),  although 
minors  may  be  developed  in  most  programs  if  stu- 
dents desire  them.  Specific  programs  should  be  con- 
sulted for  information  concerning  minors. 


REMISSION  OF  FEES 

A  full  time  undergraduate  student  in  the  College 
of  Education  who  signs  and  honors  a  pledge  to  teach 
for  two  years  full-time  in  the  public  schools  of  Mary- 
land immediately  following  graduation  and  who  re- 


186 


Education 


mains  in  good  standing  academically  may  receive 
remission  of  fixed  charges  for  a  maximum  of  four 
academic  years  while  enrolled  at  the  University  of 
Maryland.  This  opportunity  is  available  to  residents 
of  Maryland  only.  (Because  of  declared  surpluses, 
the  fields  of  Physical  Education  for  men  on  the  sec- 
ondary level,  English  Education,  and  Social  Studies 
Education  are  not  supported  by  this  program.)  For 
further  details  write  to  the  College  of  Education. 

STUDENT  TEACHING 

In  order  to  be  admitted  to  a  course  in  student 
teaching,  a  student  must  have  been  admitted  to  the 
Teacher  Education  Program  (see  above)  and  have  a 
grade  point  average  of  2.30,  based  on  University  of 
Maryland  courses  only,  a  physician's  certificate  in- 
dicating that  the  applicant  is  free  of  communicable 
diseases,  and  the  consent  of  the  instructor  in  the 
appropriate  area.  Application  must  be  made  with  the 
Coordinator  of  Laboratory  Experiences  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  semester  which  precedes  the  one  in 
which  student  teaching  will  be  done.  Any  applicant 
for  student  teaching  must  have  been  enrolled  pre- 
viously at  the  University  of  Maryland  for  at  least  one 
semester. 

CERTIFICATION  OF  TEACHERS 

The  State  Department  of  Education  certificates 
to  teach  in  the  approved  public  schools  of  the  state 
only  graduates  of  approved  colleges  who  have  satis- 
factorily fulfilled  subject-matter  and  professional 
requirements.  The  curricula  of  the  College  of  Edu- 
cation fulfill  State  Department  requirements  for  cer- 
tification. 

DEGREES 

The  degrees  conferred  upon  students  who 
have  met  the  conditions  prescribed  for  a  degree  in 
the  College  of  Education  are  Bachelor  of  Arts  and 
Bachelor  of  Science.  Majors  in  art,  English,  lan- 
guages, social  sciences,  and  speech  receive  the  B.A. 
degree.  Mathematics  and  elementary  art  majors  may 
receive  either  degree.  All  others  receive  the  B.S. 
degree. 


COURSE  OFFERINGS 
NON-DEPARTMENTAL  AREAS 


Non-Departmental  areas  offer  programs  which 
prepare  students  for  certification  and  offer  service 
for  graduate  majors.  Included  are  school  librarian- 
ship;  history,  philosophy  and  sociology  of  education 
and  comparative  education  (social  foundations  of 
education);  research  design,  statistics  and  meas- 
surement;  and  higher  education. 

EDUC  88.    SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION  (1-6) 

Prerequisites,  consent  of  Education  advisor.  Available 
only  to  freshmen  and  sophomore  students  who  have 
definite  plans  for  individual  study  of  approved  problems 
relative  to  their  preparation  for  teaching.  Course  cards 
must  have  the  title  of  the  problem  and  the  name  of  the 
faculty  member  who  has  approved  it.  (Staff) 


FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

EDUC  100.  HISTORY  OF  EDUCATION  IN  WESTERN  CIVIL- 
IZATION. (3) 
Educational  institutions  through  the  ancient,  medieval, 
and  early  modern  periods  in  the  western  civilization,  as 
seen  against  a  background  of  socio-economic  develop- 
ment. (Lindsay) 

EDUC    102.    HISTORY    OF     EDUCATION     IN     THE     UNITED 
STATES.  (3) 
A  study  of  the  origins  and  development  of  the  chief  fea- 
tures of  the  present  system  of  education  in  the  United 
States.  (Finkelstein,      Wiggin) 

EDUC    107.    PHILOSOPHY  OF  EDUCATION.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  great  educational  philosophers  and  sys- 
tems of  thought  affecting  the  development  of  modern 
education.  (Agre,  Noll) 

EDUC    108.    LOGIC  OF  TEACHING.  (3) 

An  analysis  of  the  structure  of  basic  subject  matters  in 
the  curriculum  and  of  the  standard  logical  moves  in 
teaching.  (Agre) 

EDUC  110.  HUMAN  DEVELOPMENT  AND  LEARNING.  (6) 
Open  only  to  students  approved  for  teacher  education. 
Studies  scientific  facts  that  describe  growth,  develop- 
ment, and  learning,  and  the  implications  of  these  for 
the  teacher  and  the  school.  A  study  of  an  individual  child 
and  a  classroom  participation  experience  are  integral 
parts  of  the  course  and  require  a  one-half  day  per  week 
assignment  in  a  public  school  as  a  teacher  aide.  Students 
are  scheduled  for  field  assignments  in  an  elementary  or 
high  school  according  to  the  curriculum  they  are  in.  Each 
group  is  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty  member  with 
whom  it  meets  every  second  week  in  a  seminar  session. 

(Staff) 

EDUC     111.    FOUNDATIONS  OF  EDUCATION.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  EDUC  110,  completion  of  at  least  90 
hours,  and  approval  for  admission  to  teacher  education. 
Historical,  social,  cultural  and  philosophical  foundations 
of  American  education.  Considers  education  as  a  profes- 
sion, and  the  organizational  structure,  operation  and 
function  of  modern  school  systems.  Comparative  educa- 
tion and  contemporary  issues  are  included.  (Staff) 

EDUC    146.   QUANTITATIVE  RESEARCH  METHODS  I  (3) 

An  introduction  to  research  design  principles  and  the  sci- 
entific method  as  applied  to  behavioral  phenomena.  In- 
strumentation procedures  including  the  planning  and 
construction  of  simple  data  collection  instruments  and 
their  analysis;  assessment  of  the  reliability  and  validity 
of  such  instruments.  Statistical  procedures  appropriate  to 
the  analysis  of  data  from  simple  research  designs.  Labor- 
atory experiences  in  instrumentation  and  research  de- 
sign are  emphasized.  (Staff) 

EDUC   147.   AUDIO-VISUAL  EDUCATION.  (3) 

First  semester  and  summer  session.  Sensory  impressions 
in  their  relation  to  learning  projection  apparatus,  its  cost 
and  operation;  slides,  filmstrips.  and  films,  physical  prin- 
ciples underlying  projection;  auditory  aids  to  instruction; 
field  trips;  pictures,  models,  and  graphic  materials;  inte- 
gration of  sensory  aids  with  organized  instruction.  Recom- 
mended  for  all  education  students.      (Beckmani  Wedberg) 

EDUC   148.    INSTRUCTIONAL  MEDIA  SERVICES.  (3) 

Prerequisites:  Teaching  experience  and  EDUC  147,  or 
equivalent.  Procedures  for  coordinating  instructional 
media  programs;  instructional  materials  acquisition,  stor- 
age, scheduling,  distribution,  production,  evaluation, 
and  other  service  responsibilities;  instructional  materials 
center  staff  coordination  of  research,  curriculum  im- 
provement,   and    faculty   development   programs.    (Staff) 

EDUC    149.    PROGRAMMED  INSTRUCTION.  (3) 

Analysis  of  programmed  instruction  techniques;  selec- 
tion, utilization,  and  evaluation  of  existing  programs 
and  teaching  machines;  developing  learning  objectives; 
writing  and  validating  programs.  (Staff) 

EDUC    150.    EDUCATIONAL  MEASUREMENT.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters;  summer  session.  Construct- 
ing and  interpreting  measures  of  achievement.  Not  for 
graduate   credit.  (Staff) 

EDUC   151.    STATISTICAL  METHODS  IN  EDUCATION.  (3) 
Designed  as  a  first  course  in  statistics  for  students  in 
education.  Emphasis  is  upon  educational  applications  of 
descriptive  statistics,  including  measures  of  central  ten- 
dency, variability,  and  association.  (Staff) 

EDUC  155.  LABORATORY  PRACTICES  IN  READING.  (2-4) 
Prerequisite,  EDEL  153  and  EDUC  157.  A  laboratory 
course  in  which  each  student  has  one  or  more  pupils  for 
analysis  and  instruction.  At  least  one  class  meeting  per 
week  to  diagnose  individual  cases  and  to  plan  instruc- 
tion. (Brigham,    Sullivan.    Wilson) 


Education 


187 


EDUC  157.  CORRECTIVE-REMEDIAL  READING  INSTRUC- 
TION. (3) 
Prerequisite,  EDEL  153  or  equivalent.  For  teachers,  su- 
pervisors, and  administrators  who  wish  to  identify  and 
assist  pupils  with  reading  difficulties.  Concerned  with 
diagnostic  techniques,  instructional  materials,  and  teach- 
ing procedures  useful  in  the  regular  classroom. 

(Brigham,  Sullivan,  Wilson) 

EDUC    160.    EDUCATIONAL  SOCIOLOGY.  (3) 

Deals  with  data  of  the  social  sciences  which  are  germane 
to  the  work  of  teachers.  Implications  of  democratic 
ideology  for  educational  endeavor,  educational  tasks  im- 
posed by  changes  in  population  and  technological  trends, 
the  welfare  status  of  pupils,  the  socio-economic  attitudes 
ol  individuals  who  control  the  schools,  and  other  ele- 
ments   of     community     background.  (Huden) 

EDUC    187.    FIELD  EXPERIENCE  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-4) 

A.  Adult  Education 

B.  Social  Foundations 

C.  Measurement  and  Statistics 

Prerequisites,  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites 
as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which  the  experience 
is  to  be  taken.  Planned  field  experience  may  be  provided 
for  selected  students  who  have  had  teaching  experience 
and  whose  application  for  such  field  experience  has  been 
approved  by  the  Education  faculty.  Field  experience  is  of- 
fered in  a  given  area  to  both  major  and  non-major  stu- 
dents. 

Note:  The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may 
earn  in  EDUC  187,  EDUC  224,  and  EDUC  287  is  limited 
to   a   maximum   of   twenty   (20)   semester   hours.    (Staff) 

EDUC    188.    SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-3) 

Prerequisites,  consent  of  instructor.  Available  only  to  ma- 
ture students  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual  study 
of  approved  problems.  Course  cards  must  have  the  title 
of  the  problem  and  the  name  of  the  faculty  member  who 
has  approved  it.  (Staff) 

EDUC  189.  WORKSHOPS,  CLINICS,  AND  INSTITUTES.  (1-6) 
The  maximum  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned  un- 
der this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six  semester 
hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until 
six  semester  hours  have  been  reached.  The  following 
type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be  scheduled  under 
this  course  heading:  workshops  conducted  by  the  College 
of  Education  (or  developed  cooperatively  with  other  col- 
leges and  universities)  and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the 
present  course  listing;  clinical  experiences  in  pupil- 
testing  centers,  reading  clinics,  speech  therapy  labora- 
tories, and  special  education  centers;  institutes  de- 
veloped around  specific  topics  or  problems  and  intended 
for  designated  groups  such  as  school  superintendents, 
principals,    and    supervisors.  (Staff) 


FOR  GRADUATES* 

*   See  Graduate  Catalog  for  descriptions 

EDUC  202.    THE     JUNIOR     COLLEGE.     (3)  (Kelsey) 

EDUC  203.    PROBLEMS  IN  HIGHER  EDUCATION.  (3) 

(Kelsey) 
EDUC  204.    SEMINAR  IN  EDUCATIONAL  SOCIOLOGY.  (2) 

(Grambs) 
EDUC  205.  COMPARATIVE  EDUCATION.  (3)  (Lindsay,  Male) 
EDUC  206.    SEMINAR    IN  COMPARATIVE  EDUCATION.  (2) 

(Lindsay,  Male) 
EDUC  207.    SEMINAR    IN    HISTORY  AND    PHILOSOPHY  OF 
EDUCATION.      (2)  (Staff) 

EDUC  208.   ANALYSIS  OF  EDUCATIONAL  CONCEPTS  (3) 

(Agre) 
EDUC  209.   ADULT    EDUCATION.    (3)  (Staff) 

EDUC  224.   APPRENTICESHIP  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-9) 

A.  Adult  Education 

B.  Social  Foundations 

C.  Measurement  and  Statistics  _     ., 

EDUC  230.    MEDIATED  INSTRUCTIONAL  SYSTEMS.  (3) 

(Staff) 

EDUC  231.    PRACTICUM     IN     INSTRUCTIONAL     SYSTEMS. 

(2-6)  (Staff) 

EDUC  232.  SEMINAR   IN  EDUCATIONAL  TECHNOLOGY 

RESEARCH  AND  THEORY.  (2)  (Staff) 

EDUC  237.  CURRICULUM  THEORY  AND  RESEARCH.  (2) 

(Hovet) 
EDUC  245.  INTRODUCTION  TO  RESEARCH.  (2)   (Staff) 


EDUC  246.  QUANTITATIVE  RESEARCH  METHODS  II  (3) 

(Staff) 

EDUC  251.    INTERMEDIATE    STATISTICS    IN    EDUCATION. 

(3)  (Staff) 

EDUC  255,    256.    ADVANCED    LABORATORY    EXPERIENCES 

IN  READING  INSTRUCTION.  (3.3) 

(Brigham,  Sullivan,  Wilson) 

EDUC  257.    DIAGNOSIS    AND   REMEDIATION   OF   READING 

DISABILITIES.      (3)  (Brigham,      Sullivan,      Wilson) 

EDUC  262.    MEASUREMENT     IN     PUPIL     APPRAISAL.     (3) 

(Staff) 
EDUC  265.  THEORY  OF  MEASUREMENT.  (2)  (Giblette) 
EDUC  266.    PRACTICUM  IN  INDIVIDUAL  TESTING  (3) 

(Staff) 
EDUC  271.    ADVANCED  STATISTICS  IN  EDUCATION.  (3) 

(Dayton) 
EDUC  272.    SPECIAL  TOPICS   IN   APPLIED  STATISTICS   IN 
EDUCATION.    (1-4)  (Staff) 

EDUC  275,    276.    ADVANCED    PROBLEMS    IN    ART    EDUCA- 
TION.    (3,3)  (Staff) 
EDUC  279.    SEMINAR  IN  ADULT  EDUCATION.  (2)       (Staff) 
EDUC  280.    RESEARCH  METHODS  AND  MATERIALS.  (2) 

(Stunkard) 
EDUC  281.    SOURCE  MATERIALS  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-2) 

(Wiggin) 
EDUC  287.    INTERNSHIP  IN  EDUCATION.  (3-16) 

A.  Adult  Education 

B.  Social  Foundations 

C.  Measurement  and  Statistics 

(Staff) 
EDUC  288.    SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-6) 

(Staff) 
EDUC  290.    DOCTORAL    SEMINAR.    (1-3)  (Staff) 

EDUC  302.   CURRICULUM     IN     HIGHER     EDUCATION.     (3) 

(Kelsey) 
EDUC  303.   ORGANIZATION     AND     ADMINISTRATION     OF 
HIGHER     EDUCATION.     (3)  (Wiggin) 

EDUC  305.  COLLEGE  TEACHING.  (3)  (Kelsey  and  Staff) 
EDUC  309.  SEMINAR  IN  PROBLEMS  OF  HIGHER  EDUCA- 
TION. (2)  (Kelsey) 
EDUC  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (Master's  Level)  (Staff) 
EDUC  499.   DISSERTATION  RESEARCH.  (Doctorate  Level) 

(Staff) 


EARLY  CHILDHOOD-ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION 

The  Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary 
Education  offers  two  undergraduate  curriculums 
leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree: 

1.  Early  Childhood  Education — for  the  prepar- 
ation of  teachers  in  nursery  school,  kinder- 
garten, and  primary  grades  (grades  one,  two, 
and  three). 

2.  Elementary  Education— for  the  preparation 
of  teachers  of  grades  one  through  six. 

Students  who  wish  to  become  certificated  teach- 
ers for  nursery  school  and/or  kindergarten  must 
follow  the  Early  Childhood  Education  curriculum  (1. 
above).  Students  who  seek  certification  for  teaching 
the  intermediate  grades  must  follow  the  Elementary 
Education  curriculum  (2.  above).  Students  who  plan 
to  teach  in  the  primary  grades  can  achieve  certifica- 
tion in  either  1.  or  2. 

After  June  commencement  1972,  all  students 
graduating  in  Early  Childhood  Education  or  Elemen- 
tary Education  will  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the  ap- 
propriate present  curriculum  or  its  counterpart  as  of 
June,  1966,  depending  upon  the  date  of  admission 
to  the  Department  of  Early  Childhood— Elementary 
Education. 

AREA  OF  ACADEMIC  CONCENTRATION 

Students  in  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Educa- 
tion are  required  to  develop  within  their  degree  pro- 


7  88  Education 


grams  an  Area  of  Academic  Concentration  consist- 
ing of  a  minimum  of  eighteen  semester  hours,  at 
least  twelve  semester  hours  beyond  required  work 
in  the  area.  Approved  areas  are:  Anthropology, 
Astronomy,  Botany,  Chemistry,  Economics,  English, 
Fine  Arts  (Arts,  Dance,  Drama,  and  Music),  Foreign 
Language,  Geography,  Geology,  History,  Mathe- 
matics, Natural  Sciences  (Astronomy,  Botany, 
Chemistry,  Geology,  Meteorology,  Physics,  Zoology), 
Philosophy,  Physics,  Psychology,  Social  Science 
(Economics,  Government  and  Politics,  Psychology, 
Sociology),  Sociology,  Zoology. 

GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS 

One  hundred  twenty  (120)  academic  credits 
plus  the  four  semester  hours  in  required  Health 
and  Physical  Education  are  necessary  for  gradu- 
ation. At  least  eighty  (80)  of  the  academic  credits 
must  be  in  fields  other  than  Education. 

EARLY  CHILDHOOD  EDUCATION 

(Nursery-Kindergarten-Primary) 

The  early  childhood  education  curriculum  has 
as  its  primary  goal  the  preparation  of  nursery  school, 
kindergarten,  and  primary  teachers. 

Observation  and  student  teaching  are  done  in 
the  University  Nursery-Kindergarten  School  on  the 
campus  and  in  approved  schools  in  nearby  com- 
munities. 

Graduates  receive  a  B.S.  degree  and  meet  the 
requirements  for  certification  for  teaching,  kinder- 
garten, nursery  school,  and  primary  grades  in  Mary- 
land. Students  should  have  had  extensive  experi- 
ence in  working  with  children  prior  to  the  junior 
year. 


FRESHMAN  YEAR  I  || 

ENGL  001  -Composition  or  ENGL  021  - 

Honors  Composition 3 

ENGL  003-World  Literature 3 

SPCH  003-Fundamentals  of  General 

American  Speech  or 

SPCH  001 -Public  Speaking  or 

SPCH  004-Voice  and  Diction 3 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  ot  Health 2 

Physical  Education  1  1 

MUSC  016- Fundamentals ....  3 

ART  040-Fundamentols  of  Art  Education  or 

APPLIED  DESIGN  001 -Fundamentals  of 

Design ...  3 

B0TN  001  -General  Botany  or  ENTM  005 

Insects  or  MICB  001  -General  Microbiology 

or  Z00L  001 -General  Zoology 3  or  4 

ASTR  001  -Introduction  to  Astronomy  or 

CHEM  008-General  Chemistry  or 

GE0L  001  -Geology  or  PHYS  001  -Elements 

of  Physics:  Mechanics,  Heat  and  Sound ...  3  or  4  ' 

HIST  021  -History  of  the  U.S.  to  1865  or 

HIST  022 -History  of  the  U.S.  since  1865  or 

HIST  023- Social  and  Cultural  History  of 

Early  America  or  HIST  024-Sociol  and 

Cultural  History  of  Modern  America  or 

HIST  029-The  U.S.  in 

World  Affairs 3 

Approved  elective 3 

15or  16        16or  17 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGL  004-World  Literature 3 

MATH  030-Elements  of  Mathematics  4 

MATH  031  -Elements  of  Geometry 4 

GEOG  010-lntroduction  to  Geography 3 

ANTH  001  or  EC0N  031  or  EC0N  037  or  GNED 

060  or  GVPT  001  or  GVPT  003  or  GVPT  101 

or  PSYC  001  or  S0CY  001 3  3 

B0TN  001  or  ENTM  005  or  MICB  001  or 

Z00L  001  or  ASTR  001  or  CHEM  001  or 

GEOL001  or  PHYS  001 3  or  4 

HIST  031  -Latin  American  History  or 

HIST  031  —Latin  American  History  or 

HIST  041  -Western  Civilization  or 

HIST  042-Western  Civilization  or 

HIST  051  -The  Humanities  or 

HIST  052-The  Humanities  or 


HIST  053  -  History  of  Englond  and  Great  Britain  or 
HIST  054 -History  of  England  and  Great  Britain  or 
HIST  061  -Far  Eostern  Civilization  or 
HIST  062 -Far  Eastern  Civilization  or 
HIST  071  -Islamic  Civilization  or 

HIST  072-lslamic  Civilization  3 

Approved  elective  3  'i 

16  or  17  16 

JUNIOR  YEAR 
Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  3 

EDUC  1 10-Humon  Development  and  Learning  6         or        6 

EDEL  115  —  Activities  and  Materiols  in  Early 

Childhood  Educotion  3 

EDMU  116-Music  in  Early  Childhood 

Education  3 

EDEL  105A-Science  in  the  Elementary  School  2 

EDEL  122A- Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary 

School  2 

EDEL  123A-The  Child  and  the  Curriculu  2 

EDEL  126A- Mathematics  in  the  Elementary 

School  2 

EDEL  153A-The  Teaching  of  Reading  2 

Approved  electives  6  or        6 

15  16 

SENIOR  YEAR 

EDUC  1 1 1 -Foundations  of  Education 3 

EDEL  149-Student  Teaching  in  the 
Elementary  School: 
A. -Nursery  School,  4  s.h.; 
B. -Kindergarten,  4  s.h., 

C.-Primary  Grades,  8  s. h 8  8 

Approved  electives 4_  7_ 

15  15 

ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

This  curriculum  is  designed  for  regular  under- 
graduate students  who  wish  to  qualify  for  teaching 
positions  in  elementary  schools.  Students  who  com- 
plete the  curriculum  will  receive  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree,  and  they  will  meet  the  Maryland 
State  Department  of  Education  requirements  for 
the  Standard  Professional  Certificate  in  Elementary 
Education.  The  curriculum  also  meets  certification 
requirements  in  many  other  states,  Baltimore,  and 
the  District  of  Columbia. 


FRESHMAN  YEAR  I  I' 

ENGL  001  -Composition  or  ENGL  021  -Honors 

Composition 3 

ENGL  003-World  Literature ...  3 

SPCH  003-Fundamentals  of  Ger.eral 

American  Speech  or 

SPCH  001 -Public  Speaking  or  S.  ^H  004- 

Voice  and  Diction 3  ... 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 1  1 

MUSC  016-Fundamentals 3 

ART  040-Fundamentals  of  Art  Education  or 

APDS  001 -Fundamentals  of  Design ...  3 

B0TN  001  -General  Botany  or  ENTM  005- 

Insects  or  MICB  001  -General  Microbiology 

or  ZOOL  001  -General  Zoology 3  or  4 

ASTR  001  -Introduction  to  Astronomy  or 

CHEM  008-General  Chemistry  or  GEOL 

001  -Geology  or  PHYS  001  -Elements  of 

Physics,- Mechanics,  Heot  and  Sound 3  or  4 

HIST  021  -History  of  the  U.S.  to  1865  or 

HIST  022-History  of  the  U.S.  since  1865 

or  HIST  023-Social  and  Cultural  History 

of  Early  America  or  HIST  024 -Social  and 

Cultural  History  of  Modern  Americo  or 

HIST  029-The  U.S.  in  World  Affairs ...  3 

Approved  elective 3_ 

15orl6         16orl7 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGL  004-World  Literature 3 

MATH  030-Elements  of  Mathematics 4 

MATH  031 -Elements  of  Geometry  ...  4 

GEOG  001 -Introduction  to  Geography ...  3 

ANTH  001  or  EC0N  031  or  EC0N  037  or  GNED 

060  or  GVPT  001  or  GVPT  003  or  GVPT 

101  or  PSYC  001  or  SOCY  001 3  3 

B0TN  001  or  ENTM  005  or  MICB  001  or  ZOOL 

001  or  ASTR  001  or  CHEM  001  or  GEOL  001 

or  PHYS001 3or4 

HIST  031  -  Latin  American  (History  or  HIST 

032- Latin  American  History  or  HIST  041  - 

Western  Civilization  or  HIST  042-Western 

Civilization  or  HIST  051  -The  Humanities 


Education 


189 


or  HIST  052 -The  Humanities  or  HIST  053- 
History  of  England  and  Great  Britain   or 
HIST  054- History  of  England  and  Great 
Britain  or  HIST  061  -Far  Eastern 
Civilization  or  HIST  062-Far  Eastern 
Civilization  or  HIST  071  -Islamic 
Civilization  or  HIST  072-lslamic 
Civilization 

JUNIOR  YEAR 

FINE  ARTS  AND  PHILOSOPHY 

EDUC  1 10- Human  Development  and 

Learning 

EDEL  105B- Science  in  the  Elementary  School 
EDEL  1 21 B  -  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary 

School. 

EDEL  122B- Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary 

School... 

EDEL  126B- Mathematics  in  the  Elementory 

School 

EDEL  153B- The  Teaching  of  Reading 
Approved  electives 

SENIOR  YEAR 

EDEL  149D- Student  Teaching  in  the 
Elementary  School 

EDUC  1 1 1  -  Foundations  of  Education 

EDEL  125-Art  in  the  Elementary  School  or 
EDMU  128-Music  for  the  Elementary 
Classroom  Teacher  or  PHED  120- Physical 
Education  for  Elementary  Schools 

Approved  electives 


6      or  6 

25 


2' 

2' 

2  or  8  3  or  9 


15  15 


2  or  3 
0  9 

16         14  or  15 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  AND  HEALTH  EDUCATION 
CURRICULUM— ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 

Students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education 
and  majoring  in  elementary  education  may  pursue 
an  area  of  specialization  in  elementary  school  physi- 
cal education  and  health  education.  Students  inter- 
ested in  this  area  should  consult  the  Dean  of  the 
College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and 
Health. 

MUSIC  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM— ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOL 

Students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education 
and  majoring  in  Elementary  Education  may  pursue 
an  area  of  specialization  in  elementary  school  music 
education  with  vocal  or  instrumental  emphasis, 
and  thereby  qualify  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  cer- 
tificate in  special  subjects. 

In  order  to  fulfill  requirements  in  this  area,  the 
following  courses  should  be  taken  in  addition  to 
those  required  in  the  Elementary  Education  curricu- 
lum. Students  are  also  required  to  pass  the  Musi- 
cianship Examination  given  bv  the  Music  Education 
Division  before  the  students  enroll  for  student 
teaching.  (Students  should  consult  their  advisor  in 
Music  Education  for  details.) 

A.  General  Music,  18  semester  hours.  Music 
theory,  MUSC  007,  008,  070  (3,3,4);  music 
literature  and  history,  MUSC  001,  121 
(3,3,);  conducting,  MUSC  160  (2). 

B.  Applied  Music,  14  semester  hours  divided 
between  private  and  class  instruction.  Stu- 
dents must  complete  MUSC  53  on  their  ma- 
jor instrument.  Students  in  the  instrumental 
option  eiect  6  semester  hours  of  class  in- 
struction from  MUSC  061-068. 

C.  Professional  Courses,  8  semester  hours. 
Methods,  EDMU  139  (2)  for  vocal  emphasis, 
or  EDMU  129  (2)  for  instrumental  emphasis; 
6  semester  hours  of  student  teaching. 

Methods  in  the  Elementary  School.  Arts  and 
Science  foreign  language  majors,  and  Secondary 
Education  foreign  language  majors  are  also  eligible 
for  admission.  Students  interested  in  FLES  should 

J  90  Education 


contact  the  Foreign  Language  Education  advisor  in 
the  Department  of  Secondary  Education  tor  further 
information  concerning  the  requirements  for  certifi- 
cation in  FLES. 


FACULTY 

EARLY  CHILDHOOD  EDUCATION:  Sarah  Lou  Leeper,  Joan  E. 
Moyer,  Margaret  A.  Stant. 

ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION:  Kathleen  G.  Amershek,  Robert 
B.  Ashlock,  Glenn  0.  Blough,  Bruce  W.  Brigham,  Janet  Car- 
setti,  Robert  V.  Duffey  George  Eley  Walter  N.  Gantt,  Mary 
Anne  Hall,  Wayne  L.  Herman,  C.  Keith  Martin,  Susannah 
M.  McCuaig,  Richard  W.  O'Donnell  Leo  W.  O'Neill,  Jesse 
A.  Roderick,  Alvm  W.  Schindler  Elisabeth  Schumacher, 
Dorothy  D.  Sullivan,  V.  Phillips  Weaver,  David  L.  Williams, 
Robert  M.  Wilson,  Lillian  B.  Zachary. 


PRIMARILY  FOR  FRESHMEN  AND  SOPHOMORES 

EDEL  88.    SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION  (1-6) 

See  EDUC  88  for  description.  (Staff) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES 

EDEL  105.  SCIENCE  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL.  A.- 
EARLY CHILDHOOD;  B.— ELEMENTARY.  (2-3) 
Designed  to  help  teachers  acquire  general  science  under- 
standings and  to  develop  teaching  materials  for  practical 
use  in  classrooms.  Includes  experiements,  demonstra- 
tions, constructions,  observations,  field  trips,  and  use  of 
audio-visual  materials.  The  emphasis  is  on  content  and 
method  related  to  science  units  in  common  use  in  ele- 
mentary schools.  Formerly  Sci.  Ed.  105. 

(Blough,  Eley,  Williams) 
EDEL  115.  ACTIVITIES  AND  MATERIALS  IN  EARLY  CHILD- 
HOOD EDUCATION.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  EDUC  110  (or 
concurrent  enrollment).  Storytelling,  selection  of  books, 
the  use,  preparation,  and  presentation  of  such  raw  ma- 
terials as  clay,  paints  (easel  and  finger),  blocks,  wood,  and 
scrap     materials.  (Stant) 

EDEL        121.    LANGUAGE     ARTS     IN     THE     ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOL.     A.— EARLY     CHILDHOOD;      B.— ELEMENTARY. 
(2-3) 
Teaching  of  spelling,  handwriting,  oral  and  written  expres- 
sion, and  creative  expression. 
(Gantt,  McCuaig,  O'Donnell,  Roderick,  Schumacher,  Zachary) 
EDEL       122.   SOCIAL     STUDIES     IN     THE     ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOL.     A.-EARLY     CHILDHOOD;      B. -ELEMENTARY. 
(2-3) 
Consideration    given    to    curriculum,    organization    and 
methods  of  teaching,  evaluation  of  newer  materials,  and 
utilization  of  environmental  resources. 
(Duffey,  Herman,  O'Donnell.  O'Neill.  Potterfield,  Weaver) 
EDEL    123.    THE     CHILD     AND     THE     CURRICULUM.     A.- 
EARLY CHILDHOOD;  B— ELEMENTARY.  (2-3) 
Relationship    of    the    elementary    school    curriculum    to 
child  growth  and  development.  Recent  trends  in  curricu- 
lum organization;  the  effect  of  environment  on  learning; 
readiness  to  learn;  and  adapting  curriculum  content  and 
methods  to  maturity  levels  of  children. 

(Amershek.  Schumacher) 
EDEL     125.    ART  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL.  (2-3) 

Concerned  with  art  methods  and  materials  for  elemen- 
tary schools.  Includes  laboratory  experiences  with  ma- 
terials appropriate  for  elementary  schools. 

(Lembach,  Longley) 
EDEL  126.  MATHEMATICS  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL. 
A.-EARLY  CHILDHOOD;  B. -ELEMENTARY.  (2-3) 
Emphasis  on  materials  and  procedures  which  help  pupils 
sense  arithmetical  meanings  and  relationships.  Helps 
teachers  gain  a  better  understanding  of  the  number  sys- 
tem and  arithmetical  processes. 

(Ashlock,  Martin,  Schindler) 
EDEL    127.    TEACHING     IN     THE     ELEMENTARY     SCHOOL. 
A.— NURSERY    SCHOOL    AND    KINDERGARTEN;    B. -ELE- 
MENTARY SCHOOL.  (2-6) 
An  overview  of  elementary  school  teaching  designed  for  in- 


di victuals  without  specific  preparation  for  elementary 
school  teaching  or  for  individuals  without  recent  teaching 
experience.  (Staff) 

EDEL  140.  CURRICLUM  AND  INSTRUCTION.  A.-COOPER- 
ATIVE  NURSERY  SCHOOL;  B.— EARLY  CHILDHOOD;  C— 
ELEMENTARY.  (3) 
Philosophy  of  early  childhood  education,  observation  of 
the  developmental  needs  at  various  age  levels,  with  em- 
phasis upon  the  activities,  materials,  and  methods  by 
which  educational  objectives  are  attained.  (Staff) 

EDEL  143.  FOREIGN  LANGUAGE  METHODS  IN  THE  ELE- 
MENTARY SCHOOL.  (3) 
Graduate  credit  allowed  by  special  arrangement  and  ad- 
viser's approval.  Registration  limited  and  based  upon 
approval  of  adviser.  Methods  and  techniques  for  develop- 
mental approach  to  the  teaching  of  modern  foreign  lan- 
guages in  elementary  schools.  Use  of  realia  development  of 
oral-aural  skills  and  understanding  of  young  children  in 
language  development  are  stressed.  (Staff) 

EDEL  149.  STUDENT  TEACHING  IN  ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOLS.  A.— NURSERY  SCHOOL  (4-8);  B. -KINDERGAR- 
TEN (4-8);  C— PRIMARY  (4-16);  D.— ELEMENTARY  (4-16);. 
A  grade  point  average  of  2.30,  a  doctor's  certificate  indi- 
cating freedom  from  communicable  diseases,  and  ap- 
proval of  the  instructor  required.  Undergraduate  credit 
only.  No  other  courses  may  be  taken  during  a  full  semes- 
ter of  student  teaching.  For  16  credits,  full  time  for  one 
semester  is  devoted  to  this  work.  For  experienced  teach- 
ers the  time  and  credit  may  be  reduced  to  not  less  than  8 
credits.  (Staff) 

EDEL  152.  LITERATURE  FOR  CHILDREN  AND  YOUNG  PEO- 
PLE, (3) 
Development  of  literary  materials  for  children  and  young 
people.  Timeless  and  ageless  books,  and  outstanding  ex- 
amples of  contemporary  publishing.  Evaluation  of  the  con- 
tributions of  individual  authors  and  illustrators  and  chil- 
dren's book  awards. 

(Amershek,  E.  Anderson,  Hall,  Roderick,  Zachary) 

EDEL  153.  THE  TEACHING  OF  READING.  A.-EARLY 
CHILDHOOD;  B.— ELEMENTARY;  (2-3) 
Concerned  with  the  fundamentals  of  development  reading 
instruction,  including  reading  readiness,  use  of  experience 
records,  procedures  in  using  basal  readers,  the  improve- 
ment of  comprehension,  teaching  reading  in  all  areas  of 
the  curriculum,  uses  of  children's  literature,  the  pro- 
gram in  word  analysis,  and  procedures  for  determining  in- 
dividual needs. 
(Duffey,  Hall.  Herman,  McCuaig,  Sullivan,  Wilson,  Zachary) 

EDEL    187.    FIELD  EXPERIENCE  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-4) 

See   EDUC   187  for  description.  (Staff) 

EDEL    188.    SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-3) 

See  EDUC  188  for  description.  (Staff) 

EDEL    189.    WORKSHOPS.  CLINICS,  AND  INSTITUTES.  (1-6) 
See  EDUC  189  for  description.  (Staff) 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  Graduate  Catalog  for  Descriptions 
EDEL  200.    SEMINAR  IN  ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION.  (2) 
EDEL  205.    PROBLEMS  IN  TEACHING  SCIENCE  IN  ELEME- 
MENTARY  SCHOOLS.  (3) 

(Blough.  Eley,  Williams) 
EDEL  210.    CURRICULUM     PLANNING     IN     NURSERY-KIN- 
DERGARTEN   EDUCATION.    (3)  deeper) 
EDEL  211.    THE  YOUNG  CHILD  IN  THE  COMMUNITY.  (3) 

(Amershek) 
EDEL  212.  THE  YOUNG  CHILD  IN  SCHOOL.  (3) 

(Leeper) 
EDEL  213.  TEACHER-PARENT  RELATIONSHIPS.  (3) 

(Amershek) 

EDEL  214.    INTELLECTUAL  AND   CREATIVE    EXPERIENCES 

OF  THE   NURSERY-KINDERGARTEN   CHILD.   (3)      (Moyer) 

EDEL  221.    PROBLEMS  OF  TEACHING  LANGUAGE  ARTS  IN 

ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS.  (3) 
EDEL  222.  PROBLEMS  OF  TEACHING  SOCIAL  STUDIES  IN 
ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS.  (3) 

(Duffey,  Herman,  O'Donnell,  O'Neill,  Potterfield,  Weaver) 
EDEL  224.    APPRENTICESHIP  IN   EDUCATION.  (1-9)  (Staff) 
EDEL  226.    PROBLEMS    OF    TEACHING    MATHEMATICS    IN 
ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS.  (3) 

(Ashlock,  Martin,  Schindler) 
EDEL  227.    DIAGNOSIS     AND     REMEDIATION     OF     ARITH- 
METIC DISABILITIES.  (3)  (Staff) 
EDEL  253.    PROBLEMS    OF    TEACHING    READING    IN    ELE- 
METIC    DISABILITIES.    (3)  (Staff) 


EDEL  287. 
EDEL  288. 


EDEL  399. 
EDEL  499. 


INTERNSHIP  IN  EDUCATION.  (3-16)  (Staff) 
SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-6) 

(Staff) 
THESIS  RESEARCH.  (Master's  Level)  (Staff) 
DISSERTATION  RESEARCH.  (Doctorate  Level) 

(Staff) 


INDUSTRIAL   EDUCATION 


This  department  offers  programs  leading  to 
teacher  certification  in  Industrial  Arts  and  Vocation- 
al-Industrial Education.  It  also  offers  a  program  in 
Education  for  Industry  which  prepares  individuals 
for  supervisor  and  industrial  management  positions, 
and  an  Industrial  Technology  program  for  persons 
with  advanced  technical  preparation  who  wish  to 
teach  in  technical  institutes  or  junior  colleges. 

Three  curriculums  are  administered  by  the  In- 
dustrial Education  Department:  (1)  Industrial  Arts 
Education,  (2)  Vocational-Industrial  Education,  and 
(3)  Education  for  Industry.  The  overall  offering  in- 
cludes both  undergraduate  and  graduate  programs 
leading  to  the  degrees  of:  Bachelor  of  Science,  Mas- 
ter of  Education,  Master  of  Arts,  Doctor  of  Educa- 
tion, and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  industrial  arts  education  curriculum  pre- 
pares persons  to  teach  industrial  arts  at  the  secon- 
dary school  level.  It  is  a  four-year  program  leading  to 
a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  While  trade  or  indus- 
tial  experience  contributes  significantly  to  the  back- 
ground of  the  industrial  arts  teacher,  previous  work 
experience  is  not  a  condition  of  entrance  into  this 
curriculum.  Students  who  are  enrolled  in  the  cur- 
riculum are  encouraged  to  obtain  work  in  industry 
during  the  summer  months.  Industrial  arts  as  a  sec- 
ondary school  subject  area  is  a  part  of  the  general 
education  program  characterized  by  extensive  labor- 
atory experiences. 

The  vocational-industrial  curriculum  may  lead 
either  to  certification  as  a  vocational-industrial 
teacher  with  no  degree  involved  or  to  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree,  including  certification.  The  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  is  designated  as  the  institution 
which  shall  offer  the  "Trade  and  Industrial"  certifi- 
cation courses  and  hence  the  courses  which  are  of- 
fered are  those  required  for  certification  in  Mayland. 
The  vocational-industrial  curriculum  requires  trade 
competence  as  specified  by  the  Maryland  State 
Plan  for  Vocational  Education.  A  person  who  aspires 
to  take  the  certification  courses  should  review  the 
state  plan  and  may  well  contact  Maryland  State 
Department  of  Education  officials.  If  the  person  has 
in  mind  teaching  in  a  designated  city  or  county  he 
may  discuss  his  plans  with  the  vocational-industrial 
official  of  that  city  or  county  inasmuch  as  there  are 
variations  in  employment  and  training  procedures. 


ENGL  001  -Composition 

ENGL  003 -World  Literature  or 

ENGL  004-World  Literature 

S0CY  00)  -Introduction  to  Sociology  or  PHIL 
001  -Introduction  to  Philosophy  or  PSYC 
001  -Introduction  to  Psychology 

PHED001,  003- Physical  Activities... 

SPCH  001  -Public  Speaking 

EDIN  001  -Mechanical  Drawing  I 

EDIN  002 -Woodworking  I 

EDIN  012-Shop  Calculation 

ART-Art  elective  or 

PHIL- Philosophy  elective 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health 

EDIN  021  -Mechanical  Drawing  II 

EDIN  022 -Woodworking  II    

Total 


3 

3 

2 

3 

3 

3 

2 

2 

3 

15 

17 

Education 

19 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGL  004-World  Literature  or 

ENGL  003-World  Literature 

HIST  021  -  History  of  U.S.  to  1 865.  or 

HIST  022  -  History  of  U.S.  since  1 865 

HIST  —  History  elective  

PHYS  001  and  PHYS  002 -Elements  of 

Physics:  Mechanics,  Heat  and  Sound 

EDIN  028- Electricity-Electronics 

EDIN  033-Automotives  I 

EDIN  04)  -Architectural  Drawing 

MATH  010-lntroduction  to  Mathematics 

EDIN  048 -Electricity -Electronics  II 

EDIN  023-Arc  and  Gas  Welding 

EDIN  110-Foundry 

Totol 


JUNIOR  YEAR 
CHEM  008.  009- General  Chemistry 
EDUC  UO-Human  Development  and  Learning 

ECON  037- Fundamentals  of  Economics 

EDIN  069-Machine  Shop  Practice  I 

EDIN  026-General  Metol  Work 

EDIN  1 1 1  -  Laboratory  Practicum  in  Industrial 

Arts 

EDIN  034-Graphic  Arts  I 

ELEC  —  Elective  (Laboratory) 

ELEC- Elective  (Unspecified) 

Total 


SENIOR  YEAR 
EDIN  140-Curriculum,  Instruction  and 

Observation 

EDIN  1 48  —  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 

Schools 

EDIN  145-  Principles  and  Methods  of 

Secondary  Education 

EDIN  1 64 -Laboratory  Organization  and 

Management 

EDIN  1 66 -Educational  Foundation  of 

Industrial  Arts 

EDUC  11)  -Foundations  of  Education 

EDUC-Electives 

or  Elec.-Electives  (Unspecified) 

Totol 


VOCATIONAL-INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION 

The  vocational-industrial  curriculum  is  a  four- 
year  program  of  studies  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Sci- 
ence degree  in  education.  It  is  intended  to  develop 
the  necessary  competencies  for  the  effective  perfor- 
mance of  the  tasks  of  a  vocational  teacher.  In  addi- 
tion to  establishing  the  adequacy  of  the  student's 
skills  in  a  particular  trade  and  the  development  of 
instructional  efficiency,  the  curriculum  aims  at  the 
professional  and  cultural  development  of  the  indi- 
vidual. Courses  are  included  which  would  enrich  the 
person's  scientific,  economic,  psychological  and 
sociological  understandings.  The  vocational-certifi- 
cation courses  for  the  state  of  Maryland  are  a  part  of 
the  curriculum  requirements. 

Persons  pursuing  this  curriculum  must  present 
documentary  evidence  of  having  an  apprenticeship 
or  comparable  learning  period  and  journeyman  ex- 
perience. This  evidence  of  background  and  train- 
ing is  necessary  in  order  that  the  trade  examina- 
tion phase  of  the  curriculum  may  be  accomplished. 

Persons  having  completed  the  necessary  certifi- 
cation courses  prior  to  working  on  the  degree  pro- 
gram may  use  such  courses  toward  meeting  gradua- 
tion requirements.  However,  after  certification 
course  requirements  have  been  met,  persons  con- 
tinuing studies  toward  a  degree  must  take  courses 
in  line  with  the  curriculum  plan  and  University  regu- 
lations. For  example,  junior  level  courses  cannot  be 
taken  until  the  student  has  reached  full  junior  stand- 
ing. 


20 


FRESHMAN  YEAR 

ENGL  001  -Composition 

ENGL  003-World  Literature  or 

ENGL  004-World  Literature 

S0CY  001  -Introduction  to  Sociology 

SPCH  001 -Public  Speaking 

ECON  037- Fundamentals  of  Economics 
EDIN  012-Shop  Calculation 
MATH  010-lntroduction  to  Mathematics  or 
MATH  003-Fundamentals  of  Mathematics 
PHED  001,  003-Physical  Activities 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health 

Total 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 
ENGL  003-World  Literature  or 

ENGL  004-World  Literoture 

ART -Art  elective  or 

PHIL -Philosophy  elective  „ 

HIST  021  -History  of  the  U.S.  to  1865.  or 

HIST  022-History  of  the  U.S.  since  1865      . 

HIST -History  elective 

Physical  Sciences 

PSYC  00)  -Introduction  to  Psychology   . 
CHEM  008-General  Chemistry  or  Z00L  001 
-General  Zoology  or  GE0G  030- Principles 
of  Morphology 

Total 

Trade  Examination 

JUNIOR  YEAR 

EDIN  1 50  —  Training  Aids  Development 

EDIN  165-Modern  Industry   

EDUC  1)0- Human  Development  and  Leorning 
EDIN  1 69 -Occupational  Analysis  and  Course 

Construction 

CHEM  009  or  Botany  I  or  GE0L  040 
EDIN  171  -History  and  Principles  of 

Vocational  Education 

EDIN  157-Tests  and  Measurements 

Approved  electives.  .  

Totol 

SENIOR  YEAR 
EDIN  140-Curriculum,  Instruction  and 

Observation 

EDIN  1 45- Principles  ond  Methods  of  Sec.  Ed. 
EDIN  148- Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 

Schools 

EDCP  161  -Introduction  to  Counseling  ond 

Personnel  Services 

Electives 

EDUC  1 1 1  -  Social  Foundations  of  Education 
EDIN  164 -Laboratory  Organization  and 

Management 

Ed.  electives  

Total 


STUDENT  TEACHING  REQUIREMENT 

Persons  currently  teaching  in  the  secondary 
schools  with  three  or  more  years  of  satisfactory  ex- 
perience at  that  level  are  not  required  to  take  EDIN 
148— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools.  Evi- 
dence of  satisfactory  teaching  experience  shall  be 
presented  in  the  form  of  written  statements  from 
the  principal,  area  supervisor,  and  department  head 
in  the  school  where  such  teaching  is  done.  Instead 
of  the  eight  credits  required  for  student  teaching, 
the  individual  meeting  the  above  qualifications  will 
have  eight  additional  semester  hours  of  elective 
credits. 

ELECTIVE  CREDITS 

Courses  in  history  and  philosophy  of  education, 
sociology,  speech,  psychology,  economics,  business 
administration,  and  other  areas  may  be  taken  with 
the  permission  of  the  student's  adviser. 

Elective  courses  in  the  technical  area  (shop  and 
drawing)  will  be  limited  to  courses  and  subjects  not 
covered  in  the  trade  training  experience.  Courses 
dealing  with  advanced  technology  and  recent  im- 
provements in  field  practices  will  be  acceptable. 


J  92 


Education 


VOCATIONAL-INDUSTRIAL  CERTIFICATION 

A  person  to  become  certified  as  a  Trade,  Indus- 
trial and  Service  Occupations  teacher  in  the  State 
of  Maryland  must  successfully  complete  18  credit 
hours  of  instruction. 

The  following  courses  must  be  included  in  the 
18  credit  hours  of  instruction: 
EDIN  050— Methods  of  Teaching 
EDIN    164— Laboratory  Organization  and  Management 
EDIN    157— Tests  and  Measurements 
EDIN    169— Occupational  Analysis  and  Course  Construction 

The  remainder  of  the  credit  hours  shall  be  met 
through  the  election  of  the  following  courses: 

tDIN    150— Training  Aids  Development 

EDIN    161— Principles  of  Vocational  Guidance 

EDIN  165— Modern  Industry 

EDIN    167— Problems  in  Occupational  Education 

tDIN    171— History  and  Principles  of  Vocational  Education 

EDCP   161— Introduction     to     Counseling     and     Personnel 

Services 
EDCP   172— Mental  Hygiene  in  the  Classroom 
PSYC   110— Educational  Psychology  or  its  equivalent 

A  person  in  vocational-industrial  education  may 
use  his  certification  courses  toward  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree.  In  doing  so  the  general  require- 
ments of  the  University  and  College  of  Education 
must  be  met.  A  maximum  of  twenty  semester  hours 
of  credit  may  be  earned  through  examination  in  the 
trade  in  which  the  student  has  competence.  Prior 
to  taking  the  examination,  the  student  shall  provide 
documentary  evidence  of  his  apprenticeship  or 
learning  period  and  journeyman  experience.  For 
further  information  about  credit  by  examination  re- 
fer to  the  academic  regulations  in  appendix. 

EDUCATION  FOR  INDUSTRY 

The  Education  for  Industry  curriculum  is  a  four- 
year  program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  de- 
gree. The  purpose  of  the  program  is  to  prepare  per- 
sons for  jobs  within  industry  and,  as  such  it  em- 
braces four  major  areas  of  competence,  (a)  tech- 
nical competence,  (b)  human  relations  and  leader- 
ship competence,  (c)  communications  competence, 
and  (d)  social  and  civic  competence. 


FRESHMAN  YEAR  I 

ENGL  001  -Composition 3 

ENGL  003 -World  Literature  or 

ENGL004-World  Literature 

SOCY  00)  or  ANTH  001  -Introduction  to 
Sociology  or  Introduction  to  Anthropology  3 

EDIN  001  -Mechanical  Drawing  1 2 

EDIN  012-Shop  Calculation 3 

EDIN  021  -Mechanical  Drawing  II 

EDIN  022 -Woodworking  II 3 

EDIN  023-Arc  and  Gos  Welding 

EDIN  069-Machine  Shop  Practice  I 

EDIN  110-Foundry 

PHED  001.  003-Physical  Activities 1 

MATH  010-lntroduction  to  Mathematics 

Total T5~ 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ART-Art  Elective 

ENGL  003 -World  Literature  or 

ENGL004-World  Literature 3 

EDIN  024-Sheet  Metal  Work 2 

BSAD  010-Elements  of  Business  Enterprise...  3 

SPCH  007-Public  Speaking 

PHYS  001,  002 -Elements  of  Physics: 

Mechonics.  Heot  and  Sound  or  Elements  of 

Physics:  Magnetism,  Electricity,  ond  Optics 

or  PHYS  010,  01 1  -Fundamentals  of 

Physics 3  or  4 

MATH  Oil  -Introduction  to  Mathematics 3 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health 

HIST  042-Western  Civilization 

EC0N  037- Fundamentals  of  Economics 

EDIN  084 -Organized  and  Supervised  Work 

Experience 3 

Total 17or  18 


JUNIOR  YEAR 

History  Elective  3 

PSYC  001  -Introduction  to  Psychology  3 

PSYC  005 -Personality  and  Adiustment  ...                     3 

CHEM  008,  009 -General  Chemistry  4                    4 

EC0N  160-  Labor  Economics  3 
EDIN  124 -Organized  and  Supervised  Work 

Experience  3 
EDIN  143  1 44 -Industrial  Sofety  Educotion  I 

and  II.  2                    2 
BSAD  160 -Personnel  Management  I 

SOCY  115- Industrial  Sociology 3 

Electives  3_  3 

Total 21                  18 

SENIOR  YEAR 
BSAD  161  -Personnel  Management  II  or 
BSAD  130-Business  I  3 

BSAD  163-Labor  Relotions  3 

BSAD  169- Production  Management 3 

EDIN  165- Modern  Industry 3 

EDIN  125- Industrial  Training  in  Industry  or 
EDIN  175 -Recent  Technological 

Developments  in  Products  and  Processes ....  3 

PSYC  161  -Industrial  Psychology  3 

Electives 5  7 

Total 14"  16" 


FACULTY 

Lowell  D.  Anderson,  Donald  A.  Bailey,  Charles  Beatty,  Clifton 
Campbell,  Kinneth  Chambliss,  Edmund  D.  Crosby,  Karl  E. 
Gettle,  Paul  E.  Harrison,  Joseph  F.  Luetkemeyer,  Donald 
Maley,  Walter  Mietus,  Kenneth  F.  Stough,  William  F.  Tierney 

EDIN   001.    MECHANICAL  DRAWING.  (2) 

Four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  This  course  constitutes 
an  introduction  to  orthographic  multi-view  and  isometric 
projection.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  visualization  of 
an  object  when  it  is  represented  by  a  multi-view  drawing 
and  upon  the  making  of  multi-view  drawings.  The  course 
carries  through  auxiliary  views,  sectional  views,  dimen- 
sioning, conventional  representation  and  single  stroke  let- 
ters. (Campbell) 

EDIN   002.    WOODWORKING  1.(3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  The  course  is  designed 
to  give  the  student  an  orientation  into  the  woodworking  in- 
dustry with  regard  to  materials,  products,  and  processes 
while  providing  for  skill  development  in  the  care  and  use 
of    hand    and    power    tools.  (Beatty) 

EDIN  009.  INDUSTRIAL  ARTS  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOL  I.  (2) 
Four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  A  course  for  pre-serv- 
ice  and  in-service  elementary  school  teachers  covering 
construction  activities  in  a  variety  of  media  suitable  for 
classroom  use.  The  work  is  organized  on  the  unit  basis  so 
that  the  construction  aspect  is  supplemented  by  reading 
and    other    investigative    procedures.  (Gettle) 

EDIN  010.  INDUSTRIAL  ARTS  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOL  II.  (2) 
Prerequisite,  EDIN  009.  This  is  a  continuation  of  EDIN 
009.  Four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  It  provides  the 
teacher  with  opportunities  to  develop  further  compe- 
tence in  construction  activities.  Some  of  the  basic  phe- 
nomena of  industry  are  studied,  particularly  those  which 
apply  to  the  manufacture  of  common  products,  housing, 
transportation     and     communication.  (Gettle) 

EDIN   012.    SHOP  CALCULATIONS.  (3) 

Shop  Calculations  is  designed  to  develop  an  understand- 
ing and  working  knowledge  of  the  mathematical  concepts 
related  to  the  various  aspects  of  industrial  education. 
The  course  includes  phases  of  algebra,  geometry,  trigonom- 
etry, and  general  mathematics  as  applied  to  shop  and 
drawing  activities.  (Stough) 

EDIN   021.    MECHANICAL  DRAWING.  (2) 

Four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EDIN 
001.  A  course  dealing  with  working  drawings,  machine  de- 
sign, pattern  layouts,  tracing  and  reproduction.  Detail 
drawings  followed  by  assemblies  are  presented. 

(Campbell) 

EDIN  022.  WOODWORKING  II.  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EDIN  002, 
for  industrial  arts  teacher  education  majors.  The  course 


Education 


193 


is  designed  to  give  the  student  a  comprehensive  knowledge 
of  machine  production  with  emphasis  on  safety,  indus- 
trial   processes,    and    maintenance.  (Beatty) 

EDIN   023.    ARC  AND  GAS  WELDING.  (1) 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  A  course  designed  to 
develop  a  functional  knowledge  of  the  principles  and  use 
of  electric  and  acetylene  welding.  Practical  work  is  car- 
ried on  in  the  construction  of  various  projects  using 
welded  joints.  Instruction  is  given  in  the  use  and  care  of 
equipment,  types  of  welded  joints,  methods  of  welding, 
importance  of  welding  processes  in  industry,  safety  con- 
sideration,  etc.  (Gelina) 

EDIN  024.    SHEET  METAL  WORK.  (2) 

Four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Articles  are  made  from 
metal  in  its  sheet  form  and  involve  the  operations  of  cut- 
ting, shaping,  soldering,  riveting,  wiring,  folding,  seaming, 
beading,  burning,  etc.  The  student  is  required  to  develop 
his  own  patterns  inclusive  of  parallel  line  development, 
radial   line  development,  and  triangulation.  (Crosby) 

EDIN   026.    GENERAL  METAL  WORK.  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  This  course  provides  ex- 
periences in  constructing  items  from  aluminum,  brass, 
copper,  pewter,  and  steel.  The  processes  included  are 
designing,  layout,  heat  treating, forming,  surf  ace  decorating, 
fastening,  and  assembling.  The  course  also  includes  a  study 
of  the  aluminum,  copper,  and  steel  industries  in  terms 
of   their   basic   manufacturing   processes.  (Staff) 

EDIN   028.    ELECTRICITY-ELECTRONICS  I.  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  An  introductory  course 
to  electricity-electronics  in  general,  dealing  with  electrical 
circuits  and  wiring,  the  measurement  of  electrical  energy, 
the  theory  of  motors  and  generators,  and  an  introduction 
to  vacuum  tubes,  transistors  and  power  supplies. 

(Bradley) 

EDIN   031.    MECHANICAL  DRAWING.  (2) 

Four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites,  EDIN 
001  and  021.  A  course  dealing  with  the  topics  enumerated 
in  EDIN  021  but  on  a  more  advanced  basis.  The  reading 
of  prints  representative  of  a  variety  of  industries  is  a 
part  of  this  course.  (Luetkemeyer) 

EDIN   033.    AUTOMOTIVES  I.  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Automotives  I  is  a  study 
of  the  fundamentals  of  internal  combustion  engines  as 
applied  to  transportation.  A  study  of  basic  materials  and 
methods  used  in  the  transportation  industry  is  included. 

(Cooksey) 

EDIN   034.    GRAPHIC  ARTS  I.  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  An  introductory  course 
involving  experiences  in  letterpress  and  offset  printing 
practices.  This  course  includes  typographical  design,  hand 
composition,  proof  reading,  stock  preparation,  offset  plate 
making,  imposition,  lock-up,  stock  preparation,  press- 
work,  linoleum,  block  cutting,  paper  marbelizing,  and  book- 
binding. (Staff) 

EDIN   041.   ARCHITECTURAL  DRAWING.  (2) 

Four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EDIN 
001  or  equivalent.  Practical  experience  is  provided  in  the 
design  and  planning  of  houses  and  other  buildings.  Working 
drawings,  specifications,  and  blue-prints  are  featured. 

(Campbell) 

EDIN   042.   WOODWORKING  III.  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EDIN  022. 
The  course  is  designed  to  give  the  student  a  comprehensive 
knowledge  of  contemporary  woodworking  technology  with 
emphasis  on  mass  production  techniques,  industrial  re- 
search,  and  materials  testing.  (Beatty) 

EDIN   043.    AUTOMOTIVES  II.  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EDIN  033. 
This  is  an  advanced  course  in  transportation  and  power 
generation  coveringengines,  fuel  systems,  ignition  systems, 
and  power  trains.  (Cooksey) 

EDIN   044.   GRAPHIC  ARTS  II.  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EDIN  034. 
An  advanced  course  designed  to  provide  further  experi- 
ences to  letterpress  and  offset  printing  and  to  introduce 
other  reproduction  processes.  Silk  screen  printing,  dry 
print  etching,  mimeograph  reproduction,  and  rubber  stamp 
making  are  the  new  processes  introduced  in  this  course. 

(Staff) 

EDIN   048.    ELECTRICITY-ELECTRONICS  II.  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EDIN  028 
or  equivalent.  An  intermediate  course  designed  to  provide 
more  extensive  knowledge  in  electricity-electronics  inclu- 
ding the  principles  of  the  transmission  and  reception  of 
radio  waves,  the  applications  of  transistors  and  other 
semiconductors  and  an  introduction  to  industrial  elec- 
tronics. (Bradley) 


EDIN   050.    METHODS  OF  TEACHING.  (3) 

(Offered  at  University  College  Centers.)  For  vocational  and 
occupational  teachers  of  shop  work  and  related  subjects. 
The  identification  and  analysis  of  factors  essential  to 
helping  others  learn;  types  of  teaching  situations  and  tech- 
niques; measuring  results  and  grading  student  progress  in 
shop  and  related  technical  subjects.     (Maley,  Chambliss) 

EDIN   066.    ART  METAL  WORK.  (2) 

Four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EDIN 
026,  or  equivalent.  Advanced  practicum.  It  includes 
methods  of  bowl  raising  and  bowl  ornamenting.  (Crosby) 

EDIN   069.    MACHINE  SHOP  PRACTICE  I.  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EDIN  001. 
or  equivalent.  Bench  work,  turning,  planing,  milling,  and 
drilling.     Related    technical     information.  (Bailey) 

EDIN   084.    ORGANIZED  AND    SUPERVISED   WORK    EXPER- 
IENCES. (3) 
See  description   under   EDIN    124.  (Crosby) 

EDIN   88.    SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION  (1-6) 

See  EDUC  88  for  description.  (Staff) 

EDIN   089.    MACHINE  SHOP  PRACTICE  II.  (2) 

Four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EDIN 
069,  or  equivalent.  Advanced  shop  practicum  in  thread 
cutting,  grinding,  boring,  reaming,  and  gear  cutting.  Work- 
production  methods  are  employed.  (Bailey) 

EDIN    101.    OPERATIONAL  DRAWING.  (2) 

Four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EDIN 
001,  or  equivalent.  A  comprehensive  course  designed 
to  give  students  practice  in  the  modern  drafing  methods 
of  industry.  (Campbell) 

EDIN    105.    GENERAL  SHOP.  (2) 

Designed  to  meet  needs  in  organizing  and  administering  a 
secondary  school  shop.  Students  are  rotated  through 
skill  and  knowledge  developing  activities  in  a  variety  of 
shop  areas.  (Gettle) 

EDIN    108.    ELECTRICITY-ELECTRONICS  III.  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EDIN  028. 
or  equivalent.  An  advanced  course  designed  to  provide 
more  extensive  knowledge  in  electricity  or  electronics  in- 
cluding the  advanced  theory  and  applications  of  semicon- 
ductors and  the  principles  of  the  storage  and  transmis- 
sion of  electronically  coded  information.  (Bradley) 

EDIN    109.    EXPERIMENTAL      ELECTRICITY      AND      ELEC- 
TRONICS—A,  B,   C,    D.   (2,2,2,2)  (Staff) 

EDIN    110.    FOUNDRY.  (1) 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Bench  and  floor  mold- 
ing and  elementary  core  making.  Theory  and  principles 
covering  foundry  materials,  tools  and  appliances.  (Gelina) 

EDIN  111.  LABORATORY  PRACTICUM  IN  INDUSTRIAL 
ARTS  EDUCATION.  (3) 
Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  eighteen 
semester  hours  of  shopwork  and  drawing.  A  course  de- 
voted to  the  development  of  instructional  materials  and 
the  refinement  of  instructional  methods  pertinent  to  the 
teaching  of  industrial  arts  at  the  secondary  school  level. 

(Maley,  Gettle) 

EDIN  115.  RESEARCH  AND  EXPERIMENTATION  IN  IN- 
DUSTRIAL ARTS.  (3) 
This  is  a  laboratory-seminar  course  designed  to  develop 
persons  capable  of  planning,  directing,  and  evaluating  ef- 
fective research  and  experimentation  procedures  with 
the  materials,  products,  and  processes  of  industry. 

(Maley) 

EDIN  121.  INDUSTRIAL  ARTS  IN  SPECIAL  EDUCATION.  (3) 
Four  hours  laboratory  per  week,  one  hour  lecture.  Pre- 
requisite, EDSP  170  and  171  or  consent  of  instructor. 
This  course  provides  experiences  of  a  technical  and  theo- 
oretical  nature  in  industrial  processes  applicable  for 
classroom  use.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  individual  research 
in  the  specific  area  of  one  major  interest  in  special  edu- 
cation. (S,aff) 

EDIN    124.   ORGANIZED    AND    SUPERVISED    WORK    EXPE- 
RIENCES. 

(3  credits  for  each  internship  period,  total:  6  credits). 
This  is  a  work  experience  sequence  planned  for  students 
enrolled  in  the  curriculum,  "Education  for  Industry."  The 
purpose  is  to  provide  the  students  with  opportunities  for 
first-hand  experiences  with  business  and  industry.  The 
student  is  responsible  for  obtaining  his  own  employment 
with  the  coordinator  advising  him  in  regard  to  the  job  op- 
portunities which  have  optimum  learning  value.  The  nature 
of  the  work  experience  desired  is  outlined  at  the  outset 
of  employment  and  the  evaluations  made  by  the  student 
and  the  coordinator  are  based  upon  the  planned  experi- 
ences. The  minimum  time  basis  for  each  internship  pe- 
riod is  6  forty-hour  weeks  or  240  work  hours.  Any  one  pe- 


J  94 


Education 


riod  of  internship  must  be  served  through  continuous  em- 
ployment in  a  single  establishment.  Two  internships  are 
required.  The  two  internships  may  be  served  with  the 
same  business  or  industry  the  completion  for  credit  of 
any  period  of  internship  requires  the  employer's  recom- 
mendation in  terms  of  satisfactory  work  and  work  atti 
tudes.  More  complete  details  are  found  in  the  handbook 
prepared  for  the  student  of  this  curriculum.  (Staff) 

EDIN  125,  126.  INDUSTRIAL  TRAINING  IN  INDUSTRY  I, 
II.  (3,3) 
The  first  course  is  designed  to  provide  an  overview  of  the 
function  of  industrial  training,  type  of  programs,  organiza- 
tion, development  and  evaluation.  The  second  course 
(prerequisite  the  first  course)  is  designed  to  study  specific 
tunning  programs  in  a  variety  of  industries,  plant  program 
visitation,  training,  program  development,  and  analyses  of 
industrial   training  research.  (Willard) 

EDIN  140.  (EDUC  140).  CURRICULUM.  INSTRUCTION, 
AND  OBSERVATION.  (3) 
Major  functions  and  specific  contributions  of  industrial 
art  education;  its  relation  to  the  general  objectives  of  the 
junior  and  senior  high  schools,  selection  and  organization 
of  subject  matter  in  terms  of  modern  practices  and 
needs;  methods  of  instruction;  expected  outcomes; 
measuring  results;  professional  standards.  Twenty  pe- 
riods of   observation.  (Beatty,   Anderson,   Tierney) 

EDIN    143.    INDUSTRIAL  SAFETY  EDUCATION  I.  (2) 

This  course  deals  briefly  with  the  history  and  develop- 
ment of  effective  safety  programs  in  modern  industry  and 
treats  causes,  effects,  and  values  of  industrial  safety 
education  inclusive  of  fire  prevention  and  hazard  con- 
trols. (Crosby,      Smith,      White) 

EDIN    144.    INDUSTRIAL  SAFETY  EDUCATION  II.  (2) 

In  this  course  exemplary  safety  practices  are  studied 
through  conference  discussions,  group  demonstration,  and 
organized  plant  visits  to  selected  industrial  situations. 
Methods  of  fire  precautions  and  safety  practices  are  em- 
phasized. Evaluative  criteria  in  safety  programs  are  for- 
mulated. (Crosby,    Smith,    White) 

EDIN    148.    STUDENT     TEACHING     IN     THE     SECONDARY 
SCHOOLS.  (2-8) 
First  and  second  semesters.  EDSE  148  for  additional  re- 
quirements. (Tierney,   Beatty,  Anderson) 

EDIN    150.    TRAINING  AIDS  DEVELOPMENT.  (3) 

Study  of  the  aids  in  common  use  as  to  their  source  and 
application.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  principles  to 
be  observed  in  making  aids  useful  to  shop  teachers.  Actual 
construction  and  application  of  such  devices  will  be  re- 
quired. (Maley,   Beatty) 

EDIN    157.   TESTS  AND  MEASUREMENTS.  (3) 

The  construction  of  objective  tests  for  occupational  and 
vocational   subjects.  (Luetkemeyer,   Stough) 

EDIN    160.    ESSENTIALS  OF  DESIGN.  (2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  EDIN  001 
and  basic  shop  work.  A  study  of  the  basic  principles  of 
design  and  practice  in  their  application  to  the  construction 
of  shop  projects.  (Anderson) 

EDIN    161.    PRINCIPLES  OF  VOCATIONAL  GUIDANCE.  (2) 
This  course  identifies  and  applies  the  underlying  princi- 
ples of  guidance   to  the   problems  of   educational    and 
vocational     adjustment     of     students.  (Mietus) 

EDIN    164.    LABORATORY    ORGANIZATION    AND    MANAGE- 
MENT. (3) 
This  course  covers  the  basic  elements  of  organizing  and 
managing  an  industrial  education  program  including  the 
selection  of  equipment  and  the  arrangement  of  the  shop. 

(Mietus,  Beatty) 

EDIN    165.    MODERN  INDUSTRY.  (3) 

This  course  provides  an  overview  of  manufacturing  indus- 
try in  the  American  social,  economic,  and  culture  pat- 
tern. Representative  basic  industries  are  studied  from 
the  viewpoints  of  personnel  and  management  organization, 
industrial  relations,  production  procedures,  distribu- 
tion of  products,  and  the  like.         (Harrison,  Chambliss) 

EDIN    166.    EDUCATIONAL  FOUNDATIONS  OF  INDUSTRIAL 
ARTS.  (2) 
A  study  of  the  factors  which  place  industrial  arts  educa- 
tion in  any  well-rounded  program  of  general  education. 

(Beatty,  Luetkemeyer) 

EDIN  167.  PROBLEMS  IN  OCCUPATIONAL  EDUCATION.  (3) 
The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  secure,  assemble,  or- 
ganize, and  interpret  data  relative  to  the  scope,  character, 
and  effectiveness  of  occupational  education. 

(Chambliss) 

EDIN    169.   OCCUPATIONAL  ANALYSIS  AND  COURSE  CON- 
STRUCTION. (3) 
Provides  a  working  knowledge  of  occupational  and  job  an- 


alysis and  applies  the  techniques  in  building  and  reor- 
ganizing courses  of  study  for  effective  use  in  vocational 
and  occupational  schools.  (Chambliss) 

EDIN  171.  HISTORY  AND  PRINCIPLES  OF  VOCATIONAL 
EDUCATION.  (3) 
An  overview  of  the  development  of  vocational  education 
from  primitive  times  to  the  present  with  special  emphasis 
given  to  the  vocational  education  movement  with  the 
American  program  of  public  education.         (Luetkemeyer) 

EDIN  175.  RECENT  TECHNOLOGICAL  DEVELOPMENTS  IN 
PRODUCTS  AND  PROCESSES.  (3) 
This  course  is  designed  to  give  the  student  an  understand- 
inv  of  recent  technological  developments  as  they  pertain  to 
the  products  and  processes  of  industry.  The  nature  of  the 
newer  products  and  processes  is  studied  as  well  as  their 
effect  upon  modern  industry  and/or  society. 

(Crosby,  Mietus) 

EDIN    187.    FIELD  EXPERIENCE  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-4) 

See  EDUC  187  for  description.  (Staff) 

EDIN    188.    SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-3) 

See   EDUC   188  for  description.  (Staff) 

EDIN    189.   WORKSHOPS,  CLINICS.  AND  INSTITUTES.  (1-6) 
See  EDUC  189  for  description.  (Staff) 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

EDIN   207.    PHILOSOPHY    OF    INDUSTRIAL    ARTS    EDUCA- 
TION. (3)  (Harrison) 

EDIN   214.    SCHOOL    SHOP    PLANNING    AND    EQUIPMENT 
SELECTION.   (3)  (Tierney) 

EDIN   216.    SUPERVISION  OF  INDUSTRIAL  ARTS.  (2) 

(Tierney) 

EDIN   220.    ORGANIZATION,     ADMINISTRATION     AND     SU- 
PERVISION OF  VOCATIONAL  EDUCATION.  (2)  (Chambliss) 

EDIN   224.   APPRENTICESHIP   IN  EDUCATION.  (1-9)  (Staff) 

EDIN   240.    RESEARCH    IN    INDUSTRIAL  ARTS  AND  VOCA- 
TIONAL EDUCATION.  (2)  (Staff) 

EDIN   241.    CONTENT  AND  METHOD  OF  INDUSTRIAL  ARTS. 
(3)  (Maley) 

EDIN    242.    COORDINATION    IN    WORK-EXPERIENCE    PRO- 
GRAMS.  (2)  (Chambliss) 

EDIN   248.    SEMINAR    IN    INDUSTRIAL    ARTS    AND    VOCA- 
TIONAL    EDUCATION.     (2)  (Staff) 

EDIN   250.   TEACHER    EDUCATION    IN    INDUSTRIAL    ARTS. 
(3)  (Harrison,  Luetkemeyer) 

EDIN  287.   INTERNSHIP  IN  EDUCATION.  (3-16)  (Staff) 

EDIN   288.    SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-6) 

(Staff) 

EDIN   339.   THESIS   RESEARCH.    (Master's   Level)        (Staff) 

EDIN   499.    DISSERTATION  RESEARCH.  (Doctorate  Level) 

(Staff) 


LIBRARY  SCIENCE   EDUCATION 


All  students  anticipating  work  in  Library  Science 
Education  should  consult  with  advisors  in  this  area 
at  the  beginning  of  the  freshman  year.  Students  en- 
rolled in  this  curriculum  will  pursue  a  B.A.  degree 
with  an  area  of  concentration  of  thirty-six  hours  in 
one  of  the  following:  Humanities,  Social  Sciences 
Science,  or  Foreign  Languages.  Students  may  con- 
centrate in  a  subject  area  subsumed  under  one  of 
these  four  fields,  or  they  may  choose  a  broad  spec- 
trum of  courses  in  one  of  the  four  areas  under  the 
guidance  of  their  advisors.  The  minor  of  eighteen 
hours  will  be  Library  Science  Education. 

All  students  who  pursue  a  degree  in  Library 
Science  Education  are  required  to  complete  two 
years  (twelve  semester  hours)  of  the  same  foreign 
language  on  the  College  level,  or  the  equivalent. 
Students  who  have  studied  French,  German,  or 
Spanish  for  two  or  more  years  in  high  school,  are  re- 
quired to  take  the  Foreign  Language  Placement  Ex- 
amination before  they  continue  their  study  of  the 
language  concerned.  Students  who  are  placed  by  the 


Education 


J  95 


examination  in  French,  German,  or  Spanish  6  (the 
third  College  semester)  are  required  to  take  six  ad- 
ditional hours  of  that  language.  Students  who  are 
placed  in  French,  German,  or  Spanish  7  (the 
fourth  college  semester)  are  required  to  take  three 
additional  hours  of  that  language.  Students  who  are 
placed  in  French  or  Spanish  11,  or  German  9  (the 
fifth  college  semester)  are  not  required  to  take  any 
further  courses  in  that  language.  Students  who  have 
studied  languages  other  than  French,  German,  or 
Spanish,  or  who  have  lived  for  two  or  more  years  in 
a  foreign  country  where  a  language  other  than  Eng- 
lish prevails,  shall  be  placed  by  the  chairman  of 
the  respective  language  section,  if  feasible,  or  by 
the  Head  of  the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages. 
Native  speakers  of  a  foreign  language  shall  satisfy 
the  foreign  language  requirement  by  taking  twelve 
hours  of  English. 

Students  in  Library  Science  Education  will  com- 
plete eight  semester  hours  in  Directed  Library  Ex- 
perience as  their  student  teaching  requirement.  It 
will  involve  a  half  day  in  school,  five  days  per  week, 
for  sixteen  weeks.  This  period  will  be  divided  into 
two  sections,  with  eight  weeks  spent  in  an  elemen- 
tary school  and  eight  weeks  in  a  secondary  school. 
A  concurrent  weekly  seminar  will  also  be  a  part  of 
this  experience.  Students  completing  this  curric- 
lum  will  be  eligible  for  certification  as  elementary 
or  secondary  school  librarians. 


FRESHMAN  YEAR  I 

ENGL  001 -Composition 3 

ENGL  003-Worid  Literature 

Social  Science  (Economics,  Geography, 

Government  and  Politics,  Sociology, 

Psychology,  or  Anthropology) 3 

PHED  001,  003  (men)  PHED  002,  004  (women) 

Physical  Activities 1 

Art,  Music,  or  Philosophy 3 

Mothemotics  3- Fundamentals  of 

Mathematics 

Science 3 

Science  (with  laboratory) 

Foreign  Language,  or  elective  if  Advanced 

Placement 3 

Total fo~" 


FACULTY 

Evelyn  J.  Anderson,  Margaret  E.  Chisholm,  James  W.  Liesener 


FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES 

EDLS    120.    INTRODUCTION  TO  LIBRARIANSHIP.  (3) 

An  overview  of  the  library  profession.  Development  of 
public,  academic,  special,  and  school  services.  History  of 
books  and  libraries.  The  library  as  a  social  institution. 
The  impact  of  communication  media  on  society.  Phi- 
losophy of  librarianship.  Professional  standards,  organiza- 
tions  and    publications.  (Staff) 

EDLS  122.  BASIC  REFERENCES  AND  INFORMATION 
SOURCES.  (3) 
Evaluation,  selection,  and  utilization  of  information 
sources,  in  subject  areas,  including  encyclopedias,  dic- 
tionaries, periodical  indexes,  atlases,  yearbooks.  Study  of 
bibliographical  methods  and  form.  (Staff) 

EDLS  126.  CATALOGING  AND  CLASSIFICATION  OF  LI- 
BRARY MATERIALS.  (3) 
Principles  and  practice  in  the  organization  of  library  ma- 
terials. Dewey  Decimal  Classification,  rules  for  the  dic- 
tionary catalog,  Sears  subject  headings.  Treatment  of  non- 
book  materials.  Cataloging  aids  and  tools.  ibtaff) 

EDLS  128.  SCHOOL  LIBRARY  ADMINISTRATION  AND 
SERVICE.  (3) 
Acquisition,  circulation,  utilization  and  maintenance  of 
library  materials.  Organization  of  effective  school  library 
programs.  School  library  quarters  and  equipment.  Publicity 
and  exhibits.  Evaluation  of  library  services.  (Staff) 

EDLS    130.    LIBRARY  MATERIALS  FOR  CHILDREN.  (3) 

Reading  interests  of  children.  Advanced  study  of  children's 
literature.  Survey  and  selection  of  informational  mate- 
rials in  subject  fields  including:  books,  periodicals,  films, 
film-strips,  records,  pictures,  pamphlet  materials.  (Staff) 

EDLS  132.  LIBRARY  MATERIALS  FOR  YOUTH.  (3) 

Reading  interests  of  young  people.  Literature  for  adoles- 
cents. Selection  of  informational  materials  in  subject 
fields  including:  books,  periodicals,  films,  filmstrips. 
records,  pictures,  pamphlet  materials.  (Staff) 

EDLS  148.  STUDENT  TEACHING  IN  SECONDARY  SCHOOLS. 
(Directed  Library  Experience).  (4) 
See  EDSE  148  for  additional  requirements. 

EDLS      149.      STUDENT      TEACHING      IN      ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOLS.  (Directed  Library  Experience).  (4) 
See  tUtL  149  for  additional  requirements.  (Staff) 


SECONDARY   EDUCATION 


SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

SPCH  001  -Public  Speaking 

ENGL  004-World  Literature 

History  reguirements 

Foreign  Language,  or  elective  if  Advanced 

Placement 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health.  . 

Area  of  concentration 

Totol 


JUNIOR  YEAR 
EDUC  110- Human  Development  and  Learning 

EDLS  120-lntroduction  to  Librarianship 

EDLS  122 -Basic  Reference  and  Information 

Sources  

EDLS  126 -Cataloging  and  Classification  of 

Library  Materials 

EDLS  128 -School  Library  Administration  and 

Service 

Area  of  concentration 

Electives 

Total 


SENIOR  YEAR 
EDUC  1 1 1  -  Foundations  of  Education 
EDLS  130- Library  Materials  for  Children ... 
EDLS  132- Library  Materials  for  Youth 
EDLS  148- Directed  Library  Experience  in 
Elementary  Schools  with  Seminar  and 
EDLS  149  Directed  Library  Experience  in 
Secondary  Schools  with  Seminar.  (4  each) 
Area  of  concentration 
Electives 
Totol 


This  department  is  concerned  with  the  prepara- 
tion of  teachers  for  junior  and  senior  high  schools 
in  the  following  areas:  business,  dance,  English, 
foreign  languages,  home  economics,  mathematics, 
science,  social  studies,  and  speech.  In  the  areas  of 
art  and  music,  teachers  are  prepared  to  teach  in  the 
elementary,  junior  and  senior  high  schools.  Majors 
in  physical  education  and  agriculture  are  offered  in 
the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and 
Health  and  the  College  of  Agriculture  in  cooperation 
with  the  College  of  Education. 

Students  enrolled  in  this  curriculum  will  meet 
the  University  general  education  requirements,  plus 
the  following: 

All  students  who  pursue  the  B.A.  degree  in  sec- 
ondary education  are  required  to  complete  two 
years  (12  semester  hours)  of  the  same  foreign  lan- 
guage on  the  college  level,  or  the  equivalent.  Stu- 
dents who  have  studied  French,  German,  or  Spanish 
for  two  or  more  years  in  high  school,  or  for  two  or 
three  semesters  in  another  college  or  university  are 
required  to  take  the  Foreign  Language  Placement 
Examination  before  they  continue  or  resume  their 
study  of  the  language  concerned.  Students  who  are 
placed  in  French,  German,  or  Spanish  6  (the  third 
college  semester)  are  required  to  take  six  additional 
hours  of  that  language.  Students  who  are  placed  in 


196  Education 


French,  German  or  Spanish  007  (the  fourth  college 
semester)  are  required  to  take  three  additional 
hours  of  that  language.  Students  who  are  placed  in 
French  or  Spanish  1 1,  or  German  9  (the  fifth  college 
semester)  are  not  required  to  take  any  further 
courses  in  that  language.  Students  who  have  studied 
languages  other  than  French,  German,  or  Spanish, 
or  who  have  lived  for  two  or  more  years  in  a  foreign 
country  where  a  language  other  than  English  pre- 
vails, shall  be  placed  by  the  chairman  of  the  respec- 
tive language  section,  if  feasible,  or  by  the  Head  of 
the  Department  of  Foriegn  Languages.  Native  speak- 
ers of  a  foreign  language  shall  satisfy  the  foreign 
language  requirement  by  taking  twelve  hours  of 
English. 

All  students  who  elect  the  secondary  education 
curriculum  will  fulfill  the  preceding  general  require- 
ments and  also  prepare  to  teach  one  or  more  school 
subjects  which  will  involve  meeting  specific  require- 
ments in  particular  subject  matter  fields. 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  is  offered  in  the 
teaching  fields  of  art,  English,  dance,  foreign  lan- 
guages, mathematics,  social  science,  and  speech. 
The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  offered  in  busi- 
ness education,  home  economics,  mathematics, 
music,  science,  and  speech. 


ART  EDUCATION 

Students  in  art  education  enroll  in  one  of  two 
programs,  elementary  or  secondary  art  education. 
The  proposed  programs  are  listed  below: 


SECONDARY  ART  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 


FRESHMAN  YEAR 

ENGL  001  -Composition 

ENGL  003-World  Literature 

Social  Science  requirement 

ART  010-lntroduction  to  Art 

ART  012-Design  I 

ART  016-Drawing  I 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health   .  .. 
PHED  001,  003  (men)  PHED  002.  004  (women) 

Physical  Activities 

Foreign  Language 

Total 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENG  004-World  Literature 

SPCH  001  -Public  Speaking 

Foreign  Language  or  electives 

Mathematics 

ART  060,  061  -Art  History 

ART  017-Painting  I 

DART  01 4 -Stagecraft 

CRAF  020 -Ceramics 

Electives  in  Art 

Total 

JUNIOR  YEAR 
EDUC  110-Human  Development  and  Learning 

History  requirements 

Science 

APDS  030-Typography  and  Lettering 

ART  026-Drawing  II 

ART  119-Printmaking  I 

ART  118-Sculpturel 

Total 

SENIOR  YEAR 

EDUC  111  -Foundations  of  Education 

Electives 


Electives  in  Art'1 

EDSE  140A- Curriculum,  Instruction, 

EDUC  147-Audio-Visual  Education  or 

7 

3 
3 

EDSE  145- Principles  and  Methods  of 

3 

EDSE  148A- Student  Teoching  in  the 

8 

Total 

16 

17 

ELEMENTARY  ART  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 


FRESHMAN  YEAR 
ENGL  001.  003 -Composition  and  World 

Literature   . 
Social  Science  requirement 
ART  010-lntroduction  to  Art 
ART  012-Design  I  or  ART  040- 

Fundamentals  of  Art 

ART  016-Drawing  I 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health  . 

PHED  001.  003  (men)  PHED  002,  004  (women) 

Physical  Activities.  

Foreign  Language  or  electives 

Total.,  

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGL  004-World  Literature 

Science  requirement 

Mathematics 

ART  060,  061 -Art  History 

ART  017-Painting  I 

SPCH  001  -Public  Speaking 

CRAF  020-Ceramics 

Foreign  Languages  or  electives 

Total 

JUNIOR  YEAR 
EDUC  110-Human  Development  and  Learning 

History  requirements 

Foreign  Language  or  electives 

CRAF  102-Creotive  Crafts 

ART  118-Sculpturel 

DART  01 4- Stagecraft 

Electives  in  Art 

Total 

SENIOR  YEAR 

EDUC  HI  -Foundations  of  Education 

EDEL  125A-Art  in  the  Elementary  School 

Electives  in  Art7 

Electives 

-EDEL  140C- Curriculum  and  Instruction 

EDUC  147-Audio-Visual  Ed.  or  Ed.  Elective 

EDEL  123-The  Child  and  the  Curriculum 

-EDEL  149C-Student  Teaching  in  the 

Elementary  School 

Total 


BUSINESS  EDUCATION 

Two  curricula  are  offered  for  the  preparation  of 
teachers  of  business  subjects.  The  general  business 
education  curriculum  qualifies  for  teaching  all  busi- 
ness subjects  except  shorthand.  Providing  thorough 
training  in  general  business,  including  economics, 
this  curriculum  leads  to  teaching  positions  on  both 
junior  and  senior  high  school  levels. 

The  secretarial  education  curriculum  is  adapted 
to  the  needs  of  those  who  wish  to  become  teachers 
of  shorthand  as  well  as  other  business  subjects. 

The  distributive  education  curriculum  prepares 
students  for  vocational  teaching  requirements  in  co- 
operative marketing  and  merchandising  programs. 


6  Art  Electives  must  be  chosen  with  the  approval  of  the  adviser  and  of  the  12  credit  hours 
required  in  the  secondary  program  at  least  3  must  be  in  crofts. 

'  Art  Electives  must  be  chosen  with  the  approval  of  the  adviser  and  of  the  1 2  credit  hours 
required  in  the  elementary  program  at  least  3  must  be  in  crafts. 


3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

2 

1 
3 

1 
3 

16 

15 

3 

3 

4 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

18 

16 

6 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

6 

18 

15 

3 

2 

7 

3 

3 

3 

3 

8 

15 

17 

Education 


197 


GENERAL  BUSINESS  EDUCATION 


FRESHMAN  YEAR 
ENGL  00),  003 -Composition,  and  World 

Literature 3 

Fine  Arts  and  Philosophy  requirement 3 

SPCH  001  -Public  Speoking 

BSAD  010-Elements  of  Business  Enterprise.  3 

GEOG  01 5 -Introduction  to  Economic 

Geography 

MATH  010,  Oil -Introduction  to 

Mathematics 3 

ECON  004- Economic  Developments  3 

EDSE  001,  002- Principles  of  Typewriting  and 

Intermediate  Typewriting 2 

PHED  002,  004  (women)  PHED  001,  003  (men) 

Physical  Activities 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health... 
Total 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGL  004-World  Literature  

History  requirements 

ECON  031,  032- Principles  of  Economics... 
EDSE  010-Office  Typewriting  Problems... 

Social  Science  requirement 

EDSE  014-Survey  of  Office  Mochines 

BSAD  020,  021  -Principles  of  Accounting. 

Science  requirements 

Total 

JUNIOR  YEAR 
EDUC  110-Human  Development  and  Learning  6 

BSAD  101  -Electronic  Data  Processing 

BSAD  149 -Marketing  Principles  and 

Organization 3 

BSAD  180-Business  Law 

BSAD  140-Business  Finance 3 

Elect  100  level  course  in  Economics 

Electives8. 3 

Total 15 

SENIOR  YEAR 

EDUC  11 1  -Foundations  of  Education 3 

BSAD  102 -Electronic  Data  Processing 

Applications 3 

EDSE  140B-Curriculum,  Instruction,  and 

Observation -Business  Subjects 3 

EDSE  145- Principles  and  Methods  of 

Secondary  Education 

EDSE  100 -Techniques  of  Teaching  Office 

Skills 

EDSE  148B-Student  Teaching  in  the 

Secondary  Schools 

EDSE  114- Financial  and  Economic  Education  3 

EDSE  11 5- Financial  and  Economic  Education  3 

Total 15 


SECRETARIAL  EDUCATION 


FRESHMAN  YEAR 
ENGL  001,  003-Composition,  and  World 

Literature 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  requirement 

MATH  010- Introduction  to  Mathematics 

SPCH  001  -Public  Speaking 

EDSE  001  -Principles  of  Typewriting 

(If  exempt,  BSAD  010) 

EDSE  002 -Intermediate  Typewriting 

EDSE  012,  013-Principles  of  Shorthand  I,  II... 

Social  Science  requirement 

PHED  002,  004  (women)  PHED  001,  003  (men) 

Physical  Activities  

HLTH  005-Science  ond  Theory  of  Health 

Total  


SOPHOMORE  YEAR 
ENGL  004-World  Literature 

History  requirement 

Science  requirement 

ECON  031,  032 -Principles  of  Economics 
EDSE  010-Office  Typewriting  Problems 
EDSE  01 4 -Survey  of  Office  Machines 
EDSE  01 7 -Advanced  Shorthand  and 
Transcription 

EDSE  019-Problems  in  Tronscription 

Total.  


2 

18 

17 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

2 

3 

2 

3 

3 

4  or  3 

3  or  4 

17or  18 

17  or  18 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

1 

1 
2 

15 

17 

3 

3 

3 

3  or  4 

4  or  3 

3 

3 

2 

2 

3 

3 

14  or  15 


JUNIOR  YEAR 
EDUC  1 10- Human  Development  and  Learning 

BSAD  020,  021  -Principles  of  Accounting 

EDSE  1 10- Administrative  Secretarial 

Procedures   .  . 
ECON  140-Moneyand  Banking 

(or  BSAD  140) 

BSAD  180-Business  Law 

Electives" 
Total 

SENIOR  YEAR 

EDUC  1 1 1  -Foundations  of  Education 

EDSE  1 1 2- Secretarial  Office  Practice 
BSAD  101 -Electronic  Data  Processing 
EDSE  100- Techniques  of  Teaching  Office 

Skills     

EDSE  1408-Curriculum,  Instruction  and 

Observation- Business  Subjects    . 
EDSE  145- Principles  and  Methods  of 

Secondary  Education  

EDSE  148B- Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 

Schools 

Elective  ''-1 00  level 

Total 


DISTRIBUTIVE  EDUCATION 

FRESHMAN  YEAR 
ENGL  001,  003-Composition  and  American 

Literature 

ART  010-Fine  Arts 

MATH  003-Fundamentals  of  Mathematics 

Science  requirement 

BSAD  010-Elements  of  Business  Enterprise. .. 

SPCH  001 -Public  Speaking 

Electives 

Health 

PE  

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 
PSYCH  001 -Introduction  to  Psychology  ,.., 
History  requirement.  . 
ECON  031.  032-Principles  of  Economics    . 

BSAD  020,  021 -Principles  of  Accounting 

ENGL  004-World  Literoture 

Electives"1 

Total..  

JUNIOR  YEAR 
BSAD  149-Marketing  Principles  and 

Organization 
BSAD  150-Marketing  Management 
BSAD  160-  Personnel  Management  I 
BSAD  161  -  Personnel  Management  II 
EDUC  110- Human  Development  and  Learning 

EDSE  1 23  —  Field  Experiences:  Distribution 

EDSE  120 -Organization  and  Coordination 

of  DE 

Electives"! 

Total 

SENIOR  YEAR 
EDUC  1 1 1  -  Foundations  of  Education 
BSAD  180-Business  Law   . 

JOURN  166- Public  Relations 

Electives 

EDSE  140-Curriculum,  Instruction,  and 

Observation:  Distributive  Education 
EDSE  145  —  Principles  of  Secondary 

Education 

EDSE  148 -Student  Teaching 
Totol 


DANCE  EDUCATION 

The  Dance  Education  curriculum  prepares  stu- 
dents for  teaching  in  the  public  schools,  for  further 
graduate  study,  and  for  possible  teaching  in  college. 

Semester 

FRESHMAN  YEAR  I  II 

ENGL  001 -Composition  3 
ENGL  003 -World  Literature  3 

ZOOL  001  -General  Zoology  4 

Social  Science  Elective  3 

DANC  050 -Rhythmic  Invention  for  Dance  2 

''A  minimum  of  55  semester  hours  of  courses  in  Economics.  Business  Administration  ond 
Business  Education  ore  required. 

"'A  minimum  of  55  semester  hours  of  courses  in  Economics  ond  Business  Admmistrotion 
and  in  business  education  courses  ore  required 


3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

3 

3 

4 

V 

2 
1 

16 

17 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

6 

15 

15 

3 

3 

3 

3 

6 

3 

3 

4 

4 

16 

16 

3 

3 

3 

6 

3 

3 

8 

15 

14 

198 


Education 


DANC  052,  054-  Donee  Techniques 
DANC  032-lntroduction  to  Dance 
MATH  10-lntroduction  to  Mothematics 
HUH  005- Science  and  Theory  of  Health 
History 

DART  8  Acting 

PHED  002  or  004.... 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGL  004 -World  Literoture   

MUSC  007- Theory  of  Music  or 

MUSC  16-Fundomentols  for  the 

Classroom  Teacher 
ART  (Studio  or  History) 
ZOOL  014- Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 
DANC  55 -Dance  Techniques 

DANC  57-Dance  Techniques 

DANC  60-Elementary  Dance  Composition 

Social  Science  Elective 

MUSC  20- Survey  of  Music  Literature   . 

ZOOL  01 5 -Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 

Elective 

PHED  50-Rhythmic  Activities    

JUNIOR  YEAR 

History 

DANC  070-lntermediate  Modern  Dance 

DANC  170-Creative  Dance  for  Children  

DANC  100-Advonced  Chroeographic  Forms  . 

Electives 

PHED  100 -Kinesiology 

EDUC  )10-Human  Developmental 

Learning 

DANC  80-Advanced  Modern  Dance 

DANC  1 14- Development  of  Dance 

Progression 

Elective 

SENIOR  YEAR 

EDUC  1 1 1  -Foundations  of  Education 

DANC  184- Theory  and  Philosophy  of  Dance 
DANC  192- Percussion  and  Music  Sources 

for  Dance 

Electives 

EDSE  T40C-Curriculum,  Instruction  and 

Observation 

EDSE  145  —  Principles  and  Methods  of 

Secondary  Education 

EDSE  148C- Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 

Schools 


ENGLISH  EDUCATION 

A  major  in  English  requires  51  semester  hours 
as  follows: 

ENGL  001,  003,  004,  008,  115,  or  116;  and  150  or 
151;  101;  160;  and  15  hours  of  English  electives. 

Related  fields:  HIST  041-042  or  051-052  or  053- 
054;  SPCH  001  and  013. 

All  English  majors  are  required  to  have  one  col- 
lege course  in  U.S.  history. 


3 

3 

4 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

3 

2 

17 

18 

3 

2 

3 

3 

6 

4 

6 

2 

3 

3 

17 

18 

3 

3 

3 

6 

3 

3 

8 

FRESHMAN  YEAR 

ENGL  001  -Composition 

Social  Science  requirement 

SPCH  001  -Public  Speaking 

Foreign  Language 

Mothematics  requirement 

Science  requirement 

PHED  001.  003  (men)  PHED  002,  004  (women) 

Physical  Activities 

Elective 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health 

Total 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGL  003,  004-World  Literature      

SPCH  013  — Oral  Interpretation 

HIST  041,  042-Western  Civilization" 

Foreign  Language 

Science  requirement 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy 

ENGL  008- Introduction  to  English  Grammar 
Total 

JUNIOR  YEAR 
EDUC  110-Human  Development  and  Learning 

ENGL  115  or  1 16-Shakespeare 

ENGL  150  or  151 -American  Literature  1810- 
1865  or  American  Literature  since  1865 


3 
3  or  4 


3 

3 

3  or  4 

3 


3 
6 

3 

15 

IS 

3 

3 

3 

8 

3 
3 
3 
6 

17 

15 

'or  HIST  051,  052  Humanities,  or  HIST  053. 054  History  of  England  ond  Great  Britain. 


ENGL  160-Advonced  Expository  Writing 
Eng.  elective  (period) 
Eng.  elective  (type) 
Free  electives 
Total 

SENIOR  YEAR 
EDSE  140- Curriculum,  Instruction,  ond 

Observation 

EDSE  145- Principles  and  Methods  of 

Secondary  Education 
EDSE  153 -The  Teaching  of  Reading  in  the 

Secondary  Schools    . 
EDSE  148- Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 

Schools 
ENGL  elective  (major  figure)    . 
ENGL  101  -History  of  fne  English  Language  . 
EDUC  1 1 1  -  Foundations  of  Education 
English  electives    . 

Total 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGE  EDUCATION 

The  foreign  language  education  curriculum  is 
designed  for  prospective  foreign  language  teachers 
in  elementary  and  secondary  schools. 

Elementary  Education  majors  are  required  to 
have  a  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  in  the  foreign 
language  plus  EDEL  143,  Foreign  Language  Meth- 
ods in  the  Elementary  School.  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences  foreign  language  majors  and  Secondary 
Education  foreign  language  majors  are  also  eligible 
for  admission  into  the  FLES  program.  Interested  stu- 
dents should  contact  the  Foreign  Language  Educa- 
tion adviser  in  the  Department  of  Secondary  Educa- 
tion for  further  information  concerning  the  require- 
ments for  certification  of  FLES  teachers. 

CLASSICAL  LANGUAGE— LATIN 

A  minor  for  teaching  Latin  requires  24  pre- 
scribed semester  hours  based  upon  two  years  of 
high  school  Latin.  These  students  should  take  LATN 
003,  004,  005,  051,  052,  061,  101  and  102.  Stu- 
dents who  have  had  four  years  of  high  school  Latin 
should  begin  with  LATN  005,  and  should  select  two 
additional  courses  from  among  LATN  103,  104,  94 
105. 

Prospective  Latin  teachers  are  urged  to  elect 
courses  which  relate  to  their  teaching  area:  e.g. 
LATN  070,  HIST  071,  151,  153,  155,  156;  ART  060; 
CMLT  101,  and  ENGL  101. 

MODERN  FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 

All  prospective  foreign  language  teachers  must 
take  a  minimum  of  42  semester  hours  in  the  for- 
eign languages  including  the  following  courses 
which  are  required  for  certification:  one  year  of  con- 
versation, one  year  of  advanced  grammar  and  com- 
position, one  year  survey  of  literature,  one  year  of 
advanced  literature  (100  level)  and  one  year  of  ad- 
vanced civilization  courses  (100  level)  or  previous- 
ly approved  equivalents. 

Prospective  MFL  teachers  are  urged  to  elect 
courses  related  to  their  teaching  area  and  which  will 
provide  an  integrated  yet  broad  cultural  background: 
e.g.  LATN  070  and  basic  Latin  courses;  HIST  031, 
032,  047  and  150  (for  Spanish  majors);  HIST  041, 
042,  051,  052;  HIST  167,  168,  173  (for  Russian  ma- 
jors); HIST  157,  175  (for  French  majors);  ART  060- 
061;  ECON  105,  106  (for  Spanish  majors);  ECON 
138  (for  Russian  majors);  GVPT  003,  097,  101,  104 
(for  Spanish  majors);  CMLT  101,  102. 

It  is  recommended  that  students  who  plan  to 
teach  a  foreign  language  contact  the  appropriate 
foreign  language  education  adviser  early  in  their  col- 
lege career  so  that  they  can  plan  an  integrated  pro- 
gram of  specialization,  professional,  and  liberal 
(general)  education. 


Education 


199 


3 

3 

3 

3  or  4 

3  or  4 

3 

1 

2 

1 

3 

3 

15  or  16 


3 

3  or  4 

3 

3 

3 

15or  16 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGE  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  CUR- 
RICULUM (FELS):  See  Elementary  Education  Curriculum. 


SECONOARY  FOREIGN  LANGUAGE  EDUCATION 


FRESHMAN  YEAR  I 

ENGL  001  -Composition 3 

Engj  003-World  Literature 

Social  Science  requirement 

Science  or  Mathematics  requirements 

SPCH  001 -Public  Speaking 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health 

PHED  001,  003  (men)  PHED  002,  004  (women) 
Foreign  Language  6  and  7  (or  appropriate 

level  as  certified  by  placement  test) 

Total 16or  17 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGL  004-World  Literature 3 

History  requirements                3 

Science  or  Mathematics  requirements 3  or  4 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  requirements 

Foreign  Languages  Oil  and  012 3 

Electives  (not  in  Foreign  Languages) 3 

Total 15or  16 

JUNIOR  YEAR 
EDUC  1 10-Human  Development  and  Learning  6 

Foreign  Language  041-042-Phonetics 

(recommended,  but  not  required) 1 

Foreign  Language  071 -072 -Review  Grammar 

and  Composition 3 

Foreign  Language  075-076 -Survey  of 

Literature 3 

Foreign  Language  080-081  -Advanced 

Conversation 3 

Electives 

Total T6 

SENIOR  YEAR 

EDUC  11 1  -Foundations  of  Education 

EDSE  140-Curriculum,  Instruction  and 

Observation 3 

EDSE  145- Principles  and  Methods  of 

Secondary  Education 3 

EDSE  148 -Student  Teoching  in  the  Secondary 

Schools 8 

Elective  from  EDUC  147-Audio  Visual 

Education,  EDUC  150 -Educational 

Measurement,  EDEL  1 53  — The  Teaching  of 

Reading 2  or  3 

Foreign  Language- Advanced  Literature 

(100  level) 

Foreign  Language  171  or  1 72  — Civilization'2  .. 
Elective  in  Foreign  Language  or  related  area 

(e.g.  Foreign  Language  100,  History  of 

France,  Introduction  Linguistics  is 

recommended) 

Total 16or  17 


HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION 

Students  electing  this  curriculum  may  be  regis- 
tered in  the  College  of  Home  Economics  or  in  the 
College  of  Education. 

The  Home  Economics  Education  Curriculum  is 
designed  for  students  who  are  preparing  to  teach 
home  economics  in  the  secondary  schools.  It  in- 
cludes study  of  each  area  of  home  economics  and 
the  supporting  disciplines. 

Fifteen  hours  of  the  total  curriculum  include  an 
area  of  concentration  which  must  be  unified  in  con- 
tent and  which  will  be  chosen  by  the  student." 


FRESHMAN  YEAR  I 

ENGL  001  or  021 -Composition 3 

SOCY  001  -Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

FMCD  005- Introduction  to  Family  Living  3 
FONT  005 -Food  and  Nutr.  of  Indiv.  &  Fom. 

or  NUTR020-Elements  of  Nutrition  3 
MATH  requirement   .                                                  3  or  4 

PHED          ) 


2Courses  in  related  disciplines  may  be  substituted  with  permission  of  Choirmon  of  For- 
eign Longuoge  Deportment. 


PSYC  001  -Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

APDS  001  -  Fundamentals  of  Design  3 

ENGL  003 -World  Literoture      .  3 
HLTH  005-Science  ond  Theory  of  Heolth 
TXCL  005 -Textiles  &  Clothing  in  Contemp. 

Living 3 

Total  16  or  17  f5 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGL  004-World  Literature 3 

HIST  3 

CHEM  008 -General  Chemistry  4 

HSAD  040-  Design  and  Furnishings  in  the 

Home  or  HSAD  041 -Fomily  Housing  3 

SPCH  001 -Public  Speaking  3 

CLTH  010- Principles  and  Methods  of 

Clothing  Design  (or  CLTH  Oil) 2 

HIST 3 

CHEM  009 -General  Chemistry  4 

FOOD  010-Scientific  Principles  of  Food 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  requirement 

FMCD  050-  Decision  Making  in  Family  Living 

Total  )6"  18 

JUNIOR  YEAR 
EDUC  1 10-Human  Development  and  Learning  6 

FOOD  060 -Meal  Manaqement  3 

FMCD  141  -Personol  and  Family  Finance  or 

alternative T 

Area  of  concentration13 3 

FMCD  132-TTie  Child  in  the  Family  or  EDHD 

108 -Growth  and  Development  in  Early 

Childhood 3 

ECON  037-  Fundamentals  of  Economics  3 

EDSE  125 -Problems  in  Teaching  Home 

Economics 3 

ZOOL001  or  MICB001 4 

Area  of  concentration13. 3 

Total TT  16 

SENIOR  YEAR 
EDSE  140-Curriculum,  Instruction  & 

Observation1 '  3 

EDSE  145- Principles  &  Methods  of 

Secondary  Education 

Secondary  Education    3 

EDSE  148-teaching  Secondary  Vocational 

Home  Economics 8 

FMCD  144 -Resident  Experience  in  Home 

Management  or  FMCD  145  — H.  M. 

Practicum 3 

FMCD  060- Family  Relations  or  SOCY  164- 

The  Family  &  Society 3 

EDUC  1 1 1 -Foundations  of  Education 3 

Area  of  concentration1 1  9 

HOEC  180- Professional  Seminor15  2 

Total 17  17 

MATHEMATICS  EDUCATION 

A  major  in  mathematics  requires  the  completion 
of  MATH  022  or  its  equivalent  and  a  minimum  of  15 
semester  hours  of  mathematics  courses  at  the  100 
level.  These  100  level  courses  must  include  MATH 
103,  MATH  146,  and  at  least  one  of  the  geometry 
courses,  MATH  120,  121,  or  128.  The  remainder  of 
the  courses  in  mathematics  are  to  be  selected  with 
the  approval  of  the  adviser.  The  mathematics  major 
must  be  supported  by  a  year  of  physical  science, 
CHEM  008,  and  009,  or  PHYS  010,  Oil,  015,  016 
or  PHYS  020  and  021. 

A  typical  program  might  be  as  follows: 


FRESHMAN  YEAR 
SPCH  001  -Public  Speoking 
ENGL  001 -Composition 
Fine  Arts  ond  Philosophy  requirement 
Social  Science  requirement 
MATH  018,  019- Introductory  Analysis  ond 
Analysis  I 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Heolth 

PHED  001,  003  (men),  PHED  002.  004  (women) 


Areoof  Concentration:  15  s.  -nester  hours 

A)lncluding  maximum  of  two  home  economics  courses,  with  the  remainder  of  the  15 

hours  in  supporting  behavioral,  physical  ond  biological  sciences,  philosophy,  speool 

educotion,  or  human  development 
B)Of  the  1 5  hours.  9  must  be  upper  division 

14  Student  teoching  block. 

1 5  Required  only  of  students  registered  in  College  of  Home  Economics 


200 


Education 


-Physical  Activities  1  1 

Electives,  including  Foreign  Languoge  3_  3 

Total  15  17 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGL  003,  004 -World  Literature  3  3 

History  requirement    3  3 

Science  requirement                              4  4 

MATH  020,  021  -Analysis  II  ond  Analysis  III  4  4 

Electives,  including  Foreign  Language 3_  3 

Total                                                17  17 

JUNIOR  YEAR 

MATH  022-Anolysis  IV  4 

MATH  103 -Introduction  to  Abstract  Albegro  3 
Math,  electives,  including  Geometry 

requirement                                      3                    3 

EDUC  1 10- Human  Development  ond  Learning  6 

Electives  9_  3 

Total 16                  15 

SENIOR  YEAR 
EDSE  145 -Principles  and  Methods  of 

Secondary  Education  3 

EDSE  140- Curriculum,  Instruction,  and 

Observation -Mathematics 3 

EDSE  148 -Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 

Schools-Mathematics 8 

Education  elective  3 

MATH  146- Fundamental  Concepts  of 

Mathemotics ...  3 

Math,  elective  ...  3 

EDUC  1 1 1 -Foundations  of  Education ...  3 

Electives ...  6 

Total  17  15 

MUSIC  EDUCATION 

The  curriculum  in  music  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  education  with  a  major  in  music 
education.  It  is  planned  to  meet  the  growing  demand 
for  specialists,  supervisors,  and  resource  teachers  in 
music  in  the  schools.  The  program  provides  training 
in  the  teaching  of  vocal  and  instrumental  music  and 
leads  to  certification  to  teach  music  at  both  ele- 
mentary and  secondary  school  levels  in  Maryland 
and  many  other  states.  There  are  two  options.  The 
vocal  option  is  for  students  whose  principal  instru- 
ment is  voice  or  piano;  the  instrumental  option  is  for 
students  whose  principal  instrument  is  an  orchestral 
instrument. 

All  students  are  carefully  observed  at  various 
stages  of  their  programs  by  members  of  the.music 
education  faculty.  This  is  intended  to  insure  the 
maximum  development  and  growth  of  each  stu- 
dent's professional  and  personal  competencies. 
Each  student  is  assigned  to  an  advisor  who  guides 
him  through  the  various  stages  of  advancement  in 
the  program  of  music  and  music  education. 

INSTRUMENTAL  OPTION  Semester 

FRESHMAN  YEAR  I                      II 
MUSC  012,  013-Applied  Music  (principal 

instr.) 2                     2 

MUSC  001 -Introduction  to  Music 3 

MUSC  007,  008 -Theory  of  Music 3                     3 

MUSC  023,  024-Class  Piano 2                     2 

ENGL  001  -Composition ...                     3 

SPCH  004 -Voice  and  Diction 3 

Social  Science  requirements 3                     3 

MATH  003 -Fundamentals  of  Mathematics 

or  MATH  010-lntroduction  to 

Mathematics ...             4  or  3 

Total 16         17  or  16 

MUSC  006-Orchestra  or  MUSC  010-  Band ...  1                     1 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

PHED  001,  003  (men)  PHED  002,  004  (women) 

-Physical  Activities 1                     1 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 
MUSC  052,  053 -Applied  Music  (principal 

instr.) 2  2 

MUSC  070,  071 -Advanced  Theory  of  Music...  4  4 
MUSC  061-064-Closs  Study  of  Instruments 

(3-4courses) 2  or  4  2  or  3 

ENGL  003,  004-World  Literature 3  3 

Biological  Science  requirement 4 

Physical  Science  requirement ...               3 

Total 15or  17  14or  16 

MUSC  006-Orchestra  or  MUSC  010-Band...  1  1 


MUSC  009 -Chamber  Music  Ensemble 

(elective)   


JUNIOR  YEAR 
MUSC  112,  113- Applied  Music  (principal 

instr.)  

MUSC  120,  121 -History  of  Music 

MUSC  160,  161 -Conducting 

MUSC  065,  068 -Class  Study  of  Instruments 

(2  or  3  courses) 

MUED  129-Methods  of  Class  Instrumental 

Instruction 

MUED  132 -Music  in  Secondary  Schools 
EDUC  110- Human  Development  and  Learning 

Elective 

Total 

MUSC  006  -  Orchestra  or  MUSC  01 0  -  Band . . . 
MUSC  009 -Chamber  Music  Ensemble 

(elective) 

SENIOR  YEAR 
MUSC  1 52  — Applied  Music  (principal  instr.)... 

MUSC  021 -Class  Voice 

MUSC  147 -Orchestration 

MUED  163 -Band  and  Orchestra  Techniques 

and  Administration 

EDSE  1481,  EDEL  149F- Student  Teaching 
EDUC  1 1 1  -Foundations  of  Education 
EDSE  145- Principles  and  Methods  of 

Secondory  Education 

History  requirement 

Total 

MUSC  006-Orchestra  or  MUSC  010-Bond ... 
MUSC  009-Chamber  Music  Ensemble 

(elective) 


VOCAL  OPTION 

FRESHMAN  YEAR 

MUSC  012,  013-Applied  Music  (principal 
instr.) 

MUSC  001  -Introduction  to  Music 

MUSC  007,  008-Theory  of  Music 

MUSC  021  -Class  Voice  MUSC  999B- Applied 
Music  (voice)'hMUSC  023,  024-Class 
Piono17 

ENGL  001  -Composition 

SPCH  004-Voice  and  Diction 

Social  Science  requirement 

MATH  003 -Fundamentals  of  Mathemotics  or 

MATH  010-lntroduction  to  Mathematics 

Total 

MUSC  004-Men's  Glee  Club,  MUSC  005- 
Women's  Chorus,  MUSC  009  (A,  F,  H)- 
Chamber  Music  Ensemble,  or  MUSC  015  — 
University  Choir 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health 

PHED  001,  003  (men)  PHED  002,  004  (women) 
-Physical  Activities 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

MUSC  052,  053-Applied  Music  (principal 
instr.) 

MUSC  031,  032-Advanced  Class  Voice 

MUSC  033,  034-Advanced  Class  Piano 

MUSC  070,  071  -Advanced  Theory  of  Music 

ENGL  003,  004-World  Literature 

Biological  Science  requirement 

Physical  Science  requirement 

Total 

MUSC  004-Men's  Glee  Club,  MUSC  005- 
Women's  Chorus,  MUSC  009  (A,  F,  H)- 
Chamber  Music  Ensemble,  or  MUSC  015- 
University  Choir 


JUNIOR  YEAR 

MUSC  1 12,  1 13  — Applied  Music  (principal 
instr.) 

MUSC  080- Class  Study  of  String 
Instruments,  081  -Class  Study  of  Wind 
Instruments 

MUSC  120,  121 -History  of  Music 

MUSC  160,  161 -Conducting 

MUED  139 -Music  for  the  Elementary 
School  Specialist 

MUED132-Musicin  Secondary  Schools 

EDUC  110-Human  Development  and  Learning 

Elective 

Total 

MUSC  004-Men's  Glee  Club,  MUSC  005- 
Women's  Chorus,  MUSC  009  (A,  F,  H)- 
Chamber  Music  Ensemble,  or  MUSC  015- 
University  Choir 

SENIOR  YEAR 
MUSC  1 52  — Applied  Music  (principal  instr.)... 
MUED  173 -The  Vocal  Music  Teacher  and 
School  Organization 


2 
3 
2 

4  or  2 

2 

jj 

16  or  14 
1 


2 
2 
1 

3 

2 

8 

3 
3 

3 

15 

1 

13 

1 

Education 


207 


MUED  175 -Methods  and  Matherials  in  Vocal 
Music  for  Secondory  Schools 

EDSE  145- Principles  and  Methods  of 
Secondary  Education 

EDUC  1 1 1  -Foundations  of  Education 

EDSE  1481,  EDEL  149F- Student  Teaching 

History  requirement 

Total..  

MUSC  004 -Men's  Glee  Club,  MUSC  005- 
Women's  Chorus,  MUSC  009  (A,  F,  H)- 
Chamber  Music  Ensemble,  or  MUSC  015- 
University  Choir 


FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

MUED  116.  MUSIC  IN  EARLY  CHILDHOOD  EDUCA- 
TION (3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  MUSC  016  or 
equivalent.  Creative  experiences  in  songs  and  rhythms, 
correlation  of  music  and  everyday  teaching  with  the  abil- 
ities and  development  of  each  level;  study  of  songs  and 
materials;  observation  and  teaching  experience  with  each 
age    level.  (Shelley) 

MUED  125.  CREATIVE  ACTIVITIES  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOL.  (2-3) 
Prerequisite,  music  methods  or  teaching  experience.  A 
study  of  the  creative  approach  to  the  development  of  mu- 
sic experiences  for  children  in  the  elementary  grades  em- 
phasizing contemporary  music  and  contemporary  music 
techniques.  (Shelley) 

MUED  128.  MUSIC  FOR  THE  ELEMENTARY  CLASSROOM 
TEACHER.  (2-3) 
Prerequisite,  MUSC  016  or  consent  of  instructor.  For 
non-music  majors.  Methods  for  guiding  elementary  school 
students  in  musical  experiences;  development  of  objec- 
tives and  a  survey  of  instructional  materials.  (Staff) 

MUED  129.  METHODS  AND  MATERIALS  FOR  CLASS  IN- 
STRUMENTAL INSTRUCTION.  (2) 
Prerequisite,  previous  or  concurrent  registration  in  MUSC 
061-068.  Two  one-hour  laboratories  and  one  lecture  per 
week.  Teaching  techniques  and  rehearsal  techniques  for 
beginning  and  intermediate  instrumental  classes — winds, 
strings,  and  percussion.  (Gallagher,  Taylor) 

MUED  132.  MUSIC  IN  SECONDARY  SCHOOLS.  (2-3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  music 
program  in  the  junior  and  senior  high  school  with  emphasis 
on  objectives,  organization  of  subject  matter,  teaching 
techniques  and  materials  for  general  music  classes. 

(Blum,  Shelley) 

MUED    139.    MUSIC  FOR  THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 
SPECIALIST.  (2-3) 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Teaching  techniques 
and  instructional  materials  for  the  music  program  in  the 
elementary  schools.  For  the  music  specialist.         (Staff) 

MUED  155.  ORGANIZATION  AND  TECHNIQUE  OF  IN- 
STRUMENTAL CLASS  INSTRUCTION.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Practical  instruction 
in  the  methods  of  tone  production,  tuning,  fingering,  and 
in  the  care  of  woodwind  and  brass  instruments.  A  survey 
of  the  materials  and  published  methods  for  class  in- 
struction. (Staff) 

MUED  163.  BAND  AND  ORCHESTRA  TECHNIQUES  AND 
ADMINISTRATION.  (2-3) 
Prerequisites,  MUSC  061-068  and  161.  Comprehensive 
study  of  instructional  materials,  rehearsal  techniques, 
program  planning,  and  band  pageantry  for  the  high  school  in- 
strumental program.  Organization,  scheduling,  budget- 
ing and  purchasing   are  included.  (Gallagher,  Taylor) 

MUED  170.  METHODS  AND  MATERIALS  FOR  CLASS  PIANO 
INSTRUCTION.  (2) 
Objectives,  techniqi  es  and  materials  for  teaching  class 
piano.  Special  empl.asis  is  placed  on  analysis  of  materi- 
als, audio-visual  aids,  use  of  electronic  pianos  and  equip- 
ment. (deVermond) 

MUED  173.  THE  VOCAL  MUSIC  TEACHER  AND  SCHOOL 
ORGANIZATION.  (2) 
Prerequisite,  student  teaching,  previous  or  concurrent. 
The  role  of  the  vocal  music  specialist  in  the  implementa- 
tion of  the  supervision  and  administration  of  the  music 
programs  in  the  elementary  and  secondary  schools.  Open 
to  graduate  students  by  permission  of  instructor.  (Blum) 

MUED   175.    METHODS  AND  MATERIALS   IN  VOCAL  MUSIC 
FOR  SECONDARY  SCHOOLS.  (2-4) 


Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  repertoire 
and  methods  for  teaching  choral  groups  and  voice  classes. 
Diction,  interpretation,  tone  production,  intonation, 
phrasing,  rehearsal  techniques  and  style  characteristics. 

(Grentzer,  Shelley) 

MUED  176.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  THE  TEACHING  OF 
INSTRUMENTAL  MUSIC.  (2-3) 
Prerequisite,  MUSC  061-068  or  the  equivalent.  A  study, 
through  practice  on  minor  instruments,  of  the  problems 
encountered  in  public  school  teaching  of  orchestral  in- 
struments. Literature  and  teaching  materials,  minor  re- 
pairs, and  adjustment  of  instruments  are  included.  The 
course  may  be  taken  for  credit  three  times  since  one  of 
three  groups  of  instruments  (strings,  woodwind,  or  brass- 
percussion)  will  be  studied  each  time  the  course  is  of- 
fered. 

MUED  180.  INSTRUMENTAL  MUSIC  FOR  SECONDARY 
SCHOOLS.  (2) 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  the  reper- 
toires for  high  school  orchestra,  band,  and  small  ensem- 
ble. Problems  of  interpretation,  intonation,  tone  quality, 
and  rehearsal  techniques.  The  course  may  be  repeated 
for  credit,  since  different  repertoires  are  covered  each 
time  the  course  is  offered.  (Staff) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

MUED  200.    RESEARCH   METHODS  IN   MUSIC  AND  MUSIC 
EDUCATION.    (3)  (deVermond,    Grentzer) 

MUED  201.    ADMINISTRATION  AND  SUPERVISION  OF  MU- 
SIC   IN    THE    PUBLIC    SCHOOLS.    (3)  (Taylor) 

MUED  204.    CURRENT  TRENDS  IN  MUSIC  EDUCATION.  (3) 

(deVermond,  Grentzer) 

MUED   205.   VOCAL       MUSIC       IN       THE       ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOLS.     (3)  (Blum,    Grentzer) 

MUED  206.    CHORAL  CONDUCTING  AND  REPERTOIRE.  (3) 

(Traver) 

MUED  207.  VOCAL  MUSIC  IN  THE  SECONDARY  SCHOOLS. 
(3)  (Grentzer) 

MUED  208.    THE  TEACHING  OF  MUSIC  APPRECIATION.  (3) 

(Staff) 

MUED  209.    SEMINAR  IN  INSTRUMENTAL  MUSIC.  (2) 

(Taylor) 

MUED  210.    ADVANCED  ORCHESTRATION   AND   BAND   AR- 
RANGING   (SEMINAR).    (2)  (Taylor) 

MUED   250.    HISTORY  AND   AESTHETICS  OF   MUSIC    EDU- 
CATION. (3)  (Grentzer) 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  AND  HEALTH  EDUCATION 

This  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  students 
for  teaching  physical  education  in  elementary 
and  secondary  schools.  To  obtain  full  particulars  on 
course  requirements,  the  student  should  refer  to  the 
catalog  of  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recre- 
ation, and  Health. 


SCIENCE  EDUCATION 

A  science  major  consists  of  52  semester  hours 
study  in  the  academic  sciences.  Students  desiring  a 
minor  other  than  science  must  complete  40  hours  of 
academic  science  in  addition  to  minor  require- 
ments. 

The  following  courses  are  required  for  all  sci- 
ence education  majors:  BOTN  001— General  Botany 
(4);  CHEM  008,  009— General  Chemistry  (4,4); 
PHYS  010,  Oil— Fundamentals  of  Physics  (4,4); 
and  ZOOL  001— General  Zoology  (4);  and  a  year  of 
mathematics.  Additional  courses  are  selected 
from  the  academic  sciences,  with  the  approval  of 
the  student's  advisor,  so  as  to  provide  subject  mat- 
ter strength  (a  minimum  of  36  hours)  in  a  particular 
science  teaching  area,  e.g.,  biology,  chemistry, 
physics,  and  earth  sciences. 

Preparation  for  BIOLOGY  teaching  will  include 
BOTN  001,  and  002,  ZOOL  001  and  002.  MICB  001, 
Genetics  (ZOOL  006  or  BOTN  117),  Human  Anatomy 


202 


Education 


and  Physiology  (ZOOL  014  and/or  015),  a  field 
course  in  both  Botany  and  Zoology  (BOTN  Oil,  102- 
103,  or  153;  ZOOL  121,  130  or  ENTM  015),  CHEM 
031,  033  and  additional  courses. 

Preparation  for  CHEMISTRY  teaching  will  in- 
clude CHEM  008  and  009  (or  018),  015,  121,  (19), 
035,  036,  037,  038,  and  hundred-level  courses  from 
(101,  121,  125,  141,  161,  187,  192).  In  addition, 
MATH  preparation  should  include  MATH  018,  019. 
MATH  020.  021  are  also  recommended. 

Preparation  for  PHYSICS  teaching  will  include 
MATH  through  at  least  MATH  021  or  the  equivalent. 
Physics  courses  will  include  Introductory  Physics 
with  calculus  (PHYS  020,  021,  or  PHYS  015  and 
016);  a  lab  course  (PHYS  060,  061);  intermediate 
classical  (PHYS  104  through  107);  modern 
physics  (PHYS  118,  119  or  153),  and  additional 
work. 

Preparation  for  earth  science  teaching  will  in- 
clude one  year  of  biology  (BOTN  001  and  ZOOL  001), 
one  year  of  chemistry  (CHEM  008  and  CHEM 
009),  one  year  of  physics  (PHYS  020  and  021  pre- 
ferred, or  MATH  010  and  Oil),  and  at  least  30  hours 
of  earth  sciences  with  18  hours'  concentration  in 
one  of  the  earth  science  fields  and  6  hours  minimum 
in  each  of  two  other  earth  science  areas:  GEOL  001, 
002,  004,  120,  121,  198;  ASTR  005,  010,  100; 
GEOG  010,  030,  042,  145.  146,  155,  161,  163. 


FRESHMAN  YEAR  I 

ENGL  001  -Composition 3 

BOTN  001  -General  Botany 4 

CHEM  008.  009-General  Chemistry 4 

MATH  018-lntroductory  Analysis,  MATH 

019-Analysis   18  3 

PHEO  001,  003-{men)  PHED  002,  004- 

(women)  Physical  Activities 1 

ZOOL  001  -General  Zoology 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Heolth 

Total 15 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGL  003,  004-World  Literature 3 

History  requirement 3 

PHYS  010,  01 1  -Fundamentals  of  Physics  or 

PHYS  020.  021  -General  Physics: 

Mechonics.  Heat  and  Sound 4  or  5 

Science 3  or  4 

Arts  or  Philosophy  requirement 

SPCH  001  -Public  Speaking 3_ 

Total 16  or  18 

JUNIOR  YEAR 
EDUC  1 10- Human  Development  and  Learning 

Science  and  Mathematics 12 

Social  Science  requirements 3 

Totol TT 

SENIOR  YEAR 
EDSE  140- Curriculum,  Instruction,  ond 

Observation 

EDSE  145- Principles  and  Methods  of 

Secondary  Education 

Elective  from  EDUC  150,  147,  189 

EDSE  148- Student  Teaching  in  the 

Secondary  Schools 

EDUC  11 1 -Foundations  of  Education 3 

Science  and  Mathematics 12 

Totol T5~ 


4  or  5 

3  or  4 

3 


SOCIAL  SCIENCE  EDUCATION 

Option  I  (History  Concentration) 

Requires  54  semester  hours  of  which  at  least  27 
must  be  in  history,  including  HIST  021,  022,  041, 
042  and  12  hours  of  100-level  history  courses  in- 
cluding HIST  199;  27  hours  of  related  social  sci- 
ences as  outlined  below. 


At  least  one  course  in  each  of  the  following 
areas:  geography,  sociology,  (or  ANTH  001)  govern- 
ment and  politics,  and  economics.  Fifteen  semes- 
ter hours  in  any  two  of  the  following  areas:  econom- 
ics, geography,  sociology,  government  and  politics, 
or  psychology.  One-half  of  these  courses  must  be 
on  the  100  level. 

Option  II  (Geography  Concentration) 
Requires  27  semester  hours  in  geography  and 
27  semester  hours  in  history  and  social  science.  The 
geography  requirements  are  GEOG  010,  Oil,  two  of 
GEOG  015,  030  or  042,  GEOG  103  or  104,  6  hours 
of  upper-division  systematic  geography,  and  3  hours 
of  regional  geography.  The  history  and  social  sci- 
ence requirements  are:  SOCY  001  (or  ANTH  001), 
ECON  004,  and  037,  HIST  021,  022,  041  and  042, 
plus  two  100-level  history  electives. 


FRESHMAN  YEAR  |                      N 

ENGL  00) -Composition 3 

SPCH  001  -Public  Speaking 3 

Foreign  Languages  3                     3 

Mathematics  requirement  ....  3  or  4 

Science  requirement 3  or  4 

HIST  021,  022-History  of  The  United  States 

to  1865,  History  of  The  United  States  since 

1865.                    3                    3 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  requirement ....  3 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Heolth  2 
PHED  001.  003-(men);  PHED  002,  004- 

(Women)  Physical  Activities I                     1 

Total.                           lTorTo"       16  or  17 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGL  003,  004-World  Literature 3                    3 

HIST  041, 042-Western  Civilization  3                    3 

GEOG  001  -Introduction  to  Geography 3 

GVPT  001  -American  Government 3 

Science  requirement 3  or  4 

Foreign  Languages 3                    3 

SOCY  001  -Introduction  to  Sociology  (or 

Anth.  001) 3 

ECON  004-Economic  Developments 3 

Total 18  or  19                   [5 

JUNIOR  YEAR 
ECON  037- Fundamentals  of  Economics  or 

ECON  031  -Principles  of  Economics 3 

History  electives 3                    3 

EDUC  110- Human  Development  and  Learning  6 

History  elective  (100  level) 6                    3 

Social  Science  electives 3                   3 

Total \5~                15 

SENIOR  YEAR 

111 -Foundations  of  Education 3 

HIST  199-Proseminar  in  Historical  Writing,,  3 

Social  Science  electives 6 

Electives 3 

EDSE  140- Curriculum,  Instruction  and 

Observation ...                     3 

EDSE  145 -Principles  and  Methods  of 

Secondary  Education ...                    3 

Elective  from  EDUC  150,  147,  EDSE  153,  189  3 
EDSE  148 -Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 

Schools ...                    8 

Totol TT                 V7 

SPEECH  EDUCATION 

A  major  in  speech  requires  37  semester  hours.  It 
is  the  policy  to  build  a  program  of  study  in  anticipa- 
tion of  the  needs  of  prospective  teachers  in  the  gen- 
eral field  of  speech  and  drama.  The  following  speech 
courses  are  required:  SPCH  001,  002,  004A,  008, 
010,  021,  023,  105,  plus  15  hours  of  electives  in 
speech  and  drama  (12  hours  of  which  must  be  100- 
level  courses).  A  teaching  minor  in  English  is  also 
required.  Students  desiring  a  B.A.  degree  also  must 
meet  departmental  foreign  language  requirements. 


FRESHMAN  YEAR  I 

SPCH  001  -Public  Speaking 3 

ENGL  001  -Composition 3 

Social  Science  requirements 3 


Education 


203 


Science  requirement 

ENGL  003 -World  Literature 
SPCH  004A- Voice  and  Diction 
History  requirement 

PHED  001,  003  (men);  PHED  002,  004  (women) 
Physical  Activities 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health 

SPCH  016- Introduction  to  the  Theotre 

Total 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGL  004-World  Literature 

SPCH  002 -Advanced  Public  Speokmq 

SPCH  010-Group  Discussion 

Science  requirement  

SPCH008-Actmq 

SPCH  021  -Fundamentals  of  Speech 

Communication  

MATH  003-Fundomentals  of  Mathematics 

History  requirement 

Minor  requirement 

General  elective 

Total 

JUNIOR  YEAR 
SPCH  113- Play  Production 
EDUC  110-Human  Development  and  Learning 

SPCH  105 -Handicapped   Schoolchildren 

Speech  elect ives 

Minor  requirements 

SPCH  023-Pqrliamentary  Law 

General  elect  ives 

Total 

SENIOR  YEAR 
SPCH  129-Play  Directing  or  SPCH  127- 

Children's  Dramatics 

EDSE  140-Curriculum,  Instruction,  and 

Observation 

EDSE  145  — Principles  and  Methods  of 

Secondary  Education   .  

Elective  from  EDUC  150,  EDUC  147,  or 

EDSE  153 

EDSE  148 -Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 

Schools 

Speech  elective 

Minor  requirements 

EDUC  111  -Foundotions  of  Education 

General  elective  

Total...  


FACULTY 

ART   EDUCATION:   John    Lembach,    Edward    L.    Longley,   Jr.. 
Eleanor  H.  Yuspa 

BUSINESS  EDUCATION:  C.  R.  Anderson,  Martha  Mead,  Rob- 
ert Peters,  Jane  O'Neill 
DANCE  EDUCATION:  Dorothy  Madden 

ENGLISH    EDUCATION:   Bruce   Brigham,   John  Carr,   Edward 
James,  Leonard  Woolf 

FOREIGN   LANGUAGE  EDUCATION:  Solomon  H.   Flores,  Au- 
gustine F.  Quilici 

HOME   ECONOMICS   EDUCATION:  Elizabeth  Brabble,  Kinsey 
Green,  LoiSse  Lemmon 

MATHEMATICS   EDUCATION:   Mildred   Cole,    Neil   Davidson, 
James  Fey,  James  Henkelman,  Henry  Walbesser 
MUSIC  EDUCATION:  Beula  B.  Blum,  Stavroula  Fanos,  Rose 
Marie   Grentzer,    Shirley   J.    Shelley,    Corwin    Taylor,    Gustav 
Wachhaus,  Bruce  Wilson 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  (Men):  Albert  W.  Woods 
PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  (Women):  Alice  M,  Love 
SCIENCE  EDUCATION:  Marjorie  Gardner,  J.  David  Lockard, 
Robert  W.  Meneffee,  John  A.  Maccine 

SOCIAL  STUDIES  EDUCATION:  Arthur  Adkins,  Elwood  Camp- 
bell, Richard  Farrell.  Jean  Grambs,  Eugene  Kinerney,  James 
H.  Wirth 
SPEECH  EDUCATION:  Andrew  Wolvin 


EDSE  001.    PRINCIPLES  OF  TYPEWRITING.  (2) 

Five  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 
The  goal  of  this  course  is  the  attainment  of  the  ability  to 
operate  the  typewriter  continuously  with  reasonable 
speed  and  accuracy  by  the  use  of  the  "touch"  system. 

(Mead) 

EDSE  002.    INTERMEDIATE  TYPEWRITING.  (2) 

Five  periods  per  week.   Prerequisite,  minimum  grade  of 


"C"  in  EDSE  001  or  consent  of  instructor.  Drills  for  im- 
proving speed  and  accuracy  and  an  introduction  to  office 
production  typewriting.  This  course  must  be  completed 
prior  to  enrollment  in  EDSE  017.  (Mead) 

EDSE  010.    OFFICE  TYPEWRITING  PROBLEMS.  (2) 

Five  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  minimum  grade  of 
"C"  in  EDSE  002  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  course  to  de- 
velop the  higher  degree  of  accuracy  and  speed  possible  and 
to  teach  the  advanced  techniques  of  typewriting  with 
special  emphasis  on  production.  (O'Nell- 

EDSE  012,013.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SHORTHAND.  (3,3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Five  periods  per  week. 
This  course  aims  to  develop  the  mastery  of  the  principles 
of  Gregg  Shorthand.  In  EDSE  013  special  emphasis  is 
placed  on  developing  dictation  speed.  (O'Neill) 

EDSE   014.    SURVEY  OF  OFFICE  MACHINES.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  The  various  types  of 
office  business  machines  are  surveyed,  their  capacities 
and  special  functions  compared.  Skill  is  developed 
through  actual  use  and  demonstration  of  such  machines 
as:  accounting,  duplicating,  dictating  and  transcribing,  add- 
ing and  calculating,  and  other  functional  types  of  machines 
and  equipment.  The  course  is  designed  also  to  give  special 
training  in  the  handling  of  practical  business  problems  with 
machine   application.  (Peters) 

EDSE  017.  ADVANCED  SHORTHAND  AND  TRANSCRIPTION. 
(3) 
Prerequisite,  minimum  grade  of  "C"  in  EDSE  002  and 
EDSE  003  or  consent  of  instructor.  Seven  periods  per 
week.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  vocabulary  development  and 
new  matter  dictation  for  sustained  speed  at  the  highest 
level  possible  under  varying  conditions.  Transcription  is 
under  timed  conditions  with  emphasis  on  production  in- 
volving quantity  and  quality  of  finished  product.  (O'Neill) 

EDSE  019.    PROBLEMS  IN  TRANSCRIPTION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  minimum  grade  of  "C"  in  EDSE  017  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Seven  periods  per  week.  A  systematic 
development  of  recording  skills  under  special  and  office- 
style  dictation  and  transcription  conditions  with  particu- 
lar emphasis  on  transcriptional  problems.  (O'Neill) 

EDSE  88.    SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION  (1-6) 
See  EDUC  88  for  description. 

EDSE    100.    TECHNIQUES    OF    TEACHING    OFFICE    SKILLS 
(3) 

First  semester.  An  examination  and  evaluation  of  the 
aims,  methods,  and  course  contents  of  each  of  the  of- 
fice skill  subjects  offered  in  the  high  school  curriculum. 

(Peters) 

EDSE    101.    PROBLEMS  IN  TEACHING  OFFICE  SKILLS.  (3) 
Problems   in  development  of  occupational   competency, 
achievement  tests,  standards  of  achievement,  instruction- 
al materials,  transcription,  and  the  integration  of  office 
skills.  (Peters) 

EDSE  102.  METHODS  AND  MATERIALS  IN  TEACHING 
BOOKKEEPING.  AND  RELATED  SUBJECTS.  (3) 
Important  problems  and  procedures  in  the  mastery  of 
bookkeeping  and  related  office  knowledge  and  the  skills  in- 
cluding a  consideration  of  materials  and  teaching  pro- 
cedures. (Peters) 

EDSE    104.    BASIC  BUSINESS  EDUCATION  IN  THE  SECON- 
DARY SCHOOLS.  (3) 
Includes  consideration  of  course  objectives;  subject  mat- 
ter selection;  and  methods  of  organization  and  presenting 
business  principles,  knowledge,  and  practices.       (Peters) 

EDSE  110.  ADMINISTRATIVE  SECRETARIAL  PROCEDURES. 
(3) 
Prerequisite,  EDSE  018  and  019  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. The  nature  of  office  work,  the  secretary's  func- 
tion in  communication,  inter-company  and  public  rela- 
tions, handling  records,  supplies  and  equipment;  and  in 
direction  of  the  office  staff.  Standardization  and  simpli- 
fication of  office  forms  and  procedures  in  relation  to  cor- 
respondence, mailing,  receiving  callers,  telephoning,  han- 
dling conferences,  and  securing  business  information. 
Business  etiquette  and  ethics.  (O'Neill) 

EDSE    112.    SECRETARIAL  OFFICE  PRACTICE.  (3) 

Six  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  and 
completion  of  EDSE  110.  The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to 
give  laboratory  and  office  experience  to  senior  students.  A 
minimum  of  90  hours  of  office  experience  under  su- 
pervision is  required.  In  addition,  each  student  will  pre- 
pare a  written  report  on  an  original  problem  previously  ap- 
proved. (Peters) 

EDSE    114.    115     FINANCIAL      AND      ECONOMIC      EDUCA- 
TION. (3,3) 
Materials,   resources  and  methods  of  teaching  personal 
finances  and  economics  in  the  public  schools.  Special 


204 


Education 


attention  will  be  directed  toward  the  problems  of  teach- 
ing the  consumer's  role  in  relation  to  his  earnings  and 
spending  power,  and  the  need  for  intelligent  planning  and 
handling  of  personal  and  family  resources.       (Anderson) 

EDSE  120.  ORGANIZATION  AND  COORDINATION  OF  DIS- 
TRIBUTIVE EDUCATION  PROGRAMS.  (3) 
This  course  deals  specifically  with  such  areas  as  the  or- 
ganization of  a  cooperative  distributive  education  pro- 
gram; the  development  of  an  effective  cooperative  rela- 
tionship between  coordinator  and  training  sponsor;  the  se- 
lection, orientation,  and  training  of  sponsors;  analysis  of 
training  opportunities,  reports  and  records;  the  evaluation 
and  selection  of  students  for  part-time  cooperative  work 
assignments;  and  the  evaluation  of  the  program.  (Anderson) 

EDSE  121.  METHODS  AND  MATERIALS  IN  DISTRIBUTIVE 
EDUCATION.  (3) 
This  course  covers  basic  methods  and  materials  needed 
to  teach  the  preparatory  classroom  related  instruction  of 
a  one  or  two  year  distributive  education  program.  It  deals 
specifically  with  the  organization  of  special  supplemen- 
tary materials  for  individual  and  group  instruction — Youth 
Club  programs,  organization  and  administration.  (Anderson) 

EDSE    123.    FIELD  EXPERIENCES:  DISTRIBUTION.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer  session.  Su- 
pervised work  experience  in  a  distributive  occupation  to 
apply  theory  of  distribution  to  the  function  of  distribu- 
tion as  a  basis  for  vocational  teaching  and  guidance.  By  in- 
dividual arrangement  with  adviser.  (Anderson) 

EDSE  125.  PROBLEMS  IN  TEACHING  HOME  ECONOMICS. 
(3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  EDSE  140.  A 
study  of  the  managerial  aspects  of  teaching  and  admin- 
istering a  home-making  program;  the  physical  environment, 
organization,  and  sequence  of  instructional  units,  resource 
materials,  evaluation,  home  projects.  (Lemmon) 

EDSE   126.    EVALUATION  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS.  (3) 

The  meaning  and  function  of  evaluation  in  education;  the 
development  of  a  plan  for  evaluating  a  homemaking  pro- 
gram with  emphasis  upon  types  of  evaluation  devices,  their 
construction,  and  use.  (Lemmon) 

EDSE    130.    THE  JUNIOR  HIGH  SCHOOL.  (2-3) 

A  general  overview  of  the  junior  high  school.  Purposes, 
functions  and  characteristics  of  this  school  unit;  a  study 
of  its  population,  organization,  program  of  studies,  meth- 
ods, staff,  and  other  topics,  together  with  their  implica- 
tions   for    prospective    teachers.  (Grambs) 

EDSE  133.'"  METHODS  OF  TEACHING  SOCIAL  STUDIES 
IN  SECONDARY  SCHOOLS.  (2-3) 
Designed  to  give  practical  training  in  the  everyday  teaching 
situations.  Use  of  various  lesson  techniques,  audio  and 
visual  aids,  reference  materials,  and  testing  programs  and 
the  adaption  of  teaching  methods  to  individual  and  group 
differences.  Present  tendencies  and  aims  of  instruction 
in  the  social  studies.  (Risinger,    Farrell,   Campbell) 

EDSE  134.  MATERIALS  AND  PROCEDURES  FOR  THE  SEC- 
ONDARY SCHOOL  CORE  CURRICULUM.  (3) 
This  course  is  designed  to  bring  practical  suggestions  to 
teachers  who  are  in  charge  of  core  classes  in  junior  and 
senior  high  schools.  Materials  and  teaching  procedures  for 
specific   units   of   work   are  stressed.  (Grambs) 

EDSE  137.1''  METHODS  OF  TEACHING  MATHEMATICS  IN 
SECONDARY  SCHOOLS.  (3) 
Considers  the  methods  and  procedures  for  presenting  sec- 
ondary mathematics  in  a  meaningful  way.  Special  atten- 
tion will  be  given  to  the  new  experimental  materials  which 
have  been  prepared  for  grades  7-12  and  the  techniques 
needed  to  teach  these  courses.   (Garstens,   Henkelman) 

EDSE  138.'"  METHODS  OF  TEACHING  SCIENCE  IN  SEC- 
ONDARY SCHOOLS.  (3) 
Considers  such  topics  as  the  objectives,  selection,  organ- 
ization, and  presentation  of  subject  matter,  appropriate 
classroom  methods  and  procedures,  instructional  mate- 
rials and  evaluation  of  learning  experiences  in  the  areas  of 
science.  (Lockard) 

EDSE  139.  SPEECH  METHODS  AND  RESOURSES  IN  SEC- 
ONDARY SCHOOLS.  (3) 
Practical  suggestions  for  developing  curricular  and  extra- 
curricular speech  programs.  Planning  units  and  courses 
of  study,  current  trends,  and  aims  of  speech  education, 
use  of  printed  and  audio-visual  materials,  evaluating  of 
performance,  directed  speech  activities,  and  the  teaching 
of    listening.  (Wolvin) 

EDSE    140.    CURRICULUM.    INSTRUCTION,   AND  OBSERVA- 
TION. (3) 
First  and/or  second  semesters.  Offered  in  separate  sec- 
tions for  the  various  subject  matter  areas  namely,  English, 
dance,  social  studies,  foreign  language,  science,  mathe- 


matics, art  education,  business  education,  home  econom- 
ics education,  industrial  education,  music  education, 
physical  education,  and  speech  education.  Registration 
cards  must  include  the  subject-matter  area  as  well  as  the 
name  and  number  of  the  course.  The  objectives,  selection 
and  organization  of  subject  matter,  appropriate  methods, 
lesson  plans,  textbooks,  and  other  instructional  mater- 
ials, measurement,  and  other  topics  pertinent  to  the 
particular  subject  matter  area  are  treated.  Twenty  per- 
iods of  observation.  Students  must  reserve  all  day  each 
Tuesday  for  observation  in  public  schools.  (Staff) 

EDSE    141.'"   METHODS   OF    TEACHING    ENGLISH    IN    SEC- 
ONDARY SCHOOLS.  (3) 
Content  and  method  in  teaching  the  English  language  arts. 

(Bryan,  Woolf) 

EDSE  142.  TEACHING  THE  AUDIO-LINGUAL  SKILLS  IN 
FOREIGN  LANGUAGES.  (3) 
Graduate  credit  allowed  by  special  arrangement  and  ad- 
viser's aDproval.  Designed  for  high  school  teachers.  Meth- 
ods in  making  and  using  tape  recordings,  using  elec- 
tronic laboratories,  developing  oral-aural  skills  and  di- 
rect approach  to  language  teaching  are  emphasized. 

(Staff) 

EDSE  145.  PRINCIPLES  AND  METHODS  OF  SECONDARY 
EDUCATION.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters;  summer  session.  This  course 
is  concerned  with  the  principles  and  methods  of  teaching 
in  junior  and  senior  high  schools.  Instructional  problems 
common  to  all  of  the  subject  fields  are  considered  in  re- 
lation to  the  needs  and  interests  of  youth,  the  urgent  so- 
cial problems  of  today,  and  the  central  values  to  which 
our  society  is  committed.         (Adkins,  Funaro,  Van   Ness) 

EDSE  148.  STUDENT  TEACHING  IN  SECONDARY 
SCHOOLS.  (2-8) 
First  and  second  semesters.  In  order  to  be  admitted  to  a 
course  in  student  teaching,  a  student  must  have  an  overall 
grade  point  average  of  2.30,  a  doctor's  certificate  indicating 
that  the  applicant  is  free  of  communicable  diseases,  and 
the  consent  of  the  instructor  to  the  appropriate  area.  He 
must  have  been  previously  enrolled  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  for  at  least  one  semester.  Undergraduate  credit 
only.  Application  forms  for  this  course  must  be  submitted 
to  the  appropriate  adviser  by  the  middle  of  the  semester 
preceding  the  one  in  which  an  assignment  is  desired.  Stu- 
dents who  register  for  this  course  serve  as  apprentice 
teachers  in  the  schools  to  which  they  are  assigned.  For  8 
credits,  full  time  for  one-half  of  the  semester  is  devoted 
to  this  work.  For  experienced  teachers  and  students  in 
physical  education,  music  education,  and  library  science 
education  who  are  planning  to  split  student  teaching  as- 
signment in  elementary  and  secondary  schools,  the  time 
and  credit  may  be  modified.  (Staff) 

EDSE    187.    FIELD  EXPERIENCE  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-4) 

See  EDUC  187  for  description.  (Staff) 

EDSE    188.    SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-3) 

See  EDUC  188  for  description.  (Staff) 

EDSE    189.    WORKSHOPS,  CLINICS,  AND  INSTITUTES.  (1-6) 
See  EDUC  189  for  description.  (Staff) 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  Graduate  Catalog  for  course  descriptions. 

EDSE  200.    ADMINISTRATION  AND  SUPERVISION  OF  BUSI- 
NESS   EDUCATION.    (3)  (Peters) 

EDSE   205.    SEMINAR  IN  BUSINESS  EDUCATION.  (2) 

(Peters) 

EDSE  224.    APPRENTICESHIP  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-9)  (Staff) 

EDSE   239.    SEMINAR  IN  SECONDARY  EDUCATION.  (2) 

(Risinger,  Adkins,  McClure) 

EDSE  240.  TRENDS  IN  SECONDARY  SCHOOL  CURRICU- 
LUM. (3)  (Staff) 

EDSE  243.  THEORY  AND  RESEARCH  IN  SECONDARY  EDU- 
CATION. (1-3)  (Staff) 

EDSE  247.  SEMINAR  IN  SPECIAL  SUBJECT  AREAS.  (2) 

(Staff) 

EDSE   253.    PROBLEMS   OF   TEACHING    READING    IN    SEC- 
ONDARY  SCHOOL.  (Staff) 

EDSE   255.    PRINCIPLES    AND    PROBLEMS    OF    BUSINESS 
EDUCATION.    (2-3)  (Peters) 

EDSE  256.    CURRICULUM     DEVELOPMENT    IN     BUSINESS 
EDUCATION.    (2-3)  (Peters) 

EDSE  260.    SEMINAR    IN    HOME   ECONOMICS   EDUCATION. 
(2)  (Lemmon) 


Education 


205 


EDSE  261.  TRENDS  IN  THE  TEACHING  AND  SUPERVISION 
OF  HOME  ECONOMICS.  (2-4)  (Lemmon) 

EDSE  275  276.  ADVANCED  PROBLEMS  IN  ART  EDUCA- 
TION. (3, 3)  (Staff,  Longley) 

EDSE   287.    INTERNSHIP  IN   EDUCATION.  (3-16)  (Staff) 

EDSE   288.    SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-6) 

(Staff) 

EDSE  399.   THESIS  RESEARCH.  (Master's  Level)         (Staff) 

EDSE  499.   DISSERTATION    RESEARCH.    (Doctorate    Level) 

(Staff) 

SPECIAL  EDUCATION 

This  curriculum  is  designed  for  undergraduate 
students  who  wish  to  qualify  for  teaching  positions 
in  either  regular  elementary  education  or  in  special 
education.  Students  who  complete  the  curriculum 
will  receive  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  they 
will  meet  the  Maryland  State  Department  of  Educa- 
tion requirements  for  the  Standard  Professional  Cer- 
tificate in  Special  Education  as  well  as  Elementary 
Education.  Students  may  pursue  a  sequential  pro- 
gram in  the  area  of  the  mentally  retarded,  the  per- 
ceptually impaired  (learning  disabilities),  and  the 
gifted.  Students  interested  in  the  Gifted  program 
will  have  different  programs  developed  for  them  in 
conjunction  with  the  offerings  in  Early  Childhood 
Education  or  Secondary  Education.  The  following 
represents  a  "typical"  program. 

Semester 

FRESHMAN  YEAR  I                      II 

ENGL  001  (or021)-Composition 3 

ENGL  003- World  Literature ...                     3 

PSYCH  1 -Introduction  to  Psychology ...                     3 

SOC  001  -Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

GEOG  001 -Introduction  to  Geography ...                     3 

ART  040- Fundamentals  of  Art  Education 3 

MUSC  016- Fundamentals  for  the  Classroom 

Teacher ...                   3 

BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES-(BOTN  1 ,  BOTN  2. 

B0TN  10,  ZOOL  1 ,  Z00L  2,  Z00L  6.  ENTM 

005.ENTM015) 3  or  4 

PHED  001 ,  003  (men)  or  PHED  002,  004 

(women)- Physical  Activities 1                     1 

HEALTH 2 

FINE  ARTS  (Art,  Dance,  Music,  Philosophy) ^        3_ 

Total 15  or  16  16 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGL  004-World  Literature 3 

U.S.  HISTORY 3 

HISTORY ...                     3 

PHYSICAL  SCIENCE  (CHEM  O08,  CHEM  009  (4) 

or  GE0L  001  (3)  or  ASTR  001  (3)  or  PHYS 

003(4) 3  or  4 

SCIENCE  (Physical  or  Biological) ...             3  or  4 

MATH  030 -Elements  of  Mathematics 4             3  or  4 

MATH  031 -Elements  of  Geometry ...                     4 

SPCH  003 -Fundamentals  of  General 

American  Speech  or  SPCH  001  -Public 

Speoking ...                   3 

Area  of  concentration21  or  elective 3_  ,^_ 

Total 16  or  17         16  or  18 

JUNIOR  YEAR 

HISTORY ...  3 

EDUC  110- Human  Development  and  Learning  6 

EDEL  105-E2^  Science  in  the  Elementary 

School 2 

EDEL  153-E^  The  Teaching  of  Reading 2 

EDEL  1 21  -B-  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary 

School    .  ...  2 

EDEL  122-B--' Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary 

School ...  2 

EDEL  126-B'-2-  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary 

School    ...  ...  2 

EDSP  170- Introduction  to  Special  Education  3 

EDSP  1 7F- Characteristics  of  Exceptional 

Children  ...  3 

A- Mentally  Retarded  or 
B- Gifted  or 

21Students  in  Special  Education  are  required  to  develop  within  their  degree  programs  on 
Areo  of  Academic  Concentration  consisting  of  a  minimum  of  eighteen  semester  hours, 
twelve  semester  hours  of  which  must  be  beyond  the  required  work  in  the  areo. 

22AII  five  of  these  courses  may  not  be  token  in  one  Semester.  Students  will  register  for 
two  in  Semester  I  or  II  and  the  remaining  three  in  the  other  semester  The  distribution 
shown  is  one  of  the  several  possible  distributions. 

2:tStudents  in  Special  Education  moy  elect  one  of  three  sequences:  A-Mentol  Retarda- 
tion. B-Giftea,  C-Perceptually  tmpoired. 

206  Education 


C-Perceptuolly  Impaired 

Electives,  Areo  of  concentration 3  6 

Total  16"  18 

SENIOR  YEAR 

EDUC  1 1 1 -Foundations  of  Education 3 

PHED  120-Educotion  in  the  Elementary 
Schools  (3)  or  EDMU  128 -Music  for  the 
Elementary  Classroom  Teocher  (2)  or  EDEL 
125 -Art  in  the  Elementary  School  (2)    ....  2  or  3 

EDSP  172-Education  of  Exceptional  Children 
A- Mentally  Retarded  or 
B- Gifted  or 

C-Perceptuolly  Impaired  3 

EDSP  173-Curriculum  for  Exceptional 
Children 

A -Mentally  Retarded  or 

B-Gifted 3 

EDEL  149-Student  Teaching  in  the 

Elementary  School 8 

EDSP  149-Student  Teaching  of  Exceptional 
Children  8 

Electives,  Area  of  concentration 6 

Total  l7or  18  16 

TOTAL  133  or  134  hours 


Students  interested  in  graduate  programs  (Mas- 
ters, Advanced  Graduate  Specialists  and  Doctoral) 
in  Special  Education  are  requested  to  consult  the 
Graduate  School  catalog  and  the  Department  of 
Special  Education  concerning  programs  and  ad- 
visers. 

FACULTY 

Jean  R.   Hebeler,  M.  Dean   Hoops,   Linda  Jacobs,  Eric  Seid- 
man,  Betty  H.  Simms. 

EDSP  88.    SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION  (1-6) 

See  EDUC  88  for  description.  (Staff) 

EDSP    149.    STUDENT  TEACHING   OF   EXCEPTIONAL   CHIL- 
DREN. (8) 
See  EDEL  149  for  additional  requirements.  (Staff) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

EDSP    170.    INTRODUCTION  TO  SPECIAL  EDUCATION.  (3) 
Designed  to  give  an  understanding  of  the  needs  of  all  types 
of  exceptional  children,  stressing  preventive  and  remedial 
measures.  (Staff) 

EDSP  171.  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  EXCEPTIONAL  CHIL- 
DREN. (3-9) 
A.  Mentally  Retarded.  B.  Gifted.  C.  Preceptual  Learning 
Problems.  Prerequisite,  EDSP  170  or  equivalent.  Studies 
the  diagnosis,  etiology,  physical,  social,  and  emotional 
characteristics  of  exceptional  children.  (Staff) 

EDSP    172.    EDUCATION  OF  EXCEPTIONAL  CHILDREN. 
(3-9) 

A.  Mentally  Retarded.  B.  Gifted.  C.  Perceptual  Learning 
Problems.  Prerequisite,  EDSP  171  or  equivalent.  Offers 
practical  and  specific  methods  of  teaching  exceptional 
children.  Selected  observation  of  actual  teaching  may  be 
arranged.  (Staff) 

EDSP  173.  CURRICULUM  FOR  EXCEPTIONAL  CHILDREN. 
(3-6) 
A.  Mentally  Retarded.  B.  Gifted.  Prerequisite,  EDSP  171 
or  equivalent.  Examines  the  principles  and  obiectives 
guiding  curriculum  tor  exceptional  children;  gives  ex- 
perience in  developing  curriculum  for  these  children; 
studies  various  curricula  currently  in  use.  (Staff) 

EDSP   175.    EDUCATION  OF  THE  SLOW  LEARNER.  (3) 

Course  content  includes  the  characterisitics  of  the  slow 
learner  and  those  educational  practices  which  are  ap- 
propriate for  the  child  who  is  functioning  as  a  slow  learner. 

(Staff) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  Graduate  Catalog  for  descriptions. 
EDSP    187.    FIELD  EXPERIENCE  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-4) 

See  EDUC  187  for  description.  (Staff) 

EDSP   188.    SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-3) 

See  EDUC  188  for  description.  (Staff) 

EDSP    189.    WORKSHOPS.  CLINICS.  AND  INSTITUTES.  (1-6) 

See  EDUC  189  for  description.  (Staff) 

EDSP  200.    EXCEPTIONAL  CHILDREN  AND  YOUTH.  (3) 

(Staff) 

EDSP  201.    EMOTIONALLY  HANDICAPPED  CHILDREN  AND 

YOUTH.  (3)  (Staff) 


EDSP  205.    THE  EXCEPTIONAL  CHILD  AND  SOCIETY.  (3) 

(Staff) 

EDSP  210.  ADMINISTRATION  AND  SUPERVISION  OF  SPE- 
CIAL  EDUCATION   PROGRAMS.   (3)  (Staff) 

EDSP  215.  EVALUATION  AND  MEASUREMENT  OF  EXCEP- 
TIONAL CHILDREN  AND  YOUTH.  (3)  (Staff) 

EDSP  220.  EDUCATIONAL  DIAGNOSIS  AND  PLANNING 
FOR  EXCEPTIONAL  CHILDREN  AND  YOUTH.  (3)       (Staff) 

EDSP  221.  PSYCHO-EDUCATIONAL  PROGRAMMING  WITH 
EMOTIONALLY  HANDICAPPED  CHILDREN  AND  YOUTH. 
(3)  (Staff) 

EDSP  224.    APPRENTICESHIP  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-9)  (Staff! 

EDSP  225.  PROBLEMS  IN  THE  EDUCATION  OF  THE  MEN- 
TALLY RETARDED.  (3)  (Staff) 

EDSP  230.    PROBLEMS  IN  THE  EDUCATION  OF  THE 

GIFTED.    (3)  (Staff) 

EDSP  235.  PROBLEMS  IN  THE  EDUCATION  OF  CHILDREN 
WITH   EMOTIONAL  DISTURBANCES.  (3)  (Staff) 

EDSP  240.  PROBLEMS  IN  THE  EDUCATION  OF  CHILDREN 
WITH   PERCEPTUAL   IMPAIRMENT.   (3)  (Staff) 

EDSP  278.    SEMINAR   IN   SPECIAL  EDUCATION.  (2)  (Staff) 

EDSP  287.    INTERNSHIP  IN  EDUCATION.  (3-16)  (Staff) 

EDSP    288.     SPECIAL    PROBLEMS     IN     EDUCATION.    (1-6) 

(Staff) 
EDSP  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (Master's  Level)  (Staff) 
EDSP  499.   DISSERTATION  RESEARCH.  (Doctorate  Level) 

(Staff) 


THE  INSTITUTE  FOR  CHILD  STUDY 

The  Institute  for  Child  Study  institute  carries  on 
the  following  activities:  (1)  it  undertakes  basic  re- 
search in  human  development;  (2)  it  digests  and 
synthesizes  research  findings  from  many  sciences 
that  study  human  beings;  (3)  it  plans,  organizes, 
and  provides  consultant  service  programs  of  direct 
child  study  by  in-service  teachers  in  individual 
schools  or  in  municipal,  county  or  state  systems; 
(4)  it  offers  field  training  to  a  limited  number  of 
properly  quaMfied  doctoral  students,  preparing  them 
to  render  expert  consultant  service  to  schools  and 
for  college  teaching  of  human  development.  The 
College  of  Education  operates  Workshops  in  Child 
Development  and  Education  for  six  weeks  each  sum- 
mer. Inquires  should  be  addressed  to  Director,  In- 
stitute for  Child  Study. 

The  Institute  for  Child  Study  offers  a  series  of 
courses  on  human  development  and  approaches  to 
the  direct  study  of  children.  Certain  prerequisites 
are  set  up  within  the  course  sequences  but  these 
prerequisites  are  modified  by  the  student's  previous 
experience  in  direct  study  of  children. 

Undergraduate  courses  are  designed  both  for 
prospective  teachers  and  in-service  teachers  (EDHD 
102,  103,  104;  EDHD  112-13,  114-15,  116-17).  (For 
graduate  course  descriptions  and  sequences,  refer 
to  graduate  catalog.) 
Human  Development  Education 
For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
EDHD  102,   103,   104.  CHILD  DEVELOPMENT  LABORATORY 
I,  II,  and  III.  (2,  2,  2)  These  courses  involve  the  direct 
study  of  children  throughout  the  school  year.  Each  parti- 
cipant gathers  a  wide  body  of  information  about  an  in 
dividual,   presents  the  accumulating  data  from  time  to 
time  to  the  study  group  for  criticism  and  group  analysis  and 
writes  an  interpretation  of  the  dynamics  underlying  the 
child's  learning  behavior  and  development.  Provides  op- 
portunity for  teachers  in  service  to  earn  credit  for  partici- 
pation in  their  own  local  child  study  group.  (Staff) 
EDHD  105.  ADOLESCENT  DEVELOPMENT.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  interplay  of  physical,  cultural  and  self  forces 
as  they  influence  behavior,  development,  learning,  and  ad- 
justment during  adolescence.  Includes  observation  and 
case  study.  This  course  cannot  be  used  to  met  the  psy- 


chological foundations  requirements  for  teacher  certifi- 
cation. (Gardner) 

EDHD  106.  A  STUDY  OF  HUMAN  BEHAVIOR.  (3) 

This  course  is  planned  for  and  limited  to  students  who  are 
not  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education;  and  it  does  not 
satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  professional  Teacher  Ed- 
ucation Programs.  The  course  is  designed  to  introduce 
students  to  the  scientific  principles  (physical,  social  and 
psychological)  which  describe  human  behavior,  develop- 
ment and  adjustment  at  all  maturity  levels  and  to  use 
these  principles  in  the  study  of  individual  children  and 
youth.  Each  student  will  observe,  record,  and  analyze 
the  behavior  of  an  individual  throughout  the  semester  and 
must  have  one  half-day  a  week  for  this  purpose. 

(Hardy,  Huebner) 

EDHD  108.  CHILD  GROWTH  AND  DEVELOPMENT  (3) 

Growth  and  development  of  the  child  from  conception 
through  the  early  childhood  years,  with  emphasis  on  de- 
velopmental sequences  in  physical,  psychological  and  so- 
cial areas.  Implications  for  understanding  and  working 
with  young  children  in  the  home,  school,  and  in  other 
settings.  (Staff) 

EDHD  112.  114.  SCIENTIFIC  CONCEPTS  IN  HUMAN  DEVEL- 
OPMENT I,  II.  (3,  3) 
Summer   session.  (Staff) 

EDHD   113,    115.   LABORATORY  IN   BEHAVIOR  ANALYSIS   I, 
II.  (3,  3) 
Summer      session.  (Staff) 

EDHD  116.  SCIENTIFIC  CONCEPTS  IN  HUMAN  DEVELOP- 
MENT III.  (3) 
Guided  reading  and  observation  of  pupils  throughout  the 
school  year.  Empahsis  on  human  development  concepts  re- 
lating to  impact  of  family,  school,  society,  and  peer  group 
on  the  student.  Collection  and  analysis  of  data  affecting 
learning  and  behavior.  For  in-service  educators.  (Not 
open  to  persons  with  credit  in  EDHD  102,  103). 

EDHD  117.  LABORATORY  IN  BEHAVIOR  ANALYSIS  III. 
(3) 
Prerequisite:  EDHD  116.  Guided  reading  and  observa- 
tion of  pupils  throughout  the  school  year.  Emphasis  on 
analysis  of  intrinsic  aspects  of  learning  and  behavior  in- 
cluding cognitive  processes,  motivation,  self-concept,  at- 
titudes, and  values.  For  in-service  educators.  (Not  open  to 
persons  with  credit  in  EDHD  102,  103). 

EDHD  120.  121.  122.  STUDY  OF  HUMAN  DEVELOPMENT 
AND  LEARNING  IN  SCHOOL  SETTINGS  I,  II,  III.  (2,  2,  2) 
(2,  2,2) 
A  sequence  of  courses  which  enables  in-service  teachers 
and  administrators  to  carry  on  advanced  study  of  human 
development  and  learning  principles  in  the  continuous 
study  and  evaluation  of  several  different  phases  of  the 
school  program  over  an  extended  period  of  time.       (Staff) 

EDHD  145.  GUIDANCE  OF  YOUNG  CHILDREN.  (3) 

Development  of  an  appreciation  and  understanding  of 
young  children  from  different  home  and  community 
backgrounds;  study  of  individual  and  group  problems. 

(Dittmann) 

EDHD  187.  FIELD  EXPERIENCE  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-4) 

See  EDUC  187  for  description.  (Staff) 

EDHD  188.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION.  (-3) 

See  EDUC  188  for  description.  (Staff) 

EDHD  189.  WORKSHOPS,  CLINICS,  AND  INSTITUTES.  (1-6) 
See  EDUC  189  for  description. 

(Staff) 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  Graduates  Catalog  for  Descriptions 


EDHD  200.  INTRODUCTION  TO  HUMAN  DEVELOPMENT  AND 
CHILD  STUDY.  (3) 

(Hamby,  Kurtz,  Thompson.) 

EDHD  201.  BIOLOGICAL  BASES  OF  BEHAVIOR.  (3) 

(Chapin) 

EDHD  202.  SOCIAL  BASES  OF  BEHAVIOR.  (3) 

(Rogolsky) 

EDHD  203.  INTEGRATIVE  BASES  OF  BEHAVIOR.  (3) 

(Newman) 
EDHD  204,  205.  PHYSICAL  PROCESSES  IN  HUMAN  DEVEL- 
OPMENT. (3,  3) 

(Chapin) 

EDHD   206,   207.    SOCIALIZATION    PROCESSES    IN    HUMAN 
DEVELOPMENT  I,  II.  (3,  3) 

(Kyle,  Mershon,  Kurtz) 


Education  207 


EDHD  208,   209.    SELF   PROCESSES   IN   HUMAN   DEVELOP- 
MENT I  AND  11.(3,3) 

(Bowie,  Goering,  Mershon) 
EDHD    210.    AFFECTIONAL    RELATIONSHIPS    AND    PROC- 
ESSES IN  HUMAN  DEVELOPMENT.  (3) 

(Hatfield) 
EDHD   211.    PEER-CULTURE   AND   GROUP   PROCESSES    IN 
HUMAN  DEVELOPMENT.  (3) 

(Hatfield) 
EDHD  221.  LEARNING  THEORY  AND  THE  EDUCATIVE  PROC- 
ESS I.  (3)  (Perkins,  Larson,  Milhollan) 

EDHD  222.  LEARNING  THEORY  AND  THE  EDUCATIVE  PROC- 
ESS II.  (3) 

(Milhollan,  Perkins) 
EDHD  224.  APPRENTICESHIP  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-9) 

(Staff) 
EDHD  230,  231.  FIELD  PROGRAM  IN  CHILD  STUDY  II.  (2-6) 

(Kurtz,  Thompson) 
EDHD  250a,  250b,  250c.  DIRECT  STUDY  OF  CHILDREN.  (1, 
1,  1) 

(Staff) 

EDHD  260.    SYNTHESIS   OF   HUMAN    DEVELOPMENT  CON- 
CEPTS. (3) 

(Morgan) 
EDHD    270.    SEMINARS    IN    SPECIAL    TOPICS    IN    HUMAN 
DEVELOPMENT.  (2-6) 

(Morgan) 
EDHD  287.  INTERNSHIP  IN  EDUCATION.  (3-16) 

(Staff) 
EDHD  288.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-6) 

(Staff) 
EDHD  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH  (Master's  Level) 

(Staff) 
EDHD  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH.  (Doctorate  Level) 

(Staff) 


EDAD     217.      ADMINISTRATION     AND     SUPERVISION      IN 
ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS.  (3) 

(Dudley,  Bennett) 
EDAD  218.  SCHOOL  SURVEYS.  (2-6) 

(Staff) 
EDAD  221.  ADVANCED  SCHOOL  PLANT  PLANNING.  (2) 

(van  Zwoll) 
EDAD  223.    PRACTICUM    IN   PERSONNEL  RELATIONSHIPS. 
(2-6) 

(Newell) 
EDAD  224.  APPRENTICESHIP  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-9) 

(Staff) 
EDAD  225.  SCHOOL  PUBLIC  RELATIONS.  (3) 

(van  Zwoll) 
EDAD  226.  CHILD  ACCOUNTING.  (2) 

(van  Zwoll) 
EDAD    227.    PUBLIC    SCHOOL    PERSONNEL    ADMINISTRA- 
TION. (3) 

(van  Zwoll) 
EDAD  234.  THE  SCHOOL  CURRICULUM.  (2-3) 

(Berman,  Hovet) 
EDAD  235.   PRINCIPLES  OF  CURRICULUM  DEVELOPMENT. 
(3) 

(V.  Anderson,  Berman,  Bennett) 
EDAD  249.   SEMINAR   IN   EDUCATIONAL  ADMINISTRATION 
AND  SUPERVISION.  (2-4) 

(Staff) 
EDAD  287.  INTERNSHIP  IN  EDUCATION.  (3-16) 

(Staff) 
EDAD    288.     SPECIAL    PROBLEMS    IN     EDUCATION.    (1-6) 

(Staff) 
EDAD     399.     THESIS     RESEARCH. 
(Master's  Level) 

(Staff) 
EDAD   499.    DISSERTATION    RESEARCH.    (Doctorate   Level) 

(Staff) 


ADMINISTRATION,  SUPERVISION 
AND  CURRICULUM 

Advanced    Undergraduates   (Dept.    Permission    Re- 
quired) 

The  programs  in  the  Department  of  Administra- 
tion, Supervision  and  Curriculum  are  all  at  the 
graduate  level  and  include  preparation  of  school 
superintendents,  principals,  supervisors,  curriculum 
directors,  and  administrative  specialists  in  the 
areas  of  finance  and  business  administration,  per- 
sonnel administration,  public  relations,  and  educa- 
tional facilities.  In  addition,  there  are  programs  for 
the  preparation  of  professors  and  research  workers 
in  all  of  the  above  areas.  Preparation  programs  lead- 
ing to  administrative  positions  in  junior  colleges 
and  other  institutions  of  higher  learning  are  avail- 
able through  a  joint  major  in  Administration-Higher 
Education. 

EDAD  187.  FIELD  EXPERIENCE  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-4) 

See  EDUC  189  for  description.  (Staff) 

EDAD  188.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  EDUCATION.  (1-3) 

See  EDUC  188  for  description.  (Staff) 

EDAD  189.  WORKSHOPS,  CLINICS,  INSTITUTES.  (1-6) 

See  EDUC  189  for  description.  (Staff) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  graduate  catalog  for  description 
EDAD  210.  THE  ORGANIZATION  AND  ADMINISTRATION  OF 
PUBLIC  EDUCATION.  (3) 

(Staff) 
EDAD  211.  THE  ORGANIZATION  AND  ADMINISTRATION  OF 
SECONDARY  SCHOOLS.  (3) 

(J.  P.  Anderson,  Goldman) 
EDAD     212.      SCHOOL     FINANCE     AND     BUSINESS     AD- 
MINISTRATION. (3) 

(McLoone) 

EDAD  214.  SCHOOL  PLANT  PLANNING.  (2-3) 

(van  Zwoll) 
EDAD  216.  PUBLIC  SCHOOL  SUPERVISION.  (3) 

(Dudley,  J.  P.  Anderson,  Berman) 


COUNSELING 

AND   PERSONNEL  SERVICES 

Programs  of  preparation  are  offered  by  the  De- 
partment of  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services  at 
the  master's  degree,  advanced  graduate  specialist, 
and  doctoral  degree  levels  for  counselors  in  ele- 
mentary and  secondary  schools,  rehabilitation  a- 
gencies,  community  agencies,  college  and  univer- 
sity counseling  centers.  It  also  offers  programs  of 
preparation  for  other  personnel  services:  college 
student  personnel  administration,  visiting  teacher, 
and  psychological  services  in  schools. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

EDCP  161.  INTRODUCTION  TO  COUNSELING  AND  PERSON- 
NEL SERVICES.  (3) 
Presents   principles  and   procedures,   and  examines  the 
functions  of  counselors,  psychologists  in  schools,  school 
social  workers,  and  other  personnel  service  workers. 

(Staff) 
EDCP    165.    INTRODUCTION    TO    REHABILITATION    COUN- 
SELING. (3)  (Formerly  Ed.  182) 
Introductory   course   for   majors    in    rehabilitation   coun- 
seling, social  work,  psychology  or  education  who  desire  to 
work  professionally  with  physically  or  emotionally  handi- 
capped    persons.  (Staff) 
EDCP    172.    MENTAL    HYGIENE    IN    THE    CLASSROOM.    (3) 
(formerly  Ed.  162.) 
The   practical    application   of   the   principles   of   mental 
hygiene  to  classroom  problems.  (Staff) 
EDCP     187.     FIELD     EXPERIENCE     IN    COUNSELING    AND 
PERSONNEL  SERVICES.  (1-4) 
See  EDUC  187  for  description.  (Staff) 
EDCP    188.    SPECIAL    PROBLEMS    IN    COUNSELING    AND 
PERSONNEL  SERVICES.  (1-3) 
See  EDUC  188  for  description.  (Staff) 
EDCP  189.  WORKSHOPS,  CLINICS,  INSTITUTES.  (1-6) 

See  EDUC  189  for  description.  (Staff) 


208 


Education 


FOR  GRADUATE  STUDENTS 

See  graduate  catalog  for  descriptions 
EDCP  200.    INTRODUCTION  TO  STUDENT  PERSONNEL.  (2) 
(formerly  Ed.  228) 

(Staff) 
EDCP  224.    APPRENTICESHIP   IN   COUNSELING  AND   PER- 
SONNEL SERVICES.  (1-9) 

(Staff) 
EDCP  240.    PSYCHO-SOCIAL  ASPECTS  OF  DISABILITY.   (3) 
(formerly  Ed.  283) 

(Staff) 
EDCP    241.    STUDENT    PERSONNEL    AND    THE    COLLEGE 
STUDENT.  (2) 

(Staff) 
EDCP  243.   OCCUPATIONAL  CHOICE  THEORY  AND   INFOR- 
MATION. (3) 

(Staff) 
EDCP  244.  245.  MEDICAL  ASPECTS  OF  DISABILITY  I,  II.  (3) 

(Staff) 
EDCP  249.  PERSONALITY  THEORIES  IN  COUNSELING  AND 
PERSONNEL  SERVICES.  (3) 

(Staff) 
EDCP  250.  CASES  IN  APPRAISAL.  (3) 

(Staff) 
EDCP  254.  ORGANIZATION  AND  ADMINISTRATION  OF  PER- 
SONNEL SERVICES.  (2) 

(Staff) 
EDCP    260.    COUNSELING:    THEORETICAL    FOUNDATIONS 
AND  PRACTICE.  (3) 

(Staff) 
EDCP  261.  PRACTICUM  IN  COUNSELING.  (2-6) 

(Staff) 
EDCP    263,    264.    MODIFICATION    OF    HUMAN    BEHAVIOR: 
LABORATORY  AND  PRACTICUM.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 
EDCP  265.    COUNSELING    IN    ELEMENTARY   SCHOOLS.   (3) 
(formerly  Ed.  259.) 

(Staff) 
EDCP    271.     COUNSELING     AND     PERSONNEL     SERVICES 
SEMINAR.  (2)  (formerly  Ed.  269) 

(Staff) 

EDCP    272.     SEMINAR     IN     STUDENT     PERSONNEL.     (2-6 

(formerly   Ed.   310)  (Staff) 

EDCP  273.    SEMINAR    IN    REHABILITATION    COUNSELING. 

(2)  (formerly  Ed.  286) 

(Staff) 
EDCP  287.  INTERNSHIP  IN  COUNSELING  AND  PERSONNEL 
SERVICES.  (3-16) 

(Staff) 
EDCP  288.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  COUNSELING  AND  PER- 
SONNEL SERVICES.  (1-6) 

(Staff) 
EDCP  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (Master's  Level) 

(Staff) 
EDCP  499.  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH.  (Doctorate  Level) 

(Staff) 

SPECIAL  SERVICES 

The  College  provides  several  kinds  of  special 
services  for  faculty  and  students,  and  schools  and 
teachers  in  the  field: 

BUREAU  OF  EDUCATIONAL  RESEARCH 
AND  FIELD  SERVICES 

The  Bureau  of  Educational  Research  and  Field 
Services  has  been  established  to  (1)  encourage  and 
stimulate  basic  research  bearing  on  different 
aspects  of  the  educative  process;  (2)  provide  as- 
sistance in  designing,  implementing  and  evaluating 
research  projects  initiated  by  local  school  systems; 
(3)  coordinate  school  systems'  requests  for  consul- 
tants with  the  rich  and  varied  professional  com- 
petencies that  are  available  on  the  University  fa- 
culty. Additional  information  about  the  Bureau's 
services  may  be  obtained  from  the  Director,  Bureau 
of  Educational  Research  and  Field  Services. 

CURRICULUM  LABORATORY 

The  curriculum  laboratory  provides  students, 
faculty  and  teachers  in  the  field  with  materials  and 


assistance  in  the  area  of  curriculum.  An  up-to-date 
collection  of  curriculum  materials  is  maintained. 
This  includes  texts,  courses  of  study,  study  guides, 
curriculum  studies,  and  bibliographies.  The  labora- 
tory is  equipped  to  assist  students  and  student 
teachers  with  preparation  of  teaching  plans. 

EDUCATIONAL  TECHNOLOGY  CENTER 

The  center  is  designed  to  serve  as  a  service 
facility  for  faculty  and  students  by  providing  teach- 
ing aids  of  all  kinds,  audio-visual  equipment  and 
service,  instruction  in  all  aspects  of  instructional 
materials,  aids,  and  new  media.  This  12-room  com- 
plex contains  model,  flexible-in-size  classrooms  for 
optimal  use  of  instructional  media,  an  independent 
learning  laboratory  with  40  student  stations,  pro- 
duction and  distribution  rooms  for  a  closed-circuit 
television  and  video  tape  system,  laboratories  for 
graphic  and  photographic  production,  and  space  for 
faculty  research  and  development  in  the  use  of  in- 
structional media.  Supporting  the  professional  fac- 
ulty in  the  operation  of  the  Center  are  such  media 
specialists  as  a  graphic  artist  and  a  television  tech- 
nician. 

While  the  Educational  Technology  Center  will 
function  as  a  demonstration  facility  for  on-  and  off- 
campus  groups  requiring  model  media  facilities,  it 
is  also  designed  to  serve  an  instructional  program 
offering  graduate  degrees  in  educational  technology. 

MUSIC  EDUCATORS  NATIONAL  CONFERENCE 
HISTORICAL  CENTER 

The  University  of  Maryland  and  the  Music  Ed- 
ucators National  Conference  established  the  MENC 
Historical  Center  in  1965  for  the  purpose  of  building 
and  maintaining  a  research  collection  which  would 
reflect  the  development  and  current  practices  in 
music  education.  Located  in  McKeldin  Library,  the 
Center  includes  study  space  and  is  prepared  to 
assist  scholars  in  the  field.  Materials  in  the  follow- 
ing categories  are  collected:  archival  documents  of 
the  MENC;  instructional  materials;  professional 
publications;  curricular,  administrative,  and  philo- 
sophical materials;  manuscripts,  personal  letters 
and  other  historical  materials.  Further  information 
about  the  collection  and  uses  of  materials  may  be 
obtained  by  addressing  the  Center's  Curator. 

OFFICE  OF  LABORATORY  EXPERIENCES 

The  Office  of  Laboratory  Experiences  is  de- 
signed to  arrange  off-campus  placement  in  labora- 
tory experiences  for  students  preparing  to  teach.  In 
this  capacity,  it  serves  as  a  liaison  between  the  Uni- 
versity and  the  public  schools.  Applications  for  field 
placements,  EDUC  110  students  and  student  teach- 
ers are  processed  through  this  office.  This  office  is 
also  responsible  for  the  Teacher  Education  Centers. 

UNIVERSITY  NURSERY-KINDERGARTEN  LABORATORY 
SCHOOL 

Housed  in  the  College  of  Education,  the  Nursery- 
Kindergarten  Laboratory  School  services  the  total 
University  in  the  following  ways:  (1)  acts  as  a  center 
in  which  individual  professors  or  students  may 
conduct  research;  (2)  serves  as  a  unit  for  under- 
graduate students  to  have  selected  experiences 
with  young  children,  such  as  student  teaching,  child 
study,  and  other  forms  of  participation  in  a  program 
for  young  children;  (3)  provides  a  setting  in  which 
educators  from  within  and  without  the  University 
can  come  for  sources  of  ideas  relative  to  the  educa- 
tion of  young  children.  Further  information  about 
the  School's  facilities  or  services  can  be  obtained 
by  contacting  the  Director. 


Education 


209 


READING  CENTER 

The  reading  center  provides  clinical  diagnostic 
and  corrective  services  to  a  limited  number  of  chil- 
dren. These  services  are  a  part  of  the  program  in  cor- 
rection and  remedial  reading  offered  to  teachers  on 
the  graduate  level. 

SCIENCE  TEACHING  CENTER 

The  Science  Teaching  Center  has  been  designed 
to  serve  as  a  representive  facility  of  its  type  to  fulfill 
its  functions  of  undergraduate  and  graduate  science 
teacher  education,  science  supervisor  training, 
basic  research  in  science  education,  aid  to  in- 
service  teachers  and  supervisors,  and  consultative 
services,  on  all  levels,  kindergarten  through  com- 
munity college.  Its  reference  library  features  rele- 
vant periodicals,  science  and  mathematics  text- 
books, new  curriculum  materials,  and  works  on 
science  subjects  and  their  operational  aspects.  Its 
fully  equipped  research  laboratory,  in  addition  to  its 
teaching  laboratories  for  science  methods  courses, 
provides  project  space  for  both  faculty  and 
students. 

Since  1962  the  Science  Teaching  Center  has 
served  as  the  headquarters  for  the  activities  of  the 
Science  Teaching  Materials  Review  Committee  of 
the  National  Science  Teachers  Association.  The 
Information  Clearinghouse  on  Science  and  Mathe- 
matics Curricular  Developments,  located  here  that 
year  also,  is  now  the  International  Clearinghouse 
for  A.A.A.S.,  N.S.F.  and  UNESCO.  Within  the  Center, 
then,  is  gathered  the  "soft-ware"  and  "hardware" 
of  science  education  in  what  is  considered  to  be  one 
of  the  most  comprehensive  collections  of  such 
materials  in  the  world. 

OFF-CAMPUS  COURSES 

Through  the  University  College,  a  number  of 
courses  in  education  are  offered  in  Baltimore,  in 
other  centers  in  Maryland,  and  overseas.  These 
courses  are  chosen  to  meet  the  needs  of  groups  of 
students  in  various  centers.  In  these  centers,  on  a 
part-time  basis,  a  student  may  complete  a  part  of 
the  work  required  for  an  undergraduate  or  a  gradu- 
ate degree.  Announcements  of  such  courses  may 
be  obtained  by  addressing  requests  to  the  Dean, 
University  College,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

STUDENT  AND  PROFESSIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS 

The  College  sponsors  a  chapter  of  the  Student 
National  Education  Association,  which  is  open  to 
undergraduate  students  on  the  College  Park 
campus.  A  student  chapter  of  the  Council  for  Ex- 
ceptional Children  is  open  to  undergraduate  and 
graduate  students  interested  in  working  with  excep- 
tional children.  A  student  chapter  of  the  Music 
Educators  National  Conference  (MENC)  is  spon- 
sored by  the  Department  of  Music,  and  the  Indus- 
trial Education  Department  has  a  chapter  of  the 
American  Society  of  Tool  and  Manufacturing  Engi- 
neers and  a  chapter  of  the  American  Industrial  Arts 
Association. 

In  several  departments  there  are  informal  or- 
ganizations of  students.  All  policy-recommending 
committees  of  the  College  include  student  repre- 
sentation. 


UNIVERSITY  CREDENTIAL  SERVICE 

The  University  provides  placement  assistance 
for  graduating  seniors,  advanced  degree  candidates 
and  those  persons  completing  teacher  certification 
requirements.  All  graduating  seniors  on  the  College 
Park  campus  (except  Education  for  Industry 
majors)  are  required  to  file  credentials  with  this  of- 
fice prior  to  graduation.  A  registration  fee  is 
charged. 

Credentials  are  a  permanent  record  of  a  stu- 
dent's academic  preparation  plus  recommendations 
from  academic  and  professional  sources.  Regis- 
trants are  notified  of  positions  for  which  they 
qualify.  On-campus  interviews  are  scheduled  with 
educational  administrators.  The  service  is  available 
to  alumni  as  well.  For  further  information  contact 
the  Assistant  Director  of  Placement,  Shoemaker 
Building. 


Graduate  Studies 

For  graduate  study  in  education,  requirements 
for  admission  vary  with  degree  or  diploma  and 
special  area  for  which  the  applicant  is  applying. 
Both  the  Department  of  Education  and  the  Gradu- 
ate School  must  be  satisfied  as  to  the  ability  of  the 
student  to  do  graduate  work. 

Graduate  students  in  education  are  required  to 
take  a  test  battery  either  after  admission  to  the 
Graduate  School,  or  before,  if  results  are  needed  as 
admission  information. 
Application  for  Admission 

A  graduate  student  in  education  must  matri- 
culate in  the  Graduate  School.  Application  for  ad- 
mission to  the  Graduate  School  must  be  made  by 
July  15  for  the  fall  term;  December  15  for  the  spring 
term;  and  May  15  for  the  summer  school. 
Master's  Degrees 

A  graduate  student  in  education  may  matri- 
culate for  a  Master  of  Education  or  a  Master  of  Arts 
degree.  For  requirements  of  these  degrees,  the  stu- 
dent should  consult  both  the  Graduate  School  An- 
nouncements and  material  issued  by  the  College  of 
Education. 
Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  in  Education 

A  student  who  wishes  to  enter  this  program  must 
have  completed  a  master's  degree  or  its  equivalent 
and  be  otherwise  acceptable.  The  student  is  admit- 
ted to  the  Graduate  School  on  a  special  non-degree 
basis.  For  requirements  of  this  program,  the  stu- 
dent should  consult  the  bulletin  issued  by  the  Col- 
lege of  Education. 
Doctoral  Degrees 

Programs  leading  to  a  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in 
education  or  a  Doctor  of  Education  degree  are  ad- 
ministered for  the  Graduate  School  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Education.  For  requirements  of  these  de- 
grees, the  student  should  consult  both  the  Graduate 
School  Announcements  and  the  statement  of  policy 
relative  to  doctoral  programs  in  education. 


210 


Education 


Education  211 


Engineering 


The  four-year  programs  outlined  in  this  catalog 
lead  either  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  with 
curriculum  designation  in  aerospace  engineering, 
agricultural  engineering,  chemical  engineering, 
civil  engineering,  electrical  engineering,  mechanical 
engineering,  fire  protection,  or  to  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering;  in  addition, 
each  of  the  foregoing  degree  programs  may  be  pur- 
sued through  the  five-year  Maryland  Plan  for  Co- 
operative Engineering  Education.  The  engineering 
programs  integrate  these  elements:  (1)  basic  sci- 
ences including  mathematics,  physics,  chemistry; 
(2)  engineering  sciences  including  mechanics  of 
solids  and  fluids,  engineering  materials,  thermody- 
namics, electricity  and  magnetism;  (3)  professional 
studies  in  major  fields  of  engineering  specialization; 
(4)  liberal  arts  and  social  studies  in  the  General  Ed- 
ucation Program;  and  (5)  certain  other  required  sub- 
jects including  health  and  physical  activities. 

GENERAL  INFORMATION 

Increasingly,  the  boundary  between  engineers 
and  applied  scientists  or  applied  mathematicians 
becomes  less  distinct.  The  various  branches  of  engi- 
neering similarly  interact  with  each  other,  as  tech- 
nical problems  become  more  sophisticated,  and 
require  a  combined  attack  from  several  disciplines. 
The  engineer  occupies  an  intermediate  position  be- 
tween science  and  the  public,  because,  in  addition 
to  understanding  the  scientific  principles  of  a  situa- 
tion, he  is  concerned  with  the  timing,  economics, 
and  values  that  define  the  useful  application  of 
those  principles. 

Each  program  lays  a  broad  base  for  continued 
learning  after  college  in  professional  practice,  in 
business  or  industry,  in  public  service,  or  in  gradu- 
ate study  and  research. 


COLLEGE  REGULATIONS 

1.  The  responsibility  for  proper  registration  and  for 

satisfying  stated  prerequisites  for  any  course 
must  rest  with  the  student— as  does  the  respon- 
sibility for  proper  achievement  in  courses  in 
which  he  is  enrolled.  Each  student  should  be 
familiar  with  the  provisions  of  this  catalog,  in- 
cluding the  academic  regulations,  contained 
in  appendix— and  other  pertinent  regulations. 

2.  A    student   who    is    enrolled    for    more   than    8 

semester-hours  of  work  must  register  for  phys- 
ical education  each  semester  until  he  has  fully 
satisfied  the  University's  requirement.  He 
should  schedule  the  required  two  credits  of 
Health  during  his  first  thirty  credits  of  registra- 
tion in  the  University. 

3.  Required  courses  in  mathematics,  physics,  and 
chemistry  have  highest  priority;  and  every  engi- 
neering student  must  register  for  mathematics 
and  chemistry — or  mathematics  and  physics— 
until  he  has  fully  satisfied  requirements  of  the 
College  of  Engineering  in  these  subjects. 
Courses  in  mathematics,  chemistry  and  physics 
may  not  be  dropped. 

4.  A  student  is  advised  to  schedule  a  reduced  load 

if  his  record  of  scholarship  during  the  previous 
semester  was  unsatisfactory  (a)  because  he 
failed  courses,  or  (b)  because  his  average  during 
the  previous  semester  was  less  than  2.0  ("C"). 
A  student  who  is  on  probation  may  not  schedule 
more  than  16  semester-hours  of  work  in  any 
semester,  including  credit  for  physical  educa- 
tion. However,  he  may  not  defer  the  top-prioruy 
subjects  noted  in  Paragraphs  2  and  3  above 
without  written  approval  of  the  Dean. 

Engineering  213 


5.  A  student  in  the  College  of  Engineering  has  at- 

tained junior  standing  when  he  has  completed  a 
minimum  of  56  academic  hours  toward  his  de- 
gree, including  15  credits  of  mathematics  and 
11  credits  of  physics  and  possessing  the  mini- 
mum required  grade  point  average  to  remain  in 
the  University. 

6.  As  indicated  in  academic  regulations,  a  student 

who  has  not  attained  Junior  Standing  may  not 
register  for  upper  division  courses. 

7.  To  be  eligible  for  a  bachelor's  degree  in  the  Col- 

lege of  Engineering,  a  student  must  have  an 
average  of  at  least  "C"— 2.0— (a)  in  all  subjects 
applicable  to  his  degree,  and  (b)  in  all  junior- 
senior  courses  in  his  major  department.  Respon- 
sibility for  knowing  and  meeting  all  degree  re- 
quirements for  graduation  in  any  curriculum 
rests  with  the  student. 

8.  A   student   in   the  College   of   Engineering   may 

audit  a  course  only  with  the  understanding  that 
the  course  may  not  be  taken  for  credit  subse- 
quent to  his  registration  as  audit.  He  must  also 
have  the  consent  of  the  department  offering  the 
course.  Forms  requesting  permission  to  audit 
courses  are  available  in  the  Engineering  Stu- 
dent Affairs  Office,  J  183. 


BASIC  FORMAT  OF  THE  FRESHMAN- 
SOPHOMORE  YEARS  IN  ENGINEERING 

The  freshman  and  sophomore  years  in  Engi- 
neering are  designed  to  lay  a  strong  foundation  in 
mathematics,  physical  sciences  and  the  engineering 
sciences  upon  which  the  student  will  later  develop 
his  professional  program  during  the  upper  division 
(junior  and  senior)  years.  The  College  course  re- 
quirements for  the  freshman  year  are  the  same  for 
all  students,  regardless  of  their  intended  profes- 
sional career,  and  about  75%  of  the  sophomore  year 
course  requirements  are  common,  thus  affording 
the  student  a  maximum  flexibility  in  choosing  his 
specific  area  of  engineering  specialization.  Al- 
though the  engineering  student  selects  his  major 
field  at  the  start  of  his  sophomore  year,  this  intra- 
mural program  commonality  affords  the  student 
the  maximum  flexibility  of  choice  or  interdepart- 
mental transfer  up  to  the  end  of  his  sophomore 
year. 

General  College  Requirements 

for  the 
Freshman  and  Sophomore  Years 


STRUCTURE  OF  ENGINEERING  CURRICULA 

Courses  in  the  normal  curriculum  or  program 
and  prescribed  credit  hours  leading  to  the  degree 
Bachelor  of  Science  (with  curriculum  designation) 
are  outlined  on  the  following  pages  for  each  depart- 
ment in  the  College  of  Engineering.  ".  .  No  student 
may  modify  the  prescribed  number  of  hours  without 
special  permission  from  the  dean  of  his  college." 
The  courses  in  each  curriculum  may  be  classified 
in  the  following  categories: 

1.  Certain  courses  required  of  all   undergraduate 

students  in  the  University.  Students  who  are  not 
specifically  exempted  are  required  to  register  in 
and  successfully  complete  two  prescribed 
courses  in  physical  education  for  a  total  of  two 
semester  hours  of  credit.  A  health  course  (2 
credits)  is  also  required  of  all  undergraduate 
men  and  women. 

2.  Courses    in    the    General    Education    Program. 

These  include:  English  (9  credits),  Fine  Arts  or 
Philosophy  (3  credits),  History  (6  credits),  and 
Social  Science  (6  credits).  A  listing  of  specific 
courses  which  meet  the  requirements  of  the 
General  Education  Program  are  listed  elsewhere 
in  this  catalog. 

3.  Courses  in  the  physical  sciences— Mathematics, 

Chemistry,  Physics. 

4.  Collateral      engineering      courses— engineering 

sciences,  and  other  courses  approved  for  one 
curriculum  but  offered  by  another  department. 

5.  Courses  in  the  major  department. 

A  student  should  obtain  written  approval  for 
any  substitution  of  courses  from  the  department 
head  and  the  dean  of  his  college. 

The  courses  in  each  engineering  curriculum,  as 
classified  above,  form  a  sequential  and  development 
pattern  in  subject  matter.  In  this  respect,  curricula 
in  engineering  may  differ  from  curricula  in  other 
colleges.  Some  regulations  which  are  generally  ap- 
plicable to  all  students  (see  the  academic  regula- 
tions) may  need  clarification  for  purposes  of  orderly 
administration  among  engineering  students.  More- 
over, the  College  of  Engineering  establishes  policies 
which  supplement  the  University  regulations. 

214  Engineering 


A.  Health  and  Physical  Education  Credit  Hrs. 

Health  (HLTH.  005) 2 

Physical  Education  (two.  one  semester  courses  are 

required,  these  carry  no  academic  credit) 2 

B.  General  Education 12 

C.  Mathematics 16 

Four  courses  in  mathematics  ore  required  to  be  se- 
lected from  MATH.  019,  020.  021,  022.  ond  066.  If 
MATH.  066  is  the  last  course  in  the  sequence,  only 
15  credit  hours  (total)  in  Math  will  result  and  one 
(1)  credit  hour  is  added  to  the  Engineering  Sciences 
or  Math  and  Physical  Sciences  Electives. 

D.  Physical  Sciences ...  19 

A  minimum  of  19  credit  hours  in  Physics  and  Chem- 
istry must  be  completed,  with  not  less  than  seven 
(7)  in  either  field. 

E.  Engineering  Sciences  9 

Nine  (9)  credit  hours  must  be  completed  in  the  en- 
gineering sciences,  to  be  selected  from  ENES  001.  or 
ENES  002,  ENES  010,  ENES  020,  and  ENES  021.  Each  is 
o  three  (3)  credit  hour  course. 

F.  Engineering  Sciences,  Mothemotics,  Physical  Sciences 

or  Major  Fieid  Engineering   .  8 

Eight  (8)  credit  hours  to  complete  the  freshman- 
sophomore  year  requirements  may  be  in  any  of  the 
fields  indicated,  but  no  more  than  six  (6)  credit 
hours  may  have  a  major  field  designation. 
Total  Minimum  Academic  Credits  in  Freshmon-Sophomore  66 

(Plus  2  Semesters  of  Physical  Education) 


Basic  and  Alternate  Curricula  for  Freshmen  in  Engineering 

All  freshmen  in  the  College  of  Engineering  are 
required  to  complete  the  following  basic  curricu- 
lum for  freshmen  regardless  of  whether  the  student 
plans  to  proceed  through  one  of  the  major  field 
designated  baccalaureate  degree  programs  or 
follow  any  of  the  multidisciplinary,  non-designated 
degree  programs  that  are  sponsored  by  the  College. 

Basic  Freshman  Curriculum  in  Engineering 


Course  No.  ond  Title  I  II 

HLTH  005 -Science  and  Theory  of  Heolth  2 

CHEM.  008.  009- Generol  Chemistry  4  4 

PHYS.  030- General  Physics  I  3 

MATH.  019.  020-Analysisl,  II  4  4 

ENES.  001  -Intro.  Engr  Science  3 

ENES.  010-Mechonics  3 

General  Education  Courses  3  3 

Physicol  Activities  1  1 

Total  Academic  Credits  17  18 


Student?  who  are  not  prepared  to  schedule 
MATH.  019  are  advised  to  schedule  MATH.  018 
(3  cr.)  and  ENGL.  001  (3  cr.)  in  the  Summer  Ses- 
sion before  the  Fall  (first)  Semester.  MATH.  018 
does  not  count  toward  fulfilling  the  requirements 
of  an  engineering  degree it  is  a  prepara- 
tory course.  Otherwise,  students  will  schedule  their 
freshman  year  as  shown  in  the  following: 

Alternate  Freshman  Curriculum  in  Engineering* 

Semester 

Course  No.  ond  Title  I  II        Summer 

HLTH  005  -  Science  ond  Theory  of  Health  2 

CHEM  008,  009 -General  Chemistry  4  4 

PHYS  030-General  Physics  1 3 

MATH  018-lntro.  to  Analysis---  3 

MATH  019,  020-Analysis  I,  II  4  4 

ENES  001 -Intro.  Engr.  Science  3 

ENES  010- Mechanics 3 

General  Education  Courses...  3  6 

Physical  Activities   -  1  1 

Totol  Academic  Credits 16         18  7 

••  Qualified  students  may  elect  to  toke  CHEM  018  and  019  (3  cr  hrs.  each)  instead 
of  CHEM  008  ond  009. 

•••  MATH  018  is  an  additional  course  for  those  students  who  do  not  qualify  to  be- 
gin with  MATH  019 

The  Sophomore  Year  in  Engineering 

With  the  beginning  of  his  sophomore  year  the 
student  selects  his  sponsoring  academic  depart- 
ment (Aerospace,  Agricultural,  Chemical,  Civil, 
Electrical,  Fire  Protection,  or  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering) and  this  department  assumes  the  responsi- 
bility for  the  students  academic  guidance,  counsel- 
ing and  program  planning  from  that  point  until  the 
completion  of  the  degree  requirements  of  that  de- 
partment as  well  as  the  College. 

Sophomore  Curriculum  in  Engineering 

Semester 
I  II 

General  Education 3  3 

Math  021 -Analysis  III 4 

Math  022  or  066 -Analysis  IV  or  Differential 

Equations ...  3  or  4 ' 

Phys  031,  032-General  Physics 4  4 

ENES  020 -Mechanics  of  Materials 3- 

ENES  021 -Dynamics 33 

Major  field  or  related  courses 2  or  4  2or54 

Total  Academic  Credits 16  or  18         15  or  19 

'Aerospace  ond  Chemical  engineering  students  should  register  for  Math  066 -all  others 
register  for  Moth  022. 

-May  be  taken  either  first  or  second  semester.  Electrical  engineering  students  take 
ENES  080  ond  ENES  083  in  ploce  of  ENES  020. 

■^May  be  taken  either  first  or  second  semester  Chemical  engineering  students  toke 
CHEM  035,  CHEM  036,  and  CHEM  040  in  place  of  ENES  021 . 

"•The  major  field  or  related  courses  recommended  in  the  sophomore  year  are  as  follows: 
Aerospace:  CMSC  020-  Elementary  Algorithmic  Methods  (3)  and  ENME  060- Thermo- 
dynamics (3) 

Agricultural:  ENES  030  -  Materials  Science  (3)  or  ENCE  050-  Fundamentals  of  Engineer- 
ing Materials  (3);  AGEN  001  -  Introduction  to  Agricultural  Engineering 
(4)  and  AGRI  001  -Introduction  to  Agriculture  (1 ). 

Chemical:  ENCH  01 5 -Chemical  Engineering  Analysis  I  (2)  and  ENCH  050 -Chemical  En- 
gineering Analysis  11(3). 

Civil:  ENCE  050- Fundamentals  of  Engineering  Materials  (3)  and  ENCE  090- Engineer- 
ing Survey  Measurements  (3). 

Electrical:  ENEE  090-  Circuit  Analysis  I  (4)  and  ENEE  091  -  Circuits  Loborotory  1(1). 

Fire  Protection:  ENFP080-Fire  Protection  Organization  (3)  ond  ENFP  090-Essentials 
of  Fire  Protection  (3). 

Mechanical:  ENME  015-lntroduction  to  Mechanical  Engineering  (2)  and  ENME  060- 
Thermodynamics  I  (3). 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 
DEGREE  IN  ENGINEERING 

The  undesignated  degree  program  (BS-Engr.) 
is  designed  to  serve  three  primary  functions:  (1)  to 
prepare  those  students  who  wish  to  use  the  breadth 


and  depth  of  the  engineering  education  as  a  pre- 
paratory vehicle  for  entry  info  post-baccalaureate 
study  in  such  fields  as  medicine,  law  and/or  busi- 
ness administration;  (2)  to  develop  a  background 
for  those  who  wish  to  continue  their  engineering 
training  in  the  graduate  area  of  some  of  the  newer 
interdisciplinary  fields  of  engineering  such  as 
environmental  engineering,  bio-medical  engi- 
neering, systems  engineering,  and  many  others; 
and  finally  (3)  to  assist  those  students  who  do  not 
plan  the  normal  professional  practice  of  a  desig- 
nated engineering  field  upon  graduation,  but  wish 
to  use  a  broader  engineering  training  to  serve  in 
auxiliary  and  supporting,  aspects  of  engineering 
related  industries.  The  program  is  designed  to  give 
the  maximum  flexibility  for  tailoring  a  program  to 
the  specific  future  career  plans  of  the  student. 

The  program  in  no  sense  represents  a  dilution 
of  the  rigor  of  the  normal  engineering  educational 
program,  but  rather  it  builds  a  flexible  program 
based  upon  the  same  course  offerings  and  topical 
coverage  used  in  the  designated  degree  programs 
the  only  difference  is  that  the  student  fol- 
lowing the  undesignated  degree  path  will  sacrifice 
some  of  the  depth  or  breadth  of  the  designated  de- 
gree program  to  include  coverage  in  a  secondary 
engineering  field  (engineering  minor)  that  might 
be  of  more  significant  value  to  his  future  career 
plans. 

It  should  be  emphasized  that  the  program  is 
NOT  a  general  engineering  or  an  engineering 
science  program.  It  is  a  blending  of  two  or  possi- 
bly three  (by  suitable  selection  of  engineering 
electives)  fields  of  engineering  to  afford  the  student 
a  multidisciplinary  engineering  background.  In  the 
BS  Engineering  program,  the  student  is  under  the 
professional  guidance  and  counseling  direction  of 
his  major  field  department  and  they  will  plan 
his  entire  baccalaureate  career.  The  student  will 
graduate  with  a  concentration  in  a  specific  field 
(Ch.E.,  E.E.,  etc.)  and  thus  will  have  a  professional 
base  for  his  continuing  growth  and  development. 

The  proposed  program  should  be  particularly 
attractive  to  those  students  contemplating  gradu- 
ate study  in  the  interdisciplinary  graduate  engi- 
neering fields  such  as  environmental  engineering, 
bio-engineering,  bio-medical  engineering,  and  sys- 
tems and  control  engineering,  or  for  preparatory 
entry  into  graduate  work,  in  materials  engineering, 
or  nuclear  engineering  which  are  currently  not  of- 
fered as  designated  baccalaureate  fields  at  Mary- 
land. For  example,  a  student  contemplating  gradu- 
ate work  in  environmental  engineering  might  com- 
bine chemical  and  civil  engineering  for  his  total  pro- 
gram; a  student  interested  in  systems  and  control 
engineering  graduate  work  might  combine  elec- 
trical engineering  with  either  chemical,  mechan- 
ical, or  aerospace  engineering.  Since  the  specific 
course  requirements  are  flexible,  there  is  increased 
opportunity  for  those  students  contemplating  a 
career  through  law,  medical,  or  business  adminis- 
tration routes  to  begin. preparation  in  this  direction 
yet  still  complete  a  sound  undergraduate  engi- 
neering preparation. 

TABLE  I  shows  the  minimum  requirements  for 
a  BS  degree  in  Engineering;  the  66  semester  credit 
hours  required  for  the  completion  of  the  Junior 
and  Senior  years  is  superimposed  upon  the  Fresh- 
man and  Sophomore  curriculum  completed  by  the 
student.  The  student,  need  not  make  a  decision 
whether  to  take  the  designated  or  the  undesignated 
degree  in  an  engineering  field  until  the  beginning 

Engineering  2?5 


of  his  junior  year.  In  fact,  he  can  probably  delay  the 
decision  until  the  Spring  term  of  his  junior  year 
with  little  or  no  sacrifice,  thus  affording  the  student 
ample  time  for  decision. 


TABLE  I 

JUNIOR-SENIOR  REQUIREMENTS 

for  a 

BS  DEGREE  IN  ENGINEERING  (undesignated) 

(BS-Engr.) 


ACADEMIC  FIELD 


GENERAL  EDUCATION 

MATHEMATICS,  PHYSICAL  &  ENGINEERING 

SCIENCES  (18  credit  hours)' 

Math  or  Physical  Science,  required: 
Engineering  Sciences,"  required: 
Math,  Physicol  or  Engineering 
Science,"  electives: 

ENGINEERING  FIELDS  of 

CONCENTRATION  (36  credit  hours)'" 


Minimum  Credit  Hour 
Requirements  to  Fulfill  the 
Jr.-Sr.  Year  Requirements 
12  credit  hours 


3  credit  hours 
8  credit  hours 


Primary  Engr.  Field 
Secondary  Engr.  Field 


24  credit  hours 
12  credit  hours 


TOTAL  JR.-SR.  CREDIT  HOUR  REQUIREMENTS  (Minimum)  =  66 
•  Of  the  1 8  required  credits  in  the  Mathematics,  Physical,  and  Engineering  Sciences,  9 
must  be  at  the  100  course  level  and  above. 

■■  For  the  purposes  of  the  BS-Engineering  degree,  an  Engineering  Science  course,  with 
the  singular  exception  noted  below,  are  those  courses  in  the  Engineering  College  pre- 
fixed by  ENES  designation  or,  are  in  on  engineering  field  not  his  primary  or  secon- 
dary field  of  concentration.  The  singular  exception  to  the  above  is  that  the  student 
may  use  up  to  six  credits  of  course  work  numbered  below  1 00  in  his  primary  or  sec- 
ondary engineering  field  of  concentration  os  engineering  sciences. 

•••  All  of  the  courses  used  to  fulfill  the  primary  ond  secondary  engineering  field  require- 
ment of  36  semester  credit  hours  must  be  at  the  1 00  course  level  and  above. 

TABLE  II  lists  the  currenlty  available  primary  and  secondary  fields  of 
concentration  that  are  possible  under  the  format  of  TABLE  I  according  to 
the  presently  ovailable  course  offerings  within  the  College. 

TABLE  II 

POSSIBLE  PRIMARY  AND  SECONDARY 

ENGINEERING  FIELDS  OF  CONCENTRATION 

FOR  THE  BS-ENGINEERING  DEGREE 


Primary  Engr.  Field 
Secondary  Engr.  Field 

PRIMARY  FIELDS 

Aerospace  Engineering 
Agricultural  Engineering 
Chemical  Engineering 
Civil  Engineering 
Electrical  Engineering 
Engineering  Materials 
Fire  Protection 
Mechanical  Engineering 
Nuclear  Engineering 


24  credit  hours 
12  credit  hours 

SECONDARY  FIELDS 

Aerospace  Engineering 

Agricultural  Engineering 

Chemical  Engineering 

Civil  Engineering 

Electrical  Engineering 

Engineering  Materials 

Fire  Protection 

Mechanical  Engineering 

Nuclear  Engineering 


GENERAL  ENGINEERING  COLLEGE 
REQUIREMENTS      FOR      THE      BS-ENGINEERING 
DEGREE 

All  undergraduate  students  in  engineering  will 
select  their  major  field  sponsoring  department 
(i.e.  Aero.,  Chemical,  Civil,  Electrical,  Fire  Pro- 
tection, or  Mechanical  Engineering)  at  the  begin- 
ning of  their  second  year  regardless  of  whether 
they  plan  to  proceed  to  a  designated  or  an  undes- 
ignated degree.  A  student  wishing  to  elect  the  un- 
designated degree  program  may  do  so  at  any  time 
ollowing  the  completion  of  his  sophomore  year, 
or  a  minimum  of  50  earned  credits  towards  any 
engineering  degree,  and  at  least  one  semester 
prior  to  the  time  he  expects  to  receive  the  bac- 
calaureate degree  in  engineering.  His  curriculum 
planning,  guidance  and  counseling  will  be  the  re- 
sponsibility of  the  Undesignated  Degree  Program 
Advisor"  in  his  primary  field  department.  At  least 
one  semester  before  the  expected  degree  is  to  be 
granted  the  student  must  file  an  Application  for 
Admission  to  Candidacy  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor 

216  Engineering 


of  Science  in  Engineering"  with  the  Dean's  Office 
of  the  College  of  Engineering.  The  candidacy  form 
must  be  approved  by  the  Head  of  the  primary  field 
department,  the  primary  engineering  and  second- 
ary engineering  field  advisors  and  the  college  fa- 
culty committee  on  "Undesignated  Degree  Pro- 
grams." This  committee  has  the  responsibility  for 
implementing  all  approved  policies  pertaining  to 
this  program  and  reviewing  and  acting  on  the 
candidacy  forms  filed  by  the  student. 

Specific  University  and  College  academic  regu- 
lations apply  to  this  undesignated  degree  program 
in  the  same  manner  as  they  apply  to  the  conven- 
tional designated  degree  programs.  For  example, 
the  academic  regulations  of  the  University  apply 
and  the  College  requirement  of  2.00  factor  in  his 
major  field  during  the  junior  and  senior  years 
apply.  For  the  purpose  of  implementation  of  such 
academic  rules,  the  24  credits  in  the  primary  engi- 
neering field  and  the  12  credits  in  the  secondary 
engineering  field  are  considered  to  count  as  a  "36 
credit  major"  for  such  academic  purposes. 

CO-OPERATIVE  ENGINEERING  EDUCATION 
PROGRAM 

The  Maryland  Plan  for  co-operative  engineering 
education  at  the  University  of  Maryland,  offered 
by  the  College  of  Engineering,  presents  a  five  year 
program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 
The  academic  requirements  for  students  following 
the  co-op  plan  of  education  are  identical  to  the  aca- 
demic requirements  for  those  students  following 
the  regular  four-year  program.  In  addition  to  the 
normal  academic  requirements,  the  co-op  student 
has  scheduled  periods  of  professional  internship 
which  must  be  satisfactorily  completed  to  qualify 
for  the  baccalureate  degree  under  the  co-op  plan. 

The  co-op  plan  begins  after  the  student  has  com- 
pleted the  freshman  and  sophomore  requirements 
of  his  major  field.  Thus  co-op  plan  involves  only 
the  last  half  of  the  student's  baccalaureate  pro- 
gram, the  junior  and  senior  years.  The  alternating 
plan  of  study  and  professional  internship  lengthens 
this  normal  two  year  period  to  three  years.  Delay- 
ing entry  into  the  co-op  plan  until  the  junior  year 
offers  considerable  educational  advantages  to  the 
student.  The  student  retains  the  normal  freshman- 
sophomore  program  years  to  afford  time  for  the 
selection  of  his  major  field  of  engineering  ...  or 
even  whether  he  wishes  to  continue  in  engineering 
.  .  .  without  committing  himself  to  either  the  regu- 
lar four  year  or  the  co-op  plan  of  education.  A  more 
mature  and  meaningful  series  of  professional  in- 
ternship assignments  are  possible,  to  benefit  both 
the  student  and  his  professional  partner.  Also,  the 
plan  is  readily  adaptable  to  the  needs  of  the  student 
transferring  to  the  University  from  the  pre-engi- 
neering  programs  of  the  Community  Colleges  or 
following  the  completion  of  the  first  two  years  of 
engineering  at  other  colleges  and  universities. 

The  Maryland  Plan  for  Co-operative  Engineer- 
ing Education  is  shown  in  the  tabulation  on  the  fol- 
lowing page.  Briefly,  the  co-op  student  spends 
three  semesters  and  two  summers  in  resident  study 
and  three  semesters  and  one  summer  in  profes- 
sional internship  to  complete  his  baccalaureate 
degree  requirements;  all  students  complete  the 
program  with  student-residence  at  the  University. 
The  study-residence  periods  are  the  normal  semes- 
ter or  eight  weeks  summer  sessions  at  the  Univer- 
sity;  the   internship   periods   are  of   twenty  weeks 


duration  during  the  Fall  or  Spring  semesters  and 
ten  weeks  during  the  summer. 

As  shown  in  the  tabulation,  the  basic  plan 
(Group  I  and  II)  has  students  beginning  their  co-op 
program  with  the  Fall  semester  following  the 
completion  of  the  freshman  and  sophomore  re- 
quirements and  graduating  within  three  years  after 
beginning  the  program.  The  Group  III  plan  is  a 
modification  of  the  Group  II,  basic  plan,  for  a 
limited  number  of  students  who  wish  to  accelerate 
their  co-op  program.  Similarly,  Group  IV  is  a  de- 
layed entry  program  for  those  students  who  did  not 
complete  their  freshman-sophomore  requirements 
in  time  for  normal  entry  into  the  program;  it  is 
anticipated  that  this  Group  IV  plan  will  be  attrac- 
tive to  those  transfer  students  having  basic  aca- 
demic deficiencies  to  make  up. 

Students  are  selected  for  the  co-op  plan  from 
applications  filed  with  the  Co-operative  Education 
Office  of  the  College  of  Engineering.  While  the 
student  applies  during  his  sophomore  year,  he 
must  have  completed  the  sophomore  year  require- 
ments before  formal  entry  into  the  program.  A 
student  must  have  a  minimum  2.00  grade  point 
average  to  qualify  for  the  program.  While  the  selec- 
tion of  applicants  is  based  primarily  on  scholarship, 
dependability,  ability  to  work  well  with  others,  and 
financial  need.  Students  are  placed  in  professional 
intern  situations  which  will  provide  the  best  pos- 
sible professional  experiences  consistent  with 
career  objectives.  Extensive  planning  and  coordina- 
tion of  college-industry-student  liaison  is  necessary 
to  insure  the  realization  of  the  program  objectives. 


CO-OPERATIVE  PLAN  OF  EDUCATION,  COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 
UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


NOTE:  The  student  must  have  completed  all  the  Freshman  and  Sophomore  requirements 
of  his  major  field  before  entry  into  the  co-op  plan. 


THE  BASIC  PLAN 


BASIC  PLAN  MODIFICATIONS 


GROUP  1 

GROUP  II 

GROUP  Ill- 

GROUP  IV" 

SUMMER 

Study 

FALL 

Study 
Intern  (1,2) 
Study 

Intern  (1.2) 
Study 
Intern  (3) 

Intern  (1,2) 
Study 
Intern  (3) 

SPRING 
SUMMER 

Intern  (1,2) 
Study 

FALL 

SPRING 

SUMMER 

Intern  (3.4) 
Study 
Intern  (5) 

Study 
Intern  (4.5) 
Study 

Study 
Intern  (4,5) 
Study 

Intern  (3,4) 
Study 

Intern  (5) 

FALL  Study 

SPRING  Intern  (6,7) 

SUMMER  Study 


Intern  (6,7) 

Study 

Study 


Intern  (6,7) 
Study 


Study 
Intern  (6,7) 
Study 


FALL 


Study 


Group  III  is  a  limited  enrollment  group  for  students  wishing  to  accelerate  their  pro- 
gram. The  Freshman-Sophomore  years  work  must  have  been  completed 
prior  to  enrollment  in  the  Pre-Co-op  Summer  session. 
"Group  IV  is  a  delayed  entry,  limited  enrollment  group,  for  students  who  did  not  com- 
plete their  Freshman-Sophomore  year  requirements  in  time  for  a  normal 
Foil  semester  entry  into  the  Co-op  plan. 


Students  make  their  own  arrangements  for 
board  and  lodging  while  on  their  periods  of  intern- 
ship. Frequently  the  participating  industrial  com- 
pany or  governmental  agency  will  assist  the  student 
in  locating  good,  inexpensive  lodging.  The  intern- 
ship wages  are  paid  directly  to  the  student  by  his 
employer. 

During  the  semesters  or  summer  sessions  in 
which  the  student  attends  school,  he  pays  the  regu- 
lar tuition  and  fees  assessed  by  the  University.  A 
thirty  dollar  fee  is  charged  for  each  10-week  period 
of  professional  internship.  There  is  one  10-week 
period  when  a  student  interns  during  the  summer 
and  three  double  periods  (20  weeks  each)  when 


he  interns  during  the  Fall  or  Spring  semesters.  The 
professional  intern  fee  is  payable  at  the  beginning 
of  each  intern  period  and  is  not  refundable.  The 
co-op  plan  student  usually  completes  seven  10-week 
periods  of  professional  internship  to  complete  all 
requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree 
under  the  co-op  plan  of  the  College  of  Engineering. 


AEROSPACE   ENGINEERING 


PROFESSORS:  Corning,  Pai*.  Rivello,  Sherwood,  and  Thomas. 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Melnik. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Barlow,  Donaldson,  Filotas,  Plot- 
kin,  Schaeffer,  Shankar,  and  Weissharr. 
INSTRUCTOR:  Greenwood. 
LECTURERS:  Anderson,  Billig,  Brandt,  Fleig,  and  Wilson. 


Aerospace  engineering  deals  with  the  motion  of 
a  solid  relative  to  a  fluid  or  to  other  solids.  Usually 
the  solid  is  an  aircraft  or  spacecraft  and  the  fluid 
is  air,  but  frequently  the  aerospace  engineer  is  in- 
volved in  the  study  of  other  items  such  as  hydrofoils 
moving  through  water  and  wind  or  water  loads  on 
structures.  Especially  where  weight  constraints  re- 
sults in  a  structure  which  is  comparatively  flexible, 
the  aerospace  engineer  is  uniquely  equipped  to 
analyze  the  interaction  of  the  structure  with  the 
fluid. 

The  undergraduate  curriculum  includes  basic 
courses  in  all  areas  of  aerospace  engineering,  aero- 
dynamics, structures,  propulsion,  flight  mechanics 
and  design.  Aerodynamics  involves  the  application 
of  the  laws  of  fluid  flows  to  determine  the  lift,  drag, 
and  other  aerodynamic  characteristics  of  the  ve- 
hicle or  solid.  In  flight  at  supersonic  speeds  the 
aerodynamicist  must  include  the  effects  of  shock 
waves,  while  at  reentry  speeds  the  influence  of 
chemical  reactions  in  the  atmospheric  gas  must  be 
considered.  The  topic  of  structures  is  mainly  con- 
cerned with  the  ability  of  the  vehicle  to  withstand 
the  forces  created  by  motion  through  the  fluid.  The 
effects  of  structural  flexibility  must  be  considered 
and,  for  flight  at  high  speeds,  the  heating  of  the 
structure  can  substantially  influence  its  behavior. 
Structural  weight  is  always  of  great  concern.  Pro- 
pulsion includes  studies  of  reciprocating  engine- 
propeller  combinations,  gas  turbines  and  rockets 
with  primary  emphasis  on  the  determination  of  the 
thrust  and  the  fuel  consumption  rate.  An  apprecia- 
tion for  the  properties  of  materials  at  elevated  tem- 
pertures  is  essential  for  both  propuslsion  and  struc- 
tural considerations.  Flight  mechanics  deals  with 
the  ability  of  a  vehicle  to  be  flown  along  certain 
flight  paths.  The  maneuverability  of  an  aircraft  and 
the  handling  qualities  of  a  lunar  module  are  both  of 
concern  in  flight  mechanics.  Design  encompasses 
all  of  the  facets  of  aerospace  engineering;  the  aero- 
dynamic, structural  and  propulsion  systems  inte- 
grate to  yield  a  vehicle  with  certain  flight  char- 
acteristics and  with  a  capability  to  perform  specific 
tasks. 

The  aerospace  engineer  may  be  involved  in 
space  exploration  or  research,  general  aviation, 
military  weaponry,  commercial  air  transportation, 
or  many  other  related  activities.  His  expertise  allows 
him  to  make  substantial  contributions  to  the  ad- 
vancement of  mankind. 


Engineering  217 


1 

II 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

A 

3 
1 

3 

1 

17 

19 

3 

3 

3 

3 

2 

2 

4 

3 

3 

3 

6  or   / 

AEROSPACE  ENGINEERING  CURRICULUM 


JUNIOR  YEAR 

General  Education  Courses 

ENAE  101 -Aerodynamics  I 

ENAE  102 -Aerodynamics  II 

Technical  Elective 

ENAE  113  —  Flight  Structures 

ENES  030-Materials  Science 

ENME  106-Transfer  Processes 

MATH  022-Analysis  IV 

ENEE  060,  062 -Principles  of  Electrical 

Engineering 

ENEE  061.  063 -Electrical  Engr.  Lab 

Total 

SENIOR  YEAR 
General  Education  Courses 

ENAE  107-Aerospace  Design 

ENAE  109  — Flight  Propulsion 

ENAE  111,  112- Elective  Research 

ENAE  114—  Flight  Structures 

ENAE  1 15- Aerodynamics  III 

ENAE  11 7- Aircraft  Vibrations 

ENAE  1 18- Dynamics  of  Aerospace 

Vehicles 

TechnicolElectives 

Total 


With  the  approval  of  the  Department  students  may 
elect  9-10  hours  from  among  the  following  courses: 
ENAE  108,  ENAE  110,  ENAE  180,  ENAE  184,  ENAE 
190,  MATH  162,  MATH  163,  MATH  164,  MATH  100, 
PHYS  153. 


FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

ENAE  101  (03)  AERODYNAMICS  I 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
PHYS  32  and  MATH  66.  Basic  fluid  mechanics  and 
aerodynamic  theory. 

ENAE  102  (03)  AERODYNAMICS  II 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENAE  101.  Elements  of  compressible  flow  and  application 
to  engineering  problems. 

ENAE  107  (03)  DESIGN  OF  AEROSPACE  VEHICLES 

ENAE  108  (03)  DESIGN  OF  AEROSPACE  VEHICLES 

First  and  second  semesters,  one  lecture  and  two  lectures 
calculation  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  ENAE  101,  102 
and  113.  First  semester,  theory,  background,  and 
methods  of  airplane  design,  subsonic,  supersonic  and 
VTOL.  Second  semester,  theory,  background  and  methods 
of  space  vehicle  design  manned  orbiting  vehicle,  manned 
lunar  and  martian  landing  systems. 

ENAE  109  (03)  FLIGHT  PROPULSION 

ENAE  110  (03)  FLIGHT  PROPULSION 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, ENME  001  and  concurrent  registration  in  ENAE 
102,Operatingprinciplesof  piston,  turbojet,  turboprop,  ram- 
jet, and  rocket  engines.  Thermodynamic  processes  and 
engine  performance,  aero-thermochemistry  of  combustion, 
fuels  and  propellants,  energy  for  space  flight. 

ENAE  111  (02)  ELECTIVE  RESEARCH 

ENAE  112  (02)  ELECTIVE  RESEARCH 

One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, ENAE  102  and  ENAE  113.  Wind  tunnel  tests, 
structural  tests.  Written  and  oral  reports  on  original  re- 
search projects. 

ENAE  113  (04)  FLIGHT  STRUCTURES  I 

ENAE    114   (04)    FLIGHT  STRUCTURES  II 

First  semester,  three  lectures  and  one  calculation  period 
a  week,  second  semester,  three  lectures  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, ENES  20,  MATH  22  and  MATH  66.  Principles 
and  problems  of  stress  analysis  and  structural  design  of 
flight  structures. 

ENAE  115  (03)  AERODYNAMICS  III 

Prerequisite  ENAE  101.  Elementary  theory  of  the  flow  of 
an  incompressible  fluid. 

ENAE  117  (03)  AIRCRAFT  VIBRATIONS 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite  MATH  66.  Vibration 
and  other  dynamic  problems  occurring  in  structures. 
Specific  topics  of  study  include  the  free  and  forced  vi- 
brations, single  degree  of  freedom  system,  multiple  de- 
grees of  freedom,  beams  and  bars. 


ENAE  118  (03)  DYNAMICS  OF  AEROSPACE  VEHICLES 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  ENAE  101,  102,  115. 
Stability,  control,  and  miscellaneous  topics  in  dynamics. 

ENAE  180  (03)  AERODYNAMICS  OF  HIGH  SPEED  FLIGHT 
Prerequisites,  ENAE  102  and  115,  or  equivalents.  An  ad- 
vanced course  dealing  with  aerodynamic  problems  of 
flight  at  supersonic  and  hypersonic  velocities.  Topics  will 
include  unified  hypersonic  supersonic  small  disturbance 
theory,  real  gas  effects,  aerodynamic  heating  and  mass 
transfer  with  applications  to  hypersonic  flight  and  re-entry. 

ENAE  184  (03)  FLIGHT  STRUCTURES  III 

An  advanced  undergraduate  course  dealing  with  the 
theory  and  analysis  of  the  structures  of  flight  vehicles. 
Topics  will  include,  stresses  due  to  sheer,  indeterminate 
structures,  matrix  methods,  plane  theory,  buckling  and 
failure  of  plates. 

ENAE  190  (1-4)  TOPICS  IN  AEROSPACE  ENGINEERING 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  May  be  taken  for 
repeated  credit  up  to  a  total  of  6  credits,  with  permission  of 
the  student's  advisor  and  the  instructor.  Selected  topics 
from  literature  of  aerospace  engineering. 

FOR  GRADUATES 

ENAE     220   (03)  AERODYNAMICS  OF  INCOMPRESSIBLE 
FLUIDS 

ENAE   221    (03)    AERODYNAMICS  OF  INCOMPRESSIBLE 

FLUIDS 
ENAE   224    (03)   AERODYNAMICS  OF  COMPRESSIBLE 

FLUIDS 
ENAE   225   (03)   AERODYNAMICS  OF  COMPRESSIBLE 

FLUIDS 
ENAE  230   (03)   THE  AERODYNAMICS  OF  HIGH  ALTITUDE 

VEHICLES 
ENAE   231    (03)   THE  AERODYNAMICS  OF  HIGH  ALTITUDE 

VEHICLES 
ENAE   232   (03)   WAVE  PROPAGATION  IN  GASES  AND 

SOLIDS 

ENAE   233    (03)    WAVE  PROPAGATION  IN  GASES  AND 
SOLIDS 

ENAE  234  (03)  AEROSPACE  FACILITIES  AND  TECH- 
NIQUES 

ENAE  235  (03)  AEROSPACE  FACILITIES  AND  TECH- 
NIQUES 

ENAE  236  (03)  HEAT  TRANSFER  PROBLEMS  ASSOCIATED 
WITH  HIGH  VELOCITY  FLIGHT 

ENAE  237  (03)  HEAT  TRANSFER  PROBLEMS  ASSOCIATED 
WITH  VELOCITY  FLIGHT 

ENAE   250   (03)   ADVANCED  FLIGHT  STRUCTURES 

ENAE   251    (03)   ADVANCED  FLIGHT  STRUCTURES 

ENAE   260   (03)   ADVANCED  PROPULSION 

ENAE   261    (03)   ADVANCED  PROPULSION 

ENAE  270  (03)  STRUCTURAL  DYNAMICS  AND  AERO- 
ELASTICITY 

ENAE  271  (03)  STRUCTURAL  DYNAMICS  AND  AERO- 
ELASTICITY 

ENAE  280   (03)   DYNAMICS  OF  VISCOUS  FLUIDS 

ENAE  281    (03)    DYNAMICS  OF  VISCOUS  FLUIDS 

ENAE  290   (Var)  SEMINAR 

ENAE  291  (03)  SELECTED  TOPICS  IN  AEROSPACE  ENGI- 
NEERING 

ENAE  292  (03)  SELECTED  TOPICS  IN  AEROSPACE  ENGI- 
NEERING 

ENAE  399  (Var)  THESIS  RESEARCH— Master's  Level 

ENAE  499  (Var)   RESEARCH— Doctoral  Level 

AGRICULTURAL  ENGINEERING  * 


PROFESSORS:  Green,  Harris  and  Winn. 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Cowan,  Felton,  and  Merrick. 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Hummel  and  Merkel. 
INSTRUCTORS:  Brodie..Rice  Seibel  and  Stewart. 
RESEARCH  ASSOCIATES:  Wheaton  and  Willson  (visiting) 


Agricultural  engineering  utilizes  energy  and  ma- 
terials to  enhance  agricultural  and  aauacultural  pro- 
is  open  to  students  in  Engineering  or  Agncul- 


2  78  Engineering 


duction.  Virtually  all  efforts  are  oriented  towards  in- 
creased food  production  or  preservation.  An  under- 
standing of  soil,  plant,  and  animal  science  is  the 
basis  for  applications  of  engineering  in  all  phases 
of  production,  harvesting,  processing  and  utilization 
of  plant,  avian  or  animal  products.  Interrelated  ap- 
plications of  engineering  disciplines  are  found  in 
agriculture  or  even  on  a  single,  diversified  farm 
necessitating  a  broad  base  of  mathematical,  phys- 
ical and  engineering  sciences  complemented  by 
basic  biological  and  soil  science.  Students  may 
specialize  in  one  of  four  major  areas  and,  upon 
graduation,  receive  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Agricultural  Engineering. 

Power  and  machinery  specialization  is  oriented 
towards  energy  conversion  and  related  machines  for 
tillage,  harvesting,  transporting  and  processing  of 
biological  products.  Farmstead  engineering  is  con- 
cerned with  functional  aspects  of  structures  with 
particular  attention  to  environmental  requirements 
of  birds,  plants  or  animals  and  also  with  material 
handling  systems  to  optimize  labor  efficiency.  Elec- 
tric power  and  processing  is  concerned  with  auto- 
mation of  the  farmstead,  and  with  the  physical 
properties  of  biological  materials  as  this  knowledge 
is  basic  to  design  criteria  for  heating,  cooling  or 
change  of  state.  The  area  of  soil  and  water  conser- 
vation engineering  is  oriented  towards  applications 
of  hydraulics  and  soil  physics  in  irrigation,  drainage, 
erosion  control,  water  resources  management  and 
abatement  of  pollution  from  agricultural  operations. 
The  above  areas  are  well  defined  in  agricultural 
engineering— a  developing  program  is  the  relation- 
ship of  these  land  based  activities  to  the  aquatic 
environment  or  aquacultural  engineering. 

Employment  opportunities  include  farm  opera- 
tion or  management,  machinery  design  and  develop- 
ment, structural  design  and  construction,  process 
and  systems  development,  land  development,  and 
natural  resource  planning.  These  opportunities  may 
be  in  education,  research,  development,  or  opera- 
tions and  can  be  found  in  private  industry,  or  in 
local,  state  or  federal  agencies  throughout  the 
world. 


JUNIOR  YEAR 

ENME  060 -Thermodynamics 

ENCE  105  or  ENME  102  — Fluid  Mechanics 

ENCE  102-Structural  Analysis 

ENCE  103 -Structural  Analysis 

AGEN  121  -Engr.  Dynamics  of  Bio-Materials 

AGEN  143- Design  of  Machinery  &  Equip 

General  Education  Courses 

Technical  Elective 

Elective 

ENEE  060- Principles  of  Electrical  Engr 

Total 

SENIOR  YEAR 

AGEN  144-Power  Systems 

AGEN  142-Design  of  Ag.  Structures 

AGEN  1 45  —  Soil  ond  Water  Engr 

General  Education  Courses 

General  Education  Course 

Elective 

Tech  Electives 

Total 


Technical  Electives: 

Farm  Power  and  Machinery  specialization  students  take  - 

ENEE  60, 61. 62, 63  and  ENME  101.  103,  106  plus  3  hrs.  undesignated 
Structures  or  Soil  and  Water  specialization  students  toke- 

ENEE  60,  61 ,  62,  63;  ENCE  1 65, 1 66  and  AGRO  1 1 7 
Electrification  specialization  students  take- 

ENEE  90.  91 , 1 20,  1 21 , 1 22, 1 23  (adds  2  hours)  plus  3  hrs,  undesignated 


AGNE  113.  (04)  MECHANICS  OF  FOOD  PROCESSING. 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory.  Pre- 
requisite. PHYS  1  or  10.  Applications  in  the  processing 
and  preservation  of  foods  of  power  transmission,  hy- 
draulics, electricity,  thermodynamics,  refrigeration,  in- 
struments and  controls,  materials  handling  and  time  and 
motion  analysis. 

AGEN  121  (03)  ENGINEERING  DYNAMICS  OF  BIOLOGICAL 
MATERIALS. 
Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite 
ENME  102.  Investigate  the  physical  parameters  (impact, 
temperature,  humidity,  light,  etc.)  governing  the  response 
of  biological  materials.  Analyses  of  unit  operations  and 
their  effect  on  the  physical  and  quality  characteristics 
of  agricultural  products. 


FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES 
AND  GRADUATES 

AGEN  142  (03)  FUNCTIONAL  AND  ENVIRONMENTAL  DE- 
SIGN OF  AGRICULTURAL  STRUCTURES 
Second  Semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  two  hour  lab- 
boratory  per  week.  Prerequisites  ENME  102.  An  analyti- 
cal approach  to  the  design  and  planning  of  functional  and 
environmental  requirements  of  plants  and  animals  in 
semi-  or  completely  enclosed  structures.  (Merkel) 

AGEN  143  (03)  FUNCTIONAL  DESIGN  OF  MACHINERY  & 
EQUIPMENT 
First  Semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  two  hour  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisite  ENES  21.  Theory  and  methods 
of  agricultural  machine  design.  Application  of  machine  de- 
sign principles  and  physical  properties  of  soils  and  agri- 
cultural products  in  design  of  machines  to  perform  spe- 
cific     tasks.  (Hummel) 

AGEN    144   (03)    POWER  SYSTEMS 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  two  hour  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisites  ENME  60  and  ENME  102. 
Analysis  of  energy  conversion  devices  including  internal 
combustion  engines,  electrical  and  hydraulic  motors. 
Fundamentals  of  power  transmission  and  coordination 
of  power  sources  with  methods  of  power  transmission. 

(Harris) 

AGEN  145  (03)  SOIL  AND  WATER  CONSERVATION  ENGI- 
NEERING 
Second  semester.  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite 
ENME  102.  Applications  of  engineering  and  soil  sciences 
in  erosion  control,  drainage,  irrigation  and  watershed  man- 
agement. Principles  of  agricultural  hydrology  and  design  of 
water  control  and  conveyance  systems.  (Staff) 

AGEN  165  (03)  GENERAL  HYDROLOGY 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Qualitative 
aspects  of  basic  hydrologic  principles  pertaining  to  the 
properties,  distribution  and  circulation  of  water  as  re- 
lated to  public  interest  in  water  resources.  (Staff) 

AGEN    175   (03)    ENGINEERING  HYDROLOGY 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites. 
Math  66  ENCE  105  or  ENME  102.  Properties,  distribu- 
tion and  circulation  of  water  from  the  sea  and  in  the  at- 
mosphere emphasizing  movement  overland,  in  channels 
and  through  the  soil  profile.  Qualitative  and  quantitative 
factors  are   considered.  (Staff) 

AGEN    185   (03)  AQUALCULTURAL  ENGINEERING 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  Department. 
A  study  of  the  engineering  aspects  of  development,  utiliza- 
tion and  conservation  of  aquatic  systems.  Emphasis  will 
be  on  production,  harvesting  and  processing  aquatic 
animals  or  plants  as  related  to  other  facets  of  water  re- 
sources management.  (Wheaton) 

AGEN  189  (1-3)  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING 
Prerequisite,  approval  of  Department.  Student  will  select 
an  engineering  problem  and  prepare  a  technical  report. 
The  problem  may  include  design,  experimentation,  and/ 
or   data   analysis.  (Staff) 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  graduate  school  catalog  for  descriptions. 

AGEN   201.    (03)    INSTRUMENTATION  SYSTEMS. 

AGEN   202.    (03)    BIOLOGICAL  PROCESS  ENGINEERING. 

AGEN  203.  (03)  MECHANICAL  PROPERTIES  OF  BIOLOG- 
ICAL MATERIALS 

AGEN  204.  (03)  LAND  AND  WATER  RESOURCE  DEVELOP- 
MENT ENGINEERING. 

AGEN  301.  (Var)  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  AGRICULTURAL 
AND  AQUACULTURAL  ENGINEERING. 


Engineering  2 1 9 


AGEN  302.  (01)  SEMINAR. 
AGEN  399.  (Var)  RESEARCH. 
AGEN  499.  (Var)  RESEARCH. 


CHEMICAL   ENGINEERING 

PROFESSORS:  Beckmann,  Duffey,  Gomezplata,  Johnson', 
Marchello,  Schroeder,  Silverman*,  and  Skolnick** 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Arsenault**,  Bolsaitis**,  Cadman, 
Munno*,  Regan,  Smith,  and  Spain** 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Almenas*  Blair*,  Gentry  and 
Sheaks* 

PART-TIME  PROFESSORS:  Goldman*,  Hoffman,  and  Kruger 

LECTURERS:  Belcher*  and  Dedrick 


Chemical  engineering  involves  the  application 
of  sound  engineering  and  economic  principles— and 
basic  sciences  of  mathematics,  physics,  and  chem- 
istry—to process  industries  concerned  with  the 
chemical  transformation  of  matter.  The  chemical 
engineer  is'primarily  concerned  with  research  and 
process  development  leading  to  new  chemical  proc- 
ess ventures  or  a  better  understanding  of  existing 
ones;  with  the  efficient  operation  of  the  complete 
chemical  plant  or  its  component  units;  with  the 
technical  service  engineering  required  for  improving 
and  understanding  chemical  plant  operation  and 
the  products  produced;  with  the  chemical  sales  and 
economic  distribution  of  the  chemical  plant  product; 
and  with  the  general  management  and  executive 
direction  of  chemical  process  industry  plants  and 
industrial  complexes. 

Because  of  this  wide  range  of  ultimate  applica- 
tion, the  chemical  engineer  finds  interesting  and 
diverse  career  opportunities  in  such  varied  fields 
as  chemical  (inorganic  and  organic),  food  process- 
ing and  manufacture,  metalk  rgical,  nuclear  and 
energy  conversion,  petroleum  (refining,  production, 
or  petrochemical),  and-  pharmaceutical  industries, 
Additional  opportunities  are  presented  by  the  re- 
search and  development  activities  of  many  public 
and  private  research  institutes  and  allied  agencies. 

the  chemical  engineering  department  offers  a 
curriculum  to  prepare  the  undergraduate  for  a  chal- 
lenging career  in  any  of  the  aforementioned  fields 
of  interest — a  curriculum  that  will  prepare  him  for 
continued  graduate  study  or  immediate  industrial 
employment  following  the  baccalaureate  degree. 

The  program  is  developed  around  three  areas: 
Chemical,  Materials  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  In  ad- 
dition, the  development  of  programs  in  Applied 
Polymer  Science  and  Biological  and  Environmental 
Health  Engineering  has  been  initiated.  These  new 
programs  are  interdisciplinary  with  other  depart- 
ments of  the  University. 


JUNIOR  YEAR 

General  Education  Courses 

ENCH  145-Chemical  Engr.  Kinetics 

ENCH  157- Chemical  Engineering  Systems 

Analysis  ond  Dynamics 
ENCH  159- Dynamics  and  Control  Lab    , 
CHEM  187.  189-Physical  Chemistry 
CHEM  188.  190 -Physical  Chemistry  Lob. .. 
Technicol  Elective" ...  . 
ENCH  109-Chemical  Process  Thermo 
ENCH  127.  129 -Transfer  ond  Transport 

Processes  I.  II- 

Total 


Semester 


•  Member  of  Nuclear  Engineering  Faculty  group. 

•  Member  of  Engineering  Materials  Faculty  group. 


SENIOR  YEAR 

General  Education  Courses* 3                    3 

ENEE  Electives   .....              3 

ENCH  133-Seminor                                1 

ENCH  137 -Chemical  Engineering  Lab*  3 
ENCH  147 -Process  Engr.  and  Design- 

ENCH  149- Chem.  Engineering  Econ ...                     2 

ENCH -Electives 4 

Technical  Electives" 2_        3 

Total  15  15 

•  Courses  which  may  be  scheduled  either  semester 

■•Technical  electives  must  be  on  the  100  level,  unless  specific  approval  is  granted  by 
department  head.  At  least  3  hours  must  be  in  chemistry. 

ENCH  015  (02)  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING  ANALYSIS  I 

Prerequisite,  CHEM.  009  or  equivalent.  Introduction  to 
methods  of  chemical  engineering  analysis.  Stoichio- 
metric relations,  use  of  computers,  stagewise  computa- 
tions, and  application  of  material  and  energy  balances  to 
chemical  engineering  operations  and  processes. 

ENCH  050  (03)  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING  ANALYSIS  II 

Prerequisite  ENCH  15.  Methods  of  chemical  engineering 
analysis.  Computational  methods,  optimization  and  control 
techniques,  and  other  numerical  tools  applied  to  chemical 
processing  systems.  Analytical  and  computer  methods  are 
presented. 

ENCH  099  (03)  CHEMICAL  PROCESS  THERMODYNAMICS 
Prerequisite:  CHEM  3,  principles  of  thermodynamics  and 
their  application  to  engineering  problems.  First  and  second 
laws  of  thermodynamics,  properties  of  gases,  liquids  and 
solids,  phase  equilibrium,  flow  and  non-flow  systems, 
energy  conversion,  production  of  work  from  heat,  thermo- 
dynamic analysisof  processes,  equilibrium  stageoperations 
and  the  thermodynamics  of  chemically  reacting  systems. 

ENCH  116  (03)  APPLIED  MATHEMATICS  IN  CHEMICAL 
ENGINEERING 
Prerequisites,  MATH  021.  Mathematical  techniques  ap- 
plied to  the  analysis  and  solution  of  chemical  engineering 
problems.  Use  of  differentiation,  integration,  differential 
equations,  partial  differential  equations  and  integral 
transforms.  Application  of  infinite  series,  numerical  and 
statistical  methods. 

ENCH  127  (04)  TRANSFER  AND  TRANSPORT  PROCESSES  I 
Prerequisite  ENCH  50.  Theory  and  applications  of  molecu- 
lar and  turbulent  transport  phenomena.  Principles  of  fluid 
mechanics,  mass  transfer  and  heat  transfer.  Dimensional 
analysis,  analogy  between  heat,  mass  and  momentum 
transfer,  Newtonian  and  non-Newtonian  flow,  convective 
heat  and  mass  transfer. 

ENCH  129  (03)  TRANSFER  AND  TRANSPORT  PROCESS  II 
Prerequisite  ENCH  127.  Steady  and  unsteady  state  dif- 
fusion and  conduction,  simultaneous  heat  and  mass 
transfer,  interphase  transfer,  boundary  layer  theory.  Ap- 
plication to  absorption,  adsorption,  extraction  and  dis- 
tillation. Principles  of  radiant  heat  transfer,  evaporation, 
filtration,  crystallization,  drying,  condensation,  boiling 
humidification,  ion  exchange,  and  phase  separations. 

ENCH  133  (01)  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING  SEMINAR 

ENCH  134  (01)  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING  SEMINAR 

Prerequisite,  senior  standing.  Oral  and  written  reports  on 
recent  developments  in  chemical  engineering  and  the 
process  industries.  Fall  and  spring  semesters. 

ENCH  137  (03)  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING  LABORATORY 
First  or  second  semester.  Prerequisite,  ENCH  129.  Ap- 
plication of  chemical  engineering  process  and  unit  operation 
principles  in  small  scale  semi-commercial  equipment.  Data 
from  expei  mental  observations  are  used  to  evaluate  per- 
formance and  efficiency  of  operations.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  correct  presentation  of  results  in  report  form. 

ENCH  145  (03)  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING  KINETICS 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  ENCH  050.  Fundamen- 
tals of  chemical  reaction  kinetics  and  their  application  to 
the  design  and  operation  of  chemical  reactors.  Reaction 
rate  theory,  homogeneous  reactions  in  batch  and  flow 
systems,  adsorption,  heterogeneous  reactions  and  cataly- 
sis, electrochemical  reactions.  Catalytic  reactor  design. 

ENCH  147  (03)  PROCESS  ENGINEERING  AND  DESIGN 

Second  or  first  semester.  Prerequisite,  ENCH  129. 
Utilization  of  chemical  engineering  principles  for  the  de- 
sign of  process  equipment.  Typical  problems  in  the  design  of 
of  process  equipment.  Typical  problems  in  the  design  of 
chemical  plants.  Comprehensive  reports  are  required. 

ENCH  149  (02)  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING  ECONOMICS 
Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  ENCH  129.  Principles  < 
engineering  economics  applied  to  chemical  processes.  De- 
termination of  investment  and  operating  costs  for  chemi- 
cal processes.  Determination  of  investment  and  operating 
costs  for  chemical  plants. 


220  Engineering 


ENCH  150  (03)  CHEMICAL  PROCESS  DEVELOPMENT 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  ENCH  129.  Chemical  proc- 
ess industries  from  the  standpoint  of  technology,  raw 
materials,  products  and  processing  equipment.  Operations 
of  the  major  chemical  processes  and  industries  combined 
with  quantitative  analysis  of  process  requirements  and 
yields. 

ENCH  152  (03)  ADVANCED  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 
ANALYSIS 
Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  ENCH  127.  Application  of 
digital   and   analog  computers  to  chemical   engineering 
problems.  Numerical  methods,  programming,  differential 
equations,  curve  fitting,  amplifiers  and  analog  circuits. 

ENCH  154  (03)  CHEMICAL  PROCESS  ANALYSIS 

First  semester.  Prerequisite  ENCH  129,  145.  Applications 
of  mathematical  models  of  chemical  processes  based  on 
transport  phenomena,  chemical  kineticsandotherchemical 
engineeringmethods.  Emphasis  on  principles  and  results  of 
modelling. 

ENCH  155  (02)  CHEMICAL  PROCESS  LABORATORY 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  ENCH  129,  and  145.  Ex- 
perimental study  of  various  chemical  processes  through 
laboratory  and  small  semi-commercial  scale  equipment. 
Reaction  kinetics,  fluid  mechanics,  heat  and  mass 
transfer. 

ENCH  157  (02)  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING  SYSTEMS 
ANALYSIS 
Differential  equations  or  ENCH  116.  Dynamic  response 
applied  to  process  systems.  Goals  and  modes  of  control, 
laplace  transformations,  analysis  and  synthesis  of  simple 
control  systems,  closed  loop  response,  dynamic  testing. 

ENCH  159  (01)  DYNAMICS  AND  CONTROL  LABORATORY 
Prerequisite,  ENCH  157  concurrently.  Methods  of  process 
control.   Use  of  experimental   analog  and  mathematical 
models  of  control  systems. 

ENCH  161  (03)  CONTROL  OF  AIR  POLLUTION  SOURCES 
Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in  the  engineering  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Theory  and  application  of  methods  for 
the  control  and  removal  of  airborne  materials.  Principles 
of  design  and  performance  of  air  quality  control  equip- 
ment. 

ENCH  165  (2-3)  RESEARCH 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
the  staff.  Investigation  of  a  research  project  under  the  di- 
rection of  one  of  the  staff  members.  Comprehensive  re- 
ports are  required. 

ENCH  180  (03)  PHYSIOLOGICAL  SYSTEMS  ANALYSIS 

Engineering  description  and  analysis  of  physiological  sys- 
tems. Survey  of  bioengineering  literature  and  an  introduc- 
tion to  mathematical  modeling  of  physiological  systems. 

ENCH  190  (03)  INTRODUCTION  TO  POLYMER  SCIENCE 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  The  elements  of  the 
chemistry,  physics,  processing  methods,  and  engineering 
applications  of  polymers. 

ENCH  192  (03)  APPLIED  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY  OF  POLY- 
MERS 
Prerequisite,  CHEM  187.  Corequisite,  chemistry  189  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Kinetic's  of  formation  of  .high 
polymers,  determination  of  molecular  weight  and  struc- 
ture, and  applied  thermodynamics  and  phase  equilibria 
of  polymer  solutions. 

ENCH  198  (03)  POLYMER  TECHNOLOGY  LABORATORY 

One  lecture  and  two  lab  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite 
ENCH  192  or  consent  of  instructor.  Measurement  of 
mechanical,  electrical,  optical,  thermal  properties  of  poly- 
mers. Measurement  of  molecular  weight  by  viscosimetry, 
osometricand  lightscatteringmethods.  Applicationof  x-ray, 
NMR,  ESR,  spectroscopy,  molecular  relation,  microscopy 
and  electron  microscopy  to  the  determination  of  polymer 
structure.  Effects  of  ultraviolet  light  and  high  energy 
radiation. 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 


ENCH  201    (01)    GRADUATE  SEMINAR 

CHEMICAL    ENGINEERING   THERMODYNA- 


ENCH   203   (03) 

MICS 
ENCH   205   (03) 
ENCH   207   (03) 
ENCH   209   (03) 

CESSES 
ENCH   211    (03) 

ICS 


TRANSPORT  PHENOMENA 

PROCESS  ANALYSIS  AND  SIMULATION 

COMPLEX     EQUILIBRIUM     STAGE     PROC- 

ADVANCED   CHEMICAL   REACTION   KINET- 


ENCH  223    (03)   CHEMICAL  PROCESS  DYNAMICS 
ENCH  235   (03)   CHEMICAL  PROCESS  DYNAMICS 
ENCH   237   (03)   CHEMICAL  PROCESS  OPTIMIZATION 
ENCH   247   ((Var.)   SPECIAL      PROBLEMS      IN      CHEMICAL 

ENGINEERING 
ENCH   250   (03)   METHODS  OF  ENGINEERING  ANALYSIS 
ENCH   253   (03)   ADVANCED  TOPICS  IN  THERMODYNAMICS 
ENCH   255   (03)   ADVANCED     TOPICS     IN     CHEMICAL     RE- 
ACTION SYSTEMS 
ENCH   257   (03)   ADVANCED  TOPICS  IN  TRANSFER  THEORY 
ENCH   261    (03)   ENGINEERING    ANALYSIS    OF     CIRCULA- 
TORY SYSTEM  TRANSPORT 
ENCH   262   (03)    BIOENGINEERING        TRANSPORT        PHE- 
NOMENA 
ENCH   263   (03)    ENGINEERING  OF  ARTIFICIAL  ORGANS 
ENCH   284   (03)    POLYMER  PHYSICS 

ENCH   286   (03)    POLYMER     PROCESSING     AND     APPLICA- 
TIONS 
ENCH   399    MASTERS  RESEARCH  INCH.  E.  Var.) 
ENCH   499   DOCTORAL  DISSERTATION— P'h.D.  (Var.) 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

PROFESSORS  Langbein,  Looney,  Lepper,  Otts,  Ragan. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Birkner,  Carter,  Cookson,  Cour- 
nyn,  Garber,  Gohr,  Heins,  Israel,  Kondner,  Piper,  Stern- 
berg, and  Wedding. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Colville,  Hall,  Reilly,  and  Witz- 
cak. 

LECTURERS:  Bloem,  Byington,  Desrosiers,  Rajan,  and 
Walker. 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  CURRICULUM 

Civil  Engineering  is  concerned  with  the  plan- 
ning, design,  construction  and  operation  of  large 
facilities  associated  with  man's  environment.  Civil 
engineers  specialize  in  such  areas  as  transportation 
systems,  structures,  water  resource  development, 
water  supply  and  pollution  control,  urban  and 
regional  planning,  construction  management,  and 
air  pollution  control.  Many  civil  engineers  enter 
private  practice  as  a  consulting  engineer  or  start 
their  own  business  in  the  construction  industry. 
Others  pursue  careers  with  local,  state,  and  federal 
agencies  or  with  large  corporations. 

The  undergraduate  program  is  founded  on  the 
basic  sciences  and  emphasizes  the  development  of 
a  high  degree  of  technical  competence.  The  program 
orients  the  student  toward  computer  aided  design 
techniques  and  prepares  him  to  incorporate  new 
concepts  that  will  develop  during  his  professional 
career.  Further,  the  program  stresses  the  balance 
between  technical  efficiency  and  the  needs  of  so- 
ciety. The  graduate  is  prepared  to  enter  one  of  the 
areas  mentioned  above,  or  he  can  move  into  new 
areas  of  specialization  such  as  oceanographic  engi- 
neering or  the  development  of  facilities  for  extra- 
terrestrial environments. 

At  no  time  has  man  been  more  concerned  with 
the  quality  of  his  environment.  Man  is  concerned 
with  broad  environmental  problems  such  as  pollu- 
tion and  the  operation  of  his  transportation  systems. 
Man  is  also  concerned  with  problems  such  as  a  need 
for  new  approaches  in  the  design  and  construction 
of  buildings.  The  civil  engineering  profession  faces 
the  greatest  challenge  in  its  history  as  it  assumes  a 
central  role  in  the  solution  of  the  physical  problems 
facing  the  urban-regional  complex. 


Engineering  22  ? 


3 

3 

3 
3 

3 

3 
3 

3 

3 
3 

3 

3 

18 

18 

3 
3 

3 

2 

6* 

3 

1 

9' 

3 

17 

16 

JUNIOR  YEAR 
General  Education  Course 

ECON  037- Fundamentals  of  Economics 

ENCE  100-  Numerical  Analysis  and  Computer 

Progra  mm  ing 

ENCE  112-Applied  Moth  in  Engr 

ENME  105 -Principles  of  Mech.  Engr 

ENCE  102-Fundamentals  of  Structural 

Analysis 

ENCE  103-Basic  Structural  Design 

ENCE  105-Bosic  Fluid  Mechanics 

ENCE  106-Fundamentals  of  Sonitary 

Engineering 

ENCE  107-Basic  Soil  Mechanics 

ENCE  108- Fundamentals  of  Transportation 

Enaineering 

ENEE  060 -Fundamentals  of  Elec.  Engr 

Total 

SENIOR  YEAR 

General  Education  Courses 

ENCE  104-Computer  Analysis 

ENCE  109,  110- Basic  Civil  Engineering 

Planning 

Technicol  Electives  (See  Note  B) 

Extra-Departmental  Electives  (See  Note  A) 

Total 


NOTES  CONCERNING  ELECTIVES: 

The  student  shall,  with  the  assistance  of  his  ad- 
visor, select  a  coherent  program  of  electives  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  following 

A.  Six  (6)  elective  credits  (two  courses)  must  be 
taken  outside  the  Department.  Three  credits 
must  be  in  a  field  related  to  economics  manage- 
ment or  business  law.  The  other  three  are  at  the 
choice  of  the  student. 

B.  Five  technical  elective  courses  (15-17  credits) 
must  be  taken  as  specified  below: 

•These  numbers  represent  five  three-semester-credit  courses.  Additional  semester 
credits  will  be  involved  to  the  extent  thot  courses  carrying  more  than  three  credits  ore 
selected. 

(1)  A  two  course  sequence,  in  the  order  shown,  must  be 
taken  from  one  of  the  following  five. 

(a)  ENCE  125,  126 

(b)  ENCE  165,  166 

(c)  ENCE  175,  176 

(d)  ENCE  185,  186 

(e)  ENCE  135,  155 

(f)  ENCE  146,  147 

(2)  Three  courses  may  be  selected  from  any  listed  in  part  B 
(1)  above  or  from  the  following: 

(a)  ENCE  136 

(b)  ENCE  145 

(c)  ENCE  187 

(d)  ENCE  188 

(e)  ENCE  195 

(f)  ENCE  199 

(g)  ENCE  127 

(h)   or,  with  departmental  approval,  one  of  the  three  may 
be  a  suitable  technical  elective  outside  the  department. 


ENCE  50.(03) FUNDAMENTALS  OF  ENGINEERING 
MATERIALS. 
First  and  second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisite,  ENES  020  or  concurrent 
registration.  Properties  and  constitution  of  the  principal 
materials  used  in  civil  engineering.  Laboratory  tests  for 
these  properties,  interpretation  of  test  results  and  of 
specifications. 

ENCE  90.  (03)  ENGINEERING  SURVEY  MEASUREMENTS. 
First  and  second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisite,  MATH  020  or  concurrent 
registration.  Standards,  units,  calibration,  measurement 
of  distance,  elevation,  angles,  systematic  and  random 
error  analysis  in  measurements,  fundamentals  of  map- 
ping, instrumentation. 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

ENCE  100.  (03)  ENGINEERING  ANALYSIS  AND  COMPUTER 
PROGRAMMING. 
Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENCE     112    or    concurrent     registration.     Elements    of 


operational  calculus,  vector  analysis,  numerical  methods 
and  programming  for  computers.  Errors,  interpolation, 
series,  integration,  iteration  and  solution  of  equations. 
ENCE  102.  (03)  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  STRUCTURAL  AN- 
ALYSIS. 
First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
ENES  020  and  ENCE  050.  Basic  statics  and  mechanics 
of  structural  systems.  Introduction  to  indeterminate 
analysis. 

ENCE  103.  (03)  BASIC  STRUCTURAL  DESIGN. 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENCE  102.  Basic  elements  of  structural  design  of  wood, 
and  concrete  without  dependence  on  individual  specifi- 
cations. Classical  design  of  beams,  trusses,  columns, 
connections  and  foundations. 

ENCE  104.  (03)  COMPUTER  ANALYSIS. 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  ENCE  100  and  ENCE  102.  Computer 
methods  and  techniques  applied  to  civil  engineering 
problems  with  emphasis  on  structural  systems. 

ENCE  105.  (03)  BASIC  FLUID  MECHANICS. 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENES  20,  021,  PHYSICS  20.  Prerequisite,  M.E.  105  or 
concurrent  registration.  The  study  of  fluids  at  rest  and 
in  motion.  Principles  of  viscous  turbulent  flow.  Impulse 
and  momentum  concepts.  Pumps,  turbines  and  meters. 
Dimensional  analysis  and  laws  of  similarity. 

ENCE  106.  (03)  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  SANITARY  ENGI- 
NEERING. 
Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENCE  105.  An  introduction  to  the  basic  principles  for 
the  development  of  water  supples,  control  of  pollution 
and  design  and  operation  of  water  purification  and 
waste  water  disposal  facilities. 

ENCE  107.  (03)  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  SOIL  MECHANICS 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
ENES  020  and  ENCE  50.  Introductory  study  of  the  me- 
chanics of  aggregations  and  its  application  to  earth- 
works and  foundations.  Engineering  geology  relative  to 
civil  engineering  and  soil  mechanics. 

ENCE  108.  (03)  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  TRANSPORTATION 
ENGINEERING. 
First  semester.  Prerequisite,  ENCE  050  and  ENCE  090. 
Engineering  problems  of  transportation  by  airways,  high- 
ways, pipe-lines,  railways  and  waterways.  Elementary 
dynamics  of  traffic  and  functional  consideration  of 
routes  and  terminals. 

ENCE  109.  (02)  BASIC  CIVIL  ENGINEERING  PLANNING  I. 
First  semester.  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites. 
ENCE  103,  106,  107,  and  108.  Lectures  in  the  methodo- 
logy used  in  the  application  of  the  basic  civil  engineer- 
ing courses  to  the  general  practice  of  civil  engineering 
but  with  special  emphasis  on  planning  of  extensive  civil 
engineering  works.  In  addition,  preparation  of  engineer- 
ing reports,  specifications  and  projects  presentation. 
economics,  functional  aspects. 

ENCE  110.  (01)  BASIC  CIVIL  ENGINEERING  PLANNING  II. 
Second    semester.    One    laboratory    of    three    hours    per 
week.   Prerequisites,   ENCE   109.   Laboratory  for  applica- 
tion of  the  program  and  principles  developed   in  Basic 
Civil  Engineering  Planning  I. 

ENCE  112.  (03)  APPLIED  MATHEMATICS  IN  ENGINEERING. 
First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
MATH  022.  Mathematical  technique  applied  to  the  ana- 
lysis and  solution  of  engineering  problems.  Use  of  dif- 
ferentiation, integration,  differential  equations,  and  inte- 
gral transforms.  Application  of  infinite  series,  numerical 
and  statistical  methods. 

ENCE  125.  (03)  ADVANCED  STRENGTH  OF  MATERIALS. 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENES  020.  Strength  and  deformation  of  deformable 
bodies,  plane  stress  and  strain.  Torsion  theory,  unsym- 
metrical  bending,  curved  beams.  Behavior  of  beams, 
columns,  slabs,  plates  and  composite  members  unload. 
Elastic  and  inelastic  stability. 

ENCE  126.  (04)  EXPERIMENTAL  STRESS  ANALYSIS. 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Application  of  experimental  data  on  materials  to 
design  problems.  Correlation  of  analytical  and  experi- 
mental methods  of  analysis  with  design.  Electric  strain 
gages,  photoelasticity,  brittle  laquer  methods  and  various 
analogies. 

ENCE  127.  (03)  THEORY  OF  ELASTICITY  AND  PLASTICITY. 
Three  lectures  per  week.   Prerequisites,   ENES  020  and 
ENCE    112.    General   formulation   of   the   theory   of   me- 
chanics   of    deformable    media    in    terms    of    cartesian 


222  Engineering 


tensors.  Plane  state  of  stress,  torsion  of  various  shaped 
bars  and  thin  walled  sections.  Bending  and  buckling  of 
bars  and  thin  plates.  Introduction  to  the  theory  of  plates 
and  shells. 

ENCE  135.  (04)  ADVANCED  SOIL  MECHANICS. 

Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, ENCE  107.  Theories  of  strength,  compressibility 
capillarity  and  permeability.  Critical  review  of  theories 
and  methods  of  measuring  essential  properties.  Planning, 
execution  and  interpretation  of  soil  testing  programs. 

ENCE  136.  (03)  SOIL-FOUNDATION  SYSTEMS. 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Soil  mechanics  and  foundation 
analysis  are  integrated  in  a  systems  approach  to  the  de- 
sign, synthesis,  and  interaction  response  of  soil  founda- 
tion-structural systems.  Interaction  of  bearing  capacity, 
settlements,  lateral  pressures,  drainage,  vibrations, 
stress  distributions,  etc.  Are  included  for  a  variety  of 
structural  systems. 

ENCE  145.  (04)  ADVANCED  FLUID  MECHANICS. 

Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, ENCE  105.  The  study  of  the  properties  and  flow 
of  an  ideal  fluid.  Viscosity,  laminar  and  turbulent  flow. 
flow  nets,  uniform  flow,  source,  irrotational  motion  and 
circulation.  Turbulence  and  boundary  layers. 

ENCE  146.  (03)  HYDROLOGIC  ANALYSIS  AND  DESIGN. 

Prerequisites  ENCI  100,  ENCE  105.  Concurrent  regis- 
tration in  ENCE  104  or  permission  of  instructor.  Study 
of  the  physical  processes  of  the  hydrologic  cycle,  hydro- 
meterology.  concepts  of  weather  modification,  evapora- 
tion and  transpiration  infiltration  studies,  run  off 
computations,  flood  routing,  reservoir  requirements, 
emphasis  on  process  simulation  as  a  tool  in  water  re- 
source development. 

ENCE  147.  (03)  GROUND  WATER  HYDROLOGY. 

Prerequisites.  ENCE  104,  ENCE  105,  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Concepts  related  to  the  development  of  the 
ground  water  resource,  hydrogeology,  hydrodynamics 
of  flow  through  porous  media,  hydraulics  of  wells,  arti- 
ficial recharge,  sea  water  intrusion,  basin-wide  ground 
water  development. 

ENCE  155.  (03)  ADVANCED  MATERIALS  OF  ENGINEERING. 
Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite  ENCE  050.  Me- 
chanisms of  the  behavior  of  materials  under  repeated, 
sustained  and  impact  loads  in  relation  to  their  envi- 
ronment. Influence  of  microstructure  on  mechanical 
properties.  Fracture  theory  Theological  aspects  of  the 
characteristics  of  selected  materials. 

ENCE  165.  (03)  STRUCTURAL  ANALYSIS. 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENCE  103.  Advanced  indeterminate  structures,  mem- 
bers of  variable  section,  laterally  loaded  frames,  contin- 
ous  stresses  and  secondary  stresses. 

ENCE    166.    (04)    STRUCTURAL  DESIGN. 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  ENCE  103.  Steel  and  reinforced  con- 
crete design  of  bridges  and  buildings  using  appropriate 
controlling  specifications.  Advanced  problems  of  modern 
steel  and  reinforced  concrete. 

ENCE  175.  (04)  SANITARY  ENGINEERING  ANALYSIS  AND 
DESIGN 
First  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  ENCE  106.  The  application  of  sani- 
tary analysis  and  fundamental  principles  to  the  design 
and  operation  of  water  and  waste  water  treatment  plants 
and  the  control  of  stream  pollution. 

ENCE  176.  (03)  ENVIRONMENTAL  HEALTH  ENGINEERING 
ANALYSIS. 
First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
The  theory  and  analytical  techniques  used  in  evaluating 
man's  environment.  Emphasis  are  given  to  the  areas  of 
quantitative,  physical,  electroanalytical  and  organic 
chemistry  as  applied  to  chemical  analysis  of  water. 

ENCE  177.  (03)  AIR  POLUTION. 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Classification  of  atmospheric 
pollutants  and  their  effects  on  visibility,  inanimate  and 
animate  receptors.  Evaluation  of  source  emissions  and 
principles  of  air  pollution  control;  meteorological  factors 
governing  the  distribution  and  removal  of  air  pollutants; 
air  quality  measurements  and  air  pollution  control  legis- 
lation. 

ENCE  185.  (03)  HIGHWAY  ENGINEERING. 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENCE  107.  Location,  design,  construction  and  mainten- 
ance of  roads  and  pavements.  Introduction  to  traffic 
engineering. 

ENCE  186.  (03)  TRANSPORTATION  ENGINEERING. 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 


ENCE  108.  A  study  of  the  principles  of  transportation 
engineering  as  applied  to  the  various  modes  of  transport. 
Consideration  is  given  to  cost  analysis,  economic  aspects 
of  route  and  site  selection  and  layout.  The  organization 
and  administration  of  engineering  functions. 

ENCE  187.  (03)  ANALYSIS  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERING  SYS- 
TEMS. I 
Prerequisite,  senior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Application  of  the  principles  of  engineering  economy  and 
statistics  to  the  solution  of  civil  engineering  problems. 
Economic  comparison  of  alternatives  using  present  worth, 
annual  cost,  rate  of  return  and  cost  benefit  analysis. 
Development  and  use  of  simple  and  multiple  regression 
models,  and  statistical  decision  theory. 

ENCE  188.  (03)  ANALYSIS  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERING 
SYSTEMS.  II 
Prerequisite.  ENCE  187  or  equivalent.  Application  of  iconic 
analytic,  numeric,  and  probabilistic  models  to  the  so 
lution  of  civil  engineering  problems.  Existing  inventory 
allocation,  replacement,  and  competitive  models  are  ex 
amined.  Emphasis  is  on  model  construction  and  solution 
and  implementation  of  the  obtained  solutions. 

ENCE  195.  (03)  ADVANCED  SURVEYING. 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite. 
ENCE  90.  Advanced  surveying  theory  and  practice  includ- 
ing triangulation,  topographic  surveying,  astronomical  ob- 
servations, map  systems,  state  plane  coordinates,  map  in- 
terpretation, vertical  and  horizontal  alignment.  Computer 
applications. 

ENCE  199.  (03)  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS. 

Prerequisite,  senior  standing.  A  course  arranged  to  meet 
the  needs  of  exceptionally  well  prepared  students  for  study 
in  a  particular  field  of  civil  engineering. 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 
ENCE  221.  (03)   ADVANCED  STRENGTH  OF  MATERIALS 
ENCE   222.   (03)   ADVANCED  STRENGTH  OF  MATERIALS 
ENCE  223.   (03)    EXPERIMENTAL  STRESS  ANALYSIS 
ENCE  224   (03)   ADVANCED  ENGINEERING  MATERIALS 

LABORATORY 
ENCE   225.   (03)   ADVANCED  PROPERTIES  OF  MATERIALS 
ENCE  226.   (03)   ADVANCED  PROPERTIES  OF  MATERIALS 
ENCE   227.    (03)   THEORIES  OF  CONCRETE  AND  GRANULAR 

MATERIALS 
ENCE  228.    (03)   THEORIES  OF  CONCRETE  AND  GRANULAR 

MATERIALS 
ENCE   241.    (03)    HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING 
ENCE  242.   (03)   ADVANCED  HYDROLOGIC  ANALYSIS 
ENCE   243.    (03)    FREE  SURFACE  FLOW 
ENCE   251.   (03)    SOIL  MECHANICS 
ENCE   252.    (03)   ADVANCED  FOUNDATIONS 
ENCE   255.    (03)   DYNAMICS  OF  STRUCTURES 
ENCE   256.   (03)   MATRIX  METHODS  OF  STRUCTURAL 

ANALYSIS 
ENCE   257.    (03)   ANALYSIS  OF  PLATE  AND  SHELL  STRUC- 
TURES 
ENCE  258.   (03)   ADVANCED  ELASTICITY 
ENCE  259.    (03)    NONLINEAR  THEORY  OF  SHELL 

STRUCTURES 
ENCE   260.    (03)    PLASTIC     ANALYSIS     AND     DESIGN     OF 

STRUCTURES 
ENCE  261.    (03)    URBAN-REGIONAL    CIVIL     ENGINEERING 

PLANNING 
ENCE   262.    (03)   CIVIL  ENGINEERING  PLANNING 
ENCE  263.    (03)   THEORY  OF  STRUCTURAL  DESIGN 
ENCE  264.    (03)   THEORY  OF  STRUCTURAL  DESIGN 
ENCE  265.    (03)   BEHAVIOR  OF  STRUCTURES 
ENCE  266.    (03)   BEHAVIOR  OF  STRUCTURES 
ENCE  271.    (03)    UNIT  OPERATIONS  OF   ENVIRONMENTAL 

HEALTH  ENGINEERING 
ENCE  272   (03)   THEORY  OF  AQUEOUS  AND  SOLID  WASTE 

TREATMENT  AND  DISPOSAL 
ENCE   273.    (03)   DESIGN  OF  WATER  PURIFICATION 

FACILITIES 
ENCE   274.    (03)   DESIGN  OF  MUNICIPAL  AND  INDUSTRIAL 

WASTES  TREATMENT  FACILITIES 
ENCE  275.    (04)   BIOLOGICAL    PRINCIPLES    OF    ENVIRON- 
MENTAL HEALTH  ENGINEERING 
ENCE  276.   (03)    INDUSTRIAL  WASTES 
ENCE  277.    (04)   THE  CHEMISTRY  OF  NATURAL  WATERS 


Engineering  223 


ENCE   278.    (04)   APPLIED  WATER  CHEMISTRY 

ENCE  279.    (03)   AEROSOL     SCIENCE    AND     TECHNOLOGY 

ENCE   280.    (03)   AIR  SAMPLING  AND  ANALYSIS 

ENCE   281.    (03)    HIGHWAY      TRAFFIC     CHARACTERISTICS 

AND  MEASUREMENTS 
ENCE   282.   (03)    HIGHWAY  TRAFFIC  OPERATIONS 
ENCE   283.    (03)   TRANSPORTATION    ENGINEERING    PLAN- 
NING I 
ENCE   284.   (03)   TRANSPORTATION    ENGINEERING    PLAN- 
NING II 
ENCE  285.    (03)    RAIL     TRANSPORTATION     ENGINEERING 
ENCE  286.   (03)   AIRPORT  PLANNING  AND  DESIGN 
ENCE   287.   (03)    HIGHWAY  TRAFFIC  FLOW  THEORY 
ENCE  290.   (03)   ADVANCED  TOPIC  IN  CIVIL  ENGINEERING 
ENCE  296.   (03)    ENGINEERING      ANALYSIS      AND      COM- 
PUTER PROGRAMMING 
ENCE  297.    (03)    ENGINEERING      ANALYSIS      AND      COM- 
PUTER PROGRAMMING 
ENCE   298.    SEMINAR 
ENCE   399.   RESEARCH 
ENCE  499.   THESIS  RESEARCH 


cians.  Hence,  electrical  engineering  involves  not 
only  scientific  knowledge,  but  also  the  ability  and 
judgment  to  work  effectively  and  communicate 
easily  with  many  other  people.  Clearly,  the  desirable 
attributes  for  success  vary  from  one  career  choice  to 
another  within  electrical  engineering.  The  specialist 
in  creative  research  and  advanced  development 
needs  graduate  work  to  the  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  degree.  An 
engineering  sales  representative,  however,  would  in 
most  cases  begin  to  acquire  the  needed  detailed 
awareness  of  current  practice  by  taking  a  job  im- 
mediately after  the  B.S.  degree. 

In  this  context  of  electrical  engineering  as  a 
broad  and  diverse  field,  the  goal  of  the  Department 
is  to  provide  an  educational  program  and  environ- 
ment of  challenge,  so  that  the  graduate  will  be  well 
prepared  to  enter  any  of  the  areas  of  electrical  engi- 
neering for  which  he  is  suited.  To  this  end,  the  B.S. 
program  makes  provision  for  several  technical  elec- 
tives,  and  the  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  graduate  programs 
foster  specialization  through  intensive  research. 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

PROFESSORS:  DeClaris,  Chu,  Lin,  Newcomb,  Popov,  Price, 
Reiser.  Rutelli,  Shekel.  Taylor,  Wagner,  and  Weiss. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Abrams,  Basham,  Emad,  Harger, 
Harmuth,  Hochuli,  Kim,  Moore,  Pugsley,  Rao,  Simons, 
Torres  and  Tretter. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Dooley,  Friedman,  Larson,  Lee, 
LeVine,  Levine,  Lieberman,  Morakis,  Opacic,  Pinkston, 
Pryor,  Rhee,  Robinson,  Rumbaugh,  Siahatgar,  Zajac  and 
Zaki. 

LECTURERS:  Colburn,  Fordham,  Schulman,  Whicker. 

INSTRUCTORS:  Glock  and  Littlepage. 

Electrical  engineering  education  is  a  good  prep- 
aration for  any  of  several  careers — in  research, 
development,  design,  production,  sales,  technical 
management,  or  teaching— within  the  broad  area  of 
the  useful  application  of  electrical  and  electronic 
phenomena.  An  increasing  number  of  electrical 
engineering  graduates  have  in  recent  years  special- 
ized in  such  fields  as  electronic  computers,  cyber- 
netics and  system  engineering,  automatic  control, 
telemetry  and  space  navigation,  communications, 
radar,  and  solid  state  device  technology  and  bio- 
medical engineering  and  bioelectronics.  A  smaller 
number  of  graduates  with  particular  interests  and 
abilities  have  been  attracted  to  such  pioneering 
areas  as  biomedical  electronics,  electromechanical 
transducer  design,  design  of  particle  accelerators, 
and  other  machines  and  instrumentation  for  use  in 
research  in  physics,  microminiaturization  of  elec- 
tronic component  assemblies,  or  antenna  design. 
The  traditional  fields  of  electric  power  generation 
and  transmission,  radio,  and  television  continue  to 
offer  satisfying  careers  to  the  electrical  engineering 
graduate. 

Increasingly,  the  boundary  between  electrical 
engineers  and  applied  physicists  or  applied  mathe- 
maticians becomes  less  distinct,  particularly  at  the 
research  level.  The  various  branches  of  engineering 
similarly  interact  with  each  other,  as  technical  prob- 
lems become  more  sophisticated,  and  require  a 
combined  attack  from  several  disciplines.  The  engi- 
neer occupies  an  intermediate  position  between 
science  and  the  public,  because,  in  addition  to 
understanding  the  scientific  principles  of  a  situa- 
tion, he  is  concerned  with  the  timing,  economics, 
and  values  that  define  the  useful  application  of 
those  principles. 

In  many  cases,  engineers  have  as  a  major  duty 
the  supervision  of  other  engineers  and  of  techni- 

224  Engineering 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  CURRICULUM 


JUNIOR  YEAR 
MATH  066 -Differential  Equations    .  . 

ENME  100  — Thermodynamics 

PHYS  153-Modern  Physics  for  Engrs 

ENEE  130,  132- Engineering  Electromagnetics 

I,  II 

ENEE  120  — Circuit  Analysis  II 

ENEE  121 -Circuits  Laboratory  II 

ENEE  122- Electronic  Circuits  I 

ENEE  123- Electronics  Laboratory  I 

Technical  Electives- 

General  Education  Courses 

Total 

SENIOR  YEAR 

ENEE  142-Engineering  Probability 

ENEE  134-Engineering 

Electromagnetics  III 
ENEE  140-Transducers  and  Electrical 

Machinery 

ENEE  141  -Transducers  and  Electrical 

Machinery  Laboratory 

ENEE  124- Electronic  Circuits  II 

ENEE  125 -Electronics  Laboratory  II 

ENME  107-Energy  Conversion 

Technical  Electives- 

General  Education  Courses. 

Total 


•Of  the  15  technical  elective  credits,  all  of  which  must  be  of  100  level,  at  least  3  credits 
must  be  in  electrical  engineering  and  at  least  3  credits  must  be  either  from  other  fields 
of  engineering,  mathematics,  physics,  or  other  suitable  scientific  discipline  The  stu 
dent's  elective  program  must  be  approved  by  his  odvisor  More  than  IS  credits  moy  be 
token. 


Technical  electives  available  in  Electrical  Engi- 
neering are  described  in  the  course  listings  later  in 
this  catalog.  Any  course  numbered  between  ENEE 
150  and  ENEE  199  (also  ENEE  102)  that  is  not 
specifically  excluded  in  its  description  may  be  used 
as  part  of  a  technical  elective  program.  Approval  by 
the  student's  faculty  adviser  of  an  in  depth  technical 
elective  program  is  required. 

For  students  planning  to  continue  in  graduate 
work,  technical  electives  should  be  selected  to  pro- 
vide the  best  possible  preparation  for  the  probable 
areas  of  graduate  specialization. 

The  Department  of  Electrical  Engineering  offers 
graduate  programs  leading  to  specialization  in  five 
areas:    Circuits,    Computers,    Communication    and 


1 

3 
3 

II 

3 

3 
4 

3 

4 

3 

3 
3 

17 

17 

2 

3 

3 

4 

1 

5 
3 
18 

3 
7 
3 
17 

Control,  and  Electrophysics.  Every  Graduate  student 
is  required  to  choose  one  of  the  four  areas  and  indi- 
cate his  choice  on  the  registration  questionnaire.  He 
will  then  be  assigned  to  a  faculty  advisor  whose  in- 
terests lie  in  his  area  of  choice.  The  areas  of  spe- 
cialization are: 

BIOMEDICAL  STUDIES  concentrating  on  bielectri- 
cal  processes  involved  in  living  organism,  and  the 
generation  and  processing  of  electrical  signal  for 
biological  and  medical  purposes.  In  the  Electrical 
Engineering  Department  current  research  includes 
electrophysiology,  modeling  of  neurons  and  neural 
nets,  automated  diagnostics  and  medical  electron- 
ics. 

CIRCUIT  THEORY  is  a  basic  area  of  Electrical  Engi- 
neering. The  analysis  and  synthesis  of  passive  and 
active,  linear  and  non-linear  networks  is  a  funda- 
mental problem  of  applied  science.  In  the  Electrical 
Engineering  Department  the  principal  areas  of  the- 
oretical interest  include  network  synthesis  of  pas- 
sive circuits  and  circuits  involving  electronic  de- 
vices, graph  theory,  matrix  methods  and  applied 
complex  function  theory.  Research  and  design  pro- 
grams in  this  area  have  involved  diverse  applica- 
tions, as  for  example:  Design  of  digital  data  acquisi- 
tion systems,  active  circuit  synthesis,  optimized  fm 
signal  detectors,  mass  spectrometer  circuit  design, 
special  purpose  active  filter  design,  and  digital  com- 
puter circuit  design. 

COMPUTER  STUDIES  include  both  the  fundamental 
mathematical  theory  for  the  design  of  digital  sys- 
tems, as  well  as  the  design  and  application  of  digital 
computer  systems.  The  Electrical  Engineering  De- 
partment faculty  are  involved  in  the  advancement 
of  basic  switching  theory,  theory  and  application 
of  arithmetic  coding  and  self-checking  processes, 
automation  theory,  and  the  design  of  digital,  analog, 
and  hybrid  systems  for  both  general  and  special 
purposes,  as  well  as  graphics  and  software  engineer- 
ing. 

COMMUNICATION  AND  CONTROL  apply  the  basic 
mathematical  theories  of  random  process,  statisti- 
cal inference,  and  optimization  to  the  synthesis, 
analysis,  and  design  of  communication  and  control 
systems.  In  the  Electrical  Engineering  Department 
the  faculty  are  involved  in  investigations  of  theory 
and  applications  in  coding  theory,  optimal  control, 
optical  communications,  digital  communications 
and  radar  systems. 

ELECTROPHYSICS  is  the  branch  of  Electrical  Sci- 
ence which  applies  the  discoveries  of  Physics  to  the 
purposes  of  Electrical  Engineering.  Within  the  Elec- 
trical Engineering  Department  active  research  pro- 
grams are  being  carried  out  in  the  following  areas: 
Electromagnetic  theory  and  applications  (micro- 
waves and  optics,  stochastic  media,  plasma  propa- 
gation); charged  particle  dynamics  and  accelerator 
design  (cyclotron  design);  quantum  electronics 
(laser  technology  and  non-linear  optics);  integrated 
circuits;  and  solid  state  devices  (semiconductor 
devices  and  technology). 


FOR  UNDERGRADUATE  CREDIT 

ENEE  60.  (03)  PRINCIPLES  OF  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING. 

ENEE  61.  (01)  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  LABORATORY 

ENEE  62.  (03)  PRINCIPLES  OF  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING. 

Prerequisites,    MATH    22.    PHYSICS    32.    Corequisites, 

ENEE  61.  63.  Required  of  aerospace,  mechanical,  (ENEE 

60  only)  chemical  and  civil  engineers.  Not  applicable  in 


the  electrical  engineering  major  program.  These  courses 
are  acceptable  as  prerequisites  for  some  advanced  ENEE 
courses.  ENEE  60  includes  analysis  of  linear  systems, 
introduction  to  LaPlace  transforms,  steady-state  A-C 
transforms,  introduction  to  the  concepts  of  electro- 
magnetic fields  and  electric  machines.  ENEE  62  includes 
principles  and  circuit  applications  of  semiconductor 
devices  and  electron  tubes. 

ENEE  63.  (01)  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  LABORATORY 
Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Corequisites,  ENEE  60 
(for  ENEE  61)  and  ENEE  62  (for  ENEE  63).  Required  of 
aerospace,  mechanical,  and  (ENEE  61  only)  chemical 
engineers.  Experiments  on  the  transient  and  steady-state 
response  of  linear  circuits,  electric  machines,  and  elec- 
tron and  semiconductor  devices. 

ENEE  90.  (04)  CIRCUIT  ANALYSIS.  I 

(See  ENEE  091  for  related  laboratory  course).  Coreq- 
uisites, MATH  022,  PHYS.  32,  ENEE  091.  Required  of 
sophomores  in  electrical  engineering.  Introduction  to 
circuit  theory,  Ohm's  law.  Kirchhoff's  laws,  basic  circuit 
analysis  techniques,  energy  storage,  power,  elementary 
transients  by  classical  and  transform  methods,  sinu- 
soidal anaylsis,  introduction  to  complex  frequency.  ENEE 
120  continues  where  ENEE  090  ends. 

ENEE  91.  (01)  CIRCUITS  LABORATORY.  I 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Corequisite,  ENEE  90. 
Required  of  sophomores  in  electrical  engineering.  Labora- 
tory to  be  taken  in  association  with  ENEE  90.  Electrical 
components  and  basic  test  equipment,  principles  of 
measurement  and  data  handling,  circuit  behavior  with 
variation  in  component  values. 


FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 
CIRCUITS 

ENEE  120.(04)CIRCUIT  ANALYSIS.  II 

(See  ENEE  121  for  related  laboratory  course).  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  90.  Corequisites,  ENEE  121,  MATH  66. 
Required  of  juniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Continua- 
tion of  ENEE  90.  Complex  frequency  and  frequency  re- 
sponse, application  of  both  frequency-domain  and  time- 
domain  concepts,  mutual  inductance  and  transformers, 
polyphase  and  time  Fourier  and  LaPlace  transform  me- 
thods, driving  point  and  transfer  functions,  controlled 
sources. 

ENEE  12U0DCIRCUIT  LABORATORY.  II 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Corequisite,  ENEE  120. 
Required  of  juniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Laboratory 
to  be  taken  in  association  with  ENEE  120.  Steady-state 
and  transient  circuit  measurements,  frequency  response. 

ENEE  122. (04)ELECTRONIC  CIRCUITS.  I 

(See  ENEE  123  for  related  laboratory  course).  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  120.  Corequisites,  ENEE  123,  and  ENEE 
130.  Required  of  juniors  in  electrical  engineering  tran- 
sistors and  electron  tubes,  in  DC,  pulse,  and  small-signal 
situations,  analysis  of  basic  amplifiers,  biasing,  basic 
electronic  switches,  tuned  and  wideband  amplifiers,  feed- 
back. ENEE  124  continues  where  ENEE  122  ends. 

ENEE  123(01)ELECTRONICS  LABORATORY.  I 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Corequisite.  ENEE  122. 
Required  of  juniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Laboratory 
to  be  taken  in  association  with  ENEE  122.  Transistor 
and  vacuum-tube  characteristics,  basic  electronic 
switches,  amplifiers,  design  practice.  To  the  extent  pos- 
sible, work  will  be  individual  or  intwo-man  squads. 

ENEE  124.  (04)  ELECTRONIC  CIRCUITS.  II 

(See  ENEE  125  for  related  laboratory  course).  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  122.  Corequisites,  ENEE  132,  ENEE  123, 
and  ENEE  125.  Required  of  seniors  in  electrical  engineer- 
ing. Continuation  of  ENEE  122.  Electron  tubes  and  tran- 
sistors in  continuous-wave  and  public  applications. 
Class  C  circuits,  modulation  and  detection,  pulse  genera- 
tion, delay,  and  storage,  feedback  amplifiers. 

ENEE  125.  (01)  ELECTRONICS  LABORATORY.  II 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Corequisite.  ENEE  124. 
Required  of  seniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Laboratory 
to  be  taken  in  association  with  ENEE  124.  Specification 
and  design  of  electronic  circuits.  Students  work  as  in- 
dividuals or  as  responsible  members  of  a  project  team. 

ENEE  150.  (03)  NETWORK  SYNTHESIS. 

Prequisite.  ENEE  120.  Positive  real  functions,  synthesis 
of  driving-point  impedances,  network  functions,  approxi- 
mation methods,  Chebyshev  and  Butterworth  filters. 

ENEE  172.  (03)  ADVANCED  PULSE  TECHNIQUES. 


Engineering         225 


(See  ENEE  173  for  related  laboratory  course).  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  124  or  ENEE  144  or  equivalent.  Bistable, 
monostable,  and  astable  circuits,  sweep  circuits,  syn- 
chronization, counting,  gates,  comparators  (magnetic 
core  circuits,  semiconductor  and  vacuum-tube  circuits. 

ENEE  173.  (01)  PULSE  TECHNIQUES  LABORATORY 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Corequisite  ENEE  172, 
or  ENEE  164  and  permission  of  the  instructor.  Experiments 
on  switching  circuits,  bistable,  monstable,  and  astable 
circuits,  sweep  circuits,  gates,  comparators. 

ENEE  174.  (03)  ADVANCED  RADIO  ENGINEERING. 

Corequisite,  ENEE  124.  (see  ENEE  175  for  related  labora- 
tory course).  The  coupling  coefficient  concept,  high-fre 
quency  effects,  design  and  optimization  of  amplifiers 
stability  considerations,  gain  limitations,  noise  figure 
design  of  harmonic  generators,  design  of  stable  oscil 
lators. 

ENEE  175  (01)  ADVANCED  RADIO  ENGINEERING  LABORA- 
TORY. 
Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Corequisite,  ENEE  174. 
Experiments  on  multiple  tuned  amplifiers,  noise  figure  mea- 
surements, class-C  amplifiers,  varactors,  modulators, 
projects. 

ENEE  190.  (03)  MATHEMATICAL  FOUNDATIONS  OF  CIRCUIT 
THFORY 

Prerequisites,  ENEE  120.  and  MATH  22,  or  equivalent. 
Review  of  determinants,  linear  equations,  matrix  theory, 
eigenvalues,  theory  of  complex  variables,  inverse  LaPlace 
transforms.  Applications  are  drawn  primarily  from  circuit 
analysis. 


COMPUTERS 

ENEE  100.  (03)  INTRODUCTION  TO  COMPUTERS  AND  COM- 
PUTATION. 
Prerequisite,  ENES  83  or  equivalent.  Basic  structure 
and  organization  of  digital  systems;  representation  of 
data,  introduction  to  software  systems;  assembly  lan- 
guage; application  of  computers  in  engineering  and  physical 
systems. 

ENEE  102.  (03)  INTRODUCTION  TO  DISCRETE  STRUC- 
TURES. 
Prerequisite,  ENES  83  or  equivalent.  This  is  the  same 
course  as  CMSC  102.  Review  of  set  algebra  including  re- 
lations, partial  ordering  and  mappings.  Algebraic  structures 
including  semigroups  and  groups.  Graph  theory  including 
trees  and  weighted  graphs.  Boolean  algebra  and  proposi- 
tional  logic.  Applications  of  these  structures  to  various 
areas  of  computer  science  and  computer  engineering. 

ENEE    104.    (03)    INTRODUCTION   TO    SWITCHING   SYSTEM 
DESIGN. 
Prerequisite,    ENEE    100.    Symbolic    logic   and    Boolean 
algebra;    switching    circuits;     minimization     algorithms; 
basic  sequential  circuits;  design  of  digital  systems. 

ENEE  106.  (03)  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  COMPUTER  SYSTEMS. 
Prerequisite,  ENbt  104.  Digital  Computer  organization; 
arithmetic  elements;  primary  and  secondary  storage; 
applications  of  integrated  circuits;  operating  systems;  inter- 
action of  hardware  and  software. 

ENEE  108.  (03)  INTRODUCTION  TO  AUTOMATA  THEORY. 
Prerequisite,  ENEE  102  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
An  introduction  to  finite  state  machines  and  their  proper- 
ties; properties  of  regular  sets;  elementary  decomposition 
results;  introduction  to  Turing  machines  and  computa- 
bility  theory;  undecidability  propositions;  introduction  to 
finite  semigroups  with  application  to  the  decomposition  of 
finite  state  machines. 

ENEE  112  (03)  INTRODUCTION  TO  COMPUTER-AIDED  AN- 
ALYSIS AND  DESIGN. 
Prerequisite,  ENES  83,  122.  Application  of  digital  com- 
puters to  solutions  of  lumped  parameter  system  problems; 
use  of  simulators;  economic  and  reliability  considera- 
tions; investigation  and  applications  of  problem  oriented 
programs  such  as  those  for  circuit  analysis,  (e.g.)  CORNAP, 
JOBSHOP,  ECAP,  and  NASAP).  The  use  of  the  computer 
will  be  an  integral  part  of  the  course. 

ENEE  160.  (03)  ANALOG  AND  HYBRID  COMPUTERS. 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  122.  Programming  the  analog  com- 
puter; analog  computing  components;  error  analysis,  re- 
petitive operation;  synthesis  of  systems  using  the  com- 
puter; hybrid  computer  systems. 

ENEE  163.  (01)  DIGITAL  LOGIC  LABORATORY. 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  162  or  equivalent.  Design,  bread- 
board construction  and  checkout  of  simple  digital  sys- 
tems such  as  counters,  shift  registers,  arithmetic  and 
control  units. 


ENEE  166.  (03)  DIGITAL  COMPUTER  ORGANIZATION. 

Prerequisite,  ENES  83  or  CMSC  100  or  equivalent.  Same 
as  CMSC  160.  Introduction;  computer  elements;  parallel 
adders  and  subtracters;  micro-operations;  sequences: 
computer  simulation;  organization  of  a  commercially  avail- 
able stored  program  computer;  microprogrammed  com- 
puters; a  large-scale  batch-processing  system  (optional). 
(Intended  for  those  minoring  in  computers  and  for  those 
majoring  in  Computer  Science.) 

COMMUNICATION  AND  CONTROL 

ENEE  142.  (02)  ENGINEERING  PROBABILITY. 

Prerequisites,  MATH  22  and  ENEE  90.  Required  of 
electrical  engineering  majors.  Probability  theory,  dis- 
crete and  continuous,  statistical  distribution  functions 
and  their  parameters,  applications  to  electrical  engineer- 
ing. 

ENEE  154.  (03)  FEEDBACK  CONTROL  SYSTEMS. 

Prequisites,  MATH  66  and  ENEE  122.  (see  ENEE  155 
for  related  laboratory  course).  Feedback  system  operation 
and  design,  stability  criteria,  basic  design  techniques, 
correlation  of  time  and  frequency-domain  concepts,  flow- 
graph  algebra,  system  synthesis  to  a  variety  of  specifica- 
tions. 

ENEE  155.  (01)  FEEDBACK  CONTROL  SYSTEMS  LABORA- 
TORY. 
Two  hours  of  labcatory  per  week.  Corequisite,  ENEE  154. 
Projects  to  enhance  the  student's  understanding  of  feed- 
back control  systems  and  familiarize  him  with  some 
of  the  devises  used  in  the  control  field. 

ENEE  156.  (03)  COMMUNICATION  THEORY. 

Prerequisite  ENEE  142.  Random  signals:  elements  of 
random  processes,  noise,  Gaussian  process,  correlation 
function  and  power  spectra,  linear  operations;  optimum  re- 
ceiver implementation,  probability  of  error  performance; 
efficient  signaling:  sources,  encoding,  dimensionality, 
channel  capacity;  waveform  communication:  linear,  angle, 
and  pulse  modulation. 

ENEE  157.  (03)  INTRODUCTION  TO  INFORMATION  THEORY. 
Prerequisite  ENEE  142.  Definition  of  information  and 
entropy;  characterization  of  sources;  Kraft  and  MacMillan 
inequalities;  coding  information  sources;  noiseless 
coding  theorem;  channels  and  mutual  information;  Shan- 
non's coding  theorem  for  noisy  channels. 

ENEE  158.  (03)  SIGNAL  ANALYSIS,  MODULATION  AND 
NOISE. 
Prerequisites,   ENEE   122  and   ENEE  142.   Signal  trans- 
mission through  networks,  transmission  in  the  presence 
of   noise,   statistical   methods  of   determining  error  and 
transmission  effects,  modulation  schemes. 

ELECTRO  PHYSICS 

ENEE  130.  (03)  ELECTROMAGNETIC  THEORY. 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites,  MATH 
22  PHYS  31  ENEE  90  with  an  average  grade  of  C  or 
better  in  MATH  21,  22,  PHYS  20,  21,  and  ENEE  90.  Re- 
quired of  Juniors  in  Electrical  Engineering.  Introduction 
to  electromagnetic  fields.  Electrostatics;  Coulomb's  law, 
Gauss'  law,  electrical  potential,  capacitance,  Laplace's 
equation  and  boundary  value  problems.  Magnetostatics; 
Biot-Savart  law,  Ampere's  law,  Lorentz  force  equation, 
magnetic  materials,  inductance.  Time  varying  fields  and 
Maxwell's  equations. 

ENEE  132.  (03)  ELECTROMAGNETIC  PROPERTIES  OF  MA- 
TERIALS. 
Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ENEE  130. 
Required  of  Seniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Review  of 
Maxwell's  equations;  the  wave  equation;  electron  dy- 
namics with  applications  to  accelerators;  dielectrics;  the 
dielectric  model  for  plasmas;  plane  waves  in  magneto- 
plasmas.  Introduction  to  quantum  mechanics  and  quan- 
tum statistics;  theory  of  semi-conductors.  Ferromagnet- 
ism  and  selected  topics. 

ENEE  134.  (03)  ELECTROMAGNETIC  WAVE  PROPAGATION. 
Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ENEE  130. 
Required  of  seniors  in  electrical  engineering.  The  wave 
equation  and  the  impedance  concept:  plane  waves;  re- 
flection and  refraction;  wave  guides  and  transmission 
lines;  Smith  charts:  lumped  models. 

ENEE  135   (01)  ELECTROMAGNETIC  MEASUREMENTS 
LABORATORY. 
Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Corequisite,  ENEE  134. 
Laboratory  to  be  taken  in  association  with   ENEE   134. 
Experiments  on  field  mapping,  transmission  line  match- 
ing, impedance  measurement,  microwave  measurements 


226  Engineering 


of  standing  wave  ratio,  power,  frequency,  Q,  and 
coupling. 

ENEE  140.  (03)  TRANSDUCERS  AND  ELECTRICAL 
MACHINERY 
(See  ENEE  141  for  related  laboratory  course).  Prereq 
uisites,  ENEE  120,  ENEE  130.  Corequisite,  ENEE  141. 
Required  of  seniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Electro- 
mechanical transducers,  theory  of  electromechanical 
systems,  power  and  wideband  transformers,  rotating 
electrical  machinery  from  the  theoretical  and  per 
formance  points  of  view. 

ENEE  141.  (01)  TRANSDUCERS  AND  ELECTRICAL  MACHIN- 
ERY LABORATORY 
Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Corequisite,  ENEE  140. 
Required  of  seniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Laboratory 
to  be  taken  in  association  with  ENEE  140.  Experiments 
on  transformers,  synchronous  machines,  induction 
motors,  synchros,  loudspeakers,  other  transducers. 

ENEE  170.  (03)  ANTENNAS  AND  WAVE  PROPAGATION. 

Corequisite,  ENEE  134.  Review  of  Maxwell's  Equations, 
equations,  radiation,  antenna  fundamentals,  antenna 
arrays,  aperture  antennas,  impedance  concepts  and  pro- 
pagation. 

ENEE  186.  (03)  PARTICLE  ACCELERATORS,  PHYSICAL  AND 
ENGINEERING  PRINCIPLES. 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites,  ENEE 
130  and  Physics  153,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Sources  of  charged  particles;  methods  of  acceleration 
and  focusing  of  ion  beams  in  electromagnetic  fields; 
basic  theory,  design,  and  engineering  principles  of  parti- 
cle accelerators. 

ENEE  188.  (03)  PHYSICAL  ELECTRONICS  OF  DEVICES. 

Ihree  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Physics 
153  and  ENEE  132.  Introduction  to  electron  and  ion 
optics.  Principles  of  vacuum  tubes,  klystrons  and 
magnetrons.  Conductivity  of  metals  and  semiconductors. 
P-n  junction  and  transistors. 

BIOMEDICAL 

ENEE  144.  (03)  ELECTRONIC  CIRCUITS. 

Prequisite,  ENEE  060  or  equivalent  knowledge  of  cir- 
cuit theory  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  This  course  is 
intended  for  students  in  the  physical  sciences,  and  for 
engineering  students  requiring  additional  study  of  elec- 
tron circuits.  Credit  not  normally  given  for  this  course  in 
an  electrical  engineering  major  program.  (ENEE  123  or 
125  may  optionally  be  taken  as  an  associated  labora- 
tory, as  is  appropriate).  P-n  junctions,  transistors, 
vacuum  tubes,  biasing  and  operating  point  stability, 
switches,  large-signal  analysis,  models,  small-signal 
analysis,  frequency  response,  feedback  and  multistage 
amplifiers,  pulse  and  digital  circuits. 

ENEE  146.  (04)  ELECTRONICS  FOR  LIFE  SCIENTISTS. 

Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  college  algebra  and  a  physics  course, 
including  basic  electricity  and  magnetism.  Not  accepted 
for  credit  in  an  electrical  engineering  major  program. 
The  concept  of  an  instrumentation  system  with 
emphasis  upon  requirements  for  transducers,  amplifiers, 
and  recording  devices,  design  criteria  and  circuitry  of 
power  supplies  amplifiers,  and  pulse  equipment,  spe- 
cific instruments  used  for  biological  research,  problems 
of  shielding  against  hum  and  noise  pickup  and  other  in- 
terference problems  characteristic  of  biological  systems. 

ENEE  148.  (03)  ELECTRONIC  INSTRUMENTATION  FOR 
PHYSICAL  SCIENCE. 
Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  ENEE  60  or  120,  PHYSICS  104  or 
equivalent,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  The  concept  of 
instrumentation  systems  from  sensor  to  readout,  discus- 
sions of  transducers,  system  dynamics,  precision,  and 
accuracy,  measurement  of  electrical  parameters,  direct, 
differential,  and  potentiometric  measurements,  bridge 
measurements,  time  and  frequency  measurements,  wave- 
form generation  and  display. 

SPECIAL  TOPICS 


ENEE  181.  (1-3)  PROJECTS  IN  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 
Hours  to  be  arranged.  Prerequisites,  senior  standing  and 
permission  of  the  instructor.  May  be  taken  for  repeated 
credit  up  to  a  total  of  4  credits,  with  the  permission  of 
the  student's  advisor  and  the  instructor.  Theoretical  and 
experimental  projects. 


FOR  GRADUATES 
CIRCUITS 


ENEE  202. 
ENEE  203. 
ENEE  204. 

SIGN. 
ENEE  230. 
ENEE  231. 
ENEE  232, 
ENEE  234. 
ENEE  235. 
ENEE  245. 


(03) 
(03) 
(03) 

(03) 
(03) 
233. 
(03) 
(03) 
(03) 


TRANSIENTS  IN  LINEAR  SYSTEMS. 
TRANSIENTS  IN  LINEAR  SYSTEMS. 
ADVANCED     ELECTRONIC     CIRCUIT 


DE 


MATHEMATICS  OF  CIRCUIT  ANALYSIS. 
ACTIVE  NETWORK  ANALYSIS. 
(03)   NETWORK  SYNTHESIS. 
GRAPH  THEORY  IN  NETWORK  ANALYSIS. 
APPLICATIONS  OF  TENSOR  ANALYSIS., 
ELECTRICAL   TECHNIQUES    IN   MEDICINE 


AND  BIOLOGY. 

COMPUTERS 

ENEE  260.    (03)   ARITHMETIC    AND   CODING   ASPECTS   OF 

DIGITAL  COMPUTERS. 
ENEE  261.   (03)   CODING  THEORY  AND  APPLICATIONS. 
ENEE  262.    (03)    COMBINATORIAL  SWITCHING  THEORY. 
ENEE   263.    (03)   STRUCTURE  THEORY  OF  MACHINES. 
ENEE   265.   (03)   AUTOMATA  THEORY. 
ENEE   270.    (Var.)   TOPICS  IN  COMPUTER  DESIGN. 
ENEE  272.    (Var.)   TOPICS  IN  COMPUTER  DESIGN. 
ENEE   274.    (03)   DIGITAL  SYSTEMS  ENGINEERING. 
ENEE   276.   (03)   SIMULATION  OF  DYNAMIC  SYSTEMS. 


COMMUNICATIONS  AND  CONTROLS 

ENEE  212  (03)  CONTROL  SYSTEMS  ANALYSIS  AND  SYN- 
THESIS. 

ENEE  213.  (03)  NONLINEAR  AND  ADAPTIVE  CONTROL 
SYSTEMS. 

ENEE   218.   (03)   SIGNAL  ANALYSIS  AND  NOISE. 

ENEE  219.    (03)    SIGNAL  ANALYSIS  AND  NOISE. 

ENEE   220.    (03)   STATISTICAL  COMMUNICATION  THEORY. 

ENEE   221.    (03)    INFORMATION  THEORY. 

ENEE   238.    (03)    SAMPLED-DATA  CONTROL  SYSTEMS. 


ELECTRO  PHYSICS 


ENEE  200, 
ENEE  206. 
ENEE  207. 
ENEE  209. 
ENEE  210. 
ENEE  215, 
ENEE   250. 

ISM. 
ENEE   251. 
ENEE  282. 
ENEE  283. 

NOLOGY. 
ENEE   290. 

TRON  AN 


201.    (03)    ELECTROMAGNETIC  THEORY. 

(03)    MICROWAVE  ENGINEERING. 

(03)  OPTICAL  ENGINEERING. 

(03)  QUANTUM  ELECTRONICS. 

(03)   SOLID  STATE  ELECTRONICS. 

216.   (03)   RADIO  WAVE  PROPAGATION. 

(03)   MATHEMATICS     FOR      ELECTROMAGNET- 

(03)  ANTENNA  THEORY. 

(03)    INTEGRATED  ELECTRONICS. 

(03)    SEMICONDUCTOR    DEVICES    AND    TECH- 


(03)   CHARGED    PARTICLE    DYNAMICS, 
D  ION  BEAMS. 


ELEC- 


ENEE  180.  (03)  TOPICS  IN  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING. 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instructor.  May  be  taken 
for  repeated  credit  up  to  a  total  of  6  credits,  with  the 
permission  of  the  student's  advisor  and  the  instructor. 
Selected  topics  from  the  literature  of  modern  electrical 
engineering. 


SPECIAL  TOPICS  AND  RESEARCH 

ENEE   222.   (1-3)  GRADUATE  SEMINAR. 
ENEE   223.    (03)    ADVANCED  TOPICS  IN  ELECTRICAL  ENGI- 
NEERING. 


Engineering         227 


ENGINEERING    MATERIALS 


PROFESSORS:    Armstrong*,    Asimow*,    Marcinkowski*,    and 

Skolnick**. 
ASSOCIATE     PROFESSORS:    Arsenault**,     Bolsaitis**,    and 

Spain**. 
"Member  of  Mechanical  Engineering  Department 
"Member  of  Chemical  Engineering  Department 


Engineering  materials  involves  the  relation  be- 
tween structure  and  properties  of  materials.  The 
principles  of  physics,  chemistry  and  mathematics 
are  applied  to  metals,  ceramics,  polymers  and  com- 
posite materials  used  in  manufacturing  and  re- 
search. In  addition  to  the  traditional  area  of  metal- 
lurgy, engineering  materials  includes  the  fields  of 
solid  state  physics  and  polymer  and  materials  sci- 
ence and  their  application  to  modern  industrial 
problems.  Because  of  the  extensive  use  of  materials, 
the  engineer  finds  a  wide  variety  of  interesting 
career  opportunities  in  many  companies  and  labora- 
tories. 

Programs  of  study  in  engineering  materials  at 
the  undergraduate  and  graduate  level  are  offered 
through  the  Chemical  and  Mechanical  Engineering 
Departments.  Students  may  use  Engineering  Ma- 
terials as  a  field  of  concentration  in  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Engineering  Program. 


FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES 
AND  GRADUATES 

ENMA  162.  (03)  DEFORMATION  OF  ENGINEERING  MATE- 
RIALS. 
Prerequisites:  ES  30  or  consent  of  instructor.  Relation- 
ship of  structure  to  the  mechanical  properties  of  ma- 
terials. Elastic  and  plastic  deformation,  microscopic 
yield  criteria,  state  of  stress  and  ductility.  Elements  of 
dislocation  theory,  work  hardening,  alloy  strengthening, 
creep,  and  fracture  in  terms  of  dislocation  theory. 

EMNA  163.  (03)  CHEMICAL,  LIQUID  AND  POWDER  PROCES- 
-SING  OF  ENGINEERING  MATERIALS. 
Prerequisites:  ENES  030  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Methods  and  processes  used  in  the  production  of  pri- 
mary metals.  Basic  principles  of  beneficiation  proces- 
ses, pyrometallurgy,  hydrometallurgy,  electrometallurgy, 
vapor  phase  processing  and  electroplating.  Liquid  metal 
processing  including  casting,  welding,  brazing  and  solder- 
ing. Powder  processing  and  sintering.  Shapes  and  struc- 
tures produced  in  the  above  processes. 

ENMA  164.  (03)  ENVIRONMENTAL  EFFECTS  ON  ENGI- 
NEERING. 
Prerequisites:  ENES  030  or  consent  of  instructor.  Intro- 
duction to  the  phenomena  associated  with  the  resistance 
of  materials  to  damage  under  severe  environmental  con- 
ditions. Oxidation,  corrosion,  stress  corrosion,  corrosion 
fatigue  and  radiation  damage  are  examined  from  the 
point  of  view  of  mechanism  and  influence  on  the  prop- 
erties of  materials.  Methods  of  corrosion  protection  and 
criteria  for  selection  of  materials  for  use  in  radiation 
environments. 

ENMA  170.  (03)  STRUCTURE  AND  PROPERTIES  OF  ENGI- 
NEERING MATERIALS. 
A   comprehensive   survey   of   the  atomic   and   electronic 
structure  of  solids  with  emphasis  on  the  relationship  of 
structure  to  the  physical  and  mechanical  properties. 

ENMA  171.  (03)  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY  OF  ENGINEERING 
MATERIALS. 
Equilibrium  multicomponent  systems  and  relationship 
to  the  phase  diagram  Thermodynamics  of  polycrystai- 
line  and  polyphase  materials.  Diffusion  in  solids,  kinetics 
of  reactions  in  solids. 

ENMA  172.  (03)  TECHNOLOGY  OF  ENGINEERING  MATE- 
RIALS. 
Relationship  of  properties  of  solids  to  their  engineering 
applications.  Criteria  for  the  choice  of  materials  for 
electronic,  mechanical  and  chemical  properties.  Particu- 
lar emphasis  on  the  relationships  between  structure  of 
the  solid  and  its  potential  engineering  application. 

228  Engineering 


ENMA    173.    (03)    PROCESSING    OF    ENGINEERING    MATE- 
RIALS. 

The  effect  of  processing  on  the  structure  of  engineering 
materials.  Processes  considered  include  refining,  melting 
and  solidification,  purification  by  zone  refining,  vapor 
phase  processing,  mechanical  working  and  heat  treat- 
ments. 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions 

ENMA  250.   (03)   STRUCTURE     OF     ENGINEERING     MATE- 
RIALS. 

ENMA  251.    (03)    ELECTRONIC  STRUCTURE  OF  ENGINEER- 
ING SOLIDS. 

ENMA   259.   (03)   SPECIAL     TOPICS     IN     STRUCTURE     OF 
ENGINEERING  MATERIALS. 

ENMA  260.   (03)   CHEMICAL    PHYSICS    OF    ENGINEERING 
MATERIALS. 

ENMA  261.   (03)   KINETICS  OF  REACTIONS  IN  MATERIALS. 

ENMA  269.   (03)    SPECIAL     TOPICS     IN     THE     CHEMICAL 
PHYSICS  OF  MATERIALS. 

ENMA  270.   (03)    RHEOLOGY     OF      ENGINEERING     MATE- 
RIALS. 

ENMA  271.   (03)   DISLOCATIONS     IN     CRYSTALLINE     MA- 
TERIALS. 

ENMA  272.   (03)   MECHANICAL     PROPERTIES     OF     ENGI- 
NEERING MATERIALS. 

ENMA  279.    (03)    SPECIAL    TOPICS    IN    THE    MECHANICAL 
BEHAVIOR  OF  ENGINEERING  SOLIDS. 

ENMA  280.    (03)    EXPERIMENTAL      METHODS      IN      MATE- 
RIALS SCIENCE. 

ENMA  281.    (03)   DIFFRACTION     TECHNIQUES     IN     MATE- 
RIALS SCIENCE. 

ENMA  289.    (03)   SPECIAL      TOPICS      IN      EXPERIMENTAL 
TECHNIQUES  IN  MATERIALS  SCIENCE. 

ENMA  290.    (03)    POLYMERIC  ENGINEERING  MATERIALS. 

ENMA  291.   (03)   SPECIAL    TOPICS    IN    MATERIALS    TECH- 
NOLOGY. 

ENMA  297.  (01)    SEMINAR  IN  ENGINEERING  MATERIALS. 

ENMA  298.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  ENGINEERING 
MATERIALS. 

ENMA  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH  IN  ENGINEERING 
MATERIALS.  (Master's  Level)  (Var.) 

ENMA  499.  DISSERTATION— RESEARCH  IN  ENGINEERING 
MATERIALS  (Doctoral  Level)  (Var.) 

ENGINEERING   SCIENCES 


ENES  001.  (03)  INTRODUCTORY  ENGINEERING  SCIENCE. 
One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Basic 
languages  of  the  engineer.  Elements  of  graphic  com- 
munication and  analysis.  Orthographic  projection  and 
descriptive  geometry,  conventions,  graphs  and  curve- 
fitting.  Vectors  as  tools  of  communication  and  analysis. 
Applications  of  geometry  to  engineering  problems. 

ENES  010.  (03)  MECHANICS. 

Two  lectures  and  two  drill  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
ENES  001  and  concurrent  registration  in  MATH  019  or 
approval  of  department  head.  Systems  of  rigid  bodies 
in  equilibrium  under  action  of  forces  and  couples.  Nu- 
merical, graphical,  and  vectoral  computation  applied  to 
problems  in  statics  and  elementary  dynamics. 

ENES  020.  (03)  MECHANICS  OF  MATERIALS. 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  MATH  020.  PHYS 
030,  and  ENES  010.  Distortion  of  engineering  materials 
in  relation  to  changes  in  stress  or  temperature.  Geometry 
of  internal  strain  and  external  displacement.  Application 
to  beams,  columns,  shafts,  tanks,  and  other  structural, 
machine  and  vehicle  members. 

ENES  021.  (03)  DYNAMICS. 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  ENES  010.  PHYS 
030,  and  ENNU  101,  concurrent  registration  in  MATH 
021.  Systems  of  particles  and  rigid  bodies  at  rest  and  in 
motion.  Force-acceleration,  work-energy,  and  impulse- 
momentum  relationships.  Motion  of  one  body  relative  to 
another  in  a  plane  and  in  space. 

ENES  030.  (03)  MATERIALS  SCIENCE. 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite.  ENES  020.  Basic 
principles,  nature,  and  properties  of  engineering  ma- 
terials. Structure  of  matter,  phase  transformations  and 
mechanical  properties  of  metals,  ceramics,  polymers  and 
related  materials,  electrical,  thermal  and  magnetic  prop- 


erties.  corrosion  and  radiation  damage,  friction  and 
wear,  diffusion. 

ENES  80.   (02)  ALGORITHMIC  ANALYSIS   AND  COMPUTER 
PROGRAMMING. 

One  hour  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Corequisite,  MATH  021.  Required  of  sophomores  in  elec- 
trical engineering.  Concept  and  properties  of  algorithms 
(fully  defined  procedures  for  solving  problems),  prob- 
lems from  numerical  mathematics,  use  of  specific  al- 
gorithmic language  (MAD),  completion  of  several  proj- 
ects usin^a  diRital  computer. 

ENES  83.  (01)  DIGITAL  COMPUTER  LABORATORY. 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ENES 
080.  Required  of  sophomores  in  electrical  engineering. 
Completion  of  several  projects  in  numerical  mathematics 
on  a  digital  computer,  with  emphasis  of  efficiency  of 
computation  accuracy  of  approximations,  and  control  of 
errors. 


FIRE   PROTECTION   ENGINEERING 

PROFESSOR:  Bryan. 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR:  Hickey. 
LECTURER:  Custer. 

Fire  protection  is  concerned  with  the  scientific 
and  technical  problems  of  preventing  loss  of  life 
and  property  from  fire,  explosion  and  related 
hazards,  and  of  evaluating  and  eliminating  hazard- 
ous conditions. 

The  fundamental  principles  of  fire  protection 
are  relatively  well  defined  and  the  application  of 
these  principles  to  a  modern  industrialized  society 
has  become  a  specialized  activity.  Control  of  the 
hazards  in  manufacturing  processes  calls  for  an 
understanding  not  only  of  measures  for  fire  protec- 
tion but  of  the  processes  themselves.  Often  the  most 
effective  solution  to  the  problem  of  safe-guarding 
a  hazardous  operation  lies  in  the  modification  of  the 
process  rather  than  in  the  installation  of  special  ex- 
tinguishing equipment.  The  expert  in  fire  protection 
must  be  prepared  to  decide  in  any  given  case  what 
is  the  best  and  most  economical  solution  of  the  fire 
prevention  problem.  His  recommendations  are  often 
based  not  only  on  sound  principles  of  fire  protection, 
but  on  a  thorough  understanding  of  the  special 
problems  of  the  individual  property. 

Modern  fire  protection  utilizes  a  wide  variety  of 
mechanical  and  electrical  equipment  which  the  stu- 
dent must  understand  in  principle  before  he  can 
apply  them  to  special  problems.  The  fire  protection 
curriculum  emphasizes  the  scientific,  technical  and 
humanitarian  aspects  of  fire  protection,  and  the 
development  of  the  individual  student. 

The  problems  and  challenges  which  confront 
the  specialist  in  fire  protection  include  the  re- 
duction and  control  of  fire  hazards  due  to  processes 
subject  to  fire  or  explosion  in  respect  to  design,  in- 
stallation and  handling,  involving  both  physical  and 
human  factors;  the  use  of  buildings  and  transporta- 
tion facilities  to  restrict  the  spread  of  fire  and  to  fa- 
cilitate the  escape  of  occupants  in  case  of  fire;  the 
design,  installation  and  maintenance  of  fire  detec- 
tion and  extinguishing  devices  and  systems;  and  the 
organization  and  education  of  persons  for  fire  pre- 
vention and  fire  protection. 

Fire  Protection  curriculum 


JUNIOR  YEAR  I 

General  Education  Courses 3 

ENEE  060 -Principles  of  Elec.  Engr 

ENES  030 -Materials  Science  or 

ENCE  050- Fundamentals  of  Engineering 

Materials 3 

ENCE  112- Applied  Math  in  Engr.  or 

MATH  066 -Differentia I  Equations 3 

ENCE  105  — Fluid  Mechanics 


ENFP  1 10- Installations  and  Equipment  3 

ENFP  1 12-  Fire  Prot  Fluids  and  Systems  3 

ENFP  1 15- Water  Suppression  Systems  3 

ENFP  1 20 -Construction  Fundamentals  and 

Ins.  Schedules  3 

Approved  Electives  2  or  3  2  or  3 

Total  1 7  or  18  17  or  18 

SENIOR  YEAR 
General  Education  Courses  3  3 

ENME  100 -Thermodynamics  3 

ENCE  100- Engineering  Analysis  and 

Computer  Programming  3 

ENME  167 -Operations  Research  I  or 

BSAD  1 36 -Operations  Research  I  3 

ENNU  101 -Environmental  Consideration  of 

Nuclear  Engineering  3 

ENFP  1 1 1  -Process  and  Transportation 

Hazards  3 

ENFP  114- Fire  Analysis  3 

ENFP  1 16- Problem  Synthesis  ond  Design 3 

ENFP  1 17-Technicol  Projects  3 

Approved  Technical  Electives  3_  3 

Total  18  18 

ENFP  80.  (03)  FIRE  PROTECTION  ORGANIZATION. 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a 
week.  Fire  loss  records,  and  the  economic  aspects  of  fire 
costs.  Organization  and  administration  of  municipal  and 
industrial  fire  protection. 

ENFP  90.  (03)  ESSENTIALS  OF  FIRE  PROTECTION. 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Prerequisites,  ENFP  080.  Chemistry  of  combus- 
tion and  an  analysis  of  the  properties  of  materials  affecting 
fire  behavior.  Detailed  examination  of  the  basic  fire 
phenomenon. 

ENFP  110.  (03)  INSTALLATIONS  AND  EQUIPMENT. 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Prerequisites.  ENFP  090  and  junior  standing. 
The  design  and  installation  of  gaseous  and  solid  particle 
suppression  systems.  Design  standards  and  specifications 
for  installation  of  detection,  signaling  and  communica- 
tion systems.  The  principles  of  suppression  theory  applied  to 
laboratory  problems. 

ENFP  111.  (03)  PROCESS  AND  TRANSPORTATION  HAZARDS 
Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Prerequisite  ENFP  110.  Special  hazards  of  in- 
dustrial processing  and  manufacturing,  the  transportation 
of  personnel  and  products.  Analytical  approach  to  hazard 
evaluation  and  control.  Variables  affecting  control  de- 
sign in  relation  to  probability,  reliability,  economic,  legal, 
and  psychological  factors. 

ENFP  112.  (03)  FIRE  PROTECTION  FLUIDS  AND  SYSTEMS 
Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Corequisite  ENFP  115.  Fluids  utilized  in  fire 
suppression  systems  and  operations.  Laboratory  study  of 
operational  and  hydraulics  problems.  Design  of  water 
supply  and  distribution  for  fire  protection. 

ENFP  114.  (03)  FIRE  ANALYSIS 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  ENFP  112.  The  mass  fire  problem, 
with  consideration  of  conflagrations  and  fire  storms, 
thermal,  structural,  environmental,  and  meterological 
factors,  techniques  of  prediction  and  continuity  anaylsis. 

ENFP  115.  (03)  WATER  SUPPRESSION  SYSTEMS. 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Prerequisite,  ENFP  110.  Corequisite,  ENFP  112. 
The  design  and  installation  of  automatic  sprinkler,  water 
spray  systems.  Computation  of  waterf  low,  pressure,  and  sys- 
tem loss  characteristics.  Development  of  hydraulically 
balanced  flow  characteristics.  Laboratory  sessions  on 
design  and  evaluation  procedures. 

ENFP  116.  (03)  PROBLEM  SYNTHESIS  AND  DESIGN. 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a 
week.  Prerequisite  senior  standing.  Techniques  and  proce- 
dures of  problem  orientation  and  solution  design  utilizing 
logical  and  numerical  procedures.  Fundamentals  of  a 
systems  approach.  Study  of  historical,  current  and  future 
problems.  Probability  statistics  as  applied  to  fire  protection 
problems. 

ENFP  117.  (03)  TECHNICAL  PROJECTS. 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Prerequisite  ENFP  116.  An  examination  of  the 
specialized  areas  of  fire  protection  and  the  state  of  the 
research  in  these  areas.  Student  development  and  dis- 
cussion of  research  projects  in  a  selected  area. 

ENFP  120.  (03)  CONSTRUCTION  FUNDAMENTALS  AND  IN- 
SURANCE SCHEDULES. 
First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a 
week.  Prerequisite.  ENFP  080.  A  study  of  the  insurance 

Engineering  229 


rating  schedules  and  their  principles  of  application.  Func- 
tional and  structural  aspects  of  construction  affected  by 
the  variables  of  the  fire  environment.  The  examination 
of  specific  laws,  codes,  and  ordinances.  Laboratory  ex- 
amination of  fire  test  procedures. 


ENME  103 -Materials  Engineering 

ENME  104 -Gas  Dynomics 
ENME  106-Tronsrer  Processes 
ENME  120 -Measurements  Laboratory 
ENME  1  i  6  — Applied  Mathematics  in 

Engineering 

Total 


MECHANICAL   ENGINEERING 


PROFESSORS:  Shreeve,  Jackson,  R.W.  Allen,  Armstrong,  Asi- 

mow,  Berger,  Cunniff,  John,  Marcinkowski,  Sayre,  Talaat, 

Weske. 
ASSOCIATE    PROFESSORS:    Anand     Hayleck,    Wockenfuss, 

Fourney,  Marks,  Sallet,  Walston,  Yang. 
ASSISTANT   PROFESSORS:    Buckley,    Elkins,    Forsnes,    Hill, 

Morse,  Owens.  Tsui. 
INSTRUCTORS:     Auluck,     Becker,     Browne,     Kraft,     Morin, 

Owens,  Puckett,  Alic,  Hagner,  Hasson,  Hawks,  Kauffmann, 

Knauss,  Mahajan,  Root.  Whitbeck. 
LECTURERS:  Dawson,  Haberman,  Seigel. 


The  principal  function  of  the  mechanical  engi- 
neer is  to  apply  science  and  technology  creatively  to 
the  design  and  manufacture  of  machines  for  the 
practical  use  of  mankind.  Any  machine  or  manufac- 
tured product  requires,  basically,  (1)  the  art  and  sci- 
ence of  generating,  transmitting,  and  utilizing 
mechanical  power,  and  (2)  research,  development, 
designing,  and  the  coordination  of  materials,  per- 
sonnel, and  management.  These  basic  requirements 
define  mechanical  engineering.  The  following  pro- 
fessional divisions  of  the  American  Society  of 
Mechanical  Engineers  give  a  good  idea  of  types  of 
work  in  which  the  mechanical  engineer  may  be- 
come associated:  air  pollution,  applied  mechanics, 
automatic  control,  aviation  and  space,  bio- 
mechanical  and  human  factors,  design  engineering, 
diesel  and  gas  engine  power,  energetics,  fluids  engi- 
neering, fuels,  gas  turbine,  heat  transfer,  manage- 
ment, materials  handling,  metals  engineering,  nu- 
clear engineering,  petroleum,  power,  pressure  ves- 
sels and  piping,  process  industries,  railroad,  rub- 
ber and  plastics,  safety,  solar  energy,  textile,  and 
underwater  technology. 

There  are  numerous  opportunities  in  all  the 
fields  associated  with  these  divisions,  in  particular 
in  the  areas  of:  research,  design,  systems  analysis, 
management  consulting,  maintenance,  production, 
teaching  and  sales. 

Because  of  the  wide  variety  of  engineering  op- 
portunities available  to  the  mechanical  engineer, 
the  curriculum  is  designed  to  give  the  student  a 
thorough  training  in  the  basic  sciences:  physics, 
chemistry,  mathematics,  solid  and  fluid  mechanics, 
dynamics,  thermodynamics,  heat  transfer,  ma- 
terials, electricity,  nuclear  technology,  power,  and 
design.  This  curriculum  leads  to  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree,  which  is  the  stepping  stone  to  im- 
mediate employment  and/or  continued  study  to  the 
Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees. 


SENIOR  YEAR 

General  Education  Courses 

ENME  150,  151  -Energy  Conversion 

ENME  152-Mochine  Design 

ENME  154,  155 -Engineering  Experimen- 
tation 

ENME  156,  157 -Mechanical  Engineering 
Analysis  and  Design 

Technical  Elective 

Total 


TECHNICAL  ELECTIVES 

ENME  140 -Engineering  Anolysis 

ENME  153  — Elasticity  and  Plasticity  I 

ENME  162-Dynamics  II  

ENME  164 -Thermodynamics  II 

ENME  166 -Special  Problems 

ENME  161  -Environmental  Engineering 

ENME  163- Fluid  Mechanics  II 

ENME  165-Automatic  Controls 

ENME  167-lntroduction  to  Operations  Research  I 

ENME  168 -Introduction  to  Industrial  Engineering 

ENME  1 80 -Mechanical  Engineering  Anolysis  for  Oceanic 
Environment 

ENME  181  -Mechanical  Engineering  Systems  for  Under- 
water Operations 

ENME  190-lntroduction  to  Engineering  Acoustics      . 


In  the  Mechanical  Engineering  Department 
there  are  five  main  divisions  of  specialization  both 
at  the  undergraduate  and  graduate  levels.  These 
include  Design  and  Systems  Analysis;  Energy  Con- 
version; Fluid  Mechanics;  Materials;  and  Solid  Me- 
chanics. A  graduate  student  may  major  in  one  of 
these  fields  with  a  minor  in  one  or  more  of  the 
others.  Opportunities  are  also  available  for  a  stu- 
dent to  take  advanced  work  in  Industrial  Engineer- 
ing and  Operation  Research  (under  Design  and  Sys- 
tems Analysis),  Marine  and  Ocean  Engineering  (un- 
der Fluid  Mechanics),  Bio-Mechanical  Engineering 
(under  Energy  Conversion),  or  Acoustics  (under 
solid  mechanics). 

The     Materials    Courses    are     listed     under    a 
separate  heading  in  this  catalogue. 

Students  planning  graduate  work  should  pref- 
erably choose  electives  to  provide  the  best  back- 
ground for  their  main  areas  of  interest.  The  areas  of 
current  specialization  and  research  in  Mechanical 
Engineering  at  the  University  of  Maryland  are: 

I  DESIGN  AND  SYSTEMS  ANALYSIS 

a.  Mechanical  Engineering  Design 

b.  Controls  Systems  Analysis 

II  ENERGY 

a.  Thermodynamics 

b.  Heat  Transfer 

c.  Energy  Conversion 

d.  Propulsion 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  CURRICULUM 


JUNIOR  YEAR 
General  Education  Courses 
ENEE  060.  062 -Principles  of  Electricol 

Engineering 

ENEE  061,  063- Electricol  Engr.  Lob 

ENES  030-Materials  Science 

ENME  101  -Dynamics  of  Machinery 

ENME  102  —  Fluid  Mechanics  I 

230  Engineering 


FLUID  MECHANICS 

a.  Incompressible  Flow 

b.  Compressible  Flow 

c.  Viscous  Flow 

d.  Unsteady  Hydrodynamics 

i   SOLID  MECHANICS 

a.  Dynamics 

b.  Continuum  Mechanics 

c.  Elasticity,  Linear  and  Non-linear 

d.  Stress  Waves 


e.  Vibrations,  Linear,  Non-linear 

f.  Plasticity 

g.  Viscoelasticity 

h.   Shells,  Linear  and  Non-linear 
i.  Structural  Dynamics 
j.  Acoustics 

V   MATERIALS 

See  listing  under  Engineering  Materials  sec- 
tion. 


FOR  UNDERGRADUATES 

ENME  015.  (02)  INTRODUCTION  TO  MECHANICAL  ENGI- 
NEERING. 
Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  MATH  020,  PHYS 
030  and  CHEM  009.  Development  of  the  student's  ca- 
pacity to  solve  engineering  problems  by  the  application 
of  fundamental  principles  and  fully  defined  procedures. 
Several  projects  require  the  use  of  a  computer. 

ENME  50.  (03)  PRINCIPLES  OF  MECHANICAL  ENGINEER- 
ING. 
Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  PHYSICS  032, 
MATH  021.  Required  of  civil  engineers.  Laws  and  corol- 
laries of  classical  thermodynamics.  Properties  and  charac- 
teristics of  pure  substances  and  perfect  gases.  Vapor  and 
gas  cycles.  Mixture  of  gases  including  applications  to 
psychrometry.  Introduction  to  heat  transfer. 

ENME  60.  (03)  THERMODYNAMICS.  I 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisites. PHYSICS  031,  MATH  21  concurrently.  Required 
of  sophomores  in  mechanical  and  aeronautical  engineer- 
ing. Properties,  characteristics,  and  fundamental  equation 
of  gases,  and  vapors.  Application  of  first  and  second  laws  of 
thermodynamics  in  the  analysis  of  basic  heat  engines. 
air  compression,  and  vapor  cycles.  Flow  and  non-flow 
processes  for  gases  and  vapors. 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

DESIGN  AND  SYSTEMS  ANALYSIS 

ENME  103.  (03)  MATERIALS  ENGINEERING. 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, ENES  30.  Processes  and  methods  to  manufacture 
and  usefully  apply  engineering  materials,  alloys  and  heat 
treatment  of  steel,  strengthening  processes  for  ferrous 
and  non-ferrous  alloys.  Fabrication  techniques  for 
metals,  polymers,  and  refractories.  Specification,  in- 
spection, control  and  automation. 

ENME  152.  (03)  MACHINE  DESIGN. 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, ENME  101,  103.  Working  stresses,  stress  con- 
centration, stress  analysis  and  repeated  loadings.  Design 
of  machine  elements.  Kinematics  of  mechanisms. 

ENME    156.    (03)    MECHANICAL    ENGINEERING    ANALYSIS 
AND  DESIGN. 

ENME  157.  (04)  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  ANALYSIS 
AND  DESIGN. 
First  semester,  two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Second  semester  two  lectures  and  two  labora- 
tory periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in 
mechanical  engineering.  Creative  engineering  and  prob- 
lem analysis.  Systems  design  including  control  reliability 
and  manufacturing  requirements.  Use  of  computers  in 
design.  Design  of  multi-variable  systems. 

ENME  165.  (03)  AUTOMATIC  CONTROLS. 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  ENEE  62,  Senior 
standing.  Hydraulic,  electrical,  mechanical  and  pneu- 
matic automatic  control  systems.  Open  and  closed  loops. 
Steady  state  and  transient  operation,  stability  criteria, 
linear  and  non-linear  systems.  LaPlace  transforms. 

ENME  167.  (03)  OPERATIONS  RESEARCH.  I 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  senior  standing 
in  mechanical  engineering.  Applications  of  linear  program- 
ming, queuing  model,  theory  of  games  and  competitive 
models  to  engineering  problems. 

ENME  168.  (03)  INTRODUCTION  TO  INDUSTRIAL  ENGI- 
NEERING. 
Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite.  ENME  103  and 
ECON  37  or  consent  of  instructor.  This  course  is  con- 
cerned with  the  design,  improvement  and  installation  of 
integrated    systems   of   men,    materials   and   equipment. 


Areas  covered  include  industrial  activities,  plant  layout 
and  design,  value  analysis,  engineering  economics, 
quality  and  production  control,  methods  engineering, 
industrial  relations,  etc. 


ENERGY  CONVERSION 

ENME  100.  (03)  THERMODYNAMICS. 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, PHYSICS  031,  MATH  21.  The  properties,  char- 
acteristics and  fundamental  equations  of  gases,  and 
vapors.  Application  of  the  first  and  second  laws  of 
thermodynamics  in  the  analysis  of  basic  heat  engines, 
air  compression,  and  vapor  cycles.  Flow  and  non-flow 
processes  for  gases  and  vapors. 

ENME  106.  (03)  TRANSFER  PROCESSES. 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  ENME  102.  Conduc- 
tion by  steady  state  and  variable  heat  flow,  laminar  and 
condensation  of  vapors.  Transfer  of  mass,  heat,  and 
momentum. 

ENME  107.  (03)  ENERGY  CONVERSION. 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  ENME  100.  Re- 
quired of  seniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Chemical,  heat, 
mechanical,  nuclear  and  electrical  energy  conversion 
processes,  cycles  and  systems.  Direct  conversion  proces- 
ses of  fuel  cells,  thermionics,  and  magnetohydrome- 
chanics. 

ENME  150.  04  ENERGY  CONVERSION. 

ENME  151.  03  ENERGY  CONVERSION. 

First  semester.  Three  lectures,  one  laboratory  a  week. 
Second  semester.  Two  lectures,  one  laboratory  a  week. 
Prequisites,  ENME  104,  ENME  106.  Chemical  heat, 
mechanical,  nuclear  and  electrical  energy  conversion 
processes,  cycles  and  systems.  Reciprocating,  turbo-and 
jet-propulsion  power  plants  and  components  using  all 
types  of  heat  and  reaction  souces.  Direct  conversion  pro- 
cesses of  fuel  cells,  thermionics  and  magnetohydrome- 
chanics. 

ENME  161.  (03)  ENVIRONMENTAL  ENGINEERING. 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  ENME  101,  106, 
senior  standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  Heating  and 
cooling  load  computations.  Thermodynamics  of  refrigera- 
tion systems.  Low  temperature  refrigeration.  Problems 
involving  extremes  of  temperature,  pressure,  acceleration 
and  radiation. 

ENME  164.  (03)  THERMODYNAMICS.  II 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  ENME  104,  ENME 
106,  senior  standing.  Applications  to  special  systems, 
change  of  phase,  low  temperature.  Statistical  concepts, 
equilibrium,  heterogenous  systems. 

FLUID  MECHANICS 

ENME  102.  (03)  FLUID  MECHANICS.  I 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, ENME  015.  A  rational  study  of  fluids  at  rest  and  in 
motion.  Principles  of  viscous  and  turbulent  flow  in  pipes, 
nozzles,  etc.  Impulse  and  momentum.  Pumps,  turbines, 
and  meters.  Dimensional  analysis  and  laws  of  similarity. 

ENME  104.  (03)  GAS  DYNAMICS. 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, ENME  102.  Compressible  flow  in  ducts  and  noz- 
zles, effect  of  area  change,  heat  addition,  friction,  and 
normal  shocks.  Thermodynamics  of  chemically  reacting 
flows,  combustion  and  equilibrium. 

ENME  163.  (03)  FLUID  MECHANICS.  II 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  ENME  104,  ENME 
106,  senior  standing.  Hydrodynamics  with  engineering  ap- 
plications. Stream  function  and  velocity  potential,  con- 
formal  transformations,  pressure  distributions,  circula- 
tion, numerical  methods  and  analogies. 

ENME  180  (03)  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  ANALYSIS 
FOR  THE  OCEANIC  ENVIRONMENT. 
Study  of  the  characteristics  of  the  marine  environment 
which  affect  the  design,  operation  and  maintenance  of 
mechanical  equipment,  effects  of  waves,  currents,  pres- 
sure, temperature,  corrosion,  and  fouling.  Study  of  de- 
sign parameters  for  existing  and  proposed  mechanical 
systems  used  in  marine  construction,  on  shipboard,  in 
searcn  and  salvage  operations. 

ENME    181.    (03)    MECHANICAL    ENGINEERING    SYSTEMS 
FOR  UNDERWATER  OPERATIONS. 

Prerequisite,  ENME  180.  or  consent  of  instructor.  Study 
of  propulsion,  control,  and  environmental  systems  for 
submerged  vehicles.  Design  of  mechanical  systems  in  sup- 
port of  diving  and  saturated  living  operations. 


Engineering         23 1 


ENME  190.  (03)  INTRODUCTION  TO  ENGINEERING  ACOUS- 
TICS. 
Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite  ENME  116  or 
equivalent.  Study  of  the  physical  behavior  of  sound 
waves.  Introduction  to  terminology  and  instrumentation 
used  in  acoustics.  Criteria  for  noise  and  vibration  con- 
trol. Some  fundamentals  underlying  noise  control  and 
applications  to  ventilation  systems,  machine  and  shop 
quieting,  office  buildings,  jet  noise,  transportation  sys- 
tems and  underwater  sound. 

SOLID  MECHANICS 

ENME  101.  (02)  DYNAMICS  OF  MACHINERY. 

One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, ENES  021,  ENME  116  concurrently.  Dynamic 
characteristics  of  machinery  with  emphasis  on  systems 
with  single  and  multiple  degree  of  freedom. 

ENME  153.  (03)  ELASTICITY  AND  PLASTICITY.  I 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  ENME  152.  Ana- 
lysis of  plates  and  shells,  thick  walled  cylinders,  columns, 
torsion  of  non-circular  sections,  and  rotating  disks. 

ENME  162.  (03)  Dynamics.  II 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  ENME  101,  ENME 
1 16,  senior  standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  Linear  and 
non-linear  plane  and  three-dimensional  motion,  moving 
axes,  LaGrange's  equation,  Hamilton's  principle,  non- 
linear vibration,  gyroscope,  celestial  mechanics. 

ENGINEERING  MATH,  EXPERIMENTATION,  ETC. 

ENME  116.  (03)  APPLIED  MATHEMATICS  IN  ENGINEERING. 
Prerequisites,  MATH  21.  MATHEMATICAL  TECHNIQUES 
applied  to  the  analyses  and  solution  of  engineering  prob- 
lems. Use  of  differentiation,  integration,  differential 
equations,  partial  differential  equations  and  integral 
transforms.  Application  of  infinite  series,  numerical 
statistical  methods. 

ENME  120.  (02)  MEASUREMENTS  LABORATORY. 

One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, ENES  30,  ENME  101,  and  ENEE  60,  ENME  106 
concurrently.  Required  of  juniors  in  mechanical  engineer- 
ing. Theory  of  dynamic  measurements  and  application 
to  the  selection  of  measurement  systems;  strain  gage 
and  other  transducers;  determination  of  dynamic  charac- 
teristics of  measurement  systems;  complex  wave  form 
analysis;  statistical  treatment  of  results. 

ENME  140.  (03)  ENGINEERING  ANALYSIS  AND  COMPUTER 
PROGRAMMING. 
Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  ENME  116.  Elements 
of  operational  calculus,  vector  analysis,  numerical 
methods  and  programming  for  computers.  Errors,  inter- 
polation, series,  integration,  interation  and  solution  of 
equations. 

ENME  154.  (02)  ENGINEERING  EXPERIMENTATION 
ENME  155.  (02)  ENGINEERING  EXPERIMENTATION. 
One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, senior  standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  Theory 
of  experimentation.  Selected  experiments  emphasize 
planned  procedure,  analysis  and  communications  of  re- 
sults, analogous  systems  and  leadership. 

ENME  166.  (03)  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS. 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in  me- 
chanical engineering.  Advanced  problems  in  mechanical 
engineering  with  special  emphasis  on  mathematical  and  ex- 
perimental methods. 


ENERGY 

ENME  204. 
ENME  205. 
ENME  216. 
ENME  217. 
ENME  218. 
ENME  219. 
ENME  229. 
ENME  230. 
ENME  231. 
ENME  232. 


(03)   ADVANCED  THERMODYNAMICS. 
(03)   ADVANCED  THERMODYNAMICS. 
(03)   ENERGY  CONVERSION-SOLID  STATE 
(03)    ENERGY  CONVERSION-SOLID  STATE 
(03)    ENERGY  CONVERSION-PLASMA  STATE. 
(03)    ENERGY  CONVERSION-PLASMA  STATE. 
(03)  JET  PROPULSION. 
(03)   JET  PROPULSION. 
(03)   ADVANCED  HEAT  TRANSFER. 
(03)   ADVANCED  HEAT  TRANSFER. 


FLUID  MECHANICS 


ENME  208. 
ENME   209. 

(03) 
(03) 

ENME   210. 
ENME   211. 

(03) 
(03) 

ENME   233. 
ENME   234. 

(03) 
(03) 

ENME   280. 
ENME   281. 

(03) 
(03) 

ENME   282.    (03) 
DYNAMICS. 

ENME   283.    (03) 
DYNAMICS. 

DESIGN  OF  TURBOMACHINERY. 
DESIGN  OF  TURBOMACHINERY. 
ADVANCED.FLUID  MECHANICS. 
ADVANCED  FLUID  MECHANICS. 
COMPRESSIBLE  FLOW. 
COMPRESSIBLE  FLOW. 
VISCOUS  FLOW. 
VISCOUS  FLOW. 

SPECIAL  TOPICS    IN   UNSTEADY   HYDRO- 
SPECIAL  TOPICS   IN   UNSTEADY   HYDRO- 


SOLID  MECHANICS 

ENME   200.  (03)    INTERMEDIATE  DYNAMICS. 

ENME   201.  (03)   ADVANCED  DYNAMICS. 

ENME   202.  (03)   CONTINUUM  MECHANICS. 

ENME   214.  (03)    LINEAR  THEORY  OF  ELASTICITY. 

ENME   214.  (03)    STRESS  WAVES  IN  CONTINUOUS  MEDIA. 

ENME   215.  (03)   STRESS  WAVES  IN  CONTINUOUS  MEDIA. 

ENME   221.  (03)    LINEAR  VIBRATIONS. 

ENME   222.  (03)   NON-LINEAR  VIBRATIONS. 

ENME   223.  (03)    PLASTICITY. 

ENME   224.  (03)   PLASTICITY. 

ENME   227.  (03)   NON-LINEAR  ELASTICITY. 

ENME   228.  (03)   VISCOELASTICITY. 

ENME   235.  (03)    LINEAR      AND      NON-LINEAR      ELASTIC 

SHELLS. 

ENME   236.  (03)    LINEAR      AND      NON-LINEAR      ELASTIC 

SHELLS. 

ENME   274.  (03)   ADVANCED  STRUCTURAL  DYNAMICS  I. 

ENME   275  (03)   ADVANCED  STRUCTURAL  DYNAMICS  II. 


SPECIAL  TOPICS  AND  RESEARCH 

ENME  220.  SEMINAR. 

ENME    238.    02-03    ADVANCED    TOPICS    IN    MECHANICAL 

ENGINEERING. 
ENME  399.  RESEARCH  IN  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING. 
ENME  499.  RESEARCH  IN  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING. 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

DESIGN  AND  SYSTEM  ANALYSIS 

ENME  206.  (03)  ADVANCED  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 
DESIGN. 

ENME  207.  (03)  ADVANCED  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 
DESIGN. 

ENME  212.  (03)  CONTROL  SYSTEMS  ANALYSIS  AND  SYN- 
THESIS. 

ENME  213.  (03)  NONLINEAR  AND  ADAPTIVE  CONTROL 
SYSTEMS. 

232  Engineering 


NUCLEAR   ENGINEERING* 

PROFESSORS:  Duffev.  Johnson  and  Silverman 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR;  Munno. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Almenas.  Blair,  and  Sheaks. 

PART-TIME  PROFESSOR:  Goldman. 

LECTURER:  Belcher. 

Nuclear  engineering  deals  with  the  practical  use 
of  nuclear  energy  from  nuclear  fission,  fusion  and 
radioisotope    sources.    The    major    use   of    nuclear 


energy  is  in  electric  power  generation.  Others  uses 
are  in  the  areas  of  chemical  processing,  medicine, 
instrumentation,  and  isotope  tracer  analysis.  The 
nuclear  engineer  is  primarily  concerned  with  the  de- 
sign and  operation  of  energy  conversion  devices 
ranging  from  very  large  reactors  to  miniature  nu- 
clear batteries,  and  with  the  use  of  nuclear  reactions 
in  many  environmental, biological  and  chemical 
processes.  Because  of  the  wide  range  of  uses  for  nu- 
clear systems,  the  nuclear  engineer  finds  interest- 
ing and  diverse  career  opportunities  in  a  variety  of 
companies  and  laboratories. 

Programs  of  study  in  nuclear  engineering  at  the 
undergraduate  and  graduate  level  are  offered 
through  the  Chemical  Engineering  Department.  Stu- 
dents may  use  Nuclear  Engineering  as  a  field  of 
concentration  in  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engi- 
neering Program. 


FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 


ENNU  211.  (03)  NUCLEAR  FUEL  AND  WASTE  PROCESS- 
ING. 

ENNU  213.  (02)  SELECTED  TOPICS  IN  NUCLEAR  ENGI- 
NEERING. 

ENNU  214.  (Var.)  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  NUCLEAR  ENGI- 
NEERING. 

ENNU   215.    (03)    RADIATION  ENGINEERING. 

ENNU   216.   (03)   RADIATION  ENGINEERING. 

ENNU   217.    (03)   RADIATION  EFFECTS  LABORATORY. 

ENNU   220.   (03)   NUCLEAR  REACTOR  PHYSICS. I 

ENNU   221.   (03)   NUCLEARREACTORPHYSICS.il 

ENNU  231.  (03)  NEUTRAL  PARTICLE  TRANSPORT  THE- 
ORY. 

ENNU  233.  (03)  RADIATION  SHIELDING  AND  ENERGY 
DEPOSITION. 

ENNU   235.   (03)   NUCLEAR  REACTOR  DESIGN. 

ENNU   237.   (03)    NUCLEAR  REACTOR  DYNAMICS. 

ENNU   240.   (03)   FAST  REACTOR  ENGINEERING. 

ENNU  399.  (Var.)  THESIS  RESEARCH  IN  NUCLEAR  ENGI- 
NEERING. (Master's  Level) 

ENNU  499.  (Var.)  DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  IN  NUCLEAR 
ENGINEERING.  (Doctoral  Level) 


ENNU    100.   (02)   INTRODUCTION   TO  NUCLEAR  TECHNOL- 
OGY. 
Prerequisites.  MATH  021  and  PHYS032.  Engineering  prob- 
lems of  the  nuclear  energy  complex,  including  basic  theory, 
nuclear  reactor  design,  and  isotopic  and  chemical  separa- 
tions. 
ENNU   101.  (03)   ENVIRONMENTAL  ASPECTS  OF  NUCLEAR 
ENERGY. 
Protection  of  the  public  and  the  environment  from  the 
hazards  of  nuclear  operations.  Radiation  monitoring,  han- 
dling and  disposal  of  radioactive  wastes.  Site  selection 
plant  design  and  operation  as  related  to  the  environment. 
ENNU  102.  (03)  NUCLEAR  REACTOR  OPERATION. 

Introduction  to  nuclear  reactor  operations.  Outline  of 
reactor  theory.  Nature  and  monitoring  techniques  of  ion- 
izing radiation,  radiation  safety.  Reactor  instrument  re- 
sponse. Operation  of  the  University  of  Maryland  nuclear 
reactor. 

ENNU    103.    (03)    RADIOSOTOPE  POWER  SOURCES. 
Prerequisite,    ENNU     100    or    permission    of    instructor. 
Principles    and    theory    of    radioisotope    power    sources. 
Design  and  use  of  nuclear  batteries  and  small  energy  con- 
version devices. 
ENNU  148.  (03)  NUCLEAR  TECHNOLOGY  LABORATORY. 
One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.   Prereq- 
uisites,  PHYS.  21.  MATH  021.  Techniques  of  detecting 
and  making  measurements  of  nuclear  or  high  energy  radia- 
tion.  Radiation   safety   experiments.   Both   a  sub-critical 
reactor  are  sources  of  radiation. 
ENNU  163.  (03)  NUCLEAR  REACTOR  ENGINEERING.  I 

Prerequisites,  MATH  066  and  PHYSICS  032  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Elementary  nuclear  physics,  reactor  theory, 
and  reactor  energy  transfer.  Steady-state  and  time-de- 
pendent neutron  distributions  in  space  and  energy.  Con- 
duction and  convective  heat  transfer  in  nuclear  reactor 
systems. 
ENNU  167.  (03)  NUCLEAR  REACTOR  ENGINEERING.  II 

Prerequisite,  ENNU  163.  General  plant  design  considera- 
tions including  radiation  hazards  and  health  physics, 
shielding  design,  nuclear  power  economics,  radiation  ef- 
fects on  reactor  materials,  and  various  types  of  nuclear 
reactor  systems. 

ENNU  169.  (03)  REACTOR  CORE  DESIGN. 

Prerequisite,  tNNU  163.  or  consent  ot  instructor.  De- 
sign of  nuclear  reactor  cores  based  on  a  sequence  of 
standard  computer  codes.  Thermal  and  epithermal  cross 
sections,  multigroup  diffusion  theory  in  one  and  two  di- 
mensions, and  fine  structure  flux  calculations  using 
transport  theory. 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

ENNU   202.  (03)  NUCLEAR  REACTOR  ENGINEERING. 

ENNU   203.  (03)  NUCLEAR  REACTOR  ENGINEERING. 

ENNU   208.  (03)  NUCLEAR  REACTOR  LABORATORY. 

ENNU   209.  (03)  NUCLEAR  REACTOR  LABORATORY. 


COGNATE  ACTIVITIES 

Departments  in  The  College  of  Engineering 
which  contribute  significantly  to  activities  in  educa- 
tion, research,  and  professional  service  include  the 
Institute  of  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathe- 
matics; the  Department  of  Wind  Tunnel  Operations; 
and  the  Fire  Service  Extension  Department.  These 
Departments  work  closely  with  academic  depart- 
ments of  the  University  in  areas  of  common  interest. 
The  scope  of  work  irr  each  department  area  is  out- 
lined briefly  in  paragraphs  which  follow. 

Fellowship  grants  and  contracts  for  fundamental 
research  contribute  to  the  overall  professional-sci- 
entific activity  of  the  staff  of  the  College.  The  staff 
of  the  College  of  Engineering  available  for  research 
studies  will  be  glad  to  discuss  proposed  problems  of 
importance  to  industry  and  of  public  interest  where 
means  can  be  found  for  the  cooperative  researches; 
such  studies  may  be  undertaken  with  the  approval 
of  the  administration  of  the  University. 


INSTITUTE  FOR  FLUID  DYNAMICS  AND  APPLIED 
MATHEMATICS 

The  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied 
Mathematics  is  a  center  for  applied  interdisciplinary 
research  in  areas  requiring  combined  efforts  in 
physical  and  mathematical  sciences,  environmental 
sciences,  anct  engineering.  It  hosts  a  faculty  of 
eminent  stature  to  promote  a  variety  of  programs, 
many  involving  members  of  other  departments  on 
campus  and  from  other  institutions.  Its  purpose  is 
to  provide  graduate  training  for  students  interested 
in  having  an  opportunity  to  perform  research  in  a 
multidisciplinary  environment. 

The  Institute  faculty  conduct  theoretical  and  ex- 
perimental research  in  meteorology,  atomic  physics, 
molecular  physics,  plasma  physics,  atmospheric 
physics,  fluid  dynamics,  statistical  mechanics,  the- 
oretical biophysics  and  geophysics,  and  in  all  areas 
of  applied  mathematics.  Applied  mathematicians  in 
the  Institute  are  currently  studying  topics  in  nu- 
merical analysis,  control  theory,  nonlinear  proc- 
esses, elasticity,  asympototic  expansions,  approxi- 
mation theory,  and  in  application  of  mathematics 
to  life  sciences  and  environmental  sciences.  Indi- 

Engineering         233 


vidual  research  efforts  are  coordinated  wherever 
possible  to  constitute  broad  programs  in  the  atmos- 
pheric, environmental,  space  and  life  sciences.  Re- 
search topics  are  determined  entirely  by  the  inter- 
ests of  students  and  faculty.  Interdepartmental  pro- 
grams are  strongly  encouraged. 

Students  interested  in  pursuing  advanced  study 
within  the  Institute  may  be  admitted  to  the  Univer- 
sity as  graduate  students  in  any  department  of  engi- 
neering, or  in  Mathematics,  Physics,  or  Chemistry. 
Those  interested  in  meteorology  may  be  admitted 
directly  to  the  Graduate  Program  in  Meteorology 
which  exists  within  the  Institute.  Further  informa- 
tion may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Director  of 
the  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathe- 
matics. 

WIND  TUNNEL  OPERATIONS 

The  Wind  Tunnel  Operations  Department  con- 
ducts a  program  of  experimental  research  and 
development  in  cooperation  with  the  aircraft  in- 
dustry, agencies  of  government,  and  other  industries 
with  problems  concerning  aerodynamics.  Testing 
programs  cover  a  variety  of  subjects  including  all 
types  of  aircraft,  missiles,  ordnance,  parachutes, 
radar  antennas,  trucks,  automobiles,  structures,  and 
exterior  equipment  subject  to  high  winds. 

The  Department  has  a  7.75xll-foot  wind  tunnel 
that  can  be  operated  at  speeds  from  0  to  240  mph. 
This  facility  has  powered  model  drive  equipment, 
and  auxiliary  vacuum  and  high  pressure  air  supplies 
for  boundary  layer  control  studies.  Supporting  shops 
include  complete  woodworking,  machine  shop,  pho- 
tographic, and  instrumentation  facilities. 


The  full  time  staff  of  the  Department  includes 
engineering,  computing,  shop,  and  technical  opera- 
tions personnel.  This  staff  cooperates  with  other 
faculty  and  students  in  the  College  of  Engineering 
on  problems  of  mutual  interest. 


FIRE  SERVICE  EXTENSION  DEPARTMENT 

The  Fire  Service  extension  Department  provides 
in-service  training  for  volunteer,  municipal,  and  in- 
dustrial firemen  and  serves  in  an  advisory  capacity 
in  matters  of  fire  prevention,  fire  protection,  and 
fire  safety  regulations.  Classes  are  conducted  in 
Maryland  by  local  instructors  who  work  under  the 
guidance  of  Senior  Instructors  of  the  Department. 
Basic  training  is  given  in  the  fundamentals  of  fire- 
manship.  An  advanced  course  covers  the  technical 
field  of  fire  prevention,  control  and  extinguishment. 
Specialized  courses  are  offered  for  fire  officers  in 
tactics  and  strategy  of  fire  suppression  and  in  fire 
department  administration.  A  training  course  of  42 
clock  hours  for  rescue  operations  is  also  available. 
An  increasingly  important  program  is  that  of  estab- 
lishing and  improving  fire  prevention  and  fire  pro- 
tection in  Maryland  industry,  institutions  and  mer- 
cantile establishments. 

A  four-day  short  course  is  held  annually  in  Sep- 
tember at  the  University.  Specialized  courses  in- 
clude instructor  training,  pump  school  series,  hy- 
draulics, and  aerial  ladders. 

Additional  information  may  be  obtained  from 
the  Director,  Fire  Service  Extension  Department, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland 
20742. 


234  Engineering 


Engineering  235 


HOME  ECONOMICS 


THE  COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS  serves 
Maryland  and  surrounding  areas  with  its  program  for 
the  education  of  young  men  and  women  interested  in 
the  social,  economic,  scientific  and  aesthetic  aspects 
of  family  living  in  relation  to  the  community.  The 
educational  offerings  of  the  College  are  planned  to 
help  students  function  effectively  and  creatively  as 
individuals,  as  family  members  and  as  responsible 
citizens;  to  prepare  them  for  positions  for  which 
home  economics  is  a  major  or  minor  preparation; 
and  to  promote  an  appreciation  for  and  utilization  of 
the  findings  of  research.  The  College  is  concerned 
with  contributing  to  the  education  for  home  and 
family  life  of  women  and  men  enrolled  in  other 
schools  and  colleges  as  well  as  those  majoring  in 
home  economics. 

The  over-all  function  of  home  economics  is  to 
intergrate  the  contributions  of  the  physical  and  bio- 
logical sciences,  the  social  sciences,  psychology, 
philosophy  and  art  in  the  treatment  of  all  phases  of 
family  life,  to  the  end  that  they  are  used  by  families 
in  all  parts  of  society  and  by  the  agencies  serving 
families. 

The  College  of  Home  Economics  is  organized  into 
the  Departments  of  Family  and  Community  Develop- 
ment; Food,  Nutrition,  and  Institution  Administra- 
tion; Housing  and  Applied  Design;  and  Textiles  and 
Clothing. 

SPECIAL  FACILITIES  AND  ACTIVITIES 

PHYSICAL  FACILITIES 

The  home  of  the  College  of  Home  Economics, 
following  campus  tradition,  is  a  colonial  brick  build- 
ing, planned  and  built  to  present  modern  equipment 
and  facilities  for  education  in  home  economics.  A 
management  center  is  maintained  on  the  campus 


for  resident  experiences  in  management  activities 
of  family  life. 

Located  between  two  large  cities,  the  College 
provides  unusual  opportunities  for  both  faculty  and 
students.  In  addition  to  the  University's  general 
and  specialized  libraries,  Baltimore  and  Washington 
furnish  added  library  facilities.  The  art  galleries  and 
museums,  the  government  bureaus  and  city  institu- 
tions stimulate  study  and  provide  enriching  ex- 
periences for  home  economics  students. 


SOCIETIES 

HOME  ECONOMICS  CHAPTERS 

Membership  is  open  to  all  home  economics  stu- 
dents. The  club  is  affiliated  with  the  Maryland  and 
American  Home  Economics  Associations. 

OMICRON  NU 

National  home  economics  honor  society.  Senior 
and  Second-semester  Junior  students  of  high 
scholarship  are  eligible  for  election  to  membership. 

N.S.I.D. 

A  student  chapter  affiliated  with  the  National 
Society  of  Interior  Designers. 

STUDENT  FACULTY  COUNCIL 

An  advisory  group,  elected  by  students  and  fa- 
culty, to  promote  the  interests  of  the  College  of 
Home  Economics.  Student  representatives  to  the 
College  Assembly,  College  Faculty  Council,  and 
Standing  Committees  of  the  College  Assembly  are 
named  from  this  group. 


Home  Economics 


237 


LOAN  FUND 

A  LOAN  FUND,  composed  of  contributions  by 
the  District  of  Columbia  Home  Economics  Associa- 
tion, Maryland  Chapter  of  Omicron  Nu,  and  per- 
sonal gifts,  is  available  for  students  majoring  in 
home  economics. 

ADMISSION 

In  selecting  students  emphasis  will  be  placed 
upon  good  marks  and  other  indications  of  probable 
success  in  college  as  well  as  upon  the  pattern  of 
subjects  pursued  in  high  school.  In  general,  four 
units  of  English  and  one  unit  each  of  social  and 
natural  sciences,  algebra  and  plane  geometry  are 
required.  While  foreign  language  is  desirable  for 
certain  programs  no  foreign  language  is  required 
for  entrance. 

All  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  the  College  of 
Home  Economics  must  apply  to  the  Director  of  Ad- 
missions of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park. 

DEGREES 

The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  is  conferred 
for  the  satisfactory  completion,  with  an  average  of 
"C"  or  better,  of  a  prescribed  curriculum  of  120  aca- 
demic semester  hour  credits.  This  is  exclusive  of 
health  and  physical  activities  for  women  and  men. 
No  grade  below  a  "C"  is  acceptable  in  courses  with- 
in the  field  chosen  as  a  major. 

The  Master  of  Science  degree  is  offered  in  food, 
nutrition  and  institution  administration;  in  textiles 
and  clothing;  in  related  areas  of  home  economics 
in  the  College  of  Home  Economics;  and  also  in 
home  economics  education  in  the  College  of  Educa- 
tion, (see  the  Graduate  School  Catalog.) 

GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

Application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School 
must  be  made  by  July  15  for  the  fall  term  and  by 
December  15  for  the  spring  term  on  blanks  obtained 
from  the  Office  of  the  Graduate  School.  Admission 
to  the  summer  session  is  governed  by  the  date 
listed  in  the  Summer  School  catalog.  The  summer 
session  deadline  date  is  May  15. 

The  Graduate  Record  Examination  is  required 
of  graduate  school  applicants  for  Home  Economics. 

Applications  for  Graduate  Assistantships  should 
be  requested  from  the  Dean's  Office  in  the  College 
of  Home  Economics.  First  consideration  in  awarding 
financial  aid  will  be  given  to  applications  received 
before  March  1  for  the  Fall  semester  and  before 
August  1  for  the  Spring  semester.  Foreign  students 
should  apply  before  February  1  for  the  Fall  semester. 

STUDENT  LOAD 

The  student  load  in  the  College  of  Home  Eco- 
nomics varies  from  15-19  credits.  A  student  wishing 
to  carry  more  than  19  credits  must  have  a  "B"  grade 
average  and  permission  of  the  Dean. 

A  minimum  of  120  academic  credits  are  required 
for  graduation.  However,  for  certification  in  some 
professional  organizations  additional  credits  are  re- 
quired. Consult  your  advisor. 

CURRICULA 

A  student  may  elect  one  of  the  following  curricula, 
or  a  combination  of  curricula:  food,  nutrition,  dietet- 
ics, or  institution  administration  (food  service); 
family,  community,  or  consumer  studies;  home  eco- 
nomics education:  housing,  advertising  design,  in- 


terior design,  costume  design,  or  crafts;  textiles  or 
textiles  and  clothing.  A  student  who  wishes  to  teach 
home  economics  may  register  in  home  economics 
education  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics  under 
the  Department  of  Family  and  Community  Develop- 
ment or  in  the  College  of  Education. 

GENERAL  INFORMATION 

Specific  inquiries  concerning  undergraduate  or 
graduate  programs  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics 
may  be  directed  to  the  heads  of  the  various  depart- 
ments or  to  the  Dean,  College  of  Home  Economics, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park  20742. 

REQUIRED  COURSES 

The  curricula  leading  to  a  major  in  the  College 
of  Home  Economics  are  organized  into  three  cate- 
gories: (1)  Technical  areas,  (2)  educational,  com- 
munity, and  family  life  areas,  and  (3)  consumer  serv- 
ice areas.  These  represent  the  broad  professional 
fields  into  which  graduates  are  eligible  to  enter  and 
pursue  their  chosen  work.  The  positions  vary  in 
nature,  scope,  and  title,  but  require  similar  general 
studies  background  and  fundamentals  for  specializa- 
tion. 

Individual  programs  of  study  are  developed  co- 
operatively with  faculty  advisors  to  provide  a  balanced 
and  sequential  arrangement  of  studies  in  preparation 
forthechosen  field.  University,  college,  departmental 
and  interdepartmental  requirements  are  identified 
for  curricula  in  each  of  the  categories  described 
above. 

All  students  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics 
are  required  to  complete  a  series  or  sequence  of 
courses  to  satisfy  University  requirements  and  de- 
partmental requirements.  The  remaining  courses 
needed  to  complete  a  program  of  study  are  elected 
by  the  student  with  the  approval  of  his  adviser. 

Thefinal  responsibility  of  meetingall  the  require- 
ments for  a  specific  major  rests  with  each  individual 
student. 

UNIVERSITY  REQUIREMENTS 

(General  Education  -  Academic) 

Semester  Credit 
Hours 

ENGL  COMP001  or  ENGL  HONORS  C0MP021 3 

ENGL  003,004 6.1 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  (choice  of  one) 3 

DANC032,  182  or  183.  184 

Art  010,  060,  061,  062.  065,  066,  067,  068,  070,071.  080,  081 

MUSC  020 

SPCH016.  014 

PHIL  001,  041,  045,  052,  053,056,  174,  152,  154 
History  (any  combination  of  History  courses  for  which 

the  student  is  eligible  except  State  History) 6 

Mathematics  (any  credit  beonnq  course) 

SAT  score  determines  qualification 3-4 

Natural  Science  (choice  of  two  courses)  7 

One  course  must  be  a  physical  science  and  the  other  0  biological 

science.  One  of  them  must  be  0  laboratory  (4  hour)  course. 
Social  Science  (choice  of  two  courses)  .  6 

SOCY001.003,  ANTHO01,  EC0N  037  or  031, 

GVPT  001,  GVPT  003,  or  GVPT  101,  PSYC  001 

Total 34-35 

(Non-Academic) 

For  men  and  women: 

HLTH  005  2 

Physical  Education  -  2  semesters  2 

Total  ...        4 

COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS  REQUIREMENTS- 

for  every  student 

APDS  001  -Fundamentals  of  Design  or  APDS  004 -Survey  of 

Art  History  3 

TXCL  005 -Textiles  ond  Clothing  in  Contemporary  Living  3 

FDNT  005 -Food  ond  Nutrition  of  Individuals  and  Families  or  , 


238 


Home  Economics 


NUTR  020- Elements  of  Nutrition   .  3 

FMCD  050- Decision  Making  in  Fomily  Living  3 

Root  Discipline  Reguirements  Outside  the  College 

SOCY  001  -Sociology  of  American  Life-'  3 

PSYC  001  -  Introduction  to  Psychology  -'  3 

ECON  037  -  Fundamentals  of  Economic;.  3 

SPCH  007  or  001 -Public  Speaking  2-3 
Typical  Freshman  Year  (15  to  18  hours  eoch  semester) 

Semester  Hours 

ENGL  001,  003 -Composition  and  Literature  6 

Mathematics  0-3 

FMCD  005 -Introduction  to  Family  Living  ;  3 

APDS  001  -  Fundamentals  of  Design  3 

SPCH  007  or  001  -  Public  Speaking  2-3 

SOCY  001 -Sociology  of  American  Life  3 

FDNT  005 -Food  and  Nutrition  of  Individuals  ond  Families  3 

TXCL  005-Textiles  ond  Clothing  in  Contemporary  Living  3 

Physical  or  Biological  Science 3-6 

HLTH  005  2 

Physical  Education    2 

Electives'.1 4 

-Any  two  of  these  automatically  satisfy  the  6-hour  social  science  requirement  of  Gen- 
eral Education. 

-Required  for  H.E.  Education  and  Fomily  ond  Community  Development  majors. 
*CLTH  010  required  for  Textiles  and  Clothing  majors. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  FOOD,   NUTRITION 
AND   INSTITUTION   ADMINISTRATION 

The  area  of  food,  nutrition  and  institution  adminis- 
tration is  broad  and  offers  many  diverse  professional 
opportunities.  Courses  introduce  the  student  to  the 
principles  of  selection,  preparation  and  utilization 
of  food  for  human  health  and  the  welfare  of  society. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  scientific,  cultural  and 
professional  aspects  of  this  broad  area  of  food  and 
nutrition.  The  Department  offers  four  areas  of  empha- 
sis: Experimental  Foods,  Nutrition,  Dietetics,  and  In- 
stitution Administration.  Each  program  provides  for 
competencies  in  several  areas  of  work;  however, 
each  option  is  designed  specifically  for  certain  pro- 
fessional careers. 

All  areas  of  emphasis  have  in  common  several 
courses  within  the  Department  and  the  University; 
the  curricula  are  identical  in  the  freshman  and  soph- 
omore years. 

Experimental  Foods  is  designed  to  develop  com- 
petency in  the  scientific  principles  of  food  and  their 
reactions.  Physical  and  biological  sciences  in  rela- 
tion to  foods  are  emphasized.  The  program  is  planned 
for  students  who  are  interested  in  product  develop- 
ment, quality  control,  and  technical  research  in 
foods.  The  Nutrition  program  is  designed  to  develop 
competency  in  the  area  of  nutrition  for  students  who 
wish  to  emphasize  physical  and  biological  sciences. 
Dietetics  developsan  understandingandcompetency 
in  food,  nutrition  and  management  as  related  to 
problems  of  dietary  departments.  The  curriculum  in- 
cludes courses  necessary  to  meet  the  academic  re- 
quirements for  American  Dietetic  Association  intern- 
ship and  membership.  Institution  Administration 
emphasis  is  related  to  the  administration  of  quantity 
food  service  in  university  and  college  residence  halls 
and  student  unions,  school  lunch  programs  in  elemen- 
tary and  secondary  schools,  restaurants,  coffee  shops 
and  industrial  cafeterias.  The  curriculum  meets  aca- 
demic requirements  for  approved  college,  industry 
or  business  internship  and  membership  in  the  Ameri- 
can Dietetic  Association. 


FOOD  AND  NUTRITION  CURRICULUM 


FRESHMAN  YEAR  I 

ENGL  001,  003 -Composition  and  World  Literature 3 

MATH010or018 3 

APDS  001  or  APDS  004- Fundamentals  or  History 

of  Design 


Semester 
II 
3 


Semester 
FRESHMAN  YEAR  |  || 

ENGL  001,  003 -Composition  and  World  Literature  3  3 

MATH  010  or  018  3 

APDS  001  or  APDS  004 -Fundamentals  or  History 

of  Design  3 

SPCH  007-  Public  Speaking  2 

FDNT  005  -  Food  and  Nutrition  of  Individuals  and 

Families  3 

TXCL  005-Textiles  and  Clothing  in  Contemporary 

Living  3 

CHEM  008.  009-General  Chemistry  4  4 

HLTH  005 -Science  and  Theory  of  Health  2 

PE  000- Physical  Education  '1 


Total 


16 


SOPHOMORE  YEAR  I 

ENGL  004-World  Literature 3 

CHEM  010,  012-College  Chemistry  III  3 

FOOD  052,  053  -  Science  of  Food  Preparation 3 

ECON  037-  Fundamentals  of  Economics 

PSYC  001  -Introduction  of  Psychology 3 

Z00L  001 -General  Zoology 4 

MICB  001  -General  Microbiology 

FMCD  050-Decision  Making  in  Family  Living 

FDNT  050- Professional  Orientation 

Total    16 


16 


Semester 
II 


EXPERIMENTAL  FOODS  EMPHASIS 

Semester 
JUNIOR  YEAR  I  || 

HIST-History  Requirement 3  3 

SOCY  001  or  141  -Introduction  to  Sociology  or  Sociology 

of  Personality "       3 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  requirement 3 

NUTR  121 -Science  of  Nutrition 3 

FOOD  152,  153 -Advanced  and  Experimental  Food 

Science 3  3 

CHEM  161,  163-Biochemistry 3  3 

FDSC  102 -Principles  of  Food  Processing 3 

Total 15  ~W~ 

SENIOR  YEAR 

PHYS  001  -Elements  of  Physics 3 

FDSC  112-Analytical  Quality  Control 3 

FDSC  131  -Food  Product  Research  and  Development 3 

ElectivesA 12  9 

Total 15  15 

59  hours  of  the  21  electives  must  be  selected  from  the  following  list: 

AGRI  101 -Agricultural  Biometrics  (3)  or  FDSC  113  — 

Statistical  Quality  Control  (3) 
CHEM  019-  Elements  of  Quantitative  Analysis  (3) 
NUTR  1 24  -  Advanced  Nutrition  (3) 
FOOD  130- Special  Problems  in  Foods  (3) 
F0OD060-Meal  Management  (3) 
FOOD  1 70-  Economics  of  Food  Consumption  (3) 
MICB  081  -Applied  Microbiology  (4) 
I  ADM  1 51  -  Quantity  Food  Purchasing  (3) 
IADM  1 52  -  Quantity  Food  Production  (3) 

FMCD  170-Communication  Skills  and  Techniques  in  Home  Economics  (3) 
AGEN  1 13-Mechanics  of  Food  Processing  (4) 


NUTRITION  EMPHASIS 

Semester 

JUNIOR  YEAR  I  II 

History  Requirement 3  3 

SOCY  001  or  141  -Introduction  to  Sociology  or  Sociology 

of  Personality 3 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  requirement 3 

FOOD  060-Meal  Management 3 

CHEM  161.  163-Biochemistry 3  3 

Z00L  014,  015-Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 4  4 

NUTR  121-Science  of  Nutrition 3 

Total 16  16 

SENIOR  YEAR 

NUTR  124,  1 25 -Advanced  and  Therapeutic  Nutrition 3  3 

NUTR  130-Special  Problems  in  Nutrition 3 

Electives6. 11  8 

Total 14  14 

^9  hours  of  the  19  electives  must  be  selected  from  the  following  list: 

AGRI  101 -Agricultural  Biometrics  (3) 

PSYC  1 10- Educational  Psychology  (3) 

CHEM  019-Elements  of  Quantitative  Analysis  (4) 

CHEM  162 -Biochemistry  Lab.  (2) 

CHEM  164- Biochemistry  Lab.  (2) 

NUTR  140-Maternal,  Infant  and  Child  Nutrition  (2) 

NUTR  145 -International  Nutrition  (2) 

NUTR  150- History  of  Nutrition  (2) 

FOOD  170 -Economics  of  Food  Consumption  (3) 

FMCD  170-Communication  Skills  and  Techniques  in  Home  Economics  (3) 

Home  Economics  239 


JUNIOR  YEAR  I 

History  Requirement ...  .  3 

SOCY  001  or  141  -Introduction  to  Sociology  or 

Sociology  of  Personality 3 

NUTR  121 -Science  of  Nutrition 

IADM  150-Food  Service  Organization  and 

Management 2 

IADM  152-Quantity  Food  Production 

Z00L  014,  015-Anatomy  and  Physiology7 4 

BSAD  020 -Accounting  3 

BSAD  021 -Accounting 

Electives 

Total 15 


Semester 
II 


"Students  not  planning  to  meet  academic  requirements  for  ADA  may  substitute  ap- 
proved additional  courses  in  business  administration  of  the  social  sciences. 


SENIOR  YEAR 

IADM  151  -Quantity  Food  Purchasing 3 

IADM  153-Food  Service  Personnel  Administration 

IADM  155-Food  Service  Equipment  and  Planning 2 

BSAD  180  or  EC0N  160-Business  Law  or  Labor 

Economics 3 

IADM  130  or  1 40  — Special  Problems  or  Practicum  in 

Institution  Administration 

History  Requirement 3 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  requirement 

Electives 3 

Total 14 

DIETETIC  EMPHASIS 

JUNIOR  YEAR  I 

NUTR  121  -Science  of  Nutrition 

CHEM  161.  163- Biochemistry 3 

Z00L  014,  015-Anatomy  and  Physiology 4 

FOOD  060-Meal  Management 3 

History  Requirement 3 

IADM  150-Food  Service  Organization  and 

Management 3 

IADM  152-Quantity  Food  Production 

Total 16 

SENIOR  YEAR 

NUTR  124,  125-Advanced  and  Therapeutic  Nutrition 3 

IADM  151 -Quantity  Food  Purchasing 3 

IADM  153-Food  Service  Personnel  Administration 

IADM  155-Food  Service  Equipment  and  Planning 2 

PSYC  110- Educational  Psychology 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  requirement 3 

SOCY  001  or  141  -Introduction  to  Sociology  or 

Sociology  of  Personality 

Electives 3 

Total 14 


FOOD,  NUTRITION,  AND  INSTITUTION 
ADMINISTRATION 

Professor:  Prather. 

Associate  Professors:  Ahrens  and  Butler. 

Assistant  Professors:  Bangs,  Eheart,  Wang,  Zallen. 

Instructors:  Blyler,  Knighton,  Matter.  Niffenegger,  VanEgmond. 

FOOD 

FDNT  005.    FOOD  AND   NUTRITION  OF    INDIVIDUALS    AND 
FAMILIES.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  food  in  contemporary 
living.  The  economic,  social  and  esthetic  implications  of 
food  as  well  as  its  nutritive  value.  Selection  and  use  of 
food  in  relation  to  eating  habits,  health,  and  well-being 
of  the  individual.  Survey  of  meal  preparation  and  service 
applied  to  family  situations. 

FDNT  050.  PROFESSIONAL  ORIENTATION.  (1) 

Second  semester.  A  series  of  lectures  introducing  the  stu- 
dent to  the  broad  field  of  careers  in  food,  nutrition, 
dietetics,  and  institution  administration.  Includes  trends, 
role  of  related  sciences,  educational  and  personal  re- 
quirements, ethics,  and  opportunities  in  each  professional 
area. 

FOOD  010.  SCIENTIFIC  PRINCIPLES  OF  FOOD.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  FDNT  005  or  NUTR  020,  and  CHEM  008  or 
concurrent.  Study  of  basic  scientific  principles  as  applied 
to  food  preparation  processes.  For  non-departmental 
majors. 

FOOD  052,  053.  SCIENCE  OF  FOOD  PREPARATION.  (3,  3) 
One  lecture  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  FDNT  005,  CHEM  009  or  concurrent.  Com- 


position and  structure  of  food  with  study  of  the  funda- 
mental principles  involved  in  food  preparation.  Especially 
designed  for  departmental  majors. 
FOOD  060.  MEAL  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, FOOD  010  or  052.  Retail  selection  of  food  com- 
modities in  relation  to  levels  of  spending;  management 
of  family  meals  through  organization  of  available  re- 
sources. 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

FOOD  130.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  FOODS.  (2-3) 

First  or  second  semester.  Prerequisites,  FOOD  152  and 
consent  of  instructor.  Individual  selected  problems  in 
the  area  of  food  science. 

FOOD  152.  ADVANCED  FOOD  SCIENCE.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
FOOD  052,  053,  CHEM  161  or  concurrently.  Chemical  and 
physical  properties  of  food  as  related  to  consumer  use  in 
the  home  and  institutions. 

FOOD  153.  EXPERIMENTAL  FOOD  SCIENCE.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture,  two  laboratories  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  FOOD  152  or  equivalent.  Individual  and  group 
laboratory  experimentation  as  an  introduction  to  methods 
of  food  research. 

FOOD  170.  ECONOMICS  OF  FOOD  CONSUMPTION.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Economics  and  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Interrelations  of  food,  population  and  economic  progress; 
trends  in  food-consumption  patterns;  world  and  local  food 
problems. 

FOOD  180.  FOOD  ADDITIVES.  (3) 

Alternate  years.  Prerequisite,  FOOD  152  or  equivalent.  Ef- 
fects of  intentional  and  incidental  additives  on  food 
quality,  nutritive  value  and  safety.  FDA  approved  additives, 
GRAS  substances,  pesticide  residues,  mycotoxins,  anti- 
biotics, and  hormones  will  be  reviewed. 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

FOOD  200.  ADVANCED  EXPERIMENTAL  FOOD.  (3-5) 

FOOD  204.  NUTRITIONAL  AND  QUALITY  EVALUATION 
OF  FOOD.  (3) 

FOOD  210.  READINGS  IN  FOOD  (3) 

FOOD  220.  SEMINAR.  (1-2) 

FOOD  240.  FOOD  ENZYMES  (3) 

FOOD  399.  RESEARCH.  (1-6) 

NUTRITION 

(See  FDNT  005) 

NUTR  020.  ELEMENTS  OF  NUTRITION.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Fundamentals  of  human  nutrition. 
Nutrient  requirements  related  to  changing  individual 
and  family  needs.  For  non-departmental  majors. 

NUTR  080.  NUTRITION  FOR  HEALTH  SERVICES.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  CHEM  008,  ZOOL001.  Two  lectures  and  one 
two-hour  laboratory.  A  study  of  nutritional  status  and 
the  effect  of  food  habits  and  food  consumption  on  family 
health.  Nutritional  requirements  for  individuals  in  dif- 
ferent stages  of  development.  Techniques  and  procedures 
for  the  application  of  nutrition  knowledge  with  consider- 
ation of  various  economic  levels  and  social  backgrounds. 

NUTR  121.  SCIENCE  OF  NUTRITION.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  ZOOL  1,  CHEM  10,  12 
or  concurrently.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory. 
An  understanding  of  the  chemical  and  physiological 
utilization  of  nutrients  present  in  food  as  related  to  in- 
dividual human  nutritional  status;  includes  digestion  and 
absorption,  requirements,  deficiencies. 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNOERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

NUTR  124.  ADVANCED  NUTRITION.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  consent  of  department; 
ZOOL  001;  CHEM  161,  163  or  concurrently.  Two  lectures 
and  one  two-hour  laboratory.  The  progress  of  nutrition 
as  found  in  the  results  of  current  research,  with  emphasis 
on  interpretation  and  application. 

NUTR  125.  THERAPEUTIC  NUTRITION.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 


240 


Home  Economics 


a  week.  Prerequisites,  NUTR  121,  124.  Modifications  of 
the  normal  adequate  diet  to  meet  human  nutritional  needs 
in   pathological   conditions. 

NUTR  130.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  NUTRITION.  (2-3) 

First  or  second  semester.  Prerequisites,  NUTR  121  and 
consent  of  instructor.  Individual  selected  problems  in 
the  area  of  human  nutrition. 

NUTR  140.  MATERNAL.  INFANT  AND  CHILD  NUTRITION.  (2) 
Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  course  in  basic 
nutrition.  Nutritional  needs  of  the  mother,  infant  and 
child  and  the  relation  of  nutrition  to  physical  and 
mental  growth 

NUTR  145.  INTERNATIONAL  NUTRITION.  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  course  in  basic 
nutrition.  Nutritional  status  of  world  population  and 
local,  national,  and  international,  programs  for  improve- 
ment. 

NUTR  150.  HISTORY  OF  NUTRITION.  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  course  in  basic 
nutrition.  A  study  of  the  development  of  the  knowledge 
of  nutrition  and  its  interrelationship  with  social  and 
economic    developments. 

FOR  GRADUATES12 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

NUTR  208.  RECENT  PROGRESS  IN  HUMAN  NUTRITION.  (3) 

NUTR  210.  READINGS  IN  NUTRITION.  (3) 

NUTR  211.  PROBLEMS  IN  NUTRITION.  (3-5) 

NUTR  212.  NUTRITION  FOR  COMMUNITY  SERVICES.  (3) 

(Staff) 
NUTR  220.  SEMINAR.  (1-2) 

NUTR  221.  INTERMEDIARY  METABOLISM  IN  NUTRITION  (3) 
'-Prerequisite  for  all  200  courses  in  Food  and  Nutrition,  consent  of  deportment. 
NUTR  285.  HUMAN  NUTRITIONAL  STATUS.  (3) 
NUTR  399.  RESEARCH.  (1-b) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 
INSTITUTION  ADMINISTRATION 

IADM  130.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  FOOD  SERVICE.  (2-3) 
First  or  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  senior  standing 
and  consent  of  instructor.   Individual  selected  problems 
in   the   area   of   food   service. 

IADM  140.  PRACTICUM  IN  INSTITUTION  ADMINISTRATION. 
(3) 

Prerequisite,  5  credits  in  IADM  and  consent  of  depart- 
ment. In-service  training  and  practical  experience,  totaling 
at  least  240  hours,  in  an  approved  food  service. 

IADM  150.  FOOD  SERVICE  ORGANIZATION  AND 
MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

First  semester.  Introduction  to  the  food  services,  principles 
of  organization,  management,  financial  control,  and  tech- 
nical operations.  Records,  reports  and  organization  charts 
included. 

IADM  151.  QUANTITY  FOOD  PURCHASING.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  FOOD  052,  introductory  ac- 
counting recommended.  Food  selection  and  the  develop- 
ment of  integrated  purchasing  programs.  Standards  of 
quality;  the  marketing  distribution  system. 

IADM  152.  QUANTITY  FOOD  PRODUCTION.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  one  three- 
hour  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisites,  FOOD  052,  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Scientific  principles  and  procedures 
employed  in  food  preparation  in  large  quantity.  Laboratory 
experience  in  management  techniques  in  quantity  food 
production   and  service. 

IADM  153.  FOOD  SERVICE  PERSONNEL  ADMINISTRATION.  (2) 
Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  IADM  150.  Principles  of 
personnel  administrational  in  food  services;  emphasis  on 
personnel  selection;  supervision  and  training;  job  evalua- 
tion, wage  and  payroll  structure,  current  labor  regulations, 
and  interpersonal  relationships  and  communications. 

IADM  154.  SCHOOL  FOOD  SERVICE.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  morning  a  week  for  field  experience 
in  a  school  food  service.  Prerequisites;  FOOD  10,  or  52, 
53,  and  NUTR  121,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Study  of 
organization  and  management,  menu  planning,  food  pur- 
chasing, preparation,  service,  and  cost  control  in  a  school 
lunch   program. 

IAMD  155.  FOOD  SERVICE  EQUIPMENT  AND  PLANNING.  (2) 
First  semester.  Two  lectures  a  week.   Prerequisite,  con- 


sent of   instructor.    Equipment  design,   selection,   main- 
tenance  and   efficient   layout,    relation   of   the   physical 
facility  to  production  and  service. 
IADM  181,  182.  ADMINISTRATIVE  DIETETICS.  (3,  3) 

(Open  only  to  students  accepted  into  and  participating 
in  the  U.S.  Army  Dietetic  Internship  program  at  Walter 
Reed  General  Hospital.)  Application  of  management 
theory  through  guided  experience  in  all  aspects  of 
hospital  dietary  department  administration. 
IADM  183.  APPLIED  DIET  THERAPY.  (3) 

(Open  only  to  students  accepted  into  and  participating 
in  the  U.S.  Army  Dietetic  Internship  program  at  Walter 
Reed  General  Hospital.)  Application  of  principles  of 
normal  and  therapeutic  nutrition  in  the  total  medical 
care  and  instruction  of  patients. 
For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 
IADM  200.  FOOD  SERVICE  ADMINISTRATION.  (3) 
IADM  210.  READINGS  IN  FOOD  ADMINISTRATION.  (3) 
IADM  235.  COMPUTER  APPLICATION  IN  FOOD  SERVICE.  (3) 
IADM  245.  SANITATION  AND  SAFETY  IN  FOOD  SERVICE.  (3) 
IADM  255.  EXPERIMENTAL  QUANTITY  FOOD  PRODUCTION. 
(3) 
IADM  399.  RESEARCH.  (1-6) 


DEPARTMENT  OF  TEXTILES 
AND  CLOTHING 

Students  may  major  in  one  of  three  options.  Each 
option  offers  diverse  professional  opportunities. 
Through  supportive  courses  students  add  to  their 
major  studies  a  concentration  of  work  in  an  allied 
areasuch  asart,  business,  familyservices,  journalism, 
sciences,  or  speech  and  dramatic  art. 

In  the  Textile  Science  option  emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  scientific  and  technological  aspects  of  the 
field.  Graduates  of  this  option  will  be  qualified  for 
employment  in  many  facets  of  the  textile  industry 
including  research  and  testing  laboratories,  con- 
sumer technical  service  and  marketing  programs, 
and  in  buying  and  product  evaluation. 

In  the  Textiles  and  Clothing  option  emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  cultural,  economic  and  professional 
aspects  of  the  field.  Students  are  prepared  for 
careers  in  fashion  merchandising  and  promotion, 
instruction  and  demonstration  with  business  and 
educational  organizations,  fashion  designing,  con- 
sumer services,  and  technical  or  managerial  posi- 
tions with  a  clothing  manufacturer. 

Graduates  of  the  Textile  Marketing  option  will 
be  able  to  function  as  communicators  between  the 
textile  producer  and  consumer  in  merchandising  and 
fashion  promotion,  in  consumer  education  programs 
in  business,  and  in  textile  product  promotion  and 
development. 

Men  majoring  in  either  of  these  curricula  are  al- 
lowed substitutions  for  certain  required  courses. 


TEXTILES  CURRICULUM 

freshman  Yeor  (Common  to  all  options)  Semester  Hours 

English  001  and  003 3  3 

Moth  003,  010  or  018 3-4 

APDS  001 3 

Speech  007  or  001 2-3 

FDNT005 3 

Textiles  in  Contemporary  Living  (TXCL  005) 3 

Physical  Science  (Chem  8,9  or  18.20) 4  4 

Health  005 2 

Physical  Education 1  1 

17-18  15-16 


Home  Economies 


247 


TEXTILES  AND  CLOTHING  OPTION 

Sophomore  Year 

English  004 3 

Economics  31  and  32 3 

Psychology  001 

FMCD050 3 

Apparel  I  and  II  (CLTH  010,  021) 3 

Intro,  to  Textile  Materials  (TEXT  050) 3 

Textile  Materials:  Eval.  and  Char.  (TEXT  055) 

Elective 

7s~ 

Junior  Year 

SociologyOOl 

Apparel  Design:  Draping  (CLTH  120)  or 

Apparel  Design:  Experimental  Processes  (CLTH  122) 

Textile  Science:  Chem.  Structure  and  Prop,  of  Fibers 
(TEXT  102)  or 

Environmental  Textiles  (TXCL  128) 

History 

Fine  Arts  Requirement 

Marketing  (BSAD  149) 

Home  Economics  Electives 

Electives 

Senior  Year 

Clothing  and  Human  Behavior  (TXCL  141) 

Economics  of  Text,  and  Apparel  Industries  (TEXT  165)... 

History 

Home  Economics  Elective 

Electives 


3 
3 
3 
3 
18-20 
30-32 


TEXTILE  MARKETING  OPTION 

Semester  Hours 
Sophomore  Year 

English  004 3 

Economics  31  and  32 3  3 

Psychology  001 3 

FMCD050 3 

Apparel  I  and  II  (CLTH  010  and  CLTH  021) 
or 

Home  Economics  Electives 3  3 

Introduction  to  Textile  Materials  (TEXT  050) 3 

~ J5  15 

Junior  Year 

SociologyOOl 3 

Textile  Science:  Chem.  Struc.  and  Prop,  of  Fibers  (TEXT  102) 
or 

Environmental  Textiles  (TXCL  128) 3 

Fine  Arts  Requirement 3 

History 6 

Marketing  (BSAD  149) 3 

Journalism  152.  166,  165  or  170 3 

RATV  115  (or  alternative) 3 

Electives 6 

30 

Senior  Year 

Clothing  and  Human  Behavior  (TXCL  141) 3 

Econ.  of  the  Textile  and  Apparel  Industries 

(TEXT  165) 3 

Statistics  (BSAD  130) 3 

BSAD  151,  156or  158 3 

Electives 18-21 

30  33 

TEXTILE  SCIENCE  OPTION 

Semester  Hours 
Sophomore  Year 

English  004 3 

FMCD050 3 

Psychology  001  3 

Introduction  to  Textiles  (TEXT  050) 3 

Textile  Moterials:  Eval.  and  Char.  (TEXT  055) 3 

Chemistry  10,12,14,16  or  22,24,25,26 5  5 

Math  019,020  or  010,011                     ...    3-4  3-4 

1405  1708 

Junior  Year 

Fine  Arts  Requirement 3 

Physics  010,011  or  030,031           3-4                 4 

Textile  Science:  Chem.  Struc.  and  Prop,  of  Fibers 

(TEXT  102)                 3 

Sociology  001 3 

Statistics                       3 

Economics  31  and  32 3                 3 

Electives  3                 3 

lTl6~  f6 

242  Home  Economics 


Senior  Year 

Textile  Science:  Finishes  (TEXT  154) 
or 

Textile  Science:  Chem.  and  Phys.  of  Fibers  and  Polymers 

(TEXT  150) 

Econ.  of  Textile  and  Apparel  Industries  (TEXT  165) 
History 

Electives 


TEXTILES  AND  CLOTHING 

PROFESSOR  AND  HEAD:  Smith. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Dardis. 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Heagney,  Spivak,  Wilbur. 

INSTRUCTORS:  Eyler,  Jones,  Pledger. 

TXCL  005.  TEXTILES  IN  CONTEMPORARY  LIVING  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  A  multidisciplinary  approach 
to  the  consumer  in  the  near  environment  with  emphasis 
on   apparel   and  environmental   textiles. 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

TXCL  128.  ENVIRONMENTAL  TEXTILES  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  TEXT  050.  A  con- 
sideration of  the  properties,  performance,  and  care  of 
textile  materials  other  than  clothing  used  in  the  near 
environment.  Included  are  furnishings,  floor  coverings, 
wall  treatments,  and  recreational  and  structural  materials. 
Environmental  conditions  such  as  soiling,  heat,  radiation, 
weathering,  aging,  moisture  and  solvents  will  be  consider- 
ed. 

TXCL  141.  CLOTHING  AND  HUMAN  BEHAVIOR.  (3) 

Fall  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
PSYC  001,  SOCY  001.  An  exploration  of  socio-psychological 
approaches  to  the  study  of  clothing  in  relation  to  human 
behavior.  Social  and  psychological  theories  will  be  ex- 
amined as  possible  framework  for  the  study  and  investiga- 
tion of  clothing. 

TXCL  145.  HISTORY  OF  COSTUME  I.  (3) 

Fall  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
TXAP  420.  University  History  requirements.  The  Wrap- 
style  dress.  A  critical  study  of  the  various  forms  of  dress; 
analyzing  shape  and  form  of  garments  and  the  com- 
ponent parts  of  which  they  are  made,  taking  special  note 
of  the  distinctive  styles  and  unique  shapes  which  help 
distinguish  one  period  from  another;  relating  the  history 
of  costume  to  events,  to  achievements,  to  the  social  atti- 
tudes and  development  of  the  various  times  and  cultures 
of      man. 

TXCL  147.  HISTORY  OF  COSTUME  1 1.  (3) 

Spring  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
same  as  for  History  of  Costume  I.  The  Shaped-style  dress, 
a  critical  study  of  the  various  forms  of  dress;  analyzing 
shape  and  form  of  garments  and  the  component  parts  of 
which  they  are  made,  taking  special  note  of  the  distinctive 
styles  and  unique  shapes  which  help  distinguish  one 
period  from  another;  relating  the  history  of  costume  to 
events  to  achievements,  to  the  social  attitudes  and 
development  of  the  various  times  and  cultures  of  man. 

TXCL  185.  JUNIOR  HONORS  SEMINAR.  (1) 

Spring  semester.  Limited  to  juniors  in  the  Departmental 
Honors  Program.  Readings,  reports,  and  discussion  of 
selected   topics. 

TXCL  188.  SENIOR  HONORS  THESIS.  (3-4) 

Limited  to  students  in  the  Departmental  Honors  Program. 
An  independent  literary,  laboratory,  or  field  study,  con- 
ducted throughout  the  student's  senior  year.  Student 
should   register   in   both   fall   and   spring. 

TXCL  198.  SPECIAL  STUDIES  FOR  UNDERGRADUATES.  (2-4) 
Independent  study  by  an  individual  student  or  by  a 
group  of  students  in  advanced  work  not  otherwise  pro- 
vided in  the  department.  Students  must  prepare  a  descrip- 
tion of  the  study  they  wish  to  undertake.  The  plan  must 
be  approved  by  the  faculty  directing  the  study  and  the 
department   head. 

TEXTILES 

TEXT  050.  INTRODUCTION  TO  TEXTILE  MATERIALS.  (3) 
Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  per  week.  An 
introduction  to  the  properties  of  textile  materials.  Be- 
havior of  textile  materials  are  observed  in  relation  to 
environmental  conditions  which  influence  aesthetics,  com- 
fort  and   performance. 

TEXT  055.  TEXTILE  MATERIALS;  EVALUATION  AND 
CHARACTERIZATION.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite  TEXT  050.  An  investigation  of  the  behavior  of 


textile  materials  in  relation  to  environmental  factors  and 
conditions  of  service  influencing  performance,  comfort, 
and  aesthetics.  Laboratory  experience  provides  an  oppor- 
tunity to  explore  a  variety  of  textile  materials  and  methods 
of  evaluation. 
FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 
TEXT  102.  TEXTILE  SCIENCE:  CHEMICAL  STRUCTURE  AND 
PROPERTIES  OF  FIBERS.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites,  TEXT  055  and  CHEM  009  or  020.  The 
chemical  structure,  properties  and  reactions  of  the  major 
classes  of  natural  and  man-made  fibers.  Emphasis  is 
placed  upon  the  relationship  between  molecular  structure 
and  physical  properties  of  fibers  and  fabrics.  Laboratory 
includes  chemical  identification  of  fibers,  preparation  of 
selected  fibers,  and  examination  of  chemical  reactions 
and  properties  of  fibers. 

TEXT  150.  TEXTILE  SCIENCE:  CHEMISTRY  AND  PHYSICS 
OF  FIBERS  AND  POLYMERS.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites,  Consent  of  instructor.  The  theory  of  fiber 
structure  and  the  relationship  between  the  chemical  and 
physical  properties  of  natural  and  man-made  fibers. 
Laboratory  includes  study  of  performance  of  textile 
materials  in  relation  to  their  chemical  and  physical  prop- 
erties. 

TEXT  153.  HISTORY  OF  TEXTILES.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  TEXT  050  (150)  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  study  or  historic  and  contemporary 
fibers  and  fabrics.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
analysis  of  designs  and  techniques  of  decorating  fabrics 
and  the  relationship  of  textiles  to  the  aesthetic  and 
developmental   cultures  of  society. 

TEXT  154.  TEXTILE  SCIENCE:  Finishes.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites,  TEXT  102  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study 
of  the  chemical  reactions  and  mechanisms  involved  in 
imparting  water  repellance,  crease  resistance  and  crease 
recovery  properties,  shrink-resistance,  flame  resistance, 
soil-release  properties,  and  moth  and  mildew  resistance 
to  textile  materials.  Properties  of  the  finished  material 
which  effect  its  end-use  will  also  be  examined.  Laboratory 
work  includes  the  application  of  finishes,  identification 
of  finishes  and  a  study  of  the  properties  of  finished  fabrics 

TEXT  165.  ECONOMICS  OF  THE  TEXTILE  AND  APPAREL 
INDUSTRIES.  (3) 
Fall  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
ECON  37  in  Fall,  1970  only  or  ECON  31  and  32.  Trends  in 
the  production  and  consumption  of  textiles  and  apparel; 
economic  analysis  of  the  textile  and  apparel  industries; 
factors  affecting  changes  in  output,  price,  location,  and 
market  structure. 

TEXT  185.  JUNIOR  HONORS  SEMINAR.  (1) 

Spring  semester.  Limited  to  juniors  in  the  Departmental 
Honors  Program.  Readings,  reports,  and  discussion  of 
selected  topics. 

TEXT  188.  SENIOR  HONORS  THESIS.  (3-4) 

Limited  to  students  in  the  Departmental  Honors  Program. 
An  independent  literary,  laboratory,  or  field  study,  con- 
ducted throughout  the  student's  senior  year.  Student 
should  register  in  both  fall  and  spring. 
TEXT  198.  SPECIAL  STUDIES  FOR  UNDERGRADUATES.  (2-4) 
Fall  and  spring  semesters.  Independent  study  by  an  in- 
dividual student  or  by  a  group  of  students  in  advanced 
work  not  otherwise  provided  in  the  department.  Students 
must  prepare  a  description  of  the  study  they  wish  to 
undertake.  The  plan  must  be  approved  by  the  faculty 
directing  the  study  and  the  department  head. 

CLOTHING 

CLTH  010.  APPAREL  I.  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  A  study  of  the  funda- 
mental principles  and  processes  of  pattern  design  and 
apparel  construction.  Students  will  relate  flat  pattern  and 
construction  techniques  to  apparel  design  problems. 

CLTH  Oil.  EXPERIMENTAL  CLOTHING  DESIGN.  (2) 

(Fall,  1970  only).  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, CLTH  010.  Application  of  principles  and  methods 
of  clothing  construction  with  emphasis  on  management 
and  analysis  of  values  to  be  achieved. 

CLTH  021.  APPAREL  II.  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites,  CLTH  010 
and  Oil  or  Apparel  I  and  TEXT  050.  A  continuation  of 
Apparel  I  involving  more  advanced  problems.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  successful  integration  of  pattern  design 
with  construction  processes  in  contemporary  fabrics. 


FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

CLTH  120.  APPAREL  DESIGN:  DRAPING.  (3) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
CLTH  021  (222)  or  Apparel  II,  APDS001.  Students  explore 
pattern  design  through  draping  on  the  human  form. 
Emphasis  is  on  the  interrelationships  between  material, 
design,  and  form. 

CLTH  122.  APPAREL  DESIGN:  EXPERIMENTAL  PROCESSES. 
(3) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
CLTH  021  or  Apparel  II  and  TEXT  102  and  APDS  001.  Pro- 
cesses are  related  to  fiber  and  fabric  characteristics, 
style,  and  end-use.  Opportunities  are  provided  for  stu- 
dents to:  1)  learn  ways  of  tailoring  by  machine  and  by 
hand;  2)  explore,  adapt,  and  create  new  processes  with 
modern  textile  materials;  and  3)  evaluate  results  in  terms 
of  design  quality. 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

TEXT  200.  SPECIAL  STUDIES  IN  TEXTILES.  (2-4) 

CLTH  220.  SPECIAL  STUDIES  IN  CLOTHING.  (2-4) 

TXCL230.  SEMINAR.  (1) 

TXCL  232.  ECONOMICS  OF  TEXTILES  AND  CLOTHING.  (3) 

TXCL  233.  SYNTHESES  OF  BEHAVIORAL  SCIENCE 
CONCEPTS  IN  TEXTILES  AND  CLOTHING.  (3) 

TXCL  399.  RESEARCH.  (1-6) 


DEPARTMENT  OF  FAMILY  AND 
COMMUNITY  DEVELOPMENT 

In  the  fall  of  1968  the  areas  of  (1)  General 
Home  Economics,  (2)  Extension,  (3)  Family  Life  and 
Management,  and  (4)  Home  Economics  Education 
in  this  college  were  integrated  as  one  department, 
the  Department  of  Family  and  Community  Develop- 
ment. Commitments  to  students  who  entered  the 
General  or  Extension  programs  prior  to  or  at  regis- 
tration in  the  spring  of  1969  will  be  fulfilled,  but 
future  students  will  enroll  in  one  of  the  newly  de- 
vised areas  of  concentration  within  the  Department 
of  Family  and  Community  Development:  Family 
Studies,  Community  Studies,  Management  and  Con- 
sumer Studies,  or  Home  Economics  Education.* 
Students  who  formerly  would  have  enrolled  in  the 
Extension  curriculum  will  enroll  in  the  Community 
Studies  emphasis. 

These  areas  of  concentration  will  prepare  stu- 
dents for  roles  as  family  life  educators,  extension 
specialists,  consumer  consultants,  mental  health 
team  members,  and  teachers  of  home  economics  at 
the  secondary  level. 

FAMILY  STUDIES  CURRICULUM 

Supportive  courses  will  be  selected  from  either 
Home  Economics  or  Sociology-Psychology. 

Freshmon  Year  Semester  Hours 

ENGL  001,003-Composition  and  Literature 6 

PSYC  001 3 

FMCD  005 -Introduction  to  Family  Living 3 

APDS  001  -Fundamentals  of  Design  or 

APDS  004 -Art  History 3 

S0CY  001  -Sociology  of  American  Life 3 

FDNT  005-Food  ond  Nutrition  of  Individuals  and  Families 

or  NUTR020 3 

TEXT  105  — Textiles  in  Contemporary  Living 3 

Biological  Science 4 

Health  and  Physical  Education  Requirements ^ 4 

Total 32 

Sophomore  Year  Semester  Hours 

ENGL  004- Composition  and  World  Literature 3 

Physical  Science 3-4 

SPCH  007  or  001  -Public  Speaking 2-3 

ECON  037 -Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

Fine  Arts  OR  Philosophy 3 

•Students  in  Home  Economics  Education  may  enroll  in  either  the  College  of  Home  Eco- 
nomics or  the  College  of  Education. 

Home  Economics  243 


I 

Math  Requirement    .  3 

FMCD  050- Decision  Making  in  Family  Living 3 

FMCD  060- Family  Relations  3 

Supportive  Courses    6 

Electives  3 

Total 32-34 

Junior  Year  Semester  Hours 

FMCD  131  -Family  Crisis  and  Disintegration 3 

FMCD  130-Family  Patterns  3 

EDHD  105,106  OR  107-Human  Development 6 

History  Requirement  6 

FMCD  132-The  Child  in  the  Family 3 

Supportive  Courses  6 

Electives -. 6 

Total 33 

Senior  Year 

Semester  Hours 

FMCD  188-Legc.  Aspects  of  Family  Problems 3 

FMCD  185-lntrdduction  to  Family  Counseling 3 

FMCD  145  or  146-Practicum  or  Living  Experience 

with  Families 3-6 

Supportive  Courses 6 

FMCD  180or  Elective 2 

Electives 10 

Total    ...  .27-30 

COMMUNITY  STUDIES  CURRICULUM 

Supportive  courses  will  be  chosen  from  the  following  areas: 

Home  Economics  courses. 

Sociology  and/or  Psychology  or  Family  Life  courses  in 
the  Department  of  Family  and  Community  Development  be- 
yond the  core  requirements. 

Government  and/or  Economics,  or  management  and  con- 
sumer problems  courses  in  the  Department  of  Family  and 
Community  Development  beyond  the  core  requirements. 


Freshman  Year 

ENGL  001, 003 -Composition  and  Literature 

Math  Requirement 

S0CY  001  -Introduction  to  Sociology 

FDNT  005-Food  &  Nutr.  of  Individuals  &  Families  OR 

NUTR020 

FMCD  005 -Introduction  to  Family  Living 

Biological  Science 

APDS  001  -Fund,  of  Design  OR  APDS  004 -Art  History. 

TEXT  105-Tex.  in  Contemporary  Living 

PSYC  001  -Introduction  to  Psychology 

Physical  Educotion  and  Health  Requirement 

Total 


Semester  Hours 

6 

3 

3 


35 


Sophomore  Year  Semester  Hours 

ENGL  004-World  Literature 3 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy 3 

CHEM  001  (or  other  Science) 3-4 

ECON  037-Fund.  of  Economics 3 

FMCD  050-Decision  Making  in  Family  Living 3 

SPCH  007  or  001 -Public  Speaking 2-3 

FOOD  010- Scientific  Principles  of  Food 3 

Supportive  Courses 6 

Electives 3 


Total . 


29-30 


Junior  Yeor 

FMCD  130-Family  Patterns      

FMCD  141  -  Personal  and  Family  Finance 

FMCD  145-Practicum  with  Families  OR 
FMCD  144 -Residence  Experience  OR 
FMCD  1 46  —  Living  Experiences  with  Families 

SOCY  071  -Dynomics  of  Social  Interaction 

FOOD  060 -Meal  Management  OR 

FOOD  170-fconomics  of  Food  Consumption 

Supportive  Courses 

Electives 


Semester  Hours 

3 

3 


Total. 


Senior  Year  Semester  Hours 

FMCD  180- Professional  Seminar  or  elective  2 

FMCD  170-Communication  Skills  3 

History  Requirement  6 

Supportive  Courses         12 

Electives ...... 6 

Total ...7      29 

MANAGEMENT  AND  CONSUMER 
STUDIES  CURRICULUM 

Supportive  courses  will  be  selected  in  blocks 
from  Economics,  Business  Administration,  Public 
Relations,  Sociology,  Psychology  or  Family  Life. 

244  Home  Economics 


Freshman  Yeor  Semester  Hours 

ENGL  001, 003 -Composition  and  Literature  6 

Math  Requirement  3 

TEXT  105- Textiles  in  Contemporary  Living  3 

SOCY  001 -Introduction  to  Sociology  3 

PSYC  001 -Introduction  to  Psychology  3 
CHEM  001,  003  OR  Physical  and  Biological 

Science  Requirement  8 
FDNT  005-Foot  &  Nutr.  of  Individuals  &  Families 

OR  NUTR  020   .                                                                          3 

Health  &  Physical  Education  Requirements  ._„ 4 

Total.                                       33 

Sophomore  Year  Semester  Hours 

SPCH  007  or  001  -  Public  Speaking  2-3 
APDS  001  -  Fundamentals  of  Design  OR 

APDS  004-Art  History                                        3 

FMCD  050-Decision  Making  in  Family  Living     ,...,  

History  Requirement  6 

ENGL  004-World  Literature      3 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy 3 

Supportive  Courses 6 

Electives 3 


Total 


29-30 


Junior  Yeor  Semester  Hours 

FMCD  130- Family  Patterns  3 

FMCD  080- Household  Equipment  &  Space  Utilization  OR 

HSAD  041 -Family  Housing  OR 

TXCL  128- Fund,  of  Home  Furnishings 3-4 

FOOD  066- Meal  Management  OR 

FOOD  170- Food  Economics 

FMCD  180- Professional  Seminar  or  elective 

Supportive  Courses  

Electives.  

Total 


3 
2 

9 
9 

2'-  30 


Senior  Year 

FMCD  132-The  Child  in  the  Family 
FMCD  141  -Personal  and  Fomily  Finance 
FMCD  143-Consumer  Problems 
FMCD  144 -Resident  Experience  OR 

FMCD  145-Practicum 

CLTH  100- Family  Clothing  OR 

TEXT  050- Consumer  Textiles 

Statistics 

Supportive  Courses 

Electives 


Semester  Hours 
3 
3 
3 


Total. 


3 

3 

9 

„. 6 

33 

HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

Students  electing  this  curriculum  may  be  regis- 
tered in  the  College  of  Home  Economics  or  in  the 
College  of  Education. 

The  home  economics  education  curriculum  is 
designed  for  students  who  are  preparing  to  teach 
home  economics  in  the  secondary  schools.  It  in- 
cludes study  of  each  area  of  home  economics  and 
the  supporting  disciplines. 

Fifteen  hours  of  the  total  curriculum  include  an 
area  of  concentration  which  must  be  unified  in  con- 
tent and  which  will  be  chosen  by  the  student." 

'  Semester 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

ENGL  001  or  021  -Composition 3 

SOCY  001  -  Introduction  to  Sociology  3 

FMCD  005 -Introduction  to  Family  Living 3 

FDNT  005-Food  ond  Nutr.  of  Indiv.  &  Fam.  OR 

NUTR  020- Elements  of  Nutrition 3 

MATH  requirement  ,  3-4 

PHED  1  1 

PSYC  001  -  Introduction  to  Psychology  3 

APDS  001  -  Fundamentals  of  Design  3 

ENGL  003 -World  Literature  3 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health  2 

TEXT  105 -Textiles  in  Contemp.  Living 

Total  W\T  15 

Sophomore  Yeor 

ENGL  004-World  Literature  3 

HIST  3 

CHEM  001  -General  Chemistry  4 

HSAD  040- Design  and  Furnishings  in  the  Home 

OR  HSAD  041 -Family  Housing  3 

SPCH  001 -Public  Speaking 
CLTH  010- Principles  and  Methods  of  Clothing 

Design  (or  CLTH  011) 
HIST 

CHEM  003-General  Chemistry 
FOOD  010- Scientific  Principles  of  Food 
Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  Requirement 
FMCD  050-Decision  Moking  in  Family  Living 

Totol 


Junior  Year 

EDUC  1 10- Human  Development  and  learning  6 

FOOD  060 -Meal  Management  3 

FMCD  141  -Personal  and  Family  Finance  or  alternative         3 
Area  of  concentration-  3 

FMCD  1 32  -  The  Child  in  t  he  Family  OR 

EDHD  107-Growth  and  Development  in 

Early  Childhood 
ECON  037- Fundamentals  of  Economics 
EDSE  125- Problems  in  Teaching  Home  Economics 
Z00L  001  or  MICB  001 
Area  of  concentration- 

Total  15 

Senior  Year  I 

EDSE  140-Curriculum,  Instruction  &  Observation"  3 

EDSE  145 -Principles  &  Methods  of  Secondary 

Education  3 

EDSE  148 -Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Home 

Economics  H 

FMCD  144 -Resident  Experience  in  Home  Management 

OR  FMCD  145-H.  M.  Practicum  3 

FMCD  060- Family  Relations  OR 

SOCY  164- The  Family  &  Society 

EDUC  1 1 1 -Foundations  of  Education  

Area  of  Concentration-  

HOEC  180-Professional  Seminar ,U ._ .^_ 

Total 17 


Semester 
II 


FAMILY  AND  COMMUNITY  DEVELOPMENT 

Associate  Professors:  Brown,  Lemmoti,  Wilson. 

Assistant  Professors:  Brabble,  Churaman,  Olson,  Orvedal. 

Instructors:  Garrison,  MacMahon. 

Lecturer:  Mannino. 

FMCD  005.  INTRODUCTION  TO  FAMILY  LIVING.  (3) 

Interrelations  of  the  individual  and  his  family  through  the 
various  stages  of  the  family  life  cycle;  underlying  principles 
of  guidance  of  children  as  applied  to  home  situations. 

FMCD  050.  DECISION  MAKING  IN  FAMILY  LIVING.  (3) 

Designed  for  second,  third,  or  fourth  semester  students. 
Decision  making  in  relation  to  family  values,  philosophies, 
goals,  and  resources,  and  general  socio-economic  condi- 
tions. 

FMCD  060.  FAMILY  RELATIONS.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  PSYC  001;  FMCD  005.  Study  of  factors  in- 
fluencing establishment  and  maintenance  of  satisfying 
interpersonal  relations  throughout  the  family  life  cycle  as 
affected  by  management  in  the  home. 

FMCD  080.  HOUSEHOLD  EQUIPMENT  AND  SPACE 
UTILIZATION.  (4) 

2  lectures,  2  laboratory  sessions.  Study  of  household  equip- 
ment and  space  utilization  as  they  affect  family  members 
in  task  performance.  Emphasis  is  on  the  consumer's 
viewpoint,  supported  by  laws  of  the  physical  sciences. 


FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

FMCD  130.  FAMILY  PATTERNS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  FMCD  060  and  PSYC  001.  Astudy  of  family  pat- 
terns within  the  sub-cultures  of  America  and  various  other 
cultures.  Emphasis  will  be  given  to  those  patterns  and 
life  styles  which  evolve  as  adaptations  to  cultural  de- 
mands. 

FrXD  131.  FAMILY  CRISES  AND  DISINTEGRATION.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  001.  A  study  of  significant  changes 
within  the  family  setting  which  ultimately  require  major 
adjustments  in  inter-personal  and  intra-personal  relations. 

FMCD  132.  THE  CHILD  IN  THE  FAMILY.  (3) 

Three  lectures.  Prerequisite,  PSYC  001.  Study  of  the  child 
from  prenatal  stage  through  adolescence,  with  emphasis 
on  responsibility  for  guidance  in  the  home.  Biological 
and  psychological  needs  as  they  affect  the  child's  relation- 
ship with  his  family  and  peers. 


•Areo  of  Concentration:  15  semester  hours 

A)  Including  maximum  of  two  home  economics  courses,  with  the  remainder  of  the  15 
hours  in  supporting  behavioral,  physical  and  biological  sciences,  philosophy,  special 
education,  or  human  development. 

B)  Of  the  15  hours.  9  must  be  upper  division. 

'"Student  teaching  block 

11  Required  only  of  students  registered  in  College  of  Home  Economics. 


FMCD  141.  PERSONAL  AND  FAMILY  FINANCE.  (3) 

Study  of  individual  and  family  finances  with  particular 
emphasis  upon  financial  planning,  savings,  insurance,  in- 
vestments,  income  taxes  and  use  of  credit. 

FMCD  143.  CONSUMER  PROBLEMS.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  FMCD  050.  Consumer  practices  of  American 
families.  Merchandising  practices  as  they  affect  the  con- 
sumer. Organizations  and  laws  in  the  interest  of  the 
consumer. 

FMCD  144.  RESIDENT  EXPERIENCE  IN  HOME 
MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  FMCD  050;  080,  141,  or  143;  FOOD  060;  or 
equivalent.  Residence  from  four  to  nine  weeks  in  the 
home  management  center.  Experience  in  planning,  co- 
ordinating, and  participating  in  the  activities  of  a  house- 
hold, composed  of  a  faculty  member,  a  group  of  students, 
and  possibly  an  infant  on  a  part-time  basis.  Students  not 
living  in  dormitories  are  billed  at  the  rate  of  $5.00  a  week 
for  a  room  in  the  Home  Management  Residence.  A  charge 
of  $40.00  for  food  and  supplies  is  assessed  each  student. 
Dormitory  residents  will  be  refunded  a  prorated  amount 
for  meals. 

FMCD  145.  PRACTICUM  WiTH  FAMILIES-CHILDREN- 
HOME  MANAGEMENT.  (3) 

A  planned  supervised  experience  with  families  through 
participation  and  observation  will  be  arranged  for  each 
student.  The  practicum  is  designed  to  increase  the 
student's  awareness  and  understanding  of  the  dynamics 
of  family  resource  management. 

FMCD  146.  LIVING  EXPERIENCES  WITH  FAMILIES.  (3-6) 

a.  Domestic  Intercultural 

b.  International  Intercultural 

Prerequisites,  FMCD  080,  ANTH001,  FMCD  050;  optional, 
language  competence.  An  individual  experience  in  living 
with  families  of  a  sub-culture  within  the  U.S.  or  with 
families  of  another  country,  participating  in  family  and 
community  activities.  A  foreign  student  may  participate 
and  live  with  an  American  family. 

FMCD  170.  COMMUNICATION  SKILLS  AND  TECHNIQUES 
IN  HOME  ECONOMICS.  (3) 

Principles  and  techniques  for  professional  demonstration 
and  presentation  of  home  economics  and  its  related 
areas  with  selected  experiences  in  television,  radio,  crea- 
tive writing,  and  photography. 

FMCD  180.  PROFESSIONAL  SEMINAR.  (2) 

Survey  of  professional  opportunities,  responsibilities  and 
trends  in  each  departmental  area  of  emphasis.  Concentra- 
tion will  be  on  the  development  of  personal  qualities 
and  professional  ethics  essential  for  effective  occupational 
performance. 

FMCD  185.  INTRODUCTION  TO  FAMILY  COUNSELING.  (3) 
Prerequisites,  PSYC  001  and  005;  FMCD  005  and  131.  Basic 
principles  of  counseling  and  its  effect  on  family  action. 

FMCD  188.  LEGAL  ASPECTS  OF  FAMILYTROBLEMS.  (3) 
Laws  and  legal  involvement  that  directly  affect  specific 
aspects  of  the  family;  adoption,  marriage,  estate  planning, 
property  rights,  wills,  etc.  Emphasis  will  be  given  to  the 
involvement  of  a  professional  lawyer;  principles  and  inter- 
pretation of  the  law. 

FMCD  190.  SPECIAL  TOPICS.  (1-3) 

a.  Family  studies 

b.  Community  studies 

c.  Management  and  consumer  studies 
For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

HOEC  201.  METHODS  OF  RESEARCH  IN  HOME  ECONOMICS. 

(3) 
HOEC  202.  INTEGRATIVE  ASPECTS  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS. 

(2) 
HOEC  290.  SPECIAL  TOPICS.  (1-6) 
HOEC  399.  THESIS  RESEARCH.  (1-6) 


HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION 

EDSE  125.  PROBLEMS  IN  TEACHING  HOME  ECONOMICS.  (3) 
A  study  of  the  managerial  aspects  of  teaching  and  ad- 
ministering a  homemaking  program;  the  physical  environ- 
ment, organization  and  sequence  of  instructional  units; 
resource  materials;  evaluation;  home  projects. 

EDSE  126.  EVALUATION  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS.  (3) 

The  meaning  and  function  of  evaluation  in  education;  the 


Home  Economies 


245 


development  of  a  plan  for  evaluating  a  homemaking  pro- 
gram with  emphasis  upon  types  of  evaluation  devices, 
their  construction  and   use. 

EDSE  140.  CURRICULUM,  INSTRUCTION,  AND 
OBSERVATION.  (3) 

The  place  and  function  of  home  economics  education  in 
the  secondary  school  curriculum.  Philosophy  of  education 
for  home  and  family  living;  characteristics  of  adolescence, 
construction  of  source  units,  lesson  plans,  and  evaluation 
devices;  directed  observations  in  junior  and  senior  high 
school  home  economics  departments. 

EDSE  148E.  TEACHING  VOCATIONAL  HOME  ECONOMICS 
IN  THE  SECONDARY  SCHOOLS.  (2-8) 
First  and  second  semesters. 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 
EDSE  260.   SEMINAR   IN    HOME   ECONOMICS   EDUCATION. 

(2) 
EDSE  261.  TRENDS  IN  THE  TEACHING  AND  SUPERVISION 
HOME  ECONOMICS.  (2-4) 


DEPARTMENT  OF  HOUSING 
AND  APPLIED   DESIGN 

The  fundamental  purpose  of  programs  of  con- 
centration in  this  area  is  to  provide  a  broad,  general 
education  in  addition  to  individually  and  professional- 
ly oriented  instruction  in  design.  Dependent  upon 
elected  allied  areas  of  study,  professional  opportuni- 
ties include:  design  of  interiors,  fashions,  advertising, 
home  furnishings;  illustration  of  fashions  and  in- 
teriors; sales  promotion  or  retailing  of  wearing  ap- 
parel, homes  and  home  furnishings;  fashion  or 
home  furnishings  journalism;  housing  consultant, 
urban  development  programs. 

ADVERTISING  DESIGN  CURRICULUM 


Freshman  Year  I 

ENGL  001  or  021 -Composition 3 

ENGL  003-World  Literature .-, 

Math  Requirement 3-4 

Science  Requirement 

SPCH  007  or  001  -Public  Speaking 2-3 

ART016-Drowing  1 3 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

Physical  Education 1 

EDIN  001  -Mechanical  Drawing 

FONT  005-Food  and  Nutrition  of  Individuals  and 

Families  or  NUTR  020- Elements  of  Nutrition 

APDS  001  -Fundamentals  of  Design 3 

APDS  002 -Design  II ^ 

Total 17-19 

Sophomore  Year 

ENGL  004-World  Literature 3 

PSYC  001  -Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

EC0N  037- Fundamentals  of  Economics 

Science  Requirement 

FMCD  050-Decision  Making  in  Family  Living 

TEXT  105  —  Textiles  in  Contemporary  Living 3 

APDS  010-Presentation  Techniques 

APDS  01 1  -Action  Drowing- Fashion  Sketching 

APDS  030  — Silk  Screen  Printing 

APDS  038 -Photography 2 

APDS  003-Design  lll-3-Dimensional  Design 3 

Total 17 

Junior  Year  I 

History  Requirement    ,.,  3 

SOCY  001 -Sociology  of  American  Life 3 

ART  178-Twentieth  Century  Art 

EDIN  034 -Graphic  Arts  I    3 

APDS  120 -Fashion  Illustration 3 

APDS  130 -Typography  and  Lettering 3 

APDS  132 -Advertising  Layout  

APDS  136 -Display  Design  

Restricted  Elective .„ 

Total 15 

Senior  Year 

PHIL  147- Philosophy  of  Art  3 

APDS  134, 135 -Advanced  Problems  in  Advertising 

Design    3 

246  Home  Economics 


Semester 
II 


3 

3-4 

3 


APDS  138 -Advanced  Photography 2 

APDS  180 -Professional  Seminar 2 

Restricted  Electives 3  3 

Free  Electives 6  J  4 

Total ,      15-  13-14 


COSTUME  CURRICULUM 


Freshman  Year  I 
ENGL  001  or  021 -Composition 

Fine  Arts  Requirement                           3 

SOCY  001 -Sociology  of  American  Life  3 

ART  016- Drawing  I 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

Physical  Educotion 1 

Science  Requirement  

TEXT  105  — Textiles  in  Contemporary  Living 3 

APDS  001  -Fundamentals  of  Design 3 

APDS  002-Design  II 

APDS  010-Presentation  Techniques  .... 

Total 1 


Sophomore  Year 

ENGL  003,004 -World  Literature 3 

Math  Requirement 3-4 

Science  Requirement 

SPCH  007  or  001  -Public  Speaking 

FDNT  005-Food  and  Nutrition  of  Individuals  and 

Families  or  NUTR  020-Elements  of  Nutrition 3 

FMCD  050-Decision  Making  in  Family  Living 

APDS  003-Design  lll-3-Dimensionol  Design 3 

APDS  011 -Action  Drawing-Fashion  Sketching  3 

APDS  020 -Introduction  to  Foshion  Design 

Total .15-16 


Junior  Year  I 

PSYC  001  -Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

History  Requirement 3 

ART  061  -History  of  Art 3 

ECON  037- Fundamentals  of  Economics 

APDS  038 -Photography 2 

APDS  120-Fashion  Illustration 3 

APDS1  121  -Fashion  Design  and  Illustration  

APDS  130 -Typography  and  Lettering 

Restricted  Electives 3 


Total 


17 


1 
3-4 


3-4 

23 


3_ 

14-16 


Semester 
II 


Senior  Year 

APDS  122,  123 -Advanced  Costume 2  2 

APDS  132 -Advertising  Layout 3 

APDS  136-Display  Design 

APDS  180- Professional  Seminar 2 

Restricted  Electives 6  3 

Free  Electives 4-6  4  5 

Total .15-17         14-15 


CRAFTS  CURRICULUM 

Semester 
Freshman  Year  II 

ENGL  001  or  021 -Composition 3 

ENGL  003-World  Literature 3 

History  Requirement ...  .  3 

SOCY  001  -Sociology  of  American  Life 3 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

Physical  Education  ,..,  1  1 

FDNT  005-Food  and  Nutrition  of  Individuals  and  Families 

or  NUTR  020-Elements  of  Nutrition 3 

TEXT  105  —  Textiles  in  Contemporary  Living 3 

APDS  001 -Fundamentals  of  Design    ,..  3 

APDS  002-Design  II 

CRAF  001  -Craft  Fundamentals  and  Materials 

Total 15  16 

Sophomore  Year 

ENGL  004-World  Literature  3 

Math  Requirement  3-4 

Science  Requirement  3-4 

PSYC  001  -Introduction  to  Psychology 

SPCH  007  or  001- Public  Speoking  2-3 

EDIN  002 -Woodworking  I  3 

APDS  003-Design  iii-3-Dimensional  Design  3 

APDS  010-Presentation  Techniques  3 

APDS  01 1  -Action  Drowing -Figure  Sketching 

CRAF  041  -  Decorotive  Textiles  3 

Total  '5  16  14-16 

Semester 

Junior  Yeor  " 

PHIL  147- Philosophy  of  Art  3 


Science  Requirement    .  3-4 

ECON  037-  Fundamentals  of  Economics 

FMCD  050- Decision  Making  in  Family  Living 

APDS  030  -  Silk  Screen  Printing  3 

APOS  038- Photography 

CRAF  020 -Ceramics -Material  and  Processes  3 

CRAF  120- Advanced  Ceramics  I  

CRAF  030-Metalry  I  

CRAF  040- Weaving  3 

Free  Elective 

Total T5TI6" 

Senior  Year 

History  Requirement . 3 

APDS  1 80 -Professional  Seminar 

CRAF  121 -Advanced  Ceramics  II 3 

CRAF  1 30- Advanced  Metolry  1 2 

CRAF  190-lndividual  Problems  in  Crofts ...   2-3 

Restricted  Electives           6 

Free  Electives 

Total J6JT 


HOUSING  CURRICULUM 


Freshman  Year  I 

SOCY  001  -Sociology  of  American  Life 3 

SPCH  001  or  007-Public  Speaking 2-3 

FONT  005-Food  and  Nutrition  of  Individuals 

and  Families 3 

TEXT  1 05  — Textiles  in  Contemporary  Living 3 

APDS  001  -Fundamentals  of  Design 3 

Physical  Education 1 

ENGL  001  or  021 -Composition 

PSYC  001  -Introduction  to  Psychology 

HLTH  005-Science  and  Theory  of  Health 

CLTH  010- Principles  and  Methods  of  Clothing 

Design 

APDS  002-Design  II 

APDS  010- Presentation  Techniques 

Total J5A6~ 

Sophomore  Year  I 

ENGL  003,004-World  Literoture 3 

Science  Requirement 3-4 

PSYC  021  -Social  Psychology 

FMCD  050-Decision  Making  in  Family  Living 3 

TEXT  105-Consumer  Textiles 

APDS  003-Design  lll-3-Dimensional  Design 3 

HSAD  040-Design  and  Furnishings  in  the  Home 3 

HSAD  041  -Family  Housing 

HSAD  046-Materials  of  Interior  Design 

Total .15-16 

Junior  Year 

Math  Requirement 3 

Science  Requirement 3-4 

History  Requirement 3 

SOCY  071  -Dynamics  of  Social  Interaction 

Fine  Arts  Requirement 

Elective 3 

FMCD  060-Family  Relations  or  alternative 

HSAD  142-Space  Development 3 

HSAD  143-lnterior  Design  I 

Restricted  elective 

Total J5O6- 

Senior  Year 

History  Requirement 3 

ECON  037-Fundamentals  of  Economics 

ART  071  -Masterpieces  of  Architecture 

FMCD  144 -Home  Management  Residence 3 

FMCD  130- Family  Patterns  or  alternative 3 

FMCD  132-The  Child  in  the  Family 

Restricted  Electives 3 

Free  Electives 3 

Total !     15- 


INTERIOR  DESIGN  CURRICULUM 


Freshman  Year  I 

ENGL  001  or  021 -Composition 3 

ENGL  003-World  Literature 

SOCY  00)  -Sociology  of  American  Life 3 

History  Requirement 

Math  Requirement 

HLTH  005-Science  ond  Theory  of  Health 2 

Physical  Education 1 

EDIN  001 A  -Mechanical  Drawing 2 

TEXT  105  — Textiles  in  Contemporary  Living 

NUTR  020-Elements  of  Nutrition 3 


1 
3 

3 
2 

2 

3 
3 
17 

Semester 
II 
3 

'3 

3 


3 
3-4 


APDS  001 -Fundamentals  of  Design    3 

APDS  002 -Design  II 

Total  \     \T 

Sophomore  Year 

ENGL  004 -World  Literature  3 

PSYC  001  -  Introduction  to  Psychology  3 

Science  Requirement 

ECON  037-Fundamentals  of  Economics 

SPCH  007  or  001 -Public  Speaking 2-3 

FMCD  050-Decision  Moking  in  Family  Living 3 

TEXT  050-Consumer  Textiles  

APDS  003-Design  lll-3-Dimensional  Design 3 

APDS  038 -Photography 

HSAD  046-Materials  of  Interior  Design 

APDS  010- Presentation  Techniques 3 


3_ 

16-17 


3-4 
3 


Total 


17-18 


Junior  Year 

History  Requirement 3 

PHIL  147-Philosophyof  Art  

TEXT  153 -International  Textiles 

HSAD  1 40  -  Period  Homes  and  Their  Furnishings 3 

HSAD  142-Space  Development 3 

HSAD  143-lnterior  Design  I 

Restricted  Electives 3 

Free  Electives  ,       3 

Total 15 


Senior  Year  I 

Science  Requirement 3-4 

HSAD  141  -Contemporary  Developments  in  Architecture, 

Interiors,  Furnishings 

HSAD  144-lnterior  Design  II 3 

HSAD  145 -Professional  Aspects  of  Interior  Design 

HSAD  146-lnterior  Design  III 

HSAD  147-lnterior  Design  IV 

Restricted  Electives 3 

Free  Electives 6 


14-15 


3 

3 

_3_ 

14 

Semester 
II 


Total . 


15-16 


HOUSING,  APPLIED  DESIGN  AND  CRAFTS 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Shearer. 

Professor:  Curtiss. 

Assistant  Professors:  Beckwith,  Roper. 

Instructors:    Holvey,    Ritzman,    Schmitz,    Nelson,    Williams, 
McDonnell,  Odland,  Nisonger. 

LECTURER:  Davis.  Ribatta. 

APPLIED  DESIGN 

APDS  001.  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  DESIGN.  (3) 

Knowledge  of  basic  art  elements  and  principles  gained 
through  design  problems  which  employ  a  variety  of  media. 
(Meets  requirement  for  Home  Economics  core.)     (Staff) 

APDS  002.  DESIGN  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  APDS  001.  Continued  exploration  of  design 
as  a  means  of  visual  expression  with  added  emphasis  on 
color  and   lighting.  (Staff) 

APDS  003.  DESIGN  III:  THREE-DIMENSIONAL  DESIGN.  (3) 
Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisites:  APDS  001,  002. 
Creative  efforts  directed  to  discriminating  use  of  form, 
volume,  depth,  and  movement.  (Staff) 

APDS  004.  SURVEY  OF  ART  HISTORY.  (3) 

A  rapid  survey  of  Western  culture  expressed  through  and 
influenced  by  the  visual  arts:  monumental  and  residential 
architecture;  furniture,  textiles  and  costume;  painting 
and  sculpture.  (Meets  requirements  for  Home  Economics 
core.)  (Staff) 

APDS  010.  PRESENTATION  TECHNIQUES.  (3) 

Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisites:  APDS  001,  002 
or  equivalent.  Comparative  approach  to  basic  presentation 
techniques  used  in  the  several  areas  of  commercial  design. 

(Staff) 

APDS  Oil.  ACTION  DRAWING-FASHION  SKETCHING.  (3) 
Second  semester.  Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisites: 
APDS  001  and  consent  of  instructor.  Study  of  the  balance 
and  proportion  of  the  human  figure.  Sketch  techniques 
applied  to  action  poses  and  fashion  drawing  in  soft  and 
lithograph  pencils,  pastels,  water  color,  ink.  Drawing  from 
model.  (Staff) 

APDS  020.  INTRODUCTION  TO  FASHION  DESIGN.  (3) 

Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisite:  APDS  001  or  equiv- 
alent. Basic  fashion  figure  drawing.  Original  designs  ren- 


Home  Economics 


247 


dered  in  transparent  and  opaque  water  color,  soft  pencil, 
pastels,  and  ink.  Primarily  for  non-majors.  (Staff) 

APDS  030.  SILK  SCREEN  PRINTING.  (3) 

Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisites:  APDS  001,  002, 
or  equivalent.  Use  of  silk  screen  processes  in  execution 
of  original  designs  for  commercial  production.  (Staff) 

APDS  038.  PHOTOGRAPHY.  (2) 

One  lecture,  3  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisites:  APDS  001, 
002,  or  equivalent.  Study  of  fundamental  camera  tech- 
niques. Exploration  of  the  expressive  possibilities  in  re- 
lation to  the  field  of  design  and  visual  communication. 

(Staff) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

APDS  120.  FASHION  ILLUSTRATION.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisites: 
APDS  001, 002, 003, 010,  Oil.  Fabric  and  clothingstructure 
as  they  relate  to  illustration.  Opportunity  to  explore  ren- 
dering styles  and  techniques  appropriate  to  reproduction 
methods  currently  used  in  advertising.  Guidance  in  develop- 
ment of  individuality  in  presentations.  (Staff) 

APDS  121.  FASHION  DESIGN  AND  ILLUSTRATION.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisite: 
APDS  120.  Design  and  illustration  of  fashions  appropriate 
to  the  custom  market  and  to  mass  production.       (Staff) 

APDS  122-123.  ADVANCED  COSTUME.  (2,  2) 

First  and/or  second  semesters.  Prerequisites:  APDS  120 
or  121.  Advanced  problems  in  fashion  illustration  or  de- 
sign. Problems  chosen  with  consent  of  instructor.    (Staff) 

APDS  130.  TYPOGRAPHY  AND  LETTERING.  (3) 

Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisites:  APDS  001 ,  002.  Ex- 
perience in  hand  lettering  techniques  as  a  means  of 
understanding  lettering  styles  in  design  composition. 
Recognition  of  type  faces  used  in  advertisement,  book, 
and  magazine  layout.  Effect  of  printing  processes  on  de- 
sign choices.  (Staff) 

APDS  132.  ADVERTISING  LAYOUT.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisites: 
APDS  130,  INED  001.  Design  of  advertising  layouts  from 
initial  idea  to  finished  layout.  Typography  and  illustration 
as  they  relate  to  reproduction  processes  used  in  direct 
advertising.  (Staff) 

APDS  134-135.  ADVANCED  PROBLEMS  IN  ADVERTISING 
DESIGN.  (3,  3) 

Second  semester.  Two  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisite: 
APDS  132.  Advanced  problems  in  design  and  layout  plan- 
ned for  developing  competency  in  one  or  more  areas 
of  advertising  design.  (Staff) 

APDS  136.  DISPLAY  DESIGN.  (3) 

Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisites:  INED  001,  APDS 
130  or  equivalent.  Application  of  design  principles  to 
creative  display  appropriate  to  exhibits,  design  shows, 
merchandising.   Display  construction.  (Staff) 

APDS  138.  ADVANCED  PHOTOGRAPHY.  (2) 

Two  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisite:  APDS  038.  Com- 
position, techniques,  and  lighting  applicable  to  illustra- 
tion, documentation,  advertising  design  and  display. 

(Staff) 

APDS  139.  ADVANCED  PHOTOGRAPHY.  (3) 

Three  laboratory  periods.  Continuation  of  APDS  138.   (Staff) 

APDS  180.  PROFESSIONAL  SEMINAR.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  lecture-discussion  periods.  Prereq- 
uisite: departmental  major  with  junior  standing.  Profes- 
sional and  career  opportunities,  ethics,  practices.     (Staff) 

APDS    190.    INDIVIDUAL   PROBLEMS   IN  APPLIED  DESIGN. 
(3-4) 
(190-a— Advertising;  190-b— Costume) 
Open  only  to  advanced  students  who,  with  guidance,  can 
work  independently. 


CRAFTS 

CRAF  001.  CRAFT  FUNDAMENTALS  AND  MATERIALS.  (3) 
First  semester.  Three   laboratory  periods.    Prerequisites: 
APDS  001  or  equivalent.   Introduction  to  materials  and 
techniques.    Recognition   of  design    limitations   imposed 
by  inherent  quality  of  materials. 

CRAF  002.  RECREATIONAL  CRAFTS.  (2) 

Two  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisites:  APDS  001  or  equiv- 
alent. Problems  to  encourage  creative  expression  in 
variety  of  materials.  Emphasis  on  achievement  of  aesthetic 


quality  in  use  of  easily  available  materials,  simple  tools. 
Suitable  for  non-majors. 

CRAF  020.  CERAMICS  I— MATERIALS  AND  PROCESSES.  (3) 
Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisites:  APDS  001  and 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Fundamental  preparation  and 
use  of  clay.  Execution  of  original  designs  while  develop- 
ing elementary  skills  in  the  production  of  clay  sculpture 
and  pottery.  (Staff) 

CRAF  030.  METALRY  I.  (3) 

Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisites:  APDS  001  plus 
one  additional  design  course,  or  equivalent.  Opportunity 
to  develop  basic  skills  in  the  execution  of  creatively  con- 
ceived design  problems  in  copper,  pewter,  and  silver. 
Standards  ofcraf  tsmanship  as  they  relate  to  design  quality. 

(Staff) 

CRAF  040.  WEAVING.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisites: 
APDS  001,  002,  or  equivalent,  TXCL  005.  Basic  weaves, 
patterns  drafts.  Creative  weaving  as  a  study  of  texture, 
pattern,  and  color  appropriate  to  purpose.  (Staff) 

CRAF  041.  DECORATIVE  TEXTILES.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisites: 
APDS  001,  002  or  equivalent.  Execution  of  original  de- 
signs appropriate  to  textile  decoration,  fibers  and  fabrics 
and  to  the  process  involved  (i.e.  batik,  block  printing, 
silk  screen,  stitchery  and  applique).  (Staff) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

CRAF  102.  CREATIVE  CRAFTS.  (3) 

Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisite:  CRAF  001  or  002. 
Problems  to  stimulate  creative  experimentation  as  ap- 
proach to  design.  Work  with  paper,  fabric,  clay,  wood, 
metal.  (Staff) 

CRAF  120-121.  ADVANCED  CERAMICS  I,  ADVANCED 
CERAMICS  II.  (3,3) 

Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisite:  CRAF  020.  Ex- 
perience in  experimental  development  of  body  and 
textures,  glazes,  and  colors  and  their  utilization  in  clay 
products  of  original  design.  Calculation  of  body  and 
glaze  composition.  (Staff) 

CRAF  130-131.  ADVANCED  METALRY  I,  ADVANCED 
METALRY  II.  (2,2) 

Two  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisite:  CRAF  030.  Ad- 
vanced application  of  skills  to  design  and  fabrication 
of  metals;  jewelry,  stone  setting,  metal  casting,  cloisonne 
hand-raised  hollow  ware.  (Staff) 

CRAF  140-141.  ADVANCED  WEAVING,  AND-OR  ADVANCED 
TEXTILE  DESIGN.  (2,  2) 

Two  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisites:  CRAF  040,  041. 
Execution  of  original  textile  designs  which  reflect  the 
demands  both  of  the  custom  market  and  of  mass  pro- 
duction. Problems  chosen  with  the  consent  of  instructor. 

(Staff) 

CRAF  190.  INDIVIDUAL  PROBLEMS  IN  CRAFTS.  (3-4) 
(190-a— Ceramics;  190-b— Metalry;  190-c— Textiles) 
Open  only  to  advanced  students  who,  with  guidance,  can 
work   independently.  (Staff) 

Housing  &  Interior  Design 

HSAD  040.  DESIGN  AND  FURNISHINGS  IN  THE  HOME.  (3) 
3    lectures   a   week.    Prerequisites:    APDS   001    or   004. 
Designed  to  meet  need  for  basic  information  and  com- 
petency in  choice  and  arrangement  of  home  furnishings. 
For  NON-MAJORS  only.  (Staff) 

HSAD  041.  FAMILY  HOUSING.  (3) 

First  semester.  Housing  and  its  relationship  to  family 
living.  A  study  of  factors  which  shape  housing  design; 
investigation  of  group  and  individual  housing  needs  and 
values.  (Staff) 

HSAD  046.  MATERIALS  OF  INTERIOR  DESIGN.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  In- 
vestigation of  materials  and  construction  characteristics 
of  interior  architecture  and  furnishings.  Emphasis  on 
use,  limitations,  sources.  Directions  in  current  research. 

(Staff) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

HSAD  140.  PERIOD  HOMES  AND  THEIR  FURNISHINGS.  (3) 
First  semester.  Prerequisites;  APDS  001,  HSAD  046,  or 
equivalent.  A  study  of  authentic  interiors  and  furnishings. 
Exploration    of    style    influences    apparent    in    contem- 
porarily  produced   items.  (Staff) 

HSAD  141.  CONTEMPORARY  DEVELOPMENTS  IN 
ARCHITECTURE,  INTERIORS,  FURNISHINGS.  (3) 


248 


Home  Economics 


Second  semester.  Prerequisite:  HSAD  046  and  consent 
of  instructor.  Style  origins  and  development  of  twentieth 
century  architecture  as  living  space.  Architects,  de- 
signers, trends,  philosophy  of  relationship  of  interior 
space  to  furnishings.  (Staff) 

HSAD  142.  SPACE  DEVELOPMENT.  (3) 

First  semester.  One  lecture,  2  two-hour  laboratories.  Pre- 
requisites: APDS  001,  002,  003,  INED  001A,  or  equiva- 
lent. A  study  of  blue  prints  and  house  construction  as 
they  relate  to  the  interior  designer.  Development  and  draft- 
ing or  original  plans  emphasizing  the  functional  spatial  rela- 
tionship of  furnishings  to  interiors.  (Staff) 

HSAD  143.  INTERIOR  DESIGN  I.  (3) 

First  semester.  One  lecture-discussion,  two  laboratory 
periods.  Prerequisites:  APDS  010,  INED  001  or  equivalent. 
Complete  presentation  of  rooms;  isometric  and  per- 
spective projections  rendered  in  color;  purchase  and 
work  orders.  Emphasis  on  individual  and  family  living 
space.  (Staff) 

HSAD  144.  INTERIOR  DESIGN  II.  (3) 

One  lecture-discussion,  two  laboratory  periods.  Prereq- 
uisite: HSAD  143.  Continuation  of  HSAD  143  with  emphasis 


HSAD  145.  PROFESSIONAL  ASPECTS  OF  INTERIOR 
DESIGN.  (3) 

One  lecture  plus  work  experience.  Professional  orienta- 
tion, ethics,  and  practices.  (Staff) 

HSAD  146147.  INTERIOR  DESIGN  II,  IV.  (4,  4) 

First  and/or  second  semesters.  8  hours  laboratory. 
Prerequisite:  HSAD  144.  Preparation  of  complete  presenta- 
tion: work  specifications,  floor  plans,  purchase  orders, 
renderings,  etc.  Portfolio  preparation.  (Staff) 

HSAD  148.  READINGS  IN  HOUSING.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Seminar.  Prerequisites:  SOCY  001, 
HSAD  041,  Senior  standing.  To  satisfy  individual  interests 
and  needs,  opportunity  afforded  for  concentrated  reading 
on  one  or  more  facets  of  housing  (urban  renewal,  public 
housing,  etc.)  Examination  of  completed  research,  needed 
future  research.  (Staff) 

HSAD     190.     INDIVIDUAL    STUDY     IN     HOUSING    AND/OR 
INTERIOR  DESIGN.  (3-4) 
Guidance   for   the   advanced    student   capable   of    inde- 
pendent subject   matter   investigation   or  creative  work. 
Problem   chosen   with   consent  of   instructor.  (Staff) 


on  commercial  and  contract  assignments. 


(Staff) 


Home  Economics 


249 


ISM 


#..  jfc .  Vi  't 


<> 


Physical  Education, 
Recreation  and  Health 


THE  COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  REC- 
REATION AND  HEALTH  provides  preparation  lead- 
ing to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  the  follow- 
ing professional  areas:  physical  education,  health 
education  and  recreation.  The  College  also  offers 
curricula  in  safety  education  and  elementary  phys- 
ical education.  Moreover,  in  conjunction  with  the 
Graduate  School  and  the  College  of  Education, 
graduate  programs  leading  to  the  master's  and 
doctor's  degrees  are  available  in  physical  education, 
health  education  and  recreation.  The  College  pro- 
vides a  research  laboratory  for  faculty  members 
and  graduate  students  who  are  interested  in  investi- 
gating the  effects  of  exercise  and  various  physical 
education  activities  upon  the  body,  as  well  as  de- 
termining methods  and  techniques  of  teaching 
various  sports. 

A  one  year  required  program  of  physical  educa- 
tion and  a  one  semester  required  health  education 
program  are  provided  by  this  College  for  all  fresh- 
men men  and  women  of  the  University.  The  Col- 
lege provides  an  extensive  intramural  sports  pro- 
gram for  both  men  and  women. 

In  addition  to  its  various  on-campus  offerings, 
this  College  regularly  conducts  courses  in  physical 
education,  health  education  and  recreation  in  vari- 
ous parts  of  the  State  of  Maryland  and  conducts 
workshops  wherever  requested  by  proper  officials. 

FACILITIES 

Five  separate  buildings  are  used  for  the  Intra- 
mural Sports  Program  for  men,  the  WRA  Program 
for  women,  the  Professional  Physical  Education 
Program,  the  Health  Education  Program  and  the 
Recreation  Program.  There  is  also  ample  outdoor 
space.  Some  of  the  facilities  are  shared  with  the 


Intercollegiate  Athletic  Program.  A  multi-milJion  dol- 
lar facility  for  the  College  is  contemplated  for  the 
very  near  future.  Architectural  drawings  are  com- 
pleted and  ground  breaking  will  occur  soon. 

INDOOR  ACTIVITIES 

STUDENT  ACTIVITIES  BUILDING.  This  build- 
ing houses  the  offices  of  the  Department  of  Inter- 
collegiate Athletics  and  the  College  of  Physical 
Education,  Recreation  and  Health.  It  contains  six 
activity  teaching  stations:  the  main  arena,  the 
swimming  pool,  the  small  gym,  the  weight  train- 
ing room,  the  wrestling  room  and  the  judo  room. 
In  addition,  there  are  ten  classrooms,  a  research 
laboratory,  a  safety  and  driver  education  center,  a 
departmental  library,  and  a  conference  room. 

The  main  arena  of  this  building  has  a  seating 
capacity  of  12,004  and  19,796  sq.  ft.  of  floor  space. 
This  arena  provides  facilities  for  class  work  in  bas- 
ketball, volleyball,  badminton,  bait  casting,  fencing 
and  mass  games  and  relays. 

The  swimming  pool  is  divided  into  two  areas  by 
a  permanent  bulkhead.  The  shallow  end  is  42  x  24 
feet  and  the  large  area  is  42  x  75  feet  with  a  depth 
ranging  from  4  to  13  feet. 

The  small  gymnasium  is  used  for  gymnastics, 
including  tumbling,  trampolining  and  all  types  of 
apparatus  work.  The  total  floor  space  is  9,462  sq.  ft. 

The  weight  training  class  room  is  equipped  with 
sufficient  weights  for  11  stations  of  three  men 
each. 

There  is  a  wrestling  room  containing  8,056  sq. 
ft. 

PREINKERT  FIELD  HOUSE.  Preinkert  Field  House 
contains    the    offices    of    both    men    and    women 

Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health  251 


teachers  of  Physical  Education  and  Health  Educa- 
tion. There  is  a  regulation  size  swimming  pool, 
75  x  35  feet  equipped  with  two  one-meter  diving 
boards.  In  the  gymnasium,  90  x  50  feet,  classes  are 
held  in  badminton,  volleyball,  basketball,  stunts  and 
tumbling,  apparatus  and  tennis.  There  are  two 
large  backboards  used  for  indoor  tennis  practice. 
The  adjacent  classroom  is  used  for  professional 
classes.  The  dance  studio,  used  for  dance  and 
fundamental  of  movement  classes,  is  40  x  60  feet. 

In  addition  to  the  above  areas,  there  are  locker 
and  shower  rooms  used  by  those  enrolled  in  phys- 
ical education  and  those  participating  in  recrea- 
tional activities  and  a  small  lounge  for  major  stu- 
dents. 

ARMORY.  The  Armory  is  used  primarily  for  the  in- 
tramural program.  It  houses  the  offices  of  the 
Director  of  Intramurals  and  an  athletic  equipment 
room  from  which  students  may  secure  equipment 
for  recreational  purposes.  The  28,800  sq.  ft.  of  floor 
space  has  four  full  length  basketball  courts,  with 
badminton  and  volleyball  courts  superimposed  on 
them.  This  facility  is  also  used  as  an  indoor  track, 
with  an  indoor  vaulting,  high  and  broad  jump  pits, 
a  one-tenth  mile  track,  and  a  70  yard  straight-away. 
COLISEUM.  The  Coliseum  is  used  as  a  supplemen- 
tary facility  for  the  intramural  and  required  pro- 
gram of  physical  education  for  men  and  women. 
Included  in  the  facilities  are  an  equipment  issue 
room,  adequate  shower  and  locker  rooms  for  both 
men  and  women,  a  classroom,  and  office  space  for 
several  of  the  men's  and  women's  physical  educa- 
tion staff. 

The  6,555  square  feet  of  floor  space  is  used  pri- 
marily for  required  co-educational  classes  in  square 
and  social  dance  and  for  intramural  basketball. 
In  addition  to  the  one  large  basketball  court,  how- 
ever, there  are  five  badminton  and  two  volleyball 
courts  available  for  co-ed  class  instruction. 

HEALTH  EDUCATION  CLASSROOM 
BUILDING  (AA) 

This  building  is  utilized  primarily  by  the  required 
and  health  major  programs.  Six  classrooms  are 
available  for  the  health  programs,  and  most  of  the 
offices  for  the  Health  faculty  are  located  in  this 
building 

OUTDOOR  ACTIVITIES 

THE  STADIUM.  The  stadium,  with  a  seating  capa- 
city of  33,536  has  a  one-quarter  mile  cinder  track 
with  a  220-yard  straightaway.  Pits  are  available  for 
pole  valulting  and  high  and  broad  jumping.  Immedi- 
ately east  of  the  stadium  are  facilities  for  the  shot 
put,  discus  and  javelin  throw.  The  College  of  Physi- 
cal Education,  Recreation  and  Health  use  these 
facilities  for  required  classes  in  track  and  field. 
Also  east  of  the  stadium  are  13.1  acres  devoted  to 
three  practice  football  fields,  the  baseball  stadium, 
a  practice  baseball,  lacrosse,  and  soccer  field.  The 
College  uses  these  facilities  for  major  skill  classes 
in  football,  soccer,  and  baseball.  West  of  the  stad- 
ium are  11.3  acres  devoted  entirely  to  physical 
education  out-door  play  fields.  There  are  four  com- 
bination soccer-touch  football  play  fields,  with 
complete  goal  posts,  and  four  softball  fields  with 
wire  backstops. 

Surrounding  the  Armory  are  four  touch  football 
fields  and  eight  softball  fields,  encompassing  18.4 
acres.  These  fields,  plus  the  four  in  the  Fraternity 
Row  horseshoe  are  used  exclusively  for  intramurals. 


Immediately  west  of  the  Cole  Activities  Build- 
ing are  14  all-weather  tennis  courts.  A  modern  18- 
hole  golf  course  was  opened  in  1957.  This  204- 
acre  course  includes  two  lakes,  and  an  additional 
5.8-acre  golf  driving  range  for  instructional  pur- 
poses. The  golf  driving  range,  equipped  with  lights, 
and  the  golf  course  greatly  adds  to  our  present 
recreational  facilities.  An  outdoor  playing  field  300 
feet  by  600  feet  is  also  provided  for  touch  football, 
soccer,  speedball  and  softball. 

The  outdoor  facilities  adjacent  to  the  Preinkert 
Field  House  include  four  hard  surfaced  tennis 
courts,  two  softball  diamonds  and  combination 
hockey  and  soccer  fields. 

RESEARCH  LABORATORY 

One  of  the  important  aspects  of  advanced  study 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  is  research.  To  en- 
courage research,  the  College  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion, Recreation,  and  Health  makes  available  to  the 
student  a  spacious,  well  equipped  research  labora- 
tory. Students  and  faculty  alike  are  encouraged  to 
make  use  of  the  laboratory  and  its  facilities  for  the 
purpose  of  conducting  their  special  research 
projects. 

GENERAL  INFORMATION 
ENTRANCE  REQUIREMENTS 

All  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  the  College  of 
Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health  must 
apply  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 

Sixteen  units  of  high  school  credits  are  required 
for  admittance  to  this  college.  Required  high  school 
subjects  are:  four  units  of  English,  one  unit  of  so- 
cial science,  and  one  unit  of  natural  science. 
Desirable  high  school  subjects  include:  algebra, 
plane  geometry  and  additional  natural  and  physical 
sciences,  such  as  chemistry  and  physics. 

Satisfactory  health  and  physical  vigor  are  es- 
sential for  persons  pursuing  a  career  in  the  areas 
of  this  College. 

UNDERGRADUATE  PROFESSIONAL 
CURRICULA 

GUIDANCE 

At  the  time  of  matriculation  and  first  registra- 
tion, each  student  is  assigned  to  a  member  of 
the  faculty  of  the  College  who  acts  as  the  stu- 
dent's academic  adviser.  This  faculty  member  will 
be  in  physical  education,  recreation  or  health 
education,  depending  on  the  student's  choice  of 
curriculum.  The  student  should  confer  regularly 
with  his  adviser  prior  to  and  at  the  time  of  each 
registration. 

NORMAL  LOAD 

The  normal  university  load  for  students  is  12-19 
credit  hours  per  semester.  The  requirements  in 
physical  education  and  health  for  men  and  women 
are  fulfilled  by  professional  courses  in  the  College. 
No  student  may  register  for  more  than  19  hours 
unless  he  has  a  "B"  average  for  the  preceding 
semester  and  approval  of  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

ELECTIVES 

Electives  should  be  planned  carefully,  and  well 
in  advance,  preferably  during  the  orientation  course 
the  first  semester,  or  with  the  student's  academic 
adviser  during  the  second  semester.  It  is  important 


252  Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health 


to  begin  certain  sequences  as  soon  as  possible  to 
prevent  later  conflict.  Electives  may  be  selected 
from  any  department  of  the  University  in  accor- 
dance with  a  student's  professional  needs.  Those 
selected  must  meet  with  the  approval  of  the  adviser 
and  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

TRANSFER  STUDENTS 

Only  students  in  good  standing  as  to  scholarship 
and  conduct  are  eligible  to  transfer  into  this  Col- 
lege from  another  college  or  university.  Only 
courses  applicable  to  his  curriculum  and  passed 
with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  will  be  transferred. 
Students  wishing  to  transfer  to  this  College  from 
another  college  of  this  University  are  subject  to  the 
general  University  regulations  on  his  subject. 

FRESHMAN  AND  SOPHOMORE  PROGRAM 

The  work  of  the  first  two  years  in  this  College 
is  designed  to  accomplish  the  following  purposes: 
(1)  provide  a  general  basic  or  core  education  and 
prepare  for  later  specialization  by  giving  a  founda- 
tion in  certain  basic  sciences;  (2)  develop  com- 
petency in  those  basic  techniques  necessary  for 
successful  participation  in  the  professional  courses 
of  the  last  two  years. 

While  much  of  the  academic  course  work  will 
be  alike,  the  technique  courses  will  vary  consider- 
ably in  the  different  curriculums.  The  technique 
courses  must  be  satisfactorily  completed,  or  com- 
petencies demonstrated  before  the  student  can  be 
accepted  for  the  advanced  courses  in  methods  and 
in  student  teaching.  It  is  very  important  that  each 
requirement  be  met  as  it  occurs. 

STUDENT  TEACHING 

Opportunity  is  provided  for  student  teaching  ex- 
perience in  Physical  Education  and-or  Health  Edu- 
cation. The  student  devotes  eight  weeks  during  his 
last  semester  of  his  senior  year  to  observation, 
participation,  and  teaching  under  a  qualified  super- 
vising teacher  in  an  approved  elementary,  junior  or 
senior  high  school  or  in  a  combined  program  at  the 
elementary  and  secondary  elevels  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  University.  A  Uniiversity  supervisor  from 
the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and 
Health  visits  the  student  periodically  and  confers 
with  both  the  student  teacher  and  the  cooperating 
teacher,  giving  assistance  when  needed. 

To  be  eligible  for  student  teaching,  the  student 
must  (1)  have  an  accumulative  grade  point  average 
of  at  least  a  2.3,  (2)  must  have  the  recommendation 
of  the  University  supervising  teacher,  and  (3)  must 
have  fulfilled  all  required  courses  for  the  B.  S. 
degree  except  those  in  the  Block  Student  Teaching 
Semester  except  for  those  exceptions  approved  by 
each  department.  The  student  must  obtain  a  grade 
of  "C"  or  better  in  all  professional  courses  in  his 
curriculum  and  he  must  register  for  all  courses  in 
the  "Block"  concurrently.  Those  desiring  to  teach 
at  the  elementary  level  must  have  successfully 
completed  PHED  120  and  must  split  their  teaching 
experience  into  4  hours  of  EDSE  147  and  4  hours 
of  EDSE  149.  Those  desiring  an  elementary  minor 
in  physical  education  in  addition,  must  complete 
PHED  55,  57,  and  195. 

FIELD  WORK 

Recreation  major  students  are  expected  to 
carry  out  a   number  of  field   experiences   during 


their  University  career;  volunteer  or  part-time  rec- 
reation employment  during  the  school  year,  sum- 
mer employment  in  camps  or  at  playgrounds,  etc. 
These  experiences  culminate  in  a  senior  semester 
of  field  work  for  which  a  student  receives  credit 
and  during  which  the  student  works  as  a  staff 
member  (for  20  hours  per  week)  in  the  field  of  rec- 
reation in  which  he  or  she  hopes  to  be  employed 
such  as  public  recreation,  recreation  for  the  excep- 
tional, agencies  (Y's,  Scouts,  etc.),  military  recre- 
ation, etc. 


DEGREES 

The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  is  conferred 
upon  students  who  have  met  the  conditions  of  their 
curricula  as  herein  prescribed  by  the  College  of 
Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health. 

Each  candidate  for  a  degree  must  file  a  formal 
application  with  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  during 
the  registration  period,  or  not  later  than  the  end  of 
the  third  week  of  classes  of  the  regular  semester, 
or  at  the  end  of  the  second  week  of  the  summer  ses- 
sion, prior  to  the  date  of  graduation. 


CERTIFICATION 

The  Maryland  State  Department  of  Education 
certifies  for  teaching  only  when  an  applicant  has  a 
tentative  appointment  to  teach  in  a  Maryland 
county  school.  No  certificate  may  be  secured  by 
application  of  the  student  on  graduation.  Course 
content  requirements  for  certification  are  indicated 
with  each  curriculum.  Certification  is  specifically 
limited  to  graduates  who  "rank  academically  in  the 
upper  four-fifths  of  the  class  and  who  make  a  grade 
of  'C  or  better  in  student  teaching."  In  order  to  in- 
sure the  meeting  of  these  requirements,  students 
will  not  be  approved  for  student  teaching  except 
as  indicated  above.  A  student  intending  to  qualify 
as  a  teacher  in  Baltimore,  Washington,  or  other 
specific  situations  should  secure  a  statement  of 
certification  requirements  before  starting  work  in 
the  junior  year  and  discuss  them  with  his  academic 
adviser. 


STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS 

MAJORS'  CLUB:  All  students  enrolled  in  the  col- 
lege are  eligible  for  membership  in  this  organiza- 
tion. It  conducts  various  professional  meetings, 
brings  in  speakers  and  promotes  various  co- 
recreational  activities.  It  has  sponsored  trips  to 
District  and  National  conventions  of  the  American 
Association  for  Health,  Physical  Education,  and 
Recreation,  and  is  chartered  as  a  student  major 
club  of  that  organization. 

AQUALINERS:  This  synchronized  swimming  club  is 
open  to  all  men  and  women  registered  in  the  Uni- 
versity. Through  weekly  meetings  the  group  con- 
centrates on  additional  stroke  perfection,  individual 
and  group  stunts,  diving,  and  experimentation  with 
various  types  of  accompaniment  and  choreographic 
techniques.  An  original  water  show  is  presented 
each  spring  and  several  demonstrations  are  given 
each  year.  Tryouts  are  held  twice  a  year— once  at 
the  beginning  of  the  fall  semester,  and  again  after 
the  water  show  during  the  spring  semester. 
UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  RECREATION  AND 
PARKS  SOCIETY:  In  the  fall  of  1959  the  University 

Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health  253 


of  Maryland  Recreation  and  Parks  Society  was 
formed  by  the  undergraduate  and  graduate  major 
and  minor  students  of  the  College.  The  Society, 
an  affiliate  of  the  state  and  national  recreation 
organizations,  provides  opportunities  for  univer- 
sity and  community  service,  for  rich  practical  experi- 
ence, and  for  social  experiences  for  those  students 
having  a  mutual  professional  recreation  interest. 


GYMKANA  TROUPES:  The  Gymkana  Troupe  in- 
cludes men  and  women  students  from  all  colleges 
that  wish  to  express  themselves  through  the  med- 
ium of  gymnastics.  These  individuals  coordinate 
their  talents  in  order  to  produce  an  exhibitional 
performance  that  has  been  seen  in  many  places 
including  Bermuda,  Iceland,  Azores,  Idaho,  Mon- 
tana, and  the  Eastern  Seaboard  of  the  United 
States.  The  organization  has  three  principal  objec- 
tives: (1)  to  provide  healthful,  co-recreational  activi- 
ties that  provide  fun  for  the  students  during  their 
leisure  hours;  (2)  to  promote  gymnastics  in  this 
locality;  and  (3)  to  entertain  our  students  and 
people  in  other  communities. 

This  organization  is  co-sponsored  by  the  Physi- 
cal Education  Department  and  the  Student  Govern- 
ment Association;  and  it  welcomes  any  student, 
regardless  of  the  amount  of  experience,  to  join  and 
to  have  fun. 


INTRAMURALS  FOR  MEN:  The  Intramural  Depart- 
ment offers  an  extensive  opportunity  for  all  men 
to  participate  in  a  recreational  program  of  either 
individual  or  team  sports.  A  variety  of  activities  are 
available  to  fill  the  student's  leisure  time  and 
develop  skills  which  may  be  carried  over  into  later 
life.  Also,  many  desirable  attributes,  such  as  fair 
play,  leadership,  teamwork  and  sportsmanship,  are 
encouraged  and  developed  by  the  student  partici- 
pating in  the  program. 

Leagues  and  tournaments  are  conducted  in  the 
following  sports:  touch  football,  horseshoe  pitch- 
ing, tennis,  cross  country,  track  and  field,  basket- 
ball, table  tennis,  badminton,  boxing,  wrestling, 
bowling,  volleyball,  swimming,  foul  shooting  and 
softball. 

Management  and  officiating  in  intramural  sports 
are  conducted  by  students  majoring  in  physical 
education  under  the  supervision  of  the  Director  of 
Intramurals  and  under  policies  and  regulations  es- 
tablished by  the  Intramural  Council. 

WEIGHT  LIFTING  CLUB:  The  University  of  Mary- 
land Weight  Lifting  Club  is  open  to  all  students 
and  faculty  for  exercise  with  the  weights  through- 
out the  week  during  all  hours  that  Cole  Student 
Activities  Building  is  open. 

The  University  of  Maryland  Olympic  Barbell 
Club  is  a  more  highly  organized  group  of  the  ori- 
ginal club.  It  is  recognized  by  the  Student  Govern- 
ment Association.  Bi-monthly  meetings  are  held, 
which  assist  in  leadership,  offer  clinics  and  demon- 
strations, etc.;  participate  in  competition,  and  earn 
awards  of  recognition. 

WOMEN'S  RECREATION  ASSOCIATION:  All  women 
students  of  the  University  are  members  of  the 
Women's  Recreation  Association,  an  affiliate  of  the 
Athletic  and  Recreational  Federation  of  College 
Women.  Under  the  leadership  of  its  elected  student 
officers  and  representatives  and  appointed  sports 

254  Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health 


managers,  the  WRA  sponsors  a  full  program  of 
intramural,  extramural,  and  interest  group  activi- 
ties. These  activities  seek  to  develop  new  interests 
and  skills  for  leisure-time  enjoyment  provide  op- 
portunities for  continuing  both  old  and  new  inter- 
ests, and  provide  a  democratic  atmosphere  for 
educational  leadership  experiences.  Included  are 
free  and  tournament  play  in  archery,  badminton, 
basketball,  bowling,  fencing,  field  hockey,  golf,  soft- 
ball,  swimming,  table  tennis,  and  volleyball;  social 
events;  and  co-recreational  activities  in  bowling, 
badminton,  volleyball.  Intramural  tournaments  are 
organized  through  the  dormitory,  sorority,  and  "day 
dodger"  groups  of  the  University.  Sports  Days  and 
Play  Days  with  other  colleges  and  universities  en- 
able the  more  skilled  students  to  participate  with 
others  of  similar  abilities.  Opportunities  are  also 
provided  for  officiating  experience  and  for  the 
earning  of  official  WNORC  ratings  in  basketball, 
field  hockey,  swimming,  and  volleyball. 

Various  special  groups  and  clubs  interested  in 
recreation  exist  on  campus  outside  the  Women's 
Recreation  Assocation  program  and  offer  rich  op- 
portunities for  the  development  of  other  recrea- 
tional interest.  Some  of  these  are  the  Terrapin  Trail 
Club,  Chess  Club,  Gymkana  Troupe,  Sailing  Club, 
Ski  Club,  and  musical  and  dramatic  groups. 

PHI  ALPHA  EPSILON:  Honorary  Society  of  the  Col- 
lege of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health. 

The  purpose  of  this  organization  is  to  recognize 
academic  achievement  and  to  promote  professional 
growth  by  sponsoring  activities  in  the  fields  of  phys- 
ical education,  recreation,  health,  and  related  areas. 

Students  shall  qualify  for  membership  at  such 
time  as  they  shall  have  attained  junior  standing  in 
physical  education,  health,  or  recreation,  and  have 
a  minimum  overall  average  of  2.7  and  a  minimum 
professional  average  of  3.1.  Graduate  students  are 
invited  to  join  upon  passing  the  Graduate  Diagnostic 
Examination. 

The  organization  is  open  to  both  men  and  women. 

SIGMA  TAU  EPSILON:  This  society,  founded  in 
1940,  selects  those  girls  who  have  attained  an  over- 
all 2.5  average  and  demonstrated  outstanding 
leadership,  service  and  sportsmanship  like  qualities 
in  the  organization  and  activities  of  the  Women's 
Recreation  Association  and  its  affiliated  groups. 


PROFESSIONAL  CURRICULA 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

This  curriculum  prepares  students  (1)  for  teach- 
ing physical  education  in  the  secondary  school  (2) 
for  coaching  and  (3)  for  leadership  in  youth  and 
adult  groups  which  offer  a  program  of  physical 
activity.  The  first  two  years  of  this  curriculum  are 
considered  to  be  an  orientation  period  in  which 
the  student  has  an  opportunity  to  gain  an  ade- 
quate background  in  general  education  as  well  as 
in  those  scientific  areas  closely  related  to  this 
field  of  specialization.  In  addition,  emphasis  is 
placed  upon  the  development  of  skills  in  a  wide 
range  of  motor  activities.  Further,  students  are  en- 
couraged to  select  related  areas,  especially  in  the 
fields  of  biology,  social  science,  psychology,  health 
education,  and  recreation  as  fields  of  secondary 
interest.  These  materially  increase  the  vocational 


opportunities  which  are  available  to  a  graduate  in 
physical  education. 

EQUIPMENT:  Students  may  be  required  to  provide 
individual  equipment  for  certain  courses. 
UNIFORMS:  Suitable  uniforms,  as  prescribed  by 
the  College  are  required  for  the  activity  classes 
and  for  student  teaching.  These  uniforms  should 
be  worn  only  during  professional  activities. 
MEN— During  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years, 
men  will  wear  red  and  black  T-shirts,  black  trunks, 
white  socks,  gym  shoes,  supporter  and  sweat  suit. 
During  the  junior  year,  men  will  purchase  full 
length  black  pants  with  gold  braid  on  side  and  a 
black  jacket,  which  are  required  for  student  teach 
ing. 

WOMEN— Tailored  blue  shorts,  white  shirt,  ankle 
socks,  and  tennis  shoes,  and  leotard  and  skirt,  and 
warm-up  suit. 

FOR  STUDENT  TEACHING— an  appropriate  teach- 
ing costume  will  be  selected  under  the  guidance 
of  the  supervisor  of  student  teaching  before  the 
beginning  of  the  junior  year. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM  FOR  MEN 

Semester 
FRESHMAN  YEAR  I  II 

ENGL  I -Composition 3 

Social  Science  Elective  4 

MATH  (ony  above  Math  1)   3 

ZOOL  1  -General  Zoology 4 

SPCH  7-Public  Speaking 2 

HLTH  40-  Personol  and  Community  Health 3 

PHED  30-lntroduction  to  Physical  Education 

and  Health 2 

PHED  50-Rhythmic  Activities 2 

PHED  61,63  — Skills  Laboratory 2  2 

PHED  77-Aquatics 2 

Electives 3  3 

Total 17~~  17~ 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGL  3,4 -Composition  and  World  Literature 3  3 

ZOOL  14,15- Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 4  4 

Social  Science  Elective 3 

PHED  65,67- Laboratory  Skills 2  2 

HIST  21  or  22-U.S.  History 3 

Science  Group  Requirement 

(Physics  or  Chemistry  1) 4 

HLTH  50-First  Aid  and  Safety 1 

Electives 4  1 

Total 17"  T7~ 

JUNIOR  YEAR 

HIST 3 

Fine  Arts  elective. 3 

PHED  100-Kinesiology 4 

PHED  105.107  — Skills  Laboratory 2  2 

PHED  114-Methods,  Curriculum  and  Observation 

for  Secondary  Schools 4 

PHED  120-Physicol  Education  for  the 

Elementary  School 3 

Theory  of  Coaching  elective 

(PHED  123,125  or  126) 2 

PHED  180 -Measurement  in  Physical  Education 

and  Health 3 

EDUC  110- Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

Electives 2 

Total I7~  17~~ 


FRESHMAN  YEAR  I  II 

ENGL  1,  3- Composition  and  Literature 3  3 

Social  Science  Elective    3 

ZOOL  1 -General  Zoology  4 

SP(  H   /      Public    S[ .,-,  i k  1 1 .  i  2 

MATH  3  or  10  (any  above  MATH  1) 3 

PHED  30-lntroduction  to  Physical  Education 

and  Health  2 

PHED  40w- Fundamentals  of  Movement 2 

PHED  50-Rhythmic  Activities  2 

DANC  52-Dance  Techniques 2 

PHED  62w,  64w- Skills  Laboratory 2  2 

HLTH  40- Personal  and  Community  Health 3 

Electives 1 

Total \T~  \7~ 

Semester 
SOPHOMORE  YEAR  I  II 

ENGL  4-World  Literature  3 

ZOOL  14,15-Human  Anotomy  and  Physiology 4  4 

Social  Science  Elective 3 

HIST  21  or  22-U.S.  History 3 

Science  Group  Requirement  (Physics 

or  Chemistry  7) 4 

HLTH  50-Firsf  Aid  and  Safety 1 

PHED66w,  68w- Skills  Laboratory 2  2 

PHED  77w-Aquatics 2 

PHED  82 -Organization  and  Administration 

of  Intramurals 1 

Electives 3  2 

Total 1~7  17 

IUNIOR  YEAR 

Fine  Arts  Elective 3 

History 3 

PHED  100-Kinesiology 4 

PHED  105w,  107w- Laboratory  Skills 2  2 

EDUC  110-Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

PHED  114-Methods  in  Physical  Education  in 

Secondary  Schools 4 

PHED  120  — Physical  Educotion  for  the 

Elementary  Schools 

PHED  124-Theory  of  Coaching 2 

PHED  180-Measurement  in  Physical 

Education  and  Health 

Electives 1  1 

Total 17"  W 

SENIOR  YEAR 

EDUC  1 11 -Foundations  of  Education 3 

EDUC  145- Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary 

Education 3 

EDSE  148-Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools 8 

PHED  133-Adapted  Physical  Education 2 

PHED  160-Theory  of  Exercise 3 

PHED  190-Organization  and  Administration  of 

Physical  Education 3 

PHED  193 -History  and  Philosophy  of 

Sports  and  Physical  Education 3 

Electives 9 

Total 17"  17" 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREE  IN 
PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  de- 
gree in  physical  education  in  the  College  of  Physical 
Education,  Recreation  and  Health  are  as  follows: 


SENIOR  YEAR  I 

EDUC  111 -Foundations  of  Education 3 

PHED  133-Adapted  Physical  Education 2 

EDSE  145  — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary 

Education 

EDSE  148  -Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools 

PHED  160-Theory  of  Exercise 3 

PHED  181  -Advanced  Training  and  Conditioning 3 

PHED  190-0rganizations  and  Administration  of 

Physical  Educotion 

PHED  193 -History  ond  Philosophy  of  Sport  and 

Physical  Educotion 

Electives 6 

Total 17 


Semesier 
II 


Men  Sem-  Cr. 

Professional  Physical  Education  courses 

(PHED  30,  50, 61 ,  63, 65, 67,  77, 100, 

105, 107,  114. 120,(123  or  125  or  126), 

133,  160,  180,  181,  190,  193) 48 

Foundation  Science  courses  as  presented 

(ZOOL,  1,  14,  15;  PHYS  1  orCHEM7) 16 

Education  courses  as  prescribed 20 

General  Education  Requirements  (ENG  1,  3,  4; 

Fine  Arts;  HIST,  MATH  3  or  10;  Soc.  Sc, 

Science,  as  shown  above 27 

Specially  prescribed  requirements  (SPCH  7) 2 

Health  courses  as  prescribed  (HLTH  40,  50) 4 

Electives 19 

Total 136 

Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health  255 


Woman 

Professional  Physicol  Education  courses  (PHED 

30.  40w,  50,  Dane  52,  PHED  62,  64,  66, 

68,  77w,  82w,  100.  105,  107,  114, 

120,  124,  133,  160,  180,  190,  193) 49 

Foundation  Science  courses  as  prescribed 

(ZOOL  1,  14,  15;  PHYS  1  or  CHEM  7) 16 

Education  courses  as  prescribed 20 

General  Education  Requirements  (ENGL 

1,  3,  4;  Fine  Arts  3  hrs.;  MATH  3  or  10; 

Soc.  Sc.  6  hours,-  Science,  shown  above 27 

Specially  prescribed  requirements  (SPCH  7) 27 

Health  courses  as  prescribed  (HLTH  40,  50) 4 

Electives 18 

Total 136 


MINOR  IN  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

20  semester  hours  in  physical  education  and  4 
semester  hours  in  cognate  areas. 

REQUIRED  COURSES 

Men— PHED  30;  P.E.  61,  63,  65,  67,  (2-66); 
PHED  114,  P.E.  123,  125,  or  126. 

Women— PHED  30;  P.E.  62,  64,  66,  68,  (2-67); 
PHED  114,  PHED  124. 

ELECTIVE  COURSES 

Men  and  Women— Phed  69,  78w,  100,  133,  160, 
180,  181,  185,  187,  190,  193. 

If  planning  to  teach,  the  cognate  courses  for 
men  should  be  HLTH  40  and  HLTH  50;  for  women, 
HLTH  50  and  HLTH  120. 

Note:  To  be  certified  to  teach  in  Maryland,  30 
semester  hours  are  required  in  physical  education 
in  addition  to  the  following  or  equivalent,  ZOOL  1, 
14,  15  and  Chemistry  or  Physics. 

There  are  two  plans  for  a  minor  in  elementary 
school  physical  education.  Plan  A  is  for  students  in 
the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and 
Health,  and  Plan  B  is  for  students  outside  the  Col- 
lege of  Physical  Education  Recreation,  and  Health. 

I.  Plan  A.  (for  students  in  this  College) 

10  semester  hours  in  elementary  school 
physical  education  courses  and  10  hours  in 
cognate  areas. 

REQUIRED  COURSES 

PHED  55,  57,  120,  195. 

ELECTIVE  COURSES 

10  hours  in  any  of  the  following  cognate 
areas:  human  development,  elementary  educa- 
tion, biological  science,  health  education.  (Not 
more  than  6  hours  shall  be  taken  in  any  one 
cognate  area.) 

STUDENT  TEACHING 

Students  will  be  required  to  do  4  weeks  of 
their  8  weeks  student  teaching  at  the  elemen- 
tary school  level  in  physical  education. 

II.  Plan  B.  (for  students  outside  this  College) 
13   semester   hours   in   elementary   school 

physical  education  courses  and  10  hours  in 
cognate  areas. 

REQUIRED  COURSES 

PHED  55,  57,  120,  130,  195. 

ELECTIVE  COURSES 

10  hours  in  any  of  the  following  cognate  areas: 
human  development,  elementary  education, 
biological  science,  health  education.  (Note  more 
than  6  hours  shall  be  taken  in  any  one  cognate 
area.) 


HONORS  PROGRAM 

THE  HONORS  PROGRAM  IN  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

The  aim  of  the  Honors  Program  is  to  encourage 
superior  students  by  providing  an  enriched  program 
of  studies  which  will  fulfill  their  advanced  interests 
and  needs.  Qualified  students  are  given  the  oppor- 
tunity to  undertake  intensive  and  often  independent 
studies  wherein  initiative,  responsibility,  and  in- 
tellectual discipline  are  fostered.  To  qualify  for  ad- 
mission to  the  program: 

1.  A  Freshman  must  have  a  B  average  in 
academic  (college   Prep)  curriculum  of  an 

accredited  high  school. 

2.  A  Sophomore  must  have  an  accumulative 

GPA  of  3.00  in  all  college  courses  of  of- 
ficial registration, 

3.  All  applicants  must  have  three  formal 

recommendations  concerning  their  po- 
tential, character,  and  other  related  mat- 
ters, 

4.  All  applicants  must  be  accepted  by  the 

Faculty  Honors  Committee, 
In   completing  the   program,   all    Honors  students 
must: 

1.  Participate  in  an  Honors  Seminar  where 

Thesis  and  other  relevant  research 
topics  are  studied, 

2.  Pass  a  comprehensive  oral  examination 

covering  subject  matter  background, 

3.  Successfully    prepare    and    defend    the 
Honors  Thesis. 

On  the  basis  of  the  student's  performance  in  the 
above  program,  the  College  may  vote  to  recommend 
graduation  without  Honors,  with  Honors,  or  with 
High  Honors. 


FACULTY 

PROFESSORS:  Clarke.  Eyler,  Fratey,  Humphrey,  Husman. 
ASSOCIATE   PROFESSORS:  Church,   Cronin,   Kelley,   Kramer. 

Steel,  Stull,  Woods. 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Arrighi,  Campbell,  Freundschuh, 

Hult,    Ingram,    Jackson,    Johnson,    Kesler.    Krouse,    Love. 

McKnight,  Santa  Maria,  Schmidt,  Tyler,  Vander,  Velden. 
INSTRUCTORS:  Beardmore,  Crowson,  Drum,  Fringer,  Kurrle, 

Murray,  Royer,  Roys,  Sigler,  Terauds,  Wrenn. 


PHED  30.  INTRODUCTION  TO  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION.  (2) 
First  and  second  semesters.  An  orientation  to  the  profes- 
sion, including  the  relationship  of  physical  education  to 
education,  current  trends  and  practices,  career  opportu- 
nities, and  areas  of  research.  (Staff) 

PHED40w.  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  MOVEMENT.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Ihree  hours  a  week.  Intro- 
duction to  analysis  of  muscular  activity;  conditioning  ex- 
ercises and  programs;  improvement  of  physical  fitness; 
and  analysis  of  the  relationship  of  mechanical  principles 
to  basic  movement  and  skills.  (Staff) 

PHED  50.  RHYTHMIC  ACTIVITIES.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Six  hours  a  week.  Develop- 
ment of  rhythmic  sensitivity  through  analysis  of  rhythm 
and  its  application  to  movement,  skills  in  folk,  square 
and  social  dance,  teaching  techniques  for  use  in  schools 
and  recreational  programs.  (Staff) 

PHED  55.  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  RHYTHMIC  ACTIVITIES. 
(2) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  A  survey  of  the 
various  types  of  rhythmic  activities  suitable  for  use  in 
the  elementary  school.  Basic  rhythms,  singing  games,  and 
folk  and  square  dancing  are  considered.  (Staff) 

PHED  57.   ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  SKILLS  AND  SELF-TEST- 
ING ACTIVITIES.  (2) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  A  survey  of  the 


256  Physical  Education,  Recreation  A  Health 


various  types  of   skills,   stunts,   and  tumbling  activities 
suitable  for  use  in  the  elementary  school.  (Staff) 
PHED61m„  63m.  SKILLS  LABORATORY.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters,  respectively.  Six  hours  a 
week.  Progressive  techniques  and  practice  of  skills  in 
selected  team  and  individual  sports  as  apparatus,  soccer, 
track  and  field,  and  tumbling  and  trampolining.  (Staff) 

PHED62w.,  64w.  SKILLS  LABORATORY.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters,  respectively.  Six  hours  a 
week.  Progressive  techniques,  knowledges  and  practice  of 
selected  team  and  individual  sports  as  field  hockey, 
basketball,  volleyball,  and  track  and  field.  (Staff) 

PHED  65m,  67m.  SKILLS  LABORATORY.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters,  respectively,  Six  hours  a 
week.  Progressive  techniques  and  practice  of  skills  in  se- 
lected team  and  individual  sports  as  football,  wrestling, 
basketball  and  baseball.  (Staff) 

PHED  66w,  68w.  SKILLS  LABORATORY.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters,  respectively.  Six  hours  a 
week.  Techniques,  knowledge  and  practice  of  selected 
team  and  individual  sports  as  Softball,  field  games,  stunts 
and  tumbling,  apparatus  and  tennis.  (Staff) 

PHED  69.  SKILLS  LABORATORY.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite: PHED  61.  Complex  gymnastic  activities  above 
the  elementary  phase.  (Staff) 

PHED  71.  ELEMENTARY  SWIMMING.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Progressive  techniques  and 
practice  of  elementary  swimming  including  basic  and  inter- 
mediate swimming  instruction.  (Staff) 

PHED  72w.  ELEMENTARY  SWIMMING  AND  DIVING.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Pro- 
gressive techniques  and  practice  in  the  elementary  phase 
of  swimming  and  diving,  designed  to  make  the  student  self- 
sufficient  in  deep  water.  (Staff) 

PHED  73.  ADVANCED  SWIMMING.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite:  PHED  71  or 
equivalent.  Progressive  techniques  and  practice  of  ad- 
vanced swimming  skills,  water  stunts,  and  survival  swim- 
ming. (Staff) 

PHED  74w.  INTERMEDIATE  SWIMMING  AND  DIVING.  (1) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.   Pre- 
requisite: PHED  72  or  equivalent.  Progressive  techniques 
and  practice  of  skills  in  swimming  and  diving.  (Staff) 

PHED  75.  LIFE  SAVING  AND  WATER  SAFETY.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite: PHED  73  or  equivalent.  Progressive  techniques 
and  practice  of  life  saving  and  water  safety  skills.  Course 
includes  the  Senior  Life  Saving  material  of  the  American 
Red  Cross  and  the  Y.M.C.A.  (Staff) 

PHED  76w.  ADVANCED  SWIMMING  AND  LIFE  SAVING.  (1) 
First  and  second  semesters.   Three  hours  a  week.   Pre- 
requisite   PHED    74w   American    Red   Cross   Senior    Life 
Saving,  advanced  swimming,  and  diving  are  included.  (Staff) 

PHED  77m.  METHODS  OF  AQUATICS.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite: PHED  73  or  equivalent.  Training  for  aquatic 
leadership  in  schools,  camps  and  clubs.  Included  -are 
teaching  methods,  administration,  facilities  and  equip- 
ment. (Staff) 

PHED  77w.  METHODS  OF  AQUATICS.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite: PHED  72  or  equivalent.  Training  for  aquatic 
leadership  in  schools,  camps,  and  clubs.  Included  are 
teaching  methods,  organization  and  administration,  anly- 
sis  of  competitive  swimming,  synchronized  swimming, 
diving,  and  equipment  and  pool  maintenance.  (Staff) 

PHED  78w.  WATER  SAFETY.  (1) 

Second  semester.  Three  hours  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Cur- 
rent American  Red  Cross  Senior  Life  Saving  certificate. 
Principles  and  techniques  of  teaching  swimming  and  life 
saving.  (Staff) 

PHED  79.  FANCY  DIVING.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Pro- 
gressive techniques  and  practice  of  fancy  diving.  Course 
will  include  work  on  the  five  categories  of  dives.  (Staff) 

PHED  82w.  ORGANIZATION  AND  ADMINISTRATION  OF  IN- 
TRAMURALS.  (1) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Organi- 
zation and  administration  of  intramural  programs  and 
tournaments  and  techniques  of  officiating  women's  sports. 
Opportunity  to  qualify  for  officials'  ratings  in  hockey  and 
basketball.  (Staff) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

PHED  100.  KINESIOLOGY.  (4)* 


First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Three  lectures 
and  two  laboratory  hours  a  week.  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  1, 
14,  and  15,  or  the  equivalent.  The  study  of  human  move- 
ment and  the  physical  and  physiological  principles  upon 
which  it  depends.  Body  mechanics,  posture,  motor  effi- 
ciency, sports,  the  performance  of  atypical  individuals, 
and  the  influence  of  growth  and  development  upon  motor 
performance  are  studied.  (Staff) 

PHED  101,  103.  ORGANIZATION  AND  OFFICIATING  IN  IN- 
TRAMURALS.  (1,  1) 
First  and  second  semesters,  respectively.  Organization, 
administration,  and  promotion  of  intramurals  at  various 
school  levels.  Included  are  types  of  tournaments,  units 
of  competition,  handling  of  student  leader  personnel. 
(Staff) 

PHED  105m,  107m.  SKILLS  LABORATORY.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters,  respectively.  Four  hours  a 
week.  Experience  in  individual  and  dual  motor  skills. 
(Staff) 

PHED  105w,  107w.  SKILLS  LABORATORY.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters,  respectively.  Four  hours  a 
week.  Knowledge,  techniques  and  practice  in  selected 
team,  individual,  and  dual  sports.  (Staff) 

PHED  114.  METHODS  IN  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  FOR 
SECONDARY  SCHOOLS.  (4) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  and  a  lab. 
each  week.  Application  of  educational  philosophy  and 
principles  to  class  organization  and  techniques  of  teach- 
ing physical  education  in  the  junior  and  senior  high 
schools.  (Staff) 

PHED  120.  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  FOR  THE  ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOL.  (3)* 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Orientation 
of  the  general  elementary  teacher  to  physical  education. 
Principles  and  practices  in  elementary  physical  educa- 
tion are  discussed  and  a  variety  of  appropriate  activities 
are  considered.  (Staff) 

PHED  123,  125,  126.  COACHING  ATHLETICS.  (2,2,2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lecture  hours  a*  week. 
Theory  of  coaching  the  various  competitive  sports  com- 
monly found  in  high  school  and  college  programs.  (Staff) 

PHED  124w.  COACHING  ATHLETICS.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Gen- 
eral theory  and  psychology  of  coaching;  theory  and  practice 
of  coaching  selected  competitive  sports  found  in  the 
secondary  schools  and  community  recreation  programs. 
(Staff) 

PHED  130.  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  BODY  DYNAMICS.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Acquaintance 
of  the  elementary  teacher  with  the  scientific  principles 
of  mechanical-anatomical  analysis  and  physiology  of 
activities  relating  to  physical  growth  and  development. 
(Staff) 

PHED  133.  ADAPTED  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Lecture  and  lab.  Prereq- 
uisite: PHED  100  or  equivalent.  Application  of  kines- 
iological  and  physiological  principles  to  handicapped  stu- 
dents; designed  to  help  prospective  teachers  meet  ex- 
ercise needs  of  those  pupils  with  disabilities.  (Staff) 

PHED  135.  COACHING  SWIMMING  AND  DIVING.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Analy- 
sis of  the  techniques  of  coaching  swimming  and  diving.  In- 
cluded is  a  systematic  treatment  of  the  philosophy, 
historical  development,  and  psychological  theories  of 
coaching  aquatics.  (Staff) 

PHED  155.  PHYSICAL  FITNESS  OF  THE  INDIVIDUAL  (3)* 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  A  study  of  the 
major  physical  fitness  problems  confronting  the  adult 
modern  society.  Consideration  is  given  to  the  scientific 
appraisal,  development,  and  maintenance  of  fitness  at  all 
age  levels.  Such  problems  as  obesity,  weight  reduction, 
chronic  fatigue,  posture,  and  special  exercise  programs 
are  explored.  Open  to  persons  outside  the  professions 
of  physical  education.  (Staff) 

PHED  160.  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  EXERCISE.  (3)* 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Two  lectures 
and  two  laboratory  hours  a  week.  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  1, 
14,  and  15,  PHED  100  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  the 
physiology  of  exercise,  including  concepts  of  work,  musular 
contraction,  energy  transformation,  metabolism,  oxygen 
debt,  and  nutrition  and  athletic  performance.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  cardiovascular  and  respiratory  function 
in  relation  to  physical  activity  and  training.  (Staff) 

PHED     170.     SUPERVISION     IN     ELEMENTARY     SCHOOL 
PHYSICAL  EDUCATION.  (3)* 


Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health         257 


First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Prerequisite: 
PHED  120.  Principles  and  techniques  of  supervision  are 
studied  for  improving  the  learning  situation  in  elementary 
school  physical  education.  (Staff) 

PHED  180.  MEASUREMENT  IN  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION.  (3)* 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Two  lectures 
and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  MATH 
3  or  10.  A  study  of  the  principles  and  techniques  of 
educational  measurement  as  applied  to  teaching  of  physi- 
cal education;  study  of  the  functions  and  techniques  of 
measurement  in  the  evaluation  of  student  progress  to- 
ward the  objectives  of  physical  education  and  in  the 
evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  teaching.  (Staff) 

PHED  181.  ADVANCED  TRAINING  AND  CONDITIONING.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  -a  week.  Pre- 
requisite: PHED  100.  Theoretical  and  practical  founda- 
tions of  the  prevention,  recognition,  and  treatment  of 
athletic  injuries.  Physical  conditioning  and  re-conditioning, 
preventive  taping,  first  aid,  and  various  modalities  are 
emphasized.  (Staff) 

PHED  185.  MOTOR  LEARNING  AND  SKILLED  PERFOR- 
MANCE. (3)* 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Prerequisites: 
PSYC  1  and  PHED  180.  A  study  of  the  research  dealing 
with  motor  learning  and  motor  performance.  Major  topics 
discussed  are  scientific  methodology,  individual  differ- 
ences, specificity,  proprioceptive  control  of  movement, 
motivation,  timing,  transfer,  and  retention.  (Staff) 

PHED  187.  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  AND  SPORT  IN  CONTEM- 
PORARY CULTURES.  (3)* 
First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite: SOCY  1  or  SOCY  5  or  equivalent.  A  study  of 
the  cultural  impact  of  physical  education  activities  in 
the  United  States  and  selected  countries.  Individual 
research  on  selected  topics  is  required.  (Staff) 

PHED  189.  FIELD  LABORATORY  PROJECTS  AND  WORK- 
SHOP. (1-6)*. 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Workshops  and 
research  projects  in  special  areas  of  knowledge  not  cover- 
ed by  regularly  structured  courses.  Note:  The  maximum 
total  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned  toward  any 
degree  in  physical  education  is  six.  (Staff) 


PHED  199H.  HONORS  THESIS.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites:  PHED  198H 
and  candidacy  for  honors  in  Physical  Education.  Advise- 
ment will  be  on  an  individual  basis.  Thesis  must  be  de- 
fended in  the  Honors  Seminar.  (Staff) 

For  Graduates 

See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  descriptions. 

PHED  200.  SEMINAR  IN  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION.  (1) 

PHED  201.    PHILOSOPHY  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION.  (3) 

PHED  202.    STATUS      AND      TRENDS      IN      ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOL  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION.  (3) 

PHED  203.    SUPERVISORY     TECHNIQUES      IN      PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION.  (3) 

PHED  204.    PHYSICAL    EDUCATION    AND    THE    DEVELOP- 
MENT OF  THE  CHILD.  (3) 

PHED  205.    ANALYSIS     OF     CONTEMPORARY    ATHLETICS. 
(3) 

PHED  206,    207.    HISTORY   OF   SPORT    IN    WESTERN   CUL- 
TURE. (3-3) 

PHED  210.    METHODS   AND  TECHNIQUES   OF   RESEARCH. 
(3) 

PHED  215.    PRINCIPLES    AND   TECHNIQUES    OF    EVALUA- 
TION. (3) 

PHED  230.    RESEARCH  LITERATURE.  (3) 

PHED  250.    MENTAL      AND      EMOTIONAL      ASPECTS      OF 
SPORTS  AND  RECREATION.  (3) 

PHED  275.   ADVANCED  ANALYSIS  OF  HUMAN  MOTION.  (3) 

PHED  280.    SCIENTIFIC  BASES  OF  EXERCISE.  (3) 

PHED  285.    SEMINAR     IN     PERCEPTUAL     SKILL,     MOTOR 
LEARNING  AND  PERFORMANCE.  (3) 

PHED  287.    ADVANCED  SEMINAR.  (1-3) 

PHED  288.    SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 
(1-6) 

PHED  290.    ADMINISTRATIVE     DIRECTION     OF     PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION.  (3) 

PHED  291.    CURRICULUM    CONSTRUCTION    IN    PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION.  (3) 

PHED  399.    RESEARCH  THESIS.  (1-5) 

PHED  499.    RESEARCH— DISSERTATION.  (1-5) 


PHED  190.  ORGANIZATION  AND  ADMINISTRATION  OF 
PHYSICAL  EDUCATION. 
First  and  second  semesters.  The  application  of  the 
principles  of  administration  and  supervision  to  physical 
education.  Students  are  normally  enrolled  during  the  stu- 
dent teaching  semester.  (Staff) 

PHED  191.  THE  CURRICULUM  IN  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 
PHYSICAL  EDUCATION.  (3)* 
First  and  second  semesters.  Techniques  planning  and 
construction  are  considered  from  a  standpoint  of  valid 
criteria  for  the  selection  of  content  in  elementary  school 
physical  education.  Desirable  features  of  cooperative 
curriculum  planning  in  providing  for  learning  experiences 
will  be  presented  and  discussed.  (Staff) 

PHED  193.  HISTORY  AND  PHILOSOPHY  OF  SPORT  AND 
PHYSICAL  EDUCATION.  (3)* 
First  and  second  semesters.  History  and  philosophical 
implications  of  sport  and  physical  education  through 
ancient,  medieval,  and  contemporary  periods  in  western 
civilization.  Students  are  normally  enrolled  during  the 
student  teaching  semester.  (Staff) 

PHED  195.  ORGANIZATION  AND  ADMINISTRATION  OF 
ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION. 
(3)* 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Prerequisite; 
PHED  120.  A  study  of  the  procedures  basic  to  the  satis- 
factory organization  of  all  phases  of  the  elementary  school 
physical  education  program.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
organizational  and  administrative  factors  necessary  for  the 
successful  operation  of  the  program  in  various  types  of 
elementary  schools.  (Staff) 

PHED  196.  QUANTITATIVE  METHODS.  (3)* 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Statistical 
techniques  most  frequently  used  in  research  pertaining 
to  physical  education.  Effort  is  made  to  provide  the  stu- 
dent with  the  necessary  skills,  and  to  acquaint  him  with 
the  interpretations  and  applications  of  these  techniques. 
(Staff) 

PHED  198H.  HONORS  SEMINAR.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite:  Participation 
in  honors  program.  One  discussion  period  a  week.  Guided 
discussion  of  research  topics  of  current  interest.  Repeat- 
able  to  a  total  of  3  hours  credit.  (Staff) 


"These  courses  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit  with  the  per- 
mission of  the  advisor.  Students  taking  100  level  courses  for 
graduate  credit  will  be  expected  to  carry  out  a  special  re- 
search project. 


REQUIREMENTS  IN 
PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

In  the  "General  and  Academic  Regulations" 
(See  Appendix  C)  the  basic  requirements  in  Physical 
Education  for  men  and  women  are  stated  under  the 
section  entitled  "Physical  Education"  as  follows: 

All  undergraduate  men  and  women  students 
who  are  registered  for  more  than  eight  semester 
hours  of  credit  are  required  to  enroll  in  and 
successfully  complete  two  prescribed  courses  in 
physical  education  for  a  total  of  two  semester 
hours  of  credit.  The  successful  completion  of 
these  courses  is  required  for  graduation.  These 
courses  must  be  taken  by  all  eligible  students 
during  the  first  two  semesters  of  attendance  at 
the  University,  whether  or  not  they  intend  to 
pursue  a  degree.  Men  and  women  who  have 
reached  their  thirtieth  birthday  are  exempt  from 
these  courses.  The  thirtieth  birthday  must  pre- 
cede the  Saturday  of  registration  week.  Stu- 
dents who  are  physically  disqualified  from  tak- 
ing these  courses  must  enroll  in  adaptive 
courses  for  which  credit  will  be  given. 
A  student  who  has  56  transferred  academic 
credits  will  not  be  required  to  register  for  physical 
education.  Students  with  military  service  may  re- 
ceive credit  for  these  courses  by  applying  to  the 
Director  of  the  Men's  Physical  Education  Program. 


258  Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health 


Students  majoring  or  minoring  in  physical  edu- 
cation, recreation,  or  health  education  may  meet 
these  requirements  by  enrolling  in  special  pro- 
fessional courses. 

The  program  of  physical  education  offers  the 
college  student  an  opportunity  to  acquire  skills, 
knowledges,  and  appreciations  in  a  variety  of  physi- 
cal and  sports  activities.  Adequate  participation 
now  and  in  the  future  will  contribute  to  more 
efficient  physiological  functioning,  effective  move- 
ment, improved  human  relations,  and  worthwhile 
use  of  leisure  time.  Students  are  urged  to  develop 
new  skills  as  well  as  to  select  those  in  which  they 
would  like  to  have  further  experience. 

The  complete  course  offering  for  any  one 
semester  is  listed  in  the  "Schedule  of  Classes"  for 
each  semester.  Special  attention  should  be  given 
to  the  time,  place,  and  section  of  the  activities. 
When  selecting  course  for  credit,  consideration 
should  be  given  to  the  following  points: 
MALE  STUDENTS:  All  male  students  are  required 
to  take  the  basic  program,  P.E.  1,  Orientation  to 
Physical  Education,  the  first  semester  in  which 
they  are  enrolled  in  the  University. 

Each  male  student  enrolled  in  required  physical 
education  will  be  furnished  a  red  and  black  reversi- 
ble T-shirt,  black  trunks,  socks,  supporter,  and 
towel.  Gymnasium  shoes,  and  for  some  classes, 
sweat  clothes  must  be  furnished  by  the  student. 
At  the  end  of  each  semester  or  upon  with- 
drawal from  the  University  each  student  must  re- 
turn his  clothing  to  the  equipment  custodian  or  he 
will  be  billed  for  all  items  of  clothing  which  are 
missing. 

WOMEN  STUDENTS:  All  women  students  will  select 
the  activity  in  which  they  would  like  to  participate. 
UNIFORM:      Each  woman  student  is  expected  to 
provide  herself  with  gymnasium  costume  consist- 
ing of  dark  green   bermuda  shorts,  white  blouse, 
white  socks  and  tennis  shoes. 
The  Basic  Program  Courses  are  designated  as: 
P.E.        1   Orientation  to  Physical  Education  (Male- 
First  Semester) 
P.E.       2   Physical  Education  Activities  (Female  — 

First  Semester) 
P.E.       3   Basic  Physical  Education  (Male— 2nd  se- 
mester) 
P.E.       4   Physical  Education  Activities  (Female  •— 

2nd  Semester) 
P.E.   S10   Physical  Activities  (Summer)  (Co-educa- 
tional) 
(The    P.E.    Basic    Courses    Listed    above    may    be 
taken  for  credit  beyond  requirement  or  for  Audit) 

RECREATION 

The  increased  amount  of  leisure  time  existent 
in  our  society  because  of  the  rapid  development 
of  modern  civilization,  and  the  imperative  need  for 
guidance  in  the  wise  use  of  that  leisure  time, 
has  made  society  cognizant  of  the  need  for  trained 
recreation  leaders. 

This  curriculum,  therefore,  is  designed  to  meet 
the  needs  of  students  who  wish  to  qualify  for  the 
many  postions  in  the  field  of  recreation,  and  the 
needs  of  those  students  who  desire  a  background 
in  skills  which  will  enable  them  to  render  distinct 
contributions  to  community  life.  The  College  draws 
upon  various  other  departments  and  colleges  with- 
in the  University  for  courses  to  balance  and  enrich 
its  offerings  for  its  recreation  curriculum. 


Those  majoring  in  recreation  have  opportunity 
for  observation  and  practical  experience  in  local, 
county,  state  and  federal  public  recreation  pro- 
grams, in  social  and  group  work  agency  programs, 
and  in  the  various  programs  of  the  Armed  Forces, 
American  Red  Cross,  local  hospitals,  etc.  Major 
students  are  encouraged  to  select  an  'option'  area 
of  interest  around  which  to  center  their  elective 
courses  (for  instance:  public  recreation,  recreation 
for  the  ill  and  handicapped,  outdoor  recreation, 
etc.) 

A  very  active  student  University  of  Maryland 
Recreation  and  Parks  Society,  an  affiliate  of  the 
comparable  state  and  national  organizations,  exer- 
cises degrees  of  leadership  in  selecting  the  annual 
"outstanding  senior"  and  "outstanding  alumnus" 
awards,  in  the  granting  of  the  various  city,  county 
and  state  society  recreation  scholarships,  in  the 
programming  of  the  annual  'Governor's  Conference 
on  Recreation,'  etc.  It  also  provides  opportunities 
for  university  and  community  service,  for  rich 
practical  experience,  and  for  social  experiences  for 
those  students  having  a  mutual  professional  recre- 
ation interest. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREE  IN  RECREATION 

Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  de- 
gree in  recreation  in  the  College  of  Physical  Edu- 
cation, Recreation,  and  Health  are  as  follows: 

College  recreation  courses  (RECR  30,  40 
or  150,  100,  110,  120,  140,  180,  185, 
190) 25-26 

Prescribed  courses  in  related  areas  (PHED 
50,  60  series^!  cr.,  114;  APDS  1; 
CRFT  2;  MUSC  16,  SOCY  1,  118;  SPCH 
1,  10,  113  or  127;  PSYC  1;  HDED  106)  39 

Additional  prescribed  courses  in  one  rec- 
reation option  area  (public  recreation, 
tion  for  the  ill  and  handicapped  or  out- 
door recreation) 12 

Prescribed   Health   course  (HLTH  40,   50)   .  4 

Additional  General  Education  require- 
ments (ENGL  9  cr.;  HIST  6  cr.;  Fine 
Arts  3  cr.;  Science  7  or  8  cr.;  MATH  3 
cr.) 28-29 

Electives  (to  encourage  proficiency   in  one 

skill  area,  and  provide  for  a   minor)  .  .  22 

Total 132 

MINOR  IN  RECREATION 

18  semester  hours  in  recreation  and  6  semester  hours 
in  cognate  areas,  including  in  the  18  hours  the  following: 
10   hours  in  RECR  30,  40,  110,  120,  150,  170,  180,  185  or 

or  190;  RECR  100;  SOCY  118. 
6   hours    of    work    in    areas    of    the    recreational    skills — 

nature,    arts    and    crafts,    speech    and    dramatics — but 

not  in  the  area  of  the  student's  major. 
2   hours   of   work    in   the   areas  of   swimming,    sports   and 

dance  skills. 
OR  other   courses    approved    by   the   student's   adviser   and 

the  various  departments   involved,   depending  upon  the 

student's  interest  and  background. 

Elective   courses    (6    hours)    are   selected   with    the   ap- 
prival  of  the  student's  adviser. 


FACULTY 

PROFESSOR  AND  CHAIRMAN;  Harvey. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Churchill,  Parker. 

VISITING  INSTRUCTORS:  Bushart,  Hutchison,  Stevenson. 


RECR  30.   HISTORY  AND  INTRODUCTION  TO  RECREATION 
(2) 
First  and  second  semesters.  An  introduction  to  the  be- 

Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health  259 


ginnings,  growth,  and  possibilities  in  recreation  as  pre- 
ently  conducted  by  individuals,  agencies  and  govern- 
ments; attitudes  toward  and  theories  of  play;  historical 
events  and  figures;  organizations  and  groups  interested 
in  recreation,  including  their  job  opportunities,  specifi- 
cations and  demands;  a  self  analysis  of  individual  stu- 
dent interests,  limitations  and  capabilities  in  light  of 
these  specifications  and  demands.  (Parker) 
RECR  40.  CAMP  COUNSELING  AND  ADMINISTRATION.  (2) 
First  and  second  semesters.  A  study  of  the  philosophy 
and  techniaues  of  camp  counseling  including  the  qualifi- 
cations, responsibilities  and  skills  involved;  the  basic 
organ  izat  ion,  administration  and  program  planningpractices 
and  problems  of  camping  as  a  whole;  the  relationship  of 
these  practices  and  problems  to  the  counselor  and  his  or 
her  probable  success.  Outdoor  skills  will  be  taught  and 
practiced  insofar  as  possible  with  field  trips  included. 

(Staff) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES 

RECR  100.  CO-RECREATIONAL  GAMES  AND  PROGRAMS.  (2) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Compilation  and  sampling  of 
the  techniques  for  use  in  low  organization  and  party 
games  and  activities.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  those 
activities  of  value  to  a  recreation  leader  or  teacher,  and 
upon  the  placement,  sequence  and  variation  of  such 
activities  for  all  age  levels  and  interest.  (Staff) 

RECR  110.  NATURE  LORE.  (2) 

Second  semester.  An  overall  orientation  course  in  nature 
interpretation  covering  from  a  recreational  point  of  view, 
the  various  areas  of  the  physical  and  biological  sciences. 
Students  will  be  required  to  attend  evening  classes, 
carry  out  various  observations,  and  participate  in  prac- 
tice-leadership experiences  as  scheduled.  (Staff) 

RECR  120.  PROGRAM  PLANNING.  (3)* 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  RECR  30  or 
RECR  170.  Study  of  the  various  aspects,  problems  and 
practices  of  agency,  military  'exceptional'  and  govern- 
mental recreation  programs  and  their  planning  (with 
particular  emphasis  on  playground,  community  and  teen 
center  plans  and  procedures).  Observations  will  be  re- 
quired. (Parker) 

RECR  140.  OBSERVATION  AND  FIELD  WORK  IN  RECREA- 
TION. (5) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Limited  to  recreation  majors. 
Appropriate  observations  and  field  work  placement  will 
be  selected  and  assigned  on  the  basis  of  the  student's 
interest  and  future  employment  plans.  The  field  work  ex- 
perience itself  will  be  expected  to  provide,  (1)  face  to 
face  leadership  activity,  (2)  participation  in  staff  activi- 
ties and  responsibilities  as  feasible  (filing,  making  of 
reports,  etc.),  and  (3)  exposure  to  any  and  all  intra  and 
inter  agency  or  department  relationships  and  activities 
(budget  hearings,  training  sessions,  board  meetings, 
etc.)  (Churchill) 

RECR  150.  CAMP  MANAGEMENT.  (3)* 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequi- 
site: RECR  40  or  experience.  An  advanced  camping 
course  for  those  students  with  previous  training  and  ex- 
perience; organization,  administration,  programming, 
current  trends,  evaluation,  and  special  problems.  When- 
ever possible,  visiting  specialists  and  field  trips  will  be 
included.  (Harvey) 

RECR  170.  GENERAL  FUNDAMENTALS  OF  RECREATION. 
(3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  This  course  is  designed  for 
and  limited  to  students  not  majoring  in  recreation  who 
wish  to  develop  some  understanding  of  the  place,  im- 
portance and  potentialities  of  recreation  in  modern  life. 
Included  will  be  limited  study  of  the  areas  of  philosophy, 
program  planning,  leadership  techniques,  organization 
and  administration,  and  interrelationships  with  other 
fields.  (Harvey) 

'This  course  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit  with  the 
permission  of  the  advisor.  Students  taking  100  level 
courses  for  graduate  credit  will  be  expected  to  carry  out  a 
special  project. 

RECR  175.  INTRODUCTION  TO  THERAPEUTIC  RECREATION. 
(3) 
First  and  second  sessions.  Summer  session.  A  study  of 
the  nature  of  physical  and  emotional  deficiency  and  ill- 
ness, the  effect  upon  them  of  various  recreation  skills, 
activities  and  programs,  and  the  method  recommended 
for  the  letter's  implementation.  (Bushart) 

RECR    180.    LEADERSHIP   TECHNIQUES    AND    PRACTICES. 
(3)* 
First  and  second  semesters.   Prerequisite:   RECR  30  or 
170.  A  study  of  the  various  kinds  and  levels  of  leader- 


ship exerted  by  professional  and  volunteer  workers,  some 
of  the  difficulties  and  probable  weaknesses  to  be  met, 
and  some  of  the  tangible  techniques  to  be  used  in  per- 
sonnel, staff,  and  public  relationships.  The  group  work 
approach  will  be  emphasized  and  used,  insofar  as  pos- 
sible, in  the  solution  of  particular  problems  that  grow 
out  of  required  field  experiences  in  handling  on  or  off 
campus  groups.  (Churchill) 

RECR  184.  OUTDOOR  EDUCATION.  (6)* 

First  and  second  sessions.  Summer  session.  Field  ex- 
perience in  an  outdoor  setting  will  be  used  to  present  the 
activities  and  techniques  recommended  for  modern  out- 
door education  practice.  Where  possible  groups  of  parti- 
cipants will  be  utilized  as  subjects  for  practice  instruc- 
tional work  class.  Activity  will  emphasize  not  only  the 
subject  matter  of  science  and  education  but  also  the 
broad  concepts  of  conservation,  worthy  use  of  leisure 
time,  education  for  democratic  living,  etc.  (Harvey  and 
Eley) 

RECR  185.  PUNNING  DESIGN,  AND  MAINTENANCE  OF 
PARK  AND  RECREATION  AREAS  AND  FACILITIES.  (3)* 
First  and  second  semesters.  A  study  of  the  relation  of  the 
park  and  recreation  system  to  the  total  community  plan- 
ning process;  area  layout,  design  and  maintenance  of 
facilities.  Field  experience  will  include  the  conducting  of 
actual  community  surveys  and  preparation  of  site  plans 
as  requested  by  various  community  groups.  The  develop- 
ment of  such  studies  will  include  inspection  of  areas,  site 
analysis,  preparation  of  plans,  and  their  presentation  to 
the  community.  (Stevenson) 

RECR  189.  FIELD  LABORATORY  PROJECTS  AND  WORK- 
SHOP. (1-6)* 
First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  course 
designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  persons  in  the  field  with 
respect  to  workshops  and  research  projects  in  special 
areas  of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly  structured 
courses.  (Staff) 

RECR  190.  ORGANIZATION  AND  ADMINISTRATION  OF 
RECREATION.  (3)* 
First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  study  of 
the  organizational  patterns  and  administrative  problems 
involved  in  the  various  types  of  operating  recreation 
groups  and  agencies;  forms  of  organization;  finance  and 
budget;  personnel;  areas,  facilities,  and  equipment; 
public  relations.  (Churchill) 

RECR  196.  QUANTITATIVE  METHODS.  (3)* 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  course 
covering  the  statistical  techniques  most  frequently  used 
in  research  pertaining  to  physical  education,  recreation 
and  health  education.  An  effort  will  be  made  to  provide 
the  student  with  the  necessary  skills,  and  to  acquaint  him 
with  the  interpretations  and  practical  applications  of 
these  techniques.  (Stull) 
*This  course  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit  "with  the 

permission  of  the  advisor.  Students  taking  100  level  courses 

for  graduate  credit  will  be  expected  to  carry  out  a  special 

project. 


FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

RECR  200  SEMINAR  IN  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION.  RECREA- 
TION, AND  HEALTH.  (1) 

RECR  201.  FOUNDATIONS  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION, 
RECREATION  AND  HEALTH.  (3) 

RECR  202.    PHILOSOPHY  OF  RECREATION.  (3) 

RECR  203  SUPERVISORY  TECHNIQUES  IN  PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION.  RECREATION.  AND  HEALTH.  (3) 

RECR   204.    MODERN  TRENDS  IN  RECREATION.  (3) 

RECR  210.  METHODS  AND  TECHNIQUES  OF  RESEARCH 
(3) 

RECR  230.    SOURCE  MATERIAL  SURVEY.  (3) 

RECR  240.    INDUSTRIAL  RECREATION.  (3) 

RECR  260.    HOSPITAL  RECREATION.  (3) 

RECR  287.    ADVANCED  SEMINAR.  (1-3) 

RECR  288.  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION, 
AND  HEALTH.  (1-6) 

RECR  290.  ADMINISTRATIVE  DIRECTION  OF  RECREATION. 
(3) 

RECR  399.    RESEARCH— THESIS.  (Master's  Level) 

RECR  499.    RESEARCH— DISSERTATION.  (Doctoral  Level) 


260  Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health 


HEALTH  EDUCATION 

This  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  to 
give  leadership  in  the  development  of  the  school  health 
program  including  (1)  health  services,  (2)  healthful  environ- 
ment, and  (3)  health  instruction.  Graduates  of  the  depart- 
mental program  have  placement  opportunities  as  health 
educators  in  the  public  schools  and  community  colleges 
as  well  as  in  the  public  and  voluntary  health  agencies, 
i.e.  local  health  departments,  local  affiliates  of  the  Amer- 
ican Cancer  Society,  American  Heart  Association,  etc. 
The  minor  is  planned  to  be  particularly  suitable  for 
students  who  major  in  physical  education,  home  eco- 
nomics, and  education  at  either  the  elementary  or  secon- 
dary level. 


HEALTH  CURRICULUM 


f  RESHMAN  YEAR  I 

ENGL  1,3 -Composition  and  American  Literature 3 

Socy  I  -Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

ZOOL  1  -General  Zoology 

SPCH  7-Public  Speoking 2 

PHED  1,3-Orientation:  Developmental  and 

Combative(Men) 1 

PHED  2,4-Orientation  Activities: 

Swimming  (Women) 1 

CHEM  8,9-General  Chemistry 4 

ANTH  I  or  2- Introduction  to  Anthropology 3 

HLTH  40- Personal  and  Community  Health 

Electives 


Total 


SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGL  4-World  Literature 

HIST-(Generol  Education  Requirements) 

ZOOL  14,15-Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 

HTLH  50-First  Aid  and  Safety 

HLTH  70-Safety  Education 

PHIL-(General  Education  Requirement) 

MATH -(Gen.  Ed.  Requirement  other  than  Math  I) 

Nutrition  20 

Electives 


Total. 


16 


16 


JUNIOR  YEAR 

EDUC  150- Educational  Measurement  or 

HLTH  180-Measurement  in  Physical 

Education  and  Health 

MICB  001  -General  Microbiology 4 

MICB  108-Epidemiology  and  Public  Health 

HLTH  110-lntroduction  to  School 

Health  Education 2 

HLTH  120-Methods  and  Materials  in 

Health  Education 

EDUC  110-Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

EDUC  1 1 1  -Foundations  of  Education 

PSYC  001  -Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

PSYC  005 -Personality  and  Adjustment 

Electives 3 


Total. 


SENIOR  YEAR 

HLTH  140-Curriculum  Instruction  and  Observation 

HLTH  150-Health  Problems  of  Children  and  Youth 3 

HLTH  190-Org.  and  Adm.  of  School 

Health  Programs 3 

EDSE  145 -Principles  and  Methods  ot 

Secondary  Ed 

EDSE  148 -Student  Teaching  in 

Secondary  Schools' 

Electives 9 


Total 


15 


DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS  IN  HEALTH  EDUCATION 

Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
health  education  in  the  College  of  Physical  Education  and 
Health  are  as  follows: 

Sem.  Cr. 
Foundation  science  courses  (Zool  1,14,15; 

MICB  1,108;  CHEM  8,9 26 

General  Education  Requirements  (ENGL  1,3,4; 

PHIL,  ANTH,  SOCY  1;  HIST  (6  hours); 

MATH  (Any  above  MATH) 27 

Other  specified  requirements  (SPCH  7;  PSYCH  1,5; 

NUTR20) 11 

Professional  Health  Education  courses  (HLTH  40, 

50,70,110,120,140,150;  EDUC  150  or 

HLTH  180,190) 24 

Education  requirements  (EDUC  110,111;  EDSE  145,148) 20 


Physical  Education  requirements  (PHED  1,3 

Men  Only,-  PHED  2,4  Women) 2 

Electives 20 

Totol 130 

MINOR  IN  HEALTH  EDUCATION-24  hour  minor 

Twelve  semester  hours   in   health  education  (HLTH   40, 

50,  110,  120,  150) 
Twelve  semester  hours  in  related  areas: 
Six  semester  hours  of  biological  science. 
Six  semester  hours  of  psychology  or  human  development. 

MINOR  IN  SAFETY  EDUCATION 

Students  wishing  to  obtain  a  minor  in  safety  education 
and  become  certified  to  teach  Safety  and  Driver  Education  in 
junior  and  senior  high  schools  should  take  the  following 
courses:  HLTH  50  (1),  HLTH  60  (2),  HLTH  70  (3),  HLTH  80 
(3),  HLTH  105  (3),  and  HLTH  145  (3),  ENFP  104  (3)  and 
ENFP  105  (3).  In  addition,  six  hours  of  psychology  (other  than 
the  general  education  requirements)  are  required. 


THE  FACULTY 


PROFESSOR:  Johnson 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS: 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS: 
INSTRUCTORS:      Bakhaus, 
Waters 


Jones,  Leviton,  Tifft,  Tompkins 

Miller 

Hart,    Harich,    Sands,    Sechrist, 


HLTH  10.     ORIENTATION  TO  HEALTH  EDUCATION.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  This  course  explores  the 
field  of  health  education  in  both  the  school  and  the 
community  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  health  educa- 
tor. Professional  preparation  and  career  opportunities 
are  considered.  (Staff) 

HLTH  30.  INTRODUCTION  TO  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 
RECREATION,  AND  HEALTH.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Development  of  under- 
standing and  appreciation  of  the  historic  and  signifi- 
cant purpose  and  place  of  each  of  the  specialized 
areas  in  general  education.  A  study  of  the  educational 
and  personal  requirements  and  opportunities 
of  a  career  in  each  professional  area.  Students  will  be 
acquainted  with  the  status  and  trends  of  each  area. 
(Staff) 

HLTH  40.     PERSONAL  AND  COMMUNITY  HEALTH.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Meaning 
and  significance  of  physical,  mental  and  social  health 
as  related  to  the  individual  and  to  society;  impor- 
tant phases  of  national  health  problems;  constructive 
methods  of  promoting  health  of  the  individual  and  the 
community;  health  problems  young  people  encounter 
with  special  emphasis  on  health  knowledge  for  future 
teachers.  (Cannot  be  taken  as  an  elective  by  students 
having  had  Health  5.)  (Staff) 

HLTH  50.  FIRST  AID  AND  SAFETY.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Lecture,  demonstration, 
and  skill  training  in  first  aid  measures  for  resuscitation, 
hemorrhage  control,  shock,  burns,  poisons,  and  bone 
injuries.  Red  Cross  and  Medical  Self-Help  certification 
awarded.  (Staff) 

HLTH  60.     INSTRUCTOR'S  COURSE  IN  FIRST  AID.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Health  50  or 
equivalent.  Advanced  consideration  of  first  aid  tech- 
niques; orientation  to  methods,  techniques,  and  teach- 
ing aids;  practical  classroom  instruction  required.  Red 
Cross  instructor's  certification  awarded.  (Staff) 

HLTH  70.    SAFETY  EDUCATION.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Safety  in  the  home, 
school,  and  community.  Safety  education  programs  in 
the  public  schools.  (Staff) 

HLTH  80.  THE  DRIVER  AND  HIS  CHARACTERISTICS.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Health  70.  The 
aim  of  this  course  is  to  treat  the  driver  behavior 
problem  in  its  relation  to  many  of  the  psychophysical 
factors  and  forces  in  the  traffic  environment  that  im- 
pinge upon  the  man  behind  the  wheel.  (Staff) 

FOR  ADVANCED  UNDERGRADUATES  AND  GRADUATES* 

HLTH    105.      DRIVER    EDUCATION    AND    TRAFFIC    SAFETY 
1.(3) 

Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health  261 


First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prereq- 
uisites, Health  70,  80.  This  course  is  a  study  of  the 
place  of  the  automobile  in  modern  life  and  deals 
with  the  fundamentals,  principles,  practices,  and  con- 
tent of  high  school  driver  education  and  traffic  safety. 
Laboratory  experience  consists  of  observation  and  ex- 
perience in  teaching  beginners  to  drive  in  dual  control 
cars  and  simulators.  Course  includes  eight  weeks  of 
practice  teaching.  (Staff) 

HLTH.110.  INTRODUCTION  TO  SCHOOL  HEALTH  EDUCA- 
TION. (2) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  Health  5  or 
Health  40.  This  course  deals  with  the  aspects  of 
school  health:  health  environment,  health  services,  and 
health  education.  The  relationships  of  the  school  health 
program  and  the  general  education  program  are  empha- 
sized. The  roles  of  teachers,  administrators,  health 
specialists  and  others  in  related  fields  are  discussed. 
(Staff) 

HLTH  120.  METHODS  AND  MATERIALS  IN  HEALTH 
EDUCATION.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prereq- 
uisites, Health  5  or  Health  40;  Health  110  or  consent 
of  instructor.  The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  present 
the  interrelationships  of  curriculum  planning,  method- 
ology, and  the  selection  and  use  of  teaching  aids  and 
materials.  Special  problems  associated  with  health 
teaching  are  discussed.  Students  will  become  familiar 
with  a  variety  of  resources  as  well  as  planning  for 
and  presenting  demonstration  lessons.  (Staff) 

HLTH  140.  CURRICULUM,  INSTRUCTION  AND  OBSERVA- 
TION. (3) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prereq- 
uisites, Health  40,  70,  110,  120.  A  course  designed  to 
provide  directed  observation  and  discussion,  coordi- 
nating these  experiences  with  those  from  previous 
methods  courses  in  the  development  of  curricula  for 
health  and  physical  education.  The  course  is  planned 
to  prepare  for  student  teaching  which  follows  in  the 
same  semester.  The  observations  will  be  made  of  health 
programs  in  junior  and  senior  high  schools.  This 
course  must  be  taken  during  the  semester  in  which 
the  student  is  doing  student  teaching.  (Staff) 

HLTH    145.      DRIVER    EDUCATION    AND    TRAFFIC    SAFETY 
11.(3) 
First   and   second   semesters.    Summer   session.    Prereq- 
uisites, Health  70,  80,   105,  or  their  equivalents.  Com- 
prehensive programming  for  driver  education;   teaching 
to    meet    driving    emergencies    and    winter    conditions; 
resources  and  agencies;   the  teacher  and  driver  educa- 
tion; consumer  education,  insurance  and  liability.  (Staff) 
HLTH     150.     HEALTH     PROBLEMS     OF     CHILDREN     AND 
YOUTH.  (3)* 
First    and    second    semesters.     Summer    session.    This 
course  involves  a  study  of  the  health  needs  and  prob- 
lems  of   pupils  from   the   primary   grades   through   high 
school.    Physical,    mental,    and    psychosomatic    aspects 
of    health    are   considered    in    relation   to   the   develop- 
mental   and    school    levels.    Consideration    is    given    to 
such    topics    as    diet    selection    and    control;    exercise, 
recreation   and   rest;    emotional    upset   and    its   implica- 
tions;   and    psychosexual    development    and    problems. 
The    role    of    the    teacher    and    parent    in    encouraging 
optimal  health  is  emphasized.  (Staff) 
HLTH  155.  PHYSICAL  FITNESS  OF  THE  INDIVIDUAL  (3)* 
First  and  second  semesters.   Summer  session.   A  study 
of    the    major    physical    fitness    problems    confronting 
the    adult    in    modern    society.    Consideration    is    given 
to    the    scientific    appraisal,    development    and    main- 
tenance of  fitness  at  all  age  levels.   Such  problems  as 
obesity,  weight  reduction,  chronic  fatigue,  posture,  and 
special   exercise  programs  are  explored.   This  course  is 
open  to  persons  outside  the  fields  of   Physical   Educa- 
tion and  Health.  (Staff) 
HLTH    160.      PROBLEMS   IN  SCHOOL  HEALTH   EDUCATION 
IN  ELEMENTARY  AND  SECONDARY  SCHOOLS.  (3)* 
First   and   second   semesters.    Summer  session.    This   is 
a    workshop   type    course   designed    particularly   for    in- 
service  teachers  to  acquaint  them  with  the  best  methods 
of  providing  good  health  services,  healthful  environment 
and  health  instruction.  (Staff) 
HLTH  165.     ORGANIZATION    ADMINISTRATION  AND 
SUPERVISION  OF  SCHOOL  SAFETY  EDUCATION.  (3) 
Summer  session    Prerequisites,  Health  70,  80,  105,  145 
or    their    equivalents.    Designed    for    teachers,    school 
administrators,    college    instructors   and    others   respon- 
sible  for   directing   or    supervising   safety    programs    in 
the   schools.    Deals   with    the   problems,    policies,    prac- 


tices and  procedures  involved  in  the  organization, 
administration  and  the  supervision  of  a  comprehen- 
sive accident  prevention  and  safety  education  pro- 
gram for  the  schools.  Considers  integration  factors  of 
the  school  safety  programs  with  the  special  emphasis 
on  traffic  programs.  (Staff) 

HLTH  170.  THE  HEALTH  PROGRAM  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOL.  (3)* 
Second  semester.  Summer  session.  Prerequisites,  Health 
5,  or  40;  110.  This  course,  designed  for  the  elementary 
school  classroom  teacher,  analyzes  biological,  socio- 
logical, nutritional  and  other  factors  which  determine 
the  health  status  and  needs  of  the  individual  elemen- 
tary school  child.  The  various  aspects  of  the  school 
program  are  evaluated  in  terms  of  their  role  in  health 
education.  The  total  school  health  program  is  surveyed 
from  the  standpoint  of  organizing  and  administration, 
and  health  appraisal.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  modern 
methods  and  current  materials  in  health  instruction. 
(The  State  Department  of  Education  accepts  this  course 
for  biological  science  credit.)  (Staff) 

HLTH  175.  PROBLEMS  IN  DRIVER  AND  TRAFFIC 
SAFETY  EDUCATION.  (3) 
Summer  session.  Prerequisites,  Health  70,  80,  105,  145, 
or  their  equivalents.  An  advanced  course  which  gives 
consideration  to  the  individual  problems  encountered 
in  teaching  driver  and  safety  education.  The  psychology 
of  teaching  and  learning  are  emphasized.  Consideration 
is  given  to  the  implications  of  emotion  and  attitude 
factors  in  driver  and  traffic  education.  The  course 
includes  an  examination  of  existing  courses  of  study, 
research,  supervisory  and  evaluation  practices.  (Staff) 

HLTH  178.     FUNDAMENTALS  OF  SEX  EDUCATION.  (3)* 

First  and  second  semester.  Summer  session.  This  course 
is  concerned  with  basic  information  regarding  the 
physical,  psychological,  social,  historical,  semantic  and 
comparative  cultural  aspects  of  sex.  The  adjustment 
needs  and  problems  of  children  and  adults  during 
the  course  of  maturing  and  aging  are  studied;  and 
special  consideration  is  given  to  the  sex  education 
program  in  schools.  (Staff) 

HLTH  180.  MEASUREMENT  IN  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 
AND  HEALTH.  (3)* 
First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Two 
lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  The 
application  of  the  principles  and  techniques  of  educa- 
tional measurement  to  the  teaching  of  health  and 
physical  education;  study  of  functions  and  techniques 
of  measurements  in  the  evaluation  of  student  progress 
toward  the  objectives  of  health  and  physical  education, 
and  in  the  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  teach- 
ing. (Staff) 

HLTH  188.  CHILDREN'S  PHYSICAL  DEVELOPMENTAL 
CLINIC.  (1-4) 
First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prereq- 
uisite, at  least  junior  standing  in  health,  physical 
education  and  recreation,  or  by  special  permission  of 
the  director.  An  opportunity  to  acquire  training  and 
experience  in  a  therapeutically  oriented  physical  edu- 
cation-recreation program  for  children  referred  by  vari- 
ous education,  special  education,  medical  and  psychiat- 
ric groups.  (Staff) 

HLTH  189.  FIELD  LABORATORY  PROJECTS  AND 
WORKSHOP.  (1-6)* 
First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A 
course  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  persons  in  the 
field  with  respect  to  workshop  and  research  projects 
in  special  areas  of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly 
structured  courses. 

Note:  The  maximum  total  number  of  credits  that  may 
be  earned  toward  any  degree  in  physical  education, 
recreation,  or  health  education  under  PHED,  RECR. 
HLTH,  or  EDUC  189  is  six.  (Staff) 

HLTH  190.     ORGANIZATION  AND  ADMINISTRATION  OF 

SCHOOL  HEALTH  PROGRAMS.  (3)* 

First  semester.  Summer  session.  The  three  major 
aspects  of  the  school  health  program  are  considered. 
Problems  connected  with  health  services,  health  instruc- 
tion, and  the  health  aspects  of  the  school  environment 
are  discussed.  The  responsibilities  of  school  personnel 
are  delineated  with  emphasis  on  the  role  of  the 
administrator.  (Staff) 

FOR  GRADUATES 

See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  descriptions. 

HLTH   200.    SEMINAR   IN  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION.  RECREA- 
TION. AND  HEALTH.  (1) 


262  Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health 


HLTH  210.  METHODS  AND  TECHNIQUES  OF  RESEARCH 
(3) 

HLTH  220.  SCIENTIFIC  FOUNDATIONS  OF  HEALTH  ED- 
UCATION. (3) 

HLTH   240.    MODERN  THEORIES  OF  HEALTH.  (3) 

HLTH   250.    HEALTH  PROBLEMS  IN  GUIDANCE.  (3) 


•This  course  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit  with  the 
permission  of  the  adviser.  Students  taking  100  level 
courses  for  graduate  credit  will  be  expected  to  carry 
out  a  special  project. 


HLTH  260. 
HLTH  270. 

(3) 
HLTH   280. 
HLTH  287. 
HLTH   288. 

(1-6) 
HLTH   290. 

EDUCAT 
HLTH   291. 

EDUCAT 
HLTH  399. 
HLTH  499 


PUBLIC  HEALTH.  (3) 

STATUS  AND  TRENDS  IN  HEALTH  EDUCATION 

THE  SCIENTIFIC  BASES  OF  EXERCISE.  (3) 

ADVANCED  SEMINAR.  (1-3) 

SPECIAL  PROBLEMS   IN   HEALTH  EDUCATION. 

ADMINISTRATIVE  DIRECTION  OF  HEALTH 
ION.  (3) 

CURRICULUM  CONSTRUCTION  IN  HEALTH 
ION.  (3) 

RESEARCH-THESIS.  (1-5) 

RESEARCH— DISSERTATION.  (1-5) 


REQUIRED  HEALTH  EDUCATION  FOR  MEN  AND  WOMEN 

All  students  are  required  to  complete  one  semester 
of  Science  and  Theory  of  Health  (HLTH  5)  for  graduation. 
Transfer  students  who  do  not  have  credit  for  a  similar 
course  must  complete  it  before  graduation.  The  depart- 
ment provides  special  sections  each  semester  for  upper 
classmen.  This  semester  course  is  designed  to  meet 
the  functional  health  needs  and  interests  of  college 
men  and  women.  The  basic  units  of  instruction  have 
evolved  from  present  day  scientific  knowledge.  It  is 
hoped  that  through  this  health  course  the  students  will 
be  better  able  to  develop  sound  attitudes,  behaviors  and 
knowledge  that  will  facilitate  a  more  effective  type  of 
living.  Audio-visual  aids,  reading,  reports,  guest  speakers, 
and  lectures  help  to  enrich  the  class.  The  University 
environment,  the  personal  and  group  adjustments  which 
the  students  must  make  are  considered  to  form  the  core 
of  this  course. 

Men  and  women  who  have  reached  their  thirtieth 
birthday  at  matriculation  are  exempt  from  HLTH  5.  Mili- 
tary service  does  NOT  exempt  the  student  from  the 
HLTH  5  requirement.  The  Department  offers  a  proficiency 
examination,  as  outlined  in  the  General  and  Academic 
Regulations  of  the  University,  which  allows  the  student 
to  establish  credit  for  HLTH  5  by  examination. 
HLTH  5.     SCIENCE  AND  THEORY  OF  HEALTH.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  course 
concerned  primarily  with  sound  health  knowledge,  atti- 
tudes and  behaviors  as  they  apply  to  the  individual. 
The  major  subjects  dealt  with  in  this  course  are:  men- 
tal health  and  social  adjustment;  human  reproduction 
and  sex  education;  organic  efficiency;  ecology  and 
health;  and  the  need  for  health  education  and  com- 
munity action  for  health  from  local  to  world  levels. 
(Staff) 


MINORS  IN  OTHER  AREAS 

It  is  relatively  easy  for  any  student  majoring 
in  one  curriculum  of  this  College  to  complete 
the  requirements  for  a  minor  in  a  cognate  area 
of  the  College,  as  indicated  after  each  major  cur- 
riculum. Those  who  plan  to  teach  in  the  public 
schools  might  wish  to  also  qualify  in  another  area. 
This  is  more  difficult  with  the  limited  number  of 
elective  credits  and  must  be  planned  carefully  in 
advance.  If  it  seems  advisable,  the  Dean  may 
waive  certain  required  courses  to  allow  develop- 
ment of  a  needed  minor,  or  the  student  may  be 
able  to  carry  a  heavier  load  than  normal  if  his 
grade  average  permits. 


Students  majoring  in  physical  education  or 
health  education  should  begin  preparing  for  a  teach- 
ing minor  in  a  subject  matter  area  during  the  sopho- 
more year,  if  possible.  Many  opportunities  exist  in 
junior  and  senior  high  schools  for  a  combination 
teacher  of  physical  education  and/or  coach  and 
a  teacher  of  science,  mathematics,  history,  etc. 

ENGLISH  MINOR 

A  minor  in  English  requires  23  semester  hours. 
It  includes  9  semester  hours  of  composition  and 
literature,  3  semester  hours  of  advanced  Ameri- 
can Literature,  and  11  hours  of  electives.  Electives 
must  be  chosen  with  the  approval  of  the  adviser 
and  with  the  recommendations  of  the  English  De- 
partment. 


MATHEMATICS  MINOR 

Two  options  should  be  noted  for  those  desiring 
to  take  a  concentration  in  math.  If  a  person 
scored  in  Category  1  of  the  Math  Placement  Test, 
he  should  follow  option  1— if  he  scored  in  Category 
2,  he  should  follow  option  2. 


Option  1 

MATH  18  .  .3   hrs 
MATH  19.  .4 
MATH20.  .4 
MATH21  .  .4 
MATH  100  .3) 


Option  2 

MATH  10.  .3 
MATH  11  .  .3 
MATH  14.  .3 
MATH  15.  .3 
MATH  100  .3) 


MATH  133   .3)  any  one     MATH  133   .3)  any  one 
MATH  170  .4)  MATH  170  .4) 

18-19  15-16 

PSYCHOLOGY  MINOR 

For  a  minor  in  Psychology  at  least  21  semester 
hours  are  required.  The  student  should  select  the 
biological  or  the  sociological  approach  to  this 
minor. 

A.  Biological:  Psychology  1,  Introduction  to  Psy- 
chology (3);  Psychology  26,  Developmental  Psy- 
chology (3);  Psychology  90,  Statistical  Methods 
in  Psychology  (3);  Psychology  145,  Experimen- 
tal Psychology— Sensory  Processes  (4);  Psychol- 
ogy 146,  Experimental  Psychology:  Sensory 
Processes  I  (4);  Psychology  148,  Psychology  of 
Human  Learning  (3);  Psychology  180,  Physi- 
ological Psychology  (3). 

B.  Sociological:  Psychology  1,  Introduction  to  Psy- 
chology (3);  Psychology  5,  Personality  and  Ad- 
justment (3);  Psychology  21,  Social  Psychology 
(3);  Psychology  26,  Developmental  Psychology 
(3);  Psychology  90,  Statistical  Methods  in  Psy- 
chology (3);  Psychology  147,  Experimental  Psy- 
chology—Social Behavior  (4);  Psychology  148, 
Psychology  of  Human  Learning  (3). 


SOCIAL  SCIENCE  MINOR 

For  a  minor  in  this  group,  24  semester  hours 
are  required  as  follows:  History,  18  semester  hours 
(including  one  year  each  of  American  and  Euro- 
pean history),  economics,  sociology,  government, 
consumer  education  or  geography,  6  semester 
hours. 


Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health         263 


SCIENCE  MINORS 

A.  General  Science:  30  semester  hours  are  re- 
quired for  a  minor  in  general  science  including 
the  following  courses:  CHEM  8,  9,  General 
Chemistry  (4,4);  ZOOL  1,  General  Zoology  (4); 
BOTN  1,  General  Botany  (4);  PHYS  1,  2,  Ele- 
ments of  Physics  (3,  3)  or  PHYS  10,  11,  Funda- 
mentals of  Physics  (4,  4).  The  remaining  6  or 
8  semester  hours  will  be  chosen  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  student's  major  adviser  and  of 
the  science  department  in  which  his  interest 
lies.  ZOOL  14  and  15  (4,  4)  are  approved 
courses. 

B.  Biological  Minor:  20  semester  hours  are  re- 
quired for  a  biological  minor  and  will  include 
the  following  courses:  ZOOL  1,  General  Zoology 
(4);  ZOOL  14,  and  15,  Human  Anatomy  and 
Human  Physiology  (4,  4);  CHEM  1,  General 
Chemistry  (4);  BOTN  1,  General  Botany  (4). 

C.  Minors  of  20  semester  hours  are  also  offered  in 
chemistry  and  physics.  A  minor  in  chemistry 
must  be  supported  by  a  one-year  course  in 
physics.  Other  courses  will  be  chosen  subject 
to  the  approval  of  the  student's  major  adviser 
and  the  science  department  in  which  the  stu- 
dent's interest  lies. 

SOCIOLOGY  MINOR 

For  a  minor  in  Sociology  at  least  18  semester 
hours  are  required  as  follows:  Sociology  1,  Intro- 
duction to  Sociology;  Sociology  86,  Principles  of 
Sociology  (3);  three  semester  hours  chosen  from 
Sociology  112,  Rural-Urban  Relations  (3),  Sociology 
114,  The  City  (3),  Sociology  118,  Community  Or- 
ganization (3),  Anthropology  101  (3)  or  Sociology 
105,  Cultural  Anthropology  (3);  three  semester 
hours  chosen  from  a  social  psychology  group— socio- 
logy 141,  Sociology  of  Personality  (3);,  Sociology 
145,  Social  Control  (3),  Sociology  180,  Small  Group 
Analysis  (3);  and  three  semesters  hours  from  an  ap- 
plied sociology  group— Sociology  111,  Sociology  of 
Occupations  and  Careers  (3),  Sociology  115,  In- 
dustrial Sociology  (3),  Sociology  116,  Military  Socio- 
logy (3),  Sociology  121,  Population  (3),  Sociology 
131,  Introduction  to  Social  Service  (3),  Sociology 
147  Sociology  of  Law  (3),  Sociology  153,  Juvenile 
Delinquency  (3),  Sociology  186,  Sociological  Theory 


work  for  purposes  of  teaching  certification,  renewal 
of  certification,  or  professional  growth.  Within  the 
three  major  areas— physical  education,  recreation, 
and  health  education— special  study  and  research 
are  available  along  the  following  lines:  (1)  Physical 
Education — elementary,  secondary,  higher  educa- 
tion and  research,  administration,  and  athletics.  (2) 
Recreation— public,  industrial,  hospital,  youth-serv- 
ing organizations  and  agencies,  outdoor  education, 
camp  administration,  higher  education  and  re- 
search; (3)  Health  Education— elementary,  secon- 
dary, higher  education  and  research,  safety  educa- 
tion, and  service  organizations  and  agencies. 

SPECIAL  STUDY 

Graduate  students  are  encouraged  to  pursue  ad- 
vanced study  along  lines  of  their  special  interests. 
The  wealth  of  research  sources  close  to  the  Uni- 
versity makes  such  study  possible.  In  addition,  the 
College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and 
Health  places  at  the  disposal  of  graduate  students 
a  modern,  spacious,  well-equipped  research  labora- 
tory. 

GENERAL  REGULATIONS  GOVERNING 
GRADUATE  WORK 

Persons  wishing  to  pursue  graduate  study  must 
first  gain  admittance  to  the  Graduate  School.  Appli- 
cation blanks  for  this  purpose  can  be  obtained  by 
writing  to  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School.  Admit- 
tance to  Graduate  School  entitles  one  to  enroll  in 
courses  numbered  200  and  above  and  to  pursue 
course  work  leading  to  an  advanced  degree.  Courses 
numbered  200  or  above  are  graduate  courses  where- 
as courses  numbered  from  100  to  199  are  advanced 
undergraduate  and  graduate  courses.  Persons  not 
admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  may  enroll  as 
special  students  in  courses  numbered  under  200. 
To  be  admitted  for  graduate  study,  the  applicant 
must: 

(1)  be  a  graduate  of  an  accredited  college  or 
university. 

(2)  have  a  "B"  average  or  its  equivalent  during 
the  last  two  years  of  undergraduate  work. 

(3)  have  the  necessary  prerequisite  course  work 
work  with  a  minimum  of  16  semester  credit 
hours  in  the  subject  field  in  which  the  appli- 
cant wishes  to  specialize. 


SPEECH  MINOR 

A  minor  of  22  semester  hours  is  offered  in 
speech.  The  minimum  requirements  for  this  minor 
are  12  semester  hours  in  addition  to  the  10  semes- 
ter hours  of  departmental  requirements  in  Speech 
1,  2,  3,  and  4.  The  12  semester  hours  above  the  de- 
partmental requirements  must  include  6  semester 
hours  of  courses  numbered  100  or  higher.  All  pro- 
grams for  minors  must  be  approved  by  the  depart- 
mental adviser. 

GRADUATE  STUDY 

The  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation, 
and  Health  offers  course  work  in  the  areas  of  physi- 
cal education,  recreation  and  health  education 
leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts,  Doctor  of 
Education,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Persons  not 
interested  in  an  advanced  degree  may  take  course 

264         Physical  Education,  Recreation  A  Health 


MASTER  OF  ARTS  DEGREE 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  is  awarded  for  suc- 
cessful completion  of  a  minimum  of  30  hours  of 
advanced  study  beyond  the  undergraduate  level. 
The  Master's  degree  represents  more  than  mere 
class  attendance.  It  represents  professional  com- 
petency and  the  demonstrated  ability  to  do  critical 
thinking. 

The  student  seeking  the  Master  of  Arts  degree 
must  declare  a  major  subject  field  and  a  minor 
subject  field.  Twelve  to  fifteen  credit  hours  will  be 
in  major  area  and  nine  to  twelve  hours,  depend- 
ing upon  the  number  in  the  major  area,  will  be  in 
the  minor  field.  The  remaining  six  hours  are  made 
available  to  the  student  in  order  that  he  may  study, 
relatively  intensely,  any  problem  or  topic  in  which 
he  has  a  special  interest.  This  study  culminates  in 
a  thesis. 

One  half,  or  fifteen  of  the  thirty  semester  hours 


required  for  the  Master  of  Arts  degree,  must  be  in 
courses  numbered  200  or  above. 

The  program  of  the  Master's  degree  is  relatively 
flexible  with  only  one  course,  (PHED  210,  RECR210, 
or  HLTH  210),  three  credit  hours,  being  required. 
All  other  course  work  is  elective,  subject  to  the  ad- 
viser's approval.  The  student,  in  conjunction  with 
the  help  of  an  adviser,  works  out  a  program  of  study 
suitable  to  the  student's  special  needs  and  inter- 
ests. During  the  term  of  initial  enrollment  in  gradu- 
ate study,  the  student  takes  the  Graduate  Diagnos- 
tic Examination.  The  purpose  of  this  examination 
is  to  help  the  student  and  adviser  to  discover  areas 
of  strength  and  weakness.  This  provides  informa- 
tion needed  in  directing  the  course  of  study.  Upon 
completion  of  all  course  work,  including  the  re- 
search project,  the  candidate  undergoes  a  final 
oral  examination  which  is  directed  primarily  to- 
ward the  student's  research. 

Graduate  assistants  working  toward  the  Mas- 
ter's Degree  should  note  that  they  may  take  only 
ten  credit  hours  per  semester  during  the  fall  and 
spring  terms  and  six  credit  hours  in  Summer 
School.  Consequently,  a  graduate  assistant  in  order 
to  obtain  the  Master's  Degree,  must  attend  the 
University  at  least  three  full  semesters,  or  two 
semesters  and  two  summer  sessions. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  EDUCATION  DEGREE 

The  Doctor  of  Education  degree  is  a  professional 
degree  offered  in  conjunction  with  the  College  of 
Education.  Persons  who  are  interested  primarily  in 
administrative  and  teaching  positions  in  public 
school  and  related  fields  are  encouraged  to  pursue 
this  degree. 

The  degree  is  awarded  for  successful  comple- 
tion of  a  minimum  of  90  hours  of  graduate  credit 
and  a  demonstrated  competency  in  the  study  and 
solution  of  problems  related  to  the  student's  field 
of  endeavor. 

At  least  30  class  hours  of  the  minimum  of  90 
hours  must  be  taken  on  the  College  Park  campus. 
The  number  of  hours  that  can  be  transferred  from 
another  institution  is  subject  to  the  decision  of  the 
Graduate  Council.  Each  student  is  expected  to 
select  and  carry  to  successful  completion  a  re- 
search project  of  particular  interest  to  him. 

This  project  is  reported  in  the  form  of  a  thesis 
and  carries  from  six  to  nine  hours  of  credit.  In 
addition,  each  student  must  satisfy  the  language 
requirement  by  selecting  Option  I  or  IV.  For  detailed 
information  concerning  Options  I  or  IV  refer  to  the 
Office  of  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies  for  the 
College. 

In  pursuing  the  Doctor  of  Education  degree,  the 
candidate  must  select  an  area  of  major  emphasis 
and  one  or  two  areas  of  minor  emphasis.  Each 
candidate  must  take  certain  graduate  background 
tests,  and  must  successfully  pass  the  following 
academic  examinations:  a  six-hour  preliminary 
examination  taken  relatively  early  in  the  program,  a 
final  written  comprehensive  examination  covering 
the  entire  graduate  course  of  study,  and  a  final  oral 
or  written  examination  directed  primarily  toward  the 
research  project. 

THE  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY  DEGREE 

The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  is  offered  pri- 
marily for  those  persons  interested  in  preparing 
themselves  for  positions  in  teaching  and  research 


on  the  college  and  university  level.  A  minimum  of 
90  credit  hours  is  required  for  this  degree,  plus  the 
demonstrated  ability  to  do  scholarly  work  and  re- 
search. At  least  thirty  of  the  90  hours  must  be  taken 
on  the  College  Park  campus  and  the  amount  of 
credit  that  can  be  transferred  from  other  institu- 
tions is  subject  to  the  decision  of  the  Graduate 
Council.  Each  student  must  select  and  carry  to 
completion  a  research  project  which  may  carry 
from  12  to  18  hours  of  credit.  Course  work  must  be 
planned  on  the  basis  of  a  major  subject  field  and 
one  or  two  closely  related  minor  subject  fields.  In 
addition  to  class  work,  the  student  must  satisfy 
the  language  requirement  by  selecting  and  com- 
pleting Option  I  or  IV.  For  detailed  information 
concerning  Options  I  and  IV,  refer  to  the  office  of 
the  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies  for  the  Col- 
lege. 

In  pursuing  the  doctor  of  Philosophy  degree, 
the  candidate  must  take  certain  background  tests, 
and  must  successfully  pass  the  following  academic 
examinations:  a  Graduate  Diagnostic  Examination 
taken  early  in  the  program,  a  written  and  oral  com- 
prehensive examination  covering  the  entire  gradu- 
ate course  of  study,  and  a  final  oral  examination 
directed  primarily  toward  the  research  project. 

DOCTORAL  RESIDENCE 

A  minimum  of  one  year  (two  consecutive  semes- 
ters) of  full-time  study  is  required. 

GENERAL  ADVANCED  STUDY 

Students  who  are  not  seeking  a  degree,  but  are 
doing  advanced  study  to  fulfill  some  special  need 
or  renewal  of  teaching  certification,  are  encour- 
aged to  select  an  adviser  and  to  plan  a  program 
designed  to  help  them  best  achieve  their  objectives. 

PREREQUISITE  FOR  ADVANCED  STUDY 

The  course  prerequisite  for  advanced  study  in 
each  of  the  three  areas,  physical  education,  recre- 
ation, and  health  are  listed  below.  In  certain  in- 
stances experience  or  equivalent  courses  may  be 
substituted  for  the  courses  listed.  Students  who 
are  deficient  in  only  one  or  two  subjects  may  be 
admitted  on  a  provisional  basis,  with  the  under- 
standing that  the  deficiencies  will  be  made  up  as 
soon  as  possible. 

The  following  courses,  or  their  equivalents,  are 
prerequisites  for  advanced  study: 

A.  Physical  Education— human  anatomy,  physi- 
ology, history  and  philosophy  of  physical 
education,  theory  of  exercise  (physiology  of 
exercise),  kinesiology,  adapted  physical  edu- 
cation, measurement,  methods,  activity 
skills,  administration,  practice  teaching 
(teaching  experience),  and  human  develop- 
ment (educational  psychology). 

Note:  Measurement,  administration,  kinesi- 
ology and  theory  of  exercise  may  be  taken 
for  graduate  credit  if  they  have  not  been 
taken  on  the  undergraduate  level.  The  stu- 
dent is  expected  to  carry  out  a  special  re- 
search project  if  an  advanced  undergraduate 
course  (100  level),  is  to  carry  graduate  credit. 
No  more  than  four  hours  of  credit  may 
count  toward  the  M.A.  degree. 


Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health         265 


Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health  267 


Dentistry 

Medical  Technology 

Nursing 

Pharmacy 

Physical  Therapy 


SCHOOL    OF    DENTISTRY  knowledge  and  skills  in  providing  clinical  services. 

THE  DENTAL  HYGIENE  PROFESSION  However,  additional  study  beyond  the  basic  dental 

The  primary  responsibility  of  the  dental  hygiene  hygiene  curriculum  is  essential  preparation  for  ad- 
profession  is  to  promote  optimal  oral  health  through  vanced  Professional  career  opportunities, 
the  provision  of  preventive  and  educational  services  PROGRAM  DESCRIPTION 

complementary  to  those  within  the  purview  of  the  The  School  of  Dentistry  offers  only  a  four-year 

dental  profession.  baccalaureate  degree  program  in  dental   hygiene. 

In  clinical  office  practice  the  dental  hygienist's  The  curriculum   includes  two  years  of   preprofes- 

services  are  provided  under  the  supervision  of  a  sional  courses,  a  third  year  of  intensive  dental  and 

dentist  and  are  defined  and  governed  by  state  dental  dental  hygiene  study  with  clinical  application,  and 

practice  acts.  Although  minor  differences  exist  be-  a  fourth  year  of  advanced  clinical  practice  and  up- 

tween  state  laws,  in  general  those  services  which  per  division  electives  in  a  recommended  area  of 

constitute  permissible  dental  hygiene  practice  in-  study,  which  will  constitute  a  minor  related  to  a  spe- 

clude:  obtaining  the  patient's  medical  and  dental  cialized  area  of  dental  hygiene  practice.  The  first 

history;  conducting  a  preliminary  clinical  oral  ex-  two  years  of  the  pre-professional  curriculum  include 

amination  of  the  teeth  and  surrounding  tissues  for  general  education  requirements  of  the  University 

diagnosis  by  the  dentist;  performing  diagnostic  pro-  of  Maryland,  dental  hygiene  education  accreditation 

cedures  (x-rays,  impressions  for  study  casts,  saliva  requirements,  and  elective  lower  division  courses  in 

tests,  oral  cytologic  smears,  etc.)  for  use  by  the  den-  one  of  the  recommended  minor  areas  of  study.  Com- 

tist;  providing  a  complete  oral  prophylaxis  (removal  pletion  of  the   pre-professional   curriculum  at  the 

of  all  hard  and  soft  deposits  and  stains  and  polishing  University  of  Maryland  or  another  campus  will  be 

of  natural  and  restored  surfaces  of  the  teeth);  ap-  required  for  eligibility  to  apply  for  enrollment  in  the 

plying  topical  medicaments  and  preventive  agents;  School  of  Dentistry  as  a  junior  standing  student.  A 

and  assisting  with  office  duties  as  assigned  by  the  suggested  course  sequence  for  the  first  two  years 

dentist.  The  dental  hygienist  also  assumes  a  major  follows: 

role  in  patient  education  and  counseling  and  super-  freshman  year  )st  2nd 

vision  Of  Oral  hygiene  practices.  Course  Title  Semester      Semester 

Although  the  majority  of  dental  hygienists  are  ^  ffi^St^i.::::: 2 

employed  in  dental  offices,  there  are  numerous  op-  .    philosophy 045, 041  or  001 3 

portunities  and  a  growing  need  for  those  with  bac-  '    Math  010    'nf.. •  _        3 

calaureate  and  graduate  degrees  in  dental  hygiene  '*  ^j™ 0$,c ^^prerequisite  foV 

education,  community  or  public  health,  private  and  Anotomy  and  Physioiogy 4 

public    institutions,    commissioned   service    in   the  "    Engljsh-uteroture.......... 3 

,.  ,   c-  .      ..  ■    1  _.  *#  Socio  ogy  001 -ntroduction J 

Armed  Forces,  research,  and  other  special  areas  of  Elective  3 

practice.  The  dental  hygienist's  activities  in  these  •    B.E.-2-4 _0)  (l) 

areas  are  dependent  in  varying  degrees  upon  dental  Totals 16  17 

Dentistry,  Medical  Technology,  Nursing,  Pharmacy  and  Physical  Therapy  269 


SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

#  History 3                 3 

■     English  —  Li  tera  ture 3 

#  Zoology  014-015-Anatomy  and  Physiology 4                 4 

#  Nutrition  080- For  Health  Science  Majors 3 

#  Microbiology  001 4 

Electives  in  selected  minors  (lower 

division).                             3                6 

#  Health  5 -Health  Education J20 

16"  17 


•General  Education  Requirement 
#Dental  Hygiene  Pre-requisite 


Although  courses  may  be  interchanged  during 
the  first  two  years,  it  is  recommended  that  chemis- 
try precede  microbiology  and  nutrition  to  enable  its 
application  to  these  two  subjects.  It  should  be  noted 
that  Zoology  001  is  a  prerequisite  for  Zoology  014- 
105  (Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology)  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland.  Among  the  philosophy  courses 
offered  at  the  University,  the  following,  listed  in 
order  of  preference,  are  considered  to  be  the  most 
appropriate  for  the  education  of  the  dental  hygien- 
ists:  Philosophy  045— Ethics,  Philosophy  041— 
Elementary  Logic  and  Semantics  or  Philosophy  001, 
Introduction. 

To  prepare  for  upper  division  courses  in  the  stu- 
dent's minor  during  the  senior  year,  the  12  hours  of 
lower  division  electives  should  be  taken  in  one  of 
the  following  areas  of  study:  Basic  sciences,  social 
sciences,  or  health  education.  Lower  division 
courses  in  one  of  these  minors  will  be  accepted  as 
prerequisites  for  upper  division  courses  in  educa- 
tion, should  this  minor  be  elected  during  the  senior 
year.  The  Department  of  Dental  Hygiene  faculty  will 
counsel  students  in  the  selection  of  courses  for  one 
of  the  recommended  minors. 

ADMISSIONS  AND  APPLICATIONS  PROCEDURES 
HIGH  SCHOOL  STUDENTS 

High  school  students,  who  wish  to  enroll  in  the 
pre-dental  hygiene  curriculum,  should  request  ap- 
plications directly  from  the  Admissions  Offices  of 
the  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland 
20742. 

Young  women  or  men  who  wish  to  prepare  for  a 
baccalaureate  degree  program  in  dental  hygiene 
should  pursue  an  academic  program  in  high  school, 
including  the  following  recommended  subjects: 
Biology,  chemistry,  math  and  physics. 

PRE-DENTAL  HYGIENE  STUDENTS 

Pre-dental  hygiene  students  who  have  com- 
pleted three  semesters  of  the  pre-professional  cur- 
riculum should  request  an  application  at  the  end  of 
the  third  semester  from  the  Department  of  Dental 
Hygiene,  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Dentistry, 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21201.  Applications  for  the 
Baltimore  Campus  should  be  received  no  later  than 
June  1  prior  to  the  fall  semester  for  which  the  stu- 
dent wishes  to  enroll. 

Only  those  students  who  have  successfully  com- 
pleted the  two  year  pre-professional  curriculum  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  or  another  college  or 
university  will  be  eligible  for  admission  to  the 
School  of  Dentistry.  Because  enrollment  must  be 
limited  to  24  students,  registration  in  the  pre-pro- 
fessional curriculum  does  not  assure  the  student  of 
acceptance  in  the  dental  hygiene  program.  All  ap- 
plicants will  be  required  to  submit  Dental  Hygiene 
Aptitude  Test  scores  (DHAT  information  is  available 
from  the  Department  of  Dental  Hygiene)  and  to  ap- 
pear for  a  personal  interview  at  the  discretion  of 


the  Dental  Hygiene  Committee  on  Admissions.  A 
minimum  of  C  average  in  the  pre-professional  cur- 
riculum will  be  required,  and  preference  will  be 
given  to  those  students  who  have  maintained  high 
scholastic  records. 

REGISTERED  DENTAL  HYGIENISTS 

Registered  dental  hygienists,  who  have  com- 
pleted a  two  year  accredited  dental  hygiene  pro- 
gram at  another  college  or  university,  should  apply 
to  enroll  in  the  pre-professional  curriculum  at  one 
of  the  three  University  of  Maryland  campuses.  Upon 
completion  of  general  education,  basic  and  social 
science,  and  elective  requirements  at  the  University 
of  Maryland,  dental  hygiene  credits  will  be  evalu- 
ated for  transferrability  by  the  School  of  Dentistry 
and  the  Baltimore  campus  director  of  admissions. 
Registered  dental  hygienists  should  write  directly 
to  the  Department  of  Dental  Hygiene  for  additional 
information. 


MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 
SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE 

The  University  of  Maryland  Medical  Technology 
program  is  four  years  in  length,  leading  to  a  Bache- 
lor of  Science  degree.  The  first  three  years  are  de- 
voted to  basic  studies  at  the  College  Park  campus. 
The  last  year  is  spent  in  clinical  studies  at  Univer- 
sity Hospital  on  the  Baltimore  City  campus  of  the 
University  of  Maryland. 

This  program  is  administered  by  the  School  of 
Medicine,  although  the  students  have  previously 
been  registered  in  the  School  of  Nursing  at  College 
Park  as  a  temporary  administrative  measure.  The 
curriculum  in  medical  technology  complies  with  the 
requirements  and  recommendations  of  the  Board  of 
Schools  of  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathol- 
ogists (and  the  American  Medical  Association  Coun- 
cil on  Medical  Education).  Graduates  of  the  program 
will  be  eligible  to  take  the  examination  for  registra- 
tion given  by  the  Board  of  Registry  of  the  American 
Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists. 
ADMISSION 

Applicants  must  meet  the  admission  require- 
ments of  the  University  of  Maryland.  At  least  three 
years  of  college-preparatory  mathematics  and  at 
least  three  years  of  science,  including  chemistry 
and  physics,  are  strongly  recommended. 
CURRICULUM 

Students  must  complete  90  semester-hours  or 
more  in  academic  subjects  before  being  admitted  to 
the  senior  year.  (The  two  semester-hours  in  HLTH- 
005  and  in  Physical  Education  do  not  count  toward 
this  90  semester-hour  total.)  The  following  courses 
are  intended  as  a  guide  for  the  student  in  planning 
a  curriculum  which  will  meet  both  the  University  of 
Maryland  requirements  for  graduation  and  the  spe- 
cial requirements  for  the  Registry  Examination  ad- 
ministered by  the  ASCP  board  of  Schools. 


MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY  REQUIREMENTS 

(Pre-clinicol  Years) 

•Chemistry  (16-credit  minimum) 

Course  Credit 

CHEM  008.009   .  (4,4) 

CHEM  031.033  (3,3) 

(OR  034,036  (2.2) 

and  037,038)  (2.2) 

CHEM  019  (4)           Quantitative  Analysis 

(OR  161,162  (2.2)            Biochemistry 

and  163,164)  (2.2)               (Fall  ond  Spring) 
Biological  Science  (16-credit  minimum) 


Course  Title 

Generol  Chemistry 
Elements  of  Organic  Chemistry 
(Fall  and  Spring) 


270  Dentistry,  Medical  Technology,  Nursing,  Pharmacy  and  Physical  Therapy 


ZOOL  001  (4)  General  Zoology 

ZOOL  014,015  (4,4)  Humon  Anotomy  ond  Physiology 

MO  001  (4)  General  Microbiology 

Mathematics  (6-credit  minimum) 

MATH  010,011 (3,3)  Introduction  to  Mathematics 

or 

MATH  018,019 (3,4)  Introductory  Analysis 

and  Elementary  Analysis 

General  Education  Courses  (See  University  Requirements) 


Other  Recommendations 

SPCH001  or  007 

PSYC001 

PHYS010,011or003 

ZOOL  006 

ZOOL 108 

ZOOL  110 

MICB101 


Public  Speaking 

Psychology 

General  Physics 

Genetics 

Animol  Histology 

General  Porositology 

Pathogenic  Microbiology 


Recommended  Course  Sequence  For  First  Three  Years 


Freshman  Year 

First  Semester 

Chemistry  008        4 

Zoology  001 4 

Moth  010 3 

(or  Moth  018  =  3) 

English  001 3 

PE  001  (002)      ^J 

15 

Sophomore  Year 

First  Semester 

Chemistry  031    3 

(or  Chem  035,036  =  4) 

Zoology  014 4 

English  003 3 

History 3 

Psych  001 3 

~ 16 

Junior  Year 

First  Semester 

•Chemistry  161 2 

•Chemistry  162 2 

Microbiology  001 4 

Phil  001  (or  course  in 

Fine  Arts) 3 

••Physics  003 4 

"15 


Second  Semester 

Chemistry  009 4 

Math  Oil 3 

(or  Math  019  =  4) 

Health  005 2 

PE  003  (004) 1 

Elective 5 

"15 


Second  Semester 

Chemistry  033 3 

(or  Chem  037,038  =  4) 

Zoology  015 4 

English  004 3 

History 3 

Speech  001 3 

(or  Spch  007) 

~l6 


Second  Semester 

•Chemistry  163 3 

•Chemistry  164 2 

•Microbiology  101 4 

Socy  001  (or  other 

Soc.  Science) 3 

Elective 3 

"T5 


•Chemistry  019  (Quantitative  Analysis)  may  be  substituted  here. 
••Not  required,  but  highly  recommended. 

THE  SCHOOL 
OF  NURSING 

THESCHOOLOFNURSINGoffersafour-yearaca- 
demic  program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  de- 
gree in  nursing.  Students  who  complete  the  program 
are  capable  of  practicing  professional  nursing  in  a 
variety  of  settings.  Graduates  are  qualified  to  write  the 
examination  for  licensure  as  Registered  Nurses.  The 
program  is  approved  by  the  Maryland  Board  of  Exam- 
iners for  Nurses  and  is  accredited  by  the  National  Lea- 
gue for  Nursing. 

The  College  Park  campus  offers  the  academic 
courses  required  for  lower  division  study  in  the  under- 
graduate program  of  the  School  of  Nursing. 

RECOMMENDED  COURSE  OF  STUDY 

It  is  recommended  that  all  students,  including  reg- 
istered nurses,  enrolled  in  or  transferring  to  the  pro- 
gram in  nursing  take  the  following  courses  in  the  sug- 
gested sequence: 

A  2.0  cumulative  grade  point  average  in  lower  divi- 
sion studies  is  required  in  order  to  be  eligible  to  con- 
tinue the  program  in  the  School  of  Nursing.  Upper 
division  studies  are  offered  on  the  Baltimore  City 
campus. 


Information  about  the  lower  division  program  may 
be  obtained  from  Room  3,  Denton  Hall  on  the  College 
Park  campus.  Upperdivision  program  information  may 
be  obtained  from  the  School  of  Nursing,  655  West 
Lombard  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 

Freshman  Year 

Sociology  001  3  credits 

Psychology  001  3  credits 

Chemistry  009  4  credits 

Speech  007  2  credits 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy...  3  credits 
Physical  Activities  1  credit 

16  credits 


English  001  3  credits 

Zoology  001  4  credits 

Chemistry  008  4  credits 

Math  010  or  018   ..  3  credits 

Nursing  007 0  credits 

Physical  Activities  1  credit 

15  credits 

Sophomore  Year 

English  003 3  credits 

History 3  credits 

Zoology  014  4  credits 

Microbiology   4  credits 

14  credits 


English  004 3  credits 

History 3  credits 

Zoology  015  4  credits 

Nutrition  080   .  3  credits 

Elective 3  credits 

16  credits 


THE  SCHOOL  OF 
PHARMACY 

THE  PURPOSES OFTHESCHOOLOF PHARMACY 
are  to  train  students  for  the  efficient,  ethical  prac- 
tice of  all  branches  of  pharmacy;  to  instruct  students 
in  general  scientific  and  cultural  subjects  so  they  can 
read  critically,  express  themselves  clearly,  and  think 
logically  as  members  of  a  profession  and  citizens  of  a 
democracy;  to  guide  students  into  productive  scholar- 
ship and  research  for  the  increase  of  knowledge  and 
techniques  in  the  healing  arts  of  pharmacy. 

ACCREDITATION 

The  School  of  Pharmacy  is  accredited  by  the 
American  Council  on  Pharmaceutical  Education.  The 
School  holds  membership  in  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  Colleges  of  Pharmacy. 

CORRESPONDENCE 

All  correspondence  prior  to  entrance  in  the  Pre- 
professional  Program  of  the  Five  Year  Curriculum  at 
College  Park  should  be  addressed  to  the  Director  of 
Admissions,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park, 
Maryland  20742. 

On  the  College  Park  campus,  the  Pharmacy  Stu- 
dent Advisors'  office  is  in  the  Francis  Scott  Key  build- 
ing, Rm.  109,  telephone  number,  454-2560. 


THE  SCHOOL  OF 
MEDICINE 
PHYSICAL  THERAPY 

Physical  Therapy  isa  health  profession  concerned 
with  the  prevention,  evaluation  and  treatment  of 
disease  processes  and  injuries  amenable  to  the  ef- 
fects of  certain  physical  agents  (heat,  cold,  ultra- 
sound, light,  electricity,  water,  massage),  exercise 
and  performed  with  due  consideration  for  the  emo- 
tional, social  and  economic  facts  related  to  the  in- 
dividual's health  maintenance  or  recovery.  Its  pur- 
poses are  affected  through  individual  treatment  or 

Dentistry,  Medical  Technology,  Nursing,  Pharmacy  and  Physical  Therapy  27/ 


group  instruction  or  by  consultation  and  instruction 
of  others  concerned  with  patient  care.  Physical 
Therapy  is  administered  only  when  the  patient  is 
referred  by  a  physician. 

The  educational  program  is  accredited  by  the 
Council  on  Medical  Education  of  the  American  Medi- 
cal Association  in  collaboration  with  the  American 
Physical  Therapy  Association. 

For  detailed  information  refer  to  the  Bulletin  is- 
sued by  the  Department  of  Physical  Therapy.  This 
can  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Department  of 
Physical  Therapy,  School  of  Medicine,  520R  West 
Lombard  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 

DEGREE  AND  REQUIREMENTS 

The  University  of  Maryland  offers  a  four-year  cur- 
riculum to  men  and  women  students  leading  to  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  after  the  completion  of 
139  semester  hour  credits  (63  liberal  arts  and  sci- 
ences, 72  professional,  and  four  health  and  physical 
activities).  The  freshman  and  sophomore  students 
are  registered  on  the  College  Park  or  Baltimore 
County  campus  and  the  junior  and  senior  students 
on  the  Baltimore  City  campus.  Qualified  students 
from  other  accredited  universities  or  colleges  who 
have  successfully  completed  appropriate  courses 
may  be  admitted  directly  to  the  professional  pro- 


gram at  Baltimore  beginning  in  the  Fall  semester 
only. 

Physical  Therapy  Curriculum 

College  Pork  Campus 

freshmoii  rear 
Course 


Engl.  001 
Phil.  001 

Spch.  001 
Cnem. 

Math.  010,  011 
Socy.  001 
Psyc.  001 
•P.T.  010,011 

P.E. 
Hlth.  005 


Sophomore  Year 

Engl.  003,  004 
Phys.  010,  011 
Zool.  001 
Zool.  002 
Psyc. 
Hist. 


"Deleted  for  student  a 
Student!  transferring 
have  completed  65  o 
with  2  SMC  of  lubil 


Title  Semester  Hour  Credits 

First  Second 

Composition 3  - 

Introduction  to  Philosophy  -  3 
(for  course  in  Fine  Arts) 

Public  Speaking -  3 

General  Chemistry 4  4 

Introduction  to  Mathematics 3  3 

Introduction  to  Sociology  3  - 

Introduction  to  Psychology -  3 

Physical  Theropy  Orientation    ,.,                 1  1 

Acodemic  Hours  14  T7" 

Physical  Activities 1  1 

Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2  - 

Total  Hours  W  IF 

World  Literoture 3  3 

Fundamentals  of  Physics 4  4 

General  Zoology 4  — 

The  Animal  Phyla -  4 

Choice  of  2  psychology  courses  3  3 
Choice  of  2  history  courses  other 

than  State 3  3 

Total  Hours  V7~  T7 


a  regionally  accredited  college  for  admit. ion  to  the  |unior  yeor  muit 
nic  lemeiter  hour  credit!  of  counet  comparable  to  thoie  luted  above 
i  for  P.T.  10.1  1  ond  a  year  of  phyncol  education  and  health  (4  S  HC  ) 


272  Dentistry,  Medical  Technology,  Nursing,  Pharmacy  and  Physical  Therapy 


THE  FACULTY 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Administrative  Officers 

BENTZ,  Frank  L.,  Jr.,  Vice  President  for  Agricultural  Affairs 
and  Associate  Professor  of  Soils 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

CAIRNS,  Gordon  M.,  Dean  and  Professor  of  Dairy  Husbandry 
B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1936;  M.S.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1940. 

POFFENBERGER,  Paul  R.,  Associate  Dean  and  Professor  of 
Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1935;   M.S.,   1937;   Ph.D., 
American  University,  1953. 

HAUT,  Irvin  C,  Director  of  Experiment  Station  and  Professor 
of  Horticulture 

B.S.,   University  of   Idaho,   1928;  M.S.,   State  College  of 
Washington,  1930;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

WAGNER,  Robert  E.,  Director  of  Extension  and  Professor  of 
Agronomy 

B.S.,  Kansas  State  College,  1942;  M.S.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, 1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1950. 

ELLINGTON,  Charles  P.,  Director  of  Service  and  Control  Pro- 
grams and  Extension 
Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  University  of  Georgia,  1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1952;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1964. 


Faculty 

ALBERT,  Thomas  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Veterinary  Sci- 
ence 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,   1959;  V.M.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania,  1962. 

ANGELL,  Frederick  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Horticulture 
B.S.,  Southern  Illinois  University,  I960;  M.S.,  1961; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1965. 

ANGUS,  Richard  R.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  and  State 
Leader,  4-H  and  Youth 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1953;  M.S.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1957. 

ARBUCKLE,  Wendell  S.,  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,   Purdue  University,   1933;  M.A.,   University  of  Mis- 
souri, 1937;  Ph.D.,  1940. 

AXLEY,  John  H.,  Professor  of  Soils 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1937;  Ph.D.,  1945. 

AYCOCK,  Marvin  K.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 
B.S..  North  Carolina  State  University,  1959;  M.S.,  1963; 
Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University,  1966. 

BAILEY,  Martin  G.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  and  Exten- 
sion Supervisor,  Agriculture 

B.S.,    Hampton    Institute,    1937;    M.Ed.,   Cornell    Univer- 
sity, 1955. 

BAKER,  Robert  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Horticulture 

A.B.,  Swarthmore  College,  1959;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1962;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

BANDEL,  V.  Allan,  Associate  Professor  of  Soils 

B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,   1959;   M.S.,   1962;   Ph.D., 
1965. 

BARNETT,  Neal  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S.,   Purdue   University,    1959;   Ph.D.,   Duke   University, 
1966. 

BEAL,  George  M.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,  Utah  State  College,  1934;  M.S.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, 1938;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

BEAN,  George  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology 

B.S.,  Cornell   University,   1958;   M.S.,   University  of  Min- 
nesota, I960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

BEITER,  Robert  J.,  Assistant  Professor  Agriculture  Economics 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  M.S.,  1957. 

BENDER,  Filmore  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  Eco- 
nomics 

B.S.,  university  of  California,  1961;  M.S.,  North  Carolina 
State  College,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

BEZDICEK,  David  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Soils 

B.S.,   South   Dakota   State   University,    I960;   M.S.,   Uni- 
versity of  Minnesota,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

BICKLEY,  William  E„  Professor  and  Head  of  Entomology 

B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1934;  M.S.,  1936;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1940. 

BIGBEE,  Daniel  E.,  Associate  Professor  Poultry  Science 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1956;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D., 
Michigan  State  University,  1962. 


BORTHWICK,  Harry  A.,  Lecturer  in  Horticulture 

A.B.,  Stanford  University,  1921;  M.A.,  1924;  Ph.D.,  1930. 

BOUWKAMP,  John  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Horticulture 
B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1964;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D., 
1969. 

BRENNAN,  Melvm  C,  Instructor,  Visual  Aids 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

BRICKER,  A.  June,  Extension  Professor  and  State  Leader, 
Extension  Home  Economics 

B.S.,  Battle  Creek  College,  1935;  M.A.,  New  York  Univer- 
sity, 1953;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1961. 

BRODIE,  Herbert  L.,  Extension  Instructor  of  Agricultural  En- 
gineering 
B.S.A.E.,  Rutgers  State  University,  1964. 

BROWN,  Russell  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1929;  M.S.,  1930;  Ph.  D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1934. 

BUCKEL,  W.  Max,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  and  Exten- 
sion Supervisor,  Agriculture 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  M.S.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1959. 

BULL,  Leonard  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1963;  M.S.,  1964;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University,  1969. 

BURIC,  John,  Associate  Professor  of  Animal  Science 

B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1948;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1960. 

BURT,  Gordon  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  Tennnessee  Technological  University,  1961;  M.S., 
Cornell  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Washington  State  Univer- 
sity, 1967. 

BUSBICE,  Bobby  G.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  and  Ex- 
tension Supervisor,  4-H  and  Youth 

B.S.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1950;  M.S.,  University 
of  Maryland  1961. 

CAIN,  Jarvis  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 
B.S.,  1955;  Purdue  University;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, 1956;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

CALDWELL,  Billy  E.,  Cooperative  Agent  and  Visiting  Associate 
Professor,  Agronomy 

B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  College,  1955;  M.S.,  1959; 
Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University,  1963. 

CARON,  Dewey  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.A.,  University  of  Vermont,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of 
Tennessee,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Cornell,  1970. 

CHANCE,  Charles  M.,  Extension  Associate  Professor,  Dairy 
Science 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941;  M.S.,  Virginia  Poly- 
technic Institute,  1948;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  Univer- 
sity, 1952. 

CLARK,  Neri  A.,  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

CORBETT,  M.  Kenneth,  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology 

B.S.,  Macdonald  College,  McGill  University,  1950;  Ph.D., 
Cornell,  University  1954. 

COX,  Edwin  L.,  Lecturer  in  Agricultural  Biometrics 

B.S.,  Mount  Allison  University,  1933;  M.S.,  Acadia  Uni- 
versity, 1940;  M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnical  Institute,  1949; 
Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  University,  1952. 

CREEK,  Richard  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 
B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1951;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

CROTHERS,  John  L.,  Jr.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor,  De- 
partment of  Markets 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.S.,  1954. 

CURTIS,  Charles  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology 
B.S.,  Colorado  State  University,  1961;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.  D., 
1965. 

CURTIS,  John  M.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Agricultural  Eco- 
nomics 

B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  College,  1947;  M.S.,  1949; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

DAVIDSON,  John  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.A.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

DAVIS,  Richard  F.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1950;  M.S.,  Cornell 
University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

DEAL,  Elwyn  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy  and  Assist- 
ant Director  of  Extension 

B.S.,  University  of  Georgia,  1958;  M.S.,  I960;  Ph.D.,  Rut- 
gers University,  1963. 

DeBARTH,  Jerry  V.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Animal  Science 
B.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1966. 


Faculty  277 


DECKER,  Morris  A.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  Colorado  A.  &  M.,  1949;  M.S.,  Utah  State  College, 
1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland  1953. 

DOUGLASS.  Larry  W.,  Assistant  Professor,  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1964;  M.S.,  1966,  Ph.D.,  Oregon 
State  University,  1969. 

EIGENBRODE,   David  D.,   Extension  Assistant  Professor  and 
Extension  Supervisor,  4-H  and  Youth 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955;  M.S.,  1961. 

EVANS,  James  G.,  Sr.,  Visiting  Professor  of  Agricultural  Eco- 
nomics 

B.A.,  Simpson  College,  1921;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1924. 

FANNING,  Delvin  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Soil  Mineralogy 
B.S.,   Cornell   University,   1954;   M.S.,   1959;   Ph.D.,   Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin,  1964. 

FARWELL,   Sanford,   Extension   Instructor  and   Exhibits  Spe- 
cialist 
B.A.,  Rhode  Island  School  of  Design,  1954. 

FELTON,  Kenneth  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  En- 
gineering 

B.S.A.,    University   of    Maryland,    1950;    B.S.C.E.,    1951; 
M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1962. 

FERGUSON,  James  Riley,  Extension  Professor  of  Animal  Sci- 
ence 

B.S.,  Colorado  A.  &  M.,   1941;  M.S.,  Cornell  University, 
1951;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

FERNOW,  Leonard  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1956;  M.S..  1957;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

FLYGER,    Vagn    F.,    Research    Professor,    Natural    Resource 
Institute 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1948;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1952;  Sc.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1956. 

FOSS,  John  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Soil  Classification 

B.S.,  Wisconsin  State  University,  1957;  M.S.,  University 
of  Minnesota,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

FOSTER,  Phillips  W.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 
B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1953;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1956;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

GALLOWAY,  Raymond  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Plant  Phys- 
iology 

B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1952;   M.S.,   1956;   Ph.D., 
1958. 

GAUCH,  Hugh  G.,  Professor  of  Plant  Physiology 

B.S.,  Miami  University,  1935;  M.S.,  Kansas  State  College, 
1937;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1939. 

GODFREY,    Edward    F.,    Extension    Professor  of   Poultry   Sci- 
ence 

B.S.,    University   of   New   Hampshire,    1949;    M.S.,   Ohio 
State  University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

GOODWIN,  Edwin  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Animal  Science 
B.S.,    Louisiana    State   University,    1946;    M.S.,    Cornell, 
1948;  Ph.D.,  Washington  State  University,  1955. 

GOUIN,  Francis  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire,   1962;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1965,  Ph.D.,  1969. 

GREEN,   Robert  L.,   Professor  and   Head  of  Agricultural   En- 
gineering i 
B.S.A.E.,   University  of  Georgia,   1934;  M.S.,   Iowa  State 
College,  1939;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1953. 

GREEN,  Willard  W.,  Professor  of  Animal  Science 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,   1933;  M.S.,  1934;  Ph.D., 
1939. 

GRIGG,  Barbara  J.,  instructor 

B.S.,  Florida  Southern  College,  I960;  M.S.  University  of 
Tennessee,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1968. 

HAMMOND,    Robert    C,    Extension    Associate    Professor   of 
Veterinary  Science 

B.S.,   Pennsylvania  State  University,   1943;  V.M.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania,  1948. 

HARDIE,    Ian    W..    Associate    Professor   of   Agriculture    Eco- 
nomics 

A. A.,   Modesto  Junior  ColleRe.   1958;  B.S.,   University  of 
California,  I960;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

HARDING,  Wallace  C,  Jr.,  Extension  Assistant   Professor  of 
Entomology 
B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1951;    M.S.,    1956;    Ph.D., 
1961. 

HARRIS,  Wesley  L.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Engineering 
B.S.A.E.,  University  of  Georgia,  1953;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D.. 
Michigan  State  University,  1960. 

HARRISON,  Floyd  P.,  Associate  Prof essor  of  Entomology 

B.S..    Louisiana    State    University.    1951;    M.S..    1953; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955. 

278  Faculty 


HARRISON,  George  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 

B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1935;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

HATZIOLOS,  Basil  C,  Professor  of  Pathology 

D.V.M.,  Veterinary  School  of  Alfort,  France,  1929;  DR. 
VET.  IN  AN.  HUS.,  Veterinary  School  of  Berlin,  Germany, 
1932. 

HEATH,  James  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 
B.S.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1963;  M.S.,  1968;  Ph.D., 
1970. 

HEIMPEL,  Arthur  M.,  Lecturer  in  Entomology 

B.A.,  Queens  College,  1947;  M.A.,  J.948;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  California,  1954. 

HENDEE,  Clare  W.,  Lecturer  in  Horticulture 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1930;  M.A.,  George  Wash- 
ington University,  1960. 

HOECKER,  Harold  H.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  of  Agri- 
cultural Economics 
B.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1941. 

HOFFMAN,  Edmund,  Associate  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 
B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1937;  M.S.,  Rutgers  University, 
1945;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949. 

HOFMANN,  Lenat,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  Wisconsin  State  University,  1962;  M.S.,  North  Da- 
kota State  University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  North  Dakota  State 
University,  1969. 

HOLMES,  A.  Stewart,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  Eco- 
nomics 

B.S.,  Oregon  State  University  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1969. 

HOPKINS,  H.  Palmer,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education  and  Director  of  Student  Aid 
B.S.,   Oklahoma   State   University,    1936;   Ed.M.,    Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1948;  Ed.D.,  George  Washington  Univer- 
sity, 1962. 

HORNSTEIN,  Irwin,  Lecturer  in  Food  Science 

B.Ch.Eng.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1937;  M.S..  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Georgetown  University, 
1960. 

HOYERT,  John  H.,  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D., 
1951. 

HUMMEL,  John  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  En- 
gineering 

B.S.A.E.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.S.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1970. 

INGLING,  Allen  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Veterinary  Sci- 
ence 

B.S.E.E.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  V.M.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania,  1969. 

ISHEE,  Sidney,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,  Mississippi  State  College,  1950;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

JOHNSON,  Carl  N.,   Extension  Assistant   Professor  of   Horti- 
culture 
B.S.,  Michigan  State  College,  1947. 

JOHNSON.  Robert  B..  Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Phys- 
iology 
A.B.,  University  of  South  Dakota,  1939. 

JONES  Jack  Colvard,  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.S.,  Alabama  Polytechnic  Institute,  1942;  Ph.D..  Iowa 
State  College,  1950. 

KANTZES,  James  G.,  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  M.S..  1954;  Ph.D.. 
1957. 

KARLANDER.  Edward  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Plant  Phys- 
iology 

B.S.,  University  of  Vermont.  I960;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

KEENEY,  Mark,  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  1942;  M.S.,  Ohio  State 
University,  1948;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  College, 
1950. 

KILPATRICK,  Louise  C,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  and 
Program  Leader,  4-H  and  Youth 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1942;  M.S.,  Cornell 
University,  1957. 

KING.  Raymond  L..  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 

A.B.,  University  of  California,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

KLARMAN,  William  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology 
B.S..  Eastern  Illinois  State  College.  1957;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois.  I960;  Ph.D..  1962. 

KRAMER.  Amihud,  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S..  1939;  Ph.D.. 
1942. 


KRAUSS,  Robert  W.,  Professor  of  Plant  Physiology  and  Head, 
Department  of  Botany 

A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1947;  M.S.,  University  of  Hawaii. 
1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951. 
KRESTENSEN,  Elroy  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Entomology 
B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1949;  M.S.,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1962. 
KUHN,  Albin  0.,  Professor  of  Agronomy  and  Chancellor,  Balti- 
more Campuses 

B.S.,    University  of   Maryland,    1938;    M.S.,    1939;    Ph.D., 
1948. 
KRUSBERG,  Lorin  R.,  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology 

B.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1954;  M.S.,  North  Carolina 
State  College,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1959. 
LADSON,   Thomas  A.,   Head   of  Veterinary   Science  and   Di- 
rector of  the  Live  Stock  Sanitary  Service 
V.M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1939. 
LANGFORD.   George  S.,   Professor  of  Entomology  and  State 
Entomologist 

B.S.,  Clemson  College,   1921;   M.S.,   University  of  Mary- 
land, 1924;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1929. 
LANGSDALE,   Elizabeth,   Extension   Assistant   Professor  and 
Home  Furnishing  Specialist 

B.S.,   Illinois  State  University,  1938;  M.E.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University,  1954. 
LAWRENCE,    Robert  G.,   Assistant   Professor  of  Agricultural 
Economics 

B.S.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1957;  M.B.A.,  1961;  Ph.D., 
Texas  A  &  M  University,  1969. 
LEFFEL,  Emory  C,  Professor  of  Animal  Science 

B.S.,   University  of   Maryland,   1943;   M.S.,   1947;   Ph.D.. 
1953. 
LESSLEY,  Billy  V.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Eco- 
nomics 

B.S.,   University  of  Arkansas,   1957;   M.S.,   I960;   Ph.D., 
University  of  Missouri,  1965. 
LIDEN,  Conrad  H.,  Assistant  Professor,  Administrative  Assist- 
ant to  the  Dean 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  M.S.,  1949. 
LEIDENFROST,  Charles  B.,  Extension  Instructor  and  Cultural 
Resource  Development  Specialist 
Agricultural  Degree,  University  of  Budapest,  1943. 
LINK,  Conrad  B.,  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B.S.,   Ohio   State   University,    1933;    M.S.,    1934;    Ph.D., 
1940. 
LOCKARD,  J.  David,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany  and  Ed- 
ucation 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  1951;  M.Ed.,  Pennsyl- 
vania State  University  1955;  Ph.D.,  1962. 
LONGEST,  James  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Rural  Sociology 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1951;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Cor- 
nell University,  1957. 
MACCINI,  John  A.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Geology  and  Sec- 
ondary Education 

B.A.,   Boston  University,   1949;   M.A.,   1952;   Ph.D.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1969. 
MARASCO,    Richard   J.,    Assistant   Professor  of   Agricultural 
Economics 

B.S.,    Utah   State   University,    1961;    M.S.,    1966;    Ph.D., 
University  of  California,  1969. 
MARQUARDT,  Warren  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary 
Science 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1959;  D.V.M.,  1961. 
MATHIAS,  lola  H..  Extension  Assistant  Professor  and  Clothing 
and  Textiles  Specialist 

B.S.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women,   1936;  M.S., 
Mississippi  Southern  College,  1955. 
MATTICK,  Joseph  F.,  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1950. 
McKEE,  Claude  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B  S.,    University  of  Maryland,    1951;    M.S.,    1955;    Ph.D.. 
1959. 
MCLUCKIE,    Virginia,     Extension    Associate    Professor    and 
Home  Economist 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941;  M.S.,  1953. 
MEARNS,  Margaret  M.,   Extension  Instructor  and  Extension 
Supervisor  Home  Economics 
B.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1933. 
MENZER,  Robert  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,   I960;  M.S.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964. 
MERKEL,  James  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agriculture  En- 
gineering 

B.S.,  Penn  State  University,  1962;  M.S.,  Iowa  State  Uni- 
versity, 1965;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University,  1967. 


MERRICK,  Charles  P.,  Extension  Associate  Professor  of  Agri- 
cultural Engineering 
B.S.C.E.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 
MESSERSMITH,  Donald  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Entomol- 
ogy 

B.Ed.,    University   of   Toledo,    1951;    M.S.,    University   of 
Michigan,    1953;    Ph.D.,    Virginia    Polytechnic    Institute, 
1962. 
MEYER,  Amos  R.,  Extension  Associate  Professor  of  Marketing 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1940. 
MILLER,  Frederick  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Soils 

B.S.,   Ohio   State   University,    1958;    M.S.,    1961;    Ph.D., 
1965. 
MILLER,  James  R.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,   1951;   M.S.,   1953;   Ph.D., 
1956. 
MOHANTY.   Sashi  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Vir- 
ology 

B.V.SC.  &  A.H.,  Bihar  University,  India;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1963. 
MOORE,  John  R.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1951;  M.S.,  Cornell  Univer- 
sity, 1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1959. 
MORGAN,  Delbert  T.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S.,   Kent  State  University,   1940;  M.A.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1942;  Ph.D.,  1948. 
MORGAN,  Omar  D.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Plant  Pathol- 
ogy 

B.Ed.,  Illinois  State  Normal  University,  1940;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois,  1950. 
MORRIS,   John   L.,    Extension   Associate   Professor  of   Dairy 
Science 

B.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Dela- 
ware, 1958. 
MOTTA,  Jerome  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 

A.B.    San    Francisco   State,    1959;    M.A.,    San   Francisco 
State,    1964;    Ph.D.,    University   of   California,    Berkeley, 
1968. 
MULCHI,  Charles  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University,  1964;  M.S.,  1967; 
Ph.D.,  1970. 
MURRAY,  Ray  A.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,   University  of   Nebraska,   1934;   M.A.,   Cornell    Uni- 
versity, 1938;  Ph.D.,  1949. 
NANTZ.  Evelyn  R.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  and.  Home 
Management  Specialist 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1939;  M.S.,  1958. 
NASH,   Darrel   A.,  Cooperative  Agent  and  Visiting  Assistant 
Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 
A.A.,  Fort  Lewis  College,  1956;  B.S.,  Colorado  State  Uni- 
versity,   1958;    M.S.,    Montana    State    University,    I960; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1964. 
NELSON,  Clifford  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education 

B.S.,    Washington    State   University,    1957;    M.S.,    1962; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1966. 
NEWCOMER,  Joseph  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  M.S.,  1955. 
NEWMAN,  John  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Micro- 
biology 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1959;  D.V.M.,  1961;  Ph.D.. 
1967. 
NICHOLSON,    James    L.,    Extension    Assistant    Professor   of 
Poultry  Science 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951. 
NORTON,  Jane  S.,  Research  Associate  in  Botany 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1957;  M.S.,  Cornell 
University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1966. 
OWENS,  Anna  Belle,  Instructor  in  Botany 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1940;  M.S.,  1949. 
PAROCHETTI,  James  V.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1962;  M.S.,  Purdue  University, 
1964;  Ph.D.,  1966. 
PATTERSON,  Glenn  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Plant  Phys- 
iology 

B.S.,   North  Carolina  State  University,   I960;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1964. 
PHEIL,  Judith   A.  (Mrs.),   Extension  Assistant  Professor  and 
Food  and  Nutrition  Specialist 
B.S.,  Hood  College,  1931. 
POLLARD,  William,  0.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 


Faculty  279 


REICHELDERFER,   Charles  F.,  Assistant   Professor  of   Ento- 
mology 

B.S.,  St.  Cloud  State  College,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California,  Riverside,  1968. 

REVEAL,  James  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S.,  Utah  State  University  1963;  M.S.,  Utah  State,  1965; 
Ph.D.,  Brigham  Young  University,  1969. 

REYNOLDS,  Charles  W.,  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B.A.,   University  of   Alabama,    1941;   B.S.,   Alabama   Poly- 
technic Institute,  1947;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1954. 

RICE,   William    L.,    Extension    Instructor   in   Agricultural   En- 
gineering 
B.S.A.E.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968. 

ROGERS,  Benjamin  L.,  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B.S.,  Clemson  College,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnes- 
ota, 1947;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950. 

ROTHGEB,  Russell  G.,  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1924;  M.S.,  Iowa  State  Col- 
lege, 1925;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1928. 

RYDEN,  Einar  R.,  Professor  of  Extension  Education 

B.S.,  Augsburg  College,  1929;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  Uni- 
versity, 1947. 

SCHALES,  Franklin  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Horticulture 
B.S.,    Louisiana   State   University,    1959;    M.S.,    Cornell, 
University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

SCHILLINGER,  John  A.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  I960;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D., 
Michigan  State  University  1965. 

SCHNEIDER,    Nancy   K.,    Extension    Instructor  and    Program 
Specialist  Assistant,  Home  Economics 
B.S.,  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology,  1969. 

SCOTT,  Leland  E.,  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B.S.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1927;  M.S.,  Michigan  State 
College,  1929;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943. 

SEELEY,  Donald  J.,  Instructor  in  Dairy  Science 
B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1950. 

SEGOVIA,  Antonio  V.,  Associate  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  Colorado  School  of  Mines,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Pennsyl- 
vania State  University,  1963. 

SEIBEL,  Ronald  J.,  Instructor  in  Agricultural  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1957;  M.S.,  1958. 

SHAFFNER.  Clyne  S.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Poultry  Science 
B.S.,  Michigan  State  College,  1939;  M.S.,  1940;  Ph.D., 
Purdue  University,  1947. 

SHANKS,  James  B.,  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1939;  M.S.,  1946;  Ph.D., 
1949. 

SHAW,  Glenn  W.,  Research  Associate  in  Horticulture 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of 
Arkansas,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland  1969. 

SHORB,  Mary  S.,  Research  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 

B.S.,  College  cf  Idaho,  1928;  Sc.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity, 1933. 

SHRIVER,  David,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomology 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  I960;  M.S..  1963. 

SIEGRIST,  Henry  G.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Geology 

B.A.,  Lehigh  University,  1965;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

SISLER,  Hugh  D.,  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.S.,  1951;  Ph.D., 
1953. 

SMITH,  Clodus  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education  and  Director  of  Summer  School 
B.S.,  Oklahoma  A  &  M  College,  1950;  M.S.,  1955;  Ed.D., 
Cornell  University,  1960. 

SMITH,  Clyde  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1950;  M.S..  University  of  Ill- 
inois, 1963;  Ph.D.,  Cornell,  1967. 

SMITH,  Harold  D.,  Associate  Director  of  Extension  and  Pro- 
fessor of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.A..  Bridgewater  College,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1947;  Ph.D.,  American  University,  1952. 

SOERGEL,  Kenneth  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Horticulture 
B.S.,   Pennsylvania  State  University,   1961;   M.L.A.,   Har- 
vard University,  1963. 

SOROKIN.   Constantine,   Research   Professor  in   Plant   Phys- 
iology 

Diploma,  Novocherkassk  (Russia),  1927;  M.A.,  Academy 
of  Sciences  (Moscow),  1936;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas. 
1955. 

SOKOLOSKI,  Adam  A.,  Cooperative  Agent  and  Visiting  Assist- 
ant Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 
B.S.,  Middlebury  College,  1961:  M.S..  Purdue  University, 

280         Faculty 


1964;  Ph.D.,  Oregon  State  University,  1967. 

SPANGLER,  Paul  J.,  Lecturer  in  Entomology 

B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1949;  M.S.,  Ohio  Univer- 
sity, 1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri,  1960. 

STADELBACHER,  Glenn  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Horticul- 
ture 

B.S.,  Southern  Illinois  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1962. 

STARK,  Francis  C,  Professor  and  Head  of  Horticulture 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.,  1940;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1941;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

STEELE,  David  E.,  Instructor  in  Veterinary  Science 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  D.V.M..  University  of 
Georgia,  1970. 

STEINHAUER,  Allen  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Entomology 
B.S.A.,  University  of  Manitoba,  1953;  M.S.,  Oregon  State 
University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

STERN,  William  L..  Professor  of  Botanv 

B.S.,  Rutgers  University,  1950;  M.S..  University  of  Illinois 
1951;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

STEVENS,  George  A.,  Extension  Professor  of  Agricultural  Eco- 
nomics 

B.S  ,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1941;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1957. 

STEWART,  Larry  E.,  Extension  Instructor  in  Agricultural  En- 
gineering 
B.S.A.E.,  West  Virginia,  I960;  M.S.,  1961. 

STIFEL,  Peter  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Geology 

B.A.,  Cornell  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Utah, 
1964. 

STRICKLING,  Edward,  Professor  of  Soils 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1937;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

SULZBACKER,  William  L.,  Lecturer  in  Animal  Science 
B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1936;  M.S.,  1938. 

TERBORGH,  John,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 
A.M.,  Harvard  University,  I960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

THOMPSON,  Arthur  H.,  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1941;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1945. 

TODD,  S.  Herman,  Instructor  in  Horticulture 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1937. 

TUTHILL,  Dean  F.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois. 
1954;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

TWIGG,  Bernard  A.,  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  M.S..  1955;  Ph.D., 
1959. 

TYSOWSKY,  Michael,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Entomology 

B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1964;  M.S..  West  Virginia  Uni- 
versity, 1967. 

VANDERSALL,  John  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 
B.S.,   Ohio   State   University.    1950;    M.S.,    1954;    Ph.D.. 
1959. 

VANZANDT,  Dorothy  P.,  Assistant  Professor  and  Food  and 
Nutrition  Specialist 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1935;  M.S..  Texas 
Woman's  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

VEST,  H.  Grant,  Research  Associate  in  Agronomy 

B.S.,  Utah  State  University,  I960;  M.S..  1964:  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Minnesota,  1967. 

VIA,  James  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 
B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University,  1952;  M.S.,  1964; 
Ph.D.,  1967. 

WALKER,  William  P.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1921;  M.S.,  1924. 

WANG,  Virginia  Li,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  and  Health 
Education  Specialist 

B.A.,  Salve  Regina  College,  1954;  M.A.,  New  York  Uni- 
versity, 1956;  M.P.H.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1965; 
Ph.D..  1968. 

WEAMERT,  James  A.,  Assistant  Extension  Director  and  Ex- 
tension Instructor 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  M.Ed.  North  Carolina 
University,  1969. 

WEAVER,  Leslie  0.,  Extension  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology 
B.S. A.,  Ontario  Agricultural  College;  1934;  Ph.D.,  Cornell 
University,  1943. 

WEIDNER,  Jerry  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geology 

B.A..  Miami  University  (Ohio)  I960;  M.S..  1963;  Ph.D.. 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1968. 

WHAPLES,  Gene  C,  Extension  Instructor  and  Program 
Leader,  4-H  and  Youth 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut.  I960;  M.S..  Kansas  State 
University,  1965. 


WHEATON,  Fredrick  W.,  Research  Associate  of  Agricultural 
Engineering 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1964;  M.S.,  Michigan 
State    University,    1965;    Ph.D.,    Iowa    State    University, 

1968. 
WILEY,  Robert  C,  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B.S.,    University  of   Maryland,    1949;   M.S.,    1950;    Ph.D., 

Oregon  State  College,  1953. 
WILLIAMS,  Walter  F.,  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1955. 
WILLSON,  George  B.,  Research  Associate  (Visiting) 

B.S.C.E.,  University  of  Wyoming,  1951;  M.S.C.E.,  Univer- 
sity of  Wyoming,  1963. 
WINN,  Paul  N.,  Research  Professor  of  Agricultural  Engineering 

B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1947;  M.S.,  1958. 
WOOD,  Francis  E.,  Instructor  in  Entomology 

B.S.,   University  of   Missouri,    1958;    M.S.,    1962;   Ph.D., 

University  of  Maryland,  1970. 
WYSONG,  John  W.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1953;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois, 

1954;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1957. 
YOUNG,  Edgar  P.,   Professor  of  Animal   Science  and   Head, 

Animal  Science 

BS.,   Ohio   State   University,    1954;    M.S.,    1956;    Ph.D., 

1958. 

Emeriti 

CORY.  Ernest  N.,  Professor  of  Entomology,  Emeritus 

B.S.,  Maryland  Agricultural  College,  1909;  M.S.,  1913; 
Ph.D.,  American  University,  1926. 

DEVAULT,  Samuel    H.,  Professor  of  Agricultural   Economics 
and  Marketing,  Emeritus 

AB  Carson-Newman  College,  1912;  A.M.,  University  of 
North  Carolina,  1915;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  State  Col- 
lege, 1931. 

EMERSON,  Dorothy,  Extension  Professor,  Emerita 

FOSTER,  John   E.,   Professor  and   Head  of  Animal   Science, 
Emeritus 

B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  College,  1926;  M.S.,  Kansas 
State  College,  1927;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1937. 

HAVILAND,  Elizabeth  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomology, 
Emerita 

A.B.,  Wilmington  (Ohio)  College,  1923;  M.A.,  Cornell  Uni- 
versity, 1926;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1936;  Ph.D., 
1945. 


KEMP,  William  B.,  Director  of  Experiment  Station,  Emeritus 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1912;  Ph.D.,  American  Uni- 
versity, 1928. 

KREWATCH,  Albert  V.,  Extension  Professor  of  Agricultural  En- 
gineering, Emeritus 

B.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1925;  M.S.,  1929;  E.E., 
1933. 

MAGRUDER,  John  W.,  Extension  Professor,  Emeritus 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1925;  M.S.,  Cornell  Univer- 
sity, 1941. 

NYSTROM,   Paul  E.,  Director  of  Extension  and  Professor  of 
Agricultural  Economics,  Emeritus 

B.S.,  University  of  California,  1928;  M.S..  University  of 
Maryland,  1931;  M.P.A.,  Harvard  University,  1948;  D.K.A., 
1951. 

STREET,  Orman  E.,  Professor  of  Agronomy,  Emeritus 

B.S.,  South  Dakota  State  College,  1924;  M.S.,  Michigan 
State  College,  1927;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

Supervising  Teachers  of  Agricultural  Education* 

BEVARD,  Carl  W.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  M.Ed., 

1953 

Glenelg  High  School,  Glenelg,  Maryland. 
BURLIN,  Walter  W.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  M.S., 

University  of  Delaware,  1958. 

Bel  Air  High  School,  Bel  Air,  Maryland. 
COBB,  Robert  A.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954 

North  Harford  School,  Pylesville,  Maryland. 
COOPER,  Elmer  T.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956;  M.S., 

1965. 

North  Harford  High  School,  Pylesville,  Maryland. 
MILLER,  Harry  T.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  M.S., 

1952. 

Frederick  High  School,  Frederick,  Maryland. 
TOLLEY,    Leonard    E.,    B.S.,    Virginia    Polytechnic    Institute, 

1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

Damascus  High  School,  Damascus,  Maryland. 


'Teachers  of  vocational  agriculture  who  supervise  student  teachers  during  the  student 
teaching  period  in  cooperation  with  the  Department  of  Agricultural  ond  Extension 
Education. 


Faculty  28  J 


SCHOOL  OF  ARCHITECTURE 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Administrative  Officers 

HILL,  John  W.,  Dean  of  the  School  of  Architecture  and  Pro- 
fessor of  Architecture 

B.A.,   Rice   University,    1951;   B.  Arch.,   Rice   University, 
1952;  M.  Arch.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1959. 

HUTTON,   Dale  J.,   Assistant   Dean   and  Associate   Professor 
of  Architecture 

B.  Arch.,  Texas  A  &  M,  I960;  M.S.  Arch.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1961. 

RATCLIFF,  Call iopt,  Administrative  Assistant  to  the  Dean  and 
Office  Manager. 

Faculty 

ALLEY,  Elizabeth,  Instructor  in  Architecture  (P.  T.)  and  Cur- 
ator of  Slides 
B.A.,  Wilson  College,  1948. 

BELL,  Robert  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Architecture 

B.A.,   University  of  Colorado,  1963;  M.  Arch.,  Yale  Uni- 
versity, 1967. 

CARTER,  Donald  G.,  Lecturer  in  Architecture  (P.  T.) 
B.S.,  Washington  University,  1949. 

CHABROWE,  Barbara,  Assistant  Professor  of  Architecture 
Diploma  D'Etudes,  Sorbonne,  1958;  M.A.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1965;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

COCHRAN,  Alexander  S.,  Professor  of  Architecture  (P.  T.) 
A.B.,  Princeton,  1935;  B.  Arch.,  Harvard  Graduate  School 
of  Design,  1939. 

EKSTROM,  Rurik  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Architecture 

B.  Arch.,  University  of  Virginia,  1957;  M.  Arch.,  Yale  Uni- 
versity, 1961. 

KASKEY,  Raymond  J.,  Instructor  in  Architecture 

B.  Arch.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1967;  M.  En- 
vironmental Design,  Yale  University,  1969. 

LEWIS,  Roger  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Architecture 
B.  Arch.,  M.I.T.,  1963;  M.  Arch.,  1967. 

LONG,  M.  J.,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Architecture  (Supported  by 
the  Kea  Professorship  program) 

B.A.,    Smith    College,    I960;    B.    Arch.,    Yale    University, 
1964. 

MICHEL,  Bruce,  Instructor  in  Architecture 

B.A.,  Dartmouth,  1964;  MFA,  Yale  University,  1968. 

MURTAGH,  William  J.,  Kea.  Distinguished  Professor  of  Archi- 
tecture 1970-71 

B.  Arch.,   University  of  Pennsylvania,   1953;   Ph.D.,   Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania,  1963. 

NEAL,  Berna,  Librarian  (McKeldin  Library  budget) 

B.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1957;  M.S.,  Syracuse  Univer- 
sity, 1960. 

SCHACK,  Mario,  Associate  Professor  of  Architecture  (P.  T.) 
Diploma  of  Architecture,  Swiss  Federal  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology, I960;  M.  Arch.,  Harvard,  1961. 

SELLERS,  David   E.,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Architecture  (Sup- 
ported by  the  Kea  Professorship  program) 
B.S.,   Yale   University,    I960;   B.   Arch.,   Yale   University, 
1965. 

SHAEFFER,  Ronald  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Architecture 
B.S.,  Building  Science,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute, 
1961;  M.S.,  Arch.,  Iowa  State  University,  1963. 

WIEBENSON,  Dora  L,  Associate  Professor  of  Architecture 
A.B.,  Vassar  College,  1946;  B.  Arch.,  Harvard  University, 
1951;  A.M.,  New  York  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

WIEBENSON,  John,  Associate  Professor  of  Architecture 

B.A.,  Harvard  University,  1955;  B.  Arch.,  Harvard  Gradu- 
ate School  of  Design,  1960. 

WILKES,  Joseph  A.,  Lecturer  in  Architecture  (P.  T.) 

B.A.,  Dartmouth  College,  1941;  B.  Arch.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1949. 


Administrative  Officers 

MANNING,  Charles,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

and  Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1931; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1950. 
LAFFER,  Norman  C,  Associate  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts 

and  Sciences  and  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.S.,  Allegheny  College,  1929;  M.S.,  University  of  Maine, 

1932;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1937. 
BOYD,  Alfred  C,  Jr.,  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts 

and  Sciences  and  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Canisius   College,    1951;   M.S.,   Purdue  University, 

1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 
JOHNSON,  Janet  W.,  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts 

and  Sciences  and  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,   George  Washington   University,   1951;  A.M.,   1956; 

Ph.D.,  1962. 
NORTON,  Ann  E.,  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and 

Sciences  and  Assistant  Professor  of  Spanish 

B.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1945;  M.A.,  1947. 
WILSON,  Gayle  E.,  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and 

Sciences  and  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Wayne  State  University,   I960;  M.A.,   University  of 

Rochester,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Faculty 

ADAMS,  Stuart  N.,  Lecturer  in  Sociology 

B.S.,   Ohio   State   University.    1937;    M.A.,    1941;    Ph.D.. 
1948. 

ADAMS,  William  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles;  Ph.D.,  Colum- 
bia University,  1964. 

A'HEARN,  Michael  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Astronomy 

B.S.,  Boston  College,  1961;  Ph.D..  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin, 1966. 

AKIYAMA,   Wallace  Y.,    Instructor   in   Speech  and   Dramatic 
Art 

B.A.,    University    of    Hawaii,    1954;    M.A.,    University    of 
Maryland,  1957. 

ALEXANDER,    James    Crew,    Research    Associate    in    Mathe- 
matics 

B.S.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1964;  Ph.D.,  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1968. 

ALLEN,  Frank  C,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  M.A.,  New  York  Uni- 
versity, 1963. 

ALLEN,  Mary,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  Brigham  Young  University,  1962:  M.A..  1963. 

ALLEY,  Carroll  0..  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Richmond,  1948:  M.A..  Princeton  Uni- 
versity, 1951;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

AMMON,  Herman  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

Sc.B..  Brown  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wash- 

inton,  1963. 
ANASTOS,  George,  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Akron,  1942;  M.A.,  Harvard  University, 

1947;  Ph.  D.,  1949. 
ANDERSON,  Frank  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Anthropology 

A.B.,  Cornell  University,  1941;  Ph.D.,  University  of  New 

Mexico,  1951. 
ANDERSON,  J.  Robert,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1963. 
ANDERSON,  Janet  C,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A..  Western  Maryland  College.  1965;  M.A.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1968. 
ANDERSON,  Kathryn  L.,  Instructor  in  Speech  and  Dramatic 

Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1965;  M.A..  1967. 
ANDERSON,  Nancy  S..  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Colorado,  1952:  M.A.,  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, 1953;  Ph.D.,  1956. 
ANDERSON,  William,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus..  Depauw  University.  1949;  M.F.A..  The  Johns  Hop- 
kins University,  1953. 
ANDREADIS,  Harriette,  Lecturer  in  English 

B.A.,  Temple  University.  1961;  M.A.,  1963. 
ANDREWS,  Mary  L.,  Associate  Professor  Emerita  of  English 

B.S..  New  York  University,  1929;  M.A..  1935;  Ph.D..  1941. 
APITZ.  Elly  F..  Instructor  in  German 

B.A.,  Goucher  College.   1958;   M.A..   The  Johns  Hopkins 

University,  1959. 


282  Faculty 


ATKINSON,  Gordon,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S..  Lehigh  University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  Univer- 
sity, 1956. 

AUSLANDER,  Joseph,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1952;  M.S., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

AVERY,    William    T.,    Professor   and    Chairman    of    Classical 
Languages  and  Literatures 

B.A.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1934;  M.A.,  1935; 
Ph.D.,  1937;  Fellow  of  the  American  Academy  in  Rome, 
1937-39. 

AYLWARD,   Thomas  J.,    Professor  of   Speech   and   Dramatic 
Art 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1947;  M.S..  1949;  Ph.D., 
1960. 

BAILEY,  William  J.,  Research  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1946. 

BAKER,  Donald  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dra- 
matic Art 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1954;  M.A.,  1956;  Ph.D., 
1962. 

BANERJEE,  Manoj  K.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.Sc,  Patna  University  (India),  1949;  M.Sc,  Calcutta 
University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

BANKS,  Oliver  T.,  Lecturer  in  Art 

B.A.,  Williams  College,  1962;  M.A.,  Boston  University, 
1965;  M.F.A.,  Princeton  University,  1968. 

BARDASIS,  Angelo,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Cornell  University,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

BARILLARI,  Joseph  P..  Lecturer  in  History 

B.A.,  College  of  Wooster,  1962;  M.A.,  Washington  Uni- 
versity, 1963. 

BARKER,  John  L,  Jr..  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1958;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

BARNES,  Jack  C,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Duke  University,  1939;  M.A.,  1947;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1954. 

BARNETT,  Ronald  J.,  Instructor  in  Music 
B.Mus.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  1960. 

BARRABINI,  Micheline  G.,  Instructor  in  French 

Licence-es-Lettres,  University  of  Aix-en-Provence,  1955. 

BARTRA,  Agusti,  Visiting  Professor  of  Spanish 

BARTLETT,  Claude  J.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Psychology 
B.S.,   Denison    University,    1954;    M.A.,   Ohio   State   Uni- 
versity, 1956;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

BASA,  Eniko  M.,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  Trinity  College  (Washington),  1962;  M.A.,  University 
of  North  Carolina,  1965. 

BATEMAN,  Ivan  Nils,  Assistant  Prof essor  of  Sociology 

B.S.,  Florida  State  University,  I960;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D., 
1965. 

BATHURST,  Jean  M.,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1945;  M.A.,  Northwestern 
University,  1956. 

BAUER,  Richard  H.,  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1924;  M.A.,  1928;  Ph.D., 
1935. 

BEAGLEHOLE,  David  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.Sc,  Victoria  University  of  Wellington  (New  Zealand), 
1959;  M.Sc,  I960;  Ph.D.,  Cambridge  University,  1964. 

BEALL,  Edgar  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1958;  Ph.D., 
1962. 

BEALL,   Otho  T.,   Jr.,   Professor  of   English   and   Director  of 
American  Studies 

B.A.,  Williams  College,  1930;  M.A.,  University  of  Min- 
nesota, 1933;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1952. 

BEATTY,  Yvonne  J.,  Instructor  in  Music 

B.Mus.,  Michigan  State  University,  1953;  M.Mus.,  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan,  1956. 
BEAUCHAMP,  Virginia  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,    University  of   Michigan,    1942;   M.A.,    1948;    Ph.D., 

University  of  Chicago,  1955. 
BECKER,  Lee  Allan,  Lecturer  in  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1964. 
BEIQUE,  Michael,  Instructor  in  French 

B.A.,  McGill   University,  Canada,   I960;  M.A.,   Universite 

Laval,  Canada,  1963. 
BELL,  A.  Robert,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Miami,  I960;  M.A.,  1962. 


BELL,  Roger  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astron- 
omy 

B.Sc,  University  of  Melbourne,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Australian 
National  University,  1962. 

BELLAMA,  Jon  Michael,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 
A.B.,  Allegheny  College,  I960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1965. 

BELZ,  Herman  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of 
Washington,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

BENEDETTO,  John  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,    Boston    College,    I960;    M.A.,    Harvard    University, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Toronto,  1964. 

BENEDICT,  William  S.,  Professor  of  Molecular  Physics 

A.B.,  Cornell  University,  1928;  A.M.,  1929;  Ph.D.,  Massa- 
chusetts Institute  of  Technology,  1933. 

BENESCH,  William  M.,  Professor  of  Molecular  Physics 

B.A.,  Lehigh  University,  1942;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

BENNETT,  Lawrence  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1955;  Ph.D.,  Rutgers  University,  1958. 

BERG,  Kenneth  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S..  University  of  Minnesota,  I960;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

BERG,  Richard  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Manchester  College,  I960;  M.S.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

BERMAN,  Joel  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Julliard  School  of  Music,  1951;  M.A.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1952;  D.M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1957. 

BERNHARDT,  Miriam  E.,  Instructor  in  Mathematics 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953. 

BERNSTEIN,  Allen  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  California  Institue  of  Technology,  1962;  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  California,  L.A.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California,  L.A.,  1965. 

BERNSTEIN,  Melvin,  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman  of  Mu- 
sic and  Director  of  General  Education  Program 
A.B.,    Southwestern   at    Memphis,    1947;    B.Mus.,    1948; 
M.Mus.,   University  of  Michigan,   1949;   M.A.,   University 
of  North  Carolina,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

BERRY,  Mary  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Howard  University,  1961;  M.A.,  Howard  University, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1966. 

BERRY,  Thomas  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Russian 

B.S.,  University  of  S.  Illinois,  1952;  Diploma  Syracuse 
University  Russian  Language  Institute,  1953;  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois,  1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas,  1965. 

BEST,  Otto,  Associate  Professor  of  German 

Abitur,  Hohe  Landesschule  Hanau,  1948  (July);  Ph.D., 
Universitat  Munchen,  1963. 

BETTINGER,  Richard  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1965. 

BEVERIDGE,  Charles  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, 1959;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

BHAGAT,  Satindar  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Jammu  and  Kashmir  University,  1950;  M.Sc,  Uni- 
versity of  Delhi,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

BINGHAM,  Alfred  J.,  Professor  of  French 

B.A.,  Yale  University,  1933;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University, 
1939. 

BIRDSALL,  Esther  K.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Central  Michigan  College,  1947;  M.A.,  University 
of  Arizona,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

BLOM,  Eric  D.,  Instructor  in  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.S.,  Miami  University,  1966;  M.S.,  Ball  State  University, 
1967. 

BLOXOM,  Marguerite  Q.,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Colorado,  1954;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, 1956;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963. 

BLUM,  Beula  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  Queens  College,  1949;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1954;  Ed.D.  University  of  Michigan,  1968. 

BLUM,  Lois  Ann,  Instructor  in  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.S.,  University  of  Texas,  1965;  M.A.,  University  of  Hous- 
ton, 1967. 

BODE,  Carl,  Professor  of  English 

Ph.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1933;  M.A.,  Northwestern 
University,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1941;  Fellow  of  the  Royal  So- 
ciety of  Literature  of  the  United  Kingdom. 

BONDURANT,  Dolores,  Instructor  in  French 


Faculty  283 


A.B.,  Morgan  State  College,  1954;  M.A.,  Howard 

University,  1966. 
BOSS,  Peggy  G.,  Instructor  in  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.A.,    Mount   Mercy   College,    1962;    M.S.,    University   of 

Wisconsin,  1963. 
BOYD,  Alfred  C,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry  and 

Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

B.S.,   Canisius  College,    1951;   M.S.,    Purdue   University, 

1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 
BRACE,  John  W.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Swarthmore  College,  1949;  M.A.,  Cornell  University, 

1951;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

BRACHET,  Marina,  Instructor  in  French 

Baccaiaureat,    Universite    of    Lyon    Diplome    Institut    d' 

Etudes  Politiques,  University  of  Lyon. 
BRADBURY,  Miles  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Harvard  University,  I960;  A.M.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1967. 
BRANDT,  John  C,  Lecturer  in  Astronomy 

A.B.,  Washington  University,  St.  Louis,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago,  1960. 
BRANDT,  Richard  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

S.B.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1963;  Ph.D., 

1966. 
BRANN,  Noel  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Antioch  College,  I960;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University, 

1965. 
BRANNAN,  David  A.,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics 

B.Sc,  University  of  Glasgow,  1964. 
BRAUNGART,  Richard,  Assistant  Professor  in  Sociology 

B.A.,   University  of  Maryland,   1954;   M.A.,   1963;   Ph.D., 

Pennsylvania  State  University,  1969. 

BREGER,  Irving  A.,  Visiting  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute,  1941;  M.S.,  Massa- 
chusetts Institute  of  Technology,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

BRESLOW,  Marvin  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1957;  M.A.,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity, 1958;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

BRIDGERS,  Furman  A.,  Foreign  Student  Adviser  and  Assist- 
ant Professor  in  French 

B.A.,  Duke  University,  1925;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1928. 

BRINKLEY.  Howard  J..  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,  1958;  M.S.,  University 
of  Illinois,  I960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

BRODSKY,  Bernadette  P.,  Instructor  in  French 
Licence  es  Lettres,  University  of  Paris,  1963. 

BROWN,  John  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1952;  M.A.,  1957;  Ph.D., 
1959. 

BROWN,  Joshua  R.  C,  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,  Duke  University,  1948;  M.A.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

BROWN,  Margaret  L.,  Instructor  in  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1943;  M.A.,  1948. 
BROWN,  Samuel  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Indiana  University,   1934;  M.A.,   1946;   Ph.D.,  Yale 

University,  1955. 
BROWNE,  Joseph  L.,  Instructor  (P.  T.) 

Joint  appointment  with  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Lock  Haven  State  College,   1964;   M.A.,  University 

of  Maryland,  1965. 
BRUSH,  Stephen  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1955;  D.  Phil.,  Oxford  Univer- 
sity, 1958. 
BRUNNER,  Miriam,  Instructor  in  Dance 

Curtis  Institute  of  Music,  1939. 
BRYER,  Jackson  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Amherst  College,  1959;  M.A.,  Columbia  University. 

I960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1965. 
BUENGER,    Bonnie  J.,    Instructor   in   Speech   and   Dramatic 

Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Houston,  1965;  M.A.,  1966. 

BUNTS,  Frank  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.S.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1964;  M.A.,  Cleveland 
Institute  of  Art,  1964. 

BURHOE,  Sumner  0.,  Professor  Emeritus  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1925;  M.S.,  Kansas 
State  College,  1926;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1937. 

CALLCOTT,  George  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1950;  M.A.,  Colum- 
bia University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina, 
1956. 

284  Faculty 


CAMPBELL,  Kenneth  J.,  Lecturer  in  Art 

CANETTA,  Robert,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dra- 
matic Art 

B.A.,  Colorado  State  College,  1957;  M.A.,  1960,  Univer- 
sity of  Denver;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1967. 

CANNON,  Walter  F.,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  History 

A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1947;  M.A.,  Harvard  Univer- 
sity, 1949;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1956. 

CAPSHAW,  Frederick,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  Manhattan  College,  1966;  M.A.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1968. 

CARDACI,  Paul,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  M.A.,  1963. 

CAREY,  George  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Middlebury  College,  1958;  M.A.,  Indiana  University, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

CARNES,  Jean  T.,  Instructor  in  French 

B.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1963. 

CARROLL,  Robert  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  University  of  New  Mexico,  1965;  M.A.,  Ohio  State 
University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1969. 

CARTER,  Dan  T.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1962;  M.A.,  University 
of  Wisconsin.  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina, 
1967. 

CASTELLAN,  Gilbert,  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Associate 
Dean  of  the  Graduate  School  for  Physical  Sciences  and 
Engineering 

B.Sc,  Regis  College  (Colorado),  1945;  Ph.D.,  The  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1949. 

CATE,  Allen  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Rutgers  University,  I960;  M.A.,  Duke  University, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

CAUDILL,    Gordon    Russell,    Instructor   in   Speech   and   Dra- 
matic Art 
B.S.,  Kent  State  University,  1964;  M.A.,  1966. 

CAUSEY,  George  D.,  Associate  Research  Professor  of  Speech 
and  Dramatic  Art 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  M.A.,  1951;  Ph.D., 
Purdue  University,  1954. 

CELARIER,  James  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  University  of  Illinois,  1956;  M.A..  1958;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania  1960. 

CHANG,  Chung- Yun,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Colum- 
bia University,  1965. 

CHRISTOV,  Gabriella  T.,  Instructor  in  French  and  Italian 

Licenza  Liceale,  Liceo  A.,  D'Oria,  Genoa,  1945;  Dottore 
in  Lettere,  University  of  Genoa,  1950. 

CHU,  Hsin,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Hupeh  Teachers  College,  1948;  M.S.,  Tulane  Uni- 
versity, 1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1959. 

CLAIBORN,  William  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1964;  M.A.,  Syracuse  Uni- 
versity, 1968;  Ph.D..  Syracuse  University,  1968. 

CLAPPER,  Virginia  M.,  Instructor  in  Classical  Languages  and 
Literatures 
A.B.,  George  Washington  University,  1930;  M.A..  1932. 

CLARK,  Thomas  A.,  Lecturer  in  Astronomy 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Colorado,  1967. 

CLARK,  Eugenie,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,  Hunter  College,  1942;  M.A.,  New  York  University, 
1946;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

COATES,  Charles  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S.,  United  States  Military  Academy,  1924;  MA.,  Louisi- 
ana State  University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

COCKBURN,  James  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 
LLB.,  Leeds  University,  1959;  LL.M..  1961. 

COHEN,  Leon  W.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  Columbia  University,  1923;  A.M..  1925;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  1928. 

COLE,  Mildred  B..  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, 1951. 

COLE,  Wayne  S.,  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Iowa  State  Teachers  College,  1946;  M.S..  University 
of  Wisconsin,  1948;  Ph.D..  1951. 

CONDON,  Richard  W.,  Visiting  Lecturer 

B.A.,  University  of  Omaha,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of 
Omaha,  I960;  Ph.D..  University  of  Minnesota,  1969. 


CONNELL,  Terrence  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Colorado  State  University,  1961;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D., 

1966. 
CONNORS,  Philip  I.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,    University   of   Notre   Dame,    1959;    M.S.,    Pennsyl- 
vania State  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1965. 
CONTRERA,  Joseph  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,    New    York    University,    I960;    M.S.,'   1961;    Ph.D., 

1966. 
CONWAY,  Sabine,  Instructor  of  German 

Abitur  Gymnasium  fur  Madchen,  Celle  Germany,   I960; 

Vordiplom      Universitat     Mainz,      Dolmetscher     Institut 

Germerscheim,  1963;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969. 
COOK,  Clarence  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1948;  M.S.,  1950;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Colorado,  1962. 
COOK,  Thomas  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1955;   M.S.,   1957;   Ph.D., 

Rutgers  University,  1963. 

COOLEY,  Franklin  D.,  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1927;  M.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1933;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity, 1940. 

COOPER,  Sherod  M.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  Temple  University,  1951;  M.A.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania,  1963. 

COREA,  Elizabeth  Marie,  Instructor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic 
Art 
B.A.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1967;  M.A.,  1969. 

CORREL,  Ellen,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Douglass  College,  Rutgers  University,  1951;  M.S., 
Purdue  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

COULTER,  John  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  The  American  University,  1934;  M.A.,  University  of 
North  Carolina,  1936. 

COUTURIER,  Edith  B.,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  History 
A.B.,  Sarah  Lawrence  College,  1950;  M.A.,  Long  Island 
University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1965. 

CRAVEN,  Dorothy  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dra- 
matic Art 

B.S.,  Missouri  State  Teachers  College,  1945;  M.A.,  State 
University  of  Iowa,  1948. 

CRISP,  Matthew  C,  Instructor  in  Music  (P.  T.) 

B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1951;  M.A.,  Teachers 
College,  Columbia  University,  1957;  Diploma,  1962. 

CRISSMAN,  Louise  T.,  Instructor  in  Spanish  and  Portuguese 
B.A.,  Middlebury  College,  1962;  M.A.,  The  American  Uni- 
versity, 1965. 

CRONIN,  Eugene,  Research  Professor  of  Zoology 

A.B.,  Western  Maryland,  College,  1938;  M.S.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1946. 

CROSHAW,  Lynn  Morris,  Instructor  in  Zoology 
B.S.,  Bates  College,  1962. 

CURRIE,  Douglas  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.E.P.,  Cornell  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Rochester.  1965. 

CURRIER,  Albert  W.,  Instructor  in  Mathematics 

B.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1954;  M.A.,  The  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

CUSSLER,  Margaret  T.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  New  York  State  Teachers  College  (Albany),  1933; 
M.A.,  Radcliffe  College,  1941;  Ph.D.,  1943. 

DACHLER,  Hans  Peter,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.S.,   Richmond   Professional   Institute,   1963;   M.A,   Uni- 
versity  of    Illinois,    1968;    Ph.D.,    University   of    Illinois, 
1969. 

DANCIS,  Jerome,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1961;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

DANIEL,  James  C,  Instructor  in  History 

Assistant  Editor,  Booker  T.  Washington  Papers 
B.A.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1961;  M.A.,  Wake  Forest  Col- 
lege, 1962. 

DANIEL,  Klaus  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  University  of  Cologne,  1954;  M.A.,  University  of 
Gottingen,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley), 
1959;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

DAVIDSON,  Neil  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Case  Institute  of  Technology,  1961;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Wisconsin,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1968. 

DAVIDSON,  Ronald  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 


B.S.,  McMaster  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  Uni- 
versity, 1966. 

DAVIS,  Douglas  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Washington,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Florida,  1966. 

DAY,  Thomas  B.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  Uni- 
versity, 1957. 

DEBURGHGRAEVE,  Yves,  Instructor  in  French 

Licence-es-Lettres,  University  of  Aix-Marseille,  1968. 

de  LEIRIS,  Alain,  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Rhode  Island  School  of  Design,  1948;  A.M.,  Har- 
vard University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

de  LEIRIS,  Mary,  Instructor  in  Art 

B.F.A.,  Rhode  Island  School  of  Design,  1948. 

DEMAITRE,  Ann,  Associate  Professor  of  French 

B.A.,  Columbia  University,  1950;  M.A.,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia (Berkeley),  1951;  M.S.,  Columbia  University,  1952; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

DEMAREE,  Constance  H.,  Instructor  in  English 
B.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1944;  M.A.,  1945. 

DENNY,  Don,  Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Florida,  1959;  M.A.,  Institute  of  Fine 
Arts,  New  York  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

De    ROCCO,    Andrew   G.,    Associate    Professor   of    Molecular 
Physics 

B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1953;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

de  SILVA,  Alan  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Universjty  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1954;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1961. 

DETRICK,  Nancy  G.,  Instructor  in  English 
B.A.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1963. 

de  VERMOND,  Mary  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  Howard  University,  1942;  M.A.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1948;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

DEVOE,  Howard  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University, 
1960. 

DIAZ,  Ramon,  Lecturer  in  Spanish 

Doctor  in  Letters,  Barcelona  State  University,  1962. 

DIEMER,  Emma  Lou,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Yale  University,  1949;  M.M.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  Eastman 
School  of  Music,  1960. 

DIES,  Robert  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  Carroll  College,  1962;  M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State 
University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut, 

Di    LAVORE,   Philip,    III,   Assistant   Professor  and   Associate 
Chairman  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Dakota  Wesleyan  University,  1954;  M.S.,  University 
of  Michigan,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

DILLINGER,  James  J.,  Instructor  in  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.A.,  1966. 

DINGWALL,  William  Orr,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Lan- 
guages and  Director  of  Linguistics 
B.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

DIOMEDI,  Claudette  A.,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  College  of  Steubenville,  1957;  M.A.,  Marquette  Uni- 
versity, 1959. 

DIXON,  Jack  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1948;  M.S.,  1950; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956. 

DIZ,  Marta  A.,  Instructor  in  Spanish 
M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969. 

DOBERT,  Eitel  W.,  Professor  of  German 

B.A.,  University  of  Geneva,  1932;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

DOERR,  Paul  L.,  Instructor  in  Sociology 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1928;  M.A.,  1963. 

DOETSCH,  Raymond  N.,  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1942;  M.S.,  Indiana  Univer- 
sity, 1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948. 

DORFMAN,  J.  Robert,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

DOSS,  Mildred  A.,  Research  Associate  in  Zoology 

B.A.,  University  of  New  Mexico,  1925;  B.S.,  University 
of  Illinois,  1928. 

DOUDNA,  Mark  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dra- 
matic Art 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1948;  M.A.,  1956;  Ph.D., 
1962. 

DOUGLIS,  Avron,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

Faculty         285 


A.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938;  M.S.,  New  York  Uni- 
versity, 1948;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

DRAGT,  James  Alexander,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
A.B.,  Calvin  College,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1963. 

DRASH,  Philip  W.,  Lecturer  in  Psychology 

B.A.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1951;  M.A.,  George  Peabody 
College  for  Teachers,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Texas  Technological 
College,  1963. 

DULBE,  Katrine  Lidia,  Instructor  in  Russian 

LL.M.,  University  of  Latvia,  1931;  M.S.,  Georgetown  Uni- 
versity, 1962. 

DuMONCEAU,  Michael  Paul,   Instructor  in  Speech  and  Dra- 
matic Art 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.A.,  1968. 

DUNBER,  Michael  W.,  Lecturer  in  History 

B.A.,  Hiram  College,  1964;  M.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  Univer- 
sity, 1967. 

DUNN,  Norma  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Madison  College,  1946;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1968. 

DUTTON,  Carol  Emily,  Instructor  in  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Duke  University,  1965;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1969. 

EARDLEY,  Ortensia  G.,  Instructor  in  French  and  Italian 
A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.A.,  1966. 

EARL,  James  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1953;  Ph.D., 
1957. 

EDMONDS,  Barbara  P.,  Instructor  in  French 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  M.A.,  1966. 

EDMUNDSON,  Harold  Parkins,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and 
Computer  Science 
Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles,  1953. 

EGAN,  Howard  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Washington  University,  I960;  M.A.,  1962;  Ph.D., 
1965. 

EHRLICH,  Gertrude,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Georgia  State  College  for  Women,  1943;  M.A., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1945;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Tennessee,  1953. 

EISENBERG,  John,  Research  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 
B.S.,  Washington   State,   1957;   M.S.,   University  of  Cali- 
fornia at  Berkeley,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
at  Berkeley,  1962. 

EISENBERG,  Theodore  A.,  tnstructor  in  Mathematics  (P.T.) 
B.S.,  Illinois  State  University,  1964;  M.S.,  Northwestern 
University,  1965. 

ELDER,  Stephen,  Lecturer  in  German 

B.A.,  Kalamazoo  College,  1962;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, 1964;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1969. 

ELLIS,  Robert  A.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Sociology 
B.A.,  Yale  University,  1952;  M.A.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

ELLIS,  Robert  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  Miami  University,  I960;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University, 
1966. 

ELTON,  Raymond  C,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Physics  (P.  T.) 

B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1953;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1953. 

ERICKSON,  William  C.  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1951;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D., 
1956. 

ESCOBAR,  Ismael,  Visiting  Professor  of  Physics 
D.Sc,  University  of  Barcelona,  1939. 

ETHERIDGE.  George,  Instructor  in  Music 

B.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1967;  M.Mus.,  1968. 

EVANS,  Marilyn  Jane.  Assistant  Professor  and  Director  of 
Chinese  Program 

B.A.,  Middlebury  College,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University, 
1965. 

FABER,  John  E.,  Professor  (Emeritus)  and  Lecturer  in 
Microbiology 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.S.,  1927;  Ph.D., 
1937. 

FALK,  David  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1954;  M.S.,  Harvard  University, 
1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

FANOS,  Stavroula,  Instructor  in  Music 

B.Mus.  Ed.,  Oberlin  Conservatory,  1957;  M.Ed.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1963. 

FARR,  Marion  Margaret,  Research  Associate  in  Zoology 
A.B.,  Syracuse  University,  1925;  M.A.,  1929. 


FARRELL,  Richard  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Wabash  College,  1954;  M.S.,  Indiana  University, 
1958;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

FEDERICO,  Ronald  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Yale  University,  1962;  M.S.W.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1964;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University,  1968. 

FEINROTH,  Martin,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Cornell  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1967. 

FELDMANN,  Hans  E.,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  Hofstra  College,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1965. 

FERRELL,  Richard  A.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1948;  M.S., 
1949;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1952. 

FEY,  James  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1968. 

FIDELHOLTZ,  James  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anthropology 
B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1963;  Ph.D., 
1968. 

FIGUERA,  Antonino  S.,  Visiting  Associate  Professor  of  Phys- 
ics 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Catania,  Italy,  1953. 

FINK,  Beatrice  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  French 

Certificate  Institut  d'Etudes  Politiques  (Paris),  1952; 
B.A.,  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1953;  Certificate  Institut  d'Etudes 
Politiques,  (Paris)  1954;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1956; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1966. 

FISHER,  G.  Lawrence,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.B.A.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1957;  A.M.,  Boston  Uni- 
versity, 1958;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

FITZPATRICK,  William  P.,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1965;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1969. 

FIVEL,  Daniel  I.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

FLACK,  James  K.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Albion  College,  1959;  M.A..  Wayne  State  University, 
1963;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

FLEMING,  Rudd,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1930;  M.A.,  Cornell  Univer- 
sity, 1932;  Ph.D.,  1934. 

FLEMMER,  David  Andrew,  Research  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1957;  M.S.,  University 
of  Richmond,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Rutgers,  The  State  Univer- 
sity. 1963. 

FLIGEL,  Charles  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.  Mus.,  Washington  University  (St.  Louis)  1964;  M.Mus. 
University  of  Kentucky,  1966. 

FLYGER,  Vagn,  Research  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1948;  M.S.  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1952;  D.Sc,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University, 
1956. 

FLYNN,  Philip  D.,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  Loyola  College,  I960;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1962. 

FOLSOM,  Kenneth  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1943;  A.B.,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia (Berkeley),  1955;  M.A.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

FORBES,  James  H.,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Art 

B.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.A.,  1966. 

FORBES,  Leticia  T.,  Instructor  in  Spanish 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  M.A.,  1966. 

FOWLER,  John  M.,  Visiting  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Earlham  College,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Okla- 
homa, 1950;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954. 

FRANZ,  Jacob  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Southwestern  Oklahoma  State  Teachers  College, 
1935;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1939;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State 
University,  1960. 

FREEDMAN,  Morris,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  English 

B.A.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1941;  MA.  Columbia  Uni- 
versity. 1950;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

FREENY,  Ralph  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

FRETZ,  Bruce  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Gettysburg  College,  1961;  MA.,  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, 1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

FRIEDMAN,  Anabel  H..  Instructor  in  English 

B.A..  Brooklyn  College,  1941;  M.A.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1966. 


286  Faculty 


FRIEDMAN,  Herbert,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1936;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins 

University,  1940. 
FRY,  Gladys-Marie,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Howard  University,  1952;  M.A.,  Howard  University, 

1954;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University,  1965. 
GAINER,  Harold,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  City  College  of  New  York,   1956;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  California  (Berkeley),  1959. 
GALLAGHER,  Charles  C,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1950;  M.Mus.,  1952. 
GARDINER,  William,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,   Loyola  University  (Baltimore),    1964;   M.A.,   Purdue 

University,  1966. 
GARDNER,    Marjorie    H.,    Associate    Professor   of   Chemistry 

and  Science  Education 

B.S.,  Utah  State  University,  1946;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, 1958;  Ph.D.,  1960. 
GARRETT,  Marie  K.,  Instructor  in  Mathematics 

A.B.,  George  Washington  University,  1928. 
GARSTENS,  Helen  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Hunter  College,  1932. 
GARVEY,  Evelyn  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Temple  University,  1943;  M.M.,  Eastman  School  of 

Music,  1946. 
GAUNT,  John  L,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  Tulane  University,  1965;  M.A.,  1966. 

GELMAN,  Ellen  F.,  Instructor  in  Art 

B.A.,   Brandeis  University,   1961;   M.F.A.,   Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1967. 

GIFFIN,  Donald  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  History  and  Di- 
rector of  Admissions 

B.A.,  University  of  California  (Santa  Barbara),  1950;  M.A., 
Vanderbilt  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

GILBERT,  Claire  P.,  Lecturer  in  French 

B.A.,    Rice   University,    I960;    M.A.,    University   of   Dela- 
ware, 1963;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1969. 

GILBERT,  James  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Carleton  College,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin, 1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

GILLESPIE,  Dan  T.,   Research  Associate  in  Molecular  Phys- 
ics 

B.A.,   Rice  University,   I960;    Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1968. 

GINTER,  Marshall  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Molecular  Phys- 
ics 

B.S.,  Chico  State  College,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Vanderbilt  Univer- 
sity, 1961. 

GLASSER,  Robert  G.,  Professor  of  Physics 

A.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1948;  B.S.,  1950;  M.S.,  1952; 
Ph.D.,  1954. 

GLICK,  Arnold  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1961. 

GLINOS,  Andre  D.,  Research  Professor  of  Zoology 

Doctor  of  Medicine,  National  University  of  Athens,  1941. 

GLOECKLER,  George,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

S.B.,    University   of    Chicago,    I960;    S.M.,    1961    Ph.D., 
1965. 

GLOVER,  Rolfe  E.,  Ill,  Professor  of  Physics 

A.B.,  Bowdoin  College,  1948;  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology,  1948;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Gottingen,  1953. 

GOLDBERG,  Seymour,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  Hunter  College,  1950;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University, 
1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1958. 

GOLDHABER,  Jacob   K.,   Professor  and  Chairman  of  Mathe- 
matics 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,   1944;  M.A.,   Harvard  University, 
1945;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1950. 

GOLDSTEIN,  Irwin  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.B.A.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1959;  M.A.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

GOLDSTEIN,  Larry  Joel,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,   1965;  M.A.,   University 
of  Pennsylvania,  1965;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1967; 
Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1967. 

GOLDSTONE,  Peter  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 
B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

GOLLUB,  Lewis  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,    University  of   Pennsylvania,   1955;   Ph.D.,   Harvard 
University,  1958. 

GOOD,  Richard  A.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 


B.A.,  Ashland  College.  1939;  M.A.,  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin, 1940;  Ph.D.,  1945\ 

GOODE,  Melvyn  Dennis,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Kansas,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  Uni- 
versity, 1967. 

GOODMAN,  Gayle,  Instructor  in  Dance 

B.S.,  University  of  Utah,  1964;  M.A.,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia at  Los  Angeles,  1967. 

GOODWYN,  Frank,  Professor  of  Spanish 

B.A.,  Texas  College  of  Arts  and  Industries,  1939;  M.A., 
1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas,  1946. 

GORDON,  Donald  C,  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1934;  M.A.,  Columbia 
Teachers  College,  1938;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1947. 

GORDON,  Glen,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1956;  Ph.D..  University  of 
California,  (Berkeley),  1960. 

GORDON,  Stewart  L.,  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  Kansas  University,  1953;  M.A.,  1954;  D.M.A.,  East- 
man School  of  Music,  1965. 

GOWEN,  Paul  J.,  Assistant  Prof essor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Georgetown  University,  I960;  M.A.,  University  of  Vir- 
ginia, 1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

GRAMBERG,  Eduard,  Professor  of  Spanish 

B.A.,  University  of  Amsterdam  (Holland),  1946;  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  California  (Los  Angles),  1949;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  California  (Berkeley),  1956. 

GRAVELY,  William  H.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1925;  M.A.,  University 
of  Virginia,  1934;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

GRAY,  Alfred,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  University  of  Kansas,  I960;  M.A.,  Universitv  of  Kan- 
sas, 1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  (Los  Angeles) 
1964. 

GREEN,  Cynthia  B.,  Instructor  in  Art 

B.m.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  M.A.,  1967. 

GREEN,  Paul  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Cornell  University,  1959;  M.A.,  Harvard  University, 
I960;  Ph.D.,  Cornell-  University,  1964. 

GREENBERG,  Leon,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1953;  M.A.,  Yale  Uni- 
versity, 1955;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

GREENBERG,  Louis  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Brooklyn  College,  1954;  M.A.,  Harvard  University, 
1957;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

GREENBERG,  Meyer,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Yeshiva  University,  1934;  M.A.,  Jewish  Institute  of 
Religion,  1944;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956. 

GREENBERG,  Oscar  Wallace,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Rutgers  University,  1952;  M.S.,  Princeton  University, 
1954;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

GREENE,  Michael  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.E.P.,  Cornell  University,  I960;  M.S.,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia (San  Diego),  1962;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

GREENWOOD,  David  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  London,  1949;  Certificate  in  Educa- 
tion, University  of  Nottingham,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Dublin.  1968. 

GREIG,  Joseph  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.Sc,  Imperial  College  (London),  1959;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

GRENTZNER,  Rose  Marie,  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1935;  B.A.,  1936; 
M.A.,  1939. 

GRIEM,  Hans  R.,  Professor  of  Physics 

Arbitur,  Max  Planck  Schule,  1949;  Ph.D.,  Universitat 
Kiel,  1954. 

GRIFFIN,  James  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Villanova  College,  1952;  M.S.,  Princeton  University, 
1955;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

GRIFFIN,  Jane  Tilley,  Lecturer  in  Art 

B.A.,  Connecticut  College  for  Women,  1948;  M.A.,  Insti- 
tue  of  Fine  Arts,  New  York  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  1955. 

GRIM,  Samuel  O.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Massa- 
chusetts Institute  of  Technology,  1960. 

GRIMSTED,  David  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Harvard  University,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia, 1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  1963. 

GROLLMAN,  Sigmund,  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D., 
1952. 


Faculty         287 


GROSS,  Sidney,  Associate  Professor  of  Art 
Art  Students  League,  1939-1942. 

GRUNDER,  Elizabeth,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  Syracuse  University,  I960;  M.A.,  Eastern  Washing- 
ton State  College,  1963. 

GUIDMORE,  Georgann  Louise,  Junior  Instructor  in  Zoology 
B.A.,  University  of  Maine,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1968. 

GUIEU,  Jean  Max,  Instructor  in  French 

Maitrise  es  Lettres  Modernes,  University  of  Aix-Marseille, 
1968. 

GULICK,  Sidney,  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Oberlin  College,  1958;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  I960; 
Ph.D.,  1963. 

GUNTZER,  H.  Ulrich,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics 

Diplom-Mathematiker,  University  of  Gottingen,  1964; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Gottingen,  1966. 

GUTSCHE,  Graham,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1950;  M.S.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1952;  Ph.D.,  The  Catholic  University  of 
America,  1960. 

HABER,  Francis  C,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1948;  M.A.,  The  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

HAHN,  Marie  Virginia,  Instructor  in  German 

B.A.,  Hood  College,  1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1968. 

HALEY,  A.  James,  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1949;  M.S.,  1950; 
Sc.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1955. 

HALEY,  Kathleen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  Michigan  State  University,  1949;  M.Mus.,  1951; 
D.M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1964. 

HALL,  Thomas  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  French 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.A.,  Middlebury  Col- 
lege, 1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

HAMILTON,  Donna  B.,  Instructor  in  English,  P.  T.) 

B.A.,  St.  Olaf  College,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin, 1968. 

HAMILTON,  Gary  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  St.  Olaf  College,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1965;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

HANSEN,  P.  Arne,  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.Ph.,  University  of  Copenhagen,  1922;  M.S.,  1926;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University,  1931. 

HARMAN,  Susan  E.,  Professor  Emerita  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1917;  M.A.,  1918;  Ph.D., 
The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1926. 

HARLAN,  Louis  R.,  Professor  of  History 

M.B.A.,  Emory  University,  1943;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt  Univer- 
sity, 1948;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1955. 

HARPER,  Glenn  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1958;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

HARRINGTON,  J.  Patrick,  Assistant  Professor  of  Astronomy 
B.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1961;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, 1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

HARRIS,  James  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  Loyola  University,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin, 1964;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

HARRIS,  Kathleen,  Instructor  in  Music 

B.Mus.,  Lawrence  University,  1957;  M.Mus.,  Eastman 
School  of  Music,  1964. 

HARRIS,  Reece  Thomas,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Reed  College,  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1956;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

HASSAN,  Albert  L.,  Instructor  in  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland;  M.A.,  1969. 

HAWBECKER,  Peggy  G.,  Instructor  in  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  Mount  Mercy  College.  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, 196J. 

HAYWARD,  Raymond  W.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia (Berkeley),  1950. 

HEAD,  Emerson  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1957;  M.Mus.,  1961. 
HEATH,  Fred  E.,  Instructor  in  Music  and  Assistant  Director 

of  Bands 

B.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1963;  M.Mus.,  1964. 
HEGGE,  Frederick  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A..  Hofstra  University,   I960;  M.S.,   Brown   University, 

1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 


HEIM,  Norman,  Prof essor  of  Music 

B.Mus. Ed.,    Evansville   College,    1951;    M.Mus.,    Eastman 

School  of  Music,  1952;  D.M.A.,  1962. 
HELM,  Eugene  E.,  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus. Ed.,      Southeastern      Louisiana     College,      1950- 

M.Mus. Ed.,     Louisiana    State    University,     1955;     PhD' 

Texas  State  University  (Denton),  1958. 
HELZER,  Garry  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,   Portland  State  College,   1959;   M.A.,   Northwestern 

University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 
HENERY-LOGAN,  Kenneth  R.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.Sc,  McGill  University,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1946. 
HENKEL,  Ramon  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

Ph.B.,  University  of  North  Dakota,  1958;  M.A.,  University 

of  Wisconsin,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1967. 
HENKELMAN,  James  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Miami   University,   1954;  M.E.D,   1955;  Ed.D.,  Har- 
vard University,  1965. 
HERBAN,  Mathew  II,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Art 

B.A.,  American  University,  I960;  M.A.,  Boston  University, 

1963. 
HERBERT,  Sandra  S.,  Lecturer  in  History 

B.A.,  Wittenberg  University,  1963;  M.A.,  Brandeis  Univer- 
sity, 1965;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

HERING,  Christoph  A.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Germanic 
and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Bonn,  1950. 

HERMAN,  Harold  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1960. 

HESSE,  Everett  W.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Spanish  and 
Portuguese  Languages  and  Literatures 
B.A.,  New  York  University,  1931;  M.A.,  1933;  Ph.D.,  1941. 

HETRICK,  Frank  M.~  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman  of  Micro- 
biology 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1954;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland  I960;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

HIDU,  Herbert,  Research  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1958;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University,  I960;  Ph.D.,  Rutgers,  The  State  Univer- 
sity, 1967. 

HIGGS,  William  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Nebraska,  I960;  M.A.  University  of 
Illinois,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

HIGHTON,  Richard  T.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,  New  York  University,  1950;  M.S.,  University  of 
Florida,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

HIRZEL,  Robert  K.,  Associate  Professor  and  Vice  Chairman 
of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  1946;  M.A.,  1950;  Ph.D., 
Louisiana  State  University,  1954. 

HITCHCOCK,  Donald,  Assistant  Professor  of  Russian 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  M.A.,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity, 1954;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

HODOS,  William,  Visiting  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.S.,  Brooklyn  College,  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1957;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

HOFFMAN,  Bernard  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Anthropology 
B.S.,  Montana  State  University,   1946;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  California  (Berkeley),  1955. 

HOFFMAN,  Ronald,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  History 
B.A.,  George  Peabody  College,  1964;  M.A.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

HOFFMEISTER,  Gerhardt,  Instructor  in  German 

Baccalaureate,  Bad  Godesberg-Germany,  1957;  Staatsexa- 
men,  University  of  Bonn,  1963. 

HOFSOMMER,  Harold  C.  Professor  Emeritus  of  Sociology 
B.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1921;  M.A.,  1923;  Ph.D.. 
Cornell  University,  1929. 

HOLMGREN,  John  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  Uni- 
versity, 1969. 

HOLMGREN,  Harry  D.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.  of  Physics,  University  of  Minnesota.  1949;  M.A.,  1950; 
Ph.D.,  1954. 

HOLMLUND,  Chester  E..  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S.,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute.  1943;  M.S.,  1951; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1954. 

HOLTON,  W.  Milne,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Dartmouth  College,  1954;  L.L.B.,  Harvard  University, 
1957;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

HOLZSAGER,  Richard  A..  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
A.B.,  Columbia  University,  1961;  A.M.,  Harvard  Univer- 
sity. 1962;  Ph.D..  1964. 


288  Faculty 


HOMMEL,  William  L,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Art 
B.A.,  Oakland  University,  1963. 

HORNYAK,  William  Frank,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.E.E.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1944;  M.S.,  Cali- 
fornia Institute  of  Technology,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

HOROWITZ,  Joseph  L,  Junior  Instructor  in  Psychology 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969. 

HORTON,  Darlene  J.,  Instructor  in  Psychology 
B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1958. 

HORTON,  David  L,  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1955;  M.A.,  1957;  Ph.D.. 
1959. 

HOUPPERT,  Joseph  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

Ph.B.,  University  of  Detroit,  1955;  M.A.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

HORVARTH,  John,  Professor  of  Mathematics 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Budapest,  1947. 

HOVEY,  Richard  B.,  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1942;  M.A.,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity, 1943;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

HOWARD,  John  D.,  Assistant  Professor  and  Associate  Chair- 
man of  English 

B.A.,  Washington  College,  1956;  M.A.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1962;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

HOWELL,  Grace  F.,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Microbiology 
B.S.,  Temple  University,  1941. 

HRUSCHKA,  Peter  D.,  Instructor  in  Sociology 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967;  M.A.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1969. 

HUBBE,  Rolf  0.,  Associate  Professor  of  Classical  Languages 
and  Literatures 

B.A.,  Hamilton  College,  1947;  M.A.,  Princeton  University, 
1950;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

HUET,  Denise,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

Licence  es  Sciences,  Faculte  des  Sciences,  Nancy 
(France),  1952;  Agregation,  Ecole  Normale  Superieure  de 
J.Filles,  1954;  Attachee  au  Centre  National  Rech.  Scient., 
Paris,  1954-1959;  Doctorat  Etat,  University  of  Paris, 
1959. 

HUHEEY,  James  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of 
Illinois  1959;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

HULSE,  Christopher  R.,  Lecturer  in  Anthropology 

B.A.,  Reed  College,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1963. 

HUMMEL,  James  A.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1949;  M.A.,  Rice 
Institute,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

HUMPHREY,  Philip  S.,  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,  Amherst  College,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1951;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

HUNT,  Larry  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S.,  Ball  State  University,  1961;  M.A.,  Indiana  Univer- 
sity, 1964;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

HUSTON,  John  W.,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  History 

B.A.,  Monmouth  College,  1948;  M.A.,  University  of  Pitts- 
burgh, 1949;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

HYAMS  ivan  J.,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 
B.S.,  London  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

IMBERSKI,  Richard  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 
B.S.,  University  of  Rochester,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

IRWIN,  Gabriele  I.,  Assistant  Professor  of  German 

Arbitur,  Bavik  Gymnasium,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

ISEN,  Harold  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  American  University,  1962;  M.F.A.,  Pratt  Institute, 
1964. 

IVERSEN,  Iver  P.,  Lecturer  in  Classical  Languages  and  Litera- 
tures 

B.A.,  Concordia  College,  1952;  M.A.,  University  of  Minne- 
sota, 1957. 

I VI E,  Virginia,  Junior  Instructor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Eastern  Kentucky  University,  1969;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1969. 

IWRY,  Samuel,  Visiting  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1951. 

JACKOWSKI,  Leo  A.,  Jr.,  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman  of 
Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Micigan,  1941;  M.S.,  1942;  Sc.D.,  The 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953. 

JACKSON,  John  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S..  Oberlin  College,  1954;  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado,  1966. 


JACKSON,  Stanley  B.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Bates  College,  1933;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1934; 
Ph.D.,  1937. 

JACQUET,  Herve  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
Ph.D.,  Paris,  1967. 

JAMES,  Edward  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English  and  Second- 
ary Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D., 
Catholic  University,  1969. 

JAMIESON,  Mitchell,  Associate  Professor  of  Art 
Corcoran  School  of  Art,  1940. 

JANES,  Robert  W.,  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938;  M.A.,  1939;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois,  1942. 

JANICKI,  Bernard  William,  Lecturer  in  Microbiology 

B.A.,  University  of  Delaware,  1953;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D., 
George  Washington  University,  1960. 

JAQUITH,  Richard  H.,  Professor  and  Associate  Chairman  of 
Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1940;  M.S.,  1942; 
Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1955. 

JARVIS,  Bruce  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Colorado,  1966. 

JASHEMSKI,  Wilhelmina,  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  York  College,  1931;  M.A.,  University  of  Nebraska, 
1933;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1942. 

JELLEMA,  Roderick  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Calvin  College,  1951;  Post  Graduate  Diploma,  Uni- 
versity of  Edinburgh,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

JENSEN,  Jeffrey  P.,  Instructor  in  Psychology 

A.B.,  Colgate  University,  1965;  B.A.,  university  of  Mary- 
land, 1968. 

JOHNSON,  Cecile  Juliette,  Lecturer  in  French 
M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1934. 

JOHNSON,  Janet  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology  and 
Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
A.B.,   George  Washington   University,   1951;  A.M.,   1956; 
Ph.D.,  1962. 

JOHNSON,  Jean  0.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Concordia  College,  1942;  M.A.,  University  of  Oregon, 
1944;  Ph.D.,  Boston  University,  1958. 

JOHNSON,  Raymond  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,   University  of  Texas,   1963;   Ph.D.,  Rice  University, 
1968. 

JOHNSON,  Roy  Hamlin,  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  Estman  School  of  Music,  1949;  M.Mus.,  1951; 
D.M.A.,  1961. 

JOHNSON,  William  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Indiana  University,  1955;  M.S.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

JONES,  Derek,  Post-Doctoral  Fellow  in  Chemistry 

B.Sc,  University  College  of  Swansea,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

JONES,  George  F.,  Professor  of  German 

A.B.,  Emory  University,  1938;  M.A.,  Oxford  University, 
1943;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1951. 

JURAN,  Sylvia  L.,  Instructor  of  Russian 

B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1951;  M.A.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1961. 

KACSER,  Claude,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Oxford  University,  1955;  M.A.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

KARP,  Carol  R.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Manchester  College,  1948;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  Uni- 
versity, 1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California, 
1959. 

KASLER,  Franz  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

Doktorandum,  University  of  Vienna,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

KASTNER,  Bernice,  Instructor  in  Mathematics 

B.Sc,  McGill  University,  1952;  M.A.,  Syracuse  University, 
1959. 

KAUFMAN,  Thomas  S.,  Instructor  in  Zoology 

B.A.,  University  of  Akron,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1965. 

KEENEY,  Mark,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1942;  M.S.,  1947; 
Ph.D.,  1950. 

KEHOE,  Brandt,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Cornell  University,  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin, 1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

KENNEY,  Blair  Gates,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Vassar  College,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Radcliffe-Harvard,  1961. 

KENNICOTT,   Patrick  Curtis,   Assistant  Professor  of  Speech 
and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,  Florida  State  University,   1962;  B.D.,  New  Orleans 


Faculty  289 


Baptist  Theological  Seminary,  1964:  M.S.,  Florida  State 
University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

KENNY,  Neil,  Instructor  in  English 

B.S.,  Mt.  Saint  Mary's  College,  I960;  M.A.,  John  Carroll 
University,  1962. 

KENT,  George  0.,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  History 

B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1948;  M.A.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1949;  D.Phil.,  Oxford  University,  1959. 

KERR,  Frank,  J.,  Professor  of  Astronomy 

B.S.,  University  of  Melbourne,  1938;  M.S.,  University  of 
Melbourne,  1940;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1951;  D.S., 
University  of  Melbourne,  1962. 

KHANNA,  Raj  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.Sc,  Delhi  University,  1954;  M.Sc,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Indian 
Institute  of  Science,  1962. 

KILBOURN,  George  L,  Jr.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
B.E.,  Yale  University,  1954;  B.S.,  1950. 

KIRKPATRICK,  Barbara,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  Baylor  University,  1954;  M.A.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1968. 

KIM,  Hogil  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering  and 
Physics 

B.S.,  Seoul  National  University  (Korea),  1956;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Birmingham  (England),  1964. 

KIM,  Young  Suh,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Carnegie  Instituteof  Technology,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Prince- 
ton University,  1961. 

KINNAIRD,  John  William,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1944;  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

KIRKLEY,  Donald  H.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  I960;  M.A.,  1962;  Ph.D. 
Ohio  University,  1967. 

KIRWAN,  William  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
A.B.,  University  of  Kentucky,  I960;  M.S.,  Rutgers  Univer- 
sity, 1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

KLANK,  Richard  E.,  Instructor  of  Art 

B.A.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1962;  M.F.A.,  1964. 

KLAPOUCHY,  Robert,  Instructor  in  German 

B.A.,  St.  Peter's  College,  1964;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas, 
1966. 

KLEINE,  Don  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1950;  M.A.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  1961. 

KLEPPNER,  Adam,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Yale  University,  1953;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1954;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1960. 

KNACHEL,  Philip  A.,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  History 

B.S.,  Northwestern  University,  1948;  M.A.,  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954; 
M.S.L.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1959. 

KNOCHE,  Walter,  Assistant  Professor  of  German 

B.A.,  Marquette  University,  1961;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, 1963;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

KOCH,  Adrienne,  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Washington  Square  College,  New  York  University, 
1933;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1934;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

KOCH,  John  Frederick,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  New  York  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia (Berkeley),  1962. 

KOERNOR,  Rachel,  Instructor  in  Music 
B.S.,  Muskingum  College,  1942. 

KOETHE,  Gottfried  M..  Visiting  Professor  of  Mathematics 
Dr.  Phil.,  University  of  Graz,  1927;  Privatdozent,  Univer- 
sity of  Muenster,  1931;  ao.  Professor,  1937. 

KOGLER,  Susan  Elaine,  Instructor  in  Speech  and  Dramatic 
Art 
B.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  University,  1968;  M.A.,  1969. 

KOLB,  Alan  C,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  1949;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan.  1950;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

KOO,  Ted,  Research  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Amoy,  1934;  M.S.,  Lingnan  University, 
1937;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1955. 

KORENMAN,  Victor,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Princeton  University,  1958;  A.M.,  Harvard  Univer- 
sity, 1959;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

KORG,  Jacob,  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1943;  M.A.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1947;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

KOSTOVSKI,  llja,  Lecturer  in  Russian 

Ph.D.,  Charles  University,  Prague,  Czechoslovakia,  1965. 

KRALL,  Nicholas  A.,  Professor  of  Physics 

290  Faculty 


B.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  Uni- 
versity, 1959. 
KRESS,  Jerry  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  Pacific  Lutheran  University,  1961;  M.A.,  University 

of  Michigan,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1967. 
KRISHER,    Lawrence   C,   Associate    Professor  of    Molecular 

Physics 

A.B.,  Syracuse  University,  1955;  A.M.,  Harvard  University 

1957;  Ph.D.,  1959. 
KRUEGEL,  David,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Luther  College,  I960;  M.A.,  University  of  Kentucky 

1964;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

KUNDELL,  Frederick  A.,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of 
Chemistry 

B.A.,  Harpur  College,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 
1967. 

KUNDU,  Mukul  R.,  Professor  of  Astronomy 

B.S.,  Calcutta  University,  1949;  M.S.,  Calcutta  Univer- 
sity, 1951;  D.S.,  University  of  Paris,  1957. 

KUNZ,  Christof,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

Diplom-Physiker,  University  of  Hamburg,  1962;  Dr.  d 
Naturwissenschaft,  1966. 

KUNZE,  Hans-Joachim  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 
Diplom-Physiker,  Technische  Hochschule,  (Munich)  1961; 
Ph.D.,  1964. 

KURODA,  Sigekatu,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Tokyo,  1928;  D.Sc,  University  of 
Tokyo,  1945. 

LAFFER,  Norman  C,  Professor  of  Microbiology  and  Associate 
Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
B.S.,  Allegheny  College,  1929;  M.S.,  University  of  Maine, 
1932;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1937. 

LAKEIN,  Richard  B.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Yale  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1967. 

LAKSHMANAN,  Sitarama,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.A.,   Annamalai    University   (India),    1946;    M.A.,    1949; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

LANDGREN,  Marchal,  Lecturer  in  Art 

LaPOINTE,  Martin  H.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1952;  M.S.,  1955;  Ph.D., 
1962. 

LARKIN,  Willard  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1959;  A.M.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1967. 

LASTER,  Howard  J.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Physics  and 
Astronomy 

A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University, 
1957. 

LAVENDER,  William,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor 

M.S.,  Moscow  State  University  (USSR),  1965;  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Washington,  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wash- 
ington, 1969. 

LaVIA,  John  T.,  Lecturer  in  English 

B.A.,  Rutgers  University,  1961;  M.A.,  Duke  University, 
1962. 

LAWSON,  Lewis  A.,  Associate  Professor  Mathematics 

B.S.,  East  Tennessee  State  College,'  1957;  M.A.,  1959; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964. 

LAY,  David  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Aurora  College,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of  California 
(Los  Angeles),  1965;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

LEA,  John  K.,  Instructor  in  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  Miami  University,  1957;  M.A.,  1964. 

LEATHERBARROW,  Ronald,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo,  1965;  M.A., 
1967. 

LEBRETON-SAVIGNY,  Monique,  Lecturer  in  French 

B.A.,  University  of  Paris,  1946;  B.A.,  Columbia  Union  Col- 
lege, 1956;  Doctorat  d'Universite,  Paris,  1969. 

LEHNER,  Guydo  R.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Loyola  University,  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin, 1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958. 

LEHNER,  Joseph,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  New  York  University,  1938;  M.A.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1941. 

LEJINS,  Peter  P..  Professor  of  Sociology  and  Director,  Insti- 
tute of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology,  and  of  the  Crim- 
inology Program 

Magister  Philosophiae,  University  of  Latvia,  1930;  Magister 
luris,  1933;  Ph.D..  University  of  Chicago,  1938. 

LEMBACH,  John,  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1934;  M.A.,  Northwestern 
University,  1937;  Ed.D..  Columbia  Teachers  College, 
1946. 


LENCHEK,  Allen  Martin,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1962. 

LENGERMANN,  Joseph  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 
A.B.,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1958;  M.A.,  1964;  Ph.D., 
Cornell,  1969. 

LEONARD,  Sylvia,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  University  of  William  and  Mary,  1963;  M.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1966. 

LEPSON,  Inda,  Instructor  in  Mathematics 

B.A.,  New  York  University,  1941;  M.A.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1945. 

LESHER,  James  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Rochester,  1966. 

LeVINE,  Marianne  S.,  Instructor  in  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1964;  M.A.,  University 
of  Wisconsin,  1966. 

LEVINSON,  Carl  A.,  Professor  of  Physics 

A.B.,  Swarthmore  College,  1949;  Ph.D..  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1953. 

LEVITINE,  George,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Art 

M.A.,  Boston  University,  1946;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University, 
1952. 

LEVY,  Maurice,  Visiting  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Algiers,  1944;  M.S.,  1945;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Paris,  1949. 

LEWIS,  Dorothy  B.,  Instructor  in  Art 

B.F.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1943;  M.F.A.,  1947. 

LIEBERGOTT,  Jacqueline  W.,  Lecturer  in  Speech  and  Dra- 
matic Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  M.S.,  University  of 
Pittsburgh,  1966. 

LINDBLAD,  PerOlof,  Visiting  Professor  of  Astronomy 
Ph.D.,  Stockholm  University,  1960. 

LINDER,  Harris  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Long  Island  University,  1951;  M.S.,  Cornell  Univer- 
sity, 1955;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

LINDQUIST,  Carol  A.,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  Colby  College,  1961;  M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  Uni- 
versity, 1963. 

LINKOW,  Irving,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic 
Art 
B.A.,  University  of  Denver,  1937;  M.A.,  1938. 

LIPPINCOTT,  Ellis  R.,  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Director  of 
Center  for  Materials  Research 

B.A.,  Earl  ham  College,  1943;  M.S.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity, 1944;  Ph.D..  1947. 

LIPSMAN,  Ronald  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Massachu- 
setts Institute  of  Technology,  1967. 

LLOYD-JONES,  Kenneth,  Lecturer  in  French 
B.A.,  University  of  Wales,  1960. 

LOCKE,  Edwin  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Harvard  University,  I960;  M.A.,  Cornell  University, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

LOCKSLEY,  Norman,  Faculty  Research  Assistant  of  Mathe- 
matics 

B.S.,  North  Texas  State,  1937;  M.A.,  University  of  Minne- 
sota, 1949;  M.A.T.,  Duke  University,  1964. 

LONGEN,  Eugene  M.,  Lecturer  in  English 

B.A.,  Gonzaga  University,  1958;  M.A.,  Indiana  University, 
1968. 

LONGLEY,  E.  L.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art  and  Education 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  M.A.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1953. 

LOPEZ-ESCOBAR,  Edgar  G.  K.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics 

B.A.,  University  of  Cambridge,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley),  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

LOUNSBURY,  Myron  0.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English  and 
American  Studies 

B.A.,  Duke  University,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1962;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

LUIGGI,  Franka  M.,  Instructor  in  French 

Licence  d'anglais,  Universite  d'Aix  en  Provence,  Three 
Certificates,  1948,  1949,  1951;  M.A.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1967. 

LUNDY,  Ernest  E.,  Instructor  in  French 

B.A.,  Bloomsburg  State  College,  1958;  M.A.,  Middlebury 
College,  1966. 

LUTWACK,  Leonard  I.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Wesleyan  University,  1939;  M.A.,  1940;  Ph.D.,  Ohio 


State  University,  1950. 

LYNCH,  James  B.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Art 

A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1941;  A.M.,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

MAASS,  Hans,  Visiting  Professor  of  Mathematics 

Doktor  de'rvNaturwissenschaften,  University  of  Hamburg, 
1937. 

MacBAIN,  William,   Professor  and  Chairman  of  French  and 
Italian  Language  and  Literature 

M.A.,  University  of  St.  Andrews  (Scotland),  1952;  Ph.D., 
1955. 

MacDONALD,  William  M.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,    University   of   Pittsburgh,    1950;    Ph.D.,    Princeton 
University,  1955. 

MACK,  Glenn,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music  and  Dance  (Joint 
Appointment) 

B.Mus.,    University    of    Colorado,    1951;    M.S.,    Julliard 
School  of  Music,  1959. 

MacQUILLAN,    Anthony    M.,    Assistant    Professor   of    Micro- 
biology 

B.S.A.,  University  of  British  Columbia,  1956;  M.S.,  1958; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1962. 

MADDEN,  Dorothy  G.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Dance 

A.B.,  Middlebury  College,   1934;  M.A.,  Syracuse  Univer- 
sity, 1937;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1962. 

MAIDA,  Peter,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  St.  Vincent  College,   I960;  M.A.,  Fordham  Univer- 
sity, 1962;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1969. 

MALTESE,  George  J.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Wesleyan  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University, 
1960. 

MANGAN,  Richard  Joseph,  Instructor  in  Speech  and  Dramatic 
Art 

B.A.,   University  of  New  Hampshire;   1965;  M.A.,  Florida 
State  University,  1967. 

MAR,  Shuh-yin,  Instructor  in  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Ginling  College  (Nanking),  1928;  M.S.,  Mount  Hol- 
yoke  College,  1932. 

MARAN,  Stephen  P.,  Lecturer  in  Astronomy 

B.S.,  Brooklyn  College,  1956;  M.A.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1964. 

MANNING,  Charles    Professor  of  English  and  Dean  of  the  Col- 
lege of  Arts  ana  Sciences 

B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1931; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1950. 

MARIL,  Herman,  Professor  of  Art 

Graduate,  Maryland  Institute  of  Fine  Arts,  1928. 

MARION,  Jerry  B.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,   Reed   College,    1952;    M.S.,    Rice   Institute,    1953; 
Ph.D.,  1955. 

MARKLEY,  Nelson  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,    Lafayette    College,    1962;    M.A.,    Yale    University, 
1964;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

MARRA-LOPEZ,  Jose  R.,  Professor  of  Spanish 

M.A.,  (Licenciatura)  University  of  Madrid,  1959. 

MARTENS,  Henrik  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.E.E.,    Cooper    Union    School    of    Engineering,    1956; 
Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1962. 

MARTIN,  David  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1963;  M.S.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

MARTIN,  James  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  University  of  North  Dakota,  1951;  M.A.,  University 
of  Minnesota,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

MARTIN,  Minerva  L.,  Assistant  Prof essor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Alabama,  1931;  M.A.,  Louisiana  State 
University,  1937;  Ph.D.,  1940. 

MARTIN,  Monroe  H.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1928;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hop- 
kins University,  1932. 

MARTIN,  Raymond  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1962;  M.A.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Rochester,  1968. 

MATOSSIAN,  Mary  Kilbourne,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 
B.A.,  Stanford  University,  1951;  M.A.,  American  Univer- 
sity (Beirut),  1952;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1955. 

MATTHEWS,  Thomas  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Astronomy 
B.A.,  University  of  Toronto,  1950;  M.Sc,  Case  Institute  of 
Technology,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1956. 

MAYO,  Marlene  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Wayne  University,  1954;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1957;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

MAZZOCCHI,  Paul  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Queens  College,  1961;   Ph.D.,  Fordham  University, 
1966. 

Faculty         29  J 


McCLAY,  Mary  B.,  Instructor  in  Mathematics 

B.Ed.,  Eastern  Illinois  State  Teachers  College,  1937; 
M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1941. 

McCLEARY,  Robert  F.,  Instructor  in  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  M.A.,  1967. 

McCLELLAND,  Louise,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  College  of  Wooster,  1957;  M.A.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1959;  Diploma,  Vienna  Academy  of  Music,  1963. 

McCLURE,  Robert  John,  Instructor  in  Speech  and  Dramatic 
Art 

B.S.,  State  University  College,  Fredonia,  N.Y.,  1963;  M.A., 
University  of  Connecticut,  1965. 

McCORKLE,  Donald  M.,  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  Bradley  University,  1951;  M.A.,  Indiana  Univer- 
sity, 1953;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

McCULLOUGH,  Thomas  A.,  Instructor  in  Psychology  (P.  T.) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1966;   M.S.,   University  of 
Maryland,  1969. 

McCUSKER,  John  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  St.  Bernard's  College,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of 
Rochester,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1969. 

McDONALD,  Frank  B.,  Prof essor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Duke  University,  1948;  M.S.,  University  of  Minne- 
sota, 1952;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

McDOWELL,  Ellis  E.,  Instructor  in  Anthropology 
B.7C,  American  University,  1967;  M.A.,  1969. 

McGINNIES,  Elliott  M.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Buffalo,  1943;  M.A.,  Brown  University, 
1944;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1948. 

McGUINNESS,  David  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute,   1962;  M.S.,  Case 
Institute  of  Technology,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

MclNTIRE,  Roger  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1958;  M.A.,  Louisiana 
State  University,  I960;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

MclNTOSH,  Allen,  Lecturer  in  Zoology 

B.S.,  Mississippi  A&  M  College,  1920;  M.S.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1927;  D.Sc,  University  of  Miami,  1959  (Hon- 
orary). 

MclNTYRE,  Jennie  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Howard  College,  I960;  M.S.,  Florida  State  Univer- 
sity, 1962;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

McKEEN,  Ronald  L.,  Instructor  in  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Montclair  State  College,  1958;  M.A.,  1960. 

McKERROW,   Margaret,   Instructor  in  Speech   and   Dramatic 
Art 

B.A.,  Lake  Erie  College,  1961;  M.A.,  Northwestern  Univer- 
sity, 1963. 

McKEWIN,  Carole,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  Mt.  Saint  Agnes  College,  1965;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1967. 

McMANAWAY,  James  G.,  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1919;  M.A.,  1920;  Ph.D.,  The 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1931. 

MEENES,  Max,  Lecturer  in  Psychology 

B.A.,  Clark  University,  1921;  M.A.,  Princeton  University, 
1924;  Ph.D.,  Clark  University,  1926. 

MEERSMAN,  Roger  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dra- 
matic Art 

B.A.,  St.  Ambrose  College,  1952;  M.A.,  University  of  Ill- 
inois, 1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

MEIJER,  Marianne  S.,  Lecturer  in  French 
M.A.,  Catholic  University,  1960. 

MENDELOFF,  Henry,  Professor  of  Spanish 

B.S.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1936;  M.S.,  1939; 

Ph.D.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1960. 
MERRILL,  Horace  S.,  Professor  of  History 

B.E     River  Falls  State  College,  1932;  Ph.M.,   University 

of  Wisconsin,  1933;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

MESZAROS,  Patricia  K.,  Instructor  in  English 

B.S.,  Wilson  Teachers  College,   1949;    M.Ed.,   University 

of  Maryland,  1966. 
MEYER,  Charlton,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  Juilliard  School  of  Music. 
MEYERS,  Edith  Edna,  Instructor  in  Mathematics-Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Akron,  1945. 
MIERS,  James  A.,  Lecturer  in  Physics 

B.S.,  Wilson  Teachers  College,   1949;  M.E.d.,  University 

of  Maryland,  1952. 
MIHURSKY,  Joseph,  Research  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

A.B.,   Lafayette  College,   1954;   M.S.,   Lehigh   University, 

1957;  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University,  1962. 


MIKULSKI,  Piotr  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
M.S.,  Main  School  of  Planning  and  Statistics  (Warsaw), 
1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1961. 

MILLER,  Gerald  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.Sc,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  M.S.,  University  of 
Illinois,  I960;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

MILLER,  Mary  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1941;  M.A.,  University  of  Den- 
ver, 1959;  Ph.D.,  Georgetown  University  1968. 

MINTZ,  Lawrence,  Assistant  Professor  of  English  and  Ameri- 
can Studies 

B.A.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1966;  M.A.,  Michigan 
State  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

MIROLLI,  Ruth  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1953;  M.A.,  New  York 
University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

MISH,  Charles  C,  °rofessor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1936;  M.A.,  1946;  Ph.D., 
1951. 

MISNER,  Charles  W.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1952;  M.A.,  Princeton 
University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

MOEHLENKAMP,  Betty  Sue,  Assistant  Professor  of  Dance 
A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's  College,  1953;  M.A., 
Sarah  Lawrence  College,  1968. 

MONTGOMERY,  William  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus. Ed.,  Cornell  College,  1953;  M.Mus.,  The  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1957. 

MOORE,  Dorothea  M.,  Instructor  in  Zoology 

B.E.,  Illinois  State  Normal  University,  1941;  M.P.,  Univer- 
sity of  Wisconsin,  1944. 

MOORE,  John  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1963;  M.A.,  The 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

MORRIS,  Philip  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  German 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Munich,  1963. 

MORSE,  Douglass  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Bates  College,  I960;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1965. 

MOSS,  Lawrence,  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  1949;  M.A.,  Eastman 
School  of  Music;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  Cali- 
fornia, 1957. 

MOTTA,  Mary  Carmel,  Instructor  in  Italian 

B.A.,  Rosary  College,  I960;  M.A.,  Middlebury  College, 
1963. 

MUELLER,  Marion  C,  Instructor  in  Music 

B.S.,  Texas  Tech.,  1944;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1965. 

MUNN,  Robert  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Molecular  Physics 
B.Sc,  University  of  Bristol,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

MUR,  Adele,  Instructor  in  Spanish 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1953;  M.A.,  1956. 

MURPHY,  Charles  D.,  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1929;  M.A.,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity, 1930;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1940. 

MURPHY,  Thomas  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Fordham  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Rockefeller  Uni- 
versity, 1968. 

MUSEN,  Peter,  Professor  of  Astronomy 
University  of  Belgrade,  Ph.D.,  1937. 

MYERS,  Ralph  D.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Cornell  University,  1934;  M.A.,  1935;  Ph.D.,  1937. 

MYERS,  Robert  Manson,  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1941;  M.A.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1942;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1943;  Ph.D.,  Colum- 
bia University,  1948. 

NAGEL,  Rainer,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
Staatsexamen,    University    of    Tubingen,     1967;     Ph.D.. 
University  of  Tubingen,  1969. 

NAGRIN,  Daniel,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Dance 
B.S.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1940. 

NATELLA,  Arthur  A.,  Lecturer  in  Spanish 

B.A.,  Columbia  University,  1963;  M.A.,  Syracuse  Univer- 
sity, 1965. 

NAVARRETE,  Rosina  D.,  Instructor  in  Spanish 

A.B.,  Instituto  Santiago,  1941;  Licenciada  en  Derecho 
diplomatico,  University  of  Havana,  1941;  Doctor  of  Social 
Sciences,  University  of  Havana,  1950;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1967. 

NEMES,  Graciela  P.,  Professor  of  Spanish 

B.S.,  Trinity  College  (Vermont),  1942;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1952. 


292  Faculty 


NERI,  Umberto,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1961;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D., 
1966. 

NESPOULOUS-NEUVILLE,  Josiane,  Instructor  in  French 
Licence  en  droit,  University  of  Bordeaux,  1964. 

NEWBY.  Hayes  A.,  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1935;  M.A.,  University  of 
Iowa;  1939;  Ph.D.,  1947. 

NICKLASON,  Fred  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  Gustavus  Adolphus  College,  1953;  M.A.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1967. 

NIEBUR,  Douglas  P.,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathe- 
matics 

B.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1963;  M.S.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, 1965;  Ph.D..  1968. 

NIEMEYER,  G.  Charles,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

B.S.,  DePauw  University,  1933;  M.A.,  Northwestern  Uni- 
versity, 1935;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1942. 

NIESE,  Henry  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Columbia  University,  1955;  Cert.,  The  Cooper 
Union,  1949;  Cert.  Academie  Grande  Chaumiere,  Paris, 
1949. 

NIETO,  Jose  I.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

M.S.,  National  University  of  Colombia,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
sity  of  Heidelberg,  1959. 

NOACK,  Manfred  G.,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 

Intermediate  Exam.,  Hochschule  Munchen,  1959;  Ph.D., 
Technische  Hochschule  Munchen,  1964. 

NOLEN,  Jerry  A.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Lehigh  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  Univer- 
sity, 1956. 

NORTON,  Ann  E..  Assistant  Professor  of  Spanish  and  Assist- 
ant Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
B.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1945;  M.A.,  1947. 

NORTON,  Peter,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1964;  M.A.,  1966. 

NOSSAMAN,  Audrey,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 
B.Mus.,  Westminster  Choir  College,  1947. 

O'BRIEN,  Matthew,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  Boston  College,  1965;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1968. 

O'CONNOR,  Francis  V.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  Manhattan  College,  1959;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  I960;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

ODELL,  Stanley  Jack,  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  University  of  Kansas  City,  I960;  M.A.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

O'HAVER,  Thomas  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Spring  Hill  College,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Florida, 
1968. 

OGALLAGHER,  Joseph,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

S.B.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1961;  S.M., 
University  of  Chicago,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1967. 

O'LEARY,  Ronald  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dra- 
matic Art 

B.S.,  Bowling  Green  State  University,  I960;  M.A.,  1961; 
M.F.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

OLEFSKY,  Ellyn  R.,  Instructor  in  English 

A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1964;  M.A.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1967. 

OLIN,  Stephen  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1967. 

OLSON,  Keith  W.,  Assistant  Professor  and  Associate  Chair- 
man of  History 

B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1957;  M.A.,  1959; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964. 

OLSON,  Orrin,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  Sacramento  State  College,  I960;  M.Mus.,  Indiana 
University,  1961. 

ONEDA,  Sadao,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.Sc,  Tohoku  Imperial  University,  1946;  M.Sc,  1948; 
Ph.D.,  Nagoya  University,  1953. 

OPIK,  Ernst  J.,  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 

Cand.  Astro.,  Moscow  Imperial  University,  1916;  D.  Phil. 
Nat.,  University  of  Estonia,  1923. 

OSBORN,  John  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1958;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D., 
1965. 

OSTERHOUSE,  Robert  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.S.,  Whitworth  College,  1964;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University, 
1968;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1969. 


OSTROWSKI,  Carol,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Florida,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of  Vir- 
ginia, 1963. 

OTTO,  Gilbert  F.,  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,  Kalamazoo  College,  1926;  M.S.,  Kansas  State  Uni- 
versity, 1927;  Sc.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1929. 

OWINGS,  James  C,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Dartmouth  College,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University, 
1966. 

OZOLINS,  Aija,  Instructor  in  English 

A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  M.A.,  1966. 

PANICHAS,  George  A.,  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  American  International  College,  1951;  M.A.,  Trinity 
College  (Connecticut),  1952;  Ph.D.,  The  University  of  Not- 
tingham, 1961. 

PARSONS,    Arthur    C,    Professor    of    Spanish    and    Assist- 
ant to  the  Chairman 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.A.,  1928. 

PASCH,  Alan,  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1949;  M.A.,  New  School  for 
Social  Research,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1955. 

PATI,  Jogesh,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

I. So,  Utkal  University,  1953;  B.Sc.  Ravenshaw  College 
1955;  M.Sc,  Delhi  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1960. 

PAYERLE,  Laszlo,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  University  of  Maryland,  I960;  M.Mus.,  Univer- 
sity of  Texas,  1962. 

PEARL,  Martin  M.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A..  Brooklyn  College,  1950;  M.A.,  University  of  Micnigan, 
1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1955. 

PEASE,  John,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S.,  Western  Michigan  University,  I960;  M.A.,  Michigan 
State  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

PECHACEK,  Robert  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1954;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  California  (Berkeley),  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

PELCZAR,  Michael  J.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Microbiology  and  Vice- 
President  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research 
B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,   1936;   M.S.,   1938;   Ph.D., 
State  University  of  Iowa,  1941. 

PEMBERTON,  Elizabeth  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  Mount  Holyoke  College,  1961;  M.A.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1964;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

PENNINGTON,  Kenneth  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 
B.A.,  Friends  University,  1949;  B.Mus     1950;  M.A.,  New 
York  University,  1953;  D.Mus.,  Indiana  University,  1961. 

PERINBAM,  B.  Marie,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  London  University,  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Toron- 
to, 1959;  Ph.D.,  Georgetown  University,  1969. 

PERKINS,  Moreland,  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Harvard  College,  1948;  A.M.,  Harvard  University, 
1949;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

PERLMAN,  Julia  G,  Instructor  in  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mount  Holyoke  College,  1962;  M.A.T.,  Yale  Univer- 
sity, 1964. 

PERRY,  June  L.,  Lecturer  in  History 

B.A.,  Mundelein  College,  1965;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1967. 

PICKARD,  Hugh  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

A.B.,  Haverford  College,  1933;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  Uni- 
versity, 1938. 

PIPER,  Rowena  W.,  Instructor  in  Zoology 

B.S.,  Midwestern  University,  1954;  M.A.,  Duke  Univer- 
sity, 1962. 

PITTS,  Gordon  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  McGill  University,  1943;  M.A.,  New  York  University, 
1948;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1956. 

PLYBON,  Ira  F.,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  Marshall  University,  I960;  M.A.,  1962. 

POLLITT,  Anthony  F..  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College,  1962;  M.A.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

PORTZ,  John,  Associate  Professor  of  English  and  Director  of 

Honors  Program 

B.S.,   Duke   University,    1937;    M.A.,    Harvard   University, 

1941;  Ph.D.,  1958. 
POTTER,  Jane  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,    University   of   Chicago,    1942;    M.S.,    1947;    Ph.D., 

1949. 
POULTNEY,  Sherman  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute,  1958;  M.A.,  Prince- 


Faculty  293 


ton  University,  I960;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

POWELL,    Michael,    Harry,    Assistant    Professor    of    Mathe- 
matics 

B.A.,  San  Jose  State  College,  1963;  M.A.,  University  of 
California,  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  1969. 

PRAHL,  A.  J.,  Professor  of  German  (Emeritus) 

M.A.,  Washington  University,  1928;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hop- 
kins University,  1933. 

PRANGE,  Gordon  W.,  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1932;  M.A.,  1934;  Ph.D.,  1937. 

PRANGE,  Richard  E.,  Professor  of  Physics 

M.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

PRATT,  Ernest  F.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

A.B.,  University  of  Redlands,  1937;  M.S.,  Oregon  State 
College,  1939;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1942. 

PRICE,  Donald,  Research  Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

PROVENSEN,  Hester  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

LL.B.,  George  Washington  University,  1926;  M.A.,  Emerson 
College,  1948. 

PUGH,  Howel  Griffith,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  University  of  Cambridge,  1955;  M.A.,  1961;  Ph.D., 
1961. 

PUGLIESE,   Rudolph   E.,   Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic 
Art 

B.A.,  Miami  University  1947;  M.A.,  The  Catholic  Univer- 
sity of  America,  1949;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1961. 

PURDY,  William  C,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

A.B.,  Amherst  College,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology,  1955. 

QUI  LI  CI .  Augustine  F.,  Instructor  in  French 

B.S.,  Appalachian  State  University,  1963;  M.A.,  Appala- 
chian State  University,  1965. 

QUYNN,  William  R.,  Professor  of  French 

B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1922;  M.A.,  1923;  Ph.D.,  The 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1934. 

RADO,  George  T.,  Professor  of  Physics 

S.B.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1939;  S.M., 
1941;  Ph.D..  1943. 

RAGGIO,  John  A.,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Spanish 
B.A.,  Providence  College,  1967. 

RAMM,  Gordon  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,  University  of  Buffalo,  1949;  M.A.,  1950;  Ph.D.  New 
York  University,  1954. 

RAMSEY,  John  S     Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  Calvin  College,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland. 
1965. 

RAND,  Marguerite  C,  Professor  Emerita  of  Spanish 

B.A.,  Pomona  College,  1919;  M.A.,  Stanford  University, 
1922;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1951. 

RASTOGI,  Surest)  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.Sc,    Lucknow   University   (India),    1957;    M.Sc,    I960; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa,  1965. 

RAWLINGS,  Howard  P.,  Instructor  in  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Morgan  State  College,  1958;  M.S.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, 1959. 

REARICK,  William  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  Washington  Square  College,  New  York  University, 
1953;  M.A.,  fnstitute  of  Fine  Arts.  New  York  University, 
1958;  Ph.D.,  Harvard,  University,  1969. 

REBACH,  Howard  Martin,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  M.A.,  1964;  Ph.D., 
Michigan  State  University,  1968. 

REDDY,  Aluru,  R.,  Postdoctoral  Research  Associate  in  Mathe- 
matics 

B.Sc,  V.R.  College  SV  University  Tirupati,  I960;  M.Sc, 
Muslim  University,  Aligarh  Muslim  University  1962;  Ph.D., 
Ramanujan  Institute,  Madras  University,  1967. 

REED,  P.  Larus,  III,  Lecturer  in  English 
B.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1962. 

REEVE,  Wilkins,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology,  1936;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Wisconsin,  1940. 

REGER,  Edward   Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  Riga  Municipa,  Classical  Gymnasium,  1944;  B.Mus.. 
Latvia  State  Conservatory,  1944;  M.Mus.,  Stuttgart  Hoch- 
schule  fur  Musik,  1949. 

REIMANN,  Curt  W„  Visiting  Professor  of  Chemistry 

A.B.,  Drew  University,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1957;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

REINHART,  Bruce  L..  Professor  of  Mathematics 

294  Faculty 


B.A.,  Lehigh  University,  1952;  M.A.,  Princeton  University, 
1954;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

REISER,  Martin  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics  and  Elec- 
trical Engineering 

Diploma  Degree,  Johannes  Gutenberg  Universitat  (Ger- 
many), 1957;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

REMMERT,  Reinhold  W    Visiting  Professor  of  Mathematics 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Munster,  1954. 

RENTZ,  Marie  S.,  Instructor  in  Spanish 

A.B.,  Woman's  College,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1947; 
M.A.,  Duke  University,  1951. 

REYNOLDS,  Cynthia,  Instructor  in  Dance 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Brockport,  1969. 

RICHARD,  Jean-Paul,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Universite  Laval,  1956;  B.S.,  I960;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
site  de  Paris,  1963. 

RIDGWAY,  Whitman  H.,    Visiting  Lecturer  in  History 

A.B.,  KenyoVi  College,  1963;  M.A.,  San  Francisco  State 
College,  1967. 

RISK,  Winthrop  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  I960;  Ph.D., 
Princeton  University,  1965. 

ROBB,  Kenneth  A    Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Colgate  University,  1954;  M.A.,  University  of  Roches- 
ter, 1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1966. 

ROBERSON,  Bob  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Microbiology 
B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

ROBERTSON,  J.  Righton,  Jr    Assistant  Professor  of  History 
B.A.,  University  of  the  South,  1954;  M.A.,  Emory  Univer- 
sity, I960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

RODBERG,  Leonard  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Massa- 
chusetts Institute  of  Technology,  1956. 

ROELOFS,  Charles  R.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 
B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1953;  B.D.,  Yale  Univer- 
sity   Divinity    School,    1956;    M.A.,    Harvard    University, 
1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester,  1968. 

ROLLINSON,  Carl  L,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1933;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1939. 

ROOS,  Philip  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  I960;  Ph.D.,  Massachu- 
setts Institute  of  Technology,  1964. 

ROSE,  Harry  J.,  Jr.,  Visiting  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  St.  Francis  College,  1948;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1952. 

ROSELLE,  David  P..  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Duke  Uni- 
versity, 1965. 

ROSEN,  Meriam  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Dance 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1948;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1965. 

ROSEN,  Stephen  I.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anthropology 

B.A.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1965-  PhD  Uni- 
versity, 1966. 

ROSENBERG,  Barrv  M.,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  History 

B.B.A.,  University  of  Georgia,  1956;  B.A.,  George  Washing- 
ton University,  1966. 

ROUSH,  Marvin  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.Sc,  Ottawa  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1964. 

ROVNER,  Philip,  Associate  Professor  of  Spanish 

B.A.,  The  George  Washington  University.  1948;  M.A.,  1949; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

RUSSELL,  John  D.,  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Colgate  University,  1951;  M.A.,  University  of  Wash- 
ington; Ph.D.,  Rutgers  University,  1959. 

RUTHERFORD,  Charles  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,   Carleton   College,    1962;   M.A.,    Indiana  University. 
1966;  Ph.D..  1970. 

SADUN,  Elivo  H.,  Research  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Livorno  University,  1936;  Bi.Med.,  Pisa  University, 
1939;  M.A..  Harvard  University,  1942;  Sc.D.,  The  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1948. 

SALAMANCA,  Jack  R..  Associate  Professor  of  English 

Graduate,  Royal  Academy  of  Dramatic  Art  (London), 
1952;  Diploma  in  Drama,  University  of  London,  1953; 
Licentiate  in  Drama,  Graduate  School  of  Drama  (Royal 
Academy  of  Music,  London).  1954. 

SALCHENBERGER,  Stephen  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Italian 
B.A.,    The    Johns    Hopkins    University     1963;    MA.,    The 
Johns  Hopkins  University,   1967;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hop- 
kins University,  1967. 


SALTZ,  Robert  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1959;  M.A.,  University 
of  Virginia,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

SAMPUGNA,  Joseph,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1959;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D. 
1968. 

SATHER,  Jerome,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1966. 

SCHAEFER,  Helmut  H.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 
M.S.,  Leipzig,  1949;  Ph.D.,  Leipzig,  1951. 

SCHAUMANN,  Herbert,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Westminster  College,  1931;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  Univer- 
sity, 1935. 

SCHEERBAUM,  Robert,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Cornell 
University,  1969. 

SCHEIDERER,  Christopher  D.,  Instructor  in  Spanish 
B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1962;  M.A.,  1965. 

SCHIRRMACHER,  Mildred  D.,  Assistant  Instructor  in  Mathe- 
matics 

B.A.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1926;  M.S.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1929. 

SCHLARETZKI,  Walter  E.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Philoso- 

B.A.,  Monmouth  College.  1941;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1942;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1948. 

SCHLEIDT,  Wolfgang  M.,  Professor  of  Zoology 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Vienna,  1951. 

SCHLOTTERBECK,  Ulf,  Research  Associate  in  Mathematics 
Diplomarbeit,   University  of  Tubingen,   1967;  Ph.D.,  Dip- 
lomprufung  in  Mathematik,  University  of  Tubingen,  1969. 

SCHMEISSNER,  Joanna  F.,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  Agnes  Scott  College,  I960;  M.A.,  Yale  University, 
1962. 

SCHMEISSNER,  Volker  K.,  Instructor  in  German 

Arbitur,  Kepler-Gymnasium,  Tuebingen,  Germany,  1955; 
M.A.,  Yale  University  1964. 

SCHNEIDER,  David  I.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology,  1964. 

SCHNEIDER,  Walter,  J.,  Postdoctoral  Research  Associate  in 

Mathematics 

A.B.,  Columbia  College,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University, 

1963. 
SCHOLNICK,  Ellin  K.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  Vassar  College,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester, 

1963. 
SCHUESSLER,  Hermann  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

Theologiae  Doctor,  Kiel  University,  1955. 
SCHUMACHER,  Thomas,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  Manhattan  School  of  Music,  1958;  M.S.,  Juilliard 

School  of  Music,  1962. 
SCHUYLER,  Robert  L.,  Lecturer  in  Anthropology 

B.A.,    University   of   Arizona,    1964;    M.A.,    University   of 

California  (Santa  Barbara),  1967. 
SCHWARTZ,  Janet  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1952;  M.S.,  Cornell  Uni- 
versity, 1961;  Ph.D.,  1967. 
SEDGEWICK,  Rose,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

Ph.B.,  Brown  University,  1925;  M.A.,  1927;  Ph.D.,  1929. 

SENGERS,  J.  V.,  Associate  Professor  of  Molecular  Physics 
B.Sc,  University  of  Amsterdam,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

SERWER,  Howard,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  Yale  University,  1949;  M.B.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1950;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1969;  C.P.A.,  New  York 
State,  1954. 

SHELLEY,  Shirley  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music  and  Music 
Education 
B.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1944;  M.Mus.,  1947. 

SHEN,  Theresa,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chinese 

B.A.,  University  of  Santo  Tomas,  1958;  M.A.,  Ateneo  de 
Manila  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Georgetown  University, 
1968. 

SHEPHERD,  Julius  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
A.B.,  East  Carolina  College,  1944;  M.A.,  1947. 

SHOUFANI,  Elias  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A  Hebrew  University  (Jerusalem),  1962;  Ph.D.,  Prince- 
ton University,  1968. 

SHREIBER,  Joseph,  Instructor  in  Music 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.Mus.,  1966. 


SIMONS,  William  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S.,  Florida  State  University,  1959;  M.S.,   1964;  Ph  D 
1966. 

SIMONSON,  S.  Christian,  Assistant  Professor  of  Astronomy 
B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1960;  M.S., 
Ohio  State  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University, 
1967. 

SINGLETON,  Barbara,  Instructor  in  English 

A.B.,  Westhampton  College,  Richmond,  1954;  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Virginia,  1964. 

SKIDMORE,  William  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 
B.Mus.,  University  of  Illinois,  1963;  M.Mus.  1965. 

SLATTUM,   Judith  Ann,    Instructor  in   Speech  and   Dramatic 
Art 

B.F.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1967;  M.F.A.,  University  of 
Oklahoma,  1969. 

SLAWSKY,  Zaka  I.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute  1933;  M.S.,  Cali- 
fornia Institute  of  Technology,  1935;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1938. 

SMITH,  Barry  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1962;  M.A.,  Bucknell 
University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts, 
1967. 

SMITH,  Charlotte,  W.,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  History 

B.A.,  Rockford  College,  1942;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1953. 

SMITH,  Denzell  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1950;  M.A.,  1954;  M.A., 
1958;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

SMITH,  E.  B.,  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Maryville  College,  1940;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1947;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1949. 

SMITH,   Elske  van   Panhuys,   Associate   Professor  of  Astron- 
omy 
A.B.,  Radcliffe  College,  1950;  A.M.,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

SMITH,  Gayle  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

Ph.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1946;  B.S.,  Iowa  State  Col- 
lege, 1948;  M.A.,  Cornell  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

SMITH,  Joseph  Gary,  Junior  Instructor  in  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  M.Ed.,  1965;  M.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1969. 

SMITH,  Stephen,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

B.S.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1963;  Ph.D., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1968. 

SMYTHE,  Nicholas,  Instructor  in  Zoology 

B.A.,  University  of  British  Columbia,  1963. 

SNOW,  George  A„  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1945;  M.A.,  Prince- 
ton University,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

SOMMER,  Sheldon  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1959;  M.S.,  1961;  M.S., 
Texas  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College,  1964;  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1969. 

SORENSEN,  Shirley  C,  Instructor  in  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Wilson  Teachers  College,  1945. 
SPAIN,  Ian  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Molecular  Physics 

B.Sc,  Imperial  College  (London),  1961;  Ph.D.,  1964. 
SPARKS,  David  S.,  Professor  of  History  and  Associate  Dean 

of  the  Graduate  School  for  the   Humanities  and   Social 

Sciences 

B.A.,  Grinnell  College,  1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago. 

1945;  Ph.D.,  1951. 
SPRAGUE,  Victor,  Research  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.Ed.,   Southern   Illinois  University,   1932;   M.S.,   Univer- 
sity of  Illinois,  1938;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1940. 
SPRINGMANN,  Fague  K.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  Westminster  Choir  College,  1939. 
SPUEHLER,  Henry  E.,  Lecturer  in  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1953;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1956. 
SPURGEON,  Dickie  A.,  Assistant  Prof essor  of  English 

B.A.,    Southern    Illinois    University,    1961;    M.A.,    1962; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1967. 
SQUIRES,  Michael  G„  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,   Bucknell  University,  1963;  M.A.,  University  of  Vir- 
ginia, 1964. 
STADTMAN,  Earl  R.,  Lecturer  in  Microbiology 

B.S.,    University   of   California    (Berkeley),    1942;    Ph.D., 

1949. 
STALEY,  Stuart  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.A.,  Williams  College,  1959;  M.S.,  Yale  University,  1961; 

Ph.D.,  1964. 

Faculty  295 


STANICH,  Frank  S.,  Instructor  in  German 

B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1961;  M.A.,  Indiana  Univer- 
sity, 1964. 

STARCHER,  E.  Thomas,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1940;  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Arkansas,  1948. 

STECKLER,  Marilyn,  Instructor  in  Dance 
B.S.,  Hunter  College,  1969. 

STEELY,  Lewis  R.,  Instructor  in  Mathematics  (P.  T.) 

B.S.,  Wilson  teachers  College.  1937;  M.A.,  The  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1945. 

STEINBERG,  Clarence  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1952;  M.A.,  University  of 

Connecticut,    1955;    Ph.D.,    University   of    Pennsylvania, 

1969. 
STEINBERG,  Phillip  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern 

University,  1959. 
STEINKE,  Greg  A.,  Instructor  in  Music 

B.Mus.,    Oberlin   Conservatory,    1964;    M.Mus.,    Michigan 

State  University,  1967. 
STEINMAN,  Robert  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

D.D.S.,  St.  Louis  University,  1948;  M.A.,  New  School  for 

Social  Research,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 
STELLMACHER,  Karl  L,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

M.D.,  University  of  Gottingen,  1933;  Ph.D.,  1936. 
STEPHENSON,  Gerald  J.  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

S.B.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1959;  Ph.D., 

1964. 
STERNHEIM,  Charles  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  Brooklyn  College,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Roches- 
ter, 1966. 
STEVENSON,  Barbara  H.,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1938;  M.A., 

University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1939. 
STEWART,  Bernice  C,  Instructor  in  Zoology 

B.S.,  Lewis  and  Clark  College,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of 

Seattle,  1952. 
STEWART,  James  M.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.A    Western  Washington  College,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Washington,  1958. 
STITES,  M.  Elizabeth,  Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.Arch.,  New  York  University,  1940. 
STONE,  Martha  C,  Instructor  m  English 

B.S.,  Southeast  Missouri  State  College,  1927;  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Missouri,  1929. 
STOWASSER,  Karl,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Muenster  (West  Germany),  1966. 
STRAUSBAUGH,    Warren    L,    Professor    and    Chairman    of 

Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.S.,   Wooster  College,    1932;   M.A.,   State   University  of 

Iowa,  1935. 

STRAUSS,  Aaron  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.   Case  Institute  of  Technology,  1961;  M.S.,  University 
of  Wisconsin,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

STUNTZ,  Calvin  F.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.A.,  University  of  Buffalo,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1947. 

STUNTZ,  Shirley  M.,  Instructor  in  Chemistry 

B.S.,  George  Washington  University,  1946;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Delaware,  1948. 

SUCHER,  Joseph,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Brooklyn  College,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University, 
1958. 

SUSZYNSKI,  Olivia  C,  Lecturer  in  Spanish 

B.A.,  Hunter  College,   1953;   M.A.,   New  York  University, 
1955. 

SVENONJUS,  Lars.  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 

FN,  kand.,  Uppsala  University,  1950;  Fil.  mag.,  1955;  Fil. 

Lie,  1955;  Fil.  dr.,  1960. 
SVIRBELEY,  William  J..  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1931;  M.S.,  1932; 

D.Sc,  1935. 
SWEET,  Daniel,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Brown 

University,  1969. 
SWIGGER,  Ronald  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.;  University  of  New  Mexico,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  Uni- 
versity, 1967. 
SWINBURNE,    Richard    G.,    Visiting   Associate    Professor   of 

Philosophy  (1969-70) 

B.A.,  Oxford  University,  1957;  B.  Phil.,  1959. 


SYSKI,  Ryszard,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  London,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Chelsea  College, 
1960. 

TARICA,  Ralph,  Assistant  Professor  in  French 

B.A.,  Emory  University,  1954;  M.A.,  Emory  University, 
1958;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1966. 

TARWATER,  Joan  L,  Instructor  in  Spanish 

B.A.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1959;  M.A.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1964. 

TAYLOR,  Corwin  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music  and  Sec- 
ondary Education 

B.Mus.,  College  of  Music  of  Cincinnati,  1930;  M.Mus., 
1933;  B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1932;  M.Ed.,  1935; 
D.Ed.,  1941. 

TAYLOR,  Dalmas  A.,  Lecturer  in  Psychology 

B.A.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1959;  M.S.,  Howard 
University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware,  1965. 

TEEVAN,  James  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Harpur  College,  1964;  M.A.,  Indiana  University, 
1967;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

TEITELBAUM,  Herman,  I.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 
A.B.,   The   Johns   Hopkins   University,    1957;    M.S.,    Uni- 
versity  of   Washington,    1959;    Ph.D.,    McGill   University, 
1962. 

THALER,  Alvin  I.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  Columbia  University,  1959;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hop- 
kins University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

THIBAULT,  Jean-Francois  M.,  Instructor  in  French 

Licence  es  Lettres,  Sorbonne,  1964;  Diplome  d'Etudes 
Superieuses,  Sorbonne,  1965. 

THOMAS,  Michael  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Baylor  University,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  Ala- 
bama, 1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1969. 

THORBERG,  Raymond,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Alaska,  1939;  M.A.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1946;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1954. 

TILFORD,  Shelby,  Visiting  Associate  Professor  of  Molecular 
Physics  (P.  T.) 

B.S.  Western  Kentucky  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Vander- 
bilt  University,  1962. 

TIMSANS,  Edward  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

TINSLEY,  Mary  Adrian,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  Wash- 
ington, 1962;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1969. 

TOMLIN,  John  W.,  Lecturer  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and 
Criminology 

B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1951;  M.A.,  University  of  Vir- 
ginia, 1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

TOWNSEND,  Betty  P.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1942;  M.A.,  University. 
1961. 

TRAVER,  Paul  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1955; 
M.Mus.,  1957. 

TRIVELPIECE,  Alvin  W.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  California  State  Polytechnic  College,  1953;  M.S., 
California  Institute  of  Technology,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

TROUSDALE,  Marion  S.,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1951;  M.A.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley),  1955. 

TRUE,  Nelita   Lecturer  in  Music 

B.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan.  1958;  M.Mus..  1960. 

TUBBS,  James  M.,  Instructor  in  French 

A.B.,  University  of  Texas,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas, 
1969. 

TURNAGE,  Thomas  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 
A.B.,    University   of    California    (Berkeley),    1958;   Ph.D., 
1962. 

TYLER,  Forrest  B.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  DePauw  University.  1948;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, 1950;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University.  1952. 

TYSON.  Gerald,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  American  University,  1964;  M.A.,  Brandeis  Univer- 
sity, 1967;  Ph.D.,  Brandeis  University.  1969. 

ULRICH,  David  N..  Instructor  in  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,   University  of  Maryland.   1966;   M.A.,   University  of 
Illinois,  1967. 

ULRICH,  Homer,  Professor  of  Music 
M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1939. 

VAITUZIS,  Zigtridas,  Assistant  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1959;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland.  1965;  Ph.D.,  1969. 


296  Faculty 


VANDERSLICE.  Bettv  R..  Instructor  in  Mathematics  (P.  T.) 
B.A.,  Uppsala  College,  1945;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland 

VANDERSLICE,  Joseph  T.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Chem- 
istry 

B.S.,  Boston  College,  1949;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology,  1953. 
VAN  EGMOND,  Peter  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  Mississippi  College,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Mis- 
sissippi,   1961;    Ph.D.,    University    of    Noorth    Carolina, 
1966. 
B.A.,    University  of   Maryland,    1954;    M.A.,    1962;    Ph.D., 
1967. 

VARNEDOE,  Samuel  L,  Jr.,  Jr..  Assistant  Professor  of  Philos- 
ophy 

B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1959;  M.A.,  New 
School  for  Social  Research,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1967. 

VASQUEZ,  George  L,  Lecturer  in  History 

A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1962;  M.A.,  Johns  Hopkins 
School  of  International  Studies,  1964. 

VAUGHAN.    Charles,    Henry,   Assistant    Professor  of   Speech 

and  Dramatic  Art 

B.S.,  State  College,  Edinboro,  Pennsylvania,  1961;  M.A., 

University  of  Denver,  1964. 
VEITCH,  Fletcher  P.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,   University  of   Maryland,    1931;   M.S.,   1933;   Ph.D., 

1935. 
VERBEKE,  Olav  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Molecular  Physics 

Candidate,  University  of  Leuven,  1957;  Licentiate,  1959; 

Ph.D.,  1963. 

VESENTINI,  Edoardo,  Visiting  Professor  of  Mathematics 

Laurea  in  Scienze  Matematiche,  Universita'  di  Milano, 
1950;  Libera  docenza  in  geometna,  Universita'  di  Roma, 
1956. 

VIEWEG,  Carol  Ann,  Junior  Instructor  in  Zoology 
B.S.,  Gordon  College,  1964. 

VILLAVICENCIO,  Laura  N.,  Instructor  in  Spanish 

B.A.,  University  of  Havana,  1941;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1967. 

VIOLA,  Victor  E.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

A.B.,  University  of  Kansas,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley),  1961. 

VITALE,  Robert  A.,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Miami,  1958;  M.A.,  1959. 
VITZTHUM,  Richard  C,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Amherst  College,  1957;  M.A.T.,  Harvard  University, 

1958;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1963. 
WACHHAUS,  Gustav  E.,  Instructor  in  Music 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  Teachers  College,   1957;  M.A., 

Columbia  University,  1966. 
WAGNER,  Gretchen  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,   University  of   Michigan,   I960;   M.A.,    1962;   Ph.D., 

1967. 

WAKEFIELD,  John  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music  and  Di- 
rector of  Bands 
B.Mus..  University  of  Michigan,  1963;  M.Mus.,  1964. 

WALDROP,  Robert  S.,  Prof essor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1934;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1948. 

WALL,  Nathan  Saunders,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1949;  Ph.D., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1954. 

WALLACE,  Roger  D.,  Instructor  in  speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  Butler  University,  1967;  M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State 
University,  1968. 

WALSH,  Joseph  Leonard,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Harvard  University,  1916;  M.S.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, 1917;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1920. 

WALSH.  William  H.,  Visiting  Professor  of  Philosophy 
B.A.,  Oxford  University,  1936;  M.A.,  1939. 

WALT,  James  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.Ed.,  Duluth  State  Teachers  College,  1936;  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  1937;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1955. 

WARD,  Charles  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Pomona  College,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  North 
Carolina,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

WARD,  Kathryn  M.  Painter,  Associate  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  The  George  Washington  University,  1935;  M.A.,  1936; 
Ph.D.,  1947. 


WARNER,  Charles  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,    University   of    Toronto,    1955;    M.S.,    University   of 
Rochester,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

WARREN,  J.  Benedict,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Duns  Scotus  Colege,  1953;  M.A.,  University  of  New 
Mexico,  I960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Mexico,  1963. 

WEBER,  Joseph,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  United  States  Naval  Academy,  1940;  Ph.D.,  The 
Catholic  University  of  America,  1951. 

WEBER,  Kurt,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Williams  College,  1930;  B.A.,  Oxford  University, 
1932;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1933;  Ph.D.,  1940. 

WEIGANT,  Leo  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  University  of  Michigan,  1962;  A.M.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1963. 

WEIL-MALHERBE,  Rosanne,  Instructor  in  French 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.A.,  1965. 

WEINSHENKER,  Ned  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.Sc,    Polytechnic    Institute   of    Brooklyn,    1964;    Ph.D., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1968. 

WEISBROD,  Jo  Anne,  Instructor  in  Dance 

A.B.,  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles,  1964. 

WEISS,   Gene,    Stephen,    Lecturer   in    Speech   and   Dramatic 
Art 

B.A.,  Brandeis  University,  1961;  M.A.,  New  York  Univer- 
sity, 1965. 

WEISSMAN,  Maryjo  Kores,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1959;  M.A.,  Ohio  State 
University,  1960. 

WENTZEL,  Donat  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Astronomy 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1954;  B.S.,  1955;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

WESTERHOUT,  Gart,  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy  and 
Director  of  Astronomy 

B.S.,  University  of  Leiden,  1950;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D., 
1958. 

WHITAKER,  Delia  S„  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.A.,  1968. 

WHITE,  Charles  E.,  Professor  Emeritus  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1923;  M.S.,  1924;  Ph.D., 
1926. 

WHITTEMORE,  Reed,  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  Yale  University,  1941. 

WILLIAMS,  Aubrey  W.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  and  Director 
of  Anthropology 

B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1955;  M.A.,  1957; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Arizona,  1964. 

WILLIAMS,  Lorraine  A.,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  History 

B.A.,  Howard  University  1944;  M.A.,  Howard  University, 
1945;  Ph.D.,  American  University,  1955. 

WILLIAMS,  William  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Washington  and  Lee  University,  1956;  M.A.,  Duke 
University,  I960;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

WILLOUGHBY-MACDONALD,  Barbara  M.,  Instructor  in  Span- 
ish 

B.A.,  University  of  Chile,  1952;  Licenciatura,  University 
of  Chile,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966. 

WILMSEN,  Edwin,  Lecturer  in  Anthropology 

B.Arch.,  Texas  A  and  M.,  1957;  M.Arch.  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Arizona, 
1966. 

WILSON,  Bruce  D.,  Lecturer  in  Music 

B.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  I960;  M.Mus.,  1964. 

WILSON,  Gayle  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  English  and  Assist- 
ant Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
B.A.,  Wayne  State  University,   I960;  M.A..   University  of 
Rochester,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

WINDEN,  William  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  Stanford  University,  1953;  M.A.,  University  of  Wash 
ington,  1961. 

WITT,  Lois  L.,  Instructor  in  Dance 

A.B.,  George  Washington  University,  1960. 

WOLFE,  Peter,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  St.  Lawrence  University,  1959;  B.E.E.,  Rensselaer 
Polytechnic  Institute,  1959;  M.S.,  Northwestern  Univer- 
sity, 1961;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1965. 

WOLVIN,  Andrew  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dra- 
matic Art  and  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,   University  of  Nebraska,   1962;   M.A.,   1963;   Ph.D., 
Purdue  University,  1968. 

WOO,  Ching-Hung,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Louisiana  Technological  Institute,  1958;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  California  (Berkeley),  1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 


Faculty         297 


WOOLDRIDGE,  John  B.,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Spanish 

B.A.,  University  of  Richmond,  1953;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1969. 

WRIGHT,  Winthrop  R..  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Swarthmore  College,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1960;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

YANEY,  George  L,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.Mgt.E.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1952;  M.A., 
University  of  Colorado,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University, 
1961. 

YANG,  Grace  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  National  Taiwan  University,  I960;  M.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  California,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
1966. 

YEO,  Anne  B.,  Instructor  in  Dance 
B.A.,  Bennington  College,  1967. 

YODH,  Gaurang  B.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.Sc,  University  of  Bombay,  1948;  M.Sc.  University  of 
Chicago,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

YOUNG,  Bobby  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.A.,  Southeast  Missouri  State  College,  1950;  Ph.D.,  The 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1965. 

YOUNG,  Frank  C.   Assistant  Prof essor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1962. 

ZAPOLSKY,  Harold  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Shimer  College,  University  of  Chicago,  1954;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University,  1962. 

ZEDEK,  Mishael,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

M.S.,  Hebrew  University  (Jerusalem),  1952;  Ph.D.,  Har- 
vard University,  1956. 

ZEEVELD,  W.  Gordon,  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1924;  M.A.,  The  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1929;  Ph.D.,  1936. 

ZELENKA,  Robert,  Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  Rice  University,  1965;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity, 1966. 

ZIPOY,  David  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

ZOLLER,  William  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Alaska,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1969. 

ZORN,  Bice  Sechi,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
Dottore  in  Fisica,  Universita  di  Cagliari,  1951. 

ZORN,  Gus  Tom,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1948;  M.S.,  University 
of  New  Mexico,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Padua,  1954. 

ZUCKERMAN,  Benjamin,  Assistant  Professor  of  Astronomy 
S.B.,  S.M.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1963; 
Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1968. 

ZWANZIG,  Robert  W.,  Research  Professor  of  Molecular  Phys- 
ics 

B.S.,  Polytechnic  Ins.itute  of  Brooklyn,  1948;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity f  Southern  California,  1950;  Ph.D.,  California 
Institute  of  Technology,  1952. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  AND  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION 


Administrative  Officers 

O'CONNELL,  Donald  W.,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Business  and 
Public  Administration  and  Professor  of  Economics 
B.A.,    Columbia    University,     1937;    M.A.,     1938;    Ph  D 
1953. 

KEATON,  Paul  N.,  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  of  Business 
and  Public  Administration  and  Lecturer  in  Business  Ad- 
ministration 
B.S.B.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1964. 

BAKER,  H.  Kent,  Assistant  to  the  Dean  of  the  College  of  Busi- 
ness and  Public  Administration 

B.S.B.A.,  Georgetown  University,  1967:  MB. A.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1969. 

Faculty 

AARON,  Henry  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B.,  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles,  1957;  A.M., 
Harvard  University,  I960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

ADAMS,  John  Quincy  III,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
A.B.,  Oberlin  College,   I960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas, 
1966. 

AHNERT,  Frank  0.,  Professor  of  Geography 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Heidelberg,  March  1953. 

AKMAN,   Allan   D.,    Instructor  in    Information   Systems   Man- 
agement 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.S.,  Carnegie  Insti- 
tute of  Technology,  1966. 

ALMON,  Clopper,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  Vanderbilt,  1956;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1961; 
Ph.D.,  1962. 

AMUZEGAR,  Jahangir,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

B.A.,  University  of  Tehran,  1941;  M.A.,  University  of 
Washington,  1948;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Los 
Angeles,  1955. 

ANDERSON,  Henry,  Professor  of  Statistics 

B.A  University  of  London,  1939;  M.B.A.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1948;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

ANDERSON,  Thornton  H.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Poli- 
tics 

A.B.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1937;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1948. 

ASHMEN,  Roy,  Associate  Professor  of  Marketing 

B.S.,  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology,  1935;  M.S.,  Columbia 
University,  1936;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University,  1950. 

ATKINSON,  Lloyd  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  University  of  Windsor  (Ontario),  1965;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  1969. 

BAKER,  H.  Kent,  Assistant  to  the  Dean  of  the  College  of  Busi- 
ness and  Public  Administration 

B.S.B.A.,  Georgetown  University,  1967;  MB. A.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1969. 

BARBER,  Willard  F.,  Lecturer  in  International  Affairs 

A.B.,  Stanford  University,  1928;  M.A.,  1929;  Certificate, 
National  War  College,  1948. 

BECHTOLD,  Peter  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

B.A.,  Portland  State  College,  1961;  M.A.,  Princeton  Uni- 
versity, 1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

BEDINGFIELD,  James  P.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administra- 
tion 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  MB. A.,  1968;  C.P.A., 
Maryland,  1968. 

BENDER,  Filmore  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Statistics 

B.S.,  University  of  California,  1961;  M.S.,  North  Carolina 
State  College,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

BENNETT,  Robert  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1951;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

BERGMANN,  Barbara  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 
A.B.,  Cornell  University,   1948;  M.A.,  Radcliffe  Graduate 
School  (Harvard  University)  1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

BETANCOURT,  Roger  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
B.A.,  Georgetown  University,   1965;   Ph.D.,   University  of 
Wisconsin,  1969. 

BOORMAN,  John  T    Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

B.S.,  LeMoyne  College,  1963;  M.A.,  University  of  Southern 
California,  1966,  Ph.D.,  1967. 

BRODEN,  Barry  C,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,   New  York   University,   1965;   MB. A.,   1967;  C.P.A., 
State  of  New  York,  1969. 


298  Faculty 


BRODSKY,  Harold,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 

B.S.,  (Geology)  Brooklyn  College,  1954;  M.S.,  (Geology) 
University  of  Colorado,  I960;  Ph.D.,  (Geography)  Univer- 
sity of  Washington,  1966. 

BROWN,  Terence  A.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  MB. A.,  1966. 

BRYAN.  Carter  R    Professor  of  Journalism 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  1937;  Rer.  Pol.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Vienna,  Austria,  1940. 

BUDNICK,  Frank  S.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  Rutgers  University,  1966;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1968. 

BULMASH,  Gary  F.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  M.B.A.,  1968;  C.P.A., 
Maryland,  1967. 

BURDETTE,  Franklin  L,  Professor  of  Government  and  Poli- 
tics, and  Director  of  the  Bureau  of  Governmental  Re- 
search 

A.B.,  Marshall  College,  1934;  M.A.,  University  of  Ne- 
braska, 1935;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1937;  Ph.D., 
1938;  LLD.,  Marshall  College,  1959. 

BUTTERWORTH,  Charles  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Govern- 
ment and  Politics 

B.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1959;  Doctorate;  Univer- 
sity of  Nancy,  France,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

BYRD,  Elbert  M.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

B.S.,  American  University,  1953;  M.A.,  1954;  Ph.D., 
1959. 

CARROLL,  Stephen  J.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business 
Administration 

B.S.,  University  of  California,  1957;  M.A.,  1959;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Washington,  1964. 

CHAPLES,  Ernest  A.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government 
and  Politics 

A.B.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1961;  M.A.,  1965; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1967. 

CHAPPELL,  James  D.,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Information  Systems 
Management  Computer  Science 

A.B.,  Duke  University,  1953;  M.S.,  Columbia  University, 
1954;  C.P.A.,  Georgia,  1958. 

CHAVES,  Antonio  F.,  Associate  Prof essor  of  Geography 

Ph.D.,  law,  University  of  Habana,  June  1941;  Ph.D., 
Filosofia  y  Letras  (Humanities)  University  of  Habana, 
June  1946.  Master  of  Arts,  Geography,  August  1948. 

CLAGUE,  Christopher  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
B.A.,  Swarthmore,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1966. 

CLAUDE,  Richard  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

B.A.,  College  of  St.  Thomas,  1956;  M.S.,  Florida  State  Uni- 
versity, I960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia,  1963. 

CLINTON,  Kevin  J.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

B.A.,  London  School  of  Economics,  1966;  M.S.,  1968. 

CONWAY,  Mary  Margaret,  Associate  Professor  of  Government 
and  Politics 

B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia, I960;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University,  1965. 

COURTRIGHT,  Benjamin  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Informa- 
tion Systems  Management 
B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

COX,  William  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B.,  Northwestern  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Princeton 
University,  1968. 

CROWELL  Alfred  A.,  Professor  of  Journalism 

A.B.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1929;  M.A.,  1934;  M.S.J., 
Northwestern  University,  1940. 

CUMBERLAND,  John  H.,  Professor  of  Economics  in  the  Bu- 
reau of  Business  and  Economic  Research 
B.A.,   University  of  Maryland,   1947;   M.A.,   Harvard   Uni- 
versity, 1949;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

DAIKER,  John  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941;  M.B.A.,  1951;  C.P.A., 
District  of  Columbia,  1949. 

DALTON,  Francis  E.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967;  M.B.A.,  1969. 

DANDO,  William  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 

B.S.,  California  State  Teachers  College,  1959;  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Minnesota,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minne- 
sota, 1969. 

DAWSON,  Townes  L,  Professor  of  Business  Law 

B.B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1943;  B.A.,  U.S.  Merchant 
Marine  Academy,  1946;  M.B.A,  University  of  Texas  1947; 
Ph.D.,  1950;  LL.B.,  1954;  Member  of  Texas,  D.C.,  and 
Maryland  Bar  Associations. 


DAY,  Ernest  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1941;  J. D.  George  Washington  Uni- 
versity, 1950;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  American  University, 
1969. 

DEMPSEY,  William  A.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.E.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1964;  M.B.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1966. 

DENNY,  David  L.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

B.A.,  Wesleyan  University,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1965. 

DESHLER,  Walter  W.,  Professor  of  Geography 

B.S.,  Lafayette  College,  1943,  Engineering  Physics;  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1953,  Geography;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1957,  Geography. 

DEVINE,  Donald  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

B.B.A.,  St.  John's  University  1959;  M.A.,  Brooklyn  Col- 
lege, 1965;  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University,  1967. 

DILLARD,  Dudley,  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of 
Economics 

B.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1935;  Ph.D., 
1940. 

DILLON,  Conley  H     Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.A.,  Marshall  College,  1928;  M.A.,  Duke  University,  1933; 
Ph.D.,  1936. 

DODGE,  Norton  T    Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B.,  Cornell  University,  1948;  M.A.,  Harvard  University, 
1951;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

DORSEY,  John  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics  and  Di- 
rector. Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research 
B.S     University  of  Maryland,  1958;  Cert.,  London  School 
of    Economics,    1959;    M.A.,    Harvard    University,    1962; 
Ph.D.,  1964. 

DYER,  Robert  F.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  Bowling  Green  University,  1965;  M.B.A.,  1966. 

EDELSON,  Charles  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 
B.B.A.,  University  of  New  Mexico,  1949;  M.B.A.,  Indiana 
University,  1950;  C.P.A.,  Maryland  1951. 

ENGLISH,  David  J.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  M.B.A.,  1967. 

EPPES,  Marion  H.,  Municipal  Management  Associate,  Mary- 
land Technical  Advisory  Service,  Bureau  of  Governmental 
Research 
B.S.,  U.S.  Naval  Academy,  1935. 

FALTHZIK,  Alfred  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Ad- 
ministration 

B.S.,  Northeastern  University,  1957;  B.A.,  1957;  M.B.A., 
1959;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1969. 

FISHER,  Allan  J.,  Professor  of  Accounting  and  Finance 

B.S.,  Wharton  School  of  Finance  and  Commerce,  1928; 
Litt.M.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1937. 

FITZMAURICE,  James  Michael,  Instructor  in  Economics 

B.S.,  (Mathematics),  St.  Joseph's  College,  1964;  B.A., 
(Economics),  1964. 

FLIPPEN,  Charles  C,  II,  Assistant  Professor  of  Journalism 
B.A.,  Washington  and  Lee  University,  1964;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1966,  1968. 

FONAROFF,  Leonard  Schuyler,  Professor  of  Geography 

B.A.,  University  of  Arizona,  1955;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hop- 
kins University,  1961. 

FOSTER,  John  G.,  Junior  Instructor  in  Economics 

B.S.,  Towson  State  College,  1967;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1970. 

FREY,  Ralph  W.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.B.A. ,  1966;  C.P.A., 
Maryland,  1969. 

GANNON,  Martin  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Adminis- 
tration 

B.A.,  University  of  Scranton,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1969. 

GERACI,  Philip  C,  Lecturer  in  Journalism 

B.S.,  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953,  1961. 

GLENDENING,  Parris  N.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government 
and  Politics 

B.A.,  Florida  State  University,  1964;  M.A.,  1965;  Ph.D., 
1967. 

GOLDING,  Edwin  I.,  Lecturer  in  Information  Systems  Man- 
agement 

B.S.,  U.S.  Naval  Academy,  1950;  M.S.E.,  University  of 
Michigan  1955;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

GREEN,  George  R.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

A.B.,  Northwest  Missouri  State  College,  1958;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1966. 

Faculty         299 


GREER,  Douglas  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

B.S.,  University  of  Oregon,  1963;  M.A.,  1965;  M.A.,  Cor- 
nell University  1967;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

GREER,  Thomas  V.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Adminis- 
tration 

B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1953;  M.B.A.,  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, 1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas,  1964. 

GRITTA,  Richard  D.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.B.A.,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1965;  M.B.A.,  Indiana 
University,  1967. 

GROVES,  Paul  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 

B.Sc,  (Econ.),  University  College  London,  1956;  Geography 
/Economics.  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  Geog- 
raphy.   Ph.D.,    University   of   California,    Berkeley,    1969. 

GRUCHY.  Allan  G.  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  University  of  British  Columbia,  1926;  M.A.,  McGill 
University,  1928;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia,  1931. 

GRUNIG,  James  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Journalism 

B.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1964;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Wisconsin,  1966,  1968. 

HARGROVE,  Michael  B.,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1963;  M.A.,  1966. 

HARPER,  Robert  A.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Geography 
Ph.B.,  1946;  S.B.,  1947;  S.M.  1948;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

HARRIS,  Curtis  C,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics  and 
Research  Associate,  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic 
Research 

B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1956;  A.M.,  Harvard  Univer- 
sity, 1959;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

HARRIS,  Theodore  P.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,    Fordham    University,    1966;    M.S.,    University    of 
Tennessee,  1967. 

HARRISON,  Bennett,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

A.B.,  Brandeis  University,  1965;  M.A.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1966. 

HARRISON,  Horace  V.,  Prof essor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.A.,  Trinity  University,  Texas,  1932;  M.A.,  University  of 
Texas,  1941;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

HARTNESS,   Norman   E.,   Instructor  in   Information   Systems 
Management 
A.B.,  Harvard  College,  1956. 

HASLEM,  John  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Finance 

A.B.,  Duke  University,  1956;  M.B.A.,  University  of  North 
Carolina,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

HATHORN,  Guy  B.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  University  of  Mississippi,  1940;  M.A.,  1942;  Ph.D., 
Duke  University,  1950. 

HEISLER,  Martin  0.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

B.A.,  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles,  I960;  M.A., 
1962;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

HERMANSON,  Roger  H.,  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1954;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D., 
1963;  C.P.A.,  Maryland,  1965. 

HEXTER,  J.  Lawrence,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1954;  M.B.A.,  Cornell  Uni- 
versity, 1958;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964;  Ph.D., 
1966. 

HIEBERT,  Ray  E.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department:  of 
Journalism 

B.A.,  Stanford  University,  1954;  M.S.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1957;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961, 
1962. 

HILLE,  Stanley  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Transportation 

B.B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1959;  M.B.A.,  1962, 
Ph.D.,  1965. 

HIMES,  Robert  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Adminis- 
tration 

B.C.S.,     Benjamin     Franklin     University,     1939;     M.C.S 
1940;  B.S.,  American  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

HOLLANDS,    Roger    G.,    Municipal    Management    Associate, 
Maryland  Technical  Advisory  Service,  Bureau  of  Govern- 
mental Research 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1962;  M.S.,  1963. 

HOPKINS,  Frank  E.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 
B.A.,  Hofstra  University,  1964. 

HORLICK,  Geoffrey  R.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,    Syracuse    University,    1965;    M.B.A.,    University  of 
Michigan,  1966;  C.P.A.,  Maryland,  1968. 

HOSHI,  Takao,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  Tokyo  Institute  of  Technology,  1963. 

300  Faculty 


HSUEH,  Chun-tu,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

LL.B.,  Chaoyang  Law  School,  1946;  M.A.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1953;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

HU,  Charles  Y.,  Professor  of  Geography 

B.S  University  of  Nanking,  China,  1930;  M.A.,  University 
of  California  (at  Berkeley),  1936;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1941. 

HUDSON,  James  W.,  Visiting  Associate  Professor  of  Geography 
A.B.,  (Political  Science),  Haverford  College,  1952;  M.Sc. 
(Geography),  University  of  Wisconsin,  1954;  Ph.D.,  (Geog- 
raphy), University  of  Chicago,  1962. 

HYNES,  Cecil  V.,  Associate  Professor  of  Marketing 

B.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1948;  M.A.,  1949;  Ph  D 
1965. 

INGLES,  Joseph  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

B.S.,  Brigham  Young  University.  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Missouri,  1968. 

JACOBS,  Walter  Darnell,  Professor  of  Government  and  Poli- 
tics 

B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1955;  M.A.,  and  Certificate 
of  Russian  Institute,  1956,  Ph.D.,  1961. 

JOLSON,  Marvin  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Adminis- 
tration 

BEE.,  George  Washington  University,  1949;  MB. A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago,  1965;  D.B.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1969. 

KARLIK,  John  R.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

A.B.,  Middlebury  College,  I960;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1966. 

KAWAHITO,  Kiyoshi,  Instructor  in  Economics 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  City  University,  1963;  M.B.A.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1965. 

KEATON,  Paul  N.,  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  of  Business 
and  Public  Administration  and  Lecturer  in  Business  Ad- 
ministration 
B.S.B.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1964. 

KEISER,  Stephen  K.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  Elizabethtown  College,  1965;  M.B.A.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1966. 

KINERNEY,  Eugene  J.,  Lecturer  in  Geography 

B.S..  Geology  and  Ueography,  University  of  Kansas  City, 
1959;  M.A.,  Geology,  University  of  Missouri,  1961. 

KING,  Aubrey  C,  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  Marshall  University,  1963;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1967. 

KMETZ,  John  L.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1965;  M.B.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1967. 

KNIGHT,  Robert  E.  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1948:  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia (Berkeley),  1958. 

KOURY,  Enver  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

B.A.,  George  Washington  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Ameri- 
can University,  1958. 

KRIEGER,  Paul  E.,  Research  Assistant,  Bureau  of  Govern- 
mental Research 

B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1964;  LL.B.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1968. 

LADY.  George  M.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

A.B.,  George  Washington  University,  1961;  A.M.,  1963; 
Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1967. 

LAMONE,   Rudolph   P.,  Associate   Professor  of  Business  Ad- 
ministration. 
B.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

LANNING,  Eldon  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

B.S.,  Northwestern  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Virginia,  1965. 

LARSON,  Harold,  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  Morningside  College,  1927;  M.A.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1928;  Ph.D.,  1943. 

LAYHER,  William  N.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 
B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1965. 

LEE,  Richard  W.,  Lecturer  in  Journalism 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois;  1956;  M.A.,  Southern  Illinois 
University,  1964. 

LEETE,  Burt  A.,  Lecturer  in  Business  Law 

B.S.,  Juniata  College,  1962:  M.B.A.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1964;  J.D.,  American  University,  1969. 

LEVINE,  Marvin  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Adminis- 
tration 


B.A.,   University  of   Wisconsin,    1952;   J.D.,    1954;    M.A., 

1959;  Ph.D.,  1964. 
LEWIS,  John  E.L  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 

B.S.,  West  Chester,  Pennsylvania,  1958-62;  M.A.,  Indiana 

University,  1964. 
LONGBRAKE,  William  A.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administra- 

B  A.  The  College  of  Wooster,  1965;  M.A.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1968;  M.B.A.,  1969. 

LYNAGH,  Peter  M.,  Lecturer  in  Business  Administration 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  I960;  M.B.A.,  Oklahoma 
University,  1964. 

MacRAE   Elizabeth  Chase,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
A.B.,  Radcliffe  College,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology,  1969. 

MAHER,  Theodore  J.,  Research  Assistant,  Bureau  of  Govern- 
mental Research 

A.B.  Tufts  University,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1967. 

MARTIN,  L.John,  Professor  of  Journalism 

B.A.,  American  University,  Cairo,  1947;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Minnesota,  1951,  1955. 

MATTHEISS,  Theodore  H.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administra- 
tion 
B.S.,  Wayne  State  University,  1960;  M.B.A.,  1961. 

McCARRICK,  Earlean  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government 
and  Politics 

B.A.,  Louisiana  State  University  Baton  Rouge,  1953;  M.A., 
1955;  Ph.D.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1964. 

McGREGOR,  Eugene  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government 
and  Politics 

A.B.,  Dartmouth  College,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University, 
1969. 

McGUIRE,  Martin  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

B.S.,  U.S.  Military  Academy,  1955;  B.A.,  Oxford  Univer- 
sity, 1958;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1964. 

McLOONE,  Eugene  P.,  Lecturer  in  Economics  and  Education 
B.A.,  La  Salle  College,  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Denver, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1961. 

McNELLY,  Theodore  H.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1941;  M.A.,  1942;  Ph.D., 
Columbia  University,  1952. 

McNITT,  Lawrence  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Admin- 
istration 

B.A.,  Andrews  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North 
Carolina,  1969. 

MEASDAY,  Walter  S     Lecturer  in  Economics 

A.B.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1945;  Ph.D.,  Massachu- 
setts Institute  of  Technology,  1955. 

MEER   Melvyn  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B.,  Brooklyn  College,  I960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minne- 
sota, 1966. 

MELNICK,  Daniel,  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics 
B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1963;  M.A.,  1964. 

MEYER,  Paul  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A..  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1961;  M.A.,  Stanford  Uni- 
versity, 1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

MEYER,  Philip  E.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  M.Acc,  The  Ohio 
State  University,  1966;  C.P.A.,  Maryland,  1968. 

MIDURA,  Edmund  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Journalism 

B.S.,  Syracuse  University  1957;  M.A.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa,  1969. 

MILLS,  James  I.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

B.A.,  Augustana  College,  1927;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1937;  D.B.A.,  George  Washington  University,  1965. 

MINER,  John  B.,  Professor  of  Management 

A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1950;  M.A.,  Clark  University, 
1952;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1955. 

MITCHELL,  Robert  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 

M.A.,  Geography  (major)  with  Economic  History  (minor), 
Glasgow  University,  1962.  Ph.D.,  Geography,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  August,  1968. 

MOORE,  Frederick  C,  Lecturer  in  Business  Law 
B.B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1965;  J.D.,  1968. 

MOORE,  Michael  F.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1963;  M.A.,  1966. 

MUCZYK,  Jan  P.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.B.A.,  1966. 

MURPHY,  Neil  B.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

B.S.,  Bucknell,  I960;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1968. 

NASH,  Allan  N.,  Associate  Professor  of  Personnel  Adminis- 
tration 


B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1957;  M.A.,  1959;  Ph.D., 
1963. 

NASH,  Grover  E.,  County  Management  Associate  and  Deputy 
Director,  Maryland  Technical  Advisory  Service,  Bureau  of 
Governmental  Research 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1942;  M.A.,  Georgetown  Uni- 
versity, 1961. 

NEFFINGER,  George  G.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administra- 
tion 

B.S.  University  of  Florida,  1951;  M.A.,  George  Washing- 
ton University,  1958. 

NEWSOM,  D.  Earl,  Professor  of  Journalism 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University  1948;  M.S.,  Northwest- 
ern University,  1949;  Ed.D.,  Oklahoma  State  Univer- 
sity, 1957. 

NICKELS,  William  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Admin- 
istration 

B.S.B.A.,  The  Ohio  State  University,  1962;  M.B.A.,  West- 
ern Reserve  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, 1969. 

O'CONNELL,  Donald  W.,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Business  and 
Public  Administration  and  Professor  of  Economics 
B.A.,    Columbia    University,    1937;    M.A.,    1938;    Ph.D., 
1953. 

OLIVER,  James  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

B.A.,  University  of  Washington,  1959;  M.A.,  1962;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1968. 

OLSON,  Charles  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Admin- 
istration 

B.B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D., 
1968. 

OLSON,  Mancur  L.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

B.S.,  North  Dakota  State  University,  1954;  B.A.,  Oxford 
University,  1956;  M.A.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University, 
1963. 

O'NEILL,  Richard  P.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.B.A.,  1969. 

PAINE,  Frank  T.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Adminis- 
tration 

B.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1951;  M.B.A.,  1956;  Ph.D., 
Stanford  University,  1963. 

PATRICK,  Arthur  S.,  Professor  of  Information  Systems  Man- 
agement and  Business  Education 

B.S.,  Wisconsin  State  University,  1931;  M.A.,  University 
of  Iowa,  1940;  Ph.D.,  American  University,  1956. 

PEARSON,  Robert  W.,  Jr.,  Junior  Instructor  in  Economics 
B.A.,  Lake  Forest  College,  1963;  M.A.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1969. 

PIERCE,  James  Lee,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

B.A.  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  1959;  Ph.D., 
1964. 

PIPER,  Don  O,  Professor  and  Head  of  Government  and  Poli- 
tics _    „ 
B.A.,   University  of  Maryland,   1954;   M.A.,   1958;   Ph.D., 
Duke  University,  1961. 

PLISCHKE,  Elmer,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

Ph.B.  Marquette  University,  1937;  M.A.,  American  Uni- 
versity, 1938;  Ph.D.,  Clark  University,  1943. 

QUALLS,  Paul  David,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  University  of  Florida,  1960;  M.A.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  California  (Berkeley),  1968. 

KANALD,  Ralph  A.,  Visiting  Associate  Professor  of  Government 
and  Politics 

A.B.,  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles,  1952;  M.A., 
1954;  A.M.,  Princeton  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

RATHBUN,  Norman  Hume,  Instructor  in  Economics 
B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1942;  M.A.,  1957. 

REEVES   Mavis  Mann,  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics 
B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,   1942;  M.A.,  1943;  Ph.D., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1947. 

RICHARDS,  Carl  T.,  County  Management  Associate,  Maryland 
Technical  Advisory  Service,  Bureau  of  Governmental  Re- 
search 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College,  1962;  M.A.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1968. 

ROSEN,  Louis  I.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.B.A.,  1965;  C.P.A., 
Maryland  1967. 

ROSENTHAL,  Lewis  D.,  Lecturer  in  Geography 

B.B.A.( accounting)  City  College,  N.Y.C.,  1943;  M.A.,  (eco- 
nomics) N.Y.C.,  1963. 

ROY,  Raymond  A.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 

Faculty         301 


B.S.,  Commerce,  St.  Mary's  University,  1963;  M.B.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Massachusetts,  1964. 

SCHILLER,  Bradley  R.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

A.B.,  University  of  California,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity, 1969. 

SCHINK,  George  R.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 
B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964. 

SCHULTZE,  Charles  L.,  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  Georgetown  University,  1948;  M.A.,  1950;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

SEBERT,  Suzanne  K.,  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics 
B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1964;  M.A.,  1966. 

SEGANISH,  William  M.,   Instructor  in   Business  Administra- 
tion 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.B.A.,  1969. 

SHIMP,  Terence  A.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
A.B.,  West  Liberty  State  College,   1968;  M.B.A.,   Univer- 
sity of  Kentucky,  1969. 

SHIPLEY,  Jerry  J.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

B.A.,  Grinnell  College,  1961;  M.A.,  Stanford  University, 
1963. 

SINGER,  Neil  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1960;  M.A.,  Stanford,  1961; 
Ph.D.,  1965. 

SKOK,  James  E.,  Municipal  Management  Associate,  Maryland 
Technical  Advisory  Service,  bureau  of  Governmental  Re- 
search 
B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1958;  M.A.,  1964. 

SNOW,  John  W.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

B.A.,  University  of  Toledo,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Vir- 
ginia, 1965;  J.D.,  George  Washington  Law  School,  1967. 

SPENCER,  Jean  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics,  and  Research  Associate,  Bureau  of  Governmen- 
tal Research 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955;  M.A.,  1961;  Ph.D., 
1966. 

SPEROS,  Platon  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.S.,  Indiana  University,  1949;  M.B.A.,  1952;  C.P.A., 
Indiana  1955,  Illinois  1956. 

SPIVEY,  Clinton  C.,  Associate  Professor  of  Production  Man- 
agement 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1946;  M.S.,  1947;  Ph.D., 
1957. 

SPRAGUE,  Ralph  H.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Information 
Systems  Management 

B.S.,    Anderson    College,    I960;    M.B.A.,    Indiana    Univer- 
sity, 1962;  D.B.A.,  1964. 

STONE,  Clarence  N.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics,  and  Director,  Urban  Research  Group  and  Mary- 
land Technical  Advisory  Service,  Bureau  of  Governmental 
Research 

A.B.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1957;  M.A.,  Duke  Uni- 
versity, I960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

STROBER,  Myra  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1962;  M.A.,  Tufts  University, 
1965;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
1969. 

TAFF,  Charles  A.,  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of 
Business  Administration 

B.S.,  University  of  Iowa,  1937;  M.A.,  1941;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1952. 

TAYLOR,  Graeme,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

B.S.,  University  of  St.  Andrews  (Scotland),  1960;  M.B.A., 
Harvard  University,  1962. 

TERCHEK,  Ronald  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1958;  M.A.,  I960;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1965. 

THIEBLOT,  Armand  J.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business 
Administration 

B.S.,  Education,  Princeton  University,  1961;  M.B.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

THOMAS,  Arthur  R.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1967;  M.B.A.,  1969. 

THOMPSON,  Daniel  R.,  Municipal  Management  Associate- 
Law,  Maryland  Technical  Advisory  Service,  Bureau  of 
Governmental  Research 

B.A.,  Queens  College,  1950;  LL.B.,  Georgetown  Univer- 
sity, 1960. 

THOMPSON.  Derek.  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 

B.A.,  Manchester  University,  July  I960;  M.A.,  July  1962; 
Ph.D.,  September  1966. 


TOBIN,  Bernard  F.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

B.A.,  University  of  British  Columbia,  1930;  M.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago,  1936. 

ULMER,  Melville  J.,  Professor  of  Economics 

B.S.,  New  York  University,  1937;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  Co- 
lumbia University,  1948. 

VAN  DANIKER,  Relmond  P.,  Instructor  in  Business  Adminis- 
tration 

B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1964;  MB. A.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1966;  C.P.A.,  Maryland  1968. 

WEBB,  Ronald  J.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 

B.A.,  Wheaton  College,  1964;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1966. 

WEINSTEIN,  Paul  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1954;  M.A.,  North- 
western University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

WERLIN,  Herbert  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

A.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1953;  B.A./M.A.,  Oxford  Uni- 
versity, 1955;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  California  at  Berkeley,  1966. 

WHITMAN,    Ray    D.,    Lecturer   in    Economics   and    Research 
Associate  in  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research 
B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1964. 

WIDHELM,  William   B.,  Assistant   Professor  of  Business  Ad- 
ministration 

B.E.S.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1959;  M.S.E.,  I960; 
M.S. M.S.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

WIEDEL,  Joseph  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Geography 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1963. 

WILKENFELD,  Jonathan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government 
and  Politics 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.A.,  George  Wash- 
ington University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University,  1969. 

WOLFE,  James  H.,   Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

B.A.,  Harvard  University,  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Con- 
necticut, 1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

WOLFF,  Paul  J.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 

B.B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1956;  MB. A.,  Western  Re- 
serve University,  1959. 

WONNACOTT,  Paul,  Prof essor  of  Economics 

B.A  University  of  Western  Ontario,  1955;  M.A.,  Prince- 
ton University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

WRAY,  James  R.,  Lecturer  in  Geography 

S.B.,  Geography,  The  University  of  Chicago  1940-1944. 
S.M.  Geography  and  Cartography,  1944-1948;  Ph.D.,  The 
University  of  Chicago,  1953-1956. 

WRIGHT,  Howard  W.,  Prof  essor  of  Accounting 

B.S.,  lemple  University,  1937;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa. 
1940;  C.P.M.,  Texas,  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa, 
1947. 

ZABRISKIE,    Noel    B..   Assistant    Professor  of   Business   Ad- 
ministration 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1959;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D.. 
1968. 


302  Faculty 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Administrative  Officers 

ANDERSON,  Vernon  E.,  Dean  of  the  College  and  Professor  of 
Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,   1930;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Colorado,  1942. 

McCLURE,  L.  Morris.  Associate  Dean  and  Professor  of  Edu- 
cation 

B.A.,  Western  Michigan  University,  1940;  M.A.,  University 
of  Michigan,  1946;  Ed.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1953. 

WIGGIN,  Gladys  A..  Director  of  Graduate  Studies  and  Profes- 
sor of  Education 

B.S.,   University  of   Minnesota,   1929;  M.A.,   1939;   Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  T947. 


Faculty 

ADKINS,  Arthur  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Secondary  Education 

B.S..  State  Teachers  College.  St.  Cloud.  Minnesota,  1942; 
M.A..  University  of  Minnesota,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

AGRE,  Gene  P..  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Chairman 
of  Foundations  of  Education 

B.A..  Macalester  College,  1951;  B.S..  University  of 
Minnesota,  1953;  M.A.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1964. 

AMERSHEK,  Kathleen  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education, 
Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education. 
B.S.,  Indiana,  Pa.  State  Teachers  College,  1951;  M.Ed., 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1966. 

ANDERSON,  Charles  Ray,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education, 

Department  of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,   1957;  M.Ed.,  University  of 

Maryland.  1959. 
ANDERSON,    Evelyn    J.,    Assistant    Professor   of    Education, 

Library  Science  Education  and  Department  of  Early  Child- 
hood-Elementary Education 

A.B.,  Bethany  College,  1935;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 

1957. 

ANDERSON,  J.  Paul,  Professor  of  Education,  Dept.  of  Adminis- 
tration. Supervision  &  Curriculum 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1942;  M.A.,  1947;  Ph.D., 
1960. 

ANDERSON,  Lowell  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Edu- 
cation, Department  of  Industrial  Education 
A.A.,  Ely  Junior  College    1958;  B.S.,  St.  Cloud  State  Col- 
cation,  Departments  of  Secondary  Education  and  Music 
Michigan  State  University,  1969. 

ANDERSON,  Vernon  E.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Dean  of 
the  College  of  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1930;  M.A.,  1936;  Univer- 
sity of  Colorado,  1942. 

ASHLOCK,  Robert  B„  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  De- 
partment of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
B.S.,  Butler  University,  1957;  M.S.,  1959;  Ed.D.,  Indiana 
University,  1965. 

BAILEY,  Donald,  Instructor  in  Industrial  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Industrial  Education 

A.A.,  South  County  Junior  College,  California,  1962;  B.A., 
1964;  M.A.,  1965  from  San  Francisco  State  College. 

BARBOUR,  Chandler,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  De- 
partment of  Elementary  Education,  and  Assistant  Coordi- 
nator of  Laboratory  Experiences 

B.S.,  Washington  State  College,  1954;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Maine,  1959;  Ed.D.,  Wayne  State  University,  1968. 

BARTHOLOMEW,  Rolland  B.,  Lecturer  in  Education  and  Lab- 
oratory Director,  Science  Teaching  Center,  (part-time),  De- 
partment of  Secondary  Education  and  Earth  Science  Cur- 
riculum Project 

B.A.,  University  of  Colorado,  1948;  M.A.,  University  of 
Colorado,  1950;  M.Ed..  University  of  New  Mexico,  1960. 

BEATTY,  Charles  Joseph,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Edu- 
cation, Department  of  Industrial  Education 
A.A.,  St.  Lawrence  College,  1955;  B.S.,  Northern  Michigan 
University,  1959;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1963; 
Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1966. 

BECKMAN,  Carl  J.,  Instructor  in  Education,  Educational 
Technology  Center 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1965;  M.Ed., 
University  of  Maryland,  1969. 

BENNETT,  Roger  V.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Curriculum 
B.S.,    University    of    Wisconsin  Milwaukee,    1956;    M.S., 


University  of  Wisconsin  Milwaukee,  I960;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Wisconsin  Milwaukee,  1969. 

BERMAN,  Louise  M.,  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of 
Administration,  Supervision,  and  Curriculum,  and  Director, 
University  Nursery  Kindergarten  Laboratory  School 
A.B.,  Wheaton  College,  Illinois.  1950;  M.A.,  1953;  Ed.D., 
Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1960. 

BIELSKI,  Peter,  Coordinator  of  Student  Teaching  (part-time), 
Meadowbrook-Buckingham-Foxhill     Elementary     Teacher 
Education  Center,  Prince  George's  County 
B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1956;  M.S.,  State  Uni- 
versity of  New  York,  1964. 

BLOUGH,  Glenn  0.,   Professor  of  Education,  Department  of 
Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
B.A.,    University  of   Michigan,    1929;   M.A.,    1932;   LL.D.. 
Central  Michigan  College  of  Education,  1950. 

BLUM,  Beula,  Associate  Professor  of  Music  and  Music  Edu- 
cation, Departments  of  Secondary  Education  and  Music 
B.A.,  Queens  College,   1949;   M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1954;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1969. 

BOEK,  Jean  K.,  Lecturer  in  Education,  (P.  T.),  Interprofessional 
Research  Commission  on  Pupil  Personnel  Services 
(IRCOPPS) 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1946;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  Uni- 
versity, 1947;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1953. 

BOLEA,  Angelo  Samuel,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  In- 
stitute for  Child  Study 

B.A.,  Central  Bible  Institute,  1959;  B.A.,  Evangel  College, 
Missouri,  1961;  Ed.M.,  Wayne  State  University,  1963; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1967. 

BOWIE,  B.  Lucile,  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child 
Study 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  M.A.,  Teachers  Col- 
lege, Columbia  University,  1946;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land. 1957. 

BRABBLE,  Elizabeth  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Home  Eco- 
nomics and  Education,  Department  of  Secondary  Educa- 
tion 

B.S.,  Virginia  State  College,  I960;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

BRADLEY,  David  John,  Instructor  in  Education,  Department  of 
Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  Colorado  State  University,  1966;  M.Ed.,  Colorado 
State  University,  1968. 

BRIGGS,  Chari,  Assistant  Professor  of  Special  Education 

B.A.,  William  Smith  College,  I960;  M.A.T.,  Johns  Hopkins 
1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1966. 

BRIGHAM,  Bruce  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  De- 
partments of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education  and 
Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  1954  and  M.A.,  1959,  State  University  of  New  York 
at  Brockport;  Ph.D.,  Temple  University,  1967. 

BRITTINGHAM,  Linda,  Coordinator  of  Student  Teaching  (P.  T.), 
Lewisdale-Adelphi  Elementary  Teacher  Education  Center, 
Prince  George's  County 

B.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1964;  M.E.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1968. 

BROOME,.  Eleanor  A.,   Instructor  in  Education,   Institute  for 
Child  Study  and  Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elemen- 
tary Education  and  University  Nursery-Kindergarten  Lab- 
oratory School 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.Ed.,  1957. 

BROWNE,  Joseph  Lewis,  Instructor  in  Education  (P.  T.),  Fa- 
culty Development  Program,  Department  of  Secondary  Edu- 
cation 

B.S.,  Lock  Haven  State  College,  Pennsylvania,  1962;  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

BUTLER,  Alice,  Coordinator  of  Student  Teaching,  (P.  T.),  Whit- 
tier-Shepherd-Takoma-Brightwood      Elementary      School 
Teacher  Education  Center,  Washington,  D.C. 
B.S.,  D.C.  Teachers  College,  1958;  M.A.,  Catholic  Univer- 
sity, 1964. 

BYRNE,  Richard  H.,  Professor  of  Education  Dept.  of  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services 

B.A.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1938;  M.A.,  Columbia 
University,  1947;  EdD.,  1952. 

CAMPBELL,  Clifton  P.,  Instructor  in  Industrial  Education,  De- 
partment of  Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  California  State'  College,  1964;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1968. 

CAMPBELL,    Elwood   G.,   Associate   Professor  of   Education, 
Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,  Northeast  Missouri  State  College,  1949;  M.A.,  North- 
western University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University, 
1963. 


Faculty         303 


CARR,  John  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department 
of  Secondary  Education 

B.S..  Wilson  Teachers  College,  1952;  M.F.A.,  1953;  and 
Ph.D.,  1965  from  the  Catholic  University  of  America. 

CASSELL,  Carolyn  W.,  Records  Evaluator  for  the  College  of 
Education 
B.S.,  Catholic  University,  1953. 

CHAMBLISS,   Kinneth   M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial 
Education,  Department  of  Industrial  Education 
B.S.,  Montana  State  College,  1952;  M.Ed.,  Colorado  State 
University,  1962;  Ed.D.,  Texas  A&  M  university,  1966. 

CHAPIN,  John  L,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Institute 
for  Child  Study 

A.B.,  Denison  University,  1939;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Rochester,  1950. 

CHASNOFF,    Selina    Sue.    Instructor    in    Education,    Faculty 
Development  Program  and  IRCOPPS 
B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1957;  M.Ed.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1968;  A.G.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968. 

CHISHOLM,  Margaret  E.,  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Edu- 
cation and  the  School  of  Library  and  Information  Ser- 
vices 

B.A.,  University  of  Washington,  1957;  M.L.,  1958;  Ph.D., 
1966. 

COLE,  Mildred  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and 
Mathematics,  and  Associate  Director  of  the  University 
of  Maryland  Mathematics  Project  (UMMAP),  Department 
of  Secondary  Education  and  Department  of  Early  Child- 
hood-Elementary Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, 1951. 

COLLINS,  James  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  De- 
partment  of    Early  Childhood-Elementary   Education  and 
Coordinator  of  Laboratory  Experience 
B.Ed.,  University  State  Teachers  College,  New  York,  1949; 
M.S.,  1953;  Ed.D.,  Syracuse  University,  1968. 

COLLINS,  Margaret  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Ele- 
mentary School  Counseling 

B.A.,  State  University  College  of  Albany,  1961;  M.Ed.. 
University  of  Rochester,  1962;  A.G.S.,  University  of  Ro- 
chester, 1963;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Rochester,  1969. 

COOKSEY,  Robert  C,  Instructor  in  Industrial  Education,  De- 
partment of  Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  Ball  State  University,  1957;  M.A.,  Ball  State  Uni- 
versity, 1962. 

CROSBY,  Edmund  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Edu- 
cation, Department  of  Industrial  Education 
B.A.,  Western  Michigan  University,  1934;  M.A.,  Colorado 
State  University,  1940. 

DAVIDSON,  Neil  A.,  Lecturer  in  Education  and  Mathematics, 
Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,  Case  Institute  of  Technology,  1961;  M.S.,  University 
of  Wisconsin,  1963. 

DAYTON,  Chauncey  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and 
Research   Coordinator,    Interprofessional    Research   Com- 
mission on  Pupil  Personnel  Services  (IRCOPPS) 
B.A.,    University   of   Chicago,    1955;   M.A.,    University   of 
Maryland,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

DE  BERUFF,  Ellen,  Instructor  in  Education  (P.  T.),  and  Di- 
rector of  the  Admission  Unit  in  the  Graduate  Education 
Division 

A.A.,  Armstrong  Junior  College,  1949;  B.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1961. 

DECKER.  Katherine  L.,  Instructor  in  Education,  Institute  for 
Child  Study  and  University  Nursery-Kindergarten  Labora- 
tory School 

B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of 
Tennessee,  1966. 

DE  SHIELDS,  Shirley,  Coordinator  of  Student  Teaching  (P.  T.), 
Coolidge-Paul-Rabaut  Secondary  Teacher  Education  Cen- 
ter District  of  Columbia 

B.S.,  Saint  Paul's  College,  1954;  M.S.,  Virginia  State  Col- 
lege, 1968. 

DEVORE,    Chester    A.,    Instructor    in    Industrial    Education 
(P.  T.),  Department  of  Industrial  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967. 

DISHART,  Martin,  Lecturer  in  Education  and  Associate  Di- 
rector of  the  Bureau  of  Educational  Research  and  Field 
Services  (BERFS) 

B.S.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1950;  Ph.D.,  George  Wash- 
ington University,  1960. 

DITTMANN,  Laura  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Institute  for 
Child  Study 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1938;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967. 

304  Faculty 


DORNBURG,  Charles  Joseph,  Coordinator  of  Student  Teach- 
ing (P.  T.),  Wheaton-Belt  Teacher  Education  Center,  Mont- 
gomery County 

B.A.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1943;  M.A.,  American  Uni- 
versity, 1961. 

DUDLEY,  James  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  and  Head, 
Department  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Curricu- 
lum 

B.A.,    Southern    Illinois    University,    1951;    M.S.,    1957; 
Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1964. 

DUFFEY,   Robert  V.,   Professor  of  Education  and   Head,   De- 
partment of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
B.S.,  Millersville  State  College,  1938;  M.Ed.,  Temple  Uni- 
versity, 1948;  Ed.D.,  1954. 

DUVALL,  J.  Barry,  Instructor  in  Industrial  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  Indiana  State  University,  1966;  M.S.,  Indiana  State 
University,  1967. 

EISENBERG,  Theodore,  Instructor  in  Education  (P.  T.),  Fa- 
culty Development  Program,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.S.,  Illinois  State  University,  1964;  M.S.,  Northwestern 
University,  1965. 

ELEY,  George,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
B.S.,  1952;  M.Ed.,  1957  and  Ph.D.,  1966  from  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

ELIOT,  John,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for 

Child  Study 

A.B.,    Harvard  College,    1956;   A.M.T.,   Harvard   Graduate 

School  of  Education,    1958;   Ed.D.,   Stanford  University, 

1966. 
ELSMERE,  Timothy,  Lecturer  (P.  T.) 

B.S.,  Arizona  State  University,  1965;  Ph.D..  Arizona  State 

University,  1969. 

FARRELL,  Richard  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and 
History,  Department  of  Secondary  Education 
A.B.,   Wabash   College,    1954;    M.S.,    Indiana   University, 
1958;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University,  1967. 

FECIK,  John  T.,  Instructor  in  Education,  (P.  T.),  Faculty  De- 
velopment Program,  Department  of  Industrial  Education 
B.S.,  State  Teachers  College,  Pennsylvania,  1958;  M.Ed., 
University  of  Maryland,  1967. 

FERGUSON,   Donald  Glenn,   Lecturer  in   Education   and  As- 
sociation   Director   of    Interprofessional    Research    Com- 
mission on  Pupil  Personnel  Services  (IRCOPPS) 
B.S.,  Kent  State  University,  1949;  M.A.,  Kent  State  Uni- 
versity, 1950;  Ed.D.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1956. 

FEY,  James  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Ed- 
ucation, Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,   1962;  M.S.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1968. 

FINKELSTEIN,  Barbara  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
B.A.,  Barnard  College,  1959;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  Co- 
lumbia University,  1960. 

FLATTER,  Charles  Howard,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education, 
Institute  for  Child  Study 

B.A.,  DePauw  University,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Tole- 
do, 1965;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968. 

FLORES,  Solomon  H.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Foreign  Language 
and  Education,  Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.A.,  Ottawa  University,  1953;  M.A.,  University  of  Kansas, 
1964;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1969. 

FUNARO,  George  J..  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  American  International  College,  1956;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Connecticut,  1965. 

GANTT,  Walter  N.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
B.S.,  Coppin  State  College,  1942;  M.A.,  New  York  Univer- 
sity, 1956;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968. 

GARDNER,  Albert  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  In- 
stitute for  Child  Study 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1958;  M.A.,  Syracuse 
University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Syracuse'University,  1967. 

GARDNER,  Marjorie,  Associate  Professor  of  Science  Educa- 
tion, Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,  Utah  State  University,  1946;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, 1958;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

GELINA,  Robert,  J.,  Instructor  in  Industrial  Education.  De- 
partment of  Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  Stout  State  University,  1966;  M.S..  Stout  State  Uni- 
versity, 1967. 


3ETTLE,  Karl  E.,  Instructor  in  Industrial  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Industrial  Education 

B.A.,  Millersville  State  Teachers  College,  1959;  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1968. 

GIBLETTE,  John  F.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Chairman  of 
Measurement  and  Statistical  Area 

B.A.,  George  Washington  University,  1947;  M.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Minnesota,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1960. 

GOERING,  Jacob  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  In- 
stitute for  Child  Study 

B.A.,  Bethel  College,  1941;  B.D.,  Bethany  Seminary,  1949; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

GOLDMAN,    Harvey,   Associate   Professor  of   Education,    De- 
partment of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Curriculum 
B.A.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  I960;  M.A.,  John  Car- 
roll  University,   1962;   Ed.D.,   Michigan  State  University, 
1966. 

GOODMAN,  Alice,  Coordinator  of  Student  Teaching  (P.  T.), 
Bryant  Woods-Atholton-Guilford  Elementary  Teacher  Ed- 
ucation Center,  Howard  County 

B.S.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1940;  M.S.,  University 
of  Richmond,  1965. 

GRAHAM,  Jo,  Instructor  in  Education,  University  Nursery- 
Kindergarten  Laboratory  School,  and  Department  of  Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  Brigham  Young  University,  Utah,  1940;  M.A.,  George 
Peabody  College  for  Teachers,  Tennessee. 

GRAMBS,  Jean  D.,  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of 
Secondary  Education 

A  B  Reed  College,  1940;  M.A.,  Stanford  University,  1941; 
Ed.D.,  1948. 

GREEN,  Harry,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute 
for  Child  Study 

B.A.,  1959;  M.Ed.,  1963  and  Ph.D.,  1965,  University  of 
Virginia. 

GREEN,    Kinsey    B.,    Assistant    Professor   in    Education    and 
Home  Economics,  Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,  Martha  Washington  College,  Virginia,  1960;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1964. 

GREENBERG,  Kenneth  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education, 
Department  of  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 
B.S.,    Ohio   State    University,    1951;    M.A.,    1952;    Ph.D., 
Western  Reserve  University,  1960. 

GRENTZER,  Rose  Marie,   Professor  of  Music  Education  and 
Music,  Departments  of  Secondary  Education  and  Music 
B.A.,   Mus.Ed.,   Carnegie   Institute  of  Technology,   1935; 
B.A.,  1936;  M.A.,  1939. 

GRUNDIG,  Marilyn  Hight,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education, 
(P.  T.),  Department  of  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 
B.S.,  Richmond  Professional  Institute,  1961;  M.S.,  Rich- 
mond Professional  Institute,  1963;  Ed.D.,  University  of 
Virginia,  1966. 

GUMP,  Larney,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Coun- 
selor in  University  Counseling  Center,  Director,  Jr.  Col- 
lege Personnel  Program 

B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1959;  Ed.M.,  Temple  Uni- 
versity, 1965;  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State,  1967. 

HAEFNER,  Robert,  Coordinator  of  Student  Teaching  (P.  T.), 
St.     John's     Lane-Rockland-Northfield-West     Friendship 
Elementary  Teacher  Education  Center  Howard  County 
B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1953;  M.S.,  State  Uni- 
versity of  New  York,  1962. 

HAINES,  James  M.,  Instructor  in  Industrial  Education  (P.  T.), 
Department  of  Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1959. 

HALL,  MaryAnne,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
B.A.,    Marshall    University,    1955;    M.Ed.,    University    of 
Maryland,  1959;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

HAMBY,  Trudy  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Insti- 
tute for  Child  Study 

B.A.,  Eastern  Washington  College  of  Education,  1943; 
M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1966. 

HANLON,  Mary  Reilly,  Coordinator  of  Student  Teaching  (P.  T.), 
Whittier  Woods-Burning  Tree  Teacher  Education  Center, 
Montgomery  County 

B.S.,  Harris  Teachers  College,  1941;  M.Ed.,  St.  Louis  Uni- 
versity, 1954. 

HARDY,  Robert  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Insti- 
tute for  Child  Study 

B.S.,  Bucknell  University,  1961;  M.A.,  Indiana  Univer- 
sity, 1964;  Ed.D.,  1969. 


HARRISON,   Paul  E.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Industrial   Education, 
Department  of  Industrial  Education 

B.Ed.,  Northern  Illinois  State  College,  1942;  M.A.,  Colora- 
do State  College,   1947;   Ph.D.,   University  of  Maryland, 
1955. 
HATFIELD,  Agnes  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Insti- 
tute for  Child  Study 

BA.,  University  of  California,   1948;  M.A.,  University  of 
Denver,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1959. 
HEBELER,  Jean  R.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Head,  Depart- 
ment of  Special  Education 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  College  for  Teachers, 
1953;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1956;  Ed.D.,  Syracuse 
University,  1960. 
HEMPSTEAD,  R.  Ross,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education, 
(Joint  appointment)  Educational  Technology  Center  and 
Office  of  Laboratory  Experience 

A  B.,  University  of  California,  1962;  M.A.,  1966;  Ph.D., 
1968. 
HENKELMAN,  James  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
and  Mathematics,  and  Associate  Director  of  University  of 
Maryland  Mathematics  Project  (UMMaP),  Department  of 
Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Miami  University,  Oxford,  Ohio,  1954;  M.Ed.,  1955; 
Ed.D.,  Harvard  University,  1965. 
HERMAN,  Wayne  L,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education, 
Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
B.A.,   Ursinus  College,   1955;   M.Ed.,  Temple  University, 
1960;  Ed.D.,  1965. 
HERSON,  Phyllis,  Instructor  in  Education,  Faculty  Develop- 
ment Program,  and  Reading  Specialist,  University  Coun- 
seling Center 

B.S.,  Wilson  Teachers  College,  1951;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1967. 
HILL,  John  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department 
of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Curriculum  and  Office 
of  Laboratory  Experiences 

B.S.,  Mount  Union  College,   1955;  M.A.,  The  Ohio  State 
University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1969. 
HOLT,  Mildred,  Instructor  in  Special  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.Ed.,  1967. 
HOOPS,  M.  Dean,  Associate  Professor  in  Special  Education 
B  S.,    Kent   State   University,    1959;   M.S.,    University  of 
Michigan,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1969. 
HOPKINS,  Richard  Lee 

B.S.,    Stanford    University,     1962;    M.S.,     1963;    Ph.D., 
U.C.L.A.,  1969. 
HORN  BAKE,   R.  Lee,   Professor  of  Industrial   Education  and 
Vice-President  for  Academic  Affairs 
B  S.,  California  State  College,  Pennsylvania,  1934;  M.A., 
Ohio  State  University,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1942. 
HOROWITZ,   Sandra  B.,    Instructor  in   Education,   University 
Nursery-Kindergarten     Laboratory     School,     and     Insti- 
tute for  Child  Study 

B.S.,  1965;  M.A.,  1967,  University  of  Maryland. 
HOVET,  Kenneth  0.,  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  St.  Olaf  College,  1926;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minne- 
sota, 1950. 
HOYT,  Kenneth  B.,  Professor  of  Education,  Secondary  School 
Counseling 

B  S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948;  M.A.,  George  Washing- 
ton   University,    1950;    Ph.D.,    University   of    Minnesota, 
1954. 
HUBER,  Franz  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Special  Education 

B.A.,   University  of  Michigan,   1951;   M.A.,   1953;   Ph.D., 
University  of  Illinois,  1964. 
HUEBNER,  Robert  Walter,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education, 
Institute  for  Child  Study  .       ,„_ 

B.S.,    Concordia    Teachers    College,    1954;    M.A.,    1960; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969. 
HUDEN,  Daniel  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Vermont,  1954;  M.A.,  1958;  and  Ed.D., 
1967,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University. 
HUNT,   Edith  Joan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Insti- 
tute for  Child  Study 

A  B      University    of    Redlands,    1954;    M.A.,    Claremont 
Graduate   School,   1964;   Ph.D.,   University  of   Maryland, 
1967. 
JACOBS,  Linda  W.,  Instructor,  Department  of  Special  Educa- 

B.A.,   University  of  Maryland,   1962;   M.A.,   University  of 
Maryland,  1965. 
JALBERT,    Elizabeth    L.,    Associate    Professor,    Educational 
Technology  Center,  Office  of  Laboratory  Experiences 

Faculty         305 


B.E.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1948;  M  A..  Teachers 
College  of  Columbia  University,  1951;  td.D.,  Syracuse  Uni- 
versity, 1964. 

JAMES,    Edward    F.,    Assistant   Professor  of   tducation   and 
English,  Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.A.,   University  of  Maryland,   1954;  M.A.,   University  of 
Maryland,  1955. 

JAMES,  M.  Lucia,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Library 
Science  Education,  and  Director  of  the  Curriculum  Labo- 
ratory 

A.B.,  North  Carolina  College,  1945;  M.S.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1963. 

JOHNSON,  Charles  Enger,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1964. 

KALBAUGH,  Jack  C,  Coordinator  of  Student  Teaching  (P.  T.), 
Springbrook  High  School-Francis  Scott  Key  Junior  High 
School  Teacher  Education  Center,  Montgomery  County 
B.S.,  Frostburg  State  College,  1952;  M.A.,  George  Washing- 
ton University,  1962. 

KELSEY,  Roger  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  St.  Olaf  College,  1934;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1940;  Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers,  1954. 

KINERNEY,  Eugene  J.,  Lecturer  in  Secondary  Education  and 
Geography,  Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.A.,  University  of  Kansas  City,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of 
Missouri,  1961. 

KREIGER,  George  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Re- 
habilitation 

B.A.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State,  1969. 

KRAUS,  Charlotte  W.,  Faculty  Research  Assistant,  Depart- 
ment of  Special  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1967. 

KURTZ,  John  J.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Assistant  Di- 
rector, Institute  for  Child  Study 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1935;  M.A.,  Northwestern 
University,  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1947. 

KYLE,  David  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Institute 
for  Child  Study 

A.B.,  University  of  Denver,  1952;  M.A.,  1953;  Ed.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1961. 

LAMB,   Auburn   J.,   Research   Director  of   Regional    Rehabil- 
itation Institute,  Department  of  Industrial  Education 
B.S.,    California   State  College,    1939;    M.Ed.     University 
of  Maryland,  1948. 

LARAMORE,  Darryl  D.,  Instructor  in  Education 

B.A.,  Wheaton  College,  Illinois,  1950;  M.A.,  Los  Angeles 
State  College,  1960. 

LAWRENCE,  Richard,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  De- 
partment of  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 
B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1955;  M.A.,  1957;  Ph.D 
1965. 

LEEPER.  Sarah  Lou  Hammond.  Professor  of  Education.  De- 
partment of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
A.B.,    Florida    State    College    for    Women,    1932;    M.A., 
Florida  State  University,  1947;  Ed.D.,  1953. 

LEMBACH,   John,    Professor  of   Education   and   Art,    Depart- 
ment of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
B.A.,    University   of   Chicago,    1934;    M.A.,    Northwestern 
University,  1937;  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University,  1946. 

LEMMON,    Louise,    Associate    Professor   of    Education    and 
Home  Economics,  Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,  Northern  Illinois  University,  1945;  M.S.,  University 
of  Wisconsin,  1951;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1961. 

LIESENER,  James  W.,  Associate  Professor  and  Chairman  of 
Library  Science  Education,  College  of  Education  and  As- 
sociate Professor,  the  School  of  Library  and  Information 
Services 

B.A.,  Wartburg  College,  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  North- 
ern Iowa,  I960;  AMLS.,  University  of  Michigan,  1962; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1967. 

LINDSAY,  Rao  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Brigham  Young  University,  1954;  M.A.,  1958;  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  Ph.D.,  1964. 

LOCKARD,  J.  David,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and 
Botany,  and  Director  of  Science  Teaching  Center,  De- 
partment of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,     Pennsylvania     State     University,     1951;     M.Ed 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

LOKERSON,  Jean,  Instructor  in  Special  Education 

B.A.,  George  Washington  University,  1959;  M.S.,  Syracuse 
University,  1965. 

306  Faculty 


LONGLEY,   Edward  L.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
and  Art,  Department  of  Secondary  Education 
A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  M.A.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1953;  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  1967. 

LOVE,   Alice  M.,   Assistant   Professor  of  Physical   Education 
and  Education,  Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  M.P.H.,  University  of 
Florida,  I960;  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University,  1967. 

LUETKEMEYER,  Joseph  F.,  Professor  in  Industrial  Education 
Department  of  Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  Stout  State  University,  1953;  M.S.,  Stout  State  Uni- 
versity, 1954;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1961. 

MACCINI,  John  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Secondary  Education 

B.A.,   Boston   University,   1949;   M.A.,   1952;   Ph.D.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1969. 

MAGOON,  Thomas  M.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Director  of 
the  University  Counseling  Center,  Dept.  of  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services 

B.A.,     Dartmouth    College,     1947;     M.A.,     University    of 
Minnesota,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

MALE,  George  A.,  Professor  of  Education,  Director  of  Com- 
parative Education  Center 

B.A.,   University  of  Michigan,   1948;   M.A.,   University  of 
Michigan,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1952. 

MALEY,  Donald,  Professor  of  Industrial  Education  and  Head, 
Department  of  Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  State  College,  California,  Pennsylvania,  1944;  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

MARTIN,   C.    Keith,    Lecturer   in    Education,   Department   of 
Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
B.S.,  1960,  M.S.,  1965  from  Indiana  University. 

MARTIN,  J.  Winston,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Stu- 
dent Personnel  Administration  and  Vice  President  for 
Student  Affairs 

B.S.,  University  of  Missouri,   1951;  M.Ed.,   University  of 
Missouri,  1956;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Missouri,  1958. 

MARTIN,  William  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  De- 
partment of  Secondary  Education  and  Assistant  Coordina- 
tor of  Laboratory;  Experiences 

B.A.,   Gettysburg  College,   1955;   M.A.,   Syracuse  Univer- 
sity, 1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1968. 

MARX,  George  L.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Head,  Depart- 
ment of  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 
B.A.,  Yankton  College,  South  Dakota,   1953;  M.A.,  State 
University  Iowa,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

MATTESON,  Richard  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education, 
Institute  for  Child  Study 

B.A.,   Knox  College,  1952;  M.A.,   University  of  Maryland, 
1955;  Ed.D.,  1962. 
McLENNAN,  Joseph  R.,  Supervisor  of  Admissions  to  Teacher 

Education 
McCLURE,  L.  Morris.   Professor  of  Education  and  Associate 
Dean  of  the  College  of  Education 

B.A.,  Western  Michigan   University,   1940;  M.A.,   Univer- 
sity of  Michigan,  1946;  Ed.D.,  Michigan  State  University, 
1953. 
McCUAIG,   Susannah   M.,   Assistant  Professor  in   Education, 
Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
A.B.,  Colorado  College,   1959;  M.Ed.,  Boston  University, 
1963. 
McDANIELS,  Garry  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  In- 
stitute for  Child  Study 

B.A.,   University  of  Michigan,    1962;   M.A.,   University  of 
Michigan,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1968. 

McKEEN,    Ronald    L.,    Instructor    in    Education    and    Mathe- 
matics, (P.  T.),  University  of  Maryland  Mathematics  Proj- 
ect (UMMaP),  Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.A.,   Montclair  State  University,   1958;   M.A.,   Montdair 
state  University,  1960. 

McLOONE,  Eugene  P.,  Lecturer  in  Education  and  Economics, 
Department  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Curricu- 
lum and  the  Department  of  Economics 
B.A.,  LaSalle  College,  Philadelphia,  1951;  M.S..  Univer- 
sity of  Colorado,  Denver,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1961. 

McROY,  Douglas  E.,  Faculty  Research  Assistant  in  Education, 

Educational  Technology  Center 

B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1967. 
MEAD,   Martha   L.,    Instructor   in   Education,   Department  of 

Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Ohio  University,    1961;  M.S.,  Wayne  State  Univer 

sity,  1965. 


MEDVENE,    Arnold,    Assistant    Professor   of    Education,   and 
Counselor  in  University  Counseling  Center 
B.S.,  Temple  University,  1959;  M.E.,  Temple  University, 
1963;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Kansas,  1968. 

MENEFEE,  Robert  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Science  Teach- 
ing, Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,  University  ot  Akron,  1952;  M.Ed.,  Kent  State  Uni- 
versity, 1957;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1965. 

MERSHON,  Madelaine  J.,  Professor  of  Education,  Institute 
for  Child  Study 

B.S..  Drake  University,  1940;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1943;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

MIETUS,  Walter  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Educa- 
tion, Department  of  Industrial  Education 
B.Ed.,    1957,   M.Ed.,    1959   from  Chicago  Teachers  Col- 
lege; Ed.D..  Loyola  University,  1966. 

MILHOLLAN,  Frank  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  In- 
stitute for  Child  Study 

B.A.,  Colorado  College,  1949;  M.P.S.,  University  of  Colo- 
rado, 1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1965. 

MITZEL,  M.  Adele,  Lecturer,  Measurement  and  Statistics 
Area 

B.S.,  Towson  State,  1940;  M.Ed.,  Johns  Hopkins  Univer- 
sity, 1944;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969. 

MORGAN,  H.  Gerthon,  Professor  of  Education  and  Director, 
Institute  for  Child  Study 

B.A.,  Furman  University,   1940;   M.A.,   University  of  Chi- 
cago, 1943;  Ph.D.,  1946. 

MOYER,  Joan  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
B.S.,  Kutztown  State  College,  1953;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania 
State   University,    1956;    Ph.D.,    University  of   Maryland, 
1967. 

NANNAY,  Robert  W.,  Instructor  in  Education  (P.  T.),  Faculty 
Development  Program,  Department  of  Industrial  Educa- 
tion 

B.A.,  Trenton   State  College,   1964;   M.A.,  Trenton  State 
College,  1967. 

NEMESH,  Anna,  Instructor  in  Education  (P.  T.),  Department 
of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,   Pennsylvania   State   University,    1961;   M.Ed.,   Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1965. 

NEWELL,  Clarence  A.,  Professor  of  Education  Administra- 
tion, Department  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Cur- 
riculum 

B.A.,  Hastings  College,  Nebraska,  1935;  M.A.,  Columbia 
University,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1943. 

NOLL,  James  William,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,   1954;  M.S.,   1961;   Ph.D., 
University  of  Chicago,  1965. 

O'DONNELL,  Richard  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education, 
Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  Ed.M.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1962;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968. 

O'NEILL,    Jane,     Instructor    in     Education,    Department    of 
Secondary  Education 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932. 

O'NEILL,    Leo   W.,    Professor   of    Education,    Department   Oi 
Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
B.A.,    University  of   Chicago,    1938;    M.A.,    University   of 
Kansas  City,  1953;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Colorado,  1955. 

PATRICK,  Arthur  S.,  Professor  of  Business  Education  and  In- 
formation Systems,  Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,  Wisconsin  State  University,  Whitewater,  Wisconsin, 
1931;   M.A.,   University  of   Iowa,   1940;   Ph.D.,  American 
University,  1956. 

PERKINS,  Hugh  V.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Deputy  Di- 
rector, Institute  for  Child  Study 

B.A.,  Oberlin  College,  1941;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1946;  Ph.D.,  1949;  Ed.D.,  New  York  University,  1956. 

PERRIN,   Donald  G.,  Associate   Professor  of  Education,  As- 
sistant Director  of  Educational  Technology  Center 
A.B.,  University  of  Southern  California,  I960;  A.M.,  1962; 
Ph.D.,  1969. 

PERRY,  Shirley,  Instructor  in  Education,  EPDA,  Jr.  College 
Personnel 

B.S.,  Tufts  University,    1957;   M.Ed.,   Boston   University, 
I960;  A.G.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969. 

PETERS,   Robert  Morgan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education, 
Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.S..  Mankato  State  College,  1955;  M.S.,  Mankato  State 
College,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1965. 

POTTERFIELD,  James  Edward,  Associate  Professor  of  Educa- 
tion, Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Educa- 
tion 


B.S.,  West  Georgia  College,  1959;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Georgia,  1962;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia,  1966. 

POULTNEY,  Joan  M.,  Lecturer,  Nursery-Kindergarten  Labora- 
tory School 

B.S.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1965;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1968;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969. 

PUMROY,  Donald,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology  and  Ed- 
ucation, and  Director  of  Research  Development,  Nursery- 
Kindergarten  Laboratory  School,  (P  T.) 
B.A.,  University  of  Iowa,   1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, 1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1954. 

QUI  LI  CI,  Augustine  F.,   Instructor  in  Foreign  Language  and 
Education,  Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,  Appalachian  State  University,  North  Carolina;  1963; 
M.A.,  1965. 

RATHS,  James  D.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Director,  Bu- 
reau of  Educational  Research  and  Field  Services  (BERFS) 
B.S.,  Yale  University,  1954;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  New  York 
University,  1960. 

RAY,  Philip  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Department 
of  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services,  and  Counselor  in 
Counseling  Center 

B.A.,  Antioch  College,  1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1962. 

RHOADS,  David  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Depart- 
ment   of   Counseling   and    Personnel    Services,    and    Co- 
ordinator of  Faculty  Services  and  Grants 
B.A.,    Temple,    1954;    M.A.,    1958;    Ed.D.,    University   of 
Maryland,  1963. 

RISINGER,  Robert  G.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Head,  De- 
partment of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Ball  State  Teachers  College,  1940;  M.A.,  University 
of  Chicago,  1947;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Colorado,  1955. 

RODERICK,  Jessie  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  De- 
partment of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
B.S.,  Wilkes  College,    1956;   M.A.,   Columbia   University, 
1957;  Ed.D.,  Temple  University,  1967. 

ROGERS,  Bruce  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Arizona  State  University,  1961;  M.A.,  Arizona  State 
University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1968. 

ROGOLSKY,  Saul,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute 
for  Child  Study 

B.A..  Harvard  Colleee.  1948:  M.A..  University  of  Chicago. 
1953;  Ed.D.,  Harvard  Graduate  School  of  Education, 
1963. 

ROHEN,  Terrence  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  State 
Department    of    Education,    Supervisor    of    Research    in 
Pupil  Services,  Secondary  School  Counseling 
B.A.,  Xavier  University,   1965;   M.S.,   Indiana  University, 
1967;  Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University,  1969. 

SAMLER,  Joseph,  Lecturer  in  Education  (P.  T.),  Department 
of  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 
B.S.,  New  York  University,  1936;  M.A.,  New  York  Univer- 
sity, 1937;  Ph.D.,  New  York  Univesity,  1939. 

SAWIN,  Margaret  M.,  Instructor  in  Education  (P.  T.),  Insti- 
tute for  Child  Study 

B.Sc.Ed.,  University  of  the  State  of  New  York  at  Oneonta, 
1944;  M.R.E.,  Eastern  Baptist  Theological  Seminary, 
1149. 

SCHAFER,  William  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1964;  M.A.,  1965;  Ed.D., 
1969. 

SCHINDLER,  Alvin  W.,   Professor  of  Education,   Department 
of  Early  Childhood(tlementary  Education 
B.A.,  Iowa  State  Teachers  College,  1927;  M.A.,  University 
of  Iowa,  1929;  Ph.D.,  1934. 

SCHUMACHER,  Elisabeth,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education, 
Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
B.S.,   Newark  State  College,   1942;   Ed.M.,   Pennsylvania 
State  University,  1962;  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  Univer- 
sity, 1965. 

SEDLACEK,  William  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and 
Assistant  Director  for  Testing  and  Research  in  the  Coun- 
seling Center 

B.S.,  I960;  M.S.,  1961  from  Iowa  State  University;  Ph.D., 
Kansas  State  University,  1966. 

SEIDMAN,  Eric,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Special  Education 

B.S.,  New  York  University,  1947;  M.A.,  1948;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Connecticut,  1964. 

SHANNON,  John  R.,  Instructor  in  Education  (P.  T.),  Faculty 
Development  Program,  Department  of  Secondary  Educa- 
tion 

B.S.,  LaSalle  College,  Philadelphia,  1953;  M.A.,  LaSalle 
College,  1954;  M.A.,  Villanova,  1955;  M.Ed.,  Catholic 
University,  1956. 

Faculty         307 


SHELLEY,  Shirley  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music  Education 
and   Music,   Departments  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary 
Education  and  Music 
B.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1944;  M.Mus.,  1947. 

SIMMS,  Betty  Howald,  Associate  Professor  of  Education, 
Dept.  of  Special  Education 

B.A.,  Harris  Teachers  College,  1947:  M.A.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1955;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

SMITH,  Carl  W.,  Instructor  in  Education  Department  of  Ad- 
ministration, Supervision  and  Curriculum  and  Adminis- 
trative Assistant  to  the  Dean 

B.Ed.,  Rhode  Island  College,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1967;  Ed.D.,  in  progress. 

SMITH,  Harper  J.,  Instructor  in  Industrial  Education  (P.  T.), 
Department  of  Industrial  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1950. 

SMITH,  Mark  M.,  Training  Coordinator  for  Production  Man- 
agement Training  Program  for  Sheltered  Workshops,  De- 
partment of  Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  Northland  College,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, 1969. 

SPIELBICHLER,  Otto,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education, 
Secondary  School  Counseling,  and  Office  of  Laboratory 
Experiences 

B.S.,  Slippery  Rock  State  College,  1959;  M.A.,  Colgate 
University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1968. 

STANT,  Margaret  A.,   Assistant  Professor  of  Education,   De- 
part of  Early  ChildhoodfElementary  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  M.Ed.,  1955;  A.P.C., 
George  Washington  University,  1959. 

STERLING,   Mabel    K.,    Lecturer   in    Education,    Institute  for 
Child  Study 
B.S.,  1943;  M.S.,  1963;  University  of  Maryland. 

STERN,  Herbert  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Second- 
ary School  Counseling 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1950;  M.Ed.,  Johns  Hop- 
kins, 1953;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

STOCKDALE,  Jane  A.,  Instructor  in  Education,  Faculty  De- 
velopment Program 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania,  I960;  M.Ed., 
Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1966. 

STOUGH,  Kenneth  F.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Education,  De- 
partment of  Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  Millersville  State  College,  1954;  M.Ed.,  Pennsyl- 
vania State  University,  1961;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1968. 

STROUD,    Ronald    R.,    Assistant    Research    Director   of    Re- 

tional  Rehabilitation  Institute,  Department  of  Industrial 
ducation 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967. 

STUNKARD,   Clayton    L,   Associate   Professor  of   Education, 
and  Chairman  of  Education  Research 
B.A.,   University  of  Minnesota,   1948;  M.A.,  1951;   Ph.D., 
1959. 

SULLIVAN,  Dorothy  D     Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  De- 
partment of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,   1945;  M.Ed.,  1960;  Ed.D., 
1965. 

TACKETT,  Anna  A.,  Assistant  Director  of  Placement  and  Cre- 
dentials Service 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943. 

TAYLOR,  Corwin,  Associate  Professor  of  Music  and  Music  Ed- 
ucation, Departments  of  Secondary  Education  and  Mu- 
sic 

B.M.,  College  of  Music  of  Cincinnati,  1930;  B.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Cincinnati  1932;  M.M.,  College  of  Music  of 
Cincinnati,  1933;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1935; 
Ed.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1941. 

THOMPSON,  Fred  R.,  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for 
Child  Study 

B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1929;  M.A.,  1935;  Ed.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1952. 

TIERNEY,  William   P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial   Ed- 
ucation, Department  of  Industrial  Education 
B.S.,  Teachers  College  of  Connecticut,  1941;  M.A.,  Ohio 
State    University,    1949;    Ed.D.,    University   of   Maryland, 
1952. 

van  ZWOLL,  James  A.,  Professor  of  School  Administration, 
Department  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Curicu- 
lum 

B.A.,  Calvin  College,  Grand  Rapids,  Michigan,  1933;  M.A., 
University  of  Michigan,  1937;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

WAETJEN,  Walter  B.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Vice  Presi- 
dent for  Administrative  Affairs 
B.S.,  State  Teachers  College,  Millersville,   Pennsylvania, 


12;  M.S     University  of  Pennsylvania    1947;  Ed.D.    Un 
sity  of  Pennsylvania,  1947;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Man 


1942;  M.S 

versity  of  Pennsylvania,  1947;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1951. 

WALBESSER,  Henry  H,  Jr.  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
and  Mathematics  (P.  T.),  and  Director  of  University  of 
Maryland  Mathematics  Project  (UMMaP),  Department  of 
Secondary  Education,  and  Associate  Director  of  the  Bu- 
reau of  Educational  Research  and  Field  Services  (SERFS) 
B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1958;  MA.  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

WALKER,  Virgil  R.,  Lecturer,  Measurement  and  Statistics 
Area 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1927;  M.A.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1932;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1957. 

WARREN,  Barbara,  Coordinator  of  Student  Teaching  (P.  T.), 
Forest  Knolls-Kemp  Mill  Elementary  Teacher  Education 
Center,  Montgomery  County 

B.S.,  Wilson  Teachers  College,  1941;  M.A.,  American  Uni- 
versity, 1962. 

WEAVER,  V.  Phillips,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  De- 
partment of  Early  Childhood  Elementary  Education 
A.B.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1951    M.Ed..  Pennsyl- 
vania State  University,  1956;  Ed.D.,  1962. 

WEEKS,   James    Lecturer   in    Education,    University   College, 
Graduate  Program,  Far  East  Division 
B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire.  1948;  M.S.,  Syracuse 
University,  1951;  Ed.D.,  Syracuse  University,  1955. 

WEDBERG,   Desmond   P.,  Associate   Professor  of  Education, 
and  Director  of  the  Educational  Technology  Center 
A.B.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1947;  A.M.,  1948; 
Ed.D.,  1963. 

WHITE,  Francis  M     Instructor  in  Industrial  Education  (P.  T.), 
Department  of  Industrial  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966. 

WIGGIN,  Gladys  A.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Director  of 
Graduate  Studies 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,   1929;  M.A.,  1939;   Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1947. 

WILLARD,  Wesley,  Lecturer  in  Industrial  Education  (P.  T.), 
Department  of  Industrial  Education 

B.B.A.,   University  of  Wisconsin,   1947;   M.A.,   University 
of  Maryland,  1967. 

WILLIAMS,  David  L.,  Associate   Professor  of  Education,  De- 
partment of  Early  ChildhoooWEIementary  Education 
B.S.,  Bradley  University,   1952;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Illi- 
nois, 1956;  Ed.D.,  1964. 

WILLIAMS,  Michael  J.,  Instructor  in  Education,  (P.  T.),  Fa- 
culty Development  Program,  Department  of  Industrial  Ed- 
ucation 

B.S    Rhode  Island  College,  1965;  M.S.,  Central  Connecti- 
cut State  College,  1967. 

WILLIAMS,  Virginia,  Coordinator  of  Student  Teaching  (P.  T.), 

Parkdale-Nicholas    Orem    Secondary    Teacher    Education 

Center  Prince  George's  County 

B.A.,  Blackburn  College,  1954;  M.S.,  Indiana  University, 

1956. 
WILSON,  Robert  M.,   Professor  of  Education,  Department  of 

Early   Childhood-Elementary   Education,   and   Director  of 

the  Reading  Center 

B.S.,    California    State    Teachers   College,    Pennsylvania, 

1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1956;  Ed.D,  1960. 

WIRTH,  James  H.,  Lecturer  in  Education,  Departments  of 
Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education  and  Secondary 
Education 

B.S.,  Towson   State  College,   1953;  M.Ed.,   University  of 
Maryland,  1963. 

WOLVIN,  Andrew  D,   Assistant   Professor  of   Education  and 
Speech,  Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,   University  of  Nebraska,   1962;   M.A.,   University  of 
Nebraska,  1963. 

WOODS,   Albert   W.,   Associate   Professor  of   Education  and 
Physical  Education,  Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933;  M.Ed.,  1949. 

WOOLF,  Leonard,  Associate  Professor  of  Education.  Depart- 
ment of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1942;  M.Ed.,  and  Ed.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

YOUNG,  David  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Secondary  Education,  and  Assistant  Coordinator 
of  Laboratory  Experiences 

B.S.,  1958,  M.A.,  1962  from  Ohio  State  University;  Ed.D., 
Stanford  University,  1967. 

YUSPA,  Eleanor  H.,  Instructor  in  Art  and  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Secondary  Education 


308  Faculty 


B.A.,  Towson   State  College,   1965;  M.Ed.,   University  of 
Maryland,  1969. 
ZACHARY,  Lillian  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,   De- 
partment of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
A.B.,   University  of  North   Carolina,   1943;   M.A.,   Florida 
State  University,  1955;  Ed.D.,  1960. 

COOPERATING  FACULTY  FROM  OTHER  COLLEGES 

CARDOZIER,  V.   R.,   Professor  and  Head  of  Agricultural  and 

Extension  Education 
DeVERMOND,  Mary  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 
FANOS,  Stavroilla.  Instructor  in  Music 
GOOD,  Richard,  Research  Associate,  Division  or  Institutional 

Research 
LEVITINE,  George,  Head,  Department  of  Art 
LONGEST,  James  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  and 

Extension  Education 
MADDEN,  Dorothy,  Chairman  of  Dance  Department 
NELSON,   Clifford,   Associate   Professor  of  Agricultural  and 

Extension  Education 
PATRICK,  Arthur  J.,  Professor  of  Business  Education  and  In- 
formation Systems 
RYDEN,    Einar   R.,    Professor  of   Agricultural   and    Extension 

Education 
SMITH,  Clodus   R.,   Associate   Professor  of  Agricultural  and 

Extension  Education 
STARCHER,  E.  Thomas,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech 
ULRICH,  Homer,  Head  of  the  Department  of  Music 
Wac  HhAUS,  Gustav,  Instructor  in  Music 
WILSON,  Bruce,  Lecturer  in  Music,  Curator,  MENC  historical 

Center 


COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 
Administrative  Officers 

BECKMANN,  Robert  Bader,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Engineer- 
ing and  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
B.S.,  in  Ch.E.,  University  of  Illinois,  1940;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Wisconsin,  1944. 

JOHNSON,  Everett  Ramon,  Associate  Dean  and  Professor  of 
Chemical  Engineering 

B.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1937;  M.A.,  Howard  University, 
1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester,  1949;  M.Sc,  (Hon.) 
Stevens  Institute,  1960. 

WOCKENFUSS,  William  Arthur,  Assistant  Dean  and  Associate 
Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.Ed.,   1952;  Ed.D., 
University  of  Florida,  1960. 


Faculty 

ABRAMS,  Marshall  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  En- 
gineering 

B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1962;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Pittsburgh,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

ABRAMS,  Richard  H.,  Jr.,   Research  Associate,   Institute  for 
Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,  M.I.T.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969. 

AJMERA,  R.  C,  Research  Associate  of  Fluid  Dynamics  and 
Applied  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Rajasthan  University,  1959;  M.S.,  Vikram  Univer- 
sity. 1961;  M.S.,  Rajasthan  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Iowa,  1967. 

ALBRIGHT,  Norman  W.,  Postdoctoral  Fellow 

B.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1956;  M.S., 
1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley,  1969. 

ALIC,  John,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.M.E.,  Cornell  University,  1964;  M.S.,  Stanford  Univer- 
sity, 1965. 

ALLEN,   Redfield  Wilmerton,   Professor  of  Mechanical   Engi- 
neering 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Minnesota,  1959. 

ALLEN,  Russell  Bennett,  Professor  Emeritus  of  the  College  of 
Engineering  and  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
B.S.,  Yale  University,  1923;  Registered  Professional  En- 
gineer. 

ALMENAS,   Kazys  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemical  Engi- 
neering 

B.S.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  and 
Polytechnic  of  Warsaw  (Poland),  1968. 

ANAND,  Davinder  K.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  En- 
gineering 

B.S.,  George  Washington  University,  1950;  M.S.,  1961; 
Ph.D.,  1965. 

ARMSTRONG,  Ronald  W.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing 

B.E.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1955;  M.S.,  Carnegie 
Institute  of  Technology,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

ARSENAULT,   Richard   G.,   Associate   Professor  of  Chemical 
Engineering 

B.S.,  Michigan  Tech.  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Northwest- 
ern University,  1962. 

ASIMOW,  Robert  M.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  California,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

AZIZ,  A.   Kadir,    Resident   Professor,    IFDAM,  and   Professor, 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  Campus 
B.S.,  Wilson  Teachers  College,  1952;  M.S.G.,  Washington 
University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

BABUSKA,    Ivo,   Research   Professor  of  Fluid   Dynamics  and 
Applied  Mathematics 

Dipl.    Ing.    Tech.    Univ.,    1949;    Dr.    Tech.    Univ.,    1951; 
RNDr.  (Ph.D.),  Czechoslovak  Academy,  1960. 
Dr.  Sc.  Czechoslovak  Academy,  1960. 

BACHTLER,  Joseph  deRolle,  Director,  Fire  Service  Extension 
B.S.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1956. 

BASHAM,  Ray  Scott,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engi- 
neering 

B.S.,  U.S.  Military  Academy,  1945;  M.S.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

BECKER,  Roger  D.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.M.E.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1957. 

BECKMANN,  Robert  Bader,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Engineer- 
ing and  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
B.S.,  in  Ch.E.,  University  of  Illinois,  1940;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Wisconsin,  1944. 


Faculty  309 


BERGER,  Bruce  S.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1954;  M.S.,  1959;  Ph. D 
1962. 

BHATIA,  Nam  P..  Resident  Professor  of  Fluid  Dynamics  and 
Applied  Mathematics,  Professor,  University  of  Maryland 
Baltimore  Campus 

B.S.,  Agra  University,  1952;  M.S.,  1954,  1956;  Ph.D., 
Technische  Hochschule,  1961. 

BISCHOFF,  Kenneth  B.,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering, 
B.S.,  Illinois  Inst.  Tech.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

BIRKNER,  Francis  Bruno,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engi- 
neering 

B.S.,  Newark  College  of  Engineering,  1961;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Florida,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

BIXON,  Mordechai,  Science  Development  Grant  Postdoctoral 
Fellow  of  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
M.S.,  Hebrew  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Weizmann  Institute 
of  Science,  1966. 

BOLSAITIS,  Pedro  (Peter),  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical 
Engineering 

B.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  I960;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Delaware,  1964. 

BOWERS,  Allen  Atvill,  Project  Egnineer,  Wind  Tunnel  Opera- 
tions 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

BRODIE,  Herbert  L.,  Extension  Instructor  in  Agricultural  En- 
gineering 
B.S.A.E.,  Rutgers  State  University,  1964. 

BROWNE,  Vance  D.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

BRUSH,  Stephen  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Fluid  Dynamics 
and  Applied  Mathematics 
A.B.,  Harvard,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Oxford  University,  1958. 

BRYAN,  John  Leland,  Professor  and  Head,  Fire  Protection 
Curriculum 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1953;  M.S.,  1954; 
Ed.D.,  American  University,  1965. 

BUCKLEY,  Frank  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  En- 
Engineering 
B.S.A.E.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

BURGERS.  Johannes  Martinus,  Research  Professor  (P.  T.), 
Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
Doctor  of  Mathematics  and  Physics,  University  of  Leiden, 
1918;  Doctor  Honoris  Causa  University  Libre  de  Bru- 
xelles,  1948;  Doctor  Honoris  Causa,  University  of  Poitiers 
(France),  1950. 

CABLE,  Peter  G.,  Resident  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for 
Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Haverford  College,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1967. 

CADMAN,  Theodore  Wesley,  Associate  Prof essor  of  Chemical 
Engineering 

B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  lechnology,  1962;  M.S.,  1964; 
Ph.D.,  1965. 

CHOUDHURY,  Ajit  Kumar,  Instructor  and  Postdoctoral  Fellow 
in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Calcutta,  1954;  M.S.,  1958;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  California,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

CHU,  Yaohan,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering  and  Com- 
puter Science 

B.S.,  (M.E.),  Chiao-Tung  University  (Shanghai,  China), 
1942;  M.S.,  (M.E.),  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology, 1945;  Sc.D.,  (Instr.  &  Control),  1953. 

COLBURN,  Theodore  R.,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,   1962;   M.S.,   University  of 
Maryland,  1966. 

COOKSON,  John  T.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S.,  Washington  University,  1961;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D., 
California  Institute  of  Technology,  1965. 

COPLAN,  Michael  A.,  Research  Assistant  Professor,  Institute 
for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Williams  College,  I960;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1961; 
Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1963. 

CORNING,  Gerald,  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineering 

B.S.,  New  York  University,  1937;  M.S.,  The  Catholic  Uni- 
versity of  America,  1954. 

COURNYN,  John  Burton,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engi- 
neering 

B.S.,  A.E.,  University  of  Alabama,  1946;  M.S.C.E.,  1948; 
Registered  Professional  Engineer. 
CRANE,  Langdon  T.,  Resident  Professor  and  Director,  Insti- 
tute for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 

3  70         Faculty 


B.A.,  cum  laude,  Amherst  College,  1952;  Ph.D  University 
of  Maryland,  1959. 

CUNNIFF,  Patrick  F.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S     Manhattan  College,   1955;  M.S.,  Virginia  Polytech- 
nic Institute,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1962;  Registered  Professional 
Engineer. 

CURRO,  John  G.,  Resident  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for 
Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.Ch.E.,  University  of  Detroit,  1965;  Ph.D.,  California  In- 
stitute of  Technology,  1969. 

CUSTER,  Richard  L.  P.,  Lecturer  in  Fire  Protection 

B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1964;  M.A.,  North  Caro- 
lina State  University,  1966. 

DAGOLD,   Reuben  Gordon,  Assistant  Project  Engineer,  Wind 
Tunnel  Operations 
B.E.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1961. 

DE  CLARIS,  Nicholas,  Professor  and  Head  of  Electrical  Engi- 
neering  and    Research    Professor   of    The    Institute    For 
Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,  A.  &  M.  College  of  Texas,   1952;  M.S..  Massachu- 
setts Institute  of  Technology,  1954;  Sc.D.,  1959. 

DONALDSON,  Bruce  K.,  Assistant  Prof  essor  of  Aerospace  Engi- 
neering 

B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1955;  M.S.,  Wichita  State  Uni- 
versity, 1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1968. 

DOOLEY,  Richard  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engi- 
neering, Assistant  to  Department  Head 
B.S.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

DORFMAN,  J.  Robert,  Research  Associate  Professor.  Institute 
for   Fluid   Dynamics  and   Applied    Mathematics  and   De- 
partment of  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

DUFFEY,  Dick,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1939;  M.S.,  University  of  Iowa, 
1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956;  Registered 
Professional  Engineer. 

ELKINS,  Richard  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.A.,  1958. 

ELSASSER,  Walter  M.,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
Ph.D.,  (Physics)  University  of  Goettingen  (Germany),  1927. 

EMAD,  Fawzi  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S.,  American  University  of  Beirut,  1961;  M.S.,  North- 
western University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

FALLER,  Alan  Judson,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics  and  Lecturer  in  Aero- 
space Engineering 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1951;  M.S., 
1953;  Sc.D.,  1957. 

FELTON,  Kenneth  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  En- 
gineering 

B.S. A  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  B.S.C.E.,  1961; 
M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1962. 

FORSNES,  Victor  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  En- 
gineering 

B.S.,  Brigham  Young  University,  1964;  M.S.,  1965; 
Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1970. 

FOURNEY,  William  Lawrence,  Associate  Professor  of  Me- 
chanical Engineering 

B.S.A.E^  West  Virginia  University,  1962;  M.S.,  1963; 
Ph.D.,  (TAM)  University  of  Illinois.  1966. 

FRENIER,  Richard  W.,  Head,  Engineering  and  Physical  Sci- 
ences Library 

B.S.,  Northeastern  University,  I960;  M.S.,  Syracuse  Uni- 
versity, 1963. 

FRIEDMAN,  Gerald  Edward,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical 
Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D.. 
1967. 

FRITZ,  Sigmund,  Visiting  Professor  (P.  T.),  Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Brooklyn  College.  1934;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology,  1941;  Sc.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology,  1953. 

FU,  Jerry,  H.M.  Research  Associate  in  Fluid  Dynamics  and 
Applied  Mathematics 

B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University,  1956;  M.S.  North- 
western University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1967. 

GAGE,  Kenneth  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Fluid  Dynamics 
and  Applied  Mathematics 

A.B.,  Brandeis  University,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Chi- 
cago, 1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1968. 


GARBER.  Daniel  Leedv.  Jr..  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  En- 
gineering, Registered  Professional  Engineer 
B.S.    University  of   Maryland,   1952;   M.S.,   1959;   Ph.D., 
1964. 

GENTRY,  James  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemical  Engi- 
neering 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1961;  M.S.,  University 
of  Birmingham  (U.K.),  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas, 
1968. 

GLOCK,  Russell,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1959. 

GOHR,  Carl  William,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1926;  Registered  Profes- 
sional Engineer. 

GOLDMAN,  David  T.,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
(P.  T.) 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1952;  M.S.,  Vanderbilt  University, 
1954;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968. 

GOMEZPLATA,  Albert,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
B.Ch.E.,   Brooklyn   Polytechnic   Institute    1952;   M.Ch.E., 
Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

GREEN,  Robert  L,  Professor  and  Head  of  Agricultural  Engi- 
neering 

B.S.A.E.,  University  of  Georgia,  1934;  M.S.,  Iowa  State 
College,  1939;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1953. 

GREENWOOD,  Stuart  W.,  Instructor  in  Aerospace  Engineering 
B.S.,  (Engr.),  University  of  Bristol,  1945;  M.  Engr.,  McGill 
University,  1952. 

GROSS,  Donald  Shaeffer,  Director,  Wind  Tunnel  Operations 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947. 

GUERNSEY,  Ralph  Lewis,  Research  Associate  Professor,  In- 
stitute for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Miami  University,  1952;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

GUHA,  Arun  Kanti,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical 
Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Calcutta,  1953;  M.Sc,  1956;  M.S., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1969. 

HARGER,  Robert  0.,  Visiting  Associate  Professor  of  Elec- 
trical Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1955;  M.S.,  1959;  Ph.D., 
1961. 

HARMUTH,  Henning  F.,  Visiting  Associate  Professor  of  Elec- 
trical Engineering 

Diploma  in  Engineering  (Diplom-lngenieur)  from  Vienna 
Technical  University,  Austria  (lechnische  Hochschule 
Wien),  1951;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

HARRIS,  Wesley  L.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Engineering 
B.S.A.E,  University  of  Georgia,  1953;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D., 
Michigan  State  University,  1960. 

HASSON,  Dennis  F.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.E.S.,  Johns   Hopkins   University,   1955;   M.S.,   Catholic 
University  of  America,  1958. 

HAWKS,  Roger  J.,  II,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1965;  M.S.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1967. 

HAYLECK,  Charles  Raymond,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Me- 
chanical Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.S.,  1949. 

HEINS,  Conrad  P.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S.,  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology,  1960;  M.S.,  Lehigh 
University,  1962;  Ph.D  University  of  Maryland,  1967; 
Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

HICKEY,  Harry  Elmer,  Assistant  Professor  of  Fire  Protection 
B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1955;  M.S.,  1959. 

HILL,  James  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1963;  M.S.,  Georgia 
Institute  of  Technology,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

HOCHULI,  Urs  Ewin,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engi- 
neering 

Dipl.  Elecktro-Techniker,  Technikum  Biel  (Switzerland), 
1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955;  Ph.D., 
(Physics),  Catholic  University,  1962. 

HOFFMAN,  John  D.,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering  (P.  T.) 
B.S.  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1942;  M.S.,  Prince- 
ton University,  1948;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1949. 

HOGLUND,  John  William,  Senior  Instructor,  Fire  Service  Ex- 
tension 
B.S.,  Northland  College,  1962. 


HSU,  Shao  T.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Chiao  Tung  University,  1937;  M.S.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1944;  Ph.D.,  Swiss  Federal  In- 
stitute of  Technology,  1954. 

HUBBARD,  Bertie  E.,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Western  Illinois  University,  1949;  M.S.,  State  Uni- 
versity  of    Iowa,    1952;    Ph.D.,    University   of    Maryland, 
1960. 

HUMMEL,  John  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  Engi- 
neering 

B.S.A.E.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.S.,  1966. 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1970. 

ISRAEL,  Gerhard  Wilhelm,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engi- 
neering 

Abitur,  Gymnasium  Riedlingen,  1955;  Diplom  (Physics), 
Universitaet  Heidelberg,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Techn.  Hochschule 
Aachen,  1965. 

JACKSON,  John  W.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,   University  of  Cincinnati,   1934;   M.E.,   1937;   M.S., 
California  Institute  of  Technology,  1940;  Registered  Pro- 
fessional Engineer. 

JOHN,  James  E.  A,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.E.,  Princeton  University,  1955;  M.S.E.,  1957;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1963. 

JOHNSON,  Arthur  Ferdinand,  Coordinator— CDUEP,  Fire  Ser- 
vice Extension 
B.S.,  Naval  Science,  U.S.  Naval  Academy,  1938. 

JOHNSON,  Everett  R.,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering  and 
Associate  Dean 

B.A.  University  of  Iowa,  1937;  M.A.,  Howard  University, 
1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester,  1949;  M.Sc.  (Hon) 
Stevens  Institute,  1960. 

JONES,  Everett,  Assistant  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineering 
B.A.E.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1956;  M.A.E., 
Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1959;  Ph.D.,  A.E.,  Stan- 
ford University,  1968. 

JONES,  G.  Stephen,   Research  Professor,   Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,   Duke   University,    1952;   M.S.,    University  of   North 
Carolina,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1960. 

KARLOVITZ,  Les  A.,  Research  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for 
Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Yale,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Carnegie  Tech.,  1964. 

KAUFFMAN,  Edgar  D.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  Dartmouth  University,  I960;  M.S.,  1961. 

KELLOGG,  R.  Bruce,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1952;  M.S., 
University  of  Chicago,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1959. 

KIM,  Hogil,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering  and 
Physics 

B.S.  (Physics),  Seoul  National  University  (Korea),  1956; 
Ph.D.,  (Physics),  University  of  Birmingham  (England), 
1964. 

KLINGBEIL,   Ralph,    Postdoctoral    Fellow,    Institute  of   Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,    Hofstra   University,    1965;    Ph.D.,   State   University 
of  New  York  at  Buffalo,  1969. 

KONDNER,  Robert  Louis,  Visiting  Associate  Professor  of  Civil 
Engineering 

B.S.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954;  M.S.,  1956; 
Ph.D.,  1961. 

KOOPMAN,  David  Warren,  Research  Associate  Professor,  In- 
stitute for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Amherst  College,   1957;  M.S.,   University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1959;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

KRAFT,  James  H.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.M.E.,    Georgia    Institute    of    Technology,    1959;    M.S., 

Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1961. 
KRUGER,  Jerome,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering  (P.  T.) 

B.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  1948;  M.S.,  1949; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia,  1952. 

LANDSBERG,  Helmut,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Frankfurt,  1930. 

LARSON,  Jerome  Valjean,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical 

Engineering 

B.S.,   University  of   Maryland,    I960;   M.S.,   1963;   Ph.D., 

1967. 
LASHINSKY,  Herbert,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid 

Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics. 

Faculty         3»7 


B.S.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York.  1950;  Ph.D.,  Colum- 
bia University,  1961. 

LaSOTA,  Andrzej,  Visiting  Member,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dyna- 
mics and  Applied  Mathematics 
Ph.D.,  Polish  Academy  of  Sciences,  1960. 

LEE,  Chi  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.,    National   Taiwan   University,    1959;   M.S.,    Harvard 
University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1967. 

LEPPER,  Henry  Albert,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
B.S.,   in  C.E.,  The  George  Washington   University,   1936; 
M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1938;  D.Eng.,  Yale  University, 
1947;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

LEVINE,  William  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engi- 
neering 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1962;  M.S., 
1965;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

LEVINE,  David  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S.E.,  University  of  Michigan,  1963;  M.S.E.,  1964;  M.S., 
1966;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

LIN,  Hung  Chang,  Visiting  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.,  Chiaotung  University  (China),  1941;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan,  1948;  Ph.D.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of 
Brooklyn,  1956. 

LITTLEPAGE,  Robert  S.,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1962;  M.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  Univer- 
sity, 1965. 

LOONEY,  Charles  Thomas  George,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1932;  M.S.,  in  C.E., 
University  of  Illinois,  1934;  Ph.D.,  1940. 

MAHAJAN,  Balmukand,  Instructor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  Punjab  University,  I960;  M.S..  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1965. 

MARCHELLO,  Joseph  M.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Chemical 
Engineering 

B.S.,  in  Ch.E..  University  of  Illinois,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Carnegie 
Institute  of  Technology,  1959;  Registered  Professional  En- 
gineer. 

MARCINKOWSKI,  M.  John,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.S.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Brookhaven  National  Labora- 
tory, 1956. 

MARCOVITZ,  Alan  Bernard,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 
Engineering 

S.B.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1959;  S.M., 
1959;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1963. 

MARKS,  Colin  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering 

B.S.,  in  M.E.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1956;  M.S., 
in  M.E.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

MARTIN,  Monroe  Harnish,  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dy- 
namics and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1928;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hop- 
kins University,  1932;  D.Sc,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1958. 

MATALAS,  Nicholas  C,  Visiting  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
B.S.C.E.,  North  Carolina  State  University,  1952;  M.S., 
North  Carolina  State  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Harvard 
University,  1958. 

MATTHEWS,   David   L.,   Research  Associate  Professor,   Insti- 
tute for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Queen's  University  (Canada),   1949;  Ph.D.,   Prince- 
ton University,  1959. 

McDONAGH,  Joseph   Martin,  Senior  Instructor,   Fire  Service 
Extension 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

MELNIK,  Walter  L..  Associate  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engi- 
neering 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1951;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D., 
1964. 

MERKEL,  James  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  Engi- 
neering 

B.S..  Penn  State  University,  1962;  M.S..  Iowa  State  Uni- 
versity, 1965;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

MERRICK,  Charles  P.,  Extension  Associate  Professor  of  Agri- 
cultural Engineering 
B.S.C.E.,  University  of  Maryland.  1933. 

MILLER.  Myron  H.,  Visiting  Resident  Assistant  Professor,  In- 
stitute for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Cornell,  1958;  M.S.,  Clarkson  College,  I960;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1968. 


MORAKIS,  James  C,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical 
Engineering 

B.S.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1953;  M.S.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1954;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967. 

MORIN,  Donald  G.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.  Aero.,  Eng.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1957. 

MORSE,  Frederick  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  En- 
gineering 

B.S.,  Rennselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1957;  M.S., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1959;  Ph.D., 
Stanford  University,  1969. 

MUNNO,  Frank,  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S.,  Waynesburg  College,  1957;  M.S..  University  of  Florida, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

MURRAY,  Robert  H.,  Jr.,  Senior  Instructor,  Fire  Service  Ex- 
tension 
B.E.,  Keene  State  College,  1960. 

NORTHRUP,  Theodore  G.,  Research  Professor  (P.  T.),   Insti- 
tute for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,    Yale    University,    1944;    M.S.,    Cornell    University. 
1949;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University  (Ames),  1953. 

OGILVIE,  W.  Keith,  Research  Associate  Professor  (P.  T.),  In- 
stitute for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,  University  of  Edinburgh.  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Edinburgh,  1954. 

OLVER,  Frank  W.  J.,  Resident  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,  University  of  London,  1945;  M.S.,  University  of  Lon- 
don, 1948;  D.Sc,  University  of  London,  1961. 

ORTEGA,  James  M.,  Senior  Research  Analyst,  Computer  Sci- 
ence Center  and  Research  Associate  Professor.  Institute 
for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,   University  of   New  Mexico,   1954;   Ph.D.,   Stanford 
University,  1962. 

OTTS,  Louis  Ethelbert,  Jr..  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
B.A.,  East  Texas  Teachers  College,  1933;  B.S.,  Agricultural 
and  Mechanical  College  of  Texas,  1946;  M.S..  1946;  Regis 
tered  Professional  Engineer. 

OWENS,  William  R.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,   Pennsylvania  State  University,   1959;   M.S.,  Drexel 
Institute  of  Technology,  1964. 

PAI,  Shih-I,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics 
and  Applied  Mathematics  and  Lecturer  in  Aerospace  En- 
gineering 

B.S.,  National  Central  University  (China),  1935;  M.S.. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1938;  Ph.D..  Cali- 
fornia Institute  of  Technology,  1940. 

PETTERSSEN,  Sverre,  Visiting  Member,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dy- 
namics and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Oslo  University,  1924;  M.S..  1926;  Ph.D..  1933. 

PFAEHLER,  William   L.,   Senior  Instructor,   Fire  Service  Ex- 
tension 
B.A.,  Rutgers  University,  1956. 

PINKSTON,  John  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engi- 
neering 

B.S.,  Princeton  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1967. 

PIPER,  Harry  William,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
B.Arch.E.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1940;  M.C.E.. 
1961;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

PLOTKIN,  Allen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S..  Columbia  University,  1963;  M.S..  1964;  Ph.D..  Stan- 
ford University,  1968. 

POPOV,  Vasile-Mihai  Vasile,  Visiting  Professor  of  Electrical 
Engineering 

B.S.,  Polytechnic  Institute,  1952;  Ph.D..  Power  Institute 
of  the  Academy  of  the  Socialist  Republic  of  Romania, 
1968. 

PRICE,  Henry  Williams,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1943;  M.S.,  1950. 

PRYOR.  Cabell  Nicholas,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Elec- 
trical Engineering 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  I960;  M.S., 
I960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966. 

PUCKETT,  Paul  B.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  U.S.  naval  Academy.  1945;  M.S..  University  of  Okla- 
homa, 1959. 

PUGSLEY,  James  Harwood,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 
Engineering 

A.B.,  (Physics),  Oblerlin  College,  1956;  M.S.,  University 
of  Illinois,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1963. 


3 1 2  Focu/ty 


RAGAN,  Robert  M.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Civil  Engineering 
B.S.C.E.,  Virginia  Military  Institute,  1955;  M.S.,  Massachu- 
setts Institute  of  Technology,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  Univer- 
sity, 1965;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

RAMUNUJACARYULU,  Chilakamarri,  Visiting  Assistant  Profes- 
sor of  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  S.R.R.  &  C.V.R.  Andhra  University,  1959;  M.S.  Os- 
mania  University.  1961;  Ph.D.,  Indian  Statistical  Insti- 
tute, 1968. 

RAGAN,  Thomas  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical   Engi- 
neering 
B.S.,  Tulane  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

RAO,  Thammavarapu  R.  N.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 
Engineering 

B.Sc,  Government  Arts  College,  Andhra  University,  1952; 
D.I.I.Sc.  Indian  Institute  of  Science,  Bangalore,  India, 
1955;  M.S.E.,  University  of  Michigan,  1961;  PH.D.,  1964. 

REILLY,  Robert  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
B.S..  Manhattan  College  (N.Y.),  I960;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

REISER,  Martin  Paul,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engi- 
neering and  Physics 

Diploma,  Johannes  Gutenberg  Universitat  Mainz  (Ger- 
many), 1957;  Ph.D.,  (Physics),  I960. 

RHEINBOLT,  Werner  Carl,  Research  Professor,  Computer  Sci- 
ence Center  and  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied 
Mathematics 

Dipt.  Math..  University  of  Heidelberg,  1952;  Dr.Rer.Nat., 
University  of  Freiburg,  1955. 

RICE,  William  L,  Extension  Instructor  in  Agricultural  Engineer- 
ing 
B.S.A.E.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968. 

RIVELLO.  Robert  Matthew,  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.S.,  1948;  Registered 
Professional  Engineer. 

ROBINSON,  Prentiss  Noble,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical 
Engineering 

B.E.E..  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1959;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  California,  I960;  Ph.D.,  Polytechnic  Institute 
of  Brooklyn,  1965. 

RODENHUIS,    David    R.,    Assistant    Professor,    Institute    for 
Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,    (M.E.),    University   of    California,    Berkeley,    1959; 
B.S.,  (Meteorology),  Pennsylvania  State  University,  I960; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1967. 

ROOT,  Richard  Murdock,  Instructor  of  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing 
B.S.,  Florida  State  University,  1964;  M.S.,  1965. 

ROSENBERG,  Theodore  J.,  Research  Assistant  Professor,  In- 
stitute for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.E.E.,  City  College  of  New  York,  I960;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  California,  1965. 

RUMBAUGH,  Jeffrey  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  En- 
gineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

RUTELLI,  Giovanni  Pietro,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Ph.D.  (Physics),  University  of  Palermo  (Italy),  1923;  Ph.D. 
(E.E.),  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Turin  (Italy),  1928;  Libera 
Docenza,  Rome,  1947. 

SALLET,  Dirse  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S.,  George  Washington  University,  1961;  M.S.,  University 
of  Kansas,  1963;  Dr.  Ing.,  Technische  Hochschule,  1966. 

SAYRE,  Clifford  L,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  Duke  University,   1947;  M.S.,   Stevens  Institute  of 
Technology,   1950;   Ph.D.,   University  of  Maryland,  1961; 
Registered  Professional  Engineer 

SCHROEDER,  Wilburn  Carroll,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engi- 
neering 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1930;  M.S.,  1931;  Ph.D., 
1933;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

SCHWIESOW,  William  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural 
Engineering 

B.S.A.E.,  South  Dakota  State  University,  1950;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Oklahoma  State  Univer- 
sity, 1966. 

SEKSCIENSKI,  William  Stanley,  Project  Engineer,  Wind  Tun- 
nel Operations 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955. 

SHEAKS,  0.  James,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  North 
Carolina  State  University,  1969. 


SHERWOOD,  Aaron  Wiley,  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineer- 
ing 

M.E.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1935;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1943;  Registered  Professional  Engi- 
neer. 

SHREEVE,  Charles  Alfred,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering and  Head  of  the  Department 
B.E.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1935;  M.S..  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1943;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

S I AHATGAR,  Sadegh,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical 
Engineering 

B.S.,  Teheran  Institute  of  Technology,  1957;  M.S.E.E., 
University  of  Maryland,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

SILVERMAN,  Joseph,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College.  1944;  A.M.,  Columbia  University, 
1948;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

SIMONS,  David  Elie,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engi- 
neering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.S.,  1951. 

SKOLNICK,  Leonard  Philip,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S..  University  of  Rochester,  1953;  A.B.,  1953;  M.S., 
New  York  University,  1955;  Sc.D.,  M.I.T.,  1958. 

SMITH,  Theodore  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engi- 
neering 

B.E.S.,  Johns  Hopkins,  1956;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Wash- 
ington University,  1960. 

STEWART,  Larry  E.,  Extension  Instructor  in  Agricultural  Engi- 
neering 
B.S.A.E.,  West  Virginia  University,  I960;  M.S.A.E.,  1961. 

TALAAT,  Mostafa  E.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.C.,    University   of   Cairo,    1946;    M.S.,    University   of 
Pennsylvania,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

TAYLOR,  Leonard  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engi- 
neering 

A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1951;  M.S.,  New  Mexico  State 
University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

THOMAS,  Richard  E.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Aerospace  Engi- 
neering 

B.A.E.,  Ohio  State  University,  1951;  B.A.,  1953;  M.S., 
1956;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

THOMPSON,  Owen  E.,  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,    University  of   Missouri,    1961;   M.S.,    University  of 
Missouri,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri,  1966. 

TIDMAN,   Derek  A.,   Research    Professor,   Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.Sc,  Imperial  College  of  Science  (London),  1952;  D.I.C., 
1953;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

TODESCHINI,  Claudio  Edmondo,  Assistant  Professor  of  Me- 
chanical Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Cape  Town,  1959;  D.I.C.,  Imperial  Col- 
lege, 1961;  M.S..  University  of  Illinois,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

TORRES,  Julio  Luis,  Visiting  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 
Engineering 

B.S.,  United  States  Naval  Academy,  1957;  M.S.,  Stan- 
ford University,  1961;  EE.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

TSUI,  Chung  Yiu,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S.,  Hong  KongTechnical  College,  1953;  M.S.,  Purdue  Uni- 
versity, 1959;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

VERNEKAR,    Anandu    D.,    Assistant    Professor,    Institute   for 
Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,  University  of  Poona  (India),  1955;  M.S.,  1959;  M.S., 
Meteorology,   University  of   Michigan,   1963;   Ph.D.,   Mete- 
orology, 1966. 

WAGNER,  Thomas  Charles  Gordon,  Professor  of  Electrical 
Engineering 

B.S.,  (Math),  Harvard  College,  1937;  M.A.,  (Math),  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1940;  Ph.D.,  (Math),  1943. 

WALSTON,  William  H.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical 
Engineering 

B.M.E.,  University  of  Delaware,  1959;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.. 
1964. 

WEDDING,  Presley  Allen,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engi- 
neering 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1937;  M.S.,  1952;  Registered 
Professional  Engineer. 

WEISS,  Leonard,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering  and  Re- 
search Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Ap- 
plied Mathematics 

B.E.E.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1956;  M.S.E.E., 
Columbia  University,  1959,  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  Univer- 
sity, 1962. 

Faculty         313 


WESKE,  John  Robert,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
(P.  T.) 

Dipl.  Ing  Hannover  Institute  of  Technology,  1924;  M.S., 
Harvard  University,  1931;  Sc.D,,  1934;  Registered  Pro- 
fessional Engineer. 

WHEATON,  Fredrick  W.,  Research  Associate  of  Agricultural 
Engineering 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1964;  M.S.,  1965;  Ph.D., 
Iowa  State  University,  1968. 

WHITBECK,  W.  Lawrence,  Instructor  in  Mech.inical  Engineer- 
ing 
B.S.,  Lafayette  College,  1960. 

WILKERSON,  Thomas  D.,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for 
Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics  and  Visiting 
Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1953;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D., 
1962. 

WILLSON,  George  B„  Research  Associate  (Visiting) 

B.S.C.E.,  University  of  Wyoming,  1951;  M.S.C.E.,  1963. 

WINDSOR,   Richard    Isaac,  Assistant   Director,   Wind  Tunnel 
Operations 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  M.S.,  1960. 

WINN,  Paul  N.,  Research  Professor  of  Agricultural  Engineering 
B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1947;  M.S.,  1958. 

WRIGHT,  Charles  Jensen,  Senior  Instructor,  Fire  Service  Ex- 
tension 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968. 

WU,  C.  S.,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics 
and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University,  1954;  M.S.,  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Princeton,  1959. 

YANG,  Jackson,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D., 
1963. 

YORKE,   James   A.,    Research   Associate   Professor,    Institute 
for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
A.B.,  Columbia  College,  1936;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1966. 

ZWALLY,  H.  Jay,  Visiting  Research  Assistant  Professor,  Insti- 
tute for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,   Drexel    Institute,   1961;    Ph.D.,   University  of   Mary- 
land, 1968. 

ZWANZIG,  Robert,  W.,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1948;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity  of    Southern   California,    1950;    Ph.D.,    California 
Institute  of  Technology,  1952. 

Lecturers  And  Educational  Advisors 

BELCHER,  Ralph  L,  Lecturer  in  Chemical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Marshall  College,  1941;  M.S.,  University  of  Kentucky, 
1947;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966. 

BILLIG,  Frederick  S.,  Lecturer  in  Aerospace  Engineering 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1955;  M.S.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

BLOEM,  Delmar  L.,  Lecturer  in  Civil  Engineering 

B.S.,  Iowa  State  Colege,  1943;  Registered  Professional 
Engineer. 

BRANDT,  Alan,  Lecturer  in  Aerospace  Engineering 

B.C.E.,  Cooper  Union  University,  1961;  M.S.C.E.,  Carne- 
gie Mellon  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Carnegie  Mellon  Univer- 
sity, 1966. 

BULLIS,  William  Murray,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 
B.A.,   (Physics),    Miami    University,    (Ohio),    1951;    Ph.D., 
(Physics),  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1956. 

BYINGTON,  Stanley  Ross,  Lecturer  in  Civil  Engineering 

B.S.C.E..  Norwich  University,  1956;  M.S.C.E.,  Texas 
A&  M  University,  1964. 

DEDRICK,  Robert  L.,  Lecturer  in  Chemical  Engineering 

B.E.,  Yale  University,  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

DEGENFORD,  James  Edward,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  I960;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D., 
1964. 

FLEIG,  Albert  J.,  Lecturer  in  Aerospace  Engineering 

B.S.E.S.,  Purdue  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  Univer- 
sity of  America,  1968. 

GESSOW,  Alfred,  Lecturer  in  Aerospace  Engineering 

B.C.E  City  University  of  New  York,  1943;  M.A.E.,  New 
York  University,  1944. 


HABERMAN,  William  L.,  Lecturer  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.M.E.,   Cooper   Union,    1949;   M.S.,   University  of   Mary- 
land, 1952;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

OHMAN,  Gunnar  Peter,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.E.E.,  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology,  1943;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1948;  Ph.D.,  1959. 


RAJAN,  Jai  Rj  Narain,  Lecturer  in  Civil  Engineering 

B.S.,  Lucknow  University,  1953;  M.S.,  Duke  University, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

ROBERTS,  Richard  Calvin,  Lecturer  in  Civil  Engineering 

A.B.,  Kenyon  College,  1946;  Sc.M.,  Brown  University, 
1946;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

SCHUCHARD,  Earl  Adolph,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.  (Physics),  University  of  Washington,  1933;  M.S. 
(Physics),  1934;  Ph.D.  (Physics),  1940. 

SCHULMAN,  Joseph  Robert,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing 

B.E.E.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1944;  M.S.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1951. 

SEIGEL,  Arnold  E.,  Lecturer  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1944;  M.S.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1947;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Amster- 
dam (Holland),  1952. 

WALKER,  Stanton,  Lecturer  in  Civil  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1917;  Registered  Professional 
Engineer.  Honorary  Doctorate  Degree,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1962. 

WHICKER,  Lawrence  Rhea,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1957;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D., 
Purdue  University,  1964. 

WILSON,  Robert  Elmer,  Lecturer  in  Aerospace  Engineering 
B.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  1941;  M.S.,  1942; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas,  1952. 


3  74  Faculty 


COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS 

Administrative  Officer 

BROOKS,  Marjory,  Professor  of  Home  Economics  and  Dean 

of  the  College  of  Home  Economics 

B.S.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women,   1943;  M.S., 

University  of  Idaho,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University, 

1963. 

Faculty 

ADAMS,  Yvonne 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1967. 

AHRENS.  Richard  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Food  and  Nutri- 
tion 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California,  1963. 

BANGS,  Sybil,  Assistant  Professor  of  Institution  Administra- 
tion 
B.S.,  Kansas  State  University,  1943;  M.S.,  1960. 

BECKWITH,  Cornelia  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Applied  De- 
sign 

Ph.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1929;  M.A.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1937. 

BRABBLE,   Elizabeth  W.,  Assistant   Professor  in  Home  Eco- 
nomics Education  and  Family  Studies 
B.S..  Virginia  State  College,  I960;  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania 
State   University,    1966;    Ed.D.,    The   Pennsylvania    State 
University,  1969. 

BROOKS,  Marjory.  Professor  of  Home  Economics  and  Dean 
of  the  College  of  Home  Economics 

B.S.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women,  1943;  M.S., 
University  of  Idaho,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University, 
1963. 

BROWN,  William  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Family  and  Com- 
munity Development 

A.B.,  Lynchburg  College,  1959;  B.D.,  Texas  Christian  Uni- 
versity, 1962;  M.Th.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  Univer- 
sity, 1965. 

BUTLER,  Lillian  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Food  and  Nutrition 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1941;  M.A.,  University  of 
Texas,  1945;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  1953. 

CHURAMAN,  Charlotte  V.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Management 
and  Consumer  Studies 

B.Sc,  Berea  College,  1942;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1964;  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University, 
1969. 

CURTISS,  Vienna,  Professor  of  Applied  Design 

Certificate,  Parsons  School  of  Design,  1930;  B.A.,  Arizona 
State  University,  1933;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1935; 
Ed.D.,  1957. 

DARDIS,  Rachel,  Associate  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Cloth- 
ing; Lecturer,  Department  of  Economics 
B.S,  St.  Mary's  College,  Dublin,  Ireland,  1949;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Minnesota,   1963;   Ph.D.,   University  of  Minne- 
sota, 1965. 

DAVIS,  Fremont,  Lecturer  in  Applied  Design 

EHEART,  Mary  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Food  and  Nutrition 
A.B.,    Park  College,    1933;   A.M.,    University  of  Chicago, 
1935. 

EYLER,  Mary  R.,  Instructor  in  Textiles  and  Clothing 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1953. 

GARRISON,  Martha,  Instructor  in  Family  Life  and  Manage- 
ment 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1938;  M.S.,  University, 
of  Maryland,  1963. 

GRAHAM,  Ethel  L.,  Instructor  in  Foods  and  Nutrition 

B.S.,  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology,  1961;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1964. 

HEAGNEY,  Eileen  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Textiles  and 
Clothing 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1941;  M.A.,  Colum- 
bia/University, 1949. 

HOLVEY,  Samuel  B.,  Instructor  in  Applied  Design 
B.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1967. 

JONES,  H.  Elizabeth,  Instructor  in  Textiles 

B.S.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1969. 

KNIGHTON,  Ruth,  Instructor  in  Food  and  Nutrition 

B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1961;  M.S.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1965. 


LEMMON,  Louise,  Associate  Professor  of  Home  Economics 
Education 

B.S.,  Northern  Illinois  University,  1946;  M.S.,  University 
of  Wisconsin,  1951;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1961. 

MacMAHON,  B.  Ellen,  Instructor  in  Family  Life  and  Man- 
agement 

B.S.,  Madison  College,  1963;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  Univer- 
sity, 1967. 

MANNINO,  Fortune  V.,  Associate  Professor  in  Family  and 
Community  Studies 

B.S.,  Tulane  1949;  M.S.W.,  Tulane,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Florida 
State,  1959. 

MATTER,  Sharleen  L.,  Instructor  in  Food  and  Nutrition 

B.S..  North  Dakota  State  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Kan- 
sas State  University,  1970. 

McDONNELL,  Michael  L.,  Instructor  in  Housing  and  Interior 
Design 

B.A.,  North  Texas  State  University,  1967;  M.A.,  North 
Texas  State  University,  1969. 

NELSON,  William  E.,  Instructor  in  Applied  Design  and  Metalry 
A.A.,  University  of  Bridgeport,  1964;  B.S.,  1965;  M.S., 
Florida  State  University,  1968. 

NIFFENEGGER,  Elnor  J.,  Instructor  in  Food  and  Nutrition 
B.S.,  Iowa  State  University,   1953;  M.S.,  Montana  State 
University,  1964. 

NISONGER,  Julie,  Instructor  in  Applied  Design  and  Crafts 
B.F.A.,  Ohio  State  University,   1944;  M.A.,   University  of 
Maryland,  1967. 

ODLAND,  Sheldon,  Instructor  in  Housing  and  Interior  Design 
B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1958. 

OLSON,  David  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Family  and  Com- 
munity Development 

B.A.,  St.  Olaf  College,  1962;  M.A.,  Wichita  State  Univer- 
sity, 1964;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1967. 

ORVEDAL,  Ruth  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Home  Management 
B.S.,  Middle  Tennessee  State  College,  1937;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Tennessee,  1941. 

PLEDGER,  Virginia  Lee,  Instructor  in  Textiles  and  Clothing 
A. A.,  Graceland  College,  1955;  B.S.,  Iowa  State  University, 
1957;  M.H.E.,  University  of  Georgia,  1966. 

PRATHER,  Elizabeth  S.,  Professor  and  Head,  Department  of 
Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration 
B.S.,  Auburn  University,   1951;  M.S.,   1955;  Ph.D.,  Iowa 
State  University,  1963. 

RIBALTA,  Pedro  J.,  Instructor  in  Applied  Design  and  Interior 
Design. 

RITZMANN,  Barbara  J.,  Instructor  in  Crafts  and  Applied  De- 
sign 

B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1945;  M.F.A.,  George 
Washington  University,  1966. 

ROPER,  James  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Advertising  Design 
B.S.,  East  Carolina  College,  1961;  M.A.,  1963. 

SHEARER,  Jane  K.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of 
Housing  and  Applied  Design 

B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1940;  M.S.,  1950;  Ph.D., 
Florida  State  University,  1960. 

SMITH,  Betty  F.,  Professor  and  Head,  Department  of  Textiles 
and  Clothing 

B.S.,  University  of  Arkansas,  1951;  M.S.,  University,  of 
Tennessee,  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  I960; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1965. 

SPIVAK,  Steven  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Cloth- 
ing and  Chemical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Textiles  and  Science,  1963; 
M.S.,  Georgia  Institution  of  Technology,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Manchester,  England,  1967. 

VAN  EGMOND,  Dorothy,  Instructor  in  Food  and  Nutrition 

B.S.,  1958,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  M.A., 
University  of  Mississippi,  1961. 

WANG,  Virginia  L.,  Assistant  Professor,  Cooperative  Extension 
Service 

B.A.,  Salve  Regina  College,  1954;  M.A.,  New  York  Univer- 
sity, 1956;  M.Ph.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1965; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1968. 

WILBUR,  June  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Cloth- 
ing 

B.S.,  University  of  Washington,  1936;  M.S.,  Syracuse  Uni- 
versity, 1940. 

WILLIAMS,  Rhonda  C,  Instructor  in  Applied  Design 

B.F.A.,  Boston  University,  1962;  M.A.,  Montclair  State 
College,  1968. 


Faculty         315 


WILSON,   Leda  A.,  Associate   Professor  of   Family   Life  and 
Management 

B.S.,  Lander  College,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee, 
1950;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1954. 

ZALLEN,   Eugenia  M.,  Assistant   Professor  of  Food  and  Nu- 
trition 

B.S.,  Auburn   University,   1953;  M.S.,  Purdue  University, 
1960. 


COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION, 
RECREATION  AND  HEALTH 

Administrative  Officer 

FRALEY.  Lester  M.,  Professor  and  Dean  of  College  of  Physical 
Education,  Recreation  and  Health 

A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  College,  1928;  M.A..  Peabody  Col- 
lege, 1937;  Ph.D.,  1939. 

FELLOWS,  Frank  C,  Coordinator  of  Facilities 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.A.,  1957. 


Faculty 

ARRIGHI,  Margarite  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion 

B.S.,  Westhampton  College  University  of  Richmond,  1958; 
M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

BAKHAUS.  Pamela  M..  Instructor  in  Health  Education 

B.S.,  Central  Michigan  University.  1964;  M.S.,  Indiana 
University,  1966. 

BEARDMORE,  Clayton  A.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

CAMPBELL,  William  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Ed- 
ucation and  Head  Swimming  Coach 
B.S.,  Springfield  College,  1949;  M.Ed.,  1953. 

CHURCH,  Kenneth  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion 

B.S.,  University  of  Northern  Iowa,  1946;  M.S.,  University 
of  Iowa,  1955;  PE.D.,  Indiana  University,  1963. 

CHURCHILL,  John  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Recreation 

B.S.,  Cortland  State  College,  1958;  M.S.,  University  ot 
Illinois,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1968. 

CLARKE,  David  H.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  Springfield  College,  1952;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Oregon,  1959. 

CRONIN,   Frank  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion; Head  Golf  Coach 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1946. 

CROWSON,  Betty  G.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1945;  M.A.,  University  of 
Florida,  1949. 

DRUM,  Barbara  A.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1958;  M.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Iowa,  1963. 

EYLER,  Marvin  H.,  Professor  and  Head,  Department  of  Physi- 
cal Education 

A.B.,  Houghton  College,  1942;  M.S..  University  of  Illinois. 
1948;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

FREUNDSCHUH,  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical   Educa- 
tion 
B.S.,  University  of  Alabama,  1953;  M.A.,  1954. 

FRINGER,  Margaret  N..  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  Greensboro,  1957; 
M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1961. 

HARICH,  M.  Virginia,  Instructor  in  Health  Education 

B.S.,  Catholic  University,  1965;  M.A.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1968. 

HARRINGTON,  Richard  I.,  Assistant  Director  of  Intramurals 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968. 

HART,  Edward  J.,  Instructor  in  Health  Education 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College,  1963;  M.S.,  West  Vir- 
ginia University,  1965. 

HARVEY,  Ellen  E.,  Professor  and  Head,  Department  of  Rec- 
reation 

B.S.,  New  College,  Columbia  University,  1935;  M.A.. 
Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1941;  Ed.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Oregon,  1951. 

HULT,  Joan  S..  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  Indiana  University,  1954;  M.Ed.,  University  of  North 
Carolina,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California, 
1967. 

HUMPHREY.  James  H..  Professor  of  Physical  Education  and 
Health 

A.B.,  Denison  University,  1933;  A.M.,  Western  Reserve 
University,  1946;  Ed.D..  Boston  University,  1951. 

HUSMAN.  Burris  F.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1941;  M.S.,  1948;  Ed.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1954. 

INGRAM,  Anne  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1944;  M.A.,  University 
of  Georgia,  1948;  Ed.D.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity. 1962. 


316  Faculty 


JACKSON,  Elton  S.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 
JOHNSON,  Ronald  C.  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  Baylor  University,  1956;  M.S.,  1958. 
JOHNSON,  Warren  R.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education  and 

Health 

B.A.,    University   of    Denver,    1942;    M.A.,    1947;    Ed  D 

Boston  University,  1950. 
JONES,  Herbert  L,  Associate  Professor  of  Health  Education 

and  Acting  Head  of  Department  of  Health  Education 

B.S..  Wisconsin  State  College,  1954;  M.S.,  University  of 

Wisconsin.  1957;  H.S.D.,  Indiana  University,  1963. 
KELLEY.  David  L,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

A.B.,  San  Diego  State  College,  1957;  M.S..  University  of 

Southern  California,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1962. 
KESLER,  Ethel,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S..  Woman's  College,  University  of  North  Carolina   1949- 

M.S.,  Wellesley  College,  1953. 
KOVALAKIDES.  Nicholas  J.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

and  Director  of  Intramurals 

B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,   1961;   M.A.,   University  of 

Maryland,  1968. 

KRAMER,  George  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.A.,  1956;  Ph  D 
Louisville  State  University,  1967. 

KROUSE,  William  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion and  Head  Wrestling  Coach 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  M.E.D.,  1949. 

KURRLE.  Regina  M.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

B.S..  Valparaiso  University,  1944;  M.A..  University  of 
Maryland,  1968. 

LEVITON,  Daniel,  Associate  Professor  of  Health  Education 
B.S.George  Washington  University,  1953;  M.S.,  Springfield 
College,  1956;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1967. 

LOVE,  Alice  M..  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;    P.H.,   University   of 
Florida,  I960;  Ed.D.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1967. 

McKNIGHT,  Dorothy  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Ed- 
ucation 

B.S.,  Ursinus  College,  1957;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University 
1960. 

MILLER,  Catherine  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Educa- 
tion 

B.S.,  Illinois  State  University,  1956;  M.A.,  Colorado  State 
College,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1967. 

MURRAY,  Joseph  F..  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1969. 

PARKER,  Adah  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Recreation 

B.A..  San  Francisco  State  College,  1953;  M.S.,  University 
of  California  at  Los  Angeles,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Ill- 
inois, 1966. 

REID.  Betty  A..  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1959. 

ROYER,  Ruth  H.,  Instructor  ;n  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College,  1958. 

ROYS,  Betty  J.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

B.A.,  Kent  State  University,  I960;  M.A.,  Bowling  Green 
State  University,  1964. 

SANDS,  Doris  W.,  Instructor  in  Health  Education 

R.N.,  Medical  Center,  Jersey  City,  1948;  B.S.,  Jersey  City 
State  College,  1948;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969. 

SANTA-MARIA,  D'Laine,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Edu- 
cation 

B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1962;  M.Ed.,  Temple  Uni- 
versity, 1962;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Oregon,  1968. 

SCHMIDT,  Richard  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion 

A.B..  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  1963;  M.A.,  1965- 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1967. 

SCHUTT,  Margaret  B.,  Instructor  in  Health  Education 

B.S.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1945;  R.N., 
St.  Elizabeth's  Hospital,  1941;  M.A.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1969. 

SECHRIST,  William  C,  Instructor  in  Health  Education 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College,  1966;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1968. 

SIGLER,  David  P.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1968. 


STEEL,  Donald  H..  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  Trenton  State  Teachers  College,  1955;  M.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University, 

STULL,  G.  Alan,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,   East  Stroudsburg  State  College,   1955;   M  S.    The 
Pennsylvania  State  College,  1957,  Ed.D.,  1961. 

TERAUDS,  Juris,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Dubuque,  1961;  M.A.,  California  State 
College,  1964. 

TIFFT,  Margaret,  Associate  Professor  of  Health  Education 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1946;  M.A.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1948;  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University,  1969. 

TOMPKINS,  Theron  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Edu- 
cation 

B.S.,  Eastern  Michigan  College  of  Education,  1926;  M.A., 
University  of  Michigan,  1939. 

TYLER,  Robert  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
A.B.,  Drury  College,  1957;  M.S..  The  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  Univer- 
sity, 1969. 

VANDER  VELDEN,  R.  Lee,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical 
Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1969. 

WATERS,  Corinda  0.,  Instructor  in  Health  Education 

B.S.,  Morgan  State  College,  1937;  M.A.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1944. 

WOODS,  Albert  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933;  M.Ed.,  1949. 

WRENN,  Jerry  P.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  East  Carolina  State  College,  1961;  M.S.,  University 
of  Tennessee,  1963. 


Faculty  317 


INDiX  C 

Admlnlltrotlon  lldql. 

Main  Admin,  lido. 

North  Admin.  lldq. 

South  Admin.  Bldq    Orad  School  lldq 
Adoll  Education  Cantor 
Aqrlculturo.  Coll.q.  of  ISymoni  Hall) 
Aqrlculturo  Publlcotloni  Annai 
Animal  Sc.nca  Cantor 
Annopolii  Holl 
Apia.- 

Archltactwra.  School  of  I0D) 
Armory.  Richard 
Arti  and  Scitncot,  Coll. at  of 

i  Front,,  Scott  «.Y  Holl 

Aiphalt  tnttltuto 

luroou  of  Minn.  U.  S. 

•  utln.tt  and  Public  Admlnlltrotlon 

1 1  PA  I  lldq  — Tydlnqi  Hall 
luilnou  and  Public  Adminl.ttotlon. 

Coll.q.  of  1 1. P. A    lldq 
■  ytd  Stadium 
Canttal  R*c*l»inq.t>on    Supph.i  Oopol 

rinq  lldq 

nlnq  lldq 


f  *ld9 


I  I  dq 


INDEX  i 

Dairy  t Tumor  Lab) 
Dairy  lorn 
O.nion  Hall 

Ominq   Holl   1 

Dlnlnq  Hall  2 

Dininq  Hall  3 

Dlnlnq  Holl  4 

Dlnlnq  Hall  S 

Dtaho  Loctuto  Holli 

Education  Anno. 

Education  lldq 

Education.  Coll.q.  of  I  Education  lldq  I 

Enqlna.rlnq  Clatiroomt 

Enqlnoorlnq.  Coll.q.  of  (Enq'rlnq  Clou' 

Holdhouwi 

Colt.  Sfudont  Acrl.ltitt  lldq 


F.t.  Sor.lci  lldq. 

Pith  ond  Wlldllft  Sorvlco,  U  S 

For.-qn  LonquoqOt  f'dq 

Francli  Scott  Koy  Hall 

Otntrol  Suppli.t  D.pOtC.ntrol  RoCll.  < 

Golf  Cn.it. 

Oroduat.  School  lldq  -So  Admin   lldq 


Hto.y  Roioorc 
Holtopfal  Holl 


Lord  Col.trt  Apottm.ntt 
Mori*  Mount  Holl 

Moth,  mot,  c.   lldq 

McKoldin  Library 

M.mOfiOl   Chop. 
Mobil  Unit.  — Troilot. 

Motacular  Phytic!  lldq 

Morrill  Holl 

Motot  V.hic'at  Trontportotion  Pool 


School  e 


■  Ho: 


CODE 

Mi 

Phytic  allducalio 

N 

K7 

H.otth    Co».q« 

Phyt.ci  IWq 

Kl 

HS 

PoJ.c.  O.po'tn... 

Poultry  Lob 

■     lit  Fi.ldhv. 

Print  Shop— U«l" 

Rochord  Armory 

«.,  o..<.  Ho*.    > 

-MO 

Aloqany  HoJ 

H7 

Annapatit  Hal 

u 

Anti.tom  f.-a- 

D 

loit  — o-o  Hal 

Ho 

•of  A..  Hal 

lot.»doro  Grot 

Cohort  HoJ 

Combridq*  Ho* 

K7 

CoKct.n  Sroai 

M 

Coca  Hoi 

Hi 

Chariot  Hoi 

17 

CbOlt.rt-.  .■   H 

CumboHond  Ht 

J) 

lotto-  ho" 

tlcott  Hoi 

(..d.i  <t  Hoi 

Cnvt.it  Hoi 

EI 

Harford  Hoi       J 

WELCOME  TO 
J-.  THE 

UNIVERSITY 


In  X  :> 


1_JfcL_.    V 


-t^fl.  ft.. ..J.  C ..••#■•>     D-**"  — 


OF 
MARYLAND 

COLLEGE   PARK 
CAM  PES 


INDEX 
Kent  Hal 

La  Plata  Hall 


Spact  Science  Center 
Stadium,  Byrd 
Student  Union 
Surplus  Property  Bldq 


INDEX 
University  Preti — Print  Shop 

Veterans'  Family  Unit* 

Warehouse 

Wind  Tunnel! 

Woadi  Hall 

Zoology- Psychology  Bldg. 


Rossborough  Inn 
Service  Btdg. 
Shipley  Field 
Shoe  maker  Holt 


DO— Architecture 

FF— WMUC 
MH— Art 
TT— Art 

UU— Architecture 

Terrapin  Hall 

Theatre  (TawesFine 

Trailers — Mobil  Unit 

Antietam  Group 

Belvedere  Group 


TydingsHoll— 6.P.A    Bldg. 
University  College 

(Adult  Education  Center) 
University  Hills  Apartments 


r  permits,  may  part  < 


those  periling 

wtlli  adjactnr 

to  maior 

build- 

1,19.1  which  or 

Metered  pork 

d  the 

Student  Union 

|  or.o.  1 

id. 

ministration    1 

DD 

Compute 

.    and 

Space    Scienc 

1    Center 

ai    KK 

ond  T   1  Engine 

ering  •  Sc 

Comple 

Visitors  partic 

pating  in 

rsiry  sponsored 

gh   spec 

h   the   Cl 

Police. 

signed  rtmpo 

ory  park 

■9  p 

MM 

GENERAL  INDEX 


A 

Academic  Calendar 

Fall viii 

Spring ix 

Academic  Divisions 2 

Admission 

Foreign  Student 5 

Freshman 4 

Non-Resident 5 

Admission  Requirements 

Out-of-State  Applicants 39 

Residents 39 

Admission,  Special  Student 5 

Admission,  Transfer  Students 5,39 

Advanced  Placement 16 

Advisors,  Academic 16 

Aerospace  Engineering 21  7 

Courses 218 

Faculty 217 

Afro-American  Studies 1  07 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 80 

Course  Offerings 88 

Faculty 88 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Service 99 

Agricultural  Chemistry 79 

Agricultural  Economics 79 

Course  Offerings 87 

Faculty 87 

Agricultural  Engineering 81,218 

Course  Offerings 89,218 

Faculty 89,218 

Agricultural  Experiment  Station 99 

Agriculture,  College  of 77 

Administrative  Officers 277 

Course  Offerings 87 

Faculty 277 

Required  Courses 79 

Requirements  for  Admission 78 

Undergraduate  Degree  Programs 3 

Agronomy 81 

Crops 82 

Crops,  Soils  and  Geology 90 

Faculty 90 

Soils 82 

Air  Science 38 

Alcoholic  Beverages 

Policy  on 27 

Rules  Concerning 22 

America n  Stud ies 1 08 

Curriculum 108 

Faculty 108 

Amplifying  Equipment,  Policy  on 23 

Animal  Science 82 

Course  Offerings 91 

Faculty 91 

Anthropology 108 

Course  Offerings 1 08 

Faculty 108 

Application  Procedures 5 

Closing  Dates 6 

Enrollment  Deposit 5 

Fee 5 

Architecture,  School  of 101 

Administrative  Officers 282 

Admission 102 

Course  Descriptions 103 

Curriculum 102 

Faculty 103,282 


Undergraduate  Degree 

Programs 4 

Army 28,252 

Art 109 

Course  Offerings 110 

Curriculum 109 

Faculty 1 09 

Art  Education 197 

Arts  and  Sciences,  College  of 105 

Administrative  Officers 282 

Admission 105 

Degree  Requirements 1 05 

Faculty 282 

Honors  Program 17 

Programs  and  Course  Offerings 108 

Undergroduate  Degree  Programs 3 

Associated  Women  Students 53 

Astronomy 112 

Course  Offerings I  1  2 

Faculty 1  12 

Athletics 54 

Attendance 43 

Awards 

Student  Government 66 

B 

Board  and  Lodging  Refunds 58 

Board  of  Regents x 

Botany 83,1  13 

Course  Offerings 93,1  13 

Faculty 93,113 

Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research 181 

Bureau  of  Educational  Research  and  Field  Services 209 

Bureau  of  Governmental  Research 181 

Business  Administration 163 

Course  Offerings 166 

Faculty 1 67 

Business  and  Public  Administration,  College  of 3,161 

Administrative  Officers 298 

Entrance  Requirements 161 

Faculty 298 

Graduation  Requirements 162 

Honors  Program 1  7,163 

Undergraduate  Programs 3 

Business  Education 197 

C 

Center  of  Adult  Education 28 

Chapel 28 

Cheating,  Rules  Concerning 22 

Chemical  Engineering 220 

Courses 220 

Faculty 220 

Chemistry 1 15 

Course  Offerings 1  15 

Faculty 115 

Chinese 125 

Civil  Engineering 221 

Courses 222 

Faculty 221 

Classical  Languages  and  Literatures 117 

Course  Offerings 1 1  7 

Faculty 1  17 

Classification  of  Students 16 

Cole  Activities  Building 28 

Coliseum 28 

Commissions  for  Student  Affairs 54 


Index 


32  J 


Comparative  Literature 118 

Course  Offerings 118 

Faculty 1  18 

Computer  Science 1  19 

Course  Descriptions 119 

Faculty 1  19 

Conservation  and  Resource  Development 83 

Counseling  Center 50 

Child  Evaluation 50 

Reading  and  Study  Skills  Laboratory 50 

Course  numbering 75 

Credit  Load 40 

Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology 120 

Faculty 120 

Cultural  Study  Center 52 

Curriculum  Laboratory 209 

D 

Dance 1 20 

Course  Offerings 121 

Faculty 120 

Dance  Education 198 

Degree  Requirements 43 

Degrees  and  Certificates 40 

Demonstrations 

Gu ideli nes  For 24 

Policy  on 23,24 

Dentistry 269 

Disciplinary  Actions 25 

Appeals 26 

Records  of 26 

Dismissal 44 

Disruption  of  Authorized  Activities 22 

Distributive  Education 198 

Drake  Lecture  Hall 28 

Dropping  a  Course 46 

E 

Early  Childhood   —   Elementary  Education 188 

Economics 121,170 

Course  Offerings 1  71 

Faculty 170 

Education,  College  of 3,185 

Administration,  Supervision  and  Curriculum 208 

Administrative  Officers 303 

Course  Offerings 204 

Non-departmental 1  87 

Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 208 

Faculty 204,303 

General  Requirements 185 

Graduate  Stud ies 210 

Undergraduate  Degree  Programs 3 

Educational  Technology  Center 209 

Electrical  Engineering 224 

Course  Offerings 225 

Faculty 224 

Elementary  Education 189 

Course  Offerings 190 

Faculty 1 90 

Emergency  Services 49 

Employment,  Part-Time 13 

Engineering,  College  of 3,213 

Administrative  Officers 309 

Co-Operative  Education 216 

Curricula 214 

Faculty 309 

Regulations 21  3 

Requirements 216 

Undergraduate  Degree  Programs 3 

Engineering  Materials 228 

Course  Offerings 228 


Faculty 228 

Engineering  Sciences 228 

English  Education 199 

English  Language  and  Literature 122 

Course  Descriptions 122 

Faculty 122 

Entomology 84 

Course  Offerings 95 

Faculty 95 

Examinations 40 

Credit  For 42 

Irregularities  in 41 

Expulsion 26 

F 

Falsification  of  Records 22 

Family  and  Community  Development 243 

Course  Offerings 245 

Faculty 245 

Fees 9 

Application 10 

Explanation  of 10 

Fixed  Charges 10 

For  Residents 9 

Graduate 10 

Non-Residents 9 

Refund  of 11 

Undergraduate 10 

University  College 1 1 

Fine  Arts  Theatre 28 

Fire  Protection  Engineering 229 

Course  Offerings 229 

Faculty 229 

Fire  Regulations,  Violation  of 22 

Fire  Service  Extension 234 

Floriculture  and  Ornamental  Horticulture 85 

Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration 239 

Course  Offerings 240 

Faculty 240 

Food  Sc  ience 84 

Course  Offerings 95 

Faculty 95 

Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 124 

Foreign  Language  Education 199 

Foreign  Student  Affairs 52 

Fraternities  &  Sororities 31,53 

French  and  Italian  Language  and  Literature 125 

Course  Offerings 125 

Faculty 125 

G 

General  Biological  Sciences 1  29 

General  Business  Education 198 

General  Education  Requirements 37 

General  Honors  Program 1  34 

General  Physical  Sciences 129 

Geography 1 30, 1  73 

Course  Offerings 1 74 

Faculty 1  74 

Geology 84 

Course  Offerings 96 

Faculty 97 

Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures 128 

Course  Offerings '28 

Faculty 128 

Government  and  Politics '  30,1  76 

Course  Offerings 1  77 

Faculty 1  77 

Grants '2 

Teacher  Education 12 


322 


Index 


H 

Health  Center  Services 49 

Health  Education 38,261 

Course  Offerings 26) 

Faculty 261 

Hebrew 125 

H  istory 1  30 

Course  Offerings 131 

Faculty 1  30 

Home  Economics,  College  of 3,237 

Administrative  Officers 315 

Admission 238 

Faculty 315 

Requirements 238 

Undergraduate  Degree  Programs 3 

Home  Economics  Education 200 

Honors  and  Awards 63 

Air  Force  ROTC  Awards 65 

Athletic  Awards 65 

Music  Awards 65 

Honors  Programs 16 

Agriculture 17 

Business  and  Public  Administration 17 

College  of  Arts  and  Science 16 

Secondary  Education 17 

Honor  Soc ieties 17 

Horticulture 85 

Course  Offerings 97 

Facuity 97 

Housing 

Dismissal  From 25 

Off-Campus 59 

Housing  and  Applied  Design 246 

Course  Offerings 247 

Faculty 247 

Housing  Regulations,  Violation  of 22 

Identification  Cards 22 

Illegal  Drugs,  Rules  Concerning 22 

Industrial  Education 191 

Course  Offerings 193 

Faculty 193 

Information  Systems  Management 182 

Course  Offerings 182 

Faculty 182 

Institute  for  Child  Study 207 

Institute  For  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 233 

Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture 86 

Intensive  Educational  Development  Program 16 

Intermediate  Registration,  Office  of 16 

International  Education  Services 52 

J 

Journalism 1 80 

Course  Offerings 180 

Faculty 180 

Judiciary  Office 51 

Junior  Standing 43 

L 

Law  Enforcement  Curriculum 1  20 

Library  Science 195 

Course  Offerings 196 

Faculty 196 

Library,  Theodore  R.  McKeldin 17 

Linguistics 134 

Course  Offerings 135 

Faculty 134 

Loans 13,72 

National  Defense  Education  Act 13 

Nursing 13 


M 

Map  of  University 318 

Marking  System 41 

Maryland  Livestock  Sanitary  Service 100 

Maryland  Plan  for  Engineers 216 

Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture 99 

Mathematics 135 

Course  Offerings 136 

Faculty 135 

Mathematics  Education 200 

Mechanical  Engineering 230 

Course  Offerings 231 

Faculty 230 

Med ical  Tec hnology 270 

Microbiology 1  39 

Course  Offerings 139 

Faculty 139 

Minimum  Requirements 45 

Molecula r  Physic s 1 40 

Motor  Vehic les 54 

Music 140 

Course  Offerings '41 

Faculty '40 

Music  Education 201 

Music  Educators  National  Conference  Historical  Center 209 

N 

Nuclear  Engineering 232 

Course  Offerings 233 

Faculty 232 

Nursing 271 

O 

Office  of  Laboratory  Experiences 209 

Office  of  Student  Aid 12 

Officers  of  College  Park  Campus xi 

Officers  of  the  University xi 

Orientation  Programs 6 

P 

Parking  Areas 

Faculty  and  Staff 34 

Student 33 

Part-Time  Employment 72 

Personal  Property  Loss 58 

Pharmacy 271 

Philosophy 143 

Cou rse  Offerings 1 43 

Faculty 143 

Physical  Education 254 

Course  Offerings 256 

Faculty 256 

Requirements 38 

Physical  Education  and  Health  Education 202 

Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health,  College  of 3,251 

Administrative  Officer 316 

Curricula 254 

Faculty 316 

Graduate  Study 264 

Minors 263 

Requirements 252,255 

Undergraduate  Degree  Programs 3 

Physical  Therapy 271 

Physics  and  Astronomy 145 

Course  Offerings 145 

Faculty 145 

Picketing,  Guidelines  For 25 

Pre-Dentistry '48 

Pre-Forestry 85 

Preinkert  Field  House 251 


Index 


323 


Pre-law 148 

Pre-Medicine 1 49 

Pre-Professional  Curricula 148 

Probation 25 

Regulations  For 47 

Psyc  hology 1  50 

Course  Offerings 1  50 

Faculty 1  50 

R 

Reading  Center 210 

Recreation 258 

Course  Offerings 259 

Faculty 259 

Registration  of  Vehicles 31 

Regulations,  General 21,22 

Reinstatement 44 

Requirements,  General  Education 15 

Research  Facilities 1  7 

Residence  Halls 57 

Contracts 57 

Government 57 

Guests 58 

Open  House  Program 59 

Room  Assignments 58 

Withdrawals 60 

ROTC 

Air  Force 4 

General  Military  Course 4 

Professional  Officer  Course 4 

Russian 129 

Russian  Area  Program 152 

S 

Schedule  of  Classes 39 

Scholarship  Honors 44 

Scholarships 12,69 

Nursing 13 

Science  Education 202 

Science  Teaching  Center 210 

Secondary  Education 196 

Honors  Program 17 

Shoemaker  Building 28 

Social  Science  Education 203 

Sociology  and  Anthropology 1  52 

Course  Offerings 1 53 

Faculty 152 

Spanish  and  Portuguese  Languages  and  Literatures 126 

Course  Offerings 1  26 

Faculty 126 

Special  Education 206 

Special  Programs,  Minors  In 4 

Special  Students 39 

Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 154 

Course  Offerings 155 

Faculty 154 

Speech  Education 203 


Student  Activities 52 

Recognition  of 29 

Student  Activities  Building 251 

Student  Affairs 49 

Vice  Chancellor  for 49 

Student  Organizations 

Recognition  of 29 

Student  Union 50 

Guidelines  For  Use 25,28 

Summer  School 6 

Admission 6 

Catalog 6 

Freshman  Enrollment 6 

Suspension  of  Students 21,26 

T 

Textiles  and  Clothing 241 

Course  Offerings 242 

Faculty 242 

Theology 86 

Traffic  Rules  and  Regulations 31 

Violation  of 22 

Transcripts  of  Records 12 

Transfer  Credit 5 

Transfer,  Regulations  for 46 

u 

University  College 4,6 

Catalog 7 

Off-Campus  Centers 7 

Overseas  Division 7 

University  Commuters'  Association 53 

University  Events 

Charitable  and  Service  Projects 29 

Fund-Raising 30 

Procedure  for  Scheduling 29 

Registration  of 29 

University  Facilities 

List  of  Spaces  Available 28 

Regulations  and  Fees  for  Use 28 

Reservation  of 51 

Use  of 27 

University,  History  of 1 

University  Laboratory  School 209 

University  Objectives 1 

University  Property,  Rules  Concerning  Use  of 22 

V 

Veterinary  Medicine 86 

W 

Wind  Tunnel  Operations 234 

Withdrawal 44,46 

Work-Study  Program 14 

X-Y-Z 

Zoology 1  57 

Course  Offerings 1  58 

Faculty 157 


324 


Index 


jniversiTY  of  marYi_ariD  coi_i_eGe  parK,  marYLanD  20742 


universiTY 
of  marYLanD 
aT  coLLeGe  parK 

consoLoaTeD 
unDerGraDuaTe 

caiaLOG